4 24 256 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e81e3a917729833a543e7b9637814914.pdf f8ddb26ceda82fd56f35a37c5da4ebc8 PDF Text Text \)\CKINso,t Q; L4,/ c.::, ..... cS: �TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 2.0 OVERVIEW & BRIEF DESCRIPTION 1.1 Introduction ........ . 1.2 Township Description POPULATION 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Population Trends . 2.3 Population Estimates 2.4 Age & Male/Female Composition 2.5 Racial Composition 2.6 Educational Attainment . 2.7 Household Characteristics 2.8 Population Projections 2.9 Population Density .... 2.10 Issues & Opportunities .. . . . . . 1 1 .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. . ...... . . .. . . . .. ... 3.0 ECONOMIC BASE Introduction Area Economy Labor Force & Employment Employment by Sector ....•• Employment by Place of Work Major Employers Income 3.8 Poverty Rates 3.9 Issues & Opportunities 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 4.0 NATURAL FEATURES 4.1 Topography 4.2 Geology ••.•. 4.3 Mineral Resources 4.4 Soils .......... 4.5 Water Features Wildlife 4.6 4.7 Climate 4.8 Issues & Opportunities . . . . .. ... . .. ...... ... ... ..... 1 ..... 1 ......... 6 ...... ....... ...... ...... .7 12 13 15 16 17 20 ...... 1 .................. 1 1 6 . . . . . . .. .. . . .. ...... 10 ...... . . . . .. . 11 ...... 13 ... ... .. . .. . . . . .. . . . ...... 17 . . . . .. . ....... 19 . . ... . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 1 ... • 2 . .. .. . .. . . . ...... 3 3 . . . . . .. . .. . . .. . ........ .................. 5 ... . ... .... 6 .......... ...... 6 6 �• 5.0 Page LAND USE 1 5.1 Historical Land Use Patterns •2 5.2 Factors Affecting Land Use .4 5.3 Current Use Inventory ....... 8 5.4 Residential Land Use .. 10 5.5 Commercial Land Use 10 5.6 Industrial Land Use ... 11 5.7 Forestry & Agricultural Land Uses 12 5.8 Public & Quasi-Public Land Use 14 5.9 Land Ownership .... 14 5.10 Contaminated Sites 5.11 Wellhead Protection and Planning •••••...•.••••....••.•••......... 17 17 5.12 Land Use Trends 18 5.13 Issues & Opportunities 6.0 COMMUNITY FACILITIES & SERVICES 6.1 Introduction ................... . 6.2 Municipal Community Facilities & Services 6.3 Other Community Facilities & Services 6.4 Other Public Facilities & Services .• 6.5 Issues & Opportunities ...•..••••••••..•.. 7.0 8.0 HOUSING 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Housing Characteristics 7.3 Financial Characteristics 7.4 Selected Housing Characteristics . 7.5 Areas of Development 7.6 Issues & Opportunities ....... 1 1 3 •••••••• 7 8 1 1 13 15 18 19 PARK & RECREATIONAL FACILITIES 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 Existing Recreational Facilities .•.......•.. Nearby Recreational Sites Historical Resources ... Local Recreation Needs Recreational Needs Standards Park Accessibility .••.• Issues & Opportunities ..••••. 1 5 8 12 15 18 20 �• 9.0 10.0 • TRANSPORTATION 9.1 Road System ..••••.. 9.2 Private Roads .•..••••.••.... 9.3 National Functional Classification of Roads 9.4 Condition of Roads in the Township .. 9.5 Condition of Bridges in the Township 9.6 Financing 9.7 Sub-State Area Long Range Plan 9.8 Secondary Commercial Network (SCN) 9.9 Traffic Volume ••..•.. 9.10 Public Transportation 9.11 Inter-Community Bus Services 9.12 Port ............ . 9.13 Air Transportation 9.14 Railroads ....... . 9.15 Non-Motorized Transportation Facilities 9.16 Issues & Opportunities ............. . MARQUETTE COUNTY AIRPORT 10.1 Introduction .............• 10.2 Existing Marquette County Airport 10.3 K.I. Sawyer Facilities 10.4 Airport Relocation •• 10.5 Issues & Opportunities ...... .. ... . ......... ...... 11.0 GOALS, POLICIES & OBJECTIVES 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Economy ......... . 11.3 Natural Features 11.4 Land Use. 11.5 Housing. 11.6 Transportation 11.7 Community Facilities & Services 11.8 Recreation/Historical ••••...•. Appendix A - ADA Requirements Appendix B - Maps Page 1 3 3 •• 7 ..... ... .... 11 11 17 18 19 21 24 25 26 26 ....... 27 28 ...... .......... ...... 1 1 7 9 12 1 2 •4 5 6 8 9 ••...• 10 �1.0 OVERVIEW AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION 1.1 Introduction This Comprehensive Plan represents the culmination of months of discussion and study by the Negaunee Township Planning Commission, with technical assistance from the Central Upper Peninsula Planning and Development (CUPPAD) Regional Commission. The plan can be divided into two primary areas -- background information, and goals, policies and objectives which will guide Township future development. The first nine chapters (2-10) of the plan contain background information on the population trends, the local economy, land use, and community facilities, among other things. Such information is useful in forming a complete picture of Township growth and development over time as well as its potential. These chapters answer such questions as ''where do we want to go in the future and how can we achieve those goals. The last chapter of the plan (11) builds on the first nine, and provides a framework for guiding the Township's future development. In addition to providing a general framework for development, the goals, policies and objectives articulated in this plan will be used as a basis for reviewing proposed public improvement projects, in accordance with the Township Planning Act and redrafting of the township zoning ordinance. 1.2 Township Description Negaunee Township is located in the east central section of Marquette County, within the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming Urban Center. The Township lies along the Highway U.S. 41/M-28 corridor between the City of Marquette and the Cities of Ishpeming and Negaunee. The Township is bounded by the townships of Ishpeming, Marquette, Sands, Richmond, Tilden and the City of Negaunee. The Township incorporates approximately 44 square miles of total land area. The area is approximately one day's drive from the major midwest cities of Chicago, Milwaukee, Detroit and Minneapolis. The current Marquette County airport is located within the Township on U.S. 41/M-28. The Marquette County Board of Commissioners made a decision in August 1996 to move the existing county airport location to the former K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base. The airport is expected to be moved by mid- to late 1999. The historic development of the Township goes back to the days of iron ore exploration. In 1844, a survey party headed by William A. Burt made the first discovery of iron ore in the Lake Superior region within the present area of Negaunee. One year later, a Chippewa Indian Chief named Marji Gesick led Phil Everett and his party of explorers to an uprooted pine tree where they found an outcropping of iron ore. The explorers Chapter 1 - Page 1 �were from Jackson, Michigan and they founded the Jackson Mine at the pine tree site, the first property in the Lake Superior region to be worked for iron ore. Today a large monument marks the site of the first ore discovery. While iron ore extraction began early in the history of the Negaunee area, a number of efforts were also made to process this natural resource. In 1847 the Carp River forge was constructed on the Carp River at the present northeast limits of the city of Negaunee. The first blooms from this forge were hammered out in 1848. The site also housed the first Post Office in Marquette County. Further efforts to manufacture iron ore began with the construction of a charcoal blast furnace in 1847 near the present location of downtown Negaunee. The actual site is on Partridge Creek, some 1,000 feet south of the Teal Lake Avenue and Lincoln Street intersection. Pig iron production from this site began in 1858 and continued through 1893. A number of other early efforts to process iron ore were made in Marquette County, but they too eventually ceased due to economic difficulties. Because of the iron ore discovery of 1844, Peter S. White named the area "Negaunee", a word of Chippewa origin having the connotation of pioneer or first. The spirit of pioneering in Neguanee continued in July 1965, with the world's first shipment of pelletized underground iron ore. The ore was mined from the Mather "B" Mine and processed in the Pioneer Pellet Plant located in Negaunee Township. These technological advances in processing low grade iron ore gave new life to mining on the Marquette Iron Range. The processing of lowgrade ore continues to be a major economic factor in the area. The Empire Mine, started in 1962 with an annual capacity of 1.6 million tons of pellets, produced 8.35 million tons of magnetite ore in 1997. The Tilden Mine, which opened in 1974 with an annual production of 4 million tons, produced 6.0 million tons in 1997; the Tilden Mine produces both hematite and magnetite iron ore pellets. With the decision by Algoma Steel to purchase its source of iron ore exclusively from the Tilden Mine, annual pellet production will be increased to 7.8 million by 1999. An increase in households and demand for housing within the Township as well as development pressures in the Township and urban corridor are among the challenges facing Negaunee Township. While these trends can be viewed as positive changes, it is desirable for growth to occur in areas where services are adequate, where land use conflicts are minimized and where the physical environment is suitable for development. This plan will help identify Township strengths and w~knesses, and provide a framework for the future growth and development of the area. Chapter 1 • Page 2 ~ �2.0 POPULATION 2.1 Introduction Population change is the primary component in tracking a community's past growth as well as predicting future population trends. Population characteristics relate directly to Township housing, educational, community, and recreational facility needs, and to its future economic development. Fluctuations in the economy can greatly influence the population growth and characteristics in a community. 2.2 Population Trends The population of Negaunee Township from 1940 to 1990 increased by 1,800 persons, or 316.9 percent (Table 2-1). The only decline during this fifty year period occurred between 1980 and 1990, when the Township population declined from 2,443 to 2,368, a 3.1 percent decline. The decline during this decade mirrored a county-wide decline, probably due to employment losses in the mining industry. From 1940 to 1980, the Township population grew steadily, with an increase of 330 percent. During the 1940s, the Township experienced the greatest rate of growth of the 50-year time period, with a 60.0 percent increase, followed by a 52 percent increase in population during the 1950s. These two decades saw growth as a result of increases in the mining industry. Figure 2-1 gives a graphic comparison of the Township population trends to other civil divisions within Marquette County. The population of Marquette County from 1940 to 1990 increased by 23,743 persons, or 50.4 percent. Of the County civil or political divisions, the townships of Chocolay, Ely, Forsyth, Ishpeming, Marquette, Negaunee, Powell, Sands, Skandia, Tilden and West Branch and the city of Marquette were the only ones that experienced growth during this period, with the largest growth occurring in Sands. Countywide, a significant portion of the population growth is attributable to K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base, with large population increases in Forsyth, Sands and West Branch townships, which encompass the former base. Between 1950 and 1960, for example, Sands Township population grew by over 800 percent. The population of the two nearby cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming declined during this time period. The six county CUPPAD Region experienced some population decline in the 1940s, which was then followed by steady growth from 1950-1980, with a population increase of 22 percent; however, in the decade of the 1990s, the region lost 4,602 persons. The State of Michigan in each of the decades from 1940 to 1990 incurred growth in population, with a 50 year period increase of 76.8 percent. Chapter 2 - Page 1 �TABLE 2-1 POPULATION 1940-1990, SELECTED AREAS Area 1940 1950 % Change, 1940-50 1960 %Change, 1950-60 1970 % Change, 1960-70 1980 % Change, 1970-80 1990 % Change, 1980-90 % Change, 1940-90 -3.1 316.9 346 -24.8 -50.1 72.3 6,025 6.0 583.1 1,955 74.6 1,946 -0.5 215.9 -21.1 163 -7A 156 -4.3 -49A 8,290 140.0 9,679 16.8 8,775 -9.3 339.2 5JJ 444 -5.7 577 30.0 500 -13.3 -4.2 8,857 -1.2 8,245 -6.9 7,538 -8.6 7,200 -4.5 .24.3 14.0 2,238 47.5 2,376 6.2 3,612 52.0 3,515 -2.7 164.1 17,202 8.0 19,824 15.2 21,967 10.8 23,288 6.0 21,977 -5.6 38.0 780 1,280 64.1 1,880 46.9 1,703 -9A 2,669 56.1 2,757 3.3 253.5 513 455 -11.3 410 ·10.0 436 6.3 383 -12.2 339 -11.5 -33.9 6,813 6,472 -5.0 6,126 -5.3 5,248 -14.3 5,189 -1.1 4,741 -8.6 -30A 644 623 .3.3 390 -37A 372 -4.6 667 79.3 660 -1.0 2.5 Republic Twp. 1,617 1,490 -7.9 1,417 -4.9 1,442 1.8 1,390 -3.6 1,170 15.8 -27.6 Richmond Twp. 1,225 1,197 -2.3 1,411 17.9 1,277 -9.5 1,246 -2A 1,095 -12.1 -10.6 Sands Twp. 172 179 4.1 1,657 825.7 2,164 30.6 2,437 12.6 2,696 10.6 1467A Skandia Twp. 793 634 -20.1 664 4.7 717 8.0 999 39.3 933 -6.6 17.7 Tilden Twp. 967 932 -3.6 922 1.1 883 -4.2 1,044 18.2 1,010 .3.3 4A 38.8 2,368 460 11A 47.6 5,685 1,120 26.7 -20.6 176 3,454 99.0 -148.0 471 8,962 -5.6 1,331 1,517 Marquette City 15,928 Marquette Twp. Michigamme Twp. Negaunee Twp. 568 Champion Twp. 694 557 -19.7 495 -11.1 519 4.8 Chocolay Twp. 882 1,205 36.6 2,235 85.5 3,299 Ely Twp. 616 674 9A 884 31.2 Ewing Twp. 308 281 -9.1 223 1,998 1,736 -13.1 Humboldt Twp. 522 445 Ishpeming City 9,491 Ishpeming Twp. Forsyth Twp. 909 60.0 1,383 52.1 1,760 27.3 2,443 I Negaunee City Powell Twp. Chapter 2 - Page 2 ; )J I )) )) �TABL.E 2-1 POPULATION 1940-1990, SELECTED AREAS Area 1940 1950 % Change, 1940-50 1960 % Change, 1950-60 1970 o/o Change, 1980 1960-70 o/o Change, 1990 1970-80 % Change, 1980-90 % Change, 1940-90 Torin Twp. 353 217 -385.0 128 -410.0 101 -21.1 160 SSA 156 -2.5 -55.8 Wells Twp. 491 431 ·12.2 278 .35.5 277 -0A 351 26.7 281 -20.0 -42.8 West Branch Twp. 438 256 -41.6 807 215.2 2,195 172.0 2,806 27.8 2,998 6.8 584.5 47,144 47,654 1.2 56,154 17.8 64,686 15.2 74,101 9.9 70,887 -4.3 S0A 154,496 149,865 -3.0 157,257 4.9 165,744 SA 182,390 10.0 177,692 -2.6 15.0 5,256,106 6,371,766 21.2 7,824,965 22.8 8,875,083 13A 9,262,078 4A 9,295,297 0A 76.8 131,669,275 151,325,798 14.9 179,323,175 18.5 203,302,031 13A 226,542,199 11A 248,709,873 9.8 88.9 Marquette County CUPPAD Region Michigan United States Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, Census data for years cited. Chapter 2 - Page 3 �FIGURE 2-1 POPULATION 1940-1990, SELECTED AREAS 10,000 9,000 8,962 8,000 7,200 6,000 C 0 j ::, a. 5 5,248 5,000 8. 4,741 4,000 3, 12 3,000 3,515 2 757 ! 2,368 2,000 1,000 1,095 568 0 1940 1950 1970 1960 1980 Year -<>-Negaunee Township -o-1shpemlng Township -¥-Richmond Township ~ City of Negaunee ' -ll-Marquette Township -o-c1ty of Ishpeming Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, Census data for years cited. Chapter 2 - Page 4 1990 R �Population change is the result of a combination of natural increase or decrease and migration. When births within a community within a period of time exceed deaths, a positive natural increase occurs. If deaths exceed births, a negative natural increase is the result. Communities with a relatively young population tend to have a high natural increase, since the birth rate is relatively high. Those communities with a large number of older people tend to have a small natural increase; a negative natural increase is uncommon. Net migration is the difference between the number of people moving into a community and the number of people moving out. Net migration is positive when more people move into an area than move out. Economically depressed areas often experience significant out-migration as residents leave for real or perceived employment opportunities elsewhere. In Marquette County, births exceeded deaths in the 1960s, '70s and '80s. From 1960 to 1969, and from 1970 to '79 in-migration occurred, while out-migration was the rule between 1980 and 1989. The County's population increased from 1960 to 1980, as a result of in-migration combined with the natural increase in population. In the last decade (1980-89) out-migration exceeded the natural increase to result in a declining population for Marquette County as shown in Table 2-2. Significant out-migration appears to have occurred county-wide following the closure of K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base in 1995. The 1996 population estimate for Marquette County was 62,017, down 12.5 percent from the 1990 Census figure of 70,887. Within the central U.P. from 1980 to 1989, Dickinson County was the only county in the central U.P. in which net in-migration occurred, and was the only county in the region to see its population increase during this decade. TABLE 2-2 COMPONENTS OF POPULATION CHANGE, MARQUETTE COUNTY, 1960-1990 1960-69 Live births 1970-79 1980-1989 13,733 12,781 11,558 Deaths S,694 5,380 S,039 Natural increase 8,039 7,401 6,519 493 2,014 -9,733 8,532 9,415 -3,214 Migration Total population change Source: Michigan Information Center, Michigan Dept. of Management & Budget. Chapter 2 - Page S �2.3 Population Estimates Periodically, the Michigan Department of Management and Budget (DMB) along with the U.S. Bureau of the Census prepares population estimates between the decennial census. County estimates of population developed by the U.S. Bureau of the Census are in turn used by DMB to develop the subcounty population estimates. These estimates are based on formulas which attempt to estimate migration, births, and deaths in a community and also respond in a certain extent to known local changes. An example is the closure of the K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base and activities associated with the mining industry. The population estimates for Negaunee Township from 1991 to 1996 reveal a downward trend beginning in 1994. The annual population estimates indicate that population had increased in the earlier part of the decade (1991- 1993), but in subsequent years the number of residents declined. Overall, the Township experienced a loss of 126 persons, or 5.3 percent drop, from April 1990 to July 1996. The current population estimate is 2,242. The population estimates for both the City of Negaunee and City of Ishpeming indicate a continued population decline. The current population for the Negaunee city of 3,559 is down 24.9 percent from 1990 and the current population for Ishpeming city is down 24.7 percent. Of the townships surrounding Negaunee Township, all had reported significant growth in their population base. Ishpeming, Richmond and Tilden Townships all are estimated to have experienced increases around 45 percent, as have many other smaller townships in the County. Marquette County population was estimated at 62,017 persons in 1996, which was a decrease of 8,870 persons or 12.5 percent from 1990. The majority of this decrease occurred in Forsyth, Sands and West Branch Townships, and can be related to the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB. However, trends elsewhere in the county, including a decline of over 20 percent in the City of Marquette, appear to be inconsistent with local observations. In smaller townships with significant population increases, the rate of increase generally tends to be about 45 percent, indicating the population increase is the result of a formula used by the DMB and the Census Bureau. The county estimates are prepared utilizing data from a number of sources including federal income tax returns, Medicare enrollment data, birth and death records, and counts of persons in prisons, hospitals, college dormitoMes and other group quarters. The Department of Management and Budget also responds to a certain extent to known local changes in a community such as the construction of a new nursing home or the closure of an air force base. The population estimates are approximate and more Chapter 2 - Page 6 �accurate information will not be available until the 2000 Census. The estimates are prepared as annual estimates from July 1991 to July 1996. TABLE 2-3 POPULATION ESTIMATES FOR SELECTED AREAS, 1990-1996 1990 Census Area 1991 Est. 1992 Est. 1993 Est. 1994 Est. 1995 Est. 1996 Est. % Change 19901994 Negaunee Twp. 2,368 2,405 2,445 2,480 2,458 2,310 2,242 -5.3 Negaunee City 4,741 4,659 4,574 4,455 4,257 3,838 3,559 -24.9 Ishpeming City 7,200 7,073 6,944 6,764 6,464 5,839 5,420 -24.7 Ishpeming Twp. 3,519 3,934 4,311 4,716 5,031 5,023 5,lU 45.3 Marquette Twp. 2,757 2,955 3,154 3,132 3,068 2,861 2,742 -0.S Richmond Twp. 1,095 1,261 1,334 1,456 1,548 1,540 1,571 43.S Sands Twp 2,696 2,794 2,980 3,061 2,909 2,199 2,150 -20.3 Tilden Twp. 1,010 1,U8 1,242 1,361 1,450 1,443 1,474 45.9 70,887 71,308 71,844 71,748 70,068 64,716 62,017 -U.S Marquette Co. Source: Department of Management and Budget, Subcounty Population Estimates of Michigan, 1996. 2.4 Age and Male/Female Composition The median age of Negaunee Township residents in 1990 was 33.8 years (Table 2-3). This figure was over three years older than the figures for the County. The Township 1990 median age figure was lower than the nearby cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming. Between 1970 and 1990, the Township median age increased 8.1 years; the most significant increase occurred between 1980 and 1990, when the median age increased by more than five years. The Township older age structure is most likely the result of young adults (within the 20-29 age group) out-migrating to other areas with larger populations for educational and job opportunities. On the whole, the aging population of the Township is following state and national trends, which result from a combination of factors. The primary causes of this aging are increased life expectancies, combined with the fact that the largest segment of the population, the so-called "baby boomers," are aging. A trend toward smaller families, with many people choosing to delay childbearing or not to have children, also contributes toward this aging. Chapter 2 - Page 7 �TABLE 2-4 MEDIAN AGE, 1970-1990, SELECTED AREAS Area 1970 1980 1990 % Change, 1970-1990 Negaunee Twp. 25.7 28.7 33.8 31.S City of Negaunee 34.3 31.8 36.9 7.6 City of Ishpeming 33.S 32.7 36.2 8.1 Marquette County 24.2 26.1 30.7 26.9 Michigan 26.3 28.8 32.6 24.0 United States 27.9 30.0 32.9 17.9 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, Summary Population and Housing Characteristics, Table 1; 1980 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Table 44; 1970 Census of Population, Characteristics of the Population, Table 33. Within Negaunee Township, the highest median age is found in northeastern portion of the Township, adjacent to Marquette Township. The youngest population area is located in the southeastern corner of the township. Map 2-1 shows the median age by census block group in the Township. Table 2-5 indicates the 1990 population distribution of Negaunee Township by age and sex. The age group of 35-44 years made up the largest portion of the total population at 416 persons, or 18 percent. The age group of persons between the ages of 25-45 is comprised of persons within the population commonly known as the "baby boomer generation", born approximately between 1945 and 1965. Persons of the "baby boomer generation" comprise one third of Negaunee Township population. The younger population of the Township, 5-14 years, also made up a substantial portion of the total population, accounting for 397 persons or 17 percent of the total population. A large portion of this group was likely children of baby boomers. The age groups with the least amount of influence in terms of numbers were the 55-64 years and 65 years and older age groups, who only accounted for 8.1 percent and 8.3 percent of the township total population, respectively. This scenario indicates that the number of elderly individuals within the township population is not that significant. Between 1970 and 1990, the population within the Township became older. The older population 65 years and older, increased 60.7 percent during this period. An analysis of the information in Table 2-5 by age cohort provides another perspective on age distribution within the population. An age cohort is made up of people born within a given time period, such as those born between 1970 and 1980 (10 years). Chapter 2 - Page 8 ~ �TABLE 2-5 MALE AND FEMALE DISTRIBlITION BY AGE GROUP, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP, 1970-1990 Age Group 1970 Male Female I# #I% Under 5 83 5-14 219 4.7 12.4 Male I% 78 203 I# I% I# I% I# 4.4 i!:!!:l!!:if;;ii//i /!:;!Jjji:!/j ;;//jil/i/;1;:~/jJ,i./i;!! 111,i:1:lil/J!J:;!!J!l/i/j/!i!;I:i:::jll::: :1:1:J!!/J/!i!l i:/i!!ig1/:l/: 1 11.5 :1:!:itfiff.ililiI: /iB::i:: i:::::1!!i:i'Ii1[f!.l;:IIIII::1::i1:::1:::::::;,;,::11:iI/:;:~::::;::il!i::!!1=iI!l:: ii1 illl;;::::;~;.:;iI!~:1;;;ili!ii;;ifff~!:::;:r, i:iti~:1!1:::1::::;!i;il :ll: ii;l!;i;~]lf I;i!!~!:::::;i!1!illili::::: :i/:1:!1:::1::::::::1i1::::: :~~~lirl~f;ii!;ii)i:~;~ii1~1~ftii1!:/;ii ~!:;.1~: .: : 1111:; l!i~~:~; ;~:1:~~~;!i!i @lfar.Ji~l-l.I®i/ ~:rmii!i/:::::::::~i;j~~?,)i/ /!I~f~I!!)iif.1!.J.1::;: 211 8.9 203 8.3 215 203 Female Male Female 1 !.li!!I 1 1990 1980 I% I# 70 3.0 205 8.7 I% 69 2.9 192 8.1 11 8.8 :::::::::1:::1::;:::::::::;il!l!li.lJ; li:!:l::;IimI:/ ::1/11I:;:;~:il ! :i !:!l1i;i Il:;11l1/!l!!:1,el; 8.3 ;: : :1: : : : : : :1: 1:1: : : :1:~~1.:1;: : :1~:1:::~~i:::1:v~f::::: ::::::::ii f/JJ;i;l,~::i:1~:~qi/iji I:::1:::1:::i::~:~w.i' 1 35-44 109 6.2 97 5.5 ii!iiiiiili:::;i:;ili:i!i!::::t.11:::::: :::::::m;:::1::::;;:i:; Iii:::;;:iiii~!:iI;ii!!Jl,l;i!:! ::I!l!!iili,::::ii:l,;i/:: 214 9.o 202 8.5 4 5-54 81 4.6 84 4.8 11:::::::;~/Ilii;i!i;i!:!i.li;t :::::1:::::11t:l:i!i1ii ::/:i/ii~:i!i:l;i;lrl:i.lI!I::;:::;::1::~:I:ll!:ili 112 1.3 158 6.1 1 :I.BI:1!il;l11~[i;I;i!;:ii!];~iii/!;:;;1;Iilii iiii!;;i/!:ii!i/ii;l::/i;;/i;fl*:: l;!:i;t.l!1l1l1!: ::ii:t::i:1:1:l1!!t!ll!!i!/1i:::::; I!/ll ]r1:::::1~~!!~ Il!1il!ilil:;fi!ll!,1~!t1ll;l:111 !i;!!/i!!.lli1itliil!~lii!l !11iliililll!I: l!!f;ijl:f;ilil \1!1~111:::1 Iil!lill:/:!!!!lt~i!lI 1 "ifi;;lilf.i.lt.i1i;l!l~! ~ili,~;l:/l;j ~: ll;!ll!li!@f !i:l '!i!~l!i!i:i;:1111:1r .1:11~:1: 11:!;i)Ji.i.!! iitlii! i1!ili{lf Sobtbtal 49 1760 75 3.1 85 3.5 ::~::::~;illi;::::::;:i:t~!lili:;:: l:::;i::i:::1111 :1!!i1l:1::1::::::::li!!i!I:1i:1zi:::: !iii::::I;:::;::11:: 85 3.5 56 2.3 36 1.5 59 2.4 1252 51.2 1191 48.8 2443 1~: !!ll il!!tililili!lil/l:;;!ljil :11:::1 =iil l !:!~;!i~II,!::! ::::!;!i1l!ilil!i i:::l!!l!l:!!!llil l 1 !/:!:/:l:/!;~\ll:l !l1!: :1:1: :;!:r1:1: : Il1l!i!lil;iii~iill; :1: :1: :li!;: : 1!:ll l ili:::::111:::: : 1:i!ll1i /\::1:1m:! 1207 51 1161 2368 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1970 Census of Population, Characteristics of Population, Table 35; 1980 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Table 39a; 1990 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Table 68. Note: The percentages in this table reflect the relationship of males to females to the total population. Chapter 2 - Page 9 49 �The age cohort of 5-14 years of age in the 1970 Census would have been 15-24 years in the 1980 Census. Looking at this age group in 1980, a slight increase of 10 persons occurred. Several older age groupings had more of an increase. The 15-24 age cohort from the 1970 Census increased by 123 persons who became the 25-34 age group in the 1980 Census. Another age group which saw an increase during this time period was the 25-34 age cohort from the 1970 Census who were aged 35-44 in 1980; this cohort had an increase of 105 persons. Taken together, the increase in these cohorts indicates that during the 1970s the in-migration to the township was higher than out-migration and deaths in these age classes. Families with children were moving into the township and many existing residents were remaining. During the 1980s, there was a decrease in population. The 15-24 age cohort of 1980 who were the 25-34 age group of 1990 had a 71 percent decrease. This scenario is related to the departure of young people as they reach their late teens and early twenties, and migrate to other communities for educational or employment opportunities. When the 24-34 age group moves into the 35-44 age group, an increase in the age cohort typically occurs, which happens because members of the cohort return to the community for employment following college, or to raise their families. During the 1980 decade, the older age cohorts lost population either as a result of outmigration or death. The age cohort of 45-54 in the 1980 Census who were 55-64 in 1990, had a decrease of 43 persons. The 65-74 age group of the 1980 Census which was the 75 & older of the 1990 Census had a decrease of 71 persons. The proportion of the population over 65 years of age decreased during the 1980s. While migration may be a primary factor influencing population change among the younger age groups, death rates become the primary factor in older age groups. Overall, there are slightly more males than females in Negaunee Township. The ratio of males to females varies by age group, with more males in all but the 15-24 years and 6574 years groups. Table 2-6 divides the population of Marquette County into three age groups, the school age group (5-17), the working group (16+), and the voting group (18+). In 1990, the school age group made up 21.9 percent of the Township population, which was lower than the County percentage (26.1 percent) but greater than the State percentage (20.5 percent). The working age group accounted for 75.7 percent of the Township total population. The percentage of individuals in this group dropped to 67.4 percent when considering retirement at age 65. This figure compares with 70.0 percent at the county level and 64.5 percent at the state level. The portion of elderly population (65 years and older) in the Township was three percentage points lower than the County and 3.6 percentage points lower than the State. Chapter 2 • Page 10 -------' �FIGURE2-2 AGE DISTRIBUTION Negaunee Township 1970 Aa• Under5 5.14 ]5.24 - ll.l 24.0 l6.l 25.34 126 35--« 117 45-54 9.4 55-64 9.0 ~-74 75 .t.Oldor 3.5 0 15 2 4 8 6 10 12 Pucent 16 14 18 3l 22 24 20 22 24 1980 Aa• .8 Under5 5-14 J.5..24 25--34 - 18.7 rl.7 16.6 113 35..« 9.6 45-54 6.5 55-64 65-74 5.8 75.t.Oldm 3.51 0 2 4 6 8 10 l2 l8 16 14 Perceut 1990 AF UD4er5 5.51 S.14 15-24 25-34 35--44 16.8 - 14.2 lS.2 rl.6 45-54 13.9 55-64 8.1 65.74 ~ S.3 .t.Oldor 3.0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 :16 18 20 22 24 Source: U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Cemus of Population, First Count; 1980 Census of Population, S1F 1, 010; 1990 Census of Population, S1F 1A, P014. Chapter 2 - Page 11 �TABLE 2-6 AGE GROUPS, 1990 Negaunee Township School Age Total Female Marquette County Male Percent 5-11 284 144 140 12-14 113 48 65 15-17 120 58 62 State Percent 17.9 11.1 4.8 4.2 4.7 S.1 4 4.7 12 IWorking, Voting & Retired Age I 16+ 1792 876 916 7S.7 76.8 76.4 16-64 1596 776 820 67.4 70 64.S 18+ 1712 840 872 72.3 74 73.S 18-64 1S16 740 776 64 67.3 61.6 196 101 95 11.3 11.9 6S+ 8.3 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Tables 54 and STF 1A Table P14. 2.5 Racial Composition The racial make-up of Negaunee Township is primarily persons who are white. In 1990, the other race categories only accounted for 26 residents, or 1.1 percent of the total population (Table 2-6). The largest minority group was the American Indian (there were no reported persons of Eskimo or Aleut race) race with 16 persons, which was a decrease of 12 persons from 1980. Between 1980 and 1990, the number of minorities within Negaunee Township decreased by four persons, or 13 percent. Chapter 2 • Page 12 �TABLE 2-7 NUMBER OF PERSONS BY RACE, 1980 AND 1990 Race 1990 1980 Number Number Percent Percent Total 2443 100 2368 100 White 2413 98.77 2342 98.9 Black 1 0.04 5 0.21 American Indian, Eskimo & Aleut 28 1.15 16 0.68 Asian and Pacific Islander 1 0.04 2 0.08 Other Races 0 0 3 0.13 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census STF, 1A Table PS; and 1980 Census of Population STF 1, Table 007. 2.6 Educational Attainment The number of Negaunee Township residents over 25 years of age in 1990 with no high school diploma was 198 or 13.2 percent, which was 5 percentage points lower than the Marquette County, and 10.1 percentage points lower than the State (Table 2-8). Overall, 86.8 percent of residents over 25 years of age in the Township were high school graduates or higher, which was higher than the County (81.8 percent) and State (76.8 percent) averages. The percent of residents in the Township and County over 25 years of age with a bachelors degree or higher were also higher than the State. This may indicate that a higher percentage of jobs within the Township and County require higher education skills. Recent trends indicate that employers are now requiring their employees to have higher educational levels. Table 2-9 identifies the top ten employers in the County. Five of these ten top employers are in the health care and education sectors, which generally require a college degree or technical training beyond high school. Many positions associated with financial institutions and the state prison also require a college degree. Some of the major manufacturing industries have also started to require higher education background before hiring. Chapter 2 - Page 13 �TABLE 2-8 EDUCATIONAL ATIAINMENT OF PERSONS OVER 25 YEARS, 1990 Negaunee Township Educational Level Number Percent Marquette County Number Percent State of Michigan Number I Percent 102 6.8 2851 6.7 452,893 7.8 96 6.4 4875 11.S 902,866 15.S High School Graduate 674 45.1 15144 35.7 1,887,449 32.3 Some College, No Degree 246 16.S 8172 19.3 1,191,518 20.4 Associate Degree 88 5.9 2755 6.5 392,869 6.7 Bachelor's Degree 217 14.S 5707 13.S 638,267 10.9 72 4.8 2882 6.8 375,780 6.4 Less than 9th Grade 9th-12th Grade, No Diploma Graduate or Professional Degree Percent High School Graduate or Higher 86.8 81.8 76.8 Percent Bachelor's Degree or Higher 19.3 20.3 17.4 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, P057. ' Chapter 2 - Page 14 �TABLE 2-9 MARQUETTE COUNTY'S TOP TEN EMPLOYERS, 1994 Location Employer Number of Employees Type Marquette General Hospital Marquette 1725 General medical and surgical hospital Northern Michigan University Marquette ll03 University Empire Iron Mining Partnership Palmer 1131 Iron ore mining Tilden Mining Company, LC. Ishpeming 824 Iron ore mining Marquette School District Marquette 576 Elementary and secondary schools Michigan Department of Corrections Marquette 421 Correctional Institution Gwinn Area Community Schools Gwinn 399 Elementary and secondary schools Simmons I.J Enterprises, Inc. Negaunee 385 Air transportation Alger-Marquette Community Mental Health Marquette 382 Public health programs MFC First National Bank Marquette 382 Commercial bank Total Employment of Top Ten Employers: 7,403 Source: Michigan Employment Security Commission, ES 202 Data, 1994. 2.7 Household Characteristics The U.S. Census defines a household as all persons who occupy a housing unit; e.g., a single family, one person living alone, two or more families living together, or any group of related or unrelated persons sharing living quarters. A family consists of a householder and one or more persons living in the same household who are related by birth, marriage, or adoption. From 1980 to 1990 the population of Negaunee Township decreased by 3.1 percent; however the number of housing units (by definition a household is the same as a housing unit) increased by 18.7 percent during the same time period (Table 2-10). This scenario was caused by a decrease in the average household size, which was the result of an increase in single-parent families and non-family households. The number of singleparent family households increased by nearly a third between 1980 and 1990, while the number of non-family households, including persons living alone, more than doubled. The number of non-family householders living alone increased by 114.7 percent, from 68 to 146; almost a third of these households are elderly people living alone. The average household size during this period decreased from 3.08 persons to 2.80 persons between 1980 and 1990. Chapter 2 - Page 15 �TABLE 2-10 HOUSEHOLD CHARACTERISTICS FOR NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP, 1980 - 1990 1990 1980 Household Type Number Percent Percent Number 627 88.1 668 79.1 568 79.8 591 70.0 Female Householder 23 3.2 52 6.2 Male Householder 36 5.1 25 3.0 85 11.9 177 20.9 Householder Living Alone 68 9.6 146 17.3 Householder 65 or Over 29 4.1 46 5.4 Family Households Married-Couple Family Non-Family Households Total Households 7U 845 Average Household Size 3.08 2.80 Source: U.S. Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 1A, P003, P016, and H0l 7A; and 1980 Census of Population and Housing, STF 1, 003, 016, 022, and 035. 2.8 Population Projections Population projections are very useful for units of government like counties for projecting future residential demands for public services. However, the major component for making population projections, future in- and out-migration, is very difficult to predict. The main problem is this data depends heavily on the future economic trends of the locality and other areas. The other components of population projections, fertility and mortality data, have less of an impact on population change, particularly for smaller jurisdictions. In 1996, the Michigan Department of Management and Budget prepared baseline population projections to the year 2020 for counties of the state using a special formula that utilizes the three main components of population change; birth, death, and migration. These population projections assist counties in making predictions on future demographic trends. The 30-year population forecast for Marquette County reveals downward population trend, with an overall 5.96 percent decrease from 1990 to 2020 (Tables 2-11, 2-12 and Figure 2-3). Though anticipated to grow from 1995 to 2000, the county is projected to experience a drop in population in the ensuing years. Marquette and Menominee Counties are the only counties in the central U.P. with an expected decline in the next ,,,......_, Chapter 2 - Page 16 �three decades. Alger County to the east is projected to have the largest increase, at 13.74 percent during the 30-year time period. The populations of Delta, Dickinson and Schoolcraft counties are also predicted to grow during this time period. TABLEl-11 POPUIATION PROJECTIONS, SELECTED AREAS, 1990-2020 1990 Censua Area 1995 2000 2020 201S 2010 2005 Alger County 8,972 9,847 9,920 10,009 10,114 10,192 10,20S Delta County 37,780 38,582 38,741 38,906 39,004 39,244 39,400 Dicldnson County 26,831 27,161 27,416 27~7 27,746 27,942 28,096 Marquelle Counly 70,887 65,427 69,135 68,916 68,393 67,016 66,661 Menominee County 24,920 24,537 23,576 22,518 21,497 20,565 19,581 8,302 8,706 8,779 8,861 8,926 8,970 8,929 177,692 174,260 177,617 176,7'7 175,740 174,529 172,872 9,295,297 9,556,063 9,786,685 9,963,788 10,Ul,298 10,284,960 10,~,737 248,709,873 262,073,000 275,005,000 287,092,000 299,194,000 311,833,000 324,668,000 Scboolcnll County CUPPAD Region Michigan Unlltd States Source: Department or Management and Budge~ Population to Year 2020 In Micbipa, 1996. TABLE2-12 POPULATION PROJECTIONS, PERCENT CHANGE, 1990-2020 2015-2020 1990-2020 0.77 0.13 13.74 0.41 0.46 0.40 4.29 0.48 0.72 0.71 0.55 4.71 5.67 -0.32 -0.76 -1.14 -1.41 -5.96 -1.54 -3.92 -4.49 -4.53 -4.34 -4.78 -21.42 Schoolcraft County 4.87 0.84 0.93 0.73 0.49 -0.46 7.55 CUPPAD Region -1.93 1.93 -0.48 -0.69 -0.95 -2.71 Michigan 2.81 2.41 1.81 1.58 1.62 1.65 12.47 United States 5.37 4.93 4.40 4.22 4.22 4.12 30.54 1990-1995 1995-2000 Alger County 9.75 0.74 0.90 1.05 Delta County 2.12 0.54 0.30 Dickinson County 1.23 0.94 Marquette County -7.70 Menominee County Area 2000-2005 2005-2010 2010-2015 -5.8 Source: Deparbnent of Management and Budget, Population to Year 2020 in Michigan, 1996. 2.9 Population Density With a 1990 population of 2,368 persons and a land area of 42.1 square miles, the Negaunee Township population density was 56.2 persons per square mile (Table 2-13). This figure compares with a density of 38.9 persons per square mile at the county level and 163.6 person per square mile at the state level. Negaunee Township has the second Chapter 2 - Page 17 �highest population density of the townships within the Marquette urban area. Wells Township, with 1.8 persons per square mile, is the least populated township in the county. The 1990 population density varies widely throughout the Township, as shown on Map 2-2. The highest population density occurs in the area near the US41/M-28 corridor and along Midway Drive. Closer to US41/M-28, and the southern portion of the township, much of the land is in small parcel and small tract ownership. Many of the smaller land parcels border, or are near, the City of Negaunee. Areas of low population density in the northern portion of the township include commercial forest reserve lands and larger private tracts. TABLE 2-13 POPULATION DENSITIES, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Place Land Area (Square Miles) Population Persons Per Square Mile Negaunee Township 42.1 2368 56.2 City of Negaunee 13.8 4741 343.6 City of Ishpeming 8.7 7200 827.6 Ishpeming Township 86.S 3515 40.6 Marquette Township 54.7 2757 50.4 City of Marquette 11.4 21977 1927.8 Chocolay Township 59.7 6025 100.9 1821.3 70887 38.9 56,809.2 9,295,297 163.6 Marquette County Michigan Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, Summary of Population and Housing Characteristics, 1990, Table 15. ' Chapter 2 - Page 18 �FIGURE 2-3 POPULATION PROJECTIONS, SELECTED AREAS, 1990-2020 80,000 70,000 68,916 68,393 67,616 66,661 ' 38906 39004 39 44 39,400 27, 28,096 65,427 60,000 50,000 C .2 J§ ::, c.. 40,000 37,780 38582 26831 27161 24,920 24,537 38741 ~ 30,000 20,000 27416 23,576 9, 10,000 8,302 22,518 21,497 10 0 8,706 8,779 8,861 8,926 8,970 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 8,929 0 1990 Year -❖- Dickinson Co. -o- Menominee Co. -1::r- Delta ~Marquette Co. ~Alger Co. ---<r- Schoolcraft Co. Co. Source: Department of Management and Budget, Population to Year 2020 In Michigan, 1996. Chapter 2 - Page 19 2020 �2.10 Issues and Opportunities Census data indicate that the Township had experienced a steady growth rate from 1940 up until 1980. During the 1980s the township population decreased by slightly over 3 percent. But at the same time, the number of households increased by over 18 percent. This growth in the number of homes may entail increased demands on services such as fire protection, sewer, water, garbage, police, and snow removal. The median age of Township residents in 1990 was 33.8 years. The age composition and distribution within the Township indicates an older population base than the State, the nation and county average. The population estimates for Negaunee Township indicate a steady increase in the number of residents, while county population projections indicate an overall population decrease into the 21st Century. The relatively high percentage of high school graduates or higher in the Township indicates that the Township offers a well-educated work force to potential employers within the area. The moderately large shift from family households to non-family households between 1980 and 1990 may indicate a change in the type of housing and other services demanded within the Township. Most significant is the sharp increase in the number of non-elderly persons living alone. The Township population density of 56.2 persons per mile is the second highest of the townships within the Marquette-Ishpeming-Negaunee urban area. The majority of the Township population is located near US41\M-28, Midway Drive and adjacent or near the City of Negaunee. It is likely that the densely populated areas within the Township will expand northward into more of the rural portions of the Township in coming years. ' Chapter 2 - Page 20 �3.0 ECONOMIC BASE 3.1 Introduction The Township of Negaunee is situated within the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban corridor. The Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban corridor is the primary trade and employment center, and statistics on a county level reflect trends in this area. Many residents in the county, including Negaunee Township, are employed in the urban corridor and purchase goods and services there. Economic trends and data presented in this chapter will be discussed in terms of Negaunee Township where such information is available, and on a county-wide basis where more detailed information is not available. 3.2 Area Economy Like the rest of the Upper Peninsula of Michigan, Negaunee Township economic history is closely related to its natural resources. Mining and logging were mainstays of the local economy 100 years ago. Logging and lumbering became a less important part of the economy as the white pine forests which covered much of the Upper Peninsula were cut. Some areas which had access to natural port facilities, such as Escanaba and Menominee, retained strong ties to the wood products industry, while in Marquette County the focus remained on iron ore mining. Mines in the Marquette Iron Range have provided thousands of jobs and vast quantities of iron ore to the steel mills of the lower Great Lakes region. Eventually, most of the mines in Marquette County closed as the ore bodies were exhausted or the costs of extracting and shipping the ore rose. In 1997, only two mines remain operational in Marquette County -- the Empire Mine in Richmond Township and the Tilden Mine in Tilden Township. County-wide, the economy has diversified beyond its original natural resource base. The service and retail trade sectors have become the largest employment sectors in the county, while manufacturing has diminished in relative importance. The county includes a regional health care facility, a state university, and a number of government offices. Between the mid-1950s and 1995, K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base was a major employer in the county. The base closed officially on September 30, 1995. 3.3 Labor Force and Employment Unemployment data is collected at the county level by the Michigan Employment Security Commission, and unemployment and labor force information from MESC is available dating back to the early 1960s. Prior to that time, unemployment figures were based on data collected by the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of the Census. The information summarized in Table 3-1 and Figure 3-1 shows that unemployment in Marquette County has generally followed the same trends as the six-county central Chapter 3 - Page 1 �FIGURE 3-1 UNEMPLOYMENT TRENDS SELECTED AREAS 25 20 15 10 5 0 ~ ....O> ,.._ I() .... 0) i::: m - O> ,.._ .... m ~ Marquette Co. .... ....O> (X) (") (X) ....O> I() (X) .... O> ,.._ (X) 0) .... O> (X) .... O> ....O> ....O> (") O> .... m I() O> ....O> Year -D-Central U.P. -6-U.P ~ Mic hlgan -¼-U.S. Source: MESC, 1965-1996. Chapter 3 - Page 2 .,, �region, the Upper Peninsula, and the state and nation. Unemployment rates rose during the late 1970s and 80s, peaking in 1982 at 22.5 percent. Since that time the unemployment rate has followed a fairly consistent pattern of decline until 1990, when an increase of 1.2 percentage points occurred. In mid 1990 the country encountered a moderate economic decline. The Upper Peninsula experienced a slowdown in employment growth, which was similar to the rest of the nation. The trend continued into 1991. Unemployment has generally been lower in Marquette County than in other counties in the central U.P. In recent years, both Menominee and Dickinson counties have had lower unemployment rates. The slight rise in unemployment in 1994 is contrary to regional and state trends, and probably reflects the closure of K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base. The sharp increase in unemployment in 1995 is probably also due to base closure, and is much more significant than the slight increase that occured region- and U.P.wide. The unemployment rates for 1996 and 1997 showed improvements. During 1996, the number of unemployed persons decreased by 600, as a result of people leaving the area as the total number of employed persons and the total civilian labor force decreased by 50 persons and 650 persons, respectively. From 1996 to 1997, the total civilian labor force increased by 275 persons; the number of unemployed persons dropped by 75 persons. Although the county population declined between 1980 and 1990, the labor force has grown during that time, as shown in Table 3-1. The labor force peaked in 1993, with an annual average of 33,550 persons. In subsequent years the average labor force has declined. In 1996 there were 31,300 persons in the civilian labor force. The downturn is reflective of direct and indirect loss of employment associated with the closure of the KI Sawyer AFB. It should be noted that the labor force and unemployment figures from MESC do not reflect military personnel. TABLE 3-1 MARQUETTE COUNI'Y LABOR FORCE AND UNEMPLOYMENT, 1965-1997 Civilian Labor Force Employed Unemployed Unemployment Rates Total Marquette County Region U.P. Michigan U.S. 1965 18,700 1,100 19,800 5.6 6.2 7.7 3.9 4.S 1970 19,820 1,380 21,200 6.S 7.8 9.3 7.0 4.9 1975 29,775 2,275 27,050 8.4 10.S 12.3 12.S 8.S 1976 29,525 2,725 32,250 8.4 9.1 12.2 9.4 7.7 1977 28,750 2,750 31,500 8.7 9.3 11.8 8.2 7.0 1978 31,775 2,500 34,275 7.3 8.3 10.7 6.9 6.0 Chapter 3 - Page 3 �TABLE 3-1 MARQUETTE COUNTY LABOR FORCE AND UNEMPLOYMENT, 1965-1997 Civilian Labor Force Employed Unemployed Unemployment Rates Total Marquette County Region U.P. Michigan U.S. 1979 27,950 2.825 30,775 9.2 9.1 10.4 7.8 5.8 1980 26,650 3,925 30,575 12.8 11.5 12.2 12.4 7.1 1981 26,650 3,675 30,225 12.1 11.8 13.3 12.3 7.6 1982 24,050 6,975 31,025 22.5 19.0 18.9 15.5 9.7 1983 24,575 4,775 29,350 16.3 16.3 17.4 14.2 9.6 1984 25,225 3,300 28,525 11.6 13.6 15.5 11.2 7.5 1985 24,900 3,575 28,450 12.5 13.6 15.1 9.9 7.2 1986 25,275 3,325 28,600 11.6 12.2 13.4 8.8 7.0 1987 26,475 2,350 28,800 8.1 9.1 10.5 8.2 6.2 1988 26,925 2,000 28,925 6.9 7.9 8.8 7.6 5.5 1989 27,550 2,000 29,550 6.8 7.2 8.2 7.1 5.3 1990 29,375 2,650 32,025 8.3 9.4 9.2 7.6 5.3 1991 29,700 2,800 32,500 8.6 10.0 10.7 9.3 6.7 1992 30,750 2,750 33,500 8.2 10.1 11.0 8.9 7.4 1993 31,200 2,350 33,550 7.0 8.1 8.7 7.1 6.8 1994 31,125 2,375 33,500 7.1 8.0 8.7 5.9 6.1 1995 30,000 2,625 32,625 8.1 8.3 8.9 5.3 5.6 1996 29,950 2,025 31,975 6.3 6.9 7.9 4.9 5.4 1997 30,300 1,950 32,250 6.0 6.6 7.3 4.2 5.0 Source: U.S. Census, 1940-1960 & MESC, 1965-1997. Increases in the labor force have been the norm on a nationwide basis, even in areas where the population has declined. Two factors have accounted for much of the increase; record numbers of young people entering the work force during the 1970s and 1980s as the "baby boomers" reached working age, and an ever-increasing number of women entering the work force. The proportion and number of women in the labor force has increased in both Negaunee Township and Marquette County, as shown in Table 3-2. Within Marquette County, women now make up approximately 55 percent of the county labor force, compared to about 35 percent two decades ago. For the Township, females comprised about 27 Chapter 3 - Page 4 �percent of the labor force in 1970 and more than doubled their participation rate in 1990 to 63.1 percent. A more drastic increase occurred for women with children, particularly those with children under six years of age, as shown in Table 3-2. Looking at Negaunee Township figures, in 1970, about 13 percent of the women with children under six in the Township were in the labor force; by 1980, a quarter of the mothers of young children were in the labor force and in 1990, 68.6 percent of the women with young children were either employed or unemployed/actively seeking work. Women with children between the ages of six and 17 also increased their participation in the labor force during the past decades, from 24.8 percent in 1970 to 92.7 percent in 1990. County-wide, a quarter of the mothers with young children were in the labor force in 1970 and by 1990 their participation has risen to over fifty percent. A similar trend can also be seen with women with older children; within that particular segment about 40 percent were in the labor force in 1970 and by 1990 almost three-fourths of the mothers with older children were either employed or looking for work. TABLE 3-2 LABOR FORCE PARTICIPATION OF WOMEN, 1970-1990 1970 No. 1990 1980 % No. % No. % Negaunee Township (Total) Women (16 years & over) In labor force 606 166 100.0 27.4 849 325 100.0 38.2 Women with children In labor force 265 52 100.0 19.6 361 148 100.0 41.0 316 230 100.0 74.9 Women w/children <6 In labor force 116 15 100.0 12.9 151 39 100.0 25.8 105 72 100.0 68.6 Women w/children 6-17 In labor force 149 37 100.0 24.8 210 109 100.0 51.9 206 191 100.0 92.7 Chapter 3 - Page 5 879 555 100.0 63.1 �TABLE 3-2 LABOR FORCE PARTICIPATION OF WOMEN, 1970-1990 1970 No. 1990 1980 % No. % No. % Marquette County 21,834 7,605 100.0 34.8 27,158 12,175 100.0 33.8 26,974 14,849 100.0 Women w/children In labor force 8,681 2,782 100.0 32.0 10,354 4,632 100.0 44.7 9,322 6,032 100.0 64.7 Women w/children <6 In labor force 4,416 1,058 100.0 24.0 S,239 1,843 100.0 35.2 4,521 2,SSS 100.0 56.S Women w/children 6-17 In labor force 4,265 1,724 100.0 40.4 S,115 2,789 100.0 54.S 6,857 4,660 100.0 68.0 Women (16 years & over) In labor force ss.o Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1970 Fourth Count, 17,54,57,SS; 1980 STF3, 016,054,057,0SS; 1990 STF3a, P7 ,P70.P73. Another way of expressing the above trend is to note that in 1990, women with children (any age) made up 18.1 percent of the township labor force and 17.6 percent of the county's. About 40 percent of the fem ale labor force in the township are women with children, compared to 40.6 percent countywide. In addition to reflecting changes in values and in the family structure and the economic need for two-income families, the statistics on women in the labor force also point out potential impacts on employers and local service providers in terms of day care, health care costs, educational and recreational programs, etc. 3.4 Employment by Sector According to the U.S. Census, employment patterns in Marquette County have changed since 1970. The biggest change is the decrease in the relative importance of mining and manufacturing to the county economy. The percentage of local employment in these sectors has dropped by over half since 1970. The service sector has been the strongest sector of the Marquette County economy in recent years, and continues to grow in importance. The presence of Northern Michigan University and Marquette General Hospital, two large service sector employers, help to boost Marquette County's reliance on the service sector. This sector also includes those employed in educational services. Retail trade has become increasingly important to the local economy, with 20.6 percent of county residents employed in retail trade in 1990 compared to 16.4 percent in 1970. The construction sector has grown during the past 20 years. The growth in 1980 probably reflects the economic prosperity of the late 1970s, when a significant amount of Chapter 3 - Page 6 �new construction took place at the mines, universities/schools, paper/pulp mills and hospitals. During the recession of the early 1980s, this sector decreased, to rebound as economic conditions improved with a number of large construction projects. Transportation and public utilities have grown during the past two decades, as has finance, insurance and real estate. The public administration sector, which would include civilian employees at K.I. Sawyer, grew slightly during this period, but may drop over the next few years as a result of the closing of K.I. Sawyer. TABLE 3-3 EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR, MARQUETTE COUNTY, 1970-1990 Number 1990 1980 1970 Sector Number % Number % % 227 0.8 1,987 6.7 4.6 1,462 5.1 1,430 5.2 1,613 5.6 6.3 1,733 6.3 2,192 7.6 744 3.6 687 2.5 715 2.5 3,383 16.4 4,889 17.8 5,948 20.6 597 2.9 1,109 4.0 1,317 4.6 Service 6,311 30.7 10,483 38.2 11,076 38.4 Public Administration 1,435 7.0 2,063 7.5 2,321 8.0 20,583 100.0 27,423 100.0 28,858 100.0 Agriculture, Forestry & Fisheries 166 0.8 3,773• 3,210 15.6 * 748 3.6 1,256 Manufacturing 2,687 13.1 Transportation & Public Utilities 1,302 Mining Construction Wholesale Trade Retail Trade Finance, Insurance & Real Estate Total 13.8 * Mining was combined with agriculture, forestry and fisheries in 1980 Source: U.S. Census, 1970-1990 When Negaunee Township employment is compared to Marquette County, it can be seen that the local economy is dependent upon mining interests. Employment within the mines is almost 11 percent of employed residents, as compared to 7 percent for the county and less than 1 percent for the state. Employment in manufacturing businesses is slightly more important locally with 7.5 percent of employed township residents working in that sector, as compared on a county-wide basis where employment is almost 6 percent. The local economy is also dependent on both retail trade and the service sector employment. It must be noted that these figures reflect the employment sector of Chapter 3 - Page 7 �persons living within the Township and County; the jobs held by these residents may actually be located outside of where they live. TABLE 3-4 EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR, 1990 Negaunee Township Sector Number Marquette County CUPPAD Region State of Michigan % % % % 14 1.2 0.8 2.2 1.7 125 10.5 6.9 2.9 0.3 Construction 75 6.3 5.1 6.5 4.9 Manufacturing 89 7.5 5.6 17.6 24.6 Transportation & Public Utilities 135 11.4 7.6 6.7 5.4 Wholesale Trade 31 2.6 2.5 2.7 4.0 245 20.6 20.6 19.8 18.0 58 4.9 4.6 4.1 5.5 337 28.4 38.3 31.9 31.8 78 6.6 8.0 5.6 3.8 1,187 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Agriculture, forestry, & fisheries Mining Retail Trade Finance, Insurance, & Real Estate Service Public Administration Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990, STF 3A, P077. Service sector employment has been the fastest-growing sector nationally and statewide, while local employment in this sector has been also increased. The decline in manufacturing employment is consistent with state and national trends, although some central Upper Peninsula counties have seen increases in manufacturing employment. The relative importance of manufacturing is greater in many other counties in the region; for example, 36.6 percent of Menominee County employment is in the manufacturing sector. The increase in retail trade emp1oyment is also consistent with broader trends, although greater increases have occurred statewide and nationally. Wholesale trade has generally increased in other areas, while in Marquette County it remained stable. Chapter 3 - Page 8 �TABLE 3.5 MARQUETTE COUNTY EARNINGS BY INDUSTRY, 1975-1990 (fHOUSANDS OF DOLLARS) 1980 1975 Earnings Earnings % 1990 1985 Earnings % Earnings % % 375 0.1 2,226 o.s 1,340 0.3 901 0.1 Nonfarm 289,489 99.9 461,229 99.S 534,234 99.7 705,382 99.9 Private 187,447 64.7 312,647 67.S 333,304 62.2 443,736 62.8 973 0.3 738 0.2 771 0.1 1,340 0.2 Mining 69,240 23.9 119,689 25.8 83,961 15.6 76,868 10.9 Construction 16,042 5.S 22,030 4.8 24,182 4.S 37,021 5.2 Manufacturing 11,228 3.9 14,236 3.1 11,267 2.1 17,076 ZA Transportation & Utilities 13,855 4.8 22,122 4.8 39,543 7A 56,931 8.1 9,018 3.1 13,423 2.9 11,670 2.2 16,782 2A 27,233 9A 42,801 9.2 52,924 9.9 61,200 8.7 6,168 2.1 11,472 2.S 12,414 2.3 23,339 3.3 33,690 11.6 66,136 14.3 96,5'12 18.0 153,179 21.7 102,042 35.2 148,582 32.1 200,930 37.S 261,646 37.0 Federal, Civilian 13,354 4.6 16,825 3.6 21,094 3.9 25,274 3.6 Military 41,653 14A 50,027 10.8 74,812 14.0 83,894 11.9 State & Local 47,035 16.2 81,730 17.6 105,024 19.6 152,478 21.6 Total Earnings 289,864 100.0 463,455 100.0 535,574 100.0 706,283 100.0 Farm Ag., Forestry & Fisheries Wholesale Trade Retail Trade Finance, Insur. & Real Estate Services Government Source: U.S. Department or Commerce, Burean of Economic Analysis Although the service sector provides the greatest number of jobs in Marquette County, with 38.4 percent of the county employment, this sector provides only 21.7 percent of the county earnings. Public administration, which is the second-largest provider of jobs in the county, is responsible for 37.0 percent of the county earnings. Although mining provides only 4.5 percent of Marquette County employment, 10.9 percent of local earnings come from mining. Conversely, the 18.8 percent of the county employment provided by the retail sector supplies only 8.7 percent of local earnings. The above figures illustrate that although retail and service sector jobs are becoming less oriented towards minimum-wage, part-time jobs, jobs in manufacturing and mining Chapter 3 - Page 9 �are more high-paying. Government jobs also provide higher earnings levels. The flip side of this is that manufacturing employment is declining, or at best stable, in most regions of the country, and the job security once associated with mining, manufacturing and even many government jobs is no longer a reality. Marquette County has seen firsthand evidence of this with the closure of numerous mines, and the recent closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB. Although attraction of new manufacturing jobs may seem to be the answer, the competition for such jobs is very stiff, and in some cases the incentives necessary to attract new industrial development may negate the economic benefit to a community. More significant is the need to develop a diversified economy, with less reliance on any single sector; when losses of jobs and income occur in one sector, it has less affect on the overall economy. When the earnings figures in Table 3-5 are compared against the U.S. Department of Commerce inflation figure for the years 1980-1990, it can be seen that most sectors provided less earnings in 1990 than in 1980 after adjustment for inflation. This follows the pattern discussed in Section 3.6 with regards to local incomes, which are based primarily on earnings from employment. The only sectors to increase over the rate of inflation were transportation and utilities, services, government, finance, insurance and real estate, and construction. Earnings from mining declined the most, down 61.7 percent after inflation; overall earnings declined by 8.7 percent over the decade after inflation. With the eventual move of the Marquette County airport operations to KI Sawyer, the "former airport" property could potentially be available for industrial or commercial ventures. Questions on ownership, needed and planned infrastructure improvements must be addressed. Proper development of these lands could provide for an increased tax base for Negaunee Township as well as increased employment opportunities for the area. 3.5 Employment by Place of Work The vast majority of township employed residents work within Marquette County. There is a slight number of residents who either worked outside of Marquette County or outside of the state. Chapter 3 - Page 10 ? �TABLE 3-6 WORKERS 16 YEARS AND OVER BY PLACE OF WORK. NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP, 1990 Characteristics Percent Number Total Township Residents Employed 1,187 100.0 Worked in Michigan 1,161 99.1 Worked in Marquette County 1,149 98.1 Worked Outside of County u 1.0 Worked Outside of Michigan 10 0.9 Source: US Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, P04S. 3.6 Major Employers Once Marquette County's largest employer, the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB resulted in the loss of about 4700 jobs (3,600 military and 1,100 civilian). Most major employers are located in the City of Marquette and, with the exception of the Tilden Mining Company, L.C. and the Empire Iron Mining Partnership, are generally service-related. Over the past century, the economy of the central Upper Peninsula has been dominated by mining, especially iron ore mining. The iron ore industry has been sensitive over the century to cycles of boom and bust. Much of the cycle has been related to the same cycles as the national economy. The iron mining industry reacted to the demand for high grade ore by developing pelletizing plants to turn low grade ore into high grade pellets. All mining is now done in open pit mines. The last underground mines were closed in the late 1970's. Chapter 3 - Page 11 �In 1997, the Empire Mine produced 8.35 million tons of iron ore pellets. The Tilden Mine produced 6.0 million tons. Initial production nominations for 1998 have Empire scheduled to produce 8.4 million tons with Tilden at 6.6 million tons. These are initial nominations and could change during the year, depending upon steel industry business conditions. Collectively, North American steel makers reported mostly positive earnings for 1997. Many steel-making companies forecast 1998 to be another solid year within the industry. Iron ore pellet demand remains fairly strong and, as a result, both Empire and Tilden are projected to produce at, or above, their rated capacity in 1998. The Tilden Mine continues to produce both hematite and magnetite iron ore pellets. Magnetite production was added in 1989 at considerable expense to the mine partners. Producing magnetite pellets utilizes different methods and equipment at the mine and, as a result, only one type of ore can be processed during any one period. Algoma Steel of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, a 45 percent owner of the Tilden Mine, has decided to source its iron ore exclusively from Tilden. As a result, Tilden's annual pellet production capacity will be increased to 7.8 million tons by 1999. The Empire Mine mines and processes only magnetite ore. Costs and quality continue to be of paramount concern at both mines due to the highly competitive iron ore industry. In 1976, 14.5 million tons of iron ore pellets were produced on the Marquette Iron Range. Production peaked at 15.5 million tons in 1981, with three mines, the Tilden, Empire and Republic operating in Marquette County. The following year, production dropped to 6.9 million tons as the steel industry hit a slump and the Republic Mine was idled. Production returned to nearly 15.2 million tons in 1989 as Empire produced a then record 8.1 million tons. Empire's 1997 production of 8.35 million tons of iron ore pellets set a new production mark for the mine. In 1997, total production in Marquette County was 14.35 million tons. On the Marquette Iron Range, there were 3,500 mining employees in 1968. By 1971, employment was at 2,800 but later increased to 4,000 in 1979. In 1997, there were about 2,000 employees, a slight decrease from the previous year. Most of the major employers within Marquette County are associated with providing a service. The ''top 25" employers in Marquette County are shown on Table 3-7. It should be noted the information presented is from the latest information from the Michigan Employment Security Agency. ' Chapter 3 - Page 12 ,.. :;:::::::; �TABLE 3-7 MARQUETIE COUNTY MAJOR EMPLOYERS, 1996 Employer Area Employees Type of Industry Marquette General Hospital Marquette 1,831 General Medical & Surgical Hospital Northern Michigan University Marquette 1,119 University Empire Iron Mining Partnership Palmer 1,020 Iron Ore Mining Tilden Mining Company, LC. Nat'l. Mine 848 Iron Ore Mining Marquette School District Marquette 574 Elementary & Secondary Schools MI Marquette Branch Prison Marquette 438 Correctional Institution l\.1FC First National Bank Marquette 367 National Commercial Bank Alger-Marq. Comm. Mental Health Marquette 366 Admin. Of Public Health Programs City of Marquette Marquette 289 Executive & Legislative Combined Simmons W Enterprises, Inc. Negaunee 268 Air Transportation, Scheduled Bell Memorial Hospital Ishpeming 266 General medical & surgical hospitals Alger-Marquette Comm. Action Marquette 257 Individual & Family Services Wal-Mart Stores Marquette 256 Department Stores Gwinn Area Community Schools Gwinn 250 Elementary & Secondary Schools Marauette Countv Marquette 245 Executive & Legislative Combined Source: Michigan Employment Security Agency, 1996 3.7 Income Examination of local income trends, and comparison of local income figures to state and national averages provides information about the amount of wealth that is available locally for expenditures on goods and services. Income figures also reflect the wages and salaries paid to local workers. Table 3-8 shows that incomes in Negaunee Township and Marquette County are generally relatively low when compared to state averages. Income is measured in three ways: per capita income, which is derived from the total income reported for a community divided by the total population; household income, the average income reported for all households, including families; and family income, which includes Chapter 3 - Page 13 �married-couple families and other households made up of persons related by blood, marriage or adoption, but does not include persons living alone, unrelated persons sharing living quarters, or other non-family households. Income for 1979 (from the 1980 Census) is shown in Table 3-8, as a figure that is "adjusted for inflation". The "inflation-adjusted" 1989 dollar figure uses the U.S. Department of Commerce inflation factor of 1.676 for the period of 1979-1989. A household with annual income of $12,450 in 1979 would require an income of 1.676 times that amount, or $20,866, in 1989 just to keep pace with inflation. The 1989 actual income is the income as reported in the 1990 Census. TABLE 3-8 INCOME LEVELS, 1979-1989 1979 Actual Income 1989 Income Adj. for Intl. 1989 Actual Income % of State % Change % of State After Adj. for Intl. Per Capita Income Negaunee Township $6,368 $10,672 82.8 $12,257 86.6 14.9 Marquette Co. 6,187 10,369 80.S 11,02S 77.9 6.3 Michigan 7,688 12,88S 100.0 14,154 100.0 9.8 $21,037 $35,258 109.4 $32,076 103.4 -9.0 Marquette Co. 16,517 27,683 8S.9 25,137 81.0 -9.2 Michigan 19,223 32,218 100.0 31,020 100.0 -3.7 $21,953 $36,793 99.3 $35,492 89.S -3.S 19,492 32,669 88.2 30,249 82.S -7.4 $22,107 $37,051 100.0 $~,6S2 100.0 -1.1 Median Household Income Negaunee Township Median Family Income Negaunee Township Marquette Co. Michigan Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, P080A, Pll4A, and P107A and 1980 STF3, 069,074, 08S. Chapter 3 - Page 14 �Although per capita incomes locally are well below state averages, both the Township and the county showed an increase in per capita income after inflation. In terms of relative percentage of the state per capita income, the county lost ground, dropping from 80.S to 77 .9 percent; local income gained with 82.8 percent in 1979 to 86.6 percent in 1989. Both household and family incomes dropped when adjusted for inflation, and the decrease in all cases was greater than the drop at the state level, meaning that the local area also lost ground when compared to statewide averages. In summary, these income figures show that local residents make less money than the average Michigan resident (with the exception of household income), and for the most part their purchasing power decreased over the past 10 years. The incomes of Negaunee Township residents are also generally higher when compared to the county-wide averages. While the low incomes may be partially offset by lower costs of some items, such as land and housing in the local area compared to statewide averages, many consumer goods are priced at the same or even higher rates than the state as a whole. Comparing the number of households in the various income groups shows that Negaunee Township contains a lower percentage of households in the lowest income groups (less than $10,000 per year) than Marquette County or the state, and also fewer households in the high income groups. This information is displayed in Table 3-9. However, households with incomes between $10,000 and $24,999 per year are well above county-wide percentages. There are more households in the $25,000-$34,999 range at both the county and state level. On a percentage basis, Negaunee Township has more residents in the $50,000 - $99,999 income level than the county and the state. This is consistent with the relatively high household income figure for Negaunee Township, since about 40 percent of the township households have annual incomes of between $35,000 and $74,999, well above the county and state median household income. Chapter 3 - Page 15 �TABLE 3-9 HOUSEHOLDS BY ANNUAL HOUSEHOLD INCOME, 1989 Annual Income Marquette County Negaunee Township No. % No. % Michigan No. % Less than $5,000 44 5.2 1,311 5.4 203,692 5.9 $5,000-$9,999 54 6.4 3,276 13.4 329,871 9.6 $10,000-$14,999 57 6.7 2,776 11.3 293,659 8.6 $15,000-$24,999 147 17.4 5,268 8.9 562,017 16.4 $25,000-$34,999 175 20.7 4,481 18.3 525,350 15.3 $35,000-$49,999 168 19.8 4,631 18.9 638,963 18.7 $50,000-$74,999 173 20.4 2,762 11.3 556,760 16.3 $7S,000-$99,999 21 2.S 519 2.1 185,137 S.4 8 0.9 376 1.S 128,673 3.8 847 100 24,500 100.0 3,424,122 100.0 $100,000 or More Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, Table P080. Table 3-10 shows the type of income for households in Negaunee Township, Marquette County and the state. The Township has a higher proportion of households with earnings from wage or salary than the county or state, while the number of households receiving income from Social Security, public assistance, or interest, dividends or rent is lower than county and state averages. Those receiving retirement income is slightly higher than that of both the county and state. ,,,..--..___ Chapter 3 • Page 16 ~ . �TABLE 3-10 HOUSEHOLDS* WITH INCOME BY TYPE OF INCOME, 1989 Income Negaunee Township No. Earnings % Marquette County Michigan % % 711 83.9 79.4 78.5 689 81.3 77.9 76.5 87 10.3 8.1 9.8 3 0.4 0.4 1.6 Interest, Dividend, or Net Rental 263 31.3 38.1 41.8 Social Security 201 23.7 26.1 26.7 41 4.8 7.1 9.6 Retirement Income 153 18.1 17.7 17.4 All Other 101 11.9 12.2 12.5 Total Occupied Households 847 Wage or Salary Non-Farm Self-Employment Farm Self-Employment Public Assistance *Households may be counted more than once according to number of sources of income. Individual sources of income does not equal "total occupied households." Source: U.S. Bureau of Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A. 3.8 Poverty Rates Another measure of local incomes is the poverty rate. Poverty levels are determined by the U.S. Bureau of the Census based on a complex formula including 48 different thresholds. The poverty level for a family of four in 1990 was $12,674. Poverty rates for most of the groups rose slightly between 1980 and 1990 in the township. The county also experienced a general increase in poverty levels. In 1990, the poverty rate for all persons in Negaunee Township was 7.2 percent, substantially lower than Marquette County's rate of 12.6 percent and the statewide rate of 13.1 percent. Poverty rates for children were also notably lower than both the countywide and state-wide averages. A higher percentage of residents over the age of 65 who were in poverty is greater than the state average, but lower than the county-wide level. The rate for children under five in the township remained about constant from 1980 to 1990, however the poverty rate for all children under 18 rose 87 percent. The rate for Chapter 3 - Page 17 �female-headed households, rose almost 20 percent from 25.6 in 1980 to 30.6 in 1990. More elderly persons were in poverty in 1990 than in 1980, contrary to county and state trends, which saw a slight decrease in the poverty rate for those over 65. TABLE 3-11 POVERTY RATES, 1980-1990 1990 1980 Negaunee Township Poverty Rate for All Persons 4.3 7.2 Poverty Rate for Children Under 5 5.9 5.8 Poverty Rate for Children Under 18 3.1 5.8 Poverty Rate for Female Householder Families 25.6 30.6 Poverty Rate for Families w/Children Under 5 14.3 6.7 Poverty Rate for Persons 65 and Over 10.9 12.2 9.8 12.6 Poverty Rate for Children Under 5 13.3 19.0 Poverty Rate for Children Under 18 10.3 14.0 Poverty Rate for Female Householder Families 33.8 35.7 Poverty Rate for Families w/Children Under 5 12.2 18.0 Poverty Rate for Persons 65 and Over 13.9 13.5 Poverty Rate for All Persons 10.4 13.1 Poverty Rate for Children Under 5 16.0 22.1 Poverty Rate for Children Under 18 13.3 18.2 Poverty Rate for Female Householder Families 30.7 35.8 Poverty Rate for Families w/Children Under 5 13.9 20.6 12.2 10.8 Marquette County Poverty Rate for All Persons Michigan Poverty Rate for Persons 65 and Over . U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF3A, Income and Poverty Status. Chapter 3 • Page 18 �3.9 Issues and Opportunities Significant increases in the number of women with children in the labor force affect the needs for child care, educational and recreational programs and related facilities. Changes in the working environment to accommodate family needs of both men and women, such as flexible days and hours of work, job sharing, etc., may in tum affect commuting and transportation patterns, shopping patterns, etc. The soon-to-be-vacated county airport will offer the opportunity to redevelop the area for possible commercial and industrial uses. This will most likely increase the tax base for the Township as well as provide increased employment for the area. Local unemployment rates are generally lower than the Upper Peninsula average, but are, in recent years, higher than statewide rates and always higher than the national rate. The unemployment has declined in recent years, indicating a resurgence of the local economy following the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB. With a declining labor force, the overall percentage of persons unemployed improved in 1996. The unemployment rate has improved as the labor force adjusted itself for the loss of KI Sawyer AFB. The closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB has caused business to adjust its marketing strategies and product lines. Employment in Marquette County is concentrated in the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban center, which in turn affects commuting patterns as well as demand for residential development. Locally, most of the employment is centered on the retail, service and mining sectors. Family and household incomes actually decreased in Negaunee Township and Marquette County when adjusted for inflation, meaning that the buying power of these families and households declined. This affects the ability to afford housing and other basic goods and services. The average household income for Negaunee Township exceeds the statewide average. Although poverty rates for children are lower than state averages, the number of children in poverty increased over the past decade. The poverty rate for persons age 65 and over also increased and is higher than the statewide rate. This indicates that those who are generally least able to provide for themselves, and most in need of services such as health care, transportation, etc., are finding that their economic situation is worsening. A related issue with regards to children in poverty is the effect poverty may have on the ability to do well in school or obtain higher education, in turn affecting future earning ability. Chapter 3 - Page 19 �4.0 NATURAL FEATURES Natural features, including soils, geology, topography, water features, and other natural resources, have a profound effect on a community's development. These physical features directly or indirectly constrain or encourage growth; for example, soil types and geology often affect the ability of a community to provide high quality water and wastewater services. The natural resources, such as timber or minerals, which occur in certain areas are often a primary factor in the establishment and growth (or decline) of communities. For instance, many areas in the Upper Peninsula were settled as a result of logging operations in the late 1800s. These natural features are often interrelated and disturbance in one area can potentially affect other areas. From a planning standpoint, it is important to understand these interrelationships, and the role that natural features play in determining a community's future development. 4.1 Topography Topography, or the physical features of a place, is an important planning consideration. Land use and required maintenance depend to a large degree upon slope. While steep slopes can provide attractive views and recreational opportunities, building development can be adversely impacted. Slopes of over 10 percent (a rise in gradient of more than 10 feet in a horizontal distance of 100 feet) can result in more expensive building construction due to utility connection difficulties and more elaborate foundation requirements. Additionally, the risk of erosion is increased with the steepness of slope due to faster runoff. This is especially the case with steeper slopes (above 25 percent). High density development should not be permitted to occur on moderate slopes of 10 to 25 percent. Slopes of less than 10 percent are generally easy grades for residential and less intensive uses, although slopes of less than one percent may not drain well without manmade intervention. Negaunee Township terrain is typical of Marquette County, in that it is varied and contains flat, gently rolling, and hilly areas. The southern half of the Township's topography is characterized with rolling to hilly areas interspersed with a few flat scattered spots. Valleys are common in the northern portion of the Township. The streams and rivers within this area formed these valleys by carving through loose glacial deposits and bedrock. The terrain in the central portion is mostly rolling. The highest point in the Township is situated in the northwest corner of the Township, just northwest of Reany Lake, with an elevation of approximately 1,615 feet above sea level, or 1,013 feet above Lake Superior. The lowest elevation in the Township is about 990 feet above sea level, or 388 feet above the level of Lake Superior, which is located in Chapter 4 - Page 1 �the eastern portion of the Township, along the Dead River. The steepest terrain found in the Township is located along the Dead River in the central portion of the Township. 4.2 Geology Both bedrock and surface geology have an impact on community development. Bedrock geology consists of the solid rock formations found below the soil, which were formed during the early periods of the earth's evolution. These formations have undergone extensive folding, uplifting, eroding, and weathering during the millions of years which have since passed, and are now overlain by surface rock formations and soil. One of the primary factors which makes geology important to community development is its ability to supply groundwater. The quality and quantity of groundwater is influenced by the types of bedrock in which it is found, and the layers through which the water passes before it is extracted. Certain types of bedrock increase the potential for groundwater contamination, particularly when such bedrock is close to the surface. Surface runoff is filtered through the soil, sand, and gravel which overlay bedrock, and many contaminants are removed through this filtering process. When bedrock is close to the surface, there is less opportunity to filter out contaminants and the polluted runoff can enter the groundwater. If the bedrock is highly permeable, contaminants can quickly enter the same layers of groundwater used for domestic purposes. All of the bedrock underlying Negaunee Township dates back to the Precambrian era, generally believed to be over 600 million years ago. The oldest formation are rocks made up of mafic-volcanic and intruded felsic rocks that have been metamorphosed into schist and gneiss, which are from the Archean period. These types of rock formations underlay most of the northern two-thirds of the Township, with Volcanic and Sedimentary rock formation making up the largest portion. Next in age are the rock formations underlying the majority of the southern one-third of the Township, consisting primarily of metasedimentary rocks like schists, quartzites, iron formations, and gneiss. These rock formations date back to the Middle Precambrian (Huronian) era. Siamo Slate and Ajibik Quartzite, is the largest rock formation within the Township from this era. The bedrock geology of Negaunee Township is depicted on Map 4-1. The surface geology of Negaunee Township is a result of glaciation which occurred 10,000-12,000 years ago. As the Wisconsin Continental Glacier moved over the area, existing landform features were obliterated under the weight of ice estimated to be about one mile thick. Outwash, glacial till, bedrock, and wetlands make up the surface geology of the Township, as shown on Map 4-2. Chapter 4 - Page 2 " I.I �Outwash consists of stratified sand and gravel, which were carried by glaciers and deposited as a result of meltwater flowing from glaciers. These deposits commonly are very permeable, and are a good source of groundwater. Wells drilled into glacial outwash generally yield over 10 gallons per minute, providing water which is satisfactory for domestic use. Some areas of outwash contain ground water with a high level of iron. The largest areas of outwash are found in the east central portion of the Township. In some areas the movement of the glaciers scoured all or most of the surface material away, leaving bedrock exposed. In some cases a thin layer of till may remain. Availability of groundwater depends on the type of bedrock but is usually poor. Large areas of Glacial Till-Bedrock are found in the western, northern, and far southeastern portions of the Township. Wetlands are areas of poor drainage and high water table where an accumulation of muck and peat overlay a glacial lake plain. Wetlands occur in the west central and southern portions of the Township, especially in areas adjacent to the Dead and Carp rivers. 4.3 Mineral Resources Although reminders of past iron ore-related mining operations are still noticeable within the Township, all of the current iron ore mining activities along the Marquette Iron Range occur in Tilden and Richmond Townships to the south. A gravel quarry located in the southeastern portion of the Township, along Morgan Meadows Road, is the only active gravel operation within the Township. The quarry is owned and operated by A. Lindberg and Sons, Inc. 4.4 Soils There are a couple of sandy areas within the Township that are being used or have been used as sand pits. One pit, owned by the Marquette County Road Commission, is located about ¼ mile south of the Township Hall on M-35. This sand pit is no longer being used as an active sand pit and has been closed by the Road Commission. Another sand area, located about 1/8 of mile west of the M-35\CR492 intersection is in private ownership and occasionally sand is removed. Most soils in the U.P. have been formed as a result of glacial action, followed by accumulation of organic matter in some areas. A modern soil survey is currently underway in Marquette County with the work being completed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS) (formerly the Soils Conservation Service). To date, soils in much of the County have been mapped, a draft soil survey publication was completed September, 1997. Soils Chapter 4 - Page 3 �throughout Negaunee Township have been mapped with detailed descriptions of the various soil mapping units. Over 300 mapping units have been identified in Marquette County, and the completed soil survey contains descriptions of the suitability of the various mapping units for various uses. This information is invaluable to developers, foresters, planners, realtors, farmers, and anyone else concerned with the utilization and development of the land. Soils are grouped into associations based on common characteristics, such as drainage, slope, and texture. The soils in these associations respond similarly to the various uses to which they may be subjected. Development should be planned in such a way as to take into account the suitability of the soils for the type of development planned. For example, residential subdivisions outside of areas served by sewer systems should not be planned in areas of shallow and/or poorly drained soils, or in areas where the water table is close to the surface, since such soils are unsuitable for septic tanks and drain fields. Engineering and construction techniques can be used to overcome soil limitations, often at considerable cost. However, the long-term implications of such techniques should be carefully considered, since development in areas of marginal suitability may lead to high cost to local governments, and thence to taxpayers, in order to provide services to these areas. The NRCS has classified the soils of Marquette County into 25 soil associations, seven of which are found in Negaunee Township. These soil associations occur in scattered patterns throughout the County, deposited at random by glaciers. Sandy-loamy soils are predominant in Negaunee Township. Map 4-3 shows the soil associations in the Township, which are briefly described below. Four soil associations found in Negaunee Township are located on bedrock controlled moraines. The Keewaydin-Michigamme-Rock Outcrop Association (Map No. 4) is found in the western portion and northwest corner of the Township. This association is composed of nearly level to very hilly, moderately to very deep, well-drained soils. Woodlands is the major use of areas with this soil association, but also support agriculture uses in the Township. The Tilden-Michigamme-Rock Outcrop Association (Map No. 5) covers most of the southeastern portion of the Township. The makeup of this association includes gently rolling to very hilly, moderately to very deep, well drained loamy soils. The major use of this association is woodlands, with some areas in agricultural use within the Township. The Kalkaska-Ishpeming-Rock Outcrop Association (Map No. 7) is found in the central portion and the northern edge of the Township. It consists of nearly level to very steep, moderately to very deep, somewhat excessively drained sandy soils. The primary use is woodlands. The area within this Township with this soil association is the most developed, thus also supports residential, commercial, and industrial uses. An area of Pits-Pumps Mine-Slickens Association (Map No. 6) is found in the southeastern portion of the Township. This area is most likely the site of the former Pioneer (iron ore) Pellet Plant. An onsite investigation of the site is needed to determine the suitability for specific uses. Chapter 4 - Page 4 ~ \ �Negaunee Township also has one soil association found on outwash plains, terraces, and beach ridges. The Rubicon-Sayner Association (Map No. 9) is found in the north central portion of the Township. This association is composed of gently undulating to very steep, very deep, excessively drained sandy soils. It is used primarily for woodlands, but in the Township it's also used for residential developments. The Rubicon-Keweenaw Soil Association (Map No. 14) is found in a small area of the northwestern portion of the Township. It is a very deep, well drained and excessively drained sandy soils found on disintegration moraines. This soil association is principally used for woodlands. The Keweenaw-Kalkaska-Waiska Associations (Map No. 24) is found in northeastern and southern portions of the Township. It is made up of moderately sloping to very steep, very deep, well drained and somewhat excessively drained sandy soils, which is found on dissected moraines and till floor lake plains. The areas in this association are primarily used for woodlands; however, in Negaunee Township these soils are used for residential developments as well. The Natural Resources Conservation Service is currently preparing a detailed soil survey of Marquette County, and preliminary maps have been obtained. When completed, this survey will list detailed soil characteristics for a wide variety of mapping units, and will assist local units of government in making community and economic development decisions. While this information will be far more detailed and updated than the soils association information presently available, site specifics should still rely on field work to determine site suitability. 4.5 Water Features The most significant water features in the Township are the Hoist Storage Basin and McClure Storage Basin, which are both formed along the Dead River. The Township has in excess of ten miles of shoreline along these two storage basins. Many permanent and seasonal homes are located along these storage basins. Several small inland lakes are located within the Township. Most of these, along with the storage basins, are accessible by boat. Some of the inland lakes are only suitable to smaller boats. Numerous streams and creeks are also found throughout the Township. Two drainage basins are found in the Township. The water features in the north-north central portion of the Township are located within the Dead River drainage basin, which flows toward Lake Superior. Within the central-southeastern part of the Township, the water features are within the Carp River drainage basin, which also flows toward Lake Superior. Both these drainage basins flow in a easterly direction. The Empire Iron Mining Partnership had planned to increase the size of wetlands in the area surrounding Morgan Pond as part of a wetland mitigation project. The Chapter 4 - Page S �remediation project did not receive state approval. 4.6 Wildlife An abundance of wildlife species thrive within the Township forest and water areas. Many fish species are found in the Township storage basins, rivers, inland lakes, and streams. The type of fish found in these bodies of water include various trout and salmon species, perch, pike, panfish, and rough fish species. Mammals found within the Township include muskrat, beaver, white tailed deer, black bear, fox, skunk, mink, and raccoon. Bird species that can be seen include a wide variety of songbirds, woodcock, ruffed grouse, geese, ducks, bald eagles, osprey, and owls. 4.7 Climate Negaunee Township has a humid continental climate that is heavily influenced by Lake Superior, with cold winters and humid cool summers. The lake helps keep temperatures cool in summer and generally moderate in winter. The Township mean monthly temperature ranges from 14 degrees Fahrenheit in January to 66 degrees Fahrenheit in July, with a mean annual temperature of about 41 degrees Fahrenheit. Total precipitation averages approximately 32 inches per year, with the wettest month in June and the driest month in February. The winter snowfall in the Township averages about 160 inches annually. The growing season averages about 109 days. The last frost in the spring usually occurs about May 31, and the first frost in fall usually occurs about September 17. Incidence of thunderstorms is around 26 days per year. Michigan is located on the northeast fringe of the Midwest tornado belt. Between 1950 and 1987, only four tornadoes occurred in Marquette County. The Township averages 142 days per year with one inch of snow or more on the ground. 4.8 Issues and Opportunities Scattered areas of steep slopes are located throughout the Township, which may limit certain types of development. Bedrock at or near the surface in areas located in the western, northern, and far southeastern portions of the Township may make these areas less suitable for certain types of development. Some areas of soils within the Township contain severe limitations for septic systems, dwellings, and roads, although site specific testing and the more detailed soil survey information, which is currently being prepared, may show some areas where there are fewer limitations on development. Chapter 4 - Page 6 �5.0 LAND USE 5.1 Historical Land Use Patterns Negaunee Township's land use pattern, along with the surrounding area, has been shaped by the presence and exploitation of natural resources, principally iron ore, which was discovered in 1844 by a party of government surveyors. Two years later, the Jackson Iron Company opened the first iron ore mine in present day City of Negaunee. The iron ore deposits were found in what is known as the Marquette Iron Range, which runs east-west through the central portion of the County. The southeastern portion of the Township is within the iron range area; however, the active mines from when iron ore was first discovered in 1844 to the current operations have been located outside of the Township boundary. The communities of Negaunee, Ishpeming, Republic, Champion, and Michigamme were all founded around the mines of the Marquette Range, and provided housing and commercial services for miners and their families. During the first hundred years of ore extraction within the Marquette Range, the iron content of the ore was relatively high; however, the supply of high grade ore in the range area began to decline rapidly in the late 1940s. As a result, the Cleveland Cliffs Iron Company in the late 1940s and 1950s established a research facility in the City of Ishpeming to determine the best way to beneficiate low grade iron ore and how to pelletize the upgraded concentrate. The research paid off in July of 1965, with the world's first shipment of pelletized underground iron ore, which gave new life to the iron ore industry in Marquette County. In Negaunee Township, from 1965 to 1979, the Pioneer Pellet Plant processed low grade iron ore. Currently, in the County, low grade iron ore mining operations are occurring at the Empire Mine in Richmond Township and the Tilden Mine in Tilden Township. Land uses, like residential and commercial, in the Negaunee/Ishpeming area are still heavily influenced by the mining industry. Increased tourism has affected land use in this area during the past 20 years to some extent, which is relevant by the amount of commercial development along the U.S. 41/M28 highway corridor. The general land use pattern in Negaunee Township in 1997 includes considerable new residential development near the Township's two storage basins and in the eastern portion of the Township, just north and south of U.S. 41/M-28. Much of this development consists of large, high value homes on large lots, many of which probably sell for over $100,000 in the 1997 real estate market. Most of this development is occurring in areas not currently served by municipal water and sewer service, and relies on private wells and septic systems. In some cases, these new residential developments are served by gravel roads. Commercial uses in Negaunee Township are primarily concentrated in the areas near the City of Negaunee, especially along the U.S. 41/M-28 corridor. This highway corridor through the Township has been the site of significant development, with the addition of Chapter S - Page 1 �several new service oriented businesses. Many of these new businesses are catering to increased tourist traffic in the area. Several smaller industrial sites are also located along U.S. 41/M-28, including the Midway Industrial Park in the eastern portion of the Township. One of the most noticeable facilities located in the Township is the Marquette County Airport, which would be classified under the Transportation, Communication, and Utilities land use category. The airport is located in the central portion of the Township, just north of U.S. 41/M-28. Northwest Air Link, United Express, and Skyway are the commercial airlines currently serving the airport. The County is planning to relocate the airport to the former K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base by mid 1999. 5.2 Factors Affecting Land Use The decision process regarding land use can begin almost anywhere -- with a home buyer, a developer, a land speculator, a business owner, or a governmental unit. The home buyer or potential business owner tends to base decisions on location, access, quality of surroundings, available public services, and personal satisfaction, among other factors. The land speculator makes decisions regarding selling land or holding it in anticipation of future profit, based largely on potential profit. The land developer makes decisions regarding the type and timing of development based on the supply and demand for housing, goods and services, or on industrial needs, as well as other factors. Owners of business and industrial concerns make decisions to start, expand, or close their operations based on economic feasibility, which depends on a variety of factors. Many of these factors, such as supply and demand for the good or service produced, are beyond local control, while other factors, such as the availability of sites or adequacy of transportation, can be affected by local decisions. Decisions made at these levels are generally oriented toward a person's or organization's self-interest, and generally do not consider the effects of development on surrounding land uses, utilities, services, etc. This decision-making process can potentially result in discontinuous or incompatible development, since it does not necessarily consider the overall development pattern for a community. The overall development pattern for a community is left primarily to units of government, then, to consider the general compatibility and appropriateness of various land uses. Various laws and regulations have been enacted governing land use and Chapter S - Page 2 •. �development, and provide tools for federal, state, and local governments to use in dealing with land use issues. The federal government exercises many responsibilities that affect land use through various loan and grant programs for community facilities, water and wastewater systems, housing, economic development, and planning. Federal regulations also address environmental concerns, such as air quality, drinking water standards, etc. Although these programs and regulations do not usually directly affect land use and development, they have a significant indirect effect. For example, a community that lacks sufficient sewage disposal capacity to serve industrial uses can probably obtain federal funding to help with expansion of its sewage treatment plant, which in turn may lead to industrial development. The role of the state has traditionally been limited to providing enabling legislation for local units of government to regulate growth and development through planning and zoning. However, the State of Michigan does regulate land use and development in wetlands, floodplains, coastal areas, and other areas of environmental concern. This can have a direct effect on local land use. The State also enforces standards for municipal water systems and wastewater treatment systems that are at least as strict as federal standards, which can affect a community's ability to provide such services. Local governments can probably exert the most effective influence on land use changes through zoning ordinances, subdivision regulations, building codes, and public investment in roads, water and sewer systems, parks, etc. Local planning efforts that seek to define the most desirable and appropriate uses for the various parts of a community, and anticipate and prepare for growth, can help guide future land use decisions. Other factors affecting land use include the existing transportation system, taxation and land values, natural features, changing technology, and market factors. Changes in lifestyles, family size, shopping habits, and consumer attitudes also affect land use decisions. The transportation system that serves a community determines how quickly and easily, and at what cost, raw materials and finished goods can be shipped in and out, which is a crucial factor to many industries. The expanding highway network in the U.S., together with the proliferation of private automobiles, has enabled residents of rural areas to commute to larger communities for employment and shopping, and has increased the accessibility of many areas to tourists. This increased mobility has typically facilitated development of strip commercial areas, "mega" shopping malls, and suburban residential development ("urban sprawl"), sometimes resulting in the conversion of land from agriculture or open space. Chapter 5 - Page 3 �Taxation and land values play a part in many land use decisions. Families may move from urban areas because they feel that they are willing to trade off lower taxes and/or user fees for the lack of municipal services and increased distance from employment, shopping, and schools. Land values in rural areas may also be lower, and thus more attractive to residents. Commercial and industrial enterprises are generally less willing to forego municipal services, such as water and sewer, and usually locate in areas of concentrations of population rather than in very rural areas; however, tax rates and land values may influence a company's decision to locate in one community versus another. Because of changing technology, including computer networking, cellular telephones, fax machines, voice mail, teleconferencing, and electronic mail, some business and industries can locate in rural areas that would have previously been considered isolated. Often, the quality of life associated with these rural locations is an additional attraction. Market factors, and the ongoing shift to a more service-oriented economy, are factors that are beyond the capacity of an individual community to control. However, an awareness of such factors is important to planning and land use decisions at the community level. Finally, changing lifestyles have affected land use patterns throughout the nation. Americans live longer, have smaller families, and are more mobile than previous generations. As a whole, the population is growing older, and our housing preferences, shopping habits, and employment patterns have changed significantly. From a land use standpoint, some pertinent issues are the desire for larger homes on larger lots by many young professionals and families; the demand for housing suitable for elderly residents, including so-called "snowbirds" and the willingness of individuals to commute longer distances to work in order to live in certain residential areas. 5.3 Current Use Inventory This section will examine the current land use patterns for Negaunee Township and Marquette County, based on the Michigan Resource Inventory System (MIRIS) Current Use Inventory. The inventory describes land use or cover according to seven broad categories, with many subdivisions within those categories. The broad categories are depicted on Map 5-1. A windshield survey was conducted to assess any land use changes within the Township since the MIRIS information was completed, and changes to the inventory have been made where necessary. Sections 5.4 through 5.8 contain further detail on key l~nd uses and trends in Negaunee Township. Forest: Although the majority (77.09 percent) of Negaunee Township's 27,819 acres is forested, according to the Current Use Inventory, this proportion is the fourth lowest of the nineteen townships in Marquette County. The County's three cities and Chocolay Chapter 5 - Page 4 l.l �Township have lower acreage in forest use. This scenario reflects the development occurring in areas of the Township that are within the Marquette/Negaunee/Ishpeming urban corridor area. Forestland is defined as lands at least 10 percent stocked by forest trees of any size, or formerly having such tree cover, and not currently developed for nonforest uses. These lands are further broken down into several different types of forest cover. Predominant forest cover types in both Negaunee Township and Marquette County are northern hardwood, aspen/birch, and pine. Other forest types are also present, and the relative proportions of the various cover types are shown in Table 5-1. Agricultural: Agricultural is broadly defined as lands that are used for the production of food and fiber. Only a total of 172.4 acres, or 0.62 percent of the Township is in agricultural production. The agricultural areas in the Township are located in isolated scattered areas. The largest area of agriculture is located in the western portion of the Township, along JA Road, just north of the power line. Wetlands: Wetlands represent the fourth highest proportion of the Township's land cover, at 979 or 980 acres, or 3.5 percent. Most of the wetlands in the Township are concentrated along the Carp River and its tributaries, such as Nealy Creek. Due to state and federal regulations and the general unsuitability of wetlands for development, wetlands can pose significant constraints on development in some areas. Wetlands are defined as those areas between terrestrial and aquatic systems where the water table is at, near, or above the land surface for a significant part of most years, and include marshes, mudflats, wooded swamps, and wet meadows. Several different wetland categories are mapped in the inventory, although the maps included with this plan do not differentiate between the different types of wetlands. Wetland categories include wooded (dominated by trees over 20 feet in height, seasonally flooded); shrub/scrub (dominated by woody vegetation less than six feet in height); aquatic beds (areas with 30 percent or more vegetative cover of submerged, floatingleaved or floating plants, and less than two meters [6.7 feet] deep); emergent (dominated by erect, rooted herbaceous plants, which are present for most of the growing season); and flats (level or nearly level deposits of sand, mud or organic sediments). See Table 5-1 for the acreage of each category. Urban and Built-Up Areas: Areas of intensive use with much of the land covered by structures is classified as urban or built up. County-wide, this category comprises a relatively small proportion, totaling 37,793 acres, or 3.2 percent. However, this land use category is important because it contains most of the residential, commercial, and industrial uses in the County, and because the density and type of uses within this category have the most potential to adversely impact the environment. Most of this Chapter 5 - Page 5 �cover type is located in the Marquette/Negaunee/Ishpeming urban corridor, although all of the townships in the County contain areas of residential development. ~ On a percentage basis, Negaunee Township contains the second greatest concentration of urban and built-up land of any township within the County, at 10.4 percent, or 2,880 acres. The County's three cities and Tilden Township contain the largest proportions of urban land, at 50.3 percent, 22.9 percent, 12.5 percent, and 10.7 percent, respectively. These four areas, along with Negaunee Township, represent about 40 percent of all the urban and built up land use within the County (Note: urban and built up includes extraction areas). Most of the urban and built-up land in Negaunee Township is residential in nature. The oldest residential areas in the Township are close to the City of Negaunee. New subdivisions have been established throughout the Township, with most of them occurring north of U.S. 41/M-28. This scenario reflects a trend of developing residential areas in the rural outskirts of urban areas. Most of these developments contain large homes on large lots, and many are along the two storage basins, offering water frontage or a view of the water. Other uses included in urban and built-up lands are commercial; industrial; transportation, communications and utilities, such as airports, railroads, highways, etc.; open pit mining areas, such as gravel pits, quarries, mines, etc.; and lands devoted to outdoor recreation, cemeteries and other forms of open space. All of the Township's industrial acreage is occupied by smaller manufacturing establishments that are mostly located within the U.S. 41/M-28 highway corridor. Nonforested: Nonforested lands make-up 4.7 percent, or 1,351 acres of the Township's land area. This is the third largest category of land use in the Township. These lands are open lands or rangelands, characterized by grasses and shrubs, but not including those lands showing obvious evidence of seeding, fertilizing, or other agricultural practices. Nonforested lands are not generally a significant factor in the land use patterns in most local units. Water: 3.2 percent of Negaunee Township, or 877 acres, is classified as water, in the form of streams, waterways, lakes, and reservoirs. These areas have an effect on adjacent land use, by supplying sites for water-dependent industry, water-based recreational sites, and residential or commercial development. Many inland lakes and rivers offer public recreational access. The high percentage of water in Negaunee Township reflects the portion of the Dead River lying within the Township, which forms the Hoist and McClure storage basins. Barren: The smallest category of inventoried land use or cover in the Township and County is barren lands, or beaches, riverbanks, sand dunes, and exposed rock. Exposed rock accounts for all of the 116 acres of barren land in the Township, which occurs in Chapter 5 - Page 6 ~ �scattered locations in the western portion of the Township near the Carp River, in the vicinity of the County airport, and just north of the Hoist Storage Basin. Chapter S - Page 7 �TABLE 5-1 NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP & MARQUETTE COUNTY LAND USE PATTERNS I Negaunee Township Acres I Marquette County Acres % % 2,880.0 1,374.3 88.2 123.4 642.6 578.4 0.0 73.1 10.35 4.94 0.32 0.44 2.31 2.08 0.00 0.26 37,792.9 14,410.0 3,054.0 834.7 4,043.3 13,057.5 936.3 1,457.1 3.16 1.20 0.26 0.07 0.34 1.09 0.08 0.12 Agriculture 172.4 0.62 17,603.3 1.47 Nonforested 1350.8 4.86 28,907.0 2.42 21,444.4 11,605.8 0.0 6,393.2 360.3 1,622.7 272.5 1,189.9 0.0 77.09 41.72 0.00 22.98 1.30 5.83 0.98 4.28 0.00 987,838.1 468,112.1 6.9 176,654.9 32,960.5 147,773.3 19,981.0 142,334.7 14.7 82.54 39.12 0.00 14.76 2.75 12.35 1.67 11.89 0.00 Water 876.8 3.15 29,662.7 2.48 Wetlands 978.9 3.52 87,323.0 7.30 Barren 115.8 0.42 7,627.2 0.64 27,819.1 100.00 1196754.2 100.00 Urban and Built-Up Residential Commercial Industrial Transportation, etc. Open pit mining Underground mining Open land, other Forested Northern hardwood Central hardwood Aspen, white birch, assoc. spp. Lowland hardwoods Pine Other upland conifers Lowland conifers Christmas tree plantation Total Source: Michigan Resource Information System. 5.4 Residential Land Use Residential land use in Marquette County occurs primarily in the Marquette/Negaunee/Ishpeming urban corridor, with other concentrations of residential development located in small, unincorporated communities throughout the County. Additional residential development is located along highways and in scattered subdivisions outside these communities. Seasonal residential dwellings are found on both waterfront and inland properties; these seasonal dwellings range from relatively · primitive "camps" used primarily for fishing and hunting, to multi-bedroom units suitable for year-round habitation. Chapter 5 - Page 8 �Negaunee Township's rapid population growth from 1950 to 1980 reflected changes in residential land use patterns. Until the 1950s, most people who lived outside of cities and villages lived on farms and woodlots, and derived at least some of their income from the land. Most parcels were relatively large, and the density of development was very low. However, by the 1950s, people began to move out of cities throughout the country, seeking to escape the traffic, congestion, crime, and perceived high costs of urban life. Occasionally these individuals were interested in maintaining a somewhat rural lifestyle, with so-called "hobby farms" where they could raise a garden and perhaps keep a few animals. In many cases, families moving into the rural area continue to work and shop in the urban areas, and participate in the same activities they did when they lived "in town." ~ The potential concerns associated with this type of development are related to the expectations of people moving to these outlying areas. Often they expect to receive the same level of services they would enjoy in a more urban area, although the cost of providing those services may be much greater in rural areas. For example, most residents expect garbage pickup at their homes, expect roads to be plowed promptly, and take for granted that fire and other emergency services will be readily available. They also often want the rural character of the community to remain the same, not realizing that the cumulative effect of development in these outlying areas can create some of the same problems they hoped to escape when leaving the urban area. In areas where development exceeds the capacity of the site to support on-site wells and septic systems, groundwater contamination can occur, and septic systems can fail. In such cases, residents often look to local governments to help provide a solution in the form of public water or sewer systems. Such systems are very expensive, and may not be cost-effective to operate in areas of low density development. Land use conflicts are also possible when this new residential development locates in agricultural areas. The conversion of farmland to other uses is one concern, as is creating "landlocked" areas as a result of splitting a row of lots with road frontage along the edge of a large parcel. New residents in agricultural areas may not be prepared for the realities of rural life, such as the hours of operation, sounds, and odors associated with farming. In Negaunee Township's case, there are very few areas in agricultural use, and of the agricultural areas that do exist, it does not appear that significant conversion of this land has taken place. However, the scattered nature of development in the Township means that the cost of providing services is relatively high compared with more densely developed areas. New subdivisions in the past 10-20 years have been developed in scattered locations throughout the Township, especially in the vicinity of the Hoist and McClure storage basins. Chapter S - Page 9 �5.5 Commercial Land Use As with residential development, the highest concentration of commercial land use is located within the Marquette/Negaunee/Ishpeming urban corridor. The City of Marquette, the county seat, is the primary provider of commercial services to Marquette County and beyond. The Westwood Mall, anchored by K-Mart, JC Penney, and Younker's, and the Marquette Mall, anchored by Menards and Riverside Auto provide retail shopping, as do a variety of retail establishments located primarily along the U.S. 41/M-28 highway corridor. This corridor offers the best opportunity for businesses to take advantage of traffic patterns, and this is where most of the urban area retail and service establishments are found. The commercial development along U.S. 41/M-28 extends from the City of Marquette through Marquette Township, Negaunee Township, the cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming, and Ishpeming Township. Most of the development outside the cities consists of businesses that need large lots, and benefit from highway exposure, such as recreational vehicle dealers, car dealers, etc. Within Negaunee Township, there are still sites available for commercial development along the U.S. 41/M-28 highway corridor. Through most of the Township, U.S. 41/M-28 is a 4-lane divided highway, with a 55 mile per hour speed limit. Development that results in a significant increase in turning incidents has the potential to increase the risk of accidents and result in a need for additional traffic controls, such as lower speed limits and/or traffic lights. 5.6 Industrial Land Use Within Marquette County, as with_commercial uses, industrial uses are generally concentrated in the urban corridor, although some industrial land uses exist in other areas of the County. Unlike the counties in the southern portion of the central U.P., Marquette County does not have a large industrial employer but instead has smaller type operations. Industrial facilities in Negaunee Township include a lumber mill, two wood product factories, and a construction company. Opportunities for additional industrial development exist within the Midway Industrial Park area, the former Pioneer Pellet Plant area, and at other sites within the Township that may either be zoned for industrial use or be considered for rezoning. Chapter S - Page 10 ~ l,I �In April of 1998, the Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company (CCIC) announced that it plans to dismantle and remove buildings and equipment that remain at the former Pioneer Pellet Plant in Negaunee Township. A contractual agreement has been established between CCIC and Park Corporation (based in Cleveland, Ohio), for the sale of the buildings and equipment at the site. Under the terms of the contract, Park Corporation will be given three to five years to dismantle and sell any of the equipment and facilities remaining at the site. After this period, the only assets that will remain at the location of the former pellet plant are the items necessary for on-going reclamation or product removal. CCIC will retain ownership of the land and responsibility for overall reclamation. 5.7 Forestry and Agricultural Land Uses Table 5-1 and Map 5-1 show the predominance of forested lands in Negaunee Township. Almost all forested areas within the Township are privately owned, with both large and small parcels. These areas range from thousands of acres owned by area pulp and paper companies to small woodlots owned by private individuals. These lands are generally managed to provide raw material to local wood products industries. Agricultural uses are generally located in the southern and eastern portions of Marquette County. Negaunee Township, with 172.4 acres, makes up a very small portion of the County's agricultural land. The 1992 U.S. Census of Agriculture shows 84 farms in Marquette County, totaling 23,290 acres. Agricultural products from farms in Marquette County include field crops such as hay, barley, oats, and potatoes; dairy products; and livestock, including beef cattle, hogs, and poultry. As shown in Table 5-2, the number of farms in Marquette County is declining, while the average farm size has increased over the past 10 years. This mirrors a national trend away from the small "family farm." The total acreage devoted to farming has deceased by about 6,355 acres between 1982 and 1992. The average age of farm operators has stayed relatively the same during this period. Over 65 percent of the farmers in the County worked off the farm or listed a principal occupation other than farming. Several factors contribute to these trends nationwide and locally, including the increasing cost of land, equipment, and labor, which make it more difficult for young families to begin or take over agricultural operations; low and/or unstable prices for agricultural products; changing lifestyles that focus on a more urban environment; and demand for conversion of agricultural land to other purposes. However, in Marquette County, it can be seen that 18 years ago many farm operators worked off farm or listed a principal occupation other than farming, indicating that farming has historically not been a strong industry in the County. In parts of Marquette County, the climate is marginal for many agricultural products, adding further uncertainty to the industry. Chapter S - Page 11 �TABLES-2 AGRICULTURAL TRENDS IN MARQUETTE COUNTY, 1974-1992 1974 1987 1982 1978 1992 80 101 us 101 84 Total acreage in farms Average farm size in acres 24,761 310 27,814 275 29,645 237 24,484 242 23,290 277 Market value of products sold Total ($1,000) Average per farm $1,136 14,196 $1,594 15,787 $1,540 12,320 $1,783 17,651 $1,743 20,746 47 30 42 59 40 85 33 68 29 55 51.4 48.6 48.8 47.9 46.3 Number of farms Operator's principal occupation Farming Other Average age of farm operator Source: U.S Census of Agriculture, 1974-1992 5.8 Public and Quasi-Public Land Use Public land uses in Negaunee Township include parks, public buildings, the airport, schools, and tracts of publicly-owned lands. Many of these uses are discussed in more detail in other chapters of this plan; however, the land use considerations associated with these uses will be discussed here. The Township owns and maintains the following park and recreation sites: Negaunee Township Park, Kivela Road Recreation Area, and Midway Drive Recreation Park. Of these park sites, Negaunee Township Park, located along M-35, just south U.S. 41/M-28 interchange, is the largest and heaviest used. There is no state or federal owned forest land available for hunting and fishing; however, the Township does have large tracts of CFR (Commercial Forest Reserves) for these types of outdoor recreation actives. The state provides public access at both the Hoist and McClure storage basins. In terms of land use, local parks and public lands provide recreational facilities for residents, as well as maintaining green space and public space in areas that may otherwise be relatively densely developed. Large regional parks, while continuing to provide recreational opportunities and green space, also attract visitors from a wide area. Such areas have the potential to create more conflicts with adjacent uses, in terms of traffic, parking, hours of operation, noise, etc. The principal public building located in Negaunee Township is the Township community building/fire station, which is located adjacent to the Negaunee Township Park. The community building contains governmental offices, a gym, and a kitchen. The gym and kitchen facilities are regularly used by residents for community recreation activities. Chapter 5 - Page 12 J �The Township community building and other public buildings outside the Township, which serve Township residents, are discussed in more detail in Chapter 6, Public and Community Facilities. As a rule, these buildings are located in population centers, and do not occupy large tracts of land. Their primary impact on land use is related to traffic and parking. The Marquette County Airport occupies a large tract of land in Negaunee Township. The presence of the airport affects land use in adjoining areas in several ways. The need to maintain a clear zone around the runway restricts the siting of tall structures or industries that might produce emissions, which interfere with visibility for aircraft; noise, vibration, lights, and traffic associated with airport uses may affect the desirability of adjacent properties for residential development; and roads and streets must be routed around the airport proper, which may interfere with local transportation patterns. These effects all vary depending upon the number of takeoffs and landings, the size and type of aircraft that use the airport, and the overall airport size. In its present configuration, the Marquette County Airport appears to have little adverse impact on nearby residential development or on the siting of industrial operations, and transportation facilities are adequate to support traffic to and from the airport. However, expansion projects to the airport, like extending the north-south runway to serve larger commercial airplanes, must contend with the problem of available land and the presence of exposed bedrock in several areas within airport property. As the result of expansion constraints at the existing airport and the closing of the former Air Force base at K.I. Sawyer in 1995, the Marquette County Board in 1996 decided that the County airport should be moved to K.I. Sawyer. The complete relocation of the airport to K.I. is tentatively scheduled for the middle of 1999. Examples of quasi-public land uses include churches, golf courses, and similar facilities owned by private enterprise, but are open to the public. These uses generate increased traffic on a seasonal, occasional, or intermittent basis, by providing facilities and services that meet the needs of local residents and contribute to the quality of life of communities and neighborhoods. The presence of quasi-public facilities, such as golf courses, can also affect property values. Churches are located throughout the urban area, in the cities and in the surrounding townships. Many Township residents attend church in Negaunee or Ishpeming. Besides serving as places of worship, churches often serve as community gathering places for social events and local meetings. The closure or consolidation of churches, as is currently being done within the Catholic Diocese of Marquette, can affect traffic patterns and the availability of gathering places; it can also have a less tangible effect on the character and cohesiveness of a community. Chapter 5 • Page 13 �5.9 Land Ownership As discussed earlier, land ownership in Marquette County and Negaunee Township greatly affects land use. Land in public ownership mean that less land is available for private development. However, public lands often provide many of the amenities which attract residents to rural areas in the first place -- wildlife habitat, green space, scenic beauty, etc. While public lands are not available for private development, it should be pointed out that typically public lands are those that are less suited for intensive development. Some areas contain wetlands, unstable soils, or other environmental constraints. Unlike other townships in Marquette County, Negaunee Township does not have significant acreage of public-owned land; however, the Township does have large tracts of corporate owned land. Of the corporate-owned land in the Township, about 5,532 acres are designated as Commercial Forest Reserve under the Commercial Forest Act. To qualify for a lower tax rate on CFR lands, the landowner agrees to maintain these lands in their forested state, and to leave the lands open for public recreational use. When the timber is harvested, or if the owner wishes to build a camp or home on the property, the land must be removed from CFR status. Major corporate landowners within Negaunee Township include Escanaba Paper Co., Benson Forest, Ltd., and the Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company. These large tracts of land, which are open for public use, provide hunting, fishing, and other outdoor recreational opportunities that attract visitors to the area, in turn providing potential customers for retail and service businesses and affecting transportation patterns. Therefore, although the use of these lands does not include intensive development, development in other areas may be encouraged because of the presence of public and CFR lands. A less tangible effect is the impact on the overall quality of life in Marquette County -- few would argue that the lakes and forests of the area make the County a more desirable place to live. 5.10 Contaminated Sites The Michigan Department of Environmental Quality is required by Part 201 of the Michigan Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act, Act 451 of 1994, to identify, evaluate, and rank all sites of environmental contamination in Michigan. For several years, the DEQ was required to submit a list of these sites to the Michigan Legislature. However, recent changes to Michigan's environmental laws have changed this requirement to every five years. The most recent list of contaminated sites was submitted in April 1995. As defined by Part 201, environmental contamination means the release of a hazardous substance, or the potential release of a discarded hazardo~s substance, in a quantity Chapter 5 - Page 14 �that is, or may become, injurious to the environment, or to the public health, safety, or welfare. From a land use standpoint, the presence of environmental contamination represents a constraint on future development, and a threat to human health and safety. Besides affecting a specific site, some contaminants can enter groundwater and cause more widespread problems, such as water well contamination. It is desirable to identify and remediate contaminated sites quickly, so that potential hazards and land use constraints may be removed. In terms of future land use decisions, it is important that decisionmakers are aware of the potential for certain types of land use to cause environmental contamination. Most of the sites of environmental contamination identified in Marquette County are the result of past land use practices, and this illustrates that even when legal and accepted land uses are undertaken, the possibility of future impacts exists. In the list prepared in April of 1995, a total of five impacted sites and five leaking underground storage tanks (LUSTs) were identified in Negaunee Township. These sites are shown in Tables 5-3 and 5-4. Leaking underground fuel storage tanks have become a concern throughout the country in recent years. Many fuel tanks that met all installation guidelines at the time they were installed have deteriorated and allowed fuel to contaminate the surrounding soil. New guidelines for installing underground fuel tanks have been set up, and efforts are underway to identify and clean up leaking tanks. Chapter 5 - Page 15 �TABLE 5-3 SITES OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP SAM SCORE SITE NAME Res Well Negaunee Area 21 U.S. 41 and Midway Ind. Park 21 FABCO, Inc. 28 LOCATION CONTAMINANT CATEGORY Section 27; T48N, Dichloroethane, Benzene Toluene, Xylene 1 R26W Section 23; T48N, Gasoline 1 Lead, Chromium, Phthalates, Arsenic 3 PCE, TCE, Aviation Fuel 3 Benzene, Methylene Chloride 3 R26W Section 23; T48N, R26W Marquette County Airport 19 Negaunee Twp GW Contamination 19 Section 28; T48N, R26W Section 35; T48N, R26W Source: MI Sites of Environmental Contamination, Vol 1, April, 1995; Michigan DEQ, June 1997. NOTES TO TABLE 5-3: Site Name: The site name is assigned for identification purposes only and is not necessarily a party responsible for contamination. SAM Score: A numerical risk assessment model, known as the Site Assessment Model, is used to rank all Part 201 sites, except leaking underground storage tanks. The SAM has a scale of O to 48 points, with 48 points representing the highest level of contamination. Therefore, a site with a SAM score of 25 would present more risk to the environment, health, safety or welfare than a site with a score of 20. Contaminant: PCB - Polychlorinated Biphenyl TCE - Trichloro Ethylene Status: Part 201 sites are placed in one of seven categories, depending on the action, if any, which has been taken towards cleanup. These categories are: Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4 Category 5 Category 6 Category 7 - Inactive, No Actions Taken Cleanup Actions Taken or in Progress - Evaluation/Interim Response - Fund Cleanup Actions Taken or in Progress - Evaluation/Interim Response - Potentially Responsible Party/Other Cleanup Actions Taken or in Progress - Final Cleanup - Fund Cleanup Actions Taken'or in Progress - Final Cleanup Potentially Responsible Party/Other Cleanup Complete/Long-Term Maintenance - Operation & Maintenance - Fund Cleanup Complete/Long-Term Maintenance - Operation & Maintenance - Potentially Responsible Party/Other Chapter 5 - Page 16 �TABLE 5-4 LEAKING UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS (LUSTS), NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP SITE NAME STATUS LOCATION Marquette County Airport 198 Airport Road Cleanup Actions Taken or In Process Lake Superior & Ishpeming Railroad 311 M-35 Cleanup Actions Taken or In Process Frost Moving & Storage U.S. 41 East Cleanup Actions Taken or In Process Negaunee Public Schools Bus Garage U.S. 41 East Cleanup Actions Taken or In Process Terex-Lakeshore, Inc. 75 U.S. 41 Cleanup Actions Taken or In Process Source: MI Sites of Environmental Contamination, Vol. 2, April, 1995 5.11 Wellhead Protection and Planning Wellhead protection is a planning and management approach for preventing contamination of public water supply wells. The objective of well head protection is to protect the area surrounding the public water supply wells by controlling potential sources of contamination within a designated zone - The Wellhead Protection Area. The Wellhead Protection Area is the surface and subsurface area surrounding a public water supply well through which contaminants, if spilled or deposited, will most likely pass and eventually reach the well or well field. Also known as the zone of contribution. On February 8, 1996, the Negaunee Township Board adopted a resolution to protect the zone of contribution to the wells or well field in compliance with the State of Michigan Wellhead Protection Program. This resolution is attached. The Planning Commission agrees to protect the Township's water supply by establishing zoning districts and regulations governing the use of land within and around the Wellhead Protection Area. The Township Water Department is in the process of developing a Wellhead Protection Plan. The Wellhead Protection Area will be incorporated into the Zoning Ordinance. 5.12 Land Use Trends Negaunee Township appears to be absorbing a substantial portion of the residential growth in the Marquette/Negaunee/Ishpeming urban corridor. Windshield surveys show Chapter 5 - Page 17 �,. RESOLUTION No. W H P-1 NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP COUNTY OF MARQUETTE, MICHIGAN FEBRUARY 8, 1996 BACKGROUND Groundwater is an essential source of fresh water for the municipal water supply system of NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP. Virtually any activity on the surface of the ground which involves hazardous substances may contaminate groundwater, Once polluted, groundwater is difficult and sometimes impossible to clean. The natural microorganisms which help break down some pollutants on the surface of the ground and top soil layers are not present (or not present in significant quantities) in groundwater. The slow rates of groundwater flow, ranging from one foot per day to one foot in fifty years, limit dilution or dispersal of contaminants. Groundwater contaminated by today's land uses and activities may remain contaminated for hundre_d s of years. RE1?0LUTION: WHEREAS, the TOWNSHIP OF NEGAUNEE recognizes the importance of its groundwater supply as a natural resource used for drinking; and WHEREAS, it is within the responsibility of the TOWNSHIP OF NEGAUNEE as a public supplier, to consider the health, safety, and welfare of its customers, and WHEREAS, groundwater contamination can and does occur as a consequence of a variety of land use activities; and · WHEREAS, it is desirable to preserve arid protect the quantity and quality of our groundwater resources to assure a continued safe, adequate, and useable . supply, now and in the future; and WHEREAS, the protection of current and potential future sources of groundwater is worthwhile from the standpoint of resource protection; and WHEREAS, state and county laws and regulations require certain land uses to obtain permits and approvals for construction and operation; and WHEREAS, local government officials, through adopted zoning ordinances, have the legal authority to review and/or approve land uses for the purposes of meeting the needs of the state's residents for natural resource protection and public services, including public water supply; NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that NEGAUNEE TOWNSIIIP does hereby agree to take action to protect their immediate wellhead area and to take steps to determine the zone of contribution to the wells or wellfield in compliance with the State of Michigan Wellhead Protection Program; and BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the TOWNSHIP BOARD request the establishment of a "budget line ilem" for determining the zone of contribution to their wells or wellfield at such time that funds become available. Adopted this Ayes Supervisor, Charles Prusi /../ . ., Nays Clerk, Mary Grobar V 17a () �that many new subdivisions have been developed in recent years, along with new residential development outside of subdivisions. The urban sprawl, which occurred in the 1970s, '80s, and early '90s in portions of Marquette, Sands, and Chocolay townships from the City of Marquette, is now moving into portions of Negaunee Township. In addition, the Township proximity to the cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming and the presence of two storage basins help to make the area more desirable. While this development has added to the Township property tax base, studies in other parts of Michigan have shown that substantial new residential development does not generate enough new tax revenue to cover the cost of providing services. In the case of development in areas where sewer and water are not available, the costs of providing services may not be that high at this time; however, if additional services are needed in the future, the scattered nature of this development could make provision of municipal services very expensive. There are some areas with mixed land uses that potentially may result in land use conflicts. Examples include areas of mixed industrial, extraction, and residential use in the Eagle Mills area, and areas where residential subdivisions have been developed close to, or within, prime forested areas. If past trends continue, the number and total acreage of prime forested areas in the Township will continue to decrease, although much of these areas are currently protected as Commercial Forest Reserves (CFR) under the Commercial Forest Act. Because of the presence of these large tracts of CFR lands in the northern part of the Township, development will probably continue to be concentrated in the southern and central portions of the Township. The proximity to transportation corridors, shopping, and other amenities also influences this trend. Due to the nature of local employment and commuting patterns, future development will continue to be oriented toward the private automobile. 5.13 Issues and Opportunities Physical features can serve to constrain growth and development. In Negaunee Township, steep slope and bedrock areas are the primary physical features that affect development. The residential development in or next to areas currently in forestry use could lead to future land use conflicts; for example, nearby homeowners to a logging operation may find the equipment noise and continuous logging truck traffic a nuisance. The Township has the potential for some further commercial development along U.S. 41/M-28; however, suitable space along this highway corridor is running out. Chapter 5 - Page 18 �With the relocation of the County airport to K.I. Sawyer in 1999 and CR 553 designated as part of the priority north-south highway corridor through the central U.P., increased traffic will likely occur along CR 480 from the crossroads to the Negaunee/Ishpeming area. As a result, there is a potential for future commercial development along this stretch of road. The relocation of the County airport away from Negaunee Township will mean that the current airport land will need to be redeveloped for other uses. If new industrial and commercial facilities move to the existing airport site, the availability of infrastructure, such as roads, water, and sewer, will become an issue. The residential development within the Township should continue to expand northward from U.S. 41/M-28. South of this highway corridor there is not much suitable land available for further residential developments. Permanent and seasonal residential developments should continue in the northern portion of the Township near the Hoist and McClure storage basins. As residential developments in the Township continue to expand northward into the outlying areas, the cost of providing community services, like garbage collection and fire/police protection, will increase. There is the potential to redevelop the former Pioneer Pellet Plant and adjacent land for industrial use, especially with the Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company's (CCIC) recent announcement that the remaining equipment and facilities at the site would be dismantle and sold within five years. CCIC has also indicated that the reclamation process at the site would continue. The Township park and community building are located on an 80-acre parcel, of which only a small portion is currently developed; thus, there is the possibility of developing new recreation facilities at the site in the future. Chapter 5 - Page 19 �6.0 COMMUNITY FACILITIES AND SERVICES 6.1 Introduction Services and facilities provided by local government are vital elements of a community's progress and well-being. Services include police and fire protection, municipal water and wastewater systems, and solid waste disposal. Community facilities include local government buildings, libraries, and maintenance and storage facilities. As a part of the comprehensive planning effort, Negaunee Township community facilities and services were reviewed and evaluated as to their present condition and adequacy to meet the present and future needs of the community. These facilities are shown on Map 6-1. 6.2 Municipal Community Facilities and Services Township Office: The Negaunee Township Hall (Map No. 1) is at 42 M-35, just south of the junction with U.S. 41/M-28. The building was constructed in 1970. It houses offices for the Township, a kitchen, an overflow room, a gym, two conference rooms, a furnace room, a cloak room, and a janitor room. The Township employs a full-time office manager. Governmental business, including Township Board meetings, Planning Commission meetings, elections, etc. is conducted in the Township Hall. The building is also used for private social gatherings, meetings of local organizations, and recreational activities for both youth and adult programs. Other Township Buildings: Three Township-owned facilities are located within the vicinity of the Township Hall: Department of Public Works Storage/Garage: This facility is at 58 Forest Drive, just north of the Township Hall (Map No. 2). The vehicles housed in the facility include: three snowplows, a garbage truck, a pickup truck, and a backhoe tracker. The available space at the facility is inadequate for current requirements. Water Department Garage: This Water Department facility is located on the same parcel of land as the Township Hall, next to the elevated water tower (Map No. 3). It is used to store the vehicles and equipment used by the Department. It is also used to store any overflow equipment and vehicles. Building and Recreation Committee Facility: A garage is located behind the Township Hall (Map No. 4). Half the facility is used for storing vehicles and equipment and as a workshop, while the other half is used for concessions for ball games and social gatherings at the Township Park. The concession portion of the facility has indoor restrooms. Chapter 6 - Page 1 �Fire Protection: Negaunee Township Fire Department provides fire protection to all of the Township. The Department fire hall is located along M-35, connected to the Township Hall (Map No. 5). The Department is staffed by 29 volunteers, who are paid mileage for responding to fire calls. It operates two tankers (1990 and 1997), a pick-up (1986), and a fire unit vehicle (1986). Mutual aid agreements exist between the Township Fire Department and the fire departments in Ishpeming, Marquette, Richmond, and Sands townships, and the cities of Ishpeming and Negaunee. The adequacy of fire protection is evaluated by the Insurance Service Office (ISO) Commercial Risk Inc. through the use of the Grading Schedule for Municipal Fire Protection. The schedule provides criteria to be used by insurance grading engineers in classifying the fire defenses and physical conditions of municipalities. Gradings obtained under the schedule are used throughout the United States in establishing base rates for fire insurance. While ISO does not presume to dictate the level of fire protection services that should be provided by a municipality, reports of surveys made by its Municipal Survey Office generally contain serious deficiencies found, and over the years have been accepted as guides, by many municipal officials in planning improvements to their fire fighting services. The grading is obtained by ISO based upon its analysis of fire department equipment, alarm systems, water supply, fire prevention programs, building construction, and distance of potential hazard areas, such as the central business district, from a fire station. In rating a community, total deficiency points in the areas of evaluation are used to assign a numerical rating of 1 to 10, with "1" representing the best protection and "10" representing an essentially unprotected community. Class 9 usually indicates a community without effective public water supply and hydrant protection. The fire insurance rating for Negaunee Township is 6/9. Where classified areas have a split classification, the determination of the first listed protection class is five road miles or less to responding fire station and with hydrant within 1,000 feet, while the second listed class is five road miles or less to responding fire station, and with hydrant more than 1,000 feet. Municipal water: A portion of Negaunee Township is served by a municipal water system. The remaining areas of the Township use private wells. Negaunee Township provides municipal water service principally to residents living within the area one mile north and south of U.S. 41/M-28. The system consists of two wells and a 200,000-gallon elevated storage tank. The wells are located in an area north of CR 492 and east of M-35 (Map No. 6), while the sto?age tank is located on the same property as the Township Hall (Map No. 7). The wells at maximum use have the capability of pumping about 792,000 gallons per day. The current use is only about 85,000 gallons/day, which shows there is the capacity to expand the service area within the Township if needed. Chapter 6 - Page 2 �The Township would like to install a water main under U.S. 41/M-28 at Brebner Road and loop the line back to Midway Drive, which would improve the service of the system and reduce freezing problems. In the area next to the airport, the installation of a main water line under U.S. 41/M-28 would enable the Township to serve the water needs of future commercial or industrial developments. The Township would also like to construct a second water line from the wells, which would improve the flow and allow an additional 40 residential homes in the M-35 vicinity to connect to the system. Wastewater treatment within the Township is accomplished though on-site systems (private septic systems), except the airport. The airport is served by the City of Negaunee wastewater system. In 1992, a four-inch diameter sewer line was constructed from Negaunee's Sioux Court lift station to the airport, about a distance of 2.5 miles. The main reasons for this connection were the volumes of wastewater being produced at the airport and the types of materials that needed treatment (including various chemicals). The sewer line serves the airport's terminal building, hangers, fire truck building, and the former AMR facility. The line can handle up to 70,000 gallons per month. 6.3 Other Community Facilities and Services Law Enforcement: Negaunee Township residents depend on the Marquette County Sheriff Department and the Michigan State Police for police protection; the Township does not maintain its own police force. The Marquette County Sheriff Department operates out of a facility at 236 West Baraga in the City of Marquette. The department is staffed by 19 road patrol officers, two detectives, a lieutenant in charge of operations, an emergency services administration lieutenant, an undersheriff, and a sheriff. It also employs 27 correction officers, a jail service officer, a jail reimbursement officer, a community correction coordinator, a community relation coordinator, a community safety coordinator, and seven support staff. Eight marked cars, five unmarked cars, and seven four-wheel drive vehicles are available for road patrol and investigative work. The Michigan State Police Post/District Headquarters is located along U.S. 41/M-28 within the Township. Currently, the facility is staffed by 17 troopers and eight supervisory and investigative personnel. The Michigan State Police are in charge of enforcing state laws and investigating accidents and crimes. The cities of Negaunee, Ishpeming, and Marquette each maintain police departments that will respond to calls outside the city limits if requested by the Sheriff Department or State Police. However, their primary responsibility is to the cities, and when used it is generally in a backup capacity. Chapter 6 - Page 3 �Emergency Medical Services: Within Negaunee Township, the primary emergency medical service is provided by the Marquette County Sheriff Department Rescue Unit, whose facility is located along U.S. 41/M-28 within the Township. The Rescue Unit provides non-transporting Basic Life Support, which under the State Department of Consumer and Industry Services qualifications must have at least one EMT-B (Basic) accompany the rescue vehicle for each emergency response. The Rescue Unit is staffed with two Medical First Responders, eight EMT-B, 3 EMT-S (Specialist), and two EMT-P (Paramedic). A rescue truck is used for responding to emergencies. A typical rescue unit vehicle is outfitted with specialized rescue equipment including vehicle extraction equipment. Rescue Units are not licensed to transport patients, but must instead rely on other agencies for transport. Negaunee Township is in the primary service area of Marquette General Hospital. This transporting unit provides advanced life support care for patients being transported, which requires that at least one EMT-Paramedic and one EMT-Basic be on board each ambulance run. Secondary transporting service is provided by Richmond Township Emergency Medical Service. Individual First Responders must complete 117 hours of training, pass a state certification exam, and complete 30 continuing education credits during each three year period. First responders are trained in techniques that enable them to stabilize and treat a patient until more qualified medical personnel with transporting capabilities arrive on the scene. Persons with EMT-B certification complete 240 hours of training, and must also pass a certification exam and complete continuing education credits. EMT-Bs are trained to stabilize patients, and to immobilized and treat injuries. They are qualified to be part of an ambulance staff if the unit they serve has transporting capabilities. An EMT-S must be a licensed EMT-Band complete an additional 110 hours of training, which includes intravenous therapy and advanced air way management techniques. EMT -P is the highest level in the pre-hospital medical technician field. Paramedics must complete over 800 hours of training and clinical work to be licensed at that level. 911 System: Marquette County has an "enhanced" 911 dispatch system in operation throughout the County. Emergency calls for fires, medical emergencies, crimes, and other emergencies are accomplished by dialing the number 9-1-1; these calls go to the central dispatch location at the State Police Post in Negaunee Township, where the location of the call is displayed. The appropriate responding unit is then dispatched. The Marquette County Sheriff Department Emergency Rescue Unit, Marquette General Hospital, Richmond Township EMS, and other County Emergency Medical Service units are dispatched through central dispatch. Marquette County Airport: The Marquette County Airport is located just north of U.S. 41/M-28 in the central portion of Negaunee Township. The facility was established as the County airport in 1957; previously it was a utility airport. It is one of seven airports in the U.P. that provides local commuter and corporate charter service. The airport is served by Northwest Airlink, United Express, and Skyway. The County is planning to Chapter 6 - Page 4 .~ ? �relocate the airport to the former K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base by the middle of 1999. The Township is trying to keep a general aviation airport at the site, if the county airport is moved. Road Commission: Roads and streets in Negaunee Township are discussed in more detail in Chapter 9, Transportation. The majority of roads in the Township are county roads, maintained by the Marquette County Road Commission. The Township is responsible for part of the cost of improvements to local roads, and improvement projects are scheduled by the Road Commission based on funding availability and the priority of requests submitted by townships. County primary roads, such as Midway Drive (CR 502) and CR 510, are the responsibility of the Marquette County Road Commission (except snowplowing), and state trunklines, such as U.S. 41/M-28 and M-35, are maintained by the Road Commission in cooperation with the Michigan Department of Transportation. Health Care: Residents of Negaunee Township must look outside the Township for health care services. However, two hospitals and a variety of medical professionals are located within a few miles of the Township. Marquette General Hospital, with 397 beds, is located in the City of Marquette, while Bell Memorial Hospital, with 69 beds, is located in the City of Ishpeming. Physicians in the area provide a broad spectrum of health care services, including cardiology, dermatology, urology, obstetrics/gynecology, pediatrics, etc., along with family practice. Dentists, optometrists and ophthalmologists, and other specialties round out that range of choices for local residents, and home care and hospice services are available from offices located in the City of Marquette. Education: Negaunee Township, Richmond Township, and the City of Negaunee comprise the Negaunee School District, the second largest school district in the County in terms of enrollment at 1,620 students in 1997-98. The district has four schools: Lakeview (City of Negaunee) and Pineview (Palmer), which house kindergarten through fifth grade students; Negaunee Middle School (City of Negaunee), sixth through eighth grade; and Negaunee High School (City of Negaunee), ninth through twelfth. Enrollment in the school district has dropped since K.I. Sawyer AFB closed, with the peak enrollment occurring in 1993-94 school year. The district-wide enrollment trend is as follows: 1989-90, 1,674 students; 1990-91, 1,663 students; 1991-92, 1,690 students; 1992-93, 1,703 students; 1993-94, 1,753 students; 1994-95, 1,707 students; 1995-96, 1,668 students; 1996-97, 1,635 students; and 1997-98, 1,620 students. School district officials have not identified any major needs or deficiencies with regard to educational facilities in the school district. Routine maintenance projects are carried out on an annual basis. Local residents looking for higher education opportunities can turn to Northern Michigan University, located about ten miles from the Township in the City of Marquette. Northern offers baccalaureate and masters degree programs, as well as technical training in a variety of fields. Other institutions of higher learning in the Chapter 6 • Page 5 �Upper Peninsula include Bay de Noc Community College in Escanaba, 65 miles away; Gogebic Community College in Ironwood; Michigan Technological University in Houghton; and Lake Superior State University in Sault Ste. Marie. Library Facilities: Negaunee Township is served by the City of Negaunee Public Library within the city hall facility. The Township is also served by the Ishpeming/Carnegie Library and Peter White Library via the MICHICARD program. The MICIDCARD program allows individuals served by a library in Michigan that participates in the program to obtain a card that allows them to check out printed material from other participating libraries. The Negaunee Public Library is located at 319 West Case Street in the City of Negaunee. The facility serves the City of Negaunee and Negaunee Township. It has over 30,000 volumes available, with an annual circulation of approximately 35,000 volumes. The Ishpeming/Carnegie Public Library is located along Main Street in the City of Ishpeming. It has a service area that includes the City of Ishpeming and Humbolt, Ishpeming, Champion, Tilden, and Ely townships. The facility has about 69,000 volumes available, with an annual circulation of about 61,000 per year. The Peter White Public Library is located at 217 North Front Street in the City of Marquette. This facility is the largest public library in the County, with 126,000 volumes and an annual circulation of about 300,000. It serves the City of Marquette, and Ewing, Turin, West Branch, Sands, Chocolay, Wells, and Marquette townships. Solid Waste Landfill and Recycling: In Negaunee Township, weekly curbside pickup of residential and commercial solid waste is provided by Chic Sanitation of Champion Township. The Township finances this collection based on monthly fees charged to occupied residential dwellings and businesses. Residential dwellings are charged $8 per month for the service, while businesses are charged either $20 or $34 per month, depending on the size of the operation. Bills for the service are sent out quarterly. The Township receives about $34,000 per year from the fees collected for the service. In 1995, the Township generated a total of 1,470 tons of solid waste, which was an increase of 381.56 tons from 1992. The Marquette County Landfill is located on a 210-acre parcel of land in the northwestern corner of Sands Township. The landfill began operations in December of 1989. The landfill can handle Type II waste (residential/household waste) and Type III waste (demolition debris). The Marquette County Solid Waste Authority, organized in 1987, owns and manages the landfill. The appointed seven member authority includes: three representatives at large; three members designate4 by the Marquette City Commission; and one member designated by the Sands Township Supervisor, who serves as chairperson. The landfill receives about 50,000 tons of solid waste per year. The landfill has a life expectancy of 20 years. Waste entering into the landfill comes from all 23 units of government in the County. The waste collected from these entities is either Chapter 6 - Page 6 F' �directly hauled to the landfill or hauled to one of several transfer stations in the County and then brought to the landfill. With Negaunee Township, a voluntary recycling program began in October of 1997. Recycle items are sorted and placed on curbsides by Township residents for collection by Chic Sanitation twice a month. The following materials are collected for recycling: newspapers, magazines, catalogues, clear glass, tin and aluminum cans, plastic milk jugs, corrugated cardboard, and used motor oil. The recyclables are hauled to the City of Ishpeming Recycling Center. 6.4 Other Public Facilities and Services Besides community facilities and services provided by Negaunee Township and Marquette County, a variety of state and federal offices and some private providers offer services and facilities to residents of Marquette County and beyond. State and Federal Offices: Marquette County is the location of many state and federal agencies, especially district, regional, and U.P.-wide agency offices. State agencies located in the County include: the Office of Aging Services, Department of Agriculture, Department of Civil Rights, Department of Community Health, Department of Correction, Department of Environmental Quality, Lottery Claims & Regional Office, Department of Management & Budget, Michigan Employment Security Agency, Marquette District Court, Marquette Forensic Lab, Michigan Rehabilitation ServicesMichigan Jobs Commission, Department of Natural Resources, Secretary of State, Michigan Family Independence Agency, State Police, Department of Transportation, and Department of the Treasury. Federal agencies with offices in the County include: the Department of Agriculture, Department of Army-Corp of Engineers, Coast Guard, Department of Commerce, U.S. Courts, Department of Justice, Department of Labor Mine Safety & Health Administration, Department of Army 996 Engineer Co., Department of Transportation, District Court Magistrate, Drug Enforcement Administration, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Health and Human Services, Department of Interior, Department of Labor, U.S. Marshal Office, Small Business Administration, and Social Security Administration. Electrical Service: Electrical service in Negaunee Township is supplied by Marquette Board of Light & Power and Upper Peninsula Power Company (UPPCO). Marquette Board of Light & Power serves most of the Township. The company supplies power to residential, commercial, and industrial customers within the Township. The rate for electrical residential customers is 7.55 cents per kilowatt hour for the first 1,000 kilowatt hours used per month and 5.51 cents there after. Seasonal residential customers are charged 7.55 cents per kilowatt hour for the first 12,000 kilowatt hours used per year and 5.51 cents per kilowatt hour over 12,000 kilowatt hours per year. Electrical service monthly rate for small commercial and industrial operations (needing 25 kilowatts or more) is 6.47 cents per kilowatt hour for the first 1,500 kilowatt hours, 4.71 cents for the Chapter 6 - Page 7 �next 13,000 kilowatt hours, and 4.41 cents for over 15,000 kilowatt hours. Larger commercial and industrial operations demanding 200 kilowatts or more have rate of 4.54 cents per kilowatt hour. UPPCO provides electrical service to the northwestern portion of the Township, principally in the Hoist Storage Basin area. The company's rate for year-round and seasonal residential dwellings is 8.51 cents per kilowatt hour. Natural Gas Service: SEMCO Gas Company provides natural gas service to Negaunee Township. A natural gas distribution network makes gas available to the Township one to two miles north and south of U.S. 41/M-28 and along M-35 to CR 480. Most of the rural portions of the Township, however, do not have access to natural gas service. Residential customers pay 41.63 cents per 100 cubic feet of natural gas for service. Small commercial and industrial service is 41.19 cents per 100 cubic feet, while larger commercial and industrial is 40.89 cents per 100 cubic feet. Telephone and Cable Senice: Local telephone service in Negaunee Township is provided by Ameritech Corporation. The long distance service can be obtained from several carriers that serve the area. Bresnan Communication Company provides the Township with cable television service. Cable service is provided to a majority of the southern twothirds of the Township. 6.5 Issues and Opportunities The Township water system has significant excess capacity over current usage. As a result, the Township could extend this service to parts of the Township that are currently served by individual private wells. This may be especially beneficial for any future commercial or industrial developments in areas currently not served by water. The Township would like to increase the flow of its water system north of U.S. 41/M-28, which would allow it to better serve the households and commercial/industrial establishments currently using the system and provide enough flow for future extensions of the system. Most of the current growth in the Township is occurring north of U.S. 41/M-28. With the lack of space available at the Department of Public Works garage facility, the Township would like to construct a larger facility. Overall, Negaunee Township public and community facilities provide sufficient capacity and are in good repair. Chapter 6 • Page 8 ~ ~ �7.0 HOUSING 7.1 Introduction The housing characteristics of Negaunee Township are important elements of the comprehensive plan. The physical location of housing determines the location and cost of many public services and facilities. Also, housing characteristics are related to the social and economic conditions of the community residents. The information presented in this chapter will provide Township officials with information about the current housing stock as well as identify significant changes which have occurred in the housing needs. Information is presented about structural and occupancy characteristics. The end of the plan provides a housing strategy to address Township housing needs, including priorities, activities to be undertaken, and sources of funding. 7.2 Housing Characteristics Housing Unit Trends: The 1990 Census count of total housing units in Negaunee Township was 1,093. From 1970 to 1990, the number of housing units in the Township grew by 39.8 percent. The majority of this growth occurred between 1970 and 1980. In the 1970s, the housing stock grew by 326 units, or by 33.1 percent. Marquette County followed a similar trend with a majority of its growth, 39.4 percent, occurring between 1970 and 1980. The CUPPAD region also experienced a majority of its growth during the 1970s with a housing unit increase of 29.9 percent. TABLE 7-1 TOTAL HOUSING UNITS, SELECTED AREAS, 1970-1990 Area 1970 1980 1990 Negaunee Township 658 984 1,093 Marquette County 21,898 30,530 31,049 CUPPAD Region 61,798 80,271 85,650 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 19701 19801 and 1990 Census of Housing, General Housing Characteristics, Michigan Chapter 7 - Page 1 �TABLE 7-2 PERCENT CHANGE IN OF HOUSING UNITS, SELECTED AREAS, 1970-1990 1970-1980 1980-1990 1970-1990 Negaunee Township 33.1 10.0 39.8 Marquette County 39.4 1.7 29.S CUPPAD Region 29.9 6.7 38.6 Area Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 19701 19801 and 1990 Census of Housing, General Housing Characteristics, Michigan Occupancy and Tenure: In 1990, 77.3 percent of the housing units within the Township were occupied and 22.7 percent were vacant, representing 845 units and 248 units, respectively. An occupied housing unit is the usual place of residence of the person or group of persons at the time the Census is taken. The percentage of occupied units in the Township is lower than the percent of occupied housing units for Marquette County, which was 81.9 percent. The percentage of occupied housing units is slightly lower than the CUPPAD region, where 78.2 percent of the total units are occupied. Of the total occupied units, approximately 87.7 percent were owner occupied and 12.3 percent were renter occupied. TABLE 7-3 TOTAL HOUSING UNITS, OCCUPANCY AND TENURE, 1990 Negaunee Township Marquette County CUPPAD Region No. % No. % No. % 1,093 100.0 31,049 100.0 85,650 100.0 Occupied 845 77.3 25,435 81.9 66,996 78.2 Owner 741 87.7 16,332 64.2 48,760 72.8 Renter 104 12.3 9,103 35.8 18,236 27.2 248 22.7 5,614 18.1 18,654 21.8 For Rent 6 2.4 449 8.0 1,177 6.3 For Sale 14 5.7 237 4.2 837 4.S Rented or sold, Not Occupied 1 0.4 185 3.3 544 2.9 16,096 86.3 Units Total Units Vacant•• ~ Other* 227 4,743 91.S 84.S ource: u.s. Hureau of the Census, :STJ.f 1A, HlJUj amt HUU5. *Includes seasonal, recreational, occasional use, migrant workers, and others. **Includes seasonal and recreational. Chapter 7 - Page 2 �FIGURE 7-1 TOTAL HOUSING UNIT TREND, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP, 1970-1990 1,200 1,093 1,100 984 1,000 900 800 700 658 600 500-t---------------+---------------; 1970 1980 Year Sow-ce: U.S. Bureau of Census, for year cited. Chapter 7 - Page 3 1990 �A total of 22.7 percent of all housing units in the Township in 1990 were vacant. The vast majority of these are seasonal and recreational homes. Presently, the lands surrounding both the Hoist Basin and the McClure Basin are zoned Forestry, which allows for seasonal dwellings. A number of seasonal homes have been constructed in the area; but some are being used on a year-around basis. Use of a dwelling in the Forestry zoning district as a year around dwelling is a conditional use, requiring approval from the Negaunee Township Planning Commission. The rental vacancy rate, computed by comparing the number of units for rent or for rent or sale to the total number of available renter-occupied units was 6.3 percent. The vacancy rate for available owner-occupied homes was only 2.0 percent. Units in Structure: In 1990, of the Township's 1,093 total housing units, approximately 72 percent were one-unit detached or attached units. This figure is higher as compared to the City of Negaunee and Marquette County, but slightly less as compared to the central U.P. region. (There is only one reported "attached unit" which is commonly called row house, double house or house attached to a non-residential structure.) Mobile homes make up about 12 percent of the housing stock in the Township; this figure is considerably higher than the city of Negaunee, Marquette County and the region. TABLE7-4 UNITS IN STRUCTURE, 1990 I Negaunee Township Units # Negaunee City # % I CUPPAD Region Maniuette County # % # % % 1, detached 787 72.0 1,333 64.5 20,005 64.4 61,240 71.3 !,attached 1 0.1 19 0.9 1,542 5.0 1,881 2.2 2 8 0.7 276 13.2 2,165 7.0 4,710 5.5 3 or4 16 1.5 82 4.0 1,204 3.9 2,206 2.6 5 to 9 2 0.2 115 5.6 1,083 3.5 1,862 2.2 10 to 19 11 i.o 83 4.0 951 3.1 1,514 1.8 20 to 49 0 0.0 1 0.1 542 1.7 1,032 1.2 50 or more 0 0.0 80 3.9 537 1.7 1,152 1.3 Mobile home or trailer 129 11.8 37 1.8 2,330 7.5 7,344 8.6 Other 139 12.7 41 2.0 684 2.2 2,709 3.2 Total 1,093 100.0 2,067 100.0 31,049 100.0 85,650 100.0 ~ Source: U.S. Bureau o( the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF lA, H041 Chapter 7 - Page 4 �FIGURE 7-2 UNITS IN STRUCTURE, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP, 1990 80% 72.0% Vt:c"""' I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _:!_II 70% 60% I----------------jIl i \.?, 50% I 40% I 30% l I l 20% 11.8% 12 7'¾ 10% 0.1% 0.7% 1.5% 1.0% 1.0% Source: 1900 U.S. Bureau of the Census Chapter 7 - Page 5 l �According to the 1990 Census of Population, there were a reported 139 housing units classified as "other'' units in Negaunee Township. This category refers to living quarters occupied as housing units that do not fit other categories; examples are houseboats, railroad cars, campers, and vans. The Planning Commission feels this figure is in error. Comparing this figure to the number of "other'' units reported in the rural west end townships, the 139 figure seems quite excessive: Ely Township 116; Humboldt Township 31; Ishpeming Township 48; Michigamme Township 22; Republic Township 17 and Tilden Township 24. During the process of conducting the census, the census enumerator may have recorded seasonal or recreational units as "other''; there were a reported 188 vacant seasonal or recreational units for the 1990 Census. (According to the 1980 Census, there were no "other'' type units reported for the Township.) ~ Age of Housing: Almost 32 percent of the Township housing structures were built between 1970 and 1980. This period represents the largest housing construction period of the Township during the past 50 years. The median year that houses were constructed in the Township was 1970. The majority of the houses in the city of Negaunee were built in 1939 or earlier (median year built was 1939). Marquette County also experienced a housing boom during the 1970s with 26 percent of the housing stock constructed. The median year of houses built county-wide was 1970. However, almost 30 percent of the county housing stock was built in 1939 or earlier; the majority of these houses are found within the three cities as well as several mining communities. New house construction in Negaunee Township during the 1980s accounted for about 18 percent of the total housing stock; most of these houses were constructed between 1980 and 1984. Comparing construction activity to both the City of Negaunee and Marquette County, the Negaunee Township house construction figure is higher. According to building permits issued between 1991 and 1997, 141 new housing units were authorized to be built within Negaunee Township. All but two of the building permits issued were for single-family dwellings. If constructed, these new houses would account for about 11 percent of the total housing stock in the township. Chapter 7 - Page 6 •~ �FIGURE 7-3 HOUSING UNITS BY YEAR STRUCTURE WAS BUil T, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP 1939 or Earlier 8.7% 1980 - 1990 18.3% 1940 -1949 11.3% 1950 - 1959 13.2% 1970 - 1979 31.6% 1960 -1969 16.9% Source: 1990 U.S. Bureau of the Census Chapter 7 - Page 7 �" Table 7-5 HOUSING UNITS BY YEAR STRUCTURE WAS BUILT, SELECTED AREAS Negaunee Township # Negaunee City # % Marquette County # % # % CUPPAD Region % 1980 to March 1990 200 18.3 185 9.0 3,270 10.5 11,553 13.5 1970 to 1979 345 31.6 308 14.9 8,110 26.1 20,048 23.4 1960 to 1969 185 16.9 167 8J. 4,160 13.4 9,606 11.2 1950 to 1959 144 13.2 133 6.4 4,152 13.4 9,740 11.4 1940 to 1949 124 11.3 93 4.5 2,146 6.9 7,319 8.5 95 8.7 1,181 57.1 9,211 29.7 27,384 32.0 1,093 100.0 2,067 100.0 31,049 100.0 85,650 100.0 1939 or Earlier Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, H25 Household Type and Relationship: The U.S. Census categorizes households into three types: family households, non-family households, and group quarters. In 1990, 100% of the 2,368 Township residents lived in households and none were in group quarters. The percentage of persons living in households was higher than the region and the State. Of the total household residents in the Township, approximately 90 percent lived in family households while 9.2 percent lived in non-family households. A family household is one where there are two or more persons related by birth, marriage or adoption. A non-family household is a person living alone or with nonrelatives only. TABLE 7-6 HOUSEHOLD TYPE AND RELATIONSHIP, 1990 Negaunee Township Units Marquette County CUPPAD Region No. % No. % No. % Total Persons 2,368 100.0 70,887 100.0 177,692 100.0 In Households 2,368 100.0 66,359 93.6 171,279 96.4 In Family 2,150 90.8 57,073 80.S 150,47S 84.7 Householder 669 28.3 18,054 , 25.S 47,520 26.7 Spouse 597 2S.2 15,143 21.4 39,921 22.S Child 829 3S.0 21,790 30.7 SS,19S 31.1 Grandchild 10 0.4 434 0.6 1,165 0.7 Chapter 7 - Page 8 �TABLE 7-6 HOUSEHOLD TYPE AND RELATIONSHIP, 1990 Negaunee Township Marquette County CUPPAD Region No. % No. % No. % 40 1.7 860 1.2 2,336 1.3 Non-Relatives s 0.2 792 1.1 4,338 2.4 In Non-Family Households 218 9.2 9,286 13.1 23,141 13.0 Householder Lives Alone 148 6.3 5,984 8.4 16,714 9.4 Householder Not Alone 30 1.3 1,397 2.0 2,762 1.6 Non-Relatives 40 1.7 1,905 2.7 3,665 2.1 0 0 4,528 6.4 6,303 3.5 Institution 0 0 1,528 2.2 2,986 1.7 Other 0 0 3,000 4.2 3,317 1.9 Units Other Relatives In Group Quarters Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing P0l 7 & STF 3A. Between 1980 and 1990, the number of female- headed families more than doubled (126% increase) from 23 families to 52 families. During the same time period, the number of male-headed households decreased from 36 households to 25 households (31% decline). The number of householders living alone more than doubled from 68 to 146 (114% increase). Overall, the number of households increased about 19% from 1980 to 1990; at the same time population decreased by 3.1 percent. This means that housing demand has remained steady despite a declining population. If population increases in the future, housing demand will be even greater. The type and cost of housing required in the future may be affected by the fact that much of the growth is occurring in oneperson or single-parent families. Chapter 7 - Page 9 �• TABLE 7-7 HOUSEHOLD CHARACTERISTICS FOR NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP, 1980-1990 1990 1980 Number Household Type Percent Number Percent 627 88.1 668 79.1 568 79.8 591 70.0 Female Householder 23 3.2 52 6.2 Male Householder 36 5.1 25 3.0 Non-Family Households 85 11.9 177 20.9 Householder Living Alone 68 9.6 146 17.3 Householder 65 or Over 29 4.1 46 5.4 Family Households Married-Couple Family Total Households 712 845 Average Household Size 3.08 2.80 Source: U.S. Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 1A, P003, P016, and HOl 7A; and 1980 Census of Population and Housing, STF 1, 003, 016, 022, and 035. Household Size: The number of persons per occupied housing unit in the Township decreased from 3.08 in 1980 to 2.80 in 1990. The Township 1990 figure was more than the County and the CUPPAD region. The number of persons per occupied housing unit also decreased in the CUPPAD region. The smaller household sizes within these areas followed a national trend. This phenomenon is the result of smaller family sizes and an increase in single parent families. TABLE 7-8 PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD, 1980 AND 1990 Persons Per Household Area 1980 1990 Negaunee Township 3.08 2.80 Marquette County 2.49 2.61 CUPPAD Region 2.78 ' 2.64 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population & Housing, 1980 & 1990. Housing Values and Rents: The median housing value of owner-occupied homes in the Township in 1990 was $48,200. This figure was $9,800 higher than Negaunee City, Chapter 7 - Page 10 �$3,400 higher than the County, and $8,150 higher than the CUPPAD region. With the exception of Marquette Township and Sands Township, the bordering localities have lower housing values than Negaunee Township. TABLE 7-9 COMPARATIVE MEDIAN OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING VALUES FOR VARIOUS AREAS, 1990 Area Median Housing Negaunee Township $48,200 Negaunee City $38,400 Chocolay Township $57,900 Ishpeming City $33,800 Ishpeming Township $44,800 Richmond Township $32,100 Sands Township $60,900 Marquette City $50,700 Marquette Township $51,800 Marquette County $44,800 CUPPAD Region $40,050 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 1A, Table H023B. The median rent for Negaunee Township in 1990 was $252 per month. This figure was lower than the figures for both the County and the CUPPAD region. The $300 to $349 rent category accounted for 22.3 percent of renter-occupied housing units in the Township, which was the largest category. This figure was higher than the median rent figures for both the County and the CUPPAD region. Chapter 7 - Page 11 �. TABLE 7-10 CONTRACT RENT SPECIFIED RENTER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS, 1990 Negaunee Township % No. Value CUPPAD Region Marquette County % No. % No. Less than $100 3 3.2 201 2.3 655 3.8 $100 to $149 8 8.S 601 6.7 1,529 8.8 $150 to $199 12 12.8 882 9.9 2,225 12.7 $200 to $249 20 21.3 1,474 16.6 3,339 19.1 $250 to $299 13 13.8 1,381 15.S 3,027 17.3 $300 to $349 21 22.3 1,051 11.8 1,998 11.4 $350 to $399 5 5.3 783 8.8 1,320 7.6 $400 to $449 2 2.1 627 7.0 806 4.6 $450 to $499 2 2.1 318 3.6 386 2.2 $500 to $549 0 0 107 1.2 149 0.9 $550 to $599 0 0 86 1.0 95 o.s $600 to $649 0 0 44 0.S 61 0.3 $650 to $699 1 1.1 23 0.3 36 0.2 $700 or More 0 0 27 0.3 22 0.1 No Cash Rent 7 7.S 1,294 14.S 1,812 10.4 94 100.0 8,899 100.0 17,460 100.0 Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF ~ H032. ~ H032B. TABLE 7-11 MEDIAN CONTRACT RENT, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Area Value Negaunee Township $252 Negaunee City $239 Marquette County $273 CUPPAD Region $236 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF Chapter 7 - Page 12 �7.3 Financial Characteristics In 1989, about 7.2 percent of the population of Negaunee Township was below the poverty level. Slightly more than 74 percent of this population was under the age of 55 years, and 25.7 percent was 55 years and older. Almost a quarter of township residents had incomes below 199 percent of the poverty level. This figure compares favorably to 35.3 percent for the County and 36.5 percent for the CUPPAD region. Table 7-12 PERSONS BY POVERTY STATUS BY AGE, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP, 1989 Year Above Poverty Level Under 55 Years 55 Years & Over Total Total Below Poverty Level 1,853 127 1,980 344 44 388 2,197 171 2,368 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, Pll 7. TABLE 7-13 PERSONS BY POVERTY STATUS, SELECTED AREAS, 1989 Negaunee # Below 50% of Poverty Level Marquette County % # % CUPPAD Region # % 53 2.2 2,842 4.3 6,967 4.1 Between 50% & 99% 118 5.0 5,530 8.3 15,187 9.0 Between 100% & 149% 114 4.8 7,250 10.9 19,445 11.5 Between 150% & 199% 305 12.9 7,854 11.8 20,187 11.9 200% & Over 1,778 75.1 42,922 64.7 107,876 63.6 Total 2,368 100.0 66,398 100.0 169,662 100.0 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, P121. Negaunee Township median household and family income levels were $32,076 and $35,492 in 1990. These figures were higher than those for Marquette County and the CUPPAD region. The per capita income level in the Township was $12,257; this figure is higher than the county figure of $11,025 and $10,653 for the CUPPAD Region. Chapter 7 - Page 13 �. TABLE 7-14 INCOME LEVELS, SELECTED AREAS, 1989 Income Below Poverty Level Median Income Area Household Family Per Capita Income Negaunee Township $32,076 $35,492 $12,257 7.2 S.7 Marquette County $25,137 $30,249 $11,025 12.6 10.7 Michigan $31,020 $36,652 $14,154 13.1 10.2 % of Persons % of Families Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A; P080A, P114A, P107A and P123. A popular method used to gauge the affordability of a community's housing stock is the percentage of income spent on housing related costs. Generally, no more than 25 percent to 30 percent of the household income should be used for these costs. In Negaunee Township, approximately 37.4 percent of the renter-occupied households paid more than 25 percent of their income for rent. In terms of owner-occupied housing units, about 16.8 percent of homeowners in the Township paid more than 25 percent of their income on housing costs. TABLE 7-15 HOUSEHOLDS BY GROSS RENT AS A PERCENTAGE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME IN 1989, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP Household Income Less than 20% 20-24% 25-29% 30-34% Over 35% Less than $10,000 0 0 0 3 20 $10,000 to $19,999 3 7 0 0 8 $20,000 to $34,999 19 6 0 0 0 $35,000 to $49,999 14 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 39 13 0 3 28 $50,000 or more Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, BOSO. Note: Gross rent is the sum of contract rent and utility costs. Chapter 7 - Page 14 • J �TABLE 7-16 HOUSEHOLDS BY SELECTED MONTHLY OWNER COST AS A PERCENTAGE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME IN 1989, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP Less than 20% Household Income 20-24% 25-29% 30-34% Over 35% Less than $10,000 7 0 14 0 21 $10,000 to $19,999 Sl u s 0 s $20,000 to $34,999 75 28 30 7 4 $35,000 to $49,999 89 17 0 3 0 $50,000 or more 147 15 0 0 0 Total 369 72 49 10 30 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, H059. Note: Selected owner costs is the sum for real estate, taxes, property insurance, utilities, and regular monthly mortgage payments. 7.4 Selected Housing Characteristics In 1990, 5.8 percent of the housing units in Negaunee Township lacked complete plumbing facilities. This figure compared to 3.7 percent for Marquette County and 4.3 percent for the CUPPAD region. The higher percentage of units lacking complete plumbing facilities in the Township was probably the result of the large number of seasonal units. Three point one percent of the Township units lacked complete kitchen facilities, which was equal to the County total of 3.1 percent and near the CUPPAD region total of 3.7 percent. TABLE 7-17 SUBSTANDARD HOUSING, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Negaunee Township Marquette County CUPPAD Region Characteristic # % # % # % Lacking Complete Plumbing Facilities 63 5.8 1,140 3.7 3,680 4.3 Lacking Complete Kitchen Facilities 34 3.1 966 3.11 3,211 3.7 Overcrowded 21 1.9 427 1.4 1,042 1.6 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 1A: H021, STF 3A: H064, H042. Chapter 7 - Page 15 �Of the occupied housing units in Negaunee Township, 21, or 1.9 percent contained more than one person per room. The proportion of units with more than one person per room is slightly higher in the Township than both the County and the region. Units with more than one person per room are considered to be overcrowded; overcrowded housing and housing which lacks complete plumbing and/or kitchen facilities is considered to be substandard. The data presented indicates a high level of substandard units in the Township and County, based on lack of complete plumbing or kitchen facilities; however, the high number of seasonal units in rural areas is responsible for these relatively high numbers. There are no overcrowded homes lacking complete plumbing. There are only nine year-round homes that lack complete plumbing facilities. In 1990, 35.7 percent of the housing units in the Township relied on a public system or private company for their water source. This figure compared to 64.4 percent for Marquette County and 53.1 percent for the CUPPAD region. Individual drilled and dug well systems were the most widely used in the Township with 60.4 percent of the housing units. This water source was not as common in the County or throughout the region with 33.4 percent and 44.4 percent, respectively. Drilled wells are usually less than 1-1/2 feet in diameter, while dug wells are larger than 1-½ feet wide and generally hand dug. TABLE 7-18 SOURCE OF WATER FOR HOUSING UNITS, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Negaunee Township Source # Marquette County # % CUPPAD Region # % % Public System or Private Company 390 35.7 19,991 64.4 45,494 53.1 Individual Drilled Well 612 56.0 9,205 29.6 34,872 40.7 Individual Dug Well 48 4.4 1,142 3.7 3,201 3.7 Some Other Source 43 3.9 711 2.3 2,083 2.4 1,093 100.0 31,049 100.0 85,650 100.0 Total Units Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, H023. In Negaunee Township, 88.8 percent of the housing units used septic tank or cesspool systems for sewage disposal. This figure compared to 3i.o percent at the County level and 47.1 percent at the regional level. Only 4.6 percent of the Township was connected to public sewer. At the County and regional levels, this type of sewage disposal system was used by 59.5 percent and 49.0 percent, respectively. Chapter 7 - Page 16 �TABLE 7-19 SEWAGE DISPOSAL FOR HOUSING UNITS, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Source Public Sewer Septic Tank or Cess Pool Other Means Total Units # CUPPAD Region Marquette County Negaunee Township # % # % % 50 4.6 18,457 59.5 41,993 49.0 970 88.7 11,471 36.9 40,311 47.1 73 6.7 1,1211 3.6 3,346 3.9 1,093 100.0 31,049 100.0 85,650 100.0 Source: U.S. Bureau of Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, H024. In 1990, 34.9 percent of the occupied housing units in the Township used utility gas for heat. This figure was much lower than the figures of 60.0 percent for Marquette County and 57.2 percent for the CUPPAD region. Fuel oil and wood were also important heat sources in the Township. The rural nature of the Township accounts for having a large share of bottled gas users, as compared to the rest of the county. TABLE 7-20 OCCUPIED HOUSING UNIT HEATING FUEL, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Negaunee Township Source # % # % # % CUPPAD Region Marquette County Utility Gas 295 34.9 15,267 60.0 38,324 57.2 Bottled, Tank, or LP Gas 137 16.2 1,715 6.7 6,159 9.2 59 7.0 1,999 7.9 3,912 5.8 205 24.3 3,735 14.7 8,758 13.1 0 o.o 4 0.0 8 o.o 149 17.6 2,544 10.0 9,486 14.2 0 o.o 3 0.0 11 0.0 17 2.0 102 0.4 251 0.4 0 o.o 66 .3 87 0.1 845 100.0 25,435 100.0 66,996 100.0 Electricity Fuel Oil, Kerosene, etc. Coal or Coke Wood Solar Energy Other Fuel No Fuel Used Total Units Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, H030. Chapter 7 - Page 17 �7.5 Areas of Development Several areas in Negaunee Township are currently being developed with new housing, are platted for housing, or are in the process of being platted. White Bear location in the north central portion of the Township, east of the Hoist Basin, is a location that is experiencing new residential growth. This new housing area is completely surrounded by land zoned for forestry use. Carlson Subdivision, in the northwestern portion of the Township, north of the Hoist Basin, has about 10-12 year around houses constructed. Access to the new subdivision is off North Basin Drive. There are a number of houses located on South Camp Road, off of South Basin Drive, that are used for year around residence. That section of South Camp Drive has been designated by the Marquette County Road Commission as a "seasonal road" and as such does not receive snowplowing services; to gain access to their houses the residents plow the road. New housing development is also starting to occur in an area along Kivela Road, just north of the City of Negaunee, with a few houses already constructed. Another area just north of the City of Negaunee is currently in the process of getting platted. This new subdivision, if approved, will be located along Heritage Drive, between the Marquette County Airport and U.S. 41/M-28. Dead River Storage Area: Longyear Realty Company owns a considerable amount of real estate within the Dead River system located within Negaunee Township, Ishpeming Township and Champion Township. Longyear Realty Company, for many years, has leased the lands to individuals through a licensing arrangement. There are about 375 licensees for a "camping site" within the three township area; about 150 are located within Negaunee Township at Hoist Basin. In 1995, when renewal of the licenses was being negotiated many of the "campers" began investigating the possibility of purchasing the lands from Longyear Realty Company. Longyear Realty Company has entered into a "Binding Purchase Agreement" with a newly formed company, Dead River Campers, Inc. to purchase about 4,500 acres. The final sale of the property is expected to be concluded in 1999. As part of the sale process, Dead River Campers, Inc. is surveying the individual camper sites in order to create individual lots, for which the "campers" will receive a property deed. The amount of land contained in each individual parcel will be used to determine the individual "camper's" share of the total ~rchase price; the "campers" will be purchasing their individual lot plus an interest in the vacant lands surrounding the areas where "camping sites" are located. There are about 500 acres within the three-township area on which the individual "camp sites" are located. The individual lots range in size from 1½ to 4 acres; the typical size is about 200 feet by 300 feet. Chapter 7 - Page 18 �There is a mix of housing types, some larger homes worth about $100,000 that could be used on a year around basis and a few dwellings that are basically two rooms used on a seasonal basis. Some of the "camping sites" are vacant land. There are about 4,000 acres that are vacant lands, that the members of the Dead Rivers Campers, Inc. will own. The camping association will be examining alternatives as to the use of these vacant lands. The association would like to keep the Basin area as pristine as possible and limit development. These areas are important to the Township in determining the amount of services (water, waste collection, etc.) needed in the future. 7.6 Issues and Opportunities The Township could be characterized as an area of owner-occupied single family houses generally built in the 1970s. One third of the housing stock were constructed during the 1970s. The value of owner-occupied houses is greater in the Township than the immediate adjoining communities, with the exception of Marquette and Sands Township. More than a third (37.4 percent) of renters within the township paid more than 25 percent of their income for rent, and 16.8 percent of the homeowners paid more than 25 percent of their income for housing costs. This may suggest that affordability may be a problem or issue within the township. The number of housing units within the township increased 10 percent from 1980 to 1990; during the same time period the population fell about 3 percent. The number of persons per household has also decreased during the past decade. With 18 percent of the housing stock constructed during the 1980s and approximately 141 housing units authorized for construction (representing 11 percent of the housing stock if all constructed) a strong demand for housing in the township is suggested. Between 1980 and 1990, the number of female-headed families more than doubled, while the number of male-headed households decreased. The number of householders living alone also more than doubled. The type and cost of housing required in the future may be affected by the fact that much of the growth is occurring in one person or single parent families. Approximately 12 percent of the housing stock in the Township are mobile homes. Though mobile homes offer an affordable form of housing to may residents, there are differences in the property tax assessments and other forms of housing. Generally, mobile homes to do appreciate over time and depending upon locations, are often Chapter 7 - Page 19 �. inconsistent with the surrounding neighborhood in terms of appearance and type of construction. Older mobile homes have also been found to be in need of repairs and rehabilitation work. There are some houses in the Township which are substandard, almost 6 percent of the housing stock lack complete plumbing facilities. These units may be for seasonal use now, but the possibility exists that over time, the houses may be converted to yeararound use. Housing growth is occurring in areas not presently served by the municipal water system. With the sale of the lands owned by Longyear Realty Company to an association, the property that was owned by one corporation may eventually end up in individual land ownership. There may be increased demand to allow year around residences in the area. Most of the area in the northern part of the Township is zoned as Forestry, which allows for seasonal dwellings with year-around homes as a conditional use. Several homes located in the Dead River Basin and McClure Basin areas were originally constructed for seasonal use, but over time they have become year around residences. To gain access to homes located on roads that have been designated as "seasonal roads" by the county road commission, residents are plowing the roads. This situation may pose problems for emergency vehicles as the roadway by not be wide enough. As more and more people convert homes into year-around use, there will be more demands for municipal services, such as garbage pick-up, school bus runs, snowplowing, etc. The Planning Commission, as part of the future process of updating and revising the zoning ordinance, needs to review and become aware of the changing and potential changing land uses occurring within the northern part of the Township. Chapter 7 - Page 20 r �8.0 PARK AND RECREATION FACILITIES The park and open space site facility recommendations for Negaunee Township are presented in this chapter. The purpose of the park and open space plan element is to provide the Township with a comprehensive and sound working guide that will direct the acquisition and development of parks and recreational facilities needed or desired to satisfy the demands of the Township residents. The chapter is intended to integrate the Negaunee Township Recreation Plan into this comprehensive plan. However, the Recreation Plan should remain the primary document used by the Township for any current and future park and recreation endeavors. A community recreation plan under the Michigan Department of Natural Resources regulation is a comprehensive recreation plan for a local unit of government, valid for a five-year period, and is required in order for the Township to participate in federal and state recreational funding programs. Annually, under these recreational funding programs, funds are made available to local communities by the MDNR through a competitive grant application process. The application deadlines for these grants are April 1st and September 1st. If a community recreation plan has expired, it must be updated by the community and then approved by the MDNR at least a month before these application deadlines to apply for a recreation grant. The Township current recreation plan is valid until 2000. The first portion of this chapter provides an inventory of existing parks, recreational facilities, natural resource assets, and historically significant places located within the planning area. Recreational facilities located in surrounding communities, which may be used by Township residents are also identified in this section. The second portion of this chapter details the Township current and future recreational needs, which have been identified as necessary or desired to increase the quality of recreation opportunities offered locally. Most of these needs were identified during the planning process when the Township current recreation plan was updated in 1995; however, some needs have been identified by the Township since that time. The final section of this chapter describes the recreational needs of the community in relation to standards set by the National Recreation and Park Association and Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. 8.1 Existing Recreational Facilities From a recreation standpoint, it is important that the Township provide a broad range of recreational opportunities to local citizens, as well as tourists. When identifying existing facilities, it helps to understand the types of facilities present. For convenience, the different types of facilities, in general, are explained below. Chapter 8 - Page 1 �.. Mini-Park: A park containing specialized facilities that serves a concentration or limited population or specific group such as tots or the elderly. Neighborhood Park/Playground: An active recreation site incorporating one or more open space areas designed for field sport and providing play apparatuses. The open space areas should be able to serve the needs of both youths and adults. Community Park/Recreation Area: Area of diverse environmental quality. May include areas suited for intense recreational facilities such as athletic complexes and large swimming pools. May be an area of natural quality for outdoor recreation such as walking, viewing, sitting, and picnicking. Regional Park/Recreation Area: Area of natural or ornamental quality for outdoor recreation, such as picnicking, boating, fishing, swimming, camping, and trail uses. It may include play areas. These types of facilities tend to attract individuals from outside the community. Within Negaunee Township boundaries, there are eight publicly owned park and recreation sites. These sites provide a wide spectrum of recreational opportunities that Township residents and individuals living outside of the Township can enjoy year-round. In August of 1997, an inventory of existing public-owned recreation areas and facilities was conducted. Some information in this section was obtained from the Township current five-year recreation plan, which was adopted and approved in 1995. Map 8-1 shows the location of each facility. Township-Owned Recreation Facilities 1. Negaunee Township Park: This regional park is located on a 71-acre parcel of land along M-35, about 1/4 mile south of U.S. 41/M-28. The Park is utilized yearround by local residents and individuals from surrounding areas. During the summer months, the baseball and softball fields located within the Park are used by local organized leagues for practices and games. These fields are often used by local residents when league teams are not playing or practicing. The Park picnic area is used for various parties and social gatherings. The Park crosscountry ski trail is a very popular attraction during the winter. It is used by local residents, ski organizations, out-of-town visitors, and the Northern Michigan University U.S. Olympic Training Center. Facilities at the Park include: • • • • • Basketball Court, Two Hoops Small Pavilion Warming Building/Concession Fenced-in Playground Area Slide Chapter 8 - Page 2 .,_ • • • • Tennis Court Cross-Country Ski Trail Storage Building Merry-go-Round Horse Swing Set �• 19 Picnic Tables • Two Grills • Four Dugouts • Two Lime Sheds • Seven Trash Cans • Wooden Multi Play Apparatus • Two Spring Play Apparatuses • Storage Garage • Volleyball Court • Snowmobile Trail Access • Five Bleachers • Two Benches • Fenced-in Regulation Size Little League Baseball Field • Fenced-in Babe Ruth Baseball Field • Fenced-in Softball Field • Cross-country Ski Trail (a new two-mile segment is located on adjacent corporate-owned land) 2. Negaunee Township Community Building: The Community Building is located next to Township Park on a two-acre parcel. The gym facility located within the building is used by local residents for playing basketball, shuffle board, table tennis, volleyball, and dancing. The following are facilities within the Community Building that are most likely used by individuals partaking in recreational activities within the structure: • Two Conference Rooms • Full Kitchen • Gym • Four Bathrooms 3. Kivela Road Recreation Area: This Township-owned community recreation area is located on a 40-acre parcel of land in the western portion of the Township, along Kivela Road. The ballfield at the site is used during the summer by local slow pitch softball leagues. Youngsters attending league softball games with their parents usually use the playground at the site. During the winter months, the Recreation Area's trail is used for cross-country skiing. Facilities at the Recreation Area include: • • • • • • • • 4. Baseball Diamond, with Fencing Restroom/Storage Facility Bleacher Basketball Hoop with Small Court Wooden Multi Play Apparatus Slide Swing Set Fencing Between Parking Area & Playground • • • • • • • Offstreet Parking Area Three Picnic Tables Two Benches Rotating Play Apparatus Swing Set for Toddlers Merry-go-Round Cross-Country Ski Trail Midway Drive Recreation Park: This one-acre neighborhood park is located along Midway Drive (CR 502), about ½ mile northeast of U.S 41/M-28. The Park is mostly used by local neighborhood children as a play area. Facilities at the Park include: Chapter 8 - Page 3 �• • • • • • 5. Basketball Court, Two Hoops Picnic Table Three Spring Play Apparatuses Small Swing Set Climbing Play Apparatus Rotating Play Apparatus • • • • • Small Grassy Area Trash Can Wooden Multi Play Apparatus Merry-go-Round Large Swing Set M-35 Property: Currently, the Township is proposing to develop a 20-acre parcel of land into a neighborhood park in the southern portion of the Township. The parcel is located on the east side of M-35, just north of CR 480. Facilities planned for the new park include a playground, basketball court, and tennis court. In 1998, the Township is planning to survey the site and construct an access road. The Township is actively looking for funding sources to complete the development of the new park. State-Owned Recreation Sites in the Township 6. McClure Storage Basin Access Site: The access site, located off CR 510 on a 1.03 acre parcel of land in the northern portion of the Township, is owned and maintained by the Michigan DNR. Public access is provided to the McClure Storage Basin and the portion of the Dead River between the Hoist and McClure storage basins. Facilities at the site include: • Hard-Surface Launch Ramp • Gravel Parking Area 7. Hoist Basin Access Site: The access site on the Hoist Storage Basin, located on a 1.82 acre parcel in the northern portion of the Township off CR 510, is owned and maintained by the Michigan DNR. The access site is located next to an Upper Peninsula Power Company hydroelectric dam. Facilities at the site include: • Hard-Surface Launch Ramp • Gravel Parking Area 8. • Vault Toilets • Vault Toilet Michigan Iron Industry Museum: This State-owned facility is located along Forge Road on a 30-acre parcel of land in both Negaunee Township and the City of Negaunee. The museum overlooks the site of the first iron forge in the Lake Superior Region, which spurred the Michigan iron industry that is still an important segment of the area economy. The facility interprets Michigan's rich iron mining heritage through exhibits of early iron ore mining artifacts, audiovisual programs, and outdoor interpretive paths. In August, the museum is the site of Iron Heritage Day, which includes concerts, lectures, and programs for the gifted and talented and Junior Historians. The facility, with a 96-seat Chapter 8 - Page 4 ,.-,_ ,........ �auditorium, is available for club meetings, special events, and church groups. It is open to the public seven days a week from May 1st to October 31st. 8.2 Nearby Recreational Sites The following is an inventory of recreational facilities outside of Negaunee Township that may be used by Township residents. The data was attained from recreation plans of communities that surround Negaunee Township. TABLE 8-1 SELECTED RECREATIONAL SITES IN NEARBY AREAS Description Site Acreage City of Negaunee Negaunee Ice Arena (City-owned) Full Sized Arena, Restrooms, Lobby, Four Locker Rooms, Summer Volleyball Court, and Hard Surface Parking Area 3.5 Community Play Field (leased to the school district by CCIC) Playground/Athletic Field, Running Track, Five Tennis Courts, Outdoor Volleyball Court, Playground Equipment, Totlot, 1,800-Person Capacity Stadium, Lavatory Facilities, and Concession Building 5.5 Miner's Dry (school districtowned) Wrestling and Weight Lifting Room, Lavatory Facilities, and Locker Room LaCombe Field (leased to the City by CCIC) Illuminated Softball Field, Lavatory, Storage Facility, and Open Field used for Football Practice and Soccer 3.3 Lions Field (leased to the City by CCIC) Baseball Field, Six Illuminated Horseshoe Courts, Basketball Court, Playground Equipment, Lavatory, Concession, and Storage Building 2.1 Baseball Field, Concessions, Lavatory, and Storage Building 5.0 Jackson Park (leased to the City by CCIC) Picnic Area, 12 Picnic Tables, Playground Equipment, Two Tennis Courts, and Six Horseshoe Courts 5.0 Miner's Park (City-owned) Picnic Area, Two Illuminated Basketball Courts, Playground Equipment, Two Horseshoe Courts, Green Open Area, Historical Markers, and Volleyball Court 5.0 Teal Lake Waterfront (City-owned) Picnic Area, Six Picnic Tables, 1000' Water Frontage, Boating with Electric Motors or Oars, and Fishing 21.0 Iron Town Field (leased to the City by CCIC) I 1. Chapter 8 - Page 5 �TABLE 8-1 SELECTED RECREATIONAL SITES IN NEARBY AREAS Description Site Acreage City Park I (City-owned) Band Shell 1.0 Eastwood Playlot (Two lots Cityowned, two lots leased to the City by CCIC) Basketball Court, Playground Equipment, and Open Space 1.0 Buffalo Hills Park (leased to the City by CCIC) Basketball Court, Playground Equipment, and Open Space 1.0 Ann Street Park (leased to the City by CCIC) Basketball Court, Playground Equipment, and Open Space 1.0 City Park Il (City-owned) Playground Equipment 1.0 St. Paul's Playground (churchowned) Basketball Court and Hard Surface Play Area 1.0 Negaunee Middle School (school district-owned) Gym, Outdoor Basketball Court, and Open Space 1.4 Negaunee High School (school district-owned) Indoor Pool, Auditorium, and Gym Lakeview Elementary (schooldistrict owned) Playground Equipment, Totlot, Two Tennis Courts, Basketball Court, Open Field, Multi-Purpose Room, and Gym Senior Citizen's Center (Cityowned) 15,000 sq. ft. Building Negaunee City Library (Cityowned) Michigan Room, Occasional Speakers, and Art and Craft Demonstrations Naturbahn 800 Meter Luge Run (leased to City by CCIC) Warming Shacks, Maintenance Building, Starting House, Equipment Rental, and Parking Lot Superior Nordic Training & Recreation Complex (leased to the Ishpeming Ski Club by CCIC) Ski Area, Five Jumping Hills, Lighted CrossCountry Ski Trail, Two Unlighted Cross-Country Ski Trails, Concession, and Storage Area (A portion of the ski trail is located in the City of Ishpeming) Chapter 8 - Page 6 17.4 5.8 60.0 �TABLE 8-1 SELECTED RECREATIONAL SITES IN NEARBY AREAS Site Description Acreage City of Marquette Presque Isle Park Two Picnic Areas, Cross-Country Ski Trail, Playground, Two Tennis Courts, Band Shell, Fishing, Shuffleboard, Horseshoes Pits, Gazebo, Breakwall with Lighthouse, Outdoor Swimming Pool, and Water Slide 312.0 Presque Isle Marina Boat Launching and Docking Facilities on Lake Superior 40.0 Marquette Mountain Downhill Skiing, Lodge, Luge Run, and Picnic Area Lakeview Arena Recreation and _Convention Facility used for Hockey, Skating, Concerts, Shows, Exhibits, etc. Superior Dome World's Largest Wooden Dome Containing Football field, also used for Trade Shows, Concerts, etc. I Mount Marquette Lookout Lookout View of the City of Marquette and Lake Superior, Snowmobile Trail, and Hiking Trail Marquette Township Sugar Loaf Mountain Area Nature Trail and Scenic Overlook NMU Forest (Longyear Forest) Nature Trail, Cross-Country Ski Trail, and Physical Fitness Trail Forestville Dead River Public Access Site Boat Launch on Dead River Little Garlic River Public Access Fishing Access Site City of Ishpeming City Playground I Two Lighted Ball Diamonds, Two Unlighted Ball , Diamonds, Four Lighted Tennis Courts, Two Unlighted Tennis Courts, Four Lighted Basketball Courts, Restroom/Locker Room, Warming Shelter and Restrooms, Natural Ice Rink, Playground Equipment, Stadium, Bleachers, Paved Track, Paved Field Event Areas, Lighted Football Area, Concession Area, Storage Building and Restrooms, Totlot Area, Four Horse.shoe Courts, Pavilion/Concession Area, and Little League Baseball Fields Chapter 8 - Page 7 80.0 180.0 5.0 56.0 �TABLE 8-1 SELECTED RECREATIONAL SITES IN NEARBY AREAS Site Description Acreage 260.0 Al Quaal Ball Diamond, Clubhouse, Pavilion Area, Restroom Building, Toboggan House and Slide, Ski Warming Shelter, Ski Ticket and Patrol Shelter, Ski Tow Building, Basketball Courts, Tennis Courts, Picnic Area, Picnic Equipment, Playground Equipment, 16 Horseshoe Courts, Three Downhill Ski Slopes, Three Cross-Country Trails, Snowmobile Trail, Lighted Sledding Area, and Playground Equipment National Guard Armory Gym and Pistol and Rifle Range National Ski Hall of Fame Museum and Display Area 1.0 Softball Diamond, Little League Diamond, Tennis Courts, Pavilion, Tot Lot, Restrooms, Concession Stands, Playground, Horseshoe Court, Shuffleboard, Volleyball Court, Basketball Court, Picnic Tables, and Grills 7.0 Ishpeming Township Ishpeming Township Sands Township Blueberry Ridge Pathway Trail System (Cross-Country Skiing, Mountain Biking, and Hiking) Marquette County Fairgrounds Exhibition Building, American Legion Building, 4H Building, Horse Show Arena, Two Cattle Show Rings, Horse Barn, Poultry and Small Animal Building, Large Live Stock Building, Office Building, Barrier-Free Restroom/Utility Building, Two Storage Structures, Power Outlets, Two Wells, Large Lighted Parking Area, Outside Speaker System, ½ Mile Oval Race Track, Mud Drag Strip, Paved Go-Cart Track, Large Carnival Area, Outside Horse Stall, Two Outdoor Pavilions, and Portable Bleachers 60.0 Source: Local Recreation Plans. 8.3 Historical Resources Below is a list of ten properties located within Negaunee 'Township and the City of Negaunee considered historical places. These properties are listed on the State Register of Historic Places, the National Register of Historic Places, or are identified by the Marquette County Historical Society as a historical place. Chapter 8 - Page 8 �1. Carp River Forge, Michigan Iron Industry Museum: This historic site is located along Forge Road, off CR 492, just north of the City of Negaunee's northeast limit. The Forge was constructed by the Jackson Iron Company at this location in the 1847. The Jack.son Iron Company was the first to establish an iron ore mining operation in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. It developed the forge because of the difficulty of transporting bulk ore around the rapids at Sault Ste. Marie. It was thought the forge was the most economically feasible method of using the great reserves of iron ore. The forge converted ore directly into wrought iron without the usual intermediate step of smelting the ore into pig iron. Power for the forge and adjacent sawmill came from a dam built across the nearby Carp River. The first iron produced in the U.P. came out of this forge. The quality of the iron produced from the forge started the great Michigan iron boom, which economically and socially transformed the central U.P.. However, because of the climate and difficulties in supply and shipment, the forge was never a financial success. In 1854, the forge ceased operation, which was initiated by the construction of the Soo Locks. Once the locks were in operation in 1855, the ore could be shipped easier to the furnaces in the Lower Great Lakes. The site stayed in ruins for many years. However, a twelve-year crusade from local groups and politicians led to the construction of the Michigan Iron Industry Museum at the site of the forge operation in 1985 and 1986. It was officially open to the public in May of 1987. The Museum presents the history of Michigan's three iron ranges and the people who worked them through museum exhibits, audio-visual programs, and outdoor interpretive paths. The facility is administered by the Michigan Department of State, Michigan Historical Center, which has established a regional office at the facility for its museum programs in the Upper Peninsula. About 14,500 individuals visit the museum annually. The site of the forge was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1956 and a National historical place in 1975. 2. Lewis Henry Morgan: A plaque honoring early Marquette County resident Lewis Henry Morgan is located along CR 492 in the southeastern portion of the Township, near Morgan Creek. Morgan was a lawyer, anthropologist, biologist, and industrialist who came to the Marquette Range in 1855. He initially came to the area to help the Ely family with its plan to develop the first railroad. In July of 1863 he organized the Morgan Iron Company, which established an iron works, furnace, and village for workers near Little Carp River (Morgan Creek) and the Marquette & Ontonagon Railroad. In the company's first ten months of operation, it netted a profit of 200 percent, which enabled it to pay its indebtedness for land and machinery and declare a 100 percent dividend for the investors. In 1868, Morgan completed a book called "The American Beaver," which was the result of years of studying the animal. Morgan's greatest fame came from his studies of primitive societies, starting with his undergraduate studies on the Iroquois tribes at Union College. He wrote the following books on primitive societies: "Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Chapter 8 - Page 9 �Family," in 1871 and "Ancient Society," in 1876. He is recognized as the Father of American Anthropology. The Marquette County Historical Society's plaque honoring this famous County resident was officially dedicated in October of 1992. 3. Burt's Discovery of Iron Ore: The site of the first discovery of iron ore in the Lake Superior region is located near Jackison Park in the City of Negaunee. William Austin Burt and his party of surveyors discovered this site on September 19, 1844, while establishing township lines and making geological observations for the federal government. 4. Iron Cliffs Company: This historical two-and-a-half story brick and sandstone structure is at 101 Pioneer Avenue in the City of Negaunee. Features of the structure include a mansard roof with cresting, polygonal bay, and tower. It was the structure that originally housed offices of the Iron Cliffs Company. The Negaunee Public Schools administration offices are currently housed within the building. It was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1975. 5. Jackson Mine: The historic site is located in the western portion of the City of Negaunee, south of Teal Lake. The oldest pit at the mine, the Pioneer pit, is located approximately ½ mile west of the intersection of Cleveland and Iron Streets, near the site that iron ore was first discovered in the U.P.. In 1845, the newly formed Jackson Mine Company sent an exploration party headed by Phil M. Everett to the Lake Superior region to investigate the mineral possibilities of the Lake Superior region. When it arrived at the Carp River, Narhu-gesucm a Chippewa chief, guided the members of the party in June of 1845 to this site where he showed them iron ore in the roots of a fallen pine tree. Because of this discovery, the Jackson Mining Company, of which Everett was a founder, began taking out ore at the site in 1847, which was the first iron mining operation established in the Lake Superior area. Between 1848 and 1924, the mine shipped 4,357,256 tons from the site. The Pioneer pit became inactive in 1924. The Jackson Mining Company became a part of The Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company in 1905 because of increasing costs and declining ore prices. The mine was official recognized as a State historical place in 1956 and a National historical place in 1971. The historical marker dedicated to this mining site is located at Miner Park in the City of Negaunee. 6. Marquette Iron Range: The historical marker identifying the Marquette Iron Range as a significant part of the historic development of Marquette County is located in the north central portion of the City of Negaunee, at the intersection of U.S. 41/M-28 and Maple Street. The Marquette h-on Range was the first to be discovered and mined of the ore deposits in the Lake Superior region. Outcroppings of iron ore were first discovered by William A. Burt and his surveying party south of Teal Lake in 1844. The Jackson Mining Company began mining iron ore near the area of the first discovery in 1847, which was the first Chapter 8 • Page 10 " ..;., �mining operation in existence within the iron range. Most of the early mines were open pit operations. Underground mining did not occur within the range until after the Civil War. The Jackson Iron Company built a forge on the Carp River for producing iron blooms in 1848. The first iron product in the U.P. came from this forge. The Pioneer Furnace at Negaunee, built in 1857-1858, was the first actual blast furnace. However, most of the iron ore from the range was shipped out of the region to be smelted. In 1857, the construction of the Iron Mountain Railroad meant that ore could be moved easier to the Marquette ore docks. Once hauled to the docks, the ore was loaded on ships and carried through the Soo Canal to the iron and steel industries in the lower great lakes. The Marquette Iron Range was officially recognized as a State historic place in 1856. 7. Negaunee City Hall: This historical structure is located at the corner of Silver and Jackson streets in the City of Negaunee. In 1873, Negaunee was incorporated as a city, which was influenced heavily by the iron ore mining boom occurring in the area at the time. Forty-one years later, a red brick and white limestone with terra cotta detailing building was constructed as the Negaunee city hall. The structure was designed by John D. Chubb, a Chicago architect widely known in the Midwest, in a style reminiscent of the Renaissance. The building clock tower with its baroque elements is the most manifest feature on the structure. It houses all of the City departments, except public works, fire, water, and wastewater. It is also the location of the City public library. The building was officially recognized as a State historic place in 1979. 8. Union Railroad Depot: The depot is located at 420 Rail Street in the central portion of the City of Negaunee. In late 1800s and early 1900s, this wooden structure served as many as 18 trains a day. Negaunee was a very booming community during this period. In the early years of the development of the Negaunee area, there were few roads. The railroad development in this area and other parts of the U.P. made it possible for supplies to be shipped in and out of these areas. The establishment of a railroad system also catapulted the iron ore mining industry in the Marquette Iron Range area. In Negaunee, this and one other depot are the only depots that remain from this period when rail was the king of transportation. The depot is currently used by North Jackson Company, a scientific consulting business. The historic depot was official recognized as a State historic place in 1981. 9. Negaunee State Bank Building: This historic building is located at 331 Iron Street in the central portion of the City of Negaunee. This triangular shape two-story wood frame structure, faced with brick, was constructed in 1912 on the site of the Old Bank Building, which was a local landmark constructed during 1873 and 1874, and burned down in 1912. It was designed by architect Demetrius Frederick Charlton of Marquette, who designed many significant public buildings Chapter 8 - Page 11 �in the Upper Peninsula. The site served as bank from 1873-1874, 1881-1908, and 1909-1933. The Great Depression was the downfall of the Negaunee State Bank. After the failure of the bank, the building continued to house a variety of businesses, primarily insurance agencies and professionals, including lawyers, doctors, and dentists. Today, the structure is an antique shop. It was a very important part of the growth and development of the City of Negaunee. The structure was officially recognized as a National historic place in 1995. 10. Discovecy of Lake Superior Iron Ore: This plaque honoring the first discovery of iron ore within the Marquette Iron Range is located along Water Street, south of Teal Lake. It was at this location that on September 19, 1844 that a U.S. Government survey party led by William Austin Burt, inventor of the solar compass, encountered a highly magnetic area that caused a compass to point south while running the line between Townships 26 and 27 West. After this incident, Burt directed his men to search for the cause, and they fund lumps of high grade iron ore, thus discovering what was to become the Marquette Iron Range. These pieces of iron ore were the first to be found in the Lake Superior Region. Seven months later, the Jackson Mining Company acquired Section 1 and became the region's first iron mining company. In 1847, this company constructed the Carp River Forge, the first to make iron from Lake Superior ore. The Marquette County Historical Society plaque honoring the discovery of iron ore was officially erected in 1987. 8.4 Local Recreation Needs The Negaunee Township Recreation Plan (prepared by Sundberg, Carlson and Associates, Inc.), adopted by the Township Board in March of 1995, identifies needs and priorities for local recreation facilities and programs. Within the Plan, a specific recreation facility needs list and capital improvement schedule were developed by the Township Building and Recreation Committee, which are used by Township officials for making future decisions on improving existing park and recreation sites and developing new sites. Specific Recreation Facility Needs When the current Township recreation plan was updated, the Building and Recreation Committee and Township Board reached a consensus on the following facility needs for improving recreational opportunities within the Township, which were expressed through personal observation of Township residents using the TcJwnship park and recreation facilities, review of informal survey results, discussions with citizens and civic groups, and the holding of workshops and public meetings: Chapter 8 - Page 12 �• Negaunee Township Park • The existing Babe Ruth baseball field does not meet the requirements for sanctioned/tournament use. It is located in an area that would be best suited as a playground/picnic area. Relocate Babe Ruth Field and design to regulation/sanctioned size. • Existing playground is undersized with outdated equipment and there is insufficient room for expansion at the existing site. A picnic area should be located next to the play area, particularly one that would better accommodate young, elderly, and physically challenged. Relocate existing playground equipment to accommodate young, elderly, and physically challenged. • Existing and proposed ballfields cannot be properly maintained without irrigation facilities. Install water line to the baseball fields and new relocated park/playground to serve restrooms and provide field watering. • The cross-country ski trail for beginners is insufficiently lighted to safely allow skiing after dark, which arrives early in winter months. Provide lighting for the cross-country beginner's trail. • The community building has insufficient space to house a sizeable game room which is in high demand. Expand the existing community building northward to accommodate a game room wing. • Not all of the existing playground facilities can accommodate the physically challenged. Most were constructed before ADA requirements. To the extent possible, upgrade all existing playgrounds to facilitate persons with disabilities. Both the Kivala Road Recreation Area and the Negaunee Township Park have disabled accessible toilets. • Negaunee Township enjoys the unique advantage of beautiful inland shoreline. The preservation of that shoreline for future generations, as well as for the recreational benefit of Township residents and visitors, is of primary importance. The Township Planning Commission should review zoning and other land management tools that could be used to protect shoreline and/or create public access. The Township Board should encourage and endorse MDNR improvements to the two existing MDNR public access sites. • The Township has limited funds for recreation improvements. As a means of conserving scarce funding resources and to afford a variety of opportunities, develop a multi-use, all season, recreation trail system. Chapter 8 - Page 13 �• Snowmobiling is becoming popular throughout the region and is gaining wide appeal in the Township. The County has an excellent trail system, a main segment of which cuts east-west through the Township between Marquette and Negaunee near CR 492. Particular attention should be given to upgrading the trail that provides access between the CR 492 trail and the U.S. 41 area where commercial services are found. Actively participate in the continuing effort of the local snowmobiling organizations to develop permanent and safe trails. • The Township's only tennis court is located south of U.S. 41/M-28 at Township Park. The highway acts as a barrier, separating the Township into north and south segments. There is a need for a court north of the highway. Study the feasibility of constructing a court at Midway Park and Kivela Road Park to serve neighborhoods located north of the highway. • Some geographic areas in the Township do not have any park facilities, particularly the neighborhoods in the southern part of the Township. To meet this urgent need, develop the M-35 park on Township-owned land in the south part of the Township. • The existing Kivela Park cross-country ski trail is laid out for intermediate to advanced use, which discourages and/or results in unsafe use by beginners and youngsters. Reconfigure certain trail segments to reduce the number and/or radius of the curves to accommodate beginners. • The many homes along Midway Drive coupled with relatively heavy traffic volumes and shared use of roadway by motorists and bicyclists have resulted in an unsafe situation. There is the need to provide a safe means to cross U.S. 41/M-28 and provide bicycle accessibility to the Township Park/Community Center. A bikeway along Midway Drive with a connection to the Township Park/Community Center will decrease bicycle - motor vehicle conflict and increase safety. • To protect park users from the elements, construct a pavilion designed to house a variety of activities. • The Township does not currently have an ice rink. Increasing use, cost, and harder to schedule ice time at other facilities has resulted in more demand for a Township facility. Develop an outdoor ice rink to meet this need. • The existing habitat complex around Morgan Pond is in danger of being altered with a significant loss of wetland acreage and deterioration of the existing impoundment. Support the proposed mitigation project sponsored by Empire Iron Mining Partnership that will improve environmental characteristics to increase the quality and variety of recreation experiences in the area. Chapter 8 • Page 14 �Recreation Development Schedule The Township Building and Recreation Committee used the above list of specific recreation facility needs to formulate the following capital improvement program or development schedule for implementing the Township's current recreation plan. The Township Board approved this development schedule and agreed that it should be followed as nearly as possible, unless extraordinary circumstances develop. TABLE 8-2 RECREATIONAL DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP Project Status Year Kivela Road Park ski and nature trail improvement. 1995-96 Completed Plan and design portions of Morgan Pond. 1995-96 Abandoned* Design and develop improvements at Township Park, which includes relation of playground and new equipment, baseball field relocation/upgrade, ski trail lighting, water line, and environmental remediation. 1996-97 Planned Develop safe and permanent snowmobile access trails from the existing trail system along CR 492 to the Township's commercial area on U.S. 41 to allow provision of services used by the sport. Design trails for multi\year-round use where possible. 1996-97 Planned New neighborhood park including construction of a playground area, parking lot, basketball court, and picnic area at the south M-35 Recreation Area. 1998-99 In Progress Develop a bike path along Midway Drive to Township Park/Community Center. 1998-99 Planned Construction of year-round multi-purpose pavilion including roof, slab, and removable wall panels at Township Park. 1999 Planned Develop multi-purpose tennis court at Midway Drive Park. 1999 Planned Develop outdoor ice rink. 1999 Planned • The project was abandoned because Empire Mine could not get approval from the State. Source: Negaunee Township Recreation Plan, 1995. 8.5 Recreation Needs Standards One method to assess community recreation needs is the standards system. Standards developed by the National Recreation and Park Association (NRPA) provide a scale Chapter 8 - Page 15 �I against which an existing recreation system can be measured so that guidelines for future needs can be created. Standards correlate the amount of acreage needed to adequately provide land for recreational uses to the community population. Standards for Recreation Open Space: Open space needs are usually assessed using space standards, the most common and widely used measure of a recreation system's adequacy. Total park and recreation space is usually expressed as acres per population. These space standards are useful in assessing current and future open space needs and demand (Table 8-3). A community park system under NRPA standards should have a minimum of 6.25 to 10.50 total acres of developed open space per 1,000 population. Negaunee Township with a population of 2,368 would have to provide between 0.59 to 1.18 acres of mini parks, 2.37 to 4.74 acres of neighborhood parks/playgrounds, 11.84 to 18.94 acres of community parks/recreation areas, and 11.84 to 23.68 acres of regional parks/recreation areas to meet this standard (Table 8-4). Existing Public Open Space: Negaunee Township possesses over 146.85 acres of publiclyowned recreational land. The breakdown of this recreational land includes: 0.0 acres of mini parks, 1.0 acres of neighborhood parks/playgrounds, 42.0 acres of community parks/recreation areas, and 103.9 acres of regional parks/recreation areas (Table 8-4). Comparing the NRPA standards with the number of acres of recreational land found in the Township, the Township has excess acreage of land in community and regional parks/recreation areas, but is lacking in neighborhood park/playground and mini park acreage. However, many communities find that their need for recreational opportunities and open space can be met by facilities in nearby communities, while sometimes a community may be providing recreational opportunities and open space for neighboring communities. For example, regional recreation areas with many natural resource attributes are usually not found in urban areas but in rural townships. These types of recreation areas usually accommodate beyond the needs of the local residents. Conversely, rural townships would typically not include more intensively-developed recreation facilities, such as large indoor sporting complexes, but residents of these townships could possibly access such facilities in nearby urban communities. The NRPA standards would indicate that the total acreage of recreation land in the Township is adequate for the current population. However, other factors should also be considered when planning for future recreation developments. Chapter 8 - Page 16 - �TABLE 8-3 LOCAL AND REGIONAL RECREATION OPEN SPACE STANDARDS Park Type Service Area Size (Acres) Acres/1,000 Population Uses Mini Park < 1/4 mile radius 1 or less 0.25 to 0.5 Specialized facility that serves a concentrated or limited population or specific group such as tots or seniors citizem Neighborhood Park/Playground 1/4 to 1/2 15+ 1.0 to 2.0 Area for intense recreation activities such as field games, court games, crafts, play equipment, skating, picnicking, etc. Community Park/Recreation Area Serving several 25+ neighborhood. 1 to 2 mile radius 5.0 to 8.0 Area of diverse environmental quality. May include areas suited for intense recreational facilities, such as athletic complexes and large swimming pools. May also be an area of natural quality for outdoor recreation, such as walking, viewing, sitting, and picnicking. Regional Park/Recreation Area Serving several Communities 1 hour driving time 5.0 to 10.0 Area of natural or ornamental quality for outdoor recreation, such as picnicking, boating, fishing, swimming, camping, and trail use; may include play areas. 200+ Source: Roger A. Lancaster, Ed. 1983, Recreation, Park and Open Space Standards and Guidelines, Alexandria, Virginia: National Recreation and Park Association. Chapter 8 - Page 17 �I TABLE 8-4 EXISTING PUBLIC OPEN SPACE, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP Type of Park Land Area Standard (Acres) Park Land Area (Acres) Mini Parks No Site Found Within the Township 0.0 Subtotal 0.0 0.59 to 1.18 Neighborhood Parks/Playgrounds Midway Drive Recreation Park 1.0 Subtotal 1.0 2.37 to 4.74 Community Parks Negaunee Township Community Building 2.0 Kivela Road Recreation Area 40.0 Subtotal 42.0 26.64 to 23.68 Regional Park Negaunee Township Park 71.0 McClure Storage Basin Access Site 1.03 Hoist Basin Access Site 1.82 Michigan Iron Industry Museum I Subtotal ITotal Park Area 30.0 I 103.85 I 146.85 I I 11.84 to 23.681 61.69 to 115.281 Note: Does not include lands or facilities in State or National Forests or Parks Source: Roger A. Lancaster, Ed. 1983, Recreation, Park and Open Space Standards and Guidelines, Alexandria, Virginia: National Recreation and Park Association. 8.6 Park Accessibility The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) identified specific standards that would insure that persons with disabilities have the same opportunities to fully participate, live independently, and be economically self-sufficient within society. The Act is comprised Chapter 8 - Page 18 �of five sections: Employment, Public Accommodations, Transportation, State and Local Government Operations, and Telecommunications. Title II of the ADA, Public Accommodations, is relevant to the level of accessibility and equal provisions of service at publicly owned outdoor recreation sites. This title states that discrimination against persons with disabilities is prohibited in all services, programs, or activities provided by public entities. The general requirements set forth under this section came into effect on January 26, 1992. Remodeling or new construction of facilities and buildings had the same deadline date to become accessible to the disabled. In existing buildings and facilities, nonstructural changes to improve accessibility were required by January 26, 1992, while all structural improvements of the facilities and buildings were required by January 26, 1995. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 requires that "reasonable accommodation" be made to the needs of the estimated one in five people in this country who are disabled. That is, all public and private goods and service providers and employers must remove all structural and communication barriers from facilities, or provide alternative access where feasible. Currently, there are no written standards for making outdoor recreation facilities totally accessible to the disabled. Many suggestions on outdoor recreation facilities accessibility have been made; therefore, recommendations regarding outdoor play equipment, picnic facilities, boat docks, pathways and trails, have been incorporated into this plan. Recommendations regarding buildings, restrooms, slopes of ramps, and parking stalls should be seriously considered. These types of facilities all have current standards set by the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990. ADA Standards: Accessibility is another factor that should be taken into account when determining recreational needs in Negaunee Township. Often, existing recreational sites are not completely accessible according to the ADA standards. Restrooms, pathways, parking, and general accessibility of all amenities must be examined closely over the next few years to assure that all people are given the same opportunities within the community. Where more than one restroom facility exists, at least one must be accessible by persons with disabilities. In some cases, this would require minimal remodeling; in others, it could require substantial modification. At least one picnic table and one grill designed to accommodate persons in wheelchairs should be available at each park. These facilities should be identified with a sign showing the universal symbol of accessibility. Chapter 8 - Page 19 �I At least one in 25 parking stalls should be designated for disabled parking. These stalls must be the closest spaces to the park or facility entrance and have a direct route to and from the stalls. Spaces must be 96 inches wide with a clearly marked adjacent access aisle of 60 inches and an unobscured vertical sign that shows the universal symbol of accessibility. Slope of these spaces and aisles cannot exceed 1:50. Stable barrier-free pathways which provide linkages from one recreation amenity to another should be provided at outdoor recreation facilities. These pathways must be at least 36 inches wide, and a 60 x 60 inch passing space or turnaround must be provided every 200 feet. If a pathway level changes more than ½ inch, the pathway must be ramped. If the level changes is between ½ inch and ¼ inch, the levels must be beveled. Where water fountains are available, spouts should be no more than 36 inches above the finished floor. If the fountain is freestanding or built-in and does not have a clear space underneath, a clear floor space of 30 to 48 inches alongside the fountain for a parallel approach must be provided. Wall or post mounted fountains must have a clear knee space under the fountain of at least 27 inches high by 17 to 19 inches deep by 30 inches wide. Controls must be located at the front edge of the fountain and operable with one hand without twisting the wrist. A complete guideline list based on standards set by the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 for various types of facilities and recommendation established by the USDA Forest Service for improving the accessibility of recreational areas are detailed in Appendix A at the end of the plan. 8.7 Issues and Opportunities Negaunee Township offers sufficient recreational opportunities in terms of outdoor recreation activities. In addition, within a short distance of the Township, other units of government offer facilities that provide opportunities that may be lacking within the Township. The Township park and recreation sites offer local and out-of-town outdoor enthusiasts a wealth of opportunities. Some playground equipment at the Township-owned parks is deteriorating and unsafe. A list of current and future needs has been developed by the Township Building and Recreation Committee using input from Township residents and organizations. The Committee used this data in the development of the To\Mship's current recreation plan five-year capital improvement program, which identifies long-range needs. The Township should follow this improvement program as closely as possible and if necessary, make changes via an amendment to the Plan. Chapter 8 - Page 20 ~ �Some parks and recreation facilities may not be fully accessible in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990. The Township should continue pursuing the development of a neighborhood park on the 20-acre parcel of Township land along M-35 in the southern portion of the Township. The parcel is located within the vicinity of a large residential area. Currently, residents living in this area have to travel over two-miles to the nearest park facility. A few historically significant sites are located within the Township. These sites offer a link to the community's past for current and future residents. There is considerable amount of shoreline along the McClure and Hoist storage basins. In the near future there will be increased pressures for purchasing these lands for residential development as year round or seasonal dwellings. There is the need to preserve and protect some lands around the basins as park lands for future generations to enjoy. The Township should investigate the possibility of purchasing lands along the shorelines. Chapter 8 - Page 21 �9.0 TRANSPORTATION Transportation is necessary for the effective movement of people and goods within and outside an area. It plays a vital role in the facilitation of an area's economy, land use, and development. This section of the plan presents an inventory of the existing transportation facilities in Negaunee Township and the surrounding area, and discusses future transportation needs and concerns. Included in this section are descriptions of the various elements of the Township road system, commercial port facilities, airport, railroad facilities, transit service, and inter-community bus service. 9.1 Road System Michigan Public Act 51 of 1951 (Act 51) says that all counties and all incorporated cities and villages must establish and maintain road systems under their jurisdiction, as distinct from state jurisdiction. This act divides the road system in counties into the following five categories (the legal systems of roads): state trun~ine, county primacy, county local, city/village major, and city/village local. It also provides for the distribution of Michigan road funds to counties and incorporated communities according to formulas that consider, among other things, the mileage in their respective legal system. The following are general descriptions of the Act 51 classifications. Map 9-1 depicts roads according to Act 51 classification, with the addition of private roads. State Tnmkline Highway: The state trunk.line system is made-up of state (M) and federal (U.S.) highways, which connect communities within a county to other areas within the state and locations outside the state. These roadways provide the highest level of traffic mobility for the traveling public. In Negaunee Township, U.S. 41/M-28 and M-35 are classified as state trunk.lines. These trunk.lines account for 9.3 miles, or 15.1 percent of the Township public road system. U.S. 41 is an important north/south highway corridor in the central Upper Peninsula. It runs from Copper Harbor in the Keweenaw Peninsula, through the cities of Marquette and Escanaba, then to the City of Menominee and beyond, and connects the U.P. to the Milwaukee and Chicago urban centers. M-28 is the major highway that links the Township to the eastern and western portions of the U.P. It runs along the northern half of the U.P. from Interstate 75 (near the City of Sault Ste. Marie) to the City of Wakefield. The segment of M-28 from the community of Harvey to the intersection with U.S. 141 in Baraga County runs with U.S. 41. A multi-lane stretch of U.S. 41/M-28 extends from the City of Marquette to just west of the Chapter 9- Page 1 �• City of Ishpeming in Marquette County, including its entire length within Negaunee Township. r--.....I M-35 is an important north/south state trunkline that links the Township to the cities of Menominee and Escanaba to the south. It runs along Lake Michigan from Menominee to Gladstone and then northwest through the communities of Rock and Gwinn to the U.S. 41/M-28 intersection in Negaunee Township. Within the Township, the highway runs from U.S. 41/M-28 to the Richmond Township northern limit, about one mile south of CR 480. The portion of M-35 within the Township serves as an important link between U.S. 41/M-28 and CR 480, especially for commercial traffic. This segment of highway is characterized as winding, steep in some locations, and having surroundings that are mostly residential in nature. State trunklines are maintained by the Marquette County Road Commission under contract with the Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT). The only exceptions to the maintenance responsibilities include traffic-control considerations such as some signage and painting of centerlines. All maintenance costs are funded by the State. Construction projects are also funded by the State with contracts given by MDOT to private contractors. County Road System (Primacy and Local): By law (Act 51), the county road system is broken into primary and local roads. As a result, all functions related to the county road network, such as financing and road commission activities, are based on the primary/local road classification. The primary road system consists of those county roads of greatest general importance. These roads facilitate the movement of traffic from smaller to larger population centers within a county in areas not served by state trunklines. The primary system also serves as an important supportive road network for the trunkline system. Currently, primary roads make up 13.4 miles, or 21.8 percent of the public road system within Negaunee Township. The roads in the Township classified as primary are CR 480, CR 492, CR 502, and CR 510. These roads are maintained by the Marquette County Road Commission (except snowplowing), whose primary funding source is the Michigan Transportation Fund. ~ All other roads not classified as primary are considered local. The local road system contains the most miles of road in a county road system, but has the lowest level of traffic. The roads in this system are typically considered township roads. A total of 38.8 miles of roads within Negaunee Township are classified as local, which make up 63.1 percent of the public road system. Ten miles, or 26 percent of the local road system in the Township are unpaved or gravel roads. The Road Commission is responsible for all the routine maintenance on these roads, except snoWJ11owing. This task is done by the Township public works crew. The State has proposed the jurisdictional takeover of some county primary roads and city/village major streets throughout the State. Within Negaunee Township, the state Chapter 9- Page 2 ... �~ identified CR 480 and CR 492 as candidates for takeover. Most of the roads selected are important all-season roads. Under the plan, the State would be responsible for the maintenance and construction costs associated with these roads, which would be paid with the funds allocated annually for each road through the Michigan Transportation Fund (MTF). If enacted, the State would likely contract out to the lowest bidder for routine maintenance and construction work on the selected roads. The county road commissions and cities and villages throughout the State, including the Marquette County Road Commission, are generally opposed to this proposed takeover. A large portion of the revenue that these units receive annually through the MTF for maintenance and construction work would be taken away. Many road commissions and cities and villages rely on funds allocated through MTF for roads in the primary/major system to offset the lack of funds received for roads in the local system. 9.2 Private Roads Within Negaunee Township, a few residential areas are currently being served by private roads. The maintenance of these roads (snow plowing, grading, dust control, drainage ditch maintenance, etc.) is the responsibility of the residents living along these roads, who usually either accomplish these tasks on their own or through a contract agreement with a private entity. The Road Commission will not provide any maintenance service to privately owned roads. The presence of private roads may affect some services provided to the residents living along these roads, such as fire protection and emergency services. Access for fire and emergency vehicles on private roads can be difficult, especially if the roads are badly maintained, narrow, and/or lack enough space for turning around. As further development occurs along private roads, the possibility of conflicts between residents living along these roads and the community in which they live is more likely. To remedy these problems in the future, a community can stipulate in its zoning ordinance or land division ordinance that private roads serving new residential areas conform to certain dimensional and maintenance standards. 9.3 National Functional Classification of Roads The National Functional Classification is a planning tool developed by the Federal Highway Administration, which is used by federal, state, and local transportation agencies. It classifies streets and roads according to their function along a continuum that indicates the greatest mobility/greatest access to property. Roads that provide the greatest mobility are classified as principal arterials. Minor arterials, major collectors, and minor collectors follow in this continuum. Roads classified as local provide the greatest access to property. The placement of roads into these categories is determined by the relationship to traffic patterns, land use, land access needs, and traffic volumes (Table 9-1). Map 9-2 shows the National Functional Classification Road System for Negaunee Township. Chapter 9- Page 3 �I The major difference between the functional classification scheme and the one established by Act 51 is that the functional classification breaks down a county road system into more categories. All roads in the functional road classification that are arterials (principal and minor) and collectors (major and minor) are considered either state trunk.lines or primary roads in a county road system under Act 51. The main reason for breaking a county road system into functional classifications is to provide a more useful tool for planning purposes. Principal Arterial: The main function of a principal arterial road is to move traffic over medium to long distances, often between regions, as well as between major economic centers, quickly, safely, and efficiently. In Negaunee Township, the sole roadway that is classified as a principal arterial road is U.S. 41/M-28 (Map 9-2). As mentioned previously, U.S. 41 and M-28 are two vital highways that run through portions of Negaunee Township, Marquette County, and the Upper Peninsula. M-28 is an east/west link across the entire U.P. that serves as an important route for visitors. U.S. 41 is an important north/south highway corridor in the central U.P., used heavily by businesses and industries in this portion of the U.P. and northeastern Wisconsin for hauling raw materials and finished products by truck. Minor Arterial: Minor arterials are roads that move traffic over medium distances within a community or region in a moderate to quick manner. They distribute traffic between collector roads and principal arterials. Within Negaunee Township, M-35 is the only segment of road classified as a minor arterial. Collector Roads: Collector roads provide access between residential neighborhoods and commercial/industrial areas. They should provide a more general "area to area" service rather than specific "point to point" function. Collectors usually serve medium trip lengths between neighborhoods on moderate to low traffic routes at moderate speeds. They distribute traffic between local and arterial roads, usually between home and the following: work, places of worship, school, or those places where business and commerce are conducted. Map 9-2 shows the location of Negaunee Township collector roads. These roads serve to funnel the rural traffic from outlying areas of the Township into the urban portion of the Township and the City of Negaunee, while facilitating the neighborhood to neighborhood traffic. Within Negaunee Township, CR 480, CR 492, and CR 510 are classified as major collector roads. The Township has no roads designated~s minor collectors. Rural Local Roads: The predominant function of roads classified as local is to provide direct access to adjacent land uses. Local roads serve as the end for most trips within a Chapter 9- Page 4 �~ community. All streets that are not classified as arterial or collector are classified as local roads. Local roads should be designed to move traffic from an individual lot to collector streets that in turn serve areas of business, commerce, and employment. Local roads should not be designed or located in such a manner that they would or might be used by through traffic. Chapter 9- Page S �■ TABLE9-1 NATIONAL FUNCI1ONAL CLASSIF1CATION Classlncallon Principal Arterial System Minor Arterial Road System Cha racteristlcs Function Serve corridor movements having trip length and travel denslly characteristics Indicative or substantial statewide or Interstate travel. Serve all, or virtually all, urban areas or 50,000 and over population and a large majority of those with population or 25,000 and over. Provide an Integrated network without stub connections except where unusual geographic or traffic now conditions dictate otherwise Link cities and larger town and form an integrated network providing Interstate and lntercounly service. Be spaced at such intervals, consistent with population denslly, so that all developed areas or the State are within a reasonable distance or an arterial highway. Provide service to -corridors with trip lengths and travel density greater than those predomlnantly served by rural routes whose design should be expected to provide for relatlvely high overall travel speeds, with minimum Interference to through movement lnter-conimunlly, primary traffic movement Typical% or Surface System Miles 'Iyplcal % of surface street vehicle miles traveled Continully Direct Land Access 2 to 4 30 to 55 Continuous Limited-major generators only 4 to 8 15 to 20 Continuous Restricted-some movements may be prohibited; number and spacing or driveways controlled 20 to 35 Not necessarily continuous; should not extend across arterial Safely controls; limited regulation Secondary-land access Primary Intercommunlly, Intrametro area, traffic movement Secondary-land access Collector Road System Major: Provide service to any county scat not on an arterial route, to the larger towns not directly served by the higher systems, and to other consolidated schools, shipping points, county parks, Important mining and agricultural areas; llnk these places with nearby larger towns or cities, or with routes or higher classlncatlon; and serve the more Important lntracounly travel corridor. l\,Pnor: Be spaced at Intervals, consistent with population density, to collect traffic from local road and bring all developed areas within a reasonable distance or a collector road; provide service to the remaining smaller communities; and link the locally important traffic generators with their rural hinterland. Primarycollect/distribute traffic between local and arterial sysl.em Secondary-land access Tertiary inter• neighborhood traffic 20 to 25 Local Road System Serve primarily to provide access to adjacent land; and provide service to travel over relatively short distances as compared to collectors or other higher systems Land access 65 to 75 5 to 20 None Safety controls only Source: U.S. Department or Transportation, Federal ffighway Administration, mghway Functional Classincatlon, Concepts, Criteria and Procedures, 1989. Chapter 9- Page 6 ~ ~ ~) �9.4 Condition of Roads in the Township The Marquette County Road Commission uses the Paser System for evaluating and rating the surface condition of the paved roads under its jurisdiction. This system rates road surfaces from a scale of 1 to 10, with "1" indicating very poor condition and "10" indicating excellent condition.* It gives communities and road commissions an indication of the appropriate maintenance method for each road segment under its jurisdiction. The following details the proper road surface maintenance method based on the Paser System rating scale: rating 9 & 10, no maintenance required; rating 7 & 8, routine maintenance, cracksealing, and minor patching; rating 5 & 6, preservative treatment (sealcoating); rating 3 & 4, structural improvement and leveling (overlay or recycling); and rating 1 & 2, reconstruction. Tables 9-2 and 9-3 show the surface condition of all of the paved primary and local public road segments within Negaunee Township. Under the Paser System, the condition of the paved roads in the Township would average a score of "5", which would indicate that the Township paved road system overall is in fair condition. Twenty-one miles, or 49.6 percent of the Township paved road system rated less than a "5", which indicates a substantial portion of the road system needs to be either repaved or totally reconstructed. None of the primary or local road segments within the Township were given a rating better than "7". Besides the paved road system, the Township has 10.1 miles of roads surfaced with gravel or dirt; these are generally seasonal roads or roads that receive very low levels of use. * Paser System rating for paved road surfaces 10: Excellent 9: Excellent 8: Very Good 7: Good 6: Good 5: Fair 4: Fair 3: Poor 2: Very Poor 1: Failed Chapter 9- Page 7 �TABLE 9-2 CONDffiON OF PAVED PRIMARY ROADS, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP County Road Name Local Name Location Miles Surface Rating CR480 Negaunee City limit to Sands Township limit 2.98 4 CR492 Negaunee City limit to M-35 1.09 3 CR492 M-35 to Marquette Township limit 2.39 4 U.S. 41/M-28 to U.S. 41/M-28 2.23 4 CRSlO CR 502 to Hoist Road 1.76 4 CRSlO Hoist Road to CR JW 0.76 s CRSlO CR JW to Basin Drive 1.76 3 CRSl0 Basin Drive to end of pavement 0.49 6 CRS02 Midway Drive Source: Marquette County Road Commission, 1997. Currently, no segments of county primary roads within Negaunee Township are scheduled for improvements in the next few years. However, the Road Commission has indicated that the segment of CR 492 from M-35 to the Township eastern limit is part of its long range list of road segments that need to be improved. In addition, the Road Commission has indicated that the heavily traveled CR 480 will need to be scraped down and repaved within the next ten years, so that the structure of the base of the road does not deteriorate. TABLE 9-3 CONDffiON OF PAVED LOCAL ROADS, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP County Road Name Local Name Location Miles Surface Rating CRJAE Club Road CR JA to Gun Club 0.15 s CRJRC Horseshoe Lake Circle CR JR to end of pavement 0.11 4 CRJPD Industrial Park Road U.S. 41/M-28 to Midway Rental Gate 0.19 s CRJAA Acocks Drive CR 492 to end of pavement 0.33 7 ~ CRJAC South Road CR JA to end of pavement 0.96 6 CRJAD Heritage Drive CR JB to Township line 1.11 6 CRJB Sandy Drive M-35 to CR JQ 0.30 s Chapter 9- Page 8 �TABLE 9-3 CONDITION OF PAVED LOCAL ROADS, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP County Road Name Local Name Location Miles Surface Rating CR JB Forge Road CR JQ to U.S. 41/M-28 0.37 4 CRJB Airport Circle U.S. 41/M-28 to CR JC 1.17 5 CRJB Airport Circle CR JC to CR JBU 0.40 6 CRJB Cedar Lane CR JBU to CR JD 0.26 5 CR JB Wilderness Road CR JD to end of pavement 0.43 4 CRJBU Cedar Lane CR JB to end of pavement 0.19 6 CRJC Kivela Road CR JA to CR JB 1.29 7 CRJF East Buffalo Road CR JJ to Township Line 1.00 5 CRJG Jarvi Road CR JRE to end of pavement 0.41 3 CRJH Hoist Road CR 510 to end of pavement 1.56 5 CRJI Mapleridge Road CR JA to end of pavement 0.51 7 CRJJ Annex Road M-35 to CR 480 0.37 5 CRJJG Grimes Road M-35 to end of pavement 1.27 6 CRJJK Valley Road CR JA to end of pavement 0.70 5 CRJJL Mattson Road CR JA to end of pavement 0.25 7 CRJJN Snowfield U.S. 41/M-28 to CR JJO 0.58 3 CRJJN Carrie Road CR JJO to end of pavement 0.62 7 CRJJO Snowfield Road CR JJN to urban boundary 0.57 4 CRJJO Snowfield Road Urban boundary to end of pavement 0.04 4 CRJM Meadows Road CR 492 to township line 0.70 2 CRJP Link Road CR JB to U.S. 41/M-28 0.10 5 CRJP Airport Road U.S. 41/M-28 to CR JPA 0.18 6 CRJPB Perala Court U.S. 41/M-28 to end of pavement 0.16 7 CRJQ Forge Road CR JB to township line 0.52 4 Brebner Road CR 502 to U.S. 41/M-28 0.07 4 Pond Road U.S. 41/M-28 to CR JRA 0.11 3 CRJR Chapter 9- Page 9 �TABLE 9-3 CONDffiON OF PAVED LOCAL ROADS, NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP County Road Name Location Local Name Miles Surface Rating CRJR Horseshoe Lake Circle CR JRA to CR JRC 0.31 4 CRJR Horseshoe Lake Circle CR JRC to end of pavement 0.07 7 CRJRA Horseshoe Lake Circle CR JR to end of pavement 0.03 4 CRJRB Horseshoe Lake Circle CR JR to Auto Glass Parking 0.06 4 CRJRD Pumphouse Road CR 492 to gate 0.09 6 CRJRE Old 480 Road CR 480 to end of pavement 0.57 3 CRJW Necjec Road CR 510 to end of pavement 1.87 7 Longyear Drive CR 502 to Longyear Drive 0.73 6 CRJX Mitchell Road CR JA to private drive 0.35 2 CR JAB North Basin Drive CR 510 to end of pavement 1.86 4 CRJA North Road Negaunee Township to CR JX 2.91 5 CRJA North Road CRJX to CRJK 0.26 6 CRJA North Road CR JK to CR JAC 0.36 5 CRJA North Road CR JAC to CR JI 0.39 4 CRJA North Road CR JI to end of pavement 0.24 3 Pine Run CR JR to Pine Run 0.57 6 Source: Marquette County Road Commission, 1997. Each year the Township Board develops a priority list of local roads in the Township with the most crucial need of repair, which is based on requests and complaints that members of the Board receive from residents. The following road segments are currently on this list: CR JA (North Road) from CR JK south 0.11 miles; CR JA (North Road) from CR JK north 0.20 miles; CR JQ (Forge Road) from the southern terminus north 1,000 feet; CR JF (East Buffalo Road) from CR 480 west 1.0 miles; CR JRE (Old 480) from CR 480 north 0.53 miles; and CR JG (West Jarvi Road) from CR JRE west 0.40 miles. All these projects call for repaving, with so~e of them possibly requiring some reconstruction. Chapter 9- Page 10 r �9.5 Condition of Bridges in the Township Three public bridges are located on county roads in Negaunee Township. These bridges are located on CR 510, CR JAD, and CR JA, as shown in Table 9-4. All these bridges are over 50 years old, with the bridge along CR 510 over the Dead River the oldest at 77 years. The CR 510 bridge is currently listed fourth on the Road Commission's top ten priority list of bridges in most crucial need of repair or replacement. It scored a 44.0 under the federal bridge rating system. This rating system determines the condition of bridges using a scoring scale of 1 to 100, with a score of "100" indicating the bridge is in perfect condition. The federal government uses this rating system as one of the determining factors for its deficiency bridge fund. A bridge must score less than "80" to be eligible for this fund. TABLE 9-4 NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP BRIDGES Name/Location ADT 1921 51 tons 1,256 44.0 44 1946 - 100 58.2 22 1934 - 550 77.7 Width (feet) 271 20 CR JAD over the Carp River, 0.02 miles north of U.S. 41/M-28 49 CR JA over the Carp River, 1.5 miles north of U.S. 41/M-28 37 CR 510 over the Dead River, 2 miles north of U.S. 41 Federal Rating Posted Rating Length (feet) Year Built Source: Marquette County Road Commission, 1996. 9.6 Financing The Marquette County Road Commission bears the major responsibility for construction and maintenance on all the roads in the County, except within the jurisdiction of the incorporated communities. The road commission's funding sources are the State of Michigan through the Michigan Transportation Fund (Public Act 51 of 1951); Federal funding (ISTEA) various state and federal grant programs; local units; and miscellaneous sources. Figure 9-1 shows the breakdown of the road commission's sources of revenue, while Figure 9-2 shows the expenditures. State Funding: State funding for roads is based on Public Act 51 of 1951. This Act established the Michigan Transportation Fund, which allocates these funds from motor vehicle registration fees and motor vehicle fuel taxes. The state uses a special formula to distribute funds to all county road commissions (Figure 9-3). A formula based upon road classification, road mileage and population is used to determine the amount of funding received by each road commission. A percentage of the funding received by each road commission is also set aside for engineering, snow removal, and urban roads. In Chapter 9- Page 11 �1996, the Road Commission was allocated a total of $4,214,785 from the Michigan Transportation Fund. The breakdown of the proceeds from the additional four cents per gallon gas tax that was levied by the State in the summer of 1997 goes as follows: one cent goes for debt reduction, one cent goes into the state critical bridge program, and two cents go into the Michigan Transportation Fund (MTF). Of the amount going into MTF, 39 percent goes to the State's county road commissions. The current Act 51 will "sunset" in September of 1998. It is possible that the current proportions of funding distributed to road commissions and cities and villages may change. Additional sources of revenue from the State for road improvements in the County come from the Michigan Transportation Economic Development Fund (TEDF). This program was enacted in 1987 by the state to help in the funding of highway and road projects necessary to support economic growth. The mission of this program is to enhance the State's ability to compete in an international economy, promote economic growth in the State, and improve the quality of life in the State. The fund is divided into the following categories: Target Industries (Category A), State Trunkline Takeover (Category B), Urban Congestion (Category C), Rural Primary (Category D), Forest Road (Category E), and Urban Area (Category F). The Marquette County Road Commission uses category D and E funds, while the County urban areas receive Category F funds. Category A can be applied for on a case-by-case basis if appropriate economic development projects exist. Category B has been eliminated, and Marquette County does not qualify for Category C funding. The Marquette County Road Commission usually draws from TEDF Category D and E, while working with the cities of Marquette, Negaunee, and Ishpeming in utilizing the Category F funds for urban area improvements. The Category D fund is used to complement the existing state trunkline system with improvements on connecting local routes that have high commercial traffic, to minimize disruptions that result from seasonal load restrictions, and to increase the interchange potential between modes. Counties wanting to draw from this fund must have a population of under 400,000 and submit roads that are Rural Primary. The funds obtained through the Category D program must be used on projects that bring road segments up to all-season standards. The revenue in the Category E fund is used for road projects that aid the safe and efficient collection of forest products. Counties that are eligible for this fund must contain a National Lakeshore, National Park, or have 34 percent or more of its land in commercial forest. Marquette County meets all the criteria for Category D and E funds. The Category F fund is available to cities and villages that have a population of 5,000 to 400,000. In Marquette County, the Marquette and N~unee/lshpeming urban areas qualify for this fund. The revenue source for the TEDF program comes from state fees for license plates and driver licenses, except category C and D funds, where 55 percent of the revenue source comes from the federal ISTEA fund. In 1996, the Road Chapter 9- Page 12 �Commission received $305,196 from the state through the TEDF program. Like Act 51, the TEDF program sunsets in September of 1998. Federal Funding: Federal grant funding was made available to the State of Michigan through the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA), which was signed into law in December of 1991. This new vision for surface transportation in the United States was established by Congress to maintain and expand the transportation system in the nation; promote a strong financial base for transportation, so industries stay competitive and strong; emphasize safety; protect the environment; improve the quality of life; and advance technology and expertise. Over half of the revenue for the State TEDF Category D funded projects comes from the ISTEA program. The TEDF Category D fund is the largest source of grant money used by the Marquette County Road Commission for improvements to its primary road system. The Road Commission also receives money from the ISTEA-funded Surface Transportation Program (STP). This program is mostly used by the road commissions in the state for meeting the required 20 percent local match for TEDF Category D funds. In 1996, the Marquette County Road Commission received $740,231 from federally funded programs. Congress is currently considering several options for either replacing or reauthorizing ISTEA. The extension of ISTEA will expire in 1998, and new legislation will be required to continue federal funding for transportation activities. Local Funding: The Marquette County Road Commission can contribute up to 50 percent of the funding necessary for construction or reconstruction projects on County local roads, primarily using monies from the Michigan Transportation Fund. The remaining portion is contributed by the township in which the road is located or by other sources. In 1996, the Road Commission received $106,514 from townships in the County for improvements to the local road system. In Negaunee Township, a millage has been established for covering the Township's share for improvements to roads within the local system. This one mill millage assessment was approved by Township voters in 1978 for a ten-year period and renewed in 1988 for another ten-year period. In 1998, the millage was again renewed. In fiscal 1996/1997, the Township road fund accumulated $36,922 from taxes collected through the millage. From fiscal 1991/92 to fiscal 1996/97, the Township spent on average $31,338 per year from its road fund for various local road improvement projects. Annually, the Road Commission receives funds for the upkeep of its local road system, which primarily comes from the State Transportation Fund. In 1996, the Road Commission spent $2,502,495 for the upkeep of the local road system, which was $563,894 over what was allocated to it. As a result, it bad to transfer money from the primary road fund and other sources to pay for the excess local road expenditures. Winter maintenance cost (snow removal, salting and sanding costs, etc.) alone on the County local road system in 1996 was $982,715. Chapter 9- Page 13 �FIGURE 9-1 MARQUETTE COUNTY ROAD COMMISSION REVENUES, 1996 Other 3.8% l&R CS 16.5% FF 3.6% TEDF llMTF □ CLu •cs BIOther Note: MTF, Michigan Transportation Fund; TEDF, Transportation Economic Development Fund; FF, Federal Sources; CLU, Contributions from Local Units; CS, Charges for Services; l&R, Interest and Rents; NP, Note Proceeds; and Other. Source: Marquette County Road Commission, 1997. Chapter 9- Page 14 �FIGURE 9-2 MARQUETTE COUNTY ROAD COMMISSION EXPENDITURES, 1996 NCO HMPR NEE 5.3 % •• ~~~~· •• AE ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~ 3.6% STNM 2.5% HMLR STM11.4% •••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••• 23.9% MPR ••••••••• MLR ■ HMPR iiMLR IIISTM ■ STNM 1111 NCO Note: HMPR, Heavy Maintenance, Primary Roads; HMLR, Heavy Maintenance, Local Roads; MPR, Maintenance, Primary Roads; MLR, Maintenance, Local Roads; STM, State Trunkline Maintenance; STNM, State Trunkline Nonmalntenance; AE, Administrative Expense; NEE, Net Equipment Expense; and NCO, Net capital Outlay. Source: Marquette county Road commission, 1997. Chapter 9- Page 15 �F1GURE 9-3 BASED ON ACTUAL COLLECTIONS INCLUDING LOCAL ROAD PROGRAM FOR PERIOD OF 8/04 • 7/95 COUNTY ROAD COMMISSIONS AVERAGE UNIT VALUES AMOUNf FOR DISTRIBUTION LESS: ENGINEERING SNOW REMOVAL 10% URBAN ROAD 4%LOCAL RESIDUE MILEAGE TRANSFERS NET FOR DISTRIBUTION 416,575 $382,881,444 WEIGHT TAX COLLECTIONS LAST 4 QUARTERS $491,589,424 $450,980,664 811,519 3,733,833 45,098,066 18,039,227 0 COUNTY MILEAGE AS OF 7/31/95 PRIMARY Ml LOCAL MI URBAN MILEAGE AS OF 7/31/95 PRIMARY Ml LOCAL Ml 26,327.99 62,561.98 3,497.79 6,927.56 3,497.79 $33,905,969 $45,098,066 6,927.56 10% URBAN ROADS URBAN LOCAL SHARE URBAN LOCAL MILEAGE I $491,589,424 = = $382,881,444 75% TO PRIMARY ROADS 10% PRIMARY ROAD MILEAGE NET FOR DISTRIBUTION $95,720,361 $43,074,162 25% TO LOCAL ROADS 15% EQUALLY TO EACH COUNTY $0.44 PER DOLLAR COLLECTED I $28,716,108 $1,616 PER MILE 75% WEIGHT TAX COLLECTIONS $287,161,083 $9,694 PER MILE URBAN PRIMARY SHARE ratio: 6x Primary mileage to lx Local mileage $11,192,097 $215,370,812 = 26,327.99 = PRIMARY MILEAGE I 83 $1,091 PER MILE = 1/83 EACH COUNTY $518,966 PER COUNTY $18,039.227 4% LOCAL $113,759,588 TOTAL LOCAL I $73,943,732 I 35% ON POPULATION Chapter 9- Page 16 ) •) = LOCAL MILEAGE 165% LOCAL ROAD MILEAGE $39,815,856 62,561.98 3,840,521 POPULATION $1,182 PER MILE = $10.37 PER CAPITA �9.7 Sub-State Area Long Range Plan In January of 1995, the Michigan Sub-State Area Long Range Plan was developed by the Corradino Group, for the Michigan Department of Transportation (MOOT), as a 20year statewide plan that detailed the suggested improvements to the State transportation system and created a funding priority list. In the Upper Peninsula, the two major transportation improvement recommendations in the plan were the enhancement of north-south travel to central and western U.P. counties and improving the traffic flow along the U.P.'s heavily traveled east-west highway corridors. For the first of the two above-mentioned major recommendations for the U.P., the Long Range Plan suggested road improvements, such as bypasses and passing lanes, along existing north-south routes (M-95, M-35, or U.S. 41) in the central and western U.P., or the possible creation of a new route (U.S. 41 directly north from the Village of Powers to the community of Gwinn). The pressure for improving the north-south traffic flow through this region could become more of an issue once K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base is completely converted from military use to civilian use and the proposed improvements to north-south highways in northeastern Wisconsin become a reality. County Road 553 between Gwinn and Marquette, may become an important future link in an improved central U.P. north-south highway corridor, if connection to K.I. Sawyer becomes economically significant. In 1995, the Central U.P. Regional Transportation Committee took the lead in a regionwide study to determine the best option for a priority north-south corridor in the central U.P. MOOT provided the Committee technical support during the study period. The goal of the study was to get local consensus to identify a priority north-south corridor. The Committee established local focus groups in the four counties that the study impacted the most, which included Menominee, Delta, Dickinson, and Marquette counties. These focus groups discussed the issues, concerns, and opportunities relative to a priority north-south corridor in a series of meetings. The outcome of these meetings was the establishment of local consensus from each of the focus groups on how a priority corridor should run through their respective counties. The Regional Committee used this local consensus to establish a primary route that went south to north from Menominee to Marquette using U.S. 41, M-35, and Marquette CR 553, with a spur along U.S. 2 from Powers to Iron Mountain, and a secondary route from Iron Mountain to Marquette using M-95 and U.S. 41/M-28. A document that described the planning process undertaken to come up with a priority corridor was then sent to MOOT and the State Transportation Commission for review. It is hoped that this process motivates MOOT and the Transportation Commission to commit to detail studies on improving traffic flow through segments of the chosen priority corridor. The decision in the above-mentioned planning process to include CR 553 from Gwinn to Marquette as part of the priority north-south corridor in the central U.P. may persuade the State to change CR 553's classification to a state trunkline. If this happens, the Chapter 9- Page 17 �State will probably change the classification of the stretch of M-35 from Gwinn to the U.S. 41/M-28 intersection (Negaunee Township) to a county primary road, which would likely be opposed by the Marquette County Road Commission because of the additional responsibility that would result from the turnover. The State Long Range Plan options for improving the east-west corridor through the U.P., the second of the two major recommendations, involve either M-28 from Ironwood to Sault Ste. Marie or U.S. 2 from Ironwood to St. Ignace. These two east-west highways are heavily travelled commercial truck and tourist routes in the U.P., which have significant traffic congestion problems, especially within the urban centers along the routes. The creation of passing lanes and the bypassing of urban centers along one or both east-west highways is suggested for areas known for bottleneck traffic. However, unlike the first of the two major recommendations in the long range plan, no local or regional pressure has yet been put on MDOT for further studies of east-west traffic flows across the U.P. 9.8 Secondary Commercial Network (SCN) The Michigan Sub-State Area Long Range Transportation Plan indicates the need for an all-season transportation network in Michigan. The integration of state, county, and city roads is very important to industries and communities throughout the State. The development of a State Secondary Commercial Network (SCN) is being proposed through a cooperative effort by MDOT, the County Road Association of Michigan, the Michigan Township Association, and the Michigan Municipal League. It is the intent of this effort to identify a network that will aid county road commissions and communities in determining priorities for maintaining and upgrading roads to all-season standards and to ensure that the best possible road system exists to deliver goods from the source to market. This new road system would also benefit the growing tourism industry, which is a large part of the State's economy. The Secondary Commercial Network will compliment and coordinate with the state trunkline system. The east/west running CR 480, which connects the Negaunee/Ishpeming urban area to CR 553 and U.S. 41 in the eastern portion of Marquette County, is an example of a link in a Secondary Commercial Network. Within Negaunee Township, because of its geographical location within the County, there are very limited opportunities to connect to roads from other counties; however, at the county level efforts should be made to develop such a network by working with local business interests and governments. The County should make sure that roads designated are not subject to any restrictions for commercial vehicles. The Michigan Department of Transportation should be contacted for mapping and technical assistance during the development process. MDOT will also be useful in promoting continuity during the development of the SCN, especially where roads in the system pass through different governmental jurisdictions. Chapter 9- Page 18 �9.9 Traffic Volume Traffic Counts: The analysis of present traffic volumes is beneficial for determining the traffic conditions within a community. Traffic counts are usually presented as an average daily traffic (ADT) figure, which is calculated for a particular intersection or stretch of roadway. The Michigan Department of Transportation provides highway volume counts for selected state roads and streets annually. The traffic counters have been placed in 22 locations along U.S. 41/M-28, Business U.S. 41, Business M-28, and M-35 within Negaunee Township and the Marquette/Ishpeming/Negaunee urban corridor. The average daily traffic volumes for these locations in 1975, 1983, and 1995 are listed in Table 9-5 and are shown on Map 9-3. The traffic counters located along Business M-28, west of the City of Ishpeming western limit (Ishpeming Township) and Business U.S. 41, south of the Washington Street/Front Street intersection (City of Marquette), were the only counter locations within Marquette/Ishpeming/Negaunee urban corridor that saw a decrease in average daily traffic from 1975 to 1995, with a decline of 11.1 percent and 5.6 percent, respectively. The largest growth in average daily traffic in the urban corridor during this period occurred along U.S. 41/M-28, west of Croix Street (City of Negaunee), and U.S. 41/M-28, west of the City of Ishpeming western limit (Ishpeming Township), which experienced increases of 240 percent and 100 percent, respectively. Twelve out of the 22 trunkline counter locations within the urban corridor experienced an increase of 30 percent or greater from 1975 to 1995. All three of the counter locations within Negaunee Township saw an increase in traffic during this period; however, the traffic levels at the counter located along U.S. 41/M-28, just west of the Township eastern limit, declined by 17 percent from 1983 to 1995. Besides this location, significant declines in traffic volumes within the urban corridor occurred during this U-year period along U.S. 41/M-28, east of Grove Street (City of Marquette); Business U.S. 41, south of the Washington Street/Front Street intersection (City of Marquette); Business M-28, west of the City of Ishpeming western limit (Ishpeming Township); and U.S. 41/M-28, west of Grove Street (City of Marquette). These declines in traffic volumes may have been the result of construction activities occurring along these segments of highway. The trend over the past 20 years i.n the Marquette/Ishpeming/Negaunee urban corridor has seen a fairly significant increase in traffic levels along U.S. 41/M-28, while the other trunklines either have experienced a slight increase or stayed relatively the same. The moving of the County airport to the former K.I Sawyer AFB should affect the future traffic patterns in the corridor area. Highway segments like M-35 from U.S. 41/M-28 to CR 480 will likely see a significant increase in traffic when the airport moves, while other segments like U.S. 41/M-28 from Marquette to Negaunee may experience a decline in traffic. Chapter 9- Page 19 �TABLE 9-5 MARQUETTE/ISHPEMING/NEGAUNEE URBAN CORRIDOR, AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC COUNTS, 1975, 1983, AND 1995 Average Daily Traffic Route Counter Location 1975 1983 1995 % Change % Change % Change 1975-1983 1983-1995 1975-1995 U.S. 41/M-28 Just N. of the City of Marquette S. limit 10,000 15,800 19,000 58.0 20.3 90.0 U.S. 41/M-28 S. of Division St., City of Marquette 20,000 18,900 23,000 -5.S 21.7 15.0 U.S. 41/M-28 E. of Grove St., City of Marquette 10,000 18,900 13,000 89.0 -31.2 30.0 U.S. 41/M-28 West of Grove St., City of Marquette 10,000 14,900 13,000 49.0 -12.8 30.0 Bus. U.S. 41 S. of Washington St./Front St. 18,000 20,300 17,000 intersection, City of Marquette 12.8 -16.3 -5.6 Bus. U.S. 41 W. of Washington St./Front St. intersection, City of Marquette 12,000 12,100 12,000 0.8 -0.8 0.0 Bus. U.S. 41 E. of U.S. 41/M-28 intersection, City of Marquette 11,000 16,000 15,000 45.S -6.3 36.4 U.S. 41/M-28 Just E. of the City of Marquette W. limit 18,000 25,400 32,000 41.1 26.0 77.8 U.S. 41/M-28 Just W. of Negaunee Twp. E. limit 18,000 25,400 21,000 41.1 -17.3 16.7 U.S. 41/M-28 E. of M-35 intersection, Negaunee Twp. 11,000 14,200 18,000 29.1 26.8 63.6 2,100 6.7 31.3 40.0 11,000 14,200 17,000 29.1 19.7 54.S U.S. 41/M-28 W. of Baldwin Avenue, City of 12,000 12,500 16,000 Negaunee 4.2 28.0 33.3 Bus. M-28 N. of Main St., City of Negaunee 7,000 7,000 7,QPO 0.0 0.0 0.0 Bus. M-28 Just E. of the City of Negaunee W. limit 5,000 5,000 5,700 0.0 14.0 14.0 M-35 S. of the U.S. 41/M-28 intersection, Negaunee Twp. U.S. 41/M-28 Just S. of the City of Negaunee N. limit 1,500 1,600 Chapter 9- Page 20 �TABLE 9-5 MARQUETTE/ISHPEMING/NEGAUNEE URBAN CORRIDOR, AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC COUNTS, 1975, 1983, AND 1995 Average Daily Traffic Route % Change % Change % Change 1975-1983 1983-1995 1975-1995 Counter Location 1975 1983 1995 5,000 10,000 17,000 U.S. 41/M-28 W. of Croix St., City of Negaunee NA 13,600 16,000 U.S. 41/M-28 W. of Deer Lake Rd., City of Ishpeming 100.0 70.0 240.0 NA 17.6 NA 6.7 28.0 Bus. M-28 E. of Pine St., City of Ishpeming 5,000 6,000 6,400 20.0 Bus. M-28 W. of Pine St., City of Ishpeming 5,000 5,000 NA 0.0 NA NA Bus. M-28 W. of the City of Ishpeming W. limit, Ishpeming Twp. 4,500 4,700 4,000 4.4 -14.9 -11.1 U.S. 41/M-28 W. of the City of Ishpeming W. limit, Ishpeming Twp. 7,000 8,700 14,000 24.3 60.9 100.0 U.S. 41/M-28 W. of Bus. M-28 intersection, Ishpeming Twp. 8,000 8,500 11,000 6.3 29.4 37.S Source: Michigan Department of Transportation, Annual Average 24-Hour Traffic Volumes, 1975, 1983, and 1995. 9.10 Public Transportation Public transit service within Negaunee Township is provided by Marquette County Transportation System (Marq Tran), which was established in 1982. From 1982 to 1985, Marq Tran served all areas in Marquette County that were outside the cities of Marquette and Ishpeming, which were served by Marquette Transit Authority (MTA) and Ishpeming Transit Authority. In 1985, the County's three transit operations consolidated into the current Marq Tran system. Marq Tran is a non-profit mass transportation service, which receives revenue for its operation from state and federal operation system funds (48 percent), fare box (20 percent), county-wide millage, contract fares, transit pool reimbursement and interest, and other income. Within Marquette County, Marq Tran has 27 vehicles available for service, 22 of which are equipped with wheelchair lifts. Marq Tran provides door-to-door service to residents of Negaunee Township. Buses housed at the Marq Tran main headquarter facility in the City of Marquette and the senior center in the City of Ishpeming serve residents of the Township. The buses from Chapter 9- Page 21 �these locations are operating seven days a week, with weekday hours from 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. and weekend hours from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Marg Tran has a zonal fare system setup for its door-to-door service, with half fares given to seniors, disabled, and students. The Ishpeming route is a fixed bus route that runs from the City of Marquette to the City of Ishpeming, with stops along the route in Marquette Township, Negaunee Township, and the City of Negaunee. This fixed route runs seven days a week from 6:30 a.m. to 6 p.m., with 12 round trips Monday through Thursday, 15 round trips on Friday, nine round trips on Saturday, and four round trips on Sunday. Marg Tran charges a oneway fixed fare of $0.90 for the general public and $0.45 for senior citizens, disabled, and students for the route. Tables 9-7 and 9-8 show the ridership levels along the Ishpeming route and Marg Tran as a whole from 1991 to 1996. During this five-year period, the total number of passengers along the Ishpeming route dropped from 51,547 to 50,100, a decline of 2.84 percent. The passenger levels during this period peaked in 1992 and then steadily declined. The overall Marg Tran ridership levels followed a similar trend, with a 2.19 percent decline in the total number of passengers using the transit service between 1991 and 1996. The door-to-door and contract services saw substantial declines in passenger numbers during this period. The tremendous increase in ridership within the other category from 1995 to 1996 was primarily the result of Finn Fest held in the City of Marquette in the summer of 1996. Marg Tran buses are frequently used by college students, elderly, and commuters in the Township as an alternative mode of travel. The bus service is also used by Township residents that are Mental Health clients and/or that are participating in the Special Service Program that helps senior citizens and disabled persons with unmet transportation needs. Marg Tran has a contractual agreement with the County to make three runs per day, Monday through Friday, to the Community Mental Health Work Center located along Midway Drive in Negaunee Township. Marg Tran, Delta Area Transit Authority (DATA) and Alger County Public Transportation (ALTRAN) started providing intercity public transit service to Negaunee Township and Marquette County in early 1998, which is part of the regional bus service funded through a Michigan Department of Transportation grant. Regional Transportation or RTRAN is a cooperative effort between DATA, Marg Tran, ALTRAN and Schoolcraft County Public Transit to broaden the scope of bus service provided in the central U.P. The three public transits will connect the cities of Escanaba, Iron Mountain, Marquette, Munising, and Manistique. Marg Tran and DATA use M-35 as the regional route connecting Marquette to Escanaba, with stops in Marquette, CR480/553 Crossroads, Kountry Komers near Gwinn, Little Lake, Rock, Perkins, Gladstone, and Escanaba. Three round trips run per Chapter 9- Page 22 �day, with a oneway fare costing $8.00. Marq Tran runs a regional route along U.S. 41/M-28 and M-95 between Iron Mountain and Marquette, with stops in Marquette, Negaunee, Ishpeming, Channing, Sagola, and Iron Mountain. Two runs are made each day with a way-fare of $8.00. ALTRAN operates a route along M-28 from Marquette to Munising, with stops in Sand River, Deerton, Shelter Bay, AuTrain, and Christmas. Three runs are made each day, with a one-way fare of $5.00. The public transit authorities each received a 24 passenger capacity bus to be used for the RTRAN route. The public transit authority's goal is to have at least seven or eight passengers per trip use the service, which means the buses will be running at about 30 percent capacity. The target customers for the regional bus route are college students, the elderly, employees at various operations along the route and individuals seeking medical care at one of the facilities along the routes. TABLE 9-7 RIDERSHIP LEVELS, ISHPEMING FIXED ROUTE, 1991-1996 Year Number of Passengers 1991 51,547 1992 54,068 1993 52,200 1994 50,700 1995 50,300 1996 50,100 % change 1991-1992 4.89 % change 1992-1993 -3.45 % change 1993-1994 -2.87 % change 1994-1995 -0.79 % change 1995-1996 -0.40 % change 1991-1996 -2.84 Source: Marquette County Wide Transportation System, 1996. Chapter 9- Page 23 �TABLE 9-8 MARQ TRAN RIDERSHIP LEVELS ; 1991-1996 Fix Routes Other Total 1991 309,754 210,829 52,966 8,996 29,848 7,115 1992 330,146 233,639 49,495 8,464 30,719 7,829 1993 322,988 234,178 48,916 7,496 26,185 6,213 1994 307,983 225,811 44,757 8,701 23,317 5,397 1995 294,980 213,997 43,332 9,336 21,605 6,710 1996 302,970 209,137 42,746 9,853 23,054 21,180 % change 1991-1992 6.58 10.82 -6.55 -5.91 2.91 10.03 % change 1992-1993 -2.17 0.23 -1.17 -11.44 -14.76 -20.64 % change 1993-1994 -4.65 -3.57 -8.50 16.07 -10.95 -13.13 % change 1994-1995 -4.22 -5.23 -3.18 7.29 -7.34 24.32 % change 1995-1996 2.71 -2.27 -1.35 5.53 6.71 215.65 % change 1996-1997 -2.19 -0.80 -19.30 9.53 -22.8 197.68 Door-toDoor Specialized Services Contract Services Year Source: Marquette County Wide Transportation System, 1996. 9.11 Inter-Community Bus Service Inter-community bus service in Negaunee Township is provided by Superior Transportation, which in 1997 took over routes previously operated by White Pine Company. Superior operates two fixed routes in the Upper Peninsula. The north-south route runs along U.S. 41 from Calumet to Milwaukee. The south bound bus along this route stops at 11:40 p.m. at Jim's Jubilee in the City of Negaunee, while the north bound bus along this route stops at 3:50 a.m. The east-west route runs along U.S. 2 from St. Ignace to Duluth, MN, and does not pass through Marquette County. To use the eastwest bus route, residents in Marquette County would h~ve to take the south bound bus to Rapid River in Delta County, or drive to Rapid River or Iron Mountain to catch either the east or west bound bus. Chapter 9- Page 24 �9.12 Port A port is located in the City of Marquette, approximately 10 miles to the east of Negaunee Township. The port is an important shipping point for iron ore pellets from the Empire and Tilden mines. Pellets are transported from the mines by rail, and then shipped to steel mills in the lower Great Lakes region. Commodities such as coal and salt are shipped into Marquette via the port. The iron ore from the Empire and Tilden mines that is bound for the Marquette port is transported by rail along lines that run across Negaunee Township. Table 9-9 lists the tonnage of commodities by type that were received through the Marquette port for each year from 1990-1995. An average of 10,066,833 tons of cargo each year were hauled out of the port during this period, with iron ore accounting for about 75 percent of this tonnage. Currently, nearly 50 percent of the iron ore mined in Marquette County is hauled by rail to the Escanaba port for shipping out. However, with Algoma Steel's recent announcement that it intends to take additional iron ore tonnage from the Tilden Mine beginning in 1998, the total amount of iron ore shipped out of the Marquette port should increase in the coming years. TABLE 9-9 WATERBORNE COMMERCE, PORT OF MARQUETTE, 1990-1995 Commodity CoaVcoke 1995 1991 1,556,000 1,332,000 1,547,000 1,584,000 1,894,000 1,934,000 - - - - - 1992 1993 1994 1990 Petroleum 8,000 Chemicals 250 1,000 868,000 689,000 603,000 855,000 874,000 1,069,000 5,873,000 6,413,000 9,041,000 8,022,000 8,245,000 7,933,000 - - - - - - Stone/sand/salt Iron ore/scrap Other crude material Primary manufactures 57,000 1,000 250 250 - - - - - 1,000 - - - - Other cargoes 250 - - - - - Total tonnage 8,364,750 8,435,250 11,191,000 10,461,000 11,013,000 10,936,000 Food products Equipment/machinery Source: Michigan Department of Transportation, Bureau of Transportation Planning, Freight Transportation Planning Section. Chapter 9- Page 25 �9.13 Air Transportation The Marquette County Airport is located in the central portion of Negaunee Township, just north of U.S. 41/M-28. This site became the County airport in 1957; previously it was a utility airport. The airport is one of seven airports in the U.P. that provides commercial passenger air service. It is classified as a ''transport airport" facility. Such airports have a primary runway of 4,500 feet or longer, and are capable of handling jet aircraft. The Marquette County Airport maintains two paved runways: the east/west runway is 6,500 feet in length, and the north/south runway is 3,000 feet in length. The airport provided passenger jet service before the airline industry was deregulated in the early 1980s. Deregulation made it unprofitable for many airport facilities in the country the size of Marquette County to provide jet service. The scheduled passenger levels at the Marquette County airport would have to dramatically increase for jet service to be profitable. The Marquette County Board of Commissioners has decided to relocate the County airport to the former K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base. The date of the relocation has not yet been finalized, but it is believed that it will occur sometime in the middle of 1999. The next chapter will give more details on the relocation of the County airport to K.I. Sawyer and the future of the existing airport and property in Negaunee Township. 9.14 Railroads Railroads were one of the dominant forces shaping early industry and settlement in Marquette County. Rail transportation was necessary to carry iron ore from the County's many mines to ports at Marquette and Escanaba, where it was then shipped to steel mills and smelters. Communities often formed near the mines and/or where railroads were established. Rail service in Negaunee Township is provided by the Wisconsin Central LTD (WC) and Lake Superior & Ishpeming (LS&I) Railroads. An east-west rail line runs through the southeastern portion of the Township, just south of U.S. 41/M-28. The portion of this line that runs from the City of Negaunee to Eagle Mills is Wisconsin-Central owned, but is also used by LS&I. A fee is paid by LS&I each year to have the right to use this segment of track. Just east of Eagle Mills at Diamond Junction, the WC track continues to run east-west, while the LS&I separates from the jointly used track and runs northsouth and then east-west through the northeastern portion of the Township. Within Eagle Mills, LS&I operates a rail yard facility, which is used for switching cars and storing cars and locomotives. Another segment of rail line runs southwest-northeast from Eagle Mills to the City of Negaunee. This segment of track is owned and used jointly by WC and LS&I. In the City of Negaunee, it connects with the heavily used iron ore pellet rail line that links the Tilden and Empire mines to the ore docks in Escanaba. Chapter 9- Page 26 �From this interchange, the iron ore line runs northwest-southeast right through where Negaunee Township, the City of Negaunee, and Richmond Township intersect. The profitable iron ore rail line was owned and operated by the Chicago & Northwestern Railroad Co. (C&NW) from the 1860s until April of 1995, when it was purchased by the Union Pacific Railroad Company, as part of a nationwide takeover of the entire C&NW system. About two years later, WC purchased this line along with rest of the old C&NW lines in the Upper Peninsula and Northern Wisconsin from Union Pacific. Wisconsin Central purchased the additional lines because it provided an opportunity to consolidate and more efficiently move freight. Within Marquette County, the Empire and Tilden mines are the main customers for both WC and LS&I. As mentioned above, the WC main iron ore line runs from the mines to the ore docks in Escanaba. The LS&I iron ore rail line, on the other hand, runs from the two mines to the ore docks in Marquette. The iron ore hauled to these docking operations is then loaded onto ships and transported to steel mills at Soo, Ontario and along the lower Great Lakes. In 1997, about 8 million tons of iron ore was hauled by LS&I, while WC hauled about 6 million tons. In addition to iron ore, WC hauls pulpwood, logs, iron scrap, fly ash, clay, and crushed limestone on its lines serving Marquette County. However, iron ore should remain the dominant commodity hauled by both WC and LS&I within the County in the foreseeable future. ~ With the recent acquisition of the old C&NW lines, Wisconsin Central is currently proposing to abandon the east-west rail line that runs from where LS&I splits (Diamond Junction) in Negaunee Township to Munising. WC is currently not hauling any freight along this segment of rail line. All the freight from this line is being shifted to the newly acquired rail line that runs from Partridge Junction, just north of the Empire Mine, to Escanaba. Wisconsin Central's main reasons for proposing abandonment of the Diamond Junction to Munising line are that there are no customers along this stretch and that the old C&NW line better serves its existing customers in Marquette and Baraga counties because of the distance and time savings. 9.15 Non-motorized Transportation Facilities In the past decade, a push around the country has been going on for the construction of facilities that serve non-motorized modes of transportation. This movement has been mainly fueled by the recent increase in the desire of individuals to be more physically active and the oil crises that occurred in the past. Non-motorized transportation facilities, such as bike lanes and walkways, provide individuals a safe alternative mode of transportation to vehicle and transit. Within Negaunee Township, the only example of a non-motorized facility is the wide shoulders provided along CR 480. The wider shoulders make bicycling, walking, and other non-motorized activities easier and safer along this heavily used county primary road. Currently, residents living along Midway Drive and North Road are requesting the Township and Road Commission to construct Chapter 9- Page 27 �wider shoulders along their respective roads. However, the roads would have to be entirely repaved in order to add wider shoulders, which the Road Commission has indicated is not financially feasible with its current budget. 9.16 Issues and Opportunities Negaunee Township should continue to prioritize local road improvement projects and work with the Marquette County Road Commission to schedule these projects as local and road commission funds become available. The renewal of the Township's road millage assessment will provide continued township funding is available for local road improvement projects. The townships around the State are lobbying the state legislature to include them in the Act 51 formula, which if changed will have a substantial impact on the future distribution of funding available for improvements to local roads. The new residential developments occurring in the northern portion of the Township, near the Hoist and McClure storage basins, will likely increase the level of traffic on CR 510, which will have an impact on the surface condition of the road. The recommendation to include CR 553 between Gwinn and Marquette as part of the priority north-south corridor through the central U.P., together with the County Board of Commissioners' decision to move the County airport to the former K.I. Sawyer AFB, will most likely increase the traffic levels along CR 480. Thus, the County, the Road Commission, and the communities served by CR 480 should work together to assure that this County primary road is maintained to a satisfactory level. Traffic counts taken by the Michigan Department of Transportation at several locations along state trunklines within the Marquette/Ishpeming/Negaunee urban corridor indicate that traffic volumes have increased along almost all segments of trunklines within the corridor area from 1975 to 1995. MDOT and the communities within the urban corridor need to use this data in making any future decisions on improving the traffic flow through the corridor area. An increasing amount of commercial traffic along M-35 between CR 480 and U.S. 41/M28 may become a significant issue in the Township in the near future, especially since this segment of road is winding, crosses a major railroad and travels through residential areas. Based on the Paser System analysis of the current surface conditions of paved road segments within the Township, about 50 percent of the paved road mileage within Negaunee Township is in need of resurfacing or reconstruction. The condition of roads in other townships in the County are either similar or worse. The Marquette County Chapter 9- Page 28 �Road Commission's current sources of funding for making improvements to the County road system, especially the local system, are just not adequate. As a result, the Road Commission and local communities need to continue to pressure the state and federal governments to increase revenues to improve the County road system. The Township needs to address potential problems and conflicts with residents who live on private roads. The Township needs to adequately provide notice to residents concerning the level of community service that will be provided, such as snowplowing, school bus pick up, road maintenance, law enforcement road patrol, and emergency services. If ridership continues to decrease on the Ishpeming fixed route that runs from the City of Marquette to the City of Ishpeming, Marq Tran may consider reducing the frequency of these services, thereby reducing the service potentially available to local residents. The new Regional Transportation (RTRAN) system will provide residents of Negaunee Township an alternative to the automobile for medium distance intercity travel or commuting within the central U.P. The aging of the local population could result in future needs for additional transportation services for the elderly and/or disabled. The recent acquisition of the Union Pacific rail lines by Wisconsin Central will likely improve the rail service provided to industries within Marquette County using rail to transport freight, especially the industries in the County that were clients of WC before the acquisition. The acquisition allowed WC to consolidate some rail lines within the U.P., which has resulted in a more efficient freight moving rail operation. With the County decision to relocate the County airport from Negaunee Township to the former K.I. Sawyer AFB, the Township and the County should coordinate their efforts with the Township Planning Commission for the reuse of the existing airport property. The development of non-motorized transportation facilities within the Township, such as bike lanes and walking paths, will promote non-motorized forms of transportation as a vital part of a community transportation system. · The Township, along with the Road Commission, should look for funding sources, like the Michigan Transportation Enhancement Program, for repaving Midway Drive and portions of North Road with wider shoulders to accommodate non-motorized forms of transportation. With Algoma Steel's recent announcement that it plans to take additional tonnage of iron ore from the Tilden Mine in the coming years, the levels of iron ore transported to the Marquette port by the LS&I railroad should increase. Chapter 9- Page 29 �10.0 MARQUETIE COUNTY AIRPORT 10.1 Introduction The Marquette County Airport has been located at the present site in southern Negaunee Township since the 1950s. Prior to that time, the airport was in southern Sands Township, at the location of the former K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base. The airport was moved to Negaunee Township in 1957, when the military base was established, and has undergone a series of improvements and expansions since that time. Following the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB in September 1995, the Marquette County Board voted to relocate the Marquette County Airport to K.I. Sawyer. 10.2 Existing Marquette County Airport The existing Marquette County Airport occupies approximately 650 acres north of U.S. 41/M-28, just north of the northeastern corner of the City of Negaunee. Access to the airport is provided by U.S. 41/M-28, which bisects the Marquette-Ishpeming-Negaunee urban corridor. The area around the airport contains a variety of commercial and industrial uses along the highway, with residential uses and forest to the north and west. As mentioned in the previous chapter, the current airport has two runways. The east/west runway is 6,500 feet in length, and the north/south runway is 3,000 feet in length. The configuration of the runways is sufficient to handle many jet aircraft; however, the airport is currently used only by turboprop planes with a maximum capacity of about 40 passengers. Buildings at the existing airport include the current passenger terminal, a former terminal building used by the Federal Aviation Administration and by the Fixed Base Operator(FBO) for the airport, and several industrial-type buildings and hangars. The buildings previously occupied by the Simmons Airlines Maintenance Facility have been vacated as a result of the move to the new AMR Eagle Regional Aircraft Maintenance Center at K.I. Sawyer, and will revert to County ownership once the move is complete. The existing terminal contains passenger check-in and baggage handling facilities, rental car counters and a gift shop downstairs, with a restaurant and office space in the second floor. The former terminal also contains office space. As of early 1998, three commercial airlines serve the Marquette County Airport. Mesaba Airlines (Northwest Airlink) provides service to Detroit and Minneapolis, where Northwest Airlines maintains hubs that provide access to connecting flights. Midwest Express (Skyway) offers service to Milwaukee and connecting flights. Great Lakes (United Express) offers service to Chicago O'Hare and Detroit. American Eagle (American Airlines) served the area until August 1996, when passenger service was discontinued due to a decline in passenger volumes. Skyway began serving Marquette County a few months after American Eagle discontinued service. As of February 1998, Chapter 10 - Page 1 �there have been reports that American Eagle may be interested in resuming passenger service to Marquette County. ,,--...,. I Passenger, cargo and air-carried mail volumes at the Marquette County Airport have fluctuated over the past 20 years, as a result of several factors. The number of total scheduled passengers (both enplanements and deplanements) at the Marquette County Airport increased steadily from the 1950s through the 1970s, as shown in Figure 10-1. With the advent of deregulation in the early 1980s, passenger volumes at all U.P. airports dropped significantly. Many smaller airports throughout the country lost jet service at this time, and service since the 1980s has been provided by smaller turboprop planes. Since 1980, the number of scheduled passengers at the Marquette County Airport has fluctuated, but the overall trend was upward until 1993, when over 104,000 scheduled passengers passed through the airport. Since 1993, passenger volume dropped to near the 1990 level, but has since begun to increase again. The drop in passenger volume from 1993 to 1995 may be largely attributable to the closure of K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base. During this time the County experienced a decline in population, an increase in unemployment, and an atmosphere of uncertainty as to what the future might bring. However, the last couple of years have seen a decrease in unemployment to the lowest level in over 25 years, and while base closure has certainly affected the local economy, the impact so far has not been as severe as many feared it would be. This may be at least partially responsible for the recent increase in air travel. It is interesting to note that the Marquette County Airport has experienced more enplanements (departures) than deplanements (arrivals) in most years. Several factors may be responsible, including cancellation of flights or diversion to other airports, causing persons to return to an airport other than Marquette; one-way air travel, with passengers returning by other means; and one-way travel with no return trip. This trend of enplanements exceeding deplanements is also found at other U.P. airports. In addition to the scheduled passenger service available at the airport, charter services are available, and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources keeps a plane at the airport for use by state employees needing travel to Lansing or other areas. A number of local pilots also keep planes at the Marquette County Airport. The number of passengers on charter flights varies significantly, with data available only since 1988. In 1989 charter passenger volume (enplanements and deplanements) peaked at 8,754; in 1992, only 683 total passengers used charter flights. From 1993 to 1996, charter passenger numbers were fairly stable, ranging from 1,16°'in 1996 to 1,453 in 1995; in 1997 there were 824 total charter passengers. In the late 1980s and 1990, charter passengers equaled about 11 percent of the total scheduled passengers; during the last few years, charter flights have accounted for less than 2 percent of passenger volume. Chapter 10 - Page 2 �.--- ~ ,,[ 0 f) TABLE 10-1 PASSENGERS AT U.P. AIRPORTS, SELECTED YEARS Airport 1980 1985 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 Marquette County Total Scheduled Passengers Enplanements Deplanements 67,951 33,718 34,233 75,210 37,171 37,039 78,116 39,094 39,022 88,520 44,050 44,470 103,575 52,223 51,352 104,537 52,500 52,037 95,925 48,148 47,777 79,412 40,015 ·39,397 83,205 42,052 41,153 82,048 41,900 40,148 Delta County (Escanaba) Total Scheduled Passengers Enplanements Deplanements 40,269 21,464 18,805 21,442 10,865 10,577 26,094 13,476 12,618 28,197 14,366 13,831 31,929 16,301 15,628 29,986 15,163 14,823 37,895 19,055 18,840 35,913 18,270 17,643 42,131 21,549 20,582 41,304 20,627 20,677 Ford (Iron Mountain) Total Scheduled Passengers Enplanements Deplanements 38,247 18,676 19,571 17,396 8,683 8,713 21,216 10,634 10,582 16,735 8,288 8,447 20,113 10,085 10,028 23,396 11,724 11,672 21,214 10,562 10,652 21,092 10,579 10,513 19,686 9,870 9,816 13,654 6,787 6,867 Houghton County Memorial Total Scheduled Passengers Enplanements Deplanements 49,330 24,796 24,534 41,615 21,167 20,448 45,568 23,099 22,469 42,748 21,547 21,201 42,556 21,165 21,391 37,888 18,917 18,971 40,969 20,558 20,411 40,762 20,484 20,278 45,468 22,885 22,583 47,687 23,974 23,713 Twin County (Menominee) Total Scheduled Passengers Enplanements Deplanements 20,098 10,211 9,887 2,118 1,056 1,062 3,224 1,624 1,600 3,534 1,811 1,723 3,597 1,834 1,763 2,999 1,491 1,508 2,927 1,297 1,330 1,525 704 821 182 72 110 na na na Gogebic County Total Scheduled Passengers Enplanements Deplanements 23,990 11,533 12,457 5,889 2,996 2,893 10,155 5,072 5,083 8,301 4,194 4,107 8,220 4,074 4,146 9,727 4,870 4,857 8,702 4,330 4,372 6,413 3,183 3,230 5,341 2,670 2,671 3,128 1,548 1,580 Chippewa County International (Kinross) Total Scheduled Passengers Enplanements Deplanements 21,657 10,736 10,921 1,077 5,017 5,060 17,354 8,844 8,510 17,493 8,814 8,679 19,489 9,849 9,640 18,099 9,139 8,960 17,947 9,244 8,703 18,826 9,545 9,281 17,409 8,821 8,588 10,192 5,227 4,965 Chapter 10 - Page 3 �FIGURE 10-1 TOTAL SCHEDULED PASSENGERS, U.P. AIRPORTS, 1970-1997 120,000 D 100,000 D □ D □ 80,000 D □ . Ill Cl) CII C m 60,000 (V 0. 40,000 20,000 ,,r . . -"::(. I I 1976 1978 0 1970 1972 1974 ~ r===t I , - I t---1 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 I I I 1992 1994 1996 Vear -<>- Chippewa County -a- Delta County -tr-ford _._ Hougton County -0- Marquette County -+-Twin County ~ Gogebic County Source: MDOT, Bureau of Transportation Planning, lntermodal Section, 1997. Chapter 10 - Page 4 ) ) ) �D t) TABLE 10-2 AIR CARRIED CARGO AND PACKAGED FREIGHT AT U.P. AIRPORTS, SELECTED YEARS (POUNDS) Airport 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 288,200 74,600 213,600 69,565 24,642 44,913 73,534 22,864 50,670 79,819 26,871 52,948 61,128 21,323 39,805 82,688 21,268 61,420 77,851 28,730 49,121 54,978 21,417 43,561 53,683 16,264 37,419 305,800 93,060 212,740 50,600 21,000 296,000 956,088 248,559 707,529 949,206 316,153 633,053 1,084,357 539,605 544,752 1,542,412 770,625 771,787 1,527,072 688,713 838,359 1,051,536 458,682 592,854 893,797 342,689 551,108 1,086,531 419,369 667,162 Ford (Iron Mountain) Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 486,232 142,553 343,679 23,400 4,000 19,400 1,039,821 432,777 607,044 1,237,587 515,529 722,058 1,544,203 602,838 941,365 1,621,980 575,414 1,046,576 1,772,130 577,370 1,194,760 1,767,087 558,079 1,209,008 2,040,446 709,929 1,330,517 2,548,431 950,734 1,597,697 Houghton County Memorial Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 265,579 100,696 165,063 94,000 48,000 46,000 194,394 99,110 95,284 223,292 99,174 124,118 271,098 109,388 161,710 328,483 119,821 208,662 403,160 92,305 310,855 368,979 93,714 275,265 548,061 217,204 330,857 809,544 329,105 480,439 Twin County (Menominee) Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 150,029 41,980 108,849 1,800 400 1,400 240,324 148,152 92,172 303,903 162,762 141,141 303,227 164,172 139,055 372,002 191,473 180,529 388,966 219,507 169,459 508,996 276,649 232,347 704,307 394,910 309,397 659,415 367,090 292,325 Gogebic County Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 62,555 15,432 47,123 6,092 562 5,530 142,721 61,664 81,057 158,140 60,545 97,595 171,340 73,824 97,516 189,522 78,623 110,899 230,176 97,011 133,165 170,443 68,972 101,471 304,226 125,072 179,154 356,313 177,499 178,814 103,550 40,421 63,129 22,800 5,600 17,200 5,708 2,018 3,690 3,791 1,803 1,988 7,937 2,906 5,031 4,731 1,074 3,657 7,190 753 6,437 6,682 2,468 4,394 2,987 1,340 1,647 4,206 2,403 1,803 1980 1985 Marquette County Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 495,648 101,447 394,201 Delta County (Escanaba) Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned Chippewa County International (Kinross) Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned Chapter 10 - Page 5 �FIGURE 10-2 TOTAL AIR CARRIED CARGO & PACKAGE FREIGHT (LBS.), U.P. AIRPORTS, 1970-1997 3,000,000 ...--- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----, 2,500,000 2,000,000 Ill -g 5 1,500,000 a. 1,000,000 500,000 0 1910 19n 1974 1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 Year -<>- Chippewa County -o- Delta County --ts- ford ~ -o- Marquette County -+- Twin County Houghton County ~ Gogebic County Source: MOOT, Bureau of Transportation Planning, lntermodal Section, 1997. Chapter 10 - Page 6 ~ ) ) �The amount of air carried cargo and package freight handled at the Marquette County Airport peaked in the mid 1970s, and generally declined until 1990 (Figure 10-2). Since then, the amount of cargo and freight has remained fairly constant at between 50,000 and 100,000 pounds per year, as shown in Table 10-2. The amount of incoming cargo and freight far exceeds outgoing cargo and freight in most years, with incoming (deplaned) freight averaging 65-80 percent of total volume. The amount of cargo and freight handled at the Marquette County Airport is significantly less than at other area airports; Delta County Airport handled over 1 million pounds in 1997, while Ford Airport in Dickinson County handled over 2.5 million pounds. The amount of air carried mail was, until 1980, a fairly significant factor at most U.P. airports. From the 1950s until 1980, the Marquette County Airport generally handled between 27,000 and 280,000 pounds of mail per year, averaging about 60,000 to 80,000 pounds per year. Since 1980, however, the amount of air carried mail has dropped to none in some years to a high of 6,951 pounds in 1990, as shown in Table 10-3. Mail that is handled locally is almost entirely outgoing mail, with little or no incoming air carried mail in most years. This trend occurred at most U.P. airports; some airports have seen air carried mail cease entirely. Most air carried mail is now delivered by truck to larger airports, where it is then placed on airplanes, virtually eliminating the use of smaller airports for air carried mail. 10.3 K.I. Sawyer Facilities K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base was established during the 1950s, and during nearly 40 years of existence was home to fighter planes, bombers, and tankers. The location of the base, with access to polar routes to the former Soviet Union, was considered critical during the Cold War years. With the end of the Cold War, the U.S. government began to reassess the need for military facilities. Legislation was adopted calling for review of military facilities by an independent panel known as the Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) Commission, and reviews were conducted in 1991, 1993 and 1995. The 1993 closure list, which was signed by the President in June, 1993, included K.I. Sawyer. At the time closure was announced, B-52H Stratofortress bombers and KC-135A Stratotankers were based at K.I. Sawyer. Military employment at the time closure was announced was approximately 3,600, with an additional 1,100 civilian and contract employees. Over the next two years, personnel and equipment were transferred to other Air Force facilities, and the process of conversion to civilian uses was begun. When the base officially closed on September 30, 1995, four businesses were already located at the base, providing a handful of jobs for area residents. Chapter 10 - Page 7 �TABLE 10-3 AIR CARRIED MAIL, U.P. AIRPORTS, SELECTED YEARS 1990 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1980 Marquette County Total Air Carried Mail Enplaned Deplaned 18,300 16,956 1,344 1,117 1,115 2 6,951 6,951 0 5,929 5,929 0 5,666 5,666 0 2,995 2,991 4 3,747 3,733 14 7323 7218 105 4933 4703 230 2,966 2,616 350 Delta County (Escanaba) Total Air Carried Mail Enplaned Deplaned 16,921 15,339 1,582 14,176 14,176 0 3,304 3,304 0 3,010 2,979 31 2,809 2,809 0 3,547 3,547 0 2,887 2,741 146 2528 2524 4 2852 2852 0 4,192 4,136 56 Ford (Iron Mountain) Total Air Carried Mail Enplaned Deplaned 834,411 22,240 812,171 24,272 19,810 4,462 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s Houghton County Memorial Total Air Carried Mail Enplaned Deplaned 18,736 18,736 0 5,261 3,008 2,253 1,479 1,479 0 1,738 1,738 0 1,856 1,856 0 2,416 2,350 66 3,184 3,012 172 2529 2483 46 2978 2455 523 2,313 2,288 25 Twin County (Menominee) Total Air Carried !\jail Enplaned Deplaned 25,653 25,483 170 0 0 0 0 0 0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s Gogebic County (Ironwood) Total Air Carried Mail Enplaned Deplaned 156 19 137 140 140 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 242 242 0 671 634 37 547 476 71 440 440 0 659 659 0 1,429 1,429 0 25,657 6,971 18,686 4,661 2,719 1,942 0 0 0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s Chippewa County International (Kinross) Total Air Carried Mail Enplaned Deplaned 1985 1991 Airport Chapter 10 - Page 8 ~ ) >i) ) �K.I. Sawyer encompasses about 5,200 acres, containing a 12,300-foot airstrip, associated taxiways and approach aprons, two control towers, over 300 industrial and commercial buildings, and over 1,600 housing units. Some of the buildings are currently occupied by industrial or commercial enterprises, or by individuals and families; over 300 housing units were occupied as of February 1998. Buildings and facilities not owned or leased by private companies or individuals are still owned by the U.S. Air Force, and a "caretaker'' agreement provides for operation of certain facilities and protection from deterioration. The Air Force, under the caretaker agreement, operates the water and sewer systems, and provides for resource and fire protection and general maintenance of the unleased portions of the base. Unoccupied buildings have been "pickled," with plumbing systems drained and winterized. The primary focus of the caretaker agreement, with regard to unoccupied facilities, is to prevent significant deterioration. Industrial and commercial firms located on the former base include the following: a sawmill with over 100 employees and utilizing 90 million board feet of timber per year; a regional aircraft maintenance facility employing over 200; a manufacturer of electronic switches that employs over 50; several smaller manufacturing firms, contractors, etc.; and a golf course, veterinary clinic, medical clinic, day care center, and bank. The aircraft maintenance facility at Sawyer represents an expansion and relocation of the former Simmons Airlines facility located at the existing airport. Now known as the AMR Eagle Regional Aircraft Maintenance Center, Inc., the facility occupies four buildings at Sawyer. A Memorandum of Understanding negotiated between the County and AMR Eagle in 1996 calls for improvements to these buildings and the airfield to be made by the County, as well as a County buyout of the remaining balance due on the Simmons buildings at the County airport. Grant funds from the state and federal government have covered the majority of the cost of the building improvements. 10.4 Airport Relocation A base reuse plan was prepared during the time the base was being closed, and one of the recommendations of that plan was that the Marquette County Airport be moved to K.I. Sawyer. The County Board gave a tentative endorsement of that recommendation, passing a resolution to move the airport if such a move could be shown to be economically feasible. In August 1996, a new resolution was passed, stating that the airport would be moved. Greiner, Inc., the consulting firm who prepared the base reuse plan, was retained by Marquette County to prepare a reuse plan for the existing Marquette County Airport. The plan, completed in August 1996, examined issues related to reuse of the property, including environmental contamination, legal issues related to property ownership, the impact on current airport tenants, and potential alternatives for reuse. The study also makes recommendations regarding a marketing strategy for the property. Chapter 10 - Page 9 �Environmental contamination is known to exist at six locations at the airport. These sites include the former VORTAC/Fire Training Area, the former bulk fuel storage facility, two sites associated with the Simmons Airlines facility, and the two septic fields. The recommended course of action is to conduct further sampling to identify the extent and nature of the contamination, and identify remediation measures. The property on which the airport is situated consists of several parcels which were acquired at various times during the development of the airport. Several of these parcels were acquired from The Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company (CCIC), which retains repurchase rights in the event the property should be offered for sale by the County. CCIC has indicated that it is not interested in repurchasing these parcels. Parcels which were acquired with funding from the Federal Aviation Administration typically require reinvestment of the federal share if those parcels are sold. However, Marquette County is working with the FAA to waive the reinvestment provisions in this case. All tenants utilizing space at the airport in 1996 were contacted with regard to their willingness to move to Sawyer. The majority of the commercial tenants, including Northern Michigan Aviation, the rental car companies serving the airport, WLUC-TV and others, expressed willingness to relocate if the airport is moved. Some tenants, however, such as Northern Michigan Aviation, said they would prefer to remain at the present location. Several of the tenants who keep private airplanes at the airport expressed concerns, or indicated they would be unwilling to relocate. Concerns were primarily based on uncertainty regarding cost, according to the reuse report. Reuse options recommended by the study include housing development, office space, recreation, and limited commercial and industrial uses. The existing terminal and former terminal were identified as suitable for office space, while the portion of the property which fronts directly on U.S. 41/M-28 would be most desirable for commercial use. Some hangars appear to be relocatable, and were recommended for relocation to Sawyer; hangars which are not relocatable could be used for storing vehicles or equipment. The study identifies a sports complex containing tennis courts, exercise rooms, weight training, etc. as a possible recreational reuse for the former Simmons hangar. Initial alternatives identified by Greiner included a golf course and correctional facility; the County Board directed the consultants not to consider these alternatives further. Although the airfield facilities at K.I. Sawyer are in good condition and were wellmaintained, extensive modification is required to make the airfield suitable for use as a civilian airport. The single most costly item is the construction of a new passenger terminal, estimated to cost over $3 million. Other improvements include relocation and upgrade of runway lights, installation of new instrument landing (ILS) and automated weather observation (AWOS) systems, fuel farm improvements, runway approach lighting, and other relatively minor improvements. Chapter 10 - Page 10 �The County has been awarded grants from the Economic Development Administration and the FAA to cover the cost of many airfield improvements at K.I. Sawyer. Relocation and upgrade of runway lights, the new ILS and AWOS systems, design of the new passenger terminal, fuel farm improvements, and a portion of terminal construction are included in these grants. A second grant is being applied for to cover the remaining cost of the new terminal, as well as other airfield and non-airfield items. Delays in the application process for this grant have resulted in pushing back the target date for moving airport operations. Original projections were to have the airport operational at Sawyer by the end of 1998; current expectations are that the airport will move in mid to late 1999. Since the decision to move the airport was finalized in August 1996, occasional concerns were expressed regarding this decision. The level of concern appeared to increase in the fall of 1997, with questions being raised about the cost of the move, weather conditions at Sawyer, the lack of a crosswind runway at Sawyer, and the increased distance from the urban corridor. Some groups and individuals are also concerned about the potential effect of the move on the local tax base, and the impact on the economic health of the urban corridor. A group of local physicians has expressed concern regarding the distance from Marquette General Hospital, and have asked that the Negaunee Township location be available for air ambulance use. Negaunee Township stands to lose tax revenues as a result of the move, and there is concern that there will be a loss of businesses at and around the airport. Negaunee Township officials and others have also expressed a desire to see airport operations continued at the Negaunee Township location, even if the County airport is moved. They believe that an industrial airpark may be feasible, and that a private entity may be willing to operate the facility without state or federal funding. The County Board has taken the position that airfield uses at the current site should not be permitted once the airport is moved. Although many of the questions now being asked with regard to airport relocation should perhaps have been addressed to a greater extent during the decision process, it would appear that the Marquette County Board is unwilling to reconsider the decision. The grants which have been obtained from EDA and the FAA are predicated upon the airport moving, and a significant amount of funding from those grants has been obligated. The AMR Eagle maintenance center move to Sawyer is nearly complete, and several hundred thousand dollars in grant funds have been expended for that project. At the very least, continued operation of the maintenance facility at Sawyer would require maintenance of airfield operations at Sawyer even if the airport does not move, resulting in a financial burden to the County. In summary, it appears unlikely that the decision to move the airport will change. Chapter 10 - Page 11 �10.5 Issues and Opportunities A decline in scheduled passenger volumes occurred since 1993, although most recent figures indicate that this decline may be turning around. The possible return of American Eagle passenger service to Marquette County could increase options for local air travelers. The amount of cargo and freight handled at the airport has declined considerably since the mid 1980s, but has stabilized in recent years. There are several sites of environmental contamination at the existing airport, which may affect the ability to reuse the property for other uses. The proposed move of the airport to K.I. Sawyer would result in a loss of tax base in Negaunee Township, as personal property is moved from the site. The airport relocation could offer a long-term opportunity to increase the local tax base and diversify the local economy by developing the existing airport property for residential, commercial, industrial and recreational uses. If redevelopment is unsuccessful, however, the long-term issue could be one of blight and deterioration of the former airport facility. The relocation of the County airport may affect the traffic pattern in and around Negaunee Township, with increased use of CR 480 and M-35 to travel to the Sawyer location. The potential loss of traffic on U.S. 41/M-28 could have a negative effect on businesses in the urban corridor, particularly in the area near the existing airport. It is uncertain what effect the airport relocation may have on freight and cargo volumes and passenger volumes. The increased distance form the urban corridor may mean that alternate means of shipping or travel will be used, or that other airports outside the County will be utilized more by local residents and businesses. · As businesses associated with the airport, such as the AMR maintenance facility, move to K.I. Sawyer, local residents who work at these businesses may move from the Township in order to be closer to their place of work. Chapter 10 - Page 12 �11.0 GOALS, POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES 11.1 Introduction Throughout the preceding chapters of this plan, detailed information has been presented defining the historical trends and current situation in Negaunee Township. This background information has helped the Planning Commission to gain an understanding of the forces which have shaped the growth and development of the Township to this point. In order for a community to have a sound plan for growth and development, it is essential that goals be set. Such goals are broad statements which reflect desired future conditions, and are based on the background information, assumptions, alternatives and policy variables presented earlier. More specific policies and objectives are then developed, which define actions which can be taken to implement the goals. The final stage of the planning process, which is implementation of the plan, begins once the goals, policies and objectives have been defined. The first step in plan implementation is the adoption of this plan by the Planning Commission following a public hearing and consideration of any public comments received. Plan implementation continues through adherence to the goals, policies and objectives set forth in this plan. It should be emphasized, however, that these goals, policies and objectives are not "cast in concrete." While the planning commission has developed these goals, policies and objectives based on the best information available, and the needs of the community at a point in time, changing needs and desires within the community, or changes in the local population or economy may mean that these goals, policies and objectives will need to be re-evaluated. This plan must remain flexible enough to respond to changing needs and conditions, while still providing a strong guiding mechanism for future development. The Planning Commission, Township Board, and Township staff, together with other groups, organizations and individuals, can use this plan as a dynamic decision-making tool, and should assure that the plan is referred to frequently and updated periodically. To assist in understanding the nature of the goals, objectives and policies presented on the following pages, the following definitions are presented: Goal: A broad statement of a desired future condition, the generalized end toward which all efforts are directed. Goals are often stated in terms of fulfilling broad public needs, or alleviating major problems. Goals are generally difficult to measure and are idealistic. Chapter 11 - Page 1 �Policy: A statement of position or course of action which provides a means of obtaining a stated goal. Policies are factual in nature, and can be measured by the impact they have on existing conditions. Objective: A specific attainable end derived from a related goal or policy to be accomplished within a specific time. When attained, they represent significant and measurable progress toward a goal, thus providing a means of evaluating progress. 11.2 Economy Explanation: The Township is located in the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban area. Expansion of the urban area from the Marquette area bas and will continue to come into the Township. The Planning Commission should carefully review the zoning ordinance in order to accommodate future economic growth. Service and retail jobs are the largest employment sector county-wide, as well as for Township residents. The mining industry is an important part of the local economy. Redevelopment of the soon to be vacated County airport will offer the opportunity for possible commercial and industrial uses as well as an increase in the tax base and employment levels. The former Pioneer Pellet Plant facility is also an area for possible industrial use. A private industrial park is located within the township. Provide a diversified and stable economy within Negaunee Township. Policies: 1. Encourage businesses and industries already located in the area to remain in the community, and encourage the expansion of these firms, except in cases where such uses are nonconforming, or where those uses do not comply with state and federal standards. 2. Where nonconforming uses and/or violations of state or federal standards exist, encourage firms to become conforming and come into compliance, in order to retain the existing economic base while reducing land use conflicts and potential for negative impacts on the environment. 3. Insure that adequate sites are available for new developments or expansions of existing firms. Considerations of the adequacy o~a site should include the types of municipal services that could be provided. Chapter 11 - Page 2 �c::,., 4. If and when the Marquette County Airport vacates its present Negaunee Township location, encourage the reuse of the airport property for commercial, industrial and residential uses. 5. Encourage the appropriate and orderly commercial development along US41/M28. 6. Encourage the development and maintenance of the infrastructure and services which support the orderly development in the township. 7. Encourage the cleanup of sites of environmental contamination so that contaminated sites can be made available for development and potential health hazards can be eliminated. Cleanup for commercial or industrial reuse may be easier, due to less stringent requirements compared to sites for residential development. 8. New developments should be encouraged to occur in so-called "brownfield" sites rather than creating new developments in previously undeveloped areas. 9. Development served by private roads should be built to County road standards. The Township should not recommend roads for inclusion into the County road system unless they are already built to County Road Commission standards. 10. Encourage commercial developments in areas that can be served by the municipal water system. ~ ,,-----..._ Obiectives: Work with the Marquette County Economic Development Corporation and the Lake Superior Community Partnership along with governmental units to promote economic development throughout Marquette County. 2. Examine the present zoning designations of the area where the present County airport is located to determine if areas should be rezoned to encourage an compatible mix of commercial, industrial and residential uses. 3. Continually examine and identify areas within the Township that would be suitable for industrial and commercial use. 4. Expand the existing water service area to serve existing and planned commercial establishments. 5. Actively promote and expand the industrial and commercial base of the township. Chapter 11 - Page 3 �11.3 Natural Features Explanation: The natural features of the township can both inhibit and encourage development. Bedrock outcroppings, areas of steep slope and certain soils can limit development. Water features, especially the Hoist and McClure Basins, attract new residential development. Goal: Preserve and enhance the natural environment of Negaunee Township. Policies: 1. Protect the ground and surface waters from contamination from improper sewage disposal practices. 2. Ensure that the use of the land and the intensity of the use is suitable to the natural environment. 3. Encourage the reuse of existing industrial sites rather than creating new developments in previously undeveloped areas. 4. Encourage the cleanup of environmentally contaminated sites in the Township, to remove potential threats to human health and safety and to the environment. 5. Define areas where the natural environment may constrain land use, such as areas of shallow bedrock, high water table, etc. 6. Discourage inappropriate development in areas which are vulnerable to future onsite septic system failure and groundwater contamination. 7. Identify development constraints within waterfront areas, where pressures for development may be the highest and the environment is potentially more fragile. Objectives: 1. Work with the various agencies to protect ground and surface waters from contamination caused by point and non-point sources of pollution. 2. Utilize detailed soil survey information, and wetlnd maps when making rezoning decisions, in order to insure that lot sizes, setbacks and other requirements are sufficient to protect the natural environment. Chapter 11 - Page 4 . �3. Using zoning and other land use controls, encourage a pattern of land use which minimizes environmental impact, encourages economic growth in appropriate areas, and maintains the natural features of the community. 11.4 Land Use Explanation: Historically, land use in the area has been influenced by the mining industry. Commercial development has occurred along the US41/M28 highway corridor. Newer residential development is also taking place around the two storage basins. Though the majority of the lands in the Township are forested, the Township contains the second highest concentration of urban and built up lands of any township in the county. New subdivisions are occurring north of US41/M28, reflecting the trend of developing residential areas in rural outskirts of urban areas. Known areas of contamination may adversely affect development; sites need to be remediated. Establish a land use pattern in Negaunee Township which minimizes land use conflicts, provides for development in areas where adequate facilities exist or can be provided, and protects the health, safety and welfare of Township residents. Policies: 1. Access from both commercial and residential developments onto state trunklines and other heavily-traveled roadways should be limited in order to avoid traffic congestion problems and alleviate safety hazards. 2. Encourage commercial developments to utilize shared driveways to limit the number of access points onto busy roadways. 3. Encourage the preservation of open spaces and the rural character in the outlying portions of the Township. 4. Discourage the spot zoning of commercial and industrial areas within the Township. 5. Ensure that the zoning ordinance is consistent with the physical limitations of the environment, such as soil suitability, slope, etc, and with the ability to provide municipal services, such as water and sewer. 6. Coordinate land use activities with the adjacent municipalities of City of Negaunee and the Townships of Ishpeming, Marquette, Sands and Richmond. Chapter 11 - Page S �7. Protect both the ground and surface waters from contamination caused by improper or failing septic systems 8. Encourage greater density in areas that are served by or have the potential of being served by the Township water system. 9. Encourage the preservation of open space for the enjoyment of Township residents. 10. Encourage new and expanding industries to locate in areas where appropriate services are available and surrounding uses are compatible. 11. Encourage new and expanding retail and service firms to locate in areas which are easily accessible. Objectives: 1. Review the existing zoning ordinance to ensure that the ordinance provides for the proper, and orderly development of commercial and industrial areas within the Township. 2. Review the existing zoning ordinance to ensure consistency with physical characteristics of the environment. 3. Strongly enforce the zoning ordinance to ensure that land use is consistent with the land capability and suitability, the ability to provide services and the desired future condition of the Township. 4. Eliminate the use of privies and holding tanks as a means of on-site sewage disposal. 5. Where possible, new and existing commercial developments should construct a frontage road along US41/M-28 to serve their establishments. 11.5 Housing Explanation: The predominate housing type is the single family, owner-occupied home. Seasonal homes have been constructed in the northern area of the Township, especially around the Hoist and McClure Basin area. With the sale of the Longyear Realty lands to private individuals, there will be increased demands fQJ" year round residences and other development. Other housing developments are taking place in areas not served by municipal water. Housing demand in the Township will likely remain strong in the future. Chapter 11 • Page 6 �Encourage the creation of an adequate supply of affordable, safe and sanitary housing, offering a choice of housing types. Policies: 1. Encourage new housing developments to locate in areas zoned for residential developments which have the capability to provide needed services. 2. Mobile homes offer an affordable housing option for many people. 3. Educate the public regarding federal and state grants and loans that are available to the public for rehabilitation of single and multi-family housing and for the purchase of homes. 4. Private roads serving residential developments should be constructed to County Road Commission standards. 5. Encourage the orderly and appropriate development of the waterfront lands and areas in the northern area of the Township. 6. Encourage continued development and maintenance of single-family houses, in a variety of sizes, styles and settings. 7. Encourage the rehabilitation and maintenance of existing housing stock to provide safe living conditions and prevent deterioration and blight. Objectives: Establish minimum lot sizes that do not degrade the environment. 2. As seasonal homes become year-around homes, the Township should establish reasonable standards including wells, permanent septic systems, suitable access roads, sufficient right of way and type of road surface. The zoning ordinance should indicate that the Planning Commission is the body to grant such a request through the conditional use permit process. 3. Residential zoning districts should provide for a variety of densities; denser development should be in areas where utilities and natural features are suitable for such development. 4. Continue to enforce local ordinances regarding blight and deterioration, to eliminate hazards to public health and safety. Chapter 11 - Page 7 �11.6 Transportation Explanation: Two highways (US41/M28 and M35) serve the Township, along with a network of county roads. The private automobile remains a primary means of local transportation. With about 50 percent of the paved roads in the township in need of resurfacing or reconstruction, continued maintenance and improvements should be of prime concern. There are a number of private roads that have been constructed that provide access to existing or newly created subdivisions or lot splits. Ridership on the Marg Tran Ishpeming route has declined in recent years. At present the County airport is located in the township, but will soon be relocated to the former K.I. Sawyer AFB. The relocation will have an impact on the transportation patterns of those using the new airport. Goal: Provide a transportation network which provides for the safe and efficient movement of people and goods throughout the township. Policies: 1. Encourage the Marquette County Road Commission to consider local priorities when funding and scheduling road projects throughout the county. 2. Encourage the improvement of inadequate and substandard roads in the township. 3. Private roads serving residential developments should be constructed to County Road Commission standards. Objectives: 1. Continue working with the Marquette County Road Commission in setting road improvement priorities. 2. Improve and upgrade the inadequate and substandard roads within Negaunee Township. 3. Communicate to MDOT and State legislators concerns the Township has regarding the impacts to the Township regarding any state takeover of local roads. Chapter 11 - Page 8 �4. Develop a connector road between Midway Drive (CRSlO) and US41/M-28 to alleviate traffic congestion problems. 11.7 Community Facilities and Services Explanation: The Township provides a number of municipal services to its residents, including fire protection, refuse collection, and road repairs. Municipal water is provided within a limited area one mile north and south of U.S. 41/M28 and; the current system capacity is adequate to expand the service area. Other services are provided by other levels of government, such as the City of Negaunee for library, County sheriff for law enforcement and emergency medical/rescue services. The availability of such services are a critical part of community quality of life and also play a role in economic development. Goal: Provide public services as desired by Township residents at the least possible cost and, at the same time, protect the health and well-being of Township residents. Policies: 1. Make needed improvements to the Township public water system. 2. Provide adequate fire and police protection to all areas of the Township. 3. Continue to work with the Marquette County Landfill Authority and other agencies to solve the solid waste problems. 4. Provide sanitary sewers within the Township as dictated by growth. 5. Utilize state and federal grants and/or loans to secure funding to expand and/or provide municipal water and sewer services. 6. Develop a multi-year Capital Improvement Plan for the Township, to be used as a Jong-range planning and budgeting tool. Objectives: • 1. Install sanitary sewer service to the more densely populated areas of the Township. 2. Work with the City of Negaunee in utilizing its wastewater treatment plant to provide sanitary sewer services to Township residents . Chapter 11 - Page 9 �3. Expand the water service area to include the US 41 corridor. 4. Install a second outlet from the well field and along County Road 492 to provide water to LS&I railroad property and businesses and households on M-35. 5. Install a water main under U.S. 41/M-28 at Brebner Road and loop the line back to Midway Drive, which would improve the service of the system and reduce freezing problems. 6. Construct a second water line from the wells, which would improve the flow and allow an additional 40 residential homes in the M-35 vicinity to connect to the system. 7. Budget and construct a new Department of Public Works garage facility. 11.8 Recreation/Historical Explanation: There are eight publicly owned park and recreation sites within the township which provide a wide spectrum of recreational opportunities. There are a variety of recreational facilities located in communities adjacent to the Township. Many of the historic sites in the area are directly related to the early iron mining industry. Several of these properties are listed on the state or national register of historic/ places. Establish a community-wide system of parks, open space and recreational facilities that will provide adequate, convenient, and high quality recreational opportunities on a yearround basis. Policies: 1. Ensure that existing and newly developed residential areas are provided with adequate and accessible park and recreational facilities. 2. Correlate new recreational development with land capability and suitability. 3. Provide safe and adequate accessibility to all community park and recreational areas for pedestrians and bicyclists as well as motorists. 4. Develop multi-use and/or year-round use recreatk>nal facilities when such uses are compatible or seasonal in nature so that the benefits from expenditures for recreation can be maximized. Chapter 11 - Page 10 �5. Design recreational areas and facilities that eliminate deficiencies set forth in this Plan. 6. Make full use of State and Federal assistance programs to develop recreational areas and facilities. 7. Promote the development of bicycle paths and snowmobile trails in appropriate areas. Develop a snowmobile trail system so as not to disturb existing residences. Objectives: 1. Develop facilities at existing park sites to meet community park and recreational needs. 2. Develop Township-owned land to serve "Neighborhood Park" recreational needs. 3. Construct bike paths on Midway Drive (County Road 502) and on North Road (JA). Goal: Provide a system of recreational opportunities in Negaunee Township which will adequately accommodate all of the Township age groups and target populations, including handicapped and physically impaired. Policies: 1. Develop active and passive recreational areas and facilities which serve needs of elderly, minority, or special populations. 2. Ensure that minimum levels of recreation services are provided to all Township residents. Utilize standards, surveys, and other methods to determine needs. Objectives: 1. Develop recreational facilities to provide for barrier-free access and conformance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 and other applicable State and Federal regulations. Goal: Encourage the preservation and expansion of recreational shoreline and other waterbased opportunities for water-oriented recreation . • Chapter 11 - Page 11 �Policies: 1. Promote and endorse efforts to improve or maintain the water quality of the McClure Basin and the Hoist Basin, as well as the other Township recreational lakes and streams. 2. Encourage efforts directed at improving both the visual and physical characteristics of shoreline areas through sound environmental and engineering practices. 3. Take advantage of opportunities to expand and develop public access and other facilities which further encourage boating, fishing, and other water-related uses of the reservoirs and streams as deemed appropriate. 4. Improve the environmental characteristics of the Morgan Pond area including the preservation/creation of wetland acreage, to increase the quality and variety of recreational experiences. Conserve, protect, and beautify other natural resources in the Township. Policies: 1. Ensure that environmental and aesthetic qualities of the Township are considered when planning for park and recreational development. 2. Preserve and maintain natural drainageways and other natural resource areas in and around the Township. 3. Encourage the preservation of sites with historic or architectural value. 4. Preserve and enhance the diversity of the ecosystem and historic integrity of the Morgan Pond area. Encourage cooperation and coordination with the school district and other recreational service providers. Chapter 11 - Page 12 �Policies: 1. Coordinate recreational planning and implementation of activities to avoid duplication of services and effort so as to make optimal use of financial and other resources. 2. Encourage cooperative or joint development of facilities by adjoining communities. 3. Encourage cooperation with the MDNR Forest Management Division regarding mutual planning concerns for the Hoist Basin and support improvements to the public access sites. 4. Encourage cooperation with the Marquette County Natural Resources Commission and Planning Commission regarding mutual planning concerns. 5. Encourage cooperative community/school projects to improve and expand recreational facilities at the public schools. 6. Encourage recreational opportunities consistent with this Plan which fill deficiencies indicated in City, County and State recreational plans. 7. Encourage review of Township plans by the County, regional planning agencies, and surrounding local governmental units. Goal: Encourage continued involvement of Township residents in planning for park and recreational development. Policies: 1. Develop greater community involvement in current and future recreational plans. 2. Conduct public meetings to encourage citizen input in developing the Township Recreation Plan. 3. Encourage participation of elderly and handicapped citizens at park and recreational meetings. 4. Hold annual public meetings to review, revise, and maintain a realistic and workable Township Recreation Plan. 5. Promote positive attitudes towards recreation in the Township. Chapter 11 - Page 13 �6. Encourage volunteer efforts by citizens and/or service clubs whenever feasible in all aspects of recreational area development, operations, and maintenance. Upgrade existing, and develop new, tourist-oriented areas and facilities. Policies: 1. Encourage greater involvement of the private sector in recreational development including financing. 2. Encourage major landowners to consider the potential in the recreational use of their holdings; such as conservation easements, or developing recreational facilities. 3. Encourage the development of tourist service facilities (i.e., grocery stores, laundries, and similar facilities) in areas which have high concentrations of tourists but are remote from permanent population centers. 4. Encourage further development of the State and Federal lands within the Township for tourist use. 5. Encourage improvement of the Township, County, and the regional transportation network to accommodate the increasing tourist traffic. 6. Encourage improvement of the Township's attractiveness to vacationers. 7. Encourage the development of snowmobile and hiking trails in appropriate areas in such a manner as not to disturb existing residences. Chapter 11 • Page 14 �APPENDIX A The guidelines in this appendix are based on the federal requirements for the compliance with the ADA of 1990 and suggestions from the USDA Forest Service for accessible outdoor recreation. Local codes may vary and should be reviewed before any new construction or remodeling is undertaken. They contain only a portion of the accessibility guidelines necessary to be in compliance with the ADA. and should not be used as the only source when analyzing accessibility needs. (Source: Accessible Design Handbook, CashCallahan & Company, 1991; and Design Guide for Accessible Outdoor Recreation, USDA Forest Service, 1991). Space Allowances & Reach Ranges The minimum clear width for single wheelchair passage must be 36 inches continuously and 32 inches at any one point (e.g., doonvays). The minimum width required for two wheelchairs to pass each other is 60 inches. Where the floor space allows only forward approach to an object, the maximum high fonvard reach allowed is 48 inches above the finished floor and the minimum low forward reach must be no less than 15 inches above the finished floor. There must be no obstructions. Where the clear floor space allows parallel approach by a person in a wheelchair, the maximum high side reach allowed is 54 inches above the finished floor and the low side reach must be no less than 9 inches above the finished floor. There must be no obstructions. Although people with walking aids (e.g., canes, crutches, walkers, guide dogs) can maneuver through a clear width opening of 32 inches, they require 36 inch wide passageways for comfortable gaits. Crutch tips extending down at a wide angle are a hazard in narrow passageways where they might not be seen by other pedestrians. A width of 36 inches provides a safety allowance for both the disabled person and for others. A person with a seeing eye dog or a semi-ambulatory person requires the same passing widths as a person in a wheelchair. Accessible Routes Accessible routes within the boundary of the site must be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, accessible passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible building entrance they serve. Accessible route(s) must connect buildings, facilities, and spaces that are on the same site. The minimum clear width of an accessible route must be 36 inches except at doors where the minimum clear width must be at least 32 inches. Where an accessible route has less than 60 inches clear width, passing spaces of at least 60 by 60 inches must be located at reasonable intervals that do not exceed 200 feet. The intersection of two corridors or walks is considered a passing space. Accessible routes serving any accessible space or element must also serve as a means of egress for �emergencies or connect to an accessible place of rescue. These areas of rescue must comply with the requirements established by the administrative authority having local jurisdiction. Changes in levels along an accessible route which are greater than 1/2 inch must be ramped. Changes in levels along an accessible route which are between 1/4 and 1/2 inch must be sloped 1:2. Changes in levels along an accessible route 1/4 inch or less can remain. Protruding Objects Protruding objects must not reduce the clear width required for an accessible route or maneuvering space. Objects protruding from walls (telephones, etc.) with their edges between 27 and 80 inches above the finished floor must protrude no more than 4 inches into walks, halls, corridors, passageways, or aisles. Objects protruding from walls with their leading edges at or below 27 inches above the finished floor may protrude any amount; provided the minimum requirements for accessible routes are met. Free standing objects mounted on posts between 27 and 80 inches above the finished floor may overhang a maximum of 12 inches. All walks, halls, corridors, passageways, aisles, or other circulation paths must have 80 inches clear headroom. Where vertical clearance of an area adjoining an accessible route is reduced to less than 80 inches, a guardrail or other barrier must be provided. Parking Each parking lot provided for employees or visitors is required to have accessible parking spaces. Accessible parking spaces must be the closest spaces to the building's accessible entrance. Check with the municipal zoning department for the total number of parking spaces required in your lot. The rule of thumb is as follows: ii 11:...' �Total Parking in Lot 1 to 25 26 to 50 51 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 501 and above 1001 and above >:, Minimum # of Accessible Spaces 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 percent of total spaces 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1000 Accessible parking spaces must be at least 96 inches wide with a clearly marked adjacent access aisle of 60 inches. Two spaces may share a common aisle. The access aisle must connect directly to the accessible route. Spaces and aisles must be level with no slope greater than 1:50. All accessible parking spaces must have an unobscured vertical sign that shows the universal symbol of accessibility. ' Provide one in every eight accessible spaces, but not less than one, for van parking. This space(s) must have a minimum of a 96 inch wide access aisle and a minimum of 98 inches vertical clearance. Signage designating the spaces as "van accessible" must be provided below the symbol of accessibility. Passenger Loading Zones Where passenger loading zones are provided, at least one must be accessible. The accessible passenger loading zone should be the closest to the accessible entrance and have a minimum vertical clearance of 114 inches. The international symbol of accessibility must be displayed at the passenger loading zone. The pull up space must be level with a slope no greater than 1:50. A pedestrian aisle must be adjacent to the passenger loading zone and it must be at least 5 feet wide and 20 feet long. A curb ramp must be provided where a curb occurs at the passenger loading zone. The pedestrian aisle and parking surface must be firm and slip resistant. The slope of the accessible route adjoining the ramp must be no greater than 1:20. The width of the curb ramp, not including the flared sides, must be at least 36 inches. The slope of the flared sides of the curb ramp must be 1:10 or less. iii �Curb ramps must have flared sides or must be protected by a band rail. Provide detectable warning on curb ramps that contrast with the walkway. The material used must be an integral part of the surface and consist of raised domes with a nominal diameter of 0.9 inches, a nominal height of 0.2 inches and center to center nominal spacing of 2.36 inches. Where grate opening occur, openings must be 1/2 inch or less and openings must be placed perpendicular to the usual direction of travel. Ramps Any part of an accessible route with a slope greater than 1:20 will be considered a ramp. The maximum slope of a ramp in new construction should be 1:12 or less. The maximum rise of any run should be 30 inches or less. The cross slope of the ramp should be no greater than 1:50. The ramp surface must be non-slip. All grating openings must be 1/2 inch or smaller and must be placed perpendicular to the usual direction of travel. The clear width of the ramp must be at least 36 inches. A level landing must be provided at the top and bottom of each run. The landing must be at least as wide as the ramp and at least 60 inches long. Where ramps change direction, the landing must be at least 60 by 60 inches. A handrail on either side must be provided if the ramp rises more than 6 inches or is longer than 72 inches. The handrails must be continuous and fixed so they do not rotate or rack. The top of the handrails must be between 34 and 38 inches above the ramp surface. At the end of the handrails there must be at least 12 inches of level handrail beyond the top and bottom of the ramp segment. All handrail ends must be rounded and returned smoothly to the floor, wall, or post. The diameter of the handrails must be between 1-1/4 and 1-1/2 inches. All wall-mounted handrails must be mounted with exactly 1-1/2 inches between handrail and wall. ' Where ramps or landings have drop-offs, provide a 2 inch curb, wall, railing or projecting surface to prevent people from falling off ramp. Design ramps with proper drainage so that water will not accumulate on surfaces. iv �Stairs All steps must have uniform height and tread width in any one flight. All risers in accessible routes must be closed. Treads should be a minimum of 11 inches measured from nosing to nosing. osings must not project more than l•l/2 inches. Where nosings project, bevel undersides to prevent tripping. Stairways must have continuous handrails on both sides of all steps. Handrail should continue at the top and bottom of stairs. At the top, the handrail must continue on a level plain for a minimum of 12 inches; at the bottom, the handrail must slope for a distance of at least the tread width and then continue on a level plane for a minimum of 12 inches. All wall-mounted handrails must be mounted with exactly 1-1/2 inches between the handrail and the wall. Handrails must be secure and not rotate. The diameter of the handrail must between 1-1/4 and 1-1/2 inches. Outdoor stairs must be designed so that water does not accumulate on walking surfaces. Doors and Gates Where revolving doors occur along the accessible route, provide an accessible door or gate. A doorway with two independently operated door panels must have at least one active door panel with 32 inches clear opening maneuvering space. An accessible door must have a 32 inch clear opening measured between the face of the door and the door stop on the latch side. Provide 18 inches or more of clear space on the operable side of the door. Floor must be level at all doors in the accessible route. Where two doors occur in a series, provide a vestibule of at least 48 inches plus the width of the opened door swinging into the space. All thresholds should be level or have a bevel of not more than 1:2. All door handles, locks and latches must be operable with one hand and without twisting the wrist. Hardware should be mounted no higher than 48 inches above the finished floor. The door closer must take at least three seconds to move from 70 degrees open to a point 3 inches V �form the latch. Interior doors must have an opening force of 5 pounds or less. r The opening force of exterior doors must be determined by the appropriate administrative authority. Entrances The accessible entrance must not be a service entrance unless the service entrance is the only entrance. The accessible entrance must be connected to accessible parking, passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks. Where vertical level changes between 1/4 and 1/2 inches occur along the route, the edge must be beveled with a slope of 1:2 or less. Where vertical level changes at the entrance are greater than 1/2 inch, provide a ramp, curb ramp, or platform lift. Drinking Fountains Fountains that are free standing or built-in and do not have clear space underneath must have a clear floor space alongside the fountain for a parallel approach of at least 30 by 48 inches. Fountains that are wall or post mounted must have a clear knee space under the fountain apron of at least 27 inches high by 17 to 19 inches deep by 30 inches wide. The spout of the fountain must be no higher than 36 inches above the finished floor. The water stream must be at least 4 inches high to allow the insertion of a cup under the stream. Spout must be at the front of the unit with the water flow parallel or nearly parallel to the front edge of the fountain. Controls must be located at the front edge of the fountain. Controls must be operable with one hand and without twisting the wrist. Restrooms Toilet Stalls Accessible toilet stalls must be on an accessible route. ' The stall must be at least 60 inches wide. Where toilets are wall mounted, stall must be at least 56 inches deep. Where toilet stalls are floor mounted, stall must be at least 59 inches deep. A clear opening of 32 inches measured between the face of the door and the edge of the partition vi t:,.._' �on the latch side must be provided when the stall door is open 90 degrees. Where the door swings into the stall, provide at least 36 additional inches in the depth of the stall. Where stall door opens out and at the end of an aisle, provide at least 18 inches of maneuvering space at the latch side of the stall door. Install grab bars 33 to 36 inches above the finished floor. Grab bars must be secure and not rotate in their fittings. Mount toilet paper dispenser no more than 36 inches from the back wall and at least 19 inches above the finished floor. Toilet paper dispenser must allow continuous paper delivery. The centerline of the toilet must be 18 inches from the wall or partition which has the grab bar location. The top of the toilet seat must be between 17 and 19 inches above the finished floor. Flush controls must be mounted no higher than 44 inches above the finished floor and on the wide side of the toilet area and be automatic or operable with one hand. Urinals Urinals must have elongated rims mounted no more than 17 inches above the finished floor. Provide 30 by ~8 inch clear space for forward approach to the urinal. Urinal shields which do not extend beyond the front of the urinal rim may be provided by 29 inches clearance between the two panels. Flush controls must be automatic or operable with one hand. Controls must not be mounted higher than 44 inches above the finished floor. Lavatory The lavatory rim or counter surface must be no higher than 34 inches above the finished floor. A clearance of at least 29 inches from the finished floor to the bottom of the apron must be provided. Provide a clear floor space of at least 30 by 48 inches in front of the lavatory for a forward approach. Provide a clear floor space of a least 17 inches under the lavatory. Hot water and drain pipes must be insulated or covered. The faucet must be operable with one hand and without twisting the wrist; self closing type valves vii �must remain open at least 10 seconds. Where valves are self closing, provide that the valve remain open for at least 10 seconds. l\Iirrors Provide at least one mirror with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface no higher than 40 inches above the finished floor. Dispensers Provide at least one of each dispenser type on an accessible route. Provide at least 30 by 48 inch clear space to allow either a fonvard or a parallel approach to the dispensers. Where a fonvard approach is provided, the highest operable part must be no higher than 48 inches above the finished floor. Where a side approach is provided, the highest operable part must be no higher than 54 inches above the finished floor. All dispensers must be operated with one band and without twisting of the wrist. Pathwavs There must be an accessible route linking accessible parking and passenger loading zones with the accessible building entrance. The accessible pathway must be free of steps and stairs. The accessible pathway must be at least 36 inches wide. If the pathway is less than 60 inches wide provide passing spaces at least 60 inches ,tide and 60 inches long at inten'als not exceeding 200 feet. Provide at least 80 inches of clear bead room along pathway. Objects mounted to the wall between 27 inches and 80 inches must not protrude more than 4 inches into the space. The accessible pathway must be 36 inches wide alongside the protruding object. Accessible pathways must be firm and slip resistant. The slope of the accessible pathway must be no greater than 1:20. Where walkway levels change, the vertical difference betweeil- them must be less than 1/4 inch. Changes in level between 1/4 inch and 1/2 inch anywhere on the accessible route must be beveled with a slope of 1:2. Changes greater than 1/2 inch must be ramped. viii �The transition from the curb ramp to the walkway, road, and gutter must be flush and free of abrupt changes. \ Boating and Fishing Facilities Piers Adjacent to Boat Ramps The pier should have nonslip materials on surface to aid in transfers. Access to pier site should be across a barrier-free path. The access ramp to a dock should have a slope no greater than 1:20. A 60 inch turn-around area should be provided on the pier. Fishing Piers Railing should be provided along one side of the structure with sections at 32 inches high for sitting and 42 inch high for standing. A 2 inch high curb should be in place around the perimeter of the pier; 4 inch curb is recommended where no railing is provided. Access to pier site should be across a barrier-free path. The access ramp to a dock should have a slope no greater than 1:20. ' A 60 inch turn-around area should be provided on the pier. Picnic Area At least one disabled accessible table and grill should be provided within the picnic area. Picnic tables should be placed on level hard surface. Grills and picnic tables should have a clearance of 36 inches. Grills should rotate and have a paving texture around them. Plavground Area Plenty of space between play apparatuses should be provided for proper maneuvering of wheelchairs. Playground areas should have play apparatuses that can be used by youngsters with poor coordination and slow muscular action and reaction. Surfaces under play equipment should provide adequate protection from injury but still allow for barrier free access to the equipment. ix �APPENDIX B NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN MAPS ' Map 2-1 Map 2-2 Negaunee Township 1990 Median Age Negaunee Township 1990 Population Density Map 4-1 Map 4-2 Map 4-3 Negaunee Township Bedrock Geology Negaunee Township Surface Geology Negaunee Township Soil Associations Map 6-1 Negaunee Township Community Facilities Map 8-1 Negaunee Township Recreation Sites Map 9-1 Map 9-2 Map 9-3 Negaunee Road System Negaunee Township Functional Classification of Roads Marquette/Ishpeming/ egaunee Urban Corridor, Average Daily Traffic, 1975, 1983 and 1995 �Map 2-1 Negaunee Township: 1990 Median Age :_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_:_ ·:···············. · Legend N t ~30-31.9 32-33.9 34-35.9 ~36-37.9 ~38-39.9 -40&over ::::::::::::::::::;jNo Population Water Bodies .50 1 1.5 __J 0 Miles Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 12 ■ �Map 2-2 Negaunee Township: 1990 Population Density ., -t,._., • • • • . • , .•.. • • • • • •• •• • • ' ... • •. ~- • • • ..•. • • •I • . • • • • • • • • • . •• • • • • • • •• ''• • . • . • • • • • .. • • • • • •• •• • • • • • .1 ••• • • • ,e • • • • • I • •11 Je • • • • "IC"\ ~· ' • •• • •• • ••••• • • • • •• .·t.. . I I • . • ':l... ...... . .• • • • • • •. . • •• . • • .. .•• • • . . •• • • • •• •• ••• • •• • • I . .... t • • , • • • • . • • • • • ••• • • .• • • •• • ... . . • • .·:r·~ ... ... • ,•' ' ,.. •• t • - .. -• • • • •• • • •• • •••• •• •• •• • • • • , •• • • • • • •• • • • .• -.,r• • • • •• • • • • •• •• ,• - • • . ..• . - •• • • • • • •• • • •• • • • • • , .... • 0 =5 People 1 .so Miles Compiled By: C PPAD, 1998 . • •• • • • ·, •• • • •• • • . . • ~ . Density Ratio • • • • • • • • ••• • • • • • • • • • • •• • .. . . . ... • Pj.· .. •t • • • - . .• • •• • • • • • •• • • • • •• • • • • •• •• •• •• '•• •• • • . • , .• •1 • • • • • I .. • • • •• • • • •• N • 1.5 • �Map 4-1 Negaunee Township: Bedrock Geology I \ N i ocolay Group Granitic & Gneissic ~ Michigamme Formation Siamo Slate & Ajibic Quartzite L J Volcanic & Sedimentary 0 .50 I 1.5 Miles Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 �Map 4-2 Negaunee Township: Surface Geology Classification Outwash ~Wetlands Glacial Till-Bedrock .50 1 1.5 ~ Compiled By: CUPPA D, 1998 Miles �Map 4-3 Negaunee Township: Soil Associations 7 N i *See Text for Descriptions 0 .40 .80 Miles Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 1.2 �Map 8-1 Negaunee Township Recreation Sites .., LS"! Lunt !..Ale ll•h.lw1nK1ln L:il:c ---F CurpRin:r Miles 0 .5 Numbers Cited in Text N A Produced By CUPP AD Regional Commission 1997 �) ) ) Negaunee Township Base Map re:.•~------ .., =-:c:.:.:=:.::=·· ,. "' +-~ N l -\ i I ~ ~ ---"- ~ I , __ ~-F.t-OFag cClure~ 0__ " · I' '15+. \...~~ ) . :/ I / Clue!). ~ Rd. ,, k· ii I\ ' Snowt1e1d. •·_J---c_ ~do- r._ .. .. ,1111/ ,. , ~ , ~ b__ ,<CV " - ~ - /~ • ·~ ' : - - '-•=-• -• ?'"" -1>1r-.:- - - i i ._9 I -~ ~ (Jl\J) ·1 ... '-~ r !1\__ r-"I _J Heartwood Subdivision Area Legend c=:]Township Border ! ]City Border ----Rivers · -Water Bodies ++-+ Railroads -State Trunkline --County Primary - -County Local ···Private Roads 0 .4 .8 1.2 Miles Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 �) Map 6-1 I Negaunee Township Community Facilties ;· N l ~ -:.8..~-y•~j~ .r-1 / ~ RU. East (JD) _,,._r- -~I / J}lf -------, ,ss I ~~<-' ( \ S 41 < ' ------ . --------- ---------- ---------- '""'------ 1/ ~ --- - - ____,, / ) I )_ - --------- ~ / ,:;,/ © - 1.) 'L, CQ,pR~ • ''- _ • - ~ d ~it~ • ~ ---.) ____,,--- :?i,,,, I .\ ~,'- --¼~ ,.., '-._ Ca1p!!_i,•er - Conummity Facility l = Township Hall 2= Dept. of Public Works Storage Garage 3= Water Dept. Garage 4= Buildi11g am! Recreation Committee facility 5= fire I Tall 6= Water Wells 7= Water Storage Tank 0 --- Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 .4 .2 Miles ---- .6 - �) l ) ) Map 9-1 Negaunee Road System . '-- ... +-~ ' - N -\ I ' ---------i"('~ ~-- ~ ' !lo~, . "- ~ - I s/?'c___ ~ l o a : a g, ;I ,,•< ,:)' i; r>'' '/5 ~'!,....~ ( I "- f.i )Ql!.SbRd. ?- II i ~ • / ~ ~~-~--~ !, lb _ )"' )' i:i. L. ,=o ,~=. =- ~ '~ D :-f +--"-'- __ vv,'\..r..... , -,,.., I --_,, • ' - ....._ ~ fS/.-/ ~ ~ I ._____ ;> ◄ -11,'.-----'' «a I ~mvmill l?H ._, - T'YY L/J - ~1 , \I . (_JJl)) -, Buffalo &! (If '- r ~ ,, :1'. Ji_ · - - - _J Heartwood Subdivision Area Legend -State Trunk.line --County Primary - -County Local -· · Private Roads 0 .4 .8 1.2 Miles Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 �7 Map 9-2 Negaunee Township Functional Classification of Roads ;r- - - - ... +-~ '- ~ ~ .._.,\'..'le _ N / Sooth ,, r., ~ ,~~ -\) ~ ! -i• ~ ~ "~· ----~.r· cOure~torag .. -(l ' !'"-{, ~ 'lS l _ ~~ ( \_~ s1 7~ ~ ~~ · ~ / ' <iJL&L(JJOJ _,,i-: ) ~ ·-,~--~ '.d . E ' - -~ I ~ ~ U\1. {M\ct•·•~ 0( ~ -' 1 ~ ~ I' ~, I i Heartwood Subdivision Area Legend Principal Arterials - -Minor Arterials ......... ·Major Collector - - - Minor Collector - -Local Roads 0 .4 .8 1.2 Miles ompiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 �Map 9-3 Marquette/Ishpeming/Negaunee Urban Corridor Average Daily Traffic, 1975, 1983, and 1995 Ishpeming N Negaunee I Ely 8000 [8500] {11000 Sands ' Tilden Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1998 Richmond � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Negaunee-Twp_Comprehensive-Plan_1998 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource CUPPAD Regional Commission Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1998-11 Title A name given to the resource Negaunee Township Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Negaunee Township Comprehensive Plan was prepared by the CUPPAD Regional Commission in November 1998. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Negaunee Township (Mich.) Marquette County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/57b28aef574fb79f421a53299f4ce2f7.pdf f2de246d626f99254afe45d1cc5bb44d PDF Text Text ,I ~ ~ ,::, c::: r-r, ...... r,,, ...... . ' .... ·:::::···················:::::::::::..:::::;::::::::::: •·········••'•'•'••··············::·::·:} �ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The City of Negaunee Planning Commission would like to express their appreciation to the many groups and individuals who have contributed to the development of this Comprehensive Plan, including the City of Negaunee Planning Commission, the Negaunee City Council, former Planning Commission members, City staff, and all the citizens who took the time to provide input to the planning process. Your input and support were invaluable to our efforts. Neirnunee Citv Council Negaunee Planning Commission Raymond Rappazini, Mayor Glenn Binoneimi Paul Gravedoni Robert Juidici John Savolainen Fred Terres Clelia T erzaghi Les Ross, Chairman Michael Cardone Ronald Gilmore Richard Karno Gary Koski Dennis Ombrello Larry Peterson Ellen Skaates-Weingarten Robert Sylvester �COivfPREHENSIVE PLAN RESOLUTION OF ADOPTION CITY OF NEGAUNEE PLANNING COMMISSION WHEREAS, The City of Negaunee Planning Commission is established in accordance with the Municipal Planning Act, Act 285 of 1931, M.C.L. 125 .33 ; and WHEREAS, the City of Negaunee Planning Commission has prepared a Comprehensive Plan for the City of Negaunee, in accordance with M.C .L. 125 .36; and WHEREAS, this Comprehensive Plan contains maps and narrative describing trends and conditions relating to the population, economy, natural features , land use, community facilities and services, housing, transportation and recreation within the City of Negaunee; and WHEREAS, this plan also contains goals, policies and objectives to be used to guide future development of the City of Negaunee, NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the City of Negaunee Planning Commission, to adopt the City of Negaunee Comprehensive Plan as the official Master Plan for the City of Negaunee. I certify that the above is a tn1e and complete copy of a resolution passed by the City of Negaunee Planning Commission on at the regular meeting on August 17, 1999. By : -+----\-;;-J--- ---L---=-----.._ Les R ss, hai rman City of Negaunee Planning Commission Date: August 17, 1999 �TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 OVERVIEW AND BRlEF DESCRlPTION ................................... I 1.1 Introduction ...................................................... I 1.2 Community Description ............................................. 2 2.0 POPULATION .......................................................... 1 2.1 Introduction ...................................................... 1 2.2 Population Trends ................................................. 1 2.3 Population Estimates ............................................... 5 2.4 Age and Gender Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2.5 Racial Composition ............................................... 12 2.6 Educational Attainment ............................................ 12 2.7 Household Characteristics .......................................... 13 2.8 Population Projections ............................................. 15 2.9 Population Density ................................................ 18 2.10 Issues and Opportunities ....................... : ................... 18 3.0 ECONOMIC BASE ...................................................... 1 3.1 Introduction ...................................................... 1 3.2 Area Economy .................................................... 1 3.3 Labor Force and Employment ........................................ 2 3.4 Employment by Sector .............................................. 7 3.5 Employment by Place of Work ...................................... 10 3.6 Major Employers ................................................. 11 3.7 Income ......................................................... 13 3. 8 Poverty Rates .............................................. . ..... 16 3. 9 Issues and Opportunities ........................................... 18 4.0 NATURAL FEATURES .................................................. 4.1 Topography ...................................................... 4.2 Geology ................................................... . ..... 4.3 Mineral Resources ................................................. 4.4 Soils ............................................................ 4.5 Water Features .................................................... 4.6 Wildlife ......................................................... 4.7 Climate .......................................................... 4.8 Issues and Opportunities ............................................ 1 1 1 3 3 5 6 6 6 �5.0 LAND USE ............................................................ 5.1 Historical Land Use Patterns ......................................... 5.2 Factors Affecting Land Use ............ . ........ : .................... 5.3 Current Use Inventory .............................................. 5.4 Public and Quasi-Public Land Use .................................... 5.5 Land Ownership ................................................... 5.6 Contaminated Sites ...... . ......................................... 5.7 Land Use Trends .................................................. 5.8 Issues and Opportunities ............................................ 1 1 2 4 6 7 8 9 9 6.0 PUBLIC AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES .................................. 1 6.1 Introduction ..................... . ................................ 1 6.2 Community Facilities and Services ................................ . ... 1 6.3 Public Buildings ................................................... 5 6.4 Other Public Facilities and Services ...... . ............................ 8 6.5 Issues and Opportunities ........................................... 10 7.0 HOUSING ............................................................. 1 7.1 Introduction ...................................................... 1 7.2 Housing Characteristics ............................................. 1 7 .3 Financial Characteristics ........................................... 10 7.4 Selected Housing Characteristics ..................................... 13 7.5 Issues and Opportunities ........................................... 16 8.0 PARK AND RECREATION FACILITIES .................................... 1 8.1 Existing Recreational Facilities ....................................... 1 8.2 Nearby Recreational Sites ........................................... 5 8.3 Recent Developments .............................................. 7 8.4 Local Recreation Needs .................... . ........................ 7 8.5 Recreation Needs Standards ......................................... 10 8.6 Park Accessibility .......................................... . ..... 12 8. 7 Historical Resources .............................................. 15 8.8 Issues and Opportunities ..... . ..................................... 18 9.0 TRANSPORTATION .................................................... 1 9 .1 Introduction ...................................................... 1 9.2 Use of Private Vehicles ............................................. 1 9.3 Road System ..................................................... 3 9.4 National Functional Classification of Roads ............................. 4 9.5 Condition of Streets and Bridges ...................................... 7 9.6 Financing ................................... _. .................... 7 9.7 Parking .......................................................... 8 9.8 Sub-State Area Long Ran_ge Plan ...................................... 8 9.9 Secondary Commercial Network (SCN) ............ .................... 10 9.10 Traffic Volume .......................................... . ........ 10 �9.11 9 .12 9.13 9.14 9 .15 9 .16 10.0 Public Transportation ....................... . ...................... 12 Inter-Community Bus Service ....................................... 14 Port ............................................................ 14 Air Transportation ................................................ 15 Railroads ....................................................... 20 Issues and Opportunities ....... ........ ..... .. ...... .. .... . ........ 21 GOALS, POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES ..................................... 1 10.1 Introduction . ..... .... ..... .............. ... .. ... .. .. .. . . . ........ 1 10.2 Economy ............................... . . . ...................... 2 10.3 Natural Features ................................................... 4 10.4 Land Use ....... . ........ . .... .... .. ... ........ . . . ............... 5 10.5 Public and Community Facilities ...................................... 7 10.6 Housing ........... . ......... .. ..... . . ... .. . ..................... 8 10. 7 Recreation/Historical ............................................... 9 10.8 Transportation ................................................... 13 �1.0 OVERVIEW AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION 1.1 Introduction The Comprehensive Plan contained in this document represents the culmination of months of discussion and study by the City of Negaunee Planning Commission, with technical assistance from the Central Upper Peninsula Regional Commission (CUPP AD). The plan also incorporates information from other planning efforts previously undertaken, including site-specific plans such as the Teal Lake Master Plan, and previous development of goals and objectives for the City. The document can be divided into two primary areas -- background information, and goals, policies and objectives which will guides the City's future development. Background information on population trends, the local economy, land use, and community facilities, among other items, is useful is forming a complete picture of the community's growth and development over time -- in other words, "where are we now, and how did we get here?" Chapter 10 focuses on the City of Negaunee's future. Once the Planning Commission gained an understanding of the past and present situation and trends in the community, the question became "where do we want to go in the future, and what policies can help our community achieve those goals?" The last chapter of this plan builds on the first nine, and provides a framework for guiding the city's future development. In addition to providing a general framework for development, the goals, policies and objectives articulated in this plan will assist the Planning Commission to update the zoning ordinance to reflect the desired future directions for the city, and to review proposed public improvements in accordance with Act 285 of 1931, the Municipal Planning Act. The City or Village Zoning Act, Act 207 of 1921, requires that zoning regulations and districts be established "in accordance with a plan designed to promote or accomplish the objectives of this act" (MCL 125.581, Sec. 1(2)). This Comprehensive Plan meets this statutory requirement. The Municipal Planning Act, under which the Planning Commission is established, states that "no street, square, park or other public way, ground, or open space, or public building or structure, shall be constrncted or authorized ... until the location, character, and extent thereof shall have been submitted to and approved by the commission." In other words, the Planning Commission is charged with reviewing public improvements to determine the consistency of such improvements with the City's Comprehensive Plan. Such review is not binding on the City Council; if the Planning Commission finds that a proposed public improvement is not consistent with the objectives of the plan, the Council can overrule the disapproval by a 2/3 majority vote of its entire membership. However, Planning Commission review provides a valuable tool for ensuring that public improvements promote the goals and objectives defined during this lengthy and exhaustive planning process. Chapter I Page I �1.2 Community Description The City of Negaunee is located in central Marquette County, and is part of the urban area which includes the cities of Marquette and Ishpeming. U.S. 41 and M-28 run through the City from east to west, and M-35 intersects with U.S. 41/M-28 just east of the City, connecting the area to areas to the south. Negaunee is the third-largest local unit of government in the County in terms of population, behind the other two cities; a total of about 35,000 people live in the urban area, or about half of the County's 1990 population. The first iron ore discovered in the Upper Peninsula was discovered in what is now the City of Negaunee in 1844. In 1845 the Jackson Iron Company was formed, and mining began in 1846. The settlement known as Negaunee was founded in 1846, although it would not incorporate as a village or city for several years. Over the next few years. many more mines were established throughout the Marquette Iron Range. In addition to mining the raw ore, a forge on the Carp River and a charcoal blast furnace in what is now downtown Negaunee were developed to partially process the ore before shipping it out of the area. Ore was hauled by rail to Marquette or Escanaba, where it was then shipped to steel mills. In 1858, Teal Lake Township was organized. and in 1865 the Village ofNegaunee was established. In 1873 the first charter election for the City of Negaunee was held, and the community has been a city ever since. From a population of 124 in 1850, the City had grown to over 8,500 by 1900. Negaunee's grow1h and development have been closely tied to the iron mining industry. By the mid 1860s, surface ore deposits were becoming depleted, and underground mining began. Underground mines required a greater investment of capital, and as mines grew larger so did the companies which operated them. Several smaller companies were eventually consolidated into the Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company, which today operates the two remaining active iron mines in the Upper Peninsula. As employment and production at the mines dropped, many communities experienced economic hard times and a loss of population. In Negaunee, for example, the population has declined slowly but steadily since 1940, with the 1990 Census showing 4,741 residents,just over half the population at the tum of the century. By the early 1960s, nearly 322 million tons of iron ore had been shipped from the Marquette Iron Range. Peak production occurred in 1929, when nearly 17 million tons was shipped, while in 1932 production dropped to less than one million tons. In the 1950s, mining operations began to shift from the production of raw ore to pelletized ore. B ypelletizing the low-grade ores, a more concentrated product was produced, making shipping more cost-effective. From 1956 through 1998, a total of 400 million tons of pellets had been shipped from the Marquette Iron Range. The relative share of employment provided by mining has dropped over the past 75 years. As of 1998, the Tilden and Empire mines employ a total of about 1,850, and produce a combined total Chapter I Page 2 �of just over 15 million tons of ore. Mining is still a significant employer in the area, but the economy has diversified, and communities are looking to other economic sectors for future growth. While mining has declined, it still remains a part of Negaunee's past and present. The Michigan Iron Industry Museum, located near the site of the Carp River Forge, contains exhibits telling the story of iron mining in the area. The Negaunee High School's sports teams are known as the Miners, and many area residents worked in the mines at some point in their life. Physical evidence of mining in the area includes the two remaining active mines, many abandoned mines, and large expanses of caving grounds resulting from past mining activities. Another large Marquette County employer which has suffered a decline in recent years is K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base near Gwinn in the southern part of the County. The base, once one of the largest employers in the Upper Peninsula, and home to 3,600 military personnel, closed in September, 1995. The City of Negaunee did not suffer much direct impact from the base closure, but has suffered some indirect effects. Rental housing at the former base is being offered at very attractive rates, resulting in some housing vacancies in the urban corridor, and the loss of population and payroll associated with the base has had an effect on the retail and service sectors throughout the County. In 1999, Marquette County plans to move the Marquette County Airport from its present location just east of the City to Sawyer. It is difficult to predict what the effects of this move may be, beyond causing local residents to drive farther for air travel. As is the case with many other cities in the Upper Peninsula, Negaunee's population has been declining and growing older over the past 10-20 years, while there has been relatively little new development and investment. In Negaunee's case, the large expanses of caving grounds and mining company land ownership have placed constraints on growth due to a lack of available sites. The community has retained an attractive downtown area, and housing and commercial areas have not deteriorated or become blighted. In recent years, new commercial development has occurred along U.S. 4 l /M-28, infrastructure improvements have been made, and new subdivisions have been platted. It is hoped that the years to come will see the declining population trend reverse, and that there will be continued investment and growth in the community. Chapter I Page 3 �2.0 POPULATION 2.1 Introduction Population change is the primary component in tracking a community's past growth as well as predicting future population trends. Population characteristics relate directly to a community ' s housing, educational, community and recreational facility needs, and to its future economic development. Fluctuations in the economy can greatly influence the population trends and characteristics in a community. In addition to looking at population trends within a specific community, it is helpful to look at the trends and changes which take place in surrounding and neighboring communities. Communities do not exist in a vacuum; instead residents of one community may work in another community, send their children to school in yet another community, and travel to other areas to purchase goods and services. In order to gain a better appreciation of the population trends affecting the City of Negaunee, this chapter will present information not only for the City, but for the City of Ishpeming, the neighboring townships of Negaunee, Ishpeming, Richmond and Tilden, and for the City of Marquette, Marquette County and the State of Michigan. 2.2 Population Trends The population of the City of Negaunee has been declining over the past 50 years, as shown in Table 2-1 and Figure 2-1 . The sharpest decline occurred between 1960 and 1970, when the City ' s population decreased by 14.3 percent. Between the 1970 and 1980 Censuses, the decline was only 1.1 percent, followed in the 1980 by a decline of 8.6 percent. Overall, since the 1940 Census, the City ' s population has declined by 30.4 percent, from 6,813 people in 1940 to 4,741 in 1990. The population of the neighboring City of Ishpeming has followed a similar pattern, with a decline of 24.3 percent since 1940. Meanwhile, the surrounding townships have generally shown population increases, particularly in Negaunee and Ishpeming townships. This trend is not uncommon in Michigan and the remainder of the country. In major metropolitan areas, this trend takes the form of migration from the city to its surrounding suburbs, while in more rural areas people are moving from cities into surrounding rural areas. The reasons for this migration are many, including lower taxes and user fees, lower development costs, a desire for a more rural lifestyle, desire for larger residential lots, etc. Many cities in the Upper Peninsula have seen extensive residential subdivisions established in the surrounding townships over the past 10 to 20 years. Chapter 2 - Page I �TAllLE 2-1 PO PULAT ION 1940- 1990, SELECTED AREAS Arca 1940 1950 % Change. 1940-50 % Clrnnge, 1950-60 1960 % Change, 1960-70 1970 1980 % Change, 1970-80 1990 % Change , 1980-90 % Change, 1940-90 Negaunee C ity 6,8 13 6,472 -5.0 6, 126 -5.3 5,248 - 14.3 5, 189 - I. I 4,74 1 -8 .6 -30 4 Ishpeming C ity 9,49 1 8,962 -5.6 8,857 - 1.2 8,245 -6.9 7,5 38 -8.6 7,200 -4 .5 -24 .3 Negaunee Twp. 568 909 60.0 1,383 52 .1 1,760 27 .3 2,443 38.8 2,368 -3 . 1 3 16.9 Richmo nd Twp. 1,225 1, 197 -2 .3 1,4 11 17.9 1,277 -9.5 1,246 -2.4 1,095 - 12 .1 - 10.6 Ishpeming Twp. 1,33 1 1,5 17 14.0 2,238 47.5 2,376 6.2 3,6 12 52 .0 3,5 15 -2 .7 164 . 1 Tilden Twp. 967 932 -3.6 922 I.I 883 -4 .2 1,044 18.2 1,0 10 -3 .3 4.4 Marquelle Twp. 780 1,280 64. 1 1,880 46.9 1,703 -9.4 2,669 56.7 2,757 3.3 253 .5 Marqucllc Ci ty 15,928 17,202 8.0 19,824 15.2 2 1,967 10.8 23,288 6.0 2 1,9 77 -5 .6 38.0 Marquette Co. 47 , 144 47,654 1.2 56, 154 17.8 64,686 15.2 74 , 10 1 9.9 70,887 -4 .3 50.4 154,496 149,865 -3 .0 157,257 4.9 165,744 5.4 182,390 10.0 177,692 -2.6 I 5.0 5,256, 106 6,37 1,766 21.2 7,824,965 22.8 8,875,083 13.4 9,262,07 8 4.4 9,295 ,297 0.4 76.8 13 1,669,275 15 1,325 ,798 14.9 179.323 , 175 18.5 203,302,03 1 13.4 226,542, 199 11.4 248,709,873 9.8 88 .9 CU PPAD Region Mi chi gan United Stales So urce: U.S. llu rcau of the Ce ns us, Ce nsus data for years ci ted. Chapter 2 - Page 2 i ~ �FIGURE 2-1 POPULATION 1940-1990 , SELECTED AREAS 10 ,000 9 ,000 8 ,962 8,000 7 ,200 7 ,000 6 ,000 C: ... .!:! "' :, 5, 5 ,248 5 ,000 C. 0 0.. 4 ,000 3 ,000 2 ,757 2 ,368 2,000 1 ,000 1 ,095 568 0 1940 1950 1960 1980 1970 Year -<>- Negaunee Township -D-1 shpem i ng Township --tr- Marquette Townsh ip ~ Richmond Township ----llE- City of Negaunee -O- city of Ishpeming Source : U .S . Bureau of the Census , Census data for years c ited . Chapter 2 - Page 3 1990 �The population of Marquette County increased from 1940 to 1990 by 23 ,743 persons, or 50.4 percent. Of the County ' s three cities, Marquette was the only one which increased, along with several townships. Countywide, a significant portion of the population growth is attributable to K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base, with large population increases in Forsyth, Sands and West Branch townships, which encompass the former base. Between 1950 and 1960, for example. Sands Township's population grew by over 800 percent. The six county CUPPAD Region experienced some population decline in the 1940s, which was then followed by steady growth from 1950-1980, with a population increase of22 percent; however, in the decade of the 1990s, the region lost 4,602 persons. The State of Michigan in each of the decades from 1940 to 1990 incurred growth in population, with a 50-year period increase of 76.8 percent. Population change is the result of a combination of natural increase and migration. When births within a community within a period of time exceed deaths, a positive natural increase occurs. If deaths exceed births, a negative natural increase is the result. Communities with a relatively young population tend to have a high natural increase, since the birth rate is relatively high. Those communities with a large number of older people tend to have a small natural increase; a negative natural increase is uncommon. Net migration is the difference between the number of people moving into a community and the number of people moving out. Net migration is positive when more people move into an area than move out. Economically depressed areas often experience significant out-migration as residents leave for real or perceived employment opportunities elsewhere. In Marquette County, births exceeded deaths in the 1960s, ' 70s and ' 80s. From 1960 to 1969, and from 1970 to 1979 in-migration occurred, while out-migration was the rule between 1980 and 1989. The County's population increased from 1960 to 1980, as a result of in-migration combined with the natural increase in population. In the last decade (1980-89) out-migration exceeded the natural increase to result in a declining population for Marquette County, as shown in Table 2-2. Significant out-migration ap~ears to have occurred county-wide following the closure of K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base in 1995. The 1996 population estimate for Marquette County was 62,017, down 12.5 percent from the 1990 Census figure of 70,887. Within the central U .P. from 1980 to 1989, Dickinson County was the only county in the central U.P. in which net in-migration occurred, and was the only county in the region to see its population increase during this decade. Chapter 2 - Page 4 �TABLE 2-2 COMPONENTS OF POPULATION CHANGE, MARQUETTE COUNTY, 1960-1989 1960-69 1970-79 1980-1989 13 ,733 12,781 11 ,558 Deaths 5,694 5,380 5,039 Natural increase 8,039 7,401 6,519 493 2,014 -9,733 8,532 9,415 -3.214 Live births Migration Total population change Source: Michigan Information Center, Michigan Dept. of Management & Budget. __ '),., .) Population Estimates The Michigan Department of Management and Budget assists the U.S. Bureau of the Census with development of population estimates for years between decennial censuses. These estimates are based on formulas which attempt to estimate migration, births and deaths in a community, and also respond to a certain extent to known local changes. Examples of changes which were noted by the DMB in developing the most recent population estimates were the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB and the opening of the Eastwood Nursing Home. The population estimates for the City ofNegaunee from 1991 through 1996 indicate a continued population decline. The 1996 population estimate is 3,559, down 24.9 percent from the 1990 population of 4,741. The City of Ishpeming is estimated to have experienced a similar decline of 24.7 percent. Of the townships surrounding the City of Negaunee, all but one are estimated to have grown since 1990. Ishpeming, Richmond and Tilden townships all are estimated to have experienced increases of around 45 percent, as have many other smaller townships in the county. Negaunee Township's 1996 population estimate of 2,242 reflects a net decrease of 5.3 percent from 1990; however, the 1994 estimate is 2,458, an increase of 3.8 percent. Marquette County's population was estimated at 62,017 persons in 1996, which was a decrease of8,870 persons or 12.5 percent from 1990. The majority of this decrease occurred in Forsyth, Sands and West Branch Townships, and can be related to the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB. However, trends elsewhere in the county, including a decline of over 20 percent in the City of Marquette, appear to be inconsistent with local observation. In those smaller townships with significant population increases, the rate of increase generally tends to be about 45 percent, indicating that these increases are the result of a formula applied to several units of government. It should be emphasized that the subcounty populations are only estimates, and that more accurate information on recent population trends will not be available until the 2000 Census is completed. Chapter 2 - Page 5 �TABLE 2-3 POPULATION ESTIMATES FOR SELECTED AREAS. 1990-1996 1990 Census Area 1991 Est. 1992 Est. 1993 Est. 1994 Est. 1995 Est. 1996 Est. % Change 1990-1994 Negaunee City 4,741 4,659 4,574 4,455 4,257 3,838 3,559 -24.9 Ishpeming City 7,200 7,073 6,944 6,764 6,464 5,839 5,420 -24.7 Negaunee Twp. 2,368 2,405 2,445 2,480 2,458 2,310 2.242 -5.3 Richmond Twp. 1,095 1,261 1,334 1,456 1,548 1,540 1,571 43 .5 Ishpeming Twp. 3,519 3,934 4,311 4,716 5,031 5,023 5,112 45.3 Tilden Twp. 1,0IO 1, 128 1,242 1,361 1,450 1,443 1,474 45 .9 Marquette Twp. 2,757 2,955 3.154 3, 132 3,068 2,861 2,742 -0 .5 Sands Twp 2,696 2,794 2,980 3,061 2,909 2,199 2, 150 -20.3 70.887 71,308 71,844 71,748 70,068 64,716 62.017 -12.5 Marquette Co. Source: Department of Management and Budget, Subcounty Population Estimates of Michigan, 1996 .. 2.4 Age and Gender Composition According to figures from the 1990 Census, the population of the City of Negaunee is considerably older than that of Marquette County as a whole. The median age of Negaunee residents in 1990 was 36.9 years (Table 2-4), more than six years higher than the County median age of 30.7. Between 1970 and 1990, the City' s median age increased 2.6 years, although the median age actually decreased between 1970 and 1980. The City's older age structure is most likely the result of young adults out-migrating to other areas with larger populations for educational and job opportunities. The out-migration to neighboring townships may also play a factor in this aging of the population, since many of those who build in these new subdivisions are families with children. On the whole, the aging population of the City is following state and national trends, which result from a combination of factors. The primary causes of this aging are increased life expectancies, combined with the fact that the largest segment of the population, the so-called "baby boomers," are aging. A trend toward smaller families, with many people choosing to delay childbearing or not to have children, also contributes toward this trend. Chapter 2 - Page 6 ,r:- �TABLE 2-4 MEDIAN AGE, 1970-1990, SELECTED AREAS Area 1970 1980 1990 % Change, 1970-90 City ofNegaunee 34.3 31.8 36.9 7.6 City of Ishpeming 33.5 32.7 36.2 8.1 Negaunee Twp. 25 .7 28.7 33.8 31.5 Richmond Township 31.4 30.7 37.1 l&.2 Ishpeming Township 27.9 28.4 35 .5 27.2 Tilden Township 30.9 28.3 33.7 9.1 Marquette County 24.2 26.1 30.7 26.9 Michigan 26.3 28.8 32 .6 24.0 United States 27.9 30.0 32.9 17.9 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1990 Census of Population and Housing, Summary Population and Housing Characteristics, Table I; 1980 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Table 44; 1970 Census of Population, Characteristics of the Population, Table 33. Table 2-5 illustrates the age structure of the population of the City's population based on various age groups that can influence local decisionmaking. Persons ages five through 18 make up the school age portion of the population. which is further divided into elementary, middle and high school age groups. Persons aged 16 through 65 make up the portion of the population generally considered to be of working age, while those 18 and older are of voting age. These categories are, of course, subject to a variety of unknowns. For example, not everyone 18 or older actually votes, and many people between the ages of 16 and 64 are not in the labor force, or work only part time. However, this breakdown does give communities a sense of the distribution of their population, and how a given community compares to other communities. As can be seen in Table 2-5, nearly 21 percent of the City s population is of school age. This is considerably lower than the County's 27.9 percent, and slightly lower than the state's 21.6 percent. Marquette County's high number of children in the elementary age group appears to have been related largely to the presence of many young families at K.I. Sawyer AFB, and the County population's age structure is expected to change as the full impact of the base closure is absorbed. About 60 percent of the local population is of working age, which is less than at the County and state level. This is related to the relatively high proportion of residents 65 and over; with nearly 19 percent of the local population in this age group, the City is well above the statewide average. The opening of the Eastwood ursing Home in August, 1994, with about 100 residents, means that the proportion of older residents is now probably even higher. Seventy-six percent of the City's residents were of voting age in 1990. Chapter 2 - Page 7 �TABLE 2-5 AGE GROUPS. SELECTED AREAS , 1990 Marquette County Percent City of Negaunee School Age Male Female Total State Percent Percent 5-11 278 214 492 10.4 17 .9 I I.I 12-14 105 107 212 4.5 4.2 4.7 15-18 145 134 279 5.9 5.8 5.8 Working, Voting & Retired Age 16-64 1,390 1,469 2,859 60.3 70.0 64.5 18+ 1,668 1,935 3,603 76.0 74.0 73.5 65 T 354 544 898 18.9 11.3 11.9 Source: U.S . Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Table 54 and STF IA Table Pl4. More detailed information on the age and gender composition of the local population can be found in Table 2-6. This table indicates the population distribution of the City of Negaunee by age and sex according to the 1970, 1980 and 1990 Censuses. Besides giving a more detailed picture of the City's current population. this table gives the ability to analyze population changes over a period of years . In 1990 the age group of 3 5-44 years made up the largest portion of the city ' s total population at 716 persons, or 15 .1 percent. Those persons born between approximately 1945 and 1965 are commonly known as the "baby boomer generation," and were 25 to 45 years of age at the time of the 1990 Census. Persons of the "baby boomer generation" comprise about 28 percent of the City's population. Children aged five to 14, many of whom are probably the children of "baby boomers," made up nearly 15 percent of the City's population. On the other end of the age spectrum, nine percent of the population of the City was 75 years of age and over in 1990, while about 19 percent was 65 years old or older. An analysis of the information in Table 2-6 by age cohort provides another perspective on age distribution within the population. An age cohort is made up of people born within a given time period, such as those born between 1970 and 1980 (10 years). The age cohort of 5-14 years of age in the 1970 Census consists of persons born from 1956 through 1965. Between the 1970 and 1980 Censuses, the oldest members of this cohort would be finishing high school, entering the work force, going off to college, perhaps getting married or entering military service. The youngest members would be completing elementary school and Chapter 2 - Page 8 �beginning high school. In 1980, at the time of the Census, these individuals would be 15 to 24 years old. During the 1980s, the older members of the cohort would be a working and raising famihes , while the younger members were furthering their education and/or entering the workforce. By 1990, this cohort would be between the ages of 25 and 34. By studying the population fluctuations within this and other groups, we can evaluate in-migration and outmigration, a key component of population change. The cohort of people aged five to 14 in 1970 totaled 891 persons. By 1980, this cohort (now 1524 years old) totaled 893 , a net increase of two . This means that either the same peop1e stayed in the community, or as many people of that age moved into the City as moved out during the 1970s. From 1980 to 1990, however, when these residents were 25-34 years old, the total for the cohort had dropped to 657, a loss of 236. With mortality being a relatively minor factor at this age, it can be assumed that the vast majority of this loss was from out-migration. This may have consisted of young people leaving the community for educational or employment opportunities. The cohort aged 15-24 in 1970 decreased by 71 persons by 1980, probably a result of outmigration. This cohort decreased again by 1990. this time by 87 persons. The 25-34 cohort held fairly steady between 1970 and 1980, but then dropped by 31 persons in 1990, when the cohort was 45-54 years old. Those aged 3 5-44 in 1970 decreased by only 27 in 1980, and then by 41 in 1990. In 1970. a total of 708 persons were aged 45-54; 613 people, a decrease of 95 , were 55-64 in 1980. By 1990, this cohort had decreased to 474, a loss of 139 people. The information presented above shows that out-migration among young adults was a significant factor in population decline during the past 20 years. Mortality is probably the greatest factor in the loss of members of the older age cohorts, but mortality is generally offset by births. However, there are fewer people each decade in the under five and five to 14 age groups, indicating that the birth rate is also declining. It is also useful to note the numbers of people in the older age groups, which has increased steadily despite a declining population. For example, in 1970 there were 649 people 65 and over in the City, representing 12.4 percent of the population. By 1980 there were 803 people 65 and over, or 15.5 percent, while in 1990 the number was 898, or 18.9 percent. This indicates that the older segment of the population will have a growing influence on the character of the community, and may affect the type and amount of services the City and other service providers will offer. For example, the needs of an older population may differ from those of younger residents with regard to transportation, housing, recreational facilities , etc. There may also be changes in the community's willingness or ability to pay for services and facilities . Overall, there are slightly more females than males in the City of Negaunee. The ratio of males to females was nearly even in 1970, but since then the proportion of women has been increasing slightly. As a general rule, in all cultures, more males than females are born. However, higher mortality rates for males are higher during the first 30-40 years of life. while females enjoy a longer life expectancy. Table 2-6 reflects this, with a higher number of males in the younger age group, but significantly more women in the older age groups. Chapter 2 - Page 9 �TABLE 2-6 MALE AND FEMALE DISTRIBUTION BY AGE GROUP, CITY OF NEGAUNEE, 1970-1990 Age Group 1970 1980 Male # Female % # 1990 Male % Under 5 230 4.4 165 3. 1 5-14 456 8.7 435 8.35 # Female # % 175 3.4 185 Female Male % 3.6J # 136 I 2.9 % # % I 132 I 2.8 I 15-24 1 ::I[Iill1:ll ')gj;,j4JJ:J!Jl!:ll )i:!!l::!:JJ:I ! )J:: : :1!: il1l !:)!:!1 35-44 280 75 & older Subtotal 100 1.9 169 3.2 2,620 49.9 2,628 50.1 5.9 1 :l::::::::1::::::~if,::::ir :1: : :1:1: : 1: : 1: ~~~1:1 2,560 51.5 Soi.1rce: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1970 Census of Population, Characteristics of Population, Table 35; 1980 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Table 39a; 1990 Census of Population, General Population Characteristics, Table 68 . Note: The percentages in this table renect the relationship to the total population. Chapter 2 - Page I0 ) ) ) �FIGURE2-2 AGE DISTRIBUTION Negaunee Township 1970 Ac• Under5 5-14 - ll.1 24.0 l6.l JS-24 21-34 126 ll-44 11.7 9.4 <S-54 SS-64 6:i-74 75 &Older 9.0 0 J.5 J.5 6 4 2 ID 8 12 14 18 16 2) 22 24 20 22 24 20 22 24 l'etUnt 1980 Ac• Undet5 7.8 5. 14 1117 IS-24 17.7 2S-34 16.6 35-44 13.3 9.6 4 ►54 5 ►64 6.S 6► 74 58 75 &Older 3.9 0 2 4 6 10 8 I2 14 18 16 PercuL 1990 AF U"'1er5 5.9 ►14 16.8 15-24 25.J,1 35"'4 142 - JS2 17.6 45-54 13.9 Ill 55-64 65-74 6li &Ok1er 0 53 3.0 2 4 6 8 10 - 12 14 16 18 Source: U.S. Bureau of Census, 1970 Cemus of Popula lion, Fust Co wit; 1980 Census of Population, S'IF 1, 010; 1990 Census of Population, S'IF 1A, P014. Chapter 2 - Page I I �2.5 Racial Composition The racial make-up of the City of Negaunee, like the Upper Peninsula as a whole, is primarily persons who are white. In 1990, the other race categories accounted for a total of 63 residents, or 1.3 percent of the total population (Table 2-7). The largest minority group was the American Indian, Eskimo or Aleut, followed by Asian and Pacific Islander. In 1980, there were only 35 City residents, or 0.7 percent, who described themselves as belonging to one of the non-white racial groups. This increase, which occurred primarily in the American Indian group, may have been due either to in-migration, or to a renewed sense of racial heritage. In 1990, 16 persons identified themselves as being of Hispanic origins, up from 14 in 1980. These individuals can be of any race, so are not shown in Table 2-7. TABLE 2-7 NUMBER OF PERSONS BY RACE, CITY OF NEGAUNEE, 1980 AND 1990 1980 Race Number 1990 Percent Number Percent White 5,154 99.3 4,678 98.7 Black 0 0.0 1 -- American Indian, Eskimo & Aleut 18 0.3 48 1.0 Asian and Pacific Islander 11 0.2 11 0.2 6 0.1 3 0.1 5,189 100.0 4,741 100.0 Other Races Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census STF, IA Table P8; and 1980 Census of Population STF 1, Table 007. 2.6 Educational Attainment Over 22 percent of City of Negaunee residents 25 years of age and over in 1990 had no high school diploma. This was considerably lower than the same figure for Marquette County, where 81.8 percent of people 25 and over hold at least a high school diploma. However, the high school graduate ratio is slightly higher in the City than in tlle state as a whole, where 76.8 percent of resident 25 and over have diplomas or equivalents. The higher rate at the County level may be related to the presence of Northern Michigan University, where both students and staff are nearly always high school graduates. Chapter 2 - Page l 2 �The proportion of people holding bachelor' s degrees or higher, 13. 7 percent, is considerably lower than the County or state level. This may be somewhat related to the older populati"on in the City; higher education was less common for previous generations, and there are probably many older residents who dropped out of school or gave up the opportunity for further education in order to work and/or support families. Recent trends indicate that employers are now requiring their employees to have higher educational levels. Many of the largest employers in Marquette County are in the health care or education sectors, both of which generally require education beyond high school. Even many industries which formerly required little in the way of educational level are now looking for employees with some post-high school education. due to the highly technical nature of some of the equipment that is used . A highly trained and educated workforce is an asset in attracting employers to a community. TABLE 2-8 EDUCATIONAL A TTAfNMENT OF PERSONS 25 YEARS AND OVER. 1990 Marquette County City ofNegaunee Educational Level Number Percent Number Percent State of Michigan Number Percent Less than 9th Grade 234 7.4 2,851 6.7 452 ,893 7.8 9th-12th Grade, No Diploma 472 14.9 4.875 11.5 902,866 15 .5 1,280 40 .5 15, 144 35.7 1,887,449 32.3 Some College, No Degree 543 17 .2 8, 172 19.3 1, 191,518 20.4 Associate Degree 200 6 .3 2,755 6.5 392,869 6.7 Bachelor's Degree 318 10 . 1 5,707 13 .5 638,267 10.9 Graduate or Professional Degree 116 3 .7 2,882 6.8 375,780 6.4 High School Graduate or Higher 2,457 77 .7 34,660 81.8 4,485 ,883 76.8 434 13 .7 8,589 20.3 1,014.047 17.4 High School Graduate Bachelor's Degree or Higher Source: U.S . Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, P057 . 2. 7 Household Characteristics Evaluation of the changes in household characteristics in a community can often provide additional insights about population trends. Household relationships reflect changing social values, economic conditions, and demographic changes such as increased lifespans and the increasing mobility of our society. The U.S. Census defines a household as all persons who occupy a housing unit; e.g. , a single family, one person living alone, two or more families living together, or any group ofrelated or Chapter 2 - Page 13 �unrelated persons sharing living quarters. A family consists of a householder and one or more persons living in the same household who are related by birth, marriage. or adoption. A nonfamily household can be one person living alone, or any combination of people not related by blood, marriage or adoption. From 1980 to 1990 the population of the City of Negaunee decreased 8.6 percent. During that same period, the number of households decreased only 1.8 percent, and the average household size decreased from 2.63 persons in 1980 to 2.46 persons in 1990. Table 2-9 shows the changes in households which took place during the 1980s. A significant decrease in family households, especially married-couple families, was nearly offset by an increase in one-person households. The number of family households decreased by 15.5 percent between 1980 and 1990, while the number of non-family households increased 21.2 percent. The number and proportion of family households with an unmarried head of household, either male or female, increased over this time period; however, it is important to note that not all of these households are single-parent households. Of the 182 female-headed households with no husband present in 1990, 116, or 63 .7 percent, had related children in the household. Maleheaded households with no wife present totaled 49 in 1990; 20 of these households, or 40.8 percent, had related children present. For the sake of comparison, 483 of the married couple families, or 44.4 percent, had related children percent. Figures on the presence of children in 1980 are not readily available. The number of non-family householders living alone increased by 24.1 percent, from 449 to 557; the majority of these households are elderly people living alone. Households consisting of a householder over 65 or over living alone increased 3 7.3 percent between 1980 and 1990. The average household size during this period decreased from 2.63 persons to 2.46 persons. Chapter 2 - Page 14 �TABLE 2-9 HOUSEHOLD CHARACTERISTICS FOR CITY OF NEGAUNEE, 1980 - 1990 1990 1980 Household Type Number Percent Number Percent 1,562 79.5 1,320 68.4 1,261 64.1 1,089 56.4 156 7.9 182 9.4 Male Householder 45 2.3 49 2.5 Non-Family Households 504 25.6 611 31.6 Householder Living Alone 449 22.8 557 28.8 Householder 65 or Over 244 12.4 335 I 7.3 1,966 100.0 1,931 100.0 Family Households Married-Couple Family Female Householder Total Households Average Household Size 2.63 2.46 Source: U.S. Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF IA, P003, P016, and H017A; and 1980 Census of Population and Housing, STF I, 003, 016, 022., and 035. 2.8 Population Projections Population projections are very useful for units of government when trying to anticipate future demands for public services. However, the major component for making population projections, future in- and out-migration, is very difficult to predict. The main problem is this data depends heavily on the future economic trends of the locality and other areas. The other components of population projections, fertility and mortality data, have less of an impact on population change, particularly for smaller jurisdictions. In 1996. the Michigan Department of Management and Budget prepared baseline population projections to the year 2020 for counties of the state using a special formula that utilizes the three main components of population change; births, deaths, and migration. These population projections can assist counties in making predictions of future demographic trends. The 30-year population forecast for Marquette County projects a downward population trend, with an overall 5.96 percent decrease from 1990 to 2020 (Tables 2-10, 2-11 and Figure 2-3). Though anticipated to grow from 1995 to 2000, the county is projected to experience a drop in population in the ensuing years. Marquette and Menominee counties are the only counties in the central U.P. with an expected decline in the next three decades. Alger County to the east is projected to have the largest increase, at 13.74 percent during the 30-year time period. The populations of Delta, Dickinson and Schoolcraft counties are also predicted to grow during this time period. Chapter 2 - Page 15 �TABLE2-l0 POPULATION PROJECTIONS. SELECTED AREAS. 1990-2020 Area 1990 Census 2000 1995 2005 2010 2015 2020 Alger Co. 8,972 9,847 9.920 10.009 10. l 14 10.192 10.205 Delta Co. 37.780 38,582 38,741 38.906 39,004 39,244 39.400 Dickinson Co. 26,83 l 27.161 27,416 27.547 27,746 27,942 28.096 Marquette Co. 70,887 65.427 69,135 68,916 68,393 67,016 66.661 Menominee Co. 24,920 24.537 23 ,576 22.518 21 ,497 20,565 19,581 Schoolcraft Co. 8,302 8.706 8,779 8.861 8,926 8,970 8.929 177,692 174.260 177,617 176.757 175 ,740 174.529 172,872 9.295,297 9.556.063 9,786,685 9,963 ,788 I 0.121 ,298 10,284,960 10.454,737 248. 709.873 262.073.000 275.005.000 287.092.000 299. I 94.000 311.833 .000 324.668.000 CUPPAD Region Michigan United States Source: Depanment of Management and Budget. Population to Year 2020 in Michigan. 1996. TABLE 2- 11 POPULATION PROJECTIONS, PERCENT CHANGE, 1990-2020 Area 1990-95 19952000 2000-05 2005-10 2010-15 2015 -20 19902020 Alger County 9.75 0.74 0.90 1.05 0.77 0.13 13.74 Delta County 2.12 0.54 0.30 0.41 0.46 0.40 4.29 Dickinson County 1.23 0.94 0.48 0.72 0.71 0.55 4.71 Marquette County -7.70 5.67 -0.32 -0.76 - 1.14 - 1.4 1 -5.96 Menominee County -1.54 -3.92 -4.49 -4.53 -4.34 -4.78 -21.42 Schoolcraft County 4.87 0.84 0.93 0.73 0.49 -0.46 7.55 -1.93 1.93 -0.48 -5.8 -0.69 -0.95 -2.71 Michigan 2.81 2.41 1.8 1 1.58 1.62 1.65 12.47 United States 5.37 4.93 4.40 4.22 4.22 4. 12 30.54 CUPPAD Region Source: Department of Management and Budget, Population to Year 2020 in Michigan, 1996. Chapter 2 - Page 16 �FIGURE 2-3 POPULATION PROJECTIONS, SELECTED AREAS, 1990-2020 80,000 170,887 70,000 68,916 68,393 67,616 66,661 65,427 60,000 50,000 C: - .2 ~ :l a. 40,000 37,780 38 582 26,831 27 161 24,920 24,537 38,741 38 906 39 004 39,244 39,400 27 547 27,746 27,942 28,096 20,565 19,581 0 c.. 30,000 27,416 23,576 22,518 20,000 - 10,000 21,497 8,972 9, 47 9,920 10,009 10 114 10,192 10,205 8,302 8,706 8,779 8,861 8,926 8,970 8,929 I I I I 0 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020 Year ---¢---Dickinson Co. -0-- Menominee Co. --&--- Delta Co. ~Marquette Co. --¼- Alger - 0 - Schoolcraft Co. Co. Source: Department of Management and Budget, Population to Year 2020 in Michigan, 1996. Chapter 2 - Page 17 �2.9 Population Density With a 1990 population of 4,741 persons and a land area of 13.8 square miles, the City of Negaunee's population density was 343.6 persons per square mile (Table 2-12). This figure compares with a density of 38.9 persons per square mile at the county level and 163.6 persons per square mile at the state level. Compared with the cities of Ishpeming and Marquette, the population density of the City of Negaunee is relatively low. The 1990 population density varies widely throughout the City. The vast majority of the population is concentrated in the platted areas of the City, near the intersection of U.S. 41/M-28 and Business M-28. Much of the southern and western portions of the City are in large undeveloped tracts of land, with several thousand acres owned by Cleveland Cliffs or other mining interests. The population density within these areas is probably close to zero persons per square mile, while the density of the platted areas is much greater than the average. With the majority of the City's population concentrated in an area of about three square miles, the density of the populated areas is probably closer to 1,500 persons per square mile. TABLE 2-12 POPULATION DENSITIES, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Place Land Area (Sq . Miles) Population Persons/Sq. Mile City ofNegaunee 13 .8 4,741 343.6 City of Ishpeming 8.7 7,200 827 .6 Negaunee Township 42 .1 2 ,368 56.2 Richmond Township 55 .6 1095 19.7 Ishpeming Township 86.5 3,515 40 .6 Tilden Township 94.3 1010 10.7 1821.3 70,887 38 .9 56,809.2 9,295 ,297 163 .6 Marquette County Michigan Source: U.S . Bureau of the Census, Summary of Population and Housing Characteristics, 1990, Table 15 . 2.10 Issues and Opportunities Census data indicates that the City of Negaunee has been experiencing a population decline over the past 50 years. Decreases in population can mean a declining number of users for City services, and can result in a declining tax base. The median age of the City's population has increased over the past 20 years, and is significantly higher than the median age county and statewide. The proportion of residents 65 and over is much higher than in the county and state as a whole. An older population can have an effect on the type and level of services a community provides. Chapter 2 - Page 18 �Despite a decline of 8.6 percent in the City's population, the number of households decreased only 1.8 percent between 1980 and 1990. This is a result of more people living alone and smaller average household sizes, and mirrors state and national trends. This modest decline in the number of households may somewhat offset the loss of user fees and tax base that could result from the population decline; it also indicates that housing demand is not merely a function of population levels. Between 1980 and 1990, changes in the household structure in the City ofNegaunee occurred. The number of family households, particularly married-couple families, decreased, while the number of single-parent households and persons living alone increased. The number of people over 65 and living alone increased 37.3 percent over this period. Such changes can influence future demands for housing, transportation and other services. Population projections at the county level indicate a continued decline in Marquette County's population over the next 20 years. This projected decline is probably based on recent losses due to the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB. It is difficult to predict whether the City's population decline will continue, and to what extent successful redevelopment of K.I. Saw-yer could reverse the countywide decline. The population density for the City of Negaunee as a whole is relatively low for a city; however, the population is concentrated onto a small area of the City as a result of large parcels of undeveloped land in corporate ownership, and actual density of the developed area is certainly much higher than the average density for the entire City. Chapter 2 - Page 19 �3.0 ECONOMIC BASE 3 .1 Introduction The City of Negaunee is situated within the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban corridor. These three cities, along with the relatively urbanized areas within Negaunee, Marquette and Chocolay townships adjacent to the cities, form the trade and employment center for Marquette County and beyond. The City of Marquette is the largest city in the Upper Peninsula, and as such, draws customers from considerable distance to enjoy the shopping and services provided there. The presence of Marquette General Hospital and Northern Michigan University reinforce the corridor·s ability to attract people. Although information will be presented for the City of Negaunee wherever it is available, much economic information is available only at the county level. Even where information is available at the local level, the City of Negaunee figures may not accurately reflect the local economy. Residents of the urban corridor move freely between communities, and may purchase goods and services in one or more communities, while living and working in others. 3.2 Area Economy Like the rest of the Upper Peninsula of Michigan, Negaunee's economic history is closely related to its natural resources. Mining and logging were mainstays of the local economy 100 years ago. Logging and lumbering became a less important part of the economy as the white pine forests which covered much of the Upper Peninsula were cut over. Areas which had access to natural port facilities, such as Escanaba and Menominee, retained strong ties to the wood products industry. while in Marquette County the focus remained on iron ore mining. Mines in the Marquette Iron Range have provided thousands of jobs and provided vast quantities of iron ore to the steel mills of the lower Great Lakes region. Eventually, most of the mines in Marquette County closed as the ore bodies were exhausted or the costs of extracting and shipping the ore rose. In 1999, only two mines remain operational in Marquette County -- the Empire Mine in Richmond Township and the Tilden Mine in Tilden Township. County-wide, the economy has diversified beyond its original natural resource base. The service and retail trade sectors have become the largest employment sectors in the county, while manufacturing has diminished in relative importance. The county includes a regional health care facility, a state university, and a number of government offices. Between the mid-1950s and 1995, K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base was a major employer in the county, until the base closed officially on September 30, 1995. Within the City of Negaunee, the economy has historically been closely tied to the mining industry. Although there are currently no mines or processing facilities operating in the City, the Empire Mine is located directly south of the City near Palmer. The actual mining operations take place outside the City, but waste rock piles do extend into the City, and are being extended Chapter 3 - Page I �further north. The most recent Census figures indicate that the mining industry is still one of the largest employers of City residents. 3 .3 Labor Force and Employment Unemployment data is collected at the county level by the Michigan Employment Security Commission, and unemployment and labor force information from MESC are available dating back to the early 1960s. Prior to that time, unemployment figures were based on data collected by the U.S . Department of Commerce Bureau of the Census. The information summarized in Table 3-1 and Figure 3-1 shows that unemployment in Marquette County has generally followed the same trends as the six-county central region, the Upper Peninsula, and the state and nation. Unemployment rates rose during the late 1970s and 80s, peaking in 1982 at 22.5 percent. Since that time the unemployment rate has followed a fairly consistent pattern of decline until 1990, when an increase of 1.2 percentage points occurred. In mid 1990 the country encountered a moderate economic decline. The Upper Peninsula experienced a slowdown in employment growth, which was similar to the rest of the nation. Unemployment rose in 1990 and 1991, then declined again until 1995, when the closure ofK.I. Sawyer AFB caused rates to rise again. The 1996 rate and year to date info1mation for 1997 indicates that unemployment is again decreasing in Marquette County. Unemployment has generally been lower in Marquette County than the regional and Upper Peninsula averages, although local unemployment remains well above state and national rates. The rise in unemployment in 1995 pushed Marquette County's rate close to the regional average, but since then it has dropped again. The unemployment rate for 1996 showed an improvement; the result of a decline in the local civilian labor force. From 1995 to 1996, 775 persons left the labor force, with the result that there were 175 less persons employed as compared to the previous year. Although the county's population declined between 1980 and 1990, the labor force has grown during that time, as shown in Table 3-1. This growth continued until 1993, when the County's labor force reached 33,550 persons. By 1996, the labor force had dropped to 31,300 persons, reflecting the direct and indirect loss of employment associated with the closure of the KI Sawyer AFB. It should be noted that the labor force and unemployment figures from MESC do not reflect military personnel; however, spouses of military personnel who left the area when the military personnel were transferred elsewhere would contribute to the drop in the local labor force. Civilian employees who accepted transfers out of the area would also contribute to this decline. The net result of the labor force decline is that while there are fewer people employed in the County, there were also fewer unemployed and seeking work, causing a drop in the unemployment rate. Chapter 3 - Page 2 ~ �FIGURE 3-1 UNEMPLOYMENT TRENDS SELECTED AREAS 25 20 15 10 5 0 lO co 0, lO r-- 0, r-r-- r-- co 0, 0, 0, 0, M lO co r-co co 0, 0, 0, 0, co M 0, 0, 0, lO 0, 0, 0, 0, Year --0- Marquette Co. Source: --0----- Ce ntra I U .P. -{:r-U.P MESC, 1965 -1996. Chapter 3 - Page 3 ~Michigan -¼- u .s. �TABLE 3-1 MARQUETTE COUNTY LABOR FORCE AND UNEM PLOYMENT. 1965-1996 Unemployment Rates County Civilian Labor Force Emploved Unemploved Marquette County Total Re2ion U.P. Michi2an U.S. 1965 18.700 1.100 19.800 5.6 6.2 7.7 3.9 4.5 1970 19,820 1.380 21,200 6.5 7.8 9.3 7.0 4.9 1975 29.775 2.275 27.050 8.4 10.5 12.3 12.5 8.5 1976 29.525 2.725 32.250 8.4 9. 1 12.2 9.4 7.7 1977 28.750 2.750 31.500 8.7 9.3 11.8 8.2 7.0 1978 31.775 2.500 34.275 7.3 8.3 10.7 6.9 6.0 1979 27.950 2.825 30,775 9.2 9.1 10.4 7.8 5.8 1980 26.650 3.925 30.575 12.8 11.5 12.2 12.4 7.1 1981 26.650 3.675 30.225 12 . 1 11.8 13.3 12.3 7.6 1982 24.050 6.975 31.025 22.5 19.0 18.9 15.5 9.7 1983 24.575 4.775 29.350 16.3 16.3 17.4 14.2 9.6 198-l 25.225 3.300 28.525 11.6 13.6 15.5 11.2 7.5 1985 24,900 3.575 28.450 12.5 13.6 15. 1 9.9 7.2 1986 25.275 3.325 28.600 11.6 12.2 13.4 8.8 7.0 1987 26.475 2.350 28.800 8.1 9. 1 10.5 8.2 6.2 1988 26,925 2.000 28.925 6.9 7.9 8.8 7.6 5.5 1989 27.550 2.000 29,550 6.8 7.2 8.2 7. 1 5.3 1990 29.375 2.650 32.025 8.3 9.4 9.2 7.6 5.3 1991 29.700 2.800 32,500 8.6 10.0 10.7 9.3 6.7 1992 30,750 2.750 33,500 8.2 IO.I 11.0 8.9 7.4 1993 3 1,200 2.350 33.550 7.0 8. 1 8.7 7.1 6.8 1994 3 1, 125 2,375 33.500 7. 1 8.0 8.7 5.9 6.1 1995 29.500 2.575 32,075 8. 1 8.3 8.9 5.3 5.6 1996 29.325 1.975 3 1.300 6.3 7.1 7.9 4.9 5.-l Source: U.S. Cens us, 1940-1 960 & MESC, 1965-1996. Increases in the labor force have been the norm on a nationwide basis, even in areas where the population has declined. Two factors have accounted for much of the increase: record numbers of young people entering the work force during the 1970s and 1980s as the "baby boomers" reached working age, and an ever-increasing number of women entering the work force. Chapter 3 - Page 4 �The proportion and number of women in the labor force has increased in both the City of Negaunee and Marquette County, as shown in Table 3-2 . Within Marquette County, women now make up approximately 55 percent of the county's labor force, compared to about 35 percent two decades ago. In the City of Negaunee, females comprised about 32 percent of the labor force in 1970, which increased by 1990 to 42.6 percent. A more drastic increase occurred for women with children, particularly those with children under six years of age, as shown in Table 3-2. Looking at City of Negaunee figures, in 1970, about 27 percent of the women with children under six in the City were in the labor force; this proportion remained unchanged in 1980, but increased significantly in 1990 to 63 percent. Women with children between the ages of six and 17 also increased their participation in the labor force during the past decades, from 43.3 percent in 1970 to 60.4 percent in 1990. County-wide, a quarter of the mothers with young children were in the labor force and by 1990, their participation has risen to over fifty percent. A similar trend can also be seen with women with older children; within that particular segment about 40 percent were in the labor force in 1970 and by 1990 over two-thirds of the mothers with older children were either employed or unemployed but actively seeking work. Another way of expressing the above trend is to note that in 1990, women with children (any age) made up 18.8 percent of the City's labor force and 17.6 percent of the county's. About 44 percent of the female labor force in the City are women with children; county-wide, this figure is 40.6 percent. In addition to reflecting changes in values and in the family structure and the economic need for two-income families, the statistics on women in the labor force also point out potential impacts on employers and local service providers, in terms of day care, health care costs. educational and recreational programs, etc. Chapter 3 - Page 5 �TABLE 3-2 LABOR FORCE PARTICIPATION OF WOMEN, 1970-1990 1970 1980 No No 0/n 1990 No % % Citv of Negaunee Women (16 years & over) In labor force 2,002 645 100.0 32.2 2,057 675 100.0 32.8 1,972 876 100.0 44.9 Women with children In labor force 676 221 100.0 32.7 722 257 100.0 35.6 603 387 100.0 64.2 Women w/children <6 In labor force 257 70 100.0 27.2 371 101 100.0 27.2 284 179 100.0 63.0 Women w/children 6-17 In labor force 349 151 100.0 43.3 351 156 100.0 44.4 444 268 100.0 60.4 21 ,834 7,605 100.0 34.8 27, 158 12,175 100.0 33.8 26,974 14,849 100.0 55 .0 Women w/children In labor force 8,681 2.782 100.0 32.0 10,354 4,632 100.0 44.7 9,322 6,032 100.0 64.7 Women w/children <6 In labor force 4 ,416 1,058 100.0 24.0 5,239 1,843 100.0 35.2 4,521 2,555 100.0 56.5 Women w/children 6-17 In labor force 4,265 1,724 100.0 40.4 5,115 2,789 100.0 54 .5 6,847 4,660 100.0 68.0 Marquette County Women (I 6 years & over) In labor force Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1970 Fourth Count, 17,54,57,55; 1980 STF3, 054, 055, 057; 1990 STF3A, P070 , P073 . TABLE 3-3 LABOR FORCE PARTICIPATION RATE, 1990 City of Negaunee Number Percent Number Percent Labor force 2,056 100.0 34,334 100.0 Male I, 180 ~7.4 19,485 56.8 876 387 489 42.6 18.8 23.8 14,849 6,032 8,817 43.2 17.6 25.7 Female With children Without children Source : U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 STF3A, P070, P074. Chapter 3 - Page 6 .- Marquette County �3 .4 Employment by Sector According to the U.S. Census, employment patterns in Marquette County have changed since 1970. The biggest changes are the decrease in the relative importance of mining and manufacturing to the county's economy. The percentage oflocal employment in these sectors has dropped by well over half since 1970. The service sector has been the strongest sector of the Marquette County economy in recent years, and continues to grow in importance. The presence of Northern Michigan University and Marquette General Hospital, two large service sector employers, help to boost Marquette County's reliance on the service sector. This sector also includes those employed in educational services. Retail trade has _become increasingly important to the local economy, with 20.6 percent of county residents employed in retail trade in 1990 compared to 16.4 percent in 1970. TABLE 3-4 EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR, MARQUETTE COUNTY, 1970-1990 1970 1990 1980 Sector Number Percent Number Percent Number 166 0.8 3,773* I 3.8 227 0.8 3,210 15.6 * 1,987 6.7 7-t8 3.6 1,256 4.6 1,462 5.1 Manufacturing 2,687 13.1 1,430 5.2 1,613 5.6 Transportation & Public Utilities 1,302 6.3 1,733 6.3 2,192 7.6 744 3.6 687 2.5 715 2.5 3,383 16.4 4,889 17.8 5,948 20.6 597 2.9 1, 109 4.0 1,317 4.6 Service 6,311 30.7 10,483 38.2 11 ,076 38.4 Public Administration 1,435 7.0 2,063 7.5 2,321 8.0 20,583 100.0 27,423 100.0 28 ,858 100.0 Agriculture, Forestry & Fisheries Mining Construction Wholesale Trade Retail Trade Finance, Insurance & Real Estate Total Percent * Mining was combined with agriculture, forestry and fisheries in I 980 Source: U.S. Census, l 970- I 990 The construction sector has grown during the past 20 years. The growth in 1980 probably reflects the economic prosperity of the late 1970s, when a significant amount of new construction took place at the mines, universities/schools, paper/pulp mills and hospitals. During the recession of the early 1980s, this sector decreased, to rebound as economic conditions improved with a number of large construction projects. Transportation and public utilities have grown Chapter 3 - Page 7 �during the past two decades, as has finance, insurance and real estate. The public administration sector, which would include civilian employees at K.I. Sawyer, grew slightly during this period, but may drop over the next few years as a result of the closing ofK.I. Sawyer. When the City ofNegaunee's employment is compared to the county, region and state, it can be seen that the local economy is also heavily dependent on retail trade and the service sector. Manufacturing is slightly more important than on a county-wide basis, while retail trade and mining employ a greater percentage of the local population. Although the service sector employs the highest percentage of local residents, it is relatively less important to the local economy than at the County level. It should be pointed out that these figures reflect the employment sector of persons living within the City and county; the jobs held by these residents may actually be located outside the county or City. TABLE 3-5 EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR. 1990 City of Negaunee Marquette County CUPPAD Region State of Michigan Percent Percent Percent Sector Number Percent 9 0.5 0.8 2 .2 1.7 271 14.3 6.9 2 .9 0. 3 70 3.7 5. 1 6.5 4.9 Manufacturing 115 6. 1 5.6 17.6 24.6 Transportation & Public Utilities 165 8.7 7.6 6.7 5.4 ... ... .,., 1.7 2.5 2.7 4.0 46 5 24.6 20.6 19.8 18 .0 91 4 .8 4.6 4.1 5.5 Service 544 28.7 38 .3 31.9 31.8 Public Administration 131 6.9 8.0 5.6 3.8 1,894 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Agriculture. forestry , & fisheries Mining Construction Wholesale Trade Retail Trade Finance. Insurance, & Real Estate Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990, STF 3A, P077. Service sector employment has been the fastest-growing sector nationally and statewide, while local employment in this sector has been also increased. The decline in manufacturing employment is consistent with state and national trends, although some central Upper Peninsula counties have seen increases in manufacturing employment. The relative importance of manufacturing is greater in many other counties in the region; for example, 36.6 percent of Chapter 3 - Page 8 �Menominee County's employment is in the manufacturing sector. The increase in retail trade employment is also consistent with broader trends, although greater increases have occurred statewide and nationally; wholesale trade has generally increased in other areas, while in Marquette County it remained stable. TABLE 3-6 MARQUETTE COUNTY EARNrNGS BY rNDUSTRY, 1975- 1990 (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS) 1980 1975 Earni ngs Farm 375 0. 1 Non farm 289.489 Private Earni ngs Percent 2.226 0.5 99.9 -161.229 187.447 64.7 973 Mining Earni ngs Percent 0.3 99.5 534.234 3 12-647 67.5 0.3 738 69,240 23 .9 Construction 16.042 Manufacturi ng Transportation & Utilities Earnings $ Percen t 90 1 0. 1 99.7 705.382 99.9 333.304 62.2 4-13.736 62.8 0.2 77 1 0.1 1.340 0.2 119.689 25 .8 83.96 1 15 .6 76.868 10.9 5.5 22,030 4.8 24, 182 -l.5 37.02 1 5.2 11.228 3.9 14.236 3. 1 11.267 2. 1 17.076 2.4 13 .855 -l .8 22.122 4 .8 39.5-1 3 7.4 56.931 8. 1 9.0 18 3.1 13,423 2.9 J 1.670 2.2 16.782 2.4 27,233 9.4 -U.801 9.2 52.924 9.9 61.200 8.7 6, 168 2. 1 11,472 2.5 12,-11 4 2.3 23.339 3.3 33 .690 11.6 66.136 14.3 96.572 18.0 153.1 79 21.7 !02.042 35.2 148,582 32. 1 200.930 37 .5 26 1,646 37 .0 Federal. Civi li an 13.354 4.6 16.825 3.6 2 1,094 3.9 25.274 3.6 Military 4 1.653 14.4 50.027 10.8 74.8 12 14 .0 83.894 11 .9 State & Local 47,035 16.2 8 1,730 17.6 I 05 ,024 19.6 152,478 21.6 Total Earnings 289.864 100.0 463 .455 100.0 535 .574 100.0 706.283 IOO.O Wholesale Trade Retail Trade Finance. Insur. & Real Estate Services Government $ $ 1990 1.340 Ag .. Fo restry & Fisheries $ Percent 1985 So urce: U.S. Departme nt of Co mmerce, Bureau of Eco nomi c Analysis Although the service sector provided the greatest number of jobs in Marquette County, with 38.3 percent of the county's employment in 1990, this sector provided only 2 1. 7 percent of the county's earnings that year. However, educational services, which are included in Table 3-5 under Services, accounted for 14.5 percent of the County's employment. The information in Table 3-6, which is compiled by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, includes teachers and others employed in the educational sector under State and Local Government. A truer picture of the relationship between employment and earnings in the service sector comes when educational services are removed from the employment information; the remaining service sector employment accounts for 23 .8 percent of employment, compared to 21. 7 percent of earnings. Chapter 3 - Page 9 �Retail trade, which was the second-largest provider of employment (20.6 percent) in the county, was responsible for 8.7 percent of the county's earnings. Although mining provided only 6.9 percent of Marquette County's employment, 10.9 percent oflocal earnings came from mining. Manufacturing, which provided 5.6 percent of Marquette County's employment in 1990, generated only 2.4 percent of income. The above figures illustrate that although retail and service sector jobs are becoming less oriented towards minimum-wage, part-time jobs, jobs in mining and some other sectors are more highpaying. Government jobs also provide higher earnings levels. Interestingly, manufacturing employment in Marquette County provides a relatively tiny share of earnings; manufacturing jobs have traditionally been viewed as high-wage jobs. With manufacturing employment declining. or at best stable, in many regions of the country, the job security once associated with mining, manufacturing and even many government jobs is no longer a reality . Marquette County has seen first-hand evidence of this with the closure of numerous mines, and the recent closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB . Although attraction of new manufacturing jobs may seem to be the answer. the competition for such jobs is very stiff. and in some cases the incentives necessary to attract new industrial development may negate the economic benefit to a community. More significant is the need to develop a diversified economy, with less reliance on any single sector; when losses of jobs and income occur in one sector, it has less effect on the overall economy. When the earnings figures in Table 3-6 are compared against the U.S. Department of Commerce inflation figure for the years 1980-1990. it can be seen that most sectors provided less earnings in 1990 than in 1980 after adjustment for inflation. This follows the pattern discussed in Section 3.6 with regards to local incomes, which are based primarily on earnings from employment. The only sectors to increase over the rate of inflation were transportation and utilities, services. government finance , insurance and real estate. and construction. Earnings from mining declined the most, down 61.7 percent after inflation; overall earnings declined by 8.7 percent over the decade after inflation. With the eventual move of the Marquette County airport operations to K.I. Sawyer, the "former airport" property could potentially be available for industrial or commercial ventures. Questions of ownership, needed and planned infrastructure improvements need to be addressed. The· moving of the airport could potentially cause the loss of some local employment, while redevelopment of this property for industrial or commercial purposes could provide additional jobs and income for the local economy. It is estimated that the airport move will take place in mid-1999. 3.5 Employment by Place of Work The vast majority of employed City of Negaunee residents work within Marquette County. Of the employed residents of the City in 1980, 3 .5 percent worked outside of Marquette County but in the state of Michigan; only three residents worked outside the State. Unfortunately, data on place of work is not available for cities and townships. It is probably safe to assume that many of the Negaunee residents who work in the County work outside of the City of Negaunee; It is also Chapter 3 - Page I0 �probably safe to assume that many residents of other communities commute into Negaunee for work. TABLE 3-7 WORKERS 16 YEARS AND OVER BY PLACE OF WORK, CITY OF NEGAUNEE, 1990 Characteristics Number Percent Total City Residents Employed 1,854 100.0 Worked in Michigan 1,851 99.8 Worked in Marquette County 1,786 96 .3 65 3.5 .,,, 0.2 Worked Outside of County Worked Outside of Michigan Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A, P045 . 3.6 Major Employers Once Marquette County" s largest employer, the closure of K.I. Sawyer AFB resulted in the loss of about 4,700 jobs (3,600 military and 1,100 civilian). Most major employers are located in the City of Marquette, and with the exception of the Tilden Magnetite Partnership and the Empire Iron Mining Partnership, are generally service-related. Over the past century, the economy of the central Upper Peninsula has been dominated by mining, especially iron ore mining. The iron ore industry has been sensitive over the century to cycles of boom and bust. Much of the cycle has been related to the same cycles as the national ·economy. The iron mining industry reacted to the demand for high grade ore by developing pelletizing plants to tum low grade ore into high grade pellets. All mining is now done on surface in open pit mines. The last underground mines were closed in the late 1970's. In 1996, the Empire Mine produced 8.1 million tons of iron ore pellets. The Tilden Mine produced 6.7 million tons. Initial production nominations for 1997 had Empire scheduled to produce 8.3 million tons with Tilden at 7.0 million tons. These were initial nominations. and final production figures may be different, depending upon steel industry business conditions. Collectively, orth American steel makers reported mostly positive earnings for 1996. Many steel making companies forecast 1997 to be another solid year within the industry. Iron ore pellet demand remains fairly strong. and, as a result. both Empire and Tilden were projected to produce at or above their rated capacity in 1997. Chapter 3 - Page I I �The Tilden Mine continues to produce both hematite and magnetite iron ore pellets. Magnetite production was added in 1989 at considerable expense to the mine's partners. Producing magnetite pellets utilizes different methods and equipment at the mine and as a result only one type of ore can be processed during any one period. The Empire Mine utilizes only magnetite ore. Costs and quality continue to be of paramount concern at both mines due to the highly competitive iron ore industry. In 1976, 14.5 million tons of iron ore pellets were produced on the Marquette Iron Range. Production peaked at 15 .5 million tons in 1981, with three mines, the Tilden, Empire and Republic operating in Marquette County. The following year production dropped to 6.9 million tons as the steel industry hit a slump and the Republic Mine was idled. Production returned to nearly 15.2 million tons in 1989 as Empire produced a record 8.1 million tons. 1993 production was approximately 12.6 million tons down from 1992's 13 .6 million tons. Production in 1993 was hampered by a five-week strike at Tilden and Empire by members of the United Steelworkers of America. Production in 1994 was more than 13.5 million tons. In 1995, production was 14.1 million tons. On the Marquette Iron Range, there were 3,500 mining employees in 1968. By 1971, employment was at 2,800 but later increased to 4,000 in 1979. During the 1980s, employment dropped following the 1981 production peak, and the drop continued through the early 1990s to the current level. In 1996, there were about 2,100 employees, approximately the same number as 1995. One of the other large employers in the immediate area, AMR Eagle (formerly Simmons Airlines), has moved its regional aircraft maintenance facility from the Marquette County Airport in Negaunee Township to the former K.I. Sawyer AFB. It is unknown at this time if the increased commuting distance for employees who live in the Negaunee area will cause a shift in employment patterns. Marquette General Hospital, another major employer in the urban corridor, has recently announced expansion plans. Northern Michigan University experienced a drop in enrollment and a loss of jobs as a result of K.I. Sawyer's closing, but still remains one of the County's largest employers. Chapter 3 - Page 12 �TABLE 3-8 MARQUETTE COUNTY MAJOR EMPLOYERS, 1994, 1996 & 1997 Employment Firm Product 10011 lOOt:: 1007 Marquette General Hospital 1,725 1.831 1,895 Health Care Northern Michigan University 1,200 1,119 1,122 Education Empire Iron Mining Partnership 1,130 1,020 1,097 Iron Ore Pellets Tilden Magnetite Partnership 825 848 877 Iron Ore Pellets Marquette Area Public Schools 550 574 568 Education Michigan Dept. of Corrections 420 438 441 Marquette Branch Prison Alger-Marquette Community Mental Health 375 366 419 Public Health Services MFC First National Bank 350 367 375 Financial Services City of Marquette 300 289 309 Local Government Marquette County 250 245 292 Local Government Wal*Mart 239 256 269 Department Store Bell Memorial Hospital 224 266 242 Health Care Negaunee Schools 250 250 236 Education Gwinn Area Community Schools 400 264 234 Education Simmons LJ Enterprises (now AMR Eagle) 380 268 206 Air Transportation Source: Michigan Employment Security Commission, 1994 & 1996 3.7 Income Examination of local income trends, and comparison of local income figures to state and national averages provides information about the amount of wealth that is available locally for expenditures on goods and services. Income figures also reflect the wages and salaries paid to local workers. Table 3-9 shows that incomes in City of egaunee and Marquette County are generally relatively low when compared to state averages. Income is measured in three ways: per capita income. which is derived from the total income reported for a community divided by the total population; household income, the average income reported for all households, including families; and family income, which includes married-couple families and other households made up of persons Chapter 3 - Page 13 �related by blood, marriage or adoption, but does not include persons living alone, unrelated persons sharing living quarters, or other non-family households. Income for 1979 (from the 1980 Census) are shown in 1979, as a figure that is "adjusted for inflation". The "inflation adjusted" 1989 dollar figure uses the U.S. Department of Commerce inflation factor of 1.676 for the period of 1979-1989. A household with annual income of $12-450 in 1979 would require an income of 1.676 times that amount, or $20,866, in 1989 just to keep pace with inflation. The 1989 actual income is the income as reported in the 1990 Census. TABLE 3-9 INCOME LEVELS, 1979-1989 1979 Actual Income 1989 Actual Income % Change After Adj . for Intl 1989 Income Adj . for Intl . % of State $6,826 SI 1,440 88 .8 $10,692 75.5 -6.5 Marquette Co. 6, 187 10,369 80.5 I 1,025 77.9 6.3 Michigan 7,688 12.885 100.0 14, 154 100.0 9.8 $17,325 $29,036 90 .1 $23 ,345 75.3 -19.6 Marquette Co. 16,517 27,683 85 .9 25, 137 81 -9.2 Michigan 19,223 32.218 100.0 31 ,020 100.0 -3 .7 $19,778 $33 , 148 89 .5 $30,026 81.9 -9.4 19,492 32,669 88 .2 30,249 82 .5 -7.4 $22, 107 $37,051 100.0 $36,652 100.0 -1.l % of State Per Capita Income City of Negaunee Median Household Income City of Negaunee Median Family Income City of Negaunee Marquette Co. Michigan Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A, P080A , Pl 14A, and Pl07A and 1980 STF3 , 069,074 , 085 . Per capita incomes locally are well below state averages, ~nd the City's per capita income has dropped significantly after adjustment for inflation. The County and the state showed a small increase in per capita incomes after inflation. Both household and family incomes dropped when adjusted for inflation, and the decrease in all cases was greater than the drop at the state level, meaning that the local area also lost ground Chapter 3 - Page 14 �when compared to statewide averages. The most substantial drop occurred with regard for household income, with nearly a 20 percent drop after adjustment for inflation. In summary, these income figures show that local residents make less money than the average Michigan resident. and the purchasing power of local residents dropped during the 1980s. Although income was higher in 1990 than in 1980, the increases failed to keep up with inflation. This impacts the ability of local residents to purchase housing and other goods and services· it also affects the ability and/or willingness to support local programs through taxes or user fees. While the low incomes may be partially offset by lower costs of some items, such as land and housing in the local area compared to statewide averages. many consumer goods are priced at the same or even higher rates than the state as a whole. Comparing the number of households in the various income groups shows that the City of Negaunee contains a higher percentage of households in the lowest income groups than the state as a whole, and in general the number of lower-income households is higher than County averages. There are also fewer households in the high income groups. This information is displayed in Table 3-10. It is significant that 22.7 percent, or nearly one quarter, of the City's households reported income of less than $10,000 per year. TABLE 3-10 HOUSEHOLDS BY ANNUAL HOUSEHOLD INCOME, 1989 City of Negaunee Marquette County Michigan Annual Income Number Percent Number Percent Number Percent Less than $5,000 130 6.8 1,311 5.4 203,692 5.9 $5,000-$9,999 304 15.9 3,276 13.4 329,871 9.6 $10,000-$14,999 190 9.9 2,776 11.3 293,659 8.6 $15,000-$24,999 381 17.4 5,268 8.9 562,017 16.4 $25,000-$34,999 349 18.2 4,481 18.3 525,350 15.3 $35,000-$49,999 356 18.6 4,631 18.9 638,963 18.7 $50,000-$74,999 174 9.1 2,762 11.3 556.760 16.3 $75,000-$99,999 24 1.3 519 2.1 185.137 5.4 5 0.3 376 1.5 128,673 3.8 1,916 100.0 24,500 100.0 3,424.122 100.0 $100,000 or More Total Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A, Table P080. Chapter 3 - Page 15 �Table 3-11 shows the type of income for households in the City of Negaunee, Marquette County and the state. The City has a higher proportion of residents receiving income from wages and salaries, and from non-farm self-employment than the County or the state. Slightly more residents receive retirement income, while a lower proportion receive public assistance or Social Security. Because retirement, Social Security and other forms of what is commonly called "fixed income" tend to remain fairly constant over time, with periodic adjustments to compensate for inflation, the households that rely on these forms of income are often less able to deal with unexpected large expenditures or even relatively small increases in the costs of goods and services. This also affects the willingness of this segment of the population to absorb increased taxes and user fees. TABLE 3-11 HOUSEHOLDS* WITH INCOME BY TYPE OF INCOME, 1989 City ofNegaunee Income Percent No. Marquette Co. Michigan Percent Percent Earnings 711 83 .9 79.4 78 .5 Wage or Salary 689 81.3 77.9 76.5 87 10.3 8. 1 9.8 3 0.4 0.4 1.6 Interest, Dividend, or Net Rental 263 31.3 38.1 41.8 Social Security 201 23 .7 26 .1 26 .7 41 4.8 7.1 9.6 Retirement Income 153 18.1 17.7 17.4 All Other 101 11.9 12.2 12.5 Total Occupied Households 847 Non-Farm Self-Employment Farm Self-Employment Public Assistance *Households may be counted more than once according to number of sources of income. Individual sources of income does not equal "total occupied households." Source: U.S. Bureau of Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 3A. 3.8 Poverty Rates Another measure of local incomes is the poverty rate. Po*rty levels are determined by the U.S. Bureau of the Census based on a complex formula including 48 different thresholds. The poverty level for a family of four in 1990 was $12,674. Poverty rates generally increased between 1980 and 1990 in the City of Negaunee; the county also experienced a general increase in poverty levels. Chapter 3 - Page 16 �In 1990, the poverty rate for all persons in the City ofNegaunee was 13.6 percent, slightly higher than Marquette County's rate of 12.6 percent and the statewide rate of 13.1 percent. The poverty rate for young children was lower than the state and the County, and showed a decline from 1980. However, the poverty rate for all children under age 18 rose sharply from 1980 to 1990, and was considerably higher than the County rate. The poverty rate for persons 65 and over increased sharply from 1980 to 1990, and was well above County and state rates. TABLE 3-12 POVERTY RA TES, 1980-1990 1990 1980 City of Negaunee Poverty Rate for All Persons 4.3 7.2 Poverty Rate for Children Under 5 5.9 5.8 Poverty Rate for Children Under 18 3. 1 5.8 Poverty Rate for Female Householder Families 25 .6 30.6 Poverty Rate for Families w/Children Under 5 14.3 6.7 Poverty Rate for Persons 65 and Over 10.9 12 .2 9.8 12.6 Poverty Rate for Children Under 5 13.3 19 .0 Poverty Rate for Children Under 18 I 0.3 14.0 Poverty Rate for Female Householder Families 33.8 35.7 Poverty Rate for Families w/Children Under 5 12.2 18.0 Poverty Rate for Persons 65 and Over 13 .9 13.5 Poverty Rate for All Persons 10.4 13 . 1 Poverty Rate for Children Under 5 16.0 22.1 Poverty Rate for Children Under 18 13 .3 18 .2 Poverty Rate for Female Householder Families 30 .7 35.8 Poverty Rate for Families w/Children Under 5 13 .9 20 .6 Poverty Rate for Persons 65 and Over 12.2 10.8 Marquette County Poverty Rate for All Persons Michigan U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF3A, Income and Poverty Status. Chapter 3 - Page I 7 �3.9 Issues and Opportunities Significant increases in the number of women with children in the labor force affects the needs for child care, educational and recreational programs and related facilities. Changes in the working environment to accommodate family needs of both men and women, such as flexible days and hours of work, job sharing, etc., may in turn affect commuting and transportation patterns, shopping patterns, etc. The soon-to-be-vacated county airport will offer the opportunity to redevelop the area for possible commercial and industrial uses. This could increase the tax base in the urban corridor as well as provide increased employment for the area. The moving of the airport may result in a loss of trade for some local businesses, and will increase commuting time for local employees of businesses which move to Sawyer. Local unemployment rates are generally lower than the Upper Peninsula average, but are, in recent years, higher than statewide rates and always higher than the national rate. Although unemployment has declined in recent years, a slight increase occurred in 1994, and continued into 1995. With a declining labor force, the overall percentage of persons unemployed improved in 1996. Indications area that the unemployment rate will improve as the labor force adjusts itself to the loss of KI Sawyer AFB. Employment in Marquette County is concentrated in the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban center, which in turn affects commuting patterns as well as demand for residential development. Locally, most of the employment is centered on the retail and service sectors, as well as mining. Although the mining industry historically provided a large share of the City's employment, the local economy has diversified over the past two or three decades, reducing the reliance on mining. The Empire and Tilden mines will probably continue to provide employment for the foreseeable future, and the opportunity to develop new mines may exist if it becomes economically feasible to invest in new ore bodies which are known to exist. However, if market conditions worsen, cutbacks or closure of the existing mines could still have a significant effect on the local economy. The potential exists for the City of Negaunee to increase tourism-related development by taking advantage of the historical resources and natural beauty of the area. Incomes actually decreased in the City of Negaunee and Marquette County from 1980 to 1990, when adjusted for inflation, meaning that the buying powe,of local residents declined. This affects the ability to afford housing and other basic goods and services. Although the poverty rate for young children is lower than the state average, the number of children under 18 in poverty increased sharply over the past decade and is well above the state level. The poverty rate for persons age 65 and over also increased and is much higher than the County and statewide rates . This indicates that those who are generally least able to provide for Chapter 3 - Page 18 �themselves, and most in need of services such as health care, transportation, etc., are finding that their economic situation is worsening . A related issue with regards to children in poverty is the effect poverty may have on the ability to do well in school or obtain higher education, in tum affecting future earning ability. Chapter 3 - Page 19 �4.0 NATURAL FEATURES Natural features, including soils, geology, topography, water features. and other natural resources, have a profound effect on a community's development. These physical features directly or indirectly constrain or encourage growth; for example, soil types and geology often affect the ability of a community to provide high quality water and wastewater services. The natural resources, such as timber or minerals, which occur in certain areas are often a primary factor in the establishment and growth (or decline) of communities. For instance, many areas in the Upper Peninsula were settled as a result of logging or mining operations in the late 1800s. These natural features are often interrelated, and disturbance in one area can potentially affect other areas. From a planning standpoint, it is important to understand these interrelationships, and the role that natural features play in determining a community' s future development. 4.1 Topography The physical features of the landscape provide an area with its own unique character. Topography describes this character in terms of elevation above mean sea level. This defines the size and shape of watersheds as well as places to avoid with development because of grades in excess of recommended standards. Steep topography or slopes of 10 percent (a rise in gradient of more than 10 feet in a horizontal distance of 100 feet) or greater can be aesthetically attractive for residential development as well as some commercial establishments. However, the steep grade increases the likelihood of soil movement or slides, and the weight of structures is an added force which encourages this movement. Beside such dangers, there is an added expense if development occurs on the sloping surface itself Excavation of the hillside and/or building ofretaining walls can greatly increase construction costs. There is also the problem of erosion as the water rushes down the steep grades. Natural water courses provide the pathway for such water and should be maintained in this capacity. The City of Negaunee contains primarily rolling terrain, with some areas of steep slopes and very few level areas. The elevation in the City ranges from about 1,280 feet above mean sea level in the southeast corner of the City, where Partridge Creek leaves the City as it flows to Goose Lake, to 1,766 feet near the ski jump at the Superior Nordic Training and Recreation Complex (SUNTRAC), formerly known as Suicide Bowl. Steep slopes are located along the north shore of Teal Lake, in the area between U.S. 41/M-28 and CR 492, and in the southwest corner of the City near SUNTRAC. The SUNTRAC area offers a 300-foot change in elevation between the parking lot and the top of the ski jump. 4.2 Geology Both bedrock and surface geology have an impact on community development. Bedrock geology consists of the solid rock formations found below the soil, which were formed during the early Chapter 4 - Page I �periods of the earth's evolution. These formations have undergone extensive folding, uplifting, eroding, and weathering during the millions of years which have since passed, and are now overlain by surface geology and soil. One of the primary factors which makes geology important to a community's development is its ability to supply groundwater. The quality and quantity of groundwater is influenced by the types of bedrock in which it is found, and the layers through which the water passes before it is extracted. Certain types of bedrock increase the potential for groundwater contamination, particularly when such bedrock is close to the surface. Surface runoff is filtered through the soil, sand, and gravel which overlay bedrock, and many contaminants are removed through this filtering process. When bedrock is close to the surface, there is less opportunity to filter out contaminants, and the polluted runoff can enter the groundwater table. If the bedrock is highly permeable, contaminants can quickly enter the same layers of groundwater used for domestic purposes. The presence of commercially valuable minerals in bedrock is also a factor in land use and development of an area. In areas where minerals or ore are present, communities often exist which are dependent on mineral extraction at least to some extent. Such is the case in Negaunee, where the presence of iron ore was a major factor in the settlement and development of the area. All of the bedrock underlying the City of Negaunee dates back to the Precambrian era, generally believed to be over 600 million years ago. The oldest formation is made up of volcanic and sedimentary rocks, including mafic-volcanic and intruded felsic rocks that have been metamorphosed into schist and gneiss. Volcanic and sedimentary rocks are found under a small portion of the northwestern corner of the City. Rock formations underlaying the remainder of the City are somewhat younger, but still date to the Precambrian area. The majority of the City is underlain by the Negaunee Iron Formation (in the southwest portion of the City) and Siamo Slate and Abijik Quartzite in the southeast and central portion of the City. A small band of Chocolay Group is located in the northeastern comer of the City. These formations consist primarily of metasedimentary rocks like schists, quartzites, iron formations, and gneiss, and date back to the Middle Precambrian (Huronian) era. All Precambrian rocks found in the Negaunee area exhibit similar water-bearing characteristics. Water in these rocks fills fractures, joints and weathered zones at shallow depths, and often fills abandoned mine shafts or pits. In general, these formations do not provide significant amounts of groundwater. Yields may be greater in areas covered by 20 feet or more of glacial deposits, and in valleys. The surface geology of the City of Negaunee is primarily a result of glaciation which occurred 10,000-12,000 years ago. As the Wisconsin Continental Glacier moved over the area, existing landform features were obliterated under the weight of ice estimated to be about one mile thick. The surface character of the area has also been influenced by mining activities which have taken place since the area was settled. Chapter 4 - Page 2 ,,---...,_ .,,,. �Outwash, glacial till-bedrock and wetlands make up the surface geology of the City of Negaunee. Outwash consists of stratified sand and gravel, which was carried by glaciers and deposited as a result of meltwater flowing from glaciers. These deposits commonly are very permeable, and are a good source of ground water. Wells drilled into glacial outwash generally yield over 10 gallons per minute, providing water which is satisfactory for domestic use. Some areas of outwash contain groundwater with a high level of iron. Outwash is primarily located in the central portion of the City, with a small area of outwash along the northeastern boundary of the City. Glacial till-bedrock includes areas where the movement of the glaciers scoured all or most of the surface material away, leaving bedrock exposed. In some cases a thin layer of till may remain. Availability of groundwater depends on the type of bedrock but is usually poor. Glacial tillbedrock occupies most of the northern half and the southeastern and southwestern comers of the City. Wetlands are areas of poor drainage and high water tables where an accumulation of muck and peat overlay a glacial lake plain. A small area of wetlands is located in the east central portion of the City. 4.3 Mineral Resources The City of Negaunee owes its existence to the extensive deposits of iron ore found beneath the area, and many abandoned mines are located in the City. The two remaining active mines in Marquette County are located to the south and southwest, close to the City. Mines which formerly operated within the City included the Mather B Mine, Tracy Mine, Negaunee Mine, South Jackson Pit, Athens Mine, Maas Mine and Cambria-Jackson Mine. Several areas in the undeveloped portions of the City are characterized by caving and unstable ground as a result of past mining activities. Mining and processing methods have changed over the years in order to make it economically feasible to mine relatively low-grade ore. There are many mineral deposits remaining in areas of the Upper Peninsula and elsewhere which contain ores with such low concentrations of iron that mining is currently infeasible. Depending on future technology, demand, and prices, it may become feasible in the future to mine these low-grade ores. 4.4 Soils Soil occurs at the earth's surface, and generally has a finer texture than the bedrock or surface geology described in the previous section. Most soils in the U.P. have been formed as a result of glacial action, followed by accumulation of organic matter in some areas. An updated and detailed soil survey has just been completed for Marquette County by the U.S . Department of Agriculture Natural Resource Conservation Service (formerly the Soils Conservation Service). Soils throughout the County have been mapped based on aerial photo interpretation and extensive field work over the past several years. An interim report was issued in December 1997, with the final report expected in 1999. Digital soil maps were released in June 1999. Chapter 4 - Page 3 �Over 300 soil mapping units have been identified in Marquette County. These mapping units consist of a single soil type, or a complex containing more than one soil type which responds to development or use in similar ways. Some mapping units will also contain dissimilar soils, such as mapping units which contain areas of rock outcrop too small to be mapped separately. The documentation for the soil survey provides information on the suitability of each of these mapping units for various uses, such as woodland, agriculture, building site development, etc. Various properties of the soil, such as texture, depth to bedrock, permeability, stoniness, draughtiness, etc. influence a soil ' s ability to support various uses. This information is important to developers, foresters, planners, realtors, farmers, and anyone else concerned with the utilization and development of the land. From a planning standpoint, some of the most important features of soils have to do with the ability to support residential, commercial or industrial development. In areas not served by municipal water or sewer systems, suitability for septic tank drainfields is a major consideration. Limitations on local roads and streets, and limitations on building construction are also important. It should be noted, however, that although the soils survey is relatively detailed, site inspections should still be used to determine the suitability of a particular site for development. Within any particular mapping unit, areas will exist where limitations are more or less important as a result of terrain or other features too small to be included in this county-wide survey. The areas mapped as "variable" on the maps accompanying this plan are soil mapping units which contain complexes of different types of soils, or areas where the original soils have been significantly impacted by human use, through filling, compaction, leveling, or other means. The limitations on uses within these types will vary too greatly to allow them to be mapped as having slight, moderate or severe limitations. The large areas which are not rated generally include caving grounds and abandoned mines. Engineering and construction techniques can be used to overcome soil limitations, often at considerable cost. However, the long-term implications of such techniques should be carefully considered, since development in areas of marginal suitability may increase costs to local governments, and thence to taxpayers, in order to provide services to these areas. Limitations for Septic Tank Drainfields : Soil limitations affect the ability of septic tank drainfields to properly remove contaminants from effluent. Examples of such limitations include soils which are impermeable, and thus do not allow effluent to be filtered through the underlying soil; soils which are highly permeable, and allow effluent to pass through rapidly without proper filtering; areas of shallow bedrock, where there is insufficient soil to support a drainfield; and so on. Site-specific characteristics may mean that a particular site may be suitable for development, however. For example, very sandy soils are generally con~dered to have severe limitations due to the very rapid permeability of these soils. However, if the sand is very deep, adequate filtering will occur before the effluent reaches the groundwater, and septic systems will operate normally for many years. The majority of the developed areas of the City of Negaunee are rated as variable, as is typical of urban areas. Fill, paving and excavation have altered the original soils types in these areas to the Chapter 4 - Page 4 ~ ~ �point where conditions may vary widely from one site to the next. Since the developed portion of the City is served with municipal water and sewer, however, this is not significant from a planning standpoint. Of more importance is the nature of the soils in the more remote areas of the City, where scattered homes are served by on-site systems. Many of these areas contain severe limitations on septic tank drainfields. The primary limitations are poor filtration, slow percolation. wetness and slope. Although the soil survey would seem to indicate that there are few, if any sites suitable for development in these areas, the actual situation is that many suitable sites exist even in areas with generally severe limitations. Local health departments rely on sitespecific testing in determining whether to issue a permit for a septic system. The soils survey information represents a general guideline as to the extent of potential limitations, and should not preclude individual sites from consideration for development. Limitations for Building Site Development: Soil limitations for building site development include the presence of shallow bedrock which can make construction of basements difficult; wetness, which can result in wet basements or unstable support for foundations; or steep slopes, which increase the potential for structures to slide. Outside the developed areas of the City, the majority of the soils have severe limitations on building site development; however, there are some areas with only moderate limitations along existing roads and streets, such as Buffalo Road, Miller Road, and Rolling Mill Road. Some areas have differing limitations depending on whether or not basements are used; for example, a soil type characterized by shallow bedrock may be suitable for construction of a building without a basement, but the costs of constructing a basement may be prohibitive. As noted above, specific sites, even within areas mapped as having severe limitations, may be suitable for development. Limitations for Local Roads and Streets: Local roads and streets are those with an all-weather surface, designed to carry automobile and light truck traffic all year. Construction and maintenance of roads and streets is affected by a soil's shrink-swell potential, frost action potential, depth to bedrock or water table, and slope. The majority of the City contains soil types with severe limitations; however, significant areas with only moderate limitations exist. The largest areas with moderate limitations are in the southeast portion of the City, along Rolling Mill Road, Miller Road, Makinen's Road and Buffalo Road. Moderate limitations also exist along U.S. 41/M-28 southwest of Teal Lake, along Maas Street and Old Cemetery Road, and near BR M-28. As with other soil constraints, construction techniques are available to overcome many of the limitations of the underlying soils. However, such techniques are often costly, and roads which are built over unsuitable soils generally require more frequent maintenance. 4.5 Water Features The most significant water feature in the City of Negaunee is Teal Lake. Formerly used as the City's municipal water source, Teal Lake has remained largely undeveloped in order to protect water quality. A Teal Lake Park Master Plan has been completed, and the overall intent is to provide recreational opportunities and the opportunity for some development, while still protecting the unique visual character of the lake. The cities oflshpeming and Negaunee have received grant funds from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources to acquire a large Chapter 4 - Page 5 �parcel of land encompassing the lake ' s north shore, and the City of Negaunee is planning to implement a 100-foot setback requirement around the lake to protect the character of the shoreline. Other water features in the City include Lake Miller, Gunpowder Lake, Rolling Mill Pond and some ponds that have formed in caved-in mining areas. The Carp River flows through the northeast corner of the City, and Partridge Creek flows through the southeast corner of the City on its way to Goose Lake. 4.6 Wildlife The area surrounding the City of Negaunee, as well as the undeveloped portion of the City, contains a large variety of wildlife species. Mammals found in northern Marquette County include whitetail deer, moose, black bear, fox, coyotes, wolves, and a variety of small game. Birds include game birds such as ruffed grouse and woodcock, waterfowl, raptors and songbirds. Within the developed portions of the City, small mammals and songbirds are the most frequently encountered species. Teal Lake supports populations of walleye, perch, bass and panfish, and many species of waterfowl and other birds stop at Teal Lake during seasonal migrations. 4.7 Climate The climate in and around the City of Negaunee is heavily influenced by Lake Superior, with long, cold winters and relatively cool summers. The lake helps keep temperatures cool in summer and is responsible for significant amounts of "lake effect" snow in winter. This "lake effect" snow results from cool air masses traveling over the relatively warm waters of Lake Superior. When these air masses reach the cooler land areas, the moisture picked up from Lake Superior is deposited in the form of snow. The average annual snowfall at the Marquette County Airport is 172.2 inches, although the last two winters have produced record snowfalls of 251 inches in 1995-96 and 272 inches in 1996-97. The mean monthly temperature ranges from 14 degrees Fahrenheit in January to 66 degrees Fahrenheit in July, with a mean annual temperature of about 41 degrees Fahrenheit. Total precipitation averages approximately 32 inches per year, with the wettest month in June and the driest month in February. The growing season averages about 109 days. The last frost in the spring usually occurs about May 31 , and the first frost in fall usually occurs about September 17. Incidence of thunderstorms is around 26 days per year. Michigan is located on the northeast fringe of the Midwest tornado belt. Between 1950 and 1987, only four tornadoes occurred in Marquette County. 4.8 Issues and Opportunities Areas of steep slopes within the City may limit certain types of development, but may also provide the opportunity for scenic views and recreational facilities. Chapter 4 - Page 6 �Many areas within the City are unsuitable for development due to caving which has occurred as a result of past mining activities. Although these areas are largely undeveloped and remain in mining company ownership, they pose a potential safety hazard, and limit the amount of land available for future development. The unique beauty and undeveloped nature of Teal Lake offer the opportunity to provide recreational opportunities for local residents and tourists, while enhancing the appearance of the area. Protection of the undeveloped character of the north shore of the lake is critical. Negaunee' s long, cold winters and relatively cool climate can make travel difficult at times, and limit the suitability of the area for various agricultural crops, home gardens, etc. The long winters and heavy snow provide excellent winter recreation opportunities, however, including skiing. snowmobiling, ice fishing, etc . • Chapter 4 - Page 7 �5.0 LAND USE 5.1 Historical Land Use Patterns The City ofNegaunee's land use pattern, along with the surrounding area, has been shaped by the presence and exploitation of natural resources, principally the iron ore which was discovered in 1844 by a party of government surveyors. Two years later, the Jackson Iron Company opened the first iron ore mine in present day Negaunee. The iron ore deposits were found in what is known as the Marquette Iron Range, which runs east-west through the central portion of Marquette County. The entire City lies within the Marquette Iron Range, and several mines were located wholly or partially within the City. These mines, which have been inactive for years, continue to influence land use in Negaunee. The communities of Negaunee, Ishpeming, Republic, Champion, and Michigamme were all founded around the mines of the Marquette Range, and provided housing and commercial services for miners and their families. e During the first hundred years of ore extraction within the Marquette Range, the iron content of the ore was relatively high; however, the supply of high grade ore in the range area began to decline rapidly in the late 1940s. As a result, the Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Co. in the late 1940s and 1950s established a research facility in Ishpeming to determine the best way to pelletize low grade ore and how to upgrade the pelletized low-grade ore. The research paid off in July of 1965, with the world' s first shipment of pelletized underground iron ore. which gave new life to the iron ore industry in Marquette County. In Negaunee Township, from 1965 to 1979, the Pioneer Pellet Plant processed low grade iron ore. The only remaining iron mines in the Upper Peninsula are low grade iron ore mining operations at the Empire Mine in Richmond Township and the Tilden Mine in Tilden Township. A portion of the Empire Mine pit is located in the southeastern comer of the City of Negaunee. The general land use pattern in the City of Negaunee includes concentrations of residential and commercial development in the north central part of the City, surrounded by extensive areas of land owned by mining companies. The City contains 15 square miles, or about 9,400 acres ; of this area, only about three square miles contain development. Extensive caving has occurred on mined lands in the City, and in the past caving has caused houses or even whole neighborhoods to be moved to more stable areas. Commercial development in the City of Negaunee tends to be clustered close to the major transportation corridors. The corridor along U.S. 41/M-28 east of Teal Lake contains commercial uses which take advantage of the exposure to passing highway traffic, such as restaurants, gas stations, etc. Business M-28 and major downtown streets contain commercial uses which serve the concentration of population in those areas, as well as visitors to the community. Over the past 10 to 20 years, the downtown business district has become less active, while new development has occurred along U.S. 41 /M-28. However, since about 1995 downtown revitalization efforts have taken place, resulting in repairs to some buildings and other improvements. Despite the shift of some firms to the highway corridor, the downtown area has not become blighted. Chapter 5 - Page 1 �The area available for development in the City of Negaunee is limited by land ownership, and by the physical suitability of vacant lands for development. About 75 percent of the land area within the City is owned or controlled by mining interests, and a significant portion of this land has experienced caving or subsidence. The mining companies which own this land are generally reluctant to sell it, perhaps because of concern over future liability and/or the belief that mineral deposits may still underlie these areas. Factors Affecting Land Use The decision process regarding land use can begin almost anywhere -- with a home buyer, a developer. a land speculator, a business owner, or a governmental unit. The home buyer or potential business owner tends to base decisions on location, access. quality of surroundings. available public services. and personal satisfaction, among other factors. The land speculator makes decisions regarding selling land or holding it in anticipation of future profit. based largely on potential profit. The land developer makes decisions regarding the type and timing of development based on the supply and demand for housing, goods and services. or on industrial needs, as well as other factors. O\',iilers of business and industrial concerns make decisions to start, expand, or close their operations based on economic feasibility, which depends on a variety of factors. Many of these factors, such as supply and demand for the good or service produced, are beyond local control, while other factors, such as the availability of sites or adequacy of transportation, can be affected by local decisions. Decisions made at these levels are generally oriented towards a person's or organization's selfinterest, and generally do not consider the effects of development on surrounding land uses, utilities, services, etc. This decision-making process can potentially result in discontinuous or incompatible development, since it does not necessarily take into consideration the overall development pattern for a community. It is left primarily to units of government, then, to consider the overall compatibility and appropriateness of various land uses. Various laws and regulations have been enacted governing land use and development, and provide tools for federal, state, and local governments to use in dealing with land use issues. The federal government exercises a number of responsibilities that affect land use through various loan and grant programs for community facilities, water and wastewater systems, housing, economic development, and planning. Federal regulations also address environmental concerns, such as air quality, drinking water standards, etc. Although these programs and regulations do not usually directly affect land use and development, they have a significant Chapter 5 - Page 2 �indirect effect. For example, a community which lacks sufficient sewage disposal capacity to serve industrial uses may be able to obtain federal funding to assist with expansion of its sewage treatment plant, which in turn may lead to industrial development. The role of the state has traditionally been limited to providing enabling legislation for local units of government to regulate growth and development through planning and zoning. The State of Michigan does, however, regulate land use and development in wetlands, floodplains, coastal areas, and other areas of environmental concern. This can have a direct affect on local land use. The State also enforces standards for municipal water systems and wastewater treatment systems which are at least as strict as federal standards, which can affect a community's ability to provide such services. Local governments can probably exert the most effective influence on land use changes through zoning ordinances, subdivision regulations, building codes, and public investment in roads, water and sewer systems. parks, etc. Local planning efforts which seek to define the most desirable and appropriate uses for the various parts of a community, and anticipate and prepare for growth, can help guide future land use decisions. Other factors affecting land use include the existing transportation system, taxation and land values. natural features. changing technology, and market factors. Changes in lifestyles, family size, shopping habits, and consumer attitudes also affect land use decisions. The transportation system which serves a community determines how quickly and easily, and at what cost, raw materials and finished goods can be shipped in and out, a crucial factor to many industries. The expanding highway network in the U.S., together with the proliferation of private automobiles, has enabled residents of rural areas to commute to larger communities for employment and shopping, and has increased the accessibility of many areas to tourists. This increased mobility has in many cases facilitated development of strip commercial areas, "mega" shopping malls, and suburban residential development ("urban sprawl"), sometimes resulting in the conversion of land from agriculture or open space. Taxation and land values play a part in many land use decisions. Families may move from urban areas because they feel that they are willing to trade off lower taxes and/or user fees for the lack of municipal services and increased distance from employment, shopping, and schools. Land values in rural areas may also be lower, and thus more attractive to residents. Commercial and industrial enterprises are generally less willing to forego municipal services, such as water and sewer, and also tend to locate in areas of concentrations of population rather than in very rural areas; however, tax rates and land values may influence a company's decisiop. to locate in one community versus another. As a result of changing technology, including computer networking, cellular telephones, fax machines, voice mail, teleconferencing, and electronic mail, some business and industries are able to locate in rural areas which would have previously been considered isolated. In many cases. the quality of life associated with these rural locations is an additional attraction. Chapter 5 - Page 3 �Wetland areas can pose significant constraints on development in some areas, due to state and federal regulations and the general unsuitability of wetlands for many types of development. Wetlands are defined as those areas between terrestrial and aquatic systems where the water table is at. near, or above the land surface for a significant part of most years, and include marshes, mudflats, wooded swamps, and wet meadows. Several different wetland categories are mapped in the inventory. Wetland categories include wooded (dominated by trees over 20 feet in height, seasonally flooded); shrub/scrub (dominated by woody vegetation less than six feet in height); aquatic beds (areas with 30 percent or more vegetative cover of submerged, floating-leaved or floating plants, and less than two meters [6.7 feet] deep); emergent (dominated by erect. rooted herbaceous plants, which are present for most of the growing season); and flats (level or nearly level deposits of sand, mud or organic sediments). See Table 5-1 for the acreage of each category. Urban and Built Up Areas: Areas of intensive use with much of the land covered by structures is classified as urban or built up. County-wide, this category comprises a relatively small proportion. totaling 37,473 acres, or 3 .1 percent. However, this land use category is important because it contains the majority of the residential, commercial, and industrial uses in the County, and because the density and type of uses within this category have the most potential to adversely impact the environment. Most of this cover type is located in the Marquette/Negaunee/Ishpeming urban corridor, although all the townships in the County contain areas of residential development. Urban and built up is the third-largest category ofland use in the City of Negaunee, with 1,172 acres. or 12.5 percent. The City oflshpeming contains 22.9 percent urban and built up areas, and the City of Marquette has 50.4 percent of its land area in this category. Since extractive uses, which include gravel pits and mining activities, are included in this category, some areas with extensive mining show a disproportionately high percentage of urban and built up lands. The majority of the urban and built up land in the City of Negaunee is residential in nature. Most of this residential use consists of relatively old housing; the 1990 Census indicates that nearly 60 percent of the City's housing was built prior to 1940. Most of the housing consists of singlefamily residences, although there are some duplexes and multi-family structures in the City. As is typical of older neighborhoods, many of these homes are located on small lots, with little open space between homes. Other uses included in urban and built up lands are commercial; industrial; transportation, communications and utilities, such as airports, railroads, h~hways, etc.; open pit mining areas, such as gravel pits, quarries, mines, etc.; and parks, cemeteries and other forms of open space. Commercial uses in the City are primarily located along the U.S. 41/M-28 corridor or in the downtown. The traditional neighborhoods which provided the majority of residents' needs within walking distance are gone from most communities, including Negaunee. Chapter 5 - Page 5 �Market factors, and the ongoing shift to a more service-oriented economy, are factors which are beyond the capacity of an individual community to control. However, an awareness of such factors is important to planning and land use decisions at the community level. Finally, changing lifestyles have affected land use patterns throughout the nation. Americans live longer, have smaller families, and are more mobile than previous generations. As a whole, the population is growing older, and our housing preferences, shopping habits, and employment patterns have changed significantly. From a land use standpoint, some of the pertinent issues are the desire for larger homes on larger lots by many young professionals and families; the demand for housing suitable for elderly residents, including so-called "snowbirds;" and the wil.ingness to commute longer distances to work in order to live in certain residential areas. 5.3 Current Use Inventory This section will examine the current land use patterns for the City of Negaunee and Marquette County, based on the Michigan Resource Inventory System (MIRJS) Current Use Inventory. The inventory describes land use or cover according to seven broad categories, with numerous subdivisions within those categories. Forest: The majority of the City's land area is classified as forest, with 5,238 acres, or 55.8 percent. This reflects the large areas in corporate ownership within the City limits. By way of comparison. the neighboring City of Ishpeming has about 33 percent of its land area in forest. again because of corporate ownership. The City of Marquette has about 40 percent of its area in forest. but corporate ownership is less of a factor in Marquette. Forestland is defined as lands at least 10 percent stocked by forest trees of any size, or formerly having such tree cover, and not currently developed for nonforest uses. These lands are further broken down into several different types of forest cover. Predominant forest cover types in both the City of Negaunee and Marquette County are northern hardwood and aspen, birch and associated species. There is a significant amount of lowland conifer cover type in the City, as well. Other forest types are also present, and the relative proportions of the various cover types are shown in Table 5-1. Agricultural: Broadly defined as lands which are used for the production of food an<l fiber, this is the second-lowest land use category in the City of Negaunee. Only a total of 68 acres of cropland was identified in the Current Use Inventory, less than one percent of the City's land area. Wetlands: Wetlands represent the fourth-highest proportion of the City's land cover, at 753 acres or eight percent. These wetlands are primarily located in the western and southern portions of the City, in or near the caving areas. Chapter 5 - Page 4 �Nonforested: Nonforested lands make up 15.9 percent, or 1,489 acres of the City' s land area. This is the second-largest category ofland use in the City. These lands are open lands or rangelands, characterized by grasses and shrubs, but not including those lands showing obvious evidence of seeding, fertilizing, or other agricultural practices. As with the forested areas in Negaunee, most of the nonforested lands are located on corporate lands, often in caving areas . Water: Just over six percent of the City of Negaunee, or 582 acres, is classified as water. Areas of water in a community have an effect on adjacent land use, by supplying sites for waterdependent industry, water-based recreational sites, and residential or commercial development. Many inland lakes and rivers offer public recreational access. The largest water body is Teal Lake, located in the northwestern corner of the City. Other lakes include Lake Miller, Gunpowder Lake, and Rolling Mill Pond. Some of the caving areas in the central part of the City have also filled with water over the years. Barren: About one percent of the City is classified as barren. Barren lands include beaches, riverbanks, sand dunes, and exposed rock. Exposed rock makes up all of the 92 acres of barren land in the City, which occurs in scattered locations in the northwestern portion of Negaunee. 5.4 Public and Quasi-Public Land Use Public land uses in the City of Negaunee include parks, public buildings, schools and tracts of publicly-owned lands. Many of these uses are discussed in more detail in other chapters of this plan; however, the land use considerations associated with these uses will be discussed here. The City owns or leases and maintains several park and recreation sites, including Teal Lake Waterfront, Miner' s Park, Jackson Park, the Community Play Field, and several smaller parks throughout the City. There are also three schools in the City, the Negaunee High School, Negaunee Middle School, and Lakeview Elementary. A large tract of CCI-owned land lying in both Negaunee and Ishpeming is leased by the Ishpeming Ski Club, and contains the Superior Nordic Training and Recreation Complex (SUNTRAC), formerly known as Suicide Bowl. The City, together with the City oflshpeming, has applied for funding from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources to acquire several hundred acres around Teal Lake. This property would be retained in public ownership for recreational uses, and would include the scenic north shore of Teal Lake. Other public land uses in the City include public buildings such as City Hall, which are discussed in more detail in Chapter 6, Community Facilities. As a general rule, these buildings do not occupy large tracts of land; their primary impact on land u~ is related to traffic and parking. Examples of quasi-public land uses include churches, golf courses, and similar facilities that are owned by private enterprise, but are open to the public. These uses generate increased traffic on a seasonal, occasional, or intermittent basis, by providing facilities and services which meet the needs of local residents and contribute to the quality of life of communities and neighborhoods. The presence of quasi-public facilities such as golf courses can also affect property values. Chapter 5 - Page 6 �TABLE 5-1 CITY OF NEGAUNEE & MARQUETTE COUNTY LAND USE PATTERNS City of Negaunee % Acres Urban and Built Up Residential Commercial Industrial Transportation , etc. Open pit mining Underground mining Open land, other Marquette County Acres % 1, 172 563 114 15 150 44 180 106 12 .5 6.0 1.2 0.2 1.6 0.5 1.9 I. I 37,473 14,076 3,063 850 4,031 13 ,068 936 1.448 3.1 1.2 0.3 0. 1 0.3 I. I 0.1 0. 1 68 0.7 17,603 1.5 Non forested 1,489 15.9 29,016 2.4 Forested Northern hardwood Central hardwood Aspen, white birch , assoc . spp. Lowland hardwoods Pine Other upland conifers Lowland conifers Christmas tree plantation 5,238 3,706 0 745 148 277 57 305 0 55.8 39.5 0.0 7.9 1.6 2.9 0.6 3.2 0.0 988 ,050 468 , 151 7 176,813 32,961 147,775 19,981 142,349 15 82.6 39 . 1 0.0 14.8 2.8 12.4 1.7 11.9 0.0 Water 582 6.2 29,663 2.5 Wetlands 753 8.0 87,323 7.3 92 1.0 7,627 0.6 9,394 100 .0 I , 196,754 100.0 Agriculture Barren Total Source: Michigan Resource Information System. Churches are located throughout the City, as well as in the City oflshpeming and surrounding townships. Negaunee residents may attend churches outside the City, while churches in the City draw from the surrounding communities. In addition to serving as places of worship, churches often serve as community gathering places, for social events and local meetings. The closure or consolidation of churches, as is currently being done within the Catholic Diocese of Marquette, can affect traffic patterns and the availability of gathering places; it can also have a less tangible effect on the character and cohesiveness of a community. 5.5 Land Ownership As discussed earlier, land ownership in the City of Negaunee is a significant issue. Currently about 75 percent of the City's land area is controlled by mining companies, either through outright ownership or through controlling mineral rights. The City leases land from these mining Chapter 5 - Page 7 �companies for a variety of uses, primarily recreation areas, but such leases are subject to a year's notice should the lands be required for mining. A significant portion of the mining companyowned lands are "caving grounds," which are unsuitable for development. The City of egaunee lacks the ability to significantly expand residential or commercial development because of the physical limitations of the caving grounds and Teal Lake. As long as the mining companies are unwilling to sell any of their lands within the City, the ability to develop is also limited by the availability of land. Cleveland Cliffs Iron Company has begun the process of evaluating all their holdings in Marquette County, including lands in egaunee, and some discussions with City officials have taken place regarding the City's long-term needs. The City has expressed an interest in acquiring additional property if it becomes available. 5.6 Contaminated Sites The Michigan Department of Environmental Quality is required by state law to identify, evaluate, and rank all sites of environmental contamination in Michigan. For several years, the DEQ was required to submit an annual list of these "Act 307'' sites to the Michigan Legislature. However. recent changes to Michigan's environmental laws have changed this requirement to every five years. The most recent list of contaminated sites was submitted in April, 1995, and no sites of environmental contamination were identified in the City of Negaunee, although three leaking underground storage tank (LUST) sites were identified. From a land use standpoint, the presence of environmental contamination represents a constraint on future development, as well as a threat to human health and safety. In addition to affecting a specific site, some contaminants can enter groundwater and cause more widespread problems, such as water well contamination. It is desirable to identify and remediate contaminated sites in a timely manner, in order that potential hazards and land use constraints be removed. In terms of future land use decisions, it is important that decisionmakers are aware of the potential for certain types of land use to cause environmental contamination. Most of the sites of environmental contamination identified in Marquette County are the result of past land use practices, and this illustrates that even when legal and accepted land uses are undertaken, the possibility of future impacts exists. Leaking underground fuel storage tanks have become a concern throughout the country in recent years. Many fuel tanks which were in compliance with all installation guidelines at the time they were installed have deteriorated and allowed fuel to contaminate the surrounding soil. New guidelines for installing underground fuel tanks have been implemented, and efforts are underway to identify and clean up leaking tanks. The two LUST sites in the City of Negaunee as of April, 1995, were the Grade A-1 Stop on U.S. 41/M-28, and the Holiday Station at the intersection of U.S. 41/M-28 and Croix Street. Chapter 5 - Page 8 �5.7 Land Use Trends Although the City of Negaunee has suffered a population decline over the past 50 years, the community has not seen widespread physical deterioration of existing housing, or pronounced decline of the business districts. The most significant trends have been the reduction of the developable area of the City due to caving and an increase in commercial development along U.S. 41/M-28 at the expense of the downtown business district. Caving which has occurred throughout the history of Negaunee has necessitated actual relocation of buildings and sometimes entire neighborhoods. While the caving is no longer a common occurrence in residential neighborhoods, recreational areas and open space are still being affected. For example, Jackson Park in the late 1980s encompassed nearly 12 acres, but in the 1994 Recreation Plan is reported to be three acres in size due to caving and loss of usable land. Businesses which have been established along the U.S. 4 l/M-28 corridor over the past 20 years have succeeded in drawing some commerce away from the downtown area. However, the downtown has not seen substantial decline, and still retains a diverse base of commercial establishments. Recent downtown improvements have made the downtown area a more attractive place to shop and do business. The cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming have apparently not shared in the overall growth that has taken place in the urban corridor that stretches from southeast of Marquette to Ishpeming. The majority of the new residential development has taken place in the encompassing townships, including Negaunee, Marquette and Chocolay townships. Commercial development has also occurred at a rapid pace in Marquette Township, and to a somewhat lesser extent in Chocolay and egaunee townships. However, egaunee and Ishpeming cities are desirable locations for a number of reasons, and as a result the overall housing market has remained fairly strong. Some two-income families in the City have one wage-earner in the Negaunee-Ishpeming area and the other in Marquette, but choose to live in egaunee. Others who work in Marquette choose to live in Negaunee so that they can enjoy the amenities the City provides, such as municipal water and sewer, while enjoying the lower housing prices compared to Marquette. Two new subdivisions are currently being developed in the City, totaling about 60-65 singlefamily residential lots, which will be developed with housing ranging from affordable to upscale. The lack of new development in the past has been due to a lack of developable sites, rather than a lack of demand, and it is hoped that these two new subdivisions will be followed by other development. Both new developments are located on land purchased from mining interests, one along Teal Lake and the other near the former Maas Mine, at the intersection of Carr and Cherry streets. 5.8 Issues and Opportunities The land ownership pattern in egaunee severely constrains the City's ability to grow. The City is attempting to begin a dialog with CCI regarding the possibility of acquiring CCI-owned land Chapter 5 - Page 9 �within the City, which may lead to future opportunities for growth. The opportunity may also exist for future land sales to developers, as in the case of the two newly-platted subdivisions, allowing for future growth. Significant areas within the City have experienced caving as a result of past mining activities. In addition to being unsuitable for development. such areas can pose a safety hazard if access is not limited. Although caving is no longer common in residential areas, some recreational facilities are being adversely affected by caving. Some sites in the City may be suitable for industrial development, since there are properties which have access to rail and other infrastructure. The City of Negaunee contains a lower percentage of residential and commercial land use and a higher proportion of forested and open areas than any other city in Marquette County. This is primarily due to the ownership pattern within the City. The purchase of large parcels of land around Teal Lake provides the opportunity for the cities of egaunee and Ishpeming to offer their residents expanded recreational opportunities, and to protect the scenic north shore of the lake from development. The expansion of the Superior ordic Training and Recreation Complex, formerly known as Suicide Bowl, may result in development of a year-round, "destination" facility which will attract visitors from outside the area as well as provide opportunities for local residents. It may also trigger increased "spinoff' development in the area. such as new commercial development to serve the needs of visitors to the area. Acquisition of the north shore of Teal Lake provides the opportunity to protect a unique area from inappropriate development, while providing for recreational opportunities and open space. Chapter 5 - Page I 0 �6.0 PUBLIC AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES 6.1 Introduction Services and facilities provided by local government are often vital elements in the community's progress and well-being. Services include police and fire protection, municipal water and wastewater systems, and recreation programs. Community facilities include libraries, parks and recreational facilities, cemeteries, schools, and the infrastructure related to municipal water and wastewater treatment systems. As a part of the comprehensive planning program, the City's public and community facilities were reviewed and evaluated as to their present condition and adequacy to meet the present and future needs of the community. 6.2 Community Facilities and Services Water System: Municipal water is provided to City of Negaunee residents by the NegauneeIshpeming Water Authority. The Water Authority owns and operates the system, which includes wells, storage facilities and the distribution network in the cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming. Funding for the wells is split between the two cities, with the City of Ishpeming responsible for 60 percent of the cost and 40 percent from Negaunee. Each city is responsible for the distribution network, which in the City of Negaunee totals about 20 miles of water main. The Negaunee-Ishpeming Water Authority is governed by a five-member board, with two members from each of the two cities and the fifth member representing the Marquette County Health Depm1ment. The Negaunee-Ishpeming Water Authority currently utilizes groundwater as a water source; prior to 1994, surface water from Teal Lake was used for drinking water. Stricter federal requirements which called for filtration of surface water caused several communities to switch from surface water to groundwater around this time. Groundwater is supplied by eight wells, six of which are located near the Carp River outside the City of Negaunee. The other two wells are located behind Snyder Drug in Ishpeming and east of Da Yoopers Tourist Trap in Ishpeming Township. The water is in compliance with all applicable state and federal standards with the exception that the standard for copper is currently being exceeded. The Water Authority has increased the pH of the water in an effort to reduce the level of copper. One elevated storage tank serves the City of Negaunee. This tank has a capacity of 300,000 gallons, and was built in 1961. The City has an ongoing inspection/maintenance program, and the tank has been well-maintained. The tank is in good condition and is adequate for current needs. As of January, 1998, there were 1,730 water customers in the City of Negaunee. Of these, 1,634 were residential customers, while 96 were commercial in nature. Some households in outlying areas of the City are not served by the municipal water system, but instead rely on private wells. Chapter 6 - Page l �It is not economically feasible to provide municipal service to these relatively isolated households. The City has received $5.5 million in funding from U.S.D.A. Rural Development for replacement of approximately 50-60 percent of the existing water mains. Of the $5.5 million project, $3.27 million is in the form of a grant, with the remaining $2.23 million as a long-term, low-interest loan. This two-year project, begun in 1997, will improve water pressure and help reduce freezeups by replacing undersized and deteriorated mains, looping mains, and lowering mains to provide protection from freezing. This will result in improved service to residential and commercial customers, and improved firefighting capabilities. The City has also indicated that residents will no longer be allowed to let water run during the winter months once this project has been completed. When Teal Lake was used as a water source, residents were allowed unlimited let-runs; since the groundwater supply has been used. let-runs have been limited to reduce demands on the system. The City continues to urge residents to lower or insulate service lines to prevent freezeups on private property. Additional water main improvements will be required following the completion of this project, and the City of Negaunee will continue to pursue funding opportunities for water main replacement. Wastewater Treatment System: The City of Negaunee Wastewater Treatment Plant is located in the east central part of the City, on the south side of CR 480. The plant was put in operation in December, 1953, and underwent a major upgrade in 1979, with the addition of new settling tanks and new digesters. The treatment system provides secondary treatment using the biodisc system. Service is provided to about 1,700 residential and less than 100 commercial customers; the service area includes the City of Negaunee and the existing Marquette County Airport in Negaunee Township. A few households in the outlying areas of the City use on-site septic systems, generally in the same areas which are not served by the municipal water system. The wastewater treatment plant currently has sufficient capacity for growth, and the ability to absorb potential future growth could be increased if the amount of groundwater infiltration into the sewer system could be reduced. Although the system is currently in compliance with all state and federal standards, the large amount of infiltration means that the plant is treating far greater volumes of effluent than are actually produced by customers. Old, deteriorated mains are allowing groundwater to infiltrate to the extent where the volume of effluent treated at the wastewater plant is more than twice the volume of water used by local customers. In 1995, the City received a $400,000 Community Development Block Grant which, together with $405,000 in City funds, was used to upgrade 5,300 fet:!t of sewer mains. The City currently budgets $100,000 to $150,000 per year for sewer improvements, together with about $10,000 per year for cleaning and televising of mains to identify problem areas. The current sewer interceptor crosses caving grounds in former mining areas. This puts the interceptor at risk of failure because of caving. As with much of the rest of the collection Chapter 6 - Page 2 F'- �network. the interceptor receives a high amount of groundwater in.filtration, but repairs to eliminate infiltration and inflow may not be a long term solution. Re-routing the interceptor to avoid caving areas would eliminate both the infiltration hazard and the risk posed by the caving grounds, but is estimated to require several million dollars to complete. Solid Waste Disposal/Recycling: Weekly curbside collection ofrefuse and recyclable materials is provided to City of Negaunee residents. Residents pay $6.50 per month for this service, and the City contracts with Northern Refuse, a private hauler, for pickup. Refuse collected in the City is hauled to the Marquette County Landfill, located in northern Sands Township about five miles east of the City. The City also has a dropoff site available for large items; only Negaunee residents who are garbage system customers may use the dropoff site. The following recyclable items are accepted for curbside pickup: Newsprint, corrugated cardboard, clear glass, plastic. computer or office paper, junk mail, magazines. metal cans, aluminum, and used motor oil. Recyclable materials must be separated by residents. Because of snow accumulation in narrow streets and alleys, collection of recyclables is more difficult in winter; however, the City has no plans to discontinue collection. Electrical Service: The City of Negaunee Electrical Utility purchases power from the Upper Peninsula Power Company (UPPCO), and then distributes that power and resells it to City residents. 1998 is the second year of a 10-year contract with UPPCO. The City owns the distribution system, including poles, wires, etc. Utility poles are also used to carry the City's cable television lines. Cable Television Service: Residents of the City of Negaunee may choose to receive cable television service from one of two local providers. Bresnan Communications cable service is available to all residents, as is service from the City of Negaunee cable system. The City has operated a cable system since the mid 1980s, and offers 32 basic channels and two premium channels. There are about 1,450 customers on the City system, with the remaining households and businesses with cable served by Bresnan. As a result of an out-of-court settlement reached between the City and Bresnan Communications, the City is required to increase rates based on inflation. The most recent rate increase took effect in January, 1998, and included an increase above the amount of inflation to cover improvements to the system. Law Enforcement: The City of Negaunee Police Department is housed in the Negaunee City Hall, and consists of 11 officers, including the police chief. The department has three vehicles, two marked and one unmarked. The vehicles are taken out of service and replaced once they reach about 80,000 miles. Equipment is inspected regularly, with daily inspections of equipment in vehicles, monthly firearm inspections, and regular uniform inspections. Replacement of equipment occurs as needed based on inspection. Currently the in-car video equipment is in need of replacement. In 1996, the department's efforts resulted in 327 arrests; investigation of 2,299 complaints, 292 traffic crashes, 2,623 individuals and 1,502 vehicles; l 02 ambulance assists; 464 parking Chapter 6 - Page 3 �citations; and 502 traffic citations. The department assists other agencies, such as the Michigan State Police, Marquette County Sheriffs Department, etc, and provides assistance as needed. The City has no jail, and prisoners are housed at the Marquette County Jail. Marquette County has an "enhanced'' 911 dispatch system in operation throughout the County, including the City of Negaunee. Emergency calls for fires, medical emergencies, crimes, and other emergencies are accomplished by dialing the number 9-1-1; these calls go to the central dispatch location at the State Police Post in Negaunee Township, where the location of the call is displayed. The appropriate responding unit is then dispatched. Fire Protection: The fire station is located at 200 S. Pioneer Avenue, and was built in 1894. Although the building is adequate to serve current needs, some repairs are needed. These repairs include a new roof, cement work, paint, and door and window repair. The fire department is staffed by 30 paid on-call firefighters. Equipment includes the following vehicles: A 1976 Ford four-wheel-drive pickup, with a 50 gallon per minute (gpm) pumper; the pickup is in fair condition. A 1973 panel van used for transporting equipment. A 1968 International tanker with a 50 gpm portable pump and a LOOO gallon tank; the truck is in poor condition but runs, while the tank condition is fair. A 1993 Chevrolet Kodiak with a 1050 gpm pump and a 60-foot ladder snorkel, in excellent condition. A 1976 Ford with a 1,000 gpm pump; the pump is non-operative, but the truck runs. This last piece of equipment will be replaced with a new vehicle in the spring of 1998. In February, 1998, the City of Negaunee was awarded a grant/loan combination from U.S.D.A. Rural Development to purchase a new fire truck. Approximately 25 percent of the new truck will be paid for using grant funds, while the remainder of the cost will take the form of a 15-year, low-interest loan. As part of the regular maintenance and upgrading of the water system, the City replaces and adds fire hydrants as needed to insure continued fire protection. The City of Negaunee has an insurance rating of seven for its fire protection service, according to Insurance Service Office (ISO) Commercial Risk Inc. The adequacy of fire protection is evaluated by ISO through the use of the Grading Schedule for Municipal Fire Protection. The schedule provides criteria to be used by insurance grading engineers in classifying the fire defenses and physical conditions of municipalities. Gradings obtained under the schedule are Chapter 6 - Page 4 �used throughout the United States in establishing base rates for fire insurance. While ISO does not presume to dictate the level of fire protection services that should be provided by a municipality, reports of surveys made by its Municipal Survey Office generally contain serious deficiencies found, and over the years have been accepted as guides by many municipal officials in planning improvements to their fire fighting services. The grading is obtained by ISO based upon their analysis of fire department equipment, alarm systems, water supply, fire prevention programs, building construction, and distance of potential hazard areas. such as the central business district, from a fire station. In rating a community, total deficiency points in the areas of evaluation are used to assign a numerical rating of 1 to 10, with 1 representing the best protection and 10 representing an essentially unprotected community. Emergency Medical Services : Both the City oflshpeming Ambulance and Marquette General Hospital provide emergency medical services in the City of Negaunee. The City oflshpeming has two ambulances and 21 personnel available, while MGH has three ambulances with nine full-time and six part-time personnel. Both services are staffed by paramedics, providing the highest level of life support, with the ability to transport and treat patients. Recreation : Recreational facilities and programs will be discussed in detail in Chapter 8 of this plan. The City provides a wide range of recreational facilities to its residents and visitors, and the recently-approved grant from the Michigan DNR will enable the cities of egaunee and Ishpeming to greatly expand the amount ofrecreational opportunities available locally. Transportation: Transportation facilities include streets, roads, bridges, railroads, airports. public transit, etc. Chapter 9 of this plan presents a detailed discussion of the City· s transportation system, and the overall transportation system which serves the community. 6.3 Public Buildings City Hall: Negaunee City Hall was built in 1915-1920 at a total cost of$62 ,500. Located at 100 Silver Street, the building houses the police department, municipal library, utility billing office, and offices for city staff. Two meeting rooms and the former court room/City Council chambers are located on the second floor. A number of local boards and commissions, such as the Planning Commission, Cable Board/Library Board, Board of Review, etc. hold their regular meetings at City Hall. Although old, the building is in good physical condition. New double pane windows were installed throughout the building in the 1980s, the roof was repaired, and a new natural gas furnace was installed. A number of relatively minor maintenance items have been identified, including painting, patching of walls, new plumbing fixtures, drop ceilings, carpet, window blinds, etc. A complete list of needed repairs has been developed, and the City is budgeting several thousand dollars each year towards completion of the items on the list. It appears that most offices have adequate space; however, a concerted effort is needed to remove unneeded records and other items, and generally clean up all rooms in order to increase the amount of usable space. Chapter 6 - Page 5 �The main floor of City Hall is accessible in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). as a result of a wheelchair ramp to the north side of City Hall (library entrance) which was added in 1994. Other improvements at this time included a unisex handicapped-accessible restroom in the library, and the addition of a door connecting the library to other City Hall offices on the main floor. This allows disabled persons access to the library, utility billing office, treasurer's office, and the clerk's and accountant's offices. A meeting room is also available in the library if needed for meeting with disabled individuals. City Council meetings are no longer held in the City Council chambers in the second floor of City Hall, due to lack of ADA accessibility on the second floor. City Council meetings are now held at the Negaunee Senior Center, with special Council meetings occasionally held at the Library. Municipal Library: Located in Negaunee City Hall, the library serves about 7,000 people from the City of Negaunee and Negaunee Township. The library has a collection of about 30,000 books. and shares a rotating collection of video and audio tapes through a library cooperative. At any one time, 30-40 videotapes and 50-80 audio tapes are available for loan. Three Pentium computers are available for Internet access, or other use, with a fourth computer ordered as of spring, 1998. A copier and fax machine are available for public use for a nominal fee. Books not available at the Negaunee Public Library are available through interlibrary loan. There is no charge for a Negaunee Public Library card, although there is a $2 charge to replace a lost library card. The library employs two full-time librarians and a part-time library assistant, and is open Monday and Wednesday from 9 a.m. to 8 p.m., Tuesday, Thursday and Friday from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., and Saturdays from September through May from 9 a.rn. to noon. Public Works: The current Public Works facility was built in the early 1960s, after the previous facility was abandoned due to caving. The facility is located at 600 Cherry Street, and includes a block building which houses the Department of Public Works Administrator's office, electric utility/cable office, water/sewer office, and the DPW clerk's office. A storeroom for tools and materials is located in the building, along with a sign painting area, and locker room/shower facility. Attached to this block building is the maintenance garage and vehicle storage area. Other buildings include a transformer storage facility, tar warehouse, Quonset-style building and mower building. A 30 x 80-foot pole building is scheduled for construction in 1998. This will provide additional vehicle storage space, especially in the winter. In 1996-1997, new vinyl siding was installed on the block building, and the maintenance garage was repainted. Three underground fuel storage tanks used were removed in 1996, and no leaks or presence of petroleum products have been discovered. The Public Works buildings are all in compliance with ADA. With the addition of the new pole barn in 1998, space for City departments will be adequate, and no further needs other than routine maintenance have been identified. Negaunee Senior Center: The Negaunee Senior Center is located at 410 Jackson Street. Built in 1982, the original building was 60 x 80 feet. In 1989 a 30 x 60 foot recreational room was Chapter 6 - Page 6 �added. and in 1996 a wall was added to create two offices. The building is used daily from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. for senior citizens' activities; Negaunee City Council meetings are held at the Senior Center due to lack of ADA accessibility at City Hall. The building is occasionally rented to seniors for private activities, and is used for card games and other social functions. Storage space is limited, and parking is inadequate for current usage. More handicapped parking is also needed. Negaunee Ice Arena: Built in 1986, the Negaunee Ice Arena is located at 141 Rail Street. It seats 800 people, and has a 200 x 80 foot ice rink. The building is used for youth and :1dult ice hockey, public skating, social events such as birthday parties and wedding receptions, meetings and conferences, and a supervised play area for children. The Ice Arena also serves as the polling place for Precinct No. 1. A new chiller/compressor system was installed in 1997, and there are plans to renovate the second floor mezzanine area to allow for additional seating, viewing and filming. The building is in compliance with ADA. Identified needs include expanding the locker rooms, installing shower facilities , adding a referee changing room, enlarging the parking lot and adding office space. An updated Zamboni will also be needed in the future. Band Shell: Built in the 1920s, the Negaunee bandshell is located at the comer of Case and Kanter streets. The building is no longer usable as a band shell. since the front doors can no longer be opened. In 1991, the City contracted with a local architectural/engineering firm for an analysis of the structure. At that time it was estimated that renovation of the structure would take just over $79,000. The building is currently used only to store band instruments and sheet music, and as a practice facility. Space is limited, and the building is not handicapped accessible. The City band and the City have begun to set aside funds for future construction of a new facility that would serve not only as a practice facility and venue for outdoor band concerts, but also for outdoor plays or other community events. Former Watenvorks Building: This building, located at the intersection of Croix Street and U.S. 41/M-28, formerly housed the pumping equipment for the City's water system. Although overall construction is solid, some repairs are needed. The structure is not handicappedaccessible. and the multiple levels inside the building make accessibility difficult. The Master Plan for the Teal Lake Park suggested that the building may be able to be used in connection with the park. The building is located on land purchased using recreation grant funds when Tea! Lake Park was developed, which restricts the City's ability to sell the property. Cemetery: The City of Negaunee Cemetery is located on approximately 80 acres of City-owned land in the northeast comer of the City, off CR 492. The area is fenced, and about 60 acres are in use or suitable for future use. This cemetery location was established in 1910 after the original cemetery, located in the general area of the Prince Street extension by the DPW garage/warehouse, was closed due to caving. Approximately 6,200 bodies were transferred to Chapter 6 - Page 7 �the present location; as of March, 1998, there were over 19,600 burials in the cemetery, including transfers. A building housing the sexton's office and equipment garage was built in 1990. The building contains a break room, workshop, and a large garage for equipment storage. The combination chapel, vault and storage facility was built in 1997, replacing a building that collapsed under heavy snow load. The vault area can hold 27 cadavers, and the vault and chapel are separated from the equipment storage area by a cement block wall. City officials feel there is a need to plat more of the fenced area, since existing planed sites are diminishing. The water system should have an ongoing replacement/maintenance program, and the roads in the cemetery should be signed and resurfaced or patched in places. Work is currently underway to computerize the burial records. The site is several miles from a gas station, meaning that equipment, such as a backhoe, must be refueled using 5-gallon containers. An above-ground fuel storage tank could alleviate this problem. Additional vehicle storage may be needed in the future, primarily for winter needs. An addition to the garage on the sexton' s building would be one potential solution. 6.4 Other Public Facilities and Services Educational Facilities: The City of Negaunee is a part of the Negaunee School District, which also includes Negaunee and Richmond townships. The total area of the district is about 109 square miles. with a population of about 8,000 people. Negaunee Public Schools operates four schools: egaunee High School, grades 9-12 ; Negaunee Middle School. grades 6-8; and Lakeview and Pineview elementary schools, grades K-5. Pineview Elementary also houses a preschool program for children from three months of age. All of these schools are located in the City of egaunee, except for Pineview Elementary, which is located in Palmer. Enrollment in the Negaunee Public Schools has dropped since K.I. Sawyer AFB closed, with the peak enrollment occurring in 1994. The district-wide enrollment trend since 1990 has shown generally increasing enrollment through 1994; from 1995 through 1998, enrollment dropped to below 1990 levels. The sharpest enrollment declines occurred between 1994 and 1995, and between 1996 and 1997, but the decline appears to have tapered off. Chapter 6 - Page 8 �TABLE 6-1 NEGAUNEE SCHOOL DISTRICT ENROLLMENT, 1990-98 Year % Change from Previous Year Enrollment 1990 1674 -- 1991 1663 -0.7 1992 1690 1.6 1993 1703 0.8 1994 1753 2.9 1995 1707 -2 .6 1996 1668 -2.3 1997 1625 -2.6 1998 1620 -0.3 Source: Negaunee Public Schools, 1998 School district officials have not identified any major needs or deficiencies with regard to educational facilities in Negaunee. Routine maintenance projects are carried out on an annual basis, with such projects as resurfacing and expansion of the high school parking lot and development of a pedestrian walkway planned for the future. An outdoor physical education facility may be developed on the north side of the high school in the future. Local residents looking for higher education opportunities can turn to Northern Michigan University, located about ten miles from Negaunee in the City of Marquette. Northern offers baccalaureate and masters ' degree programs, as well as technical training in a variety of fields . Other institutions of higher learning in the Upper Peninsula include Bay de Noc Community College in Escanaba, 65 miles away; Gogebic Community College in Ironwood; Michigan Technological University in Houghton; and Lake Superior State University in Sault Ste. Marie. Health Care: The City of Negaunee is located in close proximity to two hospitals, Bell Memorial in the City ofishpeming and Marquette General in Marquette. Marquette General Hospital has 397 beds, while Bell Memorial Hospital has 69 beds. Physicians in the area provide a broad spectrum of health care services, including cardiology, dermatology, urology, obstetrics/gynecology, pediatrics, etc., along with family practice. Dentists, optometrists and ophthalmologists, and other specialties round out the range of choices for local residents, and home care and hospice services are available from offices located in Marquette. In February, 1998, the egaunee Medical Associates clinic, associated with Marquette General Hospital , opened in the City of egaunee. This is a family practice clinic. The Teal Lake Chapter 6 - Page 9 �r 7 Medical Clinic, affiliated with Bell Memorial Hospital, provides family practice and obstetrics services to local residents. Telephone Service: Ameritech provides local telephone service to the City of Negaunee and surrounding area. Local residents and businesses may choose from many long distance service providers which serve the area. There are also several providers of local access numbers for Internet service in the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban area. Natural Gas Service: Southeast Michigan Gas Company (SEMCO) provides natural gas service throughout the City of Negaunee and in the surrounding area. All area of the City have access to natural gas if they choose to hook up. 6.5 Issues and Opportunities Following the completion of the current water system improvement project, there will still be deteriorated or undersized water mains in need of repair or replacement. There is a significant amount of infiltration into the City' s sewer mains, greatly increasing the volume of effluent which must be treated by the wastewater treatment plant. These deteriorated mains can also provide the opportunity for untreated effluent to enter the groundwater under certain conditions. The existing sewer interceptor crosses caving grounds, and also experiences significant infiltration. Relocation of this interceptor could prove very costly; however, the current location poses a potential hazard. Some residents of the City are not hooked up to the municipal sewer and water systems. As long as private wells and septic systems continue to provide safe and sanitary facilities for these households, there is no need for concern; however, if wells or septic systems fail, there may be a need to extend municipal service in the future . The Negaunee Fire Hall is in need of repairs, including a new roof, cement work, paint, etc. An extensive list of needed repairs, most of them relatively minor, has been identified for Negaunee City Hall. The Negaunee Senior Center is in need of additional storage space, and current parking is inadequate for the Center' s needs. ' Several expansion and improvement projects are needed at the Negaunee Ice Arena, including locker room expansion, showers, parking, office space, etc . Chapter 6 - Page I 0 �The existing bandshell has experienced significant deterioration. and it is no longer usable as a site for concerts or other activities. It appears that the cost of repairing the structure would exceed its value. The Negaunee Cemetery has several needs. including additional platting. road repairs, water system repairs, etc. The Negaunee Public Schools have experienced a decline in enrollment over the past few years, although this decline appears to have leveled off. A further drop in enrollment could result in curtailment of programs, staff cutbacks, etc.; however, the development of new housing in the City and adjacent areas may bring an increase in students . • Chapter 6 - Page I I �7.0 HOUSING 7 .1 Introduction The housing characteristics of the City of Negaunee are important elements of the comprehensive plan. The physical location of housing determines the location and cost of many public services and facilities. Also, housing characteristics are related to the social and economic conditions of the community's residents. The information presented in this chapter will provide City officials with information about the current housing stock, and will help identify significant changes which have occurred in the housing needs. Information is presented about structural and occupancy characteristics. The goals. policies and objectives at the end of the plan address the City's housing needs, including priorities, activities to be undertaken, and sources of funding. 7.2 Housing Characteristics I I • Housing Unit Trends: According to the 1990 Census, there were 2,067 housing units in the City of egaunee. This represented a slight drop from the 1980 Census, when there were 2,143 housing units in the City. From 1970, when there were 1,896 housing units, to 1990, the number of housing units in the City increased by nine percent. Countywide, there was an increase of 41.8 percent in the housing stock, with the vast majority of this increase (39.4 percent) occurring during the 1970s. The CUPP AD Region also experienced significant housing growth over the 20-year period, with the majority of the growth occurring in the 1970s, as shown in Table 7-1. TABLE 7-1 TOTAL HOUSING UNITS, SELECTED AREAS, 1970-1990 % Change, Area City of Negaunee 1970 1980 1970-80 1990 % Change, % Change, 1980-90 1970-90 1,896 2,143 13.0 2,067 -3.6 0.9 Marquette County 21,898 30,530 39.4 31,049 1.7 41.8 CUPPAD Region 61,798 80,271 29.9 85,650 6.7 38.6 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1970, 1980, and 1990 Census of Housing, General Housing Characteristics, Michigan Occupancy and Tenure: Nearly all of the City ofNegaunee's housing units (93.4 percent) were occupied in 1990. according to the Census. This contrasts with figures for surrounding townships, where camps and other seasonal dwellings result in much lower occupancy figures in some cases. Countywide, 81. 9 percent of housing units were occupied in 1990, while the regional figure was less than 80 percent. Chapter 7 - Page 1 I �1 r Of the occupied housing units, two-thirds were owner-occupied, while the remainder were renteroccupied. This is typical of a city, where the availability of municipal services such as water, sewer and public transportation, combined with the proximity to shopping and services, make multiple-family dwellings more feasible. Multiple-family structures are rarely found in outlying rural areas. Marquette County as a whole has an even lower percentage of owner-occupied housing, at 64.2 percent. Statewide, 72.8 percent of occupied housing units are owner-occupied. Table 7-2 shows 190 figures for occupancy and tenure. TABLE 7-2 TOTAL HOUSrNG UNITS, OCCUPANCY AND TENURE, 1990 Marquette County City of Negaunee CUPP AD Region Units Number Percent Number Percent Number Percent Total Units 2,067 100.0 31,049 100.0 85,650 100.0 Occupied 1,931 93.4 25,435 81.9 66,996 78 .2 Owner 1,286 66.6 16,332 64.2 48 ,760 72.8 Renter 645 33.4 9, 103 35.8 18,236 27 .2 136 6.6 5,614 18.1 18,654 21.8 For Rent 41 2.0 449 1.5 1,177 1.4 For Sale 16 0.8 237 0.8 837 1.0 Rented or Sold, not occ. 13 0.6 185 0.6 544 0.6 Seasonal, recreational or occasional use 10 0.5 4,079 13.1 13,547 15.8 Other 56 2.7 664 2.1 2549 3.0 Vacant Source: U.S . Bureau of the Census, STF IA, H003 and HOOS. In 1990 there were 136 vacant housing units in the City of Negaunee, representing 6.6 percent of the total housing stock. Of these vacant units, 57 were available for rent or sale, as shown in Table 7-2 . The remainder of the vacant units were rented or sold but not yet occupied, were held for seasonal, recreational or occasional use, or were vacant for other reasons. The proportion of seasonal housing units in the City is relatively low, especially when compared to the County as a whole and the Region. The presence of camps and other seasonal dwellings in more rural areas results in a figure of 13.1 percent of the County's housin~and 15.8 percent of the region's housing being used for seasonal or recreational use. The rental vacancy rate, computed by comparing the number of units for rent to the total number of rental units was 6.0 percent in 1990. In 1997, several developers leased housing at the former K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base near Gwinn, and began to rent housing units to the public. These Chapter 7 - Page 2 �housing units range from single-family structures to units in multiplexes, and rent generally includes all utilities. The rental rates at Sawyer are low enough in comparison to rents in the urban corridor that tenants are being drawn away from the urban area, and some landlords are experiencing higher than normal vacancy rates. The vacancy rate for available owner-occupied homes was only 1.2 percent in 1990. The local housing market appears strong; when houses are listed for sale, they do not remain on the market long. Mining company ownership of much of the land area in the City of Negaunee, combined with the presence of caving grounds, has limited the ability to develop new housjng in the City. As of early 1998, however, two new subdivisions are being planned, which will add about 65 new single-family homes to the City's housing stock. Units in Structure: About two-thirds of the City"s housing units are single-family homes. The vast majority of these are single-family detached, as shown in Table 7-3, while 19 are identified as single-family attached units. Attached units consist of dwelling units attached to nonresidential structures, such as the owner of a business living in the upstairs or an attached apartment, or structures containing two or more owners-occupied dwellings. Just over 13 percent of the City's housing stock is in two-unit structures, while another 82 units are in structures with three or four dwelling units. The number of housing units in the City which are located in multiple-unit structures reflects the relatively high proportion of rental units in the City and the more urban nature of the community. Whereas strnctures with more than three or four units are uncommon in rural areas, Negaunee contains units in structures with as many as 50 or more units. 13.6 percent of the City's housing units are in strnctures with five or more units. A new assisted living facility is planed for completion in 1999, adding 20 units for those persons requiring some level of assistance while still living in an apartment-like setting. Mobile homes make up two percent of the housing stock in the City, a much lower proportion than in adjacent townships or the County as a whole. The 1990 Census showed 41 units, or two percent of the housing stock in the City of Negaunee. as "other." This category refers to living quarters occupied as a housing unit that does not fit other categories; examples are houseboats, railroad cars, campers, and vans. Few, if any, of such units have been observed in the City, and it would appear that the number of "other" units reflects either a reporting error or a tabulation error. High numbers of "other" structures were also repo1ted in adjacent townships. The 1980 Census did not identify any "other" housing units. Chapter 7 - Page 3 �1 r TABLE 7-3 UNITS IN STRUCTURE, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 Marquette County City of Negaunee Units Number Percent Number CUPP AD Region Percent Number Percent I, detached 1,333 64.5 20,005 64.4 61 ,240 71.3 l , attached 19 0.9 1,542 5.0 1,881 2.2 276 13 .2 2, 165 7.0 4,710 5.5 3 or 4 82 4.0 1,204 3.9 2,206 2.6 5 to 9 115 5.6 1,083 3.5 1,862 2.2 10 to 19 83 4.0 957 3. 1 1,514 1.8 :rn to 49 I 0. 1 542 1.7 1,032 1.2 50 or rrfore 80 3.9 537 1.7 1,152 1.3 Mobile home or trailer 37 1.8 2,330 7.5 7,344 8.6 Other 41 2.0 684 2.2 2,709 3.2 Total 2.067 100.0 31,049 100.0 85 ,650 100.0 2 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF IA , H041 Age of Housing: More than half of the City ofNegaunee's housing was built prior to 1940, according to the 1990 Census, making these houses at least 50 years old at the time of the Census. Since that time, the only decade which has seen significant housing construction has been the 1970s, with about 300 homes or about 15 percent of the total housing stock. As mentioned previously, the lack of available, suitable sites for new residential development has severely hampered the development of the City, and has been a major factor in the lack of newer housing in the City. The majority of the homes in the City of Negaunee were built in 1939 or earlier (median year built was 1939). Those homes are now nearly 60 years old or older. While the housing stock in the City of Negaunee appears to be generally well-maintained, it should be noted that older housing is more prone to deterioration if routine maintenance is neglected. Furthermore, older housing may not always meet the needs of an aging population, since many older homes are more than one story, with narrow doors, small bathrooms and other characteristics which may make them less desirable for older residents. The routine maintebance associated with older homes may be more than some older residents want to deal with as well. Table 7-4 shows the age of housing in the City of Negaunee compared to Marquette County and the region. As a whole, Marquette County's housing stock is newer (median year built 1970), Chapter 7 - Page 4 �although nearly 30 percent of the housing stock was built prior to 1940. Most of this older housing is concentrated in the three cities. Marquette County experienced a housing boom during the 1970s with 26 percent of the housing stock constructed in that decade. TABLE 7-4 HOUSING UNITS BY YEAR STRUCTURE WAS BUILT, SELECTED AREAS, 1990 City of Negaunee Number Marquette County Percent Number CUPP AD Region Percent Number Percent 1980 to March 1990 185 9.0 3,270 10.5 l l ,553 13.5 1970 to 1979 308 14.9 8, 110 26.1 20,048 23.4 1960 to 1969 167 8.1 4,160 I 3.4 9,606 11.2 1950tol95 9 .).) l"" 6.4 4, 152 13.4 9,740 11.4 1940 to 1949 93 4 .5 2, 146 6.9 7,319 8.5 1939 or Earlier I, 181 57.1 9,211 29.7 27,384 32.0 Total 2,067 100.0 31,049 100.0 85 ,650 100.0 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Cen sus of Population and Housing. STF 3A, H25 Building permit information collected by Marquette County in the 1990s shows that few new homes have been constructed in the City since 1990. This is not surprising given the lack of available sites for new development. There has been significant investment in additions to and rehabilitation of existing housing, as shown in Table 7-5. Figures for new construction for 1999 and subsequent years should increase to reflect the development of two new subdivisions in the City, which will involve a total of about 65 residential lots. Both these subdivisions are located on land purchased from mining interests in the City. Chapter 7 - Page 5 �1 r TABLE 7-5 BUILDING PERMITS ISSUED, CITY OF NEGAUNEE, 1991-1998 Addition/ Rehabilitation New Residential Construction Total Value Permits Total Value Year Permits 1991 7 359,500 2 4,500 1992 8 303 ,000 7 27,400 1993 5 250,000 4 65 ,000 1994 7 411,000 14 [61 ,400 1995 2 90,000 [5 113.000 1996 3 104.000 8 88,900 19Q7 6 722 ,000 6 24.600 [998 4 402,550 10 133.600 Source: Marquette County Resource Management & Development Dept. , 1991-1997 Household Type and Relationship: The U.S. Census categorizes households into three types: family households, non-family households, and group quarters. A family household is one containing two or more persons related by birth. marriage or adoption. A non-family household is a person living alone or with non-relatives only. Group quarters consists of living quarters such as prisons, dormitories, nursing homes, etc., where the individual units do not include all of the facilities for cooking, eating, etc. In 1990, all of the City's 4,741 residents lived in households, with none living in group quarters, according to the 1990 Census (Table 7-6). The percentage of persons living in households was higher than the region and the State. Approximately 87 percent lived in family households while the remaining 12.5 percent lived in non-family households. The proportion of persons in family households was higher than the County and region, while the proportion of people living in nonfamily households was lower. However, the proportion of persons living alone was higher than both the County and state. 6.4 percent of County residents and 3.5 percent of the region's population were in group quarters. Since the 1990 Census, the Eastwood Nursing Center has opened in Negaunee, which will result in about 100 persons in group quarters in future Censuses. It should also be noted that the relatively high proportion of the County's population in gr~mp quarters is influenced by the presence of the Marquette Branch Prison, Northern Michigan University, and K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base. Several hundred military personnel lived in dormitories at K.I. Sawyer; the closure of the base will decrease the number of people in group quarters Countywide. Chapter 7 - Page 6 �TABLE 7-6 HOUSEHOLD TYPE AND RELATIONSHIP, 1990 City of Negaunee Units Percent Number Percent CUPPAD Region Number Percent Total Persons 4,741 100.0 70 ,887 100.0 177 ,692 100.0 In Households 4,741 100.0 66,359 93 .6 171 ,279 96.-+ 4,147 87.5 57,073 80.5 150,475 84.7 Householder 1,346 28.4 18,054 25 .5 47 ,520 26.7 Spouse 1,109 23.4 15, 143 21.4 39,921 22 .5 Child 1,515 32.0 21 ,790 30.7 55 ,195 31.1 Grandchild 60 1.3 434 0.6 I , 165 0.7 Other Relatives 80 1.7 860 1.2 2,336 1.3 Non-Relatives 37 0.8 792 I.I 4,338 2.4 In Non-Family Households 594 12 .5 9,286 13 .1 23 ,141 13 .0 Householder Lives Alone 548 11.6 5,984 8.4 16,714 9.4 Householder Not Alone 22 0.5 1,397 2 .0 2,762 1.6 Non-Relatives 24 0.5 1,905 2 .7 3,665 2.1 0 0 4,528 6.4 6,303 3.5 Institution 0 0 1,528 2.2 2 ,986 1.7 Other 0 0 3,000 4.2 3,317 1.9 In Family • Number Marquette County In Group Quarters Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A, P017 The most notable change in the household characteristics in the City of Negaunee between 1980 and 1990 is the increase in non-family households, particularly persons living alone (Table 7-7). While Negaunee mirrors a national trend toward fewer married-couple families, more singleparent households, etc., the number of one-person households and elderly persons living alone is high in comparison to other areas. In Marquette County, for example, 23 .5 percent of all households were one-person households, and 10.0 percent of all households consisted of a person 65 or over living alone . Statewide, these figures were 23.7 percent and 9.3 percent, respectively, while in the City of Negaunee 28.9 percent of households were one-person households, and 17.4 percent were a single person 65 or over. The number and proportion of single-parent families increased over the past decade, with female-headed households (no husband present) making up 9.4 percent of all households in 1990 compared to 7.9 percent in 1980. Male-headed households, no wife present, increased from 2.3 percent in 1980 to 2.5 percent in 1990. Chapter 7 - Page 7 �TABLE 7-7 HOUSEHOLD CHARACTERISTICS, CITY OF NEGAUNEE, 1980-1990 1980 Household Type Family Households Number 1990 Percent Number Percent 1,462 74.4 1,320 68.4 1,261 64. 1 1,089 56.4 156 7.9 182 9.4 -+5 2.3 49 2.5 504 25 .6 611 31.6 Householder Living Alone 449 22 .8 557 28.9 Householder 65 or Over 24-+ 12.4 335 17.4 1,966 100.0 1,931 100.0 Married-Couple Family Female Householder Male Householder Non-Family Households Total Households Average Household Size 2 .63 2.46 Source: U.S. Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF IA , P003 , P0I6, and HOl7A ; and 1980 Census of Population and Housing, STF I, 003 , 0 I 6, 022. and 035 . Household Size: The number of persons per occupied housing unit in the City decreased from 2.63 in 1980 to 2.46 in 1990, as shown in Table 7-8. The City's 1990 figure was less than the figures for the County and the CUPP AD region. The number of persons per occupied housing unit also decreased in the CUPP AD region, while it increased slightly in the County. The County figure was influenced by the presence of K.I. Sawyer AFB , where the average household size was larger due to the number of families with children at the former base. It would be reasonable to expect the County figure to drop in the 2000 Census. The decrease in household size in the City of Negaunee follows a nationwide trend towards smaller households, which is primarily a result of more one-person households and smaller family sizes. Chapter 7 - Page 8 ?, �TABLE 7-8 PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD, 1980 AND 1990 Persons Per Household Area 1980 1990 City of Negaunee 2.63 2.46 Marquette County 2.49 2.61 CUPP AD Region 2.78 2.64 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population & Housing. 1980 & 1990. Housing Values and Rents: The median housing value of owner-occupied homes in the City in 1990 was $38,400, according to the 1990 Census. This figure was lower than many of the surrounding townships, which could likely have been a function of the amount of older housing in the City versus the newer construction in the townships. The City 's figure was also lower than the County and regional median values of $44,800 and $40,050, respectively. It should be noted that the housing value information in the Census is based on the answers to Census questions, not actual sales data. The answers are therefore somewhat subjective; in 1990 this information was included only on the long form, so sampling error can become an issue in small communities. • The median contract rent for the City of Negaunee, according to the 1990 Census, was $239 per month. This figure was lower than the Countywide median of $273 per month, and slightly higher than the regional median contract rent of $236 per month. Table 7-9 shows that the majority ofrenter households in the City pay rent in the range of $200 to $299 per month. A relatively small proportion of the City ' s residents pay very low or very high rents. Chapter 7 - Page 9 �TABLE 7-9 CONTRACT RENT, SPECIFIED RENTER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS, 1990 City of Negaunee Number Value Marquene County Percent Number CUPP AD Region Percent Number Percent Less than $100 17 2.7 201 2.3 655 3.8 $100 to $149 70 10.9 601 6.7 1,529 8.8 $150 to $199 112 17.5 882 9.9 2,225 12.7 $200 to $249 141 22.0 1,474 16.6 3,339 19. 1 $250 to $299 153 23 .8 1,381 15 .5 3,027 17.3 $300 to $349 81 12.6 1,051 11.8 1,998 11. ➔ $350 to $399 34 5.3 783 8.8 1,320 7.6 S ➔ 49 3 0.5 627 7 .0 806 4.6 $450 to $499 3 0.5 318 3.6 386 2.2 $500 to $549 0 0.0 107 1.2 149 0.9 $550 to $599 2 0.3 86 1.0 95 0.5 $600 to $649 0 0.0 44 0.5 61 0.3 $650 to $699 0 0.0 ?"' _., 0.3 36 0.2 $700 or More 0 0.0 27 0.3 22 0.1 No Cash Rent 26 4.1 1,294 14.5 1,812 10.4 642 100.0 8,899 100.0 17,460 100.0 $400 to Total Source: U.S . Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing, STF 1A, H032 . Public Housing: There is one public housing development in the City of Negaunee, which is administered by the City of Negaunee Housing Commission. Lakeview Annex, located at 98 Croix Street, contains 20 one bedroom apartments for elderly residents. 7.3 Financial Characteristics In 1989, about 13.6 percent of the population of the City o,fNegaunee was below the poverty level. About three quarters of the population in poverty was under 65 years of age. The number of residents in poverty was slightly higher than the proportion at the County and regional levels, but the proportion of persons at 200 percent of the poverty level was higher than the County or reg10n. These figures are summarized in Tables 7-10 and 7-11 below. Chapter 7 - Page I 0 �Table 7-10 PERSONS BY POVERTY STATUS BY AGE, CITY OF NEGAUNEE, 1989 Below Poverty Level Above Poverty Level Year Under 55 Years 55 Years & Over Total Total 3,362 472 3,834 726 172 898 4,088 644 4.732 Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Poi;,ulation and Housing. STF 3A. Pl 17. Note: The figures shown in this and other tables including poverty statistics represent only those persons for whom poverty status is determined ; in the case of the City of Negaunee that number is 4,732. TABLE7-ll PERSONS BY POVERTY STATUS, SELECTED AREAS, 1989 City of Negaunee Number • Marquette County Percent Number CUPPAD Region Percent Number Percent Below 50% of Poverty Level 214 4.5 2,842 4.3 6,967 4. 1 Between 50% & 99% 430 9. 1 5,530 8.3 15,187 9.0 Between 100% & 149% 384 8. 1 7,250 10.9 19,445 11.5 Between 150% & 199% 490 10.4 7,854 11.8 20, 187 11.9 200% & Over 3,214 67.9 42,922 64.7 107,876 63.6 Total 4,732 100.0 66,398 100.0 169,662 100.0 Source: U.S. Bureau ofthe Census, 1990 Census ofPoi;,ulation and Housing, STF 3A, Pl21. Income levels in the City of Negaunee, according to the 1990 Census, were slightly below income levels Countywide and well below state median levels. The poverty level for all persons was slightly higher in the City than the statewide level, while the proportion of families below the poverty level was actually slightly lower than state and county levels. Chapter 7 - Page I I �1 TABLE 7-12 INCOME LEVELS , SELECTED AREAS, 1989 Median Income Income Below Poverty Level Household Family Per Capita Income City of Negaunee $ 23.345 $30,026 $ 10,692 13.6 9.8 Marquette County 25,137 30,249 11,025 12 .6 10.7 Michigan 31 ,020 36,652 14.154 13 . 1 10.2 Area % of Persons % of Families Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A; P080A, P 1 14A, P 107 A and Pl23. A common measure of the affordability of a community's housing stock is the percentage of income spent on housing related costs. Generally, no more than 25 percent to 30 percent of the household income should be used for these costs. In the City of Negaunee, approximately 46 percent of the renter-occupied households paid more than 25 percent of their income for rent in 1989, while 37 percent paid more than 30 percent. as shown in Table 7-13. In terms of owner-occupied housing units, nearly 20 percent of homeowners in the City paid more than 25 percent of their income for housing costs in 1989, as shown in Table 7-14. Fifteen percent of owner-occupied households paid more than 30 percent of the gross income for housing. TABLE 7-13 HOUSEHOLDS BY GROSS RENT, AS A PERCENTAGE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME IN 1989, CITY OF NEGAUNEE Household Income < 20% 20-24% 25-29% 30-34% Over 35% 6 5 26 35 160 $10,000 to $19,999 56 26 26 12 16 $20,000 to $34,999 172 24 5 0 0 $35 ,000 to $49,999 32 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 268 55 57 47 176 Less than $ I 0,000 $50,000 or more Total Note: Gross rent is the sum of contract rent and utility costs. Source: U.S . Bureau of the Census, I 990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A , H050. Chapter 7 - Page 12 �TABLE 7-14 HOUSEHOLDS BY SELECTED MONTHLY OWNER COSTS, AS A PERCENT AGE OF HOUSEHOLD INCOME IN 1989, CITY OF NEGAUNEE Household Income < 20% Less than $10,000 8 20-24% 25-29% 30-34% Over 35% 21 84 14 118 0 31 $10,000 to $19,999 144 39 ,.,,., ..,.., $20.000 to $34,999 209 48 7 5 4 $35,000 to $49,999 257 19 4 0 0 $50,000 or more 165 6 2 0 0 Total 783 ..,.., I"" 54 19 153 Source : U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A, H059. Note: Selected owner costs is the sum of real estate, taxes, property insurance, utilities, and regular monthly mortgage payments. 7.4 Selected Housing Characteristics • According to the 1990 Census, there were no housing units in Negaunee which lacked complete plumbing facilities. This figure compared to 3.7 percent for Marquette County and 4.3 percent for the CUPP AD region. The higher percentage of units lacking complete plumbing facilities in the County and region probably reflects the large number of seasonal units in outlying areas. Four units, or 0.2 percent, were reported to lack complete kitchen facilities, which was also well below County and regional levels. TABLE 7-15 SUBSTANDARD HOUSING, SELECTED AREAS , 1990 City of Negaunee Characteristic Number CUPPAD Region Marquette County Percent Number Percent Number Percent Lacking Complete Plumbing Facilities 0 0.0 1,140 3.7 3,680 4.3 Lacking Complete Kitchen Facilities 4 0.2 966 3.11 3,211 3.7 23 I.I 427 1.4 1,042 1.6 Overcrowded Source : U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF IA: H021 , STF 3A : H064, H042 . Chapter 7 - Page 13 �1 Of the occupied housing units in the City of Negaunee, 23, or 1.1 percent contained more than one person per room. The proportion of units with more than one person per room is lower in the City than both the County and the region. Units with more than one person per room are considered to be overcrowded; overcrowded housing and housing which lacks complete plumbing and/or kitchen facilities is considered to be substandard. The data presented indicates a relatively low level of substandard units in the City of Negaunee. The large number of seasonal units"in the County and region as a whole probably account for the bulk of the substandard housing reported in those areas, making those figures deceptively high. In 1990, nearly all of the City' s housing units relied on the municipal water system as a source of potable water, as shown in Table 7-16. The remaining housing units in the City relied on private wells or other sources; these units are located in the outlying areas of the City, at some distance from the nearest water lines. The high proportion of housing units relying on public system reflects the availability of the municipal water system in the City, while figures for the County and region include units in outlying areas where no public water source is available. TABLE 7-16 SOURCE OF WATER FOR HOUSING UNITS, SELECTED AREAS , I 990 City of Negaunee Sot1rce Marquette County Percent Number Number CUPP AD Region Percent Number Percent 2,021 97 .8 19,991 64.4 45,494 53.1 26 1.3 9,205 29.6 34,872 40.7 Individual Dug Well 6 0.3 1,142 3.7 3,201 3.7 Some Other Source 14 0.7 711 __ _:,.., ? 2,083 2.4 2,067 100.0 31,049 100.0 85,650 100.0 Public System or Private Company Individual Drilled Well Total Units Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A, H023 . A similar situation exists with regard to the use of public sewer systems in the City (Table 7-17). The vast majority of the City's housing units are connected to the municipal sewer system. As with the water system, those units not located close to existing sewer mains are the ones served by on-site septic systems or other private systems. , Chapter 7 - Page 14 �TABLE7-17 SEW AGE DISPOSAL FOR HOUSING UNITS, SELECTED AREAS. 1990 City of Negaunee Source Public Sewer Septic Tank or Cess Pool Percent Number Number CUPP AD Region Percent Number Percent 2,011 97.3 18,457 59.5 41 ,993 -49.0 50 2.4 11 ,471 36.9 40,311 47.1 6 0.3 1,1211 3.6 3,346 3.9 2,067 100.0 31 ,049 100.0 85.650 100.0 Other Means Total Units Marquene County Source: U .S. Bureau of Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A, H024 . In 1990, 78 percent of the occupied housing units in the City used utility gas for heat. This figure was higher than the figures of 60.0 percent for Marquette County and 57.2 percent for the CUPP AD region. and reflects the availability of natural gas throughout the City. Fuel oil and electricity, as well as wood and bottled gas. were also used as heating fuel in the City. According to SEMCO. the natural gas utility serving the area, as of 1998 about 85 percent of the City is connected to natural gas. • TABLE 7-18 OCCUPIED HOUSING UNIT HEAT! G FUEL. SELECTED AREAS. 1990 City of Negaunee Source Number Percent Marquene County CUPPAD Region umber umber Percent Percent 1,507 78.0 15 ,267 60.0 38.324 57.2 34 l.8 1,715 6.7 6, 159 9.2 Electricity 102 5.3 1,999 7.9 3,912 5.8 Fuel Oil, Kerosene, etc. 220 11.4 3,735 14.7 8,758 13 . 1 0 0.0 4 0.0 8 0.0 68 3.5 2,544 10 .0 9,486 14.2 Solar Energy 0 0.0 3 0.0 11 0.0 Other Fuel 0 0.0 102 0.4 251 0.4 No Fuel Used 0 0.0 66 .3 87 0.1 1.931 100.0 25.435 100.0 66,996 100.0 Utility Gas Bonled, Tank, or LP Gas Coal or Coke Wood Total Units Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, 1990 Census of Population and Housing. STF 3A, H030. Chapter 7 - Page 15 �I 7.5 Issues and Opportunities The majority of housing units in the City of Negaunee are single-family detached units, although the City has a relatively high percentage of multiple-family structures. A slight drop in total housing units has occurred between the 1980 and 1990 Census; this drop is less than the rate of population decline. The vacancy rate for owner-occupied housing in 1990 was just over one percent, which indicates a scarcity of available units. The local real estate market appears fairly strong, with homes selling relatively quickly. The 1990 Census indicates 41 "other" housing units in the City, which is not consistent with local observations. It is unknown what this figure represents, but it is assumed to be a misinterpretation on the part of Census enumerators. More than half of the City's housing units were built prior to 1940, making them over 50 years old. Older housing is generally more prone to deterioration if routine maintenance is not performed. The number of building permits issued in the City for new construction has been relatively low in recent years. This reflects the lack of suitable sites for new development, as a result of caving grounds and ownership by mining interests. The City of Negaunee contains a relatively high proportion of one-person households, particularly with respect to households with a person 65 or over living alone. This figure has increased significantly between 1980 and 1990. As with many areas throughout the country, there has been a decrease in the average household size in the City of Negaunee. A relatively high proportion of local households are paying more than 25-30 percent of their gross income for rent or mortgage costs. This indicates a that many people may be having difficulty finding affordable housing; it also means that these individuals have less income remaining for other needs. There are very few units within the City of Negaunee which are potentially substandard, according to the 1990 Census data. Nearly all of the City's housing units are served by municipal water and sewer services. Those units which are not served are located at such a distance from the existing systems that service is not cost-effective. Chapter 7 - Page 16 �8.0 PARK AND RECREATION FACILITIES Existing parks and recreation sites, together with park and open space site facility recommendations for City of Negaunee are presented in this chapter. The purpose of this chapter is to provide the City with a comprehensive and sound working guide that will direct the maintenance, acquisition and development of parks and recreational facilities needed or desired to satisfy the demands of the City residents. This chapter is intended to integrate the City of Negaunee Recreation Plan into this comprehensive plan. However, the Recreation Plan should remain the primary document used by the City for any current and future park and recreation endeavors. A community recreation plan prepared in accordance with Michigan Department of Natural Resources guidelines is a comprehensive recreation plan for a local unit of government, valid for a five-year period, and is required to participate in federal and state recreational funding programs. Annually, under these recreational funding programs, funds are made available to local communities by the MDNR through a competitive grant application process. The application deadlines for applying for these grants are April 1st and September 1st. If a community's recreation plan has expired, it must be updated by the community and approved by the MDNR at least a month before these application deadlines to apply for a recreation grant. The City's current recreation plan is valid until 1999. • The first portion of this chapter provides an inventory of existing parks, recreational facilities, natural resource assets, and historically significant places located within the planning area . Recreational facilities located in surrounding communities, which may be used by City residents, are also identified in this section. The second portion of this chapter details the City's current and future recreational needs, which have been identified as necessary or desired to increase the quality of recreation opportunities offered locally. These needs were identified during the recreation planning process; however, since the plan is already four years old, discussion of projects to be included in the next plan has already begun. The final section of this chapter describes the recreational needs of the community in relation to standards set by the National Recreation and Park Association and Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. 8.1 Existing Recreational Facilities From a recreation standpoint, it is important the City provide a broad range of recreational opportunities to local citizens, as well as tourists. When identifying existing facilities, it helps to understand the types of facilities present. The different types of facilities are described in general terms below. Mini-Park: A park containing specialized facilities that serve a concentration or limited population or specific group such as young children or the elderly. Chapter 8 - Page I �1 Neighborhood Park/Playground: An active recreation site incorporating one or more open space areas designed for field sport and providing play apparatuses. The open space areas should be able to serve the needs of both youths and adults. Community Park/Recreation Area: Area of diverse environmental quality. May include areas suited for intense recreational facilities such as athletic complexes and large swimming pools. May be an area of natural quality for outdoor recreation such as walking, viewing, sitting, and picnicking. Regional Park/Recreation Area: Area of natural or ornamental quality for outdoor recreation, such as picnicking, boating, fishing, swimming. camping, and trail uses. It may include play areas. These types of facilities tend to attract individuals from outside the community. Within the City ofNegaunee·s boundaries, there are many publicly owned park and recreation sites. These sites provide a wide spectrum of recreational opportunities that City residents and individuals living outside of the City can enjoy year-round. However, the lack of suitable sites as a result of caving areas and mining company ownership has limited the ability to develop additional recreation areas. Some sites have been lost or reduced in size due to past caving, such as Jackson Park, once over 30 acres in size. Existing Recreation Facilities, City of Negaunee City-owned and/or maintained sites: Negaunee Ice Arena: A 3.5-acre site, located at 411 Rail Street, containing a full-sized ice arena with restrooms, lobby, and four locker rooms. The arena seats 800 people, and is used for youth and adult ice hockey, public skating, social events such as birthday parties and wedding receptions, meetings and conferences, and a supervised play area for children. The site also contains a summer volleyball court, and a surfaced parking area. LaCombe Field: This 3.3-acre site is leased from CCI by the City. It contains one lighted softball field, restrooms and storage facility. There is also an open field used for football practice and soccer. Lions Field: This 2.1-acre site contains one baseball field, six lighted horseshoe courts, a basketball court, playground equipment, restrooms, concession area and storage buildings. The baseball field , restrooms and concession area are located on land owned by CCI and leased to the City. The remaining facilities are locate~ on City-owned property. Iron Town Field: This 5-acre site contains one baseball field, a concession area, restroom and storage building. The City also leases this site from CCI. Chapter 8 - Page 2 �Jackson Park: This site is owned by CCI and leased by the City. The 5-acre site contains a picnic area with 12 tables, playground equipment, two tennis courts and six horseshoe courts. It is located just west of the intersection of Gold St. and BR 28. Miner's Park: A 5-acre site located at the intersection of Maas St. and U.S . 41 , this park contains a picnic area, two lighted basketball courts, playground equipment, two horseshoe courts, a green open area, historical markers, and a volleyball court. This park is located on City-owned land. Teal Lake Waterfront: Twenty-one acres of City-owned property make up this park, located at the east end of Teal Lake just north of U.S . 41/M-28 . The park has a picnic area with six tables, I 000 feet of water frontage, fishing, a swimming area, and a boat launch. No gasoline motors are allowed on Teal Lake; boats with electric motors, sails or oars may be used. City Park I: This 1-acre site at the comer of Case and Kanter streets is the site of the City Band Shell, which is now used only for band practice and for storage. The structure can no longer be used as a bandshell, and repairs would be very expensive. The City has discussed demolishing the band shell and building a new one at another location. • Eastwood Playlot: This site contains a basketball court, playground equipment and open space. It is made up of four lots totaling about one acre, two of which are City-owned and two of which are leased from CCI. The play lot is located on Sunset Drive in the northeast comer of the City. Buffalo Hills Park: This 1-acre site is leased by the City from CCI, and contains a basketball court, playground equipment and open space. The park is located along New Buffalo Road in the eastern part of the City. Ann Street Park: Located near the intersection of Ann and Alice streets, this I-acre site has a basketball court and playground equipment. The land is owned by CCI and leased by the City. City Park II : Playground equipment is located on this I-acre, City-owned site. This site is located on Tobin Street next to the Negaunee Senior Citizen Center. Naturbahn 800-meter Luge Run: This luge run is sanctioned by the International Luge Association, and contains warming shacks, start house, maintenance buildings, equipment rental area, and a parking lot. The site is owned by CCI and leased to the City, and is located in the southern portion of the City off the Tracy Mine Road. Chapter 8 - Page 3 �r I Senior Center: This 15,000 square foot building is owned by the City and located at 410 Jackson St. The building is used for a variety of activities by the area's seniors, including meals, medical services, recreational activities, classes, etc. Negaunee City Library: Located at City Hall, the library offers story hour, a Michigan room, and occasional speakers and arts and crafts demonstrations. Sites owned/maintained by others: Community Play Field: This park is located on 5.5 acres owned by Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company and leased to the Negaunee School District. The play field is used for middle and high school sports, as well as for recreational activities by people from throughout the community. The following facilities are located at this site: ► ► ► ► ► ► Playground/athletic field 5 tennis courts (3 illuminated) Open field area Playground equipment 1.800-person capacity stadium Concession building ► ► ► ► ► Running track Outdoor basketball court Volleyball court Tot lot Lavatory facilities Miner's Dry: Owned by Negaunee School District, this site is adjacent to the Community Play Field near the intersection of Hungerford and Prince streets, and contains wrestling and weightlifting rooms, restrooms and locker rooms. St. Paul's Playground : This church-owned site contains a hard-surfaced play area and basketball courts. Negaunee Schools: Negaunee Middle School has a gym, two outdoor basketball courts and open space. Negaunee High School has a 50' by 75' indoor swimming pool, an auditorium and a gym. Lakeview Elementary School has a playground, tot lot, two tennis courts, a basketball court, one open field, a multi-purpose room and a gym. Michigan Iron Industry Museum: This State-owned facility is located along Forge Road on a 30-acre parcel of land in both Negaunee Township and the City of Negaunee. The museum overlooks the site of the first iron forge in the Lake Superior Region. The facility has exhibits of early iron ore mining artifacts, audio-visual programs, and outdoor interpretive paths. In August, the museum is the site oflron Heritage Day, which includes concerts, lectures, and programs. The facility, with a 96-seat au~itorium, is available for club meetings, special events, and church groups. It is open to the public seven days a week from May 1 to October 31. Chapter 8 - Page 4 �Superior Nordic Training and Recreation Complex (SUNTRAC): Formerly known as Suicide Bowl, this extensive facility is located in both the cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming, south of BR 28. The 631-acre site contains a ski area, 10-, 20-, 40-, 60- and 90-meter ski jumps, lighted cross-country ski trail, two unlighted cross-country ski trails, concession area and storage area. The site is owned by CCI; a portion of the area is leased to the Ishpeming Ski Club, and plans call for donation of 281 acres of CCI land to the City of Ishpeming. 49 Rod & Gun Club: Located at 341 North Rd., this privately-operated facility offers skeet and trap shooting, and ranges for rifles, pistols, muzzle-loaders, and archery. Horsesh.) e and basketball courts are also available. Knights of Columbus: Three horseshoe courts. Veterans of Foreign Wars: Three horseshoe courts. Vista Theater: The Peninsula Arts Appreciation Council provides youth theater in summer at this facility. 8.2 • Nearby Recreational Sites Following is an inventory of recreational facilities outside of City of Negaunee that may be used by City residents. Data was obtained from surrounding communities' current recreation plans . TABLE 8-1 SELECTED RECREATIONAL SITES IN NEARBY AREAS Description Acreage City Playground Two lighted ball diamonds, two unlighted ball diamonds, four lighted tennis courts, two unli ghted tennis courts, four lighted basketball courts, restroom/ locker room, warming shelter and restrooms, natural ice rink, playground equipment, stadium , bleachers, paved track, paved field event areas, lighted football area, concession area, storage building and restrooms, tot lot, four horseshoe courts, pavilion/concession area, and Little League baseball fields 56.0 Al Quaal Ball diamond, clubhouse, pavilion, restroom building, toboggan house/ slide, ski warming shelter, ski ticket and patrol shelter, ski tow building, basketball courts, tennis courts, picnic area, picnic equipment, playground equipment, 16 horseshoe courts, three downhill ski slopes, three cross-country ski trails, snowmobile trail, lighted sledding area, and playground equipment 260.0 National Guard Armory Gym and pi stol and rifle range Site City of Ishpeming Chapter 8 - Page 5 �I TABLE 8-1 SELECTED RECREATIONAL SITES IN NEARBY AREAS Description Site National Ski Hall of Fame Museum and display area Acrea_ge 1.0 Negaunee Township Negaunee Township Park Basketball court, two pavilions. warming building/ concession area, tennis court, cross country ski trail, playground, picnic tables, grills, volleyball court, snowmobile trail access, Little League baseball field, Babe Ruth baseball field. softball field 71 McClure Storage Basin Access Site Boat ramp, gravel parking area, vault toilets 1.0 Hoist Basin Access Site Boat ramp, gravel parking area, vault toilets 1.8 Softball field, Little League baseball field , tennis courts, pavilion, tot lot, restrooms, concession stands, playground, horseshoe court, shuffleboard, volleyball court, basketball court, picnic tables, and grills 7.0 Ishpeming Township Ishpeming Township City of Marquette Presque [sle Park Two picnic areas, cross-country ski trail , playground, two tennis courts, band shell, fishing, shuffleboard, horseshoes pits, gazebo, breakwall with lighthouse, outdoor swimming pool, and water slide Presque Isle Marina Boat launching and docking facilities on Lake Superior Marquette Mountain Downhill skiing, lodge, luge run, and picnic area Lakeview Arena Recreation and convention facility used for hockey, skating, concerts, shows, exhibits, etc. Superior Dome World ' s largest wooden dome containing football field , also used for trade shows, concerts, etc. Mount Marquette Lookout Lookout view of the City of Marquette and Lake Superior, snowmobile trail, and hiking trail 312.0 40.0 Marquette Township Sugar Loaf Mountain Area Nature trail and scenic overlook NMU Forest (Longyear Forest) Nature trail, cross-country s~ trail, and physical fitness trail Forestville Dead River Public Access Site Boat launch on Dead river Little Garlic River Public Access Fishing access site Source: Local Recreation Plans. Chapter 8 - Page 6 80.0 180.0 5.0 �8.3 Recent Developments Since the adoption of the Recreation Plan in 1994, the City has had the opportunity to accomplish several of the projects identified in the plan. The inventory of existing recreation sites in Section 8.1 reflects these projects, with one major exception. One project identified in recreation plans for both the City of egaunee and the City of Ishpeming was acquisition of land along Teal Lake. The area is located entirely within the City of egaunee, but is adjacent to the heavily-used Al Quaal Recreation Area in Ishpeming. Acquisition of Teal Lake shoreline was seen as beneficial to both communities because of the ability to extend activities from the Al Quaal area. The cities applied jointly to the Michigan D R's Michigan Natural Resources Trust Fund for grant funding to acquire property on the north shore of Teal Lake. In late 1997, preliminary approval of a grant of $450,000 was announced. The grant will be combined with $150,000 in local funds to purchase 334 acres with 10,520 feet of frontage on the north shore of Teal Lake. The property will be jointly owned by the two cities. Since 1995, the City oflshpeming has acquired 160 acres of land adjoining Teal Lake, at the west end and on the south shore of the lake. This property has been added to the Al Quaal Recreation Area. • With these acquisitions ~f shoreline, the cities of Ishpeming and egaunee are now in a pos1t10n to formulate plans for development of the area. In 1994, the Teal Lake Study Committee presented a summary of recommendations developed over a period of months, which dealt with recreation and land use in the area around Teal Lake. This committee included representatives from the Negaunee City Council, Ishpeming City Council, Negaunee School District, various City commissions, the DNR, the egaunee/Ishpeming Chamber of Commerce, and other organizations. A copy of the committee's recommendations is included as Appendix A of this plan. In summary, the recommendations of the committee were to provide for aesthetic preservation, economic development and additional recreational uses. The committee recommended that development, if any, on the north shore of Teal Lake not be visible from the south shore; that commercial development be south of U.S. 41 or in the southwest comer of the lake between U.S. 41 and the lakeshore; that standards be set and enforced regarding setbacks and removal of vegetation in shoreline areas; that an overlay zoning district be established to regulate shoreline development; and that structural development be served by municipal sewer and water. 8.4 Local Recreation Needs The City of egaunee Recreation Plan, adopted by the Negaunee City Council and the Negaunee School Board in September, 1994, identifies needs and priorities for local recreation facilities and programs. Within the Plan, a specific recreation facility needs list and capital improvement Chapter 8 - Page 7 �I schedule were developed by the Negaunee City/School Recreation Commission. The needs list and capital improvements plan help to guide City officials when making decisions on improving existing park .a nd recreation sites and developing new sites. The Recreation Development Schedule in the current Recreation Plan identifies a number of needed projects to enhance the recreational opportunities available in the City. A number of these projects, such as acquisition of land around Teal Lake, and installation of a new chiller/compressor system in the Negaunee Ice Arena have been accomplished, or have been approved for funding. Other projects remain to be done, and may be carried over to the list of projects for the next five-year Recreation Plan. The following projects were listed in the Recreation Development Schedule in the 1994 Recreation Plan: Improve the Little League Complex a. Construct new practice field b. Install irrigation well Not completed Completed Negaunee Ice Arena a. Finish second floor viewing area b. Finish the equipment room 101, pro shop, referee and Jr. hockey offices c. Expand surfaced parking d. Finish the shower/lavatories within locker rooms e. Add outside extension building with snow melt pit f. Install new ice making compressor g. Install radiant heaters above bleachers in Arena 100 h. Main Arena 100 heating & ventilation 1. Main Arena 100 air conditioning Planned 1998-99 Not completed Completed Not completed Not completed Completed Not completed Not completed Not completed Construct a pavilion at Miner's Park Not completed Develop an area on Teal Lake for swimming Completed Develop a play lot in the Iroquois Drive area Not completed Improve LaCombe Field a. Construct a press box b. Establish a play lot c. Landscape entire area ' Upgrade playgrounds and equipment to Americans with Disabilities Act standards Chapter 8 - Page 8 Not completed Not completed Completed Partial completion in 1998 �t9 Acquire or develop Teal Lake open space Funded Develop boat ramp on Teal Lake Completed Dock or boardwalk improvements at Teal Lake Dock and handicapaccessible pier, 1998 Improve Suicide Bowl recreation facilities (land acquisition) Ongoing Construct a new softball field Not completed Breitung Park band shelter Not completed Now that the Teal Lake property acquisition has been funded, the development recommendations of the Teal Lake Study Committee must be considered and integrated into the project priority list. A Master Plan for the City-owned site on the east end of Teal Lake has been completed, -and the ambitious plans for the SUNTRAC facility will also be a factor in development of the updated recreation plan. • The Teal Lake Study Committee Final Report contained a variety of recommendations for development of the lake and its shoreline. With regard to recreational uses, the committee recommended that the lake should be open to fishing, but that gasoline-powered watercraft (including jet skis or personal watercraft) not be allowed. Boats with electric motors, canoes, sail boards and sailboats would be allowed. The committee felt that playground equipment was not suitable for the east shore of the lake, since such facilities are available at Lakeview School. They recommended that camping, if permitted, should be limited to the west side and southwest corner of the lake. Tobaggoning and ski sliding should be limited to the west side of the lake. Swimming areas should be allowed on the east shoreline, along with limited picnicking. The Committee felt that picnic shelters were more appropriate for the west side of the lake. Walking trails on the west and north sides of the lake were recommended, along with a boat launch and one or two fishing piers on the east side of the lake. The Committee felt that some sort of restroom facilities at the east end of the lake might be appropriate, perhaps in or near the waterworks building at the intersection of U.S . 41 and Croix Street. A public or quasi-public marina also might be acceptable, according to the Committee, but no recommendations were made as to when, where or how this could be accomplished. A Master Plan for the future development of the eastern end of Teal Lake was completed in January, 1997. Prepared by Sundberg, Carlson & Associates, the plan sets forth recommendations for development of City-owned lakefront. These recommendations in some cases echo recommendations of the Teal Lake Study Committee; some of the recommended projects were also included in the current Recreation Plan. • A barrier-free fishing dock and a boat launch are included in the Master Plan's recommendations. Both of these improvements would be located close to the old Waterworks building, along with a Chapter 8 - Page 9 �I small picnic area. Picnic tables would be placed at intervals along the City-owned portions of the shoreline to the north of the Waterworks building, along with a gazebo and benches. A new sidewalk would be constructed, and the existing lighting would be replaced with reproductions of historic light fixtures. Landscaping and signage would help to enhance the area. One alternative plan also calls for the relocation of a portion of Croix Street away from the shoreline to slow down traffic and separate recreational activities from the street. The Teal Lake Master Plan also recommends rehabilitation and reuse of the former Waterworks building. No specific use of the building is recommended, but storage and service of seasonal and transient watercraft, boat rentals, a small charter boat, marina sales, snowmobile service in the winter months, and restroom/shower facilities are mentioned. In May, 1996, the Superior Nordic Training & Recreation Complex Development Committee adopted a plan for development of the Suicide Bowl area, located in the cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming. The committee included representation from the Ishpeming Ski Club, the U.S . Olympic Education Center, the cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming, Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company and the Negaunee/Ishpeming Chamber of Commerce. The overall goal of the development plan is to tum the area into a year-round multi-activity recreation and sports facility. Highlights of the proposed improvements include: upgrading the existing ski trails to make them suitable for use by mountain bikers in the summer and fall ; constructing a 10-kilometer paved loop for roller skiing, biathlon and in-line skating; installing additional lighting on ski trails and installing lights on the 90-meter ski jump; adding snow-making capability; creating a biathlon range; installing plastic on the 60- and 90-meter ski jumps for summer training; and building a lodge/chalet to serve as a center for all SUNTRAC activities. The SUNTRAC Development Plan anticipates that 281 acres of land will be donated to the City of Ishpeming by CCI, and that an additional 360 acres will be leased from CCI. Administration and maintenance would be primarily the responsibility of the City of Ishpeming and the Ishpeming Ski Club. The City of Negaunee may provide force account labor to assist with maintenance, but the plan does not call for any commitment of funds from the City. However, the updated Recreation Plan should take into account the additional recreational opportunities provided by the expanded SUNTRAC Complex, part of which lies within the City ' s boundaries. 8.5 Recreation Needs Standards One method to assess community recreation needs is the standards system. Standards developed by the ational Recreation and Park Association (NRP A) provide a scale against which an existing recreation system can be measured so that guidelines for future needs can be created. Standards correlate the number of acreage needed to adequately provide land for recreational uses to the community's population. Standards for Recreation Open Space: Open space needs are usually assessed using space standards, the most common and widely used measure of a recreation system's adequacy. Total Chapter 8 - Page I 0 t;iJii' �~ park and recreation space is usually expressed as acres per population. These space standards are useful in assessing current and future open space needs and demand (Table 8-2). TABLE 8-2 LOCAL AND REGIONAL RECREATION OPEN SPACE STANDARDS Park Type • Service Area Size (Acres) Acres/1 ,000 Population Uses Mini Park < 1/4 mile radius I or less 0.25 to 0.5 Specialized facility that serves a concentratec or limited population or specific group such as tots or seniors citizens Neighborhood Park/Playground 1/4 to 1/2 15+ 1.0 to 2.0 Area for intense recreation activities such as field games, court games, crafts, play equipment, skating, picnicking, etc. Community Park/ Recreation Area Serving several neighborhood . I to 2 mile radius 25 -r 5.0 to 8.0 Area of diverse environmental quality. May include areas suited for intense recreational facilities , such as athletic complexes and large swimming pools. May also be an area of natural quality for outdoor recreation, suer as walking, viewing, sitting, and picnicking. Regional Park/ Recreation Area 200+ Serving several communities I hr. driving time 5.0to 10.0 Area of natural or ornamental quality for outdoor recreation, such as picnicking, boating, fishing, swimming, camping, and trail use; may include play areas. Source: Roger A. Lancaster, Ed . 1983 , Recreation, Park and Open Space Standards and Guidelines, Alexandria, Virginia: National Recreation and Park Association. A community's park system under NRP A standards should have a minimum of 6.25 to 10.50 total acres of developed open space per 1,000 population. Based on a 1990 population of 4,741, the City of Negaunee should provide 1.2 to 2.4 acres of mini parks, 4.7 to 9.5 acres of neighborhood parks/playgrounds, 23.7 to 37.9 acres of community parks/recreation areas, and 23.7 to 47.4 acres of regional parks/recreation areas to meet this standard (Table 8-3). • Existing Public Open Space: Publicly-owned recreation sites and facilities in or partially within the City of Negaunee total 736 acres. The breakdown of this recreational land includes: 5 .0 acres of mini parks, 16.8 acres of neighborhood parks/playgrounds, 53 .2 acres of community parks/recreation areas, and 661.0 acres of regional parks/recreation areas (Table 8-3). These figures include the total acreage of the SUNTRAC complex and the Miner· s Museum, which are located partially within the City. Comparing the NRP A standards with the number of acres of recreational land found in the City, the City has more than adequate acreage of land in all types of recreational sites. However, many communities find that their need for recreational opportunities and open space can be met by facilities in nearby communities, while sometimes a community may be providing recreational opportunities and open space for neighboring communities. For example, regional recreation areas with many natural resource attributes are Chapter 8 - Page I I �r I usually not found in urban areas but in rural townships. These types of recreation areas usually accommodate beyond the needs of the local residents. Conversely, rural townships would typically not include more intensively-developed recreation facilities, such as large indoor sporting complexes, but residents of these townships could possibly access such facilities in nearby urban communities. In the City of Negaunee, this means that facilities such as the Ice Arena or the Naturbahn Luge are helping to meet the recreational needs of residents of other communities which do not have such facilities, while City resident's needs for fishing access which permits gasoline motors would be met by sites outside the City. The NRP A standards would indicate that the total acreage of recreation land in the City is adequate for the current population. However, other factors should also be considered when planning for future recreation developments. The ability to preserve unique sites or habitat for public use and enjoyment may well override such standards, for example, since these sites often meet the needs of a population far beyond a community's boundaries, or serve to protect resources not found elsewhere. 8.6 Park Accessibility The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) identified specific standards that would insure that all persons, including those with disabilities, have the same opportunities to fully participate, live independently, and be economically self-sufficient within society. The Act is comprised of five sections: Employment, Public Accommodations, Transportation, State and Local Government Operations, and Telecommunications. Title II of ADA, Public Accommodations, is relevant to the level of accessibility and equal provision of service at publicly owned outdoor recreation sites. This title states that discrimination against persons with disabilities is prohibited in all services, programs, or activities provided by public entities. The general requirements set forth under this section came into effect on January 26, 1992. Remodeling or new construction of facilities and buildings had the same deadline date to become accessible to the disabled. In existing buildings and facilities, nonstructural changes to improve accessibility were required by January 26, 1992, while all structural improvements of the facilities and buildings were required by January 26, 1995. The Americans with Disabilities Act requires that "reasonable accommodation" be made to the needs of the estimated one in five people in this country who are disabled. That is, all public and private goods and service providers and employers must remove all structural and communication barriers from facilities, or provide alternative access where feasible. Chapter 8 - Page 12 �TABLE 8-3 EXISTING PUBLIC OPEN SPACE, CITY OF NEGAUNEE Type of Park Park Land Area (Ac .) Land Area Standard (Ac .) Mini Parks City Park I Eastwood Playlot Buffalo Hills Park Ann Street Park City Park II 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Subtotal 5.0 1.2 to 2.4 Neighborhood Parks/Playgrounds 3.3 LaCombe Field Iron Town Field Jackson Park Miner' s Park Negaunee Middle School 2. 1 5.0 5.0 1.4 Subtotal 16.8 4.7 to 9.5 Community Parks • Negaunee Ice Arena Community Playfield Miner' s Dry Teal Lake Waterfront Negaunee High School Lakeview Elementary School Senior Citizen ' s Center 3.5 5.5 21.0 17.4 5.8 Subtotal 53.2 23.7 to 37.9 Regional Park Naturbahn 800-meter Luge Run Michigan Mining Museum* SLJNTRAC* 30.0 631.0 Subtotal 661.0 23 .7 to 47.4 736.0 53 .3 to 97 .2 Total Park Area * These facilities are located partially within the City of Negaunee Source: Roger A . Lancaster, Ed. 1983 , Recreation, Park and Open Space Standards and Guidelin es, Alexandria, Virginia: National Recreation and Park Association . • Currently, there are no written standards for making outdoor recreation facilities totally accessible to the disabled. Many suggestions on outdoor recreation facilities accessibility have Chapter 8 - Page 13 �I r been made; therefore, recommendations regarding outdoor play equipment, picnic facilities, boat docks, pathways and trails. have been incorporated into this plan. Recommendations regarding buildings, restrooms, slopes of ramps, and parking stalls should be seriously considered. These types of facilities all have current standards set by ADA. The City of Negaunee Recreation Plan recognizes the need to make recreational facilities within the City accessible to all residents. The Recreation Development Schedule calls for upgrading playgrounds and equipment to ADA standards in 1995. This has not yet been fully accomplished; however, the City will install a fully-accessible playground structure in 1998. ADA Standards: Accessibility is a factor that should continue to be taken into account when determining recreational needs in City of Negaunee. Often, existing recreational sites are not completely accessible according to the ADA standards. Restrooms, pathways, parking, and general accessibility of all amenities must be examined closely over the next few years to assure that all people are given the same opportunities within the community. Following are some examples of improvements that would help in complying with ADA. Where more than one restroom facility exists, at least one must be accessible by persons with disabilities. In some cases, this would require minimal remodeling; in others, it could require substantial modification. At least one picnic table and one grill designed to accommodate persons in wheelchairs should be available at each park (if these types of facilities are not currently available). These facilities should be identified with a sign showing the universal symbol of accessibility. At least one in 25 parking stalls should be designated for disabled parking. These stalls must be the closest spaces to the park or facility entrance and have a direct route to and from the stalls. Spaces must be 96 inches wide with a clearly marked adjacent access aisle of 60 inches and an unobscured vertical sign that shows the universal symbol of accessibility. Slope of these spaces and aisles cannot exceed 1:50. Stable barrier-free pathways which provide linkages from one recreation amenity to another should be provided at outdoor recreation facilities. These pathways must be at least 36 inches wide, and a 60 x 60 inch passing space or turnaround must be provided every 200 feet. If a pathway level changes more than ½ inch, the pathway must be ramped. If the level changes is between ½ inch and ¼ inch, the levels must be beveled. Where water fountains are available, spouts should be no more than 36 inches above the finished floor. If the fountain is freestanding or built-in and does not have a clear space underneath, a clear floor space of 30 to 48 inches alongside the fountain for a parallel approach must be provided. Wall or post mounted fountains must have a clear knee space under the Chapter 8 - Page 14 �• fountain of at least 27 inches high by 17 to 19 inches deep by 30 inches wide. Controls must be located at the front edge of the fountain and operable with one hand without twisting the wrist. A complete guideline list based on standards set by the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 for various types of facilities and recommendations established by the USDA Forest Service for improving the accessibility of recreational areas are detailed in Appendix B at the end of the plan. 8.7 Historical Resources The City of Negaunee contains a wealth of historic resources dating back to its founding as an iron mining community. Many downtown businesses and public buildings are historic in nature, including the majority of the downtown area and many residential neighborhoods. Local residents are proud of their historic community. • The Negaunee Historical Museum contains artifacts and exhibits which illustrate the community 's past. Located at 303 E. Main Street, the museum is open from Memorial Day through Labor Day, and is operated by volunteers from the Negaunee Historical Society. The museum is located in a home built by the Pellow family in the early 1900s; the property had previously been occupied by St. Paul's Church until the church burned. Thirteen rooms of the house have been restored and filled with exhibits, while several rooms in the basement remain to be completed . Following is a list of properties located within the City of Negaunee which carry an official historic designation. These properties are listed on the State Register of Historic Places, the National Register of Historic Places, or are identified by the Marquette County Historical Society as a historical place. Carp River Forge, Michigan Iron Industry Museum: This historical site is located along Forge Road, off CR 492, partially within the City of Negaunee. The Carp River Forge was constructed by the Jackson Iron Company at this location in 1847. The Jackson Iron Company was the first to establish an iron ore mining operation in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. They developed the forge because of the difficulty of transporting bulk ore around the rapids at Sault Ste Marie. It was thought the forge was the most economically feasible method of using the great reserves of iron ore. The forge converted ore directly into wrought iron without the usual intermediate step of smelting the ore into pig iron. Power for the forge and adjacent sawmill came from a dam built across the nearby Carp River; the first iron produced in the U.P. came out of this forge. The quality of the iron produced from the forge started the great Michigan iron boom, which economically and socially transformed the central U.P. However, because of the climate and difficulties in supply and shipment, the forge was never a financial success. In 1854 the newly-completed Soo Locks offered a cheaper, faster route for shipping iron ore to furnaces in the lower Great Lakes, and the forge was closed. The site stayed in ruins for many years. However, a 12-year crusade by local groups and politicians led to the construction of the Michigan Iron Industry Museum at the site of the forge operation in 1985 and 1986. It was Chapter 8 - Page 15 �I officially opened to the public in May of 1987. The Museum presents the history of Michigan's three iron ranges and the people who worked them through museum exhibits, audio-visual programs, and outdoor interpretive paths. The facility is administered by the Michigan Department of State, Michigan Historical Center, which has established a regional office at the facility for its museum programs in the Upper Peninsula. About 14,500 individuals visit the museum annually. The site of the forge was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1956 and a National historical place in 1975. Burt's Discovery of Iron Ore: The site of the first discovery of iron ore in the Lake Superior region is located near Jackson Park in the City of Negaunee. William Austin Burt and his party of surveyors discovered this site on September 19, 1844, while establishing township lines and making geological observations for the federal government. Iron Cliffs Company: This historical two-and-a-half story brick and sandstone structure is located at 101 Pioneer A venue in the City of Negaunee. Features of the structure include a mansard roof with cresting, polygonal bay, and tower. It was the structure that originally housed offices of the Iron Cliffs Company. The Negaunee Public Schools' administration offices are currently housed within the building. It was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1975. Jackson Mine: The historic site is located in the western portion of the City of Negaunee, south of Teal Lake. The oldest pit at the mine, the Pioneer pit, is located approximately½ mile west of the intersection of Cleveland and Iron streets, near the site where iron ore was first discovered in the U.P. In 1845, the newly formed Jackson Mine Company sent an explore party headed by Philo M. Everett to the Lake Superior region to investigate the mineral possibilities of the Lake Superior region. When they arrived at the Carp River, Narhu-gesucm a Chippewa chief, guided the members of the party in June of 1845 to this site where he showed them iron ore in the roots of a fallen pine tree. Because of this discovery, the Jackson Mining Company, of which Everett was a founder, began mining ore at the site in 184 7; this was the first iron mining operation established in the Lake Superior area. Between 1848 and 1924, the mine shipped 4,357,256 tons from the site. The Pioneer pit became inactive in 1924. The Jackson Mining Company merged with the Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company in 1905 because of increasing costs and declining ore prices. The mine was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1956 and a National historical place in 1971. The historical marker dedicated to this mining site is located at Miner's Park in the City of Negaunee. Marquette Iron Range: The historical marker identifying the Marquette Iron Range as a significant part of the historical development of Marquette ~ounty is located in the north central portion of the City of Negaunee, at the intersection of U.S. 41/M-28 and Maple Street. The Marquette Iron Range was the first of the iron ore deposits in the Lake Superior region to be discovered and mined. Outcroppings of iron ore were first discovered by William A. Burt and his surveying party south of Teal Lake in 1844. The Jackson Mining Company began mining for iron ore near the area of the first discovery in 184 7. Most of the early mines were open pit operations; underground mining did not occur within the range until after the Civil War. The Chapter 8 - Page 16 �Jackson Iron Company built a forge on the Carp River for producing iron blooms in 1848. The first iron produced in the U.P. came from this forge. The Pioneer furnace at Negaunee, built in 1857-1858, was the first actual blast furnace. However, most of the iron ore from the range was shipped out of the region to be smelted. In 1857, the construction of the Iron Mountain Railroad meant that ore could be moved more easily to the Marquette ore docks. Once hauled to the docks, the ore was loaded on ships and carried through the Soo Locks to the iron and steel industries in the lower Great Lakes. The Marquette Iron Range was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1856. Negaunee City Hall: This historical structure is located at the comer of Silver and Jackson streets in the City of Negaunee. In 1873. Negaunee was incorporated as a city, which was influenced heavily by the iron ore mining boom occurring in the area at the time. Forty-one years later, a red brick and white limestone building with terracotta detailing was constructed as Negaunee·s city hall. The structure was designed by John D. Chubb, a Chicago architect widely known in the Midwest. in a style reminiscent of the Renaissance. The building· s clock tower with its baroque elements is the most significant feature of the structure. It currently houses all City offices. except public works, fire, water, and wastewater. It is also the location of the Negaunee Public Library. The building was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1979. • Union Railroad Depot: The depot is located at 420 Rail Street in the central portion of the City of Negaunee. In late 1800s and early 1900s. this wooden structure served as many as 18 trains a day. Negaunee was a booming community during this period. In the early development of the Negaunee area, there were few roads. Establishment of railroads in this area and other parts of the U.P. made it possible for supplies to be shipped in and out of these areas. The establishment of a railroad system also spurred development of the iron ore mining industry in the Marquette Iron Range. The depot is currently a privately-owned art gallery. The historic depot was officially recognized as a State historical place in 1981. Negaunee State Bank Building: This historical building is located at 331 Iron Street in the central portion of the City of Negaunee. This triangular two-story wood frame structure, faced with brick, was constructed in 1912 on the site of the Old Bank Building, a local landmark constructed during 1873 and 1874 that burned down in 1912. It was designed by architect Demetrius Frederick Charlton of Marquette, who designed many significant public buildings in the Upper Peninsula. The site served as a bank from 1873-1874, 1881-1908, and 1909-1933. The Great Depression was the downfall of the Negaunee State Bank. After the failure of the bank, the building continued to house a variety of businesses, primarily insurance agencies and professionals. including lawyers, doctors, and dentists. Today, the structure is an antique shop. The structure was officially recognized as a National historical place in 1995. • Discovery of Lake Superior Iron Ore: This plaque honoring the first discovery of iron ore within the Marquette Iron Range is located along Water Street, south of Teal Lake in the City of Negaunee. It was at this location on September 19, 1844, that a U.S . Government survey party led by William Austin Burt, inventor of the solar compass, encountered a highly magnetic area Chapter 8 - Page 17 �I r that rotated their compass to point south while running the line between Townships 26 and 27 West. After this incident, Burt directed his men to search for the cause, and they found lumps of high grade iron ore, thus discovering what was to become known as the Marquette Iron Range. These pieces of iron ore were first to be found in the Lake Superior region. Seven months later. the Jackson Mining Company acquired Section 1 and became the region' s first iron mining company. In 184 7, this company constructed the Carp River Forge, the first to make iron from Lake Superior ore. The Marquette County Historical Society plaque honoring the discovery of iron ore was officially erected in 1987. 8.8 Issues and Opportunities The City of Negaunee offers a wide range of recreational sites and facilities to local residents and visitors. The acreage in recreational sites is well in excess of minimum standards for a community of this size, but facilities in the City also serve those living outside the City in many cases. The City of Negaunee Recreation Plan will expire in 1999, and currently does not reflect the upcoming acquisition of property along the north shore of Teal Lake, or the planned expansion of SUNTRAC. Some projects listed in the current Recreation Plan have been accomplished, while others remain to be done. and may need to be carried over to the next plan. Recent approval of funding for acquisition of property on the north shore of Teal Lake provide the cities of egaunee and Ishpeming with the opportunity to protect over 10,000 feet of shoreline and several hundred acres. This property provides an opportunity to develop future recreational facilities. The Teal Lake Master Plan for the City-owned property at the east end of Teal Lake outlines proposed improvements to enhance recreational opportunities in that area. Some of the proposed projects have been accomplished, while other will need to be considered in the next Recreation Plan update. Plans for expansion of SUNTRAC, if realized, have the potential to attract more users to the facility on a year-round basis. SUNTRAC project should be included in the next recreation plan update if appropriate. Increased use of SUNTRAC may create demands for support facilities, such as improved transportation facilities, lodging, dining, etc. Some recreational sites and facilities in the City may not be fully accessible as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act. The City of Negaunee contains several designated historical places and many other structures that are potentially historic in nature . These historic buildings, if preserved, offer local residents and visitors a glimpse of the past, and may provide the opportunity to develop a historic district in Chapter 8 - Page 18 r �• part of the City. Historical tourism is becoming popular in many areas, and the opportunity may also exist to attract visitors to Negaunee based on its rich mining heritage . • Chapter 8 - Page 19 �• 9.0 TRANSPORTATION 9 .1 Introduction A good transportation network is necessary for the effective movement of people and goods within and between communities. Well-maintained roads, airports, railroads and ports, with adequate capacity for current use and future expansion, are crucial to local economies and development patterns. From a residential standpoint, a major determinant as to where people live is accessibility, i.e. the presence, adequacy and maintenance of roads and streets. One reason people tend to settle in cities, such as Negaunee, is the ease of access to services, such as stores, medical facilities, etc. , and to employment, recreational opportunities, and to other communities. While some individuals prefer to locate in relatively inaccessible areas, even the most rural of townships generally sees residential development clustered around transportation corridors. Availability of adequate transportation facilities is also a key determinant in the location of business and industry. Although today's technology has allowed business and industry to overcome many of the barriers formerly posed by distance, through teleconferencing, fax machines, satellite links and so on, most firms still require shipment of raw materials in and finished product out, and/or accessibility to retail customers. • This section of the plan presents an inventory of the existing transportation facilities in the City of Negaunee and the surrounding area, and discusses future transportation needs and concerns. Included in this section are descriptions of the various elements of the City' s street system, commercial port facilities, airport, railroad facilities, transit service, and inter-community bus service. 9.2 Use of Private Vehicles In rural areas such as the Upper Peninsula, private vehicles are the primary means of transportation to and from work, for recreational travel, or for routine trips to the grocery store, church, school, etc. Public transportation systems are often limited or lacking entirely in the outlying areas, and outside of urban areas such as Negaunee, distances are often too great for foot travel. Information from recent Censuses illustrates the dependence on private vehicles as a means of transportation. For example, in 1980, the Census showed that of the 1,878 Negaunee residents who reported their method of travel to work, over 53 percent, or 955 used private vehicles and drove alone, while 30.4 percent, or 544 carpooled in private vehicles. None reported using public transportation, while 217, or 12.1 percent, walked. Twenty-two, people, or 1.2 percent, worked at home, while 49, or 2.7 percent, used other means . In 1990, 75.9 percent of those reporting a travel method drove alone, while another 14.7 percent participated in carpools. Only • Chapter 9 - Page 1 �r I 1.3 percent reported using public transportation to get to work while 7.7 percent walked or worked at home and 0.3 percent used other means. ....._ The mean travel time to work for City of Negaunee residents in 1980 was 17.2 minutes, while in 1990 it was 16.0 minutes. This reflects the large number of City residents who commute to Marquette or to the mines. Census figures also show the number of households with vehicles available, and the number of vehicles per household. Table 9-1 shows the trend in vehicle availability for the City and County, and the relationship between the two units. Households with no vehicles present are more common in the City than in the county as a whole. probably because the density of development in the City allows people to walk or use public transit if they cannot afford to own a vehicle, or are not able or willing to drive. Even taking into account the relatively high number of households with no vehicles available. there was still a minimum of nearly 3,000 vehicles available to Negaunee residents in 1990. At the same time, there were 3,757 residents 16 years old and older, meaning that there was one vehicle for every 1.3 residents old enough to drive. This illustrates the dependence on private automobiles for transportation. even in a compact community where many residents are able to walk to school, work or to obtain services. TABLE 9-1 AVAILABILITY OF PRJV ATE VEHICLES , 1980 & 1990 Number of Vehicles Available per Occupied Household City of Negaunee 1980 ,,-----._ " Marquette County 1990 1990 1980 Number Percent Number Percent Number Percent Number Percent None 245 12.5 237 12.3 2,152 8.8 2, 143 8.4 One 728 37 .0 694 35 .9 9,204 37.5 8,588 33 .8 Two 792 40.3 762 39.5 9,404 38.4 10,545 41.5 Three or more 201 10.2 238 12.3 3,754 15.3 4,159 16.4 1966 100.0 1,931 100.0 24,514 100.0 25,435 100.0 Total Total Vehicles Available* 2,915 2,932 39,274 42,155 *Based on three vehicles per household for those households reporting three or more vehicles. Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census, Census of Population & Housing. 1980 and 1990, STF-3A ------- Chapter 9 - Page 2 ' �9.3 Road System Michigan's Public Act 51 requires that all counties and all incorporated cities and villages establish and maintain road systems under their jurisdiction, as distinct from state jurisdiction. This act divides the road system into the following five categories (the legal systems of roads): state truckline, county primary, county local, city/village major, and city/village local. It also provides for the distribution of Michigan's road funds to counties and incorporated communities according to formulas that consider, among other things, the mileage in their respective legal system. The following are general descriptions of the Act 51 classifications. State Trunkline Highway: The state trunkline system is made up of state (M) and federal (U.S.) highways, which connect communities to other areas within the state and locations outside the state. These roadways provide the highest level of traffic mobility for the traveling public. In the City of Negaunee, U.S. 4 l/M-28 and Business M-28 are classified as state trunklines. U.S. 41 is an important north/south highway corridor in the central Upper Peninsula. It runs from Copper Harbor in the Keweenaw Peninsula, through the cities of Marquette and Escanaba, then to the City of Menominee and beyond, and connects the UP . to the Milwaukee and Chicago urban centers. M-28 is the major highway that links the City to the eastern and western portions of the U.P. It runs along the northern half of the U.P . from Interstate 75 (near the City of Sault Ste. Marie) to the City of Wakefield. The segment of M-28 from the community of Harvey to the intersection with U.S . 141 in Baraga County runs with U.S. 41. A multi-lane stretch of U.S. 41 /M-28 extends from the City of Marquette to just west of the City of Ishpeming, including its entire length within the City of Negaunee. While not located within the City, M-35 is an important north/south state trunkline that links the area with the cities of Menominee and Escanaba to the south. It runs along Lake Michigan from Menominee to Gladstone and then northwest through the com.J;I1unities of Rock and Gwinn to its intersection with U.S. 41/M-28 just east of the City of Negaunee. State trunklines are maintained by the Marquette County Road Commission under contract with the Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT). The only exceptions to the maintenance responsibilities include traffic-control considerations such as some signage and painting of centerlines and the like. All maintenance costs are funded by the State. Construction projects are also funded by the State with contracts given by MDOT to private contractors. City Street System (Major and Local): By law (Act 51 ), the city street system is separated into major and local streets. The major street system consists of those city streets of greatest general importance. These streets facilitate the movement of traffic from one part of the community to another, generally as arterial streets, and carry the highest level of traffic in a community. Major streets in the City of Negaunee include the following streets: Croix, Maas (CR 492), Arch (W. of Teal Lake Ave.), Peck from Kanter to Teal Lake Avenue, Case from Jackson to Teal Lake Chapter 9 - Page 3 �r I Avenue, Iron, Tobin from Jackson to Iron. Gold, Division, Pioneer from Peck to Lincoln, Kanter from Peck to Jackson, Tracy Mine Road, New Buffalo Road, Baldwin (S . of U.S. 41/M-28), Brown, Healy from Main to CR 480, Prince from Baldwin to Everett, Cherry, Main from Teal Lake Avenue to Healy, and Lincoln. There is a total of 9.95 miles of major streets in the City of Negaunee. All other streets not classified as major are considered local. These streets make up the majority of the City· s street system, and serve to move people within neighborhoods, or to link neighborhoods to the major streets. There are 27.55 miles oflocal streets in Negaunee. County Road System: County Road 480 within the city limits of Negaunee is a county primary road. and is not considered part of the city street system. The Marquette County Road Commission is responsible for maintenance of CR 480 both inside and outside the City. One county local road is located partially within the City. Cliffs Drive/Suicide Bowl Road is classified as a county local road, and is also under the jurisdiction of the Marquette County Road Commission, including the portions located within the City. The State has proposed the jurisdictional takeover of some county primary roads and city/village major streets throughout the State. In the Negaunee area, the state identified CR 480 and CR 492 as candidates for takeover. Most of the roads selected are important all-season roads. Under the plan, the State would be responsible for the maintenance and construction costs associated with these roads. which would be paid with the funds allocated annually for each road through the Michigan Transportation Fund (MTF). If enacted, the State would likely contract out to the lowest bidder for routine maintenance and construction work on the selected roads. The county road commissions and cities and villages throughout the State, including the Marquette County Road Commission, are generally opposed to this proposed takeover. Aside from the loss of control over selection and scheduling of improvement projects on these roads, road commissions, cities and villages would no longer receive funds for maintenance. While in theory the same amount of dollars should continue to be available for the state to direct towards these roads, projects in the local area would have to compete on a statewide, rather than a countywide, scale for funding . 9 .4 National Functional Classification of Roads The National Functional Classification is a planning tool developed by the Federal Highway Administration, which is used by federal , state, and local transportation agencies. It classifies streets and roads according to their function along a continuum that indicates the greatest mobility/greatest access to property. Roads that provide the greatest mobility are classified as principal arterials. Minor arterials, major collectors, and minor collectors follow in this continuum. Roads classified as local provide the greatest access to property. The placement of roads into these categories is determined by their relationship to traffic patterns, land use, land access needs, and traffic volumes, as described in Table 9-2. Chapter 9 - Page 4 ~ �Principal Arterial: The main function of a principal arterial road is to move traffic over medium to long distances, often between regions, as well as between major economic centers, quickly, safely, and efficiently. In the City of Negaunee, the only roadway that is classified as a principal arterial road is U.S . 41/M-28. Minor Arterial: Minor arterials are roads that move traffic over medium distances within a community or region in a moderate to quick manner. They distribute traffic between collector roads and principal arterials. In the City of Negaunee, Business M-28 is a minor arterial, including parts of Teal Lake Avenue, Main Street, Jackson Street, Silver Street and Reidy Street. Collector Roads: Collector roads provide access between residential neighborhoods and commercial/industrial areas. They should provide a more general "area to area" service rather than specific "point to point" function. Collectors usually serve medium trip lengths between neighborhoods on moderate to low traffic routes at moderate speeds. They distribute traffic between local and arterial roads, usually between home and the following: work, places of worship, school, or those places where business and commerce are conducted. • Urban collectors in the City of Negaunee include the following streets : Croix, Maas (CR 492), Arch (W. of Teal Lake Ave.), Peck from Kanter to Teal Lake Avenue, Case from Jackson to Teal Lake Avenue, Iron from Silver to Division, Kanter from Peck to Jackson, Division from Iron to Tracy Mine Road, Baldwin (S. of U.S. 41/M-28), Brown from Cherry to Main, Healy from Main to CR 480, Prince from Baldwin to Everett, Cherry, Main from Teal Lake Avenue to Healy, Lincoln from Division to Pioneer, and CR 480. Local Streets: The predominant function oflocal streets is to provide direct access to adjacent land uses. All streets that are not classified as arterial or collector are classified as local roads. Local streets should be designed to move traffic from an individual lot to collector streets that in tum serve areas of qusiness, commerce, and employment. Local streets are not intended to be used as thoroughfares . • Chapter 9 - Page 5 �'IABI.F 9-2 NATIONAi. FUNCT IONAi. C:I.ASSll·ICA'I ION Classification Principal Arteria l System Minor Arterial Road System Collector Road System Loca l Road System Charac1cris1ics Function Serve corridor movements having trip kngth nnd lravel density clrnractcrbties · indica tive of substantial statewide or 1111ersw1e travel. Serve all, or virtually al l, urban areas or 50,000 and over population and a large majonly of those with population of25,000 and over. Provide an integrated network without stub connections except where unusual geographic or 1rallic ll ow condi tions dictate otherwise I.ink cities and larger town and form an integrated network providing interstate and intercounty service. De spaced at such intervals, consistent wi th popu lation densi ty, so ihat all developed areas of the State are within a reasonable distance of an arterial highway. Provide service to corridors with trip lengths and travel density greater than those predominantly served by rural routes whose design should be expected 10 provide for relatively high overall travel speeds, with minimum interference to through movement Inter-community, Typical% or Surface System Miles Typical% of surface street vehicle mtlcs traveled Con1inui1v Direct Land Access 2 lo 4 30 10 55 Con tinuous Limited-major generators only 4 to 8 15 to 20 Continuous Restricted-some movements may be prohibi ted; number and spacini: of driveways controlled 20 lo 25 20 10 35 Nol necessarily continuous; should not ex tend across arterial Safety controls; limited regulation 65 to 75 5 to 20 None Safety controls only primary tranic rnovt:rncnt Secondary-land access Primary intercommunity, inlra-metro nrcn, traffic movement Seconda ry-land access Major: Provide service to any county seal 1101 on an arterial route, to the larger towns nol directly served by the higher systems, and 10 other consolidated schools, shipp111g points, county parks, important mining and agricultural areas; li nk these places with nearby larger towns or ci ties, or with routes of higher classification; and serve the more important intracounty travel corridor. Minor: Be spaced at intervals, consistent with population density, 10 collect traffic from local road and bring all developed areas within a reasonable dista'J'(! ofa collector road; provide service to the remai ning smaller comm unities; and link the locally important traffic generators with their rural hinterland. Primary• collcc1/dis1ribu1c lranic Serve primarily to prov ide access to adjacent land ; and provide service to travel over relatively short distances as compared to collectors or other higher systems Land access between loca l anti arteria l system Secondary-land access Tertiary interneighborhood trai1ic Source: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Highway Functional Classification Concepts. Criteria and Procedures, 1989. Chap ter 9 - Page 6 J ~ > �• 9.5 Condition of Streets and Bridges The City of Negaunee's streets range from good to poor condition. Pavement restoration work in conjunction with the water main replacement project resulted in full or partial repaving of many streets in 1997; additional repaving will be done following the completion of the water main replacement project in 1998. Repaving associated with sewer work in 1995 and ongoing water and sewer projects has also led to repaving of various segments of streets. In 1998, the City completely reconstructed West Arch Street leading to the high school, including widening, new curb and gutter, new sidewalks, street lighting, buried electrical lines, water and sewer main replacement, and new pavement. Similar projects are planned for the future, including projects in the downtown and at the east end of town, as funding becomes available. 9.6 • Financing The City of Negaunee receives funding for the construction, maintenance and improvement of roads and streets from a variety of sources. The State of Michigan, through the Michigan Transportation Fund (Public Act 51 of 1951 ), provides funding to cities, villages and county road commissions throughout the state. Michigan Transportation Fund revenues come from motor vehicie registration fees and motor vehicle fuel taxes. Funds are distributed to local units based on a formula which takes into consideration road mileage, road classification and population. Funds are also allocated for snow removal. In the summer of 1997 a four cent per gallon increase in the gasoline tax went into effect, two cents of which goes into the Michigan Transportation Fund. Act 51 was set to "sunset" in September of 1998, but was extended for one year by the State Legislature. It is possible that the current proportions of funding distributed to road commissions and cities and villages may change, if new legislation is enacted to replace Act 51. Local units of government throughout Michigan have generally found themselves falling short of funds for road and street improvements. With the overall increases in fuel efficiency of cars, and the lack of any increase in the gas tax until 1997, revenues from the Michigan Transportation Fund have not been sufficient to keep up with demand. Local units have often found themselves borrowing from one fund to cover needs elsewhere; the City of Negaunee, for example, had to use money budgeted for street repairs to cover snow removal costs during recent winters with extremely high snowfall. This resulted in the deferral of needed street maintenance projects. The expiration of Act 51 and potential changes in the funding formula could have either a positive or negative effect on local units of government. Statewide, increased funding from road projects has been discussed, but it is unknown how this will affect the City of Negaunee. • An additional source of revenue from the State for road improvements is the Michigan Transportation Economic Development Fund (TEDF). This program was enacted in 1987 by the state to help in the funding of highway and road projects necessary to support economic growth . Chapter 9 - Page 7 �r It includes the following categories: Target Industries (Category A), State Trunkline Takeover (Category B), Urban Congestion (Category C), Rural Primary (Category D), Forest Road (Category E), and Urban Area (Category F). Negaunee is part of the Ishpeming urban area, which is eligible for Category F funds. Category A is used on a case-by-case basis for economic development projects. Category B has been eliminated, and Marquette County does not qualify for Category C funding. The TEDF program is a part of Act 51. Federal Funding: Federal grant funding was made available to the State of Michigan through the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA), which was signed into law in December of 1991. The most recent extension ofISTEA expired in May, 1998; Congress has passed a new six-year transportation bill, known as the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century, or TEA 21, which will reportedly increase the amount of funding to Michigan. At this time it is uncertain what effect the new federal legislation will have on the funding programs available to local units of government in general, or the City of Negaunee in particular. Local Funding: In addition to revenues from the Michigan Transportation fund, the City of egaunee budgets money from the general fund for street improvement projects. About $155,000 in general fund revenues was devoted to street projects in 1998. 9.7 Parking In 1993, the City of Negaunee retained ECI, a local engineering firm, to study traffic and parking in the downtown area and formulate recommendations. The study was undertaken to quantify the amount of parking available, whether that parking was sufficient, and what options might exist for increasing the amount of parking in the downtown area. The study identified 277 regular and eight handicap parking spaces in the downtown area, some of which were not in compliance with regulations concerning separation from crosswalks, intersections, fire hydrants etc. Several areas were identified where re-striping existing spaces or acquiring relatively small amounts of property could add a significant number of parking spaces. Other recommendations of the study included the development of additional parking areas for off-street employee parking and/or long-term parking, and the conversion of three streets in the downtown area to one-way traffic in order to increase the area available for parking. Restriping, relocation of crosswalks, and some other relatively minor work has increased the amount of parking in the downtown area. There continues to be a parking shortage, however, particularly during events or promotions which draw larg~ numbers of people to the downtown. 9.8 Sub-State Area Long Range Plan In January of 1995, the Michigan Sub-State Area Long Range Plan was developed by the Corradino Group, for the Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT), as a 20-year statewide plan that detailed suggested improvements to the State's transportation system and Chapter 9 - Page 8 �• created a funding priority list. In the Upper Peninsula, the two major transportation improvement recommendations in the plan were enhancement of north-south travel to the central and western U.P. and improvement of traffic flow along heavily traveled east-west highway corridors. For the first of the two above-mentioned major recommendations for the U.P., the Long Range Plan suggested road improvements, such as bypasses and passing lanes, along existing northsouth routes (M-95, M-35, or U.S. 41) in the central and western U.P., or the possible creation of a new route (U.S. 41 directly north from the Village of Powers to the community of Gwinn). The pressure for improving the north-south traffic flow through this region could become more of an issue once K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base is completely converted from military use to civilian use and the proposed improvements to north-south highways in northeastern Wisconsin become a reality. County Road 553 between Gwinn and Marquette will be an important future link in an improved central U.P. north-south highway corridor, if connection to K.I. Sawyer becomes economically significant. • In 1995, the Central U.P . Regional Transportation Committee took the lead in a region-wide study to determine the best option for a priority north-south corridor in the central U.P. MDOT provided the Committee technical support during the study period. The goal of the study was to get local consensus to identify a priority north-south corridor. The Committee established local focus groups in the four counties most impacted by the study, Menominee, Delta, Dickinson, and Marquette counties. These focus groups discussed the issues, concerns, and opportunities relative to a priority north-south corridor in a series of meetings. The outcome of these meetings was the establishment of local consensus from each of the focus groups on how a priority corridor should run through their respective counties. The Regional Committee used this local consensus to establish a primary route that went south to north from Menominee to Marquette using U.S. 41, M-35 , and Marquette CR 553, with a spur along U.S. 2 from Powers to Iron Mountain, and a secondary route from Iron Mountain to Marquette using M-95 and U.S . 41/M28. The study report and recommendations have been presented to MDOT, and a proposal is currently under consideration which would provide funding for more detailed study of the northsouth corridor. Thi? detailed study would identify specific improvements which would improve traffic flow and safety along this corridor. The inclusion of CR 553 in the north-south corridor may lead to designation of that road as a state trunk.line in the future. This designation, coupled with the relocation of the Marquette County Airport to the former K.I. Sawyer AFB near Gwinn, could have an impact on traffic patterns in the Negaunee area, particularly along CR 480. • The State Long Range Plan's options for improving the east-west corridor through the U.P., the second of the two major recommendations, involve either M-28 from Ironwood to Sault Ste. Marie or U.S. 2 from Ironwood to St. Ignace. These two east-west highways are heavily traveled commercial truck and tourist routes in the U.P., which have significant traffic congestion problems, especially within the urban centers along the routes. The development of passing lanes and bypassing of urban centers along one or both east-west highways is suggested for areas Chapter 9 - Page 9 �r known for bottleneck traffic. However, unlike the fast of the two major recommendations in the long range plan, no local or regional pressure has yet been put on MDOT and the State for further studies of east-west traffic flows across the U.P. 9.9 Secondary Commercial Network (SCN) The Michigan Sub-state Area Long Range Transportation Plan indicates the need for an allseason transportation network in Michigan. The integration of state, county, and city roads is very important to industries and communities throughout the State. The development of a State Secondary Commercial Network (SCN) has been proposed through a cooperative effort by MDOT, the County Road Association of Michigan, the Michigan Township Association, and the Michigan Municipal League. It is the intent of this effort to identify a network that will aid county road commissions and communities in determining priorities for maintaining and upgrading roads to all-season standards and to ensure that the best possible road system exists to deli ver goods from the source to market. This new road system would also benefit the growing tourism industry, which is a large part of the State's economy. The Secondary Commercial Network would compliment and coordinate with the state trunkline system. The east/west running CR 480, which connects the Negaunee/Ishpeming urban area to CR 553 and U.S. 41 in the eastern portion of Marquette County, would be an example of a potential Secondary Commercial Network. 9.10 Traffic Volume The analysis of present traffic volumes is beneficial for determining the traffic conditions within a community. Traffic counts are usually presented as an average daily traffic (ADT) figure, which is calculated for a particular intersection or stretch of roadway. The Michigan Department of Transportation provides highway volume counts for selected state roads and streets annually. Traffic counters have been placed in 14 locations along U.S. 41/M-28, Business M-28 , and M-35 within Negaunee and Ishpeming townships and the cities of Negaunee and Ishpeming. The average daily traffic volumes for these locations in 1975, 1983, 1987, 1990, 1992 and 1996 are shown in Table 9-3. The general trend on all but two traffic counters in the area is a fairly significant upward trend over 21 years. The most significant growth occurred on U.S. 4 l /M-28, while Business M-28 saw slight growth in some areas and decline in others. Within the period from 1975 to 1996, there have been fluctuations up and down at some locations, as shown in Table 9-3. These fluctuations can be caused by road construction which changes traffic ~attems, special events which draw additional traffic, construction of new businesses or other traffic generators, etc. Overall, however, the trend has been towards increased traffic in the area. Chapter 9 - Page I 0 �' - t TABLE 9-3 NEGAUNEE/ ISHPEMING AREA AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC COUNTS , 1975 , 1983, 1990, 1993, AND 1996 Average Daily Traffic Route Counter Location 1975 1983 % . Chg. 1987 25 ,400 % 1990 Chg. % Chg. 1992 % Chg. U.S. 4 l/ M-28 Just W. of Negaunee Twp.'s E. limit 18,000 25 ,400 41.1 U.S. 4 l/ M-28 E. of M-35 intersection , Negaunee Twp. 11,000 14,200 29. 1 14,200 0.0 17,200 21.1 16,000 -7.0 U.S . 4 l/M-28 Just S. ofC. ofNegaunee's N. limit 11,000 14,200 29. 1 14,200 0.0 17,200 21.1 16,000 U.S. 4 I/M-28 W. of Baldwin Ave., C. of Negaunee 12,000 12,500 4.2 12,500 0.0 16,100 28 .8 U.S. 4I /M-28 W. of Croix St., C. of Negaunee 5,000 10,000 100.0 12,500 25 .0 15,900 U.S. 4I / M-28 W. of Deer Lake Rd ., C. of Ishpeming NA 13,600 NA 15,700 15.4 U.S. 4I / M-28 W. ofC. of Ishpeming, Ishpeming Twp. 7,000 8,700 24.3 14,600 U.S. 41 /M-28 W. of Bus. M-28 intersection, Ishpeming Twp . 8,000 8,500 6.3 M-35 S. of U.S . 4 I /M-28 intersection, Negaunee Twp. 1,500 1,600 Bus. M-28 N . of Main St. , C. of Negaunee 7,000 Bus. M-28 Just E. ofC. ofNegaunee ' s W. limit Bus. M-28 Bus. M-28 1996 % Chg. -13.4 39.4 16,800 5.0 52.7 -7.0 16,800 5.0 61.8 16,000 -0.6 15,700 -1.9 30.8 27.2 13 ,000 -18.2 17,600 35.4 252 .2 11 ,900 -24 .2 14,000 17.6 16,400 17.1 -- 67.8 I 1,600 -20 .5 15,000 29.3 12,700 -15.3 81.4 10,700 25.9 10,500 -1.9 10,000 -4.8 9,600 -4 ,0 20.0 6.7 1,600 0.0 2,400 50.0 2,000 -16.7 2,800 40.0 86.7 7,000 0.0 7,000 0.0 7,700 10.0 6,700 -I 3.0 7, 100 6.0 1.4 5,000 5,000 0.0 4,600 -8 .0 4,000 13 .0 3,200 -20.0 5,800 81.3 16.0 E. of Pine St., C. of Ishpeming 5,000 6,000 20.0 6,500 8.3 4,700 -27 .7 4,400 -6.4 4,300 -2 .3 -14.0 W. ofC. of Ishpeming, Ishpeming Twp. 4,500 4,700 4 ,4 4,000 -14.9 3,900 -2.5 3,500 -10.3 4,000 14.3 - I I. I 0.0 28 ,500 1.8 25,100 %Chg. , 1975-96 12 .2 29,000 Source: Michigan Department of Transportation , Annual Average 24-Hour Traffic Volumes, 1975, 1983, 1987, 1990, 1992 and 1996. Chapter 9 - Page I I �r 9.11 Public Transportation Public transit service within the City of Negaunee is provided by Marquette County Transportation System (Marq Tran), which was established in 1982. From 1982 to 1985, Marq Tran served all areas in Marquette County that were outside the cities of Marquette and Ishpeming, which were served by Marquette Transit Authority (MTA) and Ishpeming Transit Authority. In 1985, the County's three transit operations consolidated into the current Marq Tran system. Marq Tran is a non-profit mass transportation service, which receives revenue for its operation from state and federal operation system funds (48 percent), fare box (20 percent). county-wide millage, contract fares, transit pool reimbursement and interest, and other income. Within Marquette County, Marq Tran has 27 vehicles available for service, 22 of which are equipped with wheelchair lifts. Marq Tran provides door-to-door service to residents of the City of Negaunee. Buses housed at the Marq Tran main headquarters facility in the City of Marquette and the senior center in the City of Ishpeming serve residents of the City. The buses from these locations operate seven days a week, with weekday hours from 6:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. and weekend hours from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Marq Tran has a zonal fare system setup for its door-to-door service, with half fares given to seniors, disabled, and students. The Ishpeming route is a fixed bus route that runs from the City of Marquette to the City of Ishpeming, with stops in Marquette Township, Negaunee Township, and the City of Negaunee. This fixed route runs seven days a week from 6:30 a.m. to 6 p.m., with 12 round trips Monday through Thursday, 15 round trips on Friday, nine round trips on Saturday, and four round trips on Sunday. Marq Tran charges a oneway fixed fare of $0.90 for the general public and $0.45 for senior citizens, disabled. and students. The Negaunee Shuttle operates from about 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., and serves 10 locations within the cities oflshpeming and Negaunee. The fare is $0.50 for the general public, with half fares for senior citizens, disabled and students. Tables 9-4 and 9-5 show the ridership levels along the Ishpeming route and Marq Tran as a whole from 1991 to 1996. During this five-year period, the total number of passengers along the Ishpeming route dropped from 51,547 to 50,100, a decline of2.84 percent. The passenger levels during this period peaked in 1992 and then steadily declined. The overall Marq Tran ridership levels followed a similar trend, with a 2.19 percent decline in the total number of passengers using the transit service between 1991 and 1996. The door-to-door and contract services saw substantial declines in passenger numbers during this period. The tremendous increase in ridership within the "other" category from 1995 to 1996 was primarily the result of Finn ~est held in the City of Marquette in the summer of 1996. Marq Tran buses are frequently used by college students, elderly, and commuters in the City as an alternative mode of travel. The bus service is also used by residents that are Mental Health clients and/or that are participating in the Special Service Program that helps senior citizens and disabled persons with unmet transportation needs. Chapter 9 - Page 12 �Marq Tran, Delta Area Transit Authority (DATA) and Alger County Public Transportation (AL TRAN) provide intercity public transit service to the City of Negaunee and Marquette County as part of a regional bus service funded through a Michigan Department of Transportation grant. Regional Transportation or RTRAN is a cooperative effort between DATA, Marq Tran, and AL TRAN to broaden the scope of bus service provided in the central U .P. RTRAN uses M-35 as the regional route connecting Marquette to Escanaba, with stops at various points along the route. Two round trips run per day, with a oneway fare costing $8.00. RTRAN has just begun a regional route along U.S. 41/M-28 and M-95 between Iron Mountain and Marquette, also with stops in several communities along the route, including Negaunee. RTRAN currently makes three round trips on M-28 between Munising and Marquette per day, with a $5.00 charge for a oneway trip. These routes use 22-passenger buses, with wheelchair lift equipment; the target customers for these regional bus routes are college students, the elderly, employees at various operations along the routes that commute long distances, and individuals seeking medical care. TABLE 9-4 RIDERSHIP LEVELS, ISHPEMING FIXED ROUTE Year Number of Passengers 1991 51,547 -- 1992 54,068 4.89 1993 52,200 -3.45 1994 50,700 -2.87 1995 50,300 -0 .79 1996 50, 100 -0.40 % Change I 991-1996 -2.84 Source: Marquette County Wide Transportation System, 1996 . • % Change from Prev. Year Chapter 9 - Page 13 �TABLE 9-5 MARQ TRAN RIDERSHIP LEVELS, 1991-1996 Specialized Serv. Contract Serv. Fixed Routes Door-to-Door 309,754 210,829 52,966 8,996 29,848 7,115 1992 330,146 233,639 49,495 8,464 30,719 7,829 1993 322,988 234,178 48,916 7,496 26,185 6,213 1994 307,983 225,811 44,757 8,701 23,317 5,397 1995 294,980 213,997 43 ,332 9,336 21,605 6,710 1996 302,970 209,137 42,746 9,853 23,054 21 , 18 0 % change 1991-92 6.58 10.82 -6.55 -5 .91 2.91 10.03 % change 1992-93 -2.17 0.23 -1.17 -11.44 -14.76 -20.64 % change 1993-94 -4.65 -3.57 -8.50 16.07 -10.95 -13. I 3 % change 1994-95 -4.22 -5.23 -3.18 7.29 -7.34 24.32 % change 1995-96 2.71 -2.27 -1.35 5.53 6.71 215.6 5 % change 1991-96 -2. 19 -0.80 -19.30 9.53 -22.8 197.6 8 Year Total 1991 Other Source: Marquette County Wide Transportation System , 1996. 9.12 Inter-Community Bus Service Inter-community bus service to and from the City of Negaunee is provided by Superior Transportation, which in 1997 took over routes previously operated by White Pine Company. Superior operates two fixed routes in the Upper Peninsula. The north-south route runs along U.S. 41 from Calumet to Milwaukee. The south bound bus along this .route stops at 11 :40 p.m. at Jim's Jubilee in the City of Negaunee, while the north bound bus along this route stops at 3:50 a.m. The east-west route runs along U.S. 2 from St. Ignace to Duluth, MN, and does not pass through Marquette County. To use the east-west bus route, residents in Marquette County would have to take the south bound bus to Rapid River in Delta County, or drive to Rapid River or Iron Mountain to catch either the east or west bound bus. 9.13 Port A deep-water port is located in the City of Marquette, approximately 10 miles east of the City of Negaunee. The port is an important shipping point for iron ore pellets from the Empire and Tilden Chapter 9 - Page 14 �e mines; pellets are transported from the mines by rail, and then shipped to steel mills in the lower Great Lakes region. Commodities such as coal and salt are shipped into Marquette via the port. An average of 10,066,833 tons of cargo each year was hauled out of the port during this period, with iron ore accounting for about 75 percent of this tonnage. Currently, nearly 50 percent of the iron ore mined in Marquette County is hauled by rail to the Escanaba port for shipping out. However, with Algoma Steel's recent announcement that it intends to take additional iron ore tonnage from the Tilden Mine beginning in 1998, the total amount of iron ore shipped out of the Marquette port should increase in the coming years. 9.14 Air Transportation The Marquette County Airport is located just east of the City ofNegaunee,just north of U.S. 41 /M-28 in Negaunee Township. This site became the County airport in 1957; previously it was a utility airport. The airport is one of six airports in the U.P. that provides commercial passenger air service. It is classified as a "transport airport" facility. Such airports have a primary runway of 4,500 feet or longer, and are capable of handling jet aircraft. The existing Marquette County Airpo1t occupies approximately 650 acres north of U.S. 41/M-28, just no1th of the northeastern comer of the City of Negaunee. Access to the airport is provided by U.S. 41/M-28 , which bisects the Marquette-Ishpeming-Negaunee urban corridor. • The current airport has two runways. The east/west runway is 6,500 feet in length, and the north/south nm way is 3,000 feet in length. The configuration of the runways is sufficient to handle many jet aircraft; however, the airport is currently used only by turboprop planes with a maximum capacity of about 40 passengers. As of early 1998, three commercial airlines serve the Marquette County Airport. Mesaba Airlines (Northwest Airlink) provides service to Detroit and Minneapolis, where Northwest Airlines maintains hubs that provide access to connecting flights. Midwest Express (Skyway) offers service to Chicago's Midway Airport and connecting flights. Great Lakes (United Express) offers service to Chicago O'Hare and Detroit. American Eagle (American Airlines) served the area until August 1996, when passenger service was discontinued due to a decline in passenger volumes. Skyway began serving Marquette County a few months after American Eagle discontinued service. Passenger, cargo and air-carried mail volumes at the Marquette County Airport have fluctuated over the past 20 years, as a result of several factors . The number of total scheduled passengers (both enplanements and deplanements) at the Marquette County Airport increased steadily from the 1950s through the 1970s, as shown in Table 9-6. With the advent of deregulation in the early 1980s, passenger volumes at all U.P . airports dropped significantly. Many smaller airports throughout the country lost jet service at this time, and service since the 1980s has been provided by smaller turboprop planes. Since 1980, the number of scheduled passengers at the Marquette County Airport has fluctuated, but the overall trend was upward until Chapter 9 - Page 15 �1993, when over 104,000 scheduled passengers passed through the airport. Since 1993, passenger volume dropped to near the 1990 level, but has since begun to increase again. The amount of air carried cargo and package freight handled at the Marquette County Airport peaked in the mid 1970s, and generally declined until 1990. Since then, the amount of cargo and freight has remained fairly constant at between 50,000 and 100,000 pounds per year, as shown in Table 9-7. The amount of incoming cargo and freight far exceeds outgoing cargo and freight in most years, with incoming (deplaned) freight averaging 65-80 percent of total volume. The amount of cargo and freight handled at the Marquette County Airport is significantly less than at other area airports; Delta County Airport handled over 1 million pounds in 1997, while Ford Airport in Dickinson County handled over 2.5 million pounds. The amount of air carried mail was, until 1980, a fairly significant factor at most U.P. airports. From the 1950s until 1980, the Marquette County Airport generally handled between 27,000 and 280,000 pounds of mail per year, averaging about 60,000 to 80,000 pounds per year. Since 1980, however, the amount of air carried mail has dropped to none in some years to a high of 6,951 pounds in 1990, as shown in Table 9-8. What mail is handled locally is almost entirely outgoing maiL with little or no incoming air carried mail in most years. This trend occurred at most U.P. airports; some airports have seen air carried mail cease entirely. Most air carried mail is now delivered by truck to larger airports, where it is then placed on airplanes, virtually eliminating the use of smaller airports for air carried mail. A base reuse plan for K.I. Sa\vyer AFB was prepared during the time the base \•;as being closed, and one of the recommendations of that plan was that the Marquette County Airport be moved to K.I. awyer. The County Board gave a tentative endorsement of that recommendation. passing a resolution to move the airport if such a move could be shov..n to be economically feasible. In August 1996. a new resolution was passed. stating that the airport would be moved. Greiner. Inc., the consulting firm who prepared the base reuse plan, was retained by Marquette County to prepare a reuse plan for the existing Marquette County Airport. The plan, completed in August 1996, examined issues related to reuse of the property. including environmental contamination, legal issues related to property ownership, the impact on current airport tenants, and potential alternatives for reuse. The study also makes recommendations regarding a marketing strategy for the property. Reuse options recommended by the study include housing development, office space, recreation, and limited commercial and industrial uses. The existing terminal and former terminal were identified as suitable for office space, while the portion of the property w~ch fronts directly on U.S. 41/M-28 would be most desirable for commercial use. Some hangars appear to be relocatable, and were recommended for relocation to Sawyer; hangars which are not relocatable could be used for storing vehicles or equipment. The study identifies a sports complex containing tennis courts, exercise rooms, weight training, etc. as a possible recreational reuse for the former Simmons hangar. Initial alternatiYes identified by Greiner included a golf course and correctional facility; the County Board directed the consultants not to consider these alternatives further. Chapter 9 - Page 16 �- ~ . e TABLE 9-6 PASSENGE RS AT U.P. AIRPORTS, SELECTED YEARS Airport 1980 1985 1990 199 1 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 Marq uette Co unty Total Schedu led Passe ngers Enplanements Dep lanernen ts 67,95 1 33,7 18 34,233 75,2 10 37,17 1 37,039 78, 11 6 39,094 39,022 88,520 44,050 44,470 103,575 52,223 5 I,352 104,537 52,500 52,037 95,925 48, 148 47,777 79,4 I2 40,01 5 39,397 83,205 42,052 4 1, 153 82,048 4 1,900 40, 148 Dc ltn County (Escanaba) Total Sched uled Passengers Enplanement s Dep lanemcn ts 40,269 21,464 18,805 2 1,442 10,865 10,577 26,094 13,476 12,6 18 28, 197 14,366 13,83 1 3 1,929 16,30 1 15,628 29,986 15, 163 14,823 37,895 19,055 18,840 35,9 13 18,270 17,643 42, 13 I 2 I,549 20,5 82 4 1,3 04 20,627 20,677 Ford (Iron Mou nt ain ) Total Schedul ed Passengers Enplanement s Dcp lane ments 38,247 18,676 19,57 1 17,396 8,683 8,7 13 2 1,2 16 10,634 10,582 16,735 8,288 8,447 20, 11 3 10,085 10,028 23,396 11 ,724 11 ,672 2 1,2 14 10,562 10,652 2 1,092 10,579 10,5 13 19,686 9,870 9,8 16 13,654 6,787 6,867 Houghton County Memori al Total Schedu led Passengers Enplanements Dep lanement s 49,330 24,796 24,534 4 1,6 15 2 1, 167 20,448 45,568 23,099 22,469 42,748 2 1,547 2 1,20 1 42,556 2 1, 165 2 1,39 1 37,888 18 ,9 17 18,97 1 40,969 20,558 20,4 11 40,762 20,484 20,278 45,468 22, 885 22,583 47,687 23,974 23,7 13 Twi n County (Menomi nee) Tota l Sched ul ed Passengers Enplanernents Dep lanements 20,098 10,2 1I 9,887 2, 11 8 1,056 1,062 3,224 1,624 1,600 3,534 1,8 11 1,723 3,597 1,834 1,763 2,999 1,49 1 1,508 2,927 1,297 1,330 1,525 704 82 1 182 110 na na na 23,990 11 ,533 12,457 5,889 2,996 2,893 10, 155 5,072 5,083 8,30 1 4, 194 4, 107 8,220 4,074 4, 146 9,727 4,870 4,857 8,702 4,330 4,372 6,4 13 3, I 83 3,230 5,34 1 2,670 2,67 1 3, 128 1,54 8 1,580 2 1,657 10,736 10,92 1 1,077 5,0 17 5,060 17,354 8,844 8,5 10 17,493 8,8 14 8,679 19,489 9,849 9,640 18,099 9, 139 8,960 17,947 9,244 8,703 13,826 9,545 9,281 17,409 8,82 1 8,588 10, 192 5,227 4,965 Gogeb ic Coun ty To la I Sched ul ed Passengers !2npl n11 c111 cnls Dcp lanements Chi ppewa Co unty In t'!. (Ki nross) Totnl Sched ul ed Passengers Enplanemcnts Dep lanernents Chap ter 9 - Page 17 72 �TAl3LE9-7 AIR CARRIED CARGO AND PACKAGED FREIGI IT AT U.P. AIRPORTS, SELECTED YEARS (POUNDS) 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 288,200 74,600 213,600 69,565 24,642 44,913 73,534 22,864 50,670 79,819 26,871 52,948 61,128 21,323 39,805 82,688 21,268 61,420 77,851 28,730 49,121 54,978 21,417 43,561 53,683 16,264 37,419 305,800 93,060 212,740 50,600 21,000 296,000 956,088 248,559 707,529 949,206 316,153 633,053 1,084,357 539,605 544,752 1,542,412 770,625 771,787 I ,527,072 688,713 838,359 1,051,536 458,682 592,854 893,797 342,689 551,108 1,086,53 I 419,369 667,162 Ford (Iron Mountain) Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 486,232 142,553 343,679 23,400 4,000 19,400 1,039,821 432,777 607,044 1,237,587 515,529 722,058 1,544,203 602,838 941,365 1,621,980 575,414 1,046,576 1,772,130 577,370 I, 194,760 1,767,087 558,079 1,209,008 2,040,446 709,929 1,330,517 2,548,43 I 950,734 1,597,697 Houghton County Memorial Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 265,579 100,696 165,063 94,000 48,000 46,000 194,394 99,110 95,284 223,292 99,174 124,118 271,098 I09,388 161,710 328,483 119,821 208,662 403,160 92,305 310,855 368,979 93,714 275,265 548,061 217,204 330,857 809,544 329, I 05 480,439 Twin County (Menominee) " Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 150,029 41,980 I08,849 1,800 400 1,400 240,324 148,152 92,172 303,903 162,762 141,141 303,227 164,172 139,055 372,002 191,473 180,529 388,966 219,507 169,459 508,996 276,649 232,347 704,307 394,910 309,397 659,415 367,090 292,325 62,555 15,432 47,123 6,092 562 5,530 142,721 61,664 81,057 158,140 60,545 97,595 171,340 73,824 97,516 189,522 78,623 110,899 230,176 97,011 133,165 170,443 68,972 101,471 304,226 125,072 179,154 356,313 177,499 178,814 I 03,550 40,421 63,129 22,800 5,600 17,200 5,708 2,018 3,690 3,791 1,803 1,988 7,937 2,906 5,031 4,731 1,074 3,657 7,190 753 6,437 6,682 2,468 4,394 2,987 1,340 1,647 4,206 2,403 1,803 Airport 1980 1985 Marquette County Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned 495,648 101,447 394,20 I Delta County (Escanaba) Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned Gogebic County Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned Chippewa County lnt'l.(Kinross) Total Cargo and Freight Enplaned Deplaned Chapter 9 - Page 18 ~ �• - - TABLE 9-8 AIR CARR IED MA IL, U.P. AIRPORTS , SELECTED YEARS Ai rport 1980 Marquette County Tota l Air Carried Mai l Enplaned Deplaned 18,300 16,956 1,344 I, 117 1,11 5 2 6,95 1 6,95 1 0 5,929 5,929 0 5,666 5,666 0 2,995 2,99 1 4 3,747 3,733 14 7323 72 18 105 4933 4703 230 2,966 2,6 16 350 De lta County (Escanaba) Tota l Air Ca rried Mai l Enplaned Dep laned 16,92 1 15,339 1,582 14, 176 14, 176 0 3,304 3,304 0 3,0 10 2,979 31 2,809 2,809 0 3,547 3,547 0 2,887 2,74 1 146 2528 2524 4 2852 2852 0 4,192 4,136 56 Ford (Iro n Mountain) Total Air Carried Mai l Enplaned Dep laned 834,4 11 22,240 8 12, 17 1 24,272 19,8 IO 4,462 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s Houghton County Memoria l Total Air Carried Mai l Enpl aned Dep laned 18,736 18,736 0 5,26 1 3,008 2,253 1,479 1,479 0 1,738 1,738 0 1,856 1,856 0 2,4 16 2,350 66 3, I 84 3,0 12 172 2529 2483 46 2978 2455 523 2,3 13 2,2 88 25 Tw in Co unty (Menom inee) Total Air Carried Mai l Enp laned Dep laned 25,653 25,483 170 0 0 0 0 0 0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s 156 19 137 140 140 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 242 242 0 67 1 634 37 547 476 71 440 440 0 659 659 0 1,429 1,429 0 25 ,657 6,971 18,686 4,66 1 2,7 19 1,942 0 0 0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s Gogebic Co unt y (Ironwood) Total Air Ca rri ed Mai l Enplaned Dep laned Chi ppewa County Int' ! (Kinross) Tota l Air Carried Mai l En pl aned Deplaned 1985 1990 199 1 1992 Chapte r 9 - Page 19 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 �It is currently estimated that the Marquette County Airport will be moved to K.I. Sawyer in summer or fall, 1999. Marquette County solicited proposals for purchase and reuse of the airport property, and as of February, 1999, is negotiating with a local developer and the Keweenaw Bay Indian Community. The developer and KBIC propose to purchase the property for use as a casino and industrial/commercial development. Negaunee Township officials and others have expressed a desire to see airport operations continued at the Negaunee Township location, even if the County airport is moved. They believe that an industrial airpark may be feasible, and that a private entity may be willing to operate the facility without state or federal funding. The County Board has taken the position that airfield uses at the current site should not be permitted once the airport is moved. The Township submitted a proposal for airport reuse, which included maintenance of an airport at the site; this proposal was rejected by the County. 9 .15 Railroads Railroads were one of the dominant forces shaping early industry and settlement in Marquette County. Rail transportation was necessary to carry iron ore from the County's many mines to ports at Marquette and Escanaba, where it was then shipped to steel mills and smelters. Communities often formed near the mines and/or where railroads were established. Rail service in the Negaunee area is provided by the Wisconsin Central LTD (WC) and Lake Superior & Ishpeming (LS&I). An east-west rail line runs through the southeastern portion of the Township, just south of U.S. 41/M-28 . The portion of this line that runs from the City of Negaunee to Eagle Mills is Wisconsin Central owned but also used by LS&I. A fee is paid by LS&I each year to have the right to use this segment of track. Just east of Eagle Mills at Diamond Junction, the WC track continues to run east-west, while the LS&I separates from the jointly used track and runs north-south and then east-west through the northeastern portion of the Township. Within Eagle Mills, LS&I operates a rail yard facility, which is used for switching cars and storing cars and locomotives. Another segment of rail line runs southwest-northeast from Eagle Mills to the City ofNegaunee. This segment of track is owned and used jointly by WC and LS&l. In the City of Negaunee, it connects with the heavily used iron ore pellet rail line that links the Tilden and Empire mines to the ore docks in Escanaba. From this interchange, the iron ore line runs northwest-southeast right through where Negaunee Township, the City of Negaunee, and Richmond Township intersect. The profitable iron ore rail line was owned and operated by the Chicago & Northwestern Railroad Co. (C&NW) from the 1860s until April of 1995, when it was purchased by the Union Pacific Railroad Company, as part of a nationwide takeover of the entire C&NW system. About two years later, WC purchased this line along with rest of the old C&NW lines in the Upper Peninsula and Northern Wisconsin from Union Pacific. Wisconsin Central purchased the additional lines because it provided an opportunity to consolidate and more efficiently move freight. Chapter 9 - Page 20 �Within Marquette County, the Empire and Tilden mines are the main customers for both WC and LS&I. As mentioned above, the WC main iron ore line runs from the mines to the ore docks in Escanaba. The LS&I iron ore rail line, on the other hand, runs from the two mines to the ore docks in Marquette. The iron ore hauled to these docking operations is then loaded onto ships and transported to steel mills along the lower Great Lakes. In 1997, about 8 million tons of iron ore was hauled by LS&I, while WC hauled about 6 million tons. In addition to iron ore, WC hauls pulpwood, logs, iron scrap, fly ash, clay, and crushed limestone on its lines serving Marquette County. However, iron ore should remain the dominant commodity hauled by both WC and LS&I within the County in the foreseeable future. With the recent acquisition of the old C&NW lines, Wisconsin Central is currently proposing to abandon the east-west rail line that runs from where LS&I splits (Diamond Junction) in Negaunee Township to Munising. WC is currently not hauling any freight along this segment of rail line. All the freight from this line is being shifted to the newly acquired rail line that runs from Partridge Junction, just north of the Empire Mine, to Escanaba. Wisconsin Central's main reasons for proposing abandonment of the Diamond Junction to Munising line are that there are no customers along this stretch and that the old C&NW line better serves its existing customers in Marquette and Baraga counties because of the distance and time savings. 9. I 6 Issues and Opportunities The need exists for additional street improvement projects throughout the City. Future water and sewer projects offer the opportunity to couple street improvements with other infrastructure improvements. Potential changes in the distribution formula for the Michigan Transportation Fund could impact, either positively or negatively, the amount of funding available to Negaunee in the years to come. There is a shortage of parking in downtown Negaunee, particularly during special events or promotions. The recommendation to include CR 553 between Gwinn and Marquette as part of the priority north-south corridor through the central U.P., together with the County Board of Commissioners' decision to move the County airport to the former K.I. Sawyer AFB, will probably increase the traffic levels along CR 480. Thus, the County, the Road Commission, and the communities served by CR 480 should work together to assure that this County primary road is maintained to a satisfactory level. Traffic counts taken by the Michigan Department of Transportation at several locations along state trunklines within the Marquette/Ishpeming/Negaunee urban corridor indicates that traffic volumes have increased along almost all segments of trunklines within the corridor area from 1975 to 1996. MDOT and the communities within the urban corridor need to use this data in making any future decisions on improving the traffic flow through the corridor area. Chapter 9 - Page 21 �Ridership on the Marq Tran Ishpeming fixed rou~e, and on the Marq Tran system in general, has declined over the past few years. Continued declines may result in changes in the level of service in the future . The new Regional Transportation (RTRAN) system will provide residents of the City of Negaunee another alternative for medium distance intercity travel or commuting within the central U .P. The aging of the local population could result in future needs for additional transportation services for the elderly and/or disabled. The recent acquisition of the Union Pacific rail lines by Wisconsin Central has allowed WC to consolidate some rail lines within the U.P ., which has resulted in a more efficient freight moving rail operation. Reuse of the existing Marquette County Airport following relocation of the airport to K.I. Sawyer may result in changes in traffic and land use patterns, which may in turn affect transportation patterns in the City of Negaunee. The relocation of the airport to K.I. Sawyer will mean increased driving time for local residents departing or arriving by air, or who are picking up or dropping off passengers. Chapter 9 - Page 22 r' I �10.0 GOALS, POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES 10.1 Introduction Throughout the preceding chapters of this plan, detailed information has been presented defining the historical trends and current situation in the City of Negaunee. This background information has helped the Planning Commission to gain an understanding of the forces which have shaped the growth and development of the City to this point. In order for a community to have a sound plan for growth and development, it is essential that goals be set. Such goals are broad statements which reflect desired future conditions, and are based on the background information, assumptions, alternatives and policy variables presented earlier. More specific policies and objectives are then developed, which define actions which can be taken to implement the goals. The final stage of the planning process, which is implementation of the plan, begins once the goals, policies and objectives have been defined. The first step in plan implementation is the adoption of this plan by the Planning Commission following a public hearing and consideration of any public comments received. Plan implementation continues through adherence to the goals, policies and objectives set forth in this plan. It should be emphasized, however, that these goals, policies and objectives are not "cast in concrete." While the Planning Commission has developed these goals, policies and objectives based on the best information available, and the needs of the community at a point in time, changing needs and desires within the community, or changes in the local population or economy may mean that these goals, policies and objectives will need to be re-evaluated. This plan must remain flexible enough to respond to changing needs and conditions, while still providing a strong guiding mechanism for future development. The Planning Commission, City Council, and City staff, together with other groups, organizations and individuals, can use this plan as a dynamic decisionmaking tool, and should assure that the plan is referred to frequently and updated periodically. To assist in understanding the nature of the goals, policies, and objectives presented on the following pages, the following definitions are presented: Goal: A broad statement of a desired future condition, the generalized end toward which all efforts are directed. Goals are often stated in terms of fulfilling broad public needs, or alleviating major problems. Goals are generally difficult to measure and are idealistic. Policy: A statement of position or course of action which provides a means of obtaining a stated goal. Policies are factual in nature, and can be measured by the impact they have on existing conditions. Chapter I O - Page I �Objective: 10.2 A specific attainable end derived from a related goal or policy to be accomplished within a specific time. When attained, they represent significant and measurable progress toward a goal, thus providing a means of evaluating progress. Economy Explanation: The City of Negaunee is a part of the Negaunee-Ishpeming-Marquette urban corridor, the commercial and employment center of Marquette County. While historically dependent on natural resources, the economy in Marquette County is now heavily dependent on the service sector. Unemployment rates have declined overall since 1982, and the local economy is fairly diversified. Many City residents work in the City of Marquette, while taking advantage of the lower housing costs in the City of Negaunee. The City contains a compact, historical downtown area, and additional commercial development along U.S. 41/M-28 . Increase business and employment opportunities, and increase the City's tax base. Policies: Encourage economic diversification aimed at recreation/tourist traffic. Promote and market the Negaunee area, and promote recreational activities and events which draw both area residents and visitors into the community. Use cooperative marketing efforts with businesses and other organizations where possible. Encourage revitalization of and restoration of the downtown area as a diversified commercial area. Improve existing and develop new shopping areas in the downtown and Teal Lake corridor. Promote future industrial development which does not have an adverse effect on surrounding areas and the community as a whole. Provide increased employment opportunities through incentive programs which support entrepreneurial enterprises in the community. Consider acquisition of developable land along U.S. 41-~28 and Teal Lake for resale or lease to private developers, providing that public access to Teal Lake is maintained. Develop an overall plan for the downtown area, to help achieve consistent design and maintain the historical atmosphere of the downtown. Chapter IO - Page 2 �Objectives: Establish a theme for the City of Negaunee, such as capitalizing on the area's rich mining heritage, the historical buildings and visible reminders of the mining era; use this theme to guide marketing efforts, beautification, building and facade improvements, public improvements such as lighting and street furniture, etc. Historic preservation guidelines would be appropriate for this effort. Encourage development of businesses which will attract visitors as well as local residents to the community, such as lodging facilities, restaurants, microbreweries, specialty shops, art galleries, etc. Support development of bed and breakfast establishments where appropriate. Such establishments can encourage renovation of older homes, spur local construction activity, and will fit well with the historic character of the community. Establish a program for recognition of the efforts and success of downtown merchants, to let these businesses know they are a valued part of the community. Develop a strategic plan for the redevelopment of the downtown area, and pursue grant funds for implementation of the plan. - Build on the success of existing community events and attractions, such as the Negaunee Invitational Basketball Tournament, Pioneer Days, ski jumping competitions, etc.; explore other ideas for events and attractions to draw visitors to the area; promote Negaunee as a site for festivals and other family-oriented events. Capitalize on recreational opportunities in the area, such as luge, ski jumping, ice fishing, snowmobiling, hunting; market these opportunities, and insure that adequate facilities are in place to meet visitors' needs. Work with local organizations to develop walking and auto tours of the City, highlighting the historical attractions in the area. Establish a dialog with Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Co. seeking access to the Jackson Pit, to reestablish an overlook as a visitor attraction. Increase awareness of Native American activities in the area, dating back to 4-6,000 years ago according to recent artifacts discoveries. Investigate the feasibility of establishing an area of land on or near Teal Lake/U.S. 41 for use by local Native Americans to market native goods and provide visitors with information about Native American culture and history. Chapter IO - Page 3 �Encourage aggressive marketing of commercial real estate, especially historically significant buildings in the downtown district. Educate local real estate firms about the potential of the downtown area, using success stories from existing businesses as examples. Increasing community pride is critical to the success of any marketing efforts. Provide opportunities for local residents to participate in community promotion through cleanup and beautification programs, family-oriented activities such as seasonal flea markets, flower and garden shows, etc. . 10.3 Natural Features Explanation: The City ofNegaunee's location over significant iron ore deposits in the Marquette Iron Range has helped shape the current development pattern of the community. The area's steep slopes limit the suitability of some areas for development, but provide recreational opportunities in the form of ski jumping, cross-country skiing, luge, etc. Some of these areas, where caving from past mining activities is not a limiting factor, can provide attractive sites for development because of the views from these steep sites. One of the more visible natural features in the City is Teal Lake; the City has cooperated with the City oflshpeming in applying for and receiving grant funds to aid in purchasing significant portions of the north shore of the lake. Continue to capitalize on the opportunities associated with the area's steep terrain, climate and natural beauty, while at the same time recognizing the limitations that result from these factors. Policies: Development on the north shore of Teal Lake should be discouraged; the City should pursue acquisition of land where possible to preserve this unique area. Protect the unique character of the Teal Lake shoreline. Continue to work with other local governments, organizations, and individuals to establish and promote events which take advantage of the area's climate and natural features. Objectives: Work with the City oflshpeming, CCI, the U.S. Olympic ~ducation Center, and others to continue enhancement of the SUNTRAC area, and promote existing and new events which are possible because of the unique topography and climate of the area. Implement a 100-foot waterfront setback for development along the north shore and other undeveloped areas of Teal Lake. Chapter l O - Page 4 �10.4 Land Use Explanation: The land use pattern in the City of Negaunee is largely the result of past mining activities, and although these activities have largely ceased inside the City, the caving grounds which remain severely restrict the City's ability to grow. About 75 percent of land within the City is owned or controlled by mining interests, and much of this area consists of caving grounds. Of the City's 15 square miles, only about three square miles contain development. Commercial development has occurred in the downtown area, with a newer commercial "strip" along U.S. 41/M-28. Industrial development in the City is insignificant, and new residential development has been limited by unavailability of land. Two new developments are expected to provide 60-65 new housing units on property formerly not available. Utilize zoning and subdivision regulations, and other local regulatory tools, to implement this plan and guide future growth and development in Negaunee. Develop the downtown and portions of Teal Lake as activity centers and recreational attractions, and develop the U.S. 41/M-28 corridor as a tourist service area, while enhancing the traditional small town character of the community. Enhance the physical appearance of the City, to increase its appeal to residents and visitors. Policies: The existing zoning ordinance should be periodically reviewed to make sure it adequately addresses local issues, facilitates development goals, and protects the character of the community. Encourage revitalization of and restoration of the downtown area as a diversified commercial area. Improve existing and develop new shopping areas in the downtown and Teal Lake A venue corridor. Promote future industrial development which does not have an adverse effect on surrounding areas and the community as a whole. Encourage preservation of historic structures in the City, possibly including designation of a historic district. The City should adopt a sign ordinance, and develop regulations which will be consistent with the character of the community; will aid local residents and visitors in finding attractions and services; and will not detract from the visual quality of the area. Chapter IO - Page 5 �Objectives: Adopt where necessary and consistently enforce ordinances directed towards unsightly buildings, blight, junk cars, etc.; these ordinances will enhance Negaunee's image as a clean, familyoriented community. Develop special zoning language for the Teal Lake area, either through a new zoning district or an overlay district; consider inclusion of special setbacks from the high water line, limitations to height of structures and/or vegetation to enhance scenic views; visual easements at street intersections; buffers along district boundaries and/or adjacent to certain uses; minimizing bulk of structures and lot coverage ratios to maintain visual access. Various uses should be permitted or restricted based on their relationship to the water. Planned Unit Development provisions and incentive zoning language should be added to the current zoning ordinance. Innovative and flexible zoning techniques which allow for mixed uses and creative design should also be explored. Sign regulations should be revised as necessary to insure signs do not detract from the U.S. 41/M-28 corridor or the downtown character. Subdivision regulations should be adopted which establish design and construction criteria governing new streets and subdivisions. In cases where City-owned property is sold, leased or otherwise transferred to a developer, stipulations should be included requiring public access easements, design standards, and/or public facilities to be provided by the developer. The historical character of the downtown should be protected; development of regulations and/or some sort of official designation based on preservation of historic properties should be considered. Landscaping should be used to enhance the appearance of the downtown, using tree planting, shrubs, ground covers, and flowering plants. Enhance the appearance of the entrances to the City, and the U.S. 41/M-28 corridor, using landscaping, signage, visual enhancement of the railroad viaduct, removal or renovation of dilapidated buildings, cleaning up of vacant property, etc. Establish a theme for the City of Negaunee, such as capitalizing on the area's rich mining heritage, the historical buildings and visible reminders of the mining era; use this theme to guide marketing efforts, beautification, building and facade improvements, public improvements such as lighting and street furniture, etc. Historic preservation guidelines would be appropriate for this effort. Chapter IO - Page 6 �Encourage development of businesses which will attract visitors as well as local residents to the community, such as lodging facilities, restaurants, microbreweries, specialty shops, art galleries, etc. Identify potential sites for an industrial park, and define the development needs for these sites. 10.5 Public and Community Facilities Explanation: The City of Negaunee provides a wide range of community facilities and services, including municipal water and sewer systems, garbage collection, electrical service, cable television, municipal offices, library, etc. Other entities at the county, state and federal level, as well as some local organizations, also provide services or facilities used by local residents. Some services, such as higher education, are available in other nearby communities. Community facilities and services are an important part of a community's quality of life, and are also an important factor in economic development. Continue to provide all needed community facilities and services in a cost-effective manner, in accordance with the standards of regulatory agencies. Policies: Continue to provide existing services in a safe and efficient manner, in compliance with state and federal standards, and expand services as needed. Develop a multi-year Capital Improvement Plan for the City, to be used as a long-range planning and budgeting tool. Provide services and facilities which will improve community appearance and serve to attract visitors to the City. Objectives: Encourage pedestrian and biking activity in the community by adding historic-style lighting fixtures throughout the downtown area and Teal Lake corridor. Place and maintain street furnishings in the downtown area and Teal Lake corridor, to make the area more attractive and provide comfort to shoppers, tourists, employees, and pedestrians. Street furnishings include planters, benches, trash containers, drinking fountains, tree grates, and bicycle racks. Explore alternative uses for the former water works building along Teal Lake. Chapter 10 - Page 7 �Provide streetscapes and urban design improvements, such as landscaping, paving, street furniture, lighting, etc., which will add character to public areas. Develop a high-visibility visitor center to provide information to tourists and local residents. A cooperative effort with the Negaunee Historical Museum and other local organizations may be appropriate. Identify deteriorated and/or undersized water mains, identify potential funding sources for repairs, and complete repair or replacement projects as needed to achieve a water system which adequately serves all customers. Identify deteriorated sewer mains, identify funding sources for repair or replacement projects, and repair or replace mains as needed to eliminate inflow and reduce the volume of effluent treated. Identify funding sources for replacement and possible relocation of the sewer interceptor which currently crosses caving grounds ; complete repair and/or relocation . Identify funding sources for repairs to the Negaunee Fire Hall, Negaunee City Hall, and other municipal buildings. Use a Capital Improvements Program to budget for and schedule repairs over a period of several years, in order to insure that these buildings remain suitable for public use. Demolish existing bandshell, select location for new bandshell, identify funding sources, and construct new bandshell. Complete additional platting, road repairs, and water system repairs in Negaunee Cemetery. Continue to upgrade electrical service and TV cable system as needed . Evaluate the financial feasibility of continued operation of the City' s cable television system. 10.6 Housing Explanation: The City ofNegaunee's housing stock is generally relatively old, although most units have been well-maintained. Because of a lack of available sites for development, there has not been significant housing growth in recent years. However, two subdivisions are currently being developed on land that was purchased by developers from mining interests; these new subdivisions will add 60-65 housing units to the local housing stock. Construction began in 1998 on a new 20-unit assisted living facility in the City, which will provide housing options for elderly residents. Chapter IO - Page 8 �Encourage provision of an adequate supply of affordable, safe and sanitary housing, consistent with the needs of the local population. Policies: Encourage continued development and maintenance of a variety of housing types, in accordance with local ordinances and state laws. Through the zoning ordinance and other land use regulation tools, ensure that sufficient sites are available to develop new housing. Stabilize and strengthen existing residential environments through housing rehabilitation and improvement programs. Objectives: Sponsor annual Home Improvement awards. Encourage rehabilitation of existing homes through more active involvement in state and federal programs where available .. Explore the feasibility of elderly housing in the U.S. 41 corridor, where shopping and services are readily available. Be aware of state and county programs for housing rehabilitation, and encourage use of available programs by local residents to help eliminate deteriorated and unsafe housing. Continue to enforce local ordinances regarding blight and deterioration, to eliminate hazards to public health and safety. 10.7 Recreation/Historical Explanation: A wide variety of recreational opportunities are provided in and around the City of Negaunee. These recreational opportunities range from playgrounds and picnic areas used by local residents to intensively-developed facilities which attract visitors from a significant distance, such as SUNTRAC (Suicide Bowl) or the Iron Industry Museum. Some of these recreational opportunities are provided by the City, while others are provided by other agencies or organizations. The City also contains a wealth of historical sites, including many historical buildings in the downtown area. Negaunee is the site of the first discovery of iron ore in the U.P., which led to the development of a thriving iron mining industry throughout the Marquette Iron Range. Chapter IO - Page 9 �Goals (Recreation): Provide a wide range of recreational opportunities, including a variety of recreational experiences for all age groups and abilities, which attract visitors to the community as well as serving local recreation needs. Develop the downtown and portions of Teal Lake as activity centers and recreational attractions while enhancing the traditional small town character of the community. Develop the U.S. 41 corridor as a tourist service area. Capitalize on the historic character of the City and the rich iron mining heritage to attract visitors to the City. Policies: Maintain existing parks and recreational facilities, and implement improvements identified through the recreation planning process. Continue to update the City of Negaunee Recreation Plan every five years, in accordance with Michigan DNR guidelines. Cooperate with other units of government in encouraging maintenance and improvement of recreational facilities in the area, as well as development of new recreational opportunities. Maintain public ownership of Teal Lake shoreline areas to assure that inappropriate or incompatible development does not occur. Increase the value of existing public recreation areas by providing equipment, amenities and other improvements to accommodate multi-use throughout the year. Promote increased use of facilities already in place, such as the Ice Arena. Aggressively pursue grant funding opportunities for recreation improvements. Pursue acquisition of additional recreational sites where possible, using federal, state and private funding sources where available. Insure that local zoning and other land use regulations provide the opportunity to develop businesses which will enhance recreational opportunities il\the City. Utilize Teal Lake's full potential for public recreation opportunities, including parks, scenic viewing areas, boat launch and mooring facilities, etc. Encourage pedestrian and other non-motorized activity in the community by adding signage, historic-style lighting, bike lanes, etc. throughout the downtown area and the Teal Lake corridor. Chapter 10 - Page I 0 �Objectives: Build on the success of existing community events and attractions, such as the Negaunee Invitational Basketball Tournament, Pioneer Days, ski jumping competitions, etc.; explore other ideas for events and attractions to draw visitors to the area; promote Negaunee as a site for festivals and other family-oriented events. Capitalize on recreational opportunities in the area, such as luge; ski jumping; ice fishing; sailing, canoeing, rowing, windsurfing and other nonmotorized boating activities; snowmobiling; hunting; market these opportunities, and insure facilities are in place to meet visitors' needs. Establish a theme for the City of Negaunee, such as capitalizing on the area's rich mining heritage, the historical buildings and visible reminders of the mining era; use this theme to guide marketing efforts, beautification, building and facade improvements, public improvements such as lighting and street furniture, etc. Historic preservation guidelines would be appropriate for this effort. Encourage development of businesses that will attract visitors and local residents to the area, such as lodging facilities, restaurants, microbreweries, specialty shops, art galleries, etc. Support development of bed and breakfast establishments where appropriate. Such establishments can encourage renovation of older homes, spur local construction activity, and will fit well with the historic character of the community. Develop a historic walking tour for visitors to interconnect tourist attractions, historically significant features, and the ethnic neighborhoods of the City with Teal Lake and the downtown. Place placards on or in front of historic buildings throughout the City. Use grant funds in combination with local funds to improve City parks and recreational facilities. Support other local units' efforts to obtain grant funds for other recreational facilities in the area. Identify opportunities to make sites and facilities more accessible to people with disabilities. Implement Teal Lake Park Master Plan recommendations. Implement recommendations of Teal Lake Study Committee. Contact the DNR regarding the continued stocking of fish in Teal Lake. Acquire land, easement, or right-of-way to provide trail access to City-owned property on north shore of Teal Lake. Implement projects identified in the City's recreation plan. Chapter l O - Page l 1 �Explore the feasibility of establishing a campground or RV park in the City. Develop a high-visibility visitor center to provide information to tourists and local residents. A cooperative effort with the Negaunee Historical Museum and other local organizations may be appropriate. Goal (Historical): Restore and preserve the historical resources of the Negaunee area, and use the unique history of the area and many historical structures to attract tourists to the area. Policies: Encourage the protection and/or rehabilitation of historical structures wherever possible, rather than replacing with new structures. Seek the support of Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Company in efforts to restore the mining heritage of the area. Objectives : Encourage owners and/or managers of historical sites to preserve and/or rehabilitate structures and sites. Support efforts of other agencies and local units of government to obtain funding to preserve, rehabilitate, and interpret historical sites. Capitalize on the downtown's historic integrity, drawing on the community's rich heritage, varied architectural styles, ethnic backgrounds, natural surroundings, recreation, sporting and cultural activities. Develop design standards to serve as guidelines for renovation of historic structures or new construction in historically significant areas. Explore the possibility of creating a historic district, perhaps using tax incentives, low interest loans, design assistance, etc. to encourage preservation and appropriate renovation of historic structures. Develop a historic walking tour for visitors to interconnect tourist attractions, historically significant features , Teal Lake and the downtown. Place placards on or in front of historic buildings and other significant historical sites throughout the City. Chapter IO - Page 12 �10.8 Transportation Explanation: The City of Negaunee is part of the Marquette-Negaunee-Ishpeming urban area, located along U.S. 4 l/M-28. In addition to these and other state trunklines, the City maintains a network of streets within its boundaries. Traffic counts have shown significant increases in traffic over the past 20 years or so. Local residents are heavily dependent on private automobiles for transportation, with only limited access to public transit. Other forms of transportation which serve the City include rail, used primarily to transport iron ore from the mines south of the City to the Marquette ore docks; air, which is available at the Marquette County Airport; shipping, generally limited to the shipment of iron ore, coal, salt, etc. to and from Marquette. Air travel will require a longer drive on the part of City residents once the Marquette County Airport relocates to K.I. Sawyer in late 1999. Continue to provide a transportation network which provides for the safe and efficient movement of goods and people through, into and out of the City. Policies : • Evaluate city-wide traffic patterns, identify hazardous areas where unsafe traffic patterns exist, and develop strategies for elimination of those hazards . Maintain road surfaces and structures in good repair. Encourage non-motorized travel throughout the City. Objectives: Develop a historic walking tour for visitors to interconnect tourist attractions, historically significant features, Teal Lake and the downtown. Encourage pedestrian and other non-motorized activity in the community by adding a pedestrian overpass over U.S. 41, signage, historic-style lighting, bike lanes, etc. throughout the downtown area and the Teal Lake corridor. Coordinate with Marq Tran regarding the placement of bus shelters throughout the City. Enhance the appearance of the entrances to the City, and the U.S. 41/M-28 corridor, using landscaping, signage, visual enhancement of the railroad viaduct, removal or renovation of dilapidated buildings, cleaning up of vacant property, etc. Implement the recommendations of the Traffic/Parking Study conducted by ECI, Inc. in 1993. Chapter IO - Page 13 �Sand Dr J p Negaunee City: Pro osed Zonin 1 City of Ne aunee Zoning Classification - Central Business District (CBD) Commercial Light Industrial Mining Plan Unit Development (PUD) Recreation Residential Rural Residential 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 Cr Feet + l__:_ompiled By: CUPPAD, 1999 14 �Teal 36 Lake 35 p J? V 1City of Ne aunee ity of •see Reverse Sidl For Zoomed y;,,. Map Layers - -Road Network D eity Border -,........,~Railroads Rivers Lakes - -Section Tics 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 11 7 Cr Feet Lake Miller Compiled By: CUPPAD, 1999 L______:_:_- - - -=- -: c___O'-Jfde1=i =~=~==========--_jL___~~=========~-_J 14 Lake � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Negaunee_Comprehensive-Plan_1999 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource CUPPAD Regional Commission Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1999-08-17 Title A name given to the resource City of Negaunee Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The City of Negaunee Comprehensive Plan was prepared by the CUPPAD Regional Commission with assistance from the City of Negaunee Planning Commission and was adopted on August 17, 1999. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource City of Negaunee Planning Commission, City of Negaunee, Marquette County, Michigan (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Negaunee (Mich.) Marquette County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e0987051c83605b7e1317fbe0f93b225.pdf 078f4f773ab521626dfa8fe23d8fd729 PDF Text Text . ., L I . L I .__ City of Muskegon Heights Master Plan August, 1989 �... CITY OF MUSKEGON HEIGHTS MASTER PLAN I CITY OF MUSKEGON HEIGHTS • !I \. 1989 Robert A. Warren, Mayor CITY COUNCIL r : I : ;_; Eugene A. Fisher, Mayor Pro Tern Willie Burrel, Jr. Alex Fielstra Charles Jackson Patricia Jones Rillastine Wilkins MUSKEGON HEIGHTS PLANNING COMMISSIONERS Carlton Burrel, Chairperson Joseph Charlton Hedesene Fields Eugene A. Fisher Finis Graham Letha Fox John Sydnor Robert A. Warren Dolores Wingett ! ..... j Joseph S. Charlton, City Manager Peter J. Sartorius, Director of Planning Edna J. Thomas, Commission Secretary . Gerald L. Adams, Land Use Consultant �DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ,....__ ' Cit y Ha ll • 2724 Pe ck St re e! . Muskecon He ,qtll~ Mt 49444 Telef")h,,ne · i6 Hi, 733-1355 PIASTER PLAN CITY OF l'IUSKEGON HEIGHTS RESOLUTION OF ADOPTION By The CITY PLANNING CONMISSION WHEREAS, Public Act 285' of 1931, the Municipal Planning Act, provides for the creation oi a Nunicipal Planning Commission, and; I ,• : -: WHEREAS, the City of Muskegon Heights City Council has appointed said Commission pursuant of the provisions of said Act, and; WHEREAS, adopt a and; said Act provides that the Commission shall prepare and Master Plan for the physical development of the City, WHEREAS, the Commission has prepared such a Plan the provisions of · said Act, and; consistent with WHEREAS, said P l an i ncludes both text and maps describing the existing and planned future character of the City, and; WHEREAS, said Plan has been the subject of a public provided for vithin the Municipal Planning Act, hearing as NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City of Muskegon Heights Planning Commission does hereby adopt the City of Muskegon Heights Master Plan. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that copies of the Plan shall be forwarded to the Nuskegon Heights City Council and Muskegon County Register of Deeds as provided for in the Municipal Planning Act. The above resolution vas adopted at a regular meeting of the City of Muskegon Heights, Planning Commission held in the Muskegon Heights City Hall on August 31 , 1989, at 4 : 15 pm. Muskeg::,r- He,ghts wilt no: d•scr ,m 'late a;a ,.,st a,,, 1nd ,vIa.ia I or g•ou~, beec,use ot race se, :e t,g ,o ' orIg ,n co io• mar ita l sta•us ha,,c ,ca::i or po :, 1,ca I t,e I,ets a9 <:: na; ,0 -,a 1 �caitnissioner Graham Notion to adopt the Plan was made by and supported by _Ccrrrni ___ ·s_s_i_·o_n_e_r_F_i_s_he_r________________ AYES: Ccrrrnissiners Burrel, Charlton, Fields, Fisher, Fox, Graham, Warren, Wingett HAYS: None We, the undersigned, do hereby certi~y to the authenticity of the above resolution: I i ' Carlton Burrel, Chairpersoy Planning Commission Edna J. Thoma~ Secretary Planning Commission �,•··- At a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Muskegon Heights, County of Muskegon, Michigan, held on M:>rrlay, September 25, 1989 in the Muskegon Heights City Hall in said City, at 7:30 o'clock p.rn. PRESENT: Burrel, Fielstra, Mayor Pro Mayor Warren. ABSENT: None. Tern Tern Fisher, Jackson, Jones, Wilkins, The follONing prearrble and resolution were offered by Mayor Pro Fisher and suwcrted by Councilman Burrel: RESOLUTIOO IN SUPPORT OF THE MASTER PIAN CITY OF MJSKEGON HEIGHTS 1 ~ I i I ' ., WHEREAS, Public Act 285 of 1931, the .Municipal Planning Act, provides for the creation of a Municipal Planning Conmission, and; WHEREAS, the Muskegon Heights City Council has appointed said Conmission pursuant to the provisions of said Act, and; WHEREAS, said Act provides that the Ccrrmission shall prepare and adopt a Master Plan for the physical develoµrent of the City, and; WHEREAS, the Corrrnission has prepared such a Plan consistent with the provisions of said Act, and; WHEREAS, said Plan includes both text and maps describing the existing and plamed future character of the City, and; WHEREAS, the Planning Conmission has adopted the Plan in accordance with the Municipal Planning Act, and; WHEREAS, the Planning Corrrnission has sutrnitted the adopted Plan to the Muskegon Heights City Council with the recarmendation that said Council also adopt the Plan as an affinnation to the Plan's validity and use pursuant to guiding future land use decisions, and; WHEREAS, the Council has received said Plan, reviewed same, and finds it to be oonsistent with the goals and objectives of said Council, NCM, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Muskegon Heights City Council does hereby approve the City of Muskegon Heights Master Plan as adopted by the Muskegon Heights Planning Conmission. AYES: Burrel, Fielstra, Mayor Pro Tern Fisher, Jackson, Jones, Wilkins, Mayor Warren. NAYS: None. �I .' , . ..., I hereby certify that the foregoing constitutes a true and canplete resolution adopte:i by the Muskegon Heights City Council at a regular meetin;, held on lt>nday, Septertber 25, 198 9. E. A. Cisneros, City Clerk i f • I. - ..... - �TABLE OF CONTENTS ' \ ' ! - PAGE ELEMENT '' .. I ·-' t I ! INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 LOCATION AND PHYSICAL Regional Setting . . . Physical Character . . Soils . . . . . . . . . . . Vegetation . . . . • . . Topography . . . . . . . Water Resources . . . Climate . . . . . . . . . CHARACTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 5 5 5 8 8 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 11 13 16 INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT PROFILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Needs . . . . . . . Home Ownership . . . . . . Rental Housing . . . . . . . Neighborhood Improvement - ... POPULATION . . . . . . . General Information Age Profile . . . . . Education Profile . . . . and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _. . . . . . . . . . 22 30 31 34 34 EXISTING LAND USE . . . . . . . . . . . Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public/Semi-Public . . . . . . . . . . Vacant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rights-of-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infrastructure and Energy Supplies Public Water . . . . . . . . . . Sanitary Sewer . . . . . . . . Storm Sewers . . . . . . . . . Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . Electric Service . . . . . . . . Telephone Service . . . . . . Cellular Phone Service . . . Cable Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 38 41 41 47 48 51 51 51 51 51 52 52 52 52 52 52 -i- ...: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . �. '; ' TRANSPORTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Classification System . . . . . . Rail Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transit System . . . . . . . . ; . . . . . . . . Intercity Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lake Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PROBLEMS AND Traffic Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Downtown Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Curbs and Sidewalks . . . . . . . . . . . . . Access Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entryway to Downtown . . . . . . . . . . . . MASTER PLAN LAND USE DISTRICTS Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General RetaiVService . . . . Highway Commercial . . . . . Mixed Use PUD . . . . . . . . Redevelopment District (Light Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Industrial . . . . . . . Public . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' ·' r • . ..- I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 54 59 59 59 59 59 60 60 61 62 63 63 65 66 68 68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 72 72 72 73 73 73 (Implementation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 76 79 81 82 83 84 84 ACTION SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 GOALS AND ACTION STATEMENTS Residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . Recreation/Community Facilities Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other Plan Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •• - ii - . . . . . . . . �, -,, FIGURES ' PAGE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Location Map . . . . . . . . . . . . Generalized Soils Map . . . . . . General Topog,raphic Map . . . . Census Tracts . . . . . . . . . . . . Median Household Income . . . . Construction Activity . . . . . . . . Owner/Rental Split (%) . . . . . . Neighborhood Conditions Survey Existing Land Use Map . . . . . . Existing City Recreation Facilities Functional Classification Map . . Master Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 7 . 9 15 19 25 28 36 39 49 58 67 Population Growth, 1910-1980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Municipal Popu,lation Change, 1970-1980 . . . . . . . . . . . . Population Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Age Distribution as Percentage of Population . . . . . . . . . . Muskegon Area Income Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980 Place of Employment for Muskegon Heights Residents Employment by Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Types by Census Tract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Densities by Census Tract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building Permit Single Family Residences 1980-1985 . . . . . Projected Number of Housing Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Muskegon Area Housing Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contract Rents in 1980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renter Characteristics by Census Tract . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Expenditures for Homeowners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gaps in Available Housing Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Expenditures tor Renters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Muskegon Heights Existing Land Use, 1969 and 1988 . . . . Functional Classification Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reported Traffic Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CBD Parking Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 12 12 14 18 20 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 30 31 32 34 38 57 60 62 . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I· TABLES :. ... -- 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. - iii - �j .. , J \ •· ' 1 ,_ -· Introduction �INTRODUCTION The City of Muskegon Heights has reached a threshold in its place as a maturing urban community. Unlike those periods of its early history, the City no longer possesses large tracts of untouched vacant land ready for immediate development. Many of the founding industries, typically classified as "heavy" in orientation, have since closed. Housing construction has moderated. The need to attract external investment dollars is at its highest, yet strong competition from local and regional neighbors tend to dilute available funds. ' I I • l , ... I L ! For many communities, the above scenario would signal a time of frustration. However, that is not the case with Muskegon Heights. To the contrary! The City has recognized each issue as a challenge. And each challenge as an opportunity. The City has focused its energies and resources in a forward, pro-active direction. Chief among those resources are the City's residents who are best described as dedicated, concerned, and loyal. This document, the City of Muskegon eight's Master Plan, is future. It is one of the many steps to be undertaken as the Muskegon Heights Master Plan represents a basic land use decisions are made concerning future development. The Plan, future development. It is a statement of commitment. evidence of the City's concern for its City strives towards excellence. The document to be used as a guide as however, is more than just a guide to The Plan does not stand alone, but rather, is one of a series of documents oriented to the City's growth. These documents include: The Sanford Street Redevelopment Plan (198V - a comprehensive assessment and guide to the redevelopment of the Sanford and Broadway area. The Muskegon Heights Housing Study (1986) - a comprehensive analysis of the City's housing needs. f. I • ' ri '' L The Muskegon Parks and Recreation Plan (1986) - a detailed assessment and guide to the City's recreational needs. The Muskegon Heights Tax Increment Financing and Development Plan (1986) - a detailed planning guide oriented to detailing future projects within the downtown area. ,- The Woodcliffe Site Development Study and Plan (1989) - a comprehensive analysis of the Woodcliffe residential area pursuant to its uses for future single-family residential development. ' The Muskegon Heights Housing Assistance Plan (1988) - a three-year guide addressing housing needs with particular emphasis on the needs of low and moderate income residents. . - 2 - �The Muskegon Heights Zoning Ordinance (1990) - a regulatory document which serves as the basic tool for implementing the Master Plan. The Ordinance provides very detailed information pursuant to uses permitted within the (zoning) districts of the City. The document also provides detail on developmental regulations and standards. The above documents should be consulted as one examines and employs the Master Plan. In many Instances they contain extensive program detail not found within the Plan. The Plan is a flexible document, capable of being amended as new information is obtained and/or as desired by the citizenry of the community. However, change should be viewed with caution and initiated only after sufficient research suggests that change is warranted. :. - 3 - �! ' Location and Physical Character �LOCATION AND PHYSICAL CHARACTER Regional Setting The City is located In the heart of the Muskegon-Muskegon Heights Standard Metropolitan Area. It Is surrounded by the communities of Muskegon, Norton Shores, and Muskegon Township (Figure 1). It lies within forty minutes of vehicular travel time to Grand Rapids and approximately three and onehalf hours to either Detroit or Chicago. Muskegon Heights has direct access to Interstate 96 and Is less than one mile to U.S. 31. Physical Character . -, As with its adjoining neighbors, the City's physiography has been primarily determined by it association with Lake Michigan. It topography and soil types are related to the development and influence of Lake Michigan. Much of the original topography, vegetation, and water resources have been developed or modified over the years. The City is largely composed of the sandy soils of the broad upland plain lying east of the sand dune formations along Lake Michigan (Figure 2). Paralleling Little Black Cree, low land soils are primarily muck. . These areas are subject to flooding and are poor for intensive development. A large area of poorly drained muck soils overlaying a sand layer occurs where the Little Black Creek joins Mona Lake. Side slopes above these muck areas along Little Black Creek are of sandy soils of poor fertility and subject to erosion. Areas adjacent to Mona Lake consist of moderately well-drained sandy soils, with a generally high water table. Vegetation Muskegon Heights is a mature urban community with heavy concentrations of residential, commercial, and industrial activities. Areas of undisturbed vegetation do not exist except in isolated locations along Little Black Creek and Mona Lake. Vegetation here is primarily wetland species and includes cattails, bulrushes, alder, elm, and red maple. Some of the smaller areas have been retained in a nature preserve along Little Black Creek. The majority of the vegetation in the City consists of deciduous street tree plantings or individual oak tree remnants scattered throughout the uplands. Such plantings off er much character to the City, particular1y in residential locations. -5- �16 ,..,. .a, ~ a, 10 6 2 _£ (!R•---~,r--r-i:r--T --r-- 2 6 22 26 M 411 P. J . Muskegon County 111 ■ ■■ Lili Ottawa County •• Figure 1 LOCATION MAP �..... f Grayling-Rubicon Sands Tawas and Kersten _) Croswell/ AuGres Figure 2 ',\0:-,; \. 50 YR. Floodplain GENERALIZED SOILS MAP �I Topography Muskegon Heights is part of a broad, low-lying, sandy plain lying east of the Lake Michigan Shoreline (Figure 3). The topography of the City is generally level, varying not more than five to ten feet in vertical elevation. I ' At the southernmost boundary formed by Mona Lake, the topography drops approximately forty to forty-five feet to form a low, narrow strip of land around Mona Lake. This area lies only a few feet above the level of the lake. The most dramatic feature of the City is in the southeast corner where the Little Black Creek cuts through the City to its outlet at Mona Lake. Here the elevation slopes to form a stream valley with adjacent areas. This area encompasses one of the last undeveloped areas of the City. The flood plain follows a narrow belt of low-lying areas along the Little Black Creek and includes almost all of the City property located south of Seaway Drive. Currently, a significant part of this land is in public ownership, most in the form of park land or open space. Water Resources The dominant water resources of Muskegon Heights is Mona Lake. It is one of the three major inland lakes, all connected to Lake Michigan, found in Muskegon County. Mona Lake is a long, narrow body of water approximately four miles in length. It is connected to Lake Michigan by a channel navigable by small water craft only. The City possesses approximately 1,400 lineal feet of lake frontage on Mona Lake . All of it is in public ownership as Mona Lake Park. It provides a public boat launch facility on the lake as well as public beach frontage . The launch ramp serves as a major entry point to the lake for tourists and local residents. Climate Muskegon Heights is on the eastern shore of Lake Michigan, and its climate is moderate by the lake. The cooling effect of the lake in spring slows the growth of vegetation until the dangers of frost are past. The warming effect in the fall acts to modify the initial outbreaks of a cold winter. Summer is pleasant because of cool lake breezes. Winter temperatures are generally moderate although average snowfall is heavy. The growing season is 160-170 days. The average precipitation is 31 .5 inches, average snowfall is 97.2 inches, and annual average temperature is 47.0 degrees Fahrenheit. Highest temperatures occur in July (average of 70.0 degrees F.) while the coolest in January (23.3 degrees F.). • 8 • �GENERAL TOPOGRAPHIC MAP �, I .: . .' I Population �POPULATION f I . Table 1 provides a comparison of the City's population for the 1910 to 1980 period. Muskegon Heights reached a peak population of 19,552 in 1960. Its current population Is 14,611. This represents a 25 percent decrease, or an annual loss since 1960 of approximately 1.2 percent. Table 1 Population Growth 1910-1980 Muskegon Heights, Michigan CENSUS POPULATION 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 rnso ' 1970 1980 . Source: % GROWTH 1,690 9,920 15,584 16,047 18,828 19,552 17,034 14,611 + 487% + 36% + 3% + 15% + 4% 11% • 16% U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 The City's loss of population is not unique. neighboring municipalities (Table 2) . Rather, this phenomena has also been shared by r. • 11 • �. ' Table 2 Munlclpal Population Change, 1970 • 1980 Muskegon Heights, Michigan % Change Census ~ 1970 1980 MUSKEGON HEIGHTS 17,304 14,611 Norton Shores 22,271 22,025 - 1.1 Roosevelt Park City of Muskegon North Muskegon 4,176 4,015 - 3.9 44,631 40,823 - 8.5 4,243 4,024 - 5.2 Muskegon County 157,426 157,589 + 0.1 Source: ' . - 11.0 U.S. Census Bureau, 1970 and 1980 Even though the population of the above cities has declined, the County as a whole has shown a slight Increase. That increase is the result of growth in the County's outlying townships. Projections, however, reveal an eventual drop in the County's population as the major cities continue their loss (Table 3). Township growth Is not expected to overcome projected deficiencies. Table 3 Populatlon Data Muskegon Heights and Surrounding Communities MUSKEGON HEIGHTS City of Muskegon City of Norton Shores City of Roosevelt Park North Muskegon .. Muskegon County State of Michigan Note: 1970 lliQ 1985 1990 ~ 17,304 44,631 22,271 4,176 4,243 14,611 14,104 40,823 39,511 21,518 3,884 3,920 13,616 38,257 21,041 3,759 3,819 13,237 37,284 20,675 3,661 3,743 156,100 9,170,300 154,700 9,387,700 153,600 9,585,600 22,025 4,015 4,024 157,426 157,589 8,881,826 9,262,078 Projections to the year 2000 indicate a population for Muskegon Heights of approximately 13,071. However, that decline could be moderated based on continued activity pursuant to new housing construction and housing rehabilitation . Sources: U.S. Census Bureau; West Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission; Real Estate Research Corporation; and Muskegon Heights Housing Study. - 12 - �r I .. : Past Master Plans have provided various projections for Muskegon Height's future growth. In 1957 It was •suggested that a reasonable and conservative target. .. is a growth to 25,400 In the City." In 1969 a population of 21,000 persons was anticipated by 1975, although it was noted that this population level would remain constant from that point in time. It is significant to the City that these earlier expectations have not been realized. ,.. .. ' ,- 1 Departures from expected events are usually caused by a combination of circumstances, some of which are controlled by the community, some not. Certainly the economy of Michigan and the Country as a whole have experienced some significant setbacks during the past few years, and Muskegon Heights has shared in those setbacks. Another unexpected event was a national trend of fewer children per household. Muskegon Heights has experienced this trend dropping from 3.26 persons per household In 1970 to 2.86 in 1980. Age Profile ,-, I l Reflecting the national trend, the median age of Muskegon Heights residents has been getting older. Between 1970 and 1980, the median age rose from 24.7 years to 26.2 years. The median age In the City of 1980 was slightly younger than the 28.9 years of Muskegon count overall. However, the median age of 33.9 years for the Caucasian segment of the population was considerably older than the 22.4 years of the Black population. The distinction between races is most noteworthy in the 65 and over age group. While 20% of the Caucasian population had attained that age, only 8% of the Black residents were over 64. The high percentage of elderly Whites generally reflects residents who have lived in the City for many years; their Initial entry the result of employment and housing opportunities. The City's declining population base and changing racial mix, combined with the aging characteristics of White residents, indicates that the elderly Whites are not being replaced by younger white residents. ' . By comparing areas within the City using Census was 4 to 5 years younger in the two tracts located percentage of residents in the two northern Tracts north of Sherman compared to 15% south of that Tract information, it is shown that the median age north of Sherman (see Figure 4). Concurrently, the ages 65 years and older was also lower, being 9% street. • 13 • �In general, the age distribution of Muskegon Heights is indicative of the Muskegon area (Table 4) . Table 4 Age Distribution as Percentage of Population Muskegon Heights, Michigan 5 Age 5-14 Age 15-19 Age 20-24 Age 24-44 Age 45-64 Age 65 & O\fer 10% 19% 10% 10% 21% 19% 12% Muskegon 9% 14% 9% 12% 24% 18% 14% Norton Shores 6% 15% 10% 11% 26% 24% 9% Roosevelt Park 4% 13% 9% 7% 23% 25% 19% Muskegon County 8% 16% 10% 9% 26% 20% 11% Under ! . Muskegon Heights Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 - 14 - �. , i , I , ;1 '( 1 1 _ ,) 1-.~ i - l ;, l .. i • l: .. i i 1 .• 1 * !, l- .• ,- CENSUS TRACT MAP �Education Profile I .i Education levels are closely linked with the overall employment of any area. As the change to a more According to several national studies, the quality of education is a major factor used by business leaders in determining where to locate a new facility. Additionally, a quality school system is an Important link in attracting and retaining residents. Community and education leaders in Muskegon Heights, therefore, are justified in their desire and concern about upgrading the educational system. service oriented economy continues, education levels will become even more crucial. The percentage of high school graduates in Muskegon Heights is lower than the surrounding area or the state. The 1980 U.S. Census reported that just 47.6% of those persons 25 years of age or older were graduates. compared to 65.3% In Muskegon County overall and 68% statewide. Those comparisons may partially account for the fact that there are many more jobs in the City than employed residents. ' j . I r • The "perceived" quality of the school system appears to discourage some potential new residents from locating in Muskegon Heights and encourages others to move when their children reach school age. With its close ties to the Community's quality of life, improvements in education and training can help the City capture a share of the area's future growth. (Note: This document does not attempt to assess the educational quality of the Muskegon Height's school system. However, during the data collection phase, the authors noted sufficient, negative, school related references by those being interviewed to warrant discussion of this matter. It is the feeling of the authors that the majority of those providing a negative opinion regarding educational quality based their opinions on perception versus factual data. Unfortunately, perceptions, if left unchecked, may be accepted as reality. It is suggested that the City encourage the local school system to enhance public relations efforts in this matter.) L • • 16 • �I • I . ; I I J .I t • t._ f L: r• I . Employment and Income I , �INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT PROFILE The income and employment levels of Muskegon Heights residents are lower than the surrounding communities or the Muskegon County totals. The City's per capita income ($4,583) and median household income ($10,523) levels are 28% and 35% less than those of Muskegon County respectively. Moreover, 25.9% of the population had incomes below the poverty level, compared to figures of 12.3% for Muskegon County and 10.4% for the state. Table 5 Muskegon Area Income Characteristics Muskegon Heights, Michigan .. f I ' ' - ~ l MUSKEGON HEIGHTS Muskegon Norton Shores t. . Roosevelt Park t ' I •s I Muskegon County Source: Change 1980 Per Median Persons w/ 1980 Population from 1970 Household Income Income Below Poverty Level 14,611 40,823 22,025 -15.6% $4,583 - 8.5% $5,507 • 1.1% $8,211 $10,523 $12,054 $20,906 3,758 7,484 1,030 25.9% 4,015 - 3.9% $8,017 $19,099 119 3.0% 157,589 + 0.1% $6,358 $16,167 19,011 12.3% Capita Income 19.3% 4.7% U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 Median income levels were fairly consistent within the City according to Census Tract tabulations. The lowest incomes were reported in Census Tract 11 ($8,147), with the highest in Census Tract 14.02 in the City's southwest side {$11,958). However, the deviations between the percent of families living [ . I . below the poverty level varied greatly between Census Tracts. While Census Tracts 14.01 and 14.02 south of Broadway had 15.1 and 7.6 percent living below the 1980 poverty level, the three northern Census Tracts were much higher. Census Tract 12 had 23% of its families living below poverty level, while Census Tracts 11 and 13 had high rates of 33.3% and 30.5% (Figure 5). i I '. I ( Employment opportunities in the area have decreased in the last ten years resulting in relatively high unemployment rates. The unemployment rates for the City was 18.3% in 1980, much higher than the County rate of 10.2% and the 9.1% statewide rate. Current rates fluctuate between 10% to 15%. To counter declining industrial employment, the Muskegon area has begun vigorous marketing efforts in an attempt to attract new industry. Muskegon Heights has initiated similar efforts through the West Heights Development project as well as the redevelopment of other properties for industrial and commercial use. - 18 • �. ! 1 " ~1;=;=;: 'i i : f --~ -~,-,.;•. . . . . . .~ ... ' ~rnrn -~rt"..-=~ I ~~~-- 2 . ' · . ' 1·:- - ' t ; f ___, , '' . i I ' l ' _. I • '. I • ) 1: !, I !!W e f - - FJrnW~rnr7 rn [[! '.jrnrn rnmrn~ rn( !JltllllrnffiITm_ ~•'lJ,_.J I '" r·. 1 , I•' L ., , II - - ._.. ..,,,,_ ~~~~~~~.lLL I ]~ = = ~ . ?=- I / ,- t.\ I T 14.0,1:f ':::=: ~ ::::- ~~ ,... 1 1 /, ,.,, 1_ ;:::~---.. ,,r,,v, w '1\ CE \Ml TER"' E "1-_ · - -···:1111.._;;;;. .. �The economic vitality of the Muskegon area, and West Michigan in general, affects residents of the City. An expanding economy Increases the likelihood for new businesses to locate in Muskegon Heights, but growth outside the community also provides an important employment base. '' '' The high percentage of Muskegon Heights residents who work outside the City is evidence of the importance of the regional economy. Almost 75% of the City's residents who were employed in 1980 worked outside of Muskegon Heights. The majority of those worked In the City of Muskegon, but Norton Shores, Grand Haven, and other areas in Muskegon and Ottawa Counties also provided employment (see Table 6). Table 6 1980 Place of Employment for Muskegon Heights Residents - Muskegon Heights, Michigan -~ ! •' 1 __ , Muskegon Heights Muskegon CBD 26.7% 2.7% Grand Haven 5.4% Holland 1.9% Remainder of Muskegon 37.0% Remainder of Ottawa Co. 3.8% Norton Shores 10.7% Kent County 0.7% Remainder/Muskegon Co. 10.6% Elsewhere 0.8% ,·. I ; \ . -- Total reporting place of work: 3,626 of 3,982 Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 While many residents work outside Muskegon Heights, conversely many non-residents work at the over 330 businesses in the City. Eight-two percent (82%) of the persons working in Muskegon Heights lived elsewhere. The Cities of Muskegon and Norton Shores combined to provide 40% of Muskegon Heights employee force, while other areas of Muskegon County supplied another 41%. Notably, while 3,982 Muskegon Heights residents were reported as working, there were 5,381 jobs within the City. The high percentage of •imported· employment gives the City one mechanism to market its image. The impression these employees have of the community will be revealed to their neighbors, friends, and colleagues. Instilling a good impression in these persons is one of the best marketing tools available. Information on the types of occupations is another tool for comparison with other communities. Consistent with a national trend, the Muskegon area is experiencing a shift of employment from the manufacturing sector to service-oriented professions. Of the wage and salary employment reported in 1980, however, the manufacturing sector still comprised the largest share (see Table 7). - 20 - �l Table 7 Employment by Sector Muskegon Heights, Michigan Muskegon Heights (' i ·. Manufacturing Wholesale and Retail Trades Professional and Related Services I ' Source: ,1 L l,. ~ 52.6% 19.9% 27.5% The redevelopment and growth of Muskegon Heights is Intrinsically linked to County employment opportunities. As with population, future employment projections do not reveal significant gains, especially in the higher paying manufacturing sector. Some positive strides are being made in service sector growth. Muskegon Heights anticipates sharing in that growth. I • I ' 46.7% 28.6% 26.5% U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 I I I Remainder of Muskegon County 'I i • - 21 - �. ' j .. ,. Housing I • �HOUSING - Muskegon Heights In 1980, Muskegon Heights had 5,408 housing units. Of these, 5,104 were occupied. The majority of housing units are located in Census Tract 14.02, with the least in Tract 11 (Table 8) . Housing densities range from 0.9 units/acre in Tract 11 to 3.8 in Tract 14.02 (Table 9) . Overall density Is 2.7 units/acre which is comparable to surrounding urban areas. Table 8 Housing Type by Census Tract Muskegon Heights, Michigan Single Family #Units Census Tract 11 Census Tract 12 Census Tract 13 #Unit Multi-Family Pct. #Units Pct. Mobile Home #Units Pct. 203 968 72.0% 78.9% 15 158 5.3% 64 12.9% 22.7% 8.2% 0 0 22.3% 0% 0% 900 72.8% 60 4.9% 101 276 440 60.1% 1.4% 280 38.4% 0 0 0% Census Tract 14.02 1,558 80.6% 10 184 9.5% 144 7.5% 47 TOTALS 4,069 75.2% 427 7.9% 865 16.0% 47 Census Tract 14.01 Source: •' :; Pct. Duplex 0% Census Tract % of Total Total #Units Units 282 1,227 1,236 5.2% 22.7% 22.9% 13.5% 2.4% 730 1,933 35.7% 0.9% 5,408 100% U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 Housing in Muskegon Heights, generally speaking, is showing signs of age . A 1981 study of structural conditions indicated that fully 38% of residential structures required rehabilitation to some degree. An additional 3% of housing units were noted to be structurally unsound and beyond reasonable repair. ( I - 23 - �Table 9 Housing Densities by Census Tract Muskegon Heights, Michigan Census Tract 11 l ,. Census Census Census Census Tract Tract Tract Tract 12 13 14.01 14.02 TOTALS Source: # Units Acres Density (units/acre) 282 319 475 0.9 2.6 385 315 503 1,997 3.2 2.3 3.8 1,227 1,236 730 1,933 5,408 2.7 U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 ! ' - ,, , From 1980 through 1985, 1, 140 building permits were issued for both publicly and privately funded housing rehabilitation. This means that about 40% of the homes requiring rehabilitation have had at least some work COf!lpleted. Therefore, substantial progress has been made toward improving overall housing conditions (Table 10 and Figure 6). Approximately ten demolitions of hazardous abandoned structures have occurred on average each year since 1980. By mid-1989, only 49 dilapidated houses remain of the 121 identified in 1985. Efforts at attracting new housing development into the City have been limited in recent history. While little land exists for new, large scale, residential subdivisions, there are a considerable number of vacant lots that are available for scattered, infill type development. It is estimated that 300-325 lots, totally some 45-50 acres, may be available for such construction. Presently, efforts are underway to infill vacant lots with new homes. Between 1985 and the mid-point of 1988, six new homes had either been constructed or were committed for development. i l. •· - 24 - �• '· . • •I •i i1 \ . •i l! J f j i;i j I I t ·; I • i '.J I L .. \ . ,~=========~ r . ! I ~ CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY o Figure 6 ,oo ◄ oo· ICAl.l r ~ 400' I li ~ �r_' Table 10 Muskegon Heights • Bulldlng Permit Slngle Famlly Residences 1980 - 1985 Muskegon Heights, Michigan New Construction # PermitsNalue I ' Owner Rehab CDBG Rehab # PermitsNalue # PermitsNalue $411,632 326,303 262,734 327,580 340,150 338,526 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 4 15 13 24 18 12 $19,130 111,896 49,145 111,270 106,478 43,106 146 148 130 156 146 149 TOTAL 86 $440,935 (11%) 875 $2,006,925 64 86 75 51 67 49 $304,985 322,295 229,953 191,530 284,592 213,667 Totals CDBG # PermitsNalue 214 249 218 231 231 210 $ 735,747 760,494 541,832 630,380 731,220 595,209 % of Total 41% 42% 42% 30% 38% 35% 392 $1 ,547,022 1,353 $3,994,882 (39%) (50%) (100%) Note: Permit values $500 or less not included in tabulations. additions, accessory buildings, etc. Source: Muskegon Heights Building Permits. New construction refers to If the City's population trend continues to decline, project housing need (pursuant to actual number of units) will likewise decline (Table 11). Table 11 also illustrates another trend. This is, an increase in the number of multi-family units with a corresponding decrease in single family (including owner and renter occupied). l .! Of the 5,104 occupied housing units in the City, 63% are owner occupied and 37% are rental units. The City wide owner/rental split compares favorably with percentages in Muskegon (59-41) and Roosevelt Park (64-36); while Norton Shores (87-13) and Muskegon County overall (76-24) have a greater share of owner occupancy. the City has 6.0% of its total housing units vacant. Within the City, the owner/renter split varies substantially between Census Tracts (Figure 4). With an owner-occupied rate of 77%, home in Census Tract 14.02 displayed a trait similar to the average in Muskegon County. And, though the turnover rate in that area is greater than the community wide average, the properties are generally well maintained. A 1981 windshield survey of structural conditions noted that the fewest deficiencies were in Census Tract 14.02. This was reconfirmed through 1986 and 1988 field investigations of area neighborhoods. The turnover rate in Tract 14.02 is most likely explained by the high percentage of persons in the 25-34 year old age bracket, which traditionally includes most first-time home buyers. That group ·comprised 17% of the tract's residents , compared to 12% in the rest of the City. Since this area also is characterized by the highest incomes in the City, and homes priced in the City, and homes priced at the lower end of the scale, it appears that many residents probably move on when they can afford their second, more expensive home. • 26 - .. �Census Tract 12 also had a higher percentage of owner-occupied homes (67%) than the City's average. The tenure of 1980 residents in this area was relatively stable as 67% had lived in the same house In 1975. A financial commitment to this area is also apparent when comparing the median monthly I ; ' I l - ' i ' i__ • ir ', '' mortgage rate of $284 to the remaining areas In the comrrunlty where monthly costs were $50 less. The median value of homes In this tract ($16,500) was slightly higher than the Citywide average of $16,100. In Census Tract 13, 58% of the homes are owner-occupied. The fact that over 30% of the residents of that tract had Incomes below poverty level In 1980 partially explains the high number of structures found to have major deficiencies or to be substandard in the 1982 survey. Again, recent field checks confirm the 1982 data. Table 11 Projected Number of Housing Units Muskegon Heights, Michigan . ,' Year Population # Units 1970 17,304 5,536 1980 14,611 5,408 Single Family Pct. # Units Other Pct. # Units I ' I ! ,. 1985 14,104 5,037 1995 13,237 13,071 12,706 4,813 2000 2005 Source: 4,797 4,706 4,318 22.0% 1,218 4,069 24.8% 1,339 73.8% 71.0% 3,717 26.2% 1,320 3,417 69.6% 68.2% 3,339 3,209 29.0% 30.4% 31.8% 1,396 1,458 1,497 78.0% 75.2% U.S. Census Bureau, West Michigan Regional Development Commission, WBDC assumes leveling of household population to 2.7 persons per housing unit by 2005. The year 2005 estimates should be viewed as very tentative. Recent and projected City-wide development could result in a leveling of the 1995 to 2000 counts. Census Tracts 14.01 and 11 have the lowest percentages of owner-occupied housing, 51% and 41% respectively. There is a major difference, however, in the percentage of families living below the poverty level. While Tract 14.01 has the lowest percentage (15.1%), Tract 11 had the highest (33.3%). The majority of housing stock in both Tracts had some deficiencies in 1982, and this continues to be the case. - 27 • �r'< . I , i ,• l , , ii I . EEEE J .._ - ....... ,u , r -, 'j l'.,, : :-·- : - 1 •·· .. i I - ' '' , I ' • Figure 7 OWNER/RENTAL SPLIT (%) c=:=i �The City's median value of an owner-occupied home was $16,100 In 1980 compared to $19,700 for Muskegon, $38,000 for Norton Shores, $38,400 for Roosevelt Park, and $27,700 for the County at large. Over 60% of the owner-OCQJpied housing stock in the City had a value of less than $20,000 in 1980; and over 40% of the residences were constructed before 1940 (Table 12). , ' l ' I ' . Table 12 Muskegon Area Housing Characteristics Muskegon Heights, Michigan Owner-Occupied Units Valued at Less than $20,000 MUSKEGON HEIGHTS Muskegon Norton Shores Roosevelt Park Muskegon County Source: 1,958 60.8% 4,096 45.4% 903 13.5% 36 3.5% 10,497 25.5% Median Value $16,100 $19,700 $38,000 $38,400 $27,700 Built in 1939 or earlier 43.5% 48.5% 11.3% 3.3% 28 .4% Built Between 1970-March 1980 4.3% 10.8% 22.3% 26.3% 18.9% U.S. Census Bureau, 1980 A breakdown of information by Census Tracts shows that almost no housing has been built north of Broadway since at· least 1970. But the lack of housing starts since 1970 has also occurred Citywide, with six units either constructed or committed within the last six years. In fact, most of the residential construction in the last seventeen years occurred in 1970-71. The actual number of housing units in the City has declined by 128 units since 1970 (Table 11 ). The reason for this is that more units were demolished than built during that time. While the downward trend in housing stock has been severe, it has not been as dramatic as the population loss. I• As with low owner-occupied values, a similar situation exists with rental housing (Table 14). The median rent in 1980 was lower in Muskegon Heights than in any of the surrounding communities. Almost 90% of the units rented for less than $200, compared to 85% in Muskegon, 53% in Norton Shores, 8% in Roosevelt Park, and 77% overall In Muskegon County. The number of persons living in each rental unit in the City was also higher than in the surrounding area. On the positive side, the rental vacancy rate of 6.1% in the City was among the lowest in the County. - 29 - �r- Table 13 Contract Rents In 1980 Muskegon Heights, Michigan I I ' Less than More than Median $100 $200 Contract Rent Per Unit Persons Vacancy Rate MUSKEGON HEIGHTS 280 14.9% 211 11 .2% $147 2.41 6.1% Muskegon 864 13.9% 913 14.7% $155 1.18 7.7% 66 2 6.5% 0.3% 483 47.5% 530 92.0% $209 8.7% $281 1.91 2.11 11.9% 1,595 12.0% 3,030 22.7% $159 2.01 7.1% Norton Shores Roosevelt Park ; ' i Muskegon County Source: U.S.Census, 1980 Median rental rates and renter characteristics vary within the Muskegon Heights Census Tracts (Table 14). Median rent in Tract 14.01 was the lowest ($126), but the median number of persons per unit was also the lowest (1.65). Those figures may reflect the conversion of the upper floor of many frame homes to small apartments. The median rent ($151) and number of persons living in each unit (3.33) was the highest in Tract 13. Those numbers are influenced by East Park Manor, a public multiple-family housing development which houses many families with children. Table 14 Renter Characteristics by Census Tracts Muskegon Heights, Michigan Census Tract Source: Median Contract Rent Persons Per Unit 11 $137 1.83 12 148 2.72 13 151 3.33 14.01 126 1.65 14.02 150 2.13 1980 U.S. Census Housing Needs The relationship between household income and housing expenditures can be used to identify possible gaps in the housing market. Nationally, real estate professionals assume that homeowners can afford - 30 - �(" r a house whose value ranges from 2 • 2.5 times annual household income. Renters are generally assumed to be able to allocate 25% of their monthly income to housing. Data gathered in the 1980 U.S. Census indicates that, while the 25% rate for renters holds true, homeowners generally owned homes worth 1-1/2 times their annual Incomes. The lower expenditures for homeowners are partially explained by the inflation of the 1970's and the cost of living in West Michigan compared to other areas. Home Ownership I \ i.. ,J I ... In 1980, the value of a typical home In Muskegon County was 150% of the owner's annual income. That translates to monthly expenditures of about 20% of their income for housing Within Muskegon Heights, the typical home was valued at 125% of the owner's annual income The low rate Is partially attributable to the housing surplus due to the population loss of the last 15-25 years The difference in those rates may indicate that some homeowners' incomes are sufficient to support more expensive housing For example, the incomes in Census Tract 14.01 are the highest in the City, but the typical home is valued at less than the owner's annual income Therefore, some residents in the City's southwest area can afford more expensive housing Only in Census Tract 13, with the City's lowest income levels, do people own homes valued at 150% or more of their annual income (Table 15). Table 15 Housing Expenditures for Homeowners Muskegon Heights, Michigan Annual Median Income Muskegon Heights Census Tract 11 Census Tract 12 Census Tract 13 Census Tract 14.01 Census Tract 14.02. Muskegon Norton Shores Muskegon County Source: Median Home Value Value/Income $ 12,930 $16,100 1.25 11,528 13,200 1.15 13,917 16,500 1.19 11,442 17,500 16,800 15,500 19,700 38,000 27,700 1.53 0.97 17,379 12,509 15,134 21,696 18,406 1.24 1.30 1.75 1.51 1980 U.S. Census Those comparisons can be used as a guideline in defining what the housing needs of existing residents might be Since 832 families in the City lived below the poverty level in 1979, many residents cannot afford more expensive housing There does appear, however, to be a demand for more expensive housing for households with annual earnings over $20,000 To examine this "demand," median incomes - 31 - �l.• within Census Tracts were multiplied by the 150% factor to theorize the value of housing that could be afforded For example, in Census Tract 11, there were 12 households earning $20,000 - $25,000, meaning that they could afford housing valued at $33,750 ($22,500 x 150) Yet, in that Census Tract there was only one house valued between $30,000 - $35,000 This means that 11 of the 12 families In Tract 11 lived in housing below what they could afford These residents may choose to remain in their homes because of the low cost, but If they choose to •move up the ladder," they would have to look elsewhere Table 16 shows that theoretical gap In housing stock by Census Tracts. Residents In the northern tracts are more captive; they often cannot afford to live elsewhere But residents In the City's southern area exhibit both the financial ability and historic pattern of moving onward The stability of the Community could be enhanced by encouraging these people to stay In the City Retaining these residents, and attracting new homeowners, will require the continued maintenance and/or upgrading of the physical appearance of the southern neighborhoods. ! I' '- - 32 - �....·•·•-·•, ' - Table 16 Gaps In Avallable Housing Stock Muskegon Heights, Michigan Total Gap in Median Range of Census Trad 11 Census Trad 12 Census Trad 13 Census Tract 14.01 Census Trad 14.02 Household Affordable House-Units House Unit House Units House Units House Units Available Owner Income Housing* holds Avail. Diff. hold Avail. Diff. holds Avail. Diff. holds Avail. Diff. hold Avail. Diff. Occu.e!,ed Units Less than Less than $7,500 $10,000 $7,500-9,999 $10-14,999 -90 44 189 -352 500 107 -393 292 52 -240 529 191 -338 -1413 29 42 +13 122 168 +46 119 122 +3 101 74 -27 216 354 +138 +173 1n 179 +2 204 128 -76 81 n -4 404 321 -83 -166 230 119 29 $10-14,999 $15-19,999 30 25 -5 $15-19,999 $20-29,000 28 11 -17 126 147 +21 159 180 +21 101 70 -31 312 -82 -88 $20-24,999 $30-34,999 12 1 -11 91 27 -64 97 32 -65 30 18 -12 158 38 -120 -272 $25-34,999 $35-49,999 35 3 -32 133 30 -103 66 30 -36 105 20 -85 170 32 -138 -394 $35-49,999 $50-59,999 43 7 -36 29 7 -22 12 -12 55 3 -52 -122 1 -8 1'3 4 -9 - - - - 2 - -13 $50,000 + • $60,000+over - 9 2 Based on housing value equaling approximately 150% of annual household income The most appropriate ranges were seleded from the 1980 Census NOTE: Includes only units where value was provided Does not include rental units. Source: 1980 U.S. Census �Rental Housing ' : . ' I Housing expenditures for renters in Muskegon Heights Is higher than the accepted rate of 25% of household Income The typical renter In the City spends almost one-third of his income in housing (See Table 17) For renters in Census Tract 12, the housing expenditure is almost 50% of annual income The expenditure was over 50% for households In the three northern Census Tracts with incomes less than $10,000 But for most of the 200 households with annual Incomes over $20,000, expenditures on housing were less than 15% of their income Thus, there appears to be a need for rental housing at both extremes of the market More subsidized housing Is needed to provide low income families with greater spendable income, and additional market rate housing is needed for the more affluent residents Newer, attractive multi-family residential complexes could also entice renters from adjacent communities where incomes are higher. Table 17 Housing Expenditures for Renters * Muskegon Heights, Michigan Monthly Median Income Median Gross Rent $ 597 $ 198 33 .2% Census Tract 11 514 36.8% 45.4% Muskegon Heights % of income Spent on Housing Census Tract 12 533 189 242 Census Tract 13 609 196 32.2% Census Tract 14.01 469 843 184 39.2% 707 200 195 23.7% 27.6% 1,313 264 20.1% 800 212 26.5% Census Tract 14.02 Muskegon Norton Shores Muskegon County Source: • 1980 U.S. Census Readers are encouraged to consult the Muskegon Heights Housing Study completed in 1986 That study offers expanded detail on housing need and options to satisfy that need. Neighborhood Improvement Survey A •block-by-block" (visual) survey was conducted in 1987 of residential neighborhoods in order to identify areas requiring possible improvement including rehabilitation, painting, and general clean-up The only sector not included in the survey was that portion of the City lying north of Broadway and west of railroad tracts That area has been designated as a redevelopment area for future commercial and light - 34 - �industrial purposes It should be noted, however, that a majority of homes in that sector would have been Identified as in need of major rehabilitation The findings of the survey are displayed by Figure 8 This information is useful in that it provides the City with potential Indications of where to devote time and resources for neighborhood improvement When reviewing Figure 8, it should be noted that the data does not attempt to Identify a particular home Rather, it serves to Identify general areas (Specific address detail was recorded by City staff during the field Investigation and is on file at City offices.) The neighborhood survey was conducted with the assistance of City Building and Planning Department staff. For an area to be Identified, one or more of the following observations were made: 1. Homes in need of residing, painting, and/or roofing as evidenced by excessive paint blistering, falling or damaged siding, rotting or damaged wood, excessive moss build-up on roof, and lack adequate roofing. 2. Homes in need of structural or other major repairs such as falling chimneys, excessive roof sag, falling porches, and large foundation cracks. 3. Vacant housing, often with broken doors and windows and units that have been damaged by fire . 4. Home sites containing junk and debris such as abandoned vehicles, trash, and related items. In many instances, homes often exhibited a combination of the above factors. The following general observations may be made based on the survey: 1. Most housing within the City is in good repair. 2. Poor housing conditions tend to be localized (grouped) in specific areas with the exception of the southwest sector In that location, one finds that homes in need of repair tend to be spatially dispersed, limited to only one or two homes per block or area. 3. The City's prior efforts at housing rehabilitation appear to have had a positive Impact on maintaining housing stock Evidence of this becomes apparent (particularly in the northern sectors) as one compares the survey information against expenditure information for the City's Community Development Block Grant housing program (Refer to Figure 6 and Table 1O, which indicates public and private investment for rehab and other construction). - 35 - �: . I ' ' i ' '' ,. ··~, I I _, NEIGHBORHOOD CONDITIONS SURVEY MONA LAKE e HOUSING AREAS IN NEED OF REHABILITATION (STRUCTURE / SITE ) Figure 8 NOTES: REPRESENTS GENERAL LOCATION ONLY . NOT PARCEL SPECIFIC . SOURCE: FIELD SURVEY BY CITY STAFF �i. -=- 1• I. Existing Land Use \ . �EXISTING LAND USE 'I . Overview Muskegon Heights has developed primarily as a slngle-famity community Currently, residential land uses constitute about 34% of the total land area of the City Other uses as a percentage of total land area are indicated by Table 18. Table 18 Muskegon Heights Existing Land Use 1969 and 1988 Muskegon Heights, Michigan l '\ . Classification Single Family Two Family Multiple Family Commercial Office Industrial Public-Semi-Public Vacant Rights-Of-Way TOTALS i - 1 1919 Acreage 714 1 2 1988 Acreage 272 138 617 14 40 90 20 123 228 297 579 555 1,984 1,984 3 24 79 175 . % Of Total Change In Acres 31.1 0.7 2.0 +16 4.5 +11 1.0 6.2 11.5 15.0 28.0 -97 +11 -52 -44 +159 -24 NOTES: 1. 2: Preliminary Comprehensive Planning Studies, Parkins, Rodgers & Associates, Inc., 1969. a. Multiple family is 3 or more units. b. 1969 did not have category for office. c. Industrial reflects drop caused by vacancies due to plant closings. d. Vacant reflects increase caused by plant closing and some single-family demolition Also Includes parking lots If not directly attributable to a use e. Single-family homes were counted as vacant if abandoned and beyond repair Total area included is less than 1 acre. f. Public-Selni-Public includes: Schools, Churches, Parks, Cemetery, Private Halls (D.A.V., etc.), and City Property (if used). g. Rights-Of-Way includes streets, alleys and rail lines. Sources: 1989, The WBDC Group: 1969, City of Muskegon Heights Master Plan - 38 - �Ex ist ing Land Use THE CITY OF Legend Multi Family ~ t'tj ,j Commercial Retail / Service [?::J Re sidential Single Family MUSKEGON HEIGHTS MONA LAKE SC. .\L.E Offic e ~ Figure 9 Indu s trial Public f;~:~ Vacant ".:,1, ~r Mu • ••qOI\ M• •Qnt\ B, u ,- - - - - - M•p 1,116 �'I Two categories deserve clarification Vacant property Includes not only vacant lands but also abandoned • f .' buildings, particularly industrial parcels which are not in active use Therefore, the reuse of large Industrial buildings could affect this percentage Also, because of the grid street pattern around which the City has developed significant acreage is devoted to rights-of-way This category also includes alleys and railroad rights-of-way Figure 9 depicts existing land use patterns. Because of its general rectangular shape and grid street pattern, the City may be viewed in quadrants divided by the intersection of Broadway and Peck For purposes of this discussion this division will be used. { Northeast - This area ls primarily residential In nature, except for the blocks bordering Broadway Lot sizes, as in most of the City are small While there are a few duplex and multiple family dwellings they are scattered This quadrant does, however, contain the greatest land area devoted to multiple family r. L I I ' use The East Park Manor public housing project Is located in the east central portion of the area Some scattered commercial uses. are also present There is also significant public and semi-public land, including City Hall, Lindbergh School, Martin Luther King Jr. School, Junior High School, Central Elementary School and a number of churches. • ' Southeast - This quadrant has a lesser amount of residential land and significant areas of public lands including Mona View Cemetery, Mona Lake Park, Rowan Park, Little Black Creek Park, Edgewood School and the Public Service Building Multiple family land is also present with a market rate apartment i. complex in the northeast portion of the quadrant and an elderly housing project near the downtown Along Seaway Drive a number of significant hotel and commercial uses have developed. Southwest - Single-family homes dominate the land use in this quadrant although in the blocks near r , ' ( ' . the downtown a mixture of duplex, multiple family, commercial, and office uses have developed Public and semi-private land is relatively limited with the Roosevelt School and Glendale School constituting the majority of this land use. Northwest - This quadrant has the greatest mixture of land uses Significant industrial and commercial uses are present, particularly west of the railroad East of the railroad more single family use is evident with scattered duplex and apartment uses Large areas of public lands include Muskegon Heights High School, Grace Loftis School and West Heights Park. Additional detail concerning select land use patterns may be found in the sections that follow. - 40 - �RESIDENTIAL • J Approximately 34% of the City's land area Is devoted to residential development And, as previously Indicated under the section on housing, that development Is varied In terms of condition and value Readers are advised to refer to that section, as well as the Muskegon Heights Housing Study (1986) (a companion document to the Master Plan), for In depth detail on local housing characteristics and needs. ,- - As Indicated by the existing land use map, the City's housing Is found in all four quadrants And, unlike their neighbors to the south and east (Norton Shores and Muskegon Township), Muskegon Heights does not possess large tracts of undeveloped land available for new residential construction This has been a significant limiting factor pursuant to the City's ability to retain population, as well as experience additional growth. One area does appear to offer potential for new residential development This area has been Identified in the Muskegon Heights Housing Study as is known as the Woodcliffe property Woodcliffe Is a 14acre heavily wooded parcel located south of Summit and west of Getty, adjacent to an existing residential neighborhood It is owned by the City The parcel presently lacks infrastructure (roads and utilities). !. The City recently completed (May, 1989) a comprehensive site development plan (Woodcliffe Site Development Plan) for the Woodcliffe property The plan Identified the potential to create 38 singlefamily lots for building purposes The lots will be large in area, relatively secluded and private due to location, and heavily wooded with natural vegetation Additional area may also be available directly to the south along the north edge of Mona View Cemetery The Woodcliffe property offers individuals the opportunity construct high value housing in an extremely attractive and desireable setting. COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT The City has a variety of commercial uses which comprise nearly 5% of the City's total area These include retail, office, professional, and service-oriented establishments With some exception, the majority of the development has occurred in combination rather than in segments or blocks of homogeneous commercial types This is due to a variety of reasons including, 1) the lack of large areas of vacant parcel suitable for a singular use category (for instance 40 or more acres able to accommodate an office park or large mall); 2) current zoning regulations tend to be rather broad in definition of allowable uses within a district; 3) historical development patterns; 4) nature of business types (there has not been an overriding demand for the separation of use types; and 5) the City in its planning effort has not attempted to place a major emphasis on the segregation of commercial uses. The City has allowed the market demands to dictate location. To some degree, the City has found that the combining of commercial types has proven rather healthy to the local business climate. · 41 · �Most of the City's commercial development is located In a linear fashion along one of the major street systems. These include: r I I • f , ,. a) Seaway Drive Corridor (Business Route 31 and also the westerly terminus of 1-96) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) I) Getty Street Corridor Merriam Street Peck Street Broadway Avenue Sherman Avenue Keating Avenue Hoyt Street Glade Street The above sectors may be described as follows; I - ' a. Seaway Drive - located on the southern fringe of the City, the Seaway Drive corridor provides some of the most viable and attractive commercial property in the Muskegon County region. Within the City, the majority of development Is oriented to motel/hotel establishments (including several national chains), restaurants, offices, service establishments, and limited retail. Many of the facilities are relatively new. . The attractiveness of the corridor is due to, 1) its proximity to 1-96 and U.S. 31; 2) high visibility to large traffic volumes; 3) ease of access to adjacent development; 4) convenient to other points of destination including the City of Muskegon, Mona Lake, and Lake Michigan; and 5) the highways aesthetic quality. Such quality Is noticed as one traverses the corridor and is able to see attractive views of Mona Lake. Moreover, the highway has been designed with a landscaped median adding to the attractiveness of the viewing and travel experience. Additionally, Mona Lake Park, a public park facility owned by the City of Muskegon Heights serves as a focal point for Seaway Drive development. With the exception of City-owned land, virtually all of the corridor is developed. There are several remaining parcels in adjacent communities. The non-developed City property includes Mona Lake Park (approximately 34 acres) and a 14-acre parcel lying west of Mona Lake Park on the adjacent side of Hoyt Street. The parcel Is also separated from the park by a nearby residentlal mobile home complex. Varying degrees of pressure have been placed on the City to release Mona Lake Park for commercial development. The City has resisted such efforts, considering the park to be of extreme significance to local residents. The other parcel has not experienced such pressure, primarily due to the fact that the segment lacks any means of vehicular access. It is landlocked. The most viable means of access appears to be along a route across the northern edge of the manufactured housing park. - 42 - �Due to a lack of appropriately placed signage along the corridor, non-resident motorists often do ,- not realize they have entered Muskegon Heights as they traverse the highway. Local recognition ' Is typically given to either the City of Muskegon or the City of Norton Shores. This should be corrected by establishing suitable and appropriate •gateway• signage. i; I • b. Getty Street Con1dor - Getty serves as the east em limit of the City. The north/south limits of Getty are Keating and Norton Avenues. Commercial uses along the street include restaurants, retail facilities, service establishments, and offices. The street also contains a mixture of heavy commerciaVindustrlal uses, some of which are not generally compatible with overall land use patterns. Limited residential uses may also be found. i I '- From a land use perceptive, Getty Street appears to have evolved without any form of "planning direction: Uses are mixed without consideration for compatibility, sites are poorly planned and in many instances are also poorly maintained, and residential neighborhoods are being negatively impacted. Similar observations also apply to those Getty Street segments lying in adjacent communities. In recent years, Getty has experienced some new development and will probably see additional construction in spite of the observations previously made. Like Seaway Drive, Getty has many positive features. It experiences high traffic volumes, it is a well-known north/south route, and has excellent proximity to 1-96, U.S. 31, and M-46 (Apple Avenue). It serves as a major link to areawide employment nodes. It is anticipated there will be the opportunity for redevelopment along Getty as homes and other structures are converted to commercial use. As this occurs, efforts should be coordinated with adjacent communities to ensure compatibility of design while maintaining the integrity and efficiency of the system. c. Merriam - providing a direct entry into the Muskegon Heights Central Business District, Merriam is a rather obscure business route that is more closely liked to a residential street in appearance and design. Northwest of Merriam's intersection with Seaway Drive, one finds a newer complex r - of integrated offices. I I I These facilities house professional and service-related businesses. The remainder of the street is residential with several isolated commercial parcels. Better identification • in terms of locational and directional signage would be appropriate to formally establish this •gateway• into the City. d. Peck Street - Peck traverses approximately fifteen City blocks including the City's Central Business District. Development along the street includes a mixture of residential, retail, service, office, and public uses. Most of the commercial area radiates from the Peck/Broadway intersection (nuclei of the CBD). There, one finds a mixture of retail facilities including several stores which exhibit regional (market) influence in consumer shopping patterns . - 43 - �.. I • Traveling north of the Central Business District, uses change from 'the retail component to a combination of single-family homes, limited multi-family, offices, and retail. The character of the area, however, remains residential. That character Is maintained until one reaches Delano Avenue . There, one encounters a mixture of retail with limited industrial on the adjacent side streets. South of the CBD, commercial uses end at approximately one-half block south of Summit on the west side of Peck and at Lincoln on the east side. Beyond those points, development is fully residential until one reaches the Norton Avenue intersection. Peck Street contains a significant number of vacant parcels (approximately 31 typical City lots averaging 5,000 to 7,000 square feet in area). The majority are located north of the CBD. Because they are geographically dispersed, they presently do not detract from the high degree of development and land use character that currently exists. However, their presence poses an interesting phenomena pursuant to future development demands. The City will most likely experience pressure to utilize some of the parcels for commercial purposes consistent with the historic trends of similar development evidenced by existing land use patterns. Such pressure will have to be weighed against the need and/or desire to maintain the "residential" character of Peck within those locations that continue to exhibit such character. Moreover, if the residential component surfaces as a desired product, a further determination will have to be made as to the particular residential type; i.e., single or multiple-family or a combination of both. Current Master Plan findings indicate a single-family direction. ·....: t ; Peck (and to a limited degree, Sanford lying one block west of Peck) is an extremely important feeder route to the City's CBD, as well as to metropolitan traffic moving through the community. Accordingly, the efficient movement of vehicles, as well as the public perceptions that may be formed of the City, are closely aligned to the type and quality of development found along Peck (and Sanford). e. I • Broadway - as with Peck, Broadway traverses the center of the CBD. It does so in an eastwest orientation between the limits of Getty and Seaway Drive. Like many of the City's major arterials, Broadway historically possessed a heavy concentration of residential development. Exceptions include the CBD and those points near the City's outer limits. Over time, the system has evolved to become primarily commercial followed closely by industrial. A limited amount of residential continues to exist with the heaviest concentration lying east of Wood Street. Commercial uses vary markedly along Broadway, ranging from specialty retail to services to general retail. Broadway is a vibrant avenue offering merchants high traffic volumes, good visibility, on-street parking, City parking in select locations, and has been included in the City's streetscape beautification program. - 44 - �Although Broadway is readily accessible via the area's primary network of streets, it does not possess direct access to Seaway Drive. Broadway crosses Seaway on an overpass which ties it directly to the Henry Street commercial corridor. Historically, area residents have become aware of that fact and compensate for it by using alternate routes. Unfortunately, visitors are not afforded such knowledge. Travelers are faced with negotiating a rather circuitous route to reach the downtown area, as well as other destinations. The impact of this situation on commercial development has not been measured; however, comparison of the quality of commercial development found on Broadway near Seaway to similar business locations possessing an Intersection reveal a healthier business climate where there is direct access to Seaway Drive. It is felt that the true potential of Broadway development, including the CBD, has not been fully realized due to the lack of a Seaway Drive connection. I ; i ' f. Sherman Avenue - Sherman lies north of and parallel to Broadway. Its immediate potential for commercial development is not considered as great as that of Broadway. In part, this, is due to large segments of either industrial or residential uses that line the street system. Sherman does, however, possess several locations prime for commercial use. These include the Sherman/Seaway, Sherman/Peck, and Sherman/Getty Intersections. In these locations, one currently finds a mixture of commercial types. Due to its opening at Seaway, Sherman also serves as an important link to east/west traffic for the City's commercial and industrial sectors. I • Recent surface improvements to Sherman, coupled with its already high volume of traffic and presence of vacant parcels, will most likely result in future pressure to convert "edge" properties to commercial use, particularly office and retail. Should such development be permitted adjacent to primarily residential locations, the impact on those locations could be very significant. For instance, there presently exists a small resid~ntial enclave (5 and 1/2 blocks) south of Sherman between Leahy and Manz. This area is surrounded to the west by public school property and to the south and east by industrial and office uses. Commercialization of Sherman would totally Isolate the area from the homes to the north and jeopardize its future residential viability. g. Keating Avenue - Keating serves to define the City's northern edge. The street has experienced minimal commercial development oriented near the Peck Street intersection and an office facility between Leahy and Hoyt. Keating has not been targeted as a prime commercial corridor. h. Glade Street - Glade marks the westerly limit of the City. It runs parallel to Seaway Drive with isolation provided by a combination local street/service drive. Glade may be accessed from Seaway by a number of points along the street system. The proximity to Seaway renders Glade highly desireable for commercial purposes. Glade may be divided into two very distinct segments with the central point being Broadway Avenue. North of Broadway, Glade has been incorporated into the City's Commercial Redevelopment Area. There, one finds a "planned" commercial area with large lots that have been created through land assembly. The area is host to a mixture of retail outlets, services, and · 45 · �! l ' . I Industrial uses. In many respects the area functions as a Planned Unit Development. The redevelopment area has been one of the most successful commercial ventures undertaken by a Muskegon municipality. Evidence of that success may be seen In the availability of vacant space for development purposes which Is being quickly depleted. South of Broadway, commercial development has basically been confined to the first tier of (residential) lots between Glade and the public alley to the east. Uses include a mixture of offices, specialty retail, services, and restaurants. The ·strip• also contains a defined residential segment between Lincoln and Broadway. At the end points of that segment, office uses occur. The homes are generally well maintained. Many of the businesses area housed in converted residential units possessing small lots. Consequently, parking is limited as well as opportunities for building expansion. Patrons must often park directly on Glade. It Is anticipated that additional pressure will be forthcoming to convert or remove existing homes to provide for new commercial opportunities. Bases on prior actions, the thrust of that pressure 't' will be oriented to those lots south of Lincoln. North of Lincoln, it is felt the pressure will be long term. As mentioned, this area possesses good housing stock. It is also within one block of Roosevelt Elementary School. As long as the quality of the housing stock remains good, the lots north of Lincoln should remain residential. The other key commercial area is the City's Central Business District (CBD) which has been referenced previously. The heart of the CBD is at the intersection of Peck and Broadway. The district tends to radiate outward from that point. The CBD possesses a variety of commercial uses ranging from specialty stores to general retail office. One also finds the City's central governmental complex as well as several large offices occupied by State personnel. 'i . The CBD is a dynamic center and virtually always busy with pedestrian activity. In many respects it has a •quaint" flavor providing an atmosphere of friendliness and "small town" in design and function. This has not happened by chance. Local merchants, working in convert with the City, have initiated numerous improvement to make one's visit to the CBD not only productive but also enjoyable. These improvements include building facade renovations, a streetscape program, construction of a vest pocket pan< linking Rowan Pan< (found within the CBD) to the Farmer's Market, and the City Hall, Fire and Police Complex (located behind the tier of business establishments on the north side of Broadway. Additional improvements are currently underway to further enhance the viability of the CBD . These include the reopening of Sanford to Broadway and the development of "Sanford Village." Sanford Village, to be located between Sanford and Peck just north of Broadway, will provide space for retail and service uses. Sanford Village is being constructed on the site of the former ewe industrial - 46 - �complex. A 2nd phase is planned for mixed uses on the 5+ acre parcel west of Sanford Street. The project serves as an excellent example of the City's redevelopment potential. I ' ,. ! ; I In addition to the above commercial areas, the City also contains a number of "isolated" parcels devoted to commercial use. In many instances these have been in existence for many years and reflect older neighborhood "comer- stores common to mature urban residential areas. INDUSTRIAL As Indicated In the section on Income and Employment, slightly over 52 percent of jobs in the City are related to manufacturing. This compares to 46.7 percent for the county as a whole. The City's Industrial development is deeply rooted in the history of the community and has served to provide significant job opportunities over time. These opportunities were, and continue to be, very regional in scope. In fact, a majority of the local manufacturing jobs are held by non-residents. 'I ., r· I L It Is estimated that approximately 2,830 manufacturing jobs exist in the City. Of these. it further estimated that less than 16 percent are held by residents. This is significant in that manufacturing jobs tend to offer high wage levels providing opportunity for families to support major economic investment such as housing. In the case of Muskegon Heights, it appears that much of the above income is exported for Investment In surrounding communities. Moreover, the number of City residents working in manufacturing jobs in other communities also remains at modest levels. Consequently, the importation of monies is also limited. The City's range of industrial types is varied and includes both light and heavy classifications. Some of the most significant and historic development, such as the ewe grey iron foundries, have abandoned operations with essentially no potential for future start-up. The City currently has 6.2 percent of its land area devoted to industrial use. { . The City's industrial component is generally confined to a large linear segment sandwiched between Sherman Avenue on the north and Broadway Avenue to the south. The segment extends from Seaway on the west to approximately Getty Street on the east. Other industrial sectors are found around the Keating and Peck intersection and on isolated parcels north of Sherman and west of the rail line. Between 1969 and 1988, industrial acreage declined by approximate 52 acres. This is primarily due to the ewe plant closings and subsequent reuse of property for non-industrial purposes. Historically, much of the City's industrial development occurred adjacent to residential. This phenomenon is commonly found in older urban centers and is not unique to Muskegon Heights. In essence, during the early to mid-1900's people often lived "next door" or at least nearby their place of employment. During the 1950's and continuing to the present, the above relationship has changed. This is due to a variety of factors including improved methods and availability of transportation, changing - 47 · �I • cultural attitudes, environmental concerns, decentralization of Industrial development away from population concentrations, and growth of Industrial parks in more suburban locations. Based on recent market studies conducted for the City, the heavy industrial market is soft. The City's economy, as well as that of the county, Is shifting away from heavy manufacturing. New Industrial development is oriented more to light manufacturing with industrial parks being the preferred location. The City is attempting to meet the above need through such projects as the West Heights Redevelopment Project Area. Located north of Sherman and east of Seaway Drive, this is a mixed use area comprised of commercial (generally along Seaway) and light industrial. The area functions well as a mixed use park, providing the amenities one normally finds in a typical light industrial park. The project has been very successful and will soon require expansion to accommodate future demand. A . !. similar mixture •Sanford Enterprise Village• is being planned to redevelop an obsolete, abandoned Industrial site In the CBD . I. PUBLIC/SEMI-PUBLIC This land use classification represents schools, churches, parks, cemetery property, lodges and clubs, and other City property such as City Hall, the Water Treatment Plant, etc. There are 228 acres devoted to this category or 11 .5% of the City's total land area. Of the total acres, approximately 72 acres (32%) are devoted to City parks and 41 acres (18%) to the school system (Figure 10 and list of facilities following). , . I • 48 . �l . I,' _ : I • ' . I f' Figure 10 Refer to following sheet for facility name EXISTING CITY RECREATION FACILITIES �' . CITY RECREATION FACILITIES CITY PARKS i ' I 1 West Heights Park 2 Rowan Park 3 Polar Bear Memorial Park 4 Johnny 0. Harris Park 5 Little Black Creek Nature Park 6 Mona Lake Park CITY· SCHOOLS !; 7 Loftis School ! . 8 Muskegon Heights High School ' 9 Lindbergh School t ' ( 10 M.L. King Jr. School 11 Junior High School 12 Glendale School 13 Roosevelt School 14 Edgewood School ~ • 50 - �I '. VACANT j" i .... ' ~ ( The City possesses approximately 297 acres of vacant property. This represents 15% of the total land area. Since 1969 (date of the last City-wide land use acreage count), the amount of vacant property has Increased by 159 acres. This is primarily due to the closure of several large industrial complexes and demolition and removal of substandard housing. It is envisioned that much of the vacant property will be redeveloped over the next ten years as the City pursues infill programs directed at housing and commercial redevelopment. RIGHTS-OF-WAY . L.> This land use category includes streets, alleys, and rail lines. It comprises approximately 555 acres or 28% of the City's total land area. The rather high number of acres is due to the extensive grid system of streets within the City. In comparison to other communities of similar age and development, the above percentage is fairly r. consistent. However, in newer or developing communities, the above percentage is high. The City's present pattern of development precludes significant changes to the amount of acreage devoted to rights-of-way. INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENERGY SUPPLIES Because of their importance to development, information on infrastructure and energy supplies is included as part of the existing land use section. Public Water I. The City is one of the few communities in the region that maintains its own water treatment and distribution system. The City provides full water service to all developed sectors of the community. The system has a daily capacity of 15 million gallons. Current usage is approximately 11 million gallons or 73% of capacity. The City's service area also includes several of the neighboring communities. f. i! ,' I . The City has sufficient reserves to handle increased user demand. Moreover, it has the potential to "sell" excess water to surrounding areas, including the developing sectors of northwestern Ottawa County. Sanitary Sewer The City is part of the greater Muskegon County Wastewater Management System. That system handles the treatment of wastewater collected through the City's sewer main system. As with water, - 51 • �all developed sectors of the community are served by sanitary sewers. The County treatment is presently being expanded. Sufficient capacity exists to handle existing and future City development. Storm Sewers Storm sewers have been constructed throughout the City In most developed locations. As road Improvements are made, storm sewer needs are analyzed for redevelopment or construction as necessary. Natural Gas Natural gas is provided to the City by Michigan Consolidated Gas Company. Distribution lines run throughout the community and supplies are readily available to potential customers. Electric Service Electric power is provided by Consumers Power Company with service available to all industrial, business, and residential properties. Said service is sufficient to handle specialized commercial needs including large horsepower motors. Telephone Service Telephone service is available throughout the City and is provided by General Telephone. Cellular Phone Service Cellular phone service is available throughout the City with the distribution system provided by Cellunet Corporation. Cable Television Cable television is available throughout the City and is provided by West Marc Cable Company. • 52 • �Transportation �TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM \ r . , The livelihood of Muskegon Heights is directly related to the transportation system. The streets, rail lines, transit system, Intercity busses, and nearby airport and harbor can enhance the opportunity for economic growth throughout the Muskegon metropolitan area. A system which efficiently transports people to work, shoppers to stores, materials to manufacturers, goods to sales outlets, and tourists to their destinations improves both the living environment and the business climate. The lack of certain modes of transportation, or an unorganized, poorly maintained system can detract from the vitality of an area. In general, the transportation needs of the City are being met. However, improvements to several streets, railroad crossings, and regulatory controls would Improve travel conditions in the City. ' Streets have two basic roles in the transportation system; allow through traffic movement and provide access to land uses. The primary function of the street network is to allow an efficient movement of people and goods throughout the City and the surrounding area. The secondary function is to provide access to homes, businesses, industries, and other uses along the streets. The inherent problem with these two roles is that the needs of through traffic often conflict with the needs of motorists accessing adjacent uses. By designating streets according to their designed purpose, the City could potentially reduce that conflict, help protect the public investment in the street system, and facilitate decisionmaking when allocating funds . The most common method to promote an organized street system is by classifying streets according to their intended function. A hierarchial "functional classification system" provides for a graduation of traffic flow from the traffic movement function to the access function. Streets with a predominant role of moving traffic through an area are classified as "arterials." Streets which are designed primarily to provide access to adjacent land uses are termed local streets. Collector streets help move traffic from the local streets to the arterials. The following list summarizes the characteristics of a hierarchial classification system: Functional Classification System Regional Arterials: • • • • Primary role is movement of traffic through a region. Long length. Very high daily traffic volumes. High average speeds (49 mph or more). • • • Four or more lanes. No on-street parking . Limited number of traffic control devices. - 54 - �'- Major Arterials: • • Primary role is movement of traffic through municipalities. Long length. • High traffic volumes. • • • High average speeds (35-45 mph) Four or more lanes Limited on-street parking • • Traffic control devices favor arterial. Major transit routes. • Serve major traffic generators (CBD, Industrial Areas, etc.) Collectors: • • Primary role is to move traffic from neighborhoods to arterials. Medium length. • Moderate traffic volumes. • • • Moderate average speeds (25-35 mph). Usually two lanes. On-street parking. • Traffic control, either signals or signs. • May be a segmen_t of a transit route. Local Streets: • • • Primary role is to serve adjacent land uses, usually residential. Short length. Low traffic volumes. • • • Low average speeds (25 mph or less). Two lanes. On-street parking. • Stop or Yield signs for traffic control. Streets designated as arterials should be efficient thoroughfares whose major purpose is the movement of traffic. Access to land uses is a secondary consideration. Arterials are typically longer in length, have higher daily traffic volumes, higher average speeds, and are wider than collector or local streets. Traffic control devices and driveways along arterials should be designed to minimize the disruption of traffic flow. Major traffic generators, such as shopping areas or factories, should be located along streets, designated as arterials so that the traffic can be accommodated without unnecessary costs. Major transit and commercial truck routes are usually along arterial streets. - 55 - �The arterial system In Muskegon Heights cannot be viewed as an isolated system. Travel patterns In the Muskegon area mandate that the arterials be Integrated with the street systems of Muskegon, Roosevelt Park, and Norton Shores to facilitate an orderly traffic flow. Existing traffic volumes and patterns Indicate that most of the motorists traveling between Muskegon Heights and nearby communities use major streets such as Peck, Getty, Sherman, and Broadway. Those streets have been designed to function as arterial routes. Collector streets are intended to assemble traffic from neighborhoods and provide routing to the arterial system. Collectors usually have moderate traffic volumes. They are typically spaced more closely than arterials, as well as being placed between arterials. Collector streets are designed to serve a specific area, and are signalized at intersections with other collectors or arterials. Collector routes often serve as secondary routes for mass transit. Local streets comprise the great number of miles In a community. In an efficient system, local streets are usually short and discontinuous with low traffic volumes. Local streets are designed to serve adjacent land uses, usually homes. These streets are characterized by low speeds, minimal commercial traffic, on-street parking, numerous driveways, and stop signs for traffic control. The major problem in the Muskegon Heights functional classification system is the lack of distinction between collector streets and local streets. Though pavement markings, traffic control devices, and street offsets are used in some areas as an attempt to designate function, the grid street pattern does not promote an orderly flow of traffic. The only exceptions to the grid pattern are found in the City's southeast section where several radical and crescent streets help maintain the areas for local traffic. A well laid out street system would prevent the intrusion of non-local, higher speed traffic into neighborhoods. The allocation of fiscal resources for maintenance and improvement is more difficult when collector streets are not distinguished from local streets. Recommendations of previous planning studies to rectify the problem by constructing cul-de-sacs or disconnecting streets were not implemented. Using the above descriptions as guidelines, a functional classification system for Muskegon Heights was developed (Figure 11 ). This system can help Identify needs, Indicate where improvements would have the greatest impact and promote land uses which are consistent with the transportation system. Allocation of funds for transportation projects should emphasize the high level class to promote economic activity in the City. - 56 - �Table 19 Functional Classification of Streets Muskegon Heights, Michigan Regional Arterial: Seaway Drive (BR U.S. 31, BR 1-96) Major/Minor Arterials: Getty Street Merriam/Peck Street Sanford Street Broadway Avenue Sherman Avenue Collectors: Jarman Street Wood Street {Summit Avenue to north city limits) Hoyt Street Baker Street (Airline to Sherman Avenue) Peck Street {BR U.S. 31/1-96 to Rotterdam) Fifth Street (BR U.S. 31/1-96 to Broadway Avenue) Sixth Street (Broadway to north city limits) Ninth Street (Norton Avenue to Sherman Avenue) Park Street (Sherman Avenue to Hoyt Avenue) Glade Street Hackley Avenue Summit Avenue Norton Avenue r •• Airline Avenue Local Streets: All others - 57 - �~ tt---------j ~i"rr=i:;~±,:~ I \ : F.l:::=:= _=_=_n:_:fc__,.:'iii...,i=_-=_iiP'=====~==;FF"=ci==-.=- •. .: I . l,_.. ~ M 0 ,"•f' A . / I , [~r~j i ,,,__,___ ~ ~ Ew C (M; ETERY :;__~____:.:==--=-- l CIT Y OF FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION ML'SKEGO:\' HEIGHTS REGIONAL ARTERIAL MAJ OR ARTERIAL - - - COLLECTOR - • • - • • - OTHERS ARE LOCAL STREETS _____..::!.. ~-~ · Figure 11 �Rail Service There are almost three miles of railroad lines within Muskegon Heights. The Grand Trunk and Western Railway operates 1.8 miles on two lines, one running east-west along Manahan Avenue and the other running north-south from Manahan at the west city limits, through the West Heights Redevelopment area and continues east-west just north of the city limits. The CSX Transportation Corporation (formerly C & O and Chessie System) operates a line which criss-crosses the City for 1.1 miles from the northwest to the southeast. Freight traffic for both railroads averages about two trains a day, five days a week, but that fluctuates according to the demands of the shippers/users. There is no AMTRAK passenger service available in the Muskegon area. AMTRAK service is available from Grand Rapids to Chicago aboard the Pere Marquette Train which nuns once a day. Transit System Muskegon Heights is served by the Muskegon Area Transportation System (MATS) which provides transit service throughout the metropolitan area. There are four MATS routes which nun through the City, with scheduled stops at major activity areas including the South Heights, Central Business District, Columbia Court apartments, and East Park Manor. The four bus routes connect with two other routes to provide a system throughout the Muskegon urbanized area. The transit system does not operate on Sundays. Intercity Transit Intercity bus service is provided by the Greyhound and North Star bus lines. Bus lines run north and south on U.S. 31 and east to Grand Rapids along 1-96. The bus terminal is located on Western Avenue in the City of Muskegon. Air Service Muskegon County Airport in Norton Shores provides the Muskegon area with commuter commercial airline service with flights to Chicago and Detroit. Cross-country and international connections are also available at the Kent County International Airport in Grand Rapids. Lake Service Currently, there is no cross-lake passenger service in the Muskegon area. Cross-lake passenger, auto and rail service is available from Ludington to Kewaunee, Wisconsin on the Michigan-Wisconsin Transportation Company Ferry. - 59 - �TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PROBLEMS AND ISSUES ,- . ' r Traffic Accidents Regionally, the Intersection of Peck Street and Broadway Avenue at the core of the Central Business District was rated the highest in the area using the MOOT "Hazardness Index" table (a measure of traffic hazard-based on accident rates). None of the other top ten intersections were located in Muskegon Heights. Within the City, six of the top eight high accident locations were signalized, the exceptions being the ,( Wood Street Hackley Avenue and Sanford Street/Hackley Avenue intersections. Generally, accidents are higher at signalized locations because more vehicles use those intersections and the signals often give a false sense of security which may contribute to accidents (Table 20). ; The transition from one-way to two-way traffic creates contusion at the intersection of Sanford Street with Hackley Avenue. Impatient motorists, desiring to continue south on Peck probably account for many of the accidents along Sanford at both Sherman and Hackley Avenues. The timing of the tramc signal at Sanford Street/Sherman Avenue may need to be adjusted. The signal was formally interconnected with the signal at Hackley Avenue to facilitate north-south flow, but it should be timed to ease the more dominant east-west movement. A detailed review of accident patterns at those Intersections and others with high accident records should be undertaken to determine if any pattern exists which can be corrected through assignment of right-of-way, additional lanes, driveway closures or removal of sight obstacles. Table 20 Reported Traffic Accidents Within 150 Feet of an Intersection - 1985 Muskegon Heights, Michigan Intersection # Accidents Peck Street/Broadway Avenue Getty Street/Sherman Avenue Hoyt Street/Seaway Drive Wood Street/Hackley Avenue Sanford Street/Sherman Avenue 24 Sanford Street/Hackley Avenue 17 16 16 14 12 12 19 18 18 18 Peck Street/Summit Avenue Hoyt Street/Sherman Avenue Hoyt Street/Broadway Avenue Peck Street/Hackley Avenue Baker Street/Sherman Avenue • 60 - �Getty Street/Broadway Avenue 11 11 Baker Street/Broadway Avenue Dyson Street/Howell Avenue 5th Street/Broadway Avenue 10 9 9 Getty Street/Hackley Avenue i- -- !I 8 7 Hoyt Street/Hovey Avenue Hoyt Street/Hackley Avenue Hoyt Street/Bamey Avenue , 6 6 5th Street/Norton Avenue Source: Muskegon Heights Police Department Downtown Parking The business climate of the Muskegon Heights Central Business District (CBD) is directly related to the availability of convenient parking. Future redevelopment of the downtown will require an adequate supply of convenient parking. There is an acceptable amount of parking for both existing and future business in the CBD, but much of It is underutilized. The only area where parking demand approaches the number of spaces available is along Broadway and Peck. The parking turnover along these streets ( I \ - usually provides a sufficient number of spaces for patrons. The downtown segments of these street systems experience considerable congestion during peak traffic hours. Conflict is often experienced between those using the streets as through routes versus those desiring to park and shop. In addition to on street parking along Peck Street and Broadway Avenue, the city provides almost 250 off-street . l , spaces in three downtown lots. The on-street spaces, being the most convenient to stores, are most heavily used. The use of off-street parking is usually a "last resort" for many patrons, even though it may be conveniently located near their destination. An improved pedestrian route from the City lot adjacent to the Rowan Park Plaza to nearby businesses could increase Its use. r ' I - - 61 - ' - - - - -- - ---- �I • ,_ • ' . I Table 21 CBD Parking Utlllzatlon - Noon, Weekday (Typical) n t Muskegon Heights, Michigan On-Street .. r·· Broadway Avenue Peck Street • # of Cars # of Spaces % Used 40 14 46 42 87% 33% 3 6 50% 15 48 31% 72 142 51% 57 46% Private 26 74 241 31% TOTAL 172 440 39% Maffet Street Center Avenue Off-Street Public ,..... • During peak shopping periods, the ratio of spaces used along Peck increases markedly. Also, it was observed that individuals shopping at the various retail establishment along Peck, North of Broadway, often utilized the City of Muskegon Heights City Hall parking lot. This served to. reduce the number of vehicles parked along Peck. Source: Counts by The WBDC Group Curbs and Sidewalks Most of the City's streets are curbed, which improves the appearance and durability of the roadways. Sections of Barney and Hovey Avenues, however, still need to be rebuilt with curbs. Sidewalks have been constructed along most of the streets in the City. A major deficiency is the lack of a continuous sidewalk along Getty Street. A worn path along the west side of the street indicates the need for a sidewalk from Keating to Sherman Avenue. A sidewalk would also improve the aesthetic appearance of the Getty Street corridor. The City should continue its program of providing and maintaining sidewalks throughout the City, especially in areas designated for housing preservation and redevelopment. - 62 • �Access Management One of the most cost effective means of preserving street capacity and limiting accident potential Is through a program of access management. Access management Involves limiting the number of driveways along major arterials, designing access points to minimize the impacts on through traffic, and coordinating land use decisions with the ability of the roadway to accommodate the traffic. The most obvious applications of access management In the City are in conjunction with new commercial development proposed along Getty Street and Broadway Avenue. However, the techniques should also I be applied as existing land uses expand or change. ,_ I Development proposals along Getty Street and Broadway Avenue should be reviewed in terms of their relationship with nearby land uses, access points, and the affect on the integrity of the arterial. Access points should be located away from intersections, spaced at least 150 feet apart, adequately offset or aligned with driveways across the street, and shared with adjacent land uses whenever possible. Alternative means of access, such as frontage roads or service drives should be encouraged. These techniques can help maintain the capacity of the arterials without making costly improvements, while I • I still providing land owners with "reasonable" access as defined by the courts. The access management techniques along Getty Street could be expanded into "corridor management" in conjunction with Norton Shores, the City of Muskegon and Muskegon Township. A cooperative study of Getty could include guidelines for access, land use, paved parking lots, landscaping, setbacks, and signage for both sides of the street. A Getty Street review committee or similar procedure could help both communities improve the economic climate along the roadway. Entryway to Downtown There are four major entryways to the Central Business District; Broadway Avenue from the east and west, Sanford/Peck from the north, and Merriam/Peck from the south. None of those entryways gives a motorist a visual link or perception of the activity in the downtown. Each of the entryways needs to r i . be improved. r . l The City of Muskegon Heights has been pursuing an interchange along Broadway Avenue at ' . Seaway Drive for a number of years. Their attempts have been complicated by the fact that ! Muskegon Heights does not have jurisdiction over the potential interchange area. The Michigan Department of Transportation and Region 14 have done some analysis to determine if traffic demand for the interchange warrants construction. Their unofficial conclusion is that construction of a partial interchange would need to be tied to a specific economic development project. The billboards at the corner of Broadway Avenue and Getty Street do not enhance the eastern entryway to the CBD. Development or signing in that area, and continued development and redevelopment along Broadway Avenue would improve the character along the route. - 63 - �r· I • l: The northern entryway along Peck Street carries the most traffic to the CBD. Aside from the ! . condition of several buildings and street elements (signs, curbs, etc.) along the route , Peck Street offers the best visual entrance to the business area. The major entrance to the City from the south Is along Merriam/Peck from the exit along Seaway Drive. Once taking the exit, the motorist passes through a predominantly residential area. The turn from Merriam to Peck Street is poorly defined, designated only with a small sign. The tum should be redesigned to distinguish the primary route, or Merriam to the north should be closed •Jff entirely. L. I i L I . I i . '- I - 64 - �r l . l..: r I l Master Plan Land Use Districts - - - - - - - - - - - - �MASTER PLAN DISTRICTS The following represent proposed land use districts as delineated on the Master Plan Map (Figure 12). General text descriptions and district locations of each have been provided. The districts represent desired categories of development as well as their spatial arrangement throughout the City. The location of each district has been based on a thorough analysis of existing land use, examination of development pressures presently experienced by the City, assessment of future land area ·needs, and analysis of redevelopment potential in light of market conditions. And, most Importantly, the districts represent the desires of community residents pursuant to the City's future growth and development. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS The Master Plan deUneates two residential use districts. These include Single-Family and MultiFamily. Single-family refers to existing and planned residential areas devoted to single-family detached housing on individual parcels. This is the primary housing type of the community. As indicated by the Master Plan Map, single-family locations comprise the bulk of the City's geographic area and are located in all quadrants. The multi-family category includes residential dwellings comprised of two or more attached living units. Five major areas have been planned for multi-family use. These include: 1. The general area bounded by Ivory Avenue (N), Ray (E), Sherman (S) , and Jarman (W) . This location includes East Park Manor. 2. The areas east of Little Black Creek Park between Broadway (N) and Summit (S) and westerly, south of Broadway. 3. The segment occupied by the Senior Citizen Apartment complex lying south of Columbia and west of Baker. 4. Airline Road, west of Mona View Cemetery. 5. Three small continuous segments on Ninth Street between Delano (N) and Barney (S) . These segments provide a transition area between the Mixed-Use District on the west and Single-Family District to the east. Other minor locations have been identified on Sanford (south of Broadway) and at the Sherman/Sanford Intersection. · 66 · �t. fI J ii 11 !!-i:.· !:_· -~ : I ·=-p.:.11;_1=-]: ~; =::: ;- - r ? :.· ~ ~ r:-~ =-;::: ~_f_ _ -•~!BJ ~ cfJm [iJ:rn ~ ~ ~ ~~ i· ►7 -• 1-:: :-:·. -=:. · -• ·-~1Jl1L · -· ~ - • ,:.iD"::11::-1-=- - - :. :~ :_: ; : _: ____ . _. _ rr.:7 i:::::ir-:1 i £ 1- lF.-' . .. , • - l.::n:11~~•,' ~ ·-=.:.=--=-=-= t1' - -:· 7 .: -: - ~ ::::r1~1 :-' : -1 ~ ··m -_ \_· rn ~ - ~IU · i ;· ~ -- --· - . - -. -- - ·- . - - - -. -· ~rnrnrnm . L._ . _ . . . _ _ - 1,, •• .. ·:. .:. -~ ~ : ' s 1 ·'"' · ·,-, - .,11·- m·- m[- : U I ,-Jf' - . - -• • li I I • - - - -. .- -- -. - - .•;:. -- =--- --·~--- ·-. ::.- -:~..- -= --:, --::11:.,-. -- - . . - -- 9L) •l td t·-· ,Ir•"· I I p ~ ·...- ' ,--......~ ' _J_ I MASTER PLAN MULTI-FAMILY CITY OF ,,,ua ~Qlili.I18L "'-"'"~ -- ~ - ... ,,. LEGEND SINGLE FAMILY ' MU.SKEGON Hl~ICHTS {SFR\ (MFR\ MONA LAKE Q..QM.Mf.B.C.lAL [Q] GENERAL RETAIL/SERVICE [ill[} OFFICE HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL [R) MIXED-USE PUD rPUDI 1111 REDEVELOP DISTRICT: ~ \\'llt>l 0 ,, ... ..-.ru,i, BUSINESS/HEAVY COMMERCIAU LIGHT INDUSTRIAL GENERAL INDUSTRIAL [TI PUBLIC uJ Figure 12 ~ I a-1"""• -,-~"'°" "' ..... -.,~U>4CIOII 1'11•U...U u.n 1-.ou1• i.a~ltl•IU.-.1~ �I COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS Due to the diversity of commercial development within the City, as well as anticipated growth, five commercial districts have been delineated. These Include: OFFICE DISTRICT - oriented to office development of a professional or service nature and including either public or private establishments. Anticipated office occupants include medical, legal, insurance, design, accounting, financial, real estate, governmental, and other professionals and/or services of a similar or comparable nature. The office classification has been planned for the following locations: ' -• I 1. I Glade Street between Lincoln (N) and the approximate mid-point of the block between Maplewood and Oakwood (S). This area has experienced the conversion of single-family detached dwellings for off ice and limited retail use. Directly east of the area is a prime residential neighborhood. It is the desire of the City to maintain the northerly limit of this district at Lincoln. While the area north of Lincoln may experience limited pressure for similar conversions, it is presently comprised of quality housing. Moreover, its use for office or other commercial purposes is to be discouraged due to the following factors: a) the area lies within one block of Roosevelt Elementary School; b) additional conversions will serve to increase non-residential traffic loads on adjacent residential side streets; c) visibility of Glade as one approaches Broadway is diminished due to grade differences between Glade and Seaway Drive; and, d) due to small lots sizes, it becomes difficult to accommodate required on-site commercial parking and other regulatory standards. To meet such standards often necessitates the assembly of several lots resulting in the demolition of housing stock. 2. Merriam between the Seaway Drive Intersection and Hoyt. This area has experienced some of the City's newest and highest quality office development. Due to the presence of Little Black Creek, and associated lowland, land area for additional development is limited. It is proposed that future development remain consistent with existing development and that use i - of the land be maximized. This may involve physical modification of the site including the addition of fill and channelization or restructuring of the creek. 3. Central Business District with the majority of office development radiating about the City of Muskegon Heights City Hall and focused on the Manahan and Baker Intersection. Primary locations include the parcels directly north and east of the City Hall building. These segments are presently developed for office use. 4. Keating between Leahy (W) and Riordan (E). This location is currently used for office facilities and related parking. - 68 • �5. Miscellaneous Sites as follows: a. Getty Street between Barney (N) and Hovey (S) and Llncoln (N) and Overt>rook (S). The segment between Barney and Hovey is currently used for medical offices. There Is limited area avallable for office expansion. This area abuts residential development on the west. The segment between Lincoln and Overbrook lies directly east of the Woodcliffe residential subdivision. The subdivision possesses quality housing and has the potential for additional residential growth. Overbrook represents an entry point for the subdivision. The designation of Office represents a use type that provides development opportunities for property owners along Getty, while serving to diminish compatibility concerns with the adjacent residential uses. ,. ' b. Green Street, south of Seaway Drive. This small parcel abuts Mona Lake Park on the west and an existing office use to the south. The office use is located in the City of Norton Shores. i. Two options are considered viable and potentially appropriate for this parcel. These include, 1) consolidation of the parcel as part of Mona Lake Park; or 2) use of the parcel for office purposes. The parce1 represents a logical extension of the park. It provides sufficient additional area for expansion of existing tennis courts and associated parking and would serve to enhance this very important regional recreation facility. Conversely, the parcel also exhibits potential for commercial development. This is due to both the existence of such development on the south as well as the site's proximity to Seaway Drive. Of the commercial classifications, the Office designation is considered appropriate for the following reasons: 1) as indicated, it represents a northerly extension of an existing office use; 2) the parcel's small size renders the accommodation of most general commercial/retail uses very difficult, particularly with respect to vehicular parking and circulation; 3) Green Street serves as an entry point to a residential area. From a commercial use perspective, the Office classification is generally more consistent with residential development; and 4) the Green Street Seaway Drive intersection experiences high traffic volumes, many vehicular turning movements, and pedestrian movement resulting from nearby motel development. The addition of a high (traffic) volume commercial use would increase congestion experienced at this intersection. Due to the private ownership of the parcel and its close proximity to an adjoining office use, it has been given an Office District designation. - 69 - �I .. l ;. .', c. Remaining Off ice District locations reflect isolated segments presently In office use or represent parcels appropriate for such development. In many Instances, these areas serve to buffer high intensity commerciaVretail uses from residential development. GENERAL RETAIUSERVICE DISTRICT - This classification represents the broad spectrum of commercial development which is either retail or service in orientation. Uses encompass a variety of commercial types which serve the needs of both the City and, to a lesser degr_ ee, the surrounding region. Typical retail uses _include grocery, clothing, hardware, drug, appliance, specialty shops, furniture, book stores, and similar retail facilities. Service uses include hair salons, shoe repair, copying/reproduction, restaurants, fitness salons, and similar service uses. The General Retail/Service classification also includes entertainment facilities such as theaters, lounges, and uses of a recreational nature. Within the City, this category also encompasses select retail uses which are often found in Highway Commercial Districts. These include automotive and recreational vehicle sales. l •. ! I The General Retail/Service District has been planned for the following locations: 1. Glade Street between Hackley (N), Lemuel (E), Manahan (S), and Seaway Drive (W). This area represents the westerly segment of the West Heights Redevelopment Area (WHRA) . It possesses some of the area's fin est and newest commercial development. Its location as a prime commercial sector is primarily the result of its visibility from and access to Seaway Drive. Much of the existing commercial development serves a regional market in addition to the City. 2. Getty Street between Keating (N) and Barney (S) and Hovey (N) and Lincoln (S). These segments represent a significant commercial strip and delineate the eastern edge of the City. As with the Glade Street corridor, Getty Street experiences high visibility due to large vehicular traffic volumes. Much of the Getty commercial corridor abuts residential development. As a result, development activities must be carefully planned to reduce potential conflicts between the adjoining uses. 3. Broadway and Getty Intersection - While this area encompasses a portion of the Getty Street corridor, it also extends along the northerly edge of Broadway. Currently, this large sector experiences a mixture of retail and office uses. The newest development is represented by a retail marine sales establishment. The high visibility of the corner, combined with recent development initiatives, serve to orient this area as General Retail/Service . 4. Broadway corridor between Seaway Drive (W) and Wood Street (E) - This commercial corridor traverses the Central Business District (CBD) . With the exception of the CBD and the small segment north of Broadway between Sixth (E) and Ninth (W), commercial locations are oriented to a shallow tier of lots fronting along the southern edge of Broadway. South of this - 70 - �tier, one generally finds residential development. Broadway serves as a "gateway" for the City funnelling regional traffic into the downtown area. 5. Central Business District (CBD) - The CBD represents a major commercial area for Muskegon Heights. It serves as a focal point for the City's retail function and, geographically, is fairly equidistant from all residential sectors. The CBD is traversed by a series of streets which serve to markedly enhance visibility for commercial establishments. These include Sherman, Broadway, Summit, Peck, and Sanford. ,._.. , I The CBD is generally defined by the following points: Hume (N), Hoyt (E), Summit (S) and including one block south to Meister's Lawn & Garden and Heritage Hospital, and Sixth (W) . 6. Peck Streat between Keating (N) and Delano (S) - This area consists of the first tier of lots along both sides of Peck Street and includes several lots Just south of Delano. The district also penetrates several lots east of the main segment with frontage on Maffett. This area is presently developed with General Retail/Service uses. 7. Sherman between Manz (W) and Getty (E) - This location consists of several commercial establishments, however, it possesses a number of vacant parcels suitable for development. It is a highly visible location. Development for commercial uses would serve to buffer the northerly residential areas from the industrial areas lying south of Sherman. 8. Hoyt Street near Maplewood - This area consists of three segments; a) several lots on the east side of Hoyt, just south of Merriam, which are presently developed; b) the first tier of lots east of Hoyt and south of Maplewood; and c) the area west of Hoyt and South of Maplewood. 9. Miscellaneous sites as follows : ! . a. The small area on Sherman lying east and west of Hoyt. These lots are presently developed for retail purposes. b. Small area lying north of Maplewood and east of Glade. c. Small scattered sites on Peck, Sherman, and Merriam. Such sites have historically been used for commercial purposes. - 71 · �HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL DISTRICT - this classification reflects commercial uses heavily dependent on a regional market and generally requiring location on a regional arterial such as Seaway Drive. Within the City, such development principally consists of motels and restaurants. Other types of Highway Commercial uses Include vehicular sales, larger shopping centers (malls), and manufactured housing sales. The Highway Commercial District includes the following planned locations: 1. Seaway Drive (north side) between Peck (W) and Green (E). This area includes the core of Muskegon County's motel development. 2. Seaway Drive and Hoyt Street Intersection (southwest corner) - This area is fully developed and consists of a new restaurant. '' l • I I.. I Parcels lying near the NortorVLemuel and Glade/Maplewood Intersections. • f ·' (" 3. --- MIXED USE PUD DISTRICT - The Mixed-Use Planned Unit Development District was created in order to respond to areas that exhibit potential for mixed-use development and are located in areas possessing unique physical characteristics and/or other significant developmental constraints. Once such area is the City-owned property lying south of Seaway Drive and west of the Mobile Home Park at the Seaway/Hoyt Intersection. Due to its proximity to Mona Lake and lowland character, the southern portion of the site experiences high water table conditions throughout much of the year. The northern portion is higher in elevation and potentially suitable for limited development. Because of the area's physical constraints, future development must be given flexibility pursuant to site design and use. It is anticipated that uses may be oriented to a variety of controlled types including office, limited commercial, residential (cluster) development, and/or recreational uses. I·• The mobile home park lying to the east has also been included in the PUD designation. Should the park cease to operate in the future, Its proximity to the City-owned parcel on the west, combined ;..,.,:. with its location relative to Mona Lake Park and Seaway Drive, point to the need and desire to redevelop the site in a creative fashion, consistent with the planned westerly uses. The property comprising Sanford Enterprise Village located in the CBD also lends itself to the PUD concept. This area represents the redevelopment of an abandoned industrial site combined with the enhancement of adjacent commercial facilities. The area is particularly unique due to location, overall site configuration, relationship to the transportation system, environmental character and related developmental constraints. REDEVELOPMENT DISTRICT - This district Includes a combination of use types including business, general and heavy commercial, and light industrial which are able to function in a compatible fashion. It represents the type/nature of development experience by the City within the West - 72 · �Heights Redevelopment Project Area extended to the railroad line running from Hackley (N) to Broadway (S). Several small pockets east of the railroad line have also been proposed, as well as an extension of the district along Park between Keating (N) and Hackley (S). INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT In addition to light Industrial development which has been provided for under the Mixed-Use Commercial category, the City also recognizes the classification of GENERAL INDUSTRIAL - This plan destgnation provides for industrial uses which are oriented to manufacturing, assembly, fabrication, and/or treatment of materials and goods. Other uses might Include tool and die shops, machine shops, trucking and warehousing, research and testing facilities, and uses of a similar or comparable nature. The district may also accommodate light industrial uses. ' .. Locations planned for the General Industrial District reflect existing industrial locations. These include the following areas: 1. The broad band of development lying between Sherman (N), Getty (E), Broadway (S), and Seaway (W). Within this band, General Industrial areas may be found within City blocks 175, 179 through 182, 184 through 188, 192, and 200 through 207. Additional segments are also located near Beulah Avenue and Jarman Street. A minor northward extension of the band occurs north of Sherman and east of Temple and Park Streets. 2. The SPX plant site between Delano and Keating and the Consumers Power Company site between Peck (W), Keating {N), and Leahy (E). PUBLIC DISTRICT The Public District includes lands and facilities under public ownership and/or control and utilized for public purposes. These include all of the Muskegon Heights Public School grounds, City offices and parks, and Mona View Cemetery. Development of these areas is highly restrictive and strictly oriented to the programs and policies of the governing agency. It is the intent of the Public District to protect public lands from encroachment by incompatible uses and to ensure their preservation for the needs and enjoyment of City residents. - 73 - �r. lI I l , I ' Goals and Action Statements (Implementation) �GOALS AND ACTIONS Muskegon Heights has undertaken a number of planning studies in the last 30 years in efforts to Improve the quality of its living environment. Studies completed in 1957, 1969, and 1982 had slightly different focuses, but reached the same general conclusions. All three studies were concerned with the condition of housing stock; the lack of cohesive residential neighborhoods; the limited amount of amenities, such as parks; the need to attract new commercial development and Industrial employment opportunities; and the vitality of the Central Business District (CBD). Each of the earlier studies provided Goals and Objectives to guide the City's decision-makers in efforts to improve Muskegon Heights. These previously defined goals and objectives shared one common element - that the vitality and quality of life in the City needed to be improved. Goals reflect the optimum standard, and though they may seem virtually unattainable, they do reflect a desirable end. The goals listed below are broad statements concerning the long-range policy intent of the City toward improving the Community, as well as enhancing its regional position among surrounding cities. Under each goal is a list of action statements. They have been classified as "action statements" rather than objectives in order to emphasize the need for Implementation. They represent specific programs or policies that should be pursued in order to reach the identified goal. To do so, serves to Implement the Plan. The action statements have been listed as either short or long-range. Short-range actions are oriented to a period of one to approximately five years, although in certain instances, they may extend to greater periods. Long-term actions are more visionary. They reflect future project activity serving to position the City for its place into the year 2000. The goals and action statements have been listed by category and include residential, commercial, industrial, transportation, recreation and community facilities, utilities, and other tasks. The section ends with a summary of the identified short and long-term actions. - 75 - �RESIDENTIAL Goal Statement: Provide and/or preserve sound housing stock and neighborhoods necessary to meet the needs of existing and future residents. Short-Term Actions a. Preserve sound housing stock through vigorous code enforcement. A systematic program of neighborhood Inspections should be Initiated to ensure that all areas of the City meet local maintenance codes. including site maintenance. At a minimum, the program should include the following: i I I 1. - Rental property registration and inspections with all properties inspected on a two-year cycle. ' 2. Owner-occupied housing Inspections with properties inspected at time of sale. 3. Annual (drive by) inspection of all residential areas pursuant to identifying site violations such as abandoned vehicles, trash, and related code issues. Particularly troublesome areas may require more frequent inspection. b. Consider limitations on the placement of curbside trash pursuant to time of collection. It is not uncommon to observe curbside trash that has been placed several days prior to scheduled pick-up. Not only is this unsightly, but it is also potentially unsafe. Moreover, it serves to degrade the quality and perception of the neighborhood. Placement should generally be limited to no more than two days prior to collection . ' c. The City should prepare and implement a maintenance schedule pursuant to City-owned properties in residential neighborhoods. The City currently owns a number of vacant residential parcels in area neighborhoods. These parcels should be maintained during the growing season on a regular basis. d. As identified in the Muskegon Heights Housing Study (1986). the City should: 1. Target additional housing rehabilitation funds to Census Tract 14.02. 2. Work with private contractors and developers to enhance the pace of infill development on City-wide vacant parcels. Said infill should not preclude manufactured housing. Relative to the above, the City has negotiated a recent agreement with a private party to construct new homes on existing lots. Approximate ly 50 parcels have been committed - 76 • �with 2 to 3 units per year being oonstructed. The City should attempt to secure additional developer Interest and oommltment in order to Increase unit oonstruction. e. The City should implement Phase 1, followed by Phase 2 of the Woodcliffe Site Development Study. f. Through revisions to the City Zoning Ordinance, slated for completion during 1991/1992, lnoorporate provisions that will serve to eventually eliminate nonconforming uses from residential locations. Moreover, the revised Ordinance should Include language adequately protecting residential neighborhoods from future Incompatible uses. Such language should incorporate provisions addressing the following: ' I g. 1. Limitation on types of uses permitted in residential areas. 2. Buffers between residential and non-residential districts. 3. Methods for modifications to existing incompatible situations. 4. Landscape and related site development standards. The City should oontinue with the implementation of the Muskegon Heights Parks and Recreation Plan (1986) with particular emphasis on the West Heights Park. Improvement of the park is critical to the future residential stability of the northwest sector of the City. Moreover, the park serves as an important buffer between this residential area and industrial development to the west. h. Restrictions should be placed on through commercial traffic (I.e.; trucks) in residential neighborhoods. This can be accomplished in the short-term through signage and subsequent police enforcement of violations. Commercial traffic should generally be restricted to major and minor arterials and collector streets. i. The City should investigate the potential to work more closely with local neighborhood associations, churches, and related organizations pursuant to neighborhood .; redevelopment efforts, especially replacement housing initiatives. j. Pursuant to paragraph i) above, the City should focus particular attention on area churches which are found throughout local neighborhoods. Said churches serving not only the religious needs of residents, but also, providing centers of social interaction for neighborhood groups. During field work associated with plan preparation, it was observed that a number of churches were in need of external repair and site maintenance . Generally , the magnitude of repairs and - 77 - �'' maintenance did not appear that great. Rather, they simply involved the need for cleaning, painting, lawn work, and in certain instances modest construction improvements. The lack of maintenance serves to downgrade neighborhoods possessing churches, which exhibit the above characteristics. Long-Term Actions a. Continue with the following programs: 1. 2. Lot infill, housing rehabilitation (Homestead program) and nuisance building abatement. Land assembly with emphasis on Census Tract 13 for future single-family 3. development. Recreation improvements as outlined by the Recreation Plan. b. Targeted neighborhood revitalization strategies. c. Construction of a downtown, market-rate rental, mid-rise apartment complex to complement CBD development. d. Conversion of the Strand Theater building (upper story) to rental, including the possibility of senior rental housing. e. Redevelopment of East Park Manor with emphasis on landscape, site circulation, and building facade improvements. East Park Manor is a subsidized complex providing rental housing to low income families. The complex is a significant land use feature encompassing several blocks in the northeast part of the City. It is perceived in a variety of ways by residents of the City, as well as non-residents. Generally, that _Perception is not positive. Much of the (negative) perception is directly related to the rather poor visual quality of the site and buildings. Efforts Should be made to encourage building and site improvements. The implementation of improvements will serve to soften negative perceptions of the complex. Additionally, they will be needed as the City seeks to encourage additional rental development south of East Park Manor. L. - 78 - �I , COMMERCIAL Goal Statement: Promote quality commercial development located to meet the needs of residents and visitors. Short-Term Actions a. Completion of the first phase of the Sanford Street Redevelopment Project (Sanford Village). Said phase to include the reopening of Sanford Street, site clearance, redevelopmenu expansion of Peck Street properties, and bank construction. b. Complete development of Heineman Plaza. C. Complete sale of remaining (commercial) properties in the West Heights Development District. Prepare a site development and acquisition plan and begin the assembly of additional properties in this area for future development. d. Work towards the removal of non-conforming uses In prime commercial areas. A major component of this task will involve revisions to the City Zoning Ordinance to limit the development and expansion of the incompatible uses in commercial locations. Changes to the Ordinance should also address commercial site development including standards for landscaping, signage, parking, and paving. e. Maintenance of the current CBD streetscape should be improved. Trees should be pruned on an annual basis. Tree grates should be periodically cleaned of litter. Damaged tree guards should be repaired. Sidewalk and street litter should be removed on a regular basis (weekly). f. Alleys within the CBD should be cleaned and, where possible, the rear facades of buildings painted. g. As with residential properties, commercial properties should be periodically inspected for necessary external improvements. Restrictions should be placed on outside storage. Steps should be immediately taken to repair the south wall of Heritage Hospital. The exterior wall covering is "falling off" and presents an extremely poor image as one enters the CBD from the south. This situation has been in existence for over a year! h. The City should investigate the need/desire to initiate two-way traffic flow on Peck and Sanford as related to entry into the City's downtown area. i. The City should undertake a CBD parking and traffic circulation study to determine long-term parking and circulation needs. - 79 • �j. Initiate a joint corridor planning effort with those communities possessing Getty Street frontage pursuant to the use and redevelopment of said street. The planning effort should Investigate such issues as appropriate land uses, access control, streetscapes, slgnage, and maintenance. Findings should be Incorporated Into the local zoning ordinance. 'I • k. The Muskegon Heights (MOOT) entry sign at the Seaway Drive/Merriam Street Intersection should include a directional reference to the "Muskegon Heights Central Business District." I. Follow-up on 1989 Peck and Sanford Traffic Study. Long-Term Objectives a. Construct an access point to Broadway from Seaway Drive in order to facilitate the viability and growth of the CBD, as well as other commercial development along the street system. b. Continue with the development of Sanford Village with activity concentrating to the west of Sanford Street. c. Initiate development of the City-owned parcel lying south of Seaway Drive and west of Hoyt. Said development should be completed based on a comprehensive planning approach recognizing the environmental constraints of the site as well as surrounding land uses. As part of the planning effort, the City should consider acquisition and redevelopment of the adjacent manufactured housing park. d. The CBD streetscape should be extended to incorporate all designated commercial areas radiating from said CBD. This includes the entire stretch of Broadway, from Seaway Drive to approximately Wood Street, and Peck, between Summit and Hume. e. The small commercial node on Peck, between Keating and Delano, should be considered for streetscape beautification. f. The ewe property located at the intersection of Seaway and Broadway should be removed with the site redeveloped for commercial (or light industrial) uses. - 80 - �INDUSTRIAL Goal Statement: Preserve and' enhance existing Industry and attract new Industry to selected areas In the City. ' . Short-Term Actions a. Complete the sale of existing West Heights redevelopment District properties. Begin the acquisition and assembly of additional properties to meet future industrial dema d. Rename area to West Heights Enterprise Village. b. Relocate the transport operation (presently found on Getty, between Hackley and Barney) to an appropriate industrial setting. The operation is not compatible with adjacent uses nor with uses proposed by the Master Plan. c. Encourage existing industries that are located on highly traveled roadways (i.e.; Broadway and Sherman) to implement site beautification activities. d. Upgrade industrially-zoned (planned) parcels by eliminating non-conforming uses. e. Maintain a close awareness of the needs of the City's existing industries. Strive to meet those needs where possible. I . Long-Term Actions a. Complete the expansion and development of the West Heights Redevelopment District eastward to the CSX Railroad ROW. b. Prepare redevelopment strategies for aging industrial facilities/areas. Concentrate initial efforts on those industries which have indicated the potential for closure (i.e.; SPX facility on Sanford). · 81 · �r ·, TRANSPORTATION Goal Statement: Promote an effective transportation and circulation network within and through the City. l • Short-Range Actions II ' a. Develop a functional classification for the street system which distributes traffic in an efficient manner. b. Implement measures to decrease the level of (transient) through traffic in residential neighborhoods. c. Develop a short and long-term program for street maintenance, including assessments of funding needs and funding mechanisms. The maintenance program should also consider adjacent right-of-way improvements such as sidewalks, bicycle paths, and landscaping. d. Coordinate the reconstruction and maintenance of the local transportation system with those of adjacent communities. Particular emphasis should be placed on regional transport segments serving as through routes (i.e.; major and minor arterials and collectors). e. Implement regulations/standards pursuant to building setbacks, roadway signage, landscaping, driveway design, right-of-way needs, off-street parking, and loading and · unloading areas as part of the transportation planning effort. These can be handled through revisions of the Zoning Ordinance. f. Coordinate efforts with the Muskegon Area Transportation Authority to ensure long-range public transportation to areas of high pedestrian activity. Such areas include the CBD and Mona Lake Park. The City should also investigate the potential of participating in the Trolley route now serving communities adjacent to Lake Michigan. g. Signal timing for major intersections should be periodically examined to ensure optimal safety and efficiency. h. The tum from Merriam to Peck Street is poorly defined, designated only with a small sign. The tum should be redesigned to distinguish the primary route, or Merriam to the north should be closed off entirely. · 82 · �i • l 'Long-Term Actions f - ........: a. Develop an access to Broadway Avenue from Seaway Drive. b. There is evidence of pedestrian movement along the west side of Getty, between Keating and Sherman. The City should consider placement of a sidewalk at this location. c. Access should be secured to the City-owned parcel lying south of Seaway and west of Hoyt. d. Implement a pedestrian crossing to Mona Lake Park from the north side of Seaway Drive. • l ,. ' ' RECREATION/COMMUNITY FACILITIES ,... j • I t ' Goal Statement: To meet the recreational and public faclllty needs of the City's residents with particular emphasis on providing facllltles which will serve to stabilize local neighborhoods. (The following actions have been taken from the Muskegon Heights Parks and Recreation Plan {1986). Readers should refer to that dowment for addltlonal detail.) Short-Term Actions a. 1) 2) 3) ) . I Completion of the redevelopment of the following parks/recreational facilities (Note: in order of priority): J 4) Mona Lake Park West Heights Park Rowan Park Glendale School improvements 5) Little Black Creek Nature Park Long-Term Actions ,_ a. Completion of a Seaway Drive crossover to Mona Lake Park. b. Construction of a city-wide community center near the Central Business District. c. Playground improvements to Lindbergh School. d. Possible acquisition of additional recreational space for Mona Lake Park (such as the residential mob ii home park to the west). • 83 • �UTILITIES Goal Statement: To develop and maintain a public utlllty system capable of meeting the changing demands of the City during the next century. Short-Term Actions , .. a. ' (. .. Develop a comprehensive maintenance program/schedule for the City's water, sanitary sewer, and storm sewer system. Coordinate the program with the planning efforts of the City pursuant to such projects as Sanford Village, Woodcliffe, expansion of the West Heights redevelopment Districts, etc. I b. Extend utilities into the undeveloped portions of the Woodcliffe area. c. As part of the utility planning effort, include an assessment of future trash collection methods r" l l and needs. d. Prepare a cosUbenefit assessment pursuant to the privatization of the management of the City's utility effort pursuant to park's maintenance, public parking lots and City owned lots. i (. Long-Term Actions a. Implement the plans and programs completed as part of the short-term action phase. OTHER TASKS Short-Term Actions a. Update the City Zoning Ordinance. implementing the Master Plan. This document represents the primary tool for b. Implement a community-wide "futuring" process to determine public goals and directions and to hired community consensus, pursuant to enactment of implementation policies. c. Prepare a Strategic (Economic Development) Plan. · 84 · �r-· I I • r I j ! Action Summary �I : , ACTION SUMMARY: SHORT-TERM ACTIONS Following is a summary, by category, of the recommended short-term Plan actions: Residential 1. Establish a rental property housing registration inspection program. 2. Establish an owner-occupied housing Inspection program. 3. Establish an annual program of "block-by-block" field reviews to identify site violations. 4. Place restrictions on placement of curbside trash. 5. Develop a maintenance program/schedule for City properties located in residential neighborhoods. 6. Follow the recommendations of the Housing Study (1986). Place particular emphasis on: a. Targeting of rehab monies to Census Tract 14.02. b. Obtain the services of additional contractors to hasten the pace of the residential infill program. 7. Implement Phase 1 of the Woodcliffe Site Development Study (1989) . 8. Revise the City Zoning Ordinance in order to protect the integrity of residential areas. 9. Continue with implementation of the Muskegon Heights Parks and Recreation Plan (1986) with emphasis on West Height Park. 10. Restrict the movement of commercial traffic through residential neighborhoods. 11. Establish programs providing greater interaction between the City and local neighborhood groups, especially in replacement housing development. 12. Encourage local neighborhood churches to improve the maintenance of their buildings and grounds. • 86 • �Commercial 1. Complete the first phase of Sanford Village. 2. Complete development of Heineman Plaza. 3. Complete the sale of remaining West Heights Development District properties (Phase 1). r I • 4. Prepare a site development and acquisition plan for the West Heights Development District (Phase 2} . . 5. Based on the recommendations of Number 4 above, begin to acquire properties within the Phase 2 area of the West Heights Development District. 6. Revise the City Zoning Ordinance to limit the development and/or expansion of incompatible properties in commercial locations. r 7. Enhance maintenance efforts on the CBD streetscape. 8. Enhance maintenance efforts on alleyways within the CBD. 9. Develop a program of periodic (site) inspections of commercial properties pursuant to identifying r. illegal and unsafe outdoor storage and building maintenance concerns. resolve problems. 10. Work with owners to Work with the owners of Heritage Hospital pursuant to maintenance of the south wall visible from Peck. C 11. Analyze the need to establish two-way traffic throughout Peck and Sanford Streets. 12. Undertake a CBD parking study to determine long-term parking needs. As part of the parking study, assess coin-operated meter needs. 13. Initiate Joint corridor planning studies with adjacent communities pursuant to the long-term development of inter--community arterial and collector systems. Focus initial efforts on Getty. 14. Modify the (Michigan Department of Transportation} sign located at the Seaway Drive and Merriam f I Street Intersection, to include a directional reference to the City's CBD. · 87 · �.. . . Industrial 1. Complete the sale of industrial properties within the West Heights Development District. 2. Begin the acquisition of needed additional properties within the West Heights Development District eastward to CSX Railroad ROW. 3. Relocate the trucking facility (currently located on Barney near Getty) to an appropriate industrial setting. 4. Encourage industries to improve site maintenance, with emphasis on those Industries located on Broadway and Sherman. 5. Revise the City Zoning Ordinance to protect Industrial properties from incompatible developments. 6. Work with local industries to maintain an improved awareness of long-term needs. Transportation 1. Develop a functional classification system. 2. Decrease the level of transient traffic through residential neighborhoods. 3. Prepare a street maintenance schedule. 4. Revise the City Zoning Ordinance to include roadway development standards. 5. Investigate the potential to participate in the Muskegon Trolley route system. 6. ' i I - L Periodically examine signal timing at major intersections to ensure maximum traffic safety and efficiency. 7. Redesign the Merriam and Peck Street Intersection area to improve flow into the CBD. 8. Extend streets into the undeveloped Woodcliffe area. 9. Implement the Peck and Sanford Traffic Study (1989) . - 88 - �Recreation and Community Facilities 1. i t .- Continue with Implementation of the Muskegon Heights Parks and Recreation Plan. Emphasize completion of Mona Lake Park and West Heights Park. Utilities ' r .... l .l L 1. Prepare a maintenance schedule/program for the City's water, sanitary sewer, and storm sewer systems. 2. Extend utilities into the undeveloped Woodcllffe site. 3. Assess trash collection methods and needs. 4. Prepare a cosVbenefit analysis pursuant to the privatization of the management of the City's utility effort. Other Tasks 1. Revise the City Zoning Ordinance ACTION SUMMARY: LONG-TERM ACTIONS Following is a summary of recommended long-term actions: Residential I I 1. Continue with the lot infill program, housing rehab (Homestead) and nuisance building abatement. 2. Intensify land assembly efforts in Tract 13 (this element should be pursued only if, during the short-term, infill efforts do not generate Tract 13 activity). 3. Develop targeted neighborhood redevelopment strategies. 4. Work to generate (private) construction of CB0 market rate rental complex. 5. Redevelop Strand Theater (upper story) to rental housing, possibly senior housing. 6. Rehab of East Park Manor, including site improvements. I - - 89 - �I , Commercial 1. Construct Seaway Drive access to Broadway. 2. Complete Sanford Drive. 3. Develop the City parcel that is located south of Seaway and west of Hoyt. 4. Extend the CBD streetscape. 5. Redevelop the ewe site located at the Seaway Drive and Broadway Intersection. Industrial 1. Complete the expansion and development of Phase 2 of the West Heights Development District. 2. Prepare redevelopment strategies for aging Industrial facilities and areas, such as the Sanford Street SPX site. Transportation f • 1. Construct Seaway Drive access to Broadway. 2. Investigate sidewalk needs along Getty. 3. Obtain access to the City parcel located south of Seaway Drive and west of Hoyt. 4. Construct a Seaway Drive pedestrian crossing to Mona Lake Park. Recreation and Community Facilities 1. Construct Seaway Drive pedestrian crossing to Mona Lake Park. 2. Construct a community center near the CBD. 3. Update the City Parks and Recreation Plan (1986). 4. Complete playground improvements to Lindbergh School (unless Recreation Plan update indicates otherwise). 5. Investigate acquisition of additional property for Mona Lake Park. - 90 - �Ir Utilities r· l 1. Based on the Maintenance Program developed as a short-term action component of this Plan , Implement utility improvements. Other Tasks 1. Update the Master Plan. 2. Conduct community-wide "futuring" process to establish public goals, direction and policy consensus. 3. Prepare Strategic (Economic Development) Plan. I. - 91 - � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Muskegon-Heights_Master-Plan_1989 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Muskegon Heights Planning Commission Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1989-08-31 Title A name given to the resource City of Muskegon Heights Master Plan Description An account of the resource The City of Muskegon Heights Master Plan was prepared by the Muskegon Heights Planning Commission and was adopted on August 31, 1989. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Muskegon Heights (Mich.) Muskegon County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/36f2d98d35fd6ac633f4f1cc1d2c7e80.pdf 88ee9e0e5ace82803eed071055b909bc PDF Text Text CITY OF MUSKEGON MASTER LAND USE PLAN �-" FROM THE LIBRARY OF .Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. CITY of MUSKEGON MASTER LAND USE PLAN Prepared For: City of Muskegon Planning Commiss i on Prepared By: TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. 1721 CROOKS RD. SUITE 201 TROY, MICHIGAN 48084 PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES, P.C. 838 West Long Lake Road Suit e 250 Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48013 ADOPTED BY PLANNING COMMISSION: _] OCTOBER 18, 1984 �T LIST OF CITY OFFICIALS PLANNING STAFF CITY COMMISSION Mayor Elmer J. Walcott Director Vice Mayor Thomas Higgins Assitant Director Liz O'Hara Commissioner Joan Stewart Commissioner John Williams Commissioner Mary Commissioner William Larson Commissioner William Bailey c. Jones PLANNING COMMISSION Chairman Harold J. Workman Vice Chairman Terry MacAllister Commissioner Thomas J. O'Toole, Jr. Commissioner Daniel Oglesby Commissioner Howard Sieplinga Commissioner Raymond Seppamaki Commissioner Robert F. Hagemann III Commissioner Joan Stewart Commissioner Elmer J. Walcott City Manager Robert F. Hagemann III ., Assistant City Manager Susan B. Essex , ' City Attorney Thomas J. O'Toole Rick Chapla Assistant Planner Donald E. Haas Assistant Planner Greg Sundin (no longer with the Department) ZONING & INSPECTIONS Director Julius A. Winkler �TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION & REGIONAL SETTING CHAPTER I- GOALS ,. & OBJECTIVES Purposes of the Master Land Use Plan Basis of Planning Policy Land Use Objectives Public Facilities Objectives Additional Objectives CHAPTER II- LAND USE INVENTORY Existing Land Use Visual Reconaissance Survey CHAPTER III- POPULATION Population Analysis Housing Analysis HOUSING ANALYSIS & & Projeciton CHAPTER IV- RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOODS PLAN Existing Patterns & Conditions Residential Neighborhoods Plan CHAPTER V- RECREATION PLAN & COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN Recreation Plan Community Facilities Plan ,. PAGE 1 3 3 4 5 7 8 11 11 16 20 20 26 31 31 37 41 41 43 CHAPTER VI- ECONOMIC BASE ANALYSIS 46 Market Analysis Commercial Potential Industrial Base Analysis 46 CHAPTER VII- MAJOR STREETS PLAN Concepts and Standards The Current Situation Problem Areas Major Streets Plan CHAPTER VIII- MASTER LAND USE PLAN Description of the Plan APPENDIX Resolution of Adoption Affidavit of Mailing By City Clerk 48 53 57 57 59 59 61 62 62 �List of Tables ,, ,,. ,, , 1. City of Muskegon Land Use Acreage 14 2. Land Use Comparison 1973-1983 16 3. Population Trends 1970-1980 20 4. Population Composition Comparison 1970-1980 21 5. Persons Per Household 22 6. County of Muskegon Population Projection 23 7. City of Muskegon Proportional Share Method 23 8. Projected Permanent Populations, 1978-1998 24 9. Growth Rate Method 24 10. Arithmetic Projection Method 25 11. Cohort Survival Projections 25 12. Summary of Population Projections 26 13. Existing Land Use Acreages By Neighborhood 31 14. Existing Densities By Neighborhood 33 15. Existing Densities - Multiple Family 34 16. Selected Multiple Family Development 35 17. Capacity Calculations 36 18. Total Population By Neighborhood 38 18. Total Supportable Commercial Land 49 19. Existing 49 20. Population Expectations 51 21. Total Supportable Commercial Land - Secondary Area 51 & Supportable Commercial Land �List of Tables (continued) Page ,. 22. Present Commercial Zoning Districts and Land Use 52 23. Zoned Commercial Land and Projected Demand 52 24. 1980 Occupational Characteristics 53 25. Employment Expectations 54 26. 1980 Employment by Industry Group in Muskegon 54 27. Employment 55 28. Expected Industrial Land Area Allocation & Land Area Allocation 55 ,, ,,, ,. I" ,, r r Follows Page Number 1. Visual Reconnaissance 16 2. Existing Land Use 13 3. Density Factors 35 4. Residential Area Plan 39 5. Recreation & Community Facilities 44 6. Trade Areas 48 7. Business & Industrial Areas Plan 54 8. Major Streets Plan 60 9. Master Land Use Plan 65 �Ll Introduction & Regional Setting r ,, r r �INTRODUCTION AND REGIONAL LOCATION , , ,, ,, ,, ,, , The most recent Master Plan for the City of Muskegon was prepared in 1974. The purpose of this Master Land Use Plan is to provide updated future land use and housing documentation as part of the municipal plan under the provisions of the Municipal Planning Act, Act 285 of the Public Acts of 1931, as amended. The Master Land Use Plan for _Muskegon is to serve as a guide for the future development of the City, and to be utilized as a working tool for planning related recommendations and decisions by the Muskegon City Planning Commission. The City of Muskegon comprises approximately 12,000 acres or 17 square miles, 2,000 acres of which are in water areas such as Muskegon Lake and Ruddiman Lake (in McGraft Park). The 1980 population of the City was recorded at 40,800 while the Muskegon Norton Shores SMSA listed a total area population of 180,000. Population of nearby communities was recorded at 14,300 in Muskegon Heights, 4,000 in North Muskegon, 22,000 in Norton Shores, and 4,000 in Roosevelt Park. The balance of the SMSA population reside in the adjacent Townships and in the out-county areas (including Oceana County). An historic sketch provided by the Muskegon Area Chamber of Commerce indicates that Muskegon derives its name from th e Chippewa word "Muskego" (Ottawa-Maskigon) meaning "river with marshes". First recorded white visitor to Muskegon was Jean Nicollet, French explorer, who came here in 1634, thirteen years after the pilgrims landed at Plymouth. On April 16, 1675 (two days before he died) Pere Marquette spent the night at the mouth of Muskegon Lake. Pendalouan, greatest war chief of the Ottawa Nation prior to Pontiac, lived at Muskegon and led his tribe at the battle of Starved Rock, Illinois, where the Fox Indians were exterminated. The history of Muskegon covers three eras: the Fur Trade Period, 1810 to 1837: the Lumber Era from 1837 to 1900: and the Era of Diversified Manufacturing from 1900 to the present. The first trading post was established here in 1810 by the widow of Joseph LaFrarnboise, who began making annual trips to the Muskegon Area in her quest for furs. In 1812, Jean Baptiste Recollet established a fur trading post near the mouth of Bear Lake in North Muskegon. The first sawmill on Muskegon Lake was built in 1837. In 1887 Muskegon acquired the title of "Lumber Queen of the World". The 47 sawmills in the City were cutting in excess of 600 million board feet, more than had ever been cut at any single point. The Village of Muskegon was incorporated in 1860 and the area incorporated as the City of Muskegon in 1869 with a population of .....-1- �about 6,000. Muskegon Heights was incorporated as a Village in 1891 and became a City in 1903. The City of North Muskegon became a Village in 1881 and incorporated as a City in 1891. More recently, the City has taken a positive and aggressive approach to the redevelopment of the Downtown Area and new emphasis in the rehabilitation of its residential areas. Diversified housing types and a growing economy have contributed to the re-kindling of the spirit necessary to promote a viable urban community. The continuation of that same theme is essential to assure that the City will remain in the forefront in the West Michigan economy in the years ahead. This new Master Land Use Plan updates basic data and suggests some new courses of action to be taken by community leaders to achieve that goal. , [J :J ,, r -2- �Chapter I Goals & Objectives ,,, ,, �Chapter I- GOALS AND OBJECTIVES INTRODUCTION ,, r The development of objectives and policies by functional activities recognizes the need to focus on identifiable elements of the planning process, which is necessary to bring about the intent of the broad goals. The development of objectives is an attempt to establish more definitive statements inherent in the goal statement, while policies begin to identify day to day direction for decision makers. This first portion deals with the purposes of the overall Master Land Use Plan for the City. r PURPOSES OF THE MASTER LAND USE PLAN ,, The purposes of the Master Land Use Plan are: ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, r J J J J -To improve the physical environment of the City as a setting for human activities to promote the general health, safety, and welfare by making the City more functional, beautiful, decent, healthful, interesting and efficient. -To promote the public interest or the interest of the community at large, rather than the interests of individuals or special groups within the City. -To facilitate the democratic determination and implementation of community policies and physical development. The Master Land Use Plan is primarialy a policy instrument. The Master Land Use Plan constitutes a declaration of long-range goals and objectives and provides the basis for a program to accomplish such goals. By placing the responsibility for determining policies with the Planning Commission and providing an opportunity for citizen participation, the Master Land Use Plan facilitates the democratic process. -To affect political and technical coordination in community development. -To inject long-range considerations into the determination of short-range actions. -To bring professional and technical knowledge to bear on the making of political decisions concernin9 the ph¥sical development of the community. As an expression of desirable physical development, the Master Land Use Plan is an affirmation of goals and objectives. -3- �BASIS OF PLANNING POLICY This Master Land Use Plan attempts to reflect the community structure and quality of community life which the City desires. Recommendations indicated 1n this report and the resulting objectives will be translated into a Master Land Use Plan and will reflect the City's key decisions in selecting future development and potential redevelopment patterns. , The basic Master Land Use Plan is not just a series of maps. Rather the Plan is first a series of policy statements of objectives. These objectives cover the following topical areas: (1) ,, Land Use: (2) Residential and Housing Commercial Industrial (3) Public Facilities: Recreation Civic Center/Downtown Improvements Police and Fire Utilities Traffic and Transportation Additional Objectives GENERAL OBJECTIVES The general objectives are first description of each topical area: ,, , ,, :J :J :J :J :J listed and then followed by a Promote development that is attractive and aesthetically pleasing. Preserve historic buildings and natural resource features of the City wherever possible. Place the general welfare of the economic interest of development. community ahead of the purely Promote public access to waterfront areas to improve the quality of life. Provide for the growth of the City of Muskegon while maximizing and balancing the optimum and economical use of the community resources. Promote the concept that Muskegon is the central place with individual identity while recognizing the inter-dependent nature of the City with a wider Metropolitan community. Promote environmental practices in the City. and energy -4- conservation attitudes and �(1) LAND USE OBJECTIVES Residential Areas Promote quality housing, regardless of type or style. Attempt to provide realistic open space to dwelling unit either through sufficient yard common open space areas. serve each spaces, or Preserve and retain the open water areas, flood areas, and drainage courses of the City for view by resident ialusers. Building locations and heights should be designed so that views to Lake Michigan and Muskegon Lake will be maintained and protected. Plan medium and high density residential development in specific areas that will complement existing development patterns. Encourage a high percentage of home ownership and permanent housing types. Separate single family, cluster, and multiple family residential areas from nonresidential uses, through appropriate buffering techniques. Housing Implement the adopted Housing Policy with Federal, State and local assistance. J Provide programs which will assist in revitalizing the housing supply and preserve the present housing supply as much as possible. Provide a variety of housing types to make a greater choice of housing opportunities available to all residents. Attempt to locate any assisted housing undue concentrations of such housing. Program capital improvements development in a logical fashion all residents. so as to avoid any related to residential to best meet the needs of Provide public fac i 1 it ies and services of appropriate sea le to meet the needs of all housing areas of the City. Provide sites for housing for Senior Citizens that are central in location and would be close to religious, cultural, civic, medical, and shopping facilities. Encourage private investment in housing stock of the City. -5- �Continue the loan and providing assistance to family units. grant rehabilitation qualified owners of programs to one and two Provide appropriate standards in the Zoning Ordinance and other control ordinances to accomodate housing development at reasonable densities and well planned land use patterns. Coordinate housing development with the West Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission, the Michigan State Housing Development Authority and the City in accordance with various housing policies. r Provide for the review and approval of all housing plans and programs by the City Commission to insure compatibility with the housing goals and policies of the City. Commercial r Continue Area. rehabilitation and redevelopment of the Downtown Continue to familiarize the merchants with methods of financing development and redevelopment of the commercial frontage throughout the City. Continue and encourage attempts to provide screening buffers between commercial and residential uses. Encourage the provision of off-street parking facilities make commercial f ac i 1 it ies more easily accessible potential customers. and to to Strip or linear commercial development should be discouraged and clustered commercial development should be encouraged. ,, Provide commercial environments that utilize a comprehensive site plan approval process with emphasis on aesthetic as well as functional location standards. Encourage diversification in the type of commercial and business establishments in order to meet a greater range of citizens needs. Continue emphasis of new development in the downtown area that will complement present uses rather than conflict with established land use patterns. -6:,,,--- �Industrial Maximize the use of available transportation the location of industrial areas. f ac i 1 it i es in Concentrate industrial uses where there is current industrial use, and buffer such uses from residential uses. Protect other uses physical and visual. from the intrusion by industry, both Attempt to set aside land adequate to provide an employment base for at least the residents of the City and the immediate area. Continue to inform industrial developers as to the availability of land in the City for industrial and research use. ,, (2) PUBLIC FACILITIES OBJECTIVES Recreation , Recognize the need for a variety of recreation faciliti ,e s ecompassing the full range from home yard to city-wide facilities. Provide adequate park and recreation space as an integral part of each new or rehabilitated development be it a subdivision, multiple family complex, mobile home park, commercial center, office facility, or industrial park. ,, Encourage cooperation with the School District in providing recreation facilities and programs where appropriate. ,, Utilize natural features (with emphasis on the Lake Michigan Shoreline and the Muskegon Lake frontage). ,, Provide a variety of facilities and programs to accomodate the recreation needs of all segments of the population. J J Implement the priori ties that have City's Urban Parks Program. been recommended in the Continue to seek funding from the State of Michigan, Federal government, Community Development Block Grant Program, and other services to provide recreation facilities and opportunities. Civic Center/Downtown Improvements Assure availability of adequate parking facilities that would be under City ownership in the downtown area. -7- �Continue to modernize and improve the Civic Center a nd ada p t to changing population levels and needs where appropriat e . Police and Fire Provide adequate police and fire protection national and state standards for evaluation. service using Traffic and Transportation Provide a coordinated thoroughfare plan with all surrounding communities. Utilize the adopted City of Muskegon standards and specifications for roads and thoroughfares. Promote a balanced, diversified transportation system as a basic requirement for providing ease of movement through the Muskegon area that considers all land use types such as residential, commercial, off ice, industrial, public, and semi-public activities. Provide a transportation system which is other activities and with the environment. compatible with Continue to improve the existing transportation facilities to keep pace with increasing traffic volumes. Assure high aesthetic standards in the design, routing, an d landscaping of existing and future improvement and additions to the circulation system by encouraging planting on a ll roads. Provisions should be made for some interconnection of su b division streets in the City where appropriate. J J J J J Boulevards should be encouraged at entrances to subdivision s for aesthetic values and efficient traffic movement. A necessary component of the thoroughfare plan is a recognition of mass transit and pedestrian needs. Appropriate reference should be made to regiona l mas s transportation facilities. (3) ADDITIONAL OBJECTIVES: Mixed Land Use Development Consideration of an appropriate theme relating to the architecture and the land-use arrangement in the City will be accomplished. -8- �New uses will be encouraged to provide a combination of housing, cultural, recreation, and commercial uses designed to ensure a twelve month population, and to introduce a new set of investment opportunities for diversification throughout the City. Housing coordinated with the recreation and lake orientation will be encouraged. Assisted housing compatible with the market rate development should be examined and coordinated with city-wide housing policy. Building and Construction Requirements Materials encouraged for use will be of highest quality which is cost effective. Facade treatments will be compatible with area and with the established theme in each neighborhood of the City. Signage will be compatible with existing facades and accepted theme and be in compliance with the upgraded Sign Regulations in the Zoning Ordinance or other ordinance. Setbacks, as a function of density, will be organized so that visual and physical access to recreation and open space are enhanced. Surface treatments will be of excellent design with a variety of high quality durable materials. Energy Conservation Energy conservation techniques techniques may include: will be encouraged. These Orientation of buildings to capture passive or potential and to provide winter wind screening. solar Orientation of vegetation cooling and wind screening. solar and plantings for Provision for advanced energy conservation technology in architecture, including the potential of are a -wide heating, appropriate and uniform materials, and compatible building designs. -9- �Conflicting Uses Incompatible or conflicting uses will be moved or removed, and where that is not possible, be screened by vegetation and architectural features. Negative effect of vehicular traffic on living areas will be minimized through screening and landscaping. Parking, service and storage uses will be allocated to buffer zones away from residential districts and away from open space and water areas. Nonconforming uses will be monitored to effectuate potential elimination of such activities. r :J , - J , -10- �Chapter II Land Use Inventory ] �Chapter II- LAND USE INVENTORY EXISTING LAND USE In July and August of 1983, a complete field survey of all existing land use within the City of Muskegon was accomplished. The field notes were mapped by land use category. Color coded maps were prepared using the City base maps at a scale of l" = 300'. The coded maps were reviewed by City Planning staff members and appropriate corrections made. The coded maps were then measured to determine the extent of use for each classification. The following is a brief description of the findings. The total area of the City of Muskegon is 18.99 square miles or 12,153.37 acres. The developed portion of the City comprises 4,491.17 acres while water areas account for an additional 2,452.75 acres. Vacant land was recorded at 3,242.88 acres while streets and railroad rights-of-way accounted for 1,930.83 acres of land. The land use classification system used following descriptive categories: in 1983 consists of the RESIDENTIAL Single and Two Family Single family detached dwellings, including only the developed portions of large parcels (the approximate area devoted to buildings and lawn). In cases where more than one platted lot is under the same ownership, only those lots occupied by structures and lawn are included. Two family included generally flats, duplexes, and similar units. Multiple Family Residential dwelling units. Structures containing three or more Mobile Home Residential - Courts or parks where land has heen platted or parcelled to allow temporary or permanent storage of mobile homes. Also includes individual single-wide mobile home sites used for residential purposes. COMMERCIAL ] Convenience Commercial - Includes the land area occupied by retail and service facilities, and related off-street parking, which accommodates day-to-day convenience shopping and service needs. Included in this category are such uses as food and drug stores, personal services such as barber shops, beauty shops, and local repair services such as shoe repair, tailors, dry cleaners, and laundromats. -11- �Comparison Commercial - Includes the land area occupied by retail uses, and related off-street parking, offering commodities which are normally purchased at infrequent intervals and for which the consumer may "shop around". Individual uses included in this category are such activities as apparel stores, shoe stores, furniture and appliance stores, large discount stores, department stores, and similar activities. Office Commercial - Includes the land area occupied by all types of individual office facilities and related off-street parking. Included in this group are such uses as real estate, medical, professional and clerical. Office facilities which are ancillary to commercial or industrial uses are not included in this category. Automotive Commercial - Includes the land area occupied by retail and service facilities which are auto-oriented; i.e., gas service stations, tire stores, and automotive accessories. This category does not include bump and paint shops. INDUSTRIAL Light Industry - Includes the land area devoted to those types of industrial manufacturing and nonmanufacturing uses which do not exert primary influences on adjacent areas or parcels from the standpoint of scale of operation, type of operation, or type of traffic. Examples are warehousing, bump and paint shops, and technological industries. Heavy Industrial - Includes the land area devoted to those types of industrial manufacturing and nonmanufacturing uses which were considered to exert primary influence on adjacent areas or parcels due to the scale of operation, type of operation, or type of traffic. Examples are plants which manufacture finished or semifinished products from raw materials. PUBLIC Elementart Schools - Land developed or owned by the local school district or elementary schools. J ] Junior and Senior High School - The junior and senior high school sites as indicated on the Existing Land Use Map. Other Public - Includes land owned by Federal, State, County or City Government. Examples are Municipal Offices, the District Court, Post Office, and parks. Semi-Public Includes land devoted to use by utilities for electric gas, or pipeline -services, and also union hall, and fraternal organizations such as VFW and similar organizations. -12- �.J c::::J ONE a TWO FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ft€ctd MULTIPLE ....--- J FAMILY JA-:-:-:-:-:-:-J CONVENIENCE - COMPARISON ~ 0 F FI CE RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL COMMERCIAL E!IIIIII AUTO 111111111111111 GENERAL J J .J .J .J .J / .J COMMERCIAL ~ ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ~ JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL ~ SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ~ OTHER PUBLIC ~ SEMI - PUBLIC ~ CORRECTIONAL ~ GOLF FACILITY COURSE - LIGHT INDUSTRIAL mmJliil CHUR CH ~ HEAVY INDUSTRIAL llm!m!lllll HOSPITAL ~ WATER ORIENTED li!DlmlD PAROCHIAL ~ PARK SCHOOL 1imm CEMETERY c:::::::::::i VACANT < .J J ' .J l CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN TOD J. KILROY , CONSULTANT P.C. CITY OF MUSKEGON PLANNING COMMISSION TROY I MICHIGAN 0 DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 0 100 SCAL.111,HT - PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES, P.C. BLOOMFIELO HILU, MICHIGAN il �Table 1 : City of Muskegon LAND USE ACREAGE % of Total % of Developed Area Area 1,767.66 198.72 -01,966.38 14.54 1.64 -016.18 39.04 4.39 -043.43 91. 86 46.64 43.54 37.50 80.38 299.92 0.76 0.38 0.36 0.31 0.66 2.47 2.03 1.03 0.96 0.83 1.78 6.63 294.86 426.18 721.04 2.43 3.51 5.94 6.51 9.41 15.92 Elementary Sch. 61. 32 Jr. & Sr. High 43.98 Other Public 774.16 Semi-Public 76.26 Correctional Fae. 72.86 Golf Courses 171.53 Subtotal 1,200.11 0.50 0.36 6.37 0.63 0.60 1.41 9.87 1.35 0.97 17.10 1.68 1. 61 3.79 26.50 Acres Land Use Residential --.J _] .J _J Single and Two Family Multiple Mobile Home Subtotal Commercial Convenience Comparison Office Auto General Subtotal Industrial Light Heavy Subtotal Public _] Institutional _] _J Churches Hospitals Parochial Sch. Cemeteries Subtotal 81.72 38.04 72.54 111.42 303.72 0.67 0.31 0.60 0.92 2.50 _J Table is continued on next page. -14- 1.80 0.84 1.60 2.47 6.71 �.- Table 1, continued. Water Oriented Fae. 36.74 0.30 0.81 Total Developed 4,527.91 37.26 100.00 Streams 2,452.75 20.18 101.51 0.84 Streets 1,828.32 15.04 Vacant 3,242.88 26.68 TOTAL 12,153.37 100.00 Marinas Lakes & Railroads ,. Source: Field Survey conducted by TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. Staff in July and August of 1983. Overall, the developed portion of the City land area consists of 37.2 percent of the total area with more than 20 percent being in lakes, ponds, and streams. The railroad right-of-way figure at 101.5 acres is relatively high, however, the street right-of-way amount is cons is tent with other urban communities in Michigan. Once all the developed land, water, and rights-of-way are deducted from the total, the remainder is vacant land. The survey found 3,242 acres or five square miles of vacant land in Muskegon. ,, r The land use picture in Muskegon has been changing during the past ten years. A similar survey was accomplished in 1973 and the following Table compares the decade changes by category. The overall size of the City area grew due to annexation activity and more water area being included in the Muskegon Lake area. Better measuring techniques were applied to more closely define the City boundary. The only category with a slight change has been the increase in the amount of land used for commercial purposes. All other classifications were impacted dramatically during the decade. There are several reasons for the changes. The residential category decreased because of the removal of substandard housing. Industrial land use increased by 100 percent because of new industrial activity in the City primarily in the Port City Industrial Park. Public & Semi-Public increased because of additional land purchased along the Muskegon lakefront, the Ryerson Creek land purchased, and the land area purchased by the City in the Central Business District (CBD) area. Other public lands have also been added in the flood plains along the Muskegon River (various branches) north of Skyline Drive. -15- �Table 2: LAND USE COMPARISON 1973 TO 1983 City of Muskegon 1973 Acres Major Category (1) (2) ( 3) (4) (5) (6) Net Acreage Change 2,560.00 280.00 310.00 725.00 7,850.00 NA* 1,966.00 300.00 721. 00 1,541.00 1,929.00 5,696.00 -594.00 + 20.00 +411.00 +816.00 **-225.00 NA 11,725.00 12,153.00 +428.00 Residential Commercial Industrial Public, Semi-Public Streets & Railroads Water & Vacant TOTAL 1983 Acres *included in category (5) **acreage change amount is total of both category (5) & (6) NOTE: The geographic area of the City of Muskegon increased through annexation efforts as well as through refinement in the measurement techniques in the area of water within the municipal boundaries. Sources: Land Use Plan, City of Muskegon, Michigan, 1973-74 and Previous Table 1. VISUAL RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY The impression of the community: what does the visitor see, and how is Muskegon perceived? One aspect of this work is a visual reconnaissance dealing with the City and how an outside nonresident may think when visiting the City. What are the obvious factors and conditions that form that first impression? What is the character of the community? Once these conditions are identified, proposals can be formulated to maximize the advantage of the positive aspects, and corrective measures can be suggested for solving problems. J J First impressions include the perception of a total community with a central city surrounded by residential suburbs. The Muskegon metro-area is traversed by the Seaway Drive Expressway with growth being 1 imi ted by the proximity of Lake Michigan on the west, Muskegon Lake on the north, and the Muskegon River (and branches) to the northeast. The City of Muskegon and it's suburbs have historically been water oriented due to ease of transport of raw materials to the area, and the location of major industrial -16- -- �• "' ,, ,, .... -..---·1 i I ,, (-;.- -- ,~ I I ' -- ..:-,e.,-' ·---. - COMMERCIAL I Park I ,,,, / ' MAJOR ENTRANCE TO CITY Harbor Entron SECONDARY J - Industry ' * - - Denotes MAJOR TO CITY OF CITY OF MUSKEGON PLANNING COMMISSION DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT City Hall ENTRANCE CITY GON, MICHIGAN -- -- TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. T 'l0Y, MICHIGAN PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES, P.C. BLOOMFIELD HILLS, MICHIGAN AREA �r J J J . "' :J :J :J :J :J facilities along the shore of Muskegon Lake. With orientation to heavy manufacturing, processing, fabrication, steel and paper processing, castings and similar uses, the community grew and developed along classic lines. Residential areas grew out from the CBD in a radial fashion south and east along major thoroughfares. Neighborhood shopping facilities developed to service adjacent residential areas on those same streets. Strip commercial use along Apple, Getty, Lakeshore, Laketon, and Henry Streets generally contain older and under-utilized retail and service uses. The concentration of heavy industrial use has been retained in certain portions of the Muskegon Lake shore area while new industrial users are locating in closer proximity to the expressway and in the Port City Industrial Park. A confusing street pattern coupled with numerous railroad corridors complicate the land use pat tern. Many ra i 1 1 i nes are now unused, yet the tracks still remain. In other areas the railroad tracks have been partially removed creating an open space and neighborhood amenity. The Central Business District (CBD), is alive and well. This area is a tribute to forward thinking business and community leaders using innovative measures to capture the essence of the suburban shopping center in the Muskegon Mall, and made it work. The obvious infusion of Federal grant dollars together with City, County, and local investment permitted a concept to become reality. Considerable renewal and redevelopment has taken place in Muskegon. Newer housing for senior citizens and low/moderate income families have contributed to the renewal effort in the City. The City's residential areas are improving due to self help and rehabi li tia t ion programs. People are moving back to older residential areas because of moderate cost housing. There seems to be a sense of place, a stability, and general feeling of neighborhood pride and concern when talking with people in Muskegon. Private re-investment has occurred through new housing and rehabilitated housing activities. Historically, the City has been involved in extensive urban renewal activities on a largescale basis. The clearance activites of years past have given way to preservation and rehabilitation efforts. New housing has been constructed in areas cleared by the City and numerous older homes have been rehabilitated. Cultural, public, community elements, parks, and similar uses are abundant in Muskegon. The park areas along Lake Michigan, the park and boat launch facilities on Muskegon Lake, the golf course at the Community College, McGraft Park, and the open space along Ryerson Creek all contribute to a sense of breathing space within an urban environment. The cresent shape of the City is a function of the actual land form and the lakes provide a natural amenity not found in other urban communities in the State. -17- �Muskegon is not without observer include: it's problems. Issues apparent to the Mixed land uses and poor relationship between land use close proximity of residential areas to industrial activities without appropriate buffering. Under-utilized Muskegon Lake frontage - old buildings and shipping areas no longer functioning - the need for renovation and re-use. Recreation amenities such as launch facilities are hard confusing street pattern. ] parks, beaches, and boat to find because of the Poor housing conditions still exist in areas, such the World War II housing area near McGraft Park. as Aging industrial and commercial base in need of renovation and expansion - new businesses are needed, not just replacement from another location. Traffic in residential areas no separation by function or through traffic from local traffic confusion and conflict. There are many positive aspects to be observed about Muskegon. The following is a listing of those elements. Unified (visually and functionally) geographic area. Water - good views, beautiful sunsets, natural beauty of the water areas, sand dunes, and good water quality. Variety of climate and recreational use potential. Nice place, parks. pleasant, clean, well kept streets and ] Making good progress on cleaning up residential areas rehabilitation of housing is occurring. J J J J J County airport - good air service to near and far. All infra-structure water. in place - Hospitals - excellent available now. schools, facilities, well parks, sewers, dispursed and Senior citizen housing currently existing City is beginning to open lake area with new boat launch and two new private marinas. -18- �Muskegon Lake frontage is being opened for use and view th~ough the removal of obsolete industrial buildings. Historical preservation in Heritage District is accomplished through the renovation of buildings. being Air of optimism throughout the community. Sense of community (metro area) yet some protectionism in area cities and townships. -19- political �Chapter Ill Population & Housing Analysis J ~ ) ) J J- �Chapter III- POPULATION AND HOUSING ANALYSIS POPULATION ANALYSIS AND PROJECTION Planning of the City is primarily concerned with achieving the development of an environment which is pleasant and efficient for all residents. Population numbers and content is a matter of concern. Past trends, current levels and future expectations are all importa:1t elements in helping determine the level to which community facility needs must be oriented. Water and sewer facilities, school plant needs, recreational land needs, retail and industrial space requirements, thoroughfare needs, are all directly related to the size and characteristics of the population. These characteristics will be utilized as the base for factors applied in the forthcoming Master Land Use Plan elements. PAST POPULATION TRENDS The 1980 U.S. Census of Population has released final figures that lists the current population of the City of Muskegon at 40,823. This figure represents a loss of 3,808 persons since 1970. Overall, Muskegon County grew very slightly during the past decade yet the more urban centers suffered a loss in population. The following Table illustrates population trends during the last ten years in relation to the County, State, Region, and communities within the Muskegon Metro-area. Table 3: POPULATION TRENDS: Area J 1970 1970-1980 1980 United States 203,211,926 Michigan 8,881,826 Muskegon County 157,426 Oceana County 17,984 Ottawa County 128,181 City of Muskegon 44,631 City of Muskegon Hgts. 17,304 City of Norton Shores 22,271 City of Roosevelt Park 4,176 City of North Muskegon 4,243 Muskegon Township 13,754 220,762,922 9,258,344 157,589 22,002 157,174 40,823 14,611 22,025 4,015 4,024 14,557 % Change +8.6% +4.2% +0.1% +22.0% +22.6% -8.4% -15.5% -1.1% -3.8% -5.1% +5.8% SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population for appropriate years as listed by TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C., December, 1983. ) J -20- �I I I I I I I I I I I As might be expected, the urban core decreased in population while the suburban communities adjacent to the central city enjoyed population increases. Even though the County experienced growth in the out-county Townships, such activity was off-set by the population losses in the central city and the adjacent communities. The ability of the City of Muskegon to stop the out flow of population and encourage renewed interest in the residential neighborhoods of the City are tied directly to rehabilitation and redevelopment efforts. The infusion of Community Development Block Grant funds, special rehabilitation grants, Michigan Housing Development Authority Funds (rental unit rehabilitation), and similar efforts from the private sector, will all contribute to renewal efforts. POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS The characteristics of population are important in determining needs of the residents in planning for potential attraction and development of the City. One of the more important elements of these characteristics is age composition. The latest release from the Census Bureau indicates 5 3. 07% of the population is female while 46.93% is male. Median age is 28.0 years with females slightly older at 29. 7 years while the males are 26. 7 years of age. Comparison of the life phase classification over time gives an indication of the actual changes that are occuring in the City's population. The population content has implications in the areas of school facilities, parks and recreation programming, and other services such as housing for senior citizens. Table 4: POPULATION COMPOSITION COMPARISON - 1970 TO 1980 Age Group Under 5 5 - 14 15 - 19 20 - 44 45 - 64 65 & over Life Phase Pre-School Elem. School Second. Sch. Family Forming Mature Farnlies Retirement 'IDTAL s:xJRCE: Population in 1970 Number Percent Population in 1980 Number Percent 3,913 8,722 4,431 12,180 9,715 5,670 8. 77 19.54 9.93 27.29 21.77 12.70 3,524 5,880 3,708 14,410 7,368 5,933 8.63 14.40 9.08 35.30 18.06 14.53 44,631 100.00 40,823 100.00 Change in % Figure -0.14 -5.14 -0.85 +8.01 -3. 71 +l.83 Census of Population for 1970 and 1980 Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Camnerce, Washington, D.C., August, 1982. -21- �I I I The composition of the population is compared for the latest ten year reporting period by the Table above. The younger age groups have lost population while the family forming and retirement groups have increased in population. Perhaps the same age group in the 15-19 year groups decided to stay in the City and begin their adult life rather than move on. The lower numbers in the younger age groups are the result of adults choosing to 1 imi t family size, later marriage, or no marriage, as well as the impact of birth control. Even though the City lost population, the individual groups gained or lost numbers depending upon differing circumstances. POPULATION AND HOUSEHOLDS Another population parameter is the average population per household. The 1970 Census of Population indicated a total of 44,631 persons in households in Muskegon, and 15,925 dwelling uni ts. The result is an average household size of 2. 80 for the City. The 1980 data from the Census indicates that figure has dropped to 2.68 persons per household during the ten year period. Table 5: PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD LOCAL, COUNTY, AND STATE: 1970 AND 1980 BASED UPON TOTAL HOUSING UNITS 1970: Persons Per Household Area State of Michigan County of Muskegon City of Muskegon City of Muskegon Heights City of North Muskegon City of Roosevelt Park City of Norton Shores SOURCE: 3.30 3.16 2.80 3.12 2.87 3.23 3.40 1980: , Persons Per Household 2.58 2.73 2.68 2.70 2.58 2.37 2.75 U.S. Census of Population for 1970 and 1980 and from Sourcebook for Water Quality Planning, West Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission, March 1977. The above Table indicates a slight trend toward smaller numbers of persons per household, generally cons is tent with the State-wide and County trend. The 1980 data reveals a figure of 2.68 persons per unit for the City with the County figure being slightly higher at 2.73. The nearby communities vary in their numbers, but in every case, the ratio has decreased in the last ten years. -22- �POPULATION PROJECTIONS Several procedures have been used for estimating the future population of Muskegon. Experience has shown that the smaller the area under study, the greater the chance for error in the population estimation. This is due to the great number of variables involved at the local community level, and holds true regardless of the statistical technique used. The rate of population growth can best be determined by evaluating past trends and anticipated population for the City alone as well as using population projections for larger government units of which the City is a part. It is necessary to consider the factors as general economic trends, and trends in residential development when estimating population. The following approaches provide a range of population expectations for discussion. The population expectation can be estimated in several ways. One method utilizes a proportional ratio of the City to the metropolitan area ( or the County) using the larger geographic area's population projection. This means as the SMSA grows ( or the County) so too, the City will expand. The West Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission issued revised population projections in August of 1979. Their prediction for Muskegon County was as follows: Table 6: COUNTY OF MUSKEGON POPULATION PROJECTION Year: Population: 1978 1983 157,460 157,680 1988 Applying the twenty-six percent results for the City are derived: 157,380 share 1993 1998 155,656 152,287 factor, the following Table 7: PROPORTIONAL SHARE METHOD CITY OF MUSKEGON POPULATION PROJECTION Year: Population: 1978 1983 1988 1993 1998 40,939 40,996 40,918 40,470 39,594 -23- �The Regional Agency also prepared population projections for City of Muskegon. the Table 8: PROJECTED PERMANENT POPULATIONS, 1978 TO 1998 FOR THE CITY OF MUSKEGON Year: Population: SOURCE: 1978 1983 1988 1993 1998 40,481 39,809 38,836 37,715 36,327 An Update of 208 Population Projections 1978 to 1998, by West Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission, August, 1979. Another method of population projection is the Growth Rate Method. This method simply assumes that the 1980-1990 growth rate will be the same as the previous decade, and the 1980-2000 growth rate will be consistent with the previous two decades. The calculation results in the following data: Table 9: GROWTH RATE METHOD CITY OF MUSKEGON POPULATION PROJECTION For 1990 Estimate Muskegon 1980, Population 1970 to 1980 Percentage Change 40,823 X Projected Local Change Projected 1990 Muskegon Population (-8.4%) -3,429 persons = 37,394 For 2000 Estimate Muskegon 1980 Population 1960 to 1980 Percentage Change 40,823 x(-12.2%) Projected Local Change Projected 2000 Muskegon Population -4,973 persons = 35,850 Another demographic method of population projection is called the Arithmetic Method. This method assumes a numerical change by 1990 equal to the numerical change for the City between 1970 and 1980, and a numerical change by the year 2000 equal to the change for the City between 1960 and 1980. The results are as follows: -24- �Table 10: ARITHMETIC PROJECTION METHOD CITY OF MUSKEGON POPULATION PROJECTION For 1990 Figure Muskegon 1980 Population 1970 to 1980 Numerical Change 40,823 -3,808 Potential Muskegon Population in 1990 37,015 persons For 2000 Figure Muskegon 1980 Population 1960 to 1980 Numerical Change 40,823 -5,662 Potential Muskegon Population in 2000 35,161 persons Another method of population projection is the Cohort-Survival Technique. Th is calculation includes variables of birth rates, death (survival rates) and migration rates for a given geographic area. The formula takes the movement of persons into and out of an area into account. Without such movement, population growth is a function of natural increase ( or decrease) where births and deaths of any age group are taken into consideration. Obviously, the City's population increase or decrease is but a function of migration. Table 11: COHORT SURVIVAL PROJECTIONS CITY OF MUSKEGON PROJECTION No. 1 -NO MIGRATION- Year: Population: . 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 40,823 39,800 38,800 37,700 36,600 CITY OF MUSKEGON PROJECTION NO. 2 -SOME MIGRATION- Year: Population: 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 40,823 41,000 40,918 40,470 39,594 The following Table lists the various projections by method and/or source in a summary form: -25- �SUMMARY OF POPULATION PROJECTIONS Table 12 1985 1983 Method Propor. (26%) Regional Agency Growth Rate Arithmetic Cohort Surv. #1 Cohort Surv. #2 1988 1990 1993 1995 1998 40,996 40,918 40,470 39,594 39,809 38,836 37,715 36,327 2000 37,394 35,850 37,015 35,161 39,800 38,800 37,700 36,300 41,000 40,918 40,470 39,594 HOUSING ANALYSIS The City of Muskegon Department of Planning & Community Development has recently prepared a "Housing Policy" which sets forth a variety of data and information concerning the current housing program of the City and a series of generalized recommendations. The report was presented and discussed with the Members of the City Commission in August and September of 1982. Several of the goals and objectives were amended as a result of these meetings and have been included in this analysis. The "Housing Policy" is subdivided into four major areas of work: Part Part Part Part I II III IV Analysis of Current Conditions Goals & Objectives Policy Review and Recommendations Priorities in Policy Implementation PART I - ANALYSIS OF CURRENT CONDITIONS Demographic population: changes in Muskegon Metropolitan area The County population increased by only 1% between 1970 and 1980. The City's population decreased by 8.5% for the same ten year period. Population shifts within the Metropolitan and County area have occurred in that the more rura l communities are growing while the urban centers are declining. The City's racial composition shifted in that 14% were classified as black in 1970, while 21% were found in the same classification in 1980. The minority population in the City -26- �of Muskegon comprised 24% of the total population in 1980. Demographic information indicates that 96% of the minority population lives in the eastern half of the City. Employment opportunities within the County have decreased during the past ten years. Between 1969 and 1978 5,500 jobs in manufacturing employment were lost. Conversely, the service category created 3,000 new jobs. Of the 2,000 dwelling units constructed in the last 10 years 1,500 were multiple family residential. During the same time period approximately 1,700 were removed from the City's inventory. Assisted housing within the City applies to roughly half of the units constructed during the last 10 years. More specifically, the type of construction has been multiple family primarily oriented to low-moderate income households. A conclusion of the analysis indicates that subsidized and unsubsidized housing efforts within Muskegon have been provided to white and moderate income persons, while there has been a lack of attention paid to assistance to the majority of low income minority persons. This portion of the report provides an indepth analysis of each of the neighborhoods as identified by the City for planning purposes. The following is a brief sketch of the neighborhood descriptions: Marquette Neighborhood gained in population during the last 10 years, while the majority of the neighborhoods lost in population. Neighborhoods losing in population had . a high percentage of black residents in 1970. Froebel Neighborhood was 80% black in 1970 and lost more than 50% of its population during the decade. A similar condition occurred in the Angell Neighborhood which was 40% black in 1970. That neighborhood lost 24% of its population during the 1970-1980 decade. According to the report the greatest changes occurred in the Marquette and East Muskegon Neighborhoods. Population increases and urban renewal ac·tivi ties contributed to the changes which occurred. Only three neighborhoods increased in the number of housing units during the time period. The Marquette, Henry/Glenside, and Bluffton Neighborhoods increased in the number of dwelling units, primarily in multiple family. This portion of the "Housing Policy" report includes information regarding the investment climate within the City, the housing industry in Muskegon and reaches some conclusion regarding the housing activities within the community. -27- �Although population numbers decreased approximately 9% for the last ten years, the number of households increased by approximately 1.4%. As previously noted the number of persons per dwelling unit decreased during the same time period by approximately one-half a person. A continued emphasis on multiple family dwellings construction during the time period contributed to the overall increase in the number of dwelling units. The report describes various financial institutions and the availability to finance housing from local resources, or combinations of local resources and City funds. As noted, the housing market will continue to have difficulty in the next few years. Many activities direclly impact housing. The report dealt with three specific areas, taxation, regulation, and subsidies. In the discussion of taxation, the report indicates a tax burden at a relatively high level; slightly more than 60 mills. Properties of the City in the Muskegon Heights School District are taxed 67 .15 mills. Compared to other portions of the County where millages are less, the City is at a di sad vantage when housing is considered. Further discuss ion contained indicated applicability of Act 198 Tax Abatement activities and the relative impact of those tax abatement certificates or tax exemption certificates in relation to the local tax burden. The second area of City involvement deals with the regulation of the developmental aspects of the housing market. Specifically, the report addresses the areas of construction, zoning, housing code, and dangerous building ordinance, and other regulatory measures. There is description of the housing code and the ability of the Inspections Department to enforce the code provisions. Concern is expressed regarding the ability of the City to pre-inspect occupancy of substandard dwellings and rental properties. The City's rehabilitation program includes a provision for below market interest rate loans for participating landlords. The rental rehab project is funded through the City's Block Grant Program and may in future be combined with additional reallocated funding from the Department of Housing and Urban Devlopment. There is also an activity dealing with the environmental improvement. As an annual Community Development funded activity, the environmental inspector's position is used for the abatement of various environmental problems. -28- �As is the case in most urban communities throughout th e country, Muskegon has received Community Development Block Grant funds since 1975. A portion of that funding has been set aside for rehabilitation activities. Indications are that approximately 60% of Block Grant funds have been expended for rehabilitation activities during the past two years. PART II - GOALS & OBJECTIVES The goals & objectives portion of the report is subdivided into four areas of interest. Included are goals & objectives dealing with housing supply, housing quality, equality of opportunity, and land use and design. I I I I The goals dealing with housing supply include the provision of adequate, safe, and sanitary housing that is affordable for all Muskegon residents. The second goal states that housing programs should promote the vitality of neighborhoods of the variety of housing resources. The second general topic dealing with housing equality has four goals. Those are to upgrade the quality of the supply, to retain historic buildings, to provide adequat e essential services, and to encourage citizen involvement in housing programs. The equal opportunity provision deals with the concept of nondiscrimination in housing regardless of the type and the promotion of maximum choice of housing type in location. The land use goals include the promotion of land use planning and the improvement of regulatory measures and review procedures. PART III - POLICY REVIEW AND RECOMMENDATIONS The next major portion of the report is a topic listing of each goal and objective followed by a proposed policy to achieve the stated objective. Descriptive information is given as justification for each of the policies that are suggested. PART IV - PRIORITIES AND POLICY IMPLEMENTATION The final section of the report deals with the establishment of a prioritized list of activities that should take place to implement the various objectives and policies that have been suggested. In many instances prioritized actions suggested will implement several objectives rather than just one. The "Housing Pol icy" of the City of Muskegon is a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of the current housing situation within the community. Conclusions drawn from the review include a general lack of conventional housing construction in the past ten years, considerable influence and construction of subsidized and government assisted housing during the same time period, -29- �I considerable removal of substandard housing during that decade, and concern on the part of City staff regarding a l~ck of interdepartmental cooperation and coordination to achieve the various objectives listed. Also the "Housing Policy" sets forth general guidelines for implementation, however does not relate to specific projects, locations or proposals. The policy has the flexibility of allowing creativity and innovation on the part of land developers and realtors within the Muskegon market, yet provides specific policies to be carried out in order to improve the housing situation of low-moderate income families in the City. The overriding thread of consistency throughout the report seems to be an awareness of the public response to moderate income housing families and the emphasis on senior citizen housing. Similarly, the positive aspects of the City's public housing program in relation to the lower income of families within the community is referenced. The concern expressed deals with the lack of conventional housing for low income families and individuals. The overall policies and suggested priorities seem to focus to the provision of additional assisted housing, however, to encourage a high degree of home ownership. This can be accomplished through the implementation of the policies and priorities that are suggested. -30- �Chapter IV Residential Neighborhoods Plan �Chapter IV- RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOODS PLAN EXISTING PATTERNS AND CONDITIONS For purposes of local planning and data gathering at the neighborhood level, the City of Muskegon has been subdivided into eighteen (18) neighborhood units. The boundaries of the neighborhood units were determined by City Staff in cooperation with the U.S. Census Bureau based on 1980 Census information. Some of the Census Tracts were subdivided using block information. The total amount of vacant land enumerated during the Land Use Survey was 2,799 acres of which 1,323 acres was classified in the nonresidential vacant category.The residential classification of vacant land comprised 1,475 acres of which 168 acres is currently zoned Multiple Family Residential. The remaining 1,307 acres is classified as Vacant Single Family Residential. Table 13: EXISTING LAND USE ACREAGES BY NEIGHBORHOOD Census Tract 411 4b 4c 2 3 511 5b 7 6.02 6.01 811 8b 8c 21a 21b 21c 9 10a 10b N11me Tot11I Acres Resldentl11 I Slngle Multiple M11rquette 824. 78 E11st Muskegon-N 667.60 Eut Muskegon-S 1,085.00 Other 244.65 1,309.50 Froebe I* Angel I 498.00 North Mcl11ughlln 219. 75 South Mcl11ughlln 328.50 Downtown 208.85 North Ne I son 285.80 South Nelson 298.09 E11st Nims 165.49 West Nims 260.87 Other 209. 78 Henry 423.75 Ruddlman 163.39 Glenslde 239.18 Lakes I de 716.30 Beachwood 204.90 Bluffton 536, 70 151.57 442.07 62.09 88.40 6.50 5.00 8,890,88 2,682,34 201,41 3,207,97 1.50 7.59 7.75 2.00 -o- -0- 145.64 153.26 98,60 178. 15 7.31 2,67 1.90 6.30 -0- -o- 106.57 6.30 48.25 7.80 1.83 * 484.05 acres are essentl11lly undevelopable. vacant single famlly. 161.74 0,31 -o81. 74 254.61 132.87 257.33 -o- 237.85 334.19 114. 53 420. 72 194.47 65.23 56.37 177.05 113. 31 131, 37 34. 70 54.16 167. 78 204.83 89.34 52.33 245.60 131,95 220,45 -0- 140.65 331.49 64,35 81 ,35 Other Development -0- V11c11nt Resldentl11I Slngle Multlple 263.50 45.05 17.15 56.70 1.62 34.50 -o- -0-0- Vacant Other -0- -0- 41.27 11.20 31.97 48,99 6,60 222,58 22.46 14.60 -05,08 1, 13 26. 76 10.62 632.07 130.12 236.66 22.32 1.67 6. 78 28.80 7,00 5.95 21,50 6. 10 42.00 42, 32 -06.43 83,31 2,00 10,88 1,307,94 167.93 1,323.29 568.88 9.90 4.32 5.80 -06. 76 4. 17 6.09 13. 71 9.11 7.91 0.22 3.00 5.78 0.67 2. 70 2.45 -0- They are swamp land and f 111 area, but are considered -31- �r CONCEPTS The residential neighborhood unit has traditionally been defined as an area sufficient size to accommodate various types of residential, of public, recreation, and open space elements in a self contained unit. In many Michigan cities, the square mile outlined by major streets (the mile road system) has been identified as the local neighborhood unit. Similar areas have been delineated by the U.S. Bureau of the Census and by the City of Muskegon Department of Planning and Community Dev e lopment as specific neighborhood areas. Whether these areas are called residential units, local neighborhoods, or similar names the basic concept here is to consider these smaller defined areas as the Residential Planning Unit. These planning units are purposely designed to unify physical areas into functional and cohesive residential units. The boundaries of the residential neighborhood are most often considered as physical barriers to safe and sufficient flow of pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Boundaries would include such elements as major thoroughfares, rai !roads, freeways, or major nonresidential land uses. In order to effectively plan for residential development within the community and/or redevelopment of residential neighborhoods, implementation of general plans is usually carried out through the adoption of new zoning regulations. Zoning is a legislative technique wherein the community has authorization through State Enabling Legislation to control the density and land use on all parcels of land throughout the City. In order to formulate an effective zoning plan for the community, it is necessary to have a good base of information dealing with existing densities in each of the residential neighborhoods. The following table indicates the existing densities by neighborhood for the City of Muskegon for single family and two-family dwellings and for multiple family dwellings. -32- �r r Table 14 : EXISTING DENSITIES BT NEIGHBORHOOD r Al I Slngle Census Tract 4a 4b 2 3 5a 5b 7 6.02 6.01 Sa Sb 21a 21b 21c 9 10a 10b Total Exlstlng Owe 111 ng Un Its Name 1,911 Marquette 1,969 East Muskegon-N 278 East Muskegon-S Froebe! 422 1,494 Angel I 1,210 North Mclaughlln 1,312 South Mclaughlln Downtown 32 1,411 North Nelson 831 South Nelson 580 East Nims West Nlms 984 Henry 671 Ruddlman 538 Glenslde 620 1,498 Lakeslde Beachwood 202 BI uffton 387 16,350 Gross Tota I Acres 824. 78 667.60 1,085.00 1,309.50 498.00 219.75 328.50 208.85 285.80 298.09 165.49 260.87 423.75 163.39 239.18 716.30 204.90 536. 70 8,436.45 & Two Faml ly Dwel I lngs 660 1,944 251 422 1,408 838 1,209 15 861 738 474 868 617 70 550 1,433 202 387 12,947 Single Dens tty Fam! ly Factor for Sing le Faml ly Acreage 151.57 4.35 442.07 4.40 62.09 4.04 81. 74 5.16 254.61 5.54 132.87 6. 31 4. 70 257.33 -0-o145.64 5.91 153.26 4.82 98.60 4.81 178.15 4.87 106.57 5. 79 -0-o140.65 3. 91 331.49 4.32 64.35 3.14 81. 35 4. 76 2,682.34 4.80 The previous Table indicates the average single family density throughout the City is 4.8 units per acre. The highest single family density was found in neighborhood Sa North McLaughlin, while the lowest single family density was 3 .14 uni ts per acre located within the Beachwood neighborhood. The following Table lists the present neighborhood densities for multiple family use in the City. The average density for multiple family development within the City is 27.22 units per acre. The highest density was located in the North Nelson neighborhood at 75 units per acre, while the lowest density was located in the East Muskegon North neighborhood at 3.85 units per acre. The Froebe!, Beachwood, and Bluffton neighborhoods have no recorded multiple family dwellings located therein. -33- �Table Census Tract 4a 4b 2 3 5a 5b 7 6,02 6.01 8a 8b 21a 21b 21c 9 10a !Ob 15: Name Marquette East Muskegon-N East Muskegon-S Froebe I Angel I North McLaughlin South Mclaughl In Downtown North Nelson South Nelson East Nims West Nims Henry Ruddlman Glenslde Lakeside Beachwood Bluffton EXISTING DENSITIES - MULTIPLE FAMILY Al I Mui tip le Fam! ly Three or More Units Mui tip le Fam! ly Acreage 1,251 25 27 -086 372 103 17 550 93 106 116 54 468 70 65 -0- -o- 88.40 6.50 5.00 1.50 7.59 7,75 2,00 -07.31 2.67 1.90 6.30 6.30 48,25 7.80 1.83 -00.31 3,403 201.41 Density factor Multlple 14.15 3.85 5.40 -o11.33 48.00 51.50 -o75.24 34.87 55.79 18.41 8.57 9,70 8.97 35.52 -o-027.22 Records obtained from the Inspection Department of the City of Muskegon indicate a total of 16 identified multiple family projects located throughout the City. The following table is a listing of those projects including the number of units, the amount of acres of each site, and the density in terms of units per arce. -34- �SELECTED MULTIPLE FAMILY DEVELOPMENT Table 16: Census Tract 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 1ll 12) 13) 14) 15 l 16) 3 4a 5a 6.02 21a 21b 21b 21b 21b 21b 21c Name I of Units Carriage House Glen Oaks Hickory VI I lage Muskegon Townhouses Oakwood V111 isge Bayview Towers The Hermltisge Hisrtford Terrace Jefferson Towers Hancock House Barclay VI I lage Barclay Senior VI I lage Hackley VIiiage Ruddlman Terrace Glenslde Estates Glenslde Gardens 124 669 180 214 175 200 80 161 183 18 93 70 54 256 16 74 2,567 Acres 10.0 30.0 12.0 18.0 17.5 5.0 5.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 9.0 3.0 5.5 35.0 .5.0 9.0 (Density Dwelllng Unlts/ac) 12.40 22. 30 15.00 11.89 10,00 40.00 16.00 80.50 91.50 18.00 10.33 23.33 9.80 7.31 3.20 8.22 167.70 Average Density for mid to high rise projects= 58.3 units/acres Average Density for three-story and lower projects - 12.04 units/acres Overisl I Averisge Density for all projocts - 15.31 units/acres Source: City of Muskegon Inspection Department records, January 1984. Overall average density for the projects listed in the above table is 15.31 acres units per acre. There are three (3) senior citizen high-rise devlopments within the community, those being Bay View Towers, Jefferson Towers, and Hartford Terrace. The average density for mid to high-rise projects is 58.3 units per acre. The balance of the multiple family development within the community in buildings of three (3) stories or lower is 12.04 units per acre. In order to have an understanding of the ultimate development capacity of the City, all vacant residential parcels were enumerated and all vacant lots were counted throughout the City. The table of Capacity Calculation for the City of Muskegon indicates a total of 823 acres of vacant single family land and 167. 9 acres of vacant multiple family land. -35- �7 NEIGHBORHOOD BOUNDARY NEIGHBORHOOD NUMBER 5.97 EXISTING 4.00 PROPOSED 9.70 EXISTING 8.00 PROPOSED DWELLING DWELLING DWELLING DWELLING 2 (CENSUS UNITS UNITS UNITS UNITS PER PER PER PER TRACT) ACRE - SINGLE ) FAMILY ACRE - SINGLE t FAMILY ACRE - MULTIPLE ACRE - MULTIPLE FAMILY FAMILY 1 ---- , < .,,. -,. "' -;. ~ J ') J ,. r -" -.,,. ~ ' G> -t- CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN TOD J . KILROY , CONSULTANT P.C. CITY OF MUSKEGON PLANNING COMMISSION TROY, MICHIGAN o DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 0 U •oo SCAU: IN F£ET 1100 I PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES, P.C. 8LOOMFIELO t!ILLS, MICHIGAN �Table CAPACITY CALCULATIONS 17 : Single Fam I ly Census Tract 411 4b 2 3 5t.1 5b 7 6.02 6.01 8t.1 Sb 2111 21b 21c 9 1011 10b Vacant Multlple Res. Proposed Density <Un I ts/ Acre> Potential Dwel I Ing Units Name Acres Marquette East Muskegon-N East Muskegon-S Froebe I Angel I North Mclaughlln South Mclaughlln Downtown North Nelson South Nelson East Nims West Nims Henry Ruddlman Glenslde Lakeside 263.50 45.05 17.15 84.83 9.90 4.32 5.80 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 4.00 1,504 180 69 339 50 26 23 -0- -o- -o- 6. 76 4. 17 6.09 13. 71 41.27 11.20 31.97 48.99 6.60 222.58 5.00 4.00 34 Beachwood Bluffton 823.89 4.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 17 24 55 206 49 128 196 20 890 4.47 3,810 4.00 4.00 5.00 4.00 Vacant Acres Faml ly Res. Proposed Density <Un I ts/ Acre) 56. 70 1.62 14.00 5.00 34.50 s.oo -o- 9.00 10.00 14.00 Potentlal I Ing Units Dwel 1. 13 50.00 9.00 20.00 15.00 15.00 10.00 9.00 10.00 9.00 25.00 9.00 794 8 173 -091 111 4 150 52 13 41 37 225 131 -046 -010 167.93 16.11 1,886 9.11 7.91 0.22 3.00 5.78 0.67 2.10 2.45 22.46 14.60 -o5.08 -0- 14.oo Based upon the obove data and some statlstlca I ana lysls, an ultimate holding capacity for the City can be derived. To determine this figure the potential dwell Ing units must be multlpled by persons per unit. This must be done for both single family and-multlple family resldentlal categories. In turn, these figures must be odded to the existing City population. Proposed dwell Ing units x persons per unit= addltlonal population. Sing le Fam I ly: 3,810 du x 2.35 persons/units 8,953 Multlple Family: 1,886 du x ,.at persons/unit a 3,413 Existing Population 40,823 Ultimate Holding Capacity 53,189 -36- �RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOODS PLAN The Density Factors Map lists existing and proposed densities throughout the City on a neighborhood-by-neighborhood basis. The previous table entitled Capacity Calculations was dependent on the proposed densities as _listed on the Density Factors Map. These densities were suggested as a result of indepth analysis of existing and proposed conditions and land uses within the City of Muskegon. Each of the neighborhoods varies in content and character and therefore proposed densities vary from one neighborhood to another. As envisioned during the preparation of the Density Factors Map, Neighborhood #7 - the Downtown Area will have no single family dwellings located therein. There are three ( 3) acres now vacant and now zoned multiple family. There are three (3) neighborhoods without any multiple family residential being proposed. Those areas include the Froebel Neighborhood (#2), the Glenside Neighborhood (#2lc), and the Beachwood Neighborhood (#l0a). Should any of these areas be proposed for multiple family, the suggested densities contained on the Density Factors Map would apply. Total population expectations are listed in the following table for each neighborhood within the City. The basis of this calculation is the 1980 Neighborhood Statistics information gathered by the Census and the projected potential dwelling units for single family and multiple family for each particular neighborhood. -37- �r Table Census Tract .- 4a 4b 2 3 5a 5b 7 6.02 6.01 Ba 8b 21a 21b Zic 9 10a 10b TOTAL 1 8: Name Marquette East Muskegon-N East Muskegon-S Froebe! Angel I North Mclaughlln South Mclaughlin Downtown North Nelson South Ne Ison East Nims West Nims Henry Ruddlman Glenslde Lakeside Beachwood Bluffton Tota Is 1980 Populatlon 4,408 5,344 900 1, 181 4,095 2,998 3,307 26 3,035 1,940 1,329 2,338 1,160 1,072 1,370 4,079 554 934 POPULATION BY NEIGHBORHOOD Potenfla I Dwel I Ing Units In Slngle Fam! ly 1,504 180 69 339 50 26 23 -034 17 24 55 206 49 128 196 20 890 40,823 3,810 Potentla I Potentla I Potenfla I Populatlon Dwel I Ing Populatlon Grand In Units In In Total Slngle Multlple Multlple Capacity Fam! ly ( 1 ) Faml ly Famlly (2) Popu Iat! on C3 > 3,534 1,437 794 9,379 423 8 5,781 14 162 173 313 1,375 -0796 I, 977 -o118 4,378 91 165 61 111 201 3,260 54 4 3,368 7 150 272 298 -o80 52 94 3,209 40 13 24 2,004 41 56 74 1,459 129 37 67 2,534 484 225 407 2,051 115 131 237 1,424 301 -0-01,608 461 46 83 4,623 47 -o-o601 2,092 10 18 3,044 8,953 1,886 3,413 53, 189 ( 1 ) Ca lcul at Ion of dwell Ing units multlplled by 2.35 persons per unit. r - (2) Calculatlon of dwelllng units multlplled by 1.81 persons per unit. (3) Addition of all populatlon columns. (4) Calculatlons may vary because of sampllng error and methods used by the U.S. Bureau of Census In gathering Neighborhood Statistics Data. The Residential Areas Plan delineates residential and nonresidential areas throughout the City of Muskegon. The One Family Residential areas illustrate the location of single family neighborhoods and where such uses are anticipated to continue or be located in the future. The multiple family areas are those with existing multiple family developments as well as the multiple family properties that are currently zoned and undeveloped at this time. Multiple family use is generally distributed through the northeast portion and southwest portion of the City (not including the Lakeside area). The more concentrated high-rise senior citizen developments are reflected on the plan southeast of the downtown area. -38- �There are three (3) "Mixed Use" Residential Areas Plan. designations that appear on the The first category is entitled Mixed Use Commercial. Activities to be encouraged in the Mixed Use Commercial designation include office, retail, warehousing, and various forms of housing. The intent is to encourage reuse and new use of existing land parcels. This designation applies in four specific locations as follows: ,- 1. The Muskegon Lakeshore area adjacent to Terrace Street north and west of the downtown area from E. Western Avenue over to and including the Lakey property and all of the Teledyne property. 2. The Lumbertown area, the Amazon Building area, and the mixed use commercial and office, marina and wateroriented development area located on w. Western Avenue north of Michigan Avenue and adjacent to the Lakeshore. The property designated encompasses the Muskegon Lakeshore area from Lakeshore Yacht Harbor to Hartshorn Marina. 3. The third area for Mixed Use Commercial designation applies to the lakefront property west of the Standard O ii Tank Farm north of Lakeshore Drive west to the boundary of the S.D. Warren Paper Company. 4. The final area for Mixed Use Commercial development is located between Henry Street and Seaway Drive south of Young Street and north of Hackley Avenue. This area presently contains a variety of single family, multiple family, office, commercial, industrial, and similar uses and the intent of the Mixed Use Commercial designation is to encourage a final land use plan of limited commercial and office oriented activities. The second Mixed Use category is entitled Mixed Use Heritage. The City of Muskegon has designated an area as a so-called "Heritage" zone. This area includes property from 7th Street northeasterly to 4th Street and from Muskegon Avenue northwesterly tow. Western Avenue. Most of this historic area is presently on the State and National Historic Register and contains a variety of single family, multiple family, office, and commercial uses all of which are located in unique historic buildings. The intent of the City is to preserve this area, retaining the original character of the buildings, however, allowing a variety of new uses. -39- �7 NEIGHBORHOOD BOUNDARY NEIGHBORHOOD NUMBER CID ONE 8 TWO FAMILY RESIDENTIAL c:::a::J MULTIPLE ~ FAMILY RESIDENTIAL MIXED USE (HERITAGE) i:::c::GJ MIXED USE (CENTRAL) ~ MIXED USE (COMMERCIAL) c:::::J NON - RESIDENTIAL / / / / 1 / AREA /'' /. / / / // / ... ,, < ' CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN CITY OF MUSKEGON PLANNING COMMISSION TOO J . KILROY , CONSULTANT P.C. 0o DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT I.ii aoo ICAl.[ IH TROY , MICHIGAN ieoo n:n PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES , P.C. BLOOMFIELD .. ILLS , MICHIGAN �The third Mixed Use category is identifiedas uses surrounding the downtown area of the City. The Mixed Use-Central area designation is located immediately surrounding the Muskegon Mall. The intent here is to encourage a variety of land uses generally intensive in nature complimenting the comparison shopping activities and related services available at the Muskegon Mall. The Residential Areas Plan suggests the retention of existing residential areas and continued inf ill and reuse of properties that are currently zoned for residential use. The plan changes from present land use forms and zoning designations include the Mixed Use Commercial designation east of Henry Street north of Hackley Avenue as well as, the use of all currently zoned multiple family areas for future apartment and condominium development. The plan is unique in that it recognizes the lakefront orientation of the Mixed Use areas and the potential of those areas along Muskegon Lake. With the ability to introduce medium and higher density residential use in those mixed use areas, the residential character and aspects of the lakefront can easily be maintained and enhanced in future land use decisions. -40- �J Chapter V Recreation Plan & Community Facilities Plan �Chapter V- RECREATION PLAN AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN RECREATION PLAN The City of Muskegon Department of Planning, and Department of Recreation and Parks, prepared a Recreation and Park Rehabilitation Plan in February, 1983. The Plan was prepared in cooperation with the Urban Park and Recreation Recovery Action Program, and the National Park Service, U.S. Department of the Interior. The Plan was developed in accordance with the guidelines established by the Recreation Services Division of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. Assessment of Existing Conditions, Issues, and Needs The current Department of Recreation and Parks was established by the Muskegon City Commission on October 25, 1949. At the same time, a seven member Board of Recreation and Parks was formed to determine policy and procedures for the operation and maintenance of the park system. In addition to being directly responsible for the Recreation and Parks Department, a Director administers four divisions within the Recreation and Parks Department. City park and recreation facilities are depicted on the accompanying Recreation and Community Facilities Plan. At the present time, the City possesses over 860 acres of park and open space within the City Limits. Chase Hammond Municipal Golf Course encompasses 250 acres north of the City proper. The parks and recreation facilities indicated on the Recreation and Community Facilities Plan are summarized as follows: Tot Lots include Aamodt Park and and are City maintained. the Ninth Street Tot Lot, Play rounds, as defined in the Plan on file with the MDNR, are epicted in conjunction with local elementary schools. 3 Neighborhood Parks are three in number, Park, Seyferth Park, and Beachwood Park. and include Sheldon Playfields, as highlighted in the 1983 Recreation and Parks Rehabilitation Plan, are used intensively in relation to their size, and provide active recreational uses. These playfields are the backbone, in terms of active rect"eation, of the entire parks system, and include Beaukema Playfield, Smith-Ryerson, Reese, McCrea, Marsh, and Campbell. -41- �Major Parks include Fisherman's Landing, McGraft, and Pere Marquette. Fisherman's Landing is oriented towards spot fishing, McGraft Park is oriented towards active and passive family recreation, while Pere Marquette Park provides water and beach related activities. Special Use Activities include the Chase Hammond Golf Course, Hackley Park (ceremonies, etc.), the Indian Cemetery (Muskegon Lake View), L.C. Walker Sports Arena and Annex (Hockey and cultural events), Hartshorn Marina, and Cottage Grove Landing. Open Space Parkland consists of Verterans' Memorial Park, Richards Park, Green Acres Park, Ryerson Creek Open Space, Muskegon Lakeshore Open Space, Meuer Court, Peninsula Park, Lake Michigan Park, and Bronson Park. A February, 1981 Muskegon Lake Shoreline report extensively reviewed the Muskegon Lake shore frontage and offered many development strategies for continued improvement of the lake area. School related recreation facilities are provided by the Muskegon Public School District through elementary, junior and senior high schools. In addition to public schools, recreation facilities are available through the Greater Muskegon Catholic Schools, the West Michigan Christian Schools, the Muskegon Intermediate Schools System, and Muskegon Community College. Problems and deficiencies within the overall recreation planning for the City includes the lack of facilities for the handicapped and elderly, and the lack of use of vacant parcels available along the shoreline of Muskegon Lake. Another major problem facing recreation planners is the slow deterioration of inner-city parks and playgrounds because of the financial burden of maintaining these f ac i 1 i ties. Also, 1981 budget cu ts have resulted in fewer services to the youth, elderly, and handicapped. Recreation Plan Goals and Objectives In 1979, the City of Muskegon Recreational Facilities Plan prepared a series of general policies to guide the Department in the developments of goals and objectives for the city-wide park system as follows: 1. The City Recreation and Parks System should serve mainly the day use demands and needs of its residents. 2. The City should supplement and not compete with private or semi-private recreation activities. r -42- �3. The Recreation and Parks System should endeavor to have its special facilities and programs, self-supporting. 4. The City shall consider the special those who are at some disadvantage. requirements of Based upon a complete inventory and analysis, city-wide recreation goals are geared to first, localizing recreation opportunities for the citizens of the City of Muskegon, and secondly, increase regional tourism. COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN The City of Muskegon City Hall is located at 933 Terrace Street at the intersection of Terrace and Muskegon Avenue. The facility was opened in 1970 and contains the majority of administrative offices and meeting facilities used by elected and appointed officials. The structure contains off ices of the City Manager, City Clerk, Tresurer, Water Office, Finance Department, Assessor, Inspection Department,Planning and Community Development Offices, Recreation and Parks Department, Engineering, and Police Department. The Muskegon County Department of Public Works and Central Dispatch offices are also located in the City Hall. The building serves numerous functions, is heavily utilized for conferences and meetings as well as the day to day functions of city government. The building appears to be adequate for various administrative and service functions while the site is 1 imi ted in terms of size in the event an expansion of the structure was necessary. Recognizing the stable population within the community, it appears expansion of the building would not be warranted. A small offstreet parking area is located immediately adjacent to the building which services as police department parking, as well as parking for several administrative offices. Across Muskegon Avenue one-half of the city block is occupied by an off-street parking facility that is utilized by visitors and city staff. Because of 1 imi ted parking f aci 1 it ies on-site, the re tent ion of this off-street parking area to the northwest of City Hall is recommended. The Police Department is located within the City Hall structurP, physically separated from other office functions by the internal design of the building. The Pol ice Chief indicates the Muskegon Police Department is comprised of six separate divisions or bureaus as follows: J ' l The Records Bureau The Juvenile Bureau The Identification Bureau The Patrol Division The Detective Bureau The Traffic Bureau The Department is comprised of 65 sworn officers and 9 clerical personnel providing 24-hour coverage and service to the residents of the City. r -43- �Standards utilized in general evaluation of police department personnel adequacy rely upon a guideline of 2 to 2.5 officer per 1,000 population in an urban setting. A suburban or rural police department agency is usually evaluated on the basis of 1 to 1. 5 officers per 1,000 population. In the Muskegon situation the urban atmosphere and the number of incidents recorded by the department indicates need for staff levels at the standard of 2 to 2.5 officers per 1,000. The Fire Department of the City of Muskegon is headquarterd at Central Station immediately adjacent to City Hall along Terrace Street. The Central Station is 52 years old and is in process of a 3-phase renovation program. The Central Station services all of the downtown area and its immediate environs, as well as the central east side of the City. Fire Station No. 4 is located on Hackley east of Barley and is planned to be closed in the immediate future and relocated at the intersection of Laketon an n Lakeshore Drive. The Madison-Laketon Station No. 2 was closed due to budgetary constraints and Central Station is used to service the east side of the City. The building is currently leased by the Michigan Department of Transportation as a field office. Station No. 5, called Marquette Station, is located in the northeasterly portion of the City in the Marquette neighborhood. This station is relatively new and functionally adequate to service the needs of the northeast portion of the City for the forseeable future. The Fire Department contains 47 full-time personnel and the Fire Chief indicates this personnel level is generally adequate to service the needs of the City utilizing existing facilities. Mutual aide agreements are in effect with all surrounding city and township areas to provide mutual assistance in the event of a substantial fire. The Chief indicates consideration has been given to establishing a cooperative fire department among the Ci ty and some of the surrounding suburbs. Due to shifts in population and the fire service needs of the community serious consideration should be given to further discussion regarding implementation of the fire authority approach. Economies of scale could be realized in terms of personnel, equipment and general over al 1 operation. ' Other municipal facilities include the Public Services Building located at 1350 E. Keating which provides sewer, water, and general public works functions for the community. The site contains a modern office structure and associated storage and service facilities. The site appears to be adequate in accomodating existing and planned public service activities in the near future. r -44- r �~ ~ PARK SPACE C1DC OPEN ~ OTHER e:mml GOLF ~ PUBLIC COURSE MARINA EDUCATIONAL FACILITY l*H I CORRECTIONAL FACILITY CARE FACILITY HEALTH c:::!!:J:J CEMETERY F'§'d'}J OTHER SEMI • PUBLIC / / / ,# /,· /. / / / /, / //. / ., ---- ---- 4F < ...-,.. <" CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN TOD J . KILROY , CONSULTANT CITY OF MUSKEGON PLANNING ,COMMISSION 0 DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ooq IC4l.l If ,HT P.C. TROY , IIICHIQAN -0 - PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES, P.C. 8LOOMFIELO HILLI , MICHIGAN �The City also operates several cemeteries as indicated in the Existing Land Use Inventory. There is space available within the cemetery areas to accomodate additional burials when necessary. The Farmer's Market is located at 700 Yuba in the north central port ion of the community. The site is adjacent to the northerl y extension of Seaway Drive and borders the Ryerson Creek greenbelt. The Market operates on a seasonal basis and has adequate space fo r the amount of activity. The City's water filtration plant is located along the Lake Michigan Shoreline adjacent to Pere Marquette Park. Line3 extend into Lake Michigan where water intake is accomplished and the facility filters and treats the water prior to distribution throughout the community. The City also operates the Chase Hammond Golf Course located on M-120 north and east of the U.S. 31 Expressway. The City is served by two libraries. The Hackley Public Library, operated by the Muskegon Public Schools, is located at 316 w. Webster Avenue. The second library facility is operated by Muskegon County and is located at 635 Ottawa Street. Both facilities provide more than adequate library services to th e population to the City of Muskegon. Other community facilities include the schools provided by the Muskegon Public School District, as well as the Muskegon Community College located in the northeast portion of the City and the Muskegon Business College which is located immediately adjacent to the downtown area. There are also a variety of parochial schools scattered throughout the City area providing elementary and secondary education. The Recreation and Community Facilities Plan Map graphically depicts existing and proposed facilities throughout the City of Muskegon. The Plan indicates retention of all existing facilities as well as a continued emphasis regarding the recreation aspects of the Muskegon Lakeshore . The Plan indicates a new City Park immediately adjacent to the Harbour Towne develoment near th e intersection of the Channel and Muskegon Lake. The Open Spac e area that is adjacent to the tank farm along Muskegon Lake is als o retained and the new Lakeshore Yacht Harbor developed at the Cole s Bakery property is designated on the Plan as a marina facility. The recently acquired Michigan Foundary Supply Company area is designated as a future marina site recognizing the County's emphasis on development on the site for cross-lake ferry and other theme park tourist attraction type activities. The Plan also illustrates continued recreation development of the Consumer's Power property adjacent to the existing City Park and campground areas. 1 1 T -45- �, Chapter VI Economic Base Analysis �Chapter VI- ECONOMIC BASE ANALYSIS MARKET ANALYSIS COMMERCIAL MARKET ANALYSIS Commercial land use needs will vary substantially between any two cornmuni ties, and it is the purpose of the following to analyze Muskegon's commercial land use characteristics and to recommend a long-range policy and land acreages for meeting those needs. The advent of the automobile brought many drastic changes to the physical makeup of communities. An outstanding example of this change would be today's modern shopping center. Although the concept of the shopping center is fairly recent, the methods of economic market analysis have not readily adapted to this change. As a result, there are too few planned shopping centers and shopping areas which contain the aesthetic and design qualities necessary to draw potential customers. The following concepts and principles have been developed to assist in measuring the community's present and future needs for commercial facilities. FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF COMMERCIAL CENTERS There are three basic types of commercial centers: neighborhood, community and regional. They differ in size as well as in the commercial establishments included in each. The types of following is a brief description of the three types of shopping centers. The Neighborhood Center, provides for the sale of convenience goods (foods, drugs and sundries) and personal services (laundry and dry cleaning, barbering, shoe repairing, etc.) for day-to-day living needs of the immediate neighborhood. The neighborhood center is built around a supermarket as the principal tenant. In size, the neighborhood center has an average gross lea sable floor area close to 50,000 square feet. It may range from 30,000 square feet up to as much as 100,000 square feet. The neighborhood center needs from four to ten acres of site area. It normally serves a trade area population of 5,000 to 40,000 people within six minutes driving time. l The Community Center, in addition to the convenience goods and personal services of the neighborhood center, provides a wider range of facilities for the sale of soft lines (wearing app a rel) and hard lines (hardware and appliances). It provides an increased depth of merchandise available. -46- J �A community center is built around a junior department store as the major tenant, in addition to a supermarket. 1t does not have a full-line department store, though it may have a strong speciality store. I I I I I I I I I In size, the community shopping center has an average gross leasable area of 200,000 square feet and range to 500,000 squnre feet. The site area ranges from 10 to 30 acres or more and a trade area population of 40,000 to 100,000 people is necessary to support a community center. The Regional Center, provides for general merchandise, apparel, furniture and home furnishings in full depth and variety. The center is built around one or more full-line department stores for its major drawing power. In size, the regional center has an average gross leasable area of 400,000 square feet. Regional centers range from 300,000 square feet up to 1,000,000 square feet or more. The regional center needs a population of at least 150,000 to 400,000 people. The site area needed for a regional center is 30 acres or more. EXISTING AND PROPOSED COMMERCIAL CENTERS The City of Muskegon has over 250 acres devoted to some sort of commercial establishment, and an additional 43 acres in office use. The City has all three types of centers mentioned above along with linear development along many thoroughfares. The following is a listing of all the commercial centers and major linear development within the City. Linear Commercial Lakeshore Drive between McCracken Street and Torrent Street Intermittent along Sherman Boulevard from Grove Street east to about Barclay Street The Downtown area along Western Avenue, Clay Avenue, Webster Avenue, Pine Street and Third Street Along Ottawa Street from Eastern Avenue to Bayou Street On Apple Avenue between Forest Street and William Street, and also from Roberts Street to Home Street Various locations along Laketon Avenue; between Barclay Street and Seaway Drive, between Sixth Street and Peck Street, and from Terrace Street to Roberts Street On Getty Street from Apple Avenue to Forest Avenue, and from Delano Street to Hovey Avenue The Getty Street - Apple Avenue interchange Along Henry Street from Laketon Avenue south to Sherman Blvd -47- �Neighborhood Centers Farmers' Market in the Murphy Street Walton Avenue area Laketon Avenue from Roberts Street to Creston Street Plumb's Supermarket Center at Apple Avenue and Getty Street Outlet Mall at Henry Street and Windsor Avenue Community Centers I I I I I I I West Village Shopping Center at Henry Street and Sherman Blvd Walgreens Shopping Center also at Henry Sreet and Sherman Blvd Regional Center Muskegon Mall in the downtown area Other commercial establishments exist within the City, but they are generally scattered and not concentrated in a center or a major grouping. The major commercial areas in Muskegon are; the downtown area and Muskegon Mall; the Henry Street-Sherman Blvd shopping center area; the U.S. 31-Apple Avenue interchange; Apple Avenue, Laketon Avenue, Getty Street, and Henry Street. Commercial centers in close proximity to the City include; Beltline Plaza, a neighborhood center at U.S. 31 and Apple Avenue K-Mart Shopping Center, a community center also at U.S. 31 and Apple Avenue Henry Street from Sherman Blvd to Seminole Road, linear development and three community centers, K-Mart, Meijer Thrifty Acres, and Park Row Mall. Plumb's Supermarket and Eberhard Food Store in the City of North Muskegon. At present there are no proposed centers for the City of Muskegon. In Norton Shores, there is a mall proposed for the intersection of Seminole Road and Seaway Drive. COMMERCIAL POTENTIAL The purpose of the market analysis is to evaluate commercial development with regard to the needs of the population served. Generally, the most useful approach is to compare existing commercial development within the City to the needs of projected population levels. The basic assumption of this method is that the households in the trade area choose to make their purchases within their own neighborhood or community. This is not entirely true, of course, but J r -48- �• ( . ,, ' • NEIGHBORHOOD CENTER • COMMUNITY Q PROPOSED • REGIONAL CENTER CB·D CENTRAL BUSINESS ~ LINEAR PRIMARY 1111111 CENTER COMMUNITY CENTER DISTRICT COMME~CIAL TRADE SECONDARY AREA TRADE AREA I ' 0 CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN h 0 .5 SCALE IN MILES @ ~ ~. To South Counti Line �the assumption is reasonable, particularly for convenience items. Even for comparison and general trade, the analysis provides an estimate of commercial acreage that is needed by these households, although this acreage may be located outside the locally nefined trade area. In addition, a certain amount of cross-oN'er occurs between trade areas in both directions, cancelling out much of the effect, especially when facilities in adjacent neighborhoods or communities are similar. Table 18: TOTAL SUPPORTABLE COMMERCIAL LAND IN THE CITY OF MUSKEGON - 1985 TO 2000 1985 Comparison Convenience General Totals Source: 1990 2000 Sq. Ft. Acres 821,395 75.4 311,629 28.6 430,630 39.5 Sq. Ft. Acres 821,502 75.4 312,235 28.7 430,538 39.5 Sq.Ft. Acres 858,467 78.8 323,995 29.8 447,439 41.1 143.5 143.6 149.7 TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. estimates. The purpose of the above market analysis was to determine the commercial needs of the City. As indicated above commercial expectations are listed at 143.5 acres for 1985 (within one year). This figure represents the land needed for commercial purposes for the residents of the City based upon their income and their spending patterns. Presently within the City there are 256.4 acres in various commercial categories. This figure is higher than what is actually needed but it portrays the cross-over characteristics of the Muskegon area. It shows that many residents from outside the City 1 imi ts patronize City commerc ia 1 establishments quite heavily. closer comparison of the table above with existing conditions reveals some interesting facts about the City's commercial needs. A Table 19: EXISTING AND SUPPORTABLE COMMERCIAL LAND IN THE CITY OF MUSKEGON Existing Acres J I 46.6 Supportable Acres (1985) Comparison Convenience General 117.9 75.4 28.6 39.5 Total 256.4 143.5 91. 9 -49- �At present there is a surplus of convenience and general commercial acres. Again their meer existence attests to the drawing power of a metropolitan center. If Muskegon was isolated these two figures would be much lower. The comparison category lists a need for 75.4 acres, but only 46.6 acres exist within thP. City. The popularity of planned shopping centers has resulted in people spending more of their income on comparison items. Within the City, the Muskegon Mall meets some of this demand but the deficiency of almost 30 acres means the City should concentrate any future development in this comparison Cp.tegory. This is not to say that the convenience and general categories should not have any development but it should be limited. If the City is to serve as a regional center and draw consumers from the surrounding communities, the comparison category will need even more expansion. The actual drawing power of the City as a regional center depends upon its market penetration into surrounding communities. The cross-over nature of a metropolitan market such as Muskegon necessitates an in-depth review of the income, land use, population, and distribution of surrounding communities. This review follows. SECONDARY MARKET ANALYSIS Based upon driving time, accessibility and support population the following communities are considered to be within the secondary trade area: Muskegon Heights Norton Shores Laketon Township Muskegon Township Roosevelt Park Fruitport Township N. Muskegon The same process used to examine the Primary Trade Area's commercial needs will be utilized to determine the Secondary Trade Area's needs. Many of the tables included previously will be omitted here to avoid duplication. The most important elements to this study are income and population data. With this data, it is possible to project retail sales potential and commercial needs for the area. -50- �Table 20: POPULATION EXPECTATIONS FOR SELECTED MUSKEGON COUNTY COMMUNITIES 1980 1985 1990 2000 Fruitport Village 1,143 Fruitport Township 9,503 6,327 Laketon Townhip 14,611 Muskegon Heights Muskegon Township 14,557 4,024 North Muskegon 22,025 Norton Shores 4,015 Roosevelt Park 1,478 10,567 6,863 15,308 14,476 4,166 22,847 3,524 1,491 10,854 7,233 15,325 14,687 4,207 23,149 3,536 1,513 11,354 7,858 15,353 15,042 4,272 23,676 3,555 Source: 1980 Census, Estimates of Population and Housing, West Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission, 1977, and TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. estimates. Table 21: TOTAL SUPPORTABLE COMMERCIAL LAND IN THE SECONDARY TRADE AREA - 1985 ~TO 2000 1985 Sg. Ft. Acres Comparison 2,227,584 836,984 Convenience 1,162,884 General Totals Source: 205 77 107 1990 Sg. Ft. Acres 2,329,658 883,573 1,214,092 389 214 81 111 2000 Sg. Ft. Acres 2,558,517 962,090 1,331,355 406 235 88 122 445 TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. estimates. As indicated above, commercial expectations for the Secondary Trade Area are listed at 389 acres for 1985 (within one year). This figure represents the land needed for commercial purposes for the residents of the area, based upon their income and their spending pat terns. The residents' income can support 3 89 acres. Zoning Districts and Projected Demand In order for a community to properly plan and zone for commercial expansion it is necessary to review existing zoning districts and existing and projected commercial demands. Muskegon has approximately 300 acres at present dedicated to some form of commercial enterprise, ranging in size from the corner gas station to Muskegon Mall. Following is a comparison of existing land use and existing commercial zoning districts. Some categories do not correspond exactly but this is the most accurate portrayal. -51- �Table 22: PRESENT COMMERCIAL ZONING DISTRICTS & LAND USE Present Zoning Acres Zoning District Neighborhood Business CB-1 ) Central Business CC-8) Central Ser v Ice (C-S) Automotive Business (B-1A) General Business (8-3) Tota Is Land Use 108.8 12.5 63.6 13. 9 280.3 Existing Acres Convenience Comparison Office Automotive Bus. General Bus. 4 7 9. 1 ac Difference 91 • 9 46.6 43.5 37.5 80.4 + 16.9 Ac - 34. 1 + 20. 1 - 23.6 +199,9 299.9 ac The "difference" column should always have a positive reading. The above abera t ions are due to the problem of direct correspondence of categories and the wide variety of uses allowable in B-3. This table shows that the City has zoned for approximately 180 acres more of commercial uses than are presently existing. This is only the current view. What is helpful in creating a sound Business Areas Plan is a review of projected demand and how zoning designations should change to fit future needs. Earlier, the commercial potential for the City was determined and projected to the year 2000. This represents what the population and their incomes will demand in the future. Following is a 1 is ting of this, compared to what is presently zoned for these purposes. Table 23: ZONED COMMERCIAL LAND & PROJECTED DEMAND {ACRES) Neighborhood Business Central Business & Service Automotive Business General Business Total Zoned Projected Demand 1985 1990 2000 108.8 76.1 13.9 280.3 28.6 75.4 30.8 8.7 479.1 143.S 28.7 75.4 30.8 8.7 14 3. 6 29.8 78.8 31. 9 9.2 149.7 There are some differences in defintions in the categories in the above table. Perhaps certain automotive enterprises can be conducted in the General Business category. Other variations may also occur. Recognizing these differences exist the above table can still be reviewed, but in a more general manner. The figures -52- �indicate Service category. land use will grow deficiencies in zoning for the Central Business and category (comparison) and the Automotive Business This same deficiency was noted when comparing existing and zoning districts. In the future these categories in size and the zoning districts should do so also. INDUSTRIAL BASE ANALYSIS The analysis of the industrial segment of the local economy includes a view of the employment characteristics of the existing population and a projection of the future employment levels. Further, this analysis examines the amount of existing industrial land use and compares it with the projected need for future years. EMPLOYMENT CHARACTERISTICS & POTENTIAL The 1980 occupational characteristics for the City of Muskegon are listed in the following table. Realizing that we are entering a post-industrial society, with its accompanying larger service and high techonology sectors, this table should be viewed with knowledge of its changing nature. Table 24: 1980 OCCUPATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IN MUSKEGON Persons Occupational Group Clerical, Sales Workers Operatives & Kindred Workers Service & Household Workers Professional & Technical Craftsmen & Foremen Managers & Administrators Laborers & Farm Workers Totals Source: Percent 3,762 2,936 2,775 1,852 1,640 862 777 25.8 20.1 19.0 12.7 11.2 5.9 5.3 14,604 100.0 U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census; Census of Population 1980. (U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.) The relationship of the total number of persons employed (14,604) to the City's total population in 1980 equates to approximately 36%. Al though this percentage wi 11 vary in the future depending upon changing population characteristics, it would be reasonable to assume that a like percentage of the future population will also require various types of employment. Applying this percentage figure to the population projections made earlier, employment expectations can be generated. -53- �Table 25: EMPLOYMENT EXPECTATIONS FOR MUSKEGON Year Expectations Population Level 40,823 38,532 36,726 1980 1990 2000 X Employment (36%) = 14,604 13,872 13,221 TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. estimates. Source: The distribution of present employment is listed next. This table includes data relative to the kinds of industry in which the occupational groups are classified. This table represents the various fields in which people are employed. For example, a person working for a Durable Goods Manufacturer would be classified under "Craftsmen and Foremen" in the Occupational Characteristics Table, while the firm he is employed with is manufacturing auto bodies. This data will give some indication as to what might be expected in the future. Of the industries listed there are certain types that relate directly to an acreage generation factor for each expected employee. Table 26: 1980 EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY GROUP IN MUSKEGON Employed Workers in Specific Industry Groups Persons Construction* Durable Goods Manufacturing* Nondurable Goods Manufacturing* Transportation & Communication* Wholesale & Retail Trade (indcluding Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate) Business & Repair Services Personal Services Professional Services Public Administration Other Industries* Totals * Source: Percent 473 3.2 4,107 28.1 823 5.7 758 5.2 3,533 456 586 3,112 655 101 24.2 3.1 4.0 21.3 4.5 0.7 14,604 100.0 Types of industries which relate to the acreage generation factor noted above. U.S. Bureau of the Census, U.S. Census of Population, 1980 (U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.) -54- �c::::J CONVENIENCE - COMPARISON COMMERCIAL COMMERCIAL b w4:'¾J OFFICE 111111111111111 GENERAL COMMERCIAL ~ WATER ~ MIXED USE (COMMERCIAL) ~ MIXED USE (HERITAGE) amE MIXED ORIENTED USE COMMERCIAL l~"""i===:/ ··~ c..- I i (CENTRAL) I _...!::.:.....11::!,'~- ~ LIGHT cm::'.11 INDUSTRIAL ~ :;:,: . iel:l~~~~ INDUSTRIAL GENERAL PARK INDUSTRIAL .:::,':: . l:linElllm .. El c I ) ...:~ ... ·-· - - - - - - - - - - - -~· . . .- - - - - - -- .. . ---- :;· l::....::::k: __ cz=::E '' DB!iE:B · tffilElaB ---- ······ ~ ".1"1'11111 i:::;i,;=:--; ...:;t,]\11= = - .-. : ·~'"::~~~5:J L....'.h~ -.- ==~·== :•;,:, <",),!. ==::::i=:.·., V\.' . ~ ~ ,•: tllli,l =L....L.- , ~ ~:*"· 8!9[::363 .. 'f.~ \, I I I> ,,. I 1 ~ rnf1m111anHi . [] IT1h!~\11WW Iii !Ill!Ii m rnffi___:_YWlndlWill < rn[rnra1r11111w --- --- l] -~~ ~ ~rn 7rr, Ea~ 6!3imlil -v -,.. l2lil I@ ffittlJ:11::3 EaB E:iB~ l CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN CITY 0_F MUSKEGON PLANNING COMMISSION TOD J . KILROY , CONSULTANT P.C. TROY , MICHIGAN 0 DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT f too - PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES, P.C. BLOOMFIELD HllLS , MICHIGAN 11 �r r r Those industries that are noted as having a specific land acreage generation factor comprise approximately forty-three (43) percent of the total employment figure for the City. Applying this percentage to employment expectations in the City listed above, an employment figure requiring a land area designation (the acreage generation factor) is listed. Table 27: EMPLOYMENT AND LAND AREA ALLOCATION FOR THE CITY OF MUSKEGON Year 1980 1990 2000 Source: Probable Total Employment 14,604 X 43% Probable Employment Requireing Land Area = 6,262 5,965 5,685 13,872 13,221 TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. estimates. Employment levels are anticipated to remain constant or slightly decline over the next few years. Various industrial employment studies have indicated that an overall ratio of 20 industrial employees per acre of industrial land can be expected in metropolitan areas. Dividing this figure into the above 1 is ted probable employrnen t figures, the following results are yielded. Table 28: EXPECTED INDUSTRIAL LAND AREA ALLOCATION IN THE CITY OF MUSKEGON Year Probable Employment Requiring Land Area 1980 1990 2000 6,262 divided by 20 = 5,965 5,685 Source: Probable Industrial Acreage TOD J. KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. estimates. -55- 313.1 298.3 284.3 �r r r The above figures are only illustrative, in that the assumption is made that the City will have the same, employment generation characteristics as the City residents' occupations indicate. At present Muskegon has 721 acres of land in the Industrial category according to the Land Use Survey. It is apparent from the previous discuss ion figures that the City's industries employ a large number of persons living outside of the City. Future i ndustr ia 1 exapans ion in the City wi 11 probably be of a 1 ight manufacturing type. The most appropriate location for this expansion is the Port City Industrial Park which is presently below its capacity. The present industrial complex in the Lakeside Area will remain in place during the planning period. It is necessary to realize that Muskegon is not an island, and that a large amount of commuting occurs. Not all of this is commuting into the City either. There are large industrial complexes north and south of the City which draw some employees from Muskegon. In a metropolitan area, this will always occur and it should be realized when formulating an Industrial Areas Plan that surrounding areas play a major role. -56- �r r r r r r r r Chapter VII Major Streets Plan �r r r r r r r Chapter VII- MAJOR STREETS PLAN The Major Streets Plan examines the road needs of today and projects these needs into the future based upon anticipated land uses. Recognition of and coordination with State, Regional, and County road proposals is implicit within the Major Streets Plan document. The purpose of the plan is to suggest the development of the best possible circulation system for the long-range needs of the community. The Major Streets Plan attempts to provide for the efficient movement of existing and anticipated traffic both at the local and regional scale. An important consideration in the development of a Master Plan for the City of Muskegon is the aspect of accessibility. The automobile has reoriented land use patterns, making the free movement of people and goods essential to the economic and social we 1 fare of the community. The Major Streets Plan considers the relationship between the type and intensity of land use and a resulting generation of traffic movements to ensure orderly development and a desirable environment. Often, the Major Streets Plan will shape the urban development pattern giving it guidance and form through the imposition of an expressway system or other major regional collector thoroughfare. Hopefully, road planning takes into account the environmental impact and economic impact that such road proposals will have upon future generations. CONCEPTS The basic concept system suggested herein divides the highway network into four functional activities. The framework of the road system will provide the format for the City's continued development and redevelopment in the years to come. The highway system is composed of freeways, major thoroughfares (major arterials), collector streets, and local streets. The graphic, Street Classification System Concept, indicates the type of streets by its function and also depicts whether the function is that of an internal street or an external street. Internal streets are classified as the local or collector streets, while external streets comprise that portion of the system covering major thoroughfares, collector or secondary thoroughfares, and freeways. STANDARDS Road planning agencies throughout Michigan use generalized road planning standards in proposals for major and local thoroughfare systems. The standards that are suggested herein represent a composite review of various agencies. Composite standards may be summarized as follows: -57- �r SUMMARY OF IDADWAY PLANNING STANDARDS Suggested Standards For r r r Expressway Major Thoroughfare Collector 300' to 500' 120' to 150' 66 1 -86 1 60 1 -66 I B) Pavement Width 12' each lane Urban - 60' Rural - 24 I 36'-44' 27'-32' C) Nl.IlTlber of Lanes 4 or rrore Urban - 4 Rural - 2 2-4 2 24' or rrore None Element A) Right-of-Way D) Median Width 26' or rrore Local None r The City of Muskegon contains the full range of thoroughfare classifications. Freeways include the U.S. 31 Expressway, the I-96 Business Route along Seaway Drive, and Skyline Drive which connects Seaway Drive with the U.S. 31 Expressway. Major thorough -fares within the City include Sherman Boulevard from east to west extending through the City of Muskegon and the City of Muskegon Heights. Laketon Avenue east and west, as well as Apple Avenue. A portion of Evanston Avenue from Getty Street to Creston Street is also classified as a major thoroughfare. West Western Avenue and Terrace Street ( in the downtown area) also meet the classification of a major thoroughfare. Recognizing that portions of the City are in excess of 100 years of age, many of the streets were platted in a subdivision context ranging in right-of-way from 40 to 60 feet. The majority of these local streets are 50 feet in width. More recent development activities have indicated the need to expand rights-of-way and the Terrace Street development expanded the right-of-way to 125 feet to accomodate the boulevard. Similarly, redevelopment activities in the northeastern portion of the City adjacent to Marquette Avenue indicate that many streets were replatted and redivide<l at a 60 foot mininum width right-of-way. TRAFFIC VOLUMES The west Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission (WMSRDC) has compiled traffic volume information for major thoroughfares and expressway components of the regional transportation system over the past several years. The mos t recent mapped and tabulated traffic volumes were recorded during 1982. The data plotted by WMSRDC comes from a variety of sources. -58- �r f I ' r ' According to information from the Regional Development Commission, traffic volumes in the Muskegon Metropolitan Area and specifically within the City of Muskegon have remained relatively consistent over the past several years. Static economy, population levels remaining generally consistent, and the lack of employment opportunities have all had some impact upon the existing traffic pat terns ( or the lack thereof). From a review of the existing traffic system, it appears that the majority of major and secondary thoroughfares throughout the City of Muskegon and the immediate surrounding communities are generally adequate to handle the majority of traffic. The peak times in summer and holiday periods cannot be planned for to any great degree, because of the significant investment in capital improvements that might be necessary. Any improvement that is proposed requires significant forward thinking and planning on a site specific basis prior to implementation. THE CURRENT SITUATION The City of Muskegon has faced numerous traffic planning obstacles since its inception over 100 years ago. Depending on the land developer, the street pattern may be parallel to Muskegon Lake perpendicular to Muskegon Lake, at an angle to Muskegon Lake, or running in a north, south, east, and west manner based upon the grid coordinate system of the State of Michigan. The development of the railroad system in, around, and through the City of Muskegon has had a significant impact on the road system. Several railroad c·orr id ors traverse residential, commercial, industrial, and similar land use areas causing skewed intersections of the street patterns, interupting continuity, and establishing a series of inappropriate land use relationships. City records at the turn of the century indicate the willingness on the part of the City Commission to grant easements and street right-of-way vacations for the purpose of the expansion and ex tens ion of the railroad system in and through the City of Muskegon. PROBLEMS The City of Muskegon is not without its thoroughfare problems, the historic conflicts with the railroad are but an indication of the complex traffic pattern that has emerged since the history of the City began. -The present stre~~ system from Laketon to Marquette, from Getty to Muskegon Lake, as well as, Lakeshore Drive area out to the Lakeside area has been in place since the mid 1880's. The traffic pattern has been adjusted by the imposition of the Seaway Drive Expressway, as well as, the construction of the U.S. 31 Expressway. However, the local conflicts and problems within the thoroughfare system still exist. -59- �r 'I I I Other problems that have been observed include the incomplete traffic pattern that exists within the downtown area. West Western Avenue ends prior to the intersection of Lakeshore Drive. Therefore traffic must u ti 1 i ze other local streets to exit from West Western Avenue and enter the traffic pattern along Lakeshore Drive. Terrace Street has been expanded in right-of-way from its intersection with Walton northwest of Apple Avenue, extending past the mall area and adjacent to the Terrace Plaza Office building. Presently Terrace Street ends at the extention of 4th Street, with no major thoroughfare continuity beyond that point. Until recently 6th Street was designated as a state route by the Department of Transportation. It functionally provides access into and through the Heritage District of the City. The attempt to preserve this area as a historic neighborhood will be aided by the removalof major thoroughfare traffic between West Western Avenue and Webster or Muskegon Avenue. Another problem noted during the land use field survey was the extensive street length that is applied in most residential streets throughout the City. There are diversions in the street pattern caused by the imposition of land uses such as schools and cemeteries as wel 1 as the ra i 1 road influence that has occurred. Many streets although residential in character extend for several miles in either north-south or east-west direct ion. More recent development patterns in the Marquette neighborhood and other areas of the City indicate a replatting and redivision of land as well as redesign of the residential street system. In those areas where street pat terns beyond the desirable length, it is recommended that street diversion be placed at intersections redirecting traffic and diverting such traffic onto major thoroughfares. The intersection areas along U.S. 31 Expressway provide traffic access from major thoroughfares such as Apple, Laketon, and Sherman Boulevard onto the expressway system. A problem that was noted indicated that Apple Avenue is constructed as a full interchange while Laketon Avenue and Sherman Boulevard do not hav e a full interchange constructed. As traffic volumes increase in these areas, it would be appropriate to give serious consideration to the construction of full expressway interchanges complet e ly separating each direction and flow of traffic. The final problem particular to the Lakeside area is the inordinant amount of truck traffic that traverses Lakeshore Drive with a destination to Laketon Avenue and eventually to the expressway system. Presently some access is provided along McCracken Street from Lakeshore Drive southeasterly to Sherman Boulevard. Consideration should be given to an improvement of McCracken Street and the 1 imi ting of truck access easterly from McCracken Street to the Lakeshore Drive area. Through the -60- �- EXPRESSWAY MAJOR THOROUGHFARE COLLECTOR LOCAL (300 ' - 500' R.O.W.) ( 120' - 150' R.O.W.) THOROUGHFARE STREET (60' - 66 1 (86' R.O.W.) R.O.W.) ,J / / / / /'" /' / / / /' /' 3 ~= 1·m· ·, · -,1rai ~! ?- ~_,:~--1 ~~~ : _-t: _f5.s.- ,:\J:iit i;r:;; ::::!J.. 'M' .I=. Ji' ·~,~_';.J·""' 3ffi ;;i;l:t :::: ' 'I' ·. ,nl e;:113:~'7'~ ".i J•\ · "!'.IJ:C~, . a:! ma:r" ! d:. Lt.0_; !l:!5=·· - - . ~:: . ! ,;;.~,l--;a.r-" :::::,...,_ . ' t ~ -•-·=-- ·-===i-- • -~~----i1TTTTTTPTTTT-r-<I CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN CITY OF MUSKEGON PLANNING COMMISSION 0 TOD J . KILROY , CONSULTANT P.C. TROY I MICHIGAN 0 Iii DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ... ICAU bi ":IT 7 - 1 PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES , P.C. SLOOMFIELD HILLS , MICHIGAN I L_ �construction of a boulevard type street along McCracken Street and the presently unused railroad right-of-way, a serious traffic problem could be avoided. Major traffic generators could then utilize this reconstruction of McCracken to access into the Lakeside area with minimal negative impact upon surrounding residential neighborhoods. MAJOR STREETS PLAN J I I I The Major Streets Plan designates the existing major thoroughfares of Sherman Boulevard, Laketon Avenue, Apple Avenue, Seaway Drive, Henry Street, West Western Avenue, and Terrace Street as the major arterial system for the City. The expressway designation applies to portions of Seaway Drive that are of free-way consequence and to the U.S. 31 Expressway along the eastern portion of the City. A similar designation applies to the Skyline Drive area along the northerly edge of the community. The collector road system designates Lakeshore Drive, McCracken Street, Peck Street, Wood Street, Marquette Avenue, Harvey Street, 3rd Street, and Clay Avenue as secondary arterials. I I I I I I r r r r r -61- �-I I I I I r r r r r Chapter VIII Master Land Use Plan �;r , J I I I I I f CHAPTER VIII - MASTER LAND USE PLAN INTRODUCTION The Master Land Use Plan sets forth a statement of community objectives and policies for meeting current and anticipated problems and guiding future development of the City. This section of the Master Land Use Plan deals with future land use for the City, keeping in mind the current situation and the probable future. It is important to remember the geographical location of Muskegon and its role as a regional center as well as land use and facilities now in place. overall, it is important to recognize the limitations of the Master Land Use Plan as well as its potentials. No one has clear vision of the future, and, therefore, it is not possible to precisely predict how a parcel or neighborhood of the City will develop. The Master Land Use Plan should be viewed as a guide to the future and it should be recognized as just that. The Plan should be used as a guide to an improved quality of 1 i fe with minimum adverse effects upon the land and the people who live and work on it. DESCRIPTION OF THE MASTER LAND USE PLAN r r The Master Land Use Plan for the City of Muskegon proposes development of the community over the next fifteen years to the year 2000. Relying on the data of the foregoing sections as a bas is for project ion, the Master Land Use Plan Map graphically portrays how the various parcels should be used as future development and the eventual redevelopment of specific areas, occurs in the City. Categories of use on the Master Land Use Plan include twenty-six specific delineations grouped into six general categories dealing with residential, commercial, industrial, mixed use, recreation/public/semi-public, and circulation. within each of the above listed categories certain types of land uses are expected to be predominant. Overall, Muskegon is almost completely developed. With a 1980 population of about 40,000 persons and an estimated capacity population of 54,000, the Ci ty is approximately 80% developed. The vast majority of land wi t hin the city is devoted to residential uses. The other major uses planned for the City are public, recreation, and i ndustr i a 1. A. description of each category and the specific uses anticipated within each classification follows. The residential land use category on the Master Land Use Plan is subdivided into single family residential, two family residential, and multiple family residential. The Plan envisions an eventua l occupation of all single family lots within existing neighborhoods. There are two large areas that are presently -62- �J I I I I I r r vacant which are proposed for single family development. The area north of Marquette and east of Creston is designated for single family use. Another area of potential single family development is the land north of Sherman Boulevard and east of Barclay Street. The vacant area of proposed residential development known as Harbour Towne is found close to the channel in the Pigeon Hill area of the City. The two family designation appears in the central portion of the City near the Senior Citizen developments. The majority of the blocks so designated presently contain twofamily dwellings. The multiple family designation has been applied at various locations throughout the City to accommodate different housing options and lifestyles. In the block southeast of Lakeshore Drive between McCracken and Estes, multiple family residential is proposed to buffer the other residential areas from the commercial development along Lakeshore Drive. Expansion of existing multiple developments is suggested. Among those so proposed are the areas in the vicinity of Muskegon Community College, the Barclay Street and Hackley Avenue area, and northwest ·of the Hume Home on Lakeshore Drive near Davis Street. Muskegon has a reasonably large commercial base and it is proposed here for moderate expansion in recognition of it's role as a regional center. The Economic Rase Analysis details the commercial potential of Muskegon based on the number of households and the incomes of the City and surrounding communities. The Master Land Use Plan uses that study as a guideline and proposes various commercial areas. Many of the linear commercial patterns established on major thoroughfares through the years are proposed for future commercial development. In some of these areas there are vacant commercial buildings and lots which should be utilized more productively. Residences exist in some of these areas also and appear out of place. Eventually these conflicting land uses will be eliminated through market pressures for commercial development. The major changes to the commercial atmosphere of the City are mostly in the downtown area where various mixed use designations have been applied. Around the City other areas are proposed as dominant commercial centers. The Henry Street - Sherman Avenue area is proposed as a major commercial center including both comparison and general shopping facilities. This area should be connected in character to the Outlet Mall, to enable this retail development to be consistent. The Ottawa Street Western Avenue corridor is also proposed for commercial uses. The northern section of Muskegon has a convenience commercial area proposed for the eastern side of Getty Street north of Wesley in the Marquette Avenue vicinity. An office district is planned for the Peck Street - Sanford Street corridor near Hackley Hospital. Other -63- �commerc ia 1 uses throughout the City are proposed to coordinated shopping districts and to discourage undesirable strip development. I I I J r establish spot or A second factor analyzed in the Economic Base Analysis is the Industrial Base. In accordance with that analysis, specific areas of the City have been designated as light industrial, general industrial, or industrial park. The most significant designation is the continued delineation of the Port City industrial park in the extreme southeastern portion of the City. This area will provide sufficient space for light industrial expansion in the years to come. Another industrial expansion area is the existing industrial area north of Brusse Avenue and west of Getty Street. The area encompassed in this designation extends to the expressway interchange. Limited additions to the industrial district near Seaway Drive and Laketon Avenue are also proposed. The Mixed Use category contains various uses that can be combined to create a unique living, shopping, or office environment. There are three Mixed Use designations that appear on the Master Land Use Plan. The Mixed Use Commercial designation includes a variety of land uses. Activities to be encouraged in the mixed use-commerc ia 1 designation include office, retail and limited research and warehousing, as well as, the potentia 1 of some form of housing activity. The intent is to encourage reuse and new use of existing land parcels and existing buildings. The Mixed Use Commercial locations as follows: designation applies to four specific 1. The Muskegon Lakeshore area adjacent to Terrace Street north and west of the downtown area from E. Western Avenue over to and including the Lakey property and all of the Teledyne property. 2. The Lumber town area, the Amazon Building area, and the mixed use-commercial and office, marina and wateroriented development area located on W. Western Avenue north of Michigan Avenue and adjacent to the Muskegon Lakeshore. The designated property encompasses the area from Cole's Marina to the City Marina facility. 3. The third applies to Farm along S.D. Warren area for Mixed User Commercial designation the property west of the Standard Oi 1 Tank Lakeshore Drive over to the boundary of the Paper Company. -64- �4. I I I The final area of Mixed Use Commercial development is located between Henry Street and the Seaway Drive south of Young Street and north of Hackley Avenue. This area presently contains a variety of single family, multiple family, office, commerical, industrial, and similar uses. The intent of the Mixed Use Commercial designation is to encourage a final land use plan of limited commercial and office oriented activities with less emphasis in residential uses of the land. The second Mixed Use category is entitled · Mixed Use Heritage. The City of Muskegon has designated a "Heritage" zone. This area includes the general area from 7th Street northeasterly to 4th Street and from Muskegon Avenue northwesterly to W. Western Avenue. Most of This historic area is presently on the State and National Historic Register and contains a variety of single family, multiple family, office, and commercial uses all of which are located in unique historic buildings. The intent of the City is to preserve this area, retaining the original character of the buildings, however, allowing a variety of new uses. The third District. allocation The intent intensive activities Mixed Use classification is cal led Central Rusi ness The area designated for the Mixed Use-Central is located immediately surrounding the Muskegon Mal 1. here is to encourage a variety of land use, generally in nature, complementing the comparison shopping and related services available at the Muskegon Mall. The emphasis of the Master Land Use Plan is to recognize the downtown area as the focal point for the Muskegon Region. By utilizing a combination of innovative zoning and planning techniques, such an emphasis can be maintained and enhanced in future years. The fifth Master Land Use Plan category includes Public, SemiPublic and Recreation uses. The major emphasis in this category is to provide the City's residents with a variety of activities, ranging from passive to active. This is accomplished by the large number of existing parks, playfields, nature areas and open space. Further expansion of parks is limited to acquiring vacant adjacent acreage. This is the case for McGraft Park & Ryerson Park ( some of the land will remain as open space). One additional recreation area is the one planned for the consumers power area west of East western Avenue for use as a park or possibly community open space. Another addition to the recreation inventory is the proposed park located at the northeast side of the Harbour Towne development now under construction. -65- �a CJC!J ONE TWO ~ MULTIPLE FAMILY ,❖:.:,:-b:,.,J CONVENIENCE - FAMILY COMPARISON RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL COMMERCIAL E111i1Bm OFFICE - PARK tB] OPEN - ~ SPACE EDUCATIONAL ~ WATER COMMERCIAL ORIENTED COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL ~ GENERAL COURSE / ~ / OTHER PUBLIC liDilm HEALTH PARK miiD MIXED USE (COMMERCIAL) tm&J MiXED USE OiERITAGE) m3D MIXED USE (CENTRAL) FACILITY mm! MARINA INDUSTRIAL Cll!:l INDUSTRIAL FACILITY CORRECTIONAL lmm GOLF GENERAL ~ LIGHT ~ RESIDENTIAL CARE / USE ,,i FACILITY //' CEMETERY ~ OTHER - RAIL - MAJOR SEMI - PUBLIC /. FACILITY THOROUGHFARE COLLECTOR / / / / // THOROUGHFARE ./ 3 ·.; ~11 ~ ~ .J u~ ..) · - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - ------ - - - - ------ ----- / I < .,,. -,.. <" ' J -" ~ -.,,. ~ Cl ~ CITY OF MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN CITY OF MUSKEGON PLANNING COMMISSION I DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT -- ICAU .. P'UT OCTOBER 1, 1814 ADOPTED OCTOBER 11 , 1984 TOD J . KILROY, CONSULTANT P.C. T•OY , MICHIGAN PROGRESSIVE PLANNING ASSOCIATES, P.C. BLOOMFIELD HILLS , IIIICHIOAN �There is presently a publicly-owned marina on Muskegon Lnke at thP end of Div is ion Street. A new private marina, Lakeshol'." e Yacht Harbor, is in place just west of Hartshorn at the base of Western Avenue on the Cole Bakery property. Cemetel'."ies are depict ed on the map and no new sites are proposed. I I I I I The final category shown on the Master Land Use Plan deals with Circulation. All rail facilities are shown with the <iistinctive railroad symbol. The thol'."oughfares depicted here are the same as those on the Major Streets Plan Map and generally do not alter any existing patterns. McCracken street is proposed as a collector thoroughfare to be relocated in the railroad right-of-way. In conclusion, the Master Land Use Plan analyzes statistical data, land use patterns, proposed developments and other available data to arrive at a document and maps that portray the future development of the City of Muskegon. Retention of the residenti al character and regional vitality of Muskegon is implicit within the Plan. Similarly, a recognition of the numerous natural resources, the lakes, and parks have been taken into account during formulation of this document. Finally, the variou s development options the long lakefront poses were analyzed and combined to utilize this natural and unique resource most effectively. It is hoped that this document will serve as the long range guide to decision-making during the next fifteen to twenty years. -66- �Appendix �RESOLUTION MUSKEGON CITY PLANNING COMMISSION M)TION by: SUPPORTED by : Commissioner MacAllister Commissioner Seppamaki To adopt the following Resolution: WHEREAS, the :Muskegon City Planning Commission has been studying elements of the Master Land Use Plan as outlined in Act 285 of the Public Acts of 1931, as amended, the Mtmicipal Planning Act, and WHEREAS, notices were duly published and mailed to hold a Public Hearing on elements of the Master Land Use Plan, and WHEREAS, .a Public Hearing was held on October 18, 1984, at the Muskegon City Hall, 933 Terrace Street, Muskegon, Michigan 49443 on the Master Land Use Plan, including the text and maps for regional location, goals and objectives, existing land use, population, recreation, community facilities, economic base analysis, business area and industrial areas, housing analysis, and master land use plan, said plan being on display before the Public Hearing in accordance with Act 285 of the Public Acts of 1931, as amended, NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Muskegon City Planning Commission on this 18th day of October, 1984, hereby adopts the Master Land Use Plan for the City of Muskegon, dated October, 1984. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the adopted Master Land Use Plan be attested and transmitted to the City Commission and Muskegon County Register of Deeds for filing and use, and to the Muskegon County Planning Commission for County Commission review and to the West Michigan Shoreline Regional Development Commission for review and approval. Ayes: Nays: Absent: Commissioners MacAllister, Sieplinga, Sepparnaki, Stewart, Oglesby, and Workman '.\lone Commissioners Walcott, O'Toole, and Hagemann MOTION CARRIED. I, Harold Workman, Chairman of the Muskegon City Planning Commission, do hereby certify that the above is a full and true copy of a Resolution adopted at a special meeting of the Muskegon City Planning ,h :ldzt?ber 18, 1984, Co~/on C ]v',1,14,{(J./4 /-1,'2~ttiai Muskeg6n City Planning Commission rman I,. I, Marva A. Vasquez, Clerk of the City of Muskegon certify that a copy of the Master Land Use Plan was on display in the Muskegon City Hall in accordance with Act 285 of the Public Acts of 1931, as amended. �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING BY CITY CLERK STATE OF MICHIGAN) COUNIY OF MUSKEGON) ss Marva A. Vasquez, being duly sworn, deposes and says that she is the City Clerk of the City of Muskegon; that on September 13, 1984, the ~1uskegon City Planning Conmission set the date of a Public Hearing to hear any corrments or suggestions on the updated Master Land Use Plan for the City of Muskegon; and that a Notice of said Hearing was duly published in the Muskegon Chronicle, a daily newspaper of general circulation in the City of Muskegon on the date specified in the Affidavit of Publication attached hereto. Deponent further says that a true copy of said Notice was served upon each public utility company and each railroad company owning or operating any public utility or railroad within the geographical area of the City of Muskegon, by Registered United States Mail, and to surrounding units of local government including county, cities, townships, public schools and regional planning agency, by first class mail, at least fifteen (15) days before the date of hearing, which said hearing was held on October 18, 1984. Said notices were mailed at the Muskegon office of the United States Postal Service on October 3, 1984. ?J~c:. v/ Marva A. Vasquez City Clerk Subscribed and sworn to before me this 31st day of October, 1984. Mary=:t7 mitli Notary Public, Muskegon Cotmty, Michigan. My Commission Expires February 20, 1985. T7 1/ �I I I I I I I I I I Pri 1 I I I I NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING CITY OF MUSKEGON MASTER LAND USE PLAN Tht Muskegon City Planning Commission will hold a Public Hearing at 7:00 P.M. on Thursday, October 18, 1984, In the Com· mission Chambers at the Muskegon City Hall, 933 Terrace Street, Muskegon, Michigan 49443. The purpose of the Pub I le Hearing will be to hear any comments or suggeations on the up· dated Master Land Use Plan, which contains : Existing Land U1e; Population; Hou1ing Analysis; Recreation and Com· munlty Facilltle1; Economic Base Analysls; Bu1iness Areas & lndustrlal Area Plan; Goals, Objective and Policies; and the Master Land Use Plan. Coples of the Plan and Maps will be avallable for examination prior to the Public Hearing at the offices of the Planning Depart· ment and City Clerk in the Muskegon City Hall and at the Hackley Public Library, 316 W. Webster Avenue, Muskegon, dur· Ing regular business hours. If you are not able to attend the Publlc Hearing, written comments wlll be received until 5:00 P.M., Thur1day, October 18, 19M. HAROLD WORKMAN Chairman Muskegon City Planning Commission MARVA VASQUEZ Clerk City of Muskegon PUBLISH : October 3, 19M STATE OF MICHIGAN } County of Muskegon ss. .............................................P..~.r.J.~J.l ....M..,.....J..~.P..R~.~..~... ........ ................ being duly sworn deposes and says that he is the Printer of the MUSKEGON CHRONICLE, a newspaper printed and circulated within said County of Muskegon; that the annexed notice was duly printed and published in said MUSKEGON (Ll... _. _ . . . day(s); that is to say, on the CHRONICLE !or(".~?.L........ J., !{1 "& t1 {_ '-< t' , / ........... _........~.~ .............................._.. day (w+ of ·---·j~.::-...ef.:::J.L................... 19 ....:__7.., and the .................................................. -....... _.. day (s) of.::.-...........·-··-··.........._......_.-.. _........ ~ .............. , and that s~id publication was continued during said time without any intermission or omission, and that he--~-~o:ed. e of the faets above set forth. ,. , Cl J Subscribed and sworn to before me this................... ./(............................day of !...ii _/ vi. ·-. . -..... . . . . ... . . . . . N~b;;:-f:,t~. M~k;g~~ ·~~ttt·M,~li·. . .-.-. . . ...... 0.c.z...~.":::.(~.(_:L . . .....A. D. 19 ... .....................times, $ ..................-.. .. .. LORNA L. fORGESON .,Otar) Public. Muske1:on County. 1\11cn,~u 11,!v Comm1ss1on Exp ires Docember ~. ! 98'> � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Muskegon_Master-Land-Use-Plan_1984 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Tod J. Kilroy, Consultant P.C. Progressive Planning Associates, P.C. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1984-10-18 Title A name given to the resource Master Land Use Plan Description An account of the resource The Master Land Use Plan for the City of Muskegon was prepared by Tod J. Kilroy, Consultant P.C., and Progressive Planning Associates, P.C. The Plan was adopted by the City of Muskegon Planning Commission on October 18, 1984. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Land Use--planning Muskegon (Mich.) Muskegon County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a3366aba71ac63fc91770e38b7eabf23.pdf dde8ac78a82438f5e14042c3e4de8048 PDF Text Text MT. MORRIS CHARTER TOWNSHIP GENESEE COUNTY, MICHIGAN GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN 1990-2010 A guide for policy development and development planning. The preparation of this plan was financed through a grant provided under Title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, as amended . The grant was administered by the Genesee County Community Development Program . �TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Introduction ........ . . .. .. . . .. .... . ....... • • • • • • Planning Process in Mt. Morris Township ..... . . . ......... . Goals and Objectives ..... . . . .. .. .. . . . ...... , .. . General Development ....... .. .. . .. .. .... .. .... . Housing .. ........... . .. . .. .. . . . , •. Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . Industrial .. ... ..... . ....... . . . ... . . . .... ' Economic Parks and Recreation ' ......................... . Natural Environment ..... . .. . .......... .. ... . . . Topography .. ..... . ....... .. . . . . .... •. Soils . ... . ... . .... .. ....... . ............ . Ciimate Township Location ......... .. .... . ..... . ............. . Existing Land Use . . .. ................ .. ......... . ... . Existing Land Use Overview ... . .. . ...... . ............ . Housing and Mobile Home Construction . ..... . .. . .. . .. . . . Neighborhoods ...... . . . ... .. ............ . Census of Population . . . . ...... . .. . ..... . . . . . .. . Population Characteristics .......... . . . ...... . ...... . Labor Force Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . Population Projections . .. .. .. ... . .. . .... ... .... . . Services .... . ... . ..... . ............. . . . ...... . .. . . . . . Community Facilities Public Safety Public Utilities Future Land Use Plan . ... . .... .. ......... . . . ... . Township Officers ........ . .......... . . . . . . .. .... .. .. . .... ... .. .. .......... . o o o o O o O O O O I o O O O o O O I O o O O O o Ott o Ott IO to 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 7 7 9 10 12 12 13 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 LIST OF TABLES Page Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mt. Morris Township Mobile Home Parks Inventory Statistical Areas ..... ... . ...... ... ......... 1970-1980- 1990 Census of Population . . . . . . . . . Population Characteristics ......... ......... Age Groups ......... ......... ........ . Labor Force Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Population Projections ......... ...... ... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 9 9 10 12 12 13 13 14 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page Soil Association .... ..... ........ . ......... Regional Setting ......... ......... .... ..... Mt. Morris Township Existing Land Use . . . . . . . . . Mt. Morris Township Census Tracts ......... Mt. Morris Township Future Land Use Map ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... 5 6 a 11 16 �INTRODUCTION Planning is a process which a community uses to determine how it will develop. The Mount Morris Township General Development Plan Update covers the period of 1990 to 201 O. This long-range plan is to be used as a guide for future growth and development of the Township. This plan identifies the goals and objectives which should be considered throughout the planning process and used to guide the decision-making process. The Mt. Morris Township General Development Plan Update represents a joint effort between Mt. Morris Township Planning Commission, utilizing contracted planning assistance provided by the staff of the Genesee County Metropolitan Planning Commission. This plan represents an update to the 1979-1985 plan. The content of this plan (text and maps) constitute a replacement of the 1979-1985 Mt. Morris Township General Development Plan. THE PLANNING PROCESS IN MT. MORRIS TOWNSHIP As stated, planning is a process used to determine how a community will develop. There are currently nine planning commissioners serving on the Township's Planning Commission. These planners are appointed by the Township Supervisor for three year terms. Their appointments must be approved by the Township Board. In Mt. Morris Township, Planning Commissioners make decisions on planning and zoning at regularly scheduled public meetings. See page 15 for the listing of the members of the Township Board, Planning Commission, and Zoning Board of Appeals, at time of publication. One of the first and most important responsibilities of the Planning Commission is the development and updating of this document. The Commissioners, along with their staff, conducted field surveys, held special planning sessions, and analyzed and reviewed all elements of the plan. They collaborated on the revised goals and objectives and all related maps. Public comments were received and considered prior to the final development and approval of the plan. GOALS AND OBJECTIVES Mt. Morris Township was organized in 1855. Although many things have changed, there remain large tracts of open land, and one can still find the stately homes of earlier generations in the rural area. In its urbanized areas, the Township shows many signs of modern architecture. Six thousand acres are still in active farm use according to the Genesee County Cooperative Extension Service. The patterns of change in land use are studied by the Township's planning commission. The following goals and objectives developed and approved by the Mt. Morris Township Planning Commission were one of the most significant aspects of the plan update. Goals identify the end in which we are attempting to attain. They establish the direction in which planning should proceed. The planning provides a broad description of what we are seeking, yet are specific enough to ensure a degree of measurability, and to promote public health, safety and welfare through planned change. The means in which planned change will be attained are identified through the establishment of measurable objectives. The measurable indicators aid in ensuring that the goal will be achieved. The Planning Commission has therefore established the following goals and objectives. (1) �GENERAL DEVELOPMENT GOALS As a guide to future land use decisions, the Township's planning commission has set forth the following general development goals: 1. To promote public health, safety and general welfare. 2. To avoid the overcrowding of land by buildings or people. 3. To provide orderly and efficient traffic flow on public roads and streets. 4. To facilitate provisions for a system of transportation, sewage disposal, safe and adequate water supply, recreation and other public improvements. 5. To consider the character of the Township and its suitability for particular uses in terms of such factors as the trends in land use and population development. 6. To promote the development of a full service community which encourages equal opportunity in housing, employment, and the provision of services for all citizens. 7. To preserve historically significant places. 8. To encourage the retention of existing agricultural land and open spaces. HOUSING GOALS Our goal is to maintain a suitable neighborhood environment through the orderly growth, development and preservation of a variety of housing types and styles, compatible in their arrangement to existing facilities, services, and transportation networks and open to all persons. To achieve the housing goal, the following objectives have been established: 1. To promote the construction of housing with mixed styles and types which are compatible with existing land uses and appropriately located to existing facilities, services and transportation networks. 2. To promote residential development which balances both single-family and multiple-housing development which provides variety in style, types and affordability. 3. To foster compliance of local housing codes, (BOCA) safety standards, and design standards in accordance with local plans and ordinances. 4. To alleviate substandard housing conditions through code enforcement, rehabilitation of substandard units and the removal of condemned deteriorated housing structures. 5. To support projects which include housing choices for lower income persons, the elderly and handicapped within the Township. This mat include but is not limited to the following objectives: a. Support given to the Mt. Morris Charter Township Housing Commission. b. Support for the construction of major senior citizen housing projects in suitable locations. c. Support the expansion of the Community Development Block Grant Housing Program target areas within the Township. (2) �COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENTS To retain and support the survival of existing commercial areas and facilities and encourage commercial development in suitable areas with existing or planned public utilities. To achieve the commercial development goal, the following objectives have been established: 1. To retain existing strip commercial development and encourage revitalization through structural and environmental improvements. 2. To support the development of new commercial parks where public utility improvements and transportation arteries exist and are compatible with future land use plans. 3. To support transportation improvement projects that promote adequate, sate access to commercial areas including the utilization of service roads whenever practical. INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS To encourage industrial development in suitable areas compatible with future land use patterns. The following objectives have been established to assist in achieving the industrial development goal. 1. To support and encourage the development of light industrial districts in compatible land use areas. 2. To consider the feasibility of developing a certified industrial park within a suitable location. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT GOALS A detailed knowledge about the local economy is an important requirement in planning for the future land use. As a result of its economic analysis, the planning commission has determined that its long-range goal for economic development shall be as follows: To maintain, strengthen, and increase the Township's commercial, office and industrial districts through diversification and support of appropriate business development which is compatible with future land uses and growth patterns. Consistent with established: the economic development goal, the following objectives have been 1. To strengthen and diversify the tax base through the support of economic development projects which will increase long-term employment opportunities for all socioeconomic groups, older workers, and handicapped persons. 2. To support the development of a large scale shopping mall within the Township. 3. To support the development of a convention center which can meet regional convention needs. 4. To support the development of a quality industrial park in a suitable location. (3) �PARKS AND RECREATION As one means of providing a pleasant, ·satisfying, and attractive community, the ~own~hip should include ample open spaces, recreation areas, and facilities and likewise provide for their maintenance. Meeting this goal would involve the coordination of recreational efforts by the Township , as well as Westwood Heights, Beecher, Flushing, Mt: Morris ar:'d Clio Schools'. plus Beec.her Water Department and the YMCA, in developing their respective recreation land and fac1ht1es, both indoor and outdoor. The Planning Commission has established the following specific objective for recreation: 1. Recreational areas should be developed and utilized to the optimum, considering the capabilities and geographic charter of each recreation site. 2. Natural conditions and habitat should be maintained where possible. 3. Recreation facilities which encourage total family involvement should be encouraged. 4. A Variety of recreational facilities and interests appealing to everyone should be provided. 5. Passive and active facilities should both be provided. 6. Recreation areas should be developed in such a way as to keep maintenance to a minimum. A complete recreational plan should meet the guidelines of the Michigan Bureau of Outdoor Recreation to be eligible for potential matching grant funds. The Planning Commission pledges its support for this effort. The Township can point with pride to the creation of the NATURE CENTER, D. HAMILTON BALL FIELD, PIONEER MILLPONDS and the D. KRAPOHL SENIOR CITIZENS CENTER, which are located within the Township's developing governmental complex on Bicentennial Parkway off West Coldwater Road. NATURAL ENVIRONMENT Topography - - The topography of the Township is generally flat and, acording to the Genesee County Cooperative Extension Service, some 6,000 acres were in active farming use in 1977. Of this, 269 acres have been preserved under the Farmland and Open Space Preservation Act. (Act 116, P.A. 1974). There's only about 100 feet of grade difference between Section 24, just to the North of the City of Flint and Section 6 in the northwest corner of the Township, roughly less than 1% overall. There are, however, some moderately steep grades along the Flint River where the grade changes as much as 27%. Along Brent Run in section 3 and 10, the grade changes some 50 feet in 250 feet or 20%. The grade generally slopes toward the west-northwest with the exception of the area in the southwest corner of the Township which slopes toward the Flint River. The only major depressions are those along the Flint River and the drainage runs. Flood hazar? areas have ~e~_n identified by the National Flood Insurance Administration. Regulation of these areas 1s the respons1b1hty of Mt. Morris Township's Building Department. (4) �Soils - The formation of soils created during the Ice Age have been altered very little in the period of time that has passed. The ground moraines or till plains are made up primarily of fine sediment and account for the major part of the soil in Mt. Morris Township. The western part of the Township lies in an area that was a lake bed or spillway, and the gravel areas in the southwest part of the Township suggest that this was an outwash plain, where deposits were sorted by the action of the water from the melting ice. The major soil type is Conover Loam, which is widely dispersed throughout the Township. While permeability is moderate to low in this soil type, it appears adequate for the density that is presently found in the Township. The soils that are not now capable of supporting urban development are located mainly along the drainage runs. Climate - - The climate conditions in Genesee County are variable with long cold winters and short summers. The mean annual temperature is approximately 47 degrees Fahrenheit and annual precipitation averages approximately 30 inches. Four distinct seasons support the development and use of year round sports and recreational activities. SOIL ASSOCIATIONS 3 9 ,, D CONOVER-BROOKSTON ASSOCIATION: Level to gently sloping, somewhat poorly drained and poorly drained loams that have a clay loam subsoil; on till plains 10 CELINA-CONOVER-MIAMI ASSOCIATION: Level to slop- ing, somewhat poorly drained to welldrained loams that have a clay loam subsoil; on uplands . BOYER-SPINKS-CERESCO_ __.COHOCTAH ASSOCIATION: 36 (5) Nearly level to gently sloping, welldrained loamy sands that have a dominantly sand to sandy loam subsoil, on outwash plains and terraces; and level, somewhat poorly drained, poorly drained , and very poorly drained fine sandy loams underlain by fine sandy loams to sand; on bottom lands. �Regional Setting TOWNSHIP LOCATION Mt. Morris Charter Township is located within the County of Genesee, situated in the east-central part of Michigan. It is bordered by Vienna Township on the North, City of Flint and Flint Township on the South, Genesee Township on the East, and the City of Flushing and Flushing Township on the West. Within its regional context, it is within a ten to twenty mile radius to Saginaw, Tuscola, Shiawassee and Lapeer Counties. Interstate 75 traverses through Mt. Morris Township in a North/South direction. The 1-475/1- 75 intercha~e provides convenient intra-county travel, as well as convenient access to nearby counties. The existence of a sound transportation network provides support for the attainment of the Township's general development goals. (6) ... "'"'°" ...... ,, f _J___ _ _ .,., .., ...... �MT. MORRIS TOWNSHIP EXISTING LAND USE MAP The exi~ting Ian? use map_ w_as developed through a structured collaborative approach involving the Townsh1p planning commIssIoners and the Genesee County Metropolitan Planning Commission beginning in October, 1989. The planning commissioners and GCMPC staff conducted windshield surveys to update the existing land use map. The existing land use inventory data was compared to the Department of Natural Resources Land Use Inventory Map for Mt. Morris Township which was completed in 1987 utilizing 1982 aerial maps. That comparative process was then followed by a further comparison to the most recent aerial maps (1987) for the Township. The updated existing land use map was then presented before the Township Planning Commission at a special plan update meeting in August, 1992 for review and changes. All suggestions and changes received were incorporated and the updated existing land use map was finalized in September, 1992. EXISTING LAND USE MAP OVERVIEW The existing land use map illustrates eleven categories of land usage. (See map legend) We find single-family housing development located primarily adjacent to the bordering developed communities of the City of Flint, the City of Mt. Morris, Genesee and Flint Townships. Institutional facilities such as schools, churches, and government facilities are often located within or adjacent to residential districts. The major commercial strip areas are located along major roadways or streets having an average daily traffic flow of above 12,000. The predominant commercial strip areas are along N. Saginaw Street, Clio Road between Pierson Road and Carpenter Road, and Pierson Road between Clio Road and Elms Road. Agricultural areas are predominantly located in the north and northcentral sections of the Township. The Genesee County Recreation Plan inventory of recreation facilities conducted by the County in 1978 identified twenty-nine (29) recreational areas in the Township. These facilities were predominantly playgrounds, playlots, athletic fields and neighborhood's parks. (See future land use map for areas) There are four major recreational facilities located within the Township. They include Beechwood Golf Course (36.0 acres), Lynn Henderson Field-Beecher Community Schools (11 acres), Mt. Morris Charter Township Recreational Complex(+/- 25 acres), and the YMCA-Pierson Road facilities (20 acres). Throughout the Township we find a number of small forested areas, as well as sections of undeveloped land. The Township has three existing mobile home park sites, (manufactured housing) and one proposed site. The sites are Diane Mobile Home Manor, located in the Beecher School District, Westwood Heights Mobile Home Court, located in the Westwood Heights School District, and White Oak Estates, located in the Mt. Morris School District. The proposed undeveloped site is located in Section 14, north of 1-475 on Stanley Road, also in the Mt. Morris School District. Within this region "manufactured housing" has become a viable means for many households to afford decent, safe, and sanitary homes when economic conditions bar them from conventional housing options. Within the Township, we find approximately four multi-family housing complexes, along with two single-family zero lot line developments and one 38 unit single-family condominium complex. (7) �I-RANCES ·----------- _--_ ' - - - - - - - -,.-_-_-_-_.::--=i'r---- -- ,,____. I PASADENA MT. MORRIS TOWNSHIP 2 �MT . MORRIS TOWNSHIP D D D D AVENUE -- AGRICULTURAL AND LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL MOBILE HOME PARK OFFICE COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL RECREATION :010 FUTURE LAND USE PLAN �MT. MORRIS TOWNSHIP EXISTING LAND-USE • Single Family m!J Industrial [a • Multiple Family BIB] (5§] Agricultural • Mobile Home Park 111 Office ffl Commercial Institutional !ilj Mining D and Resource Production (8) Recreat ion / Park Undeveloped �HOUSING Residential Construction by Year Table 1 Years 1970-1980* 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 Total 1981-1991 Sinole-Familv Units 499 21 5 14 16 16 14 37 50 35 20 22 250 Multiple-Family As of November, 1991 , the Township has six multiple-family residential complexes. Listed below are the names, number of units, year built and typical yearly occupancy rates. Number of Units Westwood Manor Amy Jo Manor Apts. Cranbrook Manor Gordon Apartments Flushing Pines Apts. Liberty Apartments Number of Units 144 160 101 33 68 8 514 Totals Year Built Occupancy Rate 1967 1970 1970 1972 1974 98% 95% 98% 80% 92"/4 1985 98% 93% Demolition of deteriorated housing 1981 -1991 . 236 units I (Source: GCMPC Building Permit Reports and the Mt. Morris Township Building Department.) * Most of the residential construction in the early 1970's was financed and built with federal funding . (235 - 236 Housing programs) Table 1 indicates that the average single family residential construction during the 1980's was about 23 units per year. There have been no new multiple family projects constructed since the early 1970's. As new construction continues to level off and/or decline , and as the current housing stock continues to age , more attention is needed to encourge, promote and support projects, requirements, and standards which ensure housing maintenance, housing improvements, and the elimination of deteriorated structures. In order to provide a suitable living environment for all Township residents the planning commission endorses the housing goals and objectives indentified in the goals and objectives section . Mobile Home Park Inventory Table 2 FOR YEAR 1992 FOR YEAR 1986 Total Units Occupied Units Total Units Occupied Units Name of Parks 73% 110 150 80% Diane Mobile Home Park 138 111 97% 209 216 99% Westwood Mobile Home Court 216 215 316 93% 341 100% White Oak Estates 297 297 635 90% Totals 651 623 96% 707 Source: GLS Region V Planning and Development Commission Mobile Home Park Inventory: Occupied Sites, March, 1988 and Mt. Morris Township Building Department Survey, June, 1992. "' Table 2 provides an inventory of the existing mobile home parks. The existing land use map provides a reference as to the spatial proximity between the mobile home parks. The data reflects an average occupancy rate of 90% as of June, 1992, which is a 6% change from March, 1986. This change could be the result of the new constructed sites not occupied , in the White Oak Estates expansion project and the updating and expansion at Diane Mobile Home Park. GLS Region V Planning and Development Commission suggests that rapidly developing communities of mobile home dwellers is related to the limited low income conventional housing options. GLS Region V PDC notes that, " In this region , manufactured housing has become a viable means for many households to afford decent, safe and sanitary homes when economic conditions bar them from conventional housing options." The Township Planning Commission supports a balance in housing options . (9) �NEIGHBORHOODS The neighborhoods in Mt. Morris Township generally follow the five school district boundary lines. The areas of the Flushing School District, (The Western Section of the Township) and Clio School District, (The Northeast and Northcentral portions of the Township) are mostly rural with some urbanized concentrations of single-family homes. The areas of these school districts are generally characterized by medium to large single-family homes, with limited commercial strip development in Flushing along Pierson Rd . The areas located in Mt. Morris School District are generally characterized by small to medium single-family homes, with primary commercial strip development along N. Saginaw St. There are two areas surrounding the City of Mt. Morris that are characterized as a low to moderate income area which is defined in Mt. Morris Township by Census Tract 103.01 , as neighborhoods 180 and 182. (See page 12) These three areas dominate the new residential construction in the Township. The Beecher School District, which borders the Northern portion of the City of Flint, is located in both Mt. Morris and Genesee Townships. It is a neighborhood which is officially defined as a metropolitan district. This district, one of only a few in Michigan, was legally organized in 1939 in order to contract for sanitary sewer facilities with the City of Flint. A water system was added later as a metropolitan service. This neighborhood is generally characterized as a low to moderate income area which is defined in the Census Tracts 103.02, and 103.04 as neighborhoods 188, 189, 192, 193, and 194. (See page 13, Mt. Morris Township Census Tract Map.) This neighborhood represents the most urbanized concentration of the Township 's population and is generally characterized by small , single-family homes. Commercial development is along N. Saginaw St., with many small Ma and Pa type stores throughout the district. The Westwood Heights School District, the only district located entirely within the boundaries of the Township is mainly urbanized with some rural areas to the west. Its main neighborhoods are known as, the Mayfair Area, Mary Gardens-Nash Callahan Area, and the Washington Park Area. These neighborhoods also represent the more urbanized concentrations of the Township 's population and are generally characterized by small, single-family homes. Commercial strip development is located along Pierson Road, Pasadena Avenue, and Clio Road. In 1989, Wade/Trim Impact, a consulting firm, assessed the structural conditions for all residential and applicable commercial structures in selected target areas within the Township. Preliminary data based on their exterior visual survey results identified deteriorated and dilapidated conditions of 40% or more in neighborhoods statistical areas of 189, 192, 193, 194, and to a lower degree of 25% to 39% deteriorated and/or dilapidated conditions within neighborhood 200. See page 11, Mt. Morris Township 1990 Census Tract Map for the neighborhood statistical area locations, as mentioned above. STATISTICAL AREAS Table 3 Census Tract 103.02 103.04 104.00 105.01 105.02 123.00 Neiahborhood Statistical Areas 187 189 192,193,194,195 "' 196,200 180,182 (10) ------ �MT. MORRIS rn ..,,., , V i E N TWP N _ T Vv P I Source: U.S. Census Map Mt. Morris Township 1990 Census Tracts (11) �1970-1980-1990 CENSUS OF POPULATION Table 4 Census Year 1970 1980 1990 Total Change Population 0 -2025 -2730 -4755 29,953 27,928 25,198 20 Year Totals % of Change 0 -6.8% -9.8% -15.9% Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Census of Population U.S. Census figures reflect a continued population decline which has taken place within the last two decades. This pattern of out-migration appears to be consistent with the decline in population for Genesee County throughout this same period. This reflects a loss of over 2,000 persons for each decade noted. The loss in population during this period has been attributed to the loss in jobs occurring as a result of the auto industry recession, plant closings and its cyclical effect on related support industries and businesses. Labor force data indicates that the predominant occupational classification for Township residents consists of operators, fabricators, and laborers. The effect of the auto industry on population and employment within the Township presents clear indicators for the need to consider economic diversification. POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS Table 5 Year Category 1980 1990 Females Males Elderly - 65+ Blacks Spanish Indians, Aleuts, Eskimos Asians Households Below Poverty Level Overcrowded Households TOTAL POPULATION: 14,271 13,515 1,438 7,471 704 225 34 3,068 1,159 13,172 12,026 3,169 8 ,689 819 255 70 N/A N/A 27,928 25,198 . . Source. Charactenst1cs of Population 1980-1990 U.S. Census A _bre~down of th~ 1980 and 1~90 population characteristics in Table 5 shows a large percentage of m1nont1es (approximately 39%) 1n the Township.' The 1980 Census indicated that there are large numbers of poverty and overcrowded households in the Township. (12} �AGE GROUPS Table 6 1980 1990 TOTAL AGE 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-44 45-54 55-59 60-64 65-74 75+ TOTAL TOTAL POPULATION 2385 2464 2983 3268 2633 2076 1889 3223 3151 1291 935 1020 418 27786 PERCENT AGE 8.6% 8.9% 10.7% 11 .8% 9.5% 7.5% 6.8% 11.6% 11.3% 4.6% 3.4% 3.7% 1.5% 99.8% POPULATION 0-4 5-17 18-20 21-24 25-44 45-54 55-59 60-64 65-74 75-84 85+ PERCENT 2,151 5,557 1,187 1,431 7,280 2,798 1,297 1,202 1,559 598 138 8.5% 22.1% 4.7% 5.7% 28.9% 11.1 ¾, 5.1% 4.8% 6.2% 2.4% 0.5% 25,198 100.0% Source: U.S. Census of Population - 1980 - 1990 Note: U.S. Census report change reference to Age ranges. LABOR FORCE TRENDS Table 7 LABOR UNIT FORCE EMPLOYMENT UNEMPLOYMENT RATE 1984 Mt. Morris Twp . Genesee County State of Michiaan 11 ,600 201 ,500 4353000 Mt. Morris Twp. Genesee County State of Michiaan 11,450 198,950 4 391 000 Mt. Morris Twp . Genesee Countv State of Michiaan 10,850 187,525 4543000 Mt. Morris Twp, Genesee County State of Michiaan 10,550 183,700 4 578000 10,025 177,750 3920000 1,575 23,750 433000 13.6% 11 .8% 9.9% 10,025 177,550 4 006 000 1,425 21,400 385000 12.4% 10.8% 8.8% 9,050 160,450 4198000 1,800 27,050 345 000 16.5% 14.4% 7.6% 1986 1988 1990 11 .3% 1,200 9,350 9.8% 17,950 165,750 7.5% 344,000 4,234 000 1992 {As of May) 14.2% 1,525 Mt. Morris Twp. 9150 10,675 12.4% 22,900 162,250 Genesee Countv 185,150 9.5% 432,000 4,126,000 State of Michigan 4,558,000 Source: Michigan Employment Security Commission , Bureau of Research and Statistics, Labor Market Analysis Mt. Morris Township unemployment rates have been consistently higher than the overall rate of unemployment for the county and state as shown in Table 7. This chronic unemployment rate is indicative of the reliance on the automobile industry as a primary employer. It can be used as an indicator of the need to expand employment opportunities for area residents in the retail, service, wholesale and select manufacturing areas. Data compiled by the U.S. Department of Commerce suggests an increase in employment opportunities within the service, retail, and wholesale trade markets. (13) �POPULATION PROJECTIONS Table 8 Governmental Unit Mt. Morris Township City of Flint Genesee County Low 21,410 144,352 417,316 1990 Medium 22,943 154,685 447,187 Hiah 24,045 163,263 471,986 Low 19,404 134,399 405,162 2005 Medium 21 ,247 147,164 443,645 Hiah 23,181 160,561 484,033 Source: Genesee County Metropolitan Planning Commission The above population projections were prepared in 1977 for the local units of government by the Genesee County Metropolitan Planning Commission. The 1990 U.S. Census counts indicate that the Township 's population has declined during the past two decades from 29,953 to 25,198. Projections derived in 1977 anticipated this change as showing reductions continuing through the remainder of the century. The Township 's actual population for 1990 was within 4% of the total 1990 high population projection by the County. Although no reliable documentation is available, recession in the automobile industry has apparently contributed to an accelerating rate of out-migration as unemployment benefits, supplemental unemployment benefit funds, and Trade Readjustment Act payments are exhausted. It has become apparent that previous levels of employment in the industry will not be recovered. This factor will dramatically influence the direction of population change in Genesee County. SERVICES Community Facilities - Mt. Morris Township has educational and religious facilities that serve its varied population. There are portions of five local school districts serving the Township. The Township contains both public and private elementary and high schools. The Township continues to work towards the completion of its government center. The complex started with thirty-five acres, (located on Bicentennial Parkway, South, off West Coldwater Rd.) and the construction of the Central Fire Station and Nature Center. The Charles Dunlay Law Enforcement and Governmental Center, the Donald Krapohl Senior Citizens Center and Pavilion, an additional adjoining 20 acres, and many site improvements have been added to the complex w_ithin the last 10 years. The Planning Commission designates the completion of this facility as an important community goal. Expected additions include a separate Governmental Center, housing all Township operations except police and fire services, a library, and possible senior citizen housing. Public Safety - The Township has three fire stations staffed by Township volunteers. All stations, Beecher Fire Station, Mt. Morris Central Fire Station , and Mt. Morris Station Two, have been continuously upgrading their fire equipment so that the best possible emergency and rescue operations can be provided. The Township has also located at the Central Fire Station it's only full time ambulance facilities. This is operated by a private company. The Township has its own local, full-time police force which operates under the 911 central dispatch service of Genesee County. Public Utilities - Public water and sewers now serve only a portion of the Township. Soils in the unsewered area west of 1- 75 and north of Pierson Road contain soil associations which present severe limitations for septic tank disposal fields. The future land use map shows this area reserved for low density development. The Beecher Metropolitan Water and Sewer District acts as a separate authority and supplier of services in the Beecher area. (14) �The Planning Commission has identified these utility related goals: 1. Promote development in those areas which have existing public utilities and maintain low density development in non-serviced areas. 2. Identify priority areas for utility extension. 3. Develop a systematic approach to overall sewer and water additions. FUTURE LAND USE PLAN The Mt. Morris Township Planning Commission has identified the future land uses as shown on the map that follows. These new uses are not necessarily a result of Township population but are a result of the regional population influences. The future land use map shows the best location of the land uses for different categories of demand in the Township. MT. MORRIS TOWNSHIP BOARD (1992 - Present) Larry E. Foster, Supervisor OnaLee Strauer, Clerk Cheryl A. Azelton, Treasurer John Cronin, Trustee Bernard Deloney, Trustee Margaret Perry, Trustee Richard E. Hammel, Trustee MT. MORRIS TOWNSHIP PLANNING COMMISSION Robert Johnson, Chairman Robert Brown, Vice-Chairman MEMBERS Charles Sanders Carol Russell Larry Melchor Francis Trigger Margaret Perry Georgejean Ridley Larry Adkins Dennis K. Miller, Zoning Administrator Belenda Collins, Secretary MT. MORRIS TOWNSHIP ZONING BOARD OF APPEALS Joseph Del Marone, Chairman James Derrick, Vice-Chairman MEMBERS Bernard Deloney - Andrew Mays - Robert Johnson James J. Harrington, Zoning Administrator Belenda Collins, Secretary This plan was prepared with the assistance from the Genesee County Metropolitan Planning Commission: Chapin Cook, Director-Coordinator. (15) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Mt-Morris-Charter-Twp_General-Development-Plan-1990-2010_1990s Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Mt. Morris Planning Commission, Mt. Morris Charter Township, Genesee County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource circa 1992 Title A name given to the resource General Development Plan 1990-2010 Description An account of the resource The Mt. Morris Charter Township General Development Plan 1990-2010 was prepared by the Mt. Morris Township Planning Commission with assistance from the Genesee County Metropolitan Planning Commission circa 1992. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Genesee County Metropolitan Planning Commission (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Mt. Morris Township (Mich.) Genesee County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/b9790768d8a0129aa0ec0e06496feefc.pdf 07bbcf3722b46087bf9071ca92b7cecc PDF Text Text �Montcalm County GENERAL PLAN Prepared Under the Direction of the Montcalm County Planning Commission By the Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. 715 N. Cedar Street, Suite 2 Lansing, Ml 48906-5275 517/886-0555 Ph. 517/886-0564 Fax www.pzcenter.com July 2006 �MONTCALM COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION Franz Mogdis, Chairman (Business & Industry, Stanton) Pete Haines (Education, Greenville) John M. Johansen (County Commission, Gowen) Phil Lund (Citizen-at-Large, Sheridan) Bruce Noll (Agriculture, Carson City) S. Michael Scott (Village & Cities, Howard City) Lonnie Smith (Environment & Human Services, Sand Lake) Don Smucker (Townships, Stanton) Lisa Lund, Recording Secretary PLANNING & ZONING CENTER, INC. ASSOCIATES Mark A. Wyckoff, FAICP, President John Warbach, Ph.D., Principal Carolyn A. Freebury, Vice President Evan Cunningham, Research Associate Andrea Hoag, Research Associate �TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction .......................................................... ........................................ 1-1 Introd uction ...................................................................................................................... 1-1 Overview of the Plan and its Uses .............................................................................. 1-2 Specific Purposes of the Montcalm County General Plan ........................................... 1-3 Vision-Based Plan ...................................................................................................... 1-5 Legal Basis ........... ...................................................................................................... 1-5 Overview of the Planning Process .................................................................................... 1-6 How to Use the Plan ........................................................................................................ 1-7 Chapter 2: Vision, Goals, Objectives and Strategies ................................................... 2-1 Vision Statement .............................................................................................................. 2-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 2-1 Goals, Objectives and Strateg ies ..................................................................................... 2-5 Chapter 3: Best Practices .............................................................................................. 3-1 Introduction ........................... ........................................................................................... 3-1 Ten Best Practices ........................................................................................................... 3-1 Protection of Ground and Surface Water Quality ........................................................ 3-1 Protection of Natural Character .................................................................................. 3-4 Protection of Agricultural Land and Agricultural Character .......................................... 3-5 Promote Very Low Density Residential Development ................................................. 3-9 Protect Rural Character along Rural Roads ................................................................ 3-12 Pursue a Compact Development Pattern in and around Existing Cities and Villages ............ ........................ ............................................... 3-14 Provide a Wide Range of Affordable Housing Opportunities and Choices .................. 3-15 Create Walkable Communities with a Strong Sense of Place ..................................... 3-17 Increase the Range of Transportation Choices ........................................................... 3-18 Keep Local Plans and Zoning Ordinances Up to Date ................................................ 3-19 Chapter 4: Economic Development ........... .................................................................. 4-1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 4-1 Economic Development Based on Smart Growth Principles ............................................. 4-2 Develop a Common, Countywide Vision of a Sustainable Future ............................... 4-2 Protect the Natural Resource Base and Quality of the Natural Environment. .............. 4-2 Protect Existing Income Sources, Wealth Generators, and the Existing Tax Base ..... 4-2 Maintain Quality Physical Infrastructure ...................................................................... 4-3 Provide Land Properly Planned , Zoned and Serviced with Utilities and Quality Roads to Accommodate New Businesses and Affordable Housing .......... 4-4 Provide a Quality Education and Wide Variety of Cultural Opportunities .................... 4-4 Protect and Enhance Unique Aspects of Each Community ........................................ 4-4 Better Understand the Relationship Between Public Service Costs and New Development and be Careful What Local Governments Subsidize ............... 4-5 Do Not Let Proposed Increases to the Tax Base Drive New Development Approvals 4-5 Consider the Impacts of all Plans and Incremental Land Use Decisions on Adjacent Jurisdictions and on Future Generations ................................................ 4-6 Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 �TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Chapter 5: Future Land Use ......................................................................................... 5-1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 5-1 Existing Planning and Zoning ........................................................................................... 5-1 Existing Local Plans ................................................................................................... 5-1 Existing Zoning ........................................................................................................... 5-1 Plans and Zoning Ordinances of Communities Abutting Montcalm County ................. 5-3 Future Land Use and Policies .......................................................................................... 5-5 Future Land Use Policy ............................................................................................. 5-5 Key Future Land Use Policies Map ............................................................................ 5-5 Land Use by Sub-Area of the County ............................................................................... 5-10 Sub-Area One ............................................................................................................ 5-1O Sub-Area Two ............................................................................................................ 5- 12 Sub-Area Three .......................................................................................................... 5-13 Sub-Area Four ............................................................................................................ 5-14 Sub-Area Five ............................................................................................................ 5-15 Sub-Area Six .............................................................................................................. 5-16 The Management of Different Land Uses in the Future .................................................... 5-17 Agricultural , Forest and Rura l Land Conservation ...................................................... 5-17 Rural Residential ........................................................................................................ 5-18 Residential ................................................................................................................. 5-18 Commercial ................................................................................................................ 5-19 Industrial .................................................................................................................... 5-19 Waterfront Residential ................................................................................................ 5- 19 Sensitive Lands and Water Quality Protection ............................................................ 5-19 Parks and Recreation ................................................................................................. 5-20 Community Services Area & Future Land Use .... ....................................................... 5-20 Chapter 6: Transportation & Other Infrastructure ....................................................... 6-1 Introduction .......................................... ............................................................................ 6-1 Transportation .................................................................................................................. 6- 1 Countywide Transportation Plan ................................................................................. 6-1 Roads ......................................................................................................................... 6-1 Airports ....................................................................................................................... 6-3 Public Transit ............................................................................................................. 6-3 Non-Motorized Transportation .................................................................................... 6-3 Public Sewer and Water ................................................................................................... 6-4 Communications .............................................................................................................. 6-4 Natural Gas & Electric ...................................................................................................... 6-5 Schools ............................................................................................................................ 6-5 Medical Facilities .............................................................................................................. 6-5 Police and Fire Facilities .................................................................................................. 6-5 Local Government Facilities ............................................................................................. 6-6 Parks & Recreation Facilities ............................................................................................ 6-6 Chapter 7: lnterjurisdictional Coordination & Plan Implementation .......................... 7-1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 7- 1 Focusing on Priorities .................... ................................................................................... 7- 1 Annual Tasks ............................................................................................................. 7-2 Top Priorities .............................................................................................................. 7-2 Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 ii �TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Addressing Issues of Greater than Local Concern .................. .......... .................... ........... 7-4 Role of Key Players ............................ ...................... ................... ....... .............................. 7-6 Conclud ing Thought ......................................................................................................... 7-9 LIST OF MAPS 1-1 3-1 3-2 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 Montcalm County Location and Local Jurisdictions .................................................. 1-1 Montcalm County Watersheds ....................... ......................................................... 3-3 Green Infrastructure of the Grand Rapids Metro Reg ion .......................................... 3-5 Montcalm County Composite Zoning ........................................................................ 5-2 Existing Land Use/Land Cover ................................................................................. 5-6 Key Future Land Use Policies .................................................................................. 5-7 Montcalm County Sensitive Lands ........................................................................... 5-8 Montcalm County Sub-Areas ............ ........................................................................ 5-11 LIST OF TABLES 7-1 Issues of Greater than Local Concern .....................................................................7-5 7-2 Traditional Responsibilities of the Local Government Decision-makers ................... 7-7 LIST OF FIGURES 1-1 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 4-1 4-2 4-3 7-1 7-2 A Notice of Three Futuring Meetings ..... ............. .............................................. ........ 1-6 Lake or River Overlay Zone ..................................................................................... 3-2 Before and After Buildout in Three Montcalm County Townships ............................. 3-6 The Bundle of Rights Associated with Land ............................................................. 3-7 Quarter-quarter Zoning ............................................................................................. 3-9 Cluster Development in a Conservation Subdivision Compared to Strip Residential and Conventional Subdivision ................................................... 3-10 Protection of Roadside Vegetation ..................... ...................................................... 3-1 3 Encourage Compact Settlement Pattern in and near Existing Cities and Villages .... 3-15 Plans and Ordinances Should be Updated Regularly ............................................... 3-20 Quality Infrastructure is Essential to Economic Development.. ................................. 4-3 Planned Compact Settlement Patterns Cost Less in Public Services ....................... 4-6 Smart Growth Techniques to Build Sustainable Communities .................................. 4-7 Education is the Top Implementation Priority of the Montcalm County General Plan ............. ............................................................. 7-2 Examples of Issues of Greater than Local Concern .................................................. 7-4 LIST OF PHOTOS 1-1 3-1 3-2 3-3 Flat River in Montcalm County ................................................................................. 1-3 Older, Existing Neighborhoods can be a Source of Affordable Housing ................... 3-16 Fred Meijer Heartland Trail ....................................................................................... 3-18 More Sidewalk Connections such as This One are Needed in Montcalm County ..... 3-19 John f:/winword/Montcalm/plan feb 06/Plan Table of Contents .doc Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 iii �I I I Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Montcalm County is in the heart of mid-Michigan. It is located just north of the Grand Rapids and Lansing metropolitan areas, and south of the Big Rapids and Mt. Pleasant economic areas. Montcalm County is one-quarter larger than an average courty and has 20 townships and 9 incorporated cities and villages. See Map 1-1 . Montcalm County has long been the home of farms and 5 state game areas, traditional Michigan small towns and the refrigeration capital of the world. While recent global economic changes have resulted in the closure of Electrolux, a refrigeration factory in Greenville, putting more than 4,500 people out of work (including supporting industries), the people of the county are resilient and looking for guidance on how to begin building a new future for the county. This Plan can be one of the foundation stones to that new future. Map 1-1 Montcalm County Location and Local Jurisdictions Lakeview M-46 Home Township M-46 Winfield Township Township McBride M-91 □ Maple Valley Township Douglas Township Day Township Ferris Township Stanton M-66 Sidney Township Montcalm County ~ ......._____ ,-- Crystal Township Sheridan ,- I Soutx. \4"ic.b1~ Ccn\4.'t' lllf Ctt.-ographM: lnfonrwtson. °'-"Pl ur lnfurm,H1un To..:hoobJg\Map Pre-pared by th,.• Land lnfor.n.itton AettS~ A")OCUltion, Januar1 JOO~ Evergreen Township M-57 Fairplains Township Bushnell Township Bloomer Township This chapter explains the purpose of the Montcalm County General Plan and describes the process by which the Plan was prepared. It also explains the relationship of the Plan to supplemental studies such as the Montcalm County Fact Book, the 2003-2008 Montcalm County Recreational Plan and other related studies. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 1-1 �This is the first County Plan addressing land use and infrastructure on a countywide basis since 1971. Montcalm County is now in transition, economically, politically and from a land use perspective. This Plan explains the importance of protecting the small town and rural character of Montcalm County as well as its agricultural economic base and gives guidance on how to do that. This Plan is based on the Ten Smart Growth Tenets and the Community Planning Principles of the Michigan Association of Planning (see Appendix A). These principles focus on conservation of renewable resources for their economic development and rural character values, and contiguous compact development around small towns because of the economic efficiency of public services, and social benefits a compact land use pattern offers. This Plan has a key policies map in Chapter Five with a description of generalized future land use. The Plan largely relies on the informed action of the local units of government and property owners in the county for its effective implementation. This Plan is based on the authority granted to County Planning Commissions in P.A. 282 of 1945, as amended. Generally, the purpose of this General Plan is to provide policy that guides decision making for future land and infrastructure development within Montcalm County. Specifically, a vision, goals, objectives and strategies are outlined; key planning issues in the context of best practices and economic development are identified; community character, existing and future land uses are described; transportation and other public infrastructure policies are identified and specific implementation measures are recommended. Overview of the Plan and its Uses This Plan is of the General Plan variety. That is because Montcalm County does not have county zoning and this Plan does not recommend that the County adopt zoning. However, this Plan encourages units of government to work cooperatively to achieve the common vision for Montcalm County described in this Plan. This General Plan takes a county-wide view, in contrast to local plans which tend to only look inward. As a result, this Plan looks at the whole county from the standpoint of land use, economic development, infrastructure and intergovernmental cooperation. It proposes compatible land uses along jurisdiction borders. Local governments are encouraged to prepare local plans and zoning ordinances consistent with this Plan. Detailed local plans and local zoning should guide site specific decisions in every local unit of government in the County. This Plan is adopted by the Montcalm County Planning Commission to promote public health, safety, and welfare through planning for the appropriate use of land and water resources and the provision of adequate public facilities and services. Although this Plan states specific land use and development policy and proposes specific land use arrangements, it has no regulatory power. It will be implemented by local zoning decisions, public facility and infrastructure improvements and the actions of private property owners acting consistent with the Plan. The land area covered by this Plan includes the entire area of Montcalm County and all 29 incorporated units of local government in the county. It is intended to promote sensible and sustainable interjurisdictional land use planning. It is hoped that this Plan will guide the formation of township, city and village plans consistent with it and that subsequent local zoning and infrastructure decisions will also be made consistent with it. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 1-2 �This Plan has a time orientation of twenty years into the future (through 2025). It is heavily influenced by the "Concept of Sustainability" that a community should make decisions today that meet the needs of the present without undermining the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. Photo 1-1 Flat River in Montcalm County Photo provided by the Montcalm Alliance Specific Purposes of the Montcalm County General Plan • To prepare a plan that is consistent with the County Planning Act, P.A. 282 of 1945, as amended; To provide the framework for the Montcalm County Planning Commission to serve in • a proactive, coordinating capacity for all land use and infrastructure planning committees and commissions within the county; • To prepare a plan that is technically sound, internally consistent, and that focuses on current issues and future needs; To provide a legal basis for County Planning Commission review of local master • plans, and county park and recreation plans (a mandatory responsibility); • To provide a legal basis for County Planning Commission review of township zoning ordinances and zoning amendments (a mandatory responsibility); • To provide a legal basis for County Planning Commission review of proposed PA 116 (Farmland and Open Space Preservation) contracts (a mandatory responsibility); • To provide a basis for County Planning Commission review of future County infrastructure proposals (a mandatory responsibility); • To provide a basis for future county grant requests; • To provide a countywide economic development/infrastructure development framework for local planning (a valuable asset when seeking grant assistance and encouraging new business development in the county); Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 1-3 �• • • • • • • • To provide an incentive for joint local planning; To serve as an educational tool to assist with education of local government officials and citizens on smart growth; To provide a basis for provision of technical assistance to local governments on contemporary local planning and zoning tools (such as those related to farmland protection and provision of affordable housing); To provide a means for county residents to participate in determining the future of their county; To provide a broad framework for the county's decision-makers to assist them in both long-term and day-to-day matters; To minimize land use conflicts and inappropriate uses of land; To designate areas of land for uses in keeping with the natural soil properties, vegetation, terrain and availability of public sewer and water in anticipation of future development; To provide for an improved system of public services according to current and projected needs. In early 2003, Michigan's Governor, with the assistance of the head of the House and Senate appointed a 30+ member Michigan Land Use Leadership Council comprised of heads of all the major state departments and representatives of the major stakeholder groups. Their challenge was to prepare a set of recommendations on ways to improve land use policy and decisions in Michigan. Early in the process, the Council settled on the following Ten Smart Growth Tenets as critical to guiding future land use in Michigan. Those tenets are incorporated into this Plan as important to guiding future land use in Montcalm County. Ten Smart Growth Tenets 1. Encourage community and stakeholder collaboration; 2. Foster distinctive, attractive communities with a strong sense of place; 3. Preserve farmland, open space, natural beauty and critical environmental areas; 4. Make development decisions predictable, fair, and cost-effective; 5. Strengthen and direct development towards existing communities; 6. Create a range of housing opportunities and choices; 7. Provide a variety of transportation choices; 8. Create walkable neighborhoods; 9. Mix land uses; 10. Take advantage of compact development design. Source: Michigan Land Use Leadersh ip Council Final Report, Aug. 2003 Smart Growth Definition Smart Growth is a term that may not be familiar to all readers. Smart Growth means using comprehensive planning to guide, design, develop, revitalize and build communities for all that: • have a unique sense of community and place; • preserve and enhance valuable natural and cultural resources; • equitably distribute the costs and benefits of development; • expand the range of transportation, employment and housing choices in a fiscally responsible manner; Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 1-4 �• • value long-range, regional considerations of sustainability over short term incremental geographically isolated actions; and promotes public health and healthy communities. Smart Growth is characterized by compact, transit accessible, pedestrianoriented, mixed use development patterns and land (re)use which epitomizes the application of the principles of smart growth. In contrast to prevalent development practices, Smart Growth refocuses a larger share of regional growth within central cities, urbanized areas, inner suburbs,[small towns], and areas that are already served by infrastructure. Smart Growth reduces the share of growth that occurs on newly urbanizing land, existing farmlands, and in environmentally sensitive areas. In areas with intense growth pressure, development in newly urbanizing areas should be planned and developed according to Smart Growth principles. Adapted from American Planning Association Smart Growth Policy 2002 http://www.planning.org/policyguides/smartgrowth.htm Vision-Based Plan This Plan is vision-based, with strategies intended to guide future county actions and decisions. It is not intended to establish precise boundaries of land use areas or exact locations of future types of developments. Maps should be considered as general guides, and the Plan's function is to guide growth toward long-range, broad-based goals, and only generally indicate the location of future development. Site specific decisions are left to local units of government. A primary challenge of a vision-based General Plan is to combine the needs and desires of the citizenry with the land's suitability and capability for sustaining those needs and desires, as matched by the ability of a municipality to provide public services throughout its jurisdiction. Such planning will minimize the potential for land use conflicts and inappropriate uses of land, for the long term betterment of all residents. This is a very substantial challenge given the over zoning for low density residential development revealed in the buildout analysis of existing zoning ordinances and published in the Montcalm County Fact Book. Most local units of government in the County have zoned land at a density far greater then current use, and far beyond the ability of existing public services to meet the need inherent in the thousands of new dwellings permitted by existing zoning. It is hoped the alternative future vision and land use pattern in this Plan will help guide changes to local zoning that are more realistic than existing zoning as reflected in the buildout analysis. Legal Basis The County Planning Act (Act 282 of the Public Acts of 1945), states, in part, that: • "Sec. 1. Any county is hereby authorized and empowered to make, adopt, amend, extend, add to, or carry out a county plan as provided by this act and create by ordinance a planning commission with the powers and duties herein set forth." • "Sec. 4. It shall be a function of the county planning commission to make a plan for the development of the county, which plan may include planning in cooperation with the constituted authorities for incorporated areas in whole or to the extent which, in the commission's judgment, they are related to the planning of the unincorporated territory or of the county as a whole. The county planning commission may serve as Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 1-5 �a coordinating agency for all planning committees and commissions within the county." OVERVIEW OF PLANNING PROCESS The planning process followed to prepare this Plan carried on a Montcalm County tradition of providing broad public input opportunities. Stratified random sample opinion surveys of residents were conducted in 1999 and 2002. A survey of local leaders was conducted in 2004 and three "visioning" town meetings were held in 2005 at the TriCounty High School outside Howard City, at the Community Room in the Central Services Facility of the Greenville Public Schools, and at the Montalm Communi'~Y College. Notices of each meeting were announced in the Greenville Daily News, and posted locally (see Figure 1-1 ). These town meetings allowed citizens an opportunity to identify prouds, sorries and images of the future that they would like to see become a reality. The planning process also included many meetings of the County Planning Commission, presentations to the Montcalm County Townships Association and to the Montcalm County Board of Commissioners. Figure 1-1 A Notice of Three Futuring Town Meetings A "Visioning" Session TOWN MEETING "Creating a Common Vision for The Future of Montcalm County" ATTEND ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SESSIONS: April 18, 2005, 7:00 PM Media Center, Tri-County High School 21338 Kendavllle Road, Howard City April 25, 2005, 7:00 PM Community Room, Central Services Facility Greenville Public Schools, 1414 Chase Road, Greenville April 28, 2005, 7:00 PM Room 305 Doser Building, Montcalm Community College 2800 College Drive, Sidney The citizens of Montcalm County are invited to attend a town meeting to help chart the future of Montcalm County. Input will be used to prepare the County Comprehensive Plan. The meeting is an opportunity for area citizens to help guide future land use planning and development related decisions in Montcalm County. THIS IS YOUR CHANCE TO MAKE A DIFFERENCE! JOIN IN THIS INTERESTING AND EXCITING EFFORT! As part of the planning process, the Montcalm County Fact Book was prepared in order to update demographic, economic, natural resources, transportation, and public facilities information. The Montcalm County Fact Book includes data, tables, charts and maps that provide a snapshot view of the county in 2005 that serves as the basis for formulating goals, policy and strategies for the future. It is available on the County website at www.montcalm.org. HOW TO USE THE PLAN There are seven critical components to using this Plan as a decision making guide. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 1-6 �• • • • • • • First is the background information in the Montcalm County Fact Book, as a separate document that provides basic information and trends in demographic, economic, land use, natural resources, tax base, transportation and public facilities of the county. The second component is the vision, goals, objectives and strategies in Chapter Two. These are based on public input, and reflect where citizens want their county to be over the next twenty years. Third are the best practices available to local governments to implement the Plan in Chapter Three. Fourth are the ten guidelines for effective county economic development in Chapter Four. Fifth are the future land use policies in Chapter Five necessary to achieve coordinated land use decisions in Montcalm County. Sixth is the discussion of transportation and other infrastructure in Chapter Six. The importance of improving roads, sewer, water and other infrastructure over the next 20 years is emphasized. Seventh are the implementation strategies and interjurisdictional coordination steps found in Chapter Seven. They outline the roles and responsibilities of the county, townships, cities and villages in carrying out the recommendations of this Plan. This Plan is a statement by the County Planning Commission regarding the present and desired future character of the county and strategies to assure that character. As a formal and tangible document, this Plan is intended to instill a sense of stability and direction for county, city, village and township officials, and for Montcalm County citizens and businesses. Every effort has been made to present factually correct and up-to-date information in this Plan and the accompanying Montcalm County Fact Book. Information was obtained from local, state and federal sources. Ultimately though, this Plan is a general document, and any site-specific decisions should be thoroughly investigated with original research materials before proceeding. The Plan is not regulatory like zoning. It is a policy guide to give direction to many future actions, including changes to local plans and zoning ordinances. MW:E:\word\montcalm\Plan feb 06/Chapter 1 Introduction.doc CAF:C:\G-Drive\W INWORD\PROJECTS\Montca lm County\Final General Plan March 2006\Chapter 1 Introducti on (3 06). doc CAF C:\G-Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Final General Plan July 2006\Chapter 1 Introduction (7 06) .doc Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 1-7 �Chapter 2 VISION, GOALS, OBJECTIVES, & STRATEGIES VISION STATEMENT Introduction Montcalm County residents, businesses, and visitors have diverse needs, wishes, and dreams, and satisfying them is a big challenge for any community. This chapter describes those needs, wishes, and dreams in a vision for the future of Montcalm County, and includes goals, objectives, and strategies to reach that vision . The vision statement that follows describes Montcalm County as residents at several town meetings held in 2005 countywide wanted it to be in the year 2025. The results of the 1999 Montcalm County Citizen Survey and a follow-up 2002 survey were also considered . The vision is organized into topic areas that separately focus on key elements of the county . What emerges when all sections are read together, is a complete image of Montcalm County, as residents would like it to be in 2025 and beyond . The vision statement was the basis for goals, objectives, and strategies of this Plan . When reading this vision , it is necessary to mentally "transport" yourself into the future to the year 2025. Thus, there are references "back" to the early 2000's. 21st Century Montcalm County Montcalm County residents and businesses enjoy a high quality of life and are reaping the benefits of commitments to future generations made years ago. Beginning in the early 2000s, proactive policies and initiatives, economic development plans, and resource preservation plans were undertaken which went well beyond common practice of the day. These initiatives improved the quality of life, and retained and attracted people and businesses to the county. The results of this hard work are obvious to visitors and residents alike. Montcalm County has become a true reflection of sustainability (meeting the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to me,e t their own needs). Businesses, neighborhoods, parks, schools, local government, agricultural and natural resources are healthy and self-sustaining in 2025. When asked about Montcalm County, residents use terms like "prosperous," "successful, "safe," "rural, "clean, "healthy, and "well-educated. Residents are also quick to say that Montcalm County is an outdoor recreation paradise and a great place to raise families or retire. 11 11 11 11 11 Economic Development - A County of Opportunity The cities, villages, townships and county continue to work together on an aggressive economic development program aimed at retention, expansion, and attraction of business and industry within the county. The primary Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-1 �objective is to create and maintain a healthy and growing economy in Montcalm County with high paying jobs. To appreciate the success of this initiative one needs only to visit the county's clean, harmonious, and compact industrial and business districts, and successful farms. A high quality-of-life, a sense of security, and strong community values are part of the attraction of new jobs to the county. By continually reinvesting in schools, transportation, health care, police and emergency services, compact and efficient sewer and water systems, and utilities, communities within the county satisfy basic industry requirements rivaling any community in Michigan. A marketing program which proactively solicits business and industry, is a significant factor in the economic success of the county. Revitalized older neighborhoods provide affordable housing opportunities for families of various sizes and ages. This is due to significant reinvestment by owners, but also to strict enforcement of the local building, housing, and rental codes. Many of the county's least expensive neighborhoods are some of the most popular for first time homebuyers. New subdivisions are located close to existing cities and villages and, through clustering and conservation principles, protect sensitive environments, natural scenery and prime agricultural lands. Where the visual character, sounds, dust, smells, and level of activity of commercial and industrial development are not compatible with residential neighborhoods or other noise sensitive land uses, they are separated or buffered. Where commercial development can serve residential needs, it is built adjacent to residential neighborhoods with an architectural design and layout that fits the character of the neighborhoods. Scenic Natural and Agricultural Landscape Character Preserved The most common landscape view in Montcalm County continues to be a mix of farm fields, meadows, wetlands, river and lakeshores, and woods. Rather than succumbing to sprawl and the attendant loss of natural visual character that is occurring throughout the rest of the State, the alluring characteristics that initially attracted residents and businesses to the county have been maintained, and in some cases enhanced. (The visual character of a community is set by the style, size and upkeep of its homes, businesses and civic places such as parks, stores, schools and government buildings. It is also set by the presence or absence of water and vegetation, hills and highways.) The rural landscape does more than simply provide scenery. The benefits of nature to residents ' mental well-being and the attraction for visitors are important. Montcalm County is recognized as having a unique combination of soils, climate, and water resources that enable its innovative farmers to grow diverse, high quality, high-yielding crops which are managed in a sustainable manner that continues to make agriculture a vital sector of the economy. Woods and fields help with water infiltration, maintaining biological diversity, and providing habitat for wildlife. Property owners have coordinated the retention of green space connections to create ecological corridors, enhance Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-2 �recreation, and provide a more continuous natural scenic view. Streams and lakes have buffer plantings that help protect water quality. New growth and development have occurred in compact form and in locations that retain ample open space throughout the county, reinforcing the scenic visual character rather than detracting from it. In Montcalm County, large-scale changes to the landscape (especially of vegetation, views, open spaces, and the water's edge), are minimized by encouraging thoughtfully designed and buffered new development, and redevelopment, in select locations. Places that were unattractive or lacked scenic character in 2005 were improved. This philosophy was applied to both residential and nonresidential development. Existing and new development, particularly along transportation and scenic corridors is screened with buffer plantings in character with a rural, nature-oriented landscape. Parking lots, big buildings, and outside storage areas are buffered by landscaping and natural vegetation. The number of signs has been reduced and remaining signs are well designed to enhance commerce and direction-finding without detracting from scenic views. A public well-versed in land and water protection approaches is deeply involved in making decisions about preservation. Working with conservancies and the State Purchase of Development Rights Program, key parcels are preserved through development rights purchases, donations, and other approaches over the past two decades. As a result, wetlands, forests, farmland (particularly prime farmland), and green spaces that comprise the rural character and ecosystem of the county are permanently protected. City and Village Centers Montcalm County citizens and officials long ago recognized that for a city or village to remain "economically viable," it must be a vital place for citizens and businesses. Structures and places of historical and architectural significance are protected and renewed and serve as reinforcing elements of visual character. City and village sidewalks are lined with shops and amenities and as a result are full of people. Community events make these centers the place to be on a regular basis. Parks and streets lined with stately trees welcome visitors and residents alike. Strip commercial corridors are attractive and fit into the rural setting. New developments complement existing transportation systems and serve the needs of pedestrians, cyclists, and automobile drivers safely and efficiently. The cities of Greenville, Stanton and Carson City, as well as the villages in the county are known as walkable communities, providing safe connections, separate from roads when practical, between residential areas and the many types of destinations within the community: shops, businesses, public buildings, churches, schools, parks and restaurants. As a result of its increased walkability, more active residents enjoy a greater level of health than in 2005. Links continue to be established between residential neighborhoods and commercial and industrial development to provide safe, attractive and low cost pedestrian and bike routes as alternatives to automobile circulation. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-3 - - - ---- -- --- --- --- - - �There are also links to greenways with trails that extend beyond Montcalm County into the surrounding region. These greenways serve both as recreational opportunities in themselves and to connect destinations such as communities, parks, and schools. Quality of Life - A County of Education and Stimulation The county has long held education as a critical element of quality of life. The public and private school systems including pre-school, K-12 plus the Montcalm Community College, provide excellent educational opportunities. Students are well disciplined, computer literate, and ready to pursue any endeavor. Citizens can continue higher education, obtain technical, jobrelated training, and can take adult enrichment courses in a wide variety of subjects. Lifelong learning is a way of life in Montcalm County. Music, art, and museum events in many civic and private facilities continue to provide entertainment for all generations of Montcalm County citizens. Quality of Life - Recreation The county has long held recreational opportunities as an important aspect of quality of life. Montcalm County residents enjoy a variety of recreation opportunities at local and county parks, National Forest lands, State Game Areas, public access sites, golf courses, and other facilities. Trails link many parts of the county, extend beyond the county and provide opportunities for fitness and enjoyment of the outdoors. Boating, fishing and swimming on the inland lakes continues to be a popular pastimes. Montcalm County has established one of the most comprehensive regional recreation programs found in the State. The public schools provide ample indoor recreation opportunities during the winter months. Friendly, Cooperative Community County business and government leaders long ago recognized that working together is critical to the long-term economic and cultural vitality of the county. Civic groups also play an important role, assisting in keeping Montcalm County clean, attractive, and healthy with a sustainable environment and positive community spirit. Participation in community events, music concerts, and festivals is high. Montcalm County is a friendly and caring place to live and visitors feel the hospitality. The community is supportive of its citizens and helps provide mentoring and constructive guidance. Members of all generations of the community share in its identity. Both cultural and natural resources are preserved through wide community support by citizens who understand the value and principles of preservation. Leaders work to encourage a high level of citizen involvement from both residents and nonresident property owners. In return, leadership is responsive to the direction expressed by citizens. Leaders hold the public's trust when enforcing regulations that protect the environment, implement the County General Plan, and otherwise ensure protection of public health, safety, and welfare. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-4 �Intergovernmental Cooperation/Coordination A shared set of policies structured around a common vision of the future serves as a framework for decision making between all governmental entities in Montcalm County. The common vision and related policies recognizes the autonomy of each unit of local government, but also establishes a mechanism for addressing issues of greater than local concern. Communities apply the dual principles of respect and cooperation on issues of mutual interest. Cooperation promotes achievement of area-wide interests and the uniqueness of each local government is celebrated. Coordination of costs, timetables, responsibilities, and resources to continue upgrading the quality of life of the area are all included as an integral part of these cooperative policies. All county and local public services and facilities are coordinated, as are state, federal and private services and facilities when appropriate to do so. While local land use decisions are guided by local zoning standards, issues of greater than local concern are subject to input from surrounding local governments both within and outside the county before a final decision is made. Special ad hoc committees aid communication among county and local governments in this process and promote adequate oublic participation. ~ GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES The goals, objectives and policies that follow were based on the results of a survey of local leaders and the visioning sessions held in Montcalm County in 2005. Goal: Goals are broad-based statements of intent and establish the direction for the Montcalm County General Plan . Goals could generally be thought of as the desired "ends" of successful implementation of the County General Plan. Objective: Objectives are the stated "means" of achieving each goal, or the tasks to be carried out in the process of realizing goals. Strategies: Strategies are action statements in order to accomplish the goal and objective. I. GOAL - INCREASE OPPORTUNITIES FOR BUSINESS AND COMPETITION IN THE COUNTY. A. Objective - Ensure land suitable for commercial and industrial development is adequately served with public sewer, water, and other essential public services and facilities. B. Objective - Increase awareness of available land and strengths of area businesses. C. Objective - Promote involvement of county and local governmental units in economic development decisions. D. Objective - Encourage the establishment of businesses that provide yearround employment and offer quality jobs. E. Objective - Promote measures and activities which result in diversification of the economy. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-5 �r 1. Strategy - Encourage the county's Economic Development function to prepare a 5-year countywide economic development plan and update the plan on a regular basis in partnership with the Michigan Economic Development Corporation, and the West Michigan Regional Planning Commission, and other appropriate entities. 2. Strategy - Allow for publicly funded economic development activity based on the following criteria: a) Development will either preserve or create jobs according to ratios endorsed by the Economic Development Administration , U.S. Department of Commerce. b) Development will accompany or result in a significant amount of private sector leverage using brownfields, renaissance zones, tax abatement and related tools. c) Development will result in a significant return on the investment of public funds . 3. Strategy - Enhance the future viability of agriculture and natural resources enterprises by working toward ensuring that further processing of agricultural and natural resource products harvested from the county will , where feasible , be undertaken within the county. 4. Strategy - Establish a Convention and Visitors Bureau which in cooperation with existing Chambers of Commerce promote Montcalm County tourism attractions for day visitors from the surrounding counties. 11. GOAL-VILLAGE AND CITY CENTERS HAVE AN ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL VITALITY. A. Objective - Create vibrant and bustling villages and cities that are functional, people-oriented, and the center of cultural activity within the county. 1. Strategy - Existing civic and cultural facilities are retained in village and city centers and new or expanded civic and cultural facilities are placed in or very close to village and city centers. 2. Strategy - Maximize existing public infrastructure by utilizing brownfield redevelopment strategies to revitalize areas of the county. 3. Strategy - Encourage revision of city, village and township zoning ordinances, if necessary, to permit mixed use development in city and village downtowns and other important nodes in order to increase the base population near businesses and cultural facilities . 4. Strategy - Encourage the preservation of historic structures through maintenance and renovation that retains historic character. 5. Strategy - Encourage pedestrian activity in cities and villages through the design and construction of sidewalks and small public spaces that are safe and filled with art and other amenities. 6. Strategy - Promote voluntary participation in community and cultural activities. 7. Strategy - Encourage businesses and institutions to install public art, flowers, trees, benches and fountains . 8. Strategy - Expand the number and type of festivals and fairs and participation in community events. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-6 �----... 9. Strategy - Support use of housing programs to assist with new housing or rehabilitation of housing in cities and villages in the county. 10. Strategy - Evaluate and support where appropriate, new tools and incentives to facilitate economic development in cities, villages and townships. Ill. GOAL - GUIDE THE TYPE AND AMOUNT OF GROWTH. A. Objective - Encourage county and citizen understanding of, and involvement in the growth management process. 1. Strategy - Provide educational, opportunities and leadership on planning and zoning techniques to manage growth in general, and the specifics of this Plan as may be available from MSU Extension, the West Michigan Regional Planning Commission, the Michigan Association of Planning and related organizations. 2. Strategy - The County Planning Commission and local jurisdictions meet annually to discuss growth and land use issues. 3. Strategy - Review this General Plan every five years and update as necessary. IV. GOAL - ESTABLISH A SET OF LOCAL REGULATIONS AND A PROGRAM OF LOCAL ENFORCEMENT THAT PROTECTS QUALITY OF LIFE AND IS FAIR AND CONSISTENT FOR PROPERTY OWNERS. A. Objective - Explore the options to ensure that every local jurisdiction which has zoning does so consistent with this County General Plan and any adopted city, village or township plan. 1. Strategy - Educate officials and the public about the benefits, attributes, powers and limitations of zoning. 2. Strategy - Work with local authorities to ensure local zoning in all areas of the county that prevents over-crowding of land, loss of prime agricultural land , overuse of natural resources and promotion of economic development where there are adequate public services as this Plan indicates. 3. Strategy - Through coordination of local authorities with county and state authorities, ensure that areas with limitations for development are protected if they possess any of the following conditions: a) Flooding, as determined by National Flood Hazard maps b) Inadequate drainage as determined by county Drain Commissioner c) Soil formations with contra-indications for development as determined by the Natural Resource Conservation Service (formerly the Soil Conservation Service) d) Topography with steep slopes as determined by the Natural Resource Conservation Service. e) Inadequate water supply and sewage disposal capabilities as determined by the District Health Department and/or the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ). f) Wetlands as determined by the MDEQ . g) Prime and unique farmlands as determined by the Natural Resources Conservation Service. 4. Strategy - Encourage the development and maintenance of formal site plan review procedures and standards in city, village and township zoning Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-7 �... r ordinances for environmental protection of each of the environmental features listed above, and for groundwater protection in rural areas of the county. 5. Strategy - Urge adoption where they do not exist and promote fair and effective administration of junk and related ordinances at the township, city and village level. 6. Strategy - Promote the fair and effective administration of the County construction code, junk ordinance, private road ordinance and addressing ordinances. B. Objective - Encourage city, village and township zoning ordinances to be consistent with this Plan, kept up-to-date and enforced in a professional, fair and consistent manner. 1. Strategy - Encourage local officials to stay abreast of changing laws and regulations regarding planning and zoning and implement changes when necessary. 2. Strategy - Provide annual training for city, village and township planning and zoning commissioners on basic and advanced principles, procedures, laws, cases, tools and techniques to guide quality community development. 3. Strategy - More clearly define terms in local zoning ordinances to avoid confusion . 4. Strategy - Encourage city, village, and township zoning ordinances to be enforced in a consistent and fair manner. 5. Strategy - Modernize and utilize clearly defined procedures for granting or denying variances and rezoning efforts in an objective measurable manner consistent with the County General Plan . 6. Strategy - Encourage cities, villages and townships to make zoning variances the exception rather than the rule. 7. Strategy - Educate the public regarding the role of the city, village and township planning commission , zoning board of appeals and the zoning procedures outlined above. V. GOAL - REVIEW EXISTING AGRICULTURAL PRACTICES AS THEY RELATE TO NON-FARM RESIDENCES. A. Objective - Preserve Montcalm County's unique agricultural sector and promote mutually healthy relationships between farm and non-farm residential neighbors. 1. Strategy - Encourage farming operations that utilize the Michigan Right-toFarm Act to solicit dialog and input from local communities and governing bodies. 2. Strategy - Encourage those farm practices that minimize odor, noise, and environmental risk and maximize natural resource conservation . 3. Strategy - Encourage farmers to participate in the Michigan Agriculture Environmental Assurance Program (MAEAP) . B. Objective -Assure the sustainable use of the unique combination of soils, climate, and water resources that characterize Montcalm County agriculture. 1. Strategy - Encourage the development and use of sustainable cropping systems that preserve and enhance the quality of agricultural soils. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-8 �r 2. Strategy - Manage irrigation systems according to Generally Accepted Agricultural and Management Practices for Irrigation Water Use. 3. Strategy - Encourage continuing sustainable production of the diverse, high quality, high yielding crops in which Montcalm County has a unique position in U.S. agriculture. VI. GOAL - PRESERVE MONTCALM COUNTY'S NATURAL RESOURCES AND THE BEAUTY OF ITS LANDSCAPE. A. Objective - Provide for planning mechanisms and regulatory techniques that will preserve forests, wetlands, and other natural resources as Nell as farms and other vegetated landscapes. 1. Strategy - Encourage city, village, township and the county to support applications of agricultural land owners to enroll in agricultural land preservation programs like PA 116, Purchase of Development Rights (PDR) and Transfer of Development Rights (TOR) programs. 2. Strategy - City, village and township planning commissions are encouraged to work with the County Planning Commission to develop design guidelines for small parcels and large parcel development that promote voluntary approaches to the protection of natural resources and scenic quality. 3. Strategy- The county and local governments encourage the creation of conservancies and land trusts to acquire or obtain development rights to natural resource and scenic parcels that have been identified as important to preserve. 4. Strategy - The county and local governments support the voluntary donation of conservation easements for important natural resources and scenic areas, especially roadside areas along scenic corridors. 5. Strategy - Encourage careful land use management on the part of county officials and landowners alike. 6. Strategy - Encourage cluster zoning and open space preservation techniques in rural areas and compact settlement patterns in villages, cities, and in townships with urbanized areas where the proper infrastructure is available. 7. Strategy - Further develop and refine local greenbelt zoning techniques via maps and other tools to consistently protect and preserve sensitive environmental areas. 8. Strategy - Work with individual jurisdictions to establish uniform floodplain protection ordinances. 9. Strategy - Work with the County Road Commission, Michigan Department of Transportation, and local jurisdictions to refine private road standards to limit construction on steep slopes and to restrict private roads that contribute to erosion . 10. Strategy - Urge cities, villages and townships to adopt ordinances that limit construction clearing on steep slopes and set performance standards for any construction on steeper slopes. 11 . Strategy - Develop design guidelines that illustrate the least damaging building approaches for slopes. ---------~-- - . Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-9 �• B. Objective - A greenspace system of interconnected, undeveloped land, buffers, ecological corridors, forests, floodplains, wetlands, and other open space in private and public ownership is identified and protected in Montcalm County. 1. Strategy - Develop guidelines for property owners, developers, communities, and business owners on how to preserve or sensitively develop near wildlife corridors. 2. Strategy -Adopt conservation subdivision (a subdivision that groups lots together on a portion of a property in order to save large blocks of o:,en space) and cluster ordinances and promote the use of these techniques for new development of both residential and commercial development. 3. Strategy - Develop educational materials and programs for residential and commercial property owners on how to foster wildlife while protecting properties from wildlife damage. C. Objective - The identity and location of threatened and endangered species is documented and plans for their protection are drafted and implemented. 1. Strategy - Urge volunteer groups to document the identity and location of threatened and endangered species and develop protection plans. 2. Strategy - Urge volunteer groups to provide educational programs for the public regarding the value of preserving wildlife habitat and alternative preservation methods. 3. Strategy - Urge volunteer groups to develop and implement preservation plans for areas of threatened and endangered species. 4. Strategy - As the above strategies are implemented, an effort should be made to include the Conservation District, County Farm Bureau and related organizations. VII. GOAL - PROVIDE HOUSING OPPORTUNITIES FOR ALL CITIZENS OF THE COUNTY. A. Objective - Ensure a wide range of housing choices. 8. Objective -Allow for reasonable and fair l,ow to moderate-income housing where compatible with other housing types. C. Objective - Priority should be given to meeting the most urg,ent unmet housing needs of the physically and developmentally disabled, those with low and moderate incomes, the elderly, and those who are on public assistance. D. Objective - Continue to provide for compatibility among and between housing types for neighborhood stability. E. Objective - Encourage senior-friendly housing. 1. Strategy - Encourage local governments to allow for mobile home parks and manufactured homes in local zoning districts that are appropriately sited for those uses. 2. Strategy - New housing developments/subdivisions should occur only in areas where soils are suitable for on-site sewage treatment and for adequate and protected on-site water supply; and/or public sewer and water are available or economically feasible. 3. Strategy - New housing developments should be compatible with existing and planned , neighboring land uses. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-10 �4. Strategy - Senior-friendly housing should be available in all cities and villages in the county . 5. Strategy - In the downtown area, encourage development of mixed-use housing , especially above retail establishments. VIII. GOAL- PROVIDE AN ATMOSPHERE WHEREBY AREA YOUTH HAVE A STAKE IN THE COMMUNITY. A. Objective - Develop and promote area recreational and cultural opportunities targeted to meeting the needs of youth. 8 . Objective - Encourage continuation/expansion and better awareness of the local recreational and cultural opportunities. C. Objective - Encourage involvement of youth in their community. 1. Strategy - Provide direction and policy assistance so that entities like Montcalm Community College can attract the best students, faculty, and facilities in conjunction with the state-wide network of 4-year institutions. 2. Strategy - Involve youth , whenever and wherever possible, in local governing , planning and collateral activities. 3. Strategy - Utilize existing recreational centers. 4. Strategy - Utilize existing cultural centers such as Montcalm Community College to expand and enhance the diversity of cultural information available. 5. Strategy - Support Community College/Public School System collaboration on educational initiatives such as the Tech-Prep Partnership. 6. Strategy - Support and expand the activities of Montcalm's 4-H community. IX. GOAL - MAINTAIN THE VIABILITY OF THE PRIMARY LAKE RESIDENTIAL COMMUNITIES IN THE COUNTY. A. Objective - Support local planning and zoning mechanisms to maintain current levels of attractiveness and viability of the inland lakes in the county. 8. Objective - Execute steps necessary to achieve improvement and enhancement of overall water quality for these lakes and connecting waterways. 1. Strategy - Encourage strict enforcement of local lakefront zoning that protects water quality and minimizes risk of overuse of lake resources. 2. Strategy - Utilize and promote lake boards and other forums to educate lake residents regarding fertilizer practices and other actions that could affect water quality. 3. Strategy - Utilize and promote lake boards and property associations to implement best management practices as recommended in lake studies including the importance of watershed management strategies and sanitary sewers. 4. Strategy - Encourage the development of appropriately sited access sites/boat launches for all citizens . 5. Strategy - Develop increased waterfront access opportunities for all of Montcalm residents Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-11 . - �X. GOAL - PROVIDE UPGRADED TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES AND BETTER MANAGED ACCESS WHERE SUCH FACILITIES WILL PROVIDE THE GREATEST BENEFIT TO THE PEOPLE, BUSINESSES, AND TOURISTS IN THE COUNTY AS A WHOLE. A. Objective - Safe and efficient movement of people and goods with a variety of transportation modes. 1. Strategy - Prepare a countywide transportation plan addressing all transportation modes. 2. Strategy - Encourage the expansion of Greenville's dial-a-ride transit service to a countywide demand responsive transit system utilizing existing resources such as EightCAP. ,e::c--.. 8. Objective - Provide reasonable access by all segments of the population to jobs, services, recreation, and other opportunities. 1. Strategy - Encourage transportation infrastructure development that complements anticipated future land use patterns. 2. Strategy - Encourage MOOT to finance access management plans along each state highway in the county, and promote a uniform approach to access management regulations across the county. 3. Strategy - Pave or improve only those roads where soils and other natural features will support increased development. 4. Strategy - Facilitate a coordinated approach to transportation planning and financing among responsible government units. 5. Strategy - Encourage planning and zoning for only noise compatible land uses along state highways. 6. Strategy - Utilize where feasible , the resources of the West Michigan Regional Planning Commission. XI. GOAL - PROVIDE A RANGE OF PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES CONSISTENT WITH THE RURAL CHARACTER OF THE COUNTY, WHICH MEETS PRESENT AND FUTURE NEEDS OF EXISTING COMMUNITIES AND SUPPORTS THE PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY, AND WELFARE OF RESIDENTS AND VISITORS. A. Objective - Public sewer and water is provided to businesses and residents efficiently and in locations in which development does not negatively affect natural resources and community character. B. Objective - Public facilities, services, and programs provide for the health and safety needs of Montcalm County citizens, workers, and visitors. C. Objective - Police, fire and emergency services are consistent with public need and the ability to finance improvements in the most cost-effective manner. D. Objective - Solid waste, recyclable and hazardous materials are disposed of safely, effectively, and efficiently according to the adopted County Solid Waste Management Plan. E. Objective -Cities, villages and townships should detail when, and under what circumstances sewer and water service will be extended to new areas consistent with the goals and objectives of this Plan and any relevant local plan. F. Objective - Police, fire, and emergency services respond as rapidly and effectively as possible in a largely rural county. G. Objective - Residential development without public sewer or water service is limited to locations within the county where construction of on-site Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-12 �septic systems or on-site wells is not limited by soils. H. Objective - Review sale of public land for other possible public uses prior to sale. 1. Strategy - Encourage expansion of sewer and water into an area only when consistent with the planned intensity of land use for that area and scheduled as to affordability as determined by the respective city, village or township . 2. Strategy - Encourage county participation in regional management of solid waste and recycling . 3. Strategy - Cities, village and townships in the county should adopt site plan review regulations to protect groundwater and septic system inspecti n programs to protect the quality of groundwater, inland lakes, and streams. 4. Strategy- Expansion of public facilities (especially sewer and water) should be timed to guide future development into particular areas consistent with the demand for additional service. 5. Strategy - Encourage the District Health Department in cooperation with the MDEQ to develop a program to maintain the quality of water wells by establishing wellhead protection zones around municipal water wells. 6. Strategy - A county capital improvement plan should be annually prepared and updated listing proposed public improvements by location, cost and means of financing for the next six years. All proposed county facilities should be reviewed and approved by the County Planning Commission as consistent with this Plan prior to final approval and construction (as is provided by Section 5 of the County Planning Act, P.A. 282 of 1945, as amended). 7. Strategy - Every five years, if feasible, assess the future land use and facility needs of governmental offices, schools, hospitals, parks and cemeteries to provide adequate services without harming the quality of surrounding areas. 8. Strategy- Develop a map for the whole county that indicates the appropriate location of new public facilities , extensions of sewer and water service, and new development. 9. Strategy - Review the county's ability to satisfy long-term solid waste disposal needs in a cost effective manner and expand recycling services through fiveyear reviews of the County Solid Waste Plan. 10. Strategy - Coordinate infrastructure construction , repair, or maintenance with road construction , repair, and maintenance. 11 . Strategy - Cooperate regionally in the provision of public safety and emergency services, community facilities , and programs. 12. Strategy - Provide educational opportunities to residents regarding emergency, social and health services, and self-help actions to reduce risk. 13. Strategy - Coordinate service provision with other interested public agencies such as schools. 14. Strategy - Encourage notification of the County Planning Commission prior to the sale of public land, so the Commission can ensure that local governments have the first opportunity to consider acquiring it. XII.GOAL- ENCOURAGE COOPERATION BETWEEN LOCAL UNITS OF GOVERNMENT IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENTS ACROSS JURISDICTIONAL BOUNDARIES. A. Objective - Provide for better living conditions and business opportunities for the largest contiguous area possible. 1. Strategy - Encourage the involvement and cooperation of local governments, citizens, businesses, and public educational institutions in the development Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-13 �r and construction of sanitary sewer and water systems as appropriate for future growth . 2. Strategy - Form advisory boards and (where possible) unified operational boards to more cost effectively deliver public services across multiple jurisdictions where feasible . 3. Strategy - Educate local leaders on local land use issues/economic issues/economic development programs. 4. Strategy - Encourage local leaders in jurisdictions that are adjacent to on another to work with each other on planning and zoning issues (to promote continuity between these jurisdictions). XIII. GOAL - PRIVATE AND PUBLIC PARK AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES SERVE PRESENT AND FUTURE NEEDS WHILE CONTRIBUTING TO THE AREA ECONOMY. A. Objective - Maintain and periodically update a County Recreation Plan. B. Objective - Coordinate efforts with local jurisdictions and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources to implement the recommendations of the County Recreation Plan. C. Objective -- Identify and explore new opportunities for recreational projects with local jurisdictions as a means of better serving residents and enhancing tourism. D. Objective - Link new and existing recreation facilities with non-motorized trails. E. Objective - Improve youth recreational opportunities throughout the county including indoor and outdoor sports activities. F. Objective - Expand recreation opportunities to include heritage, ecological, and agricultural experiences. G. Objective - The parks and state game areas are protected and expanded where appropriate. 1. Strategy - Support coordinated recreation planning at the state, county, and local level and involve private partners and the schools. 2. Strategy - Develop a funding program for the purchase of recreational lands in planned areas where a need has been determined or where a special opportunity exists. 3. Strategy - Develop a funding program for enhancing recreational programs and facilities throughout the county. 4. Strategy - Give priority to funding recreational projects that utilize existing facilities , underutilized facilities, and those locations that do not generate increased traffic in light traffic areas. 5. Strategy - Support development of a Montcalm County Heritage Trail which links cultural and historic attractions across the county. 6. Strategy - Promote opportunities for eco-tourism and agri-tourism . 7. Strategy - Support trail links throughout the county with a special focus on preservation of abandoned railroad right-of-way. 8. Strategy - The county parks system is expanded and developed to provide quality facilities to all residents in all areas of the county. 9. Strategy - A county trail authority is established as part of the county park system to oversee and maintain the county's trail system . 10. Strategy - A variety of recreational opportunities are made available to all county residents in locations that are accessible in all parts of the county . C:\G-Drive\WI NW ORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Final General Plan July 2006\Chapter 2 goals_obj ectives (7 06).doc Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 2-14 - - -__ -- �JI Chapter 3 BEST PRACTICES INTRODUCTION This chapter describes 10 best land use practices and relates them to the Smart Growth Tenets in Chapter One and the Vision, Goals, Objectives and Strategies in Chapter Two. The County Planning Commission will work with local governments in the county to actively pursue use of these best practices over the next five years. 1. Protection of ground and surface water quality: develop watershed management plans for each watershed and promote a uniform set of local zoning standards (including for keyhole development). 2. Protection of the natural character of wetlands, floodplains, and wildlife habitat, especially along lakes, rivers, streams, creeks and drains in the county, and the preservation of public parkland, state game areas, and other special natural landscapes. 3. Protection of agricultural land as well as the agricultural character of the county. 4. Promote very low density residential development or clustering of homes on rural lands not protected for long-term agricultural use with more than 50% of each parcel permanently preserved for open space. 5. Protect rural character along county roads. 6. Pursue a compact settlement pattern in and around existing cities and villages while discouraging new scattered residential development in rural parts of the county. 7. Provide a wide range of affordable housing opportunities and choices, especially in and immediately adjacent to existing cities and villages. 8. Create walkable communities with a strong sense of place, which promote active living and encourage more mixed use development. 9. Increase the range of transportation options within and between cities and villages including the continued construction of non-motorized connections to public places and nearby communities. 10. Keep local plans and zoning ordinances up-to-date, predictable, fair and cost effective, as well as compatible with those in adjoining jurisdictions and with the County Plan. TEN BEST PRACTICES 1. Protection of ground and surface water quality: develop watershed management plans for each watershed and promote a uniform set of local zoning standards (including for keyhole development). Quality ground and surface water (lakes, rivers, streams, drains and wetlands) is critical to attracting and keeping businesses in Montcalm County and to maintaining a high quality of life. A watershed is the land area that drains snow melt and rainfall runoff to the lowest point in the watershed, which may be a lake, wetland, stream or river. Drainage can occur across land or via county drains, creeks, streams and rivers. Generally, overland flow is collected by the drain and stream system and conveys it to larger bodies of water such as rivers and lakes. Water that infiltrates the ground usually reappears as stream flow at a lower elevation. Watershed management plans provide a means for communities to focus attention on surface waters, such as rivers, streams, lakes and wetlands, and direction on how to Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-1 --- - -- - - - --~== �protect or improve the quality of those waters. An important component of a watershed plan is an inventory that describes the location, extent, and quality of waters in a watershed. A watershed plan should also describe threats to water quality and goals, objectives and strategies for overcoming those threats. Map 3-1 shows the watersheds in Montcalm County and a general description of each can be found in Chapter 4 of the Montcalm County Fact Book. Because a watershed may cross many jurisdiction boundaries, a uniform set of standards and related water protection regulations should be adopted by each of the jurisdictions in each watershed. These standards and regulations should address the percent of impervious cover of new development, vegetative buffers along water bodies, building and septic system setbacks from water bodies, larger minimum lot sizes and widths, the disposal of hazardous wastes, fertilizer use, soil erosion and sedimentation control, and other factors affecting water quality. An overlay zone is one regulatory approach to applying standards that apply to specific geographic area, such as those for protecting water quality, to the shoreline area of a water body. Underlying zoning standards in the city, village or township zoning ordinances still apply. Floodplains have long been protected by use of overlay zones . However, a waterfront overlay zone is also a good technique for applying any of the regulations listed in the previous paragraph. The Community Planning Handbook published by the former Michigan Society of Planning (now Michigan Association of Planning) and Filling the Gaps by the DEQ provide clear guidance and sample ordinance language for most of these standards. See Figure 3-1. Figure 3-1 Lake or Overlay River Zone R-4 R-2 OVERLAY ZONE Lake Lake or River Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-2 COM �, ~ ) s: ~ 0 :::, 0 0) I» 3 3 0 :::, ~ ~~ c... 0 s. 0 W"< C C OJ :::, "O IN:::, Wo'< OG) 0) (t) Montcalm County w♦• Major Waters/reds :::, (t) -, ii> :::, :E S- I» ~ -u ~Cf eil :::r Legend CD C. Watersheds - U.S. Highway Streams - State Highway Drains Lower Grand - Roads Jurisdictions Maple Lakes Sections Muskegon u, Pine Source: Michigan Center for Geographic lnfonna1ion, Depl oflnformahon Technology Map Prepared by !he Land Information Access Association. January 2005 MIies 10 ~ �r 2. Protection of the natural character of wetlands. floodplains. and wildlife habitat. especially along lakes. rivers. streams. creeks and drains in the county. and the preservation of public parkland. state game areas. and other special natural landscapes. Montcalm County is rich in lakes, rivers, creeks and streams that provide a sense of naturalness. There are also five state game areas, national forest lands, county and local parks. Although some of these lands and waters are publicly owned, the vast majority are in private ownership. This combination of ownership requires county, state and federal agencies to become partners with private property owners to protect sensitive natural resources. This means that all county residents need to be provided educational opportunities about their role in the management of those resources If they are owners of sensitive natural resource lands, there are best practices they can each implement. If they are not owners, but are park or game area users, or hunt on private lands, they should be provided with educational opportunities on management practices being applied, and how they can participate as stewards as well. The county and local governments within the county can provide a structure for the protection of sensitive natural resources through a linked greenspace system. A greenspace system has two basic parts. One is a system of linked recreation facilities, such as greenway trails, bike routes, parks, game areas and other preserves. These should also be linked to cultural features such as libraries, schools and shopping nodes. Neighborhoods should also be linked to the system so people can use the greenspace system as an alternative to automobile transportation and for recreation. The second is corridors of linked undeveloped, natural areas. These include drains, creeks, streams, rivers, wetlands and lakes and blocks of natural vegetation such as a vegetative buffer zone along the shores of water bodies, woodlands and vegetative screens along roadways to provide both nature-oriented scenic beauty and wildlife corridors. In addition to protecting these important natural features, a greenspace system adds immeasurably to the quality of life of people near any part of the system. A greenspace system can also be a powerful marketing tool for attracting employers and employees. Montcalm already has an excellent start on a greenspace system with the Fred Meijer Heartland Trail, White Pine State Park (a trail), the five State Game Areas, the Manistee National Forest land, numerous local parks, and abundant natural features. Once completed, the Fred Meijer Heartland Trail will connect walkers and bicyclists from Greenville to Edmore and Vestaburg and on to Alma in Gratiot County. The White Pine Trail already connects Comstock Park to Cadillac. A more extensive trail system that includes other off-road trails and marked bicycle routes along roads should be part of the greenspace system. A greenspace system should be based on a public/private partnership to manage open space for natural resource protection, recreational benefit and the amenity value of connected natural elements such as woodlands, wetlands, other natural vegetation , wildlife habitat, parks and game areas. Public partners can cooperate by linking public parks, game areas and other public facilities to the greenspace system, and by managing county drains as natural corridors. Private partners can cooperate by granting easements for trails, dedicating space along trails and roads to be managed as natural habitat and managing creek, stream, river and lake shores as natural corridors. Map 3-2 illustrates green infrastructure in the Grand Rapids metro region . Mapping green infrastructure is the first step to preparing a plan for a greenspace system. Map 3-2 is from a new publication, entitled West Michigan Tool Kit for Local Green Inventories published by the Land Conservancy of West Michigan. It lays out the initial steps for Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-4 �r preparing a greenspace plan and gives several examples from West Michigan communities. Map 3-2 Green Infrastructure of the Grand Rapids Metro Region Green Infrastructure Grand Rapids Metro Region - ............ ",.• .•.· .. : • ........- .....:.·...... Legend ♦ Hubs & Links Dedicated Open Lands _ existing • :a-.. proposed '• ., "."' .. Regional Recognized Farm lands Potential Hubs or Sites 1. GVSU Campus 2 Am • 11 Park 3 Millennium Park 4 Reeds Lake Area 5. Meijer Garden Area 3. Protection of agricultural land as well as the agricultural character of the county. Agriculture is arguably the most important economic sector in Montcalm County, where as it is #2 in the state as a whole. While there are a number of international threats to the agricultural sector, in order to protect the long term viability of local farming, farmland needs to be protected. Montcalm County farmland is threatened by the rapid development of non-farm residences in farming areas. The division of farmland into 2-20 acre lots results in the rapid loss of farmland. This loss is aided by local zoning which often favors non-farm residences over farming. This is unfortunate since farmland typically generates more tax revenues than public service costs, while non-farm residences are the reverse. A buildout analysis performed by MSU students graphically illustrates this problem. Some illustrated examples from that analysis are presented in Figure 3-2. Go to http://www.rsgis.msu.edu/dmoy/montcalm for the full analysis. One of the best solutions is for local governments to zone farmland for its agricultural value, not for its speculative development value. That is usually accomplished using a combination of quarter-quarter zoning, open space zoning, purchase of development rights and transfer of development rights. These techniques are discussed more fully over the next few pages. Agriculture is also a key component of Montcalm County's quality of life. The low population, low density, farm field characteristic that agriculture provides is enjoyed by Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-5 �r the non-farm population as an amenity. However, farmers essentially provide this amenity for free. In order to continue to enjoy this amenity, Montcalm County communities in cooperation with its farmers will have to take steps to preserve farmland . Figure 3-2 Before and After Buildout in Three Montcalm County Townships As Illustrated by MSU Landscape Arch itecture Students in 2005 Richland Townshi Cato Township Re nolds Township o to http://www.rs is.msu.edu/dmo /montcalm Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-6 �r Over 73,000 acres of farmland in the county is temporarily preserved through the Michigan Farmland Development Rights Agreements Program (formerly the Farmland and Open Space Protection Program or PA 116 Program). This is an area approximately the size of three townships. The Farmland Development Rights Agreement Program enables a landowner to enter into a development rights easement (the owner agrees not to develop the land) in exchange for property tax relief. Development rights are severable, separately conveyable rights in land like an easement, or mineral rights (see Figure 3-3). The landowner can enter into this agreement for a specified length of time (1 Oto 90 years). If the owner decides to develop the land before the agreement expires, he/she is liable for repayment of abated taxes. A standard practice is to place a lien on the land for the amount due the state. Map 4-7 in the Montcalm County Fact Book displays the lands enrolled in the program as of 2003. Figure 3-3 The Bundle of Ri hts Associated with Land A companion state program that is funded by repayment of PA 116 liens is called the Farmland Development Rights Purchase Program. This program permanently protects certain parcels of land from future development. This purchase of development rights (PDR) program involves farmers willing to sell development rights. It provides a payment to the land owner of the value of the development rights on the land. An advantage of the PDR program for the farmer is that he/she captures the development value now without developing the land, and then later can still sell the farmland for its farming value to a nearby farmer. In the meantjme, the property is taxed only on its farmland value. Some land owners donate some or all of the development rights to agricultural land , wh1 ich amounts to he donation of an agricultural easement. This is done in order to gain tax benefits and in some cases, the satisfaction of preserving the land in an undeveloped s ate. The donation could be to a land conservancy or a public entity. In order for Montcalm County farmers to participate in the state PDR program, the county or townships within the oounty will have to have an agricultural protection plan. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-7 �r This could be a separate plan or an amendment to this General Plan. A farmland protection plan would identify the types of land the county wants to protect and a means of prioritizing the selection of that land. A local funding match is required for participation in the state PDR program. This match can come from local general funds, a millage or from participating farmers. Development rights can also be transferred. In a transfer of development rights (TOR) program, development rights are purchased in an area the community has determined should not receive substantial development (called a sending zone), and transferred to an area less sensitive to development (called a receiving zone). In the receiving zone, development on land that has received a transfer of development rights can do so at an increase in density over current zoning. Farmland is usually in the sending zone and land in or adjacent to cities where there is adequate public sewer, water and roads, is usually in the receiving zone. See Figure 4-3 in Chapter 4 for an example. Because a publicly financed PDR program can only preserve a limited number of acres of farmland, and farmers may opt out of PA 116 programs or choose not to participate in a PDR program, and TOR is difficult to do without county zoning, other means to protect farmland will be needed. Zoning for very low density non-farm and cluster developments can protect farmland and limit the number and impact of non-farm residences. These could be especially important tools as it could take more time to design a county PDR program and develop the political backing for it, than for the local application of certain zoning tools. Montcalm County townships interested in protecting farming could rezone areas that are used for agricultural protection, and are presently zoned at densities that range from 1 dwelling unit per acre to one dwelling unit per 10 acres to a much lower density. Communities that are zoned at densities of from 1 dwelling unit per 1-10 acres generally find over time that it is difficult to efficiently and cost effectively provide public services, and the influx of scattered non-farm residences affect the ability of farmers to continue commonly accepted agricultural practices. Quarter-quarter zoning is a well-established farmland protection technique. Quarter-quarter zoning restricts the number of new nonfarm residences to one dwelling per 40 acres and each dwelling is on a lot that is not more than 2-3 acres in size in order to preserve the maximum amount of farmland. Bloomer, Pine, Sidney and parts of Eureka Township use this technique. See Figure 3-4. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 . 3-8 �r Figure 3-4 Quarter-Quarter Zoning Quarter /Quarter Zoning = Section = 640 acres 1 non-farm dwelling per 40 acre s 1/4 section Farmer A 160 acres 160 acres 4 non-fa.rm units Farmer B FarmerC 80 acres 120 acres 2 3 non-fa.rm units non-farm units Fanner D 240 acre ■ 6 non-farm units Farmer E 1 I non-fa.rm unit quarter / quarter sect l on = 40 acres f In determining where Montcalm County and its townships should prioritize its efforts to protect farmland, emphasis should be placed on land already in agriculture. Montcalm County farmers are successfully farming on all types of land, not just the land classified as "prime" farmland by the Natural Resource Conservation Service. Placing farmland protection efforts on an productive farmland will better reflect the investment land owners have made in their farms and help sustain the rural character of the county. 4. Promote very low density residential development or clustering of homes on rural lands not protected for long-term agricultural use with more than 50% of each parcel permanently preserved for open space. Rural lands in Montcalm County communities will not remain rural if they do not encourage very low density residential development and the preservation of open space. Clustering of homes on rural lands that are not protected for long-term agricultural use can preserve undeveloped land for farming or use as amenity open space. All of the units allowed under quarter-quarter zoning could be clustered together, but clustering can also be used to preserve open space as well as it can be used for farmland protection. Clustering is an approach that places residences in a more compact form than in a strip residential or conventional subdivision development pattern. Clustering can be accomplished by means of a "conservation subdivision." See Figure 3-5. For example, in a district zoned at a density of 1 dwelling unit per 10 acres, a 230 acre parcel could accommodate 23 homes. If that 230 acre parcel is developed with a maximum lot size for each dwelling of 2 acres, the 23 homes would require only 46 acres for development and 1;84 acres would remain undeveloped , and if suitable, available for farming. A conservation easement would be placed on the undeveloped portion so that it would never be developed , but it could still be used for farming. The 23 homes on 2 acre lots would have the benefit of 184 acres of surrounding open space. The size of lots should be determined in part on the size needed for an on-site septic system, as determined by the District Health Department. This technique works as well Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-9 �r for farmland protection as forest land or open space protection. Figure 3-5 Cluster Development in a Conservation Subdivision Compared to Strip Residential and a Conventional Subdivision 230 Acre parcel with derisity = 1 dwelling unit per 1O acres. Conventional strip residential development 17 home sites and 14 driveways (some shared) on the public road. No large open spaces. Conventional subdivision development 17 home sites. Three have access to existing public road, rest to a new road. No large open spaces. i j _ _ _ _i, ! i i I ·-··-.. -··-..-·-.. -··-··i··-··--Road - · ...-•-••-•-u-••-U-••-••-••-.-..--•.- -..-•__.. i j Conservation subdivision. 23 home sites. Extensive open spaces, some of which can remain income producing. Meets 10 acre density but with maximum 2 acre lot size. All homes are served from two new cul.de-sac roads. i i ' j i i i i i i i i i i i Reserved Open Space (through conservation easement) Open space that could be used for trails. Can be designated for agriculture or forest management. Can be allowed to grow up as meadow and woods. Can never be used for more houses. lmportant location for open space. i -------··--· - ·- -Road Since 2001 , ctustering is a required option for preservation of open space in communities with zoning (unless they are exempt communities) due to amendments to Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-10 - - -- - -- -- - -- - --- - --- - -- -- �r IT' all three zoning enabling acts (City-Village Zoning Act, PA 207 of 1921 as amended; Township Zoning Act, PA 184 of 1943 as amended); and the County Zoning Act, PA 183 of 1943 as amended . These amendments mandated that every non-exempted community with zoning must permit owners of certain residentially zoned property to have the option of developing all the permitted dwelling units on a portion of the property, if they left the balance of the property undeveloped . The undeveloped portion of the property must be permanently protected with a conservation easement or other legal restriction. In townships, this open space requirement is 50% of the total parcel area and in cities and villages it is 20%. Townships are exempt if their population is under 1,800, which exempts Bushnell, Day, Ferris, and Pine Townships in Mor.tcalm County. See Planning & Zoning News, February 2002 for more detailed information on this law. Montcalm County communities that are not exempt were supposed to adopt open space zoning by 2003, unless they opted out through a referendum. Exempt Montcalm County communities would also benefit by adopting open space zoning. However, the law does not provide many details in how to set standards for an open space ordinance, and certain standards should be adopted by local jurisdictions as part of their ordinance. These standards should include: • A precise definition of "open space." • A standard of what lands should be excluded when meeting the open space percentage requirement, such as wetlands, steep slopes, floodplain and other unbuildable lands • A review process • A description of the submittal process • Standards for permanent maintenance of preserved open space • How open space can be used • Whether density bonuses can apply • Others. MSU Extension offers sample ordinance language for open space zoning on the internet at: http://www.msue.msu.edu/portal/default.cfm?page id=133341 &pageset id=28882. A key consideration when designing clustered open space projects is the design standards for roads in the development. Montcalm County communities should either require all such roads to be public, or adopt private road standards that reflect public road standards. Private roads and driveways built to public road standards will better ensure fire trucks and emergency vehicles can use the roads when needed , and the Road Commission could accept the roads as part of the county road system at some future time if they were adequate ly built to begin with . It is very important that as development occurs in Montca lm County that public health be protected in the disposal of human waste. The conventional approach in areas that are not served by public sewers is to use on-site septic systems. It is the responsibility of the District Health Department to ensure that an adequate space is available on residential lots for a septic drain field as well as for a replacement field in areas where the original drain field is expected to have a limited life span. Often cluster projects are not viable without alternative waste treatment systems that treat the waste of all dwellings in a small community system, rather than individual septic systems. It is important that Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-11 �r r communities work with the Health Department in the implementation of standards for alternative waste treatment systems. 5. Protect rural character along county roads. Montcalm County enjoys a rural visual character because of the extensive farm fields, hedgerows, pastures, meadows, forests, wetlands and long distances between houses in rural areas. Recent development trends and the buildout analysis suggest that the county's rural character will not last very long if those trends continue. Strip residential and commercial development will, over time, obliterate the scenic view of farms and natural vegetation. It is possible to retain rural character along roads even as rural areas develop. In addition, areas that have lost rural character can regain it to an extent. The secret to maintaining or recovering rural character involves two basic approaches. These are: • Maintain natural vegetation along roadsides. By natural vegetation is meant trees, shrubs, wetland, meadow and prairie herbaceous plants and grasses, and groundcovers that are native to the area or naturally occurring (many plant species look like they are native, and grow in the landscape without humans planting them , but are not native to this continent). Herbaceous plants are not woody shrubs and trees, but include wildflowers, sedges, and similar plants. Vegetation that looks natural does not include ornamental vegetation . Ornamental plantings are those the horticulture industry has bred and cultivated for a more uniform, predictable, urban garden appearance. Ornamental plantings include lawns and regularly spaced shrubs and trees. Natural or native vegetation also has the advantage of requiring far less maintenance than ornamental plantings. Figure 3-6 illustrates this concept. • Maintain or establish natural vegetation screening. In areas where development already exists or is anticipated, buffer plantings that effectively screen the development will reduce the visual impact of that development and give the community a more rural appearance. Where a rural character is important, the vegetation screening should utilize naturally occurring plants in a natural looking planting. In cities and villages where a more urban look is desired, ornamental plantings are appropriate. But when used along highways, be sure only salt tolerant species are planted. In most communities, to achieve a natural appearing landscape, the landscaping requirements in the zoning ordinance need to be changed to avoid evenly spaced plantings, and to encourage more natural planting patterns in wider buffers. The retention of existing vegetation should be strongly encouraged. This may take notifying property owners and developers that the community does not want existing vegetation cleared until a site plan can be agreed upon. ~ There is a need for a strong education element regarding the maintenance of rural character. Widely circulated and promoted design guidelines are a helpful tool. One conventional development approach is for commercial land speculators to clear-cut parcels they are trying to market in order for potential buyers to better see the possibilities of the site. The conventional approach is also to clear vegetation from in front of commercial establishments so that business owners can use their facades as advertising . Residential subdivision developers often clear their site in order to showcase their homes. However, continuation of those approaches will lead to the elimination of rural character. Buyers of homes in subdivisions in rural areas may be happy with a Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-12 - -- - - --~--- - - - - �clear-cut site when they first move in, especially when the surrounding properties remain undeveloped. However, when the adjacent developments are also clear-cut, large areas of the county will lose rural character. A better approach is for subdivision developers to leave a vegetative buffer along the road as part of their open space. That open space should also wrap around the subdivision to buffer it from adjacent developments and to provide a vegetative amenity to home owners. Figure 3-6 Protection of Roadside Vegetation /1, Elevation View \ Please leave a strip of nature along the back of your property for wildlife and connect with others on adjacent properties. 100' Buffer Strip ,I Please do not clear a strip of at least 100' along the road. If already cleared plant north woods trees, shrubs and wildflowers or simply let nature take over. I 0 ~ 0::: ___________ MEADOW .___ ,, ---------- Plan View In addition to vegetation management, other visual character factors, such as signs, need to be considered and good design principles encouraged. Signs are important in business and for way-finding. However, signs that are pleasing to the eye and not intrusively large in the landscape should be encouraged. Regulations that deal with visual character need to be clear, reasonable and fairly administered. All property owners should be affected equally. Jurisdictions within the county need to cooperate, so one community with visual quality oriented regulations does not have to compete with adjacent communities without different regulations. Another tool to encourage retention of rural character is the scenic easement. This is an agreement by a landowner to limit visually disruptive activities on the roadside strip of Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-13 �their land. It is a legally-binding, permanent agreement that prevents certain activities such as vegetation clearing, building structures above a small maximum size, building signs above a small, maximum square footage or height and other conditions. If the landowner sells the land, the conditions spelled out in the scenic easement carry with the land. The width of the roadside scenic easement is negotiated and depends on various factors, such as the slope of the land, the view from the road, what is beyond the easement and other factors. 6. Pursue a compact settlement pattern in and around existing cities and villages while discouraging new scattered residential development in rural parts of the county. Communities that accept scattered, strip residential development instead of directing new development in and around existing cities and villages in a compact pattern risk future difficulty in providing public services, a negative fiscal impact on the community and a loss of community character. Strip residential development is characterized by the gradual development of residential lots along rural roads. Lot size will likely vary from one or two acres up to ten or twenty acres. However, these lots are often narrow along the road, and may include "flag lots," which are parcels with narrow road frontage, but an expanded portion away from the road. ,,.--...._ r Strip residential development has many negative impacts on communities. With many closely spaced driveways on roads where people expect to be able to drive fast, conflicts arise from residents turning into and out of driveways. It extends the service area for public safety and emergency response and often makes it difficult for response teams to find people needing help. It increases the number of miles that road maintenance crews need to service quickly. It also dramatically changes the character of a community from rural to suburban. Strip commercial development has many of the same negative impacts as strip residential development. An additional negative impact is that in most cases, strip commercial development requires shoppers to use their cars, as such developments are often located away from residential neighborhoods. This leads to many more trips for families to take and more cars on the road. If new residential and commercial development occurs in a compact pattern, close to where people already live, and close to existing public facilities, the burdens on communities to extend public services and expanded transportation infrastructure will be less. There will also be less rural development pressure that could convert land with rural character to a suburban and urban character. It is important for cities and villages to maintain their unique character and strip commercial development outside of already developed areas is one of the most destructive changes to communities. Compact settlements can still have natural elements, attractive character and recreational opportunities through greenway trails, design guidelines and land preserved as parks. Generally, if residential density is at least 4 dwelling units per acre, and extending as high as 12 units per acre in the most intensively developed residential neighborhoods close to commercial areas, public sewer and water can be cost effectively provided. Figure 3-7 illustrates the basic characteristics of a compact settlement pattern. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-14 �Montcalm County cities and villages should encourage infill development first on land presently served by public sewer and water, then support incremental expansion of public sewer and water around existing cities and villages to accommodate new residential and jobs development (this utilizes the investment already made in public infrastructure and keeps public service costs as low as they can be when accommodating new users). It also promotes a strong sense of community and leads to broader support for a variety of cultural activities which greatly enhance quality of life and improve the attractiveness of communities for economic development. Figure 3-7 Encourage Compact Settlement Pattern in and near Existing Cities and Villages INDUSTRIAL PARK NEW JOBS ENCOURAGE AFFORDABLE HOUSING ENCOURAGE NEW BUSINESS ACTIVITY WITHIN EXISTING VILLAGE THAT REFLECTS VILLAGE CHARACTER DISCOURAGE STRIP DEVELOPMENT AT EDGE OF VILLAGE •••••••••• .•..•· ... DNEW OWTHWITHIN PUBLIC SERVICE BOUNDARY ' - ······· ······•· ! ~ : ······ : ·········••..i~ 7. Provide a wide range of affordable housing opportunities and choices, especially in and immediately adjacent to existing cities and villages. Montcalm County communities should be developing ways to ensure a greater provision of affordable housing . This is important in meeting not only the needs of existing residents, but also to let future businesses know that future workers have a wide variety of housing choices in the county. Affordable housing is defined as housing that costs no more than 30% of the occupant's income. There is a range in the price of affordable housing depending on a family's income, but generally, the provision of affordable housing is targeted toward low and moderate income families. Affordable housing types include manufactured and mobile homes, older homes in established neighborhoods, new homes priced to fit the budgets of low and moderate income families, apartments, condominiums and others. Communities should ensure a mix of affordable housing types that includes both older Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-15 �,,,.-- T and newer homes. An effort should also be made to build housing that is elderly-friendly to both allow residents new housing options in the communities they have long lived in as they age, and so that former residents can come home to be with family as they age. Manufactured home parks provide one affordable housing alternative. However, such parks should only be located in or near existing cities and villages where public sewer and water are available and roads are adequate to handle increased traffic. lnterjurisdictional coordination on local planning and zoning is necessary to achieve this result. Older existing neighborhoods can be an excellent source of affordable housing, if gentrification has not occurred on a large scale. To ensure the housing stock, it is important that homes and yards be properly maintained and that housing and blight codes be enforced. According to the Affordable Housing Network (www.nahn.com), new high performance, energy efficient infill housing is a good way to provide affordable housing. Such homes can not only be built within an affordable budget, they remain affordable to heat and cool. Many existing neighborhoods in Montcalm County cities and villages have vacant residential lots where infill housing could be placed. Volunteer groups, such as Habitat for Humanity are also available to help families reach home ownership and self-sufficiency. Support for these valuable organizations should remain strong. Photo 3-1 Older, Existing Neighborhoods can be a Source of Affordable Housing Photo by Franz Mogdis --- The federal government has programs for states and local communities to cost share efforts to provide affordable housing. Many of these programs are most cost effective to administer at the county level. US Housing and Urban Development programs include: Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-16 �• HOME Investments Partnership Program. HOME provides formula grants to States and localities that communities use-often in partnership with local nonprofit groups-to fund a wide range of activities that build, buy, and/or rehabilitate affordable housing for rent or homeownership or provide direct rental assistance to low-income people. • Self-help Home Ownership Program (SHOP). SHOP provides funds for eligible national and regional non-profit organizations and consortia to purchase home sites and develop or improve the infrastructure needed to set the stage for sweat equity and volunteer-based homeownership programs for low-income persons and families. Eligible homebuyers are low-income families that cannot afford to buy homes at market rates but will provide a significant amount of sweat equity or volunteer labor to build one. The only eligible expenses for SHOP funds are land acquisition and infrastructure improvements that, taken together, may not exceed an average of $15,000 in assistanoe per home. Administration, planning and management development costs are eligible expenses, but may not exceed 20% of the grant amount. • The Homeownership Zone Initiative (HOZ). HOZ allows communities to reclaim vacant and blighted properties, increase homeownership, and promote economic revitalization by creating entire neighborhoods of new, single-family homes, called Homeownership Zones. Communities are encouraged to use New Urbanist design principals by providing for a pedestrian-friendly environment, a mix of incomes and compatible uses, defined neighborhood boundaries and access to jobs and mass transit. For more information on these federal programs, go to http://www.hud.gov/offices/cpd/affordablehousing/index.cfm. 8. Create walkable communities with a strong sense of place. which promote active living and encourage more mixed use development. According to Walkable Communities Inc., "Walkability is the cornerstone and key to an urban area's efficient ground transportation. Every trip begins and ends with walking. Walking remains the cheapest form of transport for all people, and the construction of a walkable community provides the most affordable transportation system any community can plan, design, construct and maintain. Walkable communities put urban environments back on a scale for sustainability of resources (both natural and economic) and lead to more social interaction, physical fitness and diminished crime and other social problems. Walkable communities are more liveable communities and lead to whole, happy, healthy lives for the people who live in them." Walkability has become one of the quality of life features that helps attract employers and employees to a community. All the cities and villages in Montcalm County communities would benefit from walkability and bikability in order to elevate the quality of life and economic sustainability of the community. Walkable communities are characterized by convenient, safe and attractive walking and biking connections to the places people live and the destinations they frequent. Typical destinations include schools, libraries, neighborhood shopping, local government buildings, job centers and parks. Sidewalks are appropriate for walking connections if they are located on both sides of the street, are at least 5' wide, kept in good condition, do not have dead ends, are separated from automobile driving lanes by lawn, street trees or other vegetation and can be monitored by the public. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-17 �Bicycle lanes should be in the street, and properly marked by road striping and signs. National accident data indicates that it is safer for cyclists to ride in the street than on sidewalks. If there are very few driveways along a segment of road, or if the pedestrian and bicycling route is completely separate from the automobile route, then a shared use pathway, which should be at least 1O' wide is acceptable. Michigan communities are increasingly concerned about the health of their citizens and more and more are encouraging an active lifestyle. An active lifestyle is facilitated by opportunities to walk and bike both for recreation and for everyday activities, $UCh as commuting to work, or going to lunch from work, returning rental movies, or going to the library. These activities become very difficult or even unsafe if the pedestrian and bicycle connections are incomplete or non-existent, unsafe, indirect or poorly maintained. For more information visit www.walkable.org. Photo 3-2 Fred Meijer Heartland Trail ~ Photo provided by the Montcalm Alliance 9. Increase the range of transportation options within and between cities and villages including the continued construction of non-motorized connections to public places and nearby communities. Montcalm County is primarily served by automobile transportation, although rail freight service, general aviation, limited public transit and two long, but unconnected non-motorized trails are also available. Giving Montcalm County a competitive advantage and giving residents a high quality of life means maintaining existing transportation infrastructure in excellent condition, improving it where needed and enhancing or expanding other, more limited elements of the transportation system. As the population ages, there will be a growing need to improve non-motorized connections between communities, as well as between neighborhoods and places people frequent. All Montcalm County communities should cooperate in the coordination and prioritization Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-18 �of transportation improvements. A coordinated approach can help ensure that citizens get the most "bang for their buck." One of the easiest approaches to increasing non-motorized connections between neighborhoods and popular destinations is for Montcalm County communities to require every new development and redevelopment to include sidewalks and bicycle paths. Over time, the new segments installed incrementally will connect. Where there are gaps, the communities can provide connections as funding permits. Creating a connecting system incrementally requires communities to plan for a system of non-motorized pathways by establishing standards for size and location. Where the communities need to supplement pathways constructed during new development and redevelopment, priority should be given to locations that serve the most dense development, connecting to the most important facilities. The communities need to decide for themselves which are the most important, but facilities that communities typically find important include parks, libraries, schools, churches and neighborhood shopping. Photo 3-3 More Sidewalk Connections such as This One are Needed in Montcalm County ,..-----..,,. Photo by Franz Mogdis 10. Keep local plans and zoning ordinances up-to-date. predictable. fair and cost effective. as well as compatible with those in adjoining jurisdictions and with the County General Plan. Because Montcalm County and the communities within the county are experiencing many changes, the county and individual communities need to be proactive in dealing with that change. This requires the county to review its plan and the communities within the county to review their comprehensive plans and zoning ordinances on a regular basis. Failure to do so will result in land use change becoming unmanageable. Local units of government in the county without an up-to-date future land use plan and zoning ordinance should create one, but should first explore the opportunity of doing so jointly using the new joint planning option provided by PA 226 of 2003. The regular review of plans and ordinances should include an evaluation of the impacts Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-19 �on, and compatibility with plans and ordinances of adjoining communities, both within and outside the county. Special attention needs to focus on compatible land uses along jurisdiction borders. There needs to be coordination of permitted land uses from one jurisdiction to the next, so that incompatible land use relationships do not develop. Local comprehensive plans, zoning ordinances and how they are administered are important factors affecting the economy of a county. One of the most important criteria for economic development is that the process for those who invest in development projects is predictable in terms of the regulations to which they must adhere and the time span of the permitting process, and that they will be treated fairly by government. The development community will generally support and follow regulations that promote a high quality of life if governments judge them fairly on their conformance with those regulations. Governments should make sure that their regulations match the community's goals and objectives. Conflicts in the development review process can arise when a community applies a different set of principles than planning and regulatory documents express. One way to make sure that all planning and regulatory documents reflect current community thought is to make sure they are up-to-date, and that all elected and appointed officials are clear on their intent and how they should be applied. Figure 3-8 Plans and Ordinances Should be Updated Regularly John t.Jwinword/Montcalm/plan feb 06/Chapter3 Best Practices.doc CAF : C :\G-Dnve\WINWORD\PROJECTS onlcalm Count.y\Ftnal General Plan March 2006\Cnapter 3 Best Pracoces (3 06).doc CAF C:\G-Dnve\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\F1nal General Plan July 2006\Cnapter 3 Best Practices [I 06).doc Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 3-20 �Chapter 4 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION This chapter identifies some of the key elements for successful economic development in the County and the relationship of those elements to other parts of the General Plan. Economic development is a term that means different things to different people. Some of the common definitions are listed below: • "Efforts to increase the number of jobs and income circulating in a community. " The Handbook for Community Economic Development, U.S. Dept. of Commerce, 1979, pg . 2. • "The process of intervening in the normal economic cycle in order to achieve a specific goal. Although the goal may vary, it is usually aimed at stimulating private investment within a specific area in order to generate employment, increase the tax base or increase the commercial viability of the area." Encyclopedia of Community Planning and Environmental Management, Facts on File Publications, New York, 1984, pg. 117. • "The preparation of land, tools, and capital required to make an area attractive to new industry and to enhance the capability of existing industry to expand." The Language of Open Space, City of Duluth, MN , 1975, pg. 59 . • "A development that provides a service, produces a good, retails a commodity, or emerges in any other use or activity for the purpose of making financial gain. '1 Or, "Any change in a community that enables greater production, increased employment, and a better distribution of goods and services." A Planners Dictionary. APA PAS #5xx/5xx, 2004 , pg . 157. • "The attempt to attract investment within a government's jurisdiction. " It can include measures "focused on outside business investment exclusively," to "locally initiated projects and efforts to diversify [local] economies," to measures designed to retain existing businesses, or combinations. The Urban Politics Dictionary. 1990, pg .172. Contemporary economic development initiatives usually involve elements of each of the definitions above. All such efforts are ultimately targeted at maintaining and improving the quality of life for residents in the community. Where there are plentiful jobs with wages sufficient to sustain families, communities are not merely viable, they are prosperous. Citizens expect government to do what it can to help ensure plentiful jobs and a sustainable future, but in a democracy like America where capitalism is the basis for the economic system, and where free trade laws permit products to be cheaply prepared by workers in other nations, and sold for low prices elsewhere, it is hard for government to consistently provide the elements for a changing economy that is increasingly defined by global forces. That of course is no reason for the federal , state, county or local government to not do all it can to help support a local sustainable economy. But at the county and local level, opportunities to directly and successfully intervene when a business is in trouble, or closing are often extremely limited-as was amply demonstrated with the recent Electrolux plant closing and job losses in Greenville. That case is an example of global free trade at work. It is much cheaper to pay workers in third world countries. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 4-1 �ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT BASED ON SMART GROWTH PRINCIPLES So what can a county and local units of government do help retain businesses and build a sustainable economy? First, the county can continue to take the lead through its economic development arm , the Montcalm Alliance. Second, ten Smart Growth measures are listed below. These are all based on the principles of sustainable development. Sustainable development accommodates needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs. 1. Develop a common. countywide vision of a sustainable future that is shared by local governments and widely supported by businesses and citizens in the county. Everyone needs to understand "We are all in this together." Losing jobs in Gr3enville, Edmore and elsewhere in the county hurts quality of life in the whole county, not just in those jurisdictions. lnterjurisdictional coordination and cooperation is essential to successfully implementing a common vision of the future. Recommended actions include: • Understand the county economy better-that includes its strengths, weaknesses and emerging threats. Work together to create a countywide 5-year strategic economic development plan which doles out responsibility for implementation to a wide range of individuals and groups who work cooperatively together. • Link the strategic plan to basic land use and infrastructure considerations as addressed in this Plan. • Set aside parochial considerations and be willing to cooperate night and day when the opportunity is presented for new jobs. That is how the Lansing area got selected for two new General Motors plants four years ago, and why they escaped with just one small plant closing in the recent round of cuts. • Identify and provide incentives for joint local planning and zoning between two or more units of local government. • Consider the benefits of combining local governments, cooperating on more shared services, and/or consolidating more governmental services in the County to improve economic competitiveness by more efficient use of taxes and eliminating duplication of services. 2. Protect the natural resource base and quality of the natural environment. Natural resources serve as the primary basis for the Montcalm County economy. A healthy economy and healthy environment go hand-in-hand. In particular, adopt policies to prevent premature land fragmentation , because that leads to land conversion , especially for single family homes on large lots in the country. Land fragmentation undermines the long-term viability of agriculture in a county that consistently ranks in the top 10 counties in Michigan for at least four agricultural products. Actions to take include adopting local policies and programs to protect: • Farmland (as described in Chapter 3) • Forestland (same approach as for farmland) • Mineral resources • Inland lake/stream water quality (as described in Chapter 3) • Sensitive environments (e.g. wetlands and floodplains) • Groundwater. 3. Protect existing income sources, wealth generators, and the existing tax base through strong business retention and entrepreneurial support policies. The ·n come existing businesses have provided to their workers has supported the local eco omy Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 4-2 �~ ( I ,,,---....._ for decades. It may well be the actions of budding entrepreneurs in the county today, that provide future support. Actions that could be taken include: • Find out what the needs of existing businesses are and work hard to do what can be done locally to retain existing jobs and businesses. • Better educate the public on the uniqueness and importance of agriculture in Montcalm County, and on the important role that sustainable use of irrigation water resources plays in making this diverse and productive agriculture industry possible. Use available measures to protect existing farms, the use of irrigation water and agricultural support and processing industries. Work to attract valueadded agricultural industries. • Explore the potential economic development benefits of an ethanol plant, biodiesel plant, or other agriculturally based value-added economic development opportunity. • Support entrepreneurial internet based business starts through local zoning that permits home occupations, provided adequate safeguards are in place to prevent incompatibilities with abutting property. 4. Maintain quality physical infrastructure. This is roads, sewer, water, storm drains, fire halls, police stations, schools and similar government buildings. This infrastructure is the skeleton around which businesses can grow new jobs and workers can be gainfully employed . • Maintaining quality physical infrastructure is so important and so directly tied to land use decisions that Chapter 6 focuses on transportation and other infrastructure. But in addition other steps should be taken: • Support high speed internet countywide as way to promote economic development; and • Support expansion of natural gas service and 3 phase electric power to attract new agricultural industry in targeted locations in the county (preferably if it is a factory, within community service areas as described in Chapter 5). Irrigation wells need the 3 phase electric power and natural gas is cheaper than LP gas where available. Figure 4-1 Quality Infrastructure is Essential to Economic Development Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 4-3 �5. Provide land properly planned, zoned, and serviced with utilities and quality roads to accommodate new businesses and affordable housing. Actions to take include the following: • Economic development should take place only within community service areas where public sewer, water, and paved roads are available, except for certain agricultural industries described above. • Plan and construct industrial parks that meet the certification requirements of the State of Michigan. Greenville has already done so, now it just needs help to fill it. Howard City and Edmore should follow Greenville's example and obtain certification for their industrial parks. • Assist local governments with efforts to improve the availability of and wider choice in affordable housing (ownership and rental). Affordable housing is a key economic development tool in areas with a well skilled workforce. Options are offered in Chapter 3. Intergovernmental cooperation is often critically important when expanding housing opportunities. • Promote development in the Montcalm County Tax Free Renaissance SubZones in Carson City, Stanton, Howard City, Edmore and Pierson and Montcalm Townships. • Reclaim brownfields after cleanup for redevelopment that helps the community achieve sustainability by reusing existing land and infrastructure. • Establish a countywide brownfield development authority . 6. Provide a quality education and wide variety of cultural opportunities. A well-trained workforce has long been a precursor to successful economic development. All local school districts need to focus on producing quality graduates with the skills to join the workforce or go on for further education. No child should be left behind. Actions that could be taken include the following: • Encourage local businesses to take an even greater role in helping shape the quality of education in local schools. • Continue to expand support for Montcalm Community College and the County ISO as tools for economic development. 7. Protect and enhance the unique aspects of each community in the county. Focus on those aspects which define its character and contribute to local quality of life. Protect indigenous visual character and set high standards for the visual and structural quality of all new job producing development. Some techniques are presented in Chapter 3, but the end result should be: • Retain small town and village character (do not turn small towns and villages into suburban looking strips) • Protect agrarian character (do not turn farmfields into large lot farmettes) • Protect scenic character (protect key viewsheds, keep buildings low, protect important open spaces and sensitive natural areas) • Protect lakes, stream and river corridors and link public access to them • Develop/protect/enhance good school systems. • Develop/nurture/protect/enhance cultural facilities (theaters , music and dance schools, museums, etc.) • Fight homogenization. Corporate businesses look the same from one community to the next, and whil,e it is good for that business identity, it robs the local community of its own identity. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 4-4 �/I 8. Better understand the relationship between public service costs and new development and be careful what local governments subsidize. For example: New development should always pay its own way except where the community consciously decides to subsidize it (as in elderly housing , or for a major new employer) . Otherwise the rest of the community ends out paying for the services to the new development, while also paying for all the services to existing development. • Many Michigan communities have granted long tax abatements only to have the benefited industry go bankrupt or leave before the tax abatemHnt period is up. Tax breaks should be sparingly used, and only when the benefits are clear and do not undermine the integrity of existing businesses. • Beware that when public services are initially installed (or upgraded), new development exploits excess capacity (such as a paved road , or a sewer line) . Once excess capacity is gone, significant new public service costs will appear-who pays then? It is important to stay ahead of public service demands and use infrastructure to guide future development rather than react to it. • The true public costs of new residential development are rarely borne entirely by the development unless it has a very high value relative to the services used . This is often not apparent because not all the public service costs are borne by the local government that has the power to approve the development. Most retail businesses also cost more to service than the revenues they generate when all public service costs are included. In contrast, most office and industrial development does pay its own way, as do 1-2 unit apartments and condominiums. Open space usually is a break-even proposition. • Be sure you know the infrastructure impacts of new development and who is to pay, before adopting new plans or approving new development proposals. • In the late 1990's a SEMCOG/Rutgers/MSU study revealed that compact growth in 18 of Michigan's rapidly growing communities which diverts half of the new development outside of easily serviced areas at only a 10% increase in density in the area expected and desired to attract new growth, will save : 12.7% of developable land (8164 acres) ; 13.2% of the agricultural land (5651 acres) ; 11 .9 % of fragile land (2198 acres) ; 11 .9% on local roads (189 lane miles) ; 15.1% and 18.1% respectively on water and sewer; as well as 6 .4% on housing costs and 3.2% on local government operating costs. See Figure • 4-2. 9. Do not let proposed increases to the tax base drive new development approvals, unless the development is located where all necessary public services are adequate. and the land is planned and zoned for that use. For example: • In many communities, diversification of the tax base is desirable (or even necessary to take some of the burden off existing taxpayers). However, if doing so increases public service costs more than tax revenues to pay for them , there may be a net loss in the community quality of life over time. • Diversification of the tax base in an agricultural townsh ip is almost certain to destroy the resource base and existing rural character, unless it is for a resource-based industry that must site close to the raw materials that feed it. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 4-5 -~- ~ ---------=--- �• Nonfarm residences in rural areas usually require far more in services than they typically pay for in taxes. In contrast, cornfields usually generate more in tax revenues than they demand in the way of public services. The sustainable option is farms. Figure 4-2 Planned Compact Settlement Patterns Cost Less in Public Services ~ ( Unplanned Growth 10. Planned Growth Consider the impacts of all plans and incremental land use decisions on adjacent jurisdictions and on future generations. Ask yourself: • Is the decision consistent with the golden rule? • What future choices are being limited or future problems would be created? • The decision is not sustainable if it robs future generations of the ability to meet their needs. Many of the ten Smart Growth measures discussed in this chapter are illustrated in Figure 4-3 which is from the Leelanau County General Plan. I' Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 4-6 �Figure 4-3 Smart Growth Techniques to Build Sustainable Communities LINK OPEN SPACES NEW DEVELOPMENT: Compact Close in to village PROTECT RENEWABLE RESOURCESFARM & FOREST LAND ,, SEPTIC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ¼/;·1/ IEA::.~~----- - ---· YHOLE DEVELOPMENT RESTRICTED ~--=::::= UFFER TO ROTECT WATER QUALITY E:\word\Montcalm\Plan feb 06\Chapter4 Economic Development2.doc CAF: C:\G -Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm Counly\Final General Plan March 2006\Chapter 4 Economic Development (3 06).doc CAF C:\G-Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Final General Plan July 2006\Chapter 4 Economic Development (7 06). doc Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 4-7 �Chapter 5 FUTURE LAND USE INTRODUCTION This chapter describes a future land use pattern for Montcalm County and key policies to achieve that pattern. It examines existing zoning as shown on Map 5-1 the Composite Zoning Map, future land use plans of jurisdictions in the county and local plans and zoning ordinances of jurisdictions of communities abutting Montcalm County. Compatibility of land uses between jurisdictions is discussed as well as consistency with the Smart Growth Tenets (see Chapter 1), Vision, Goals, Objectives and Strategies (see Chapter 2) and Best Planning Practices (see Chapter 3). The planned overall future arrangement of land use along with a description of those land uses, and the future arrangement of land use by sector of the county are discussed. Policies Montcalm County and communities within the county should follow in order to achieve the desired future vision are discussed in order to sustain the quality of land and water resources, to provide public services in the most efficient and cost effective manner, to provide for the highest quality of life and to grow and sustain the economy. EXISTING PLANNING AND ZONING Eighteen communities in Montcalm County have their own zoning ordinance. Map 5-1 is a composite of those ordinances and shows the effective zoning for Montcalm County. Six townships are shown as blank on the Composite Zoning Map as those communities do not have a zoning ordinance. Montcalm County does not have a zoning ordinance and all cities, villages and townships are encouraged to adopt and maintain local zoning that is consistent with a local master plan and this County General Plan. Existing Local Plans Only three jurisdictions within the county indicated they have a future land use plan (also known as a master plan or comprehensive plan). This suggests that most communities in the county are zoning without planning first (a legal prerequisite), and thus are exposed to unnecessary legal risks if their zoning ordinances were challenged . Existing Zoning Large areas of Montcalm County are zoned for rural residential use, the bright yellow on Map 5-1. The density of this zoning district for most of the county is from one dwelling unit per acre to one dwelling unit per 10 acres. This permits extensive residential development that can result in the loss of the agricultural economy of those townships and of the rural quality of life. Incremental, scattered development, over time, can have a profound negative effect on agricultural businesses, the capacity of the road network, the capacity of communities to efficiently and cost-effectively provide public services , the quality of water resources (such as streams, rivers and lakes), and the extent of woodlands and undeveloped spaces that provide rural character and contribute to a high quality of life. This is evident in the buildout illustrations on Figure 3-2 in Chapter 3. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-1 �) ) 3: 0 :::, s: 0 r+ C') Q) () 3 ::J Q) (") 3 0 :::,C: s: c._() ~o ~ ru o, '< C: I N::J (") '"O 0 CJl No'< OG) 0) (t) ::J Montcalm County ru Composite Zo11illg ~+· (t) '"O ru ::J Legend - U S. Highway - State Highway • Roads Lakes Streams Drains Jurisdictions Sections 0 UI s= S':::, Commercial Industrial MHP-Manufactured Home Park Other (PUD. lnstltutlonal. Public) Residential :::, cc • Resource Protection (allows residences) Resource Protection (does not allcm residences) ' "'1 Rural Residential State Land • Source Michigan Center for Geographic lnfonnation . Dept of lnfommtion Technology Map Prepared by 1he Land lnfomution Access A.ssooi.ltion. January 2005 M~ea ,,3~ ,o �Three townships, Pine, Sidney and Eureka, have large areas zoned for resource protection, a classification that generally permits residences at a density of one dwelling unit per 40 acres. About one third of Eureka Township is zoned resource protection, while the rest of the township is either in public land ownership (Flat River State Game Area) or a residential use in and around the City of Greenville. About 90% of Bloomer Township is zoned Resource Protection, with residences permitted at one dwelling unit per 40 acres. The corridors of several roads are zoned for strip commercial development, such as M46 in Belvidere Township, Cato Township and Reynolds Township, M-82 in Reyrolds Township, M-66 in Belvidere Township, M-91 in Pine, Montcalm and Eureka Townships and M-57 in Eureka and Bloomer Townships. This promotes narrow lot commercial development, as well as a proliferation of driveways, congestion and unsafe driving conditions. Those road segments could develop in a way that is destructive of the economic vitality and character of those existing cities and villages. Strip development can also force communities to extend public services in an inefficient and costly manner. The total buildout population for Montcalm County ranges from 279,458 to 759,476 persons, depending on the density at which each zoning district builds out. Many districts permit a wide range of densities. This is between four and thirteen times the existing population of the county. As discussed in the Montcalm County Fact Book, this represents serious over-zoning and only serves to attract non-farm residences to the county in an unplanned pattern. With so few communities having master plans, there is little planning guidance for communities within the Montcalm County to guide growth and public investment in the future. This Plan will help provide guidance for those communities that choose to follow it, by adopting new plans, or amendments to existing plans and zoning ordinances to reflect the vision of this Plan. Plans and Zoning Ordinances of Communities Abutting Montcalm County How one community develops at its borders affects the communities on the other side of that border and vice verse. It is important for Montcalm County to understand the potential affect of adjacent community plans and ordinances while developing its own plan. The proposed arrangement of future land uses described in this chapter and the policies proposed to support that arrangement are compatible with existing plans in adjoining jurisdictions. Of the adjacent counties that share at least a dozen or more miles of common border, information was obtained from Mecosta County, Gratiot County, and Ionia County, but not from Newaygo County, Isabella County or Kent County. Gratiot County (the county east of Montcalm County), is largely agricultural in the four townships that border Montcalm County (Seville Township, Sumner Township, New Haven Township and North Shade Township). Gratiot County's 2002 Strategic Plan places its focus on economic development rather than land use, but does propose to retain a rural character. However, its 2002 Strategic Plan also proposes to encourage growth away from the highways, which could lead to a conversion of agricultural land to other uses in areas such as along the border with Montcalm County. ~ Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-3 �Gratiot County exercises zoning authority over six townships, only one of which (Sumner Township) is adjacent to Montcalm County. In Sumner Township (which is opposite Ferris Township in Montcalm County), minimum lot size for the agricultural district is 40 acres, which should help preserve agricultural use there. Zoning for the other three Gratiot County townships along the Montcalm County border is unknown. To the extent that agriculture is supported in Gratiot County along the border with Montcalm County, it is a compatible land use. Ionia County (directly south of Montcalm County) has an agricultural area in the eastern part of its border with Montcalm County, and in the western border section a combination of developed area in the city of Belding, undeveloped Flat River State Game Area and agriculture in Otisco Township. Ionia County has a Comprehensive Land Use Plan (2002). A Zoning Ordinance was adopted in 2004 by the Planning Commission and Board of Commissioners, but then rejected by voters in a referendum. Otisco Township, which is opposite Eureka Township in Montcalm County has zoning (2002). While much of the border area in Otisco Township is zoned rural conservation or agricultural conservation, the minimum lot size of these districts is 1 acre. If there is substantial development pressure, which is possible as Otisco Township surrounds Belding, is only about 4 miles south of Greenville and can serve as a bedroom community for Grand Rapids, about 20 miles away, Otisco Township could develop in a sprawling, Iow density pattern. The Flat River State Game Area straddles the Montcalm and Ionia County line south of Greenville and north of Belding in Ionia County. The game area wiU help retain substantial open space in this area, but will also serve as an attraction to rural development, which may substantially fiH the privately owned lands at a density that is not efficient or cost-effective to provide many public services. Mecosta County is directly north of Montcalm County. Mecosta County administers zoning for the four townships directly opposite Montcalm County. The Mecosta County Zoning Ordinance was last updated substantially in 2002. The entire border area on the Mecosta County side is zoned either Agricultural/Forestry (roughly 75%) and Agricultural (25% ). While these districts are intended to preserve agricultural and forestry resource production, minimum lot size is only 1 acre. Thus portions can develop in a sprawling pattern that would be difficult to efficiently and cost effectively provide public services to. It may also over time, serve to create a large population across the border from Montcalm County that will pass through Montcalm County and create demands on its transportation system. Because these counties all have rural populations, incompatible land uses are not common now, nor likely in the next 20 years. However, northeast Kent County is rapidly growing and more incompatibilities are likely there . Unfortunately none of the jurisd ictions in northeast Kent County responded to Montcalm County's request for a copy of the local plan and zoning ordinance. so compatibility of land uses could not be analyzed . Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-4 �FUTURE LAND USE AND POLICIES The future land use pattern envisioned in Chapter 2 is based on a sustainable economy (especially in the agricultural sector), the preservation of rural character, the provision of a variety of residential opportunities, protection of natural, visual and cultural resources, the provision of an efficient and diverse transportation network, and all the key infrastructure needed to support job development in the nine incorporated cities and villages in the county. The text below describes the existing and future land use pattern in Montcalm County. Existing land use/land cover in 2001 is illustrated on Map 5-2. Policies to achieve a desired future land use pattern are illustrated on Map 5-3. Floodplains and wetlands are illustrated on Map 5-4. Future Land Use Policy If the vision, goals, objectives and strategies recommended in this Plan are implemented, then over the next twenty years, the landscape of Montcalm County will change little except in and contiguous to the existing cities and villages in the county. In fact, future land use will look much like Map 5-2, Existing Land Use/Land Cover. More specifically: • Farms and forest land will remain the predominate land use; • Existing cities, villages and parts of adjoining townships will develop within compact community service areas; • Rural character, especially along the major road corridors, will be preserved; • Sensitive resources, especially streams, rivers, lakes, floodplains and wetlands will be protected; • Compact job centers and economic renaissance zones will continue to be developed in appropriate locations; • Commercial centers will be encouraged to expand where existing commercial use is established, and where attractively designed and in a compact pattern; • Single and multiple family development will largely occur in platted subdivisions served by public sewer and water; • Rural residential development will be limited, and not in a pattern that places the agricultural economy at risk; and when it does occur, it will do so consistent with best practices that protect natural resources and rural character. Key Future Land Use Policies Map Map 5-3 summarizes the key land use policies in this Plan. Key features of this map include the following: 1. Community Service Area Boundaries. These areas illustrate the maximum extent of dense residential development at 4-12 units per acre and intense job-based non-residential development. Infill, brownfield redevelopment and incremental expansion of urban services (especially sewer, water, storm drains and paved roads) is the desired primary order of development within these areas. Local planning and zoning that respects compatibility between land uses should guide the specific location and timing of development within these community service area boundaries. _,,.... ~ Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-5 �) ) c;;· 0 ~ ::J :::s C) cc 0) 3 i D) e,_() :::s ~o s: a. ru c;,'< C I ) m >< ~ O> I ' ' I\.) ::J c-o OG) CD I -N o'< O') ('O U) Montcalm County w♦• ::J ., ('O 2001 La11d Use Map ~ i D) :::s a. 0 7J ru ::J 0 < .., CD Legend 2001 Land Use • - U.S . Highway Streams - State Highway Drains Agricultural Roads Jurisdicbons Barren Water Lakes Sections Forested Wetlands • Rangeland Urban Source Michigan Center for Geographic Information, Dept oflnfonnation Technology Map Prepared by the Land Information Access Association, July 2005 M ies 10 (J1 �) " s: ~ 0 :::::, 'Tl g -~ s::: s::: r+ 3 ~ c.... () £.0 01 I o, ru ::I "O C. 01 '< C I\.):::::, -..Jo'< OG) 0) (t) :::::, ~ -0 ru :::::, e ** * - cw Key Policies Map Key (t) -, I ) Special Landscape Corridor - Public Facilities - (Town Halls, Fir• Stations, etc.) (/) Cl) Freeway Primary Road Collector Road or Local Parks Commercial Centers D Employment Centers Farm& Forest Land Conservation Renaissance Zones ["_:-j Community Service Area Boundaries • • • • • Fred Meijer Heartland Trail and White Pine Trall State Game Areas Manistee National Forest Floodplains Map prepared by Plannlng & Zoning Center, Inc:., with asslstanc:e from the Land Information Accen Association and FEMA. 10 hh•\ -0 2. c;· cii' (/) �) '\ s: 0 ::::, ....0 s: 0 ::, I» () 3 0) 3 0 0 c.._ () C: ~ o ()l I ex> ::::, '< C I\.) ::J s: Q) '<°"O o'< CJ) CJ1 OG) (\) I ::::, ~ 0) CD ::, w♦, CD -, Q!. ""O ru ::, V, ;::;: <' City & Village Boundaries (\) Sealoos ~ ::::, Sensitive Lands 0. - V, Streams Drains th• ll<n•llv• I 1110. l.1yn w11 romp°"cd from the followinir 1) 2001 Wdlan~ b) ruv,n .,,d l)flln•l•yn bufl<t'edll lt)Oft r) fllMA ort11d,,.,.,d117.or1tA d) l'11,cdl tlblod II dlhtt A11rlcullur• or"IL, l'.xcmpt that inltt90CCI lakeabulfertd al !()()ti sew~ ,l'ltfd d•I• provl<k(l tOll11")' ot lh• F.,pali1.1tio11 Oq,t ofM011IClllrn c....-,ty, l004 Mid1l)\lt1 t' n,u, lo, OC"t<f 11i1lc lnlom1aU,.,, Dtl( ol l11form&U011 'ltcltnology Map J'1q,eml by lht l-lfld b1fonnfttl011 A<C<lll AosodatiOll, nrc<tttbcr 2005 Miles 10 �2. Farm and Forest Conservation. In contrast, outside of Community Service Areas, future land development should be very limited (the white areas on Map 5-3). In farm and forest areas, the density of future residential development should not exceed 1 dwelling unit per 40 acres, although allowed units are encouraged to be clustered on small lots on a portion of the property, to minimize negative impacts from typical agricultural activities. It may be necessary to site limited agricultural related industrial facilities in this area, but generally speaking , such facilities should only locate in or adjacent to cities or villages with public sewer and water. 3. Commercial Centers. The red asterisk generally represents existing commercial centers in the county. In most cases these are in existing cities and villages or other rural settlements. Some are very small, but important service locations for residents in the area. All new commercial development should take place contiguous to these existing commercial centers and not in new locations as that only contributes to sprawl and strip development. 4. Employment Centers and Renaissance Zones. The purple asterisks and purple shaded locations are the existing home to many jobs, or the planned location for many new jobs. With the possible exception of certain new agricultural related industries, new job producing industries should be located inside Community Service Area boundaries or contiguous to existing employment centers. They should be located so as to not contribute to sprawl or strip development. 5. Roads and Highways. The dark black lines on the map are the state and interstate highways in the county. These are the backbone for efficient commerce and daily life. Every effort should be made to ensure their proper maintenance and improvement. 6. Trails. The Fred Meijer Heartland Trail, the Fred Meijer Flat River Trail and the White Pine State Park Trail are Montcalm County jewels. They provide important recreational opportunities that should be built upon as the recreational part of a greenspace system throughout the county. 7. State Game Areas, National Forest and Local Parks. The other key skeletal pieces to a county greenspace system are the public lands. Lands in dark green are the five State Game Areas, while light green lands are part of the Manistee National Forest. Black asterisks are scattered local parks. The county should initiate preparation of a greenspace plan that over time links these facilities wherever possible by passive and active green spaces, while at the same time expanding the county parks to serve all areas of the county. 8. Special Landscape Corridors. The land alongside all the state highways is designated as special landscape corridors since the visual images most people have of the beautiful rural scenes in the county come almost exclusively from the view from the road . If the primary roads become lined with strip development (residential or commercial), with billboards and poorly maintained property, then the unique rural character of Montcalm County will be eroded , and with it much of what makes the county special to those who live there. 9. Other Public Facilities. While most of the key public facilities in the county are in the cities and villages , there are many township halls and fire barns in the most rural parts of the county that provide essential services and a community centerpiece (for a century or more in some cases). Many of these are historic structures that deserve to be well maintained as part of the history of Montcalm County. 10. Floodplains and wetlands . Map 5-3 includes floodplains in three light orange and Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-9 �yellow patterns. At the scale of the map they are hard to spot, but still very important. As circumstances in other parts of the nation have illustrated several times in the last few years, floodplains are dangerous places to live and they should be protected for the water storage and wildlife habitat benefits they provide. Only a few floodplains in Montcalm County have been mapped. FEMA should be requested to map the floodplains on all rivers and creeks in the county. Wetlands also provide these benefits and should similarly be protected. Map 5-4 illustrates all the "sensitive" lands in Montcalm County. This includes floodplains and wetlands in the county. LAND USE BY SUB-AREA OF THE COUNTY Map 5-5 illustrates six sub-areas of the county with a physical and community character somewhat distinct from the others. Boundaries were purposely selected to coincide with township boundaries and they are not distinct locations on the ground. Following is a brief description of existing and proposed future land use in each of these sub-areas. Readers will want to periodically refer to Maps 5-2, 5-3 and 5-4. All proposed future land use arrangements and policies presented in this chapter were developed based on a blending of: • The natural capacity of the land to sustain certain types of development and the important natural functions played by unique land and water resources in the area. • The relative future need for residential, commercial and industrial uses; as well as the existing land use distribution. • The relationship of agricultural and undeveloped lands to existing community character and the economic base of the county. • The capabilities of the transportation network to sustain different types of development in different areas of the county. • The compatibilities of various land uses when sited adjacent to one another. • The desires of local residents and public officials as expressed through their participation in visioning sessions and public Planning Commission meetings. Sub-Area One Sub-area one is in the far northwestern part of the county, and includes Reynolds, Winfield, Pierson and Maple Valley Townships, as well as Howard City, the village of Pierson and the unincorporated areas of Coral and Trufant. This sub-area is physically diverse. The western part of this sub-area, in Reynolds and Pierson Townships generally has very draughty, sandy soils. Farming in this area was attempted when it was originally settled, but few farms exist today. Forest growth succeeded farming, and there are extensive Manistee National Forest lands in Reynolds Township. US-131 provides excellent access to Grand Rapids and Big Rapids, and has resulted in rapid population growth. Streams and lakes have attracted home construction , and this development pressure places stresses on water quality. The Muskegon River flows through the northwestern part of Reynolds Township. Winfield Township , the township east of Reynolds has more productive soils with active farms, although ponding water can be a problem for both farming and building. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-10 �) s: ~ 0 :::, 0 ::, ..... 0 ru (") 3 e!. 3 c_O C C.11-< I 0 (") ~ C oC: ::J ..... ~'< ~ 01 O') ([) -0 ru '"O ::, C.11 OG) :::, ([) -, ~ -) ) CJ) Montcalm County C: tT Base Map (Shoiviug Property lines) )> ru :::, @ s» ti> 1=M!!fil! - U.S Highway Lakes - State Highway Streams Roads [ I Property Lines Drains Jurisdictions SecliOns Soun.'C M1ch1f;111 Center for Geographic Information, Dept oflnfom1a11on Technology Map l'rop,1rcd by 1hc l.1111d lnfonruu ion !\cress A<:;Ociation, Jamruy 2005 MIies 10 I �I I It is a scenic township, with lakes and rolling hills. Pierson Township, which is south of Reynolds Township also has a number of lakes, making resorts and lakefront living popular. Recreational opportunities are also provided by the White Pine State Park Trail, which extends roughly north-south through the sub-area parallel to and east of US-131 . Associated with several of the lakes in this sub-area are parks, such as Kramp Park and Trufant Petersen Park. Pierson Township also is served by US-131, putting pressure on it as a bedroom community for Grand Rapids. Maple Valley Township, which is south of Winfield Township has highly productive soils and good permeability except in its far western and northwestern parts. In those parts where soils have good permeability, the land is valuable for both agriculture and building homes. Where soils in this sub-area have poor permeability, land is poor for both agriculture and residential building. Homes need to be on very large parcels in order to have a better chance to find an appropriate place for a septic system. Maple Valley Township also has natural lakes and ponds, which provide groundwater storage. However, these are also sensitive and care must be taken to protect groundwater from pollutants. Future land use in this sub-area is expected to include many more single-family residences whose residents commute to jobs north or south of the county. There will be a mix of residential along with some agriculture, highway commercial at freeway interchanges, a small amount of industrial and abundant recreation. It will be important to retain rural character as development occurs. Because of the high development pressure, this will require the application of best planning practices discussed in Chapter 3, such as clustering, and vegetative screening. The village of Howard City, the village of Pierson and the settlement areas of Coral and Trufant are encouraged to develop within compact community service areas. Howard City has public sewer and water, while Pierson has public sewer. The extension of sewer and water should only occur in support of a pattern that retains the capacity of those communities to efficiently utilizes pub.lie investment. Howard City will likely receive the most opportunity for new businesses and should take the opportunity to insist on quality new development that is not only well constructed and looks good, but contributes to improved quality of life in the city and surrounding area. Future land use in the eastern part of this sub-area should stay primarily in agriculture and rural residential development. Townships are encouraged to adopt a density of one dwelling unit per forty acres for agricultural areas in order to help ensure a sustainable agricultural economy. Sub-area Two This sub-area includes Cato, Belvidere and Pine Townships, the village of Lakeview and the unincorporated area of Six Lakes. This is an important farming area, with productive soils distributed throughout the sub-area. Several lakes, such as Townline Lake, Six Lakes, Tamarack Lake and Rainbow Lake attract resort, seasonal and year around residences. The Flat River begins its journey to the Grand River in this area. The Langston State Game Area provides land for hiking, bird watching and hunting. This sub-area is served by M-46, which runs east and west, and M-91, which extends from the Lakeview area south to Greenville and into Ionia County. The M-46 corridor in the Lakeview area is relatively developed with residences, businesses and small Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-12 �industrial uses along a nearly one-mile segment. Most of Cato Township, Belvidere Township and Pine Township have productive soils, and potato, dairy and cash crops are successful there. In south-central Pine Township there is an area of very draughty, sandy soils where the Langston State Game Area is located. There are also oil and gas fields (including a huge underground natural gas storage facility) and gravel pits. Future land use of this area should remain primarily agricultural and rural residential. Lakefront residential and resort uses will continue around the several lakes in this subarea, but overbuilding should be resisted. The townships should encourage agricultural use on the productive soils that are distributed throughout this sub-area. This can be done through 40 acre minimum density zoning, conservation subdivisions, open space zoning, the purchase of development rights and other related techniques. The village of Lakeview is encouraged to continue to develop within a compact community service area, with incremental expansions of public sewer and water. This will be a much more efficient and attractive development pattern than to spread out along M-46. It will also make M-46 safer and less congested. M-46 and M-91 are identified as special landscape corridors. In order for these roads to maintain their rural character, townships and the Village of Lakeview should work with property owners along the corridors to utilize the best practices principles in Chapter 3, such as encouraging them to preserve or establish natural vegetative screening along the roads, limit the number of driveways by clustering new development, designing attractive signs and other steps to preserve rural character. The preservation of agriculture will also contribute greatly to protecting the rural character of this area. Sub-area Three Sub-area Three is in the northeast corner of Montcalm County and includes Home, Richland and Ferris Townships. The villages of Edmore and Vestaburg are in this subarea. This is also a productive farming area, with suitable soils when drained. There are numerous wetlands. The Edmore and Vestaburg State Game Areas are in this sub-area, on lands less suitable for farming. They provide recreational opportunities, such as walking, bird watching and hunting. The planned paving of the Fred Meijer Heartland Trail through this sub-area from Edmore east to Vestaburg and into Gratiot County to the City of Alma, will provide significant new recreational opportunities for many. Productive soils are distributed througout this sub-area, and farming remains very active in much of Sub-area Three. However, here there are more wetlands and poorly drained soils here than in some other areas of Montcalm County. The future land use of this sub-area should be primarily agricultural and rural residential. The townships are encouraged to help sustain the agricultural economy by instituting 40 acre minimum density zoning, open space zoning, clustering, conservation subdivisions and where warranted, purchase of development rights. Areas of eastern Richland and Ferris Townships are more conducive to a rural residential use than to farming. However, due to the lack of public sewers in this area, residential development needs to be on large lots, with a minimum size that should be determined in cooperation with the Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-13 �District Health Department. Sprawling, large-lot rural development can make the provision of public services less efficient and more costly for rural communities, so the application of best practices such as clustering can reduce some negative impacts on the community. The village of Edmore is encouraged to continue to develop in a compact pattern to efficiently utilize its investment in public sewer and water. The village of Vestaburg is encouraged to develop within a compact community service area when public sewer and water can be provided. M-46 runs east and west through this sub-area, and is designated as a special landscape corridor. M-66, which enters this sub-area from the south and ends at M-46 along the western edge of this sub-area, is also a special landscape corridor. In order for these roads to maintain their rural landscape character, townships and villages should work with property owners along the corridors to utilize the principles in Chapter 3 to preserve rural character, such as encouraging them to preserve or establish natural vegetative screening along the roads, limit the number of driveways by clustering new development, designing attractive signs and other steps to preserve rural character. In order to protect agriculture and rural character in Ferris Township, a zoning ordinance should be considered that is consistent with the policies in this Plan, as the township does not currently have zoning. The township should give consideration to entering into an agreement with adjoining townships and creating a joint planning commission with a single zoning ordinance instead of a separate plan and zoning ordinance. Sub-area Four Sub-area four is in the center of the county. It includes Douglas, Day, Sidney and Evergreen Townships, the Villages of Sheridan and McBride, the City of Stanton and the unincorporated area of Sidney. M-66 is the main road serving this sub-area. M-66 runs north and south, connecting M-46 which runs east and west to the north of this sub-area and M-57, which runs east and west to the south of this area, and Ionia County to the south of Montcalm County. Montcalm Community College is in Sidney Township. Soils in the Douglass and Day Townships are generally productive, with artificial draining seldom needed. Sidney and especially Evergreen Townships have extensive areas of poorly drained soils and wetlands, as well as some areas of productive soils. Large areas of these two townships are in the Stanton State Game Area, which provides opportunities for hiking, bird watching, other nature study and hunting. Productivity varies greatly in the southern part of this sub-area, with some pasturing taking place. The terrain is often rolling, and where slopes are steep, the risk of erosion is high. The Fred Meijer Heartland Trail runs diagonally southwest to northeast through this subarea and when completed will link Greenville to Stanton and then it continues on to Edmore. From Lake Road southwest of Sidney to McBride the trail is already paved. Future land use in this sub-area includes agriculture where soil is productive, rural residential where soils are not productive, and developed uses within the Stanton and Sheridan Community Service Areas. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-14 ---~=~------------- -- - �Existing farming can be used as a guide to selecting areas in which to promote agricultural sustainability. Townships should be encouraged to promote the agricultural economic sector by establishing 40 acre minimum density (only Sidney Township already has it), open space zoning, clustering and conservation subdivision design. Where agriculture does not have a history of success, rural residential uses should be permitted. However, due to problems associated with drainage, minimum lot sizes should be set in consultation with the District Health Department. Open space zoning, clustering and conservation subdivision design should also be encouraged in order to preserve rural character, undeveloped open space and wildlife habitat. The City of Stanton and Village of Sheridan should fully develop in an efficient, compact pattern within a defined Community Service Area in order to take advantage of the investment in public sewer and water before any extensions are considered. While the Village of Sheridan has a large capacity water system, it should consider extensions carefully, in order to make the most cost-effective use of its investment, retain its character and protect nearby farmland. In order to protect agriculture and rural character in Day and Evergreen Townships, plans and zoning that are consistent with the policies in this Plan should be considered as these townships do not currently have zoning. However, they are encouraged to consider a joint planning commission with one or more adjoining townships. Sub-area Five Sub-area five includes the City of Greenville, Montcalm Township, Eureka Township and Fairplain Township. It is served by M-57, which runs east and west and connects Greenville with Carson City to the east and Kent County and US-131 to the west. M-91 runs north and south through Greenville and connects it to Lakeview and Mecosta County to the north, and the City of Belding in Ionia County to the south. This is the most densely populated sub-area because of Greenville and the surrounding development associated with Greenville. Development also extends north along M-91 and east and west along M-57. The Greenville Airport is south of the city. This area of the county along with the US-131 corridor in the panhandle area are expected to receive the most new development over the next 20 years. There are productive soils in the area east of Greenville, in northern Fairplains Township, and eastern Montcalm Township. Nearly the entire southern part of this subarea has poor soils for either agriculture or development, and most of it is in the Flat River State Game Area. This State Game Area serves as a partial barrier to development south of Greenville, so any new interest in new development in the rural areas around Greenville will be forced north into Montcalm Township or will skip into Fairplain Township. Eureka Township, which surrounds Greenville, is zoned for resource protection in the areas east of Greenville and to the west and northwest of the city. Future land uses in this sub-area include a wide mixture of agriculture, rural residential, and built uses. Agriculture should be encouraged in those areas where it is productive, which generally is in portions of Montcalm, eastern Eurekaand northern Fairplains townships. Rural residential use should be encouraged in rural areas that are not Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-15 �productive farmland. However, many of the non-productive farmlands are also not suitable for residential use unless the lot size is very large due to soil suitability problems in siting septic systems. New residential, commercial and industrial uses should be developed in a compact pattern within the Community Services Area that encompasses Greenville. This includes existing commercial, industrial and residential areas. Greenville already provides public sewer and water, and it should fully take advantage of its investment in this infrastructure before extending services elsewhere. If the Electrolux factory is ultimately unmarketable, it should be leveled, the site cleaned of any contaminates and reused in a manner planned by Greenville citizens. The existing industrial parks should be filled before new land is committed to that purpose. Agriculture and rural character should be protected by establishing a 40 acre minimum density in the most productive farming areas and in resource protection areas. Open space ordinances, clustering, and conservation subdivision design should be used as appropriate. Immediate efforts to preserve visual character along M-57 and M-91 should be taken as these are important routes that contribute to the collective sense of the rural character of the area, and hence to quality of life. Protecting or enhancing quality of life is important, both for the happiness of existing residents and for the economy-attracting new business and retaining existing businesses. There are many signs, billboards and cluttered properties along these corridors that deserve attention. In order to protect agriculture and rural character in Fairplain Township, a more formal zoning ordinance based on a plan should be adopted that is consistent with the policies in this Plan. Establishing a joint planning commission with one or more neighboring jurisdictions is strongly encouraged. This sub-area is already rich in recreational opportunity. However, providing connections between residential areas and existing parks, the State Game Area and recreation facilities outside the sub-area should be pursued. Sub-area Six Sub-area Six includes Bushnell Township, Bloomer Township, Crystal Township and Carson City and the unincorporated area of Crystal in the southeast corner of the county. M-57 connects this sub-area to Greenville to the west and Gratiot County immediately east of Carson City. M-66 is a north-south route along the western edge of the sub-area. Carson City is at the eastern edge of the study area and the county. The Carson City Correctional Facility is located in Bloomer Township, southwest of Carson City, and serves as a regional job center. Oil production occurs in this sub-area. The soils in this area are generally productive when drained, but are highly diverse. Dairy farming is still active in the area. Large portions of Bushnell, Bloomer and Crystal townships are farmed. ,,,,---....__ Crystal Lake is the largest lake in the county (over 700 acres) , and attracts seasonal and year around residential development. Protection of water quality is especially important Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-16 --------------------------- - -- �~ I as much of the shoreline is sandy and shallow. Best practices for shoreline development should be pursued including limiting use of lawn fertilizers and preservation of a natural vegetative strip along the shore. The primary future land uses are expected to be agriculture and rural residential. Quarter-quarter zoning or 40 acre minimum lot size zoning should be pursed like Bloomer Township to help preserve agricultural land. However, Crystal and Bushnell Townships do not currently have zoning. In order to protect agriculture and rural character, zoning that is consistent with the policies in this Plan should be considered. Establishing a joint planning commission with one or more neighboring jurisdictions is strongly encouraged. THE MANAGEMENT OF DIFFERENT LAND USES IN THE FUTURE This section discusses how different land use/land cover types should be managed in the future in order to meet the vision, goals and objectives of this Plan. This section is intended to expand upon the descriptions in the last section, and help communities within Montcalm County when developing or updating their comprehensive plans and zoning ordinances consistent with this Plan. ,,,--,_ j Agricultural, Forest and Rural Land Conservation Map 5-2, Existing Land Use/Land Cover (see also Maps 4-4 and 4-5 in Chapter 4 of the Montcalm County Fact Book) show that agriculture is by far the land use with the largest total area in Montcalm County. It occurs in large blocks and on many scattered parcels throughout the county. The exception to this pattern is in the far northwestern portion of the county, where forest is the dominant land use/cover type. On a county basis, about one-quarter of the land in Montcalm County is forest. Forests contribute to the county's rural character, provide raw materials for forest products, enhance biodiversity, provide wildlife habitat, slow stormwater runoff, improve water quality, and provide recreational opportunities. Much of Montcalm County's forest land is already in public ownership (either the Manistee National Forest or State Game Areas), and thus are protected. Farmland, forestry and related agricultural and forestry businesses should be protected through 2025 and probably far beyond. Together they occupy the largest area of any of the proposed land uses. The principal strategies to protect farms and forest land include: • Quarter-Quarter Zoning. Individual communities with extensive farmland and forests are encouraged to adopt quarter-quarter zoning. This means one dwelling per quarter-quarter section (about 40 acres) would be permitted. The dwelling would be placed on a new separate lot of not more than 1-3 acres in order to leave 37-39 acres still owned by the farmer for continued agriculture. If a farmer owned more than one quarter-quarter section, he could cluster the permitted dwelling units in one place to leave more contiguous land in farming. For example, if a farmer owned 120 acres, that is 3 quarter-quarter sections. Three two-acre lots could be placed in a cluster of lots on six acres leaving 114 acres in agriculture. Quarter-quarter zoning is used in areas where farmers are committed to farming. If a farmer wanted to stop farming, he or she would request rezoning out of the quarter-quarter district and into another zoning district, such as a rural residential district with a lot size of usually 2-10 acres/parcel. A landowner with less than a quarter-quarter section in a quarter-quarter zone, would have a Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-17 �nonconforming parcel that could still be used for a single homesite, but could not be split for other homesites unless it were rezoned into a zoning classification that permitted smaller lots. Adopting a minimum density of one dwelling unit per 40 acres would be especially important in the intensively farmed areas from the middle of Sub-Area 1 through Sub-Area 2, into the wdstern part of Sub-Area 3, the top half of SubArea 4, the southwest part of Sub-Area 4, the upper northeastern and eastern part of Sub-Area 5 and nearly all of Sub-Area 6. Bloomer, Eureka, Pine, and Sidney Townships already have this density for large portions of their townships. Winfield, Cato, Belvidere, Home, Maple Valley, Evergreen, Douglass, Day, Montcalm, Fairplain and Bushnell Townships should adopt one unit per 40 acre minimum density for large portions of their townships. Quarter/quarter zoning is the best way to do this. This would require Day, Evergreen, Fairplain and Bushnell Townships to create their own zoning ordinances or create joint planning commissions with neighboring jurisdictions. • PDR and TOR. Purchase of development rights (PDR) and transfer of development rights (TOR) are two techniques described in Chapter 3 that are even more effective than local zoning at preserving farm and forest land. Each involves paying the landowner for the value of the development rights on the land while ensuring its long term preservation as farm or forest land. Of course this is expensive. In PDR, government or a land conservancy purchases the development rights. In TOR, a developer does in return for the right to build at a higher density inside a Community Service Area. In TOR, the highest quality farm and forest lands in the county would be designated as sending zones and the land that could be served with public sewer and water the receiving area. This is largely land in existing cities and villages in the county, or land adjacent to those communities in abutting townships. In order for farmers to be eligible to participate in the state PDR program or a TOR program, the county would have to adopt a county farmland preservation plan, or every unit of government would have to do so separately and then enter into joint agreements for implementation. Rural Residential This area is intended to provide low density housing opportunities. Conservation subdivision design and zoning would be the governing principle. New development would be clustered on a small portion of the lot in order to preserve the balance for farm, forestry or other open space use. Chapter 3 illustrates how this is done. Development of this type would be limited in farm and forest areas, and on soils not well suited for farms or forest management; otherwise there will be too many dwellings in these sustainable resource areas. Densities would range from about 1 dwelling unit per 10 to 20 acres. There would be no minimum lot size smaller than ¼ acre and there would be maximum lot sizes of 1 to 3 acres, so that open space would be preserved. Homes should be clustered with a single access drive to limit the frequency of driveways on rural roads. Communities with sewer and water would not extend these services into the rural residential district. Design guidelines should be adopted to guide property owners in helping to preserve rural character. This area is not intended for long term agricultural protection, but there would be no overt actions to restrict agriculture. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-18 �Residential These areas would primarily occur within the community service area boundaries of the small towns in the county. This would include manufactured home communities and single family residential development at a density from 3 to 4 dwelling units up to 8 to 12 per acre. Residential development at this density would have an urban character. It is expected that these areas would be served by public sewer and water. There would be limited requirements for open space, relying, instead on public parks, except where the land were a planned unit development, or sensitive lands like wetlands were protected as part of the development. Design guidelines should be adopted to guide the residential development so that it is compatible with adjacent land uses. Commercial Commercial uses include neighborhood and regional stores, gas stations, specialty stores, offices and similar uses. Commercial uses should primarily occur within community service area boundaries and in identified commercial centers or in a few highway service areas. Commercial uses should be clustered in nodes instead of stripped along a highway and their layouts designed in order to manage access for safety and efficiency. Commercial uses should also be attractively designed in order to stimulate business activity and contribute to the quality of life of the county. ,,,.-----.._,., I Industrial Industrial uses include facilities for assembly and fabrication , materials storage, oil and gas processing and storage and agricultural and forestry processing. It also includes mineral extraction and airports. In general these uses should be located within community service areas where public sewer and water are required, in designated job centers and renaissance zones. Care should be taken to adequately protect sensitive natural resources from damage or pollution, and to adequately buffer adjacent uses (especially residential) or establish transitional uses between industries and incompatible land uses. Some agriculture-related industries may need to be established outside of community service areas, and in agriculture areas, but they should have adequate protections for water resources, rural character and adjacent land uses. Waterfront Residential There are many lakes and rivers in Montcalm County that are extensively developed with resorts, seasonal and year around homes. It is important for long term water quality in these lakes and rivers that waterfront home owners be good stewards of those waters. It is likely that waterfront properties will be developed and redeveloped over the next twenty years. The trend for waterfront development in Michigan is for much larger homes to be built. Good stewardship of Montcalm County waters means that land owners need to build on and manage waterfront properties with the least possible impact on water quality. That means keeping impervious area low. The Flat River Natural Country-Scenic River regulations can help guide waterfront protection standards for other rives and lakes in the county, and watershed protection groups identified in Chapter 4 of the Montcalm County Fact Book can also assist townships in adopting standards for water quality protection. Sensitive Lands and Water Quality Protection Drains, streams, rivers, floodplains and wetlands are among the sensitive lands in Montcalm County that should be protected. These are shown on Map 5-4. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 5-19 �Land adjacent to lakes, rivers, streams and drains should receive protection. This would include vegetation buffers, principal structure setbacks, limits on imperviousness, fertilizer limitations, livestock exclusion , restoration of riparian habitat, exclusion of sanitary sewer or septic system connections to storm drains, moderation of input flow rates, restrictions on development in floodpla ins and wetlands, and erosion and sedimentation control. Drains would still have to be managed to provide adequate flow. The primary purpose of county storm drains is to prevent flooding and permit farming of wet fields. Historically this has been accomplished by periodic dredging and vegetation clearing . The measures listed above do not necessarily impede flow, if implemented correctly. Vegetation can be managed on the banks but not in the channel. Trees on the south bank can shade the stream bed to the point that flow impeding vegetation does not grow. These measures would help protect water quality, provide shade for fish and habitat for wildlife as well. Parks and Recreation The recreation system in the county consists of existing national forest land , county and local parks, the state game areas, and linear trails. Continued development of these recreation areas is important to the quality of life and competitive economic advantage of Montcalm County. The Montcalm County Recreational Plan should be updated every five years in a manner consistent with the vision, goals and objectives in this Plan. Community Service Areas & Future Land Use The exact location of the Community Service Area Boundaries on Map 5-3 should be determined by each local jurisdiction as new plans and updates to existing plans are made. A Community Services Area Boundary should be based on the principles and policies in this Plan , such as the Smart Growth Tenets and Best Planning Practices, and should be drawn in a manner compatible with plans of adjoining jurisdictions. Similarly, the specific location of future land uses should be established by the cities, villages and townships in the county consistent with locally adopted master plans and zoning ordinances. Those ordinances should be prepared with active involvement of adjacent units of government, with an eye to ensuring compatibility between land uses within the jurisdiction and between those in neighboring jurisdictions, and in a manner that is consistent with the vision , goals, objectives, strategies , policies and best practices advocated in this Plan. John f:/winword/Montcalm/plan feb 06/Chapter 5 FLU.doc CAF: C:\G-Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Final General Plan March 2006\Chapter 5 FLU (3 06).doc C:\G-Dnve\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Flnal General Plan July 2006\Chapter 5 FLU (7 06).doc Montca lm County General Plan July 2006 5-20 �Chapter 6 TRANSPORTATION & OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE INTRODUCTION This chapter briefly examines the infrastructure policy necessary to implement the vision described in Chapter 2, the best practices described in Chapter 3, the economic development recommendations in Chapter 4, and the land use policies in Chapter 5. The word "infrastructure" is used broadly to refer to the large-scale public systems, f,ervices, and facilities within the county that are necessary for economic activity and improved quality of life, including : roads, airports, rail, public transportation , non-motorized transportation , public sewer and water, communications, power, schools, medical facilities, police and fire facilities, local government facilities , and parks and recreation facilities. For a description of existing Montcalm County infrastructure, see Chapter 6 Transportation and Chapter 7 Public Facilities and Services in the Montcalm County Fact Book. TRANSPORTATION Countywide Transportation Plan A coordinated and well-integrated transportation system is the backbone of any economic development program. A quality system of interconnected city streets, county roads and state highways is critical for efficient commerce. Rail and air service are essential for a diverse economy. Alternative transportation options including public transit and an integrated non-motorized system are important options for workers, children and the elderly. These elements should all be carefully considered and addressed in a new county transportation plan. The plan should identify short and long range road connections, bypasses, lane additions, road closures, intersection and bridge improvements. It should focus first on maintenance of the existing paved road system and not on newly paving existing gravel roads, except where necessary to achieve other economic development objectives. It should support the preparation of access management plans for each state highway and necessary transportation improvements for new economic developments. It should be a top priority in 2006. Roads The road system in Montcalm County is well established, and largely in good condition. It is very important that this system be properly maintained and incrementally expanded according to a county transportation plan when the need for such expansion is evident. In most cases, road (as well as sewer and water) expansion costs should be borne by the private sector as each new business, subdivision or condominium development is constructed. It is very important that new commercial development not simply strip along existing state highways and county primary roads. This usurps the road capacity for businesses that is paid for by all travelers. Two, much better alternatives, are commercial node development where commercial development builds back from a highway with its own internal street system. The second is that as each new strip commercial development takes place, it builds an increment of a parallel connecting road system, so that short trips can be taken between businesses without going back onto the major arterial. These alternatives will be most important to pursue on the state highways around Greenville, Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 6-1 �t Stanton, Edmore, Lakeview and Carson City. It may be necessary for developers to build longer segments of these parallel roads and then enter into payback agreements with abutting property owners, or for the county to bond for some of the segments and be paid back by special assessment of the benefiting properties. These and other financing options should be explored at the appropriate time. Access Management Along the 2-5 lane state trunklines throughout Montcalm County (and in particular on M57, M-91, M-66, and M-46), are hundreds of unnecessary existing driveways, poorly designed driveways, driveways that are too close to intersections and other drivewclys, unconnected parking lots and few service drives. This leads to unnecessary risks of traffic crashes, congestion and reduced traffic flow. Over time, these problems can all be corrected, or at least improved, and future problems can be prevented through a coordinated system of local access management regulations. That means vehicular crashes can be minimized, damage to vehicles reduced, and personal injuries and deaths can be prevented . Such a benefit cannot be readily calculated, but it is huge, well worth doing and well within the ability of local governments in the county to achieve. Montcalm County should work with local governments along M-91 , M-46, M-57 and M66 to lobby the Michigan Department of Transportation (MOOT) to finance access management plans for each of these corridors. MOOT finances 6-8 such projects each year. MOOT requires local governments to agree to adopt uniform access management regulations (based on an MOOT model ordinance) at the completion of the corridor study. These studies are very effective at achieving intergovernmental cooperation and coordination as well as at saving lives and preventing future property damage. However, given the status of local zoning in the county (several townships do not have zoning), this means that only M-91 , M-46 and M-57 from the Kent County line east to Greenville would presently be available for funds for such a project. Unzoned townships do not typically qualify for assistance. Often MOOT funds such studies for 15-30 mile segments, so local governments in adjoining counties may also need to be involved in order for such a project to receive funding priority for access management studies by MOOT. The MOOT Transportation Center in Howard City is the office that would need to initiate a funding request for an access management plan in Montcalm County. The County Planning Commission should be alert to future opportunities to reduce the negative impacts of poorly designed highway access through various land use planning and access management techniques and share these with local governments so they can be incorporated into local zoning ordinances. Highway Noise A little considered , but very important future issue will be the impact of noise that comes from high speed highways-and in particular, the freeway portion of US-131 . Currently, traffic volume on US-131 is fairly high for a rural freeway segment. Existing land use adjacent to the freeway is largely limited to farming , forest management, very low density residential-so few people are negatively affected by highway noise. But highway noise will rise as traffic volumes increase. While existing land uses are not proposed to be changed over the life of this Plan , it will be important to understand that if any new subdivisions are approved within 1/6 mile of the freeway portion of US-131 , that those developments are not eligible for future noise walls or other noise mitigation assistance from MOOT, should highway noise become a problem . This is because both federal and state policies do not cover highway noise mitigation in the situation where a noise sensitive land use (like a residential subdivision) moves in close to the highway noise source-after the highway was constructed . The cost for any future noise Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 6-2 �mitigation measures would have to be borne by the landowners in the subdivision. Of course such a situation is highly preventable by only allowing noise compatible land uses next to high volume highways. These include land uses like farms, forestry , and open space uses (among others). If noise sensitive land uses like homes, churches and schools are proposed next to the highway, they should be required to be sound proofed and designed to minimize highway noise impacts. MOOT is working on sample zoning regulations and design guidelines to assist local governments with this task. The County Planning Commission should be alert to future opportunities to reduce the negative impacts of highway noise through various noise compatible land use planning and regulatory techniques and share these with local governments so they can be incorporated into local zoning ordinances. Airports Airports are important for attracting some types of economic development. As a result, airports are an important local asset that should be carefully managed and maintained to meet the demand for future air travel and air freight shipment. The Greenville Municipal Airport and the Lakeview Airport are low volume local airports (about 39 aircraft operations/day). Mayes Airport in Carson City has about 48 operations a month. These facilities provide an important opportunity for specialized aircraft and single engine airplanes that is convenient and relatively cheap for the users. These attractive features should be nurtured and used to attract additional users with air service related economic needs. Local zoning ordinances should include airport overlay zones to ensure the height of future structures in the area of the airport (up to ten miles away) do not exceed allowable maximum heights as established by the FAA. Public Transit Presently Greenville has a limited "dial-a-ride" service that provides public transportation to a small clientele in the southwest part of the county with four daily stops in Stanton, Monday through Friday. While few people are served , for many of those served , the bus is an important lifeline to work, medical care, shopping and education. As the existing population ages, and as new jobs develop in the county, the demand for fixed route, short headway, public transit service between the small cities in the county will grow. It is important for the county to stay on top of this rising demand and to take the necessary steps, in cooperation with other benefited parties and jurisdictions, to provide public transit at a level of service necessary to meet the needs of an expanding ridership. t Non-Motorized Transportation A well coordinated and integrated system of pedestrian sidewalks, bicycle trails and pathways that link common destinations is critical to a high quality of life and to active healthy living . The most important livability improvement a city or village can usually make is to add an integrated sidewalk system if it does not already have one. Similar livability benefits can occur in townships-even very rural ones-if the pathways are connected and lead to common destinations like schools, recreation facilities and retail areas. Key parts of such a system are already in place in some parts of the county, with the Fred Meijer Heartland Trail and the White Pine Trail State Park being the skeleton for a much larger system. But expansion is necessary in order to reach critical mass where use levels are high . In rural areas, trails should be designed for bicycle and pedestrian use in the summer and snowshoeing , cross country skiing and snowmobile use in the winter. This is the kind of quality of life improvement that can help attract new jobs and residents to a community. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 6-3 �rPUBLIC SEWER AND WATER For most new commercial, office or industrial development in Michigan, and for all higher density residential development, the presence of both public sewer and water is an essential element for economic viability. In most rural communities, these public services are either in limited supply, or are not associated with a quality road system that has unutilized capacity. Yet in Greenville, Stanton, Lakeview, Carson City, Edmore, Sheridan, and Howard City, these elements are all in place. Pierson and Crystal Township have public sewer systems but no public water systems and the serviced area is not on a state highway. Rather than spending significant public and private resources to build new sewer and water infrastructure elsewhere in the county, it is most costeffective to wisely use the infrastructure that is already in place. The vision, goals and strategies in Chapter 3 and the future land use pattern presented in Chapter 5 proposes new high density residential and economic development largely in those seven communities in the county that already have existing public sewer and water systems. As each new increment of development takes place, the sewer and water would be extended out from existing lines and linked to create loops with adjacent development. This would occur as the new streets in this area were constructed. It will be necessary to ensure that the site plan review standards in each local zoning ordinance adequately require use of public sewer and water by extending existing public sewer and water infrastructure as each new development occurs in order for this vision to become a reality. It is also important to ensure that new development does not underutilize property. Since property served by both sewer and water is a relatively scarce commodity, and several of the municipal systems are nearing capacity (notably Carson City and Lakeview with 20 and 30% remaining capacity respectively), it is important that as each new development occurs, it is dense and intensely uses these vital urban services so that there is little pressure to develop on rural land elsewhere in the county where there are limited public services. Another important policy is to not extend public sewer or water into any areas not shown as a community service area on Map 5-1. Small settlements and lakefront owners interested in protecting lake water quality that lack sewer or water service and wish solve a contaminated groundwater problem with public sewer and/or water service may need financial assistance from the county in backing sewer or water bonds. These should all be independent facilities, rather than lengthy extensions of existing facilities. COMMUNICATIONS The lines between traditional communication competitors such as television , radio , internet and telephone, are rapidly being obscured. The lines will continue to blur for some time. The important concern for Montcalm County is to not get lost in the transformation. High speed communications are essential to contemporary business models and to a high quality of personal and family life. Any opportunities the county has to assist in upgrading communication options should be seized. A dozen urban communities in Michigan are in the process of offering high speed wireless service to all businesses and citizens. Oakland County is among them . While the resources available to Oakland County far outpace those available to Montcalm County, the benefits to future job and residential growth in the county cannot be overlooked. While no rural county in Michigan has yet gone down this path, some will. When the opportunity is ripe, Montcalm County needs to be ready. The early adaptors will have a significant leg up on the last ones in, and when it comes to attracting new high tech economic development Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 6-4 �(every community's dream), high speed communications is essential. NATURAL GAS & ELECTRIC The presence of natural gas and 3-phase electric service is another critical component of new job producing development and higher density residential development. Again, these services are already available in the cities and villages of the county, but not in many of the rural parts of the county. Public resources should not be spent to promote improvements to natural gas or electricity service outside existing cities and villages unless there are extenuating benefits (such as an agricultural processing facility needed them and could not locate elsewhere, and the business would generate many jobs for a long time) . SCHOOLS High quality K-12 educational facilities have long been a factor in attracting new businesses to a community, because it is easier to attract employees to an area with a reputation for quality schools. This reason alone (and there are many more) justifies a huge public effort to build and maintain quality schools. It is at least as important to ensure that the Montcalm Community College remain a viable institution which produces graduates with skills that employers need. New businesses are attracted to areas that have a well-trained workforce, and the necessary vehicles (like a community college) to quickly train many more workers. Continuing education opportunities are also of growing interest to retired persons and few sources of local circulating income are more stable than the pensions of retired persons. In short, there is never too much importance placed on building and maintaining a quality educational system in a community. While the county has little ability to influence decisions related to improvements to public schools, it should always help facilitate decisions that improve the economic competitiveness of the county and that help to better meet the educational needs of its citizens. When it comes to siting new school facilities, the county should be an active player and attempt to strongly influence siting decisions so that new school facilities are located in already developed or developing areas and strongly discourage, the location of new schools in rural locations without adequate public roads, sewer and water facilities. MEDICAL FACILITIES Rural communities are often at a significant disadvantage when it comes to attracting new jobs because they have limited medical facilities . However, Montcalm County has a much broader range of medical facilities (and even four hospitals-in Greenville, Lakeview, Carson City and Sheridan) within the county than is typical. Again this is an economic development and quality of life asset that should not be overlooked. As with schools, the county has little direct ability to influence the scope and quality of available medical facilities, but it should always try to facilitate improvements that enhance the ability to attract new jobs and better meet the medical needs of its residents. POLICE AND FIRE FACILITIES Presently the police, firefighting and EMS services within Montcalm County are being adequately met through a series of inter-jurisdictional cooperative agreements. This is a great way to cost-effectively provide the needed services. However, future physical facilities like fire halls and police stations should be located within established developed areas so that these new public facilities do not contribute to sprawl. Continued cooperation in the provision of these services is key to keeping them fiscally viable. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 6-5 �~ LOCAL GOVERNMENT FACILITIES The same can be said about city, village, township and county general government buildings. They should be located within established cities, villages or well developed suburban areas-not in the "middle of nowhere." Where and how the public spends infrastructure dollars greatly influences private sector spending on new development. The public sector should lead by engaging in new facility siting practices that result in locations that are consistent with the policies of this Plan. Similarly, the public should always build buildings using quality materials that last, and use well designed exteriors so as to set the bar on quality design for the private sector to emulate. PARKS & RECREATION FACILITIES Last but not least, the number, size, location and characteristics of public parks and recreation facilities in the county has a lot to do with citizen contentment over quality of life. The five state game areas and Huron-Manistee National Forest land in Montcalm County are very important resources in this regard, but alone they cannot meet the daily recreation needs of local citizens. Active living leads to healthy people and high satisfaction over living choices. It also leads to fewer and often less serious medical needs. Thus, it is important that local parks and recreation facilities be constructed and maintained in locations that best meet the needs of the people who will use them. The county has a County Park and Recreation Plan that contains an inventory of existing county park and recreation facilities, needs and a strategy for future improvements. The county owns five recreation areas totaling about 100 acres, but they are concentrated in the northwest part of the county and not all areas of the county are adequately served with park and recreation facilities. The County Park and Recreation Plan is a prerequisite to eligibility for state and federal funds targeted at park and recreation facilities. It is very important for the county to continue to prepare and update the County Park and Recreation Plan at least every five years, and then to pursue state and federal funds to help pay for future parkland acquisition and improvement. Of course some county and local funds will be necessary to meet match requirements on grants, but parks are basic elements of local quality of life which are essential to citizen happiness. This is true, whether you are a local resident, a visitor or a potential new employer eyeing the area for quality of life indicators. Besides, paying for a fraction of a park or recreation facility while another governmental level pays for the rest, is only fiscally sound common sense if the facility is properly designed and located for cost-effective future use. E:\word\Montcalm\Plan feb 06\Chapter6 Trans & Other lnfra2.doc CAF C::\G-Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Final General Plan March 2006\Chapter 6 Trans & Other Infra (3 06).doc CAF C:\G-Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Final General Plan July 2006\Chapter 6 Trans & Other Infra (7 06).doc Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 6-6 �Chapter 7 INTERJURISDICTIONAL COORDINATION & PLAN IMPLEMENTATION INTRODUCTION As important a benchmark as this General Plan represents, the initiatives proposed in this Plan will not implement themselves. It will take the concerted efforts of citizen3, elected officials and local and county administrative officials to bring this Plan from concept into reality. It will take continued support and commitment for many years. However, the goals of this Plan and the strategies proposed to implement it offer the promise of a much better future than that likely to occur if recent trends continue unchanged. Benefits to all groups will be numerous and most visible in terms of an increased quality of life that can attract new businesses and jobs, and greater satisfaction of residents. An increased quality of life comes from new jobs, an enhanced agricultural sector, creation of more distinctive residential neighborhoods and commercial areas and retention of the rural scenic character of the landscape. Many indirect benefits will also occur. These include improved access to information needed for decision-making and better cooperation among units of government. The central ingredients to successful Plan implementation will be: • Commitment by the County Planning Commission, the County Board of Commissioners, citizens and support from local units of government. Implementation of the General Plan will require the county and local governments, businesses and citizens to drop some old habits and adopt some new approaches. This is not always easy to do. However, the desired vision will not be reached without commitment by all involved. • A better educated citizenry and local officials. While many citizens and officials want trends to change, they lack the knowledge to make them change or do not understand the cause and effect link of actions they take on an ongoing basis. Information about more appropriate residential development patterns, the fiscal and land use constraints of extending urban services, modern farming and forestry methods, scenery and open space preservation , natural resource protection and other tools to sustain the quality of life in Montcalm County need to reach citizens and officials or they will not understand why and how local decision-making must change. The Montcalm County Fact Book, the internet based Community Information System and this Plan are important first steps in helping to improve future land use decision making. See Figure 7-1 . FOCUSING ON PRIORITIES It is easy for a Planning Commission at either the county or local level to become distracted with ongoing tasks or ad hoc, controversial issues. Still, the Commission needs to prioritize its tasks. Time needs to be set aside for high priority items. These include the preparation of an annual report and work program for the next year, and when appropriate, the five-year Plan update. These are discussed below. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-1 �Figure 7-1 Education is the Top Implementation Priority of the Montcalm County General Plan Annual Tasks An annual report on all activities undertaken by the County Planning Commission with a special focus on actions taken to implement the Plan should be made to the County Board of Commissioners. A proposed work program that identifies priorities and projected expenses for the next year should also be prepared and submitted in time to be included in the annual budget process. The Planning Commission should begin reviewing all proposed new public facilities in the county for consistency with the Plan. Periodically, and at least once each five years, the General Plan should be thoroughly reviewed and updated by the County Planning Commission. Top Priorities The Planning Commission can not be expected to accomplish all of the strategies listed in the goals, objectives and strategies. Many of these can only be accomplished by other agencies or groups. It is important that discussions begin with those groups so that they understand the goals, find agreeable common ground where there are differences and obtain a commitment to the action. One approach to establishing priorities is to use the following standards: • Make a high priority of those actions that are the precursor to other steps. One example is the recommendation in Chapter 4 to develop a 5-year countywide strategic economic development plan . • Those actions that are assigned to a particular group are a high priority. • A lower priority may be those actions that are not assigned to a group or that broadly identify the "county," as the responsible party. • If an action does not list a responsible party, it remains a lower priority until a group or agency steps forward to take ownership of it. The following activities should be the key priorities of the Planning Commission for the next five years: Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-2 �• • • • • • • • • • Educate all local units of government in the county about the vision , goals, objectives and strategies of the County General Plan and provide technical assistance in the integration of these elements into local plans and zoning decisions. Educate all citizens about the vision , goals, objectives and strategies of the updated County General Plan and provide technical assistance in the integration of these elements into property owner development and redevelopment efforts. Directly use this Plan in the analysis and review of proposed rezonings , zoning text amendments, and new or amended master plans submitted to the County Planning Commission for statutory review and approval. This means recommending approval for actions consistent with the Plan and denial or modification for actions inconsistent with this Plan. Exercise review authority in ways to improve local decisions by guiding decisions toward integrated and coordinated solutions based on the core objectives and strategies in this Plan. Provide training and technical assistance to local governments on general planning , zoning and capital improvement programming. Many County Planning Commissions in Michigan host an annual one day conference for local governments in the County, others offer periodic workshops on key topics. Both are great ways to meet the local planning commission education needs in the land use arena. Monitor local and county agency decisions and periodically inform local governments and the County Board of Commissioners on the status of efforts to improve land use decision making in Montcalm County. Strongly advocate that the county budget and provide for digital air photos of all the land in the county. These photos should be taken during flights in 2010 (to correspond to the next Census). Strongly advocate that FEMA complete mapping of floodplains throughout the county. Join efforts with others outside the county to modernize planning and zoning enabling legislation and to authorize new tools to better manage growth and preserve open space. Update the Montcalm County Data Book online on at least an annual basis and major updates to hard copy consistent with the next update to the Plan in late 2010 and 2011 when new Census data is available. The County Planning Commission should also be involved with others and champion the preparation of the following additional plans in the county: • A county transportation plan • A county strategic economic development plan • Access management plans for M-57, M-66, M-46 and M-91 . • An agricultural protection plan in conjunction with townships with zoning , so that farmers in the county are eligible to participate in the state PDR program. Watershed management plans of each river watershed and major lake • watersheds. • A greenspace plan for a linked system of greenspaces throughout the county . • Periodic updates to the Montcalm County Recreational Plan . The number of county parks should be expanded per the Montcalm County Recreational Plan , but special attention should be given to establishment of new county parks in the parts of the county without any. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-3 �ADDRESSING ISSUES OF GREATER THAN LOCAL CONCERN Local jurisdictions frequently face issues that have implications beyond the jurisdiction (both intra-county and inter-county) . Public interests that are broader than simply local interests include (but are not limited to) those in Table 7-1 . Examples of common issues of greater than local concern are illustrated in Figure 7-2. Figure 7-2 Examples of Issues of Greater than Local Concern PROTECT PROTECTION OF FLOODPLAINS WATERSHED MANAGEMENT BUFFER ZONE GRAVEL PIT INFRASTRUCTURE EXTENDED .· '~--. •\ ·t ~--~>~~.. \\.' -~ \ Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-4 �Table 7-1 Issues of Greater than Local Concern Protecting the Environment and Natural Resources • Watersheds and water quality • Wetlands protection • Floodplain protection • Land pollution (contaminated sites) • Soil conservation and stormwater pollution • Air pollution • Groundwater pollution • Oil and gas pollution • Noise pollution • Water pollution of inland lakes, rivers and streams • Protection of areas with steep slopes • Wildlife corridors and fish and wildlife habitat protection • Protection of unique and endangered species • Protection of agricultural land • Sustainability of privately owned forest land • Water surfaces that are under control of multiple local jurisdictions, especially as relates to keyhole development Use of public access sites • • Maintaining a "sense of place" where that sense is the major attraction for tourists and the service sector economy. Siting Public Facilities or Providing New Public Services • Solid waste and recycling • Emergency services (fire, ambulance, police) - to achieve greater efficiency • Transportation/roads • Public transportation • Trails (siting of) - federal, state, local, and property owners • "Regional" park facilities • District library and district boundaries for libraries • Mental and other health facilities • Provision of senior services - location of facilities, including handicapped services • Extension of sewer and water utilities • Schools (especially if a new school, or consolidation of schools is considered) Maintaining a Sustainable Economy and Promoting Economic Development • Real (livable) wages, job opportunities for young adults and families with children • Adequate lifelong educational opportunities for all citizens: health of the Montcalm Community College • Adequate affordable housing for middle and low income persons. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-5 �Table 7-1 (Continued) Issues of Greater than Local Concern Land Use • LULU's (locally unwanted land uses that meet a regional need) , such as gravel pits, junk yards, landfills, communication towers, electric generating windmills, etc. • Large scale development (shopping center, airports, etc.) • Zoned density in some rural areas while low, is too high to cost effectively service • Compact settlement pattern vs. dispersed settlement pattern and the associated impacts on infrastructure extensions or establishment of infrastructure • Siting affordable housing-especially mobile home parks • Lack of similar regulations and uneven enforcement across jurisdiction boundaries • Compatibility of land uses along jurisdiction boundaries regarding zoning and land use issues • Loss of rural open space-especially along roads in the county • Regional focus on open space preservation and farmland preservation • Protecting important viewsheds and rural corridor views. Other • lnterjurisdictional equity issues • Intergenerational equity issues • Sustainability. In many instances, these issues of greater than local concern revolve around common environmental features (which do not respect municipal boundaries) , or infrastructure, economic development and the needs of special populations. It takes a basic change of attitude toward other jurisdictions to effectively deal with issues of greater than local concern. It takes recognition that all the citizens are in the same boat together. In the aggregate, they all face the same potential loss or gain. It takes acceptance that the other jurisdictions are not in competition or opposition , at least not on every aspect of the issue. It takes the ability to exercise mutual respect in areas of overlapping responsibilities and mutual support where responsibilities are separate, but compatible in pursuit of common goals and a common vision of the county. By jointly engaging the issues, common ground can usually be found . It is the common ground that is most often used as the basis for effective interjurisdictional cooperation . ROLE OF KEY PLAYERS It will take the efforts of many different groups to implement the Montcalm General Plan . Key among them are the local planning commissions and governing boards, the County Board of Commissioners and the County Planning Commission. The framed text on Table 7-2 on the next three pages lists the traditional roles and responsibilities of local planning commissions, local governing bodies, the County Board of Commissioners and the County Planning Commission . These traditional roles are proposed to be continued . Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-6 �Table 7-2 Traditional Responsibilities of The Local Government Decision-makers County Board of Commissioners The County Board of Commissioners must take the lead in order to support continued planning in Montcalm County. Its basic statutory and administrative responsibilities are as follows (not all of these are currently being performed): • Adopt the County General Plan • Periodically hold a joint meeting with the County Planning Commission to go over is~-ues of common interest. • Approve funding for the planning/zoning program each year including funds for training and continuing education of commissioners and staff, and for public and local official education on planning and zoning. • Approve hiring of consultants as recommended by the County Planning Commission and pursuant to an approved work program and budget. • Ask the Planning Commission to prepare an annual report of activities and a proposed work program for the next year, in enough time to be considered in the budget process. • Ask the Planning Commission to review proposed capital improvements for consistency with the Plan prior to the County Board or other public agency action. • Initiate and coordinate activities with representatives of other units of government on various issues of greater than local concern. • Support efforts by the Planning Commission to educate citizens and local officials on a wide variety of land use and Smart Growth issues. County Planning Commission The County Planning Commission was created by the County Board of Commissioners on September 8, 2003 pursuant to the requirements of the County Planning Act, PA 282 of 1945. Currently, the County Planning Commission is responsible for: • Preparing and maintaining a plan for the development and protection of the County. It will be the first to adopt the General Plan. • Making recommendations on proposed Township plans and/or rezoning or text amendments. • Attempting to prevent incompatible planning and zoning along governmental boundaries. • Reviewing and commenting on proposed new public lands, facilities or improvements for consistency with the General Plan. • Review and comment on proposed PA 116 Farmland and Open Space Enrollments. • Periodically reviewing and/or preparing various state or federal grant applications. • Receiving, storing and sharing data from the Michigan Resource Inventory Program and helping to keep the County Community Information System filled with valuable and contemporary information. • Providing information and education services for the U.S. Bureau of the Census. • Receiving citizen comments on local planning and zoning issues and acting upon or referring those comments as appropriate. • Educating citizens and representatives of local units of government on various county planning and Smart Growth development issues. • Learning about and staying up-to-date on the responsibilities of the Planning Commission and on various tools available to implement local plans. • Coordinating planning and associated development regulations with other governmental units and public agencies. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-7 �Table 7-2 (Continued) Traditional Responsibilities of the Local Government Decision-makers Local Governing Bodies Local city or village councils and township boards of trustees also have specific planning and zoning responsibilities. These include: • Appointment of qualified persons to serve as members of the local Planning Commission/Zoning Board and Zoning Board of Appeals. Adoption of ordinances recommended by the Planning Commission for implementation of the local • future land use plan, including when supported by the governing body, a zoning ordinance and subdivision regulations. • Providing an adequate budget for the Planning Commission to carry out its responsibilities including keeping the Plan and Zoning Ordinance current, and receiving proper training on their roles, responsibilities and new tools and techniques for improving the community. • Providing adequate staff and financial resources (including setting fee levels) for proper enforcement of adopted regulations. • Conducting required public hearings prior to acting on zoning, subdivision or infrastructure development matters. • Receiving and acting upon citizen complaints related to planning and zoning issues and as appropriate, referring matters to the Planning Commission for action. Coordinating actions with representatives of other units of government on issues of greater than • local concern. Local Planning Commissions Planning commissions in cities and villages in the county are organized under the Municipal Planning Act, PA 285 of 1931. Township planning commissions are organized under PA 168 of 1959. Some of their principal responsibilities include: • Creating, adopting and maintaining a local comprehensive (or master) plan to guide future land use change and to serve as the legal basis for the local zoning ordinance. • Creating, maintaining and administering responsibilities under the local zoning ordinance (for those municipalities with local zoning) adopted pursuant to the City-Village Zoning Act, PA 207 of 1921 or the Township Zoning Act, PA 184 of 1943. • Advising the local governing body on proposed rezonings, text amendments, plats, land divisions, capital improvements and related planning and zoning decisions. • Responding to the recommendations of the County Planning Commission on planning and zoning issues. • Making recommendations on special projects or delegated responsibilities (e.g. zoning ordinance enforcement). • Working with property owners in order to try and achieve good development (or redevelopment) . • Educating citizens on the values and benefits of planning. • Receiving citizen comments on local planning and zoning issues and acting upon or referring those comments as appropriate. • Learning about and staying up-to-date on the responsibilities of the Planning Commission and on various tools available to implement local plans. Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-8 �CONCLUDING THOUGHT This General Plan represents hundreds of hours of input by the County Planning Commission, citizens and local government officials in Montcalm County over the past year. The circumstances it is intended to address did not occur overnight and they will not be resolved overnight. However, this Plan sets forth another option to a future that will occur if existing trends and uncoordinated decisions continue. Existing trends are fueled to a very great extent by existing plans, regulations and institutional relationships. To create a future different from existing trends, then current plans, policies, regulations and institutional relationships must also be changed . Perhaps the catalyst for that change is for the preferred vision of Montcalm County, and what it takes to get to that vision , to be part of the "story" of Montcalm County that every resident, of every age, knows by heart. So, for example, if all Montcalm County residents know by heart that clustering, conservation subdivisions, community service districts, and farmland preservation are necessary for Montcalm County to remain largely rural, prosperous and continue to have a high quality of life, there is a greater chance that Montcalm County will have these characteristics. It is up to the County Planning Commission with support of the County Board of Commissioners to achieve this level of citizen understanding of and support for this vision and this Plan. E:\word\Montcalm\Plan feb 06\Chapter 7 Implementation lnterjuris Cooper2.doc GAF : C:\G-Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Chapter 7 Implementation lnterjuris Cooper2 (3 06).doc CAF : C:\G-Drive\WINWORD\PROJECTS\Montcalm County\Final General Plan July 2006\Chapter 7 Implementation lnterjuris Cooper (7 06).doc • Montcalm County General Plan July 2006 7-9 �re RESOLUTION 2006-25 ADOPTION OF MONTCALM COUNTY GENERAL PLAN WHEREAS, the Montcalm County Planning Commission has prepared a General Plan to guide future land use and infrastructure decisions in the County; and WHEREAS, the public provided input to development of the Plan via four Tovm Meetings during the planning process; and WHEREAS, the Montcalm County Planning Commission has solicited public comment from all jurisdictions within the county and abutting the county, as ½ell as from the public, and has received \-\Titten an oral comments on the draft Plan; and \IVHEREAS, the fontcalm County Planning Commission has conducted a duly advertised public hearing to receive public comment on the draft Plan; and WHEREAS, the Montcalm County Planning Commission has reviewed public comments to the draft Plan and prepared amendments to the draft General Plan in response to public comments, which amendments are attached to this Resolution; and • WHEREAS, the Montcalm County Planning Commission has duly reviewed the draft General Plan for the development of the County pursuant to the authority of Act 282 of 1945 (known as the County Planning Act). NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the Montcalm County Board of Commissioners adopt the Montcalm County General Plan, as amended. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that this Resolution be published inside the back cover of each printed copy of the Montcalm County General Plan, along with the Resolution adopted by the Montcalm County Planning Commission, to certify that all maps, charts and descriptive and explanatory matter therein are a part of the Plan. STATE OF ~ICHIGA"'\ .. COL~TY OF .10~TC-\L\1 } }SS. } I, the undersigned, duly qualified and acting Clerk of the County of Montcalm, Michigan (the "County'') do hereby cenify that the foregoing is a true and complete copy of Resolution 2006-25 adopted by the Board of Commissioners at a regular meeting on the 10th day of July. 2006. the original of which is on file in my office. Public notice of said meeting was given pursuant to and in compliance ,\ith Act. 'o. 267, Public Acts of Michigan, 19 6, as amended, including in the case of a special or rescheduled meeting, notice by posting at least eighteen (18) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. 2006 _ A.i;;. Vl!Th'ESS \\'HEREOF, I have h e r e t o =offi]l~ture on this 12th day of July, ~~OALU County of fontcalm, State of Michigan �Resolution of Adoption of Montcalm County General Plan Whereas the Montcalm County Planning Commission has prepared a General Plan to guide future land use and infrastructure decisions in the County; and Whereas the public provided input to development of the Plan via four Town Meetings during the planning process; and Whereas the Montcalm County Planning Commission has solicited public comment from all jurisdictions within the county and abutting the county, as well as from the public, and has received written and oral comments on the draft Plan; and • Whereas the Montcalm County Planning Commission has conducted a duly advertised public hearing to receive public comment on the draft Plan; and \Vhereas the Montcalm County Planning Commission has revievved public comments to the draft Plan and prepared amendments to the draft General Plan in response to public comments, which amendments are attached to this Resolution; and \r\7hereas the Montcalm County Planning Commission has duly reviewed the draft General Plan for the development of the County pursuant to the authority of Act 282 of 1945 (knovvn as the County Planning Act); and Now therefore be it resolved that the Montcalm County Planning Commission does on the date listed below, hereby recommend that the Montcalm County Board of Commissioners adopt the Montcalm County General Plan, along with the amendments attached to this Resolution, and does direct the Chairperson of the County Planning Commission to deliver a copy of the recommended Plan to the County Board of Commissioners and following their adoption, to the West Michigan Regional Planning Commission along ·with this Resolution as certification of the adoption of the Plan; • Be it also resolved that this Resolution be published inside the back cover of each printed copy of the Montcalm County General Plan to certify that all maps, charts and descriptive and explanatory matter therein are a part of the Plan as so signified by the signature of the Chairperson of the Montcalm County Planning Commission, and the Chairperson of the Montcalm County Board of Commissioners on this Resolution. �• Roll Call Vote: Bruce Noll- Yes Lonnie Smith- Yes John Johansen- Yes S. Michael Scott- Yes Franz Mogdis- Yes Don Smucker- Yes Pete Haines- Yes Phil Lund- Absent 7 Yes, 0 No, 1 Absent Date: June 15, 2006 I • Signa Monte _ · g Commission E;\ word\ Montcalm\Montcalm county plan resolution2.doc • � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Montcalm-County_General-Plan_2006 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Montcalm County Planning Commission, Montcalm County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2006-07-12 Title A name given to the resource Montcalm County General Plan Description An account of the resource The Montcalm County General Plan was prepared under the direction of the Montcalm County Planning Commission by the Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. in July 2006. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Montcalm County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/0fe296768ab1845aae8078a4cf9c3ca9.pdf dcb20d5d54ccfe19fd66b7dea4208498 PDF Text Text '' MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Agricultural Co111poneut �I FROM THE LIBRARY OF Planning & Zoning Center, Inc, May 1985 -- Monroe County Comprehensive Plan Update Agricultural Co111poneut prepared by: Monroe County Planning Department 14 1O East First Street Monroe, Michigan 48161 (313)243-7093 r oyce r. maniko, aicp, director dennis ahonen, alcp principal planner report coordinators: glenn wynn planner leslie waiter assistant planner graphic design & printing services: raymond b. williamson, graphic arts supervisor jerry oley, printer kermlt wies planning intern typing: crystal reed secretary �TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter I II III IV Title Page Introduction 1 Agriculture: The National and International Context 4 Agriculture in Michigan and Monroe County 6 Methodology 22 Implementation Strategy 40 Bibliography 51 TABLES Number 1 Description Michigan's Major Crop and Livestock Products Page 7 2 Monroe County Agricultural Statistics 14 3 Crops Harvested in 1982 14 4 Characteristics of Existing Agricultural Zoning Districts 48 �FIGURES Number Page Description 1 Number of Farms 8 2 Average Farm Acreage 9 3 Average Farm Value 10 4 Average Per Acre Value of Farmland 11 5 Total Farm Acreage 13 6 Total Cropland Acreage 16 7 Percentage of Farmland i n So u theast Michigan 17 8 Average Value Per Farm Acre in Southeast Michigan 18 9 Number of Farms in So u theast Michi g an 19 t r-[ r MAPS Number Description Page 1 Prime Agricultural Soils 26 2 Class II Soils 27 3 High Yield Soils 28 4 Farmland Agreements 29 5 Large Parcels 30 6 Existing Farmlands 31 7 Class A, Band C Farmlands 32 8 Primary and Secondary Farmland 39 f f f f r F �INTRODUCTION �For many years, agriculture has been a forgotten land use as far as planners were concerned. Planners have typically spent a disproportionate amount of time determining the most appropriate locations for residential, commercial, industrial and public uses. The remainder of the community was subsequently identified as suitable for agriculture with little or no consideration given to those factors that determine whether or not a particular area was, in fact, well suited for farming. This oversight was vividly reflected in the preparation of future land use plans. Residential, commercial or industrial areas were identified with particular color codes. Agricultural areas, on the other hand, were often left white or blank, which in itself signified the lack of attention that was directed to agricultural areas. This plan makes a major effort to move beyond this typical attitude towards farmland to one that seriously considers the importance of farmland to the local economy. This is accomplished by considering those factors that make a particular parcel suitable for farming and then identifying those areas of the county that should be maintained for continued agricultural production. The result of this process is a land use map and plan which more clearly reflects the relative importance of each land use category. This particular component of the comprehensive plan begins with a discussion of the national and international influences which affect agriculture. It continues with a review of the characteristics of agricul ture in Michigan and Monroe County. The third and perhaps most important section of this report describes the process that was used to identify the county's most important agricultural lands. The report concludes with a discussion of different techniques that can be used to preserve farmland. Successful planning activities depend in large part upon the participation of those elements of the local community that have an interest in the results of the plan. Without such participation, the implementation of the plan's recommendations is difficult, if not impossible. A concerted attempt was made to involve members of Monroe County's agricultural community in the preparation of this plan, especially in the identification of the county's most important agricultural land. This participation was invaluable in refining this study and identifying more precisely the location of Monroe County's most valuable farmland. The following individuals and organizations were very gracious in lending their assistance in the preparation of this report. Their help is therefore gratefully acknowledged. Monroe County Cooperative Extension Service • Dale Brose, Director • Paul Marks, Agricultural Agent • Paul Nevel, Director (Retired) AG RICU LTU RA L CO MPO N ENT•! �Monroe County Soil and Water Conservation District • Arthur Schmitt, Chairman • Boyd Kanitz, Board Member • Robert Doty, Board Member • Gerald Rogers, Board Member • Herbert Smith, Board Member • Merrill Smith, Board Member (Retired) • Tom Gould, Former District Conservationist t I t I. Monroe County Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service • Cindy Coleman, Director f Ash Township Planning Commission • Robert Meiring, Chairman Bedford Township Planning Commission • Richard MacAdams, Chairman [ [ • Steve Elzinga, Member Berlin Township Planning Commission • Charles Roelant, Chairman Dundee Township Planning Commission I f • Edward L. Ruehs, Chairman Erie Township Planning Commission • James Leister, Chairman Exeter Township Board of Trustees • Herman Wickenheiser, Chairman • Dorothy Evanski, Clerk Frenchtown Township Planning Commission • Duane Cole, Chairman Ida Township Planning Commission • Lester Nieman, Chairman LaSalle Township Planning Commission • Robert Harter, Chairman London Township Planning Commission • Loyd Sype, Chairman 2•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT f �Milan Township Planning Commission • Philip Bowerman, Chairman • Boyd Kanitz, Township Supervisor Monroe Township Planning Commission • Richard Wilson, Chairman Summerfield Township Planning Commission • Roy Cress, Chairman Whiteford Township Planning Commission • Paul Appling, Chairman • Robert Schnipke, Township Supervisor Monroe County Farmers • Jerry Heck • Frank Smith • Elgin Darling Washtenaw County Metropolitan Planning Commission • Don Pennington, Senior Planner ... AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•3 �. AGRICULTURE: The National & International Context CHAPTER 1 �• Agriculture in Monroe County cannot be considered in a vacuum. Monroe County's agricultural industry is part of a much larger national and international system that needs to be considered to more fully understand the problems being faced by farmers at the local level. Clearly, most of these problems cannot be adequately resolved at the local level. It is, however, important to understand the larger context including the national and international constraints which influence agriculture in Monroe County. Two important factors are currently exerting a significant influence on the agricultural industry throughout the United States. These factors are: 1) the decentralization of this country's population; and 2) the demand for increased agricultural exports. Both of these factors have had a significant influence on the use of land for farming. Farmland is often perceived to be an inexhaustable resource. It is, in fact, a finite one which is being gradually eroded by competing land uses. The National Agricultural Lands Study which was completed in 1980 estimates that the United States has a total agricultural land base of 540 million acres. This total includes 413 million acres of existing farmland plus 127 million acres of potential farmland. An additional 268 million acres of rural land with a low potential for agricultural production is also available in the United States. The study goes on to estimate that this country is losing approximately 3 million acres of farmland each year to urbanization. A major demographic shift occurred in this country during the 1970's which explains, to a large extent, the steady loss of farmland during this period of time. The most significant aspect of this change was the movement of the population from metropolitan areas to non-metropolitan areas. Consider the following statistics: • Forty (40) percent of all housing constructed in the United States during the 1970's was built in rural areas. • Non-metropolitan areas gained 2.9 million people between 1970 and 1978. • The number of households in rural areas increased in the 1970's. • Employment in every major industry group increased at a more rapid rate in non-metropolitan areas than in metropolitan areas during the past decade. ._ A paradox of this phenomenon is that while the population of these nonmetropolitan areas grew at significant rates during the 1970's, farmers became a much smaller part of the total rural population base. Approximately 23 million people lived on farms in 1950 compared to only 8 million in 1980. In 1920, 60 percent of the rural population were farmers versus only 20 percent today. , AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT• 4 �This population change had a number of impacts on agriculture in the United States. The population increase was accompanied by a significant amount of new land development which was often accomplished at the expense of productive farmland. Much farmland was also left idle prematurely because of unrealistic expectations regarding future development. Finally, the introduction of non-farmers into rural areas created conflicts among competing uses. One example of these conflicts is the problem that is typically created when residential subdivisions are located next to farms. Non-farmers are likely to complain about the dust, noise or odors often associated with farming. The net effect of these demographic changes is that additional pressure is being exerted on this county's agricultural land resources. A second ·major influence on agriculture today is the rise in demand for U.S. agricultural exports. Agricultural exports comprised 23 percent of total U.S. farm production in 1980, and are becoming an increasingly important component of the national economy. This has not always been the case, however. Only a few years ago, increased crop production levels and weak global markets created a situation in which U.S. farm exports were in relatively poor demand. During this time, the federal government paid farmers to keep some of their fields idle. This was done to prevent a surplus of farm commodities from flooding the market, thereby lowering prices and hurting the agricultural portion of the economy. Neither of these factors, however, exert the same influence on the agricultural economy that they once did. The dramatic increase in crop yields which characterized earlier years has since leveled off to the extent that increased crop yields can no longer be considered as a valid substitute for land itself. The demand for wheat, feedgrains, soybeans, cotton and other agricultural products worldwide is rising dramatically. This demand will increase as worldwide population and • per capita consumption also increase. Future demand for these exports is subject to a number of factors, the most important of which are worldwide weather patterns and policy decisions in Washington and foreign capitals. While it is impossible to predict definitively how either of these factors will influence U.S. farming in the near future, it's probably safe to conclude that the demand for U.S . farm products will continue to increase and that a disproportionate share of the responsibility of feeding the world's population will be borne by the U.S. farmer . Both of these influences, the shift of population and the increase in the demand for exports, are creating a competing demand for agricultural land. It is not an exaggeration to contend that this country is at a turning point regarding the use of agricultural land. We are rapidly reaching the point where the limits of our agricultural land resources are clearly visable on the horizon. Cropland reserves in the country could easily be exhausted by the year 2000, well within the time frame of this study. It is, therefore, appropriate to identify Monroe County's most valuable farmland and begin to discuss methods of preserving this important resource because once a parcel of farmland is converted to a non-farm use, it is permanently removed from the total agricultural base. The results are not reversible. 5•AGRICUL TURAL C OMPONENT �AGRICULTURE IN MICHIGAN & MONROE COUNTY CHAPTER 2 �1. Agriculture in Michigan The importance of agriculture to Michigan and Monroe County is obvious; it is clearly an important component of both the state and the regional economy. Agriculture is the state's second largest industry and represents a stabilizing influence to a state economy that is subject to dramatic peaks and valleys because of the traditional dependence on the automobile industry. Total farm cash receipts in Michigan grew at a real rate of over two percent per year during the 1970's, and totaled $2.9 billion in 1980. For the industry as a whole, agriculture operations contributed over $10 billion in value added to the state's economy. Michigan ranks among the first five states in the ·nation in the production of 24 agricultural commodities. Five commodities have a number one ranking: blueberries, tart cherries, cucumbers, dry beans and navy beans. Milk accounts for one-fourth of cash receipts from farm products and is our most important product. Milk, corn and cattle gross well over $1 billion, and represent half of tota l farm sales. The next major group of commodities includes soybeans, dry beans, wheat, fruit, vegetables and hogs. Each of the products represent $100-$200 million dollars in sales. A more complete list of Michigan farm products is included in Table 1. 2. Agricultu re in Monroe County Agriculture is likewise an important industry in Monroe County. Over two-thirds of the county's total acreage is being use d for agricultural purposes. In 1982, the market value of agric u lt u ral products in Monroe County was an estimated $62,064,000 . Monroe County is a major producer of soybeans, wheat, potatoes, grain, corn and grain silage in Michigan. The county ranks as one of the top ten producers in the State of Michigan of soybeans (3), potatoes (3) and wheat (9). Historically, Monroe County has followed trends similar to the remainder of southeast Michigan relative to the characteristics of agricultural land. In 1982, the number of farms in the county was nearly one-half of the 1959 total (Figure 1). During the same period, the average size of a farm increased from 99.2 acres to 166 acres (Figure 2). Both the average farm value and the average value per acre of farmland has increased considerably since 1959 (Figure 3 and 4). In 1959, the value of farmland per acre averaged $361. By 1982, the value had increased 370 percent to $1,701 per acre. Over a 24 year period, the value of the average farm jumped from $34,481 to $293,853 due in large part to increases in farm size, crop yields and overall economic conditions. AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•6 �Table 1 MICHIGAN'S MAJOR CROP & LIVESTOCK PRODUCTS, 1980 -. COMMODITY RANK AMONG STATES PRODUCTION (by 1,000s) UNIT ~ OF U.S. PRODUCTION Crops: Blueberries Tart Cherries Cucumbers, Processing Dry Beans Navy Beans 1 1 1 1 1 41,000.0 150,000.0 150.1 7,448.0 4,648.0 Lbs. Lbs. Tons Cwt. Cwt. 41. 2 68.8 17.3 28.5 84 .4 Bedding Plants 2 5,695.0 Flats 15.5 Apples Asparagus Celery 3 3 3 900,000.0 234.0 1,387.0 Lbs. Cwt. Cwt. 10.3 14.0 7.4 Carrots Sweet Cherries Prunes and Plums Red Clover Seed 4 4 4 4 1,340.0 58,000.0 12.5 1,800.0 Cwt. Lbs. Tons Lbs. 6.9 16.9 16.3 7.4 5 771.0 44,300.0 49.5 83.0 20,100.0 10.0 107.0 1,892.0 176.0 38.4 73.7 Cwt. Dol. Tons Gal. Bu. Tons Lbs. Tons Cwt. Tons Tons 5.5 4.8 1.0 8.5 4.4 1.1 5.0 8.1 2.5 5.5 Corn, Sweet, Fresh Market Floriculture Grapes Maple Syrup Oats Pears Spearmint Sugar beets Strawberries Snap Beans, Processing Tomatoes, Processing Livestock Products: Non-Fat Dry Milk Creamed Cottage Cheese Milk Production Butter Ice Cream SOURCE ; 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 7 8 66,214.0 41,915.0 4,970.0 36,709.0 36,637.0 Lbs. Lbs. 1,000 Lb s . Lbs. Gal. Michigan Department of Agriculture, Marketing and International Trade Di_vision, Michigan Agricultural Statistics, 1981, MARS-81-O1 (Lansing, Mich .: Michigan Agricultural Reporting Service, July 1981). "Michigan's Rank in the Nation ' s Agriculture," p. 4. Food Processing Opportunities in Southeast Michigan Market Development January, 1983, Detroit Edison 7•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT 1. 2 5.7 5.1 3.9 3.2 4.4 �. Figure 1 NUMBER OF FARMS 1959-1982 Monroe County, Michigan '- 2900 - 2700 2500 "':Ea: < 2300 LL LL 0 2100 a: w ID > G"l ::a - (") :E 1900 :J z 1700 C t""" -I 1500 ::a > t""" 1300 C • 1529 1458 • (") 0 3: "'O 0 2 m 2 -I • 00 59 64 69 74 78 82 YEAR SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE �Figure 2 AVERAGE FARM ACREAGE 1959-1982 Monroe County, Michiga n 170 160.0 160 152.0 150 140 136.0 130 126 .9 w ~ 120 w--.... 116 .4 a: ) ~ 110 > 100 99 .2 Y', 90 80 70 ;x.. ,.._ 60 59 64 69 74 78 82 YEAR SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGAICUL TURE 9•AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT �Figure 3 AVERAGE FARM VALUE 1959-1982 Monroe County, Michigan t') IO Cl) 300 t') 0) CII -., CII 270 ... ~ t') CII 240 ~ -.... 0 210 ~ 0 0 )( w ::> .J c( t,\ 150 CII M~ ~ ~ ~ 0) I. Cl!. (') CII ..J ..J C ~ ~ ~ 180 > cc c( 120 0 7' 0 90 60 30 > t ') "'.., - CII .... xx·~ ~ ., ..,~ 0 IQ , \. y ~)))) I. G'J ~ I','\ \ ~ 0 y 59 64 69 74 78 82 YEAR SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•10 �Figure 4 AVERAGE PER ACRE VALUE OF FARMLAND 1959-1982 Monroe County, Michigan 1800 1701 1600 1583 1400 1200 w ::, ~ < >1000 a:-~ 90 9 < ~ ~ 0 0 X X ",¢<' ;g x0~ 800 600 570 441 400 381 y X 200 59 64 69 74 78 82 YEAR SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGAICUL TURE 1 l•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT �Along with the rest of the United States, farmland in Monroe County decreased considerably in the last several decades. Total farmland acreage declined from 280,742 acres in 1959 to 241,736 acres in 1982 representing a total loss of over 39,000 acres of farmland, an average loss of 1,625 acres per year. A low point of 231,839 acres was reached in 1978. Between 1978 and 1982, however, farmland acreage actually increased approximately 10,000 acres from 231,839 acres to 241,736 acres (Figure 5 and Table 2). A similar trend was evident for total cropland acreage, although the change was not as dramatic as the one previously described. The total amount of acreage used for cropland in Monroe County decreased by 7,036 acres between 1964 and 1982, from 224,267 acres in 1964 to 217,231 acres in 1982. The lowest point occurred in 1974, when only 204,731 acres were used as cropland. Since then, however, total cropland acreage has increased by approximately 12,500 acres (Figure 6 and Table 2). '- Table 3 displays the acreage and amount of major products harvested in the county. The greatest number of acres were planted in soybeans, yielding nearly 3 million bushels. Corn for grain followed with over 75,000 acres planted and 7,878,926 bushels harvested. Over 11,000 acres of wheat, another major product, were planted in the county. Other grains, fruit, vegetables, nursery products, other crops, pasture, and woodlands account for much of the remaining agricultural acreage. 3. Agricultural Trends in Southeast Michigan Agriculture is a changing industry in the eight southeast Michigan counties of Monroe, Lenawee, Wayne, Washtenaw, Macomb. Oakland, Livingston and St. Clair. Each county displays unique characteristics that have influenced agricultural production patterns over the years. The amount of land that is used for agricultural production in a given county is influenced by a number of factors. Perhaps the most obvious factor is the suitability of land for farming. Soils that are well-drained, fairly level, rich in nutrients, and are amply supplied with water are well suited for agriculture. Urban development pressures, however, influence decisions on whether or not land will continue to be used for farming. This is particularily true for those areas along the urban fringe where farmers may no longer find it profitable to continue farming. Access to markets, climate, government policies, and market demands represent other influences on farming. Farmland in the eight counties in southeast Michigan is influenced by each of these factors which are illustrated in the following statistics. The only two counties in this region with over 50 percent of their total land area being used for agricultural production AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT• 12 �Figure 5 TOTAL FARM ACREAGE 1959-1982 Monroe County, Michigan 300 0 0 0 -- 290 0 C, v< a: < V .. .... 270 < w a: 260 0 < :E CD N 280 )( w N •": CD ~ .... G C\I Cit ww Cit ~ IO N G ..... V V V LL X N ..J < 240 t- ot- ., vv vv 250 vv .)', X .,., . .,... Cit N X 0 ., w N N If 220 :XXX v...,v..)C vvv vv 59 64 If Y V 'V',' V V x xx 69 V V N CII 230 X .... VV 74 V V VV 78 ~ 82 YEAR SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE 13•AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT �Table 2 MONROE COUNTY AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS 1959-1982 All Farms Total Acreage in Fanns Average Farm Size (acres) Average Fann Value Average Value/Acre Total Cropland (acres) Harvested Cropland (acres) Pasture (acres) Other Cropland (acres) Woodland (acres) Other Acreage Value of all Fann Products Crops Livestock, Poultry, Products Recreational Income 1959 1964 1969 1974 1978 1982 2,830 280,742 99 $ 34,481 s 361 NA NA NA NA NA 2,268 263,971 116 $ 50,343 1,702 232,022 136 $123,892 s 909 204,731 192,666 4,405 7,660 11,737 15,554 1,529 231,839 241,736 21,449 2,000 253,927 127 $ 72,310 s 570 221,396 162,585 4,001 54,810 15,292 17,239 $19,650,761 $14,127,971 $ 5,511,875 10,915 $ $20,089,967 $13,734,309 $ 6,316,803 38,855 $ $36,393,000 $30,214,000 $ 6,158,000 NA $ NA $16,693,711 $12,022,774 $ 4,670,937 NA s 441 224,267 189,635 3,709 30,923 * 152 $243,412 s 1,583 209,343 195,770 1,908 11,665 9,836 12,660 $45,132,000 $36,287,000 S 8,845,000 NA 1,458 166 $293,853 $ 1,701 217,231 208,633 2,019 6,579 9,945 18,518 $62,064,000 $47,929,000 $14,136,000 NA * Woodland Acreage includes acreage in pasture NA - not available or not tabulated that year SOURCE : U.S . Census of Agriculture Table 3 CROPS HARVESTED 1982 CROP ACRES Corn for grain or seed Corn for s i 1age Wheat Oats Soybeans Irish potatoes Hay Vegetables Orchards Nursery and greenhouse products, mushrooms and sod SOURCE : 75,234 3,217 11,519 6,560 99,056 3,187 5,399 3,893 441 701 WEIGHT 7,878,926 67,462 386,068 421,362 2,968,551 742,045 9,380 bushels tons (green) bushels bushels bushels cwt tons (Dry) ------------------------- U. S. Bureau of Census, "1982 Census of Agriculture " AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•14 �(Lenawee, 78 percent and Monroe, 67 percent) experience less pressure from large urban areas and have physical characteristics which are well suited for agriculture. Wayne, Oakland and Macomb Counties face perhaps the most intense development pressure in southeast Michigan and have less than one-third of their total land areas being used for agricultural production (Macomb - 29.6 percent, Oakland - 12.3 percent, and Wayne - 9.6 percent). Livingston, St. Clair and Washtenaw have 37.7 percent, 43.4 percent and 48.8 percent of their land being used for farming respectively (Figure 7). Wayne, Oakland and Macomb Counties exhibit other characteristics typically found in urban areas. Average farm size in Wayne is 85 acres, Oakland 100 acres and Macomb 111 acres. In the other, more rural counties, average farm size is somewhat larger ranging from 158 acres in St. Clair to 262 acres in Lenawee. The average value of farmland per acre is higher in the more densely populated southeast Michigan counties than in the out-lying counties. Wayne, the most densely populated county, has a average farmland value of $2,647 per acre, followed by Oakland with a value of $2,592 per acre and Macomb at $1,952 per acre. In the remaining, less densely developed counties, physical and economic factors may be more important in determining land values. For example, Monroe County is less urbanized than Washtenaw County, both have average farm size of 166 acres, yet the average value per acre of farmland is $1,701 in Monroe County and $1,669 in Washtenaw. Lenawee County, the most agricultural of all eight counties, has a higher agricultural land value ($1,479 per acre) than either Livingston or St. Clair counties. Soil conditions and production factors are likely important influences in determining land values in these counties (See Figure 8). Reflecting a continuing trend, the number of farms in the region decreased between 1978 ' and 1982 from 8,760 to 8,527 or 2.7 percent. Livingston and Oakland Counties actually experienced an increase in the number of farms (See Figure 9). A corresponding increase in acreage occurred in Livingston County; however, Oakland County lost 8,027 acres of agricultural land. The largest losses in the number of farms occurred in the two most agricultural counties: Monroe and Lenawee. The number of farms dropped by 101 in Monroe and 221 in Lenawee. Despite these losses, the total amount of acreage being used for farming actually increased in the region. Total agricultural acreage increased in Monroe, Lenawee, Livingston. Macomb and Wayne Counties. The largest decrease, 11,804 acres, occurred in Washtenaw County during the four year period. The overall gain in agricultural land in the eight county southeast Michigan region was 33,230 acres. 4 . Con cl usions The 1982 increase in total agricultural acreage is a reversal of trends that occurred between previous Agricuitural Censuses. Why did the decline in agricultural land reverse during the 1982 Census 15•AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT �Figure 6 TOTAL CROPLAND ACREAGE 1964-1982 Monroe County. Michigan jJ ,.__ <D . C\I 230 "It" C\I C\I <D ... 0) ,.... ('I) C\I C\I ,.__ ('I) 220 . C\I ... ('I) 210 -0 0 0 ('I) ,... "It" C\I . ('I) ,.__ 0) "It" 0 C\I 0 C\I 200 )( Q) 0) 190 ."' CD () c( 180 ...-"' 170 0 160 1964 1969 1974 1978 1982 SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•l6 �........ • > C') -n ::0 C: Figure 7 I""' ~ C: = > PERCENTAGE OF FARMLAND Southeast Michigan 1982 C"" n 0 3: "'ti 0 2 rr, 2 ~ ,., ,., • ,. ,., ,., ♦ X YI ·-· ,., : ~ ,., . ,.. . . . . . .. ~ I 1 m~11i1~1i1}1i~I~i~1 MONROE LENAWEE f ~ MI CHIG AN o'i➔to- - -1----·~ l Less Than 10% 10- 29% 30-49% More Than 50% l SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE .,..,, �'., \1 ___ • Figure 8 AVERAGE VALUE PER FARM ACRE Southeast Michigan 1982 30 0 0 ~ 28 X 24 w => ..J 20 < > w C, 2647 2592 1952 1701 16 1669 1479 < a: 12 > < 8 1392 1151 w > ::a C) - 4 .., 0 n C: r"' C: ' ::a > r"' n 0 3: ~ 0 o<v ~Q!- ~o ~<v<v ~~ v«; 0~ ~"' ~~ 0 V' ~<Q cP ~~ ~Q ~v~ 0~ ~q;. c,V c.,~. ~ <v~~ ~ ~~<v ~~ ~t:o ~ 2! m ..,2! ....00• SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE �~ '°>• G') -= Figure 9 ( ') NUMBER OF FARMS C: I"" 1978-1982 -t Southeast Michigan C: = > ... ....... I"" (') 0 ...,3: 18 0 - -t - :z ITI :z 0 0,... X a: w al ~ :J z :E a: < u. 0 al CIO (I) --~ 1978 ~ 1982 1111 ~ 16 al CD ....... (II -= (II IO 14 - Regional To tal - ....__ \ ~ '-- ) ) ---- - 6 - ... ... a> i-- - _ CD 2 ) ----- )) L-- - - "- - . o<v ~~ ~o ~<v<v <v~,.. ) i-- V (II al U) (I) ) - ) vN~ (I) (I) ) --- )..J', ) ) ) ) - y )) - )) _)) ~<o c,O ~~ ~q;. ~Q ~'v~ 0~ c,'v ~- c_, (I) - ~ ~ i-- a> ... ... ~ ~ 0~ ~,<;. C> ) ,__)) 0 ) "V 0 CD - - )) - - (I) (I) - ) a> CD M: ) ) l i-- CD CD - 4 (') - ,__ ~ ) - .... .-- '-- (I) 0 )) (II - (II (I) (I) -- - 8 0 (I) .... )) 1978-876 0 1982-85~ 7 2.7% ...... (II 12 10 - -== ~ <v~,.. ~ ,..<?, )) ~,. ..J..~<v ~ sornce: U.S. CENSUS OF AGRICULTURE ... �of Agriculture? A number of factors may partially explain this. The region experienced a significant increase in the total housing stock after World War II until 1979. Land was needed to meet this demand for housing, and agricultural land near urban areas was both convenient and inexpensive. Construction of the interstate, state and local highway systems made commuting easier and funding for public water and sewer systems more easily obtained than today. These factors all contributed to the increase in the number of shopping centers and subdivisions that were developed during this period. The development of neighboring land for residential and commercial purposes affected the assessment of agricultural land causing real estate taxes to increase in many instances. For many farmers, this trend towards more development coupled with the rising costs of machinery, seeds, pesticides and fertilizer forced them to question the cost of farming as compared to other alternatives. In the face of these trends, many farmers sold their land to developers or sold small parcels to former urban residents as future home sites. Residential property tax assessments increased land values even higher and the cycle continued. The mid-70's brought some changes which influenced this trend. As a result of the oil embargo, energy prices skyrocketed and it became more expensive to commute to the outlying suburbs. Recessions in 1974-75 and the early 1980's brought high levels of unemployment. Tied with high inflation rates, building new homes and shopping centers was an expense that few people could afford. Federal funding for water and sewer line extensions became less available during this period. The cumulative effect of these changes appears to be that the demand for agricultural land for urban development may be decreasing. The increasing costs of farming without a corresponding increase in the prices received for agricultural products has cut into the profit margin for farmers, forcing them to increase the amount of acreage in cultivation in order to increase profits. Improved management practices have also enabled farmers to cultivate acreage previously considered marginal, further improving existing crop yields. These factors may help partially account for the increase in the amount of land being farmed between 1978 and 1982. It is probably premature to speculate whether or not the 1982 increase in total farm and total cultivated acreage are exceptions to an overall decline in agriculture or whether they represent the start of a new trend. The statistics are, however, encouraging as they represent a positive indicator of the stability of agriculture in Monroe County. It is equally clear that agriculture is an extremely important part of both the state and local economy and is likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. AGRJCUL TURAL COMPONE N T• 20 �The State of Michigan, for example, has identified food processing as one of the target industries which are being sought by Michigan industrial developers. Michigan currently imports over one-half of its entire food supply. Many farm commodities are grown in the state and shipped to other states for processing and then imported to the state as retail products. This situation creates a potential for more fully developing the food processing industry in Michigan. A second factor which could influence farming in this state is the increasing demand for U.S. agricultural products worldwide. This demand could be a considerable advantage for a state like Michigan, which has a well developed agricultural industry. Monroe County, as one of the most productive agricultural counties in southeast Michigan, is well situated to participate in the future growth of agriculture in Michigan, thereby making preservation of the county's productive agricultural land even more important. r 21 •AGRICULTURAL CO MPO N EN T �METHODOLOGY CHAPTER3 �ft • • The purpose of this methodology is to identify Monroe County's best farmland which should be retained for continued agricultural production during the time frame of this comprehensive plan. Monroe County is not the first community to attempt such a project. Similar studies have been undertaken by other communities throughout the country at varying levels of sophistication. A common denominator of all these studies, however, is an identification of those key factors which have an influence on whether or not a given parcel of land is well suited for farming. The methodology used here was borrowed from the Washtenaw County Metropolitan Planning Commission , which under t ook a similar study in 1981. The basis of this methodology is an analysis of six fundamental factors which have a direct influence on the ability of a parcel to support farming. It can also be applied to other communities across the state since the information sources used in this study are readily available and easy to use. This methodology is described in more detail below. A. Physical Criteria The suitability of land for farming is obviously highly dependent on the physical characteristics of the land. namely soil conditions. Soil characteristics have perhaps the most significant influence on whether or not a parcel can support large scale agricultural production. Three physical characteristics have been taken into consideration in an attempt to identify highly productive agricultural land within Monroe County. These include prime agricultural soils, Class II soils, and soils that are capable of producing over 100 bushels of corn per acre. These three physical characteristics were selected because they could be easily measured, defended, and were not subject to change. While the following three physical characteristics are not meant to be exhaustive, they do represent important factors that have a direct influence on the suitability of land for farming. All three of these physical criteria utilize soil data available through the Soil Survey of Monroe County which was completed in 1981 by the United States Department of Agriculture. Each of these three physical factors is discussed in more detail below. 1. " Prime Agricultural Soils The soil survey identifies 25 individual soil types which are considered very well suited for farming. The U.S. Department of Agriculture discusses the characteristics of these prime agricultural soils in the following narrative : AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•22 �"Prime agricult u ral soils . . are t hose soils that are best s u ited to producing food, forage, fiber and oilseed crops. Su ch soils have soil properties that are favorable for the economic production of sustained high yields of crops. The soils need to be treated an d managed u sing acceptable farming methods. The moisture supply, of course, mu st be adequate, and the growing season has to be sufficiently long. Prime farmland soils may presently be used as cropland, pasture, or woodland, or they may be in other land uses. Urban and built-up land or water areas cannot be considered prime farmland. Prime farmland soils usually get an adequate and dependable supply of moisture from precipitation or irrigation. The temperature and growing season are favorable. The soils have few or no rocks and are permeable to water and air. They are not excessively ero d ible or saturated with water for long periods and are not fre quently flooded during the growing season. The slope ranges mainly from Oto 6 percent. Soils that have limitations - highwater table, subject to flooding, or dro u ghtiness - may qu alify as prime farmland soils if the limitations are overcome by such measures as drainage, flood control, or irrigation. Onsite evaluation is necessary to determine the effectiveness of corrective measures". (prime agricultural soils are illustrated on map 1) 2. Class II Soils This land classification indicates the suitability of soil types for field crops . The classes are gro u ped I th r o u gh VIII with the first category having the fewest limitations for farming and the latter having the most. The highest soil capability classification in Monroe County is Class II. Class II soils are those that have "moderate limitations that reduce the choice of plants or that require moderate conservation practices" . The major limitations of these soils are erosion, wetness, s h allowness or the presence of stones. Corrective measures on the part of the farmer may be necessary to mitigate these problems. Class II soils in Monroe County are capable of producing corn yields of 90 bushels or more per acre and are also included in the prime agricultural classification identified earlier. See Map 2. 23•AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT 1 1 ] J �3. High Yield Soils A third physical characteristic that was considered is soils that are capable of producing high crop yields. The criteria that was chosen for this study were soils that are capable of producing 100 bushels of corn or more per acre. Most of the soils that were included in this criteria are also considered prime agricultural soils and/or Class II soils. Several high yielding soils, however, were not included in either category. Approximately 65 percent of the county's soils are capable of producing 100 bushels of corn or more per acre. See Map 3 . ..., B. Social & Economic Criteria The capability of soils to support agriculture is obviously very important for determining the suitability of a given parcel for supporting large scale farming. Soil factors, however, should not be the sole determinant in the identification of prime agricultural land. Other social and economic factors also have an influence on whether or not a parcel will be used for agriculture or converted to another use. The three factors that were selected as the relevant social and economic factors include parcels enrolled in Public Act 116, parcels over 40 acres in size and existing farm operations. These factors are useful indicators of valuable farmlands since they demonstrate a committment on the part of a landowner to continue to use his property for agricultural purposes. 1. Parcels Enrolled in Public Act 116 In 1974, the governor signed into law Public Act 116, the Farmland and Open Space Preservation Act. Act 116 enables a landowner to enter into a development rights agreement with the state. The landowner receives specific tax benefits in return for agreeing to maintain his land for either agricultural or· open space purposes for a specified period of time (minimum ten years). In order to qualify, the farm must be 40 or more acres in size, have a gross annual income of $200 or more per tillable acre, or be a designated specialty farm. See Map 4. Over 20 percent of the county's total acreage is enrolled in the Farmland and Open Space Program. The western Monroe County communities of Milan Township, Summerfield Township and Whiteford Township each had over one-third of their total land area enrolled in this program. This particular factor is considered important because it indicates a commitment on the part of the land owner to maintain his property for farming for at least ten years. 2. Large Parcels Parcel size and shape has an important influence on the viability of a given area for long term agricultural production. Large parcels with regular shapes lend themselves more readily to farming than smaller parcels that have been split up for non-agricultural purposes. Larger parcels are also more likely to remain as active farms than smaller parcels. Those parcels that are 40 acres in size or larger were considered highly suited for farming. This data was obtained through the property tax maps available through the Monroe County Equalization Department. See Map 5. AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT• 24 �3. Existing Farms Land that is currently being used for farming was the final factor that was considered as part of this study. This criteria was selected because it also demonstrated an obvious commitment to farming. A large percentage of the county is being actively farmed, as shown on Map 6. This information was obtained by reviewing 1980 aerial photography. Composite maps for each one of these factors were prepared using 1:2000 scale county base maps. A grid composed of cells approximating 160 acres was constructed. This grid was placed over each of the six criteria maps individually. When one-half of the grid cell was covered by the criteria, the entire 160 acre area was coded as meeting that criteria and marked accordingly. The results for all six criteria were tabulated for each grid square. Next, definitions of essential (Class A), secondary (Class B) and reserve (Class C) farmland were tabulated based on the results of the coding. The definitions for each of these three categories are included below. (To be classified as A, B, or C, the parcel had to be an existing farm.) • Class A Farmland - This category includes land with strong physTcal-and-socio-economic characteristics. Farmland within this category meets 2 or 3 physical characteristics and 2 or 3 socio-economic characteristics. These include farms with very productive soils that remain part of large acreage holdings and/or had been enrolled in the P.A. 116 program. • Class B Farmland - Included in this category is land with very-strong physical characteristics and moderately good socio-economic characteristics. Land within this classification meets 2 or 3 physical characteristics and only one socio-economic characteristic. Typically, farms that meet this definition were located on very productive soils, but the size of the parcel was small and no steps had been taken to enroll the property in the P.A. 116 program. • Class C Farmland - The final category includes land with only-moderately good soils but strong socio-economic characteristics. This classification met one physical criteria and 2 or 3 socio-economic criteria. These are areas with farms that may not have the best soils, but are either large farms or are enrolled in the Farmland and Open Space Program. C. Citizen Participation Process The preceding methodology provided a good first step towards identifying Monroe County's best farmlands. This system did, however, leave several important gaps in the preliminary agricultural map. 25•AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT l I 1 �... r MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT MAP 1 [I§] PRIME AGRICULTURAL SOILS ,,,,,-:.• > '!t>• ...,• C'} -n::a t C: r-t C: ::a > r- n 0 ~ "O 0 z z ITI -i • ~ °' ~ 0 I 1 I ;;;; 2 3 I I ~ • I Scale In Mlleo I I MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT l COMMISSION �~ -.J • )> G") c::: ::io (") MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: r- -t C: ::io )> r- AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT e") 0 3: MAP 2 "ti [§IT] 0 :z m :z CLASS II SOILS -t :-.• '<;.. ... ...,• -- 0 1 I I 2 I S I t ' I I I liiiiiiil Scale In MIi•• MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT & COMMISSION ~ ] �! MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT MAP 3 '.•.• [filfilill HIGH YIELD SOILS (100 plus bu.lac re corn) '<,~· ~· > ..,,• C) = - t (j C r- -1 C = > r- (j 0 :: "'O 0 2 rr, 2 -I • N 00 ::, ,:.: 9J -- 0 1 2 3 I I I I 4 I S eal• In MIi•• a I MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT & COMMISSION �~ \0 >• ::a C) - ( ') C: MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: r- -f C: ::a MILAN > r- El 0 c::e3ETON (') AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT 0 ~ A~WNSHP -a 0 2 0 .. MAP 4 □ r-{:};~ @]fil] tTI FARMLAND AGREEMENTS (P.A. 116) 2 -f :-.• «t' i ~· ..,,• □ CJ 0 t 2 3 4 I I I I I I I c;;;; ~ Scale In Mlle ■ ~ ~ MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT & COMMISSION ......, ~ M .,,..., ,M �1 MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT MAP 5 t::=:::=:::::q LARGE PARCELS (40 plus acre lots) <t}~• ! ~· > ..,• C') = -r, C: r- -I C: = > r- r, 0 ~ ,:, 0 2! ITI 2! -I • c,,-, 0 w~ :::: ,::: . D D□ D 0 1 2 I I I I I 4 I II I iiiiiiii Scale In MIi•• MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT & COMM1SSION �.... ~ >• ::a C, -n C MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: r- -f C ::a > rn AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT 3: MAP 6 0 "O 0 brtn :z m :z EXISTING FARMLANDS -f l• )~1SW>1'◊~1 i ... !l!llill!::1:1::1:::11::::1:::iit ;;:,;,>•·· ..,• 0 2 :S 4 I I I I I I !iiiiiiiiiiil Scale 1ft MU•• MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT I. COMMISSION �~ ' MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: r~:wi ~;:f~ AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT MAP 7 §a CLASS A FARMLANDS 8]]] CLASS B FARMLANDS 1111 CLASS C FARMLANDS • I()" ~· 'y. > G"> - t ::i::, ("') C: BEDFOROo r- -1 C ::i::, > r("') 0 ~ "O 0 z z !'Tl -I • w N) ■ 0 2 3 4 I I I I I I liiiiiiii Scala In MIia• MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT & COMMISSION �Some very productive farmland in the county was omitted from the preliminary agricultural map because of some minor flaws in the original methodology. The first flaw involved the level of generalization required by the methodology. A minimum land area of 160 acres was used in the preparation of the map. While some level of generalization is necessary when designating land uses on a county-wide basis, it does create a situation where the unique characteristics of some parcels may be overlooked. Conversely, some land that was originally identified as good farmland in the original methodology is currently being used for some obvious non-farm uses and has subsequently been omitted from the final agricultural map. Examples of this include Pointe Mouillee Game area, the Dundee Cement Company property and those portions of the county that are within existing public water and sanitary sewer service areas. The second problem with the methodology is that the soil survey data that was used to measure the suitability of an area for farming contained a bias in favor of field crops, namely corn, soybeans, wheat, etc. Soils that are highly suitable for crops such as potatoes or other vegetables were overlooked. To compensate for these omissions, a second major step was undertaken for the purpose of identifying those additional agricultural lands within the county that should be included on the final agricultural map. This second step involved the participation of key members of the county's agricultural community. Representatives from the following organizations were given an opportunity to comment on the preliminary agricultural map: Monroe County Cooperative Extension Service, Monroe County Soil and Water Conservation Service, Agricultural Conservation and Stabilization Service, and the Michigan Farm Bureau. The preliminary map was also reviewed by 14 of the 15 township planning commissions in Monroe County. Each of these groups were asked to consider the following criteria in revising the preliminary map: • Existing farms that have been farmed for a long period of time and will likely remain in agricultural use in the near future. • Farmland that is characterized by particularily high crop yields. • Vegetable or specialty farms. • Farms where significant improvements and/or investments were made (drainage, erosion controls, animal waste systems, etc.). • Other unique factors that otherwise may not have been taken into consideration as part of the original methodology. 33 • AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT �Based upon the comments and suggestions that were received during the public participation process, a final farmland map was prepared. This map includes a two level agricultural land designation: Class A farmland and Class B farmland. This final map is a composite map which reflects the original methodology as well as the suggested additions and deletions that were identified during the citizen participation process. The final results of this process are illustrated on Map 8. This map is described on a township-by-township basis in the following narrative. -- i • Ash Township Approximately one-half of Ash Township has been designated as being highly suited for farming. These areas are confined largely to the western and southern perimeters of the township plus small portions of northern and eastern Ash Township. Large sections of central and northern Ash Township have been excluded from the agricultural designation. This area extends from the Village of Carleton east to Telegraph Road, and north along Interstate 275 to the Wayne County line. This area has been excluded from serious consideration as future agricultural land because of the existing urban development patterns which characterize the area and because of the availability of public water and sanitary sewer lines. The area adjacent to Telegraph Road in the northern two-thirds of Ash Township has been excluded from the agricultural classification because of the township's adopted policy of encouraging growth along this corridor. • Bedford Township Nearly-the-entire township has been excluded from designation as prime agricultural land. A major reason for this is the fact that large portions of the township are heavily urbanized and are served by public water and sanitary sewers. Bedford's best farmland is confined primarily to the extreme northern and eastern portions of the township including the six sections along the Ida Township boundary and some land along the Erie Township boundary. The northwest corner of the township outside of the public utility service area and south of Samaria Road/M-151 has been excluded from either agricultural classification for two reasons: 1) this area is characterized by soils that are considered only marginal for farming; and 2) this area has experienced considerable residential development along the frontage of the township road network. Large woodlots are also located in this area of the township further restricting the use of the land for farming. AGRICULTURAL CO M PONEN T•34 �• Berlin Township Large portions-of Berlin Township have been designated as being highly suited for continued agricultural production. The only large areas excluded from this classification are the Villages of South Rockwood and Estral Beach, Pointe Mouillee State Game Area and the area that is currently being served by the Berlin Township wastewater collection and treatment system. This latter area is confined to the extreme southern end of the township along Swan Creek Road and Trombley Road. The only other portions of the township that were omitted from the agricultural designation include small areas where existing development patterns realistically precluded the land from being used for agricultural purposes. Public water service areas within Berlin Township have largely been ignored in considering whether or not particular areas should be designated as prime agricultural land. Public water lines currently serve nearly the entire townshop. These water lines do not accurately reflect either existing development patterns or planned township growth. • Dundee Township Dundee-Township's best agricultural land is confined primarily to that area of the township lying west of U.S. 23. Another area of prime agricultural land is located north of the Village Dundee and south of Dundee Cement. The remainder of the township was excluded from being designated as prime agricultural land for a number of reasons. Nearly the entire southeast corner of the township, south of Dixon Road, was excluded from the agricultural classification because the existing soils are only marginal for supporting farming. The existing soils are either too san d y or too wet to support large scale agricultural operations . The River Raisin and Saline River flood plains were also excluded for similar reasons. All of the property owned by Dundee Cement was excluded because the long term use of this property is not agricultural. • Erie Township Large portions of Erie Township have been included in the agricultural designation. Several developed areas have, however, been excluded from the classification. The City of Luna Pier and the unincorporated Village of Erie have both been excluded because existing development patterns have largely precluded the use of this land for farming in the near future . The more urbanized areas adjacent to the City of Toledo have also been excluded for similar reasons. The flood prone areas of the township along the Lake Erie shoreline were not included in the agricultural classification because of a flooding hazard. 35•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT �• Exeter Township Exeter-Township is characterized by large areas of land that are considered highly suited for farming. These agricultural areas cover the township fairly uniformly with two major exceptions. The first exception is the Village of Maybee, located in the southwest corner of the township. The entire village area has been excluded from the agricultural classification. This was done to provide some room for future village growth even though several parcels of land within the village are currently being farmed. The excluded areas was also extended to the north and west of the village to encompass other non-farming land uses. To the north, the excluded area includes a quarry located just outside of the village limits. To the west, this area extends into London Township to include a residential subdivision which will shortly be provided with sanitary sewer lines from the Village of Maybee. The other large area that was excluded from the agricultural classification is located in the northwest portion of the township along the Wayne County line. This area was excluded because of poor soil conditions for farming and small parcel sizes. Several other small areas in the east and central portions of the township have been excluded because existing development patterns and/or parcel sizes were not considered suitable for farming. Among these areas is the unincorporated village of Scofield, located at the intersection of Sumpter Road and Scofield Road. • Frenchtown Township Frenchtown Township is fairly equally divided between areas that are suitable for agricultural production and areas that are better suited for urban growth. These latter areas are very extensive, the largest of which is located adjacent to the City of Monroe. This area extends north along Telegraph Road and northeast along North Dixie Highway. Most of the area that has been excluded from the agricultural classification is currently served by public water and sanitary sewer lines. Frenchtown's prime agricultural acreage is located outside of the existing public utility service areas in the northwest and northeast portions of the township. These areas are characterized by reasonably productive agricultural soils that are largely being used for agricultural purposes. • Ida Township lda Townsh1p 1 s best farmland is largely confined to the eastern two-thirds of the township. east of Ann Arbor Railroad line which runs through the township. West of the railroad tracks the soil is only marginal for farming. This area is also characterized by large woodlots, smaller parcel sizes and single family development along the frontages of the township road system. AGRJCUL TUR A L COMPONENT•36 �The remainder of the township, east of the railroad tracks is very highly suited for agricultural production. The only exceptions to this pattern are the established communities of Ida and Lulu as well as two other small concentrations of residential development located in the southeast portion of the township. • LaSalle Township LaSalle Townsh1p is fairly evenly divided between areas that are highly suited for farming and areas that are better suited for other land uses. The prime agricultural areas are confined largely to the western one-third of the township and along the northern boundary of the township between Woodchuck Creek and North Otter Creek Road. Another small agricultural area is located in the southeast corner of the township adjacent to Erie Township. The central portion of LaSalle including the more developed portion of the township and land adjacent to South Dixie Highway and Telegraph Road has been excluded from the agricultural designation. This excluded area is nearly identical to that portion of the township that is currently being served by the south county water distribution system. • London Township Large portTons-of London Township have been identified as being highly suited for farming. The largest such areas are located in the eastern one-third and western one-third of the township respectively. These areas are separated from each other by a broad band of wooded wetlands that are not considered very well suited for farming. Also excluded from the agricultural classification are the Saline River flood plain, the Milan Dragway property, the settlement of Oakville and an extractive operation located in the northeast corner of the township. • Milan Township Extensive portions of Milan Township are considered highly suited for farming. Nearly the entire township has been included in the proposed agricultural classification. There are only several small exceptions to this general pattern. A small area south of the City of Milan extending south along U.S. 23 has been excluded from the agricultural designation. Also excluded is the property owned by Dundee Cement in the southeast corner of the township, the settlements of Cone and Azalia, and Milan Airfield, • Monroe Township Only-small-sections of Monroe Township have been designated as prime agricultural land. The largest of these areas is located in the southwest portion of the township west of Telegraph Road and south of Dunbar Road. The other area is located between South Dixie Highway and Interstate 75 south of LaPlaisance Road. The remainder of the township is clearly more suited for urban development given the availability of public utilities. 37•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT �• Raisinville Township Extensive portions of Raisinville Township have been included in the agricultural classification. The township is characterized by highly productive soils which are being used largely for agricultural production. Several exceptions to this general pattern are evident at various locations throughout Raisinville. The most notable exception is the flood plain of the River Raisin extending from the eastern boundary of the township to the western boundary. The remaining areas that have been excluded include small concentrations of urban uses, primarily residential development located in the northeast portion of the township. • Summerfield Township Approximately one-half of Summerfield Township's land area is considered highly suited for farming. These areas are located in the northwest corner of the township, north of the River Raisin and in the southwest portion of the township, south of the City of Petersburg and south of Teal Road. These prime agricultural lands are consistent with the agricultural areas that have been designated as part of the Summerfield Township plan. The eastern half of the township has been excluded from the agricultural category for a number of reasons. The soils in this area are less capable of supporting farming than are the soils in the western portion of the township. This area is also characterized by small lot sizes and considerably more residential development than the other half of the community. The flood plain of the River Raisin has been omitted from the agricultural classification as the soils along the river are not ideally suited for farming. • Whiteford Township Large portions of Whiteford Township have been included in the agricultural designation. Most of the township is characterized by very productive agricultural soils which are currently being used for farming. The only major areas that have been excluded from this classification are located along the eastern and southern boundaries of the township, adjacent to the more urbanized communities of Bedford Township and the City of Sylvania, Ohio. In the western half of the township, the only areas that have been excluded from the agricultural classification are Whiteford Valley Golf Course, the small community of Ottawa Lake and the Dana Corporation property. AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•38 �~ \,0 • > C, = ( ') C MONROE COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN: I"' ~ C = > AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT I"' n .. 0 3: -a 0 2 m r·:::.1 2 ~ ""'. PRIMARY FARMLAND SECONDARY FARMLAND ! '.t-. ,! 0 1 2 3 4 5 I I I I I I liiiiiiiii MAP 8 liiiiiiiii Scale In Mlle• MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT & COMMISSION �- .. IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY CHAPTER 4 �r • f l, Identifying the cou nty's most i mpo r ta n t far mlands represents only t h e first step towards retaining t h ese esse n tial resources . The next step involves developing programs to effectively preserve these areas. Most farmland preservation programs, h owever, i n volve t h e imposition of some restrictions on how lan d can b e u se d . In t h e case of agricu l tural preservation, this usually involves some restrictions on the amount of non-farm development that is permitted in an agricultural area. Preserving land for a particular p u rpose, however, runs contrary to some long accepted attitudes about the use of land in this country. Many property owners resist the imposition on any restrictions relating to their ability to use their land for whatever use they feel is most appropriate, or most profitable . This attit u de is firmly rooted in the "laissez-faire" attitude towards o u r land resources that significantly influenced the manner in which this coun try was settled and developed. This attitude has undergone a significant transformation during this century with the introduction of zoning and the imposition of other related land use restrictions. Despite these changes, some of the original "laissez-faire" attit ud e towards the land still exists and mu st be considered in the development of any restrictions on the use of agri cultural land. These attit udes, which are constantly evolving and in a state of flux, represent the context with in wh ich any agricultural preser vatio n effort mu s t functio n. This concl u ding chapter provides a brief summary of the major farmland preservation programs that have been attempted across the United States with particular emphasis on those programs that have been implemented in the State of Michigan. The report will conclude by making some recommendations on how a successf u l agricultural preservation program could be implemented in Monroe County. 1. Inventory of Existing Agricultural Preservation Programs Agricu ltural preservation is not a new concept. Different types of agric ul tural preservation programs have been around for a number of years . These programs may differ in their approach to preserving farmland, but they share one common feature in that they all attempt to prevent or discourage the conversion of farmland to other uses thro u gh the imposition of some controls or by offering some incentives. Incl u ded below is a brief description of the major types of programs that are currently being used to preserve farmland. This is followed by an assessment on the effectiveness of these programs and their applicability to Monroe County. • Tax Relief_Programs Maintaining the economic viability of farming represents a significant incentive to keep land in agricultural production, thereby preventing the conversion of this land to urban uses. To the extent that property taxes affect the economics of farming, tax relief programs are useful tools to preserve farmland. AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•40 �Farmland has two values which need to be considered in the development of tax incentives: 1) the value of land for agriculture and 2) the value of farmland for other forms of development. Tax relief programs have two primary benefits; the first is to reduce taxes and the second is to reduce the rate of farmland conversions by curtailing the number of tax motivated sales. One of the most popular forms of tax relief for farmland involves the differential assessment of agricultural property. Differential assessment refers to the assessment for property tax purposes based on the agricultural use of the land rather than its fair market value. Another tax relief program involves the use of tax credits. This type of program allows a farmer to apply some or all of his property taxes as dollar-for-dollar credits against his state income tax. This type of program is based on a farmers net income, and is fairly effective in assisting farmers in urbanizing areas. A third common form of tax relief for agricultural land owners involve estate tax benefits. Federal tax laws were modified in 1976 effectively raising the threshold at which estates are liable for estate taxation and increasing the marital deduction so that at least 70 percent of farm estates are exempted from estate tax liability. Some states have also enacted similar tax reform pro grams. While these programs are useful in helping to deal with farmland conversion, by themselves they do not represent a comprehensive solution to the problem. They are most effective when combined with other types of programs and used as part of a comprehensive farmland preservation strategy. • Agricultural_Districts Agricultural districts involve the designation of a specific geographic area to be used for agricultural purposes. The designation of agricultural districts is normally combined with other programs which are designed to protect the integrity of farming. The concept of agricultural districts is based on the premise that if farmers are given an incentive to farm a district where farming is the principal activity, they may effectively protect themselves from those influences which affect the viability of farming. Agricultural districts provide a geographical and organizational framework within which certain incentives and safeguards can be made available to farmers. Their effectiveness as a way to reduce the rate of farmland conversion depends on the particular combination of elements that they include. • Right-to-Farm Legislation Right-to-farm legislation protects farmers from bejng subject to nuisance suits from neighboring non-farm land owners who find certain aspects of farming offensive. This type of legislation 4 l•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT �can be effective in protecting farmers who live near urbanized areas and are subject to increasing pressures because of the close proximity of non-farm uses. Such legislation effectively serves notice to the non-farm land owner, typically a residential property, that the farmer was there first and that he is entitled to use his land for agricultural purposes without fear of nuisance litigation from adjoining property owners. Right-to-farm legislation does not, however, give the farmer exclusive rights to annoy his neighbor. Most legislation of this variety requires the farmer to follow accepted farming practices. To the extent that a farmer threatens public health or safety through his actions, his neighbors have a legal recourse to object and btain relief. • Agricultural_Zonin~ Zoning represents perhaps the most common form of development control in this county. It is not surprising therefore that zoning has been used extensively for the purpose of preserving farmland. The most important characteristic of agricultural zoning is the extent to which it limits the intrusion of nonagricultural uses into agricultural areas. - - Two basic types of agricultural zoning are being practiced today: 1) non-exclusive agricultural zoning, and 2) exclusive agricultural zoning. Non-exclusive agricultural zoning is the most common of these two forms. Non-farm dwellings are permitted in non-exclusive agricultural zoning districts, usually with some restrictions, however. Larger lot sizes may also be required. Exclusive agricultural districts, on the other hand, prohibit non-farm uses and establish performance criteria for defining a farm, rather than simply using large lot sizes. Any request to develop non-farm related buildings are subject to individual review. This form of zoning is more effective in limiting the intrusion of urban uses into agricultural areas than is nonexclusive agricultural zoning. • Purchase or Transfer of Development ~i~h!S This concept refers to either the purchase or the transfer of the right to develop a parcel of land which in turn may be used in conjunction with another parcel of land. Both of these programs recognize the value of farmland for non-farm development and attempt to deal with this reality in a way that benefits the landowner without losing farmland. With the purchase of development rights, these rights are actually acquired by a public body for a specific cost. The transfer of development rights also involves the acquisition of the rights to develop a parcel, in this case by a private developer, and the subsequent assignments of those rights to another parcel outside of the agricultural area. Each program provides the farmer with some monetary benefits that he would derive if his property were sold for development purposes wh.ile at the same time allowing him to continue farming. A G R ICULT UR AL C OM P ONENT• 42 �While these two concepts are theoretically good responses to the farmland conversion problem, neither one has been successfully implemented to a great extent. The problem with the purchase of development rights is obvious. It is extremely expensive to implement and only a limited number of communities are willing to ~llocate scarce governmental funds that are required for a successful program. A transfer of development rights program must be organized so that it can operate effectively with the private market system relative to land development. This is not easy to accomplish, however, which explains the fact this programs has not been successfully implemented on a large scale basis. • Comprehensive Planning Comprehensive planning is a process leading to the adoption of policies regarding land use, transportation, housing, public facilities, and economic and social issues. It may include a land use plan designating locations for particular uses and a program for providing transportation, utilities and other public facilities. In most states, the plan is not legally binding on governments or individuals. A few states, however, require that zoning and other major facility plans be consistent with comprehensive plans. The plan may also be used to designate a community's most important agricultural resources. In this way, a comprehensive plan serves as the foundation upon which other agricultural preservation programs may be based. No discussion of farmland preservation could be complete without some discussion of the role of the federal government in this process. State and local governments clearly are the main actors in the development and implementation of agricultural preservation programs. Actions at the federal level, however, have a clear, albeit an indirect, influence on the conversion of agricultural land. Federal funding programs for many public works projects, including highway, utility and water development projects, for example, have had a significant impact on the use of land for agriculture. Many of these programs have, in fact, resulted in the loss of many acres of prime agricultural land. ·while some federal agencies, notably the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the U. S . Environmental Protection Agency, have taken steps to determine the impacts of their programs on agricultural land and have taken steps to mitigate these impacts, no comprehensive federal approach to this issue has yet been implemented. In the late 1970's, a bill was introduced in Congress to begin to focus federal attention on this issue. This measure failed to pass Congress, however, in large part because of a concern that it was thought that this legislation would give the federal government a role in regulating land use at the state and local levels, thereby usurping existing lines of authority. This reluctance on the part of the federal government to become a direct partner in the agricultural preservation process means that any future farmland preservation efforts will be determined at the local level. 43•AGRICUL TURA L C OMPONENT �2. Agricultural Preservation in Michigan Several programs have been developed within the State of Michigan at both the state and the local level for the purpose of preserving prime agricultural land . On a state-wide basis, the most significant program is the Farmland and Open Space Preservation Program, commonly referred to act Public Act 116. This program provides agricultural property owners with tax advantages for agreeing to continue to use their property for specified agricultural purposes for a given period of time. Michigan also recently enacted rightto-farm legislation which gives farmers protection from litigation by adjacent non-farm land owners who find particular aspects of farming either annoying or a nuisance. At the local level, farmland preservation efforts consist largely of the development of agricultural zoning districts. Each of these programs are discussed in more detail below. - • Far~laE_<!_and Open Space Preservation Program (P.A. _116) Concerned about the alarming rate of farmland conversion, the State of Michigan enacted this program in 1974. In order to be eligible for inclusion in this program, the property under consideration must meet certain requirements. The farm must have a minimum total size of 40 acres. Farms between 5 and 40 acres may also qualify, provided that they have a gross annual income of $200 per tillable acre. Specialty farms which meet the requirements of the Michigan Department of Agriculture may also qualify for the program if their gross income is $2,000 or more. As the name of the program implies, open space areas may also qualify for the benefits available through P.A. 116. Open space areas, like farmland, however, must meet specific eligibility requirements. Historic riverfront and shoreline areas, for example, must be undeveloped. In addition, the riverfront or shoreline must be located along a river that has been recognized by the Natural Rivers Act of 1970 or designated as an environ mental area by the Shorelands Protection and Management Act of 1970. Historic properties must be recognized by appropriate state or federal laws. Open space areas, according to the text of the legislation, may also include lands which ''conserve natural or scenic resources, enhance recreational opportunities, promotes the conservation of soils, wetlands and beaches, or preserves historic sites and idle farmland . " These agreements run for a minimum of ten years and entitle the landowner to several benefits. Parcels enrolled in the P.A. 116 program may be exempted from special assessments for sanitary sewers, water or street lights. The property owner may also claim the amount by which the property taxes on the enrolled acreage exceed seven percent of his household income on his Michigan income tax. For those parcels enrolled in the open space program, the property is reappraised and the difference between the current market value of the unrestricted property and the value of the property is used to calculate the direct tax saving. AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT•44 �The Farmland and Open Space Preservation program has proven to be fairly successful among property owners and a direct result of that popularity has been a reasonably successful tool for minimizing the extent of farmland conversion throughout the State of Michigan. Since its inception in 1974, a total of 17,500 property owners have entered into contracts with the State of Michigan effectively enrolling approximately 3,550,000 acres in the program. In Monroe County, a total of 70,042 acres have been enrolled in the program representing nearly 20 percent of the county's total land area. The greatest participation in the program within the county is in the four western townships of Milan, Dundee, Summerfield and Whiteford. Each township has over 30 percent of their respective land areas enrolled in the P.A. 116 program. • ~i~h!-!o=F~r~ !c! In 1981, the Michigan legislature passed "right-to-farm" legislation, the intent of which is to give farmers some protection against nuisance suits filed by adjoining non-farm property owners. The legislation itself is meant to be non-regulatory in nature and is intended to establish a general policy regarding the relationship of agricultural land to non-agricultural land. The intent of this bill is clearly expressed in the following passages taken directly from the legislation. Sec.3(1) A farm or farm operation shall not be found to be a public or private nuisance if the farm or farm operation alleged to be a nuisance conforms to generally accepted agricultural and management practices according to policy as determined by the director of the Department of Agriculture. (2) A farm or farm operation shall not be found to be a public or private nuisance if the farm or farm operation existed before a change in land use or occupancy of land within one mile of the boundaries of the farmland and before such change in land use or occupancy of land the farm operation would not have been a nuisance. The Michigan Department of Agriculture has subsequently developed guidelines for different categories of agricultural operations for the purpose of assisting in the interpretation of this legislation. Included below is a policy statement developed by the Department of Agriculture relative to this legislation. It is the policy of the Director of the Department of of Agriculture that a "farm operation" shall be conducted with due consideration to noise, dust, odors and fumes normally associated with such an operation. A farm operation shall not be restricted to a time of day or days of the week but shall be conducted according to generally accepted agricultural and management practices. Agricultural and management practices are in turn subject to varying conditions, which include but are not limited to: geographical location, weather; soil type and conditions, type of crop or livestock and management system. 45•AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT �• l r r [ -- The ultimate impact and overall effectiveness of this legislation will depend on court interpretation of the act, especially the concept of "generally accepted agricultural practices". This legislation does, however, represent another positive step towards the development of a comprehensive agricultural preservation program for the State of Michigan. • Agricultural_ZoninK State actions not withstanding, the real battle for the preservation of farmland is being determined at the local level. Any attempt to preserve farmland requires the ability to control the use of land, especially the encroachment of urban uses into existing agricultural areas. Within the State of Michigan, the authority to control land use has been allocated to local units of government in the form of zoning. The ability of a local unit of government to preserve farmland, therefore, rests heavily on the requirements of their local zoning ordinances. For all its potential as a useful agricultural preservation technique, zoning more often than not falls far short of its expectations. Many agricultural zoning districts are agricultural in name only and represent little more than holding zones for future urban development. Also, somewhat ironically, farmers themselves often represent obstacles to the establishment of effective agricultural zoning districts. A farmer may not wish to preclude an opportunity to sell his property for non-farm development at a future date through the imposition of strict land use controls. Finally, zoning changes at the local level are often relatively easy to obtain, thereby diluting the intended effectiveness of an agricultural zoning district. The ability of a local community to restrict development through the establishment of agricultural zoning districts rest largely on two major factors: 1) the exclusion or near exclusion of nonfarm land uses within agricultural districts; and 2) the establishment of sufficiently large minimum lot sizes to discourage the development of single family homes in agricultural areas. Large lots, however, also take away more land per house which can contribute to the loss of farmland unless lot sizes are set sufficiently high enough to effectively discourage non-farm residential development. Fourteen of the fifteen townships in Monroe County have developed agricultural zoning districts (Exeter Township is currently in the process of developing a zoning ordinance). The characteristics of these ordinances are displayed in Table 4. Minimum lot sizes with these agricultural districts range from 0.69 acres in Raisinville Township to 40 acres in Milan Township. Each township permits the development of non-farm single family dwellings in agricultural districts with the exception of London Township and Summerfield Township which prohibit this form of development in their respective Prime Agricultural Districts. The 40 acre minimum lot size requirement in Milan Township is also effective in limiting nonfarm residential development in the agricultural district. AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT• 46 �Minimum acreage requirements of five or ten acres are not effective in limiting the amount of non-farm development that may occur in an agricultural area. These minimum requirements may, in fact, be more wasteful of land than one or two acre minimums. Many non-farmers who develop single family homes in agricultural districts, actually prefer five or ten acre estates to smaller lots. The placement of a single family home on these parcels, however, only occupies a small portion of the lot with most of the remaining acreage not being used for any productive purpose. This particular problem is compounded by the State of Michigan's current subdivision regulations which do not regulate the division of land into parcels exceeding ten acres in size. This results in a proliferation of parcels which barely exceed the ten acre limit and are often long and narrow. Such parcels frequently have unsuitable access, may have limited useage, or result in misuse of prime agricultural land. Any attempt to develop an effective agricultural zoning district needs to recognize the dynamics and realities of the private land development market and the interest of many farmers to split off several acres of his property for the eventual development of non-farm related single family homes. The integrity of the agricultural zoning district and the needs of the property owner can be balanced by allowing for a limited single family residential development. This can be effectively accomplished by developing a sliding scale whereby the number of permitted single family units is based on the size of the existing agricultural parcels. Larger parcels are allowed more lot splits than smaller parcels. The sliding scale technique is made more effective when it is accompanied by a requirement that these non-farm residential units be clustered together in a specific portion of the original parcel. This helps maintain the integrity of the agricultural district. Conc lus ions The importance of Michigan's prime agricultural acreage to the economic well being of the entire state in general and to Monroe County in particular is a well established fact. Given this importance, the development of programs to preserve this agricultural land should be apparent. The State of Michigan recognizes the importance of agriculture to the state and has developed a number of programs which are intended to help maintain the viability of agriculture. The Farmland and Open Space Program, the Right-to-Farm Act and the identification of food processing as a target industry by the Michigan Department of Commerce each represent positive steps forward in the maintenance and preservation of Michigan's most productive agricultural land. These existing state policies could be enhanced by the revision of the state's subdivision regulations to modify existing land subdivision practices which help promote the conversion of prime agricultural land to non-farm uses. 4 7•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT �Table 4 CHARACTERISTICS OF EXISTING AGRICULTURAL ZONING DISTRICTS Monroe County, Michigan ZONING DISTRICT LOT SIZE (Acree) FRONT AGE (Feet) Ash Agricultural Preservation and Rural Estates 1.5(1) 330 Bedford Agricultural 5 330 Berlin Agricultural 1 150 Dundee Agricultural 10 300/660/190(2) Erie Agricultural 5(3) 100 Frenchtown Agricultural 5 300 Ida Agricultural 1.43 300 LaSalle Restricted Agricultural Agricultural 1. 7 1.4 300 250 London Prime Agricultural Reserve Agricultural 20 5 660 330 ~Ii lan Prime Agricultural 40 660 '!!!" Monroe Agricultural 5 250 - Raisinville Agricultural 0.69 150 Summerfield Prime Agricultural District 2.3 Acres (100,000 sq. ft.) 500 Reserve Agricultural District 1.4 Acres (60,000 sq. ft.) 300 TOWNSHIP l - Whiteford i1 fl General Agricultural Reserve Agricultural 5 5 (1) A 5 acre minimum lot size is required for non-farm residential uses in this district. All general agricultural uses require a minimum lot size of 10 acres. (2) 300 feet of frontage is required for parcels 10 acres or larger, 660 feet is required for parcels less than 10 acres; 190 feet is required for residential homesteads . (3) Some uses may be permitted on lots with a minimum area of 20,000 square feet and a minimum width of 100 feet . 330 330 AG R ICULTURAL C OM PO NE N T •48 �Within Monroe County, the importance of preserving prime agricultural land is well recognized also. The important role of agriculture is recognized in both township land use plans and zoning ordinances; many of which have established agricultural districts for the expressed purpose of preserving prime agricultural land. Several of these plans and ordinances are more effective than others in accomplishing this objective. Other zoning ordinances and plans need to be modified in order to be more effective tools for preserving farmland. Local units of government should be encouraged to consider making these necessary revisions. Monroe County is also fortunate to have a well organized and informed agricultural community which represents a natural constituency to support the development of more effective farmland preservation programs. Many local farmers are members of local planning commissions and are therefore in a position to help establish agricultural preservation policies at the local level. There is also a great deal of cooperation among existing agricultural service organizations in promoting and encouraging agriculture in the county. The Cooperative Extension Service, Soil and Water Conservation District and the Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service are important components of any successful agricultural preservation program. Some consideration was also given to the extent to which other agricultural preservation programs should be introduced to Monroe County. Many of the programs that have been implemented in other areas of the country require action by state legislatures, and are therefore beyond the scope of this plan in terms of implementation. Other, more unique farmland preservation programs, such as transfer of development rights or purchase of development rights, are either too expensive or too complicated to administer to be given serious consideration for implementation in Monroe County. These techniques are also better suited for use in agricultural areas that are experiencing extensive urban development pressures. This is not the case in Monroe County with the exception of some agricultural areas adjacent to the county's more urbanized communities. To be successful, any agricultural preservation progr~m has to consider the social, political and economic context within which it must function. Existing state legislation relative to farmland preservation establishes the larger context within which local programs will operate. Local communities are left to determine the exact nature of the farmland preservation programs that are best suited for their individual communities. Establishing a county-wide policy is difficult considering the fact that land use controls are administered at the township, city or village level. Given these factors, the most appropriate strategy is to continue nurturing the positive attitude that already exists on the part of local units of government relative to agricultural preservation. This can be accomplished by encouraging local units of government to continue modifying their land use plans and zoning ordinances to discourage the conversion of farmland to urban uses, and to discourage the premature extension of public utilities into prime agricultural areas. These activities can be important in maintaining the stability and viability of agriculture in Monroe County. 49•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT �The Monroe County Planning Commission can help facilitate the preservation of farming through the following actions: • Encouraging local units of government to adopt more effective agricultural zoning districts that discourage the development of nonfarm single family residential units. This can be done through the Partners-in-Planning Program. • Work with local communities to revise their existing land use plans to give a more prominent place to agricultural land. This can also be accomplished through the Partners-in-Planning Program. • Discourage the premature extension of public water and sanitary sewer lines into those areas of the county that are characterized by prime agricultural land. The regional clearinghouse review process is one tool that can be used to accomplish this objective. • Discourage the rezoning of agricultural land to non-farm uses. • Encourage property owners to enroll prime agricultural land into the P.A. 116 Farmland and Open Space Preservation Program, and continue monitoring the amount of farmland in Monroe County that is enrolled in the program. • Continue working with the Monroe County Industrial Development Corporation and the Monroe County Chamber of Commerce on the expansion of existing agricultural-related businesses and the development of new agribusinesses. • Work with the Monroe County Cooperative Extension Service and the Monroe County Soil and Water Conservation District on farmland preservation issues. -n AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT• 50 �n ffl n -n BIBLIOGRAPHY �A number of definitive texts have been published in the last several years regarding the issue of farmland preservation. Several of these publications were used extensively in the preparation of this study. Without these publications, the completion of this study would not have been possible. A complete list of these reference materials is included below. 1. U.S. Department of Agriculture. National Agricultural Lands Study Final Report. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. January, 1981 2. Coughlin, Robert E., and Keene, John C., National Agricultural Lands Study. The Protection of Farmland: A Reference Guidebook for State and Local Governments. U.S. Government Printing Office. 3. Fletcher, W. Wendell, and Little, Charles E., The American Cropland Crisis, Bethesda, Maryland. The American Land Forum, 1982. 4. Kestenbaum, Martha J., Food Processing Opportunities in Southeast Michigan, Detroit, Michigan. Detroit Edison Company - Market Development. January, 1983. 5. U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service. Survey of Monroe County, Michigan. · November, 1981. 6. U.S. Bureau of the Census, U.S. Census of Agriculture 1982. 7. Michigan Department of Agriculture Guidelines on the Right to Farm Act. Soil A few comments regarding the use of these reference materials is also appropriate. In several instances, direct passages from these sources have been included in the text. The use of footnotes, however, has been eschewed to facilitate the easier reading of the report. Since this report is not intended to have an academic orientation, we felt that this approach of citing references at the end of the report was justified. Acknowledging references, however, is obviously important. For this reason, the following list has been prepared which highlights on a chapter-by-chapter basis those publications that were used to prepare each section of the report. • Chapter One Two primary sources were used in preparing this overview of agriculture: the final report of the National Agricultural Lands Study and the American Cropland Crisis. Each publication provides a lucid and incisive explanation of those factors that have a direct influence on agriculture in the United States today. AGRICULTURAL COMPONENT• 51 �• Chapter Two The primary source used to prepare this chapter was the U.S. Census of Agriculture. Data for each census between 1959 to 1982 represents the primary data source for agricultural information relating to Monroe County and the surrounding counties of southeast Michigan. Another useful source was the market development report on food processing prepared by the Detroit Edison Company. This particular report was used to help describe the economic importance of agriculture to the State of Michigan. • Chapter Three The Monroe County Soil Survey was used to describe the characteristics of the different soil types that are considered highly suitable for agriculture. • Chapter Four The National Agricultural Lands Study, specifically the publication entitled The Protection of Farmlands: A Reference Guide for State and Local Governments, was used extensively in the preparation of this final chapter. Many of the descriptions of the different farmland preservation programs that are being used throughout the country were taken directly from this publication. Descriptions of the Michigan Farmland and Open Space Preservation Program, and the Right to Farm legislation were taken from printed descriptions of each program which have been developed by the State of Michigan. Existing zoning ordinances for each township were also used for information on the requirements of their respective agricultural zoning districts. f f 52•AGRICUL TURAL COMPONENT - �MONROE COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS Richard Petticrew, Chairman Frank Kuron, Vice-Chairman Dwight DuRocher, Member Richard Reed, Member Dorothy Navarre, Member Jerry McKart, Member Frank DeSloover, Member Neil Blakeman, Member Donald Arnold, Member MONROE COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION Bernard Felder, Chairman Robert Weiss, Vice-Chairman William R. Terry, Secretary Neil Blakeman, Member Harry Benson, Member Robert Meiring, Sr., Member Larry Rutledge, Member Kenneth Swick, Member James Eads, Member Jack McDonald, Member John Britton, Member MONROE COUNTY PLANNING DEPARTMENT Royce R. Maniko, AICP, Director Dennis A. Ahonen, AICP, Principal Planner Glenn Wynn, AICP, Planner Frank J. Nagy, Planner Lee Markham, Planner Leslie Walter, Assistant Planner Roger Storm, Assistant Planner R. B. Williamson, Graphic Arts Supervisor P. K. Hauser, Drafting Specialist Jerry Oley, Printer Crystal Reed, Secretary Pat Lewis, Secretary � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Monroe-County_Comprehensive-Agricultural-Plan-Update_1985 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Monroe County Planning Department, Monroe County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1985-05 Title A name given to the resource Monroe County Comprehensive Plan Agricultural Component Description An account of the resource The Monroe County Comprehensive Plan Update, Agricultural Component was prepared in May 1985 by the Monroe County Planning Department. Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Monroe County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/2a3d8d287005440b4d7f4a96b4a94909.pdf c31c29785853642691c5bd9886540e36 PDF Text Text MONITOR TOWN HIP GENERAL D'E VElOPME T PLAN MONITOR TOWNSHIP BAY Cc>UNTr, MICHIGAN · • • • • • • • • • • • • • A LAND USE PLAN TO GU~OE FUTURE GROWTH �MONITOR TOWNSHIP BAY COUNTY; MICHIGAN GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN November, 1976 A Land Use Plan to guide Future Growth �This document has been prepared through the efforts of the Monitor Township Planning Commission: Herb Steih, Chainnan Joseph Gwizdala, Secretary Earl Bleck R. H. Behmlander Kenneth Hi 11 Emi 1 Kerns tock With the support of the Monitor Township Board: Howard Klopf, Supervisor Elmer Arnold, Clerk William Kramer, Treasurer Richard Behmlander, Trustee Gary Brandt, Trustee James Peil, Trustee James Verhanovitz, Trustee And the assistance of: II • •II II II II II • Williams & Works, Inc. Engineers - Surveyors - Planners - Geologists 611 Cascade West Parkway Grand Rapids, Michigan 49506 �TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Introduction l The Planning Process 2 Township Planning History 4 REGIONAL SETTING 6 BASIC STUDIES 8 8 Existing Land Use Existing Land Use: Problems and Assets 12 Housing 15 Population Growth and Characteristics 17 Economic Base 21 Natural Features 24 Generalized Soils 27 Agricultural Lands 28 Utilities 30 Transportation and Circulation 33 Community Facilities 37 Community Attitudes 41 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 46 Economic Growth and Development 46 Land Use and Development 48 Housing and Residential Development 49 Transportation and Circulation 52 Parks and Recreation 53 �Table of Contents (Cont'd.) Page Environment 54 Government and Planning 55 PLANNING DIMENSIONS Population Projections 57 Planning Dimensions 60 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN 68 Design Standards 68 Major Plan Concepts 76 Future Land Use 77 Major Streets 82 Additional Plan Concepts 86 IMPLEMENTATION Immediate Action Recomnendations 89 Codes and Ordinances 90 Zoning 90 Subdivision Regulations 90 Water and Sewer Services 91 Capital Improvements Programming 91 State and Federal Grant Programs 91 Federal Revenue Sharing 92 Continued Planning 92 APPENDIX �INTRODUCTION A community grows because people decide to build homes, businesses and industries. In formulating these personal plans, people are seldom aware of outside factors and considerations of the overall community. Often, their investments are ill considered and wasted because they were not aware of predictable major changes brought about by growth or of the individual plans of thousands of other people. Because of this, many communities have developed which are unattractive, inconvenient, expensive to provide with public services, and hazardous. These are the conmunities in which many of us must live. The purpose of conmunity planning is to provide the missing framework of information and long-range thinking in order to guide people in the development of their personal plans. A conmunity plan must objectively consider what people are trying to do, what they desire, and what will influence them in making their decisions. It must consider which forces and private actions are likely to be harmful and guard against them. It must recognize and encourage those endeavors and forces which will be advantageous to the community by providing the conditions and environment people will be seeking. More importantly, it must indicate that the corrmunity is stable, yet looking toward the future with the assurance that growth and changes are being anticipated and will be accommodated in a logical, deliberate and preplanned manner with little disruption of the existing community. This assurance is essential before homeowners and businessmen invest millions of dollars in their future, and the future of the community. In addition to personal endeavors, many individuals will be elected or appointed to the Township Board or other positions over the next 20 years. These individuals will be called upon to make irreversible decisions which will build, one part at a time, the streets, the utilities, the drains, the schools, the firestations and other physical parts of the future corrrnunity. A community plan must guide each of these important but separate decisions which will determine the convenience, economy and desirability of the future community. This document is intended to serve that purpose - to serve as a 11 guide 11 for the future development of the community of Monitor Township. 1 �THE PLANNING PROCESS Corrmunity planning, in simple terms, is a goal orientated, continuous process which seeks to create a better environment. As such, a general development plan is a 11 tool 11 by which this goal can be reached. It is used by both private individuals and public officials to make decisions regarding the development of land in a particular area. Basically, _the planning process consists of five steps: I. Desire to Plan - Monitor Township has already expressed this desire as evidenced by this Plan. II. Analysis of the Existing Situation - An analysis of the problems, assets, and potential of the area. These "basic studies" include an investigation of the existing land use, housing characteristics, natural features, soil characteristics, community facilities, utilities, transportation system, and other factors which have made the corrmunity what it is today. III. Plan Design - A graphic representation of the fonn and allocation of land uses in the design year of 1995. The plan indicates how future growth should be directed into the most economical, helpful, pleasant and ecologically sound pattern of development. IV. Plan Implementation - The first step in the implementation phase is the adoption of this Plan by the Planning Corrmission. Then, through a joint program of public education and comprehensive development controls (such as the zoning ordinance, subdivision regulations, a policy of street improvements, etc.), the Township can implement the provisions of the Plan. Also, a capital improvements schedule, which programs into the Township budget public improvements which should be undertaken within the next five or six years, is a very important component of this step. V. Continued Planning - In order for the Plan to have a lasting effect, it is necessary to follow through with 2 �, a program of continuous planning. This involves periodic review and amendment of the Plan, the zoning ordinance, subdivision regulations, the capital improvements program, and other official policies of the Township. As a logical and necessary extension of this Plan, the existing zoning ordinance will be revised in order for it to implement the recommendations contained in the General Development Plan. Zoning and subdivision regulations have typically been the major tools for implementing a future land use plan. In this respect, Monitor Township should not be an exception. However, the Township should go a step further and prepare detailed plans for all community facilities (i.e. recreation, utilities, roads, fire stations, community centers, etc.) as well as a detailed capital improvements program. Also, it requires noting that land use plans are not static or unchangeable documents. Neither are they precise definitions of the ultimate use for every parcel of property. They are intended to guide public officials and private individuals in the direction deemed most logical, aesthetically pleasing, and economical. However, land values, trends and social attitudes are dynamic forces which require constant monitoring. For this reason, it will be necessary to periodically refine, update, and revise this Plan in order to accommodate these forces throughout the next 15 to 20 years. 3 , j �- I I I TOWNSHIP PLANNING HISTORY Monitor Township is no stranger to community planning. It has operated under the guidance of a Comprehensive Community Plan since 1968. Subsequent to this Plan, Ordinance #14 tfie"Monitor Township Zoning Ordinance - was adopted (effective July, 1972). Even before this time the Township developed under the provisions of an ordinance adopted in 1960. However, early in 1974, the Township Board decided that conditions had changed to the extent that it was necessary to up·date and revise the original land use plan. The publication of this Plan is only the tip of the iceberg in the sense that it represents nearly three years of diligent effort on the part of the Planning Commission and the Township Board. The work actually began in the Summer of 1974 with the completion of a comprehensive survey of existing land use. The survey involved driving every street and road in the Township and recording the use of each parcel. This data was mapped on a Township base map which had been updated with current property lines . This effort gave the Planning Commission an accurate picture of the type, location and distribution of the various land uses throughout the Township. It also supplied a tabular summary of the number and type of housing units and a fix on the number of commercial, industrial and public, semi-public uses (establishments). Simultaneous with the land use survey, the Commission prepared and distributed a land use questionnaire survey. (A copy of the survey form and a summary of the responses are reproduced in the Appendix of this report.) The survey forms were sent to nearly 3,000 property owners in the Township asking them, among other things, their attitude toward future growth and development. With this information, the Commission felt it was in a position to begin formulating policies toward development of a land use plan. However, before the plan could take shape, it was deemed essential for the residents of the Township to have an opportunity to express their views in a face-to-face situation. This opportunity was provided in the form of an advisory public hearing. 4 �• • Held in May of 1975, the advisory hearing was unique in that it included a number of county officials - Road Commission Engineer, Drain Commissioner, Health Department personnel, and others - who were invited to explain their responsibilities. In turn, they answered questions concerning problems or situations in the Township. This forum also provided an opportunity for the Planning Commission to outline its intentions to prepare an updated land use plan and zoning ordinance and to stress the need for public participation and input. These three steps - the existing land use survey, the questionnaire, and· the advisory hearing - provided the foundation for the actual background analysis leading to the formulation of the General Development Plan. The balance of this document sets down the basis for the Plan in the form of basic studies, goals and objectives, planning dimensions, the General Development Plan, and recommendations for implementation. The first step, however, is to consider the regional setting. 5 �REGIONAL SETTING �u II REGIONAL SETTING Monitor Township is located in the south central portion of Bay County in the flat, fertile farm lands of the Bay Valley. It lies adjacent to the western edge of the City of Bay City and is bounded by Bangor Township (also on the east), Kawkawlin Township on the north, Williams Township on the west, and Frankenlust Township on the south. As such, the Township is strategically located in relation to the 11 Tri-Cities 11 : Bay City, Midland and Saginaw. Together these conmunities represent a combined population of nearly 200,000 people. The three-county metropolitan area contains more than 400,000 people. More importantly, each comnunity is an industrial center with significant employment opportunities. The Midland area is home base for Dow Chemical and Dow Corning Companies while both Saginaw and Bay City are highly specialized in the auto industry. These large employers have played a major role in the historic development of Monitor Township, especially when one considers the highway system which puts them within easy reach. Interstate 75 follows a general north-south alignment through the eastern portion of Monitor Township. It connects the Upper Peninsula with the State's industrial corridor extending from Midland and Bay City through Saginaw, Flint, Pontiac, the balance of the .Detroit Metropolitan area and points south. In fact, a resident of Monitor Township can get on I-75 and drive until the Gulf of Mexico is in sight at Tampa, Florida. The Interstate is complimented by US-23 and US-10, both of which are located in the Township. US-23 extends northward along Saginaw Bay, then swings northwesterly, eventually connecting with I-75 north of Houghton Lake. US-10 follows an east-west course through the center of the Township, linking Bay City and Midland by way of a 30-minute drive. All three freeways come together in a major interchange in the southeastern portion of the Township. · The impact of this regional transportation system can be measured in terms of the number of people who work outside the invnediate Township area. The returns from the land use attitude survey indicated 44 percent of the principal wage earners worked in Bay City, 17 percent were employed in Sag.inaw, and 13 percent traveled to Midland. Only five percent were 6 �employed in the Township. Thus, it is apparent that the present pattern of land use in the Township - little in the way of major industries, extensive residential areas - is due in large part to the accessibility of the larger communities by way of the freeway system. This conclusion is further verified by the responses to the question: "Why do you live in Monitor Township?". While nearly 45 percent said they preferred "rural living", fully one out of every four said it was because the Township was within easy commuting distance of Bay City, Midland and Saginaw. Although the freeway system has had, and will continue to have, a maj-or impact upon the Township, there are other regional influences at work in the area. Important among them are Tri-City Airport and Delta College. Located southwest of the Township, Tri-City Airport serves as the only aircarrier airport for the entire three-county area. Its regional impact is significant when measured in passenger statistics alone - more than a quarter of a million in 1970. However, they do not accurately measure the attraction of the businessman who needs quick, convenient and direct access into and out of the region for freight as well as personnel. The airport and related developments not only affect traffic patterns but also increase development activity as the demand for airport related facilities continues. Delta College (and to a lesser extent Saginaw Valley College to the south) provides additional development pressure in the form of student and faculty housing, commercial support facilities, and entertainment enterprises. From Monitor Township, access to the Delta campus in Frankenlust Township is most direct by way of the Mackinaw Road interchange off US-10, and Hotchkiss Road from US-84. In this respect, development pressure from the College will tend to be focused in the south and eastern portions of the Township. From this rather brief discription of Monitor Township's regional setting, it is apparent there are a number of major forces which will affect the future of the cornnunity. Many of thes~ forces are beyond the control of Township officials. Still it remains the responsibility of the Township to anticipate these forces to the best of its ability and direct them into the cornnunity of tomorrow - a community which will be in harmony with the desires and aspirations of the residents of today. Monitor Township is in a position now, before past mistakes are compounded, to shape this growth into a pleasant and desirable corrmunity which will serve generations to come. 7 �.---, .---- 1_ 11 II ,.___J II I ~ ~"'(Jt:J::IE8: BASIC STUDIES __ �u II • • BASIC STUDIES Today, only a relatively small portion of Monitor Township is extensively developed. This being the case, the Township has the opportunity to create a new comnunity that will be highly desirable and economical to serve with public utilities and community facilities. Development mistakes of the past are few and will be largely unnoticed in the larger community of the future. Development during the next two decades will establish the character of that community. It is now that the Township has the flexibility to determine what it wants to become and to coordinate its efforts, and the efforts of its private citizens, to achieve its goals. However, in order to have a realistic future, the decision makers must have a clear picture of what the community is now and how future growth and change will affect the present comnunity. Existing Land Use The following map, entitled 11 Existing Land Use 11 , graphically indicates the composition and pattern of land use as it existed at the time of the field survey. From this map, it is readily noted that the bulk of the Township is given over to agricultural lands and open space. Still, significant portions of the Township are densely developed, specifically the eastern and northeastern areas. Here the Township takes on the character of a 11 bedroom community" since the predominant use is single family residential homes. Significant housing concentrations are found in the extreme southeastern four sections, along the length of Midland Road, in the Kawkawlin area, and along Salzburg Road. There are other examples of isolated homes and small plats along section line roads in the outlying areas. However, they represent a rather small portion of the total. In a similar vein, non-residential uses are largely concentrated in the same developed areas. Commercial uses have located along Euclid Avenue, Midland Road and M-13 in the Kawkawlin area. These commercial uses have generally developed in a 11 strip 11 pattern along these more heavily traveled roads. There are no examples of major shopping centertype developments such as Center Avenue in Hampton Township or Bay Road in Saginaw County. 8 �... With one exception, the Township is lacking in major industrial firms. The one exception is Monitor Sugar which is located in the extreme southeastern portion of the Township. The Sugar Company could be classified as a heavy industry since it refines sugar beets produced on the surrounding farm lands. This facility generates considerable activity during the fall and winter months. The northeastern portion of the Township is also significant in that it is an area dotted with crude oil storage tanks. These tanks serve as storage reservoirs for nearby pumping operations. For the most part, oil reserves in this area have been depleted and such pumps as are operating do so only on an intermittent basis. Actually, the pumps and storage tanks occupy only a small portion of the area with the balance of the property under cultivation by area farmers. The other significant industrial operations include a modular housing factory and a rather large storage facility and pumping station in Secti on l O. In addition to the single family col111lercial and industrial uses, there are a number of rather large public and/or semipublic facilities. The larger of these include White Birch Golf Course, an 18-hole course in Section 7, the Bay-Arenac Skills Center in Section 13, a school bus garage at Midland Road and Seven Mile which is owned and operated by the Bay City School District, a landfill site in Section 17 owned and operated by the Township, and a dump site in Section 20 owned and operated by the Bay County Road Col111lission. This list does not include the numerous parks and school sites since they will be discussed at length in the 11 Community Facilities 11 portion of this document. It is important to note that Monitor Township has a rather significant amount of its population housed in mobile homes and multiple family units. In 1974, mobile homes accounted for slightly more than twelve percent of the total housing stock while multiple family units added another two percent. The vast majority of the mobile homes are located in four mobile home parks in the northeastern and west central portions of the Township. These parks ranged in size from 30 units to more than 150 units. Similarly, multiple family units (i.e. apartments) are concentrated in the southeastern portion of the Township - that area closest to Bay City. For the most part, these units are found in two and four family structures although, at the time of the field survey, there was one case of a 12-unit apartment building. 9 �I._., 0 -------· I- \ • • _J �• • • • • Table 1, which follows, is a tabulation of the existing land use as it existed at the time of the field survey. Here it is shown that, of the total 2,976 residential structures, 2,589 (85.7 percent) were single family units. Only 63 dwelling units were of the multiple family type while 368 were mobile homes. In total, multiple family and mobile home units represented slightly less than 15 percent of the total housing stock. Non-residential structures were represented by 85 comnercial establishments, 38 industrial firms, and 31 public, semi-public outlets . In sumnarizing the existing land use situation it is noted that many of the residents of the Township live in subdivided areas, and most of the subdivisions are located in east central and southeastern portions of the community. In total, there are more than 20 major subdivisions with more than l ,000 platted lots. At the time of the field survey, it was found that less than 100 platted lots were vacant and available for development. This fact, together with a backlog of housing demand, would indicate there will soon be an unsatisfied demand for platted lots. The major activity centers in the Township are in the unincorporated Village of Kawkawlin, the corridor along Midland Road, and the residential areas west of Euclid Avenue. The Village of Kawkawlin is situated on the Kawkawlin River and is a mixture of single family homes on small lots interspersed with isolated corrmercial and industrial establishments. This area is connected to the greater Bay City area by way of M-13, a north-south highway running through the region. The most recent area of development activity is that portion of the Township south of US-10 and east of I-75. This area has been the focus of much platting activity and, therefore, contains a number of large single family subdivisions. Monitor Sugar is also located in this portion of the Township, being situated between Euclid Avenue and M-84. Euclid Avenue, in turn, is the focus of much commercial activity, being the site of an extensive strip commercial area. The outlying portions of the Township are given over to agriculture, open space and isolated non-farm home sites. There are exceptions to this pattern, however, in the form of subdivisions along section line roads. Salzburg Road and Three Mile Road stand out as prime examples of this pattern. Still the agricultural lands of the Township are extremely productive. This portion of the Bay (Saginaw) Valley is noted for its sugar beets, beans and other field crops which grow in abundance in the level, loamy soils. 10 �-- · ---·-------- - --- ·- - -- ii ill TABLE 1 LAND USE TABULATION Monitor Township Bay County, Michigan Section Residential Single Famil l 1 2 &3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Structures Multiple Famil,l 230 45 16 14 18 33 Industrial Public Semi-Public 213+(5) (2) 448 19 11 8 4 47 16 15 19 1-3 30 389 31 182 1-12 4-4 2-2 3-4 2,589 19-63 (85.7%) ( 2. 1%) --------------- Corrvnerci al - 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 TOTAL Total Residential Structures (1) ( 1) 12 11 16 21 26 31 22 16 14 20 17 22 38 82 47 134 395 232 117 29 10 24 26 16 32 22 14 39 177 11 Mobile Home 105 (2) ( 1) (1) 30+(3) ( 1) (1) 8-2 2 34 12 11 16 21 131 31 22 16 16 21 17 23 38 115 47 135 396 232 117 29 10 24 26 16 32 30 16 39 177 (2) 348+(20) 368 ( 12. 2%) 4 1 2 2 2 4 2 1 1 l l 5 4 5 9 1 2 3 l 1 2 394 24 3 187 11 3 2,976 85 38 2 31 (100%) 1-3 under the "Multiple Family" heading indicates there was one (1) structure containing three (3) units. The parenthetical numbers under "Mobile Home" indicate mobile homes on scattered sites (i.e., outside mobile home parks). Source: Williams &Works, Inc., field survey, June, 1974. Note: 11 - �I I I Table 2 contains a comparison of the extent of development in 1962 and 1975 as determined by the Bay County Planning Commission. In 1962, Monitor Township had the largest ·amount of agricultural land of any unit in the County - nearly 20,900 acres. By 1975 (13 years later), this had decreased by nearly 1,000 acres, largely as a result of increasing development in the residential and commercial sector. Whereas residential development amounted to only 715 acres (three percent of the total) in 1962, residential uses had increased to 1,329 acres or 5.6 percent of the total by 1975. This represents an absolute increase of 614 acres or 85.9 percent. According to the Bay County Planning Commission, comnercial acreage increased by more than 400 percent during the same time span. It can be assumed that this is largely the result of increasing development activity along Euclid Avenue. Based on these figures, large increases were also reported in the industrial category (165 acres) and the transportation sector (222 acres). The large increase in transportation acreage is due largely to the construction of the freeway system as it is presently located in the Township . I I I ■ • Important among these statistics is the fact that developed acreage increased by nearly five percentage points, adding more than 1,100 acres for a total of 3,649 acres. Most of this increase took place at the expense of agricultural lands, including crop and non-crop (pasture) areas. This trend will continue as development activities and speculation force farmlands out of production. It can be anticipated that the pressure will be focused more strongly on the extreme southeastern portion of the Township although other areas are experiencing the same trend. In light of this, it should be a major goal of the Township to preserve as much prime agricultural lands as possible, yet still permit planned expansion of the urban community. Existing Land Use: Problems and Assets From the land use field survey, it became apparent that a number of land use problems have developed over the years. At the same time, there are many assets which have also emerged. The problems are not of major proportions; in fact, they are generally typical of those found in most rural, developing areas. However, they must be objectively recognized in order to prevent similar situations from developing in the future. By the same token, the existing assets must be recognized as examples of sound development and established as the foundation for a better or attractive community in the future. 12 �TABLE 2 LAND USE COMPARISON Monitor Township 1962 and 1975 1962-1975 LAND USE CATEGORY 1975 1962 Acres % Acres % Acres CHANGE % Residential 715 3.0 1,329 5.6 +614 +85.9 Commercial 22 .1 112 .5 + 90 +409.l Industrial 264 1. , - 429 1.8 +165 +62.5 Public Semi-Public 225 .9 254 1.1 + 29 +12.9 1,226 5. 1 1,448 6.0 +222 +18. 1 7,7 .3 77 .3 0 0 2,529 10.6 3,649 15.3 +1,120 +44.3 20,842 87.2 19,871 83. l -971 -4.7 527 2.2 378 1.6 -149 -28.3 __, w Transportation Roads Railroads TOTAL DEVELOPED Agriculture (including crop and non-crop lands) Vacant (including rivers) TOTAL 23,898 100.0 23,898 100.0 { SOURCE: Bay County Land Use Inventory, 1975, Bay County Planning Colllllission, September, 1976. �I I I I I I I • The following, then, is the list of the m o r e ~ use problems. Most of the rural, non-farm residential structures have been constructed on parcels split from prime agricultural lands. Among other things, this has resulted in a loss of prime farm land, unnecessarily high traffic volumes on unimproved roads, and a dependence upon private septic tanks. This holds the potential for the pollution of groundwater and domestic water supplies. * Although relatively few in number, there are a handful of mobile homes scattered throughout the rural portions of the Township (i.e., outside of mobile home parks). This situation gives rise to problems such as inadequate fire protection, lack of adequate storm shelter, and dependence on private wells and septic tanks . * There are a number of examples of incompatible land uses: homes next to industries, mobile homes next to single family homes, and dwelling units interspersed among commercial establishments with inadequate protection for either use. This often gives rise to either severely depressed or widely inflated property values along with conditions not conducive to residential environments. By the same token, such incompatible uses often represent substantial obstacles to commercial and industrial expansion. * Strip commercial development patterns along M-13 and Euclid Avenue have created conditions of visual blight, an unnecessarily high number of driveway cuts which result in uncontrolled and hazardous turning movements, congestion and an inordinate amount of accidents. Often this pattern of commercial use results in an uneconomical use of land since only the front portion of the parcel is utilized. * * * A number of subdivisions have been platted and developed with an apparent lack of regard for continuity and access to adjacent property. This has resulted in numerous dead end stop streets which are expensive to build and maintain and result in a waste of land. At the same time, many subdivision and local streets have been constructed without adequate design standards. On the other side of the coin, the Township is blessed with many land use assets - situations which either exemplify good planning and foresight or are inherent in the Township itself. 14 �...... * Much of the high density urban development has taken place in relatively concentrated patterns in the Kawkawlin area, along Midland Road east of Fraser Road, or in the extreme southeast portion of the Township. These concentrated areas will serve as the basis for future development and provide an economical service area for utilities and other public services. * The abundance of fertile agricultural lands provides a stable and valuable economic base while serving as an 11 open space reserve 11 for residents of the urban areas. * The Township is in a unique geographic position in that its proximity to Bay City and the regional freeway system hold the potential for considerable growth in the future. * The presence of public water and sewer, and the potential for extensions of both, increase the development potential of the Township. This fact, together with large parcels of relatively inexpensive land with few development limitations, will prove to be increasingly more attractive to private developers. While this is not an all inclusive list, it does point out some of the major problems and assets. It remains for the Township to eliminate or minimize the problems while it capitalizes upon the assets. Housing To a growing community, an adequate and structurally sound housing stock is essential. As mentioned previously (Table l), the Township contains a total of 2,976 residential structures made up of single family homes, duplexes, multiple family units, and mobile homes. The 19 multiple family structures include 63 dwelling units for a total dwelling unit count of 3,020. By and large, Monitor Township is a community of owner-occupied single family homes. It is anticipated that this preference for single family homes will continue throughout this planning period; however, as the cost of home ownership continues to increase, the demand (need) for mobile homes and apartments will also continue. For singles, couples and the elderly, they offer definite advantages in the form of lower entry costs, reduced maintenance and upkeep, and lower property taxes. The Township must be cognizant of these facts when reserving areas for future residential developments. 15 �I I I I I I I I ■ The housing situation is one of rather stable housing conditions. According to figures released by the U.S. Bureau of Census, there were a total of 2,466 housing units in the Township in 1970. Of this total, ten were vacant - being classified as seasonal or migratory housing. The balance 2,456 units (99.6 percent) - were occupied on a year-round basis. This is slightly higher than both Bay County (98.6 percent) and the State of Michigan (96.2 percent). Additional information on housing characteristics is found in the Appendix of this report. It is interesting to note that the value of owner-occupied housing un-i ts in Monitor Township compares very favorably with both Bay County and the State of Michigan. For example, only 19.3 percent of the homes in the Township are valued at less than $15,000. In contrast, nearly 50 percent of the units in Bay County are valued in this range. On a statewide basis, there are roughly twice as many units under $15,000 as there are in the Township. In the upper range of the scale, the Township again compares very favorably with the County and the State. Whereas nearly 62 percent of the housing units in the Township are valued at more than $20,000, less than 29 percent in the County and 38 percent statewide are rated in this value range. These figures would tend to substantiate what has already been suspected; that is, Monitor Township is an area of relatively new or expensive homes in contrast to older, less valuable housing units in Bay County and throughout the state. It could be assumed that mobile homes make up the largest portion of the housing units valued at less than $15,000. One could also reason that more new homes are being built in the suburban and rural areas of the County, thereby accounting for higher housing values in places such as Monitor Township. The Census material in the Appendix also gives some insight into housing conditions throughout the Township, County and State. Reference here is to Table B-7, "Plumbing Characteristics", and Table B-8, "Persons Per Room". The absence of one or more indoor plumbing facilities is considered a rule of thumb standard indicative of substandard housing conditions. In the Township, only 24 units (one percent) lack some or all plumbing facilities. This compares very favorably with both the County and the State which both have a 11 substandard 11 level of 4.1 percent. In a similar vein, it is noted that nine percent of the occupied housing units in the Township evidence some degree of overcrowding as indicated by the number of persons per room. While this figure is somewhat higher than 16 �both the county and the state, it may be explained by the fact that larger families are often found in rural, farming areas. Still there is some evidence of substandard housing conditions in the Township. While not of major proportions it does point to an area where improvement can be accomplished. By doing so, it will not only improve the resident living conditions but also increase the attractiveness of the Township as a place to settle and build a future. Population Growth and Characteristics In 1930, Monitor Township contained less than 2,000 residents. During the ensuing four decades, it grew into an urban-suburban corrmunity of more than 8,700 persons. This was an increase of 335 percent - an addition of more than 6,800 residents. Residential growth has continued 'since 1970 as evidenced by a special census conducted by the Township Board in May of 1976. This census indicated that, as of that date, 10,033 people were residents of Monitor Township. This was an increase of nearly 1,300 persons, or 13.8 percent, over the six-year period since 1970. On a dicennial basis, this is comparable to a growth rate of 25 percent. While this is somewhat 1ower than the average increase between 1930 and 1970, it must be remembered that the period between 1970 and 1976 was characterized by high unemployment, high interest rates, and double digit inflation - all of which resulted in low residential construction activity. On the whole, Monitor Township is one of the largest and fastest growing communities in Bay County. Because of its close proximity to Bay City and it's regional accessibility, the Township has seen rather remarkable growth since 1930. Table 3 relates the historical population growth of the Township and the three counties of Bay, Midland and Saginaw. Also included are the respective figures for the State of Michigan. It is interesting to note that, with one exception, Monitor Township's growth rate out-paced all of the Counties and the State. The one exception was Midland County which increased at a rate of 58.3 percent over the 40-year period between 1930 and 1970. Within Bay County, however, the Township is the third largest ~overnmental unit (it is the largest in terms of land area). Only Bay City and Bangor Township have more residents. Table 4 relates the historical population growth of Monitor Township, Bay County and selected municipalities throughout the three-county area. 17 �1a a i -1-1 1111 1111 m, a 1 • 1 ) • J• 1 TABLE 3 HISTORICAL POPULATION GROWTH Monitor Township and Selected Units 1930 - 1970 -' State of Michigan lJ Monitor Township Bay County Midland County 1930 1,896 69,474 19, 150 .120,717 4,842,000 1940 #Change (1930-40) %Change (1930-40) 2,274 378 19.9 74,981 5,507 7.9 27,094 · 7,944 41.5 130,468 9,751 8.1 5,256,000 414,000 8.6 1950 #Change (1940-50) %Change (1940-50) 3,476 1,202 52.9 88,461 13,480 18.0 35,662 8,568 31.6 153,515 23,047 17.7 6,372,000 1,116,000 21.2 1960 #Change (1950-60) %Change (1950-60) 6,568 3,092 89.0 107,042 18,581 21.0 51,450 15,788 44.3 190,752 37,237 24.3 7,823,000 1,451,000 22.8 1970 #Change (1960-70) %Change (1960-70) 8,743 2,175 33 .1 117,339 10,297 9.6 63,769 12,319 23.9 219,743 28,991 15.2 8,875,000 1,052,000 13.4 #Change (1930-70) 6,847 47,865 44,619 99,026 4,033,000 Population/Change 0) Saginaw County %Change (1930-70) Average #Change (1930-70) Average %Change (1930-70) 360. l 1,712 48.7 ------------------------- lJ Rounded to nearest OOO's. SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population 68.9 11,966 17.2 233.0 11 , 155 58.3 82.0 24,757 20.5 83.3 1,008,250 20.8 �TABLE 4 HISTORICAL POPULATION GROWTH (Bay County and Selected Municipalities) 1970 1930 BAY COUNTY Auburn, City Bangor Twp. Bay City , Ci ty Beaver Twp. Essexville, City Frankenlust Twp. Fraiser Twp. Garfield Twp. _, Gibson Twp. \0 Hampton Twp. Kawkawlin Twp. Merritt Twp. Midland, City (pt) MONITOR TWP. Mount Forest Twp. Pinconning, City Pinconning Twp. Portsmouth Twp. Wil 1 i ams Twp. COUNTY TOTAL MIDLAND COUNTY Midland City Midland Twp. COUNTY TOTAL SAGINAW COUNTY Tittabawassee Twp. COUNTY TOTAL 1940 Percent Chan~ 1950 Percent Change 1960 Percent Change 1,497 11,686 53,604 1,783 4,590 1,481 2,608 982 758 5,387 3,357 1,762 72 .2 72.6 2.1 24.2 44.9 29.3 45.6 17.9 -1.6 39.7 44.4 8.6 1,588 47,355 1,260 l ,864 l ,046 l ,389 691 741 4,211 l ,532 l ,460 3,253 104.8 1.3 47,956 6.0 1,336 2,390 28.2 1,078 3 .1 1,448 4.2 15.3 797 912 23. l 3,046 -27.7 1,705 11.3 1,570 7.5 869 6,770 108. l 52,523 9.5 1,436 7.5 3,167 32.5 6.2 1,145 23.7 1,791 833 4.5 770 -15.6 3,857 26.6 . 2,324 36.3 1,623 3.4 1,896 723 826 2,258 1,458 1,866 69,474 2,274 812 1,027 1,485 1,680 2,212 74,981 19.9 12.3 24.3 34.2 15.2 18.5 7.9 3,476 850 1,223 1,605 2,068 2,131 88,461 52.9 4.7 19. 1 8.1 23 .1 -3.7 18.0 6,568 920 1,329 2,113 3,213 31404 107,042 8,038 1,209 19, 150 10,329 28.5 3i442 184.7 27,094 41.5 14,285 51320 35,662 38.3 54.6 31.6 27,779 2,268 51,450 21378 153,515 26.3 17.7 31150 190,752 1,548 11883 120,717 130,468 21.6 8.1 1970 Percent Avg% Change Increase 1,919 15,896 49,449 2,346 4,990 2,032 3,412 1,202 815 6,868 4,135 1,902 255 89.0 8,743 8.2 1,094 1,320 8.7 2,577 31. 7 4,088 54.9 4,296 59.7 21.0 117,339 28.2 36.0 -7.8 31.6 8.7 37.2 30.8 22.4 7.5 27.5 23.2 7.9 50.2 80.4 1.3 17.3 28.6 19.0 26. 1 15.0 3.4 16.5 28.8 6.9 33. 1 18.9 - .7 22.0 27.2 26.2 9.6 48.7 11.0 12.9 24.0 30 . 1 25.2 14 .1 94.5 -57.4 23.9 35,176 21521 63,769 26.6 11.2 23.9 47.0 48.3 30.2 32.5 24.3 4,031 219,743 28.0 15.2 27.1 16.3 �Additional insight into the population of the Township can be gained through the analysis of published Census data. For example, the age-sex composition in 1970 is showed in Table A-2. The second part of this Table reveals that the Township is generally in line with both the County and the State when age groups are categorized as preschool, school age, family formation, labor force, "empty nesters 11 , and senior citizens. The largest single group is the "labor force" group - those persons between the ages of 20 and 64. In 1970, they amounted to nearly 4,600 persons, or 52.3 percent of the population. Generally speaking, the Township has proportionately more residents in the school age, family formation, labor force and "empty nesters" categories. In contrast, senior citizens (those 65 years old or older) are roughly haTf that of the County and the State. This information holds a number of ramifications for the Township: * In the near future, school enrollments may drop slightly. The child-bearing age group - the females between 20 and 49-represent almost 40 percent of the female population. This would tend to indicate birth rates will continue at a higher rate than those of the County and the State. * The demand for housing, employment and social outlets will continue at a steady level due to the large portion of the population in the family formation years and an even larger portion in the school age years. * "Empty nesters" (the couples whose children have grown and left home) are parallel to that of the County and State. This age group is at the peak of its earning power with few child-related expenses; therefore, they usually can afford more luxury items such as second homes, winter vacations, etc. * The Township has proportionately fewer senior citizens than either the county or the state. This would indicate there is less of a need for passive recreation areas, medical care facilities, and the like than would be the case in areas with a high proportion of senior citizens. On the other hand, there will be a continuing demand for neighborhood playgrounds, structured recreational facilities (i.e., ballfields, tennis courts, etc.), and other social outlets for the preschool, school age and family formation age groups. 20 �Table A-3 gives some insight into the education levels of Township, County and State residents. In summary, it can be stated that proportionately more Township residents have attended college than either the County or the State. It should be noted that slightly more than one quarter of the residents over 25 years of age completed at least some level of elementary training. In contrast, 30 percent of the Bay County population and 24 percent of the State population are in this category. High school education levels are nearly equal for all levels of government: the Township registered 52 . 7 percent, the County 53.7 percent, and the State 55.8 percent. It is interesting to note that less than one half of one percent (.4%) of the Township population had completed no schooling at all. This is roughly half that of the County and the State. This data tends to substantiate the prevailing attitude of several generations ago which held that a formal education wasn't critical, especially in light of the rural agricultural economy. This has since changed and there is reason to believe the situation will change in Monitor Township as continued growth brings new residents into the area. One could even surmise that the 4,458 residents which completed some college level education are significantly younger than those with no schooling or only short experiences in the elementary levels. Nevertheless, it can be, presumed that educational levels will increase as the coming years bring additional growth into the Township and as more school age children continue into college level studies. Other population characteristics - specifically, family income levels, employment and occupation - are examined in the 11 Economic Base 11 analysis which follows. Economic Base Monitor Township, as an entity in itself, does not have an identifiable base aside from its agricultural lands. To a large extent, the Township is a 11 bedroom conmunity 11 , serving as home base for wage earners who commute to Bay City, Midland and Saginaw for employment. In this sense, the economic base of the Township is tied to that of the region . The largest single employer in the Township is Monitor Sugar Company. There are other relatively small employers (i.e. a modular housing factory, a wholesale and retail lumber and building supply outlet, and numerous comnercial establishments along Euclid Avenue); however, collectively, they employ only a fraction of the wage earners residing in the Township. 21 • • �f f ' ' '• • f • • • • A more definitive picture of local employment is provided in Table A-5 which lists the employed persons over 14 years of age by industry. The largest single employer is that of manufacturing, particularly durable goods, which provides jobs for 40 percent of the total wage earners in the Township. Ho doubt, most of these people are employed by industries in Bay City, Midland and Saginaw (i.e., General Motors, Dow Chemical, Dow Corning, etc.). The second largest employment sector is 11 professional and related services 11 the accountants, engineers, doctors, lawyers and other professionals. According to Census information, this category employed 600 people in 1970. Based on this data, one could conclude that the Township has a high proportion of 11 white collar 11 residents who have been attracted to the area. It should also be noted that only 77 persons (2.4% of the total) were employed in agriculture, forestry and fisheries. ·While this is proportionately higher than both Bay County and the State, it would tend to indicate that farming in Monitor Township is highly mechanized and that each farm is relatively large, encompassing hundreds of acres . This conclusion is confirmed by analyzing t~e existing land use map which indicates that thousands of acres are in active agricultural production . Table A-6, "Occupation of Employed Persons", gives additional insight into the occupational characteristics of the Township's labor force. The so-called 11 white-collar 11 workers (professionals, managers and administrators) comprise 23 percent of the employed labor force. This is a slightly higher proportion than the State (21%) and substantially more than Bay County as a whole (18%) . The largest single employment category is the craftsmen, foremen and kindred workers. They represent 21 percent (675 employees) of the labor force. This, too, is substantially higher than either the State or the County. Together with operatives (both transport and non-transport), the so-called 11 blue-collar workers" amount to 1,245 employees - 4 of every 10 workers. In this case, however, the Township's proportion is slightly less than the County (41 .5%) but more than the State (36.7%). This data portrays Monitor Township as a working class community with a rather large professional population. This will tend to have rather important ramifications in terms of: stability - blue collar workers are transferred less often than professionals; incomes - typically higher and more stable than strictly working class corrrnunities and less subject to 22 �strikes, 1ay-offs and severe economic recessions; spending patterns - a good mix between emphasis on tangible commodities (i.e., automobiles, boats, cottages, etc.) and intangibles (i.e., stock investments, overseas trips, etc.); property values - a high priority on home ownership and property improvements; and comnunity leadership - since there is a good mix between professionals (high formal education levels) and "blue collar workers'', there is usually a high degree of interest in the affairs of the conrnunity along with long-term residency and the skills to deal with such affairs. The employment and occupation statistics are reflected in the in~ome levels of Monitor Township families. Table A-4 reveals the Township is more affluent than either the County or State. Whereas 31 percent of the families in the Township had 1970 incomes of 1ess than $10,000, more than 45 percent of the families in the County are in that range. In contrast, fully one half of the families throughout the State had incomes below $10,000. On the brighter side, more than two-thirds of the families in the Township had incomes over $10,000, and 5.5 percent had incomes over $25,000. This relates quite favorably to the County and the State where the respective figures for incomes in excess of $10,000 were 53.3 and 49.4 percent. In fact, at the Township level, the largest single income category was in the $15,000 to $24,999 range - 24.4 percent of the total or 542 families. In sunmary, it can be stated that the economic base of Monitor Township is tied to the economic base of the Tri-County area. While agriculture is the predominant 1and use, it employs only a small fraction of the total labor force. Most of the wage earners living in the Township contnute to employment centers outside the area. This was substantiated by a 1and use attitude survey distributed by the Township Planning Commission in the surrmer of 1975. The results of this survey indicated that 44% of the principal wage earners worked in Bay City, 13% in Midland, and 17% in Saginaw. Of the remaining 26%, only 5-1/2% indicated they earned their wages within the Township. The balance worked in other locations. This data alone documents the conclusion that Monitor Township has little in the way of local employment. Rather, it is dependent upon the larger conrnunities and their industrial and service operations. 23 • �I I I I Because so many wage earners conmute to jobs outside the Township, they tend to identify with these larger corrmunities and, no doubt, do much of their shopping in them. This would especially be true of Bay City which is conveniently close and accessible to a majority of the residents. This would explain, at least in part, why the Township has little in the way of retail shopping services; that is, stores selling items such as furniture, appliances, automobiles, 11 comparison 11 full line grocery stores, and so on. Outside of the conmercial outlets on Euclid Avenue, these items are practically nonexistent in the Township. I I It can be anticipated there will be a definite shift in the future as continued growth establishes a large market for all types of commercial enterprises. It is not inconceivable that a 11 mal1 11 or 11 shopping center 11 will locate in the Township. The major attractions to this type of development are large parcels of vacant, developable land, reasonably priced, with utility service, good highway access, and a large market area. All of these qualities are, or will be, found in Monitor Township . II II • • Natural Features The natural features (physical characteristics) of Monitor Township are typical of most of the Bay (Saginaw) Valley relatively flat with little in the way of tree cover. Total relief across the Township is only about 75 feet, from a high point of 660 feet to a low point of 585 feet above sea level. Because there is relatively little topographic relief, contour intervals have not been mapped. The map, entitled 11 Natural Features 11 , portrays some of the more significant physical features as they exist today. There are isolated areas of small but significant steep slopes along the Kawkawlin River and some of its tributaries. These areas could prove critical to urban development due to their susceptibility to erosion and land slippage. The most prominent natural feature is the Kawkawlin River which meanders in a northeasterly direction across the northern portion of the Township. Together with Squaconning (Dutch) Creek and the Columbia Drain, the Kawkawlin River is the only perennial stream in the area. In fact, they account for the only major surface water bodies of significant size. The 24 �•• I I \_ 1 f MONITOR TOWNSHIP I, BAY COUNTY MICHIGAN I NATURAL FEATURES 1111111111 STEEP SLOPE (I _,,,,,._, COUNTY DRAIN - - SUB-BASIN DRAINAGE DIVIDE - I I I I I I I I- BASIN DIVIDE TREE COVER .:::-,,,. SWAMP * MINE DUMP SURFACE WATER ·---- KAWKAWLIN RIVER 1//illl FLOOD HAZARD AREA 0 r. . . . ----:o""lr -----.:----==i::___ ____--f--____ . ww - l ~~ ::+.·----, \-'- ~ .-" --~- - _________ l_,,,,.: 1:::::. - :::::!::::p,~ .•· " ,~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J - ---s!F~ .•······' ~ --lllil----1~ .••.t-···~· :F"==>-t~--1 EXISTING LAN D USE '"' :- I I - • SI N GL.E F AM ILY RESI D E N T I AL . ... M Ul.]"'1 - FA M tLV RESIDE NTIA L 'i> M O B ILE HOME 4, P U BLIC, S l!:M l·P U B LIC 0 COMM ERCIAL ■ INDU STR I A L I• i L BAY COUNTY a PREPARE-0 8Y ZONING 8 PLANN IN G CO MM. JUNE 197!1, _ _ P\ _ _ _ W'IL.UAMs/iwoRKa K �Kawkawlin River basin drains a major portion of the central area of Bay County. The Main Branch of the River starts in Beaver Township and winds south and eastward through Williams, Monitor and Bangor Townships, emptying into Saginaw Bay north of the Saginaw River. The North Branch has its headwaters in Garfield Township. From there it flows through Beaver and Kawkawlin Townships before it connects with the Main Branch just west of the corrmunity of Kawkawlin in Monitor Township. The Kawkawlin River has special significance in Monitor Township because it drains approximatley 70 percent of the land area. As shown on the Natural Features map, a major basin divide is ]ocated in the extreme southwestern part of the Township. From a point on Mackinac Road, approximately 1/2 mile south of Salzburg Road, the major basin divide meanders northeasterly to US-10 and into Bangor Township. Surface waters south of this line flow south and easterly into Squaconning Creek and from there into the Saginaw River and Saginaw Bay. North of this line, surface waters flow north and northeasterly into the Kawkawlin River and eventually into the Saginaw Bay. The direction of surface water flow is also graphically indicated on the Natural Features map in the form of county drains and sub-basin drainage divides. The importance of the natural drainage characteristics is especially critical in the design of utility systems and the establishment of special assessment districts for drainage purposes. That is to say, if utility lines, particularly sanitary sewers and storm sewers, can follow the natural lay of the land, expensive lift stations can be eliminated. In a similar vein, extensive development which increases surface water runoff in the upper reaches of a drainage district can easily result in downstream flooding of neighboring properties. These facts will become more important as the Township experiences increasing development and a resultant need to manage storm waters and public utility systems. The background information contained in this map will provide important clues to proper site planning and other studies related to physical development of the Township. Another important aspect of the Natural Features map are those areas indicated as flood hazard areas as they are located along the Kawkawlin River and other drainage channels. These areas are a combination of flood hazard areas as defined by the Flood Insurance Administration, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the Advance Soil Survey as performed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture. These areas are also important physical limitations in the sense 25 �that they are subject to periodic flooding - in this case, 100-year floods. At present, they are not extensively developed; therefore, the Township is in a good position to preserve and protect these areas from future flooding and subsequent property damage. Most logically, this would be accomplished through the administration of zoning, building codes, and subdivision regulations. The Natural Features map also incorporates other important physical features; among them are areas of significant tree cover, swamps or low lying wetlands, and mine dumps. Due to the extent of farming in the area, areas of significant tree stands are .not prominent. However, there are some localized concentrations scattered throughout the Township which could be very attractive for urban development as property owners realize the environmental benefits of trees and the demand for wooded lots. In a similar vein, swamps or low lying wetlands are not significant or wide ranging being concentrated most heavily along the Kawkawlin River. The areas shown as Mine Dumps are significant in that they indicate areas of past mining activity. Several decades ago, there were a number of active coal mines in the Township. These mines have since been depleted and the mine shafts and subsurface caverns have filled with water. In many cases, the only physical evidence of past mining activity are rather large piles of mine tailings. The old mines do not represent a danger in terms of potential cave-ins; however, they may represent a physical obstacle to road location or other forms of intensive urban development. In this sense, they should be recognized as a significant physical feature. It is also important to note that an extensive water table aquifer underlies the Township. Due to sandy and loamy soils, a high percentage of the precipitation is allowed to recharge this aquifer through soil percolation. Although little infonnation is available regarding ground or surface water quality, it is known that the groundwater is generally of poor quality due to chloride contamination from abandoned oil and gas wells and salt water from brine containing formations. As a result, many private wells throughout the area have poor water quality due to the presence of brine and other minerals. In some cases, the groundwater is unfit for domestic use. This accounts for, at least in part, the presence of extensive water mains throughout the eastern and central portions of the Township. In all cases, municipal water supplies are obtained from Lake Huron. (Refer to the section on Utilities for more information.) 26 �I I I I I • •I • • • • • • • • • • • Generalized Soils Generally speaking, the soils in Monitor Township are loams, although there are rather large but isolated areas of sand and smaller more isolated areas of muck and clay. The location of these soils is an important consideration in the development of an urbanizing area. In the absence of public utilities, homes and businesses must obtain a safe water supply from the ground and dispose of waste within the ground. Their ability to do so depends upon the characteristics of the soil and the intensity of the use . The map, entitled "Advanced Soil Survey", indicates the soils of the Township according to four classifications: sand, sandy loam, loamy sand and loam. Other categories include "disturbed land" - a miscellaneous land type which includes areas with little or no earthly material, areas artificially filled with trashy material, areas where the materials are too varied to estimate their properties, borrow pits, borrow areas, and cut and fill areas which have been filled with earthy material, then smoothed (i.e., expressway interchange areas). "Urban 1ands are those areas covered by streets, parking lots,buildings and other structures to the extent that they obscure or alter the soil in at least 80 percent of the area. In effect, the urban land areas are so extensively developed that it is difficult or impractical to investigate in detail. The areas shown symbolically as "sand spots" are areas less than three acres in size which have sand or loamy sand characteristics. In all cases, this information was supplied by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, in conjunction with the Bay County Soil Conservation District and the Bay County Regional Planning Commission . II The "Soils" map readily indicates that most of the Township is made up of loamy soils, accounting at least in part for the productive agricultural lands. Sandy areas are found in the Kawkawlin area as well as isolated areas in the southcentral, central and northeastern parts of the Township . Sandy loams are even more scattered and isolated although they are generally found in the central and northern portions of the Township. Loamy sands, on the other hand, are generally confined to the upper reaches of the Kawkawlin River, although some areas are located around Kawkawlin. A rather large area of loamy sand is also found in the southcentral region • 27 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ~ MONITOR TOWNSHIP ,.- BAY COUNTY MICHIGAN ,. 0 f- 0 a:: ADVANCED SOIL SURVEY ~ SANO =::::J SANDY LOAM =:=::i LOAMY SAND ===LOAM ' -=:-J DISTURBED LAND ..::::::::::i uRBAN LAND ·> SAND SPOT UL □[ □[ EXISTING LAND USE • SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL • ' MULTl• FAMILY RESIDENTIAL Q MOBILE t-tOME ... PUBLIC, SEMl•PUBLIC 0 COMMERCIAL ■ INDUSTRIAL N ..., ' • .... .... FUT PREPARED BY BAY COUNTY • ZONING a PLANNING COMM JUNE 1975 WIWAMS .WORKS �I -i With few exceptions, the soils of Monitor Township have varying characteristics in terms of permeability, water table, and their respective limitations to development. Generally speaking, slopes are less than six percent while permeability ranges from less than one inch to twenty inches per hour. Permeability, of course, has to do with the ability of the particular soil to accept the downward movement of water and other fluids. This relates directly to a soils suitability for septic tanks and tile fields. Also important in this respect is the depth of the water table and whether or not it is low enough to permit the trouble free operation of individual septic systems. Taken together, these characteristics establish limitations to development. Exhibit A in the Appendix contains a listing of the respective limitations to development as well as additional information relative to the aforenoted soils . II • • • • Contrary to the general belief of many people, individual septic systems are not designed or suitable for urban development. The septic system (that is, septic tank and tile field) was originally developed to permit rural farms and seasonal residences to have the convenience of indoor plumbing and bathrooms. They have also been found to be generally satisfactory as temporary facilities in proper soils where public utilities are eventually planned. However, the great quality of water used by the modern family often exceeds the capacity of a septic system and the soil, especially where a number of families locate close together. Septic system failures are approximately 50 percent over the first ten years of operation. As state and federal pollution controls continue to increase, the suitability of septic tanks and tile fields will continue to decrease. It is, therefore, in the best interest of the Township to direct as much growth as possible into planned utility service areas. This would accomplish several purposes: 1) preserve and maintain the present water quality of the outlying areas; 2) increase the economic feasibility of public sewer and water systems by increasing the number of customers; and 3) decrease the pressure on prime agricultural lands for non-agricultural development. ·Agri cultura 1 Lands The shaded areas on the map, entitled "Agricultural Lands", are those lands which are considered to be "prime agricultural lands". While the productivity of a particular parcel depends 28 �I I I to a great extent upon the operator and his agricultural practices (i.e., installation of tile, application of fertilizer, degree of mechanization, etc.), the areas shown on this map have a history of consistently high production as determined by members of the Planning Commission. These members were persons familar with all portions of the Township and possessing a background in farming or farm-related activities. From this map it is relatively apparent that only small portions of the Township are not suitable for farming. It is also readily noted that even relatively small parcels in the more built-up areas are still being farmed. For the most part, the non-productive agricultural lands are either tree covered, low lying and swampy, or sandy in nature. It is also interesting to note that a rather extensive amount of nonfarm development has taken place along section line roads in the outlying, rural areas. In many cases this has taken place at the expense of good agricultural l~nds. On a parcel-by-parcel basis, the loss of farm lands seems inconsequential; however, when this practice is multiplied throughout the Township, the full impact amounts to a loss of hundreds of acres of irreplaceable farmland. With the rest of the world increasingly more dependent upon the United States for food production, continuation of this trend could be tragic. It is in the long-tenn interest of the Township to direct future growth into those areas where the soils and natural features are not well suited for farming. With careful planning and proper architectural and engineering designs a home can be built in practically any location, on any soil. The same cannot be said about profitable farming. Only certain soils can grow the food and fiber needed for present and future generations. Once this valuable land is corranitted to homes and other non-agricultural uses, it is, for all practical purposes, lost for farming use. With careful and logical planning the Township can direct most of the future growth into areas where utilities are more economical and other urban services can readily be provided. This would also serve to reduce the development pressure on "prime agricultural lands", thereby resulting in a minimal loss of this valuable natural resource. If done properly, this process should not place inequitable burdens upon any particular property owner. Farming is an important mainstay in the economy of the Township and should be protected from unnecessary harm. 29 I -- I I I I I I I I I -I - �• •II ::,- \.. 1 r MONITOR TOWNSHIP BAY COUNTY MICHIGAN II Iii II AGRICULTU RE LANDS 111 0 EXISTING LANO USE • SINOLE FAMILY RE.SIOl!:NTIAL • ' MULTI •FAMILY RESIDENTIAL Q MOBILE. HOME .. PUBLIC. SEMI-PU9LIC D COMMERCIAL. ■ INDUSTRIAL N ... BAY COUNTY • K N s i • """ ,000 ~l.lT PREPARED BY ZONING 8 PLANNING COMM JUNE 197et 1W1LUAMS _ ,__ ,a. _wo _ R.Ka _ �As shown on the map, less than 17,050 acres are considered "prime agricultural lands". Some of this land will give way to urban development, especially in the southeastern parts of the Township. The challenge will lie in the ability of the Township to preserve these lands in the outlying areas those areas removed from the urban community. Utilities To a developing community with urban densities, utilities particularly sewer, water and storm sewers - play a central and import~nt role in the rate and extent of development. Although gas, electric and telephone service are also important, the primary focus of this discussion will be on public sewer and water service because these are the utilities which the Township, as a governmental unit, can most readily provide. They are also highly important in attracting and accommodating new growth. It has been noted in previous sections of this document that soils are generally conducive to farming, although they may not be ideal for the proper operation of private septic systems. It has also been noted that groundwater supplies are often of poor quality and unfit for domestic consumption. The map, entitled "Existing Utilities", shows the size and location of existing water and sewer lines as they are presently located in the Township. It is interesting to note that water lines and water service districts are extensive and rather wide-spread. This is in contrast to sanitary sewer lines which are restricted to the extreme southeastern portion of the Township. In fact, the sewer lines are limited solely to the northeast quarter of Section 37. With the exception of the treatment provided by the Monitor Sugar Company, this is the only area of the Township which has public sewers. The balance of the area is served by individual septic tank systems. The existing sewer system was originally constructed in the early 1960 s. Basically it consists of 6 and 8 inch gravity sewers which serve approximately 250 customers in and around Mutual Subdivision and the surrounding area. This system is connected to the Bay City collection system by way of a 12inch gravity sewer at the intersection of Euclid and Ionia Streets. Much of this area is also served by a separate storm water sewer system. From the Euclid Avenue area, Monitor Township's domestic waste is treated at the Bay City Treatment Plant for eventual discharge into the Saginaw River. 1 30 �The Monitor Sugar Company treats its process waste by means of an aerated lagoon and settling pond system. Wastewater from this system is discharged to the Columbia Drain which is a tributary of the Squaconning (Dutch) Creek. From there it flows into the Saginaw River and Saginaw Bay. The effluent discharges from the Sugar Company correspond to the beet processing period of November through February . As noted above, the balance of the Township relies upon individual septic tank systems for the treatment of domestic wastewater. Due primarily to the poor drainage characteristics of the soils in many areas of the Township, many septic systems fail to operate properly - thereby resulting in drainfield failures. In addition, the capability of the soils to provide adequate treatment of septic tank wastes is exceeded in some of the more densely developed areas. Because of this, the existing septic systems are not capable of providing adequate treatment to all of the wastewaters. This situation becomes even more critical during periods of heavy rains and spring thaws - times during which the soils are saturated with groundwater. As a result, the drainage system often fails to operate effectively, resulting in inadequate treatment of the wastewater. There are at least several cases where septic effluents percolate to the surface; and in at least one case, the Bay County Health Department has halted the development of a single family plat because of poor percolation rates. This situation could become especially critical in the more developed areas as continued use of septic tanks concentrates waste material in a relatively small area. In order for the Township to continue to grow as it has in the past, it is essential that it develop a sanitary sewer system. Township officials have recognized this situation; and at the time of this writing, they are in the process of completing the first step in an areawide wastewater collection and treatment plan. In contrast to the limited sanitary sewer service available in the Township, there is a rather extensive network of water lines owned and operated by a number of municipalities and water supply agencies. It would appear, at first glance, as though water service to Monitor Township residents has developed in a rather haphazard manner over a number of years. The Midland-Saginaw Water Authority supplies water to residents along Three Mile Road, north of Midland Road, by way of a 48inch transmission main. This line also supplies water to the Kawkawlin Metro Water District which treats the unfiltered 31 I I ~ I I I I I I �MONITOR TOWNSHIP BAY COUNTY MICHIGAN EXISTING UTILITIES WATER LINE SAGINAW RAW WATER LINE MIDLAND RAW WATER LINE BAY CITY WATER I INE SAGINAW-MIDLAND RAW WATER LINE WATER SERVICE DISTRICTS 0 SANITARY SEWER LINE EXISTING LAND USE ••• Q • • D SINOL.E !S'AMILY RESIOl!:NTIAL MULTI • FAMILY RE.SIOENTI A L MOBILE HOME. PUBLIC , Sl!:Ml·PUll!!ILIC COMMERCIAL. INDUSTRIAL N ""' !• ,uT PREPARED BY BAY GQ UHTY ZON I NG & PL ANNI NG COMM JUNE 197, ----"--W1U1A.M • l"woA.K1 �• water at a filtration plant on Old Beaver Road near the Kawkawlin River. From there it is distributed to its customers. This water district is shown as a shaded area on the 11 Existing Utilities" map. In addition to the Midland-Saginaw Water Authority, the City of Midland has allowed the residents on Midland Road and North Union Road to tap directly into a 36-inch transmission main on Midland Road and a 48-inch transmission main on North Union Road. Both these lines come off the 48-inch Midland-Saginaw transmission main located along Three Mile Road. Pressure is provided by a pump station located immediately north of the Township Hall. The City of Saginaw also allows residents along Three Mile Road, south of Midland Road, to tap directly into a 36-inch transmission main. Prior to 1966, this transmission main carried raw water. After that date, the City reversed the flows by installing a new 48-inch water transmission main and began supplying filtered water in the 36-inch main. In addition to serving the residents along Three Mile Road with filtered water, Saginaw also supplies several districts in the east central and southeastern portions of the Township. Bay City is the fourth source of water supply, particularly in the subdivisions located in the southeastern corner of the Township. In this case, the Bay County Department of Public Works acts as the operation and maintenance agency for those lines serving the several water districts. The DPW also operates and maintains other lines in outlying portions of the Township. This includes the transmission main along Salzburg Road as well as lines along Fraser, Mackinac, Wheeler, Wilder, Three Mile and Midland Roads. The multiplicity of water lines and supply agencies has resulted in very complex and difficult administrative problems for the Township. Perhaps more importantly, the presence of public water in outlying, rur·al areas, tends to encourage non-agricultural growth at the expense of agriculture lands. Without these water lines non-farm residents would tend to locate in water service districts simply because of the presence of good water. To a degree, the absence of water lines in the outlying areas would act as a natural growth directive. As it is, the Township must place increasing reliance upon planning, zoning, subdivision controls, and other regulatory measures to limit non-farm development in these "prime agricultural lands 11 • 32 \ �Transportation and ETrcul ati on The term "transportation" includes all modes of moving goods and people. In Monitor Township, the reference is to streets, roads, freeways, railroads and airports. Circulation, on the other hand, refers to the access provided by the transportation system. The Tri-City Airport has been discussed in the context of the "Regional Setting" and will not be reiterated here. Suffice it to say, the Airport is a major asset to the Region as it provides quick access over long distances. Within the Township, it can be anticipated that Mackinac and Hotchkiss Roads will carry the bulk of the ground transportation traffic to the Ai rport. It can also be anticipated that the railroads will play an important role in the future growth and development of the Township. At present, there are a number of lines of the New York Central Railroad (also referred to as the Penn Central Railroad in other maps and documents). One branch of the New York Central runs parallel to and slightly north of Midland Road. Another crosses the extreme southeastern tip of the Township in the area of Monitor Sugar Company. The third branch is located between Old Kawkawlin Road (AuSable State Road) and M-13 in the Kawkawlin area. In all cases, these lines are limited to freight service; passenger service is not available. The east-west line is important in that it is available to haul freight between Bay City and Midland, particularly the port facilities available on the Saginaw River with the industrial facilities in Midland. The branch in the southeast corner of the Township is also important in that it provides rail service to Monitor Sugar Company and surrounding industries. The line through the Kawkawlin area is of less importance to the Townships since it does not serve major industrial firms. However, this is not intended to discount its importance to other areas or industries. Over the past several years, there has been considerable discussion relative to the abandonment of so-called "unprofitable railroad lines". At one point the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) had recorrmended that the New York Central/Penn 33 • • • • • • • •~ �• Central east-west line be abandoned because the Federal government considered it an excess line. That is to say, it was considered either a duplicate feeder line or unnecessary to serve those points recommended for service in the area. Since this time, however, the State has advocated that this line be incorporated into the Con Rail system. Although final decisions are yet to be made in this regard, it can be anticipated that this line will continue to provide freight service through the area. One cannot be as optimistic for the other lines in the Township. It has been recommended that the New York/Penn Central line through Kawkawlin be abandoned because it duplicates the service provided by the Detroit and Mackinac line located slightly to the east. While this would not be detrimental . to Monitor Township, it could have a significant impact on communities in northern Michigan since this line continues to Mackinac City and St. Ignace. If, in fact, this railroad is eventually abandoned, it would open possibilities for open space trails and linkages in the abandoned corridor. The major transportation concern at the local level has to do with the networks of streets and highways, particularly primary and secondary roads. In Monitor Township, the paved primary roads include: Hotchkiss Road from I-75 to Mackinaw Salzburg Road from Euclid Avenue to Mackinaw all of Midland Road all of Wheeler Road all of Seven Mile Road Mackinaw Road from Midland to Hotchkiss Three Mile Road from Midland to Salzburg Two Mile Road from M-13 to Midland Euclid Avenue from Salzburg to Hotchkiss and Old Kawkawlin Road Generally speaking, all of the aforementioned roads are located within 66-foot rights-of-ways. The remaining roads throughout the area are either unpaved primary roads or local (secondary) roads. In total, the combination primary and secondary roads are well spaced along section lines and provide fairly convenient access to all points in the Township. Neither the freeway system nor the Kawkawlin River present insurmountable obstacles to accessability. 34 �In addition to the primary and secondary road system, the Bay County Road Commission has designated a network of all weather roads which are designed to acco111Tiodate truck traffic on a year-round basis. Class A roads - those designed to accommodate a maximum of 32,000 lbs for a tandem axle assembly are: Wheeler Road Midland Road Salzburg Road from Mackinaw to Euclid Seven Mile Road Old Kawkawlin Road Eucli~ Avenue from Salzburg Road to a point 1/2 mile south Class A all season roads include only Wilder Road, from the 1-75 interchange east. The remaining roads are classified as Class B, intended for a maximum tandem axle assembly of 26,000 lbs. Also of concern at the local level are the so-called local or secondary streets; the streets that provide property access, particularly in platted areas. They are of special concern in Say County because for many years only minimal standards of design and construction were required . As a result, there are many miles of gravel streets without adequate drainage, particularly in subdivided areas. Since the time of platting of most of these areas, the County Road Co111Tiission has revised its standards and now requires paved streets and positive drainage. This will improve the situation as unplatted land is subdivided in the future. However, there remains a problem with existing subdivision streets which need consider•· able improvement. At the regional level, the State and Federal highway systems enter the picture; of course, here the reference is to I-75, US-1O, US-23, M-13, and M-84. With the exception of M-13 and M-84,these are limited access freeways which provide relatively high speed (55 mph) travel into and through the region. The Township is fortunate in that the freeway system does not substantially hinder local highway or property access. Still there are a number of local roads which dead end at the freeways (Eight Mile, Fraser, Fisher, Boxman, and Two Mile). Others, specifically Townline, Four Mile and Three Mile, have been realigned into other roads to provide access across 1-75 and US-1O. These dead ends and realignments require some 35 • -~ ~ ~ ~ - �inconvenience on the part of local travelers; however, at most, this involves a distance of less than two miles. Other areas in Bay County and around the State have suffered greater losses at the expense of the freeway system. The importance of an adequate system of roads cannot be over emphasized for it plays a vital role, not only in the economic health of a community, but also in its attractiveness as a living area. In cases such as Monitor Township - a Township close to large urban areas - the ability to move quickly and comfortably into and throughout the area is uppennost in the minds of those making location decisions. Also, as people continue to leave crowded core cities in search of less hurried and more peaceful surroundings, industries will and are doing the same - not only because their labor force has done so, but because modern manufacturing techniques require single story operations on large lots which are becoming increasingly more difficult and expensive to achieve in the core city. In addition, as the population increases in the Township, traffic on major streets will increase. Monitor Township can control growth and development within its corporate boundaries, but the Township has no control ~ver that portion of the highway system outside its limits. For that matter, it has little control over the system within its limits. These facts necessitate close coordination and coordination and cooperation with the County Road Commission and wise use of the Township's road improvement funds. Full interchanges are provided at Wilder and Mackinac Roads. This is in addition to the interchange at M-84, one-half mile south of Hotchkiss Road in Frankenlust Township and the interchange at Beaver Road in Kawkawlin Township. Overpasses or underpasses are provided at Mackinaw (at 1-75), Wheeler, North Union, Midland, Salzburg, Hotchkiss, Seven Mile and Three Mile Roads. Although the freeway system does not present a major obstacle in tenns of local property access, it is emphasized that there are only two points in the Township where freeway access is available. It can be anticipated that these areas will come under increasing development pressure as time goes by. In fact, a number of development projects have already been proposed for these locations. 36 �CoITmunity Facilities Some communities stand out over others as more desirable places to live because they offer an added dimension in the total quality of living. This added dimension takes the fonn of pleasant and attractive parks and recreation areas, good schools, well stocked libraries, adequate police and fire protection, well maintained cemeteries, convenient and accessible government centers, and a wide spectrum of religious and fraternal organizations. In a word, this dimension11 adds up to - coITmunity facilities. 11 Monitor Township has a number of corrrnunity facilities within its corporate limits. Of major concern to most residents are the schools. The Township is part of the Bay City School District and is the site of a number of elementary and middle school facilities. They include: 1. West Kawkawlin School -- a K-5 elementary facility on Old Beaver Road west of the River. This site encompasses approximately ten acres and had a 1976-77 enrollment of 186 students. There are no improvements planned for this facility in the short-range future. 2. Webster School -- a K-5 elementary school on Midland Road at Mackinaw. This facility occupies a relatively small site of two acres with a 1976-77 enrollment of 183 students. The School District plans to continue Webster School for the next two or three years. After that time it may be abandoned as a school site and available for other uses. 3. McAlear-Sawden -- a middle school occupying a fifteenacre site on Midland Road west of Three Mile. Six hundred seventy students in grades 6-8 were enrolled in 1976-77. The School Board plans to add a science room and gymnasium in the near future. 37 �I • • • 4. Baxman School -- a K-5 elementary school on a 3.5 acre parcel located directly across from the Township Hall on Midland Road at Three Mile . Current enrollment stands at 314 students. Due to site limitations there are no current plans for expansion . 5. MacKensen School -- a K-6 elementary school at Salzburg Road and Two Mile. This school occupies a site slightly in excess of four acres and had a 1976-77 enrollment of 402 students. The largest educational facility in the Township is the BayArenac Skill Center located between Two Mile and Monitor Roads, south of Wilder. The Skill Center occupies approximately 120 acres and provides technical and vocational skill training for residents throughout the Bay and Arenac County area. It also merits noting that the fonner East Kawkawlin School - an elementary facility on a two acre site in Kawkawlin at Old Beaver and Monitor Roads - is now being leased to a mental health agency. While no longer a public school in the sense that it is not operated by the Bay City School District, this facility still holds considerable potential as a neighborhood park and recreation site. The existing school facilities are generally well distributed throughout the Kawkawlin and developing areas of the Township. It should be noted that school children on the western extremities of the Township are relatively close to elementary schools located in and around the City of Auburn. In addition to the public schools there are a number of parochial schools in and around the Township. Trinity Lutheran Church, located on Salzburg Road at Eight Mile, operates a moderately sized school and there are other such facilities in relatively close proximity to the Township. It should be noted that no senior high school facilities are located in the Township proper. John Glenn High School is situated in Bangor Township and Handy High School is also relatively close to the Township. The most recent high school addition to the Bay City system is Bay City Western on the western edge of Auburn. Given the distribution and close proximity of these high school facilities, it is doubtful that Monitor Township will see the location of a high school within its corporate boundaries. 38 �Most of the public schools occupy small sites of five acres or less. Only West Kawkawlin (10 acres) and McAlear-Sawden (15 acres) have enough land to accoJl111odate building expansion and playground improvements. Ideally, it is in the best interests of both the Township and the School Board to combine recreational facilities on a school site and share in the cost of maintenance and improvement. Such 11 schoolparks11 first gained popularity in Illinois in the 1930 ' s and has since spread throughout the United States and Canada. The concept itself is based on the principle that both the school system and the governmental unit recognize the value of recreation and attempt to provide the same . Education, as well as organized recreation, strive to obtai'n the same results - healthy activities which help prepare a child for a useful adult life. Certain phases of physical education and recreation often make use of the same facilities, the same equipment, and possibly even the same instructional personnel. It is logical then that these two agencies should be located in close proximity to each other. Most schools, especially elementaries, have only limited recreational equipment and School Boards have limited financial resources. Furthermore, it is difficult to justify large capital expenditures and maintenance costs when the facilities will only be used during a nine-month school year. On the other side of the coin, the Township Board is in a somewhat different situation. It too has recognized the value of public recreation and it too has limited financial resources. In order for the Township to provide recreational facilities, it would have to acquire, develop and maintain separate sites. Most of these sites would be far removed from any school building and the facilities would be used only during off-school hours or vacation periods. It therefore makes good sense to combine recreation areas on school sites and share in the cost. Since the location of schools, in particular elementary schools, are predicated upon the same factors as those of neighborhood playgrounds, it seems only natural that the agencies responsible for their construction should combine in the acquisition, development, and maintenance of these areas and create school-parks. Although only West Kawkawlin and McAlear-Sawden hold this potential, the Township should pursue this concept with the School Board, especially as budgetary constraints become more critical. 39 �I I I I I • • • • An increasingly important aspect of community facilities are the availability of park and recreation areas to Township residents. Aside from the facilities at the forenoted schools, Township residents can only avail themselves of two public, semi-public recreational facilities in the Township proper. The first, White Birch Golf Course, is an 18hole course in the northwestern portion of the Township. Occupying approximately 100 acres, the golf course is open to the public and provides a recreational dimension that is lacking in many communities. The other facility is Monitor Township Park, a 22-acre recreation area located on Three Mile Road north of North Union Road. This facility was developed through the auspices of the Bay County Recreation bepartment ·utilizing state and federal grant programs. At present, the Park includes two baseball fields, restroom facilities, and related parking. Future plans include the addition of a lighted ballfield, lighted tennis courts, and a lighted ice skating rink. With the addition of these facilities the site will be largely developed and the Township will be forced to look for other sites for recreational development . It is important to point out that, due to the topographicgeographic nature of the Township, water oriented recreational opportunities are severely limited. This does not discount the opportunities presented by Saginaw Bay which is only a matter of several miles from the Township. Still, for small children and the less affluent without transportation, the opportunity to swim, fish and go boating is severely restricted. This could be considered a major deficiency in the local recreation program. There also remains a need for a large community park - an area where a family could picnic and play as a family unit. The Township Hall is located on a two-acre site on the northwest corner of Midland and Three Mile Roads. The facilities here include administrative offices, fire fighting equipment, and a large hall for receptions, senior citizens activities, and official Township business. The Township also owns approximately one-half acre directly across the street which is utilized as parking; both for the Township and Saxman School. The Hall and Fire Station are generally well located in relation to the north, east and central populated portions of the Township. However, as the area south of US-10 and east of I-75 continues to develop, there may be a need for additional governmental facilities, particularly fire fighting equipment. 40 �-------.. The Township is a member of the Bay County Fire Fighters Association which includes all the governmental units in the county except Bay City. As a result of this Association, the Township has reciprocal response agreements with the surrounding communities, thereby providing reasonable response time to most parts of the Township. It merits noting that the Township is currently operating a 15 acre landfill in the area of North Union Road between Seven Mile and Fraser Roads. Although the landfill is not licensed by the State, it continues to operate until the County implements a County-wide solid waste disposal program. As the Township landfill is phased out the Township should consider other community uses for the property. With frontage on the Kawkawlin River, it is possible this area could provide some much needed water orientated recreational opportunities. Community Attitudes In order for a community to experience any substantial degree of growth, it must possess and maintain a positive attitude - not only on the part of its public officials and community leaders, but also in terms of the general populace as well. This attitude can be as essential as many of the attributes discussed in previous sections of this report. It is evidenced by a willingness to cooperate, to welcome new people to the area, to be progressive and open to a new growth and development. The Planning Commission measured this attitude by means of a land use attitude survey. It found that the residents of Monitor Township were receptive to additional growth but they wanted proper and adequate controls in order to maintain a high level of quality; that is to say, they don't want to shut the door to new development nor do they want growth at any cost They want new developments that will maintain its value over the years. The questionnaire form and a summary of the responses are reprinted in the Appendix of this report. It is there for detailed analysis if the reader so desires. The intent here is to highlight only the more significant aspects of this information. 11 11 • 41 �-----------------I, I I I I I • • • The first series of questions had to do with the general characteristics of the person (family) returning the questionnaire. A quick profile of the majority of the responses reveals that: * the largest single portion of the families ranged in size from three to four persons; · * seventy-five percent of the families have four persons or less; * the Township is made up of relative newcomers and persons who have lived there for many years; * a fifth of the population has lived in the Township three years or less, another fifth have lived there 26 years or more (nearly 50 percent of the population has lived in the Township a decade or less); * approximately the same proportion live in subdivisions and rural areas; * less than five percent reside in mobile home parks; * they move into or stay in the Township because they prefer rural living or are within corranuting distance of Bay City, Midland, or Saginaw; * they own their own home; * almost 45 percent of the principle wage earners work in Bay City while slightly less than 17 percent corranute to Saginaw; * the proportion that work in Midland vs. the Township is nearly equal, being in the range of 12 percent; * one out of every four principal wage earners are employed in the skilled trades (i.e., craftsman, foreman or skilled tradesman); * nearly one third are considered professionals or managers administrators; only 4.2 percent consider farming their occupation (this figure would reflect an increasing nationwide trend towards larger, more mechanized farms with fewer farm workers). 42 �The second set of questions had to do with Residential Attitudes Here is was revealed that two-thirds of the population are not opposed to encouraging new residential developments. Yet it is significant to note that the remaining one-third is opposed to such developments. It ~ould be assumed that this portion of the residents prefer a status quo situation . When asked what type of development should be encouraged, 77 . 6 percent of the respondents replied they should take the form of single family homes. The remaining 22.4 percent were split between apartments and mobile homes. In a related question, nearly 90 percent of the respondents felt that mobile homes should be restricted to mobi-le home parks and that such parks should be located -in ootlying areas. 11 11 • There were divided opinions on the question of encouraging low income and/or senior citizens housing. Sixty percent of the respondents felt that the Township should encourage low cost housing for senior citizens; however, nearly 90 percent were negative with regard to low cost housing for low income families. Finally, with regard to residential attitudes it is noted that the majority of the people responding to the questionnaire felt that new subdivisions should be located adjacent to Bay City. When asked where they would prefer to live, 46 percent preferred a large parcel away from community facilities while 42 percent prefer a smaller lot in a residential area close to community facilities. Part Three dealt with "Commercial Attitudes in an attempt to determine the commercial needs of Township residents and their preference toward future commercial development. It was found that two-thirds of the residents feel shopping facilities in the Township are adequate. Yet slightly more than 75 percent make major shopping trips outside the Township at least once a week. Among other reasons it could be surmised that this is due to the absense of a full-time grocery store or other basic commercial facilities. 11 11 11 Most of the residents do their shopping in Bay City; however, a significant portion travel to Saginaw or Fashion Square Mall for major shopping trips. When asked if the Township should encourage more commercial development only 55 percent responded in the affirmative. The second half of this question had to do with the type of corrrnercial facilities which should be encouraged. Here it was found that a third preferred commercial facilities in the form of "shopping centers while nearly 25 percent were inclined 11 43 �I I I I I • • toward "neighborhood convenience centers. 11 Very few residents favored a strip pattern of commercial facilities along major highways. The Planning Commission feels it is significant that only a slight majority indicated the Township should encourage more commercial development. This has led the Commission to take a very cautious attitude relative to the location and spread of commercial facilities. In summarizing the response relative to 11 Industrial Attitudes 11 , it was learned that Township residents favor more industrial development in the fonn of light manufacturing and warehousing ing. This should take place in the area of freeway interchanges and locations where railroad access is available. Here again the residents indicated the Township should take a very cautious attitude toward more industrial development. In a final series of questions Township residents were asked their attitudes toward recreational opportunities. Here it was learned that three out of every four residents feel more recreational facilities should be provided. Approximately 25 percent felt the Township should provide these facilities, a similar amount felt it should be the responsibility of the County, a somewhat smaller proportion felt this responsibility should be left to the State, and a significant proportion (15 percent) felt it should be left to private enterprise. When asked what type of recreational facilities were most needed, the responses were well-distributed between active, passive and special use facilities. This would indicate that there is a general need for more facilities of all types. Slightly more than 75 percent of those returning the survey felt that the Township should require recreational sites in advance and a similar proportion felt the Township should require subdividers to reserve a portion of their developments for neighborhood parks. The final question related to 11 General Attitudes 11 toward growth and asked, 11 What improvements, if any, do you feel are necessary to make the present land use controls more effective?". Here the responses were evenly distributed between land use planning, land use zoning, subdivision regulations and building code enforcement. These responses are viewed by the Planning Commission as being supportive of their efforts with the understanding that such efforts should continue with renewed vigor in the future. From these responses and the apparent conservative attitude toward future growth the Planning Cowmission interpreted an attitude of cautious optimism. Basically,the Corrrnission felt the residents were saying they were relatively satisfied with 44 �the present situation and would like to maintain, if not improve, the present quality of development. In effect, the residents are saying 11 We know additional growth is going to take place, but we want to accorrmodate it in a manner which is logical, systematic and reflective of present standards of quality. 11 • This General Development Plan is intended to accomplish just that. 45 �GOALS AND OBJECTIVES �I I GOALS AND OBJECTIVES I Goals are statements that physically shape the land use plan statements which put the Township on record concerning the future growth and development of the community. Objectives, on the other hand, are the 11 ends 11 which will be accomplished as the land use plan takes effect and the goals are met. The Planning Commission has the responsibility as appointed representatives of the conmunity to prepare and adopt a set of goals which it felt reflected the values and desires of the residents. Through this process the people, in effect, design the .land use plan •. I -I • • The following goals and objectives were adopted by the Planning Corrmission as a statement of the direction the Township will take as the Plan is implemented. They will also serve as guide posts for the Township Board and Planning Commission as they evaluate development proposals and rezoning requests and undertake various public improvements. In the absence of specific statements in the Plan relative to a particular situation, the Board and Corrmission can, and should, constantly ask: 11 Is it in line with the adopted goals and objectives of the Township?" . Economic Growth and Development Goal: - It is a goal of the Township to preserve productive agricultural lands to the maximum extent possible. Objectives: * Maintain the agricultural sector of the local economy in a healthy and productive condition and at the same time insure future generations of adequate supplies of food and fiber. * Protect productive farm lands from urban encroachment and indiscriminate development. 46 �* Preserve farm lands as open space for the enjoyment of future generations. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to promote orderly industrial development and expansion. Objectives: * Increase local industrial employment opportunities. * Develop a more stable, diversified, and efficient economic base. * Increase the industrial tax base of the Township. * Promote and encourage the development of "industrial parks" in convenient, efficient, and fully improved locations with good accessibility and protection for nearby uses. Encourage and cooperate with existing industries in expansion plans to the maximum extent possible. * Cooperate with county and regional industrial development agencies in promoting industrial development in the area. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to insure the proper use and development of the various expressway interchanges as they are located in the Township. Objectives: * Recognize the development potential of lands surrounding the interchanges and maximize their use consistent with sound planning principles. 47 I I I I �I II • • Satisfy the needs of expressway travelers through the development of highway oriented facilities . * Land Use and Development Goal: It is a goal of the Township to maintain the present ruralsuburban atmosphere to the maximum extent possible. Objectives: Preserve the "grass roots" feeling and the "rural living" qualities desired by area residents. * * Preserve those qualities that have made Monitor Township a desirable place to live while eliminating the negative aspects. ... Goal: It is a goal of the Township to direct future intensive growth into designated growth areas. Objectives: * Actively promote the construction, expansion, and improvement of public water and sewer systems within designated growth areas in order to prevent public health problems and encourage proper development. * Direct residential subdivisions and corrmercial and industrial development (as appropriate) into public sewer and water service areas in order to maintain high water quality standards, protect the natural environment, and provide economical ut i1 i ty service. 48 �* Direct future intensive growth into locations close to schools and parks, medical care facilities, police and fire protection, and other corrmunity facilities. * Discourage strip commercial development along major highways unless proper site and highway designs are incorporated. * Reserve outlying areas for agricultural and rural residential uses. It is a goal of the Township to encourage sound commercial development in convenient and logical locations. Objectives: * Reserve appropriate sites for corrmercial development, sufficiently large to accommodate future growth and expansion while minimizing potentially negative impacts upon adjacent uses. * Provide convenient and attractive shopping opportunities with adequate off-street parking. * Maintain opportunities for commercial ventures with reasonable assurance of economic stability. Housing and Residential Development I Goal: It is a goal of the Township to insure an adequate supply and variety of housing types within the income limitations of all residents. 49 I I I I I �I I I I I Objectives: Reserve sufficient land for future one and two family homes, multiple family dwellings, and mobile homes in convenient, economical, and environmentally sound locations. * Stage residential growth in such a manner as to conserve land, prevent patterns of incompatible land use and, at the same time, develop a hannonious blend of one and two family, multiple family, and mobile home park areas. * Recognize the housing needs of senior citizens and encourage programs which satisfy their needs. * Goal: • It is a goal of the Township to maintain and improve housing conditions throughout the Township. Objectives: Improve living conditions and physical well-being. * * Improve and stabilize residential property values. * Insure proper enforcement of the Building Code and other applicable housing codes. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to direct mobile homes into mobile home parks. Objectives: * Control indiscriminate sitings of individual mobile homes on scattered lots. 50 �* Recognize and protect the integrity of single family residential neighborhoods. * Provide minimum safety standards and recreational facilities for mobile home residents in the form of storm shelters, tiedowns and anchors, and recreation areas. * Reserve adequate and appropriate lands for mobile home parks. * Encourage the economic profitability of mobile home parks. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to guide the majority of future residential growth into logical neighborhood units within utility service areas. Objectives: * Develop a pattern of coordinated and pleasant neighborhoods, centered around elementary schools, neighborhood parks, or community centers. * Stage future residential development in such a manner as to promote timely and economical utility line extensions, road improvements, and other public improvements, consistent with the financial resources of the Township. * Encourage residential neighborhoods in fully improved subdivisions with full services, close to community facilities, schools, and shopping opportunities. * Require developers to install necessary public sewer, water and storm drainage systems as determined by the Township Board and Bay County Health Department. * Encourage developers to reserve a portion of developments for future parks, schools, and other public facilities. 51 I I I • •I •I �* Channel through-traffic onto major thoroughfares that border, rather than divide, residential neighborhoods and, at the same time, develop a system of internal collector streets which interconnect neighborhoods and accollll1odate tnternal through-traffic. Transportation and Circulation Goal: It is a goal of the Township to develop a coordinated network of major streets and highways. Objectives: * Provide a transportation system which will facilitate the movement of vehicular traffic in a safe, convenient and economical manner. * Alleviate congestion on Midland Road, Euclid Avenue and other major streets. * Lessen the conflict between pedestrians and motor vehicles. * Develop a major street system which borders, rather than divides, residential neighborhoods. * Provide a truly coordinated and economical plan for improving local roads. * Utilize local roads and road improvements as a means of directing future growth into utility service areas. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to encourage continued operation and expansion of rail service in the Township and region. 52 �Objective: Continue and expand service to commercial and industrial rail users and promote rail service as a means of economic development. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to support expansion and improvement of the Tri-City Airport. Objective: Provide optimum passenger and cargo service to the region in order to maintain and expand the local econoJT\Y. Parks and Recreation Goal: It is a goal of the Township to insure a system of parks and recreation areas which will satisfy the social and recreational needs of Township residents. Objectives: * Provide active and passive, land and water oriented, indoor and outdoor recreation facilities in strategic locations for all age groups. * Encourage the utilization of state and federal grant programs for the acquisition and development of park and recreation areas. * Encourage the establishment of the school-park concept to satisfy both community and school recreation needs. 53 �Goal: It is a goal of the Township to acquire future public use sites in advance of need. Objectives: * Maximize public expenditures through early land acquisitions. * Provide inducements for residential developments. * Supply the necessary balance of social and recreational outlets important for a healthy corm,unity. Environment Goal: It is a goal of the Township to preserve and protect the land and water resources to the maximum extent possible. Objectives: * Preserve the natural resources for the enjoyment of future generations. * Provide and protect wildlife habitats. * Recognize and preserve wooded areas for their beneficial effects; erosion control, oxygen production, smog control, dust traps, water purification, noise absorbers, and timber production. * Provide visual relief in the form of natural settings and landscapes. 54 �Goal: It is a goal of the Township to prevent indiscriminate development of fragile environmental areas. Objective: Discourage high intensity development in areas with physical limitations (steep slope, poor soils, high water tables, poor drainage, flood or erosion hazard) without adequate utilities or other safeguards. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to protect and improve the natural scenic and water quality of the Kawkawlin River and other natural streams. Objective: Recognize and respect the flood plain by establishing natural vegetation areas which will: stabilize the river bank and prevent erosion; absorb nutrients from surface runoff; provide shade for proper water temperatures; and provide screening from adjacent structures. Government and Planning Goal: It is a goal of the Township to continue communication and cooperation with surrounding communities with respect to problems of joint concern and opportunities of mutual benefit. Objectives: * Provide services and utilities at the lowest possible cost to the maximum number of residents. 55 �* Combine financial and administrative resources in united efforts towards solutions to problems of common concern. * Study the feasibility of incorporating as a charter township in order to increase the level of services while maintaining a reasonable tax level. Goal: It is a goal of the Township to continually monitor development trends and conditions in order ta maintain a healthy, viable and pleasant community. Objectives: * Periodically update and amend the General Development Plan and Zoning Ordinance as conditions warrant. * Remain receptive ta new and improved development techniques. * Develop and adopt additional development controls, as neces. sary, which serve ta improve the quality of life in Monitor Township. 56 �PLANNING DIMENSIONS �I I I I I I I I I •I I • • • • • POPULATION PROJECTIONS During the next 20 years, Monitor Township will continue to grow. There will be periods of fast growth and slow periods of growth. Unexpected changes in the Tri-County region may divert growth away from the Township or they may divert exceptional growth into the Township. These fluctuations cannot be truly determined with any precise degree of accuracy. Land use planning uses a tool called a "target population'' which permits the preparation of plans soundly with making impractical guesses. The target population is a reasonable estimate of what the population of the Township will be within a reasonable future period of time. The target population permits the Township to plan to accorrmodate and serve a specific number of families. Having a specific number of people in mind, it is easier to determine the amount of vacant land needed for development, the best location for this development, and the location, cost and timing of utilities, streets and services needed to serve it. If growth occurs faster than expected, the target population will be reached sooner and the Plan will have guided each new family and new improvement in a sound and coordinated manner. An enlarged Plan can then be prepared to take the Township through the next step of its development. If growth is slower than expected, the target population will be reached somewhat later. In this case, the population estimate is particularly valuable in avoiding premature public expenditures and in holding down the period of ineconofT\Y until the targeted population level is achieved . Population projections for Bay County and its sub units have been developed by a number of individuals and organizations over the past ten years. As the following table indicates, in Monitor Township, they range from around 8,800 to 12,500 in 1980 and from 10,400 to 15,600 in 1990. 57 �1995 2000 1980 1990 Black & Veatch (1958)* 11,622 13,559 Metchalf & Eddy (1965)* 12,478 Bay Regional Planning Commission (1965)* 10,333 12,210 8,739 10,452 Johnson &Anderson, Inc. (1966)* l O, 177 11,562 Michigan State Dept. of Co!l1Tlerce (1966)* 8,739 Michigan State Highway Dept . ( 1968) * 10,333 11,785 Raymond W. Mills & Assoc. (1968) l/ 11,720 15,670 8,917 10,430 Johnson &Anderson, Inc. ( 1971) 2/ 11 ,300 15,000 24,000 Bay Regional Planning Commission (1973) -y 10,871 13,924 15, 157 Prof. Goldberg, MSU (1966)* Parkins, Rogers Assoc. (1970)* 18,029 14,483 10,452 20,950 * Figures are based on county-wide projections extrapolated to Monitor Township on the basis of the Township 1 s portion of the total county population in 1970 (i.3., 8,743; 117,339 = 7.45%). l/ Monitor Township Comprehensive Community Plan, November, 1968, prepared by Raymond W. Mills &Associates, Inc. y Bay County Comprehensive Plan: Water, Sanitary and Storm Drainage Systems, Volume I, Johnson &Anderson, Inc., October, 1971 . 3/ Developed by the Michigan Department of Highways and Transportation, in conjunction with the Bay Regional Planning Commission utilizing MDOHT computer programs with modifications based on current and proposed land activity development. Source - Bay City Area Transportation Planning Study, September, 1973. 58 • �I I I I I I I I I I • •I • • • • • ~ Based on the foregoing studies, the Planning Comnission has detennined that it is reasonable to select a ta_rget population of 19,500 persons by 1995. This represents approximately 2,950 additional families over the 1976 population of slightly more than 10,000. This target population takes into account the Township's geographic location adjacent to Bay City and its proximity to the Midland and Saginaw urban areas; the presence of the freeway system, Tri-City Airport and Delta College; the vast areas of relatively inexpensive, developable land; and the existence of extensive sewer and water systems in the near future. 59 �PLANNING DIMENSIONS With the target population established, it is relatively simple to translate the number of additional families into future land needs; that is, the amount of vacant land needed for residential, conmercial, industrial, park and recreation, and other community facility areas. In order to accomplish this, however, it is necessary to make some basic assumptions relative to dwelling unit preferences, densities and other aspects of the future community. Residential Land Needs The target population anticipates an increase of approximately 2,950 new families over the next 20 years. This is based on an assumed family size of 3.2 persons per household. Although family sizes may decline further during the next 20 years, the residential land needs will be based on this figure in order to arrive at a more conservative estimate. With regard to dwelling unit preferences, the following assumptions have been made: 75% of the new dwelling units will be single family homes, 5% of the new dwelling units will be two family units (duplexes), 10% of the new dwelling units will be multiple family units (apartments, townhouse&, condominiums, etc.), 10% of the new dwelling units will be mobile homes, 100% of the new dwelling units. With approximately 2,950 new families there will be a need for approximately 2,950 new dwelling units. Furthermore, it is assumed that median densities will be as follows: 60 �I I I I I I I I I I I Single Family 3~ Two Family 2 Multiple Family 8 Mobile Homes 6 A survey of 19 of the major subdivisions in the Township indicates that lot sizes range from 8,000 to 30,000 square feet; the average being 15,000 square feet, approximately 3 dwelling units/gross acre. In anticipating residential land need, allowances must be made for those families that prefer large-lot home sites in outlying, rural locations. It is assumed this desire for 11 rural residential estates" will continue within the confines of the General Development Plan and amount to 15 percent or less of the new dwelling units. This being the case, the need for new dwelling units at the aforementioned densities will be in the range of 2,500 units. They will be allocated as follows: Dwelling Unit Type • • • •~ Dwelling Units per Gross Acre Dwelling Unit Type Preference Gross Density Gross Acres 75% 1,875 DU's 3/acre 625 5% 125 DU's 2/acre 60 Multiple Family . 10% 250 DU's 8/acre 30 10% 250 DU's 6/acre 40 100% 2,500 DU's Single Family Two Family Mobile Homes Total 755 acres Based on the stated assumptions, there will be a need for 755 acres for new residential developments. 61 �• • Non-Residential Land Needs Commercial: Conmercial facilities which serve the day-to-day needs of Township residents are largely lacking in the Township, primarily because they are conveniently available in Bay City. However, as the conmunity continues to grow and takes on an identity of its own, there will be a need for more grocery stores, hardware outlets, drug stores and the like. Because of the present dispersed shopping patterns, it is difficult, if· not impossible, to accurately forecast the exact number of acres needed for commercial uses. Notwithstanding this situation, Township residents need and deserve the convenience of well designed, properly located retail and service outlets. Some of the conmercial facilities will take the fonn of neighborhood convenience centers, relatively small corrrnercial areas with mini-markets, service stations and other so-called convenience services. These facilities will then be complimented by community-wide commercial centers - areas designed to serve the shopping needs of the community at large, thereby offering a wide range of reta-il and service products. Ideally, these conmunity commercial areas will take the form of shopping centers, integrated plazas, or shopping malls. Finally, the Township should reverse areas along the freeway interchanges for service stations,restaurants, lodging facilities and similar uses for the convenience of the traveling public. In total, the Township should anticipate a need for approximately 50 to 75 acres for commercial uses, not including highway service facilities or regional shopping malls which serve a trade area larger than the Township. Industri a1 : Once again, it is difficult to accurately assess the need for industrial land in the Township because of the dispersed employment patterns. Still the Planning Conmission has adopted a goal of promoting orderly industrial development and expansion. Among other things, this goal is designed to: increase local employment opportunities; develop a more stable, diversified and efficient economic base; and 11 11 62 �increase the industrial tax base, thereby shifting some of the future tax burden from the residential property owner. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Although it is difficult to assess the industrial needs, national standards can be utilized as guidelines. Accordingly, the following standards 5/ have been applied: Light Industry 2 ~cres/1,000 population Heavy Industry 1.Q acres/l,000 population Total 12 acres/1,000 population Total 20-year need - 115 acres SO-year need - 275-300 acres These standards are based on a 11 theoretical 11 community where 30 to 35 percent of the labor force is employed by industrial firms. This is reasonably close to the present situation in the Township. Furthermore, industrial lands should be reserved on the basis of a 50-year planning period in order to insure adequate room for expansion and protection from conflicting uses. Based on these standards, the Township should reserve a minimum of 275 to 300 acres for future industrial needs. Where possible, this acreage should be consolidated in industrial parks - areas designed for long-range industrial development. Such 11 parks 11 are so located as to have easy, convenient and year-round access, sufficient amounts of buildable land with protection from encroachment by non-industrial uses, and adequate isolation from non-industrial uses in order to minimize potentially obnoxious effects. Public utility service, especially sewer and water service, will be particularly important in the development of industrial parks. Parks and · Recreation Areas: Monitor Township presently has only limited recreational facilities. Yet, with the existing parks and recreation areas, the facilities available outside the Township (i.e. §..I Planning Design Criteria, Joseph De Chiara and Lee Koppelman.. 63 �the State Park and Game Area, Saginaw Bay, and others), and the potential for recreational development in the Township, a good foundation has been established. The following standards, taken from the 1970 Bay County Recreation Plan,should be utilized as "guidelines" when planning and developing future park and recreation areas . They have been modified to include only those facilities for which the Township, or its designated agency, should be directly responsible. That is, regional facilities such as inter-county trails, game areas and parks are not included. Neither are such facilities as golf courses or campgrounds since they traditionally are in the province of private enterprise or some larger level of government. However, cooperation and coordination should permeate all recreational facility planning. Acres/1 ,000 Population Facility Type Neighborhood Playground 1.5 Neighborhood Park 2.0 Conmunity Playfield 1.5 Conmunity Park 3.5 Total 8.5 When allowances are made for the facilities provided at Monitor Township Park (a community playfield), local needs are in the range of 150 to 175 additional acres. As noted earlier, a priority consideration should be the provision of water orientated recreation areas. As a starting point, the Township should undertake a detailed and comprehensive analysis of recreational facilities, needs and progress in the form of a separate recreation plan. Schools: Existing school facilities have been discussed earlier in the context of "Community Facil ities There it was noted the entire Township is part of the Bay City School District. In addition, only two of the five sites in the Township have sites large enough to accorrmodate any significant expansion. They are West Kawkawlin with approximately ten acres and McAlear-Sawden with fifteen acres. 11 64 • �I I I There are several reasons why it is difficult to estimate future school needs: because the Township is part of the City School District, students can be bussed over a large area in order to maximize the size of a specific school; and there is a strong, but largely immeasured, emphasis on parochial education which diminishes the need for public facilities. For the purposes of this Plan, it is sufficient to estimate only the "potential" need for public school facilities, the thought being to gain some idea of the potential for neighborhood schools and school-parks. Using recognized standards, the 20-year school needs can be calculated as follows: Student Impact Per Family I I I I I I I • • •~ -- Grades Impact Factor/Family Student Population K-6 . 71 (x 2,950) 2,100 7-9 .28 (x 2,950) 825 10-12 .24 (x 2,950) 700 3,625 Site Standards Per Facility Elementary School - 450 students per school; m1n1mum site of five acres plus one acre per 100 students. Middle School - 20 acres High School - 40-50 acres Total Site Needs Elementary School 45 acres Middle School 20 acres High School 50 acres 115 acres Total 65 �Ideally, neighborhood playgrounds and parks are combined with school sites, particularly elementary schools, to create corrmunity focal points and reduce the respective land needs for each use. Other Community Facilities: The demand for churches, cemeteries, libraries, fraternal organizations, medical centers, community centers and other conmunity f4cilities cannot be precisely estimated. However, they are the type of facilities and services a community needs in order to offer a safe, attractive and well-balanced place to live. As such, they should be accommodated in a permissive, but controlled, manner. They should be permitted to locate on convenient sites, with minimal restrictions, but with due consideration for their probable impact upon neighboring uses and the surrounding area. For the purposes of the Plan, the minimum need for additional community facilities has been placed at 50 to 75 acres. Surrmary: The following table summarizes the 1995 planning dimensions. 1995 Planning Dimensions Land Use Category Acres Percent Residential: Single Family Two Family Multiple Family Mobile Homes 625 83 60 30 8 40 Sub Total 755 Conmercial Industrial Parks and Recreation Areas Schools Other Community Facilities 50-75 275-300 TOTAL 150-175 115 50-75 4 5 50-55 3.5-5 20 10-12 8 3.5-5 1,395-1,495 100.0% 66 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • • • • • These are the basic figures the Planning Commission has utilized in designing the General Development Plan. Obviously they do not account for agricultural lands or the 11 rural residential estates". The intent is to arrive at basic figures which can be used · in designing the urban corrmunity of tomorrow the areas of concentrated development. It is apparent from the population projections and the planning dimensions there will not be sufficient growth over the next two decades to warrant developing all 24,000 acres in the Township. Rather, the need will be in the neighborhood of 1,400 to l ,500 acres - less than two and one-half sections, approximately six percent of the land area. These facts alone call for a controlled growth concept; a concept whereby agricultural lands are preserved, residential neighborhoods are protected, appropriate commercial and industrial areas are reserved now for future development, and parks and recreation areas are planned and programmed for development as the community of Monitor Township matures. The figures indicate the next 20 years will see the addition of a community the size of the one in existence now. In order for it to be a pleasant and enjoyable place to live, each resident and corrmunity official must work together in a spirit of cooperation. The General Development Plan which follows maps out the course by which such cooperati"on can be channeled to develop a healthy and pleasing community for tomorrow. 67 �GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN �GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN The Monitor Township General Development Plan is, as its title implies, a general plan for future land use and major streets. It is designed to guide future growth into a development pattern that is logical, economical, aesthetically pleasing, and environmentally sound. In addition, this Plan is intended to correct the deficiencies, capitalize on the assets, and incorporate the goals and planning dimensions contained in previous sections of this report. 11 11 It is important to note at the outset that land use planning in a township is somewhat hampered because many development decisions are not within the realm of local affairs. In comparison with a city or county where financial authority is much more flexible, townships normally receive only one mill from the County Tax Allocation Board. Additional local funds must come from voted millages which are tied to specific improvements·. In most cases, capital improvements are also the responsibility of some agency or department with which a township often has little influence. For example, the County Road Corrmission determines when and where county primary roads will be improved and the School Board (with approval from the voters) decides if, where, and when schools will be built. Although township influence in these matters varies, many such decisions are made with little or no local input. Still, townships have planning, zoning and subdivision control authority and, therefore, considerable power to regulate the use of land. However, in order for this Plan to become a reality, it will require close cooperation on the part of county, state and township officials as well as public and private support. Design Standards Previous sections of this report have reviewed the existing situation in the township and explained the process of developing goals, population projections, and planning dimensions. This information was then mapped in the form of a land use plan. The design of the plan itself was based on a number· of design standards - proven land design and planning principles which are used in allocating spatial and geographic dimensions to various land uses. Although they have 68 �been modified in some cases to fit the unique social, economic and physical characteristics of Monitor Township, they are outlined here in the interest of better understanding and support of the Plan. They will also be valuable as the Planning Commission and Township Board review plats, consider rezoning requests, and evaluate site plans. No doubt they will also be of assistance to private developers and private citizens as they make their location and investment decisions. Residential Design Standards: Single family, two family, multiple family and mobile home park developments exhibit many of the same characteristics and merit many of the same location considerations. Yet, one and two family structures are distinctly different from multiple family developments and mobile home parks. For this reason they will be considered separately. One and two family residential developments should be designed and located such that: * They are conveniently close to schools, parks and shopping areas. * They are isolated or protected from the detrimental effects of corranercial and industrial areas. * Internal streets discourage fast, through-traffic while providing continuous and convenient access throughout the subdivision and into adjacent residential areas. * Public sewer and water service is, or will soon be, available and surface water is properly and safely acconmodated. * Urban services such as gas, rubbish service, mail delivery and police and fire protection are convenient. * Hazardous conditions such as poor soils, wetlands and floodplains are avoided. * Lots are of adequate size and shape to provide sufficient useable space. 69 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �• • One and two family units often do not mix well and it may be desirable, depending on the conditions, to direct two family units (duplexes) to frontage parcels along major streets. In this way they can act as buffers for the single family units in the interior portion of the development. Many of the design and location standards listed for one and two family structures also apply to multiple family and mobile home park projects. However, they can be expanded by noting that multiple family developments and mobile home parks can often be designed in such a way that parking and recreation areas isolate the living units from nearby commercial and industrial areas. In turn, the multiple family - mobile home park area can serve as a buffer, or a gradient, between the commercial - industrial area and single family residential areas. It is also noted that multiple family and mobile home park developments require access from major streets in order to handle the volumes of traffic generated by such facilities. Co111mercial Design Standards: The residents have told the Planning Commission to move cautiously with respect to future commercial development, evaluating each proposal in terms of its specific characteristics and site location as well as its impact upon the immediate neighborhood and the community at large. It is recalled that less than 55 percent of the people responding to the land use questionnaire favored additional commercial development. In line with this, the respondants indicated an overwhelming preference toward planned shopping centers and neighborhood convenience centers. To aid in evaluating specific proposals for commercial projects the following standards are offered. 70 �INDICATORS FOR TYPES AND SITES IN SHOPPING CENTERS Regional Neighborhood Community Leading Tenant (basis for definition) Supennarket or Drug Store One or more Variety or Junior Depart- full-time Department ment Store Stores Average Gross* Leasable Area 50,000 sq. ft. 150,000 sq. ft. 400,000 sq. ft. Ranges in Gross Leasable Area* 30,000-100,000 sq. ft. 100,000-300,000 300,000 to over sq. ft. 1,000,000 sq. ft. Usual Minimum Site Area 10 acres 20 acres Minimum Support 4,500 to 40,000 40,000 to 150,000 or people 150,000 people more people 40 acres * The precise characteristics under these indicators do not hold rigidly. Often, elements change because of the treatment required to make necessary adaptations or adjustments for the characteristics of the trade area, nature of competition, and variations in site location. ** These figures represent indicators only for definition purposes. It is not size, but tenant composition and the characteristics of the leading tenant, that define a shopping center type. Source: The Dollars and Cents of Shopping Centers, 1966 Urban Land Institute. Further, as an indication of the types of uses nonnally associated with various types of shopping centers, the following table is reprinted. -I I I I I I I I I 71 ...,-- I �I I SHOPPING CENTER COMPOSITION BY TENANT COMPOSITION Average Percentage of the Centers Gross Leasable Area •I I I • • • • • • • • - Neighborhood Community Regional Food and Food Service 34% 22% 9% General Merchandise 14 32 53 Clothing anp Shoes 9 12 15 Furniture 2 3 3 Other Retail & Dry Goods 20 15 10 Financial 4 3 2 Officies 3 2 l Services 8 4 1 Other 3 4 3 Vacant 3 3 3 100% 100% 100% TOTAL Source: 11 The Do 11 ars and Cents of Shopping Centers Urban Land Institute . 11 , 1966 In addition, commercial facilities should be located and designed such that: * Each site has adequate room for proper building location and future expansion, room for off-street parking and traffic control and circulation. * Incompatible uses such as single family homes will not impair economic viability and future expansion. * Access is provided from major streets with acceleration and deceleration lanes and other traffic control measures. 72 �I I r I Industrial Design Standards: Industry in Monitor Township will play an increasingly more important role in the form of local employment and major tax payers. Industry also has rather unique location and design characteristics in the sense that capital outlays for plants and equipment easily run into the millions of dollars. For this reason alone, industrial firms want reasonable guarantees that their investments will be justified. The community that can offer those assurances will have a head start in attracting new firms a_nd expanding existing ones. The concepts and proposals embodied in the General Development Plan are based on the following industrial location criteria. Industrial areas should be located such that they provide: * Fast, easy and convenient access to good transportation facilities including highway and railroad. * Reasonable access to labor supply, raw materials, and markets. * An adequate amount of suitable land, free from foundation and drainage problems with a sufficient reserve for future growth. * Protection from encroachment of residential or other 1and uses. * Locations that minimize adverse effects upon neighboring nonindustrial uses. * An adequate and reliable supply of utilities: sewer, power and fuel . II ii I • I water, . Park and Recreation Area Design Standards: Parks and recreation areas have previously been discussed in the context of Community Facilities" and Planning Dimensions''. It behooves the Township to •give additional analysis to detailed recreational needs and specific facilities and programs. In the context of this Plan, however, recreational facilities can be detailed as follows. 11 11 73 I �Neighborhood Playground Description: Play area mainly for school age children, also passive recreation. Facilities: Play equipments, field games and sports such as softball, basketball, and tennis. Shaded areas for resting and passive recreation, usually include tot lots for preschoolers. Location Standard: a) Accessibility - maximum 20 minutes• walking distance; 1/6 to 1/2 mile. b) Location is preferably adjacent to elementary school. c) Except sparsely inhabitated rural area, all types of communities need playgrounds. d) Intensive active areas need buffering from adjacent residential areas and also from traffic. e) Size should be large enough for softball, usually 2.75 acres is considered minimum. Neighborhood Park Description: Catering to the minimum need of open space and passive recreation for a neighborhood. Facilities: Lawn, benches, and landscaped areas. Location Standard: a) Accessibility - would be similar to the neighborhood playgrounds. b) When combined with neighborhood playground, size can be as small as 1 .5 acres, but usually varies with neighborhood size and density. · c) Location is also preferably adjacent to elementary school. 74 �I d) Where one mile street coordinate system exists in urban areas, one facility per square mile is considered adequate. e) There is little need for this type of facility for large lot single-family residential areas, typical in suburbs. Community Playfield Description: Provide field sports and multi-purpose recreational space for a community. Facilities: Meeting and game rooms, gyms with large outdoor field sports area, court game, swirroning and parking. Location Standard: a) Accessibility - maximum distance should not be more than 20 minutes' walking distance; 1/2 to 1 1/2 miles. b) Location is preferably adjacent to a middle or senior high school. c) Size can be as large as 30 acres or more; but in order to accommodate basic outdoor playfield, 10 acres is considered minimum. d) Active sports area should be buffered from adjacent residences. Community Park Description: Catering to both active and passive need for recreation for a community. Created around some basic natural amenities. Facilities: Natural features, lawns, picnic, athletic areas with parking, bicycle path, pedestrian trail. Location Standard: a) Accessibility - parks spaced at 5 or 10 miles apart in urbanized area is considered ideal. 75 -I • • •I �•• • •j • • - b) Location - scenic and natural amenities is preferable. c) Community park should be considered as a system interweaving through the urbanized area. d) Linkages to open space system, such as greenway, nature trail. e) Bicycle path connecting major park facilities would make the ideal system. When they are not available in highly developed urban areas, scenic routes can substitute for them. · f) Size can vary as widely as anywhere from 10 acres to 100 acres or even larger. However, 50 acres or more is preferable . MINIMUM RECREATION STANDARDS ....- Access (Radius in Miles) Size (acres) Neighborhood Playground 1/2 5 Neighborhood Park 3/4 5 Community Playfield 2 20 Community Park 3 50 Major Plan Concepts It has been detennined that there will not be sufficient growth during the next 20 years to warrant developing the entire Township. Rather, at the minimum, the need will be in the neighborhood of 1,400 to 1,500 acres for intensive development. The General Development Plan recommends that an area in excess of these minimums be reserved for intensive development in order to provide freedom of choice and to prevent any one land owner from monopolizing a particular land use category; that is,owning all the commercial or industrially zoned land. Still it was necessary for the Planning Commission to decide between two basic development concepts one being controlled growth within logical growth areas and the other a random pattern of scattered development. 76 �A minor pattern of scattered growth presently exists in the Township as evidenced by the several scattered subdivisions in outlying areas. These developments are expensive to serve with corranunity facilities, especially public utilities. They also place unnecessarily high traffic loads on roads which are not designed to handle them. In order to avoid premature road improvements and the expense of extending utility lines over great distances, it was decided that a pattern of controlled growth was more desirable and in the best interests of the Township as a whole. The second major concept involved the prov1s1on of public utility service. Basic to the implementation of this Plan is the assumption that utility service - public sewer and water - will be provided within the near future. Without this service, future growth will be held to a minimum simply because of natural limitations. Ill - The third, but perhaps most important concept, is directed toward the preservation of prime agricultural lands. Much of the Township is presently being formed and as such represents a vital sector of the local economy. The Planning Corranission purposely adopted a set of goals and objectives designed to accomplish this end. However, in order to lessen the impact of restrictive agricultural practices, it is the intent of the Plan to allow certain non-agricultural uses in marginal or non-productive rural areas. Future Land Use The map, entitled "General Development Plan", graphically illustrates the pattern of future land development throughout the Township. The map also indicates a complimentary system of major streets. In order to put the Plan map into proper perspective, the legend is explained as follows: Agriculture: The agricultural areas were identified by members of the Planning Commission which detailed the prime agricultural lands throughout the Township. The intent in identifying these areas is to preserve as much agricultural land as possible. This can be accomplished through restrictive zoning which will help to shift development pressures to those areas planned for intensive growth. It is anticipated that 11 77 11 - �• • •I •I •I I I I I I I • • • • the zoning ordinance will incorporate provisions for large lot zoning for non-farm, single family homes, as well as restrict permitted uses only to agricultural operations . The agricultural lands shown on the Plan map are essentially the same as those shown on the "Agricultural Lands" map. Some farm lands in the path of urban development have been deleted in order to open these areas for more appropriate uses. However, these cases have been kept to a minimum in order to preserve as much farm land as possible. The concept of agricultural preservation is basic to the General Development Plan. Effective use of this concept will not only preserve farm land, it will also direct the bulk of the future growth into areas reserved for more intensive development. In this way, it will increase the feasibility of public sewer and water systems and other community services (police and fire protection, etc.) and, at the same time, stabilize the demand for public improvements (i.e. roads, utilities, drainage, etc.) in outlying, rural areas. Rural Residential: These are areas in outlying portions of the Township which will be reserved for farming, single family homes on relatively large lots and large, land-consurrming uses such as golf courses, riding stables, parks and landing strips. In most cases, the rural residential areas are either wooded, low lying and swampy or sandy. Still they may be suitable for home sites; and property owners should be permitted to do so, so long as lot sizes and frontage requirements are large enough to suffice without utility and other urban services. In effect, the rural residential areas are transition zones between the "prime" agricultural lands and the more densely developed urban areas. They will provide for a controlled mixture of farms and relatively large-lot, country home sites - controlled in the sense that potentially objectionable farming operations will be limited by special use permits, and in the sense that families desiring country living can have it, but not at the expense of farm land • 78 �Single Family Residential: The General Development Plan actually lumps several residential zones into one classification. This is done in order to give more flexibility to the Plan as it is translated into the zoning ordinance and map. It is anticipated that there will be at least two single family residential zones allowing low to medium density development. The single -family residential areas are reserved exclusively for single family residential development and complimentary support facilities such as churches, schools, parks and playgrounds. The intent is to designate specific areas where residential property owners can be assured their neighborhood and their investment will be maintained and protected. These neighborhoods, in turn, will be designed to accommodate the people living in it. They will provide an atmosphere of safe, comfortable and convenient living. Since the neighborhood is basically an extension of the home, the facilities which most completely compliment the home are required to achieve the necessary residential effect. It is recommended that the Ordinance allow these complimentary non-residential uses on a special use permit basis. It is also recommended that two family (duplexes) dwelling units be pennitted in at least one of the single family residential zones, perhaps on a special use permit basis. Multi-Family Residential: These areas are reserved for apartments, townhouses, garden apartments, condominiums and other forms of multiple family housing. Mobile home parks will also be allowed on a special use permit basis. In this way, existing parks could be permitted to expand while new parks are controlled in the most desirable location. Through this process the township will have an added degree of control over future mobile home parks. The Plan anticipates a continued, if not increased, demand for multiple family dwelling units. They offer definite advantages to singles, young marrteds, and the elderly in 79 �I I • •I • • • • • • that units are generally smaller than one or two family units and maintenance, upkeep and the cost of entry into the market is less. Families in the market for a mobile home, for example, can finance a unit in much the same way as a car . On the other hand, multiple family units involve certain disadvantages, especially mobile homes. Past construction techniques made mobile homes particularly vulnerable to fire, and they have a history of depreciation very similar to a car. Sewer and water service is essential because of smaller lot sizes and higher densities. The Plan recognizes the demand for multiple family development areas and the corresponding need for public services. For this reason, all the proposed multiple family areas have been concentrated in the urban growth area . General Conmercial: This term applies to neighborhood convenience centers and other business areas which supply retail commodities and personal services for the daily needs or nearby neighborhood or immediate area. Typical uses in these areas might include drug stores, convenience groceries, banks, service stations, barber and beauty shops, and hardware stores. The key to these commercial centers is a convenient and accessible location on a major street, yet close to its support population. Perhaps more importantly, they must be located, designed and sited such that they do not interfer or impair the residential neighborhoods they are intended to serve. Community Conmercial: In contrast with the general corrunercial designation, community commercial areas are intended to serve a larger area with a comprehensive variety of goods and services. Parcels would be larger in order to accommodate conmunity or regional shopping centers. Still, location and design criteria are equally as important. Conmunity comnercial areas will also include other commercial enterprises such as warehouses, travel trailer parks, and amusement enterprises - uses which are not compatible with neighborhood convenience centers, yet are not truly industrial in nature. 80 �Industrial: The General Development Plan identifies only one industrial classification. In reality, however, the zoning ordinance and map will recognize two industrial zones. They are commonly referred to as 11 light 11 and 11 heavy 11 industrial. The Plan recognizes the major industrial firms - such as Monitor Sugar - and recommends that sufficient land be reserved for their long-term expansion needs. Areas have also been reserved which meet the industrial design standards noted earlier. These areas are condusive to industrial park development with the thrust toward promoting careful and controlled industrial expansion in the Township. Interchange Development: This tenn has been created to recognize the development potential around the freeway interchanges. Since both interchange development areas are within the sanitary sewer service areas, it is conceivable that practically any type of use could be developed. However, it should be the goal of the Township to encourage those uses which need quick freeway access and good site visibility. This could include shopping centers, multiple family housing projects, offices, warehousing operations, wholesale outlets, light industrial firms and others. It is also anticipated that highway service uses service stations, motels, restaurants and ~imilar uses - will locate in these areas in order to serve the needs of the motoring public. Because of the many and varied uses that could locate in these areas, the Plan strongly recommends that private developers consider utilizing the planned unit development (PUD) method of developing their properties. This relatively new technique offers opportunities not available under conventional zoning. First of all it allows an extra degree of freedom to the developer by removing the rigid requirements for yards, setbacks, eat area and the like, more importantly, it allows a hannonious mixing of different uses; an example being the placement of a small retail area designed to serve the residents of an apartment complex. When buffered and separated from the hiring units, the retail operation is not objectionable and can, in fact, be a definite asset by minimizing the need to leave the site to shop. 81 �• • • On the other hand, the PUD concept offers the Township a degree of control not possible under conventional zoning • The Planning Commission, Township Board, and Board of Appeals have several opportunities to review development plans and to require changes, additions or modifications. for example, the Township could limit the number of access points onto a major street, or it could require additional screening in order to protect adjacent properties. This type of control is not possible with conventional zoning. Public, Semi-Public: The General Development Plan recognizes the major public and semi-public uses such as churches, schools, parks, the golf course, skill centers, and others. In so doing, the Plan encourages their continued use and expansion. A,number of smaller facilities have not been identified; however, this was due only to printing limitations and was not meant to signal disfavor or the thought that they should be discontinued from ·use. The Plan map also makes several recommendations concerning future park and recreation areas. They are discussed at length in the following section. Flood Plain: Flood hazard areas (flood plains) are identified as determined by the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. They are flood prone areas which are subject to 100-year floods. The Plan proposes to control development within this area in order to minimize property damage and protect the natural and scenic qualities of the Rivers, streams and creeks themselves. Zoning and subdivision controls should be adopted to regulate uses in these areas to agricultural, single family, and recreational facilities. The flood plain areas can serve a dual function by providing a connecting linkage - open space corridor - between various park and recreation areas throughout the Township, the County and the region. Major Streets The major street system incorporated into the General Development Plan is designed to facilitate the movement of through and local traffic in a safe, convenient and economical manner. 82 �7 The purpose of this system of major streets is to enable the County and Township to program road improvements according to a logical timing schedule. It makes little sense to improve a road where only minor growth is planned. On the other hand, it makes a great deal of sense to improve roads that will open up planned growth areas. By incorporating this system into a capital improvements program, the Township can, in fact, aid in the timing and direction of future growth. The following discussion outlines the Plan recolllTlendations for major streets as they apply to Monitor Township. Freeway/Interchange: These limited access, high-speed corridors are the Township's primary connection to the rest of the region and the State. As such, they are critically important to the growth potential of the area. The interchanges provide access to the freeway system and, as such, will be the focus of much development activity. The Plan recommends that large areas around both the Machinaw and Wilder Road interchanges be reserved for Interchange Development. State Highway: The Plan also recognizes M-13/23 and M-84 as full access, State highways which are largely out of the control of the Township. Still, because there are no limitations on access and driveway cuts, the development pressure along the frontage will also be intense. This will largely be focused on M-84 since it is the only highway with significant amounts of undeveloped frontage. The Plan recolllTlends that strict land use controls limit development to multiple family uses, offices and other similar complimentary uses. In part, this recommendation is based on the fact that M-84 will remain a two-lane highway for at least the next 10 years and a commitment on the part of the Township to control strip co11111ercial development. County Primary: These thoroughfares are the backbone of the county road system, providing continuous access throughout the Townships. 83 �• They are generally spaced at two-mile intervals in rural areas and consist of two 10 to 12-foot traffic lanes within a 66 foot right-of-way. Midland Road, for one, has areas where the right-of-way is as wide as 80 to 100 feet. In Monitor Township, the General Development Plan recommends that the primary road system include: * Chip Road, from Machinaw east * 01 d Kawkawlin Road * Wheeler Road * Wilder Road, from 1-75 east * Midland Road * Salzburg Road * Hotchkiss Road * Seven Mile Road * Machinaw Road * Three Mile Road, from Hotchkiss to Wilder * Monitor Road, from Wilder to Old Beaver Road * Two Mile Road, from Midland Road north * Euclid Avenue, from Salzburg to Hotchkiss The Plan recorranends that Midland Road be improved by adding additional traffic lanes as needs demand. These improvements can be progra11111ed on a mile-by-mile basis as funds allow. Since Midland Road runs through the center of part of the general growth area, it will inevitably carry more and more traffic. In order for the area to remain attractive to present and future residents, they must be able to travel freely with little delay or disruption. It is quite important, then, that Midland Road receive first-class treatment. 84 �Collector Streets: The major street system also contains recommendations for a network of "collector streets They wi 11 function as "major local streets", collecting traffic within the various residential areas and funneling it onto the primary roads. They will also provide a continuous access route within the various development areas. For example, a collector street would connect adjacent subdivisions, thereby making it possible for a person to travel from one subdivision to another without using the primary or local road system. In effect, the collector street system would relieve some of the traffic load from the primary system. 11 • The collector street system shown on the General Development Plan map has been generalized to indicate only probable locations. In reality, a particular collector street may be located several hundred feet from the alignment shown on this map. This is not critical as long as the objective is accomplished. By graphically indicating a general location, it will alert developers and property owners to the fact that a collector street will be located in that general area at some point in the future. Local Roads: County local (secondary) roads also function as feeder streets, collecting traffic and routing it to the primary roads. They are usually spaced at intervals of 1/2 to l mile with two 10 to 12-foot traffic lanes in a 66 foot right-of-way. Local roads are also under the jurisdiction of the County Road Commission but they are improved at the direction of the Township Board; that is, the Board determines where and when secondaries are to be improved, then contracts with the Road Commission for the improvements. In these cases, the Township's cost is based on a formula negotiated with the Road Conmission. In effect, the existing local road system consists of those roads in the unincorporated portions of the Township which are not part of the primary system. 85 �Additional Plan Concepts There are a number of additional concepts, proposals and reco111T1endations inherent in the General Development Plan map which merit additional dimension. As noted earlier, the primary concept centers around preservation of the _agricul tura 1 lands with the corresponding growth in the sanitary sewer service area. The concept involved shifting the development demand from the rural, agricultural areas to the areas designated for intensive growth. In this way, the Township can assist ·in establishing the co111T1unity of tomorrow while increasing the feasibility of public utilities and services today. Basically, the intensive growth areas are located along the freeways from Kawkawlin southward to the south Township line as the area is located east of 1-75/US-23. A rather large growth area is also reserved along both sides of Midland Road from Two-Mile to Fraser Road. West of this area is a portion of the Township reserved for industrial development. The growth area extends west of the 1-75/US-23 freeway in the area of Three Mile Road, between Wilder and North Union, and South of US-10 to Salzburg Road. In the Kawkawlin area, the frontage along M-13 is reserved for general colTITlercial uses in recognition of existing uses while the area north of the flood ~lain is proposed tor single family residential development. In contrast, the area to the south is programmed for multiple family development in recognition of the mixed character of the area and existence of several mobile home parks. Around the Wilder Road interchange with 1-75, there is a relatively large area reserved for interchange development. This is to take advantage of the freeway interchange and the associated freeway sys~em. This area also includes a proposal for public recreation around the borrow pit between the two expressways. This designation would make maximum use of the properties along the freeway. East of US-23, on both sides of Wilder Road, there is a rather large area reserved for community commercial. This area is intended to serve the surrounding residential community with the goods and services it will need. It also recognizes the high traffic volumes attracted to the freeway interchange. The Plan proposes to reserve an area along the west side of I-75 - generally from Wilder ~to the railroad - for multiple family use. The east side remains a combination of single family and public, semi-public uses. 86 �The corridor bounded by the railroad, Fraser Road, I-75 and a line half a mile south of Midland Road is reserved primarily for single family development. The mobile home peak at Fraser Road is recognized as well as the various schools and the Township site. Directly across from the Township Hall there is a parcel of approximately 40 acres reserved for community commercial development. Neighborhood convenience centers are also proposed at the corners of Fraser, Three Mile and Two Mile Roads as they intersect Midland Road. South and west of the community conmercial area, buffer strips are reserved for multiple family development. Multiple family buffers are also proposed around the northwest and southwest corners of the I-75/US-10 interchange. Approximately 600 acres are designated around the Mackinaw Road interchange for interchange development. As noted earlier, this area would accommodate a variety of uses. Approximately 450 acres in the area of Seven Mile and Midland Road are reserved for industrial development. It is anticipated that uses in this area would be of the light industrial type. This area is designed to take advantage of the accessibility provided by the railroad and Seven Mile Road. In the southeastern portion of the Township, the frontage along Euclid, between Fisher and Salzburg Roads, is r~served for general commercial development. Th.is proposal recognizes the existing nature of the area. The Plan also recommends that buffer areas be established in the form of multiple family areas between the commercial frontage on Euclid and the residential neighborhoods to the west. South of Salzburg Road a rather large area around Monitor Sugar is reserved for industrial development, preferably heavy industry. Along with that, M-84, from Hotchkiss to Salzburg is reserved for a multiple family buffer. To the west, the land- will grade into a variety of single family zones. The Plan recognizes there will be a need for a community commercial area in this portion of the Township. There are a number of possible locations for this type of use. However, in recognition of this, the Plan symbolically indicates a central location at the intersection of Two Mile and Salzburg Road. Rather than place a stigma on one particular parcel, the Township has recognized there are a number of locations which would be suitable for this type of project. However, the burden of proof will be on the applicant/developer to identify 87 �I • • • • • • • • • a location and prepare development plans which incorporate provisions and design features which protect and preserve adjacent single family residential areas. It is conceivable that such i proposal could include multiple family or office park areas which buffer the single family areas. Ideally, such a project would develop under the PUD, planned unit development, provisions . Plan also identifies the Salzburg-Two Mile Road area as the site of a relatively large publ~c, semi-public reserve. Part of this area is reserved for the expansion of MacKensen School with the development of a school-park. The balance is intended for future ·public service needs - townhall annex, fire station, equipment garage, community recreation area and other governmental uses as needs determine are necessary to serve this portion of the urban area . It also merits noting that the Plan recommends two major recreation developments around borrow pits in the area of I-75 and US-10. Presently, these areas are the site of relatively large ponds which could be dredged and improved to provide community recreation areas. Finally, it is noted the Plan reserves single family areas along Salzburg Road to Four Mile Road. This is in recognition of existing subdivisions and the presence of public water service. The following table relates the allocation of the various land use categories as they are shown on the General Development Plan. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN LAND USE ALLOCATION Acres Land Use Categort _Agri cu 1tura l Rural Residential Urban Residential: Single Family Multi-Family Commercial: General Community Industrial Interchange Development Public, Semi-Public 16,585 2,040 3,440 TOTAL 24,400* 225 640 1,200 270 *Including flood plain areas. 88 % of Total 2,840 600 115 110 68.0 8.4 14 .1 1.0 2.5 4.9 1. 1 l 00.0 11.6 2.5 .5 .5 �GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN • MONITQR TOWNSHIP BAY COUNT,Y, MICHIGAN ■ • •I • AGRICULTURE RURAL RESIDENTIAL 1-:-:-:-:-:-:•I SINGLE ~ MULTI-FAMILY FAMILY liiiii GENERAL COMMERCIAL t2SZ5a COMMUNITY COMMERCIAL ~ INDUSTRIAL @ i:30 INTERCHANGE DEVELOPMENT I • • •I • • •I •I c:::::J E::J 0 03] PUBLIC, SEMI-PUBLIC ~ FLOOD PLAIN ... FREEWAY/ INTERCHANGE • ■■■■■ STATE HIGHWAY - COUNTY PRIMARY (ARTERIAL) COLLECTOR LOCAL EXISTING LANO USE • SINGLE P'AMILY RESIDENTIAL .. MULTl·FAMILV Re'.910ENT1AL (ii) MOBILE HOME & 0 PUBLIC, SEMl· PU8LIC ■ INOUSTP'1 1AL COMMll!:RCIAL I• BAY SfiUNTY K PREPAAEO 8Y ZONING a PLA-,,,N ING CbMM WlLUAM8 ~ - �IMPLEMENTATION �.,...- • • • IMMEDIATE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS There are a number of steps which the Planning Commission, Township Board, and interested citizens can undertake or initiate immediately. Some are relatively short-range and can be accomplished rather quickly. Others will take more time to complete - perhaps a matter of five to ten years. Still, they should be started now in order to accomplish the long-range objectives of the Plan. 1. Begin a comprehensive review and analysis of the existing Zoning Ordinance and map. Changes should be made as necessary to implement the concepts and recommendations of the General Development Plan. 2. Undertake a comprehensive review of the subdivision regulations to insure the standards and criteria for residential subdivisions are commensurate with the goals and objectives of the Plan. 3. Petition the Bay County Road Co11111ission to amend its primary road system and network of truck routes to conform with the General Development Plan recommendations for major streets. 4. Begin discussions with the Bay City School District relative to developing a policy and program for schoolparks. 5. Apply for entrance into the flood insurance program and initiate the regulatory controls necessary for compliance, thereby qualifying local property owners-- for flood insurance. 6. Continue to pursue sewer and water programs and grants for the construction and expansion of utility service in the growth area outlined in the Plan. 7. Investigate and support the continued operation of the east-west New York Central/Penn Central rail line in the Township and the Region. 8. Initiate a detailed study of recreational needs, facilities and programs for Township park and recreation areas. The Township should apply for available state and federal grants to acquire and develop the park and recreation areas outlined in the Plan. 89 �1 9. 10. Investigate the feasibility of activity encouraging and/or developing an industrial park utilizing Economic Development Administration (EDD) funds. In this respect, work closely with Forward Bay County to promote and develop industrial facilities in the Township. Investigate the feasibility of organizing as a Charter Township with the goal of improving and increasing the level of services while, at the same time, maintaining a reasonable tax level. · CODES AND ORDINANCES With the preparation and adoption of this General Development Plan, Monitor Township is in a good position to control and direct future growth and development. However, simply having a Plan is not enough; it must be put into effect. There are several measures which the Township can and should take in order to implement the Plan. ZONING The Township has a Zoning Ordinance that became effective July, 1972. After several years of use and several major amendments, it is appropriate and timely that it be reviewed and modernized. This is especially critical now that the Township has prepared this General Development Plan. In order to take the first step toward implementation of the Plan, the Planning Comnission will begin evaluating the existing Ordinance. The revised Ordinance will be based on and incorporate the proposals and reconl!lendations contained in this Plan. SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS The Township should evaluate and revise its subdivision regulations as necessary. Through this regulatory technique, it has set the specific standards for streets, utilities and other land improvements. It is now appropriate to make any necessary revisions in light of the goals and 90 I �• • • • • • objectives outlined in the Plan. Such a code would then complement this P1an and the Zoning Ordinance and add an extra dimension in protecting the residents from shoddy and haphazard developments . WATER AND SEWER SERVICES In order to safeguard the public health and encourage and control growth, the Township must diligently pursue the expansion and development of public water and sewer services. Currently, there are several state and federal grant programs which will pay the bulk of the cost to study, design and construct sanitary sewers. The Township should insure utility service to the growth areas outlined in this Plan in the near future. Prior to the completion or expansion of the proposed utility systems, the Township should develop comprehensive policies toward utility extensions. Such policies can have a tremendous influence in directing growth into timely and economical settlement patterns. CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAMMING It should be a function of the Planning Convnission to prepare a six-year (five years beyond the first budget year) schedule of recommended capital improvements. By considering the priorities and financial capabilities of the community, the Township Board can then program needed improvements into the budget while, at the same time, implementing the Plan and maintaining the confidence of the taxpayers . .STATE AND FEDERAL GRANT PROGRAMS There are numerous grant programs which may the Township and which could be utilized to Plan reconvnendations. It is suggested that vestigate and pursue those most appropriate and recoIT1Tiendations of this Plan. 91 be available to implement specific the Township into the concepts · �Particular attention should be given to assistance programs administered by the Economic Development Administration, Department of Comnerce, the Department of Housing and Urban Development (especially housing and conmunity development programs), the Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation, and the Bureau of Outdoor Recreation, Department of Interior . At the State level, the Department of Conmerce, Natural Resources, and Highways and Transportation operate assistance and funding programs which may be of assistance to the Township. The key to "grantsmanship" is constant anticipation and quick response as new programs are authorized and funded and existing programs are revised and continued. FEDERAL REVENUE SHARING The funds the Township is now rece1v1ng from this program can legitimately be earmarked for capital improvements. When scheduled in the capital improvement program prepared by the Planning Commission (and approved by the Board) these funds can be very effective in financing much needed improvements. CONTINUED PLANNING The completion of a General Development Plan does not signal the end of the planning process; in fact, it is the beginning of a process that should continue indefinitely. This Plan is, in reality, a set of guidelines for public officials and private individuals to use in directing and regulating future growth. Future growth will take many forms - forms which nobody can accurately predict because of the fluctuating character of the marketplace and society in general. For example, should single family building costs continue to rise at present rates, there could well be a major change in housing preferences toward apartments and condominiums. On the other hand, a new federal subsidy program for medium income families could have the opposite effect - significantly increasing the demand for single family housing units. The point to be made from this is that there is a very real need for continuous and periodic updating and revision of the Plan. It is recomnended that every three to five years the Planning Comnission review the Plan and make such changes as are necessary to keep it current and viable. 92 �I • • • • • As a continuation of this Plans there iss and will continue to bes a need for other functional plans. The Township should draft and adopt plans and policies for parks and recreations public facilitiess and other areas of capital improvements. In turns these functional plans will complements extend and expand the scope of the General Development Plan ands in this ways truly make Monitor Township a health and attractive place to live . •I • •I 93 �APPENDIX �·. •• ·XH· A GENERAL SOIL CHARACTERISTICS* ,11 - - • - MONITOR TOWNSIIIP Bay County Soil Map Texture/ Symbo 11] Seri es A. ill Permeability (in./hr.) LIMITATIONS TO DEVELOPMENT High Small Comm. Dwellings Dwellings Water Table Septic Tank Buildin_g_s wLout Base wL Base (Depth) (Months) Fields 0-4 5.0-10.0 2-10' 0-6 6.0-20.0 0-3 6.0-20.0 0-2 0-3 0-2 0-3 2.0-6.0 2.0-6.0 .6-2.0 .8-2.5 Slope SAND: 10 378 35A B. Au Gres Roussean (fine) Wainola (fine) < 7' (a) (a) (f) (f) (b) (b) (b) (b) 1-2' Nov-May (a) (a) (a) (a) 0-1' Sept-June (c) (a) (a) (a) (e) (a) (c) (a) (e) (a) (c) (c) (e) (a) (c) (c) 0-1.0' Sept-May 1-2' Nov-June 1-2' Nov-May 2-10' (a) (c) (c) (a) (a) (c) (c) (c) (g) (a) (c) (c) (c) (a) (a) (c) (c) (c) (g) (a) Jan-Apr (a) (f) (a) (f) (d) (a) (a) (f) (c) (c) (a) 0-0.5' Nov-Jan 0-1' Oct-May SANDY LOAM: 45 llA 12 36 C. Bach (very fine) Belding Carunna Wisner . 5-1. 5' Nov-May 0-1.5' Nov-May at or near surface LOAMY SAND: 13 so 17A 57T 25A D. Belleville 0-2 6.0-20.0 2.0- 6,0 Cohoctah 0-2 Iosco 0-3 6.0-20.0 Poseyville 0-3 6.0-20.0 Wainola 0-3 6.0-20.0 (loamy substratum) 0-1, 5 I Mar-May LOAM: 43A 47A 23 Odell Odell Corwin Sloan Tappan (a) (b) (c) Severe (wetness) Slight Severe (wet, floods) 31 _!J * 0-1 .6-2.0 1-3' 0-3 .6-2.0 .6-2.0 .6-2.0 3-6' 0-2 0-2 (c) (c) (c) (c) (d) (e) (f) Slow (permeability) Severe (wet, floods, frost action) Moderate (wetness) (g) Severe (wetness, frost action) Map symbols without letter designations indicate soils wh1t'h are poorly or very poorly drained. Those with a letter designation are well, moderately well, or somewhat poorly drained. As determined by the Advanced Soil Survey as prepared by the U.S.D.A., Soil Conservation Service, Bay County Soil Conseration District, and the Bay County Regional Planning Commission. - �I I I I EXHIBIT A GENERAL SOIL CHARACTERISTICS (Continued) E. DISTURBED LAND: Map Symbol 56 - Made Land A miscellaneous land type with little or no earthy material, including areas artificially filled with trashy material then smoothed. Materials are too variable to estimate their properties or rate for various uses. Map Symbol 55 - Agnents &Udorthents (Sandy and loamy) Another miscellaneous land type that has little or no natural grouping includes: soil. This borrow pits, borrow areas (from which the soil and underlying material has been removed) and cut and fill areas which have been filled with earthy material then smoothed (i.e., the expressway interchange). Here again, the materials are too variable to estimate their I properties or rate for various uses. F. URBAN LAND: I Map Symbol 51 Includes areas covered by streets, parking lots, buildings and other structures that obscure or alter the soils in at least 80 percent of the area. Use for cultivated crops, pasture, woodland, or wildlife food and cover is unfeasible. · 52 1. There are two other categories of urban land: Tappen Complex - (50-85% covered) The open portion of this area is poorly drained, medium to moderately fine textured soils that are nearly level. Runoff is slow to ponded. Water moves through the soils at a moderately slow to slow rate. I I I I I �fl • • 53 2. Odell Complex - (50-85% covered) The open portions of this area is somewhat poorly drained with medium to moderately fine textured soils that are nearly level. Runoff is slow. slow rate. Water moves through the soils at a moderately Wetness is a problem. �EXHIBIT A GENERAL SOIL CHARACTERISTICS EXPLANATIONS: Slope - expressed as a percentage, one foot of vertical rise in elevation over 100 horizontal feet equals a one (1) percent slope. Permeability - is estimated on the basis of known relationships that influence the downward movement of water in the soil. The estimates are for water movement in a vertical direction when the soil is saturated. Perme- ability of the soil is an important factor to be considered in the planning and design of drainage systems, in evaluating the potential of soils for septic tank systems and other waste disposal systems, and in many other I I I I I I I I aspects of land use and management. High Water Table - is the highest level of a saturated zone more than 6 inches thick in soils for continuous period of more than 2 weeks during most years. The depth to a high water table applies to undrained soils. Indicated are the depth to the high water table and the months of the year that the high water commonly is present. Only those saturated zones above a depth of 5 or 6 feet are indicated. Infonnation about the high water table helps in assessing the need for specially designed foundations, the need for specific kinds of drainage systems, and the need for footing drains to insure dry basements. Such information is also needed to decide whether or not to construct basements • and to determine how septic tank abosorption fields and other underground installations will function. Also, a high water table affects ease of excavation. The evaluation of the soils, expressed in terms of degree of limitation, are predictions of the behavior of soils under defined conditions. The inter- pretations apply to the soils in their natural site and not for areas that are altered by cut or fill operations. I I 'I I I I I I �Three degrees of limitations are used as follows: Slight - relatively free of limitations or limitations are easily overcome. Moderate - limitations need . to be recognized, but can be overcome with good management and careful design. Severe - limitations are severe enough to make use questionable. The interpretations will not eliminate the need for on-site study, testing, and planning of specific sites for the design and construction for specific uses. The interpretations can be used as a guide to ·planning more detailed investigations and for avoiding undesirable sites for an intended use. By using the soil map and interpretations, it is possible to select sites that have the least limitations for an intended use. Many moderately well, somewhat poorly, and poorly drained soils have severe limitations in their natural condition. These same soils, when drained artificially, may only have a slight limitation. Modern equipment and knowledge make it possible to overcome most of the limitations of soils for many urban and recreational uses. The degree of the limitation and the location of the soil will determine the practicability of developing the soil for the intended use. No consideration was given in these inter- pretations to the size and shape of soil areas, nor to the pattern they form with other soils on the landscape. For example, some very desirable soil areas are too small in size or too irregular in shape, or their occurence with less desirable soils forms a pattern too complex to be utilized for · the intended use. Although not considered in the interpretations these items should influence the final selection of a site. Favorable soil properties and site features are needed for the proper functioning of septic tank absorption fields. The nature of the soil is important in selecting sites for these facilities and in identifying �.. limiting soil properties and site features to be considered in design and installation. Also, those soil properties that deal with the ease of ex- cavation or installation of these facilities will be of interest to contractors and local officials. Septic Tank Absorption Fields - are subsurface systems of tile or perforated pipe that distribute effluent from a septic tank into the natural soil. Only the soil horizons between depths of 18 and 72 inches are evaluated for this use. The soil properties and site features considered are those that affect the absorption of the effluent and those that affect the construction of the system. Properties and features that effect the absorption of the effluent are permeability, depth to seasonal high water table, depth to bedrock, and susceptiability to flooding. Stones, boulders, and shallow depth to bed- rock interfere with installations. Excessive slope may cause lateral seepage and surfacing of the effluent in· downslope areas. I I I Also, soil erosion and soil slippage are hazards where abosrption fields are installed in sloping soils. Some soils are underlain by loose sand and gravel or fractured bedrock at a depth less than 4 feet below the tile lines. In these soils the absorption field does not adequately filter the effluent, and as a result groundwater supplies in the area may be contaminated. In many of the soils that have moderate or severe limitations for septic tank absorption fields, it may be possible to install special systems that lower the seasonal water table or to l I I I I I I I increase the size of the abosorption field so that satisfactory performance is achieved. Dwellings and Small Commercial Buildings - referred to are built on undisturbed soil and have foundation loads of a dwelling no more than three stories high. Separate ratings are made for small commercial buildings I I I I �• without basements and for dwellings with and without basements. For such structures, soils should be sufficiently stable that cracking or subsidence from settling or shear failure of the foundation do not occur. These ratings were determined from estimates for the shear strength, compressibility, and shrink-swell potential of the soil. Soil texture, plasticity and in-place density, potential frost action, soil wetness, and depth to high water table were also considered. Soil wetness and depth to a high water table indicate potential difficulty in providing adequate drainage and gardens. for basements, lawns, Depth to bedrock, slope, and the large stones in or on the soil are also important considerations in the choice of sites for these structures and were considered in determining the ratings. Susceptibility to flooding is a serious limitation. Each level of limitation also identifies the major factors affecting development of the specific facility. to: In Monitor Township they are limited wetness - soils are wet during extended periods of use; flooding - soils are temporarily flooded by stream overflow or runoff; and front action suseptable to freezing which may damage structures. �Table A-1 Historical Population Growth (Bay County and Selected Municipalities) 1970 1930 BAY COUNTY Auburn, City Bangor Twp. Bay City, City Beaver Twp. Essexville, City Frankenlust Twp. Fraiser Twp. Garfield Twp. Gibson Twp. Hampton Twp. Kawkawlin Twp. Merritt Twp. Midland, City (pt) Monitor Twp. Mount Forest Twp. Pinconning, City Pinconning Twp. Portsmouth Twp. Williams Twp. COUNTY TOTAL MIDLAND COUNTY Midland City Midland Twp. COUNTY TOTAL SAGINAW COUNTY Tittabawassee Twp. COUNTY TOTAL 1940 Percent Chang_El_ 1950 1,588 47,355 1,260 1,864 1,046 1,389 691 741 4,211 1,532 1,460 3,253 47,956 1,336 2,390 1,078 1,448 797 912 3,046 1,705 1,570 104.8 1.3 6.0 28.2 3.1 4.2 15.3 23.1 -27.7 11.3 7.5 869 6,770 52,523 1,436 3,167 1,145 1,791 833 770 3,857 2,324 1,623 1,896 723 826 2,258 1,458 1,866 69,474 2,274 812 1,027 1,485 1,680 2,212 74,981 19.9 12.3 24.3 34.2 15.2 18.5 7.9 3,476 850 1,223 1,605 2,068 2,131 88,461 8,038 1,209 19,150 10,329 3,442 27,094 28.5 184.7 41.5 14,285 5,320 35,662 1,548 120,717 1,883 130,468 Percent Change 1960 Percent Change 108.1 9.5 7.5 32.5 6.2 23.7 4.5 -15.6 26.6 3 6. 3 3.4 1,497 11,686 53,604 1,783 4,590 1,481 2,608 982 758 5,387 3,357 1,762 . 72. 2 72.6 2.1 24.2 44.9 29.3 45.6 17.9 - 1. 6 39.7 44.4 8.6 52.9 6,568 4.7 920 19.1 1,329 2,113 8.1 3,213 23.1 3,404 - 3. 7 18.0 107,042 38.3 54.6 31. 6 27,779 2,268 51,450 26.3 17.7 3,150 190,752 Avg% Increase 28.2 3 6. 0 - 7.8 31. 6 8.7 37.2 30.8 22.4 7.5 27.5 23.2 7.9 50.2 80.4 1.3 17.3 28.6 19.0 26.1 15.0 3.4 16.5 28.8 6.9 33.1 18.9 - .7 22.0 27.2 26.2 9.6 48.7 11. 0 12.9 24.0 30.1 25.2 14.1 35,176 2,521 63,769 26.6 11. 2 23.9 47.0 48.3 30.2 4,031 219,743 28.0 15.2 27.1 16.3 1970 1,919 15,896 49,449 2,346 4,990 2,032 3,412 1,202 815 6,868 4,135 1,902 255 8,743 89.0 1,094 8.2 1,320 8.7 2,577 31. 7 4,088 54.9 59.7 4,296 21. 0 117,339 94.5 -57.4 23.9 .. ... .. _... .... 21. 6 2,378 8.1 153,515 Percent Change 32.5 24.3 - �.I• Table A-2 Age by Sex 1970 Monitor 'Townshi Male Ag_e Cohorts No. 404 477 616 439 234 304 302 235 295 288 290 176 141 72 57 33 9.3 10.9 14.1 10.0 5.4 7.0 6.9 5.4 6.8 6.6 6.7 4.0 3.2 1.7 1.3 0.7 389 544 498 426 305 307 305 274 268 280 278 196 106 38 94 8.8 12.3 11. 3 9.6 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.2 6.1 6.3 6.3 4.4 2.7 2.3 0.9 2.1 4,363 100.0 4,427 100.0 Under 5 5 - 9 10 - 14 15 - 19 20 - 24 25 - 29 30 - 34 35 - 39 40 - 44 45 - 49 50 - 54 55 - 59 60 - 64 65 - 69 70 - 74 75 & over TOTALS % Female No. % ------------ 119 Source: 1970 Census of Population Total Bai:: County Female Male Total % of % of % of Total Total Total No. % 793 1,021 1,114 865 539 611 607 509 563 568 568 372 260 178 95 127 9.0 11.6 12.7 9.8 6.1 7.0 6.9 5.8 6.4 6.5 6.5 4.2 3.0 2.0 1.1 1.4 10.2 11. 5 12.2 10.0 6.7 6.5 5.6 5 .1 5.7 5.4 5.4 4.9 3.9 2.6 1.8 2.5 8,790 100 .o 100.0 9. 2 . 10.5 11.1 9.8 7. 7 · 6.3 5.5 5 .1 5.6 5.8 5.5 4.7 3.9 2.9 2.4 4.0 100.0 State of Michigan Male Female Total % of % of % of Total Total Total 9.7 11. 0 11. 6 9.9 7.2 6.4 5.5 5 .1 5.7 5.6 5.4 4.8 3.9 2.8 2 .1 3.3 9.4 10.8 11. 5 10.0 7.6 6.8 5.5 5.3 6.0 5.9 5.3 4.6 3.7 2.8 2. 1 2.7 8.7 10.0 10.6 9.6 8.3 6.6 5.5 5.4 6.0 6.0 5.4 4.6 3.9 3 .1 2.5 3.8 9.1 10.4 11. 0 9.8 7.9 6.7 5.5 100.0 100.0 100 . 0 100.0 5.3 6.0 6.0 5.4 4.6 3.8 3.0 2.3 3.2 �Table A-2 (Co nt'd.) Other Age Groupings Pre-School (under 5) Monitorrownsh iQ % of No. Total Bay Co unty % of Total State of Michigan % of Total 793 9.0 9.7 9 .1 3,000 34.I 32.6 31. 3 2,829 32.2 29.9 31. 4 4,597 52.3 49.6 51. 2 1,768 20.I 19.7 19.8 400 4.6 8 .1 8.4 School Age (5 - 19) Family Formation (20 - 44) Labor Force (2 0 - 64) / "Empty Nesters" (45 - 64) Senior Citizens (65 & over) - 111 . . . . . . ._... -- ... ... -- �-- Table A-3 Years of School Completed* 1970 Monttor Townshie Female Male % % :Jt # Years Comgleted ----- -- - - Total # % Ba :r: Count:t: Male Female Total % % % State of Michigan Male Fama le Total Cl % % l ::J 9 0.4 8 0.3 17 .4 0.9 1.0 0.9 1.1 1. 2 1.1 Elementary: 1 to 4 5 to 7 8 10 206 0.5 33 1.5 1.0 9.4 16.9 111 445 7.1 18.3 2.5 10.3 19. 1 2.5 7.8 18.7 2.5 9.0 18.9 3.0 8.7 19.7 43 317 816 14.3 2.3 7. 1 12.8 2.6 7.9 13.5 High School: 1 to 3 4 384 404 17.8 705 17.5 32.2 858 37.9 788 1,563 17.6 35.1 20.5 29.7 21. 2 35.5 20.9 32.8 21. 7 29.5 22 . _4 37.5 33.7 255 253 11.6 11_2 274 12.1 ll.9 _8,6 9.4 7.6 8.5 4.8 8.9 6.1 9.9 11. 8 9.4 7.3 9.7 9.4 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 No schooling 371 College: 1 to 3 4 or more TOTALS 2,193 132 5.8 529 385 100.0 2,265 100. 0 4,458 ------------- Source: 1970 Census of Population * 4.9 for persons 25 years old and over 22.l �I I Table 1\-4 Family Income Levels 1970 Family Income Levels Monitor Twp. Bay Co. State of Mich. Less than $1,000 27 1.2 1.5 1.8 $ 1 , 0 0 0 - $- 1 , 9 9 9 15 0.7 2. 2 3.1 2,000-$ 2,999 55 2.5 3.7 4.0 $ 3,000-$ 3,999 36 1.6 3.2 4. 1 $ 4,000-$ 4,999 29 1.3 3.7 4.0 $ 5 , 000 - $ 5,999 46 2.1 3. 8 4.9 $ 6 / 000 - $ 6,999 44 2.0 4.6 5.7 $ 7 000 - $ 7,999 - 108 4.9 6.8 7.0 $ 8,000-$ 8,999 152 6.9 8.4 8. 1 $ 9,000-$ 9,999 174 7.9 8.8 7.9 $10,000 - $11,999 408 18.4 15.9 14.8 $12,000 - $14,999 460 20.7 16.5 15.4 s15 , o·oo - s2 4 , 9 9 9 542 24.4 17.4 16.1 $25 000 - $49 / 999 89 4.0 2.9 2.7 $50,000 & over 30 1.4 0.6 0.4 2,215 100.0 100.0 100.0 NA NA $10,408 $9,933 $ t I TOTAL Median Income ----------Source: 1970 Census of Population. - • �Table A-5 EMPLOYED PERSONS BY INDUSTRY 1970 Monitor Township % of Industry_ Agriculture, forestry and fisheries Mining Construction Manufacturing Ourab 1e goods Non-durable goods Transportation Wholesale/retail trade Finance, insurance and real estate Business and repair services Personal services Entertainment and recreati ona 1 services Professional and related services Public administration Industry not reported TOTAL ----------Source: 1970 Census of Population. Total # 77 5 207 1,292 2.4 .1 6.4 40. 1 28.8 11. 3 929 363 Bay County % of Total 2.0 0. 1 . 5.8 39.2 29.6 9.6 5.6 21. 2 State of Michigan % of Total 1. 7 0.4 4.4 33.9 5.0 18.4 107 592 3.3 18.4 68 2. 1 2.7 3.8 45 87 1. 4 2.7 1. 5 3.0 2.4 3.4 14 .4 0.7 0.6 600 57 73 3,224 18. 6 1.8 2.3 100.0 15.7 2.5 16.6 3.7 -5.7 100.0 NA 100.0 27.4 6.5 �Table A-6 Occupation of Employed Persons 1970 Monitor TownshiE # Tyoe of Occueation Professional, technical and kindred workers Engineers, technical · Physicians, dentists and related practioners Medical and other health workers, except practioners Teachers, elementary and secondary schools Technicians, except health Other professional workers Managers and administrators, except farm Salaried: Manufacturi_ng Retail trade Other industries Se lf-employed: Retail trade Other industries Sales workers Retail trade Other than retail trade Clerical and kindred workers 540 % % 12.1 16.9 14.2 65 2.0 1. 2 1. 7 26 0.8 0.8 0.7 58 1.8 1.5 1. 5 160 5.1 3.4 3.3 49 1.5 1.4 1.3 182 5.7 3.8 5.7 197 6.2 6 .1 7.0 66 34 77 2.1 1.1 2.3 1.0 1.4 2.6 1. 3 1. 3 3 .1 5 15 0.2 Oo5 0.7 0.4 0.7 0.6 236 7.4 166 70 511 Bay County % State of Michigan 7.0 5.2 2.2 16.0 6.8 4.9 2. 1 14.3 4.0 2.8 16.9 �Table A-6 (Cont'd.) Monitor TownshiE Type of Occupation Craftsmen, foremen and kindred workers Auto mechanics and body repairmen Meehan ic s and repairman, except auto Metal craftsmen, except mechanics Construction craftsmen Other craftsmen Operatives, except transport Durable manufacturing goods Non-durable manufacturing goods Non-manufacturing industries Transport equipment operatives # Bay County 0/ /0 675 State of Michigan % 0/ 10 21.2 15.4 18.6 60 1.9 1.3 1.4 100 3.2 2.3 2.0 153 142 220 4.8 4.4 6.9 4.0 4.8 6.2 2.6 2.4 7.0 489 15.4 19.3 329 10.3 13.6 12.3 66 2.1 3 .1 2.3 94 3.0 2.6 2.9 2.6 Laborers, except farm Construction laborers Freight, stock and material handlers Other laborers, except farm 94 3.0 Farmers and farm managers 60 1.9 1. 3 1.0 Farm laborers and farm foremen 11 0.4 0.5 0.5 3.6 3.8 3.9 4.0 1 i 1 17.5 81 l I I I 9 0.3 0.5 0.5 I 44 1.4 1. 9 1. 9 j 41 1. 3 1.5 1. 6 I I l I I ~ �• • .. Table A-6 (Cont'd.) Monitor #- Type of Occupation Service workers, except private household Cleaning service workers Food service workers Health service workers Personal service workers Protective service workers Other service workers exce pt private household workers Private household workers TOTAL Township Bay County State of Michigan % % % 270 12.6 8.5 67 101 51 39 12 2.1 3.2 1.6 1.2 0.4 0 o.o 11. 9 2.7 4.4 2.2 1.4 1. 3 2.8 3.8 1.8 1.3 1.2 15 0,5 0.7 1.0 3,179 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: 1970 Census of Population �Ta ble A-7 Mig ra tio n C harac te ri s tic s 1970 13a y C ounty State of Michigan % %" 12.8 16.6 19.4 751 8.6 8.9 10.0 1965-1967 1,920 22.2 16.5 18.6 1960-1964 1,377 15.9 14. 1 16. 1 1950-1959 2,190 25.3 20.6 20.1 593 ~9 23.3 15.8 8,651 100.0 100.0 100.0 Year Moved into Dwelling: Unit # 1969 ... 1970 1,106 Monitor 1968 1949 or earli e r TOTAL Town sh le % ----------Source: * 1970 C e nsus of Population Includes 714 persons (8. 3%) w-ho have a !ways lived in Monitor Township. reporting methods, totals do not match actual population levels. - ... !- --- !.. -a .i ; - · - -- - - __..._ - -- - Due to Census -- . - ..,._ _ , ........ ..,..__,, �· W: W. W W tW-- ~ w·- .·-W W· Table B-1 Housing Occupancy Characteristics 1970 Bay County State of Michigan % % % 10 0.4 1. 4 3.8 Occupied 2,456 99.6 98.6 96. 2 Total 2,466 100.0 100.0 100.0 Total Hous lng_ Units Vacant (seasonal and migratory) Source: Monitor Townshi,e #: 1970 Census of Housing �T<1 ble B-2 - u Occupancy Characteristics By Year Bullt* Year Structure Built 1965-1970 1960-1964 Total Occupied 587 335 Monitor Township Total % Vacant Occupied 26 0 1950-1959 781 5 1940-1949 312 0 1939 and earlier 390 20 Bay County % Occupied 95.8 90.7 N 100.0 99.4 State of Michigan % Occupied ot A 93.5 V 95.4 al I 100.0 95 .1 ab I 93.7 e 92.6 Source: 1970 Census of Housing * for year-round units only Ill . . . . ..... - -· �• • ••www•-ww--. Table 8-2 - b Occupancy Characteristics By Year Bu llt* Year Structure Built Monitor Town sh ie_ Renter Owner Occueled Occueied % _jL_ JL % 1965-1970 556 94.7 31 5.3 1960-1964 330 98.5 5 1.5 1950-1959 768 98.3 13 1.7 Bay Counti Owner Renter Occupied Occupied 01 % /u N 0 A V a. l 1940-1949 193 9 and earlier 284 332 91.0 85.l -----------Source: * 1970 Census of Housing for year-round units only 28 58 9.0 14.9 t 1 a b 1 State of Michigan Renter Owner Occupied Occupied % Cl /1 69.8 30.2 79.9 20.l 86.9 13. 1 77.3 22.7 66.9 33.1 e �I Table B-3 Bay County State of Michigan % % 80.8 6.6 3.7 4.3 4.6 100.0 75.9 8.5 3.5 9.5 2.6 100.0 I I I I I I 76.4 8.4 3.4 9.0 2.8 100.0 I I I Units in Structure 1970 Monitor TownshiE ii. Units in Structure % TT Total occupied and vacant _ year-round units _______ 1 2 3 and 4 5 or more mobile home or trailer TOT.AL 2,264 20 11 5 156 2,456 92.1 0.8 0.5 0.2 6.4 100.0 2,213 20 A 5 156 2,405 92.0 0.8 0.5 0.2 6.5 100.0 2, l 08 0 6 5 151 2,270 92.9 0.0 0.3 0.2 6.6 100.0 A 105 20 5 0 0 0 77.8 14.8 3.7 Total occupied units 1 2 11 3 and 4 5 or more mobile home or trailer TOTAL V N a. ot 11 ab 1 e Owner occupied units 1 2 3 or 4 5 or more mobile home or trailer TOTAL V a. N ot 11 ab 1 e 91. 3 4.1 0.6 3.3 100.0 Renter occupied units 1 2 3 and 4 5 to 9 10 to 19 20 to 49 50 or more Mobile home or trailer TOTAL -----------Source: 1970 Census of Housing 0 o.o o.o o.o o.o 5 135 3., 7 100.0 A V a. 11 N ot ab 1 e 33.3 20.8 11. 4 9.9 9.5 7.9 6.0 1. 2 100.0 I I I I I I I I I �•••••••••••• Table B-4 - a Value of Owner-Occupied Housing Units Monitor TownshlQ Rural Total Value of All Housing Units .JL Less than $5,000 20 _.%. 1.1 .Jl Total % N State of Michigan Total Rural Bai:'. Counti:'. ~* Rural % :it % % % 771 3.4 264 4.7 2.9 7.3 0 $ 5,000 to$ 9,999 117 6.2 t 4,457 19.6 970 17.3 13.4 21. 2 $10,000 to $14,999 228 12.0 A 5,875 25.9 1,260 22.4 21. 9 22.2 V $15,000 to $19,999 357 18.9 a 1 5,100 22.5 1,257 22.3 23.7 18.8 $20 000 to $24 999 480 25.3 3,035 13.4 922 16.4 16.2 12.7 $25,000 to $34,999 460 24.3 2,406 10.6 662 11. 8 13.5 11. 2 $35,000 or more 232 12,2 I a b 1 e ~L055 4.6 287 5.1 8.4 6.6 1,894 100.0 22,699 100.0 5,622 100.0 100.0 100.0 $17,500 $14,800 I I TOTAL Median Value ----------Source: 1970 Census of Housing $15,200 . $16,200 �Table B-4 - b Value of Owner-Occupied Housing Units Value of those units lacking 1 or more plumbing facilities Less than $5,000 $ 5,000 to$ 9,999 $10,000 to $14,999 $15,000 to $19,999 Monitor Township Total Rural j_ % ! % A Bal Count:r: Total # Rural % # % State of Michigan Total Rural % ~ 168 39.8 70 39.1 39. 1 51. 2 167 39.6 78 43.6 30.8 33.0 37 8.8 16 8.9 12.6 9.0 46 10.9 15 8.4 7.6 3.4 4 0.9 0 0.0 4.4 1.5 0.0 0 0.0 5.5 1. 9 100.0 179 100.0 100.0 V a N i 0 1 t a $20,000 to $24,999 b l e $25,000 or more TOTAL Median Value 0 422 $15,400 - $16,500 ----------- $17,600 $15,400 Source: 1970 Census of Housing l_a\ -1-)-\..).. -J-)-I-l -l -l ai.i - 1. --1. _, - • _, �• •w•w,•·••· Table B-5 Rent Levels 1970 Monitor Townshi~ 13av County State of Michioan __L % % % Less than $30 0 0 0.2 0.3 $ 30 - $ 39 0 0 2.0 1.0 $ 40 - $ 59 13 9.8 5.3 4.7 $ 60 - $ 79 11 8.3 12.3 11. 7 S 80 - $ 99 7 5.3 20.3 17. 1 $100 - $149 39 29.3 35.9 33.6 $150 - $199 29 21. 7 14.7 18.4 $200 or more 6 4.5 2 .1 7.3 No cash rent 28 21.1 7.2 5.9 133 100.0 100.0 100.0 NA $107. $115. Gross Rent Levels TOTAL Median NA ----------Source: 1970 Census of Housing �Ta ble B-6 Year Structure Built* 1970 Years Monitor TownshiE % .JL Ba y County % State of Michigan % 1969-1970 195 7.9 4.1 3 .1 1965-1968 418 17.0 8.4 9.4 1960-1964 334 13.6 7.7 9.1 1950-1959 786 32.1 18.7 21. 9 1940-1949 312 12.7 12.4 14.7 1939 and earlier 410 16~ - 48.7 41. 8 2,455 100.0 100.0 100.0 TOTAL ---------Source: 1970 Census of Housing * Occupied and vacant year-round units - .,•·-\-l - - -~-I.l.-)..}-t.. t . .1. _.. . -1 . . .l -► �•••,. -••.•. Table B-7 Plumbing Characteristics 1970 ~ Monitor TownshiQ Plumbing Characteristics With a 11 plumbing facilities Jl % 2,427 Bai Counti'. Total Rural Total 99.0 Jl * % Not * % % % % 34,570 95.9 10,004 92.8 95.9 97.2 1,491 4.1 772 7.2 4.1 2.2 A V Lac king some or all plumbing facilities Lacking only hot water Lacking other plumbing facilities 24 1.0 (5) ( 0. 2) (19} (0 ! 8} a i 1 a b 1 ( 250) ( 0. 7) ( 108) ( 1.0) ( 0. 6) ( 0. 4) (1,241) { 3. 4) ( 664) { 6. 2) ( 3. 5) { 1.8) 36,061 100.0 10,776 100.0 100.0 100.0 e TOTAL State of Michigan Total Rural I Rural 2,451 100.0 ------------Source: 1970 C e nsus of Housing. �Ta ble £3-8 Persons Per Room Monitor Town sh ie Total Rural % # it % All Occupied Units l.00orless 1. 01 to 1. 5 0 1. 51 or more TOTAL Lacking 1 or more plumbing facilities l.00orless 1. 01 to 1. 5 0 1. 51 or more TOTAL Ba i'.'. Counti'.'. Total State of Michigan Total Rural % % Rura 1 # % # % 31,826 2,340 405 34,571 92.0 6.8 1. 2 100.0 9,064 1,032 195 10,291 88.1 10.0 1. 9 100.0 92.6 6.2 1.2 100.0 93.0 5. 9 1. 1 100.0 1,090 89. 1 4.0 6.9 100.0 512 26 53 591 86.7 4.4 8.9 100.0 89.2 6 .1 4.7 100 . 0 93.5 3.6 2.9 100.0 Not 2,189 91.0 189 7.9 27 _LJ_ 2,405 l 00 . 0 A A V a i 1 a b 1 e N V a i 0 l t so a b l e 84 1,224 -- - ---------------Source: 197 0 C ensus of Housing l11 ~.~-1' -\- •·-l -~-l -i-)-)-!... -J-- ...... ·- · 1 alJl �MONITOR 2483 E. MIDLAND ROAD TOWNSHIP • BAY CITY, MICHIGAN 48706 June, 1974 Dear Monitor Township. Property Owner: As you may be aware, Monitor Township is experiencing a substantial amount of growth. Several subdivisions have platted additions, and there is increasing pressure to develop prime farm lands and areas around the expressway interchanges. A large area has been rezoned for an amusement park, and there is a pressing need to further coordinate future growth with water and sewer line extensions. Your Township Board end Planning Commission are aware of these facts and are concerned that the pleasant surroundings of the township may be destroyed if steps are not taken to control them. In order to avoid this situation, the Planning Commission has begun a program to evaluat:, update, and improve the existing land use plan and revise the existing zoning ordinance. However, the Commission realizes that this cannot be done in a vacuum - we need your help. We need to know what your feelings are concerning the way the township is now, and what you would like it to become in the future. We ask that you take a few moments and fill out the enclosed questionnaire, (remaining anonymous if you wish) , and return it within seven days. Also, we invite your comments and suggestions at an advisory public hearing to be held in the near future. We are working in your behalf to make Monitor Township a better place to live, and we thank you in advance for your cooperation. Sincerely, < / ✓ ,----~ . ,. . o_p ·,M / Howard Klopf, S~rvisor ~ ; r Townsh~ ~ f) . .·o/.C/~ /--c/tjr-~/ - Herbert Steih, Chairman Monitor Township Planning Commission HK/HS/nw J ~ �I MONITOR TOWNSHIP IAND USE ATTITUDE SURVEY The following questions are designed to determine how you, as a resident, think Monitor Township is presently, and what it should become in the future. Your answers w ill be of ass i stance in designing a land use plan which is both realistic and imaginative. Please take the time to answer and feel free to add comments where you feel necessary. Upon completion, enclose the questionnaire in the self-addressed, stamped envelope and return it to us. A. General Information 1. How many people are in your household, including yourself? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2. How long have-you lived in Monitor Township? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3. Please indicate on the attached map approximately where you live. 4. Why do you live in Monitor Township? a. Prefer rural living b. Employment c. "Grass Roots " here d. Within commuting distance of Bay City, Midland, or Saginaw e. Other (please specify) I Own_ _ _ __ Rent._ _ _ _ __ 6. Where does the principal wage earner work? I I I Bay City Midland Saginaw Monitor Township Other (please specify) What is the occupation of the principal wage earner? a. ___Farmer b. c. d. e. f. g. h. ___Professional ___Manager or Admtnistrator ___Craftsman , Foreman or Skilled Trandesman ___Laborer ___Salesworker _ _Clerk Service Worker (Le., Waitress, Teacher, etc.) ___Other (please specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ i. B. I Do you own or rent your house? 7. Residential Attitudes 1. I I I I I 5. a. b. c. d. e. I I Should the Township encourage new residential de velopment? Yes _ _ _ __ No_ _ _ __ I • • • �• • • • • • • - 2. Should the Township encourage any of the following? (check one or more) a. ___Apartments c. ___Single Family Homes b. ___Mobile Homes 3. Should mobile homes be restricted to parks? Yes _ _ _ _ _ No_ _ _ __ a. If "NO", should there be any restrictions on mobile home location? (specify) _ _ _ _ _ __ b. 4. Should the Township encourage low-income housing for senior citizens and low-income families? a. Senior Citizens Yes_____ No _ _ _ __ b. Low-income Families Yes _ _ _ _ _ No_ _ _ __ 5. If more single-fqmily, non-farm residences are added, where would you prefer they be located? a. ___No restrictions on location b. ___Large rural lots c. ___Rural subdivisions d. ___Subdivisions adjacent to Bay City 6. Where would you prefer to 11 ve? a. On a five-acre parcel in the county, away from community facilities. _ _ _ _ _ __ b. On a smaller lot in a planned residential area, close to community facilities. _ _ _ _ __ c. C. D. If "YES", where should mobile home parks be located? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Other ( s p e c i f y ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Commercial Attitudes Yes _ _ _ __ No_ _ _ __ 1. Are commercial shopping facilities in the Township adequate? 2. How aften do you make major shopping trips outside the Township? a. Once a week c. Monthly b. Once every two weeks d. Once every two months 3. Where do you go on major shopping trips outside the Township? a. ___Bay City d. ___Fashion Square Mall b. Midland e. K-Mart c. Saginaw f. Other (specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 4. Should the Township encourage more commercial development? If so, what kind? a. In major shopping centers? b. ---At neighborhood convenience centers? c. ---Along major highways in a strip pattern? d. At expressway interchanges? Yes _ _ _ __ No_ _ _ __ Industrial Attitudes No_ _ _ __ 1. Should the Township have more industrially zoned areas? Yes _ _ _ __ 2. Should the Township encourage more industrial development? Yes_____ No_ _ _ _ _ If so, what type should it be? a. ___Light manufacturing and warehousing b. ___Heqvy manufacturing c. _ _Other (specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ �I 3. E. F. Should there be planned industrial development? Yes _ _ _ _ _ No_ _ _ __ If so, where? a. ___At expressway interchanges? b. ___!>.lol'g the railroad? c. ___Glose to Bay City? d. ___Along major county roads? e. _ _Other (specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Recreational Attitudes Yes_ _ _ __ ----- No -I 1. Do you feel that more recreational facilities should be provided? 2. Who should provide these facilities? a. ___Township b. ___County c. ___State d. _ _School District e. ___Special Recreational Authority f. ___Private Enterprise 3. What types of recreational facilities are most needed to serve the Township residents? a. Active recreational facilities (ball fields, tennis courts , etc.) b. Passive recreational facilities (:;ature trails, picnic areas, etc.) c. ___Special use facilities (ice skating areas, concert band, etc.) Please specify. _ _ _ _ _ _ 4. Should the Township acquire recreational sites in advance? Yes _ _ _ __ S. Should subdividers be required to set aside (reserve) a portion of their developments for neighborhood parks? Yes_____ No_ _ _ __ No_ _ _ __ General Attitude Toward Growth 1. What improvements, if any, do you feel are necessary to make the present land use controls more effective? Check one or more and explain. a. ___Land use planning b. ___Land use zoning c. ___Subdivision regulations d. _ _Building code Explain:----------------------------------- •II • • 2. What do you feel are the greatest land development problems in the Township at this time? (specify) . 3. What do you feel are the greatest assets of the Township? 4. Additional Comments: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ (specify) �••• . . . . : , TOWNLINE , RD. SAYCO 6 4 5 RD. CHIP MOBILE COU~T WESTWOOD VILLAGE TRAIL~R PARK ci 0:: 0:: 8 0 9 t: i2 I MONITOR TOWNSHIP 0 0:: ,~,__,, w =:!1 ~ I ~'+/I 18 - LOCATION MAP 15 14 (QUESTION NO. 3} ....J: C> N. UNION w / ST. I 19 20 - ''· • ,/ I ;r I .... ,a I I 9 --ff I""' "Jii:i;t•• •o ·- -- I FISHER NU. -2JI l,J w 29 a:: w 28 (/) c( I 27 2 "'2 ... ,, ::: RD. 31 z w > I.LI (/) ' a: - - -- - -25= l&J ~ a: !!j II) .... <ri :: :;::::: ::;:'.:;:;:: ::::: 0 ::C N :;j :: \ / :}i{ i{ ~ rrr ~?!}~( J 21 IO ,.._ 26 u IL w !I J ~ a: SALZBURG 32 I c::J MOBILE HOME PARK MOBIL PARK I :tJrJttlt?I ~ ~21 EE) SUBDIVISION 33 I ;,4 35 36 ,:::::::::::: �•II ' MONITOR TOWNSHIP LAND USE ATTITUDE SURVEY SUMMARY II • • ti) C: Q.)_g ti) ..... C: ti) - ttl ti) Q.) ..... ti) A. 0 C: General Information 1. a. b. c. d. e. 2. ::0 8. How many people are in your household, including yourself? 1 3 5 7 9 ti) How long have you lived in Monitor Twp. ? a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 3. 1 - 3 years 4 - 5 6 - 10 11 - 15 16 - 20 21 - 25 26 or more 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Q.) ti) 1+-1..C:: 0 ..... *.8 233 307 152 24 6 722 32 42 · 21 3 1 99 32.3 42.5 21.1 3.3 0.8 100.0 148 60 144 104 79 51 138 724 20 8 20 14 11 7 19 99 20.4 8.3 19.9 14.4 10.9 7.0 19.1 100.0 316 301 32 649 43 41 4 88 48.7 46.4 Please indicate on the attached map approximately where you live. Rural area Subdivision Mobile H0me Park Section# ~- *ex; * - 2 persons - 4 - 6 - 8 or more Q) 8.~ tnO ~ 100.0 :l:t, _,_ % Section# JL % % Section# Jl % -12- 2- 45 10 2 2 7 2 7 4 0 5 2 17 6 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 2 6.9 1.5 .3 .3 1.1 .3 1.1 .6 0.0 .8 .3 2.6 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 12 6 2 3 2 3 2 8 19 17 45 96 2 1 0 0 1. 9 25 26 27 28 29 30* 31* 32 33 34 35 36 68 36 9 2 6 106 34 9 2 3 12 43 9 5 1 0 1 15 5 1 0 0 2 6 10.5 5.6 1.4 .3 .9 16.4 5.2 1.4 .3 .5 1. 9 6.6 ---------* Includes two 0/ 0 0 0 1 3 2 6 13 .9 .3 .5 .3 .5 .3 1.2 2.9 2.6 6.9 14.8 (2) Sections 3 0 and two (2) Sections 31. -1- �rn c: a>.9 a,.,o c: -rn IC Q) .,oa, Os:: rnO a> rn i::c; .... ~8. om '+-I # 482 71 138 *c::G 0 66 10 19 44.6 6.6 12.8 5. Do you own or rent your house? 273 117 1081 37 16 148 25.2 10.8 100.1 6. 718 7 725 Where does the principal wage earner work? 98 1 99 99.0 1.0 100.0 316 93 121 39 88 720 43 13 17 5 12 9 99 43.9 12.9 16.8 5.4 12.2 8.8 100.0 29 116 101 4 16 14 4.2 16.6 14.5 176 107 38 46 74 698 24 15 5 2 6 10 96 25.2 15.3 5.4 1. 6 6.6 10.6 100.0 458 242 700 63 33 99 65.4 34.6 100.0 114 44 547 705 16 6 1.§. 97 16.2 6.2 77.6 100.0 4. Why do you live in Monitor Twp.? a. b. c. d. e. Prefer rural living Employment "Grass roots" here Within commuting distance of Bay City, Midland, or Saginaw Other Own Rent a. b. C. d. e. f. 7. Bay City Midland Saginaw Monitor Twp. Other Retired ....fil. What is the occupation of the principal wage earner? a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. B. rn oa> C. ::s Farmer Professional Manager or Administrator Craftsman, foreman or skilled tradesman Laborer Salesworker Clerk Service worker Other Residential Attitudes 1. ..c:: 0 ... ~o ... Should the Twp. encourage new residential development? Yes No 2. 11 Q) Should the Twp. encourage any of the following? a. b. c. Apartments Mobile Homes Single Family Homes -2- • • �ti) II II Q) C: .9 C/l .... C: - 10 ti) Q) .... ti.I 0 C: '+-I # *o:: 0 583 91 674 80 ti.I 3. Should mobile homes be restricted to parks? Yes No a. 5. 92 ..c:: 0 .... ~o .... 86.5 13.5 100.0 No restrictions Large parcels Fringe areas Other 36 4 0 40 80 11 45. 0 5.0 0.0 50.0 100.0 17 18 86 276 397 2 2 12 1§. 54 4.3 4.5 21.7 69.5 100.0 412 264 676 56 1§. 92 60.9 39.1 100.0 80 524 604 11 13.2 86.8 100.0 5 1 0 5 If "yes", where should mobile home parks be located? a) b) c) d) 4. 11. 0:: - If "no", should there be any restrictions on mobile home location? a) b) c) d) b. Q) ti.I !:0 8. Q) U) 8.CllO ~ Zoned areas Along major roads Away from residential areas Fringe areas and other Should the Twp. encourage low-income housing for senior citizens and lowincome families ? a. Senior citizens Yes No b. Low-income families Yes No If more single-family, non-farm residences are added, where would you prefer they be located? a. b. c. d. No restrictions on location Large rural lots Rural subdivisions Subdivisions adjacent to Bay City -3- 72 83 ...._ 150 171 188 233 742 21 23 26 ll. 102 20.2 23.l 25.3 31. 4 100.0 �rn i: Q).9 rn.., s:: Cl) - ltl Cl) Q) ... Cl) 0 6. b. c. c. On a five-acre parcel in the county away from community facilities On a smaller lot in a planned residential area, close to community facilities Other &~ !:0 8. ..... .c: *c:r; *.8 311 43 45 . 9 284 ~ 678 39 11 93 41.9 12.2 100.0 448 220 668 61 1Q. 91 67.1 32.9 100.0 531 77 ·53 73 11 7 4 95 76.8 11.1 Ul Q) Where would you prefer to live? a. s:: 8.~ 11>0 O""" Commercial Attitudes 1. 2. Are commercial shopping facilities in the Twp. adequate? Yes No How often do you make major shopping trips outside the Twp. ? a. b. c. d. Once a week Once every two weeks Monthly Once every two months ...l.Q_ 691 3. ....i:l. 100.0 Where do you go on major shopping trips outside the Twp. ? a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 7.7 576 14 93 384 373 Bay City Midland Saginaw Fashion Square Mall K-Mart Other 100.0 360 299 659 49 41 90 54.6 45.4 100.0 168 112 79 125 484 23 15 11 17 66 34.7 _§]_ Should the Twp. encourage more commercial development? Yes No If so , what kind? a. b. c. d. 1498 79 2 13 53 51 8 206 In major shopping centers At neighborhood convenience centers Along major highways in a strip pattern At expressway interchanges -4- 38.5 .9 6.2 25.6 24.9 .i.Jl. 23.2 16.3 25.8 �tf.l C: Q) .9 tf.l .... C: tf.l -tf.l IO Q) .... Cf.I 0 s:: ~ 8. 0 ~~ D. Industrial Attitudes 1. 2. Cf.I Q) Should the Twp. have more industrial development Yes No Should the Twp. encourage more industrial development? Yes No 8. ~ cnO Q) Cf.I Q:::_. ..... .c: 0 .... ~ .s 286 363 649 39 50 89 44.1 55.9 100.0 325 299 624 45 41 86 52.1 47.9 100.0 298 55 43 396 41 8 6 55 75. 3 13.9 10.8 100.0 442 220 662 61 1Q. 91 66.8 33.2 100.0 156 193 119 73 _§.Q_ 601 21 26 16 10 8 81 26.0 32.1 19.8 12.1 10.0 100.0 495 179 674 68 25 93 73.4 26.6 100.0 - If. so , what type should it be? a. b. C • 3. Light manufacturing and warehousing Heavy manufacturing Other Should there be planned industrial development? Yes ' No If so , where ? a. b. c. d. e. E. At expressway interchanges Along the railroad Close to Bay City Along major county roads Other Recreational Attitudes 1. Do you feel that more recreational facilities should be provided? Yes No -5- �Ul C: .9 Ul Q) C: ...,. Ul l'tl Q) ~ Ul 0 C: !::0 8. Ul 2. Who should provide these facilities? a. b. c. d. e. f. 3. 5. F. Ul 8. ~ Ul 0 Q) Ul o:::_ ..... .c o~ ~o 0 # 211 215 200 43 83 126 878 29 29 27 6 11 17 119 24.0 24.5 22.8 4.9 9.5 14.3 100.0 368 278 228 874 50 38 31 119 42.1 31. 8 26.1 100.0 462 142 604 63 19 82 76.5 23.5 100.0 ~ 0::: ~ What types of recreational facilities are most needed to serve the Twp. residents? a. b. c. 4. Township County State School District Special Recreational Authority Private enterprise Q) ~ Active recreational facilities Passive recreational facilities Special use facilities Should the Twp. acquire recreational sites tn advance? Yes No Should subdividers be required to set aside (reserve) a portion of their developments for neighborhood parks? Yes No II II - 526 137 663 72 19 91 79.3 20.7 100.0 308 246 279 224 13 1070 42 34 38 31 2 147 28.8 23.0 26.1 20.9 _L1_ 100.0 i •ii • -i General Attitude Toward Growth 1. What improvements , if any, do you feel are necessary to make the present land use controls more effective? a. b. c. d. e. Land use planning Land use zoning Subdivision regulations Building code "Ignorance" ' i - -6- ' i � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Monitor-Twp_General-Development-Plan_1976 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Monitor Township Planning Commission, Monitor Township, Bay County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1976-11 Title A name given to the resource General Development Plan Description An account of the resource The General Development Plan for Monitor Township, Bay County was prepared by the Monitor Township Planning Commission with the support of the Monitor Township Board and the assistance of Williams & Works, Inc. in November 1976. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Monitor Township Board (consultant) Williams & Works, Inc. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Monitor Township (Mich.) Bay County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/67622540a5da97e5865b4d33ff1040e9.pdf b226bbd7edaac5a3e935f91a24f7ceb8 PDF Text Text City of Milan , Michigan �FROM THE LIBRARY OF Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. 'i I I I I I I I I I MASTER PLAN FOR FUTURE LAND USE CITY OF MILAN, MICHIGAN ADOPTED DECEMBER 16, 1975 I I I I I I I PREPARED BY VILICAN-LEMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. COMMUNITY PLANNING CONSULTANTS 29621 Northwestern Highway Southfield, Michigan 48076 �II Ill •II II • • •II • • • • • • • • • • TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION PURPOSE PLANNING AREA 2 GOALS 3 INVENTORY EXISTING LAND USE 5 POPULATION 7 ... Population Trends 7 Population Projections 7 STRUCTURAL CONDITION OF HOU SING .10 RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN .12 Neighborhood Unit Plan .12 Residential Densities .13 Residential Unit Plan .14 Elementary-School Playground Need .16 Neighborhood Parks .16 RECREATION .18 RECREATION Neighborhood Recreation .18 Community Recreation .19 Milan Middle and Senior High Schools .20 COMMUNITY FACILITIES COMMUNITY FACILITI ES Civic Center . . . . . .21 .21 Housing and Community Center .21 Library .22 . . . . . . . ..... .22 Department of Public Works .22 Fire Stations . . . . . . .23 Middle and Senior High Schools .24 Utilities .25 Police Water Supply .25 Sanitary Sewer .26 Sanitary Landfi 11 .26 �Ill •II II II II •II II • •II • • •II • • ECONOMIC BASE COMMERCIAL AREAS Market Analysis .27 .27 Commercial Areas Shopping Center Commercial .28 .28 Existing Commercial Land Use .29 .29 Commercial Areas Plan .30 Noncenter Commercial Central Business District Inventory . . . Improvement Plan . . . .32 .33 .33 INDUSTRIAL AREAS PLAN INDUSTRIAL AREAS THOROFARE PLAN THOROFARES Local Streets . . . . . . . . . . .37 .40 .40 Secondary Thorofares .41 Major Thorofares .42 . . FUTURE LAND USE PLAN FUTURE LAND USE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 �Ill Ill Ill II II II Ill II II II II II • • TABLES . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 3 Existing Land Use, 1960-1973 . . . . . . . . Population Trends in the Mi Ian Region, 1940-1973 6 7 4 5 Population Projections, 1980-1990 Population Projections - Milan Region 1 Existing Land Use, 1973 6 Development Capacities by Residential Units 7 Classification of Commercial Uses . . . . . 8 Estimated Commercial Square Footage Needs 9 Existing Commercial Acreage . . . . . 10 Commercial Square Footage and Acreage Needs, 1974-1990 11 Central Business District Parking Need 12 Proposed Future Land Use 8 9 .15 .27 .28 .30 .31 .35 .45 GRAPHICS 6A Existing Land Use Map . Structural Conditions Map 11 A Neighborhood Unit Concept 12A Residential Areas Pian Map Neighborhood School-Park Concept 14A 16A Community Facilities Plan Map Retail Trade Area Map Commercial and Industrial Area Plan Map Generalized Central Business District Plan Map Tolan Pedestrian Mal I Marvin Street Extension Central Business District Facade Study Industrial District Concept . 21A . 27A . 30A . 35A . 36A . 36B . 36C . 38A Transitional Details Transitional Details . 38B Thorofare Concept . 38C . 40A Thorofare Plan Map . 41A Future Land Use Plan Map . 45A �II -II II -II II II II • • • • • • • INTRODUCTION �Ill Ill •II II II • •II • • • • • • • • PURPOSE The overall purpose of a Master Plan is to set forth a general plan that w ill serve to guide the long-range development of land in a defined area. A prime objective of the plan is to achieve a balance of land uses that economically, physically , and socially benefit those persons residing in and about that defined area . In 1965, a General Land Use Plan for the Milan Region* was completed by th e Washtenaw County Metropolitan Planning Commission. The plan set forth generalized land use policies and proposals for the region as a whole . The plan that follows sets forth a Futu re Lana Use Plan specifically for the City of Milan and its respective planning area The plan is the result of two years of study by the Milan Planning Commission and planning consultants, Vilican-Leman and Associates, Inc. *The Milan Region consists of the City of Mil an and the Townships of York, London, Augusta, and Milan . -1- �II II •Ill Ill • • • • •II PLANNING AREA The development of a Future Land Use Plan for a specific community and the surrounding area may have a direct effect on land use proposals and policies . Since Milan is surrounded by four townships, it becomes necessary to overlap planning efforts in order to effectuate sound land use transition between abuttirg communities. Also, the City's policy to eventually extend urban services outside the present City limits deems study of surrounding land uses necessary Therefore , a planning area, as shown on the Residential Areas Plan Map, was delineated and used as a basis for study . Reference will be made to the City of Milan proper, and to the City of Milan and its planning area throughout the study . It should be noted that the two are distinct areas, interchangeable . II -II 'I I -2- and should not be considered �II .. -.. .. .. 11 11 -11 • • • • •I GOALS In the formulation of a Future Land Use Plan, the planning comm1ss1on is required to set forth policies concerning the future of the community. Such a task requires much study and review by the commission, as well as an objectiveness by which decisions made benefit the community as a whole . Therefore, to aid the planning commission consisting of the commissioners, two board representative, the committee to set in their endeavors, a Goals Committee was formed following: two City Council members, two planning local residents, a chamber of commerce member, school city administrator, and city planner. It was the purpose of forth a list of goals and objectives to serve as guidelines in the Planning Commission's formulation of the Future Land Use Plan. Following are the goals as listed by the committee : The City of Milan should strive to provide a well balanced residential land use plan. This should include a full range of residential densities and encourage a variety of housing types . The existing and proposed school sites, where feasible, should be used and developed jointly by the City and School District for both passive and active recreation purposes_ The recommendations of the existing Parks and Recreation Plan should be incorporated into the proposed Master Plan . The existing Central Business District should be rehabilitated to the extent that is both realistic and feasible The existing plans and timetables (County, regional and others) to provide water and sewer should be reviewed and analyzed t o determine the impact on future growth of the City and surrounding area . Growth should be encouraged (the extent of which depending on the conclusion of No. 5 above) and coordinated with the neighboring townships . The Master Plan should encourage the location (as it relates to the yet to be defined City of Milan Planning Area) of future school sites in relationship to the population to be served . -3- �Ill •Ill Ill • • • • • • -I The vehicular traffic circulation system within the City should be improved, with a major emphasis on the north/south movement. The Master Plan should recommend sites on which the City could develop a Civic Center complex to house new governmental and administration buildings The Master Plan should recommend potential areas for the development of Senior Citizen housing The thorofare approaches to the City should be aesthetically improved . Industrial development shou Id be encouraged . The Master Plan for Future Land Use should recommend the elimination of incompatible land uses . The City should undertake and the Master Plan should encourage the development of a forestation and reforestation program The City should take steps to insure that all inferior structures in the City be either removed or rehabilitated so as to conform to minimum Code and Ordinance of the City 4- �"II " "• -I INVENTORY �-II II II II II Ill II II II II II II II II II II I EXISTING LAND USE The existing land use survey serves to provide basic information concerning the quantity and types of land uses in the community as well as reveal incompatible land use situations. TABLE 1, on the following page, provides an acreage tabulation for twelve land use categories. As can be seen, 71 percent of the City is occupied with 29 percent still vacant. Of Milan's total land area, road and railroad rights-of-way are the largest users of land with almost 28 percent of the City in these categories. Residential development accounts for the second largest use with almost 20 percent of the land area. TABLE 2 compares existing land use in 1960 to that of 1973. In the past 13 years, the City, through annexation, has gained 407 acres, or increased its total land area by 39 percent . The most significant increase in land use was industry gaining 220 percent from 31.4 acres in 1960 to 96.6 acres in 1973. Also, within this 13 year period, road rights-of-way increased 167 percent . TAB LE 1 EXISTING LAND USE 1973 Use Acres Single- and Two-Family Multiple-Family Office Commercial Light Industry Heavy Industry Public Schools and Parks Quasi-Public Road Right-of-Way Rail Right-of-Way Water Bodies Vacant TOTAL 265.7 18.7 2.4 27.7 10.6 86.0 56.6 111.7 8.4 368.5 38 .1 43.6 416.8 18.2% 1.3% 0.1% 2.0% 0 .8% 5.9% 3.8% 7.7% 0.6% 25.2% 2.7% 3.1% 28.6% 1,454 .8 100 .0% SOURCE: Field Inventory - July, 1973 Aerial Photographs - 1971 -5- Percent of Total Land Area �'• -II TABLE 2 EXISTING LAND USE 1960 - 1973 Increase in Acres 1960-1973 Percent of Change 1960-1973 284.4 30.1 96.6 45.5 2.4 63.8 19.0% 8.7% 194.5% 189.3 176.7 -12.6 - 6.7% Net Developed or in Use 488.7 587.8 99.1 20.3% Road Right-of-Way Rail Right-of-Way Water Bodies Vacant 137.9 43.6 35.0 342.2 368.5 38.1 43.6 416.8 230.6 -5.5 8.6 74.6 167.2% -12.6% 24.6% 21.8% 1,047.4 1,454.8 407.4 38.9% Use Residential Commercial Industrial Public and Ouasi-Publ ic TOTAL 1960( 1 ) 1973(2 ) 238.9 27.7 32.8 ( 1lGeneral Land Use Plan for Milan Region (2) Field Survey, 1973 • • •II • • -6- �d [ TT ift~~t~~~~, SINGLE-FAMILY ~ MULTIPLE- FAMILY ~:ttm OFFICE - COMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL ~ PUBLIC am QUASI le SCHOOLS ~ LIGHT llllm HEAVY [===1 VACANT PUBLIC 8 PARKS .... INDUSTRIAL INDUSTRIAL LOTS (CROP LANO INCLUDED) SCALE EXISTING LAND USEI CITY OF MILAN MICHIGAN 1N FEET vi llcan · lemon a a11oc iate1 Inc . community plann l nQ conaultanh �'• • • • • • •II Present and projected population levels aid in providing a basis for determining such facility needs as schools, parks, playgrounds and libraries by indicating the general rate of gorwth a community is experiencing and is likely to experience in the future. POPULATION TRENDS Population trends for the Milan Region from 1940 to 1973 are depicted on TABLE 3. Since 1940, the City has increased numerically from 2,340 persons to 4,280 persons in 1973. This represents an 82 percent increase, whereas the region as a whole only increased 60 percent in the 33 year period . Compared to the townships in the region, Milan's growth has surpassed Milan and York Townships by significant amounts in the period between 1940 and 1973. However, the growth rate for Augusta and London Townships has surpassed that of the City within the same period II II -.. .., ii POPULATION TAB L E 3 POPULATION TRENDS IN THE MILAN REGION 1940 - 1973 Civil Division City of Milan Milan Township Augusta Township York Township London Township Milan Region Percent Change 1960 Percent Change 1970 Percent Change 1973 1940-1973 Percent Change 1940 1950 2,340 1,419 1,966 5,268 1,273 2,768 1,566 2,778 6,870 1,591 18.3 10.4 39.2 24.9 24.9 3,616 1,72 1 3,754 7 006 2,422 30.6 9.8 35.1 1.9 52 .2 3,997 1,890 4,378 6,217 2,522 10.5 9.8 16.6 -11.1 4.1 4,260 1,930 4,500 6,200 2,780 82.0 36.0 125.4 17.6 118.3 12,296 15,571 24.1 18,519 18.1 19,004 6.8 19,670 59.9 SOURCE: 1940-1970 data from U.S. Census of Population 1973 data from SEMCOG estimates POPULATION PROJECTIONS Population projections are made with the intent of providing a general guide for future facilities planning . It should be noted that although population forecasting techniques are helpful in determining future needs, they are also subject to a degree of error and uncertainty, especially in smaller size communities such as Milan. -7- �• Two sets of projections have been made for Milan for the years 1980 and 1990. The Southeast Michigan Council of Governments (SEMCOG) projections show that although Milan's 1970 population was 3,997 persons and has been steadily increasing since 1940, the population will decrease in 1980to2,929personsand then rise again in 1990 to 3,575 persons. These projections appear somewhat questionable based on Milan's past growth record . The second set of projections by the Monroe County Planning Commission are based on three separate assumptions : "Limited utility construction will take place within the area in the next few decades, and population growth will continue at its present rate ." Assumption A - Assumption B - "State Act 342, which allows townships and municipalities without bonding powers to indirectly use the bonding powers of the county, will be extensively used in the future. Assumption C - ." " . .. maximum probable projection of the Monroe County Regional Planning Area's population growth if a high rate of utility construction is witnessed ... " The following TABLE 4 indicates each respective projection and related assumption: TABLE 4 POPULATION PROJECTIONS 1980 - 1990 CITY OF MILAN PROPER, MICHIGAN Assumption A Assumption B 5,484 6,648 6,359 8,496 8,240 17,759 Assumption 1980 1990 C SOURCE: Comprehensive Development Plan for the Monroe County Region -8- �• " " Based upon the above three assumptions and the past population trends of the City, Assumption A, predicting a 37 percent increase over the 1970 population, appears the most realistic of the three However, based upon Milan's past population trends, this figure appears somewhat high TABLE 5 provides population comprising the Milan Region projections for the various civil divisions From 1973 to 1980 the Region is expected to increase 23 .3 percent, and 26 7 percent between 1980 and 1990 These projected increases compare favorably to the Region's historical growth as shown on TABLE 3. TABLE 5 POPULATION PROJECTIONS MILAN REGION 1973-1990 Civil Division City of Milan (3) Milan Township (3) Augusta Township (2) York Township (2) London Township (3) MILAN REG ION 1973(1) 1980 1990 4,260 1,930 4,500 6,200 2,780 5,480 2,000 5,900 8,000 2,870 6,640 2,190 8,100 10,800 3,000 19,670 24,250 30,730 (1) 1973 SEMCOG population estimates . (2) Washtenaw County Regional Planning Commission, July, 1973. (3) Monroe County Planning Commission, March, 1974 -9- �STRUCTURAL CONDITION OF HOUSING Housing is one of the most important assets of a community and oftentimes determines a community's overall desirability . The purpose of this analysis 1s to identify the condition of housing in the City of Milan In determining condition of structures, ind1v1dual homes and their basic components were observed including cond1t1on of roofs, walls, foundations, steps and porches, chimneys, doors, windows, general outside housekeeping, and other exterior features Ratings were made on a " half-block " basis. The following classifications were used in rating such "half-block" areas : Sound Substantial masonry or wood frame structures of adequate construction and size; probably not more than twenty-five years in age; no observable deficiencies; excellent maintenance of structures and yards 2 Sound - Scattered Deficiencies Substantial masonry or wood frame structures of adequate construction and size but older age; good maintenance of structures and yards; some structures show minor def1c1enc1es; age beginning to present problems of obsolescence and need for continuous maintenance; also some newer homes, but of less substantial construct ion and size, and therefore exhibiting more limited durability and life 3. Minor Deterioration Older, fairly substantial stru ctures; good to fair maintenance of structures and lot, most structures have some def1c1encies observable, a few structures have numerous def1cienc1es. Blocks may have mixed structure types and/or quality, but a majority beginning to ' 'show their age ' 4. Major Deterioration Less substantial structures of older age with fair to poor maintenance ; some of inadequate original construction Blocks may contain mixture of -10- �structural conditions with maJority in poorer state; most structures have minor to major deficiencies in structural components; 20 percent or more are substandard structures not appearing feasible to rehabilitate. The Structural Conditions Map, following, reveals graphically the results of the survey . Below is a summary of each area of classification : Sound - Primarily the northern areas of the City north of Michigan between York and Dexter, the area bounded by Michigan, Lee, Maruin, and Lafayette as well as other smaller areas throughout the City Sound - Scattered Deficiencies - Pr ima ril y the single-family subdivision located south of Main Street and east of Platt Road , the area on either side of Dexter Road between Phillips and Just south of Lafayette, the area east of the Ann Arbor Ra ilroad Tracks on the south side of Ma in Street about half way to Wabash Street , and various other small pockets th roug hout the City . Minor - Deterioration - The area backlotting First and Hurd Street properties on either side of Ideal from US 23 west to Marvin including the area south of Ann Street, as well as the area west of Tolan south of Michigan to Ash Street . Major - Deterioration - Primarily tne area from the northern side of First and Hurd Streets to and including the southern side of Main Street roughly from the Ann Arbor Railroad to the Wabash Railroad and the area north and south of the Ann Arbor Railroad/Wabash Railroad Junction -11 - �# TT [2l2filj SOUND E:::::::::::j SOUND-SCATTERED DEFICIENCIES ~ MINOR-DETERIORATION mm MAJOR-DETERIORATION .... STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS CITY OF MILAN MICHIGAN I SC.I.LE IN FEET l(PTt:• ■ l:JI , 19T) vilican • lemon a a11oeiote1 Inc. community planninQ con1u1tonh �RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN �RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT CONCEPT The neighborhood unit might be considered as the basic residential planning unit. The Neighborhood Unit Concept has as its purpose the goal of providing a pattern of residential neighborhoods that is pleasant, safe and efficient . Ideally, the neighborhood unit should be a self-contained residential area . In addition to homes, 1t will contain basic service facilities that make it self-contained, including an elementary school, playground, neighborhood park, and local street system . The elementary school should be centrally located forming the nucleus around which the neighborhood is developed . Convenience shopping needs should be provided at the edges or corners of abutting neighborhood units, or in larger shopping centers to serve neighborhood needs. Neighborhood unit boundaries should coincide as much as possible with the service area of an elementary school The neighborhood population and area should thus be designed to produce an optimum sized school enrollment. This will normally mean a population of 3,000 to 5,000 and an area ranging from one-half to one square mile or more, depending on the dwelling unit densities proposed for any given neighborhood The boundaries of the neighborhood are normally created by such physical barriers as major traffic arteries, natural obstacles or other man-made obstacles. The street system serving the interior of the neighborhood will provide for only those vehicle movements having their origin and/or destination within the unit. Although traffic movements should "skirt" the boundaries of the neighborhood, land uses detrimental to the neighborhood are, in this way, eliminated from within the residential area . This concept is Illustrated on the following page . In the planning of residential areas, natural and man-made features that create geographic limitations are considered in the determination of density and unit boundaries Such physical features include topographic and soil conditions, water courses and water bodies, thorofares, railroads, and existing land uses. Density is, perhaps, the key factor in planning residential areas for it establishes the "planned" physical limit, or number of dwelling units to be developed in any given area . The number of dwelling units, in turn, establishes the population expectation of the area and generally fixes the numbers and types of community facilities needed to adequately serve the population 12- �THE CITY A COMPLEX OF PEOPLE, BUSINESS INDUSTRY, CIVIC AND CULTURAL CENTERS ALL INTERCONNECTED BY A CIRCULATION SYSTEM. THE CITY PROVIDES THE BASIC SERVICES IN ADDITION TO FACILITIES PROVIDED AT THE COMMUNITY AND NEIGHBORHOOD LEVELS . ONE OR MORE COMMUNITIES COMPRISE THE CITY. THE COMMUNITY HAS AS ITS SERVICE AREA THE HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT OR THE COMMUNITY CENTER. THE COMMUNITY IS SERVED BY A MAJOR SHOPPING CENTER AND IS PROVIDED WITH ONE OR MORE COMMUNITY PARKS. NEIGHBORHOOD c_ THE NEIGHBORHOOD IS THE BASIC PLANNING UNIT. IT CONTAINS A POPULATION LARGE ENOUGH TO SUPPORT ONE ELE MENTARY SCHOOL AND NEIGHBORHOOD PARK. THE RESIDENTIAL STREET SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO ELIMINATE THRU TRAFFIC WITHIN THE RESIDENTIAL AREA. THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL AND PARK ARE LOCAT ED AT THE CENTER OF THE NEIGHBORHOOD WITHIN SAFE WALKING DISTANCE OF ALL SCHOOL CHILDREN. NEIGHBORHOOD UN!T CONCEPT I vilicon • lemon 6 assoc . inc. p'onning consultants �RESIDENTIAL DENSITIES Discussed below are the various densities utilized in the determination of the Residential Areas Plan for the City of Milan: Low Density: Such designated areas will permit development of 2-5 dwelling units per acre. This represents lots ranging from 21,780 square feet to 8,700 square feet. The low-density lim it of two units per acre is intended to distinguish between residential areas that are to be served with pub I ic v\ater and sewer facilities; and those intended to be served by private on-site facilities. From the economic standpoint of the area, a 21,780 square foot lot is the largest lot that should be sewered. As can be seen on the Residential Areas Plan Map, it is the City's policy that urban residential development occur in the northwest portion of the planning area with public water and sanitary sewer systems even if sewage pumping is necessary. Medium Density : Such areas would permit developments of 5-10 units per acre. This density provides flexibility in that single-family, multiple-family, cluster housing, or similar developments can be permitted. Such areas may also serve in two capacities : 1. As buffers or transition between lower-density residential and nonresidential uses such as commercial and industrial. 2. As "problem solvers" in low and/or wetlands areas, or odd-shaped parcels where conventional single-family plats do not conform. This density provides the flexibility needed to utilize land otherwise unsuitable for development. High Density: These areas wil I permit 10-15 units per acre. The only area designated as such is the existing Pines development on Platt and Main Streets. -13- �RESIDENTIAL UNIT PLAN In applying the Neighborhood Unit Concept to the Milan-Planning Area, it should be noted that previously discussed concepts are " ideal" and cannot reasonably be applied in all instances. Each community is unique with its own predominant features and cannot be readily applied to the concept. What is important, however, is that in a general way these concepts are recognized . To effectively relate the concepts to the Milan planning area, the City' s small geographic size and rural nature< the Saline River and Ford Lake with respective wet and low lands, the intersecting Ann Arbor and Wabash Railroads as well as many other natural and man-made features were considered in unit boundary delineations. The Residential Areas Plan Map depicts five planning units and three subunits. TABLE 6, entitled Development Capacities ·by Residential Units, provides · a unit by unit analysis of the expected development potential for the City of Milan at ultimate development. The analysis includes estimates of future population and elementary school enrollment and future school and park acreage needs. To arrive at the holding capacity figures shown, ex isting dwelling units and buiidable single-family lots, plus all existing medium-density units were counted within each residential unit. Vacant acreage, available for residential development, was converted to dwelling units according to the densities discussed above. To arrive at population and K-5 estimates, factors were applied to the- estimated dwelling units. The factors used to aid in determining population and K-5 pupils is a product of household size. A review of past trends·for the number of persons per dwelling unit 1s shown to have remained stable for Milan only declining 0 .1 from 3.1 persons per unit in 1960 to 3.0 in 1973. Therefo re, this ratio seems a reliable factor in which to estimate population In like manner, K-5 pupil estimates are a product of a pupil per household ratio determined by dividing the number of future dwelling units by the number of K-5 pupils residing in the City of Milan . An average of .43 pupils per household was derived . In applying this ratio to future pupil levels, .43 pupils per low-density units and one-half the potential medium-density units was utilized assuming these to be single-family . The remaining med1um-dens1ty and the total high-density units were applied to a factor of 20 pupils per household recognizing that higher-density or multiple-family units generate fewer elementary schodl children. -14- �L_ '' L_ '11··•~-~~,~';.• _·_·'=- ✓TT C:, RESIDENTIAL PLANNING AREA 3.1 134 24,075 TOTAL ULTIMATE K-5 PUPILS TOTAL ULTIMATE POPULATION l'tl'i?Hj LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL 2-5 DWELLING UNITS /ACRE (::::::::] MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL 5-10 DWELLING UNITS /ACRE ~ HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL 10 - 15 DWELLING UNITS/ACRE ~ EXISTING SCHOOL ~ ~ PROPOSED ELEMENTARY SCHOOL OPEN SPACE ~ PROPOSED PLANNING AREA RECREATION .&_ PROPOSED MIN I PARK ~ S CAL[ IN AUGUST, RESIDEN .T IAL AREAS PLANI C I TY OF M I LAN M I CHIGAN l' E[ T I I?~ vilicon · lemon a a11ociote1 Inc . community plannino con1ultont1 �--TABLE 6 DEVELOPMENT CAPACITIES BY RESIDENTIAL UNITS I 11 ( 1) Residential Units 2 3 4 5a 5b Existing Platted Lots 862 29 5c 33 1,125 (31 (41 Existing High-Density Units Buildable Residential Acres Low Medium Density Density 70 201 6a 6b TOTAL (21 (2) Existing Medium-Density Units 17 113 305.3 249.3 286.9 146.5 192.8 28.0 130 70 1,208.8 (51 3.0 34.1 89.1 17.9 11 .8 107.2 65.8 328.9 1,069 873 1,004 513 675 98 4,232 (71 (61 Dwellings From Potential Acres Medium Low Density Density 23 256 668 134 89 804 494 2,468 Total Potential Units Medium High Low Density Density Density 1,069 1,074 1,004 1,375 704 131 5,357 23 70 273 781 134 89 804 494 2,598 70 Total Potential Units (81 (9) ( 101 ( 11) Total Potential Population Total Potential K-5 Pupils SchoolPlayground Need School Playground Neighborhood Park Need 1,069 1,167 1,004 1,648 1,485 134 89 935 494 3,207 3,501 3,012 4,944 4,455 402 267 2,805 1,482 460 483 432 677 548 42 28 309 155 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.9 2.8 8,025 24,075 3,134 15.2 2.4 7.2 7.4 7,0 8 _9(11 8.4 2.5 2 .5 7.2 2 .5 53.6 3 .2 3 .5 3 .0 4 .9 4.5 2 .8 21.9 ( 1) Existing Paddock Elementary deficient in acreage. _. 97 COLUMN EXPLANATIONS: ( 1) Existing Platted Lots: The total number of platted single-family lots including those occupied and vacant . (2) Existing Medium-Density Units: This figure represents all multiple-family units to be retained within 5-10 units per acre. Units: Includes only 70 units of the Pines (8) Total Potential Population : The population that would result from the total dwellings in Column 7 utilizing a household ratio of 3.0 persons per household. (9) Total Potential K-5 Pupils: The K-5 population that would result from the low-density and one-half the medium density units times .43 pupils per household ; and remaining half of medium-density units plus high density units times 0.20 pupils. This assumes a higher ratio of pupils for lower density units characteristic of single-family and higher density for multiple-family un its. (3) Existing High -Density development. (4) Buildable Residential Acres: The gross unplatted land area available for residential development with in the unit boundaries per respective density . ( 5) Dwellings From Potential Acres : The number of low-density and medium-density that would result if all vacant acreage were developed utilizing an average of 3.5 units per acre for low-density and 7.5 units per acre for medium-density . (10) School-Playground Need : The K-5 elementary school need is determined as 5 acres plus 1 acre per 100 pupils. Of this, 75 percent is utilized for playground needs and 25 percent for building and parking. Units 5b, 5c, and 6b will be served by a school in an alternate subunit, but has been proposed to have a 2.5 acre minimum active park facility . (6) Total Potential Units: The total number of units for each density designation , both existing and potential . ( 11) Neighborhood Park Needs: Park need is based on a national standard of one acre per 1,000 persons . (7) Total Potential Units: Total of Column 6 representing the total number of potential dwellings at ultimate development. (8) T �From the table, it can be seen that at ultimate development, the City and its respective planning area is expected to have approximately 8,025 dwelling units housing 24,075 persons and generating 3,134 K-5 pupils ELEMENTARYSCHOOL~LAYGROUNDNEED Once the expected number of K-5 pupils are estimated, future elementary school needs can be determined The Milan School District has four elementaries with Paddock Elementary presently serving the Milan planning area With an estimated 3,130 K-5 pupils, it can be concluded that five additional elementary school playground facilities will be required at ultimate development. According to the Milan Area School District, school enrollment trends for all grade levels have remained relatively stable the past five years. Therefore, no additional elementaries are needed in the short-range, unless an extraordinary "building boom" in the area were to occur. However, the school needs as shown on the Residential Area table and map provide for fa cilities at a point of total development which at this time is unknown . The concept, on the following page, illustrates the elementary school -playground-ne1ghborhood park concept . Based upon ideal capacity standards of the Milan School District, pupil enrollments should range from between 500 and 600 pupils per school . Based on a standard of 5 acres plus 1 acre per 100 pupils, approximately 70 acres will be needed for elementary school-playground facilities As shown in TABLE 6, this acreage figure represents 75 percent for playgrounds and 25 percent for building and site needs. Of the total 70 acres needed, 7 5 acres for mini parks at 2.5 acres each have been proposed in subunits 5a, 5b, and 6a These parks are intended to serve the active play needs of the elementary school pupil within a safe walking distance of the home. This Is due to the school -playground 's prop osed location outside the subunit. NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS Recreation facilities at the neighborhood level are intended to serve recreation needs within a safe, convenient walking distance of the home ; therefore, they are ideally located adjacent to an elementary school -playground where economy in site development can be achieved Such areas should contain shaded, landscaped areas, and space for semIactIve games not requiring much space Neighborhood recreation should be provided at a standard of 1 acre per 1,000 persons -16- �... •• ••• • GAME FIELDS Passive Recreation Outdoor Educat ion Active Recreation Group Activities ~ • ••• • •• Pe ••• • PLAYGROUND Play Equipment 4 .. ••P•• Direct Relationship tor Supervision & Contra .... g .. •• f.JB: . ltJ .. ••- • • •;•r:lIIlillI!lllll~llI Elementary School~::::::::::::::::::::::::::: E._._._._._._._...._._._.~_ , ..........-.-.-.-, ,.......... NEIGHBORHOOD SCHOOL-PARK CONCEPT I v i li can • le man plann i ng a ass oc. inc . c onsult a nts �This converts to a need for approximately 22 acres for the total planning area. TABLE 6, shows the neighborhood recreation need per residential unit. In some communities where Planned Unit Development (PUD) and subdivision open space is practiced, many parks, playgrounds, or open space areas are developed by the developer of the project and then maintained by the homeowners association. This type of development, if encouraged, could relieve some of the City's burden of providing such recreational facilities . -17- �RECREATION �RECREAT ION Recreation facilities within the City are planned to accommodate neighborhood and community levels and to satisfy both the passive and active recreational needs of all age groups. NEIGHBORHOOD RECREATION The concept of neighborhood recreation ,s directly related to the basic Neighborhood Unit Concept. Within each unit, recreation facilities should compliment the elementary school. Typically, recreation within a neighborhood unit would include the following· Neighborhood Playground - This area is primarily intended to provide for the active play of the elementary school-aged person Generally, the neighborhood playground is considered as the exIstIng elementary school playground and thus, is usually centrally located w1th1n the neighborhood unit. It should include an open space for such things as softball, apparatus areas, paved areas and a shelter house although the school building can meet this latter need if it is on the same site The needs for those of preschool are are normally met in their own yards. In the more densely developed areas, such as apartment districts, the provision of on-site "tot lots" for this age group will often prove desirable A "tot lot" is a small, fenced area equipped with play apparatus for the age group involved and with benches for the mothers Neighborhood Park - This Is the neighborhood facility for older persons and, in concept, is intended to meet their "passive" recreational needs from within the immediate neighborhood unit This area should contain shaded, landscaped areas and space for sem1actIve games not requiring much space, horseshoes or shuffleboard, as examples A portion of such "passive use" areas could be developed in such a manner as to serve as nature study and outdoor educational areas during school periods, thus serving a dual purpose. As shown on the Residential Areas Plan Map and reflected in TABLE 6, six neighborhood parks are needed, totaling 22 0 acres, which have been proposed located adjacent to the proposed or existing elementary schools where applicable. Each elementary school should be developed with an adequate playground to serve the active play needs of the elementary pupils -18- �In subunits 5b, 5c, and 6b where schools are not proposed within the subunit, mini parks, a minimum of 2 5 acres, should be provided for the active play needs of the K-5 pupil . COMMUNITY RECREAT ION Children above the elementary school age, teenagers, and most adults require larger areas for recreation Whereas neighborhood recreation facilities should be located on interior residential streets, community recreational facilities should be located on through streets to allow for ease of accessibil 1ty. The following are the basic forms of community recreation : Community Playfield - These are primarily for the active recreation needs of those beyond the elementary age level, and are normally the facilities at junior high and high school sites. There should be space for organized sports such as baseball and football with facilities for spectators, landscaped areas, areas for such activities as tennis, indoor recreation and shelter houses. Community-Wide Park - This type facil 1ty 1s for both the active and passive use of the entire family, and hence, may include several activities not found elsewhere . Any area of special interest such as prominent stands of timber, bodies of water, or other outstanding natural features that possess great potential for recreation should be preserved in the City park system. Generally, a City attempts to provide one or more of the following within a facility of this level . Picnic Centers Outdoor Theatre Swimming Pool - Bathing Beach Golf Fac1l1ties Bicycle Routes Skating Rink Winter Sports Playfield Playground Apparatus Pavilion The following discussion provides a summary of the community park proposals of "The Master Plan for Parks and Recreation" for the City of Milan completed in 1972 by Ellis, Arndt and Truesdell, Inc Central Park - This proposal includes the development of three areas to be integrated as one park development. -19- �Ford Lake area consists of the area between Wabash Road and Ford Lake, and the island in the lake's center It 1s recommended the lake be made navigable with a boating facility available for rowboats, sailboats, pattleboats and canoes. Up River consists of the area lying between Platt Road and the Ann Arbor Railroad . The area is proposed to have p1cn1c, playground, boat launching, nature trails, and parking fac1l1t1es Wilson Park, located east of Wabash Road north of the Saline River, 1s suggested to provide a large paved area for multi-purpose games, storage and exhibition building, picnic area, playf1eld, music shell and archery range City Complex was to be improved as the C1v1c Center site. Down River, southeast of the Wabash Railroad, 1s proposed to provide sandlot softball, extensive nature area , h1k1ng and biking trails, area for day camp activities, arboretum and sensory garden, and possibly the provision of sledding or tobaggan1ng at tne sanitary landfill site if ever abandoned. MILAN MIDDLE AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOLS The "Master Plan for Parks and Recreation ·' suggests that the sports areas at both schools be improved. Also proposed 1s the prov1s1on for two community parks, one at each school, to include p1cn1c area, st-,elrer, restrooms, and playground apparatus. 20 �COMMUNITY FACILITIES �COMMUNITY FACILITIES To properly .and effectively operate a community requires the prov1s1on of numerous services and facilities. Public facilities are those physical improvements required to provide public services to the neighborhood and community population. The following community facilities are considered : civic center, library, police station, fire station, department of public works, community and housing center, and utilities. The Community Facilities Plan Map illustrates the proposed location of each facility . CIVIC CENTER The civic center, as part of the Future Land Use Plan, is important in that this center should form the focal point of the City . The concept of the civic center implies a complex for civic and governmental activities. The key advantage of a civic center is the grouping of compatible public uses in a single, recognizable area. Such a facility may include governmental offices, police station, fire station, library, community buildings and recreational facilities. The advantage of this campus-like center is the economy realized through the development of jointly used facilities such as parking, drives, landscaping, lighting and the close proximity afforded interdependent offices. By planning a civic center as one coordinated site plan, an aesthetic focal point for the City can be accomplished that will reflect local pride and progress. The present Civic Center site, located south of the Saline River east of Wabash Road, contains City Hall, the library, department of public works, and two historical buildings. It is suggested that the City Hall and library remain at this location, but that increased floor area be provided for each use. A site plan for landscaping, parking areas, drives, and possibly integration of the two historical buildings would provide a guide for the site's future improvements. HOUSING AND COMMUNITY CENTER A housing and/or community center primarily for use by senior citizens is recommended on the approximate two acre site, owned by the City, located north of the Central Business District . The potential need for senior citizen housing in Milan has not been determined , but should be investigated prior to any definite decisions to locate such housing in this area . -21- �l_ '' L_ TT -- PUBLIC CD ® @ @ @ @ PROPOSED CITY HALL PROPOSED FIRE STATION - POLICE STATION PROPOSED DEPART M ENT OF PUBLIC WORKS SAN ITA RY LANDFILL WATER TO WER WATER WELL (J) SEWAGE PLANT @ PROPOSED CO MM UN ITY 8 HOUSING CENTER .... SCALE IN AUGUST , COMMUNITY FACILITIES CITY OF PLAN MILAN MICHIGAN I f'EET 197$ villc a n · l e mon a 01 1oci a tes in c . co mmun i ty p lonnin Q con1u lt ont1 �LIBRARY The Milan Public Library currently operates within the City Hall The number of volumes is adequate to meet the present needs of Milan residents, however, the library is deficient in floor area It 1s recommended a full library facility be accommodated at the present City Hall site either in a new building or expanded in its present building . Based upon an ultimate population holding capacity of 24,075 persons and a standard of O 55 square feet of library floor area per person, ultimately, the Milan library should be 13,240 square feet in floor area . POLICE An essential element of community service 1s that of police protection. To function effectively, the police station should be central to the population it is intended to serve. This provides for greater efficiency in normal patrol activities as well as dispatching standby vehicles. The City-owned site south of Main Street and west of the Wabash Railroad is the designated site for the development of combined fire and police station facil1t1es However, the purchase of additional acreage in this area is questionable Therefore, 1f add1t1onal acreage cannot be acquired, it is recommended the police station be located at the Civic Center site DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS The Department of Public Works (DPW) 1s charged with the respons1bil1ty of servicing and maintaining the public street and park system as well as the collection of refuse. At the present time, the DPW fac1l1ty is located at the City Hall site. Due to the trucking, repair, and storage operations associated with DPW functions, it resembles most closely an industrial activity . Further, the non-office portion of t he DPW does not normally generate v1s1ts by the general public and, thus does not require proximity to adm inistrative facilities or a central location Based on these characteristics, it 1s felt DPW facilities are best located in an industrial district where its operation would be compatible and similar to adjacent land uses. The school district vehicle yard, located south of the Milan Middle School on Redman Road and the City boundary, has adequate acreage to accommodate a City DPW facility . This location 1s logical due to the nature of the school's -22 �existing yard, and the industrial zoning south of the site Should this land become available, the City should acquire acreage for a DPW site Alternate locations within the City should be chosen from industrially zoned or planned districts. FIRE STATIONS The Milan Fire Department provides protection on a volunteer basis to not only the City, but all of Milan Township and parts of York and London Townships. The service area is essentially the Milan School District which comprises approximately 55 square miles in land area. The Insurance Service Office of Michigan, an organization sponsored by the State's fire insurance companies, sets forth standards for evaluating fire protection service. These standards are then reflected in the fire insurance rates as determined by the Public Protection Department . The Milan Fire Department is rated seven on a one to ten scale, one being the ultimate in fire protection . A number of factors are involved in the ratings su ch as travel time to a fire, the number of residential and nonresidential structures In the community, and the availability and adequacy of water supply, fire fighting equipment, and fire fighting personnel At the present time, Milan has the highest rating it can achieve without a full-time department One of the most important factors in rating a community is travel time for fire equipment in relation to the type of development serviced The Insurance Service Office recommends a one and one-half mile maximum running distance for residential development which is an ideal standard affording the City's residents the greatest fire protection . A one mile running distance is standard for high value areas such as commercial and industrial districts. The Milan Fire Department is located on the triangular parcel of land formed by the County-Main Street intersection . Ideally, one station, centrally located, could adequately serve the City's fire protection needs However the intersecting Wabash and Ann Arbor Railroads create a transportation problem for the existing station . Therefore, a two station approach, one in the west and one in the east, would alleviate the potential rail blockage and provide guaranteed fire protection 100 percent of the time . However, the possibility exists that the Ann Arbor Railroad may be abandoned In which case, one station could adequately serve the City. Therefore, location of a fire station south of Main Street, in coordination with the police station, would provide good fire protection coverage. -23 �If the Ann Arbor Railroad 1s not abanaoned, review of fire station locations should be made MIDDLE AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL S At the present time, one senior high and one middle school serve the City of Milan and its planning area as well as the entire Mila n School District. Utilizing 1970 Census data for middle and senior high students, per dwelling unit ratios were 0.204 middle school pupils per dwelling and 0 156 senior high school pupils per dwelling These ratios as of 1970 are based upon primarily low-density single-family residences character1st1c of higher student per household ratios than medium or higher density multiple-family Therefore, due to the incidence of medium densities in Milan, an adJustment of one-half in the student per dwelling unit ratio has been made Secondary school enrollments resulted in the following : Middle School Ultimate Dwe il1ngs 6 555(a) XO 204 = ' 1,369 (b) x 0 102 = 1,358 140 1,498 pupils Senior High Ultimate Dwellings 6,656 X O 156 = 1,369 XO 078 = 1,038 107 1,145 pupils (a) Represents all low-density dwellings and one-half the medium-density dwellings as shown in TABLE 6 at ultimate development (b) Represents one-half the medium density and all h1gh-dens1ty dwellings as shown in TABLE 6 at ultimate development The capacity of the existing high school 1s 850 pupils, therefore, additional capacity will be needed at ultimate development to accommodate sutdents within the City and its planning area Either expansion of the existing facility or a new development site would be appropriate A high school with pupil capacity of -24- �1,500 to 2,000 on approximately 45 to 50 acres would be adequate to serve not only the planning area population, but other areas within the school district as well . Present capacity of the middle school is approximately 1,000 pupils, however, this facility can be expanded on its present site in order to serve the larger enrollment expected at ultimate development. UTILITIES Existing and future land use is greatly influenced by the extent of public facilities that serve land uses. The availability of water and sewer facilities contributes to a more diversified and dynamic community structure. The future service areas for water and sewer facilities will be determined by the anticipated distribution and density of population. In order to effect the greatest economics, new land development should be encouraged in areas having existing service or in areas adjacent to serviced areas. Dispersed development can only be serviced at a high overall cost to the community. Generally, urbanizing development should progress gradually in areas where utility services, streets, schools, etc. can be provided at the least total cbst to the community. It is not the intent of this section to discuss in detail water and sewer facilities due to its engineering nature. However, statements are made concerning the future use and capacity levels of each. Water Supply Water service to the City is provided by the Milan Water Department. The City obtains water from four pumping wells, three in the Wilson Park vicinity and one near Allen, and Wabash Roads. A city-owned water tower exists in Wilson Park with plans to construct a second tower in the vicinity of Main and Piatt Streets. In total, the Milan water system has a capacity of 3 million gallons per day which can provide water for about 12,000 persons. This figure is derived by dividing the capacity figure by a factor of 2.5 to estimate the average capacity flow. This average is then divided by 100 gallon per person usage per day. This figure accounts for normal water consumption for industry and commerce and does not consider extraordinary uses. -25- �According to engineering reports, the City has an abundance of ground water adequate to serve the City for many years in the future . Sanitary Sewer Almost 100 percent of the City is served by sanitary sewers. The ex1st1ng wastewater treatment plant is located south of the Wabash Railroad and east of the Saline River. The plant, which is capable of processing a flow of .45 million gallons per day, is operating and treating .65 million gallons flow per day . The plant is able to accommodate this overage due to: (1) over capacity being available (2) (3) plant having above average trickling filter plant having good pollutant removal process A technical study entitled, "Report on Wastewater Treatment Plant Additions," September, 1969, by McNamee, Porter and Seeley proposes the expansion of the Milan Sewage Treatment Plant to accommodate 12,000 persons by 1990. Although a figure of 12,000 persons is utilized, this includes sewage needs by the Federal Corrections Institution, commercial and industrial land uses. Ultimate population holding capacity was calculated to be approximately 24,075 persons. This means that by 1990, sewer service could be available to one-half of the expected ultimate population and that service should be available to areas outside the present City limits if expansion were undertaken . However, due to the City's low grant application status for federal monies, it appears plant expansion will not be achieved for some time thereby limiting growth to the City limits. It is difficult to estimate when funds will become available for such a project . SANITARY LANDFILL The City's sanitary landfill is located south of the Wabash Railroad and Saline River intersection . The landfill is operated by the City and utilized by the DPW for refuse disposal . However, it is the City's policy that the regional landfill facility be utilized whenever possible and eventually when the City is assured of long-term usage of the regional landfill, the City's be permanently covered. -26- �ECONOMIC BASE �COMMERCIAL AREAS MARKET ANALYSIS The Commercial Market Analysis is undertaken in order to provide the community with realistic guidelines which relate to the magnitude and physical placement of commercial areas as part of the overall land use plan . The types of businesses analyzed include all establishments that sell retail merchandise such as those in TABLE 7, but does not include such establishments as wholesaling, theaters, hotels and motels, and services that are oriented to primarily serve the needs of other businesses. TABLE 7 CLASSIFICATION OF COMMERCIAL USES Catetory Representative Uses Comparison Department stores, clothing stores, furniture stores, specialty stores such as jewelers and sporting goods. Convenience Food stores, drug stores, eating and drinking places, miscellaneous retailers such as tobacco shops and newsstands and personal service establishments which include barber and beauty shops, dry cleaners, and similar uses. General Commercial Auto dealers, gas stations, hardware and building supply stores. The primary step in the Market Analysis is the delineation of a retail trade area as shown on the following page . A 2-4 mile radius was used commensurate of commercial centers with 100,000-150,000 square feet of commercial floor area such as the City of Milan . The method by which commercial potential is determined is shown in TABLE 8. The estimated number of households within the trade area for 1974, 1980, and 1990 is multiplied by the sales per household as obtained from the U.S. Bureau of -27 - �----- MILAN PLANNING AREA TRADE AREA BOUNDARY RETAIL TRADE A R EA MILAN MI CH I GAN 0 SCALE MAY, I IN MILES 1974 ,il,can · lemon a osaocioln inc . community planning con1ultant1 �Labor Statistics: Consumer Expenditure Data . The resulting figure is the total retail spending potential for the trade area. To convert this figure to square footage needs, the typical sales per square foot, from the Urban Land Institute is divided into the retail spending potential of the trade area yielding commercial square footage needs for 1974, 1980, and 1990. TABLE 8 ESTIMATED COMMERCIAL SQUARE FOOTAGE NEEDS 1974, 1980, AND 1990 Commercial Use Sales/ Household Retail Spending Potential Annual Sales/ Square Foot Commercial Needs 1974 1980 1990 ComparisoR General Merchandise Apparel Furniture & Appliancei; Other Total 1,340 410 350 280 2,380 3,316,500 1,014,750 866,250 693,000 5,890,500 70 85 65 85 47,400 11,900 13,300 8,200 80,800 55,600 14,000 15,600 9,600 94,800 79,200 19,900 22,300 13,600 135,000 Convenience Food Drug Eating & Drinking Other Total 1,680 300 460 280 2,720 4 ,158,000 742,500 1,138,500 693,000 6,732,000 125 85 70 70 33,300 8,700 16,300 9,900 68,200 39,000 10,300 19,100 11 ,600 80,000 55,600 14,600 27,200 16,500 113,900 General Auto Dealers Gas Stations Hardware, Building Supply Total 1,490 500 270 2,260 3,687,750 1,237,500 668,250 5,593,500 55 75 55 67,100 16,500 12,200 95,700 78,700 19,400 14,300 112,300 112,000 27,600 20,300 159,900 TOTAL RETAIL 7,360 18,216,000 244,700 287,200 408,800 COMMERCIAL AREAS From the standpoint of land use planning, there are two basic forms of commercial development : Shopping Center Commercial Consists of comparison and convenience outlets and personal service activities primarily oriented towards the pedestrian shopper. Included in th is category -28 - �would be the "planned" shopping center -- designed as a single site, and the "unplanned" shopping center such as a municipality's central business district . Shopping centers may be categorized under two general headings: Comparison Centers and Convenience Centers. Classification of Centers The convenience center serves to provide for the day-to-day shopping needs of local citizens (e.g., groceries, meats, drugs, services) and is usually dominated by a supermarket. The comparison center contains a cross section of retail and service uses, offering those items purchased less frequently (e.g., apparel , household furnishing, appliances) . The comparison center thus affords the customer an opportunity to "shop around ." Noncenter Commercial In addition to shopping center uses, there are numerous other businesses that are considered to be noncenter commercial in character. Included in this grou p are various automotive sales outlets, drive-in establishments, boat and trailer sales, open air sales uses and the like. Existing Commercial Land Use Commercial land uses are found scattered throughout the City within five major concentrations : The Central Business District located at Wabash and Main streets, is the largest of the commercial concentrations containing approximately 13.5 acres and occupied by a varied mix of land uses. The second largest concentration is that of a modern convenience type shopping center housing a chain grocery store, laundromat, hardware, and drugstore. This center, located at Platt and Main Streets, comprises 5.3 acres. This center is the Central Business District's main competitor . It provides well placed and adequate off-street parking, landscaping, and the placing of stores within a cohesive unit. Within the Dex ter - County Road intersection is a general convenience type of noncenter commercial area . This area contains gas stations, a car dealer, -29- �laundromat, and a small grocery store . The uses in this area are for the most part scattered and do not form a close cohesive shopping area . The fourth concentration located north of Phillips and Dexter Road intersections is primarily in general commercial uses in a strip commercial configuration . Included are gas stations, car dealer, equipment sales, plumbing outlet, motel, grocery store and restaurant. In the southern portion of the City at Redman and Wabash Roads, is a commercial area offering general commercial uses such as hardware store, lumber yard, etc. In total, approximately 30 .0 acres are ex1st1ng in commercial land uses. The following breakdown is given for each commercial use type: TABLE 9 EXISTING COMMERCIAL ACREAGE CITY OF MI LAN , MICHIGAN Acres Percent Convenience Comparison General Office 7.5 1.0 19.7 1.6 25.2 3.4 66 .1 5.3 TOTAL 29.8 100.0 SOURCE : Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. Field Survey, May, 1974 Commercial Areas Plan Prior to formulating a Commercial Areas Plan , an estimate of the future commercial acreage needs should be derived. TABLE 10, converts the square footages estimated in TABLE 8, to acreage needs. Comparing TABLES 9 and 10, it can be seen that existing commerc ial development almost equals the current 1974 need . The projected acreage needs fo r 1980 are 35.3 acres and 50.3 acres for 1990. The Commercial and I ndustr1al Areas Plan Map depicts areas where -30- �,, TT - CENTRAL BUSINESS DI STRICT 1111 GENER A L CO M MERCIAL ~ CONVENIENCE COMMERCIAL ~:::::::::::::::) EXPRESS WA Y SE RVICE 11111 INDUSTR I AL ~ OPEN SPACE BUFFER ~ ~ COMM ER C I AL 8 I N DUST R I AL ARE AS PL A N CITY OF MIL AN M IC HIGA N I SC:Alf IM , t[T •uoun . ,.u villc a n . l emon a auo cl a t u Inc . co mmu nit y pl a nnin g con1u lt a nt1 �commercial development should be guided and located at ultimate development. It should be noted that areas shown on the map are not intended to depict acreage proposals and need, nor infer any time reference. There are four types of commercial uses proposed: Convenience Comparison General Freeway Service TABLE 10 COMMERCIAL SQUARE FOOT AND ACREAGE NEEDS 1974 -1990 CITY OF MILAN, MICHIGAN 1974 1980 Sq.Ft. Acres 1990 Sq.Ft. Acres Commercial Use Sq.Ft. Acres Comparison ( 1) Convenience (2) General (3) 80,800 68,200 95,700 1.9 6.3 22.0 94,800 80,000 112,300 2.2 7.3 25.8 135,000 113,900 159,900 3.1 10.5 36.7 244,700 30.2 287,200 35.3 408,800 50.3 TOTAL (1) To convert the estimated square footage needs for comparison commercial uses a ratio of 1· 1 (one square foot of land per one square foot of building area) was utilized. It was, therefore, assumed that all comparison commercial uses will be located within the CBD where landscaping and parking are not provided individually by each tenant. (2) For convenience commercial use, a ratio of 4: 1 (4 square feet of total land area for every square foot of building area) was utilized. This rato is consistent with the Foodtown Center on Platt and Main Street and is considered sufficient to provide adequate space for both parking and landscaping on convenience commercial sites. (3) For general commercial uses, a ratio of 10:1 (10 square feet of total land area for every square foot of building area) was utilized. This ratio is typical of many general commercial uses such as gas stations, lumber yards, auto dealers, where the building is significantly smaller than the uses respective lot area. -31 - �Four convenience commercial areas are proposed at ultimate development : Existing center at Platt and Main Street Intersection of Platt and Redman Roads Intersection of Oakville-Milan and Sanford Roads Intersection of Platt and Arkona Roads The three additional centers are proposed to serve the day-to-day shopping needs of the residents residing in the surrounding neighborhoods with such possible facilities as a small grocery-party store, bakery, drugstore, cleaners, etc. Comparison commercial is proposed only within the Central Business District -where major shopping facilities are usually located when possible. Increased comparison commercial within the CBD, offering increased merchandise selection would aid in retaining additional tax dollars within the City. General commercial is proposed at Dexter north of Phillips where this type use currently exists. The area directly east in the island between Dexter and U.S. 23 freeway is also proposed for general commercial uses. The triangular parcel bordered by Dexter and County Streets and the Ann Arbor Railroad is proposed to remain as general commercial . The fourth proposed commercial use is freeway service commercial which would be located on land parcels adjacent to U.S. 23 and would serve the transient or passerby motorists. Since this type of commercial development would not serve the Milan Trade Area population, it was not considered in the market analysis. Two primary areas are suggested . land at the northern freeway ramp outside the City limits and a parcel currently zoned commercial at the Main Street ramp located within the City limits. This type of commercial use would contain such uses as hotels, motels, restaurants and gas stations, i.e., those uses that provide service to the freeway users. CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT Due to the importance of the Central Business District in terms of community tax base and community image, the following section is devoted to the identification of principal problems in the CBD , and their potential remedy. -32- �Inventory Four major areas of concern are identified as follows: ( 1) Land Use: Existing land uses range from single-family to industry lacking the relatedness of many modern shopping centers. (2) Vehicular Park ing : Parking layout design of off-street City lots are marginal. On-street metered parking, for the most part located on Main Street, the City's main arterial, tends to create traffic bottlenecks as wel I as safety hazards for pedestrians. (3) Circulation : The following identifies the areas that tend to disrupt efficient vehicular movement in Milan's CBD: (1) the three-way "jogged" intersection at Tolan, Main, and Wabash Roads, (2) the obtuse intersection where Main and County Streets merge, and (3) lack of service area in the rear of buildings. (4) T he -fo llowing impairments within the CBD: Visual Environment: is intended to identify visual (1) many buildings are in need m rehabilitation (2) many signs project from buildings over the sidewalk creating a cluttered street appearance many sidewalks are in disrepai · (3) (4) pedestrian crossings are poorly designed (5) the CBD lacks attractive street furniture such as trash receptacles, benches, lighting, and landscape treatments (6) there is an overall unmaintained appearance in alleys and rear buildings Improvement Plan The purpose of the proposals for improvements that follow are to set forth a realistic and feasible plan that can be effectuated by the City, merchants, and residents. Each of the four areas discussed in the inventory section are provided below with im provement proposals. -33- �Land Use: The major obJect1ve, in terms of land use, should be to establish a cohesive unit of commercial and office uses that can be well defined in a CBD. In terms of land uses, the area proposed as the CBD should permit primarily comparison, convenience and office uses on first floor levels. Discriminate review should be given to general commercial uses permitting only such uses as theatres and bowling alleys . Second floor areas could be used primarily for apartments and offices. Thus, commercial and office uses should not be permitted to emanate outside the periphery of a defined CBD boundary in order to ensure stable retail development. But at the same time, commercial and office uses should be given almost exclusive locational rights within the CBD with discriminate review of noncommercial uses. Vehicular Parking: The most important concern to vehicular parking is that it be provided off-street only; and that no on -street parking be permitted within t he CBD . This, in turn, requires that off-street parking be located at an accessible, convenient distance from businesses for the shopper, as depicted on t he Generalized CBD Plan . At the same time, the provision of adequate off-street parking would relieve the need to park directly to the rear of buildings allowing these rear areas to be used exclusively for loading and unloading areas. In areas where no rear loading area currently exists, part of the proposed parking areas can be reserved for these uses. With the elimination of on-street parking, the usable road width of Main Street, would be increased by approximately 18 feet improving both vehicular and pedestrian movements, and also enhancing the visual appearance of Main Street. Based upon the estimated usable retail floor area within the CBD, there will be a need for 640 parking spaces. TABLE 11 below, depicts the basis for determining parking need -34- �TABLE11 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT PARKING NEED 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Square Feet - 1st Floor Square Feet - 2nd Floor Square Feet - Total - Gross Percent Floor Area Usable Total Usable Floor Area - Net Square Foot Standard per Parking Space Parking Spaces Needed 294,725 49,025 343,750 .65 223,438 -=- 350 640 T otal square footage of all first floor buildings in CBD. Represents one-half of total square footage on second floor areas for office uses. Remaining one-half assumed to be utilized for multiple-family dwellings and therefore is not calculated as needed CBD parking. Total of (1) and (2). Sixty-five percent utilized as the percent of usable floor area. In more modern buildings, usually 80 percent is utilized . Usable floor area is defined as that area used for the sale of merchandise or services or for use to serve patrons, clients, or customers. Such floor area as hallways, storage, or utility or sanitary facilities are excluded. Result of multiplying (3) times (4) . Standard for computing parking is 350 square feet per parking space This figure includes area not only for the parking stall, but drives, maneuvering lanes, landscaping, and curb areas. Result of dividing (6) by (7), thus representing the total parking area and office uses shown on the Generalized CBD Plan . Converting t he areas shown on the Plan for parking spaces approximately 670 spaces can be generated, 30 spaces above the need A s shown on the Generalized CBD Plan, buffer or transition strips are proposed between proposed parking areas and residential land uses. They are suggested in order to protect residences from potential noise and light that may occur . These str ips could be provided by means of heavy planted strips, walls, berms, or combinations of each, depending upon the land use situation and relationship. T hese, buffers and transitions are also proposed between commercial land uses. -35- residential and �'------~L SPINK [ ANN LAFAYETTE SECOND .......... . ......................... . ... .... ......... ..... ::::::::::::::::::::::::: ·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.· ·.·.·.·,·.·.·.·.•.•,•,·.· ::::::::::::::::::::::::: :,:,:-:-:-:,:-:,:,:.· COUNTY ~ CO MMER CIAL C:=J PARKING Wt;£~ OPEN SPACE f:t)~:):. J SINGLE-FA M ILY RESIDENTIAL ~ MULTIPLE ·F AMIL'I' RESIO[NTIAL ~ PUBLIC &m QUASI · PUBLIC 5C:A PROPOSED CIRCULATION ( ,,. NOY[lll.[lt GENERALIZED CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT PLANI vll1con CITY OF MILAN MICHIGAN f[[T , 1 174 lemon a assoc,otes inc community plann1ng consulton1s �Circulation : The proposed circulation plan for the Milan CBD consists of the following : 1. The elimination of on-street parking on Main, Ferman, Tolan, and Wabash Roads in order to increase the width of moving traffic lanes. 2. The closing of Tolan Street in order to eliminate the "jog" intersection of Tolan - Main - Wabash; and the development of Tolan Pedestrian Mall in order to increase pedestrian movements and accesses A plan for the design of a pedestrian mall is shown on the following page . 3. The extension of Marvin Street through to Main Street to aid in channeling Main - County Road traffic in a more defined manner. Thus, from the Marvin Street extension west on County, a two-lane one-way route is proposed as the access point to Main Street In turn, traffic on Main Street desiring to travel east on County Street would use the Marvin Road extension to gain access to County Street from Main Street. The resulting triangle is desirable for landscaping as shown in the design treatment that follows. 4. The location of a cul-de-sac directly north of the Gay - Main Street intersection would alleviate confl1ct1ng turning movements. Gay would then become a service drive for the proposed commercial and multiple-family uses abutting the streets shown on the Generalized CBD Plan. 5. The realignment of First and Th ird Streets to insure smooth transition between the two streets when Tolan 1s developed as a pedestrian mall. Visual Environment: A large part of improving the downtown's appearance can be a reiult of initiating the above proposals such as: removing on-street parking and providing adequate off-street parking developing the Tolan Pedestrian Mall and alleviating the "jogged" intersection extending Marvin Street and landscaping the resulting triangular island . These proposals will create an improved appearance as will the restoration and rehabilitation of existing buildings both fr ont and rear, repaired sidewalks, and provision of street furniture . -36- �\~\ \ \ ~ \\ I TOLAN STREET SECTION SCALE 1'=10 I □ I □ I ' u TOLAN PEDESTRIAN MALL COMMERCIAL Jru)]J1£fj (CoJ:IDoIDJo"' 9 VILIO\N ·LEMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC EXPANSION PARKING I --~,,, . ..... 1 I~ - - ~ 1 1:r1 11 If ,J,,. .. ) 1... ..J ·. r ♦ PEDESTRIAN ACCESS . l MAIN - ✓ ~ SERVICE DRIVE ~ z ~ ~ a: w u.. �0 [§ §§ 0 z g 0 0 - V, zw ~ X w ~ w w ~ ·~ ,._ -~ w -' ..: (.J CJ) ~ ~ V, ~ ~ d z H > ~ -<( ~ 0 b Vl LJ..J ~ s V) <( eel z<( ~ UJ -,J z 0 ::J ~m 5 �Im! FACADE STUDY OOIIIL&~ CCoIIDoIIDo S VILICAN LEMAN & ASSOCIATES, 11\.C. �INDUSTRIAL AREAS PLAN �INDUSTRIAL AREAS The provision of adequate industrial acreage for industrial development is important for future employment opportunities within the City and for providing a strong tax base to help support community services. Milan's geographic location, in terms of transportation facilities. is excellent. The U.S. 23 Freeway crosses the eastern portion of the City providing good freeway access en route to Toledo, Ann Arbor, and Flint, as well as alternate freeway systems such as 1-94 and 1-96 Two active railroads, the Ann Arbor and the Wabash, traverse and intersect in the City's geographic center. At the present time, there 1s an abundance of vacant industrially zoned land located primarily in the east and southwest portions of the City Of the 291 acres zoned for industry, only 97 acres are developed Although 97 acres seems minute in terms of total City development, industrial development has increased 220 percent from 31 acres in 1960 to 97 acres in 1973. This increase has been due primarily to the plant locations of Fruehauf, Owens-Illinois, and Inland-Scholz. The Future Land Use Plan proposes inaustr1al development to continue in the east and southwestern portions of the City as shown on the Commercial and Industrial Areas Plan Map In total, approximately 500 acres of land is being reserved for industry The plan, for the most part, recommends industrial development within the areas of the City presently zoned industry with some modi f i cati ans No distinction is made between light and heavy industry Light industrial areas would serve the limited needs of a particular 1ndustr1al land use type which, by their limiting nature, can serve as an effective land use transition between the less restrictive industrial land uses ana the proposed res1dent1al areas beyond . Heavy industrial areas represent areas in which the least restrictive industrial land use types may locate. However, much special consideration has been given to areas where proposed industry abuts noninaustrial land uses The following comments pertain to policies the City has endorsed concerning such land use relationships: That although land in the eastern portion of the planning area is prime industrial acreage, it is recognized that it is the City's responsibility to protect the existing single-fam ily residences at Sanford and Plank Roads -37- �from industrial land use intrusion Therefore, precautions should be taken so as to carefully buffer the two incompatible uses. This may be accomplished by means of earth berms or natural open space areas as shown conceptually on the Commercial and Industrial Areas Plan Map . A later section wil I discuss, in greater detail, industrial development concepts that may serve as guidelines. The proposed industrial areas in the southwest portion of the City, although proposed abutting medium -density residential rather than single-family, should be given careful site plan review when developed so as to minimize adverse affects that may occur through poor site planning. Following is a discussion of various industrial development concepts related to the above proposals. Industrial areas shou Id be protected from intrusion by non industrial land uses. Businesses and residences should be excluded from industrial districts, inasmuch as such uses can easily jeopardize the attractiveness and appeal of an industrial district. In other words, industry should receive exclusive zoning, as do residential and commercial zones. In addition to the basic goal of achieving exclusive industrial districts, there are design concepts for an industrial district itself. These are illustrated on the accompanying sketches. Not all of these design principles will be adaptable to small districts containing only one or two plants, but the high points may be outlined as follows: Buffering or insulation between industry and residences can be achieved by: Greenbelts, earth berms, and/or obscuring walls developed along the property line. Major thorofares, with res1dent1al or industrial lots backing up to the thorofare. Buffer zones of transitional uses (1 e., parks, office uses, multiple housing districts, off-street parking areas, etc. ). To keep congestion to a minimum, industrial districts should be adjacent to major surface arteries, or to special routes giving ready access to the area-wide highway network .33. �DEVELOPMENT RESIDENTIAL - REAR OF FREEWAY ON L OTS FREEWAY .•.-:-:-:-:.·•· CARS~ TRUCKS~ n : ;~~:~~:i~~ •:• i~ i :~:;: '.: '.: 1 !l!i \ ~i~!~i~:11:~!~!i i\i ! I .. ~Ii i ~ i !;!i: I~ i iii i: l;l: i! ;~ n; ~; ~; □ -~ ~ i ~~HU~ Iu~ ~ ~ !~; nji I! i ~ :~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ i ~ ~ !~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ! !~ ~ ~; :~ II II CARS__. w Q: ~ 0 Q: 0 ,._:r I}~~~~I~~ ~ 1 1 1 Illi ilil l!l!i l i!l!I il i l i!! !!i~llllllllllil !!11[1! ! 1!1l!!l!l il l l !I! ~ Q: .,0 :Ii \///\//? c( 2 MAJOR RESIDENTIAL I NDUSTRIAL DISTRICT THOROFARE DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT I vil i con • lemon planning a assoc . i nc . consultants �I I :; ~; j ..l <I ! ~ 7: - i i i ;l ~ ~ ~~ ~6 j ~ ; I- ~ i t dl ~ ~~ ~~ ~ t~ !i '>J i6 ~i 11 -- I ~ ?; .lii! ~D ~ I ~ 1 i u I ~a g I- ~'~~ 8 ~ ~l --- ! - .... J ~~ ~D ~~ J'i 1i -~ ~ z Ill rl -~ i i D C) I\{) ~ z· ~; �~ i 3, I I),:' i 'G -z I I I ~ i y~ ~ UJ ;~f l ~ ~ ! lz i! I I 1-i If' D K i ~~ ~ i I ~ i~ ~~ ~11~ _\ ~ z() i <1 i ! -- - I ~ Im I I L -- ~:::) i II ~:z if\ II\ ~ <1 Ii ~ ~fl _j ~ !~ l= IJ) I ' ~ ~> ~ �In addition to manufacturing plants, an industrial district should have adequate space for : Employee parking Truck loading, storage and warehousing Future expansion Landscaping The facilities should be arranged in the most efficient manner possible . In a large district, a sound design approach is to have alternate streets for cars and trucks as indicated in the concept sketch. The former wou Id be fronted by parking facilities, the latter by loading docks. In locating and planning industrial developments, care should be taken to insure that the space is adequate and usable. For instance, if a parallel rail line and major thorofare are too close together, the space between can lose appreciable value. Also, it might be difficult to serve facilities across the highway with rail spurs without creating points of congestion -39- �THOROFAREPLAN �THOROFARES An overall network of thorofares, analyzed in accordance with land use patterns, is an important element in the Future Land Use Plan. A basic objective of 2n efficient thorofare plan is the maximum separation of local and through traffic movements. Local streets should be designed so as to avert through traffic and to serve only the traffic of local residents. However, through traffic should be provided means of movement by secondary and major thorofares that surround the residential areas. Three basic street types of importance to the Future Land Use Plan are: Local Streets: Local neighborhood streets, industrial service drives, and the like, are for local traffic only and provide direct access to abutting property. They are indirect in alignment in order to discourage through or fast moving traffic. Public right-of-way widths are normally 60 feet. Secondary or Collector Thorofares : Through streets which collect vehicles from local streets and distribute them to either local destinations, or higher type arteries. Right-of-way widths are normally 86 feet. Major Thorofares: Along with freeways, major thorofares serve as the principal network for traffic flow. Major thorofares connect areas of principal traffic generation, as well as serving the interurban connectors. Generally, right-of-way widths are 120 feet or greater. The following proposals of the thorofare plan are influenced by future residential, public, commercial, and industrial land use proposals of the Future Land Use Plan . LOCAL STREETS As stated above, local streets provide direct access to abutting property and are intended to serve only local traffic. It is not the purpose of this plan to propose, in detail, local street accesses and extensions. Efficient development controls exercised by the respective City bodies can assure proper local street extensions and accesses. The scope and number of all such proposals are too vast to show -40- �MAJOR ClNTO \:'"'"' D IJ'??, FREEWAYS THE FREEWAY OR tx,REIIWAY IS OESIGNEO FOIi THE lilOVEIIENT 0, THROUGH TRAf''IC HTWUN AND THROUIIH URBANIZED AREAS . ALL DIRECT ACCESS TO ABUTTING PROPERTY 18 PROHIIITED. IN ADOITION TO HANDLINt LARGE TRAF,iC VOLUMES WITH A HltH DEGREE OF unn, FREEWAY SYSTEMS ALSO IIEET lilORE ADEQUATELY THE TRAVEL TIii£ DESIRES 0, USERS. 0 D 0 0 COLLECTOR STREETS ~ THIS SYSTEM PROVIDES FOR THE COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION OF TRAFFIC BETWEEN MAJOR THOROFARES AND LOCAL STREETS AND IS COMPOSED OF THOSE STREETS USED MAINLY FOR TRAFFIC MOVEMENT WITHIN RESIDENTIAL, COMMERCIAL, AND INDUSTRIAL AREAi . LOCAL STREETS LOCAL OR RESIDENTIAL STREETS PROVIDE DIRECT ACCESS TO ABUTTING PROPERTY . THEY ARE INDIRECT IN ALIGNMENT IN ORDER TO DISCOURAGE THROUGH OR FAST MOVING TRAFFIC. THOROFARE CONCEPT I vilican · lemon planning a THOROFARES MAJOR THOROFARES TOGETHER WITH FREEWAYS (WHERE THEY EXIST) SERVE AS THE PRINCIPAL NETWORK FOR TRAFFIC FLOW . THEREFORE, MAJOR THOROFARES CONNECT AREAS Of' PRINCIPAL TRAFFIC IIENERATION AS WELL AS SERVINt A8 INTERURIAN CONNECTORS . THESE STREETS PROVIDE FOR THE DISTRIIUTIOII AND COLLECTION OF THROUGH TRAFFIC TO AND FIIOIII COLLECTOR assoc. inc. consultants �graphically on the Thorofare Plan Map It is intended, that those shown, do not constitute the full extent of such proposals. The thrust of local street planning should occur during the development of respective parcels of land at the time of platting and site plan review. SECONDARY THOROFARES The following roads are suggested as secondary or collector thorofares : Division Street and its extension west to Platt Road will provide access through the proposed medium-density area as well as serve traffic generated from the Milan Middle School . Platt-Dexter connection, north of Sherman Road, is proposed in order to provide secondary access between these two major thorofares to serve future land use proposals. Wabash Road, south of Division Street, is one of two north-south routes. Although the intersection of Wabash with the railroads is cumbersome, improved design and signaling should improve the crossing. There is alsb the possibility that the Ann Arbor Railroad may be abandoned, in which case, Wabash would only intersect one railway . However, should activity on the Ann Arbor and Wabash increase significantly, the possibility of realigning Wabash to include Division, Anderson, Anderson extension, and realighment with the Wabash as a direct southern route should be considered . Dexter Road , also known as Carpenter Road, travels in a north-south direction providing interchange access to the freeway. At the present time, Dexter only travels south as far as Main Street. It is a proposal of this thorofare plan that Dexter be extended south to Sherman Road. Such an extension wou Id serve adjacent land uses by permitting north-south movement to one of two freeway interchanges without having to circle west through the CBD and by creating an additional bridged access over the Saline River. In this way, persons who live on Allen Road could utilize Dexter to gain access to County Street rather than using Wabash Road. The proposed route, as shown on the Thorofare Plan Map, represents route location number 3 per the "Dexter Street Extension Study" by McNamee, Porter and Seeley, Engineers, in 1973. As stated, the extension of De xter Road will relieve the Wabash Road traffic as well as downtown congest io n. However it sh ould be noted that if -41- �--------· --►-----• d ,--- ,,,, ,, ,, ------ / L. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' L.. r1·· : I I ' '' L_ .•••••......•. ♦---• ♦ DESIRABLE STREET ACCESS DESIRABLE STREET EXTENSION ••••• SECONDARY THOROFARE - MAJOR THOROF ARE * INTERCHANGE IM PROVEMENT T H OCITY R O FA RE P LAN OF MIL AN M IC H I GAN I .. SCAL[ I/Ill f[[T AUGUST, lt'IS vlllcan · loman a auac lalu In c . community plannlno conoullanta �development east and south of the Wabash Railroad occurs much in advance of the Dexter Road extension, the traffic volumes of existing surrounding arterials would be greatly increased . Therefore, careful planning and phasing of development is essential. Redman Road, between Platt and Wabash Roads, serves as a collector street for the medium-density and industrial areas traffic. Allen Road, between Wabash and the proposed Dexter Street extension, will, in the future, serve the medium-density residential areas. MAJOR THOROFARES The following roads are suggested as major thorofares: County Street provides the City 's main point of access from the east and merges with Main Street in Milan 's downtown area . The portion of County Street east of the City limits becomes Milan-Oakville Road which links Milan and the rural area of Oakville. Reg,onally, this route connects with Telegraph Road at the Monroe-Wayne County lines to the east. Existing land uses along County, within the planning area, include industry, as well as being planned for additional industrial uses. Therefore, County Street as a major thorofare will serve primarily the industrial uses as well as provide bridged access over U S. 23. Main Street currently functions as a major thorofare carrying the bulk of area traffic in a diagonal pattern through the City . To the northwest, beyond the City limits, Main splits into: the Sal ine-Milan Road which links the Cities of Saline and Milan; and Moorev1lle Road which connects Milan with the rural area of Mooreville . To the southeast, Main becomes Plank Road connecting with the rural area of Mayer . Plank Road currently provides one of two interchange points with US. 23 making this road an important regional thorofare providing freeway access to Milan and its surrounding areas. Platt Road provides north-south t ravel in the western portion of the City, as well as bridged access over the Sa line River . Ultimately, the area is planned to develop with residential uses, and in turn , to be served by this major thorofare. -42 �From a regional standpoint, Platt connects with Michigan Avenue (M-12) to the north as well as continuing further north to Washtenaw Road in the City of Ann Arbor. To the south, Platt continues the extent of Milan Township, terminating at Day Road . Redman Road traverses east and west originating at Wabash Road in the City and traveling west to Ridge Highway. Redman is proposed to serve as a major thorofare from Platt road west. Arkana Road presently linking Platt Road and US. 23 is proposed to be extended westward to the Saline-Milan Road. This route would provide continuous northerly access to the freeway, as well as serve the planned northern residential area . The minor realignment, as shown on the Thorofare Plan Map, of Arkona Road west of US 23 is proposed by the State Highway Department so as to provide additional acreage for the improvement of the interchange. The State is prepared to acquire acreage at the present time, but has no construction plans in the short range . N. Wabash Road currently serves two large traffic generators: Wilson City Park and Milan City Hall . Also, Wabash Road provides one of two bridges over the Saline River . For these reasons, N. Wabash will remain a major thorofare. Sanford Road extending north and south will, in the future, serve the planned industrial uses as well as the Milan Federal Correctional Institution and proposed golf course. Santora Road is proposed to be extended from Plank south to Sherman to provide greater continuity . Sherman Road traversing east-west along the southern boundary of the planning area will serve as a major thorofare for future land uses and will intersect with Platt and Sanford Roads . Dexter Road , as previously discussed in the Secondary Thorofares section, travels in a north-south direction provia1ng interchange access to the freeway. Its designation, north of Main Street, as a major thorofare is important due to the access it provides to the north over U S. 23 . Dexter Road also serves as one of the main points of access into the City of Milan in the vicinity of Dexter and Phillips Road . It Is proposed that Dexter be realigned between Lewis and Michigan Streets in order to provide straight line continuity without the median access between U.S. 23 and Dexter as currently exists. This suggested improvement will requi re cooperation between the City a11d State Highway Department , and most likely require initiation of such investigation by the City -43 · �FUTURE LAND USE PLAN �FUTURE LAND USE PLAN The Future Land Use Plan represents a composite of all the land use elements: inventory of existing land use, population, and housing conditions, residential areas, community facilities, commercial and industrial areas, and a thorofare plan . The purpose of a Master Plan as stated in the introduction is to set forth a general plan that will guide the long-range development of land. In so doing, each specific land use has been analyzed and represented as shown on the Future Land Use Plan Map. TABLE 12, provides an acreage and percent breakdown of each land use. Rights-of-way have not been included within the table, but are included with the respective land use in which they relate. It can be seen that residential land use is planned as the largest user of land with 54.5 percent of the total land area. Industrial uses total 16.6 percent ranking second, and recreation and open space third with 12.2 percent. In summary, the ultimate holding capacity of Milan and planning area is estimated at 24,075 persons generating 3,134 K-5 pupils housed in 8,025 dwelling units. -44- �TABLE12 PROPOSED FUTURE LAND USE CITY OF MILAN AND PLANNING AREA Acres Percent Residential 1,340.8 288.6 44.8% 9.6% 4.0 0.1% 12.0 13.4 9.4 41.8 0.4% 0.4% 0.3% 1.4% Industry 497.9 16.6% Recreation & Open Space 365 .3 12.2% 63.6 2.1% 267.8 8.9% Quasi- Public 16.5 0.6% Water 73.2 2.4% 2,994.3 100.0% Low Density Medium Density High Density Commercial Convenience Comparison General Freeway Service Schools Public TOTAL *Total greater than 100% due to rounding. -45- �\ ·- ',,,~ < ;:,:: ~ M IL AN FEDERAL CORRECT IO NAL IN ST ITUTIO N J,i ;,-~r::{~~ •"----7 !~/ ',~ m i:!r~:1r/~.~ _iH·t~"~' i :'•fti;!.-rt':') 1·• (?\~1~ -..:t;-.rr,'~',.J\.~~ ~~:1,-:;{.') ~.,,,,.,~r,w1· •• r;:<. ..,, . ~,.... ....,~ I I ,,,_,:~;;..,,,,, ___J k.-(7,.:''i,'(",-:-_...\.4'"· l ~f~si~! I I l. I - --- :-;~~:~~,;:~·?:~~ ~ -~-. :,-•t<;#:-1-9◄ ~? !}f.'{.'C}/~J. '""'iii .··.•.•;•~;,: - ~:tt:?t:tr I I :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: .!!! ~ !~ !i ~ ijj jjjjjj jj jj jj ~ jjjj;~ ...... .... .............................. !~;: - ........................ .......... ....................................... ...................................... ...................................... ..................................... . . " ..... . -:-:-:•· · · rs .... . ·.·.·.·.·.·. ;.,;....:.. Y:·((;j➔ • •• J: i -1 i-----------------------•-----■■■■-• I ••--·~···················· T H OROFARES +--- PUBLIC DW ELL NG UN I TS PER ACRE} (10 · 15 D W E L LI N G U N ITS PER ACRE) ml ~ ~ !lHlli:::'.l . ...... , ., Ir PUB LIC PROPOSED CITv ~A1..~ 0 ® '~~_;_ -· • ■ ... ; I I I ! I -f-1__ .•••••••••• ........................ ......................................•••••••• . .. . . . . . ::: I I I I I I 1 ~ PROPOSED FIR" DESIRABLE STREET AC CESS DESIRABLE STREET EXTENSION ,TAT CN • POLICE STAT I ON @ PROPOSED DEPART'AF.NT © © © 0 SANITARY JoF SECONDARY P UBL IC w ~ lir< S M AJOR LANDF 1..L WAT ER TOWER THOROFARE THOROF AR E INTERCHANGE I MPROVE M ENT WATER WELL SEWAGE PLAN s PR2 POSED COMMUN ITY 8 HOUSING CE NTER SCHOOL ENTARY ELEM PR OPOSED ~ RECREATION B OPEN ~ SPACE PROPOSED RESIOE~T AL ~ECREAT ION CE M ETER Y FU T U E LAND USE PLAN CI TY OF MILAN MICHIGAN � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Milan_Master-Plan-for-Future-Land-Use_1975 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1975-12-16 Title A name given to the resource Master Plan for Future Land Use Description An account of the resource The Master Plan for Future Land Use for the City of Milan was prepared by Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. and was adopted on December 16, 1975. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Land Use--planning Milan (Mich.) Monroe County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/ff5df546f65a58fbcc379c26f6761dd5.pdf 8be679ad64993fc5105cd6b7a4d9c270 PDF Text Text r . ,. lVIILAN 2010 lVIASTER PLAN �MILAN 2010 MASTER PLAN CITY OF MILAN, MICffiGAN Prepared by: Milan 2010 Master Plan Committee and the Milan Planning Commission Assistance provided by: Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. 28316 Franklin Road Southfield, Michigan 48034 • JUNE 1991 �ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS MAYOR Alan Israel MAYOR PRO-TEM Marilyn Wisner COUNCIL MEMBERS Louis G. LeBeau David Ludwig Thomas Preston Kevin Serpa Richard Zavala PLANNING COMMISSION Richard Bancroft Ed Swope William Craigmile Ira Kerns Glen King Donald Ludwig Thomas Preston Edwin Ransom Gregory Stripp, Chairman 2010 ADVISORY COMMIITEE REPRESENTING John Gaines ... . . . .. . ......... . ........... . .................. . . . .... . D.D.A. Alan Israel, Mayor ..... . ....... . ......... . ....... ... ... . ...... City Administration Glen Johnston ....... . .......... . ......... .. . . .... .. ............ . ... T.I.F.A. Patrick McShane, Administrator ..... . ......... . . . .. .. ... . ........ City Administration Ed Ransom Planning Commission Greg Stripp Planning Commission Clayton Symons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milan Schools Marilyn Wisner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City Council CONSULTANT Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. �TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTENTS PAGE Introduction ................................................................... 1 Purpose ................................................................ Scope ..... ... ................... . .... ....... ........... ..... .......... Planning Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 2 Population Profile ...................... : ........................................ 3 Trends ................•................................................ Population Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Social & Economic Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Housing Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 7 9 Existing Land Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Residential Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial Areas .......................................................... Parks & Recreation/Open Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 14 14 14 Goals and Objectives ........................................................... 16 Future Land Use ............................................................... 20 Residential Areas .......... .............. ....... ................ .. ............ Commercial Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Industrial Areas .............................................................. Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Community Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public & Semi-Public .......................................................... Thorofares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historic Preservation .......................................................... 23 25 27 28 39 42 43 47 Master Plan for Future Land Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Implementation ...................... .. ...... . ....... ............ ..... ......... 51 TABLES Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: Population Trends ................................................... 3 Age Group Comparison .............................................. 4 Age Group Trends .................................................. 6 Economic Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Employment Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 8 Educational Characteriistics ............................................ 9 Age of Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1o Housing Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Existing Land Use Within City Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Comparison of Acres Per Thousand Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Proposed Future Land Use Within the City Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Proposed Future Land Use for the City of Milan and Planning Area .............. 21 Comparison of Acres of Land Use Per Thousand Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Future Land Use Comparison of Acres Per Thousand Population .... .. ......... 22 Standards For Lot Sizes, Existing and Proposed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Facilities Deficiency and Surplus ....................................... 34 �• INTRODUCTION PURPOSE The overall purpose of the Milan 2010 Master Plan is to set forth a general plan that will serve to guide the long-range development of land in a defined area. A prime objective of the plan is to achieve a balance of land uses that economically, physically, and socially benefit those persons residing in and about that defined area. The master plan as a whole, serves as a policy manual to provide direction in making land use decisions. The master plan illustrates, "where the City is going." It serves in this capacity in several distinct ways. First, it provides supporting language which both reflects the public wishes and justifies land use decisions. Second, it provides a list of goals and objectives which can be used to shape the community in a planned manner. The Future Land Use Plan, which is included within this document serves as a framework for the physical land use distribution within the City and its respective planning area. The plan is the result of a study by the Milan 201 O Master Plan Committee and planning consultants, Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. SCOPE Milan's 2010 Master Plan is a policy manual. One of the tools to accomplish the goals and objectives is direct public actions. However, some of the most powerful and useful tools are the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations. The Zoning Ordinance was updated in connection with the update of the master plan so that there is clear and consistent coordination. It is important to recognize that the master plan supports the Zoning Ordinance. State zoning enabling legislation specifies that zoning should be based on a plan. This master plan provides the framework for the Milan Zoning Map. Additionally, the plan considers the broad goals of the community and provides objectives as how to achieve these goals. ) .. PLANNING AREA The development of a Future Land Use Plan for a specific community and the surrounding area may have a direct effect on land use proposals and policies. Since Milan is surrounded by four townships, it becomes necessary to overlap planning efforts in order to effectuate sound land use transition between abutting communities. Also, the City's policy to eventually extend urban services outside the present City limits deems study of surrounding land uses necessary. Therefore, a planning area, as shown on the Residential Areas Plan Map, was delineated and used as a basis for study. Reference will be made to the City of Milan proper, and to the City of Milan and its planning area throughout the study. It should be noted that the two are distinct areas and should not be considered interchangeable. 1 �METHODOLOGY I I· In May of 1989 a field survey of the City was performed to record visual impressions of the City. These impressions were recorded and discussed with the Planning Commission, and thus started the master plan process. Other background studies were also conducted at this time including an inventory of all land uses within the City and a demographic analysis. Broad community goals were then discussed and prepared. Objectives and policies were established in conjunction with the specific goals for the individual land use elements. As the process continued, various elements were analyzed and discussed by the 201 O Committee. Goals, objectives and policies for each element were discussed and reworked. Upon completion of the analysis of the individual elements, and the setting of goals and objectives, the individual elements were condensed, compiled and coordinated to form the master plan document. I • ' 2 �POPULATION PROFILE TRENDS Both Monroe and Washtenaw Counties experienced significant growth between 1970 and 1980 according to Census statistics. However, during the same period, the City of Milan decreased in population. This loss, 423 residents, represents a 9.2 percent decline for the decade. Projections based on past trends predict the decline to continue resulting in a decrease of 577 residents by 1990 representing a loss of 13.8 percent. However, based on input from local officials as well as a windshield survey of the City, there is proof that the population may once again be increasing. An apartment complex containing 86 units was recently constructed and building officials estimate between 20 and 30 houses have been constructed within the past year. In fact, the only data figure now available from the 1990 Census shows the City of Milan population at 3,990 residents. Thus, the projected decrease of residents is not as sharp as trends would indicate. TABLE 1 POPULATION TRENDS City of Milan Sources: 4,605 4, 182 4,040 -9.2% Monroe County 118,479 134,659 · 133,600 13.7% Washtenaw County 234,103 264,748 282,937 13.1% -3.5% 6.4% 1970, 1980 & 1990 Censuses and Urban Decision Systems. County information was supplied by the Michigan Department of Management and Budget. Unfortunately, an increase in the number of households does not always create a corresponding increasing in population. Since 1980, it is estimated that the average number of persons per household has decreased from 2.87 to 2.61. 1 Therefore, there may be more homes, but because there are fewer people in each home, the population if not declining, is not growing as rapidly as perceived. This will be discussed in more detail later in this document. A declining population can be detrimental to the fiscal health of a community. As population decreases, the demand for homes also decreases. As the demand decreases, the market value of those homes will probably decline. Furthermore, a decrease in the number of people in the community results in fewer dollars to be spent at area stores, undermining their economic soundness. Urban Decision Systems. 3 �A program for arousing the demand should be considered. Milan's proximity to Ann Arbor could be beneficial. The recent growth in Ann Arbor and surrounding areas, has inflated land and home values. Milan may be able to offer a better value for the dollar. To do so, the historic character of the City should be emphasized, raising a sense of community spirit and placing renewed importance on the existing housing stock. At the same time alternative housing types which cater to the needs of the largest demographic group should be encouraged. The City's proximity to rail lines, expressways, the University of Michigan, and the Ford Motor Company complex may be very appealing to manufacturers. This should be exploited. The collection of commercial buildings of architectural quality in the City's downtown area is a considerable asset. These buildings should retain their historic character and a unifying streetscape treatment should be devised. Historic preservation tax credits and other economic incentives and programs should be explored. All of these details will be addressed further in other areas of the master plan document. But, their role in maintaining or increasing the population base is important. POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS Preschool TABLE 2 AGE GROUP COMPARISON: 1988 Age group estimates for 1988 indicate that 8.5 percent of the City's population is less than six years old. This compares closely with County percentages. This number is forecasted to remain relatively stable but may increase as baby boomers, who are now parents, have children of their own. This is refered as the echo of the baby boom. 8.5% 10.2% 7.8% 6-13 12.6% 13.8% 9.1% 14-17 7.7% 6.4% 6.4% 18-20 3.3% 4.4% 6.6% 21-24 4.3% 4.4% 12.4% 16.9% 17.0% 21.0% 2~34 In response to this and' other socioeconomic factors, there has been an 15.7% 14.2% 16.9% increase of day care facilities, nationwide. 10. 1% 8.3% 8.8% 4~54 It is becoming more socially acceptable 7.7% 7.4% 5.9% and to an extent economically essential 13.0% 10.7% 8.2% 65+ that both parents remain employed. Thus, working parents are turning to day care. 100% 100% 100% This trend has been reinforced through state legislation limiting the control of Sources: 1970 & 1980 Census and UrtJan Decision Systems. home based day care and the rise in day care franchise operations. The manner in which this is addressed by the City's zoning ordinance may be an important issue. 4 �School Aee Children The groups between five and 18 years old, collectively represented 20.3 percent of the City's population in 1988. 2 Although significantly greater than the Washtenaw County percentage, it is roughly equal to Monroe County's statistics. This group does not represent the largest sector of Milan's population profile, but with approximately 755 people, it does represent a considerable number. Based on these statistics, enrollment trends for the area appear to coincide with population trends. The trend is towards a declining enrollment since 1987. It should be noted that the school district encompasses a larger area than the City, but general patterns can still be followed. Family Formine The second largest group represented in the age distribution, 24.8 percent of the population, are those between 18 and 34, the family formers. With a total of 922 people estimated in this category in 1988, they constitute a large component of the City's makeup. This is the group that will be fueling any potential increase in the number of preschoolers. ,. l We are amidst a national trend in which one of the fastest growing groups is currently the singles. People are staying single longer and generally, delaying child bearing into their late 20's and 30's. This is one reason why the preschool group is not expected to have explosive growth regardless of the number of people within the family forming group. Compounding the issue is the fact that those who have children, today are having fewer. The estimated average household size in 1988 was 2.61 people per household for Milan. The 1993 forecast for household size shows a decrease to 2.47. 3 From an economic standpoint, these people, either single or childless are expected to spend large sums on household items, home-repair, fast food, entertainment and leisure. They are a strong consumers. The fact that the City contains a large number of people within this group may speak of prosperity for local business. I '. ,. I Mature Families A sizeable proportion of Milan's population is between the ages of 35 and 54. In fact, they are the largest group in the City's population profile. These people will tend to have children thoroughly entrenched within the educational system and will be very concerned with the quality of education available. Currently, they represent approximately 25.7 percent of the population, but with the aging of the family forming group, the mature 2 Urban Decision Systems. 3 Urban Decision systems. 5 �families group will become an overwhelming majority. Within ten years they will be clearly the largest group in both number and proportion. Again this does not suggest a huge increase in the number of school age children since family size is generally shrinking, but there will be more parents. These parents may be more sympathetic to millage increase and will probably be interested in issues relating to parks, open space and recreation. TABLE3 AGE GROUP TRENDS 0-5 352 8.4% 317 8.5% 267 7.7% 6-13 604 14.4% 470 12.6% 442 12.7% 14- 17 332 7.9% 286 7. 7% 246 7. 1% 18-20 212 5. 1% 122 3.3% 101 2.9% 21-24 304 7.3% 159 4.3% 104 3.0% 25-34 726 17.4% 638 17.2% 528 15.2% 35-44 520 12.4% 630 "16.9% 669 19.2% 45-54 371 8.9% 327 8.8% 353 10.2% 55-64 355 8.5% 287 7.7% 248 7.1% 65 + 406 9.7% 483 13.0% 518 14.9% 4, 182 100% 3,719 100% 3,476 100% POPULATION City of Milan 28.9 32.9 35.8 Monroe County 27.9 30.5 32.3 Washtenaw County 27.8 28.4 29.7 Sources: SEMCOG and 1970 & 1980 Census and Urban Decision Systems. Mature Adults Today, societies are typically characterized as aging. The median age in the city was 28.9 years in 1980. It is estimated that this will increase to 35.8 years by 1993. The estimates for both Monroe and Washtenaw counties are also on the rise. Because older adults tend to make more money than young adults this can be beneficial to the economy of the city. However, they are generally not a consumer oriented group. While it is true that this group is projected to spend an increasing amount of their income on leisure activities, they have a greater likelihood to save. l. ,- l_ 6 �The group between 55 and 64 years of age is commonly referred to as the "empty nesters." They are older parents who's children have left the household. Thus, many of these people find themselves with extra income and time to spend it. They seek more passive or less intense forms of recreation such as golf, swimming, or walking. Also, many of them find that their current houses are too big or costly for their needs and seek alternative living arrangements. The City of Milan's population make-up consists of approximately 7. 7 percent within the 55 to 64 year old range. This is above the figures for both Monroe and Washtenaw Counties. Furthermore, the City has a considerable amount of people 65 years or olde_r. They represent 13.0 percent of the population. Estimates indicate that this number will increase by 1993 to 14.9 percent. Many communities, seeking to diversify their age distributions and thus their economic soundness, are finding ways to retain mature adults. In fact, some communities have attempted to attract seniors into the community. Because the number of seniors is significant in Milan and is expected to grow, the number and placement of elderly facilities is an issue which should be addressed in the master plan. For example, elderly housing is often placed near to recreation and shopping areas to limit the distance that seniors have to travel either by car or other means. A number of mature adults, usually over 65 years old, do not use automobiles and thus require living arrangement which place them within walking distance of essential services. Planning for their needs may bring the need for a special zoning designation or some other treatment. GENERAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS Household Income TABLE 4 ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS: 1988 The median household income for the 5 i~~~::h~l~s ~i~ ~:~~~~ ( I r I . i~~~~~ !~~ $32,594. The median describes the middle point on a plotted curve of income per household while the average relates to the sum divided by the number of households. For our purposes, the median serves as a better indicator because it describes a situation in which one half of the households are above the figure and one half of them are below. Compared to either Monroe or Washtenaw counties, Milan has a greater median household income. In 1988, only 18.3 percent of the City's households earned less than $15,000. This is considerably less, percentagewise than either county. ll: !jli :Jj!i!~i~1il~il !il !i~!il !j!i!i~l~l il :~:i:i1: :1:1:1;,:;1:1:1:1:1:1:~il~l f •i1lilil!iL , ii!ilJ:[1:11 a 11: 11 Household Income •- - - - - -5.2% ---- - - -5.1% --• 4.3% $0- $4,999 $ 5,000 • $9,999 6.1% 9.2% 7.9% $10,000 · $14,999 7.0% 8.7"" 9.0% $15,000 • $19,999 8.8% 8.3% 9.3% $20,000 • $24,999 10.9% 8.4% 8.5% $25,000 • $29,999 7.5% 9.2% 8.3% $30,000 - $34,999 8.6% 10.5% 7.7% $35,000 - $39,999 11.4% 9.3% 7.4% $40,000 - $49,999 15.4% 13.9% 12. 1% $50,000 - $74,999 14. 1% 13.8% 16.2% 4.8% 4.4% 8.5% Med. Household Inc. $32,535 $30,887 $31,223 Ayg. Household Inc. $33,871 $32,968 $36,941 $75,000 7 + �At the other end of the scale, only 4.8 percent earned $75,000 or more. This is slightly above Monroe County's figure of 4.4 and below Washtenaw County's figure of 8.5%. The bulk of the City's households, 40.9 percent, has yearly incomes in the range of $35,000 to $74,999. Occupation TABLES EMPLOYMENT CHARACTERISTICS The City has a very even E~~~~e~~ b~~~~l~irew~~k::'.te show that 47.4 percent of the residents are employed in "white collar" positions and 48.9 percent are "blue collar." As a point of comparison, Monroe County has a make-up of approximately 40.4 percent white collar and 59.6 percent blue collar. Washtenaw County is almost the reverse of Monroe County with a make-up of approximately 62.4 percent white collar and 37 .6 percent blue collar. The Washtenaw County figure is probably strongly affected by the large number of white collar jobs associated with the University of Michigan and the City of Ann Arbor in general. llil ! ! J!i i l!,J~~li!l!lj!li;,!l lllilll!l! l\!i l!ililjl;jJ.!li ~ljifJJlil:lfl\JjlJ J ~\!ljlil lrJJ! !,li!i jll l : . llli !i !I WHITE COLLAR Managerial/Executive 6.4% 7.5% 9.9% Professional 11 .7% 8.8% 22.3% Technical 2.4% 2.1% 5.5% Clerical 19.4% 14.0% 16.4% Sales 7.5% 8.1% 8.3% 47.4% 40.4% 62.4% Craftmen 11.8% 18.4% 8.8% Operatives 19.7% 19.8% 11 .8% Services 16.0% 14.1% 13.6% Laborers 3.6% 5.0% 2.1% Farm Workers 1.5% 2.3% 1.2% 52.6% 59.6% 37.6% TOTAL BLUE COLLAR TOTAL Source: 1970 & 1980 Census and Urban Decision Systems. The proximity of the Ford automotive plant and the prison facility contribute to the availability of employment. The unemployment rate for the City of Milan was four percent in May, 1989. 5 While this is low in general, it is indicative of past unemployment figures for the City. It is safe to say that the demand for prison space is forecasted to remain strong. However, the automotive industry rides the economic rollercoaster. As the various business cycles progress, the demand for automobiles rises and falls. This can be extremely unsettling for a community. To maintain a healthy economy, a diversity of industry is essential. Industries which tend to run counter to automotive trends should be especially targeted. However, the attraction of businesses that serve largely as suppliers to the auto industry should not be neglected. Proximity to the Ford plant can be a key consideration to suppliers which may be used to entice new business into the community. L .. .,, 4 Urban Decision Systems 5 Michigan Employment Security Commission . 8 �I Education TABLE 6 EDUCATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS There is a high percentage of residents 25 years or older, who have only a high school education. Although this figure, 38.4 percent, is less than the Monroe County figure, it is high in relation to the Washtenaw County figure of 26.3 High School Only 38.4% 42.0% 26.3% College (1 to 3 years) 18.3% 12.5% 18.5% 14.0% 8.9% 36. 1% College (4 years or more) Source: 1970 & 1980 Census and Urban Decision Systems. * Includes only residents 25 years or older. percent. Also, 18.5 percent of Monroe County residents have one to three years of college education. Milan with 18.3 percent is for all practical purposes identical. The number of Milan residents who have completed four or more years of college is higher than the figure for Monroe County but falls far short of the Washtenaw County figure. Over all, education in median years at 12.54 for Milan, 12.32, for Monroe County is almost identical. Washtenaw County with a median of 13.74 most likely reflects the number of people employed by the University of Michigan. Milan's large percentage of adults with only a high school education may be related, to an extent, to employment opportunities in the City. Some communities have developed industrial/research/office parks. Facilities such as these, which have been developed in the Ann Arbor area, chiefly employ white collar workers. This may be an issue to be examined in the master plan and zoning ordinance. Also, the community could benefit from educational programs which promote advanced education. Examples are adult education, accelerated classes and advanced placement programs. GENERAL HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS Household Trends I A household is a group of people living together in a housing unit. The U.S. Bureau of the Census defines a housing unit as, "a house, an apartment, a group of rooms or a single room, occupied as a separate living quarters or, if vacant, intended for occupancy as a _separate living quarters." According to Census data, the number of households in the City of Milan increased throughout the 1970's, reaching a total of 1,458 households in 1980. The recession of the early 1980's coupled with high interest rates, severely limited new home construction. As a result, the number of households in Milan declined in conjunction with a lack of new development and the eventual elimination of some housing units. A 1988 estimate6 of 1,424 households indicates that the gradual decline in the number of households is continuing and will probably continue into the future unless offset by new home construction. 6 Urban Decision Systems. I. I '- 9 �... Household size In 1980, the average household size according to the Census was 2.87 persons per household. This figure declined through the 1980's reaching an estimated figure of 2.61 persons per household in 1988. This decline in households size is characteristic of County, State and National trends. Generally, a declining household size may contribute to a decrease in population if the number of households remains relatively stable. (number of households x average household size = pop. estimate) This appears to be the case in City of Milan. The decline in household size is due to a variety of factors among which are the increase in divorce rates (nationally) whereby what had been at least two persons living in one household becomes, two persons, each with their own household. Additionally, and of particular relevance in Milan, is that those born during the "baby boom" period of 1946 through 1964 have generally delayed their marriage and childbirth in proportions beyond those of previous generations. The largest share of the City's population, almost 34%, was born during the baby boom. TABLE 7 AGE OF HOUSING Historic Architecure ~ The majority, 52.2 percent of Milan 's housing was built before 1950. Of this a good amount may be of architectural or historic 11.6% 3.9% 10.0% 1975-1980 significance. As the predominant characteristic of the City's housing 14.3% 16.3% 9.7% 1970-1974 stock, an emphasis should be 14.8% 27.1% 15.7% 1960-1969 placed on the maintenance and 17.6% 17. 1% 18.4% preservation of these homes. 1950-1959 Currently, an Historical Society or 41.7% 29.5% 52.5% 1949 exists, but the City may wish to older consider the creation of a Historic L===========:!::::::============::!.I District Study Committee under Source: 1970 & 1980 Census and Urban Decision Systems. Public Act 169 of 1970 as amended. The committee would survey the area and then could designate specific buildings and/or districts for preservation. Also, the committee may be influential in the creation of an Historic District Ordinance. Other common activities of such committees include conducting periodic tours of historic buildings, preparing brochures, describing historic architecture, and holding community awareness programs to discuss the benefits of historic preservation. These and other issues will be reviewed more extensively in the Historic Preservation component of this master plan. Housing of little or no architectural significance, often requires a considerable amount of maintenance and code improvements. A variety of housing rehabilitation programs are currently available and are offered through the Michigan State Housing Development Authority (MSHDA) in cooperation with local banks and the community. These programs have proven to be effective mechanisms to stabilize and improve the housing stock in many communities throughout Michigan. 10 �Tenure of Housine TABLE 8 HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS: 1980 I ' The City of Milan had approximately 430 rente r occupied housing units in 1980. This represents a 28.5 percent share of the City's housing Number of 1,512 98,172 45,361 stock. This compares with Housing Units 1980 figures for Monroe and 96.5% 95.1% Occupied Units 94.6'% Washtenaw Counties of 20.2 percent and 44.0 percent Vacant Units 4.4% 4.6% 3.5% respectively . Washtenaw 68.0% 74.9% 50.6% Owner County figures are most likely Occupancy distorted due to the large demand for rental units around 20.2% 44.00/4 Renter Occupied 28.5% the University of Michigan. At $48,134 $45,953 $61,578 Median Value the same time, 1988 estimates $270 $240 $199 for the City indicate a general Median Rent decline in the number of owner occupied housing units while Source: 1970 & 1980 Census and Urban Decision Systems. the number of renter occupied units remains stable at 430. 7 The market for new multiple family housing units appears to be quite good. There is a large segment of the population in Milan that may find a need for rental housing. Typically, this may be seen as young people who cannot afford a house or older people who may not care to maintain one. If there is a market, as appears to be true, the City should carefully pick areas for multiple family growth. One indicator of the need for alternative housing types is the number of non-family households. Non-Family Households A non-family household is one "containing just one resident or two or more residents unrelated by blood or marriage."8 For the City of Milan, the 1988 estimate9 of non-family households was 24.1 percent. Monroe County had an estimated 19.8 percent and Washtenaw County an estimated 38.6 percent of its housing units described as non-family households. ,. l . 7 Urban Decision Systems 8 U.S. Census. 9 Urban Decision systems 11 �Non-family households typically have fewer children and require smaller housing units. Also, housing that is not geared towards the family may require little or no yard due to the lack of children. ·Housing which suits their needs might be condominium townhouses, apartments, and attached or detached cluster condominiums. Older people often find condominium housing a desirable alternative due to the amenities available and lack of owner maintenance. It is important to remember that housing developed under the Condominium Act, can take many forms and does not reflect any particular style of development. Popular today, is single family cluster housing and site condominiums. From an economic standpoint, a housing unit that is larger than the occupant's needs can be a financial burden. This can lead to decreased maintenance and a blighting effect due to lack of time or money. Furthermore, by committing too much income to housing, little may be left for other expenditures. This is money that could have otherwise been spent in the community. To facilitate a healthy mix of housing units that meet the economic needs and desires of the community, areas should be carefully master-planned. ,e i l 12 �EXISTING LAND USE RESIDENTIAL AREAS The City's housing supply is predominantly single family in nature. The older homes are concentrated around the Central Business District to the north, east and west with some additional housing south of the Saline River. This area is bounded approximately by vacant land and Arkona Road to the north, Main Street to the south, Case Street to the east and Platt Road to the west. The additional smaller area south of the Saline River is concentrated along Wabash Street ·and between Division and Ohio Streets. Many of the larger older homes have been converted to two family and multiple family dwelling structures. ( . TABLE 9 EXISTING LAND USE WITHIN CllY BOUNDARIES (1989 FIELD SURVEY) Residential (311.3) 19.0 Single Family 275 16.8 Multiple Family 37 2.3 Commercial 37 2.3 Office 1.5 0. 1 Industrial 248 15.1 71 4.3 Public 24 1.5 Quasi-Public 38 2.3 Schools 58 3.5 Water 44 2.7 Road right-of-way 369 22.5 Rail right-of-way 38 2.3 Vacant 363 22. 1 1,640 100.0% -Parks TOTAL Newer housing is located further from the Central Business District. These areas include subdivisions north of Phillips Street, southeast of the Platt and Main Street intersection and Anderson Street. There are a few multiple family developments in the City. These include a development at Hurd and Ferman Streets (the old High School site), the northeast corner of Main Street and Platt Road; on the west side of Platt Road south of Main Street and on the east side of Platt Road between Canfield and Louis Street. 13 L. �,, COMMERCIAL AREAS The City of Milan has three major commercial areas, the Central Business District and adjacent commercial areas along Main Street in the center of the City. The Central Business District and adjacent area to the west has approximately 50 commercial establishments in an area roughly bounded by First and Hurd Streets to the north, the S~line River flood plain and Ford Lake to the south, Gay Street to the east and Church Street on the west. The commercial area in the northeast portion of the City lies on both sides of Carpenter Road near the U.S. 23 expressway. Commercial land uses are located along both sides of Carpenter Road roughly between Arkona Road to the north and Phillip's Street to the south. There are approximately 25 commercial establishments in this area. The third major commercial area is located west of Platt Road along Main Street. This area indudes a supermarket, drug store, bank and barber shop. In addition to these three commercial areas, there are two smaller commercial areas in the City. These include the following locations: 1. Intersection of Dexter and County Streets - this area includes a car dealer, gas station and auto parts store. 2. Intersection of Redman, Allen and Wabash Streets - this area has a farm supply store, offices, bar, an adjacent lumber business which is also an industrial use and other commercial uses. There are also a few individual commercial uses at various locations in the City. INDUSTRIAL AREAS The major industrial area of Milan is the area east of U.S. 23, between the Railroad rightof-way and Plank Road, occupied primarily by the Ford Motor Company. The other large industrial area in the City is located south of Redman Road on both sides of Platt Road. PARKS & RECREATION AREAS/OPEN SPACE The City of Milan is blessed with a wealth of recreation land and open space. The City of Milan has over 200 acres of developed parks. These include Wilson Park (35.6 acres), Ford Lake (14.4 acres), Nature Park (11.8 acres), Middle School Play field (4.15 acres), Sanford Road Park (139.5 acres), Milan Softball Park (9 acres) and the High School Paddock School Fields (22 acres). The remaining open space acreage is land which includes the Saline River and its floodplain and the Ford Lake backwaters (a greenbelt I \ L- C 14 �r area which takes an east-west course through the center of Milan). Ford Lake is shallow and silted, but provides an attractive water area in close proximity to the downtown and easily accessible to all residents. The extensive Saline River frontage is a valuable asset to the City Park System. TABLE 10 COMPARISON OF ACRES PER THOUSAND POPULATION: 1990 LAND USE SURVEY H:989) -:;•· . ·• )< 1 ··..:...•:•r•••::::::11 11:::::::; I I . ACRES PER 11 0H6 / . . PEOPLE •·• .< .•. .:. ...... 274 76.2 Multiple Family Residential 37 10.2 Commercial 27 10.2 Office 2 0.4 248 68.9 Parks 71 19.8 Public 24 6.6 Quasi-Public 38 10.5 Schools 82 16.0 Vacant 363 100.7 Industrial I .:AC.RES (?. Single Family Residential I .. 15 �:l~- !}:::'}{}1 SINGLE-FAMILY ~ MULTIPLE-FAMILY fI%~H OFFICE - COMMERCIAL ~ PU 8 LI C ~ QUASI 11W SCHOOLS ~ PARKS ~ LIGHT ~ HEAVY C::=J ~ ...... L RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL PUBLIC ...... INDUSTRIAL 400 INDUSTRIAL SCAL[ VACANT a toO IN !!_00 'f[T MAY 1989 AGRICULTURAL EXISTING Cl TY LAND USEI OF MILAN MICHIGAN vlllcan · lemon a 011oclat11 Inc . community planning conaultanta �GOALS AND OBJECTIVES In the formulation of a Future Land Use Plan, the Planning Commission set forth policies concerning the future of the community. Such a task requires much study and review by the Commission, as well as an objectiveness by which decisions made· benefit the community as a whole. Therefore, to aid the Planning Commission in their endeavors, a Milan 2010 Master Plan Committee was formed consisting of the following: Mayor, Council members, Planning Commissioners, TIFA Member, DDA Member, local residents , a Chamber of Commerce member, school board representative, City Administrator, and City Planner. It was the purpose of the committee to set forth a list of goals and objectives to serve as guidelines in the Planning Commission's formulation of the Future Land Use Plan. Following are the goals and objectives as listed by the 2010 Committee. Goal 1: Goal 2: To create a pattern of development for the City of Milan in which various land use designations are compatible with one another. Objective: Industrial area will be as distant as possible from residential areas. Objective: Business uses will be convenient to but not adjacent to residential uses. To provide an accurate balance of housing types to meet the needs of Milan residents. Objective: Encourage the development of new single family areas in appropriate locations with emphasis on preserving a rural suburban atmosphere. Objective: Emphasize the maintenance and preservation of existing single family neighborhoods while providing a balance of housing types. · Objective: Recognize the need for some multiple family housing, while limiting locations to major and secondary thorofares. Objective: Make provision for utilizing owner occupied single family detached and attached cluster housing in areas where single family subdivision development would be disruptive to natural resources. 16 �Goal 3: Goal 4: Goal 5: Objective: Preserve and maintain structures of significant historical or architectural value and their immediate surroundings. Objective: Use the cluster and PUD options of the zoning ordinance to meet the need for one and two person dwelling units. To designate land uses in such a way that development is not over-taxing the infrastructure. Objective: Place high intensity uses along major thorofares. Objective: Designate major thorofares on a map. Objective: Designate future school sites. Objective: Create mechanism which limits the number of drives onto major thorofares that would otherwise hamper their efficiency. Objective: Consult the various organizations which will be improving infrastructure components and analyze the impacts of these improvements. To preserve the natural resources of the City of Milan. Objective: Utilize a wetlands ordinance to insure that development will not disturb valuable areas. Objective: Create and adopt a woodland protection ordinance to insure that development will not disturb valuable wooded areas. Objective: Use zoning overlays to provide flexible mechanisms through which development can occur while maintaining natural areas. To promote and provide joint use by the City and School District of existing and proposed school sites, where feasible, for both passive and active recreation purposes. Objective: Emphasize cooperation between the City and School District for efficient use of facilities. 17 �Objective: Goal 6: Goal 7: Goal 8: 1• Seek agreement between the City and School District in the development of parks and recreation facilities and school facilities to avoid duplication of effort, where feasible. To incorporate the existing Parks and Recreation Plan into the City of Milan, 2010 Master Plan. Objective: l)tilize recommendations in the Parks and Recreation Plan. Objective: Update the Parks and Recreation Plan periodically to reflect current conditions and Michigan Department of Natural Resource Programs standards. To rehabilitate the existing Central Business District. Objective: Preserve the inherent architectural character of individual buildings and the downtown area as a whole. Objective: Preserve and maintain structures of significant historical and architectural value. Objective: Provide realistic and feasible economic restructuring to meet the current needs and market potential of the unique shopping atmosphere. Objective: Recognize the need to seek alternate uses for structures which are no longer suitable for their original purpose. Objective: Recognize the need for housing units to occupy second and third floors of downtown buildings where feasible. Objective: Encourage physical improvements to the streetscape which respect the architectural values of the buildings which occupy the central business district. The Master Plan should provide for future school sites in relationship to the population to be served. Objective: Provide convenient locations for future school sites. Objective: Provide future school sites which consider population growth potential of all areas shown in the Master Plan. 18 �Goal 9: Goal 10. Goal 11 . Provide for adequate water and sewer seNice which reflects the future growth potential of the City and surrounding area. Objective: Monitor existing and future plans and timetables (County, regional and others) to provide cost effective service locations. Objective: Determine the potential impact of future City growth and the surrounding area. To provide an adequate traffic circulation system. Objective : Improve truck routes between industrial areas and the expressway (U.S. 23). Objective: Place an emphasis on north/south movement. To provide for potential areas to accommodate alternative housing needs of the City of Milan residents. Objective: Provide for senior citizen housing. Objective: Provide for low and middle income housing. Goal 12. To aesthetically improve the thorofare approaches to the City. Goal 13. To encourage industrial development. Goal 14. To recommend and eliminate incompatible land uses. Goal 15. To take steps to insure that all inferior structures in the City are removed or rehabilitated so as to conform to the Code and Ordinance requirements of the City. Goal 16. To establish a historic district study committee for the purpose of identifying historical and architectural resources and methods for their preseNation. Objective: Preserve the unique identity and community character of Milan. Objective : Create public awareness of historic preservation benefits. Objective: Adopt a realistic historic district ordinance. Objective: Maintain and preserve structures of significant historical and architectural value and their immediate surroundings. 19 �FUTURE LAND USE TABLE 11 PROPOSED FUTURE LAND USE WITHIN THE CITY OF MILAN BOUNDARIES (1990) I LAND USE CATEGROY I I PERCENT OF TOTAL AREA (484.7) (30.3%) Low density 357.7 23.0% High density 117.0 7.3% (51.4) (3.2%) Local 5.0 0.3% General 15.0 0.9% Expressway 14.0 0.9% Central Business District 17.4 1.0% Industrial 315.6 19.7% Parks & Recreation 161.8 10. 1% Public 63.0 3.9% Schools (Public) 82.0 4.5% Road right-of-way 368.5 23. 1% Rail right-of-way 38.1 2.4% Water Bodies 43.6 2.7% 1,599 100.0% Residential Commercial ,,-----...., AREA (acres) TOTAL 'L ,·- / j I- 20 I �TABLE 12 PROPOSED FUTURE LAND USE CI1Y OF MILAN AND PLANNING AREA I I LAND USE CATEOGRY Residential AREA (acres) I PERCENT OF TOTAL AREA (1,725.2) 44.7% Low density 1,511.9 40.3% High density 169.3 4.4% (151.2) 3.9% Local 26.2 0.7% General 18.1 0.5% Expressway 89.5 2.3% Central Business District 17.4 0.4% 1,094.6 28.4% Parks & Recreation 334.8 8.7% Public 336.0 8.7% Schools (Public) 190.0 3.8% Water 73.2 1.9% 3,861.0 100.0% Commercial Industrial TOTAL L i' . 21 - - - -- I �TABLE 13 COMPARISON OF ACRES OF LAND USE PER THOUSAND POPULATION 1973 Land Use Survey Acres Acres Per 1,000 People Low Density Residential 265.7 57.8 High Density Residential 18.7 4.0 Commercial 30. 1 6.5 96.6 21.0 Public 56.6 12.3 Schools & Parks 111.7 24.3 8.4 1.8 Industrial \ Quasi-Public TABLE 14 FUTURE LAND USE COMPARISON OF ACRES PER THOUSAND POPULATION Acreage Acres Per 1,000 People Low Density Residential 367.7 115.6 High Density Residential 117.0 36.7 Commercial 51.35 16.1 Industrial 315.61 99.2 Parks & Recreation 161.8 50.9 Public 63.0 19.8 Schools (Public) 72.0 22.6 Future Land Use I (. r· l. I. 22 �RESIDENTIAL AREAS The Future Land Use Plan provides for two types of areas for 1,725 acres of residential development. These are 1,556 acres for low density (single and two family) housing and 169 acres for high density (multiple) housing. LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL The Future Land Use Plan shows the largest amount of land area for conventional low density residential development. About 1,276 acres is available for new low density residential development. Major areas included in those 1,276 acres are 320 acres in the far northwest portion of the planning area, south of Willow Road, 61 acres between Platt Road and the Ann Arbor Railroad right-of-way, south of Willow Road, 396 acres in the north central portion of the planning area between the Ann Arbor Railroad right-of-way and U.S. 23, 111.5 acres north of Mooreville Road and west of Platt Road, 40 acres east of Platt Road, north of Main Street, 117 acres south of Arkona Road between the Ann Arbor Railroad right-of-way and Carpenter Road, 149 acres west of Platt Road and south of Mooreville Road, 47 acres south of Allen Road and west of Crowe Road and 33 acres at the northeast corner of Redman and Platt Roads. The majority of the older houses in Milan, which were built between 1840 and 1930, are located adjacent to the Central Business District to the north, east and west. Many of these structures are outstanding examples of a variety of historic architectural styles. These houses are key elements responsible for Milan's unique identity. The quality of construction in these homes is substantial and provides potential for long use. Rehabilitation and restoration of many homes is now taking place. With the escalating price of housing, this trend towards restoration should continue. A variety of programs exist which could assist in further enhancing the viability of these areas. HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL The Future Land Use Plan provides for 169 acres of multiple family housing development. 144 acres are available for new high density residential development. Major areas included in those 144 acres include 31 acres at the southeast corner of Arkona and Platt Roads, 41 acres between Anderson Street and Platt Road, south of Canfield Street (with access on Redman Road) and 62 acres east of Wabash Street, north and south of Allen Road. r 23 �RESIDENTIAL AREA ANALYSIS There are currently several zoning categories that allow the construction of single family homes in the City of Milan. Of these, the R1-B district allows the lowest density (dwelling units per acre). The current area requirement of 7,200 square feet per lot would allow 6.05 dwelling units per acre. The smaller lot sizes are a product of a "grid system platting" which was commonly applied in the past. TABLE 15 STANDARDS FOR WT SIZES, EXISTING AND PROPOSED CURRENT RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT PROPOSED Lot Areas (sq .ft.) Width (feet) Lot Areas (sq .ft.) Width (feet) With utilities - - 18,000 120 Without utilities - - 43,560 150 Wrth utilities - 12,000 100 Without utilities - - 43,560 150 R1-B (single family) 7,200 60 9,600 80 R2 (single family) 7,200 60 9,600 80 R1 (single family) R1-A (single family) Current development trends 12,000 100 (two family) 10,000 80 terid to have larger lot sizes based on subdivision designs which favor acurvelinear street pattern. This type of design tends to have less area dedicated to roads and a greater amount of open space. As it is likely that this type of development will occur in the future on large parcels of land which are currently vacant, lot sizes should be reevaluated. The table above compares current standards for existing single and two family residential districts and proposes some potential changes. There are 1,095 acres of vacant land outside of the City that are suitable for residential development. Development of these areas using the lowest density standards existing in the zoning ordinance could create 5,302 new single family lots. Using the proposed R1-A district, a total of 2,121 could be created. We note that these calculations assume that 20 percent of the total land area would be used for roads. Lowering the density of developments has many implications. Several of these include: a reduction in the capacity required for sanitary and storm sewers, a reduction in drinking water capacity, less of an impact on surrounding roads, a greater amount of open area (green space) . I. I. 24 �I • COMMERCIAL AREAS There are four types of commercial areas shown in the Milan 2010 Future Land Use Plan which provides a total of 151 acres for future commercial use. These are the Central Business District, Local Commercial, General Commercial and Expressway Commercial. The following are descriptions of each of the areas: CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT The Central Business District area shown on the Future Land Use Plan occupies 17.35 acres and closely corresponds with the existing downtown business area. Centered at Main Street and Wabash Street, the CBD extends one block north and south, three blocks east and one block west. The area contains abut 50 specialty retail, offices and other small businesses and over 50 percent of the commercial firms in the City. It is anticipated that growth in the Central Business District will occur more as a result of changes within its present area rather than from expansion of its boundaries. The potential for growth lies in the availability of vacant commercial space, more efficient use of existing retail space and the tendency of the local market to replace marginal businesses with stronger, well established retail operations that can better meet the needs of the community. The historical architectural character of the CBD (downtown) area is a tremendous asset which will continue to provide unique opportunities and an aesthetic environment for specialty commercial needs. The character of the downtown area provides a lasting impression of Milan to visitors and residents. Downtown Milan and its individual architectural resources are key elements in the City's unique identity and sense of place. ( LOCAL COMMERCIAL I L There are three areas with a total 26.21 acres of land designated on the Future Land use Plan as Local Commercial. Businesses such as a supermarket, grocery store, drug store, and branch bank facilities are typically located in these areas where adequate parking can be provided to servic~ local residential neighborhoods and nearby business employees in some locations. The largest of these areas lies on the north and south side of Plank Road, west of Platt Road. There is a small area of local commercial adjacent to the west end of the CBD on Main Street. GENERAL COMMERCIAL I \. There are two major areas and a total of 18.14 acres of land shown on the Future Land Use Plan as General Commercial. Business types include restaurants, gas and fuel service stations, car washes, auto parts stores, automobile dealerships, minor auto repair, 25 I �theaters, dry cleaners, laundromats, florists, dairy, bakery, furniture and appliance stores and lumber yard retail operations. The largest of these areas lies on both sides of Carpenter Road, approximately between Phillips and Lewis on the west and between Miller and Smith on the east. The other area is located on County Street at Dexter Street. EXPRESSWAY COMMERCIAL The Future Land Use Plan provides for three areas of Expressway Commercial adjacent to U.S. 23 with a total of 89.5 acres of land. Businesses in these areas would include gas and fuel service stations, fast food and family style restaurants, convenience stores, car washes, minor auto repair, hotels, motel, bus and other transportation depots. I- The largest of these areas is currently vacant and is located along the north and south sides of Plank Road east of U.S. 23. The existing expressway commercial area continues to develop and is located along both sides of Carpenter Road at the north boundary of the City. This area currently serves as the major entry point to the City of Milan. Jmprovements are now being planned for this area in order to provide a more positive and aesthetic impression of Milan and to link this area with downtown and other areas in the City in the -future. l. \ ' L 26 �INDUSTRIAL AREAS Presently there are three major areas for the development of industrial uses in Milan. The largest area containing approximately 219 acres of land, located east of U.S. 23 between Plank Road and the Ann Arbor Railroad right-of-way, is primarily occupied by the Ford Motor Company. The second largest area containing 140 acres of land is located on both sides of Platt Road south of Redman Road. The smallest area is located on the west side of U.S. 23 between Plank Road and County Street. This area contains 25 acres of land. Three new areas for industrial development are also shown within the Milan 201 0 Future Land Use planning area. The largest area is located east of U.S. 23 (on both sides of Carpenter Road) and north of Arkona Road in the far northeast corner of the Future Land Use planning area. This area contains 557 acres of land adjacent to the Carpenter Road interchange on U.S. 23. The second largest area contains 86 acres of land and is located south of Redman Road, west of the vacant Fruehauf facility. This area in the far southwest corner of the planning area includes access to the railroad right-of-way south of the Fruehauf property. The other area lies adjacent to the same railroad right-of-way but is on the east side of Platt Road. This area contains approximately 56 acres of land along the south boundary of the Future Land Use planning area. Industrial land uses are difficult to forecast because they are not typically dependent upon existing population for their growth. To the contrary, they actually are the generators or catalysts for growth that attract jobs and people to an area. Because of their importance in stimulating the local economy, industrial uses should be encouraged in the area. And, the City with its existing industrial areas, concentration of labor and available facilities such as sanitary sewers, storm sewers, and central water service, is able to offer the services which new industries desire and existing industries need to expand. ,. I I- 27 �RECREATION PARKS AND RECREATION INVENTORY The City of Milan ,has in its possession approximately 1,623 acres of waterways, parklands and open space. Of this, some 200 acres are developed parks, listed below. The remaining acreage is land which includes the Saline Rivere ~nd its floodplain and Ford Lake and its backwaters (a "green belt" area which takes an east-west course through the center of Milan). City Parks Wilson Park (35.6 Acres) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Softball Field, lighted Basketball Courts - 2 Picnic Shelter Playground Equipment Tot Lot Play Area Little League Fields: a. Major League Field b. Minor League Field C. 'T' Ball Field d. (New) Little League Field Community House Ford Lake (14.4 acres) A shallow, silted but attractive water area downtown which could be renovated and made an important water use area, easily accessible to all residents. Contains an island. River Frontage A very valuable asset to the City park system with potential for multi-use development. The water quality is low from industrial, nutrient and septic filed pollution upstream. Milan's portion of the stream is only a part of the complete river basin which is planned as a green belt by both counties. Nature Park (11.8 acres) L. I • 1. 2. 3. Softball diamond Picnic Shelter Playfield L rI ~ 1. 28 �4. 5. 6. 7. Playground Equipment Volleyball Court (grass) Horseshoe Court Parking Area Middle School Playfields (4.15 acres) 1. 2. l' . Tennis Courts (4) Softball Diamond Sanford Road Park (139.5 acres) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Golf Range Tennis Court Small Picnic Areas Playfield Community Garden Plots 1.6 mile Jogging Trail Horse Show Arena/Reviewing Stand Model Airplane Flying Field Cross Country Skiing Trial Milan Softball Park (9.0 acres) ~ 1. Softball Diamonds Fitness Center Located in the Milan High School, the center contains weight lifting apparatus and an exercise area. Other Public Facilities The Federal Correctional Institution has a training center building which is available for community use, on a limited basis, but is somewhat remote for other than special purpose use by the community. It is, however, valuable to the community in that it is a space that is available under certain circumstances. SCHOOLS r \ r The School District extends over large portions of the two counties including the City of Milan. Within the City of Milan are two school properties, the high school - Paddock School area and the middle school area. Facilities contained in these two areas are as follows: t . 29 �High School - Paddock School (22.0 acres) C'\ .• Indoor Facilities: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Larger multi-purpose gymnasium with stage Art rooms Music rooms Photography laboratory Wood and metal shop Swimming Pool, indoor Closed circuit television Two Physical Education Stations (Gyms) Library Computer Center The high school has average facilities for recreation programs for use by the entire community and the swimming pool complex is outstanding. Its primary use is, of course, by students and the swimming team, but is used extensively for community-wide swimming activities. Outdoor Facilities: 1. • 2. 3. 4. 5. Football practice field Baseball field Track Softball sand lot fields (2), and storage buildings Playground Middle School (40.0 acres) The Middle School was opened in 1969 and includes some excellent indoor and outdoor facilities for Park and Recreation activities. I L Indoor Facilities: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Auditorium with stage Multi-purpose gymnasium Music rooms Library Art rooms Wood and metal shop 30 �Outdoor Facilities: 1. 2. 3. 4. '•· Lighted football field Track Baseball field General turfing & parking Private Recreation There are many clubs and organizations open to membership in the community and the region which furnish facilities and programs to meet their memberships' need and demands. Churches The churches in Milan have miscellaneous spaces which are being used for some recreational activities such as arts and crafts, generally oriented toward their own congregations. However, many of the church buildings are used by various community groups such as Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Brownies, and for meetings of various groups. Family Recreation Many forms of recreation preferred by adults involve the family. This is especially true of such activities as sailing, swimming, picnicking, fishing, gardening, bicycling, tennis, dining out, concerts and movies, camping, skiing, bowling and backyard barbecues. The setting for such activities range from the homes, which include a variety of design features for leisure living, but extends to include other areas of the county and state. Added to the above are the mass forms of entertainment such as radio and television; no figures are available on the relative use of television in Milan compared with people living elsewhere. It can be surmised that a relatively high frequency of TV-watching takes place, not only by adults, but by many children for whom there are inadequate recreation opportunities. '. I t Commercial Recreation Commercial recreation currently available in Milan includes: Cloverleaf Bowling Lanes, Milan Sports Plaza and The Milan Dragway. Many such facilities and services are within a half hour's drive such as restaurants, motel with swimming pools, football, basketball and other college and professional sporting activities. Cultural events in the region are numerous in Toledo, Monroe, Ann Arbor, Ypsilanti and Detroit such as music, drama, art events, flower show, auto and boat shows, ballet, theater, circuses and a great variety of other events. Milan is especially well located to 31 �■ take advantage of these surrounding metropolitan areas and their recreation opportunities. Heath Beach 5 miles Swimming, picnicking (privately owned, open to public) Irish Hills Ski Area 25 miles Skiing Mt. Brighton Ski Area 35-40 miles Skiing There are also two riding schools, a 9 hole golf course, and sportmans club in the region Library In addition to the three school libraries, the city library is located adjacent to City Hall in the central park complex, is a part of the Washtenaw County system and has access to any part of that system. It contains about 25,000 volumes and operates on a 1 mil appropriation from the City Council, plus some receipt and a small amount of State aid. Reejonal Facilities The people of Milan use the state parks and regional parks for varying purposes. However, all are some distance from Milan. Below is a list of these parks including the approximate distance from the Milan area and the activities and facilities available: ,..........,_ ' 'ii (' State Parks & Recreation Areas Distance W.J. Hayes 25 mi. Swimming, boating, fishing, picnicking, camping, hiking. Sterling 20 mi. Picnicking, boating, fishing. Pinckney 30 mi. Swimming, hunting, fishing, hiking, camping, picnicking. Waterloo 45 mi. Picnicking, hiking, fishing, swimming, hunting, camping. Island Lake 35 mi. Canoeing, swimming, picnicking. Huron-Clinton Metropolitan Parks Distance Lower Huron 25 mi. Swimming, golf, picnicking, hiking. Kensington 35 ml. Swimming, hiking, canoeing, ice skating, sledding, boating, fishing, golf. Dexter-Huron 25 mi. Canoeing, picnicking. \ I Activities r L. Activities I \ . ,.....--..__ I 32 '·. r ■ �,,- Washtenaw County Parks Facilities Distance Independence Lake Park 25 mi. Swimming, fishing, picnicking, hiking, nature programs, winter sports. Park Lyndon 25 mi. Picnicking, nature trails Park Washtenaw 15 mi. Community gardening, nature trails, par course. Rolling Hills Park swimming. 12 mi. Athletic fields, picnicking, winter sports, nature trails, Activities A comparison of Milan's Park Facilities with communities of similar size in Southeastern Michigan indicates that we are above average in park acreage and public park facilities. Source: Department of Natural Resources, Recreation Service Division, Public Recreation Facility Inventory Report Summary, 1990. 33 ,- - ~----- ~ -- �• TABLE 16 *FACILITIES DEFICIENCY & SURPLUS EXISTING DEFICIENCY SURPLUS 3 . 2 1 2 . 1 1 (1 A/ 200) (25A) 2 1 1 1 . . Art:>oretum 1/ 10,000 0 1 - Archery Range 1/ 1,500 1 . Baseball Diamond 1/6,000 + - Bicycle Trail 1/ 2,500 1 (route) 1 Bridle Trail 1/2,500 1 (open area) 1 Boating Facility 1/2,500 0 2 Band Shell 1/ 10,000 0 1 Botanical Garden 1/ 10,000 0 1 Basketball Court 1/ 500 2 6 Croquet Alea per demand 0 1 . . Casting Pool 1/2,500 0 1 . Camp, Day 1/10,000 1 . Football Field 1/10,000 1 - Handball-Paddleball 1/1,500 0 3 Horseshoe Alea per demand 1 - Ice Skating Alea 1/2,500 1 1 Shuffleboard Court 1/1,500 0 3 18 holesj20,000 0 9 holes Softball Diamond 1/3,000 + + Tennis Courts 1/2,000 5 . 3% population 1 (indoor) 1 (outdoor) 1/1,500 2 1 - FACILITY Neighborhood Playground Playfield Community Park Recreation Center Bldg. STANDARD 1 per 2000-5000 pop. SPECIAL PURPOSE Golf Course I.. Swimming Soccer Field +existing baseball diamonds; 1 regulation diamond in good condition 2 practice diamonds in fair condition 3 little league diamonds In good condition 1 T-ba/1 diamond in fair condition existing softball diamonds: 5 diamonds in good condition (3 are regulation size). **based on N.R.P.A. standards 34 + . 3 �PROBLEM STATEMENTS AND LONG RANGE GOALS Description of Plannini: Process With the help of the University of Michigan Social Research Development, the Milan Parks & Recreation Commission developed the following survey. One hundred and fifty (150) city residents were selected at random and the survey was hand delivered to their residence along with an instruction sheet and a stamped return envelope. Residents were asked to fill out the short survey and mail it to the Parks and Recreation Office, by the designated deadline. The University of Michigan advised us that 50% of the surveys were required back to make it legitimate. 37 completed surveys were received by the deadline. At that time follow-up phone calls were made to residents and 14 additional forms were received, bringing the total to 51. The additional 24 surveys were done by phone to bring the level to the needed 50% mark. The responses were tabulated and goals were set as a result of those findings and Parks and Recreation Commission expertise. The survey and results are shown on the following page. Questions No. 5, No. 6 and No. 11, that require written response are presented in more detail on a separate sheet from the actual survey form. (page 25.) On a whole the responses were very useful in our priority setting process. Current Problems and Issues I 1. Although a lot of improvements have been made as far as park maintenance and equipment acquisition there is still the need for an adequate storage and work area to maintain the existing and proposed park facilities. Within the next five years new equipment should continue to be purchased. The top priority as far as maintenance, has to be the development of a parks headquarter for the storage of vehicles, equipment, tools and supplies and to provide work areas for small repairs and winter work projects. 2. A system of equitable, area-wide financing of the Parks and Recreation Department must be explored in the near future. The Milan Parks and Recreation Department serves the needs of 12,000 people but is heavily subsidized by 4,000 plus city residents. It would be advantageous to establish a joint recreation authority whereby all units of government would cooperatively plan and provide leisure services to area residents. 3. At this point in time the Milan Senior Citizen Center is run under the direction of the Milan Parks and Recreation Department. Center activities currently take place in the Community House which is inadequate for the needs. A new center with more space is needed in the next five years. With the Senior population growing and the amount of leisure time available this is an important undertaking for the future of the community. '· 35 �4. Demand for local parks and recreation programs and facilities is sure to increase as Americans require more leisure time and transportation cost rise. However, funds for the development and operation of park facilities and programs to meet this increased demand may not be readily available. Alternative forms of funding through millage, manpower grants and fund raising drives are being explored. Wilson Park-Ford Lake Area: There are limited opportunities for passive or water based recreational activities within the City of Milan. The Wilson Park-Ford Lake area, despite having ample lake and river frontage is inadequate because of substandard park facilities and limited access to the water. The area should be developed to enhance existing scenic and water resources. Sanford Road Park Site: The Sanford Road Park Site could provide an adequate site for the annual Milan Fair, as well as continuing to provide large open spaces for certain space consuming recreational activities. Community Recreation Center: There currently is no facility that is built specifically for use by the total community for a wide range of uses. A community recreation center should be constructed for the following reasons: '· r 1. A large increase in the demand for indoor recreation programs and the facilities that are required for those programs. 2. An increased demand for meeting facilities by community and private groups within the community. 3. The lack of a large facility which is available by rent for large groups for meetings and other activities. 4. Limits in the availability of existing school facilities for recreation programs. 5. Lack of indoor facilities for future recreation growth. 6. Improvising programs in a less than satisfactory manner, because facilities do not meet the requirements of size and demand. 7. As after-school activities increase, more and more space will be needed for those purposes. 8. The lack of a central City civic building which is available to all civic and community groups, and which serves as a central focal point with the City. * The 2010 Committee has departed from the exact wording found in the City's Recreation Plan in order to meet the purpose of the Master Plan. 36 �Lone Ranee Goals Sanford Road Park Development Goals: Develop a major community park that provides adequate acreage for a variety of space consuming recreational activities. Milan Softball Park Development Goal: Install lighting on the existing tournament class softball diamonds. Wilson Park Development Goal: Develop the Wilson ·Park area into an attractive and functional community park and lake front accommodating passive and water based recreational activities. Milan Community House: Preserve and upgrade the Milan Community House to insure continuing use by the community for a wide variety of social and recreational activities. Park Maintenance: To provide clean, orderly and attractive appearance of park grounds, structures and facilities for the healthful, safe, convenient and enjoyable use of Milan area citizens. Area-wide Recreation Agency Goal: Encourage the cooperative planning and financing of leisure services by City and Township governments. Community Center Development: Develop a multi-purpose community center that provides facilities for a wide variety of social, and passive recreation activities. Short Term Objectives Sanford Road Park Development Objectives: 1. To continue cooperative planning with community organizations to determine the feasibility of developing facilities on the Sanford Road Park site. 2. To complete development of a community jogging-exercise trail including exercise stations and better organized parking. Milan Softball Park Development Objectives: 1. To install lighting on both tournament class softball fields. 2. To provide a play area with play structure for the Softball Park. 3. To develop an irrigation system and upgrade turf on both fields. r 37 �Wilson Park Obiectives: 1. To provide adequate means of vehicle entrance, exit and parking in the Wilson Park area. 2. To increase access to the waterbased recreational opportunities in and along the banks of the Saline River and Ford Lake. 3. To provide a system of scenic trails, overlooks, and a pedestrian bridge within Wilson Park. 4. To continue to develop and upgrade basic park facilities for the enjoyment and safely of park visitors including picnic shelters, passive activities area, open air concert facility and public restrooms. 5. To begin necessary steps to re-claim Ford Lake in conjunction with the Wilson Park project. r l Community House Development Obiectives: 1. Refinish interior to provide an attractive, Ford industrial period meeting facility. Park Maintenance Objectives: 1. Develop an adequate site for the storage of vehicles, equipment, tools and supplies. 2. Provide work areas for repairs and winter work projects. Area-Wide Recreation Agency Obiectives: 1. To involve township citizen in the planning of recreation services. 2. To establish a system of financing recreation services that provides greater equality between city and township residents. 3. Explore the feasibility of an area-wide (tax levy) milage appropriation for parks and facilities. Park & Facility Development Objectives: 1. To identify city owned land considered appropriate for park land and have Council designate it as such. 2. To develop a multi-room Senior Citizen facility to meet the needs of the senior citizens of the area. 38 �COMMUNI1Y FACILffiES To properly and effectively operate a community requires the provision of numerous services and facilities. Public facilities are those physical improvements required to provide public services to the neighborhood and community population. The following community facilities are considered: civic center, library, police station, fire station, department of public works, community center and utilities. CIVIC CENTER The civic center as part of the Future Land Use Plan, is important in that this center should be a focal point of the City. The concept of the civic center implies a complex for civic and governmental activities. The key advantage of a civic center is the grouping of compatible public uses in a single, recognizable area. Such a facility may include governmental offices, police station, fire station, library, community buildings and recreational facilities. The advantage of this campus-like center is the economy realized through the development of jointly used facilities such as parking, drives, landscaping, lighting and the close proximity afforded interdependent offices. By providing a civic center as one coordinated site, an aesthetic focal point for the City has been accomplished which reflects local pride and progress. The new Civic Center site, located south of the Saline River east of Wabash Road, contains the completely renovated and expanded City Hall, the adjacent library, new police station and new fire station, department of public works, and two historical buildings. The integration of restoration and reuse of the two historical Ford buildings and removal of the DPW storage barn would further improve the Civic Center site. LIBRARY The Milan Public Library currently operates within its own facility adjacent to the City Hall. The number of volumes is adequate to meet the present needs of Milan residents, however, the library is deficient in floor area. COMMUNI'IY CENTER r l. The Community /Senior Citizen Center building plan for the future is to be located in the City Complex Center of the Wilson Park area. Preliminary study indicates a community need for a center to service approximately 200 people in an estimated 7,200 square foot, one-story brick building or sided building planned for some future date in that location. POLICE f . I !. )1. As essential element of community service is that of police protection. To function effectively, the police station should be central to the population it is intended to serve. This provides for greater efficiency in normal patrol activities as well as dispatching standby vehicles. The new City police station in the Civic Center is a state-of-the art facility. 39 �The building consists of a 5,200 square foot, one-story brick building in place to handle the current/future community's public safety needs. The level of staffing for the Milan Police Departments is, 1-Chief, 1-Lieutenant in the command ranks, 6-State-certified Patrolmen, 4-communication dispatchers to operate 24 hour dispatching and 911 communication system coming on line in mid 1991. The Milan Police Department is part of the Mutual Aid System with the counties of Washtenaw and Monroe Police agencies. DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS The Department of Public Works (DPW) is charged with the responsibility of servicing and maintaining the public street and park system as well as the collection of refuse. At the present time, the DPW storage barn is located to the rear of the Civic Center site. DPW offices are now located behind the new City Hall and Police Station. Due to the trucking, repair, and storage operations associated with DPW functions, it resembles most closely an industrial activity. Further, the non-office portion of the DPW does not normally generate visits by the general public and, thus does not require proximity to administrative facilities or a central location. Based on these characteristics, it is felt DPW facilities are best located in an industrial district where its operation would be compatible and similar to adjacent land uses. This would provide a more aesthetic setting for the Civic Center and adjacent Henry Ford buildings. FIRE STATIONS Milan is serviced by the Milan Area Volunteer Fire Department consisting of four surrounding local units of government (Milan Township, York Township, London Township and the City of Milan) which make up the Milan Area Fire Department, and is staffed by a total of 32 volunteers consisting of 1-Chief, 1-Assistant Chief, 1-Captain, 2Lieutenants in the command ranks with the remaining volunteers all being State-certified firemen and some EMT rated and certified personnel. The Fire Station is a modern, 1O year old, one-story brick building of approximately 5,200 square feet with 5 equipment bays, training and communication areas, standby power and mutual aid system in place with both counties of Washtenaw and Monroe Fire Departments. The existing fire equipment is in place to meet all fire service requirements for class 7 rating per I.S.O. The Fire Station, located at Wabash and Main Streets in the center of Milan, is owned by the City of Milan and leased to the Milan Area Fire Department with a 10 year lease and renewal provisions. UTILITIES Existing and future land use is greatly influenced by the extent of public facilities that serve land uses. The availability of water and sewer facilities contributes to a more diversified and dynamic community structure. The future service areas for water and sewer facilities will be determined by the anticipated distribution and density of population. In order to 40 �effect the greatest economics, new land development should be encouraged in areas having existing service or in areas adjacent to serviced areas. Dispersed development can only be serviced at a high overall cost to the community. Generally, urbanizing development should progress gradually in areas where utility services, streets, schools, etc., can be provided at the least total cost to the community. It is not the intent of this section to discuss in detail water and sewer facilities due to its engineering nature. However, statements are made concerning the futur~ use and capacity levels of each. Water Supply Water service for the City of Milan is supplied and provided by a City-owned and operated ground water supply system. The system consists of five working well houses with average depths of 112' ranging in size from 6" to 12" cased wells. The total system capacity is 2 million gallons per day. One new iron removal plant rated at 2 million gallons per day with the ability to expand to 3 million gallons per day is located in Wilson Park. One 500,000 gallon elevated water storage tank is located on City-owned property at the end of Green Tree Lane. The water system is controlled with state of the art telemetering equipment and standby power both gas and diesel power in two of the working wells along with an automated alarm and tow pressure controls at the well houses. All existing land within the City of Milan is serviced by public water lines in the road right-of-way and approximately 18 miles of cast iron mains in place ranging in size from 4" to 12". According to engineering reports, the .City has an abundance of ground water adequate to serve the City for many years in the future. Sanitary Sewer Sanitary sewer service for the City of Milan is provided by a City-owned new, three year old, 11 million dollar Tertiary Treatment Plant located in the City of Milan, Gump Lake location with a design capacity of 1.85 million gallons per day and expandable to 4 million gallons per day. The Waste Water Treatment Plant was EPA approved and funded at the 75% level. The existing EPA discharge permit and City of Milan Use Ordinance is in place for industrial users which meets the required pretreatment ordinance. All areas within the City of Milan are available for sanitary sewer service by way of a collection system in place of approximately 18 miles of sanitary sewer lines and lift stations, where needed. The existing collection system size ranges from 6" to 32". I !__ _ 41 �PUBLIC & SEMI PUBLIC USES Public and semi-public uses include schools, churches, government buildings and facilities, and fraternal and non-profit organizations. For the most part, these cannot be accurately predicted or projected in a plan. The Milan 2010 Future Land Use Plan suggests three planned public uses. One is a school site located on Redman Road, just west of Platt Road behind the existing Junior High School, that was recently acquired as a potential new high school site. The second site is the existing high school which could become a junior high school. The third site is directly south of the existing junior high school. This site is now owned by the school district but is used for agricultural purposes. The site is anticipated for a new elementary school. Should substantial growth occur in the City and surrounding areas (2010 Future Land Use Planning Area) which encompass the Milan School District, it is possible that these three facilities would be developed in the future. i I.. 42 �THOROFARES .e A network of thorofares, analyzed in accordance with land use patterns, is an important element in the Future Land Use Plan. A basic objective of an efficient thorofare plan is the maximum separation of local and through traffic movements. Local streets should be designed so as to avert through traffic and to serve only the traffic of local residents. However, through traffic should be provided means of movement by secondary and major thorofares that surround the residential areas. Three basic street types of importance to the Future Land Use Plan are: • Local Streets: Local neighborhood streets, industrial service drives, and the like, are for local traffic only and provide direct access to abutting property. They are indirect in alignment in order to discourage through or fast moving traffic. Public right-of-way widths are normally 60 feet. • Secondary or Collector Thorofares: Through streets which collect vehicles from local streets and distribute them to either local destinations, or higher type arteries. Right-of-way widths are normally 86 feet. • Major Thorofares: Along with freeways, major thorofares serve as the principal network for traffic flow. Major thorofares connect areas of principal traffic generation, as well as serving the interurban connectors. Generally, right-of-way widths are 120 feet or greater. The following proposals of the thorofare plan are influenced by future residential, public, commercial, and industrial land use proposals of the Future Land use Plan. LOCAL STREETS As stated above, local streets provide direct access to abutting property and are intended to serve only local traffic. It is not the purpose of this plan to propose, in detail, local street accesses and extensions. Efficient development controls exercised by the respective City bodies can assure proper local street extensions and accesses. The scope and number of all such proposals are too vast to show graphically on the Thorofare Plan Map. It is intended, that those shown, do not constitute the full extent of such proposals. The thrust of local street planning should occur during the development of respective parcels of land at the time of platting and site plan review. SECONDARY THOROFARES The following roads are suggested as secondary or collector thorofares: l Division Street and its extension west to Platt Road will provide access through the proposed medium-density area as well as serve traffic generated from the Milan Middle School. I ~ l 43 �Platt-Dexter connection, north of Sherman Road, is proposed in order to provide secondary access between these two major thorofares to serve future land use proposals. • Wabash Road, south of Division Street, is one of two north-south routes. Although the intersection of Wabash with the railroads is cumbersome, improved design and signaling should improve the crossing. There is also the possibility that the Ann Arbor Railroac;i may be abandoned, in which case, Wabash would only intersect one railway. However, should activity on the Ann Arbor and Wabash increase significantly, the possibility of realigning Wabash to include Division, Anderson, Anderson extension, and realignment with the Wabash as a direct southern route should be considered. Dexter Road, also known as Carpenter Road, travels in a north-south direction providing interchange access to the freeway. At the present time, Dexter only travels south as far as Main Street. It is a proposal of this thorofare plan that Dexter be extended south to Sherman Road. Such an extension would serve adjacent land uses by permitting north-south movement to one of two freeway interchanges without having to circle west through the CBD and by creating an additional bridged access over the Saline River. In this way, persons who live on Allen Road could utilize Dexter to gain access to County Street rather than using Wabash Hoad. The proposed route, as shown on the Thorofare Plan Map, represents route location number 3 per the "Dexter Street Extension Study" by McNamee, Porter and Seeley, Engineers, in 1973. As stated, the extension of Dexter Road would relieve the Wabash Road traffic as well as downtown congestion. However, it should be noted that if development east and south of the Wabash Railroad occurs much in advance of the Dexter Road extension, the traffic volumes of existing surrounding arterials would be greatly increased. Therefore, careful planning and phasing of development is essential. Redman Road, between Platt and Wabash Roads, serves as a collector street for the medium-density and industrial areas traffic. • Allen Road, between Wabash and the proposed Dexter Street extension, will, in the future, serve the medium-density residential areas. MAJOR THOROFARES 1~ The following roads are suggested as major thorofares: I_ ,. i - I I l.- County Street provides the City's main point of access from the east and merges with Main Street in Milan's downtown area. The portion of County Street east of 44 �the City limits becomes Milan-Oakville Road which links Milan and the rural area of Oakville. Regionally, this route connects with Telegraph Road at the MonroeWayne County lines to the east. Existing land uses along County, within the planning area, include industry, as well as being planned for additional industrial uses. Therefore, County Street as a major thorofare will serve primarily the industrial uses as well as provide bridged access over U.S. 23. Main Street currently functions as a major thorofare carrying the bulk of area traffic in a diagonal pattern through the City. To the northwest, beyond the City limits, Main splits into: the Saline-Milan Road which links the Cities of Saline and Milan; and Mooreville Road which connects Milan with the rural area of Mooreville. To the southeast, Main becomes Plank Road connecting with the rural area of Mayer. Plank Road currently provides one of two interchange points with U.S. 23 making this road an important regional thorofare providing freeway access to Milan and its surrounding areas. Platt Road provides north-south travel in the western portion of the City, as well as bridged access over the Saline River. Ultimately, the area is planned to develop with residential uses, an in turn, to be served by this major thorofare. From a regional standpoint, Platt connects with Michigan Avenue (M-12) to the north as well as continuing further north to Washtenaw Road in the City of Ann Arbor. To the south, Platt continues the extent of Milan Township, terminating at Day Road. Industrial development south of Redman will be better accommodated by improvements to Platt Road which would form a potential loop from U.S. 23 connected with east-west roads to the north and south which have access to U.S. 23. This would reduce and potentially eliminate industrial related, east-west traffic thru the middle of the City which is now necessary. Redman Road traverses east and west originating at Wabash Road in the City and traveling west to Ridge Highway. Redman is proposed to serve as a major thorofare from Platt Road west. Arkona Road presently linking Platt Road and U.S. 23 is proposed to be extended westward to the Saline-Milan Road. This route would provide continuous northerly access to the freeway, as well as serve the planned northern residential area. A minor realignment of Arkona Road west of U.S. 23 "'(as recently implemented by the State Highway Department to provide additional acreage for improvement of the interchange. L. 45 I �N. Wabash Road currently serves two large traffic generators: Wilson City Park and Milan City Hall. Also, Wabash Road provides one of two bridges over the Saline River. For these reasons, N. Wabash will remain a major thorofare. • Sanford Road extending north and south will, in the future, serve the planned industrial uses as well as the Milan Federal Correctional Institution and proposed golf course. Sanford Road is proposed to be extended from Plank south to Sherman to provide greater continuity. • Sherman Road traversing east-west along the southern boundary of the planning area will serve as a major thorofare for future land uses and \\'.ill intersect w'th Platt and Sanford Roads. • Dexter Road, as previously discussed in the Secondary Thorofares section, travels in a north-south direction providing interchange access to the freeway. Its designation, north of Main Street, as a major thorofare is important due to the access it provides to the north over U.S. 23. Dexter Road also serves as one of the main points of access into the City of Milan in the vicinity of Dexter and Phillips Road. Dexter is now being realigned between Lewis and Michigan Streets in order to provide straight line continuity without the median access between U.S. 23 and Dexter as cur:rently exists. This suggested improvement will require cooperation between the City and State Highway Department, and most likely require initiation of such investigation by the City. 46 �.....--! -= :: .. : ... - 0 0 .. ... .0 w • > 0 : z .. .! o- E .. .• .;'" =.... o 2 E E 0 z~ <{~ _J~ a..~ z W<t _J o::~ <t:u.. I.J._o O>. .... O::u 0 :c I- ___ .I ,.. .::::::=---· . z . . "". ... 0 ;; . '' w z w M z w 2 ... ....... ....... : .... .. .. .. ... ... I C 0 C C C 0 :,; C 0 z 0 ,, I \ '\ i I I I 0 z 0 0 0 " 2 ♦ •• . I I • ~ ! C 0 J ◄ 0 " ... ~ -.. . ..... !. ; "... "... ...> ◄ . u z "..." ! I® �HISTORIC PRESERVATION The City of Milan is blessed with a wealth of historic architecture resources which are key elements in the City's visual character and unique identity. The basic purpose of including Historic Preservation in the Master Plan is to bring significant historic architecture and other cultural resources into the City's planning process so that intelligent decisions can be made regarding their future. The City's culturally significant historical and architectural resources are irreplaceable. They continue to provide information about the past which can be useful in thei future. They combine with the rich natural environment to provide a distinct sense of place. Without maintaining this sense of place, the City would lose its unique identity. Historical architecture and other cultural resources allow us to recall the contributions of early settlers and past residents who through hard work and determination have helped to make the City the attractive living environment which it is today. Field analysis and previous studies have shown that there are significant examples of the following architectural styles: Greek Revival, Italianate, Early Victorian Vernacular, Gothic Revival, Late Victorian, Queen Anne, French Second Empire, Dutch Colonial Revival, Bungalow, Grand Bungalow, Collegiate Gothic, Early Twentieth Century Vernacular, Art Deco and others. Also, there are some fine examples of carriage houses, barns and other outbuildings from throughout the nineteenth and early twentieth century. Careful consideration should be given to all culturally significant historical and architectural resources whenever ownership development or maintenance threaten their Mure. The federal role in historic preservation expanded with the passage of the National Historic Preservation Act in 1966. The Act established a review process to protect historic buildings threatened by federally funded projects. Under Section 106 of the Act, the head of any federal agency must take into account the effect of the project on a site included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register before approving the use of federal funds. A corresponding provision, Section 11 0(f) of the Act, requires federal agencies to undertake planning and actions necessary to minimize harm to that landmark and afford the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to approving the project. The Advisory Council on Historic Preservation is an independent federal agency within the Executive Branch which advises the President on historic preservation policy and comments on federal and federally assisted projects which affect historic properties. The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 also protects historic resources. Section 102(2)(c) of NEPA requires the filing of an Environmental Impact Statement {EIS) for "major federal actions" which affect the human environment. "Environment" was defined to include natural and cultural resources and Section 101 (b)(4) noted the need to" ... preserve important historic, cultural and natural aspects of our natural heritage." 47 �• ~ Section 4(f) of the Transportation Act of 1966, prohibits federal agencies within the Department of Transportation from approving any project requiring the use of an historic site unless: 1. There is no feasible and prudent alternative to the use of such land; and 2. Such program includes all possible planning to minimize harm to such ... historic sites resulting from use. Executive Order 11593 issued on May 13, 1971, directs all federal agencies to protect and enhance the cultural environment. Agencies must inventory all historic and archaeological properties under their jurisdiction or control, nominate potential properties to the National Register, and exercise caution to ensure that historic properties are not altered or destroyed in the interim. During environmental review of federally funded, licensed, or assisted projects, agencies must ask the Secretary of the Interior if any property including the environmental impact area is eligible for the National Register. The Historic Preservation Section of the Michigan Bureau of History was established in the Michigan Department of State in 1966 to carry out the national preservation program, as required by the National Historic Preservation Act. One of the major responsibilities of the Historic Preservation Section is to carry out Section 106 review of all federally funded projects in the state which affect properties listed or eligible for listing on the National Register. The Bureau also administers federal historic preservation grants. The historic preservation fund provides federal grants for historical surveys, nominations to the National Register, planning, public education, project plans and specifications and archaeological projects. Educating the public about federal and state historic preservation programs, and assisting local governments with developing local historic preservation programs are other responsibilities of the State. The Bureau also · directs and conducts a statewide survey of historic properties and maintains an inventory of these properties. Through the survey program, the state coordinator provides technical assistance to communities who wish to perform a local survey. This inventory of historic properties is the first step towards enacting an historic preservation program. Michigan's State Register of Historic Sites, was established under PA 10 of 1955, MCL 399.151. Applications for the State Register and Marker programs are reviewed by the Michigan Historical Commission - appointed by the Governor. These programs are honorary, placing no restrictions on property owners, and designation offers no tangible benefits. The Act does provide for state grants to preserve and restore certain State Register properties, but no money has been allocated for this purpose since 1980. 48 �• 8 The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended, also requires each state to prepare and implement a comprehensive statewide historic preservation plan. Michigan's historic preservation plan was first prepared in 1975 and updated in 1985. It is currently being revised to reflect new directions in historic preservation policy. Michigan Public Act 169 of 1970; as amended, establishes historic preservation as a valid purpose and provides guidelines for local communities to establish a historic district study committee to study and analyze resources, prepare plans, ordinances and promote public awareness of the benefits of historic preservation. The preservation, restoration, rehabilitation or adaptive reuse of every historical architecture example in the City of Milan is not realistic. There are hundreds of structures more than 50 years of age. That is why only those buildings which possess integrity and a high degree of originality, with little or no major alterations, are those which we speak to. The significant examples of historic architecture in Milan are those which are eligible for State and National Register listing as individual Historic Structures or as contributing elements to Historic Districts. - s ( '. The majority of the houses in the residential neighborhoods surrounding the central business district have some degree of historic architectural integrity. Their variety of shapes and styies show the evolution of residential development and building technology in the City of Milan. In addition to those houses which have retained their historical and architectural significance, there are many structures which have had only minor alterations that can be removed or reversed to show the true architectural character. Historic preservation of individual homes and conservation of entire neighborhoods has proven to stabilize and improve property values. The quality. of construction and craftsmanship embodied in early houses up through the early twentieth century are now being rediscovered and appreciated. Downtown Milan contains an impressive collection of late Victorian commercial structures which provide a lasting impression of Milan's unique community character to residents and visitors. Historic preservation programs in cohesive downtown areas such as Milan's central business district have proven the economic viability and opportunities provided by architecturally significant commercial structures. Adaptive reuse of structures that have outlived their original purpose, such as the Henry Ford structures near City Hall, the old fire hall and others have a great deal of potential. Historic sites and buildings are irreplaceable resources that serve to physically show the evolution of Milan's early development. They are more important as key elements of the City's visual identity and unique character. While many represent specific architectural styles and historical periods, they each have their own distinct character variations and setting. Their continued use and maintenance will play a major role in protecting the atmosphere that has given Milan its identity. These values, if not properly protected or planned for, can be seriously eroded as development patterns change. Local coordination and cooperation between preservation advocates, citizens and city government can successfully preserve these valuable resources for future generations of Milan residents. 49 �THE MASTER PLAN FOR FUTURE LAND USE The Master Plan For Future Land Use, which follows, represents a composite of the elements presented in the preceding sections. They are considered to be imaginative, yet workable and realistic, providing for a desirable arrangement of the various land uses, a unified and efficient thorofare system, and the necessary public facilities to serve the community. It should be emphasized that the Plan represents what is felt to be the best future use of land based upon today's knowledge and trends. The Plan is by no means rigid or unchangeable. It should be reassessed periodically and adjusted to meet new trends and to allow flexibility in cases where an alternative use may be as desirable as the one initially proposed. Timing is critical to effectuation of the Plan. Some proposals should be carried out as soon as possible, especially in the case of acquiring land for schools and parks. These sites will eventually become more expensive as development occurs, and in some instances, may not be available at a later date. In summary, the more significant goals and proposals included in the Master Plan For Future Land Use are: To provide for the redevelopment of housing types within the Planning Area by designating those areas which lend themselves to rehabilitation and redevelopment. • To set aside sufficient land area to meet the leisure time recreation needs of both present and future residents, and to carry out park improvement programs. • To develop an efficient, well-organized thorofare system which meets the needs of all anticipated land use types, while at the same time providing necessary linkage with the regional highway system. To promote the development of a sound economic base through continued commercial and industrial growth. !. • To promote the preservation of the City's historical landmarks and to assure the development of an orderly and harmonious relationship between various land use types to enhance the visual environment of the community. It should again be noted that the Master Plan For Future Land Use map, as presented herein, is intended to show generalized land use and not intended to indicate precise size, shape or dimension. The map reflects long-range future land use proposals and does not necessarily imply short-range zoning proposals. • ~ 50 �j --=----=......- L - - !I L -:e. -=-:-:-.!!!!.!!.=- -- ,:1~! ,. -= #..,,;; // 0 ·1-~· Ill -- ~ I ~-/ I R.aohled thal purauanl to the provlalon• of Act 285 of the Michigan Publlc Acl of 1931, as amended , lhe City of ~llan Planning Comml .. ton, having duly held a pubilc: hearing on th• Muter Plan for Future Land Uae, doe• hereby otflcla1ty adopt Nld Master Plan fo, Future Land Uae. We certify lhal the foregoing re.alulion wa.a duly adopted at a m . .tlnQ ol th• City ot MIian Planning Commlulon held on the [I] --- HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL -- GENERAL COMMERCIAL EXPRESSWAY COMMERCIAL FLOOD PLAIN DESIRABLE STREET ACCESS </:?t;)-l,/--·- ' -2flJ1 day °J ~/4'J U ( ·, I ,I -',' ,,/;1 /:(;/ ;1;;/1/1 OESIRABU: STREET EXTENSION . - - - - - SECONDARYTHOROFARE MAJOR THOROFARE Dated f ,, ;:.mI Day .., " o1 (< I< 4J / , Chair ~4,t, ✓~(~'~ 1 Secretary /, (, A.O., i991. I CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT SPECIAL PURPOSE c::J PUBLIC ts::s:l CEMETARY E:JI;:;l \ I I I I I LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL LOCAL COMMERCIAL '~ ~ ,,1 LECFE~ c::::J ~~ IiI!! - - _j1 ..... SCHOOLS/PUBLIC ~ RECREATION INDUSTRIAL USE PLAN MILAN 2010 - FUTURE LAND CITY OF MILAN MICHIGAN I tCA l. l I i.I '1:0 •illc ■ 11 • ltma" a ouoc1otu Inc . community plonnln9 con1ultanh �• IMPLEMENTATION This Milan Future Land Use Plan is intended to be a policy guide for future land development. As the City grows, it should grow in a manner consistent with this Plan. The two primary tools for the implementation of this Plan are the City's Zoning Ordinance and Capital Improvement Program. When properly applied, the Zoning Ordinance accepts the realities of existing land uses and gradually, as new development is proposed, directs growth toward achieving the goals and objectives of the Land Use Plan. In the future, as rezoning's are considered they should be compared to the concepts of this Land Use Plan. If a proposed rezoning is inconsistent with the Plan, it should be discouraged. However, sometimes a desirable land use is proposed which is in conflict with a land use plan. If it is determined by the Planning Commission that the proposed land use would be desirable for the community as a whole and not inconsistent with the goals and objectives of the Land Use Plan, an amendment to the Plan can be made to bring the proposed use into conformance. • The City's Capital Improvement Program also assists in implementing the Land Use Plan. Capital Improvement Programming is the orderly process of developing a comprehensive plan to accomplish needed public improvement projects in the community. Through this programming, the City is able to schedule public works at a time when they will be most beneficial in the growth and development of the community. In many cases these are major areas in the Land Use Plan. The annual update of the Capital Improvement Plan allows for regular review of needed public improvements and the optimum and feasible timing of their implementation. Finally, this Land Use Plan should be a flexible document which changes as the character of the community and its people change over time. This Plan should be periodically reviewed and amended as necessary to remain up-to-date. It should be remembered that the Land Use Plan is just the best estimate of what would be the desirable land use configuration of the community in the future, from a point in time at the present. As time moves on, this concept of a desirable community may change, so the Plan must be flexible and be amendable to accommodate this change . • 51 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Milan_Master-Plan_1991 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Milan 2010 Master Plan Committee Milan Planning Commission, City of Milan, Monroe County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1991-06 Title A name given to the resource Milan 2010 Master Plan Description An account of the resource The Milan 2010 Master Plan was prepared by the Milan 2010 Master Plan Committee and the Milan Planning Commission, with assistance from Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc., in June 1991. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Milan (Mich.) Monroe County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/de3717d5e614d82ea1b03c1d1c830a43.pdf b54bef5edfcaaec682c1ed0d4b67d0f2 PDF Text Text d COMPREHENSIVE PLAN HOPE WARREN MILLS EDENVILLE @LEMAN GENEVA JEROME LINCOLN LARKIN FORD HOMER GREENDALE LEE MOUNT .JASPER PORTER HALEY lNGERSOLL �MIDLAND COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Prepared for: MIDLAND COUNTY Midland, Michigan APRJL 1993 PROJECT NO. El2157-4 Prepared by: GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. 1601 Portage Street Kalamazoo, Michigan 49001 �MIDLAND COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION Robert R. Thurlow, Chairman Dale C. Bement Sue L. Broughton Betty L. Fillmore Michael W. Garety Jeremy W. Kilar Gale L. Klingensmith E. Barbara Schoenherr Hugh E. Sullivan Vincent F. Vornhagen Dale A. Wolfgang DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING Richard A. Maltby, Director of Planning Deborah S. Hughes, Clerk Secretary GOVE ASSOCIATES INC. Kalamazoo, Michigan Karl F. Freed, AICP, PCP Nick Evers, AICP David E. Bee �1 PREFACE This Plan is an update of the 1987 Midland County Comprehensive Plan, which in turn was an update of the County's 1974 General Development Plan. The functional goal of this update is the same as the 1987 update: to provide a current inventory and analysis of conditions in the County as well as to address new and recurring planning and development issues. As with the 1987 Plan the County Department of Planning provided guidance and technical advice in compiling this updated Plan. Although the format for this Plan is generally the same as the 1987 Plan, it differs from that document in several ways. This Plan considers a current and important concept in area-wide planning - unified growth management techniques - that promotes implementation through a coordinated approach among the various units of government within the County. The Comprehensive Land Use Plan map is revised from the 1987 map in that it reflects a change in the designation of rural residential development in some townships. The most extensive difference is the expansion of the implementation program to include additional goals and objectives to address new issues and the inclusion of an implementation "matrix" to identify the specific strategies and activities that should be undertaken over the life of the Plan. In effect, this Plan update incorporates the traditional comprehensive planning approach with the more recently developed strategic planning process to provide a "result" oriented document. This Plan relies upon a variety of participants working together to make the likelihood of success more probable. As the 1987 Comprehensive Plan acknowledged, the updating of the County Plan required the cooperation of a large number of individuals, agencies and organizations. We are appreciative of their efforts in assisting in the development of the Plan and trust they will continue to be involved in the effort to implement this Plan. �We believe this Plan reflects the best, and most realistic, direction the County should follow to ensure that its overall "quality-of-life" is retained and even enhanced. Cooperation, wise management of growth and development, and a clear vision of the future are the key factors that will enable the County and its residents to achieve the goals promoted in this Plan. This report is organized into eleven sections, corresponding closely with the actual process of analyzing the County's needs and problems and updating the Comprehensive Plan. Section A gives the purpose of the Comprehensive Plan and its recommendations. The County's historical setting is described in Section B. A physical profile of the County, focusing on geographical features, farmlands, environmental quality, and historic sites is presented in Section C. Section D includes a socioeconomic profile of the County, which describes the County's population and housing characteristics and economic conditions. Planning and development relationships, based on various State, regional, County and local government plans, are described in Section E. Section F describes the transportation facilities and services in the County. Section G describes the community facilities in the County, including water and sewer facilities, recreation facilities, public and quasi-public facilities and services, and County government facilities. A description of the County's community development trends, patterns, and problems is presented in Section H. Statements of goals, policies and actions regarding planning in the County are presented in Section I. The Comprehensive Plan, which focuses on land use, community facilities, housing, transportation, economic development, environmental management, and planning coordination and implementation, is described in Section J. Growth management techniques and a program for implementing the Comprehensive Plan are presented in Section K. �TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 - A-4 Plan Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 HISTORICAL SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 - B-2 PHYSICAL PROFILE ...................................................... C-1 - C-24 Geophysical Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 Geology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 Topography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 Floodplains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 Water Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4 Wetlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4 Soils ........................................................ C-4 Soil Erosion . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6 Farmlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7 Prime Farmlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7 Unique Farmlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8 Farmland Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9 Forest Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11 Environmental Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11 Water Quality . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11 Environmental Contamination Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-13 Air Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14 Historic Sites ......................................................... C-18 SOCIOECONOMIC PROFILE ......... . ..................................... . D-1 - D-43 Demographic Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 Population Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 Housing Profile • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . • • • . . • • D-16 Housing Goals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16 Home Improvement Loans ..................................... .. .. D-17 Housing Development Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-20 Housing Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-22 Economic Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-28 Labor Force Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-28 Occupational Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-29 Income by Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-30 Building Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-31 Employment Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-33 Future Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-34 Development Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-34 Industrial Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-35 Tourism ....................................................... D-35 Sport Fishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-38 Development Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-39 I �Future Labor Force . . . Industrial Siting . . . . . . Constraints . . . . . . . . . UtUities . . . • . . . . . . . . Transportation . . . • . . Income Projections . . . . . . . . . ....... ....... ....... .....•. ....... ....... . . . . . . ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... .... .... .... .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... .... .... .... .... D-39 D-40 D-41 D-41 D-41 D-42 PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT RELATIONSHIPS ............................... E-1 - E-15 State of Michigan Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 Recreation .......•...•... .......... ............................. E-1 Transportation ................................................... E-4 Natural Resources & Environment ..................................... E-4 Regional Plans . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 Adjacent Counties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 East Central Michigan Planning & Development Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6 Saginaw Bay Resource Conservation and Development Area ............................................. E-7 Midland County Development Plans .......................................... E-7 County Facilities Master Plan - 1990 Update ............................. E-7 Capital Improvements Program ....................................... E-8 Comprehensive Community Corrections Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 Solid Waste Management Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 Affordability Housing Study for Out-County Area of Midland County . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9 Midland County Strategic Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9 Recreation Plan 1988 ............................................. E-10 River Protection Plan ............................................. E-10 Local Government Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 o Municipal Goals & Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy City of Midland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-14 Coleman Strategic Plan ........ ..... .............. ................. E-14 Future Land Use Composition ....................................... E-14 TRANSPORTATION ....................................................... F-1 - F-9 Traffic Major Thoroughfares .............................................. . Highway and Street Functional Classification System ............................ . Rural Major Arterials .............................................. . Rural Minor Arterials .............................................. . Rural Major Collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . Rural Minor Collector ......................................... .... . Local Streets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . System Improvements .................................................. . State Road Improvements .......................................... . County Road Improvements ........•................................ Related Plans and Programs ........................................ . Midland County Long-Range Transportation Plan ......................... . Public Transit ....•..................................................... RaU ........................................•........................ Air ........................................ , ........................ . Jack Barstow Airport .............................................. . F-1 F-1 F-2 F-2 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-3 F-5 F-5 F-5 F-5 F-6 F-6 F-7 F-7 F-7 I I I I I I I I I I I • • • �l Tri-City International Airport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7 Private Air Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8 Nonmotorlzed Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8 COMMUNITY FACILITIES .................................................. G-1 - G-51 Utilities and Services ..................................................... G-1 Sanitary Sewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 Water .........•........•.................. ..... ............. . G-1 Solid Waste Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 Drains ......................................................... G-6 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 O Existing County Park Facilities & Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 O Municipal/Township Parks ......................................... G-12 River and Stream Corridor Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12 Future County Park & Recreation Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14 Public and Quasi-Public Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16 County Government Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16 CltyjVillagejTownship Halls ........................................ G-17 Township and Municipal Descriptions ................................. G-17 Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-25 Medical & Emergency Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-26 MidMlchigan Regional Medical Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-27 Midland County Fairgrounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-27 Public Education Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-28 Colleges & Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-34 Community Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-40 Senior Citizen Centers ............................................ G-42 Museums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-43 County Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-44 Pinecrest Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-44 Harbour House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-44 Children's Center ................................................ G-45 Horizon Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-45 Department of Animal Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-45 Midland County Mosquito Control Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-46 Sheriff Department Emergency Services Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-46 Fire Departments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-46 Midland County Road Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-46 Midland County Jail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-48 Mental Health Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-49 TRENDS, PATTERNS AND PROBLEMS ....... ... ............................... H-1 - H-7 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of Physical and Natural Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of Public Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of Public Schools ................................................ Analysis of Higher Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analysis of County Facilities ..................... ... . .... ............... ... Conclusion ............................................................ H-1 H-1 H-2 H-3 H-3 H-4 H-6 H-6 H-7 H-7 �~ GOALS, POLICIES AND STRATEGIES .......................................... 1-1 -1-22 Land Use ....•.......•................................................. 1-1 Community Facilities . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . • . 1-5 Housing • . • . . • . • . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Transportation .......•.................................................. 1-9 Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Planning Information, Coordination and Implementation ........................... 1-14 Implementation of 1987 Comprehensive Planning Policies ......................... 1-18 I I I I COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ................................................... J-1 - J-34 Land Use • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 Existing Land Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 Recommended Future Land Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 Agricultural Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 Residential Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-4 Commercial Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-7 Industrial Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-12 Public Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-13 River and Stream Preservation Corridors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-16 Nonmotorized Transportation Corridor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-17 Synopsis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-17 Community Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-18 Sewer/Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-19 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-19 County Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-20 Township/Municipal Halls .......................................... J-20 Police and Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-20 Community Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-20 Senior Citizen Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-20 Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-21 Museums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-21 Medical and Emergency Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-21 Public Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-21 Synopsis ...................................................... J-22 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-22 Housing Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-22 Future Housing Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-23 Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-25 Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-26 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-28 Future Land Use Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-29 Planning Information, Coordination and Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-32 IMPLEMENTATION ....................................................... K-1 - K-32 Growth Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-1 Implementation Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-3 I I I I I I I •I • �UST OF TABLES TABLE 1 ANNUAL EROSION - 1982 MIDLAND COUNTY ...................................... C-7 2 COMPARISON OF FARMS IN MICHIGAN AND MIDLAND COUNTY ....................... C-9 3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION SITES LEGEND ................................ C-15 4 HISTORIC SITES IN MIDLAND COUNTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-20 5 POPULATION BY JURISDICTION - MIDLAND COUNTY ................................ 0-2 6 POPULATION BY AGE AND SEX - 1980-1990 ....................................... D-3 7 AGE/SEX DISTRIBUTION BY JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 8 POPULATION PROJECTIONS - MIDLAND COUNTY .................................. 0-7 9 POPULATION DISTRIBUTION BY JURISDICTION .................................... D-8 10 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY AGE .. ... ............ ..... ...................... D-9 11 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY AGE {MALES) ...................... . ............. D-10 12 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY AGE {FEMALES) ................................. . D-11 13 PROJECTED CHANGES IN AGE DISTRIBUTION: 1990-2015 ........................... D-12 14 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY RACE - MIDLAND COUNTY .......................... 0-13 15 PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD: 1990 AND 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14 16 HOUSEHOLD PROJECTIONS BY JURISDICTIONS - MIDLAND COUNTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-15 17 LOANS ISSUED ON YEARLY BASIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17 18 MUNICIPAL LOANS ..... . .................. .............. . ..... ............. D-18 19 HOUSING QUALITY BY MUNICIPALITY .......................................... D-19 20 HOUSING AGE BY PERCENT OF TOTAL HOUSING ................................. D-21 21 HOUSING QUALITY BY JURISDICTION: 1978-1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-25 22 FACTORS DETERMINING HOUSING QUALITY ..................................... D-26 23 TYPES OF HOUSING IN MIDLAND COUNTY: 1990 .................................. 0-27 24 LABOR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS - MIDLAND COUNTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-28 25 EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY-HISTORICAL PERCENT OF TOTAL EMPLOYMENT ........... 0-29 26 EMPLOYMENT BY OCCUPATIONS - 1990 - MIDLAND COUNTY ........................ D-29 27 1990 ESTIMATED INCOME BY JURISDICTION ..................................... D-30 28 BUILDING PERMITS AND CONSTRUCTION IN MIDLAND COUNTY: 1980-1990 ............. 0-32 29 EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS - MIDLAND COUNTY ................................ 0-33 30 MIDLAND COUNTY INDUSTRIAL AND RESEARCH PARKS ............................ 0-36 31 MIDLAND COUNTY PER CAPITA AND MEAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME PROJECTIONS ........ 0-42 32 SUMMARY OF CRITERIA FOR PROJECT SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2 33 STATUS OF COUNTY, MUNICIPAL AND TOWNSHIP MASTER PLANS: NOVEMBER 1992 ..... E-12 34 CLOSED DUMPS IN MIDLAND COUNTY .......................................... G-7 35 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT LONG-RANGE OBJECTIVES ............................ G-9 36 COUNTY OWNED AND/OR ADMINISTERED PARKS ................................. G-10 37 TOWNSHIP/VILLAGE/CITY OWNED AND/OR ADMINISTERED PARKS ..... .............. G-13 38 COUNTY RECREATIONAL ACREAGE NEEDS ...................................... G-14 39 COUNTY RESIDENTS' RECREATIONAL NEEDS .................................... G-15 40 NUMBER OF SCHOOL AGE RESIDENTS IN MIDLAND COUNTY: 1980-1990 ............... G-29 41 STUDENT COUNTS IN MIDLAND COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICTS ....................... G-30 42 PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-36 43 FIRE DEPARTMENT STATUS .................................................. G-47 44 COMMUNITY FACILITIES, MIDLAND COUNTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-50 45 EXISTING LAND USE {ACRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3 �46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 RESIDENTIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-5 COMMERCIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS (PER CAPITA) BASED ON POPULATION GROWTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-8 COMMERCIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS - BASED ON RETAIL AND SERVICE SALES . . . . . . . J-8 INDUSTRIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS PER CAPITA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-11 PROJECTED HOUSING NEEDS BY JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-24 ACREAGE OF PLANNED LAND USES .............................................. . GROWTH MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-2 SURVEY OF CITY, TOWNSHIP AND VILLAGE ZONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-4 MPLEMENTATION PROGRAM .................................................. K-5 UST OF MAPS MAP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 TOPOGRAPHY AND FLOODPLAINS .............................................. C-2 DRAINAGE BASINS .......................................................... C-3 SOIL SUITABILITY ........................................................... C-5 IMPORTANT FARMLANDS .................................................... C-10 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION SITES ....................................... C-17 HISTORIC SITES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-24 INDUSTRIAL AND RESEARCH PARKS ..................................... . ..... 0-37 COMPOSITE FUTURE LAND USE .............................................. E-15 STREET AND HIGHWAY FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4 UTILITY SERVICE AREA ............................................. . .... . .... G-4 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL SITES ................................................ G-8 PARKS/RECREATION AREAS ................................................. G-11 PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-35 COMMUNITY FACILITIES ............ . ........................................ G-51 EXISTING LAND USE ......................................................... J-2 NATURAL FEATURES ....................................................... J-15 COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-34 UST OF FIGURES FIGURE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 WIND SPEED - MIDLAND COUNTY 1989 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-19 CHANGES IN POPULATION: 1980-1990 ........................................... 0-3 POPULATION PROJECTIONS: 1990-2015 ................................ . ......... D-6 HOUSEHOLDS BY TYPE: 1990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16 TYPES OF HOUSING: 1990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-20 MEDIAN VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS: 1990 .................. . .... D-23 VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED UNITS: 1990 ...................................... 0-23 MEDIAN RENT: 1990 ......................... . .............................. D-24 TENURE OF OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS: 1990 ................................... D-24 MIDLAND COUNTY PER CAPITA INCOME PROJECTIONS AND MEAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME PROJECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-43 MUNICIPALITIES ........................................................... G-17 1990-1991 STUDENT COUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-28 1990-91 TEACHER COUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-28 I I I I I I I I I I I I II •I ~ �Introduction �INTRODUCTION programs for proposals. This Comprehensive Plan update is a culmination of several analyses and assessments of the County's physical, social, economic, and environmental needs and problems. Data collection and analysis were started in April 1991. In order to properly address the County's needs and problems, seven planning elements, or special areas of consideration, were identified to make up the Comprehensive Plan. These planning elements include: Transportation, Housing, Community Facilities, Land Use, Economic Development, Environmental Management, and Planning Coordination and Implementation. The Comprehensive Plan addresses the whole fabric of community development in the County rather than one particular aspect. The purpose of the Comprehensive Plan is broad in scope. implementing plan 4. To coordinate urban and rural development in the County based on significant natural features, countywide goals and policies, needs and priorities, projections and planned utilities, community facilities and thoroughfares. 5. To address and establish unified growth management techniques within the County that will ensure the timely and efficient use of public resources to accommodate new development. 6. To promote resource conservation and development through an informed identification of the County's natural resources and the optimum use and protection of those resources. Plan Purpose In addition to these, the Comprehensive Plan also serves to facilitate the following: The Comprehensive Plan for Midland County is authorized by the County Planning Act (Public Act 282 of 1945, as amended). The broad purposes of the Comprehensive Plan are: 1. To address the long-term physical, social and economic developmental needs of the County. 1. The Plan provides a planning context within which local units of government may operate. It is the intent of this Plan to provide for the coordination of development within the various townships, cities and village in the County. 2. To address the long-term environmental and preservation issues facing the County. 2. 3. To address both short-term and long-term solutions and action A-1 The Plan provides an informational base from which other plans may draw. This allows any agency or unit of government to use this information to evaluate their own planning efforts. �I recommended policy issues include the following: 3. To remove as much uncertainty as possible from the development process within Midland County and thereby facilitate optimum locational decisions on the part of all community sectors (developers, businesses, industries), as well as the respective local governments. Land Use Planning Policies 4. The Plan considers the cumulative impact of local, regional and state plans existing at the completion of the Plan. This information should be valuable to each agency or unit of government in their individual planning efforts by providing a means by which land use, facility and other needs might be evaluated. 5. The Plan acts as a framework for discussion and resolution of specific issues, such as economic development, site selection and utility planning. While the Plan will not, in and of itself, provide specific solutions, it will provide at least some of the information required to reach a decision. 6. The Plan offers continuity in terms of direction of Midland County's future growth through successive County administrations. 1. Identifying areas potentially unsuitable for on-site wastewater disposal. 2. Implementing regulations prepared for governing floodplain development. 3. Identifying, protecting and preserving prime agricultural lands. 4. Improving erosion control practices throughout the County as a means of curbing soil loss. 5. Achieving a coordinated and efficient set of regulatory and administrative processes throughout the County related to the splitting of lots, access to land parcels, and control of subdivision design and development. 6. Ensuring an environmentally safe, small watershed and drainage basin system within the County. 7. Encouraging the formulation and adoption of minimum uniform standards and regulations throughout the County, governing land use and community development. Recommendations This Comprehensive Plan recommends several different types of special, or functional, plans, studies, and policies that should be prepared and implemented to complement the overall thrust of comprehensive planning in the County. These plans and policies correspond to the numbered policy issues in Section I, Goals, Policies and Strategies. The 8. A-2 Encouraging local communities to consider as part of their planning process, the scenic and recreational value of the County's major water features. -I I I I I I I I I I I • • �17. Preserving and protecting personal safety, while maximizing access to property, and providing for the needs of through traffic. Community Facilities Planning Policies 9. Developing a management system capable of coordinating both County and local service delivery, to achieve optimum efficiency in providing quality services. 18. Preparing an area-wide comprehensive transportation plan and capital improvements program. 1o. Implementing an efficient, costeffective, waste management system capable of meeting the diverse needs of Midland County. 19. Preparing a comprehensive plan and capital improvements program directed at bicycle and pedestrian trafficways. 11. Providing a coordinated program of water distribution and sanitary sewerage planning. Economic Development Planning Policies 12. Encouraging cooperative/coordinated efforts between various school systems in Midland County. 20. Promoting commercial and industrial development in areas meeting necessary site criteria. 13. Providing for a mechanism for a coordinated, efficient program for spending public resources. 21. Encouraging the stabilization of the County's farm economy. 22. Determining the future labor force needs of Midland County residents. 14. Ensuring an equitable provision of social services within the County. Environmental Management Planning Policies Housing Planning Policies 15. Encouraging a county-wide housing mix which provides housing opportunities to accommodate all economic levels of income and lifestyles, and creating a nonprofit corporation to administer a housing trust fund. 23. Regulating development in nonsewered locations in order to protect groundwater resources. Transportation Planning Policies 24. Providing an adequate and accurate system capable of measuring and interpreting local ambient atmospheric emissions/conditions resulting from industrial processes. 16. Developing improved north-south vehicular routes within and through Midland County. 25. Protecting local groundwater supplies/aquifers from contamination. A-3 �26. Establishing a comprehensive county-wide plan to define and address existing and potential air, surface water, groundwater, soil, noise and visual pollution. functional plans, in addition to the Street and Highway Functional Classification System (Map No. 9) and Comprehensive Land Use Plan (Map No. 17), include the, following: Planning Coordination Policies 1. Water Distribution Sewerage Plan 27. Encouraging local units of government to develop and/or update comprehensive plans in coordination with the County Comprehensive Plan. 28. Promoting coordination and consistency among local governmental units through leadership of the County Planning Commission. and Sanitary 2. County Financial Management Plan 3. Social Services Delivery .System Plan 4. County Housing Plan 5. Area-wide Comprehensive portation Plan Trans- 29. Encouraging local communities to prepare and maintain those documents necessary to properly guide growth and development. 6. Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafficways Plan 30. Establishing a geographic information system at the County level. Studies 7. Environmental Management Plan 31. Providing financial and professional staff support to strengthen County planning efforts. In addition, special studies are recommended to be undertaken, taking into consideration the population growth patterns in the County. These special studies include the following: 32. Providing the establishment of a mechanism for requiring intergovernmental coordination of planning within the County. 1. Adequacy of fire fighting facilities in the expected growth areas. 2. Expansion and funding of police protection in the growth areas. 33. Identifying or providing for an organizational structure(s) within the County that will be able to implement, or at least promote, the proposals identified in the County Comprehensive Plan. 3. Siting of a senior citizens center in the south-central area of the County. 4. Siting of an ambulance station on M-20 in the southwest section of the County. Plans Implementation of these policies should result in the formulation of other recommended county-wide plans. These A-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I • • • ~ ~ I �Historical Setting �HISTORICAL SETTING site of Sanford. By that time settlers had begun arriving, at the urging of Dr. Daniel Fitzhugh, a New York investor who had bought 700 acres at the current site of .the City of Midland. Prior to 1837, when permanent settlers first began to live in Midland County, the area was a center for Indian travel. From the mid-1 SOOs to the early 1800s the Chippewa, Ottawa and Potawatomi Indians hunted and fished in the County. In 1819 the Federal government established the Chippewa Indian Reservation at Little Forks, now commonly referred to as the Tridge area. From 1850, when Midland County was first organized, the logging industry dominated the area. But the massive clearing of stands of trees soon exhausted the lumber operations and by 1890 the City of Midland was threatened by extinction. However, in that year, Herbert Henry Dow, an engineer from Ohio, began capturing bromine from local salt wells, which were first sunk in 1878 by lumbermen. The Tittabawassee and Chippewa rivers, which join in what is now the City of Midland, were major "highways" through the dense woods which dominated the area. In fact, a large number of archaeological sites have been identified along these rivers. The Oxbow Archaeological District is listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the Little Forks Archaeological District has been determined to be eligible for listing. These districts are southwest of Midland. The State Archaeologist of the Michigan History Division of the Michigan Department of State has indicated that "Archaeologists have not yet surveyed most of these rivers, but wherever they have looked, they have found prehistoric sites." (Letter from John R. Halsey, March 24, 1983). From that beginning the Dow Chemical Company, based still in the City of Midland, has expanded and now dominates the economy of the County. Accordingly the development of modern Midland County is concentrated in the areas adjacent to Midland. Part of Midland County's heritage is highlighted in the Historic Sites Table 4, in the Physical Profile section. This table indicates those sites/buildings of significance to the history of Midland County. Additional information was collected in a systematic reconnaissance level survey of historic buildings and presented in the East Central Historic and Architectural Resources Survey, Phase Ill, Final Report (1979). In 1837 the first State Geologist, Douglas Houghton, at the direction of the State Legislature, began searching for salt, which was then being imported from New York. The first discovery was made at the mouth of Salt Creek, near the current B-1 �-I Information on historic sites is far from complete. Local officials and project developers are advised to discuss their plans and projects with historians if they suspect any negative influences on historic sites or buildings. The historical organizations that should be contacted are: Bureau of History of the Michigan Department of State; Midland County Historical Society; and Midland Historic District Commission. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B-2 • • • �Physical Profile �II II II II II • • • • • PHYSICAL PROFILE The physical make-up of Midland County helped shape its history and will continue to influence its direction in the future. The rivers, forests and farmlands are important assets to the economic vitality and quality of life in Midland County. This section examines the importance of those physical features and the impacts of sensitive environmental surroundings. Community awareness and understanding of these conditions will help maintain the quality of life for future generations. Topography Geophysical Features Floodplains As noted above, the County has a flat profile with topographic changes of about 100 feet from one side of the County to the other. The topographic profile indicates a shallow valley generally following the Tittabawassee River. The land generally rises from that basin out to the edges of the County. The Topography and Floodplains map illustrates the lack of relief in the County (Map 1). Geology The geologic history of Midland County, as in the rest of Michigan, is dominated by the influence of glacial action, and of ancient seas. Rock formations of gypsum, dolomite (a limestone or marble rich in magnesium carbonate), sandstone, limestone and shale to a depth of 450 feet are covered with a variety of glacial deposits, called drift. The only identified floodplain, as acknowledged by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, is in the City of Midland. Studied in detail was the Tittabawassee River, Chippewa River, Sturgeon Creek, Inman Drain and Snake Creek. The area involved lies around the confluence of the Tittabawassee and Chippewa rivers on the southwest side of Midland. This floodplain area, as well as flood-prone areas are noted on the Topography and Floodplains map. When the last continental glacier receded, Lake Saginaw, a shallow pondlike lake covered the entire County. It is the combination of glacial drift deposited in low areas and wave action from the lake which accounts for the sand ridges (former beaches) and the lack of topographic relief in the County. Drainage from this area to Lake Huron and Saginaw Bay accounts for the rivers and their tributaries. According to gauges placed on each of these rivers, the highest recorded water flows were in 1916, 1948 and 1986. While the water flows in 1916 and 1948 equate to just under the predicted 50year flood level for the Tittabawassee River, water flow in 1986 exceeded the 1OD-year flood level. The 1DO-year floodplain is the measure used to gauge flood risk. The definition of the 100-year flood is that flood level which has a one percent chance of being reached in any given year. Flood-prone C-1 �I GLADWIN I >z :::, 1- 0 0 I I I I I I I I TOPOGRAPHY AND FLOODPLAINS MIDI.A·ND COUNlY, MICHIGAN ,-- 0 z LEGEND c1o,' 40-FOOT CONTOUR ELEVATIONS 100-YEAR FLOODPLAIN AREA I~ ' 1- __ L_ _:..:_ _. I'-• ..... •1 I I I I I 100-YEAR FLOOD-PRONE AREA >z:::, 1- 0 0 I I SOURCES FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY 1984 FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY 0 ,. ,, J 62 50 12500 25000 37500 Gove .i \.ssociates Knco 1601 Portage Street Kalamazoo, Micliisan ◄ 9001 r ') �I d ' GLADWIN ·---,..---- I· I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ci IC .l >- I- z DRAINAGE BASINS C'\J 0 :z ::, 0 0 ' 1-----J-~-+--+-.--~~t='-iif7fr\i~HH-flrfff"+N-I MIDLA'-~D COUNTY, MICHIGAN a.. ~ LEGEND I .r ··· I~~--,-_-=-~~-+ ...-. - - - - DRAINAGE £if . ' BOUNDARY ,/ / >z::, I- 0 (.) ___ ..__I __ t.:) 2 .II ~ 'J ~ _j _j w u V1 ......J KEN 'j; ... ......J 'i ,I GRATIOT ;:: a:: w SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY ~ z <3 c:i a: ..J 'j; ci a: IO I cf/d a:: ,.. ,,. .....J ci - 5 3: u RO. d .·· a:: . ► ~ "'a:0"' LL t-:---+----r----:'t------ - ,._ g I RO. ~ 1----+-.,.,.;.'-+--~"f.WW~~ I I IC -- -I'..._ - - ~ I -·. I ~.a._,~- ' r--..1 ---' c:i a: a: a: 0 ~ (/) ~ 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 CD w IC J: u ci a:: w ..J 'j; ,.._ "' SAGINAW Gove Associates Inco 1601 Portage Street K&l&mu:oo, Micbig&n -119001 C-3 �• • • • Wetlands areas are those subject to the same flooding potential but are not defined precisely as to flood levels . Regulation of wetland areas is through the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. Wetland resources are important in recharging groundwater and filtering surface waters by trapping impurities. They also serve as wildlife habitats. Determination of wetlands is accomplished through the Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) on a site-by-site basis. The Existing Land Use map, which is on file at the Midland County Department of Planning, indicates the areas designated by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources as being a type of wetland. These areas comprise approximately 3.6 percent of the total County land area. The Kawkawlin Wildlife Flooding and Refuge Area in Mills Township is one of the County's largest wetlands. Water Features The most significant water features in the County are the Tittabawassee, Chippewa, Pine and Salt rivers and Sanford and Wixom lakes. The principal value of these water features . is for scenic and recreational use, with some agricultural and industrial applications. There are seven dams in the County: Dow Chemical Company's dam on the Tittabawassee River, Wolverine Power Corporation's dams at Sanford and Wixom lakes, the Kawkawlin Flooding and Robert Dulude dams in Mills Township and the Gregor and Marcus dams in Jerome Township. The Tittabawassee River -is a noted sports fisheries resource possessing a sizeable walleye population. Soils In the history of the County the rivers were especially important transportation routes, creating a number of significant historic areas. Indians and early settlers relied heavily on these routes, as did logging activities in l~ter years. The latest available soils information is from the report entitled Soil Survey of Midland County, completed in 1979 by the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Soil Conservation Service. Included in this report is a generalized description of various soil types and restrictions. To make this information useful, various soil types and slope conditions have been consolidated into a developmental context. The report entitled Midland County River Corridor Study identifies the historic, natural and recreational attributes of the river corridors. Other plans and activities are under development to take advantage of the scenic and recreational value of the rivers. Three development classifications have been used and are mapped under the title "Soil Suitability." This term has been used to emphasize the importance of soil content and structure in determining the ability of the soil to absorb development without wholesale replacement. A generalized indication of such areas is shown on Map 3, the Soil Suitability map. Sanford and Wixom lakes have significant recreational use as well as substantial residential development on their peripheries. C-4 �,, ' --.1-t---+- - - -._ - - I C') SOIL SUITABILl1Y >f- z 0 ::, ' 0 0 ~9::aM----t-~-i~f-y;w~pt.~i._+--+-~~r-~--~--- z MIDLAND COUN1Y, MICHIGAN 1 LEGEND - CLASS A - SLIGHT DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS CJ CLASS B - RESTRICTIVE DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS CLASS C - SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS - >z ::, NON - EVALUATED URBAN MEAS f- >Iz ::, 0 0 0 0 SOURCE MIDLAND COUNTY ci a: ~~ .... d I: (/) 0 ... ~ r-----t-----i,:-""-;----;---,..........+--""'~ 6250 12500 25000 37500 I (fJ. g! ~ -i! d .... ,.I GRATIOT .... I: SAGINAW Gove Associates Inco 1601 Portage Street Kalamaz:oo, ~lichigan ◄ 9001 C-5 �• to various forms of erosion (Table 1). The majority of this loss (265,500 tons) is related to cropland. The Soil Conservation Service has identified a significant soil erosion problem in Porter Township in the south half of Sections 31, 32 and 33, all of 34 and 35 and all but the northeast quarter of Section 36. Class A - Slight Development Limitations: Few areas of the County are totally free of any development limitations. This is due primarily to the high water table and poor drainage characteristics found in much of the County. Class A defines those areas where soil types and conditions present only slight limitations on building and site development. Wind erosion is the most significant source of erosion causing an estimated soil loss of from 6. 7 to 15.5 tons per acre per year in this area of Porter Township alone. This is caused by the lack of protection measures in existence and the sandy soil conditions prevalent in this location. Class B - Restrictive Development Limitations: The Class B areas define soil types and conditions that present development limitations that require treatment. This may include areas of topographic relief, poor drainage, high water tables or other factors that may require corrective measures. The Soil Conservation Service has identified some soil conservation practices that could reduce soil loss. These practices include: conservation cropping system, conservation tillage system, cover and green manure crop, crop residue use, field borders and planting of field windbreaks. Class C - Significant Development Limitations: These ,.areas include muck soils, severe slopes or other conditions that may require s·ubstantial treatment, such as deep soil base replacement or extensive earthwork. The environmental impact of development in these areas may also be substantial. Although other areas of soil erosion exist in the County, the Soil Conservation Service is concentrating effort in Porter Township. As other areas are identified, further contact and work in selected areas will be accomplished. As a preventative measure, the Midland County Road Commission administers the Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act on behalf of the County. Nonevaluated Urban Areas: The cities of Midland and Coleman and the Village of Sanford contain substantial areas of urban type soils. 'These are soils that have, over time, been disturbed or replaced to the extent that detailed evaluation and mapping is not possible. Soil Erosion A significant problem in any community where agriculture forms a significant element of the economy is soil erosion. Every ten years the Soil Conservation Service publishes a report that details soil loss in Midland County. According to this report, Midland County experiences a soil loss of 271,800 tons annually due C-6 �TABLE 1 ANNUAL EROSION - 1982 MIDLAND COUNTY Wind Sheet/Rill Cropland TOTAL Pastureland Wind Sheet/Rill TOTAL Forestland Wind Sheet/Rill TOTAL Wind Sheet/Rill Other TOTAL SOURCE: 196,900 68,600 2,400 800 265,500 3,200 0 200 0 0 200 0 0 700 0 0 700 0 3,100 2,800 200 200 5,900 400 Soil Conservation Service; 1982 Resource Inventory Midland County Farmlands Farmland at 72,01 O acres, Unique Farmland at 61 acres, and Additional Farmland of Local Importance at 24,926 acres. Prime and Unique Farmlands are described as follows: Farming in Midland County is a significant part of the economy of the area. The 1987 Census of Agriculture indicates that there were 459 farms in operation at that time. The average farm size was 206 acres with a total of 94,465 acres in production; this equates to 28.1 percent of the total County land area. Current Soil Conservation Service (SCS) estimates indicate a total of 96,997 farmland acres. These have been divided into three classifications: Prime Prime Farmlands Prime farmland is land that has the best combination of physical and chemical characteristics for producing food, feed, forage, fiber and oil seed crops, and is also available for these uses. The land could be cropland, pastureland, C-7 �1982 but decreased 7.8% to $33,394 in 1987. During that five-year period the average per-farm market value of agricultural products in the State increased by 12.7 percent - from $44, 123 in 1982 to $49,736 in 1987. rangeland, forestland, other land, but not urban built-up land or water. It has the soil quality, growing season, and moisture supply needed to economically produce sustained high yields of crops when treated and managed, including water management, according to acceptable farming methods. In general, prime farmlands have an adequate and dependable water supply from precipitation or irri_ gation, a favorable temperature and growing season, acceptable acidity or alkalinity, acceptable salt and sodium content, and few or no rocks. They are permeable to water and air. Prime farmlands are not excessively erodible or saturated with water for a long period of time, and they either do not flood frequently or are protected from flooding. Table 2 conveys the changes that have occurred between 1982 and 1987 in both Midland County and Michigan as a whole. The number of farms in Midland County decreased at a slower rate than in the State. Land devoted to agriculture in Midland County increased by 1.2 percent but decreased by 5.7 percent state-wide. The average farm size in Midland County increased slightly more than the farms in Michigan as a whole. The most extreme difference is in the average per-farm market value of agricultural products sold as noted above. Unique Farmlands . Unique farmland is land other than prime farmland that is used for the production of specific high value food and fiber crops. It has the special combination of soil quality, location, growing season, and moisture supply needed to economically produce sustained high quality and high yields of a specific crop when treated and managed according to acceptable farming methods. Examples of such crops are specialized fruits and vegetables. The last two Agricultural Census', completed in 1982 and 1987, indicated a trend of larger farms in the County, which is the same trend that is occurring nationally. At the same time these farming operations in the County are becoming less productive. The average per-farm market value of Midland County agricultural products sold was $36,233 in C-8 �TABLE 2 COMPARISON OF FARMS IN MICHIGAN AND MIDLAND COUNTY Number of Farms 58,661 51, 172 -12.8 502 459 -8.6 Land Devoted to Agriculture (Acres) 10,942,172 10,316,861 -5. 7 93,299 94,465 1.2 187 202 8.0 186 206 10.8 44, 123 49,736 12. 7 36,223 33,394 -7.8 Average Farm Size (Acres Average Per-Farm Value of Products Sold ($) SOURCE: 1987 Census of Agriculture The Census divided the type of activity conducted on farms into two categories: crops and livestock, poultry and related products. Farms with crop production numbered 318; livestock farms numbered 236. suitable, in terms of soil qualities, drainage, topography and related factors for agriculture use. Farmland Preservation The State of Michigan has instituted programs for the preservation of existing agricultural land. One of the most significant programs available is Public Act 116 of 1974, the Farmland and Open Space Preservation Act. This program allows communities to designate parcels of land as either agricultural or open space and commits the property owners to a ten-year period when no development can take place. In turn the property owner receives a tax credit Of the 459 farms in production in 1987, 282 were owner-operated, 150 were part owners and 27 were farming tenants. Farming was the principal occupation of 177 operators, or 38.6 percent of all operators. The remainder had some other occupation upon which they depended for their livelihood. The Important Farmlands map (Map 4) indicates those areas which are most C-9 �'J • •• • • • • • • • "Ii • • • >- 1- z IMPORTANT FARMLANDS ::) 0 u MIDLA.ND COUNTY, MICHIGAN , -=-·x LEGEND "-~ I ·· ... ---4--..,J,.,. UNCOLN I I . -- .~--;,,,.-~ -~ .. ~ •• IMPORT ANT FARMLANDS ( defined as PA 116 land• and by SCS classifications) I I I ~- J___ i___ l__:.:_ _._ _, ,.......... -7'CMal.""1· ·······1 I '··• -V''-/'-..L o I >z ::) ,' I I 10 u >z 1::) 0 u 3: SOURCE MIDLAND COUNTY <( z <3 <( <.n 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 Gove Associates Inco 1601 Portage Street Kalama~oo, Mic1.i1an ◄ 9001 C-10 �statistics, about one-half of Michigan's residents, or about 4.5 million people, depend on groundwater as their sole source of drinking water. In Midland County nearly all of the area outside the City of Midland and Water District No. 1 depend on groundwater for domestic and business use. Protection of that groundwater, therefore, is a significant county-wide concern. The City of Midland and Midland County Water District No. 1 are supplied with water from Saginaw Bay (White Stone Point) with treatment of the water at the Midland City water treatment plant. based on income and is exempt from special assessments such as public water or sewer line construction assessments. Midland County makes extensive use of Act 116 as a preservation tool. Significant areas of land, amounting to approximately 44 percent of total farmlands have been designated under this program for preservation. The majority of the P.A. 116 lands are found in the southern one-third of the County. Forest Resources Midland County has 159,988 acres of forested lands. This represents 47.1 percent of the County's total land area. Major tree species include: A number of potential activities could contribute to groundwater problems in the County. 1. Brine - There are significant underground brine or salt deposits in the County which are adjacent to groundwater sources. Northern Hardwood 18,484 Acres Aspen and Birch 17,033 Acres Lowland Hardwoods 36, 165 Acres Aspen Predominates 85,314 Acres Pine 2,903 Acres Lowland Conifers 12 Acres Managed Christmas Trees 77 Acres 2. Brine Wells - As of 1986 all Dow Chemical Company brine well activity ceased operations. By the end of 1988 all of the 119 wells were sealed. The wells were sealed by pulling the pipe and completely filling the well with concrete. The sealed well sites are constantly being cleaned up brine that could have spilled during operation of the wells is captured in drain tiles and treated in the water treatment facilities at Dow. Commercial forestry is limited in the County, with slightly less than 500 acres enrolled in the State Commercial Forest Preservation Program. To protect forested lands, however, the County is currently administering a gypsy moth suppression program. This program will be continued with funding coming from a special millage (0.3 mills). 3. Oil Wells - Although actual drilling operations are generally well protected from accidental groundwater contamination, the pumping and transporting of oil may create the opportunity for spillage and seepage into groundwater supplies. Environmental Quality Water Quality Groundwater: According to Michigan Department of Natural Resources C-11 �8. Storage Tanks Leaking underground storage tanks can pose a potential threat to the area's groundwater if the leaks are not detected or any contaminated area is not rectified. While most owners or operators of Underground Storage Tanks (USTs) want to rectify any problems created by leaking tanks, financing such a project is often substantial. The Michigan Underground Storage Tank Financial Assistance Act (MUSTFAA) (Act 518, P.A. of 1988) can assist owners of leaking tanks. The program was implemented for the following reasons: 4. Landfills - Testing of wells is necessary to ensure that protection measures constructed at the landfill site are intact. 5. Land Use - Some land uses, such as junkyards, gas stations and closed dumps may be potential contamination sites. Midland County also has a number of major chemical and petroleum facilities that, while adequately protected, are potential problem areas. 6. Septic Systems - The general lack of sewer service outside the cities of Midland and Coleman require reliance upon alternate sewage disposal service, principally septic tanks and fields. a. To assist owners/ operators in meeting their financial responsibility requirements. One other significant aspect of this problem is the Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) policy. It is implemented through the requirement that sewer service only be extended to those areas which are annexed to the City of Midland. However, it is apparent that significant pressure for new growth and development will be forthcoming in the townships adjacent to the City of Midland. At the same time some degree of resistance to annexation is evident. Therefore, without proper vigilance or control by the townships new commercial, residential and industrial growth could potentially take place without adequate long-term sewage disposal. b. To create funds to address problems with releases from underground storage tanks (USTs), such as gasoline or diesel fuel tanks. c. To promote compliance with certain regulations. MUSTFAA funds are available for cleanup of soils or groundwater associated with leaking underground storage tanks. Funds are also available as loans to assist owners/operators in upgrading their systems. Basically MUSTFAA will pay cleanup costs in excess of $10,000 if the owner/ operator meets certain basic requirements such as the following: 7. Agricultural Uses - Improper use of fertilizers and herbicides/pesticides could create groundwater problems affecting large areas. 1. Registers the tank. C-12 • • • •■ ■ ■ •■ I ■ •■ ■ • • •I �2. Notifies the Fire Marshall 30 days prior to removal of the UST. 11 percent of the test sites were improperly disposing of wastes. 3. Notifies the Fire Marshall within 24 hours of a confirmed release (call 1-800-MICH UST). Corrective measures were not undertaken directly but it was found that many residents were unaware of the problems they had created. In a number of instances problems had been caused by sewage systems constructed prior to the advent of modern public health regulations. Therefore these are nonconforming systems that should be eliminated over time. 4. Provides an abatement report within 20 days, and the necessary site reports within 45 days. 5. Proceeds with an approved MUSTFAA contractor. Potential activities which contribute to surface water pollution include: The Michigan Department of Natural Resources has available informational and educational publications relating to groundwater. They have also identified activities and programs which may be conducted by local governments in a brochure entitled Local Roles in Groundwater Protection Management. 1. Septic Systems - Homes adjacent to water bodies may inadvertently dispose of waste directly into the water. 2. Agricultural Uses - This is perhaps the greatest single source of water pollution. Increased use of fertilizers, herbicides and pesticides combined with a lack of water run-off control can contribute significant amounts of pollutants to drains, creeks or rivers. No significant contamination problems have been locally identified. The Midland County Health Department has groundwater sampling information available but not in a format which is easily recoverable or significant on a large area basis. • • • • 3. Land Uses - Various commercial and industrial uses in scattered locations may dispose of wastes in drains or creeks which act as tributaries to the rivers. Industrial wastes particularly need to be treated prior to disposal. Surface Water: Significant surface waters include the Pine, Chippewa, Salt and Tittabawassee rivers and Sanford and Wixom lakes. According to the Midland County Health Department, information on water quality is limited, with the exception of a study conducted on Sanford Lake from 1975 to 1978. Environmental Contamination Sites No significant County pollution problems have been locally identified. However, the Michigan Environmental Response Act, Act 307 of 1982, requires the identification, risk assessment and priority evaluation of environmental contamina- The Sanford Lake Study principally dealt with dye-testing of individual on-site residential sewage disposal systems. The results of this study found that about C-13 �Resources Department, while three are owned by Dow Chemical Company. The stations are portable and may be relocated based on need. They are used to measure traditional versus exotic pollutants. tion sites in the State. The Environmental Contamination Sites map gives the general location of these sites in Midland County (Map 5). The Environmental Contamination Sites map indicates all of the sites identified in Midland County. The legend (fable 3) for Map 5 gives the name of the site and the related data. Traditional pollutants include sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, particulate matter, carbon monoxide, ozone and lead. Exotic air pollutants refer to other forms/types of emIssIons lacking proscribed emission standards. Often the human impacts are not known. Within Midland County exotic pollutants are generally associated with new or experimental chemical processes. The Michigan Department of Natural Resources has indicated that an average of three air quality permits are issued weekly in Midland County for emissions of the exotic type. With regard to many of the brine spills, Dow Chemical Company is studying the spill sites and decontaminating them where necessary based on a consent agreement with the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. The sites are being cleaned by catching runoff and directing it to Dow's water treatment facilities. Dow Chemical Company's brine spill site investigation was completed in 1989; however, the time allowed for decontamination goes beyond 1989 in order to restore the sites to their previous use category. The following is from the Department of Natural Resources 1990 Air Quality report: Several other environmental contamination sites include chemical production manufacturing, landfills, oil drilling, a scrap metal yard, gas station, laundry, dry cleaner and gasoline transport spills. Sampling for suspended particulates in Midland County consists of one HI-VOL operated by the Air Quality Division, three by the Dow Chemical Company and two PM10 monitors operated by Dow Corning. The particulate filters from the AQD site are also analyzed to determine the presence of various trace metals. Air Quality Air quality within Midland County falls under the responsibility of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Air Quality Division. Principle tasks handled by the Department include the issuance of air quality permits governing commercial and industrial processes and air quality monitoring. There are presently four mobile monitoring stations in the County. One is under the ownership and control of the Natural Both the AQD and Dow Chemical Company total suspended particulate sites recorded values below 150 ug/m3 during 1990. In the previous year, two of the industrial TSP sites recorded a value above 150 ug/m 3 • (A portion of the 1989 industrial TSP data was challenged due to questions regarding quality assurance. Even so, the recorded elevated values C-14 �TABLE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION SITES LEGEND ..• ,,. ·-:•• Source of Contamination . Common Site Name* / Status** 1. Tittabawassee River Point of Release Dichlorobenzene PBCs DDT Chlordane Halogenated Biphen Surface Water Fauna Oil Drilling Pipeline Pit Brine Crude Oil Surface Water Groundwater Flora Unknown Unknown Benzene Toluene Xylene Bhylbenzene Groundwater Soil Residential Well Gas Station Underground Tank Gasoline Groundwater/Soil Unknown Unknown Toluene Groundwater Auto Repair Surface Drainage Tolunene Methylene Chloride Groundwater Soil Chem Product Mfg. Unknown Dioxins Soil Isabella Road EIR EIR 4. Mooney Oil Co . 5. Res Well Nine Mile Rd . ,;;, Resources ··0· · Affected Unknown No Actions Taken 3. Res Contam W. .Pollutant Chem Product Mfg. No Actions Taken 2. Porter Field :•:•:- -:--.· IR (S) EP 6. Mostly Mopars EP 7 . Dow Chemical Mid. Plant E (P) 8. Shepherd Rd . EP Unknown Unknown Ethyl benzene Xylene Groundwater 9. Res Contam Curtis Rd. EP Private Residence Underground Tank Gasoline Soil Brine use , disposal Unknown Brine Groundwater Residential Well Scrap metal yd . Pile / Barrel PNAs / Oil Soil 12. Dalton Pesticide Spill-Mid . IR (P) E (P) Chem. Transport Surface Spill 2, 4-D Groundwater /Soil 13. O'Conner's Marathon Gas Station Underground Tank MEK Gasoline Groundwater /Soil 14. Hubbard Mobile Home Service EP RA Gas Station Underground Tank Gasoline Groundwater/So il 15. Tridge Area Landfill Landfill Domestic Comm Surface Water /Soil 16. Dow Chem Brine Pipeline Spills E (P) FR (P) IR (P) Brine use, disposal Pipeline Brine Groundwater Surface Water Soil Flora 17. Forward Car Wash Gas Station Underground Tank Gasoline Groundwater /Soil Plastic Rubber Aboveground Tank Toluene Groundwater /Soil Gas Station Underground Tank Gasoline Soil Gas Station Underground Tank Benzene Groundwater /Soils 10. Res Well Bradford· Rd. E (P) 11 . Gordonville Rd. EP Gasoline IR (P) E (P) 18. Dow Corning EP EP IR (P) 19. Anderson Service Station IR (P) 20. Jefferson St. Tanks IR (P) EP Toluene Xylene C-15 �TABLE 3 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION SITES LEGEND· CONTINUED ·•:•• Common ·Site Name* / · :::: Status•• 21 . Central Michigan Petroleum ···••,· ·.;, ·.. Source of · :Contamination ·,:,:,:-:-:::.: }· \ Resources Affected Point of Releases . Pollutant Gas Station Underground Tank Benzene Toluene lsopentane Groundwater EP 22. D and G Laundromat EP Laundry dry cleaning Lagoon PCE Dichloroethane Bromodichlorometha Surface Water Groundwater 23. Warren Township Dump EP Dump Dump Domestic Comm Light Industrial Surface Water Groundwater 24. Rebel Station Midland EP Gas Station Aboveground Tank Underground Tank Gasoline Kerosene Soil Chemical Transport Underground Tank Xylene BTEX Dichlorobenzene Trichlorobenzene Soil Car Wash Underground Tank BTEX Groundwater /Soil Gas Station Underground Tank BTEX Groundwater /Soil Gas Station Underground Tank BTEX Lead Groundwater/Soil Plastic Rubber Surface drainage Benzene Groundwater/Soil Iron Steel Fdry. Pile Heavy Mfg. Soil Painting Barrel Underground Tank MEK Xylene Ethyl benzene Toluene Dichlorobenzene Soil Gas Station Underground Tank Gasoline Gas Station Underground Tank Gasoline Fuel Oil Soil 25. Transport Services IR (P) E (P) 26. Firehouse Auto Wash IR (P) E (P) IR (P) 27. BandeensfWilson Oil 28. Amoco Sta. Jerome St. IR (P) E (P) 29. Dow Corning Benzene IR (P) E (P) IR (P) 30. Midland Iron Works 31. Midland Painting IR (P) E (P) RA 32. Speedway Midland E (P) IR (P) 33. Mccreadie Sales/Service IR (P) 34. Dow Corning LUST IR (P) E (P) Plastic Rubber Underground Tank BTEX / Methanol Soil 35. Henry Oil Company IR (P) E (P) Fuel Oil Dealers Underground Tank Gasoline Soil Oil drilling Lagoon Geologic Chlorides Surface Water Groundwater Coin-op Laundry Underground Tank Fuel Oil Soil Landfill Landfill Pentachlorophenol Benzene Groundwater Coin-op Laundry Underground Tank Tetrachloroethylene / PCE Groundwater/Soil 36. Oil Field Area Andreason Res EP 37. Midland Co. Bldg. LUST IR (P) 38. Poseyville LF E IR 39. Midland County Bldg. PCE IR (P) EP *The common site name is for identification only and is not necessarily a party responsible for contamination **IR = Interim Response (alternate water, surface removal , site security and other partial remedies); E = Evaluation (Studies); FR = Final Response (final cleanups); RA = Regulatory Action (agency actions to initiate site work, e.g. negotiations, peliminary investigations); EP = Evaluation Pending (sites currently with insufficient priority for publicly-funded response); (P) = Privately-funded actions; (S) = State-funded actions; (F) = Federally-funded actions SOURCE: Michigan Sites of Environmental Contamination, March 1991 C-16 .. • • • •■ ■ • • • �GLADWIN • • • •I • • >z 1- cl a:: = t-~=~-~-:-!-r---81-___;,-+--il-+_ o I I I ' I :::J 0 0 --•i ---~-- • I I 0 t-'-'""'--+-.::"!rl-""~1--':..._--?'~~~-·~·~.-:- · t · --- , ' . ....... ··.. . ,, ..... __ ",,. LO 0 z ' -r--,---~1-7"~~1-+-:-~:T"-~~~.;......;-~·': I I -~·- _:·./f -~·,;_ ' -~· 1. ~~~;~►=;:1--111,1.A.,_,.....,,,.._.;;.--+---..;-~~ ... I ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION SITES MIDLAND COUNTY, MICHIGAN ' ~-+--j,lllll:aA.1-flol----1~~·~---·---r-• .......... ---1 . ' I ··-1 ---~--- ...~ I ··... !,\ ~ -+----.!...•.__ - . • J~-+-................... - - • - - ~ ,Jr-~----+--+-'--~ LJNCOlN I I~... .r--~ ; ... -i---,._.,.....ir;.=.....4 .\. I Ml RO. d '·· .. I " ·,J ._ ... ; ' LEGEND I I ,--:,_ ~ CD l CONT AMINA TED SITES ~~~c~· 1l . I ,/ / 4r-----...+:=-----;;;t-----+-'-=~'-+---d NOTES >z 1. LOCATIONS ARE GENERALIZED. SEE ACT 307 LIST FOR ACTUAL LOCATIONS. 2. SEE TABLE 3 FOR CONTAMINATION TYPES AND AFFECTED RESOURCES. 1- >z :::J 0 1- u :::J 0 u •ii 4 SOURCE : I ci a: MICHIGAN SITES OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION PRIORITY LISTS ( APRIL, 1992 > ACT 307 OF 1962 ~ 2 (I) (I) 0 a:: u 3: <( (I) ... 'i: (I) d ~ a: .... >- ..J "' 'i: t----+~-+--~J.Wf-..........~ (I) 0 In "- "' (I) (I) ~ (/) TTTASAII SAGINAW GRATIOT (.'.) ci a: ~i z COUNTY ci a: /--._/ - .... ' &! ~ <( (/) 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 Gove Associates Inc. 1601 Portage Slre l: K.alamuoo, Michi&&b ◄ 9001 r.. 17 �• did exceed 150 ug/m 3 .) During 1988, the landfill location on Waldo Road logged two values above 260 ug/m3 which is the old primary health related standard and 5 values above 150 ug/m 3 • All sites met both primary and secondary particulate standards during 1987 and 1986. In 1985, as in 1984, one site recorded two excursions of the secondary 24-hour standard. However, in each case one of the excursions was due to meteorological conditions. frequently generated by Midland's chemical industry. _ There is little interaction between health related agencies and the public except at times of major emergencies. Little concern is expressed by the public over air quality. The Air Quality Division hopes to eventually monitor exotic pollutants, as well as alleviate (or monitor) the other concerns addressed. To do so requires additional State funding which is somewhat tenuous at this time. This lack of funding also accounts for the reduction of the number of air sampling facilities that has taken place over the past several years. Two PM 10 monitors began operation near the Dow Corning landfill during June of 1989. In 1990 both sites indicated compliance with applicable federal standards, as in the previous year. Two industrial nitrogen dioxide monitors began operation in July of 1988. Data generated thus far indicate compliance with the standards. Historic Sites Midland County is an area rich in history, both recent and prehistoric. Table 4 lists the sites that are listed in the National Register of Historic Places and/or Michigan's Register of Historic Places. Of the 20 sites listed in Table 4, 16 are listed in the National Register. The Dow House and Alden B. Dow Home and Studio are listed as National Historic Landmark properties. Of the 16 sites on the National Historic Register, 12 are related. These 12 historic sites were nominated in 1989 as "Residential Architecture of Alden 8. Dow in Midland, 1933-1938 Thematic Nomination." Another site listed on the National Register is the Midland County Courthouse, built in 1925. It is an example of rustic tudor design. The Oxbow Archeological District in the Chippewa Nature Center and the victorian style Bradley House built in The Wind Rose (Figure 1) is also taken from the 1991 Air Quality Report and shows the direction and velocity of wind in Midland County. Discussions. with Natural Resource Department staff revealed several areas of concern pursuant to air quality. These include: - Monitoring of exotic pollutants is either nonexistent or minimal at best. - Industrial processes existing prior to 1967 are not governed by air quality permits. Unfortunately, it appears Midland County h~s many of these. There is often a lack of knowledge concerning the potential health impacts of new processes that are C-18 �-1 I FIGURE 1 WIND SPEED - MIDLAND 1991 (26-111-0007) N NNE NNW NW ENE WNW w E I I I I I J I I WSW 15% SW SE SSE SSW s 1-3 '----...11 (}:::::::::::;::/:},<:f 1(?6~:t•.k~It!:jl 4-7 8-12 13-18 WINO SPEED - MPH C-19 - >19 ESE I t 1 I I I I l l �TABLE 4 HISTORIC SITES IN MIDLAND COUNTY - NATIONAL OR STATE REGISTRY :::. ..·. Date ····• Listed Registry 1038 W. Main St. Midland, Ml 05-11-76 National Register National Historic Landmark Property 1227 W. Sugnet Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 1411 W. St. Andrews Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 1505 W. St. Andrews 12-04-89 National Register 209 Revere St. Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 1605 W. St. Andrews Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 2407 Manor Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 2705 Manor Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 2913 Manor Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 301 W. Main Midland, Michigan 03-13-86 05-21-85 National Register State Register Historic Marker Site Joseph A. Cavanagh House* 415W. Main Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register Oscar Diehl House• 919 E. Park Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register 06-19-73 09-29-72 National Register State Register .Address·, . . . Herbert H. Dow House Dr. Charles L MacCullum House* Howard Ball House• Sheldon B. Heath House• Earl Stein House• Alden Hanson House• John S. \Nhltman House• Dow House - - Donald Conner House• - F.W. Lewis House• - Midland County Courthouse - Oxbow Archeological District Chippewa Nature Center Site - ••·• Bradley House Corner of Cook Rd & Main St., Midland, Ml 07-31-72 04-23-71 National Register State Register George Greene House• 1115 W. Sugnet Midland, Mi 12-04-89 National Register Alden B. Dow House• 315 Post St. Midland, Ml 12-04-89 National Register National Historic Landmark Property John Kelly House 505 W. Main Midland, Ml 07-24-84 State Register Chemical Industry 700 Block of W. Main Midland, Ml 09-17-57 State Register James T. & Elsa Pardee House 812 W. Main Midland, Ml 03-19-87 State Register Currie Parkway over the 08-18-88 State Register 09-19-91 State Register Upper Bridge Homer Township Cemetery Currie Parkway Bridge Tittabawassee River 113 East Prairie Rd. Homer Township, Ml *Residential Architecture of Alden B. Dow in Midland, 1933-1938 Thematic Nomination SOURCE: Michigan Department of State; Bureau of History C-20 �Jesuit Priest Burial Site: Relics of a cross, chalice and robe were found at this burial site. 1874 and open to the public, are also listed on the Natural Historic Register. Sites that are listed on the State's Historic Register, but not the National Register include the John Kelly House built in the 1870s, a chemical industry site, the Pardee House and the Currie Parkway Bridge. Battle of the Oxbow: This was the site of a great battle between the Sauk and Chippewa Tribes. Indian Mission: This mission settlement served Indians in the area until the 1800s. Other sites that are of historic significance to the area, but are not on the National or State Register include: Family Cemetery: Sites in this cemetery date back to the 1800s. Prehistoric: The Little Forks Archaeological District, located southwest of the City of Midland, has been determined as being eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. Manitou Rock: This large stone had some religious significance to area Indians. Wayne Cemetery: On the high bank of the Pine River - this was a settlement during the logging era in the 1870s. Salt Spring: This spring attracted wildlife for salt and therefore was considered sacred by the local Indians. Irish Cemetery: This site contains graves dating back to 1877. Chippewa Village: This site along the Pine River was excavated and remains of human bones, tools and lodgings were found. Wright's Bridge: This was a post office settlement during the 1860s. Redstone Village: This was the location of an early post office settlement. First Salt Well: This is the location of the first salt well, discovered by Michigan's first State geologist in 1837. Herbert H. Dow Laboratory: Site of Dr. H.H. Dow's first successful electrolysis of brine to produce bromine. This is also the site of Even's Grist Mill, the building where Dr. Dow first began operations. Averill Rollway and Banking Ground: At one time this was the site of the largest riverbank log rollway in the world. Father Nouvel's Landing: In 1675, Father Henri Nouvel became the first white person to visit this area. Sanford Museum: Formerly an early 20th Century brick four-room school building. CCC Camp - Pine Haven: To create jobs for youth during the 1930s, a camp was constructed in what is now known as the Pine Haven Recreation Area. Fur Trading Post: This is the location of the first white settlement in the County. I C-21 I �• • travel to and from Saginaw, located on the Tittabawassee River at Main and Benson streets. Veterans Memorial Park: A County park developed in 1951 on land purchased by the County in 1923 from the State of Michigan. Originally the state property was intended for a state sanatorium . Coal Mine: Exploration site commercial extraction of coal. Midland Chicory Plant: A manufacturing plant located in Midland in 1910 near the intersection of Ellsworth Street and Bay City Road by the Franck Chicory Company, processing chicory root as an additive to coffee for taste and aroma enhancement. for Hope Township Hall: Built in 1881, the structure is Midland County's only standing original township meeting hall still in use as a township hall. Coleman Chicory Plant: Another chicory manufacturing plant was located in Coleman. In 1926 all chicory in the United States was grown in the Midland County area. First Oil Well: This is the site of the first oil well in the County, drilled in 1932. Camp 16: Camp 16 was an early logging camp located at the confluence of the Tittabawassee and Tobacco rivers in Edenville Township. The legend below lists the historic sites in Midland County shown on Map 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11 . 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Red Keg Saloon: Located in what is now called Averill near the rollway and banking ground on the Tittabawassee River. Red Keg was the first name of the Averill hamlet. Grand Traverse (Mackinac) Trail: This trail is an ext~nsion of the Saginaw Trail from Detroit to Higgins Lake, where it branched into two trails; the Mackinac Trail extended to the Straits of Mackinac and the Grand Traverse Trail went to Traverse City. John Larkin Saw Mill: One of Midland's original saw mills. Indian Trails: Junction of three Indian trails: Grand Traverse (Mackinac), Pine River and Chippewa trails. Dock of the Belle Seymore: Midland's original dock for passenger and freight C-22 Oxbow Archaeological District Little Forks Archaeological Wayne Cemetery Irish Cemetery Wright's Bridge First Salt Well Averill Rollway and Banking Ground Jesuit Priest Burial Site Fur Trading Post Father Nouvel's Landing Bradley House Battle of the Oxbow Indian Mission Family Cemetery Manitou Rock Salt Spring Chippewa Village Redstone Village Herbert A. Dow Laboratory Sanford Museum Midland County Courthouse CCC Camp - Pine Haven Veterans Memorial Park Coal Mine �25. Hope Township Hall 26. First Oil Well 27. Camp 16 28. Red Keg Saloon 29. Grand Traverse (Mackinac) Trail 30. John Larkin Saw Mill 31. Indian Trails 32. Dock of the Belle Seymore 33. Midland Chicory Plant 34. Coleman Chi:cory Plant 35. John Kelly House 36. Herbert H. Dow House 37. Dr. Charles L. MacCullum House 38. Howard Ball House 39. Sheldon B. Heath House 40. Alden Hanson House 41. John S. Whitman House 42. Donald Conner House 43. F.W. Lewis House 44. Joseph A. Cavanagh House 45. Oscar Diehl House 46. George Greene House 47. Alden 8. Dow House 48. Chemical Industry 49. James T. and Elsa Pardee House 50. Upper -Bridge C-23 l.. �GLADWll' J -='.)Ul'HY ---r---,r - - - ~ - ci a: >- ci a: >- z ci a: (C HISTORIC SITES f- => 0 z 0 u :' I MIDLAND COUNTY, MICHIGAN a.. <( ~ ' I I I . l"'T-, ~~;:.t::.-;.:t~~........_nt-:'r-to;TT:-~- - -! ~~ r: 1--,.4:;,.~~~';-'~r-"'7""--:t~~T---,-r--~----- ' .·-_..,1 I ~j . .. . '. I <"<A u I I I l:J a: ::, • t; . r---,..,-....:=---.---_r~.~:T·~-:-r . -: : - , •. , ''I, ._.....__ _-+-......"-1---t-=-r-,-•-·-·-i-·--r-t--~ ·-1 -·---.it•-· LEGEND !_\ ~ ><( m e.3 7 HISTORIC \ SITE L HIGHWAY 20 4 ~ "l~V . ' SHEPHER z '.J <( _J _J w m <( 0 ...,..z a: u ' - r - - -; ~ - - , - - - - i- - ,. ii'· z ca: "' w V) u V) V) ... 0 ff. ci a: a: (/) ~ "" c:: a: lTTABAW .., ,.. ..J • C-: I 'i: ,._ U ITY REFER TO PAGE C-22. C-23 FOR SITE LISTINGS <( ci a: ,.. 0 .I ~ ~ z ci a: ::, - 3: (/l KEN GRAT IOT 1. l:J V) V) JASPeR .-···: ci a: w --===-::-- • - - ....... __ # NOTES ci a: '"==~;--~---L-- - ~- EN L .;R GED PL AN CI TY OF ~11D_~~~~ SAGINAW SEE ~D I COUNTY ,--... I - .... ' a: a: C c3 <( (/1 0 62 50 125 00 25000 37500 G({})we .f.~§§Ociates IID1c 1601 0 Portage Street Kalamazoo, Michiga.n "19001 C-24 �Socioeconomic Profile �SOCIOECONOMIC PROFILE changes that occurred between 1980 and 1990. This section describes the characteristics of Midland County's people, housing and economy. Past trends and the existing socioeconomic conditions are presented to help define both opportunities and constraints for the future. The reaction to these issues along with the vitality of the Great Lakes Region will influence the future population and economy in the County. Forecasts of population, employment, households and income presented in this report are based on the Midland County, Michigan, "Local Development Scenario," 1992 Data Pamphlet (May 1992) produced for Midland County Planning Department by Woods & Poole Economics, Inc. Households in the County numbered 27,791 in 1990. The average household size in Midland County has decreased since 1980. In 1980 the average household size in Midland County was 2.94 persons per household and in 1990 this figure decreased to 2.67 persons per household. The areas of the County that have a lower average household size than the County as a whole include the cities of Midland and Coleman and the Village of Sanford. All of the townships have average household sizes larger than the County's figure of 2.67 persons per household. Demographic Profile The age of the population has increased since 1980 reflecting a nation-wide aging trend. This fact can be seen in the percent change between 1980 and 1990. The County's overall percent change in population was 2.8 percent. The largest percentage increase was in the 65 years and over category which increased 41.1 percent. The age group with the second largest percent increase was the 25-44 category which increased by 13.0 percent (Table 6). The 45-64 category increased by 12. 1 percent. Decreases occurred in all age groups under 25. The 15-19 age group, with a 25.5 percent decrease experienced the largest decline in population. The 20-24 age group decreased 14.3 percent, the 5-14 age group decreased by 12.3 percent and residents under 5 years of age decreased by 2.0 percent. Population Characteristics The population of Midland County is centered in the City of Midland, which accounts for 50.0 percent of the County total. Adding the townships adjacent to the City (Midland, Larkin, Homer, Ingersoll and .Lincoln Townships) raises that total to 67.8 percent. Overall County growth from 1980 was 2.8 percent with Edenville, Greendale, Jerome, Larkin, Lee, Lincoln, Mt. Haley, Mills and Porter townships posting growth increases. The City of Midland grew in population by 2.8 percent. The City of Coleman and Geneva, Homer, Hope, Ingersoll, Jasper, Midland and Warren townships all decreased in population between 1980 and 1990. Table 5 shows the specific changes in population that occurred in the various municipalities. Figure 2 graphically shows the population D-1 �county figure and nine have figures over the County's median age. The percentage of residents in Midland County under 18 years of age is 27.4 percent. Lee Township, in addition to having the lowest median age, has the highest percentage of residents under 18 years of age (33.7 percent). The City of Midland and the Village of Sanford have the lowest percentage of residents under 18 years of age (25.1 percent). Only five municipalities have percentages of residents under 18 years of age lower than the County's overall average. Table 7 gives age distributions for all of the County municipalities. Additionally, the overall sex distribution, the median age, the percentage of residents under 18 years of age and the percentage of residents 65 years or older, are also shown on Table 7. The median age for residents in Midland County is 32.5 years. Lee Township has the lowest median age with a median age of 27.4 years of age. Hope Township has the highest median age with a figure of 36.4 years of age. Overall, ten municipalities have median ages under the overall TABLE 5 POPULATION BY JURISDICTION - MIDLAND COUNTY :-· .,. .,; .. 1980 Jurisdiction Townships: Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren Cities Nill ages: Coleman City Midland City Population 1970-1980 % of County Total. 1,461 1,586 1,113 1,846 2.8 1.6 1.7 6.1 1.7 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.5 4.5 2.2 3.2 2.0 2.1 1.5 2.5 1,429 37,035 1.9 50.3 Sanford Village 864 Countv 73,578 *Includes the Village of Sanford. 1.2 100.0 2029 1,157 1,244 4,4n 1,249 3,011 1,129 4,171 3,284 3,325 1,643 2,389 %of Population Change.. ''/: 1990 Population 73.6 69.4 12.6 13.1 32.2 31.8 36.7 32.2 31.6 31.4 15.9 -5.2 45.4 25.7 23.8 43.9 10.3 5.9 5.6 15.4 SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population 1980, 1990; Gove Associates Inc. D-2 2,367 1,048 •·• ::;::: % of . County Total 1980-1990 ·•· % of Population Change 20.2 -5.4 -2.3 -7.4 -2.9 7.2 9.3 20.8 10.0 -7.0 11.9 4.4 1,812 3.1 1.4 2.0 5.6 1.6 3.7 1.5 5.9 4.7 5.3 2.4 2.9 2.2 2.2 1.5 2.4 1,237 37,819 1.6 50.0 -13.4 2.1 889 75,651 1.2 100.0 2.9 2.8 1,495 4,235 1,220 2,788 1,096 4,470 3,588 4,017 1,807 2,221 1,635 1,656 1,140 16.8 -9.4 1 l 1 I I I I I I I I 2.4 -1.8 I �FIGURE 2 CHANGES IN POPULATION: 1980-1990 CHANGES IN POPULATION: iillfil] 0 ~ 1980-1990 MOUNT LOSS IN POPULATION HAL£Y POR'Tc:R 0-10 PERCENT GROWTH OVER 10 PERCENT GROWTH SOURCE: 1990 CENSUS OF POPULATION TABLE 6 POPULATION BY AGE AND SEX - 1980-1990 MIDLAND COUNTY 1990 1980· % :. . -·•· % of Age Male Female Total Total Male Female Total % of Total Change 1980-90 Under 5 3,061 2,751 5,812 7.9 2,948 2,749 5,697 7.5 -2.0 5-14 6,909 6,359 13,268 18.0 6,011 5,627 11 ,638 15.4 -12.3 15-19 3,960 3,627 7,587 10.3 2,923 2,728 5,651 7.5 -25.5 20-24 3,242 3,136 6,378 8.7 2,872 2,593 5,465 7.2 -14.3 25-44 10,791 11 ,051 21,842 29.7 12,154 12,533 24,687 32.6 13.0 45-64 6,602 6,733 13,335 18.1 7,354 7,601 14,955 19.8 12.1 65 and 2,246 3,110 5,356 7.3 3,097 4,461 7,558 10.0 41.1 36,811 36,767 73,578 100.0 37,359 38,292 75,651 100.0 2.8 Over TOTAL SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population, 1980 and 1990 0-3 �TABLE 7 AGE/SEX DISTRIBUTION BY JURISDICTION •, (Years) 191 32.7 28.3% 8.1% 228 121 34.2 28.0% 11 .5% 500 250 104 28.9 32.8% 7.0% 397 1,402 924 364 33.5 27.1% 8.6% 264 94 366 310 123 36.4 26.8% 10.1% 210 604 242 961 542 229 31.9 29.2% 8.2% 514 93 247 97 328 243 88 30.8 31.0% 8.0% 2,261 2,209 312 890 412 1,507 970 379 33.2 26.9% 8.5% Larkin Twp. 1,798 1,790 258 855 296 1,181 782 216 32.7 31 .0% 6.0% Lee· Twp. 2,013 2,004 420 934 475 1,318 630 240 27.4 33.7% 6.0% Lincoln Twp. 936 871 153 393 164 665 333 99 30.5 30.2% 5.5% Midland Twp. 1,092 1,129 196 429 192 727 476 201 33.0 28.1% 9.0% Mills Twp. 841 794 135 394 164 556 295 91 29.7 32.4% 5.6% Mt. Haley Twp. 843 813 140 379 150 575 287 125 31.0 31 .3% 7.5% Porter Twp. 581 559 88 255 104 355 238 100 31.9 30.1% 8.8% Warren Twp. 933 879 110 424 131 575 388 184 33.7 29.5% 10.2% City of Coleman 574 663 112 261 118 350 218 178 30.9 30.2% 14.4% Village of Sanford 420 469 58 165 76 299 203 88 34.8 25.1% 9.9% City of Midland 18,263 19,556 2,733 6,765 4,272 12,190 7,362 4,507 3~.2 25.1% 11.9% Midland County 37,359 38,292 5,697 15,011 7,761 24,687 14,955 7,540 32.5 27.4% 10.0% Jurisdiction 25 -44 1,153 164 506 204 823 479 Geneva Twp. 526 522 60 233 98 308 Greendale Twp. 744 751 144 346 151 2,146 2,089 316 832 614 606 63 1,403 1,385 577 Jerome Twp. Hope Twp. Ingersoll Twp. Jasper Twp. SOURCE: 5-17 18-24 1,214 Homer Twp. .. Age Distribution Under 5 Edenville Twp. 0I :•:_::••., ❖ Female Male ~ M,:gfn. . %§5 and Over % . ·.·. •· Under ..1 8 Male/Female Distribution {\\· 45-64 65+ .·. 1990 U.S. Census of Population - l- .. :• ,_•- :- ·- ·- - - �The percentage of residents in Midland County 65 years or older is 10.0 percent. The City of Coleman has the highest percentage of residents over 65 (14.4 percent). Lincoln Township has the smallest percentage of residents 65 or older (5.5 percent). Overall, only five municipalities have percentages of residents 65 or older greater than the County's overall figure. of Economic Analysis ...The third stage is to forecast population by age, sex and race for each EA on the basis of net migration rates projected from employment opportunities ...The fourth stage replicates stages two and three except that it is performed at the County level, using the EAs as the control total for the County forecast." (Midland County, Michigan Local Development Scenario 1992 Data Pamphlet). The population projections for the communities in Midland County (Table 8) are based on the percentage of the County that each community accounted for in 1970, 1980 and 1990 - with more recent trends influencing the projected percentages more than older trends. The population projections for the County were developed by Woods and Poole. The projections are based on existing and past population and employment figures, as well as other economic and demographic variables. As described by Woods & Poole, the "database contains over 300 economic and demographic variables for every county in the United States for every year 1969 through 2015. This comprehensive database includes detailed population data by age, sex and race; employment and earnings by major industry; personal income by source of income; retail sales by kind of business; and data on the number of households, their size and inco.me .... The methods used by Woods & Poole to generate the county forecasts proceed in four stages. First, a forecast to 2015 of total United States gross national product, personal income, unemployment, inflation, employment by industry, population, etc., is made with a macroeconomic model. Second, the country is divided into 183 Economic Areas (EAs) as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau The percentage of the County's population that each township, city or village contained in 1970, 1980 and 1990 was used to determine the future distribution of the County's population. The 1990 percentages were weighted more than 1980 or 1970 percentages, and the 1980 percentages were given more weight than the 1970 percentages. Weighted factors of one, two and three were applied to the 1970, 1980 and 1990 percentages, respectively. This is based on the assumption that more recent trends are most likely more reflective of the future than older trends. These distribution rates were assigned to projections from 1995 through 2015 to allocate a portion of the projected County population to each community in Midland County. These percentages were applied to the Woods and Poole projections for the County population to the year 2015. The 1990 and 2015 distributions of population are shown in Table 9. This method allows the Woods and Poole data, as well as the 1990 Census data to be used as a base throughout the Plan. The Woods and Poole projections are identified in Tables 1o through 13. Figure 3 depicts the overall population projections for the County. D-5 �I ! FIGURE 3 I POPULATION PROJECTIONS: 1990-2015 I I 110,000 100,000 'I 95,000 I. 90,000 I 105,000 I I 85,000 80,000 I 1990 1995 2000 NOTE: 2005 2010 2015 A POPULATION BASE OF 75,000 IS USED TO SHOW GREATER DETAIL. SOURCE: WOODS AND POOLE (1992) 0-6 I I I I I I I �• TABLE 8 POPULATION PROJECTIONS - MIDLAND COUNTY Juriscfictlons •·' . ( Townshigs: Edenville ·•:-· -\.. : ):/t 199():' .: •.. ,} 1995. \ ,.;:(·· •.·.::::::: :::::::-· I ·· ,• ·2000:- ,•, •.•. .:)•:•·2005:} ·•> 2010 /\i : 2015'0: 2,367 2,430 2,555 2,685 2,820 2,960 Geneva 1,048 1,215 1,280 1,340 1,410 1,480 Greendale 1,495 1,560 1,645 1,725 1,815 1,905 Homer 4,235 5,115 5,385 5,660 5,945 6,240 Hope 1,220 1,390 1,460 1,535 1,610 1,690 Ingersoll 2,788 3,295 3,470 3,645 3,830 4,020 Jasper 1,096 1,300 1,370 1,440 1,510 1,585 Jerome* 4,470 4,945 5,205 5,465 5,740 6,025 Larkin 3,588 3,900 4,105 4,315 4,535 4,760 Lee 4,017 4,160 4,380 4,600 4,835 5,075 Lincoln 1,807 1,995 2,100 2,205 2,315 2,430 Midland 2,221 2,775 2,920 3,070 3,225 3,385 Mills 1,635 1,735 1,825 1,920 2,015 2,115 Mt. Haley 1,656 1,820 1,915 2,015 2,115 2,220 Porter 1,140 1,300 1,370 1,440 1,510 1,585 Warren 1 812 2.080 2190 2300 2 420 2 535 1,237 1,560 1,645 1,725 1,815 1,905 37,819 44,135 46,460 48,815 51,275 53,815 889 1 040 1 095 1 150 1 210 1 270 75 651 86 710 91 280 95900 100 740 105 730 Cities Nillages: Coleman City Midland City Sanford Villaae Countv *Includes the Village of Sandford. SOURCE: 1990 Census-of Population; Woods & Poole {1992); Gove Associates Inc. D-7 �TABLE 9 POPULATION DISTRIBUTION BY JURISDICTION (PERCENTAGE) MIDLAND COUNTY Townships: Edenville 3.1 2.8 25.1 Geneva 1.4 1.4 41.2 Greendale 2.0 1.8 27.4 Homer 5.6 5.9 47.3 Hope 1.6 1.6 38.5 Ingersoll 3.7 3.8 44.2 Jasper 1.5 1.5 44.6 Jerome* 5.9 5.7 34.8 Larkin 4.7 4.5 32.7 Lee 5.3 4.8 26.3 Lincoln 2.4 2.3 34.5 Midland 2.9 3.2 52.4 Mills 2.2 2.0 29.4 Mt. Haley 2.2 2.1 34.1 Porter 1.5 1.5 39.0 Warren 2.4 2.4 39.9 48.4 47.3 36.7 1.6 1.8 54.0 50.0 50.9 42.3 1.2 42.9 100.0 39.8 TOTAL TOWNSHIPS Cities/Villages: Coleman City Midland City Sanford Village TOTAL 1.17 100.0 *Village of Sanford included. SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population; Woods and Poole (1992); Gove Associates Inc. 0-8 l \ t I I I I I I I I I I I �• • • • • • • Tables 10, 11 and 12 project or forecast Midland County's population to the year 2015 by age and sex. These projections are useful for determining the quality of various age-specific services that will be required to serve residents of Midland County over the next 25 years. Such services range from pre-natal care to senior citizen centers. The projections can be used to prepare for future demands today, and to use as trendline analysis data in Mure plan updates. TABLE 10 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY AGE MIDLAND COUNTY Age<::\: -:-:.: \ 1000\i) I h99S:::k'• tt2.()0a'. ::: .. 1 ;:: 2oos:r::. . ,./:C;::.,ft2010 ::· :;_,,. •:- . >2015 ,:::-:; 0-4 5,697 6,360 6,230 6,340 6,700 7,120 5-9 5,911 6,570 6,650 6,530 6,650 7,050 10-14 5,745 6,710 6,960 7,060 6,950 7,110 15-19 5,651 6,090 6,580 6,900 7,080 7,040 20-24 5,465 5,350 5,300 5,740 6,030 6,170 25-29 6,110 5,890 5,460 5,460 5,900 6,170 30-34 6,587 6,970 6,160 5,740 5,750 6,220 35-39 6,369 7,430 7,260 6,430 6,000 6,030 40-44 5,621 6,800 7,420 7,300 6,500 6,110 45-49 4,728 6,250 6,970 7,640 7,550 6,740 50-54 3,848 5,130 6,420 7,220 7,950 7,870 55-59 3,249 3,940 4,880 6,190 7,030 7,800 60-64 3,130 3,460 3,870 4,830 6,170 7,060 65-69 2,542 2,980 3,030 3,410 4,270 5,490 70-74 1,947 2,560 2,no 2,810 3,160 3,980 75-79 1,450 1,930 2,360 2,560 2,600 2,920 80-84 890 1,250 1,550 1,920 2,090 2,120 85+ 711 1,040 1,410 1,840 2,350 2,740 75,651 86,710 91,280 95,900 100,740 105,730 TOTAL SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population; Woods and Poole (1992) D-9 �TABLE 11 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY AGE (MALES) MIDLAND COUNTY Age '· 1990 1995 .•'.•:•:• 2000 2005 2010 2015 0-4 2,948 3,280 3,220 3,270 3,460 3,670 5-9 3,061 3,390 3,420 3,360 3,430 3,630 10-14 2,968 3,470 3,590 3,630 3,570 3,650 15-19 2,923 3,130 3,370 3,530 3,610 3,590 20-24 2,872 2,750 2,720 2,930 3,070 3,140 25-29 3,023 2,940 2,710 2,690 2,900 3,030 30-34 3,208 3,420 3,020 2,810 2,810 3,030 35-39 3,120 3,630 3,560 3,150 2,930 2,940 40-44 2,803 3,370 3,680 3,620 3,220 3,020 45-49 2,318 3,070 3,430 3,no 3,720 3,320 50-54 1,926 2,560 3,210 3,610 3,990 3,940 55-59 1,596 1,910 2,360 2,990 3,410 3,800 60-64 1,514 1,660 1,840 2,290 2,930 3,370 65-69 1,206 1,410 1,430 1,600 2,000 2,570 70-74 816 1,100 1,200 1,210 1,360 1,710 75-79 560 740 920 1,000 1,010 1,140 80-84 296 420 530 650 710 720 85+ 201 290 380 500 640 740 TOTAL 37,359 42,550 44,570 46,620 48,780 51,010 SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population; Woods and Poole (1992) D-10 l I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I �• • • • • • TABLE 12 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY AGE (FEMALES) MIDLAND COUNTY •.•· Age . ;.;::' 1990.,.i .. 1995 ::\{· -:::::::-:-: .2000 ;.;:;:..;;:•:,,. ·.; ::;::/ 2005 2010 · .. : 2015 0-4 2,749 3,070 3,010 3,070 3,240 3,450 5-9 2,850 3,180 3,220 3,170 3,230 3,420 10-14 2,777 3,240 3,370 3,430 3,380 3,460 15-19 2,728 2,960 3,210 3,370 3,460 3,450 20-24 2,593 2,600 2,590 2,810 2,950 3,030 25-29 3,087 2,950 2,750 2,760 3,000 3,140 30-34 3,379 3,540 3,130 2,920 2,940 3,190 35-39 3,249 3,790 3,710 3,290 3,070 3,090 40-44 2,818 3,440 3,740 3,680 3,290 3,090 45-49 2,410 3,180 3,540 3,870 3,820 3,420 50-54 1,922 2,560 3,210 3,610 3,960 3,930 55-59 1,653 2,030 2,520 3,200 3,620 4,000 60-64 1,616 1,800 2,030 2,540 3,240 3,690 65-69 1,336 1,570 1,600 1,810 2,270 2,920 70-74 1,131 1,460 1,570 1,600 1,800 2,270 75-79 890 1,180 1,440 1,560 1,590 1,780 80-84 594 830 1,020 1,270 1,370 1,390 85+ 510 760 1,030 1,340 1,710 2,000 TOTAL 38,292 44,150 46,700 49,280 51,950 54,720 SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population; Woods and Poole (1992) D-11 �Both the younger age groups (0-4 through 40-44) and the older age groups (45-49 through 85 +) will increase as a percentage of the County's total population. This will happen in both the male and female categories. However, Table 13 combines the data in Tables 10, 11 and 12 illustrating how the distribution of age groups will change over the planning periods. Table 13 presents forecasts that the future population will be an older population than it is today. TABLE 13 PROJECTED CHANGES IN AGE DISTRIBUTION: 1990-2015 •' 1990 '• % of Population Age Total . Male . I 2015 .. Female Total :: % of Population Male Female 0- 4 7.5 3.9 3.6 6.7 3.5 3.3 5- 9 7.8 4.0 3.7 6.7 3.4 3.2 10-14 7.6 3.9 3.7 6.7 3.4 3.3 15-19 7.5 3.9 3.6 6.6 3.4 3.3 20-24 7.2 3.8 3.4 5.8 3.0 2.9 25-29 8.1 4.0 4.1 5.8 2.9 3.0 30-34 8.7 4.3 4.5 5.9 2.9 3.0 35-39 8.4 4.1 4.3 5.7 2.8 2.9 40-44 7.4 3.7 3.7 5.8 2.8 2.9 45-49 6.3 3.1 3.2 6.4 3.1 3.2 50-54 5.1 2.5 2.5 7.4 3.7 3.7 55-59 4.3 2.1 2.2 7.4 3.6 3.8 60-64 4.1 2.0 2.1 6.7 3.2 3.5 65-69 3.4 1.6 1.8 5.2 2.4 2.8 70-74 2.6 1.1 1.5 3.8 1.6 2.1 75-79 1.9 0.7 1.2 2.8 1.1 1.7 80-84 1.2 0.4 0.8 2.0 0.7 1.3 85+ 0.9 0.3 0.7 2.6 0.7 1.9 TOTAL 100.0 49.4 50.6 100.0 48.2 51.8 Over 64 10.0 4.1 6.0 16.4 6.5 9.8 SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population; Woods and Poole (1992) D-12 I l I I I I I I I I I I �citizens. In 1990 only 1.0 percent of the County's population was 85 years old or older, but in 2015 this figure is projected to be 2.4 percent. This is significant since many people over 85 need a more intensive level of care than younger senior citizens. the female category will increase slightly more as a percentage of the total County population in 2015 than it shared in 1990. The redistribution of age groups is an important issue that will affect the future of the County in many ways. Schools may need to add school rooms or share available space, or change their programs to accommodate an increase in students. Additional senior services will be required. Such services will include housing, health care, transportation, and other programs designed to meet the needs of senior Table 14 projects that the racial distribution of Midland County will not significantly change. Whites will make up a slightly smaller percentage in 2015 than in 1990, while other races will make up a slightly larger percentage of the County's population. TABLE 14 POPULATION PROJECTIONS BY RACE MIDLAND COUNTY ••.·• I I I I I I I :n,:, 20osr:" Race ,::rd99d > ., White 73,466 84,430 88,760 93,150 97,750 102,500 Black 719 910 1,060 1,220 1,400 1,590 Other 1,466 1,360 1,460 1,530 1,590 1,640 0 ·· SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population; Woods and Poole (1992) D-13 2010 2015 �projections were divided by the average household size to arrive at the number of households in the various municipalities. The 1990 Census lists the number of persons in group quarters for each municipality. If a particular municipality had persons in group quarters in 1990 this number was subtracted from the general population. This was done since traditional housing units are not typically required for group housing. Table 15 lists the persons per household in Midland County. The 1980 and 1990 figures are based on Census figures and the 2015 projections are based on the changes in household sizes between 1980 and 1990 for each individual community. Table 16 is based on the population projections for the County's townships and cities and on the projected sizes of the households. The population TABLE 15 PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD: 1980, 1990 and 2015 } 980.Persons , =,· ,/:4990:Persons\;:'/. ')2015tf:>.ersons= 'i / Junsitlcttori'' ' ·••• ::})Pef Household=>•·:. . t PefHoi.Jsehold:...)' •·· : •Pet.:H ousehold ···• Edenville Twp. 2.98 2.76 2.21 Geneva Twp. 3.08 2.86 2.31 Greendale Twp. 3.18 2.98 2.48 Homer Two. 3.11 2.80 2.03 Hooe Two. 3.21 2.83 1.88 lnaersoll Twp. 3.24 2.94 JasoerTwp. 3.16 3.01 2.19 2.64 Jerome Twp. 1 2.94 2.71 2.14 Larkin Twp. 3.37 3.11 2.46 Lee Two. 3.27 3.01 2.36 Lincoln Twp. 3.26 2.88 1.93 Midland Twp. 3.06 2.n 2.05 Mills Two. 3.36 3.08 2.38 Mt. Halev Twp. 3.30 3.00 2.25 Porter Twp. 3.25 2.97 Warren Twp. 3.21 Villaoe of Sanford 2.76 2.91 2.54 2.27 2.16 Cltv of Coleman 2.82 Cltv of Midland 2.74 2.50 2.49 1.70 1.87 Midland Countv 2.94 2.67 2.00 1 1.99 lncluding Village of Sanford SOURCE: 1980 and 1990 U.S. Census of Population; Gove Associates Inc. 0-14 'I I I I I I I I • • • �-~ • • • • • •I TABLE 16 HOUSEHOLD PROJECTIONS BY JURISDICTIONS MIDLAND COUNTY Jurisdictions Townships: Edenville • •I I I I I 2000 2005 2010 2015 917 1,006 1,105 1,216 1,339 Geneva 367 442 485 530 583 641 Greendale 496 542 592 644 703 768 1,492 1,930 2,163 2,419 2,727 3,074 Hope 431 526 596 679 778 899 Ingersoll 931 1,181 1,314 1,464 1,637 1,836 Jasper 364 442 479 516 557 600 Jerome 1 1,647 1,902 2,099 2,306 2,551 2,815 Larkin 1,155 1,308 1,440 1,586 1,751 1,935 Lee 1,329 1,444 1,593 1,756 1,942 2,150 Lincoln 628 741 840 956 1,092 1,259 Midland 802 1,055 1,177 1,311 1,473 1,651 Mills 530 590 652 721 800 889 Mt. Haley 552 639 709 790 881 987 Porter 384 459 509 565 627 698 Warren 623 753 839 935 1,048 1,174 494 677 755 854 976 1,121 14,709 18,622 20,741 23,026 25,766 28,778 350 428 472 520 576 638 27,791 34,160 37,989 42,163 47,108 52,624 Cities LVillages: Coleman City Midland City Sanford Village County 1 1995 857 Homer • 1990 lncluding Sanford Village SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population; Gove Associates Inc. D-15 �Figure 4 shows the percentages of household types in Midland County. Married-couple families make up the largest percentage of households with 18,063 households, or 65.0 percent of Midland County households. Nonfamily households account for 6,91 O households, or 24.9 percent of the County's households. Single parent households with female householders account for 7.9 percent of the County's households and single parent households with male householders account for 2.3 percent of Midland County households. Housing Profile Housing Goals This Comprehensive Plan notes goals for residential land uses which provide for a wide range of housing opportunities and the preservation and protection of existing residential development. As described in the following section, the bulk of activity being conducted in housing is by the Midland County Housing Commission and by the City of Midland. An August 1985 report forwarded to the County Board of Commissioners from the Midland County Housing Commission stated two goals: FIGURE 4 HOUSEHOLDS BY TYPE: 1990 1. "Provide adequate and suitable housing for every family and resident of all ages, income and ethnic group, in accordance with their desires and needs." OTHER FAMILY, MALE HOUSEHOLDER 635-------OTHER FAMILY, FEMALE HOUSEHOLDER 2183 - - - - ~ ---...-'Mr---- 2. "Renew blighted and/or deteriorating residential areas through upgrading of structures and improved environmental conditions and the achievement of at least minimum standards of housing quality." MARRIEDCOUPLE FAMILIES 18,063 J The City of Midland, Task Force 2000 report stated its housing goal to: "Maintain attractiveness in housing and neighborhoods while attending to the problems of escalating building costs and the questions of energy and transportation availability." SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population Noted in the Task Force 2000 report are several sub-goals: D-16 l j l I I I I t 'I I I I I I I I �• • • • • • • • • • •I I I I I I I I TABLE 17 1. "Consider city ordinances relating to housing." (Relating to building, quality, diversity, standards and flexibility). LOANS ISSUED ON YEARLY BASIS \i\/i 2. "Consider new approaches to housing." (Mixed use neighborhoods and innovative design). income persons." 4. "Continue support of fair housing practices." 5. "Encourage the use of neighborhood schools and parks as community centers." better relationships." •,• :;:::: : 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 3. "Address housing needs of tow- 6. "Promote :veiifi neighborhood Total Number of .Loans 2 0 10 17 20 10 11 27 8 9 9 13 15 14 155 Home Improvement Loans Between 1978 and 1991 the Midland County Housing Commission issued 155 loans throughout the County (except the City of Midland) for home improvements. Table 17 lists the number of loans that were issued on a yearly basis. The average number of loans issued per year is 11. · SOURCE: Midland County Housing Commission While the number of loans per year has seemed to level off in the past three years, the distribution ot loans through the County is not proportionally equal. Table 18 shows the number of loans issued on an individual municipal level as well as loans issued per 1,000 residents (1990 Census). While Table 18 seems to indicate that some areas are receiving more than their "fair share," Table 19 indicates that none of the communities are reaching their goals for assisting low-income households. With a goal of 2,008 housing assists for the County and an actual figure of 155 assists, the goal achievement is only 7. 7 percent of its mark. D-17 �--------. 1 TABLE 18 MUNICIPAL LOANS : :11:: : : : :,aans-= per=f r ·.-:,-:· ·. 1 tttfj.,doo . . Residents=::::;; Edenville Township 4 1.7 Geneva Township 5 4.8 Greendale Township 21 14.0 Homer Township 3 0.7 Hope Township 1 0.8 Ingersoll Township 3 1.1 Jasper Township 9 8.2 Jerome Township 5 1.1 Larkin Township 6 1.7 Lee Township 16 4.0 Lincoln Township 3 1.7 Midland Township 2 0.9 Mills Township 25 15.3 Mt. Haley Township 2 1.2 Porter Township 11 9.6 Warren Township 3 1.7 31 25.1 5 5.6 Coleman City Sanford Village SOURCE: Midland County Housing Commission D-18 --- --------- I I I I I I I I I I I I I �• • • •I I I I I I I I • •I I I • • TABLE 19 HOUSING QUALITY BY MUNICIPALITY Ndm6·efr·otn?' Households :"· ··· ow~ ous;esrrt:,J:1:r . . House§;:::r} 1979.. ·bo~· .A§sisted Since< ·r;\;ssistance:tit ,.J'.ppeptlom:: : ::\:::; _. · Goal ·., · ·U 978:1991J Edenville Twp. 903 73 81 4 Geneva Twp. 382 89 54 5 1,443 143 240 3 Hope Twp. 529 126 49 1 Ingersoll Twp. 916 155 124 3 Greendale Twp. 435 142 101 21 Jasper 390 136 78 9 Jerome Twp. (a) 1,242 164 213 5 Larkin Twp. 1,222 141 158 6 Lee Twp. 940 230 207 16 Lincoln Twp. 514 171 72 3 Midland Twp. 816 69 158 2 Mills Twp. 459 124 88 25 Mt. Haley Twp. 504 73 101 2 Porter Twp. 366 80 65 11 Warren Twp. 653 179 91 3 City of Coleman 475 122 128 31 Village of Sanford 343 37 N/A 5 12,432 2,254 2,008 155 Homer Twp. Total a. Not including the Village of Sanford SOURCE: Midland County Housing Commission D-19 �its housing constructed between 1970 and 1980. Housing Development Characteristics Housing development in Midland County has taken a distinct urban/rural pattern. The urban area of the City of Midland, and the urbanizing townships around the City have developed quite differently than those in areas outside the City. These differences are reflected in the density, availability, variety and cost of housing throughout the County. Figure 5 shows the distribution of housing types in Midland County. Over 73 percent of the County's housing is single-family housing. Multi-family housing accounts for nearly 15 percent of the County's housing and mobile homes account for 12 percent of housing in the County. The City of Midland is characterized by its more dense development, higher home value, fewer persons per household and higher rents. These characteristics are present because of the increased urban amenities (recreation, cultural activities, utilities and wider variety of housing types and styles). FIGURE 5 TYPES OF HOUSING: 1990 LE s 0 The remaining areas of the County vary from moderately developed areas such as Coleman, Sanford, the areas adjacent to Sanford Lake and some areas adjacent to the City of Midland, to the rural farmstead and large lot residential areas prevalent throughout the townships. The developed areas were spawned from traditional settlements created by water, rail and road transportation routes or crossroads. SINGLEFAMILY HOUSES 21,486 SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population Over the past twenty years a significant increase in housing growth has occurred in the areas outside the City of Midland. This fact is reflected in the age of housing. Table 20, indicates that while all townships except Midland Township had over 40 percent of their housing constructed between 1970 and 1990, the City of Midland had just 36.8 percent constructed in that time period. The County as a whole had a 42.1 percent of One form of housing which has shown a significant increase in use is the mobile home. The mobile or manufactured home provides a relatively inexpensive housing alternative, particularly for low- D-20 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • •I • • TABLE 20 HOUSING AGE BY PERCENT OF TOTAL HOUSING MIDLAND COUNTY Year.Constructed> Jurisdictions 1939 or Earlier 1940~1969 . Townships: Edenville 4.4% 36.6% 59.9% Geneva 22.2% 32.1% 45.4% Greendale 11.9% 39.0% 49.1% Homer 14.2% 44.1% 41.7% Hope 15.5% 39.2% 45.3% Ingersoll 16.7% 41.5% 41.8% Jasper 17.1% 26.0% 56.9% Jerome 6.6% 45.3% 48.1% Larkin 10.0% 35.9% 54.1% Lee 7.8% 37.6% 54.6% Lincoln 8.2% 38.9% 52.9% Midland 13.3% 55.0% 31.7% Mills 6.4% 40.0% 53.6% Mt. Haley 12.5% 41.9% 45.6% Porter 11.3% 39.8% 48.9% Warren 16.6% 31.9% 51.5% Cities: Coleman 33.5% 36.1% 30.4% 10.2% 53.0% 36.8% 11.1% 46.8% 42.1% Midland Coun!Y SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Housing D-21 :::: ; ;1970-March 1990 ; �1 income to moderate-income families. This development has raised a number of concerns, particularly in the townships, regarding community appearance and the integrity of agriculture areas. Also of concern is the higher density singlefamily development which is occurring in some areas without proper sanitary sewer and water facilities. Long-term environmental problems could result. The lack of public utilities also restricts the range of housing opportunities which can be provided by limiting multiple-family development. This, in turn, contributes to the demand for lower cost manufactured homes. Township), the median rent is higher in six communities. Figure 8 graphically shows the variations paid in rent throughout the County. Another factor affecting housing is the tenure - or the ratio of owner-occupied units. Figure 9 shows that the City of Midland has the highest percentage of renter-occupied units and that Hope Township has the highest percentage of owner-occupied units. Coleman is the only community other than Midland that has a higher percentage of renter-occupied units than the County as a whole. One additional factor which the lack of utilities may cause is the concentration of development where soils and groundwater are able to support septic systems and wells. This development pattern generally tends to be random, without regard to available streets and related land uses, such as shopping and work place. A structural quality survey was completed for the County in 1978 and 1979 as a part of its 1980 County Housing Plan Program. All communities, except the City of Midland, were evaluated. Three quality standards were used: Housing Quality 1. Standard: Buildings placed in this category required normal maintenance and did not exhibit noticeable wear. The median value of owner-occupied housing varies throughout the County. Figure 6 demonstrates these differences. Larkin Township had the highest median housing cost in 1990 followed by the City of Midland - these were the only two communities with an average higher than the County's average. Figure 7 lists the number of owner-occupied households in various price ranges. Over 45 percent of housing units in Midland County are valued between $50,000 and $100,000. Nearly 34 percent are valued below $50,000. Nearly 21 percent are valued over $100,000. While the median cost of owner-occupied housing units was higher than the County's average in only two instances (Midland City and Larkin 2. Deteriorating: This description applied to buildings with several minor defects and, at times, one major defect which could be remedied at a reasonably cost. 3. Substandard: Substandard structures exhibit multiple minor and major defects which cannot be reasonably repaired. These buildings should eventually be removed. 0-22 I I I I I I I I I I �I •I I I I I I I I I I I I I • •II FIGURE 6 MEDIAN VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED HOUSING UNITS: 1990 \/ ALUE ,~$1000) ······•································································· ···· ··· ····················· ········· ········································· ····················· ·············································· ·································· ····················· ················· : : : : : : : : /~j/)::::::~:/\\\:\:/:\\/:\:\/:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::/~-:. ................ ... .. .. ~ ························· : :.·::::.·:::::::. ·. ·:. ·:.·:::. ···················· ···· SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population FIGURE 7 VALUE OF OWNER-OCCUPIED UNITS: 1990 OVER $300,000: 87 - - $200,000-$300,000: $150,000-$200,000: $50,000$100,000: 7170 SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population D-23 �0 0 00 0 Q C )J ~ ...... O __. O N O (..,.J O -+>- O U1 O m O ----J O co O tO O O C )J ......__,.)> ki:-·nJ~,\H,li.~"iwD~lt,, , J ..........~ ~ Q ...... ~~=~~~=~~=~=~=~~~~ ~ ~ -.........,-..,~~~=~~~~=~.,...,..,.~~~ w ~ w o~~~~~~~~=~~~nm ~.....+............+.-......... - + . , , , = ~ ~..............+c:-.........~'<"<"<"<'~,..,....,~ ~ z ·.• C 0 ~ u <D :::, ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t~~~~~~t~~~~~~;t:~~~~~~.-:i O:E CJ> :::0 fTl <D :::, ~ (/) JJ m ~~::::;::::t:::~:t~~~t~~~~~~t~~~~~~t~~~~~.,_,. :::0 ~ fTl ~ 0'"Tl :::0 0 .g ~~=~=~=~....,,,.,=~=~=~~~='! ~......+.......................+.-.,'<"<"<"<'~~=~=~=~~...,...,...,,..,.-j O O () C ~.........,~.........,~..-......=~~=~=~=~.:.i:....:,.:....;.;=..:i O O () n> ~~~~~~=~~==:'<:'=~=~er:-":~~· ~ O C '"'""-"~.-....-.-..........,.=~~=~=~=.,,,..,.,.=~= -U C -0 o, g:::, ~~ ..... ...+.,,,=+.-t-s~=C'Cffl,..,.,,....~=~~~~i fTl -u m ofTIO N ~.,...._,=.......,~~=-=~=~=~=~~=~~ 0 """".....+.............+.-......... .................._'"""".............,............. ........................,................. I 9. 0 -0 ....+........... ~ ~ ,,-..,. :::0 00 0 _. ,,-..,.C o ~-U ~ 0 C 00 "J U £ ~ '"Tl G> c )J m w o· :::, __. O C.Jl 0 0 0 0 0 (..,.J (..,.J 0 (J1 0 0 • ,• •.·.•. · .·.·.•,• .... ' . . ...... . ::i : . ' .... l HOMER TWP -. ~0:p:~ .:ii~:::: ·:: : · _ :._.Jil ili}i!L T::: INGERSOLL TWP ·J·;:sP.ER···+wp·.·· ············: ::rr . · ,·,•.· .. .. ...... ·- .. JEROME TWP .. . ·.•.'. •,•. .. : ::::;::::· ' LEE TWP -:-:• ·.• .· . ·. ..... .. MILLS TWP ·.•,•.•,• •,•,·.· . • ·.· ... •,•.•.•,•,•.· .. . .. . . C z :-:t ...... w w )J m CX> 0 T/ ' PORTER TWP .... :t :::, •.. < \N;o:R·Ri·N·.• TwP····. ... ... . . . m i . . .. ' MT. HALEY TWP ... )J • :to :,:, ... ...... . . ' J] (j) ]) MIDLAND TWP )> z T ):::- .... . .. . . m : :i •: :: J) •,•. -:- :- ·.•.•,·,• LINCOLN TWP . 0 ::f:::: .. ;. LARKIN TWP . · .•.•,•.• , • . . . . s:: ::~;;: : J ::>::: . . .. . . . . . ' . . . . ... .. . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . ] /.;:;. : :~ . : : ! ····· . . . . .•. • , · ~ ..:'.! GREENDALE TWP ,•.•.•· 0 ~fTI ..........,Z := GENEVA TWP . .· .p,. O :J< EDENVILLE TWP C 0 0 N U1 .......... ' . . . .. . ...... w w N 0 -~---_J .. •.-:·~:.--··-:-~ •:- -. · ~ . · . · • : • . • · •;. ; .-.-.-.-.. -. · . z (j) z ~ _. U1 .... ' COLEMAN CITY SANFORD VILL . . ... . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . .. ..... . . MIDLAND CITY . ,_· ~; H~ lll~I!: Uf l~ ~: !: : '- ~-'- . ~ "._,__•____,___:_ '. ' '._, IMt[~+l'?£Y~!X' ;;: JI : I . . - - -- - · ----- - - -- - - - -- - - . - - - - -- --- j �ii • •ii • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - to Mure housing needs due to the loss of existing housing stock and the need to replace lost structures. Table 21 summarizes housing quality in the County (again, excluding the City of Midland). The number of substandard dwellings must be considered in relation TABLE 21 HOUSING QUALITY BY JURISDICTION: 1978-1979 - MIDLAND COUNTY 1 w Jurt§cfictfonsi:/ · • :2 . . Standard Oefurk>~tlrig(/ .:· 1F • Substandard : : :Nam~tI\l :{; e~f6fult:::.·· .::t:Numbeh •• Percent .. • +:.: :Number:: :::\Perce~ \ · ·, Townships: Edenville 830 91.9 38 4.2 35 3.9 Geneva 293 77.2 51 13.4 38 4.4 Greendale 293 67.4 97 22.3 45 10.3 1,300 90.1 83 5.8 60 4.2 Hope 403 76.2 66 12.5 60 11 .3 Ingersoll 761 83.1 75 8.2 80 8.7 Jasper 254 65.1 84 21 .5 52 13.4 1,078 86.8 89 7.2 75 6.0 Larkin 981 87.4 108 9.6 33 2.9 Lee 710 75.5 145 15.4 85 9.0 Lincoln 343 66.7 129 25.1 42 8.2 Midland 747 91 .5 48 5.9 21 2.6 Mills 335 73.0 76 16.6 48 10.5 Mt. Haley 431 85.5 49 9.7 24 4.8 Porter 286 78.1 47 12.8 33 9.0 Warren 474 72.6 82 12.6 97 14.9 353 74.3 90 18.9 32 6.8 306 89.2 26 7.6 11 3.2 10,178 81.9 1,383 11.1 871 7.0 Homer Jerome Cities Nill ages: Coleman City Midland City* Sanford Village County *Data is not available for the City of Midland in the same categories as are available in the County Housing Commission Report SOURCE: Housing the County, 1980, Midland County Housing Commission D-25 �some distance appear to have lower percentages. In addition, not surprisingly, those jurisdictions with higher median home values tend to have the lower percentage of substandard housing (fable 22). No clear pattern of quality related housing problems is discernible although one trend appears to be present. Communities nearer the City of Midland appear to have a higher percentage of standard housing while communities at TABLE 22 FACTORS DETERMINING HOUSING QUALITY - MIDLAND COUNTY :·.,; ··• ::::: .Jurisdictions . .; . ::Median:Value <•: Owner Specified 1980: :, .·,: 1990 ·• Townshigs: Edenville .:f ,.·.·.· ·_;;::, ...·.,.·,:-:-.,·-;- ·.· <) · p~rceni·:· ·-•.•·. Increase 1980-1990 ' -;- t:· Ill::\/...... '.i#.Jrcer1t L. '.'. •· :( Constructed . ·· Substandard., ._>:::. 1939 or Eartier (1990)' ·. Housing ,\ I.;.. ,...,,.;"' . Perc~J~;:\'.i'. $37,300 $55,500 48.8 3.9 4.4 Geneva $30,500 $40,400 32.5 4.4 22.2 Greendale $24,800 $35,900 44.8 10.3 11.9 Homer $41 ,000 $54,600 33.2 4.2 14.2 Hope $37,900 $47,900 26.4 11.3 15.5 Ingersoll $40,800 $52,500 28.7 8.7 16.7 Jasper $27,500 $38,300 39.3 13.4 17.1 Jerome $38,300 $54,200 41 .5 6.0 6.6 Larkin $48,700 $78,400 61.0 2.9 10.0 Lee $35,000 $45,500 30.0 9.0 7.8 Lincoln $38,100 $50,900 33.6 8.2 8.2 Midland $41 ,100 $53,000 29.0 2.6 13.3 Mills $29,800 $42,000 40.9 10.5 6.4 Mt. Haley $37,200 $49,400 32.8 4.8 12.5 Porter $32,800 $37,100 13.1 9.0 11.3 Warren $32,800 $41,800 27.4 14.9 16.6 $23,900 $33,300 39.3 6.8 33.5 $52,600 $74,200 41.1 N.A. 10.2 N.A. $53,700 3.2 10.4 $44,900 $63,300 7.0 11 .1 Cities Nillages: Coleman City Midland City Sanford Village Countv 41.0 N.A. Data is not available for the City of Midland and the Village of Sanford in the same categories as It is available in the County Housing Commission report. SOURCE: 1980 U.S. Census of Housing; 1990 U.S. Census of Population; Housing the County, 1980, Midland County Housing Commission D-26 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �II i1 I I I I I I I •I I •I • • • • • housing cost increase of 41.0 percent. Table 23 shows the types of housing in Midland County by the number of households, -the number of single-family homes, multiple-family homes, and mobile homes or trailers. More recent data is also included in Table 22. The 1990 median value of owner-occupied units is compared to 1980 information to show areas in the County where housing costs have risen at rates higher than the County's average TABLE 23 TYPES OF HOUSING IN MIDLAND COUNTY: 1990 Townships: Edenville 995 720 72.4 19 1.9 256 25.7 Geneva 410 310 75.6 6 1.5 94 22.9 Greendale 528 308 58.3 0.2 219 41 .5 1,557 1,345 86.4 54 3.5 158 10.1 Hope 558 461 83.7 3 0.5 88 15.8 Ingersoll 984 861 87.5 48 4.9 75 7.6 Jasper 385 267 69.4 4 1.0 114 29.6 Jerome** 1,803 1,361 75.5 64 3.5 378 21 .0 Larkin 1,193 1,118 93.7 8 0.7 67 5.6 Lee 1,395 793 56.8 11 0.8 591 42.4 L:ncoln 658 483 73.4 42 6.4 133 20.2 Midland 836 730 87.3 16 1.9 90 10.8 Mills 550 364 66.2 0.2 185 33.6 Mt. Haley 570 438 76.8 5 0.9 127 22.3 Porter 399 296 74.2 4 1.0 99 24.8 Warren 658 510 n .5 2 0.3 146 22.2 526 372 70.7 59 11 .2 95 18.1 15,338 10,743 70.0 4,000 26.1 595 3.9 376 323 85.9 25 6.6 28 7.4 29,343 21 ,486 73.2 4,347 14.8 3,510 12.0 Homer Cities/Villages: Coleman City Midland City Sanford Village County *Does not include modular housing (modular housing is included under single-family housing) **Includes Village of Sanford SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population D-27 �Labor Force Characteristics Economic Profile Table 24, Labor Force Characteristics, is taken from the 1990 Census and shows, by municipality, the number of persons in the labor force, as well as the differences in unemployment between the municipalities. The employment and income data are taken from the 1990 Census and reflect 1989 figures. TABLE 24 LABOR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS - MIDLAND COUNTY , :ttI}i. ' :· , . ' ·< > ·Persons 16 :~;: i Jurisdictions Older In labor : Force (1990) Townships: Edenville 18,976 437 1.2 51.2 1.2 13.1 5.0 8.6 37 50 49 37,086 100.0 6.9 49 2,119 534 Jasper 1,332 468 1 2,240 Larkin 1,898 Lee 1,830 Lincoln 893 1,192 747 763 520 Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren 838 CitlesNillages: Coleman 463 Midland Sanford County Percent Unemployed 48 654 Ingersoll '· ·, Percent of Total .. ·•·• Population in Labor Force 8.9 12.5 19.2 5.1 8.6 3.7 9.4 9.3 6.0 15.5 7.8 4.6 13.0 9.6 9.2 9.7 Greendale Hope ;, 3.1 1.3 1.8 5.7 1.4 3.6 1.3 6.0 5.1 4.9 2.4 3.2 2.0 2.1 1.4 2.3 483 Homer 1 ,:Total·t•:c::, labor Force 1,136 Geneva Jerome , . ~ii&~:Ji : :•{ 1ncludes Village of Sanford SOURCE: 1990 Census of Population D-28 46 44 50 44 48 43 50 53 46 49 54 46 46 46 46 �I I I I I I I I I •I • • • • • •II Occupational Characteristics Table 25 demonstrates how the types of employment have changed since 1982. Three categories Manufacturing; Transportation, Communication and Utilities; and Wholesale, Retail - make up a smaller percentage of employment in 1988 than in 1982. Construction, Finance, Insurance, Real Estate, and Services all made up a larger percentage of employment in 1988. As may be expected Midland County has a highly trained and heavily professionally oriented work force. Table 26, Employment by Occupations, indicates that a large 70 percent of the work force consists of professional, technical, managerial and administrative workers. The dominance of Dow Chemical Company and Dow Corning Corporation is very evident in these figures. TABLE 25 EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY-HISTORICAL PERCENT OF TOTAL EMPLOYMENT - MIDLAND COUNTY 1982. 1985 % Change 1982-1985 1988 % Change 1985-1988 Construction 4.9% 5.8% 28.1% 8.7% 66.8% Manufacturing 49.6% 46.1% -2.1% 44.3% 8.1% Transportation,Communication, Utilities 3.1% 1.8% -37.6% 1.0% -35.0% Wholesale, Retail 18.1% 17.2% 1.6% 17.3% 13.8% Finance, Insurance Real Estate 3.1% 3.4% 17.4% 3.3% 9.7% Services 21.0% 24.6% 24.8% 25.0% 14.5% Industry SOURCE: U.S. Dept. of Commerce, Bureau of the Census. County Business Patterns, 1982, 1985, 1988 TABLE 26 EMPLOYMENT BY OCCUPATIONS - 1990 - MIDLAND COUNTY Occupational Group % of All Occupations Executive, Administrative and Managerial 11 .8 Professional Specialty 20.4 Technicians and Related Support 5.1 Sales 9.5 Administrative Support, Clerical 14.2 Private Household Occupations 0.6 Protective Services 1.2 Service Occupations - Except Household and Private Farming, Forestry, Fishing 11 .5 1.2 Precision Production, Craft and Repair 12.3 Machine Operators, Assemblers, Inspectors 6.2 Transportation and Material Moving 3.0 Handlers, Equipment, Cleaners, Helpers and Laborers 3.0 100.0 Total SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population D-29 �Income by Jurisdiction Since a majority of the future employment in targeted industries also involve these workers, this trend can be expected to continue. However, the growth of these categories may be moderated should the auto industry capture a larger share of overall employment. Table 27 provides a breakdown of income by jurisdiction. Higher incomes tend to be found in the City of Midland and adjacent "urbanizing" townships. The City of Midland has the highest median family income and Larkin Township has the highest median household income. TABLE 27 1989 ESTIMATED INCOME BY JURISDICTION - MIDLAND COUNTY Jurisdictions Median Family Income > Townships: Edenville Median Household Income $31,506 $29,167 Geneva $34,107 $30,687 Greendale $25,764 $23,911 Homer $36,953 $34,280 Hope $31,875 $28,478 Ingersoll $36,118 $34,299 Jasper $27,708 $24,050 Jerome $32,393 $29,692 Larkin $49,294 $47,500 Lee $23,665 $22,547 Lincoln $33,558 $31,574 Midland $36,304 $35,042 Mills $26,898 $25,559 Mt. Haley $35,461 $29,844 Porter $26,875 $25,795 Warren $28,750 $26,006 TOTAL TOWNSHIPS $33,393 $30,997 Cities Nill ages: Coleman City $29,529 $19,271 Midland City $49,387 $39,087 Sanford Village $33,409 $29,375 $40,028 $33,948 Coun~ SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census of Population D-30 • -I ~ I I 1 I I -, - 1 I �I I I • • •I I • • • • • • - nonresidential building permits was issued in 1982 when 661 permits were issued and construction cost totaled $6,460,712. The largest annual percentage increase occurred between 1983 and 1984 when construction cost increased by 167.6 percent - even though the number of permits decreased during the same period. The average annual number of nonresidential building permits issued between 1980 and 1990 was 786, and the average annual cost was $19,147,636.3. A total of 8,648 nonresidential building permits were issued during the period. Building Construction Between 1980 and 1990 the amount of construction in Midland County increased a substantial amount. Table 28 shows the number of residential units built during the period as well as the construction cost. Table 28 also shows the number of nonresidential building permits issued for each year between 1980 and 1990 as well as the construction cost. Demolitions and totals are also shown. In 1989 there were 401 residential building permits issued - the largest annual amount issued during the period. The largest annual construction cost was in the following year (1990), with a residential construction cost of $38,562,247. The year with the smallest quantity of building permits issued was 1982, when 142 residential building permits were issued. The lowest residential construction cost also occurred in 1982 when $8, 176,562 was spent on residential construction in Midland County. The largest percentage increase in residential construction occurred betwe~n 1982 and 1983 when the number of building permits increased by 94.4 percent and the cost increased by 126.4 percent. The average number of residential building permits issued between 1980 and 1990 was 280.8 and the average cost of construction was $23,671,725.50. The total number of residential permits issued was 3,089. The largest number of nonresidential building permits issued between 1980 and 1990 occurred in 1989, when 865 permits were issued. The largest annual construction cost occurred in 1990 with a nonresidential construction cost of $38,867,046. The smallest number of Between 1980 and 1990 there were a total of 359 demolition permits issued in Midland County. The peak year was in 1989, when 51 permits were issued. In 1983 there were 12 permits issued - the lowest figure for the period . The total columns on Table 28 are based on the number of residential permits, nonresidential permits and demolition permits. The total costs are based on residential costs and nonresidential costs. The two types of construction are not directly tied to the other, but that relationship does exist. Due to the recent economic slowdown it is difficult to predict if the construction increases will continue or if they have peaked at the current levels. D-31 - -- - -- - �TABLE 28 BUILDING PERMITS AND CONSTRUCTION IN MIDLAND COUNTY: 1980-1990 I>. i? .· ::: . . ·.Jtesidential : }!i;•! l(~ar " . . : : ;m t.JotJ/ . T:..¢ost . $14,590,866 182 I ·- -------- I ---- I 909 918 24,911,073 825 14,637,274 1,078 27,331,343 1,129 45,435,389 1,115 37,147,672 1,232 41,322,260 1,056 54,972,931 1,247 56,032,524 51 ---------------------------- 1,317 70,225,417 38,867,046 38 ---- 1,270 77,429,293 ------- 12,096 434,012,979 1,099.6 $39,455,725.4 12,323,763 715 12,587,310 21 142 I 8,176,562 661 6,460,712 22 276 I 18,512,349 790 8,818,994 12 11984 323 I 21,834,841 777 23,600,548 29 5 241 I 19,082,101 18,065, 571 28 -1986 1987 -1988 - 282 I 24,048,332 846 921 17,273,928 29 303 I 31,444,666 705 23,528,265 48 358 I 35,263,549 849 20,768,975 40 401 I 36,549,704 33,675,713 374 I 38,562,247 865 858 I 1982 1983 I\) 207 I ~ql}> r }f C6$( < A:i: ·J:..¢;6st ).< t - - - $6,976,937 1981 l, · No? Demolition/>·•· 661 I 1980 0 I I I .,. Nowesidential.. 41 1989 -1990 -Total 3,089 $260,388,980 8,648 $210,623,999 359 Average 280.8 I $23,671,725.5 786 $19,147,636.3 32.6 -- I I $21,567,803 SOURCE: Estimates with imputation; Construction Statistics Division, U.S. Bureau of Census . . . . 1111 _, 1111 . . . . . . - - • .,.,. �I I I I I I I • employment projections were developed by Woods and Poole Economics, Inc. and are calibrated to the 1990 Census. An analysis of Table 29 is included under the section describing Future Labor Force, page D-39. Employment Projections Projections of employment in Midland County are presented in Table 29. The TABLE 29 EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS - MIDLAND COUNTY ., '.•: .. 'l(, 1990 '"•:• 1995\: . 2005 ···' 2000 2010 2015 19902015 :: : .•· Change 40,620 45,110 47,440 49,440 51 ,140 52,540 29.3 550 520 500 480 460 440 -20.0 40,070 44,590 46,940 48,970 50,680 52,100 30.0 36,640 41,040 43,390 45,430 47,180 48,660 32.8 170 170 170 180 180 190 11 .8 30 30 40 40 40 40 33.3 3,780 4,030 4,200 4,340 4,460 4,540 20.1 12,950 13,480 14,190 14,760 15,200 15,540 20.0 Transportation, Communications, & Public Utilities 580 580 570 550 530 510 -12.1 'Nholesale Trade 530 590 700 800 910 1,000 88.7 Retail Trade 4,740 7,000 7,340 7,630 7,890 8,100 70.9 Finance, Insurance & Real Estate 1,690 1,760 1,820 1,880 1,920 1,950 15.4 12,180 13,380 14,360 15,260 16,070 16,780 37.8 3,440 3,550 3,550 3,530 3,500 3,440 0.0 Federal Civilian 160 160 170 180 180 190 18.8 Federal Military 170 160 150 140 130 130 ·23.5 3,110 3.230 3.230 3,220 3,180 3,130 Total Employment Farm Non-Farm Private Employment Agricultural Services Mining Construction Manufacturing Services Government Employment State & Local SOURCE: Woods & Poole (1992) D-33 0.6 �- Future Economic Development Development Strategy - The Midland County Economic Development Corporation (MCEDC) contracted with the Battelle Institute, a private research company, for an analysis and recommendations regarding the economic development of the Midland County area. As a result of the Battelle analysis, a group of "targeted" industries was identified. A targeted industry is one in which attraction (or retention) efforts should be concentrated and which best matches the County's strengths to growth-oriented industries. Since the analysis was performed the list of target industries has changed very little. Targeted manufacturing identified were: - industries Plastic and Rubber Products Electronic Components Electric Lighting, Wiring Equipment Motor Vehicles, Parts Soap, Detergents. Cleaning Preparations Drugs _ Instruments _ Paints, Varnishes & Allied Products _ Electrical Machinery Metal Forgings - Miscellaneous Fabricated Materials _ Electrical-Industrial Apparatus _ General Industrial Machinery _ Fiber Optics - nonmanufacturing Specialized Repair and Supply Services - Electronics - Laboratory Equipment To implement the activities designed to attract the targeted industries and to carry out a range of other development activities, the Midland County Growth Council (MCGC) was formed. Established under the State of Michigan's Community Growth Alliance program, the MCGC was organized into three service delivery groups, which provide economic development assistance to businesses throughout the County. _ _ _ _ _ Targeted include: Data Processing Professional Organizations Headquarters, Administrative Functions Regional Headquarters for Insurance and Banking Professional Support Retention and attraction efforts and related activities were concentrated in the Area Development Office (ADO), through the Midland County Economic Development Corporation. The Small Business Assistance Center (SBAC) was run by the Midland Chamber of Commerce while the Local Procurement Office (LPO), which assisted companies in securing government contracts, was handled on the Tri-County level (Midland, Bay, Saginaw) by the Saginaw Area Community Growth Alliance. In June of 1991 the Midland County Growth Council and the Midland County Economic Development Corporation merged to form the Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation (MCEGDC). activities Business Services Software Development -I -I I I I I I I I I I I I D-34 I �I •I I I I I I • • • • • Another goal of the Convention and Visitors Bureau is to form a cooperative working relationship between local governments, private sector leadership, trade and civic associations, and individual suppliers (hotels, motels, restaurants, entertainment, etc.). This supportive network helps build Midland County's visitor and convention industry. Industrial Parks Midland County is home to a variety of industrial and research parks. There are currently eight existing parks and one research park. There are 22 industrial park lots currently available for construction and five available research park lots. Ownership of the parks varies, as does certification between the parks. For details concerning individual parks refer to Table 30. Map 7 shows the general locations of the industrial and research parks. Within the Bureau are three special committees - Amateur Sports Capital, Meetings and Tours, and Promotion and Advertising. These committees develop the strategies used to attract the four target groups to the Midland area. Tourism The Bureau solicits the four target groups to take advantage of Midland County's many resources. Once a group has chosen Midland County as a destination, the Bureau assists the group in preplanning the event and helps to arrange for accommodations in one of the Midland area's 590 sleeping rooms. The Convention and Visitors Bureau also provides promotional materials and any other assistance a group may require . Midland County offers a large variety of activities that are not only designed to entertain area residents, but to attract visitors from other parts of the state and country as well. In 1984 Midland County established a Convention and Visitors Bureau to supplement the area's Chamber of Commerce and to enhance and promote the area as a destination point for visitors. The Bureau currently has a full-time staff of two and receives additional assistance from the Chamber of Commerce. . The Convention and Visitors Bureau has targeted four primary groups to attract to Midland County. These include: • • • • The Convention and Visitors Bureau is primarily funded by a two percent assessment levied on hotel and motel room charges. In 1990, $117,000 was derived through this assessment. The importance of the Bureau can be seen by the amount of money and jobs created through tourism. In 1986 the U.S. Travel Data Center reported that tourism accounted for $52 million in direct sales and 1, 100 direct jobs in Midland County. The Center established a multiplier of 0.78 that raises the total sales to nearly $100 million and the total number of tourism related jobs to nearly 2000. The Bureau estimates that since Meeting and convention planners Sports events planners Motor coach operators Individual visitors The primary goal of attracting these groups is to diversify the County's economic base by increasing the number of visitors to Midland County - especially overnight visitors. D-35 �11 TABLE 30 MIDLAND COUNTY INDUSTRIAL AND RESEARCH PARKS '}{::;::::;;::::: Yea? t Opened •·• 0I I MEDC/MCEDC 1971 39 16 16 0 Class A Industrial Park The Lincoln Industrial Park I N. Kaweck 1973 40 6 5 1 No City Water Venture Drive I D. Johnson 1976 15 12 12 O I No City Water Larkin Commercial Park I J. Johnson 1986 40 13 5 North Point - Phase I I D. Johnson 1987 25 19 19 Fox Hill Park - Phase I I J. Bartos 1988 40 4 2 Midland Development Park 8 I No City Water o I Many Retail Developments 2 I No City Water 11 I Class A Certified Industrial Park Eastwick Industrial Park MCEGDC and 338 Corp. 1988 85 18 7 Water Tower Center F. Gerace 1988 48 I As Needed (2) All I Old Martin-Marietta Plant 22 w 0) TOTAL 8 332 88 66 44 10 5 5 I Class A Technology Park 44 10 5 5 Research Parks Eagle Ridge - Phase I TOTAL MCEGDC 1989 SOURCE: Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation (MCEGDC) �• C: a:: GLADWIN COU~HY ci a:: ~~~-.-:..-;_..-......_-t-:-"'-t-""9'11"--:,;...-+ro-.:,_,.._+.:. 1 .: _.. . '~ - ~ I I ., _ ~ i z :::> 0 (._) - --r- -1I:.....::::t:I i - T- - - I i~v•. - - - ·-.·. ··.; r0 z a.. <( ~ --t--. ...... I •. ~,;. 't- ---,._. . ··-., ·.. I . .·· ···- ..; ·· -...., 1 . ' ffi. ,:·,; : 'l ......"'f-r~"""""1~~__,,~.......,,----h_......,,--_ ' RD. -~~---,-~· a:: >- 1- .•. a.~.:· i 0 • C4RTIS ci ---, ---, z • , CURTIS •R INDUSTRIAL & RESEARCH PARKS MIDLAND COUN1Y, MICHIGAN . ...-:- .-.......-t----.:::"':!S:ir-- .,.~~r--=----;,.,,_~"'t-'-:1<;...~~ . ' -·-r-· I ' -~--- LEGEND 1:• ~ ··. \ ><( co >z 1- :::, 0 (._) 10 8 r ,, 1 2 3 LINCOLN 4 LARKIN COMMERCIAL PARK 5 NORTH POINT 6 7 8 9 FOX 10 11 UNIVERSAL PARK 12 EAGLE RIDGE CENTENNIAL DRIVE INDUSTRIAL PARK VENTURE DRIVE PHASE HILL PARK EASTWICK - ROCKWELL WATER PARK - PHASE PHASE I INDUSTRIAL PARK TOWER DISCOVERY CENTER SQAURE - PHASE d a: a:: ~ 0 a! f JAS~~; D. ,. -'--- • ci a: I ---.L--1 RD. I l-,---+---t---:,---:'t---1----r - - ·- ci a:: I . . ~ 'J <( _J _J w C) z ► au ICEN 'i: w ► VI ...J . "'0 '!: "' ~,. C CIC ci a:: "'.J "'...J 'i .I GRATIOT C 'i: <( z "'"' "' "' ~ ,,----1 MIDLAND CCUNTY - .., ' ci a:: a: a:: 0 <( Vl 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 Gove ..1..\ssociates lnco ITTABAII SAGINAW ci a:: SOURCE: C) "' ci a: I C/1 3: ..."' da:: I: ~ u ' ---+-- - ="'... ...z "'"'0 a: COUNTY 1601 Portage Street Kalamuoo, Michigan 49001 0-37 �• • • • • • • • • • • • hockey. Additionally, over 20 outdoor ice skating rinks exist, four toboggan runs, cross-country skiing and a curling center associated with the Midland Community Center. 1986 tourism related income has increased between five and 15 percent annually. This estimate is based in part on the increase in room assessment fees the Bureau has received annually since 1986. Midland has 16 soccer fields - a sport that is increasing in popularity - to serve the needs of residents and visitors alike. Midland is also the home of the Dolphins - a swimming team - and offers yearround swimming at the Midland Community Center and local hotels as well as outdoor swimming at two municipal pools and beaches at local parks. While the Convention and Visitors Bureau has four primary target groups, the Bureau has also established a primary target area - Southeastern Michigan and Northern Ohio. This area has been chosen because of the large population base and the relatively short travel time . The short distance to Midland is being used to attract visitors interested in long weekend visits - an option that more people are choosing as a vacation option. In 1989, 55 percent of all vacation trips taken in 1989 lasted three nights or less and nearly half of all vacation trips were taken over a weekend. This, along with the area's many attractions, is one of the details used to attract visitors to the Midland County area. . Sport Fishing Sport fishing in Midland County is a growing industry due to the quality of fishing and recent national recognition. In the November 1986 issue of 1.n.: Fisherman, Midland County was called ''The Best Fall Walleye Fishing in North America," but fall is not the only season for fishing in Midland County. The walleye run in the fall and spring and May is the best time of the year for white bass fishing. A large variety of fish can be caught in the summer. Fishing in Midland County is concentrated in the Tittibawasee River and Sanford Lake. Sanford Lake is a blocked portion of the Tittibawasee River that is 11 miles long and covers 1,250 acres. According to the Midland County Convention and Visitors Bureau more than $1 million was invested in capital and local fish planting between 1977 and 1987. Two-thirds of the anglers come from the Bay-MidlandSaginaw area. Annual walleye fishing tournaments are held to promote tourism and recreation use. The Bureau's goals for sport fishing include attracting 20,000 The details used to attract sporting event planners to the area are numerous. Midland has 17 softball diamonds and 1o baseball diamonds for men's, women's and youth fast and slow pitch ball. Midland was the 1991 host of the National and World Championship Softball Tournament. The Midland Community Tennis Center has 32 tennis courts - 16 of which are indoor. The Center has a teaching staff, a pro shop and sponsors many major tournaments. In addition to the Community Tennis Center there are over 40 additional tennis courts throughout the area. Midland has two indoor ice arenas for figure skating, speed skating or ice D-38 �I some industries may have objectionable aspects needing large acreage for buffering, coupled with the availability of land at lower costs, lower taxes and a community willing to grant incentives, may enhance development potential in outlying areas. fishing enthusiasts per year, to generate 34 new jobs, and to create a flow of $1,350,000 per year in the local economy. Additionally, a new walleye rearing pond is being investigated and a fishing map that lists access sites, campgrounds, motels, restaurants, boat servicing and tackle shops is being jointly produced by Midland and Saginaw counties. Future Labor Force Given the targeted industries and the development potential of the County, some implications for the labor force that will be needed can be estimated. As seen in Table 26, the Employment By Occupations, the labor force of the County is heavily oriented toward white collar employment; Craft and Kindred and Operatives make up less than 30 percent of the work force. Several of the targeted industries, on the other hand, require blue collar laborers in large numbers. Others will require additional skilled laborers. Therefore, it may be expected that the need for workers in the Craft and Kindred and Operatives occupations will increase. Finally, the Convention and Visitors Bureau is promoting Midland County as a destination for motor coach operators. This type of vacation plan is increasing in popularity in the Midwest. With Midland County's many sites of interest, festivals and central location in Michigan it is an ideal destination for motor coach tours. Development Issues Since the Economic Growth and Development Corporation operates on a county-wide basis, a number of development issues have been identified as needing attention. Among these issues is the need for cooperation between the City of Midland and the rest of the County, particularly with regard to availability of land and utilities. In this regard, more involvement by the townships will be needed. One significant vehicle to increase cooperative efforts will be the County Economic Growth and Development Corporation. I I I I I I I I 1 I The future employment projections listed in Table 29 describe the changes that will likely occur in the composition of the County's labor force. The overall number of employees working in Midland County by 2015 is expected to increase by 11,920 or 29.3 percent. During the same period (between 1990 and 2015), the County's working age population (16-64 years of age) is projected to increase by 16, 151 persons. Comparing existing and projected ratios of working aged people to jobs, it is apparent that there will be a lower ratio of jobs to people in 2015. In 1990 there were 40,620 full-time and part-time The need for cooperation may become apparent should surrounding or outlying communities promote their areas for growth to increase their tax base. As noted in the Industrial Siting section, development in nonutility service areas has the potential for long term environmental problems. The fact that D-39 l 1 l l l �• • • • • • • • • employees in the County. This indicates that 81.9 percent of the 49,576 residents between the ages of 16 and 64 were employed in 1990. In 2015 total employment (full-time and part-time} is projected to be 52,540. This represents 79.9 percent of the County population of 16-64 year olds (65,727) in 2015. If the ratio of jobs to working aged residents is to remain at 1990 levels (i.e. 81.9%) there will need to be 53,830 jobs in 2015, or 1,290 jobs more than the 52,540 projected. If those jobs are not available in the County, then the unemployment rate can be expected to be higher than the current rate, or workers will leave the area in search of other employment, thereby reducing the labor force and retaining a lower rate of unemployment. 70 jobs. All other private sector forms of employment are expected to increase. While the overall employment projections indicate that employment will increase in Midland County not all areas will increase. Private employment is projected to increase by 12,020 employees (32.8%), but government employment ls expected to remain the same. While government employment is projected to remain the same, there will be fewer military employees, more federal civilian employees and slightly more state and local employees. Employment projections for the private sector vary considerably between the categories on Table 29. The largest shifts in employment (gains and losses) are projected to occur in the private sector. Farm employment is projected to experience the largest decrease (110 fewer jobs) of all the employment categories. The second largest numeric loss is expected to occur in transportation, communications and public utilities employment with a loss of Other areas where a high rate of private sector growth is projected to occur include manufacturing, which is projected to increase by 2,590, or 20.0 percent. Retail trade is expected to increase by 3,360 or 70.9 percent and construction employment is projected to increase by 760, or 20.1 percent. Wholesale trade is expected to increase by 470 employees and finance, insurance and real estate employment is projected to increase by 260 employees. One of the main reasons that private employment is projected to increase is due to the dramatic employment increases expected in the service industries. Employment in service related fields is expected to increase by 4,600 or 37 .8 percent. It is projected that by 2015, 37.8 percent of employment will be in service related fields. Currently 29.6 percent of employment is in service related fields. These figures indicate that people currently employed in farming, transportation, communications and public utilities, will either leave Midland County or find alternate employment in service related fields . Industrial Siting Given the targeted list of industrial and service products of the Battelle Development Strategy, and taking into account the development constraints present, the following site criteria for industrial growth are most relevant for Midland County. 1. Utilities and Energy Supplies - With the exception of the electronics and D-40 �Constraints data processing industries, large volumes of water and sewer usage may be required for each targeted industry group. While water may be available outside of the City of Midland or the Midland Urban Growth Area, the availability of sewage disposal is limited. Energy supplies ~.e., gas and electricity) may be limited outside of urbanized locations and power transmission corridors. While significant advantages exist for new industrial development, particularly in the areas of quality of life and labor force, Mure development potential may be significantly constrained in the County by the following factors. Utilities This is the most significant hindrance to growth in the County. Without public sewer and water the range and intensity of industrial and commercial uses will continue to be limited. 2. Transportation - For each of the targeted industries, possibly excluding data processing, availability of an efficient transportation network, especially highway and rail access, is essential. The U.S. 10 Corridor, and the CSX Railroad serving the chemical industry, fulfills this requirement. While the Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) has been effective in concentrating development within the City of Midland it is apparent that annexations will continue to be contested by some surrounding units of government. In addition, these governments have some policies that indicate the promotion of new development. Should this development materialize without public utilities a significant potential for environmental problems exists. 3. Hazardous/Industrial Wastes - A major factor, particularly in the drug and chemical industries, is the availability of disposal sites for hazardous wastes. While Dow Chemical has provided its own facility, its availability for other chemical processors or drug manufacturers is uncertain. 4. Land Use Policies - In nearly all of the townships where utilities are not available the limitations on growth for industrial facilities are recognized. The availability of the other criteria, as noted in this section, tends to reinforce those policies. However, as residential development increases in some townships the need for increased tax base to support this development may create a more aggressive posture toward attracting new industrial and commercial development. D-41 -I I I I I I I I I I 1 Transportation 1 New inventory and production procedures, particularly those such as the "Just In Time" supplier system where inventories of production facilities are deliberately kept at a minimum, make transportation networks a critical item. Midland County is disadvantaged in that the regional north-south link to other industrial markets, I-75, is some distance from the County, although a suitable connection does exist. In addition, no major regional east-west link is available. I 1 1 1 l , �• • • • • • • • • • 1987 dollars increase at a much smaller rate. Between 1990 and 2015 the percapita income is projected to increase by 274.1 percent {current dollars), and the mean household income is projected to increase by 205.4 percent {current dollars). Using the 1987 dollars figure the per-capita income is projected to increase by 33.5 percent and the mean household income is expected to increase by 9.0 percent. This indicates that each household will be able to purchase 9 percent more with a pay check in 2015 than was possible in 1990 . Income Projections The income projections for Midland County (Table 31) were compiled by Woods and Poole Economics, Inc. The per-capita income and the mean household income are projected to the year 2015 and are shown in current dollar figures and 1987 dollar figures. The 1987 dollar figures are listed to show the actual spending power increase of per-capita incomes and mean household incomes. Figure 10 graphically demonstrates that while current dollar figures rise sharply the figures based on TABLE 31 MIDLAND COUNTY PER-CAPITA AND MEAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME PROJECTIONS "' 1989 Current Dollars ·•·-:-· ·.•. 1987 Dollars · Midland Qounty Per Capita Income Mean Household Income· 1990 $19,729 $52,746 $17,200 $45,986 1995 $23,872 $61,879 $17,138 $44,423 2000 $31,922 $79,413 $18,673 $46,455 2005 $42,544 $101,353 $20,163 $48,035 2010 $56,588 $129,070 $21,728 $49,559 2015 $73,811 $161,104 $22,961 $50,117 SOURCE: Woods and Poole {1992) D-42 Mean Per Capn.a Household ·••·-••·1ncome Income �FIGURE 10 MIDLAND COUNTY PER CAPITA INCOME PROJECTIONS AND MEAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME PROJECTIONS INCOME ( $1000) MEAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME (CURRENT DOLLARS) 175 150 125 100 PER CAPITA INCOME (CURRENT DOLLARS) 75 -I I I I I I I 50 e---.---..---'"'!::'7"o:::;;..,._.,____,. MEAN I 25 a:::::==~--..---......- -.....--◄ PER I 1 I 1 1 I l HOUSEHOLD INCOME (1982 DOLLARS) CAPITA INCOME (1982 O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DOLLARS) 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 YEAR SOURCE: Woods & Poole, 1992 0-43 l 1 �• • • •I •I • • • Planning_ and Development Relationships �II I •II I • • • • • • PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT RELATIONSHIPS Michigan Recreation Action Program. 1987-88. Michigan Department of Natural Resources: The Action Program was an element of the Recreation Plan and described events of the previous year as well as expected events for the coming year. Due to reduced funding the Federal government no longer requires this portion of the recreation plan. Since it is no longer required, the Action Program was discontinued. The purpose of this section is to describe and analyze plans formulated by other governmental bodies and agencies which have some relevance to or affect on Midland County. This is accomplished in order to ensure that the greatest degree of coordination between the various planning initiatives is obtained. It is important to recognize that the planning authority of the County is a part of a broad range of other governmental and quasi-governmental authorities . The Recreation Division of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources updated the criteria for project selection in 1990 in two separate publications entitled The Michigan Natural Resource Trust Fund Criteria and Guidelines" and "Michigan's Land and Water Conservation Fund Project Selection Process. The reports list the criteria used to select proposals for these two programs. The criteria are identical for both programs and use a point system for weighing the importance of the various criteria. A summary of the criteria is shown in Table 32 . State of Michigan Plans The State of Michigan conducts planning initiatives in a number of functional areas relating to state-wide needs. For the purpose of this Plan these areas have been divided into three categories; Recreation, Transportation, Natural Resources and Environment. Recreation Michigan Recreation Plan, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, 1985: This plan identifies overall state-wide recreation goals. Midland County is included with Isabella, Gratiot, Saginaw and Bay counties as a planning region. Therefore, the data in the Plan includes these other counties, known as Region 7A. The Recreation Division of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) is currently updating the State's Recreation Plan. A draft of the plan update was completed in 1991 as Appendix B of the 1991-1996 Michigan Recreation Plan. The three main grant programs that relate to recreation in Michigan are: - Protecting Michigan's Future Quality of Life Bond - Michigan Natural Resources Trust Fund Michigan's Land Conservation Fund and Water Since 1987 there have been several recreational projects in the County that have used these programs for recreational funding. In 1987, the City of Midland received a Federal Land and E-1 �Natural Resources Trust Fund grant for acquiring land for the Sanford County Park. Water Conservation grant to construct a boat launch and river walk. In 1988, the City received a land acquisition grant through the National Resources Trust Fund for the Chippewa Lagoon property. Also in 1988, the County obtained a In 1989, the City of Midland participated in the Recreation Bond Program to renovate Plymouth Pool. TABLE 32 SUMMARY OF CRITERIA FOR PROJECT SELECTION Use of Significant Natural Resources Use of Water Resources Special Populations Proximity to Urban Population 40 30 30 20 50 Response to Proposal to Identified Recreational Needs Applicant Need for Project County and Regional Needs as Identified in the State Recreation Plan I 60 Response of Proposal to Statewide Recreation Issues 35 15 40 Capability of Applicant Performance on Past Grants Commitment to Recreation 30 10 Site and Project Quality 30 Special Initiatives of the Department 20 Financial Need of the Applicant 10 Local Match 1o TOTAL POSSIBLE MAXIMUM POINTS -I -I 220 I I I /I I I I I I I ,1 SOURCE: Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Recreation Division E-2 'I �Michigan Trails System Plan. 1980. Michigan Department of Natural Resources: The purpose of this plan is to outline programs for the development of recreational trail systems for bicycling, hiking, snowmobiling, horseback riding, off-road vehicles and cross-country skiing. Four development alternatives are presented, with no particular preference stated. The alternatives are: - The following list of recreational activities are currently adequate in Midland County: --- 1. More trails on State lands and more trails on non-State land with State support. 2. More trails on State land, no State support for non-State trails. 3. No new trails on State land, increased State spending for nonState trails. 4. Present development continued. Local park land Ballfields Outdoor basketball courts Golf courses Outdoor ice rinks Picnic areas Playgrounds Sledding hills Soccer fields Outdoor swimming pools Regionally, the area is deficient in many recreational opportunities as listed below: system --- The only direct notation of Midland County is a ma·p showing a portion of a long distance off-road vehicle trail starting in the Sanford area and continuing north into Gladwin County and beyond. Another plan that deals with trails in Michigan was published in March 1992. The Michigan Trails Initiative Plan will be important to Midland County since the County is undertaking a rails-to-trails project. This report is Appendix C of the 1991-1996 Michigan Recreation Plan. Boat launches Campgrounds Cross-country ski trails Fishing access Fishing piers Hiking trails Horseback riding trails ORV areas and trails Snowmobile trails Swimming beaches The only recreational activities adequately served in the region are nature areas, nature trails and land available for snowmobiles. The 1985-1990 Recreation Plan lists county-wide recreational deficiencies and regional deficiencies, which are the following: - Indoor ice rinks Rifle ranges Shotgun ranges Tennis courts Midland County has 41,953 acres (or 65.55 square miles) of State land - 83 acres in State boating/fishing sites and 41,867 acres in State forests. Archery ranges Bicycle trails E-3 �Transportation Plan in that duplication of services is minimized and different transportation systems are related to air travel - both passenger and cargo. Transportation Michigan State Transportation Plan. 1982-1990, 1982, Michigan Department of Transportation: This important document represents a description of the goals and policies of the State Transportation Commission for the 19821990 period. In doing so, the plan identifies transportation needs, programs, funding resources and priorities and management of resources. One policy direction of the plan of interest to Midland County, as it is to all local governments, is the emphasis on increasing the role of local government in transportation funding and service. The plan also links the roles of transportation and economic development. The plan has three parts that directly relate to the Airport System Plan. One relates to general aviation facilities, such as Jack Barstow Airport; the second is an Air Service Study and relates to commercial airports such as Tri-City International Airport; the third portion of the Plan deals with heliports. Information relating directly to the area's airports can be found in the Transportation section of this plan report. Natural Resources and Environment Michigan's Forest Resources, Direction for the Future. 1983, Michigan Department of Natural Resources: Early in Michigan's history forestry management was nonexistent. Wholesale clearing of timber resources decimated the logging economy of the area. In the years since, the national and state perspective on forestry resources has shifted from neglect to protection and management. This plan recognizes the economic value of forest resources while supporting increased management of forest lands. It should be noted that within the context of the plan, recreation is also recognized as a significant use of forested lands. The plan will not be updated until sometime between 1993 and 1995. Currently, the method in which the plan will be updated is being studied and discussed. The Michigan State Transportation Plan has several sections that have been updated or refined since 1982 - The three modal (Highway, Air, Public Transportation) investment plans are used to allocate resources to correct identified needs. The needs were identified in the 1984-1985 Michigan Highway and Non-motorized Needs Plan. In addition to these plans, an annual program is designed that lists improvements to be made on an annual basis. The Federal lntermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) of 1991 requires the Michigan Department of Transportation to prepare a state-wide transportation plan by January 1, 1995. Michigan's Oil and Gas fields. 1980. 1982, Michigan Department of Natural Resources: This inventory and statistical summary indicates that through 1980 (from 1925) Midland County had produced the second highest volume of oil production and number of oil wells of Michigan Aviation System Plan, Michigan Department of Transportation. 1990 2.QlQ: This plan relates to the State E-4 -I I -I I I I I I -I I -I I I �water and groundwater (including the Great Lakes), and trace metals in the environment. Issues ranked MediumHigh include contaminated sites, contaminated surface water sediments, generation and disposal of hazardous wastes, generation and disposal of highlevel radioactive waste, generation and disposal of low-level radioactive waste, generation and disposal of municipal and industrial solid waste, photochemical smog, and point-source discharges to surface water and groundwater (including the Great Lakes). Issues ranked Medium include accidental releases and responses, acid deposition, criteria and related air pollutants, and electromagnetic fields. any county in Michigan. New oil wells and production continues in Midland County but not at the rate of prior years. Michigan Solid Waste Policy, 1988. Michigan Department of Natural Resources: This policy describes the goals designed to decrease the State's dependence on landfills. A hierarchy of solid waste disposal has been established that is designed to promote the most cost-effective disposal alternatives first. The policy stresses waste reduction, reuse, composting, recycling and waste-to-energy projects. Any waste remaining after all of these options have been exhausted will be placed in landfills. The goals established in the policy extend to the year 2005. Regional Plans Michigan's Environment and Relative Risk: Based on the Relative Risk Analysis Project (RAAP), this report presents a ranking of relative risks of several environmental issues. Many of the issues have been and should be addressed in comprehensive land use planning and environmental and management programs. The RAAP ranked environmental issues into four levels. Issues r.anked High-High include absence of land use planning that considers resources and the integrity of ecosystems, degradation of urban environments, energy production and consumption (practices and consequences), global climate change, lack of environmental awareness, and stratospheric ozone depletion. Issues ranked High include alteration of surface water and groundwater hydrology (including the Great Lakes), atmospheric transport and deposition of air toxics, biodiversity/ habitat modification, indoor pollutants, nonpoint source discharges to surface Adjacent Counties Most plans for adjacent counties are outdated or in the process of being updated. A review of the comprehensive plans that are available did not reveal any land use conflicts. Other plans deal principally with economic development issues. The plans reviewed include: • E-5 Saginaw County Development Plan, 1970-1990 - Saginaw County's 1970 plan has not been updated. A new state prison has been built in Tittabawasee Township that will house 605 prisoners and employ 300 people. Since this township is adjacent to Midland County the prison will have a direct impact on Midland County, especially Ingersoll Township. The future expansion of the Tri-City International Airport will also effect Midland County, since the airport services Midland County, Bay �adjacent to Bay City are currently trying to encourage development. This can effect Midland County if the townships attract development that can occur in Midland County. A new 98-slip transient mooring site for pleasure boats has also been constructed in Bay County. County and Saginaw County. Tttabawasee and Richland townships have recently implemented new zoning ordinances - both townships are adjacent to Midland County. • • • Gladwin County Master Plan Gladwin County's master plan was updated in 1988. Currently the county is trying to adopt county-wide zoning - close coordination between counties will be necessary. Gladwin County has recently appointed a Parks Commission and is currently working on a recreation plan for the county. • Isabella County Comprehensive Plan (1986) - In addition to the comprehensive plan the county also has a solid waste management plan in place and a transportation study is currently underway. Future plans for Isabella County include studying the feasibility of a waste-to-energy program, cooperative planning in regards to drainage, and the construction of a county landfill (currently all solid waste is shipped out of the county). Clare County - Clare County has no master plan and an inactive planning commission. Currently the East Central Planning and Development Commission is working on a plan for the county. The county is also planning on reactivating the planning commIss1on. Clare County has a solid waste management plan that has been approved by the M.D.N.R. East Central Michigan Planning and Development Region (ECMPDR) The ECMPDR (Region 7) has completed a number of plans with some relevance to Midland County. Bicycle Plan (1982): Following a general discussion of biking as a mode of transportation, a map is included which identifies roads the Michigan Department of Natural Resources recognizes as suitable for biking. Bay County - Bay County has no comprehensive plan at this time, but several other plans exist. One of the more major plans in the county is the solid waste management plan which was completed in 1990. Currently there is one landfill in Bay County, with another scheduled to begin operations. Other facts relating to both Bay County and Saginaw County include the improvements to U.S. 10 in 1990 - since many people live in one county and work in the other, especially commuters to Dow Chemical. Many of the townships Overall Economic Development Program (OEDP) Reports (1990): In order to qualify for grant funds which may be available through the Economic Development Administration (EDA), which is a part of the U.S. Department of Commerce, potential projects must be consistent with the annual OEDP. The OEDP also describes a general development strategy which presents a historical perspective as well as future E-6 ''I I I I 'I I i I -I 'I - �• • •II directions. The only Midland County project that was listed in the 1990 OEDP was the M-20 economic development project. and utilization of the area's natural resources. Another regional plan that can affect Midland County is the Remedial Action Plan for Saginaw River and Saginaw Bay. Although the Saginaw River does not run through Midland County, any areas in the Saginaw Bay Drainage Basin are included if they are known or suspected sources of contaminates to the Saginaw River and/or Saginaw Bay. The Midland County Planning Commission has prepared and adopted development plans for County facilities and capital improvements which include: Midland County Development Plans County Facilities Master Plan - 1990 Update - This plan prescribes a planning program for County buildings and facilities. It describes the status of planning, developing and maintaining each of the County facilities in accordance with ten successive development factors. The development factors include: 1) goal setting, 3) needs assessment, 3) data analysis, 4) project evaluation, 5) building concept plans, 6) architectural drawings, 7) final project cost, 8) construction schedule, 9) secured funding and 10) preventive maintenance program. Saginaw Bay Resource Conservation and Development Area An application is on file with the USDA Soil Conservation Service to develop a five- or ten-year regional plan (15 counties) and establish the Saginaw Bay Resource and Conservation Development Area. Problems relating to agriculture, water quality, recreation, transportation and recycling are to be addressed when the plan is funded. One of the objectives of the plan will be to promote economically viable and environmentally sound agricultural, forestry and related industries in the Saginaw Bay Resource Conservation and Development Area. A second objective is that an adequate supply of quality ground and surface water is available for domestic, livestock and recreational uses. Assuring that sufficient natural resource-based recreational oppor- tunities exist is the third objective of the proposed plan. The fourth objective is to provide economic opportunities with improved and expanded recreational and commercial transportation facilities. The final objective is to increase recycling opportunities to improve conservation Preventive Maintenance Program: All County facilities will require a preventive maintenance program. Those County facilities that have completed all of the development factors above except institution of a preventive maintenance program include: - County Fairground Structures County Services Building Courthouse Festival House Horizons Building Mosquito Control Facility Pinecrest Home Road Commission Office Building and Garages - Sanford Lake County Park Maintenance Building E-7 �costs for each year for the scheduled projects include: - Sanford Lake County Park Picnic Pavilion - Sheriff's Department Emergency Services Building - Veterans Memorial County Park Picnic Pavilion - Veterans Memorial County Park Restroom Building - West Midland County Park Restroom Building 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 $8,029, 157 $6,167,264 $2,876,261 $2,670,406 $2,532,849 $2,535,971 An additional $12,000,000 in nonscheduled new building construction brings the total expected capital outlay to $36,811,908. Other Development Factors: County buildings and facilities that are still in the planning stage of development include: New building construction and debt service costs comprise the largest percentage of the six-year capital improvement costs. - Animal Control Center Improvements - Children's Center - Chippewa River Access Site Improvements - County Fairground Structures (Future) - County Jail Expansion - Courthouse Exterior Restoration - Courthouse Maintenance and Storage Shed Relocation - Emergency Operations Center - Harbour House Improvements - Linear County Park Improvements - Manitou County Park Improvements - Mental Health Out-Patient Facility - Pine Haven Recreation Area Improvements - Road Commission Office Building and Garages (Future) - Sanford Lake County Park Pavilions - Sanford Lake County Park Storage Building - Veterans Memorial County Park Picnic Pavilions Comprehensive Community Corrections Plan The Midland County Comprehensive Community Corrections Plan includes data analyses, alternative to incarceration programs, and architectural programs for the construction and operation of a County jail and a juvenile detention and treatment facility (commonly referred to as a "Children's Center"). Alternatives for additional jail capacity are prescribed, as well as the planning steps to determine the treatment and counseling programs and the number of beds for a juvenile detention and treatment facility. Solid Waste Management Plan Capital Improvements Program The Midland County Solid Waste Management Plan Update was adopted in October 1988. The Plan includes both a five-year and 20-year program for recycling, resource recovery, and disposal of 400 tons of solid waste per The 1993-1998 Capital Improvements Program includes 100 capital improvements. The projects scheduled for 1993-1998 will cost $24,811,908. The E-8 -I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �for lower income families, and promoting greater coordination between local government units when dealing with housing issues. day for the year 2007. Specific programs are described in the Solid Waste Management section of this report. Affordable Housing Study for the Outcounty Area of Midland County Midland County Strategic Plan In September 1990 the County issued a report on the Midland County Strategic Plan. The document was prepared with input from the County Board of Commissioners, elected officials and department heads. The report covers all County functions, grouped into six sections: Data Base, Financial Data, Overall County Goals, Health and Human Services Goals, Justice and Public Safety Goals, Administrative and Management Goals and Physical and Economic Development Goals. The Midland County Housing Commission completed a housing study in 1991. The plan focuses its attention on "out-county" residents, or those Midland County residents that live outside the City of Midland. 1980 and 1990 Census data are used in the plan to describe the population of the County as well as housing statistics such as the median value of housing in Midland County. A 26-question survey was also used to obtain information from area residents. The Census information and survey results were used to create profiles for each of the townships in the County as well as the City of Coleman. The target population of the plan are households earning less than $30,000 annually. According to the survey conducted, 47' percent of out-county households meet this criteria. Similar to the Midland City's Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy, an affordability matrix is used to determine rent or monthly payments that are affordable to area residents. The plan anticipates that by 1996, an additional 2,464 to 2,954 housing units will be required in Midland County. Within this range approximately 41 percent should be single-family homes, 1O percent mobile homes, 11 percent duplexes and 38 percent should be multi-family dwellings. The man objectives of the plan are to create a new position aimed at coordinating all housing assistance programs in Midland County, create more subsidized housing opportunities The Midland County Comprehensive Plan should be compatible with and reinforced by the County Strategic Plan. Cooperation should exist between the two documents. In this regard the County Board of Commissioners should coordinate the following Strategic Plan actions with the County Planning Commission: E-9 • Senior Housing Needs {A-3) by the Council on Aging. • Permanent Mental Health Facilities (A-7) by the Midland-Gladwin Community Mental Health Services. • Common Data Base/Assessment Center (A-8, A-10, A-20) by the Midland-Gladwin Community Health Services, County Health Department and Michigan Department of Social Services. �~ • River Protection Plan New Program Design and Delivery {A-23) by the Cooperative Extension Service. • Environmental Protection (A-25) by the Cooperative Extension Service. • Infrastructure Improvements (D-1) by the Economic Development and Growth Corporation. • Research Capabilities (D-2) by the Economic Development and Growth Corporation. • Local Unit Cooperation (D-3) by the Economic Deve.lopment and Growth Corporation. • Information Systems Planning (D-9) by the County Planning Department. The Midland County River Protection Plan applies a model master plan to Homer Township to demonstrate how to use and preserve the river and stream corridors in the County. In addition to the master plan model, the plan report contains a set of model zoning standards and regulations for the townships to use in applying overlay zoning techniques to preserve and protect water quality, scenic resources, recreation access, and sensitive natural environments. The report also contains a "self-help" quidebook for developing a river protection plan for other communities. Local Government Plans • Each township, the Village of Sanford and the cities of Midland and Coleman have master plans, or comprehensive plans. These plans vary widely as to detail, information provided and degree of adequacy for planning purposes. Most, however, have either stated or inferred goals upon which their plans are· based. These goals have been synthesized and stated in general terms for the purpose of establishing goals for the County. Update and Formulate Other Planning Functions (D-10) by the County Planning Department. Recreation Plan 1988 Midland County's 1988 Recreation Plan is an updated plan as required by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources for recreation and park land acquisition funding. The plan is scheduled to be updated in 1993, however, it does serve as a guide for the use and preservation of park land. The plan report contains long-range and short-range goals, recreation concepts and standards, and an implementation program of recreation development and priorities. One significant problem that exists throughout the County is a general lack of consistency in the format and content of adopted master plans. Some of the inconsistencies and deficiencies noted include: - E-10 Lack of clearly stated goals. Inconsistent methodologies to determine existing and future land use, land use and population projections, economic development projections, or other related planning elements. ',_ -I I 'I , \- 1 'I ' 'I 'I �I • •II • • • • understanding of the many communities in Midland County has been compiled. These descriptions are in the Community Facilities section of this plan report. _ Mapping differences in scale and information depicted. _ Lack of coordination with surrounding governmental units. _ Use of questionable data. _ Out-dated plans. Agricultural Goals: Although not all areas in agricultural production may be considered as prime farmland, those areas under cultivation should be maintained and protected against the intrusion of low density residential uses and public utilities. From the information available some common goals, policies or directions were evident. These were used in the formulation of the overall County land use goals in the 1987 Land Use Plan. The Midland County Planning Department completed an inventory of County, municipal and township master plans in November 1992. The inventory (fable 33) shows that many of the plans need to be either updated or completely overhauled. Many of the community's plans consist of only land use plans these communities should prepare other elements in order to develop a broader information base and understanding of the community. Conflicts: A number of the master plans recognized the value of agriculture but noted that the soils were not particularly suited for extensive agricultural use. In those instances emphasis was placed on those areas which might be identified as prime agricultural land. Residential Goals: Where public water and sewer service availability is limited or nonexistent, residential use should be limited to large lots, generally one acre or greater. Municipal Goals and Policies An inventory of each community's master plan was conducted to determine areas of consistency and to identify any conflicts. Many of the goals and policies between communities that were either specifically listed or could be inferred were similar in nature; some were duplicated in two or more townships. Higher density residential development should be limited to locations with existing adequate sewer and water systems. Future areas should be planned where utilities might be provided at a later time. A range of housing styles and types should be provided. Mobile homes accommodate the need for lower cost housing, however, more detailed regulations are needed to ensure compatibility with other housing types. For the most part, the stated or inferred goals and policies of the municipalities were relatively consistent. The conflicts that do exist appear minor and are summarized below. Conflicts: No clear conflicts are evident although a number of plans identify mobile home development as an issue to be addressed. Several Through discussions with municipal officials a more thorough description and E-11 �TABLE 33 STATUS OF COUNTY, MUNICIPAL AND TOWNSHIP MASTER PLANS: NOVEMBER 1992 11 \ YfilliWtasB: · · .· · •,<·•·•· · · "'J;;~G!JJ ,, . :!l1!:11 !l: : 1: : : x~~:: :1 :::I '}!p:P4ited : : 1 111 1!! 1 . . r:~repa!~f ;:;;.;::< ;::: > i:!:l!t:: ::::\\it:i::·;):: : :::Ill:): ••F >:: . • · . ,tS,f••J,,. •·•·-•.·.···•·. ,.... !:I;} . :.: ··•. ·•·•\.)> .•. ,;:::t· Coleman City 1972 1991 Goals, Strategies, Parks Plan, Downtown Plan, Industrial Development Plan, Land Use Plan Edenville Township 19n 1988 Goals, Objectives, Land Use Plan Geneva Township 1975 Greendale Township 1980 1988 Land Use Plan Homer Township 1980 1987 Land Use Plan Hope Township 1974 Ingersoll Township 1982 1992 Land Use Plan Jasper Township 1981 1986 Land Use Plan Jerome Township 19n 1989 Land Use Plan Larkin Township 1982 1992 Goals, Objectives, Land Use Plan Lee Township 1974 1979 Land Use Plan Lincoln Township 1974 Midland City 1972 1991 Goals, Policies, Land Use Plan, Streets and Highways Plan Midland County 1974 1993 Goals, Policies, Land Use Plan, Transportation Plan, Housing Plan, Community Facilities Plan, Economic Development, Environmental Management, Planning Coordination Midland Township 1980 1992 Goals, Policies, Land Use Plan Mills Township 1983 1991 Goals, Objectives, Land Use Plan Mt. Haley Township 1975 Land Use Plan Porter Township 1983 Land Use Plan Sanford Village 1972 Land Use Plan, Thoroughfare Plan, Recreation Plan Warren Township 1984 Land Use Plan Statement of Intent I I Statement of Intent Land Use Plan SOURCE: Midland County Planning Department; Gove Associates Survey E-12 ----------~--~ I I I I I I I I I I I �• •II • •II • • • •II • where utilities are unavailable. Where possible industrial parks should be developed or planned in areas where utilities might be expected. plans report rapid increases in the use of mobile homes on individual lots and mobile home parks. Some townships state the need for more restrictive residential zoning classifications or mobile home regulations. Conflicts: Some degree of difference in industrial development occurred between community plans. Two relatively defined approaches are evident. In the majority of cases, the plans recognize that the potential for industrial development is limited by locational factors, such as highway and rail access, and by the lack of proper utilities. Commercial Goats: Commercial development should be limited to areas provided; generally located at major intersections or along major streets. Strip shopping areas should be discouraged . Commercial establishments should be limited to those which accommodate the immediate needs of local residents. Expanded shopping opportunities are available in Midland, Mt. Pleasant, Shepherd, Coleman and Sanford. Except for these communities there is a limited market for other than local residents' needs. Other plans indicate the need for industrial development to help the local economy and strengthen the tax base. In the case of Midland Township this policy is proper given its relationship to the City of Midland. Edenville and Greendale townships appear willing to accept Mure industrial development and have outlined the conditions under which that growth should occur. Conflicts: No major conflicts are evident in the recently updated city and township plans. The City of Midland and Larkin Township have coordinated their land use planning, thus eliminating the potential conflict in their previous master plans regarding the regional shopping center and its fringe commercial development north of U.S. 10. However, problems of strip commercial development still exist in the City of Midland and many of the townships. No resolution of these differences is necessary because the plans which identify strong economic growth as a goal have well reasoned approaches towards achieving their goals. Recreational Goals: Adequate recreational areas should be provided for all residents and visitors. Many areas have extensive recreational resources that should be maintained and preserved from appropriate development. Industrial Goals: Industrial development is limited because of a lack of utility service. Light industrial uses are appropriate in some instances but heavy industrial uses should be discouraged Conflicts: No conflicts are apparent in the recreational goals. E-13 �Coleman Strategic Plan Environmental Goals: Natural areas, including forest resources, floodplains, river areas, lakes and shore lines, should be preserved from development. The use of these areas for private recreation should be encouraged as a way to preserve these resources. In July 1991 the City of Coleman completed its strategic plan under a Department of Commerce Communities in Transition grant. The plan presents strategies dealing principally with the Mure of the City, however some of these strategies have potential implications beyond Coleman in Midland County. Groundwater quality should be protected through proper utility planning and control over septic and well systems. The strategies which impact Midland County involve the following issues: Conflicts: No conflicts are apparent in the environmental goals. Regional recreational impacts from proposed rail-to-trail project. Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy - City of Midland Community Center to serve school district residents. The City of Midland completed a housing study in November 1991. The plan, which focuses on housing affordability in the City of Midland, also contains information that relates to the Midland Urban Growth Area and the County as a whole. The five-year plan projects the housing needs of the population to 1996. The needs are broken down to project the needs for various households by income levels, senior citizens, handicapped persons and homeless families and individuals. The implementation portion of the plan, or the strategies, includes methods to determine the amount of rent or mortgage that people with different income levels should be able to afford. The main objectives of the plan include creating a new position in the City that would be responsible for finding affordable housing for residents; expanding the availability of land for residential development; establishing 1,000 affordable units during the five-year period; and expanding the City's housing rehabilitation program. Cooperation between Coleman and the school system and adjacent local units of government in recreation. Development of a 40-acre industrial park in Coleman. new The County should monitor these issues in Coleman to ensure that future implementation programs by the City are compatible with the County's Comprehensive Plan. Future Land Use Composition A composite of generalized future land uses as depicted in the local plans is illustrated on the Composite Future Land Use Map (Map 8). The map portrays the general land use goals common to most municipalities. However, not all the municipalities address the same future land use categories as proposed in the updated Comprehensive Plan for the County. E-14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �ci GLADWIN COUNTY ~ d u: z .,__ 0 TIS RD. C er ~ --,,. I''.11"'If.: I I ~.J·.: '..," >z ::) __ .__,.I . I- _, _ -·, I I -- -.- 0 0 ~- I • . COMPOSITE FUTURE LAND USE MIDLAND CC)UNTY, MICHIGAN LEGEND I ~---~--4 . I I >4: en [IIffi RESIDENTIAL ~ COMMERCIAL ■ INDUSTRIAL § PUBLIC / CONSERVATION □ AGRICULTURAL >- I- z ::) 0 (.) PRAlRI RO. SOURCE: MUNICIPAL AND TOWNSHIP MASTER PLANS cl CZ: 25000 SAGINAW GRATIOT 37500 Gove Associates Inco 1601 Portage Street Kalamuoo, Michi1an ◄9001 C0 0 z ~ �Transportation �TRANSPORTATION The Midland County Road Commission has performed an inventory of County roads which details such information as: This section describes how transportation facilities both support the County and help shape its development. Much of the system has been built in response to growth within the County. However, in many instances the provision of a major facility has indirectly induced development. By recognizing that relationship and defining deficiencies in the system, the County can protect a major public investment and efficiently allocate future expenditures. - This 1991 inventory will help coordinate planning efforts, as well as detail areas of the County that are in need of improvements. Traffic • • •I I ■ • •I I Traffic statistics require the coordination of State, County and local transportation planning in order to assure that a complete traffic count is available and to assure that duplication of counts is minimized. An improved system of obtaining traffic counts would benefit not only the County Road Commission in determining traffic and road conditions but local and county planning efforts as well. A comprehensive look at traffic patterns could assist in the determination of the best locations for commercial and industrial uses, planning for new roads and numerous other applications. Without current and accurate traffic information sound planning decisions are difficult to make and federal aid may be affected, including the following federal aid programs: 1. 2. 3. 4. Federal Federal Federal Safety Federal Year of last surfacing Primary roads Local roads Surface types Surface condition Major Thoroughfares The County recognizes three major classifications of roads. These classifications and descriptions follow: State Trunklines: These are major routes falling under the jurisdiction of the Michigan Department of Transportation . Their primary purpose is to facilitate through traffic movements in conjunction with the state-wide highway system . Some direct land access may also be present, such as along M-20, M-18 and M-30, however, most automobile service needs are accommodated at highway interchange points. County Primary: These are routes serving longer distance trips between major points of destination within the County. Primary roads are planned to facilitate through-traffic movements but allow direct access for homes and businesses. There are presently about 289 miles of County Primary roads . Aid Urban System Aid Secondary System Aid Hazardous Elimination Aid Critical Bridge F-1 �are intended to provide functional classification. County Local: The local street system provides the travel network within the County necessary to serve populated areas. This system allows free access to homes and businesses and is designed for short to medium length trips connecting to the primary and state trunkline roads. There are presently about 580 miles of County Local roads. is called The functional classification system for roadways is used by the Federal Highway Administration and the Michigan Department of Transportation to help make decisions on where to spend limited funds. The County could use the system in a similar manner, thereby helping to protect the public investment in roadways. The system is shown on the accompanying Street and Highway Functional Classification map (Map 9). The proposed system for the City of Midland uses the national-state "urban functional classification system," which is functionally interrelated with the "rural" system. Highway and Street Functional Classification System Streets have two basic roles in the transportation system: 1) to allow through-traffic movement, and 2) to provide access to adjacent land uses. Some streets serve one role more than the other. For example, a highway is typically designed for traffic movement, while the main function of a local residential street is to provide access to homes. The functional classification system for Midland County uses criteria established by State and Federal road authorities. Since the roads lie outside an area defined as urbanized (the City of Midland), they have been designated by the State as "rural." Planning which is conscious of this hierarchy of roads helps produce an efficient transportation system and assist in decision-making. The Midland County system is based on the following criteria: The inherent problem is that those two roles often conflict, such as along certain segments of M-20. Designed to enhance long distance travel, M-20 serves travelers between Midland and areas to the west. However, as the frontage properties developed, access became an important function. Vehicles entering and exiting those uses disrupt the long distance travelers, creating periodic congestion, accidents and driver frustration. Rural Major Arterials (Example: U.S. 10) - To help limit the conflicts between traffic movement and access, the County should coordinate transportation and land use decisions. This can be facilitated by designating streets according to their functional purpose. The process of grouping roadways according to the character of service they - - F-2 Primary role is movement of traffic through the State Long length High traffic volumes and vehicle speeds Limited number of access points, minimum interference to through movement Limited number of traffic control devices I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �_ Rural Minor Collectors (Example: Stark Road) Generally less than five percent of overall Rural System Rural Minor Arterials (Example: M-20) _ _ _ _ _ - Primary role is movement of traffic between cities Long length High traffic volumes and vehicle speeds Serve major traffic generators (industrial areas, etc.) Spaced at intervals to ensure that all developed areas are within a reasonable distance Somewhat limited number of access points which interfere with through traffic Traffic control devices (signals) favor arterial traffic Typically 10 percent of overall Rural System _ _ _ _ Local Streets (Example: the various segments of Miller Road) _ Rural Major Collectors (Example: Coleman Road) - - II • • Dual role of traffic movement and access to adjacent land uses Shorter length (typically less than 10 miles long) Low to moderate traffic volumes, moderate speeds Serve smaller communities and local traffic generators Spaced at intervals to collect traffic from local roads and transport Major Collectors and Arterials Approximately 15 percent of overall Rural System - Primary role is movement of traffic within the County Shorter than arterials Moderate traffic volumes and speed Serve traffic generators such as major schools, county parks, small towns and important agricultural areas Provide connections with arterial roads Numerous access points for adjacent development Traffic control is often through signals and/or signs Typically 10 percent of overall Rural System - F-3 Include all roads not classified under above categories Primary role is to provide access to adjacent land uses Short length Low traffic volumes and speed Provide short distance connections with higher classed roads Includes 60 percent or more of the roads in the County system �- F srRE ·,-ANo-~·-H1Gi-iWAY FUNCTIONAL CLAS IFICATION SYSTEM MIDLAN COUNTY, MICHIGAN 1 L .1.1,'t . . 7 \ 0) I I~ 0 z 1 ..a;-. _ -~- - .,i~ l I I •I 1 ><( en '• ''I L::GE~ID I. , ·I ~ i/ 1: i 7 LEGEND J FEDERAL ~D SYSTEMS 1 ' 11 FEOEilll. Mil IN'TERS1 ATE 1• ii GREEN F£!)ERII. Mil PRMlllY ~ ...E FEDER/I. >Ill SECONDARY R..-0 FEDER/I. >lll URBNI a,:._~ NOT ON FEOERM. llD SYSTEM NATIONAL l'UNCTIONAL CLASSIFIC ATION SYSTEMS RURAL ,:.,TE.RSTli.TE t/TERSTATE 0Tf£R PRINCIPII. lllTERlll.S - FREEWAY CONll!:CTll<C llNl<S - - - - - - or RURAL PRINCIPAi. ll<T!RIII. S - - - - 0Tl£R RURAL P!IINCIPAL ll<TERIM.S COtt.~CTlrfC l.:l<S Of RVR,t ,..,,OR ,f,RTERIM..S - -- OTHER CNON-COIINECTINO lNO 0Tf£R PR)lCIPII. IIITERIII.S - NOIHREf:WAY >I- - ::::, 0 0 --............ li l CONN!'.CTINC l.N<S or RURAL PRINCIPAL lllTERIII.S cowtF-cTtNc Utrl<s or RVRN. MtJOR .«ltTERtM.s OTHER <NOH-CONNECTING LMO - - - U.tl MINOR 11tTElUM.s -··-··-·· - - .,..,.,.. ...... MINOR itATERIAL STILt"ETS - • • - • • - - • • lt\.RAI. M,IJOR COLLECTORS , • 1 , 1 1 , • 1 1 1 1 COLLECTOR STitE£TS •• •••• •••••• - - - - - -· ·-------- ---· -- -·-·- - i' L. ll i - •••••••••••• z l! - AL, 0Tf£RS LOCAL STREITS .- MJft~ •OR COLLECTORS ----- - - - ·- - -· lJUltlfll?ED Nll:A BOUNDARY rmLOWl _j l n ;1 t 11 1 l 1 I I. 1 l ( ~ <( z 0 <( (/) 1 , h H ., I• j I j j -- ---- -- t: 1~u1r~.;r 1 DEP!sRTMENT OF TR.'.IJ',SPQRT"TIOfl I lI - . SCUR":E 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 --------- Gove Associates Inco · 1601 J ------------ Portage Street Kalamazoo, Micluaan -49001 �• • • • • • • •I •I •I • • • • • • Waldo Road - This project would involve improvements to the U.S. 10 interchange area to improve traffic flow. System Improvements Proposed road improvements are based on the State's traffic safety improvement program, the 1992 road millage proposal and Midland County Road Commission's Long Range Transportation Plan. The projects include: Stark Road Extension - This project will consist of extending Stark Road from U.S. 10 to M-20 Highway. Bay City Road/U.S. 10 Interchange- This project would involve reconstructing the interchange as a functional, fulldirectional interchange. State Road Improvements State Trunkline Construction - The Michigan Department of Transportation's current 10-year program has no major construction projects scheduled in Midland County. M-20, however, will undergo safety and capacity improvements between Meridian Road in Midland County and Mt. Pleasant in Isabella County in the near future. Several minor improvements are scheduled during this period, but are not expected to impact traffic flow to any great extent. Eastman Road - This project includes reconstruction and widening from the Meijer Store to Monroe Road. Related Plans and Programs Several transportation related plans and programs are also recommended, including: A Traffic Count Program to determine changing traffic patterns and help determine priorities of road improvements. Currently, complete traffic counts are performed by the County Road Commission annually throughout the County with the assistance of summer help. The Road Commission is in the process of putting this data into a computer format. At this time computer generated maps are available at the township level that include such data as the year each road was last surfaced, the classification of the roads, the surface type and the condition. The maps have been produced to assist in establishing the transportation needs of Midland County . County Road Improvements Meridian Road Connector (M-30) - This project would include a bridge over the Tittabawassee River to connect Meridian Road with M-30 Highway. Gordonville Road - This project would involve bridge construction and road improvements from Meridian Road to Poseyville Road, including improvements to Homer, Dopp and Gordonville Roads. Poseyville Road - This project includes reconstruction and widening from Nold Road to Gordonville Road. North Saginaw Road - This project involves reconstruction and widening from the Midland City limits to Stark Road . F-5 �Tittabawassee River to Isabella Road _ An updated and continuously maintained Sign Inventory Program to ensure the regulatory signs meet safety standards and are regularly maintained. Since 1987 a complete inventory of the County's signs has been performed by the Midland County Road Commission and is updated whenever a new sign is installed or an older sign is replaced or removed. (M-20). 2. Meridian Road Connector - The 1992 plan recommends connecting Meridian Road across the Tittabawassee River. 3. Gordonville Road Improvements and Pine River Crossing - The transportation plan recommends upgrading Gordonville Road to an all season truck route and constructing a bridge across the Pine River at 4 3/4 Mile Road. _ A Nonmotorized Trail Plan to improve the recreational opportunities for bicyclists, joggers, is in progress. _ Corridor studies of major commercial strip areas to identify techniques to improve traffic operations, safety, aesthetics and business vitality. The street segments which should be considered for this type of linear study include M-20 (Midland City limits to Isabella County line), Saginaw (Sanford to Dublin Road and possibly extending to Bay City Road upon agreement with the City of Midland). 4. Widen North Saginaw Road - The transportation plan recommends widening the segment of North Saginaw Road between Dublin Road and Hope Road to four lanes. Midland County Long-Range Transportation Plan The City of Midland operates a Dial-ARide bus network which provides transportation to anyone within the City limits. Regular fees for the service are $1.00 - senior citizen's, handicapped person's and children's fees are $0.50. The service does not support itself and is subsidized by the City, State and Federal governments. The annual budget to operate the service within the City is $760,000. Dial-A-Ride consists of 12 buses - seven of which are equipped with lifts to provide access for handicapped persons. The buses are operated by six full-time drivers and 14 part-time drivers. In addition to drivers, 5. Poseyville Road - The transportation plan recommends increasing the number of lanes on Poseyville Road, south of Ashby Road, to four lanes. Public Transit This plan was completed in March 1992 and includes such information as 1989 traffic counts, descriptions of transportation levels of service and five recommendations for major improvements to the County's road system. A brief description of the recommendations follows: 1. Stark Road Extension - The transportation plan recommends extending Stark Road South, from N. Saginaw Road, across the F-6 I ,1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ·1 I -, �• • • • • • • •I •I • • • • • • • • Air there are six additional employees including dispatchers, administrative and supervisory personnel. Annually over 137,000 passengers use the service. Jack Barstow Airport This facility is a general aviation airport located west of the Midland County Fairgrounds, north of U.S. 10 and west of Eastman Road. There are two paved, lighted runways. The north-south runway is 3,000 feet in length and 75 feet wide. The east-west runway, which was extended from 3,000 feet to 3,800 feet in 1987, is also 75 feet wide. This extension was accomplished with a $241,000 grant from the Federal government. Further improvements were scheduled in 1991. Taxiway rehabilitation and extension is planned and will be accomplished with the assistance of a $400,000 grant. Currently a county-wide transportation system is not being planned. If the public, the various municipalities and townships decide that a county-wide system would be beneficial and feasible, the County Planning Commission should evaluate the feasibility of such a system. Rail freight service in Midland County is provided by two carriers - CSX Railroad and Central Michigan Railway. The CSX rail system which crossed Midland County has been abandoned and is currently being developed as a "rails-totrails" project. With the Tri-City International Airport located so close to the Jack Barstow Airport no major airlines operate out of Jack Barstow. The Jack Barstow Airport is primarily used for recreational aircraft and small businesses' private aircraft. The County's two largest users of the rail system are the Dow Chemical Company and the Dow Corning Corporation. The Dow Chemic~I Company receives an average of 10,000 rail cars annually and ships out an average of 5,000 railroad cars annually. Dow Chemical does not foresee any great changes in these numbers in the immediate future. Dow Corning currently has 1,400-1,500 in-andout transactions per year and is expecting a five to six percent growth in rail service annually. When the Midland Cogeneration Venture Electric and Steam Plant was under construction deliveries were being made to the facility, but since construction is finished, and fuel to power the plant is piped in (natural gas), no rail service is required at this time. Tri-City International Airport The 3,000-acre Tri-City International Airport is located nine miles northwest of Saginaw near Freeland, Michigan. The airport serves the Saginaw area, the Midland area and Bay County. There are currently two runways located at the airport. The main runway is 8,000 feet long and 150 wide and the crosswind runway is 6,500 feet long and 150 feet wide. Two airlines, United and Northwest, operate from the airport's single gate. In addition to the two airlines, there are two commuter services, Continental Express and Skyway. There is an average of 18 commercial flights in F-7 �improvement to the airport's facilities is the addition of a third runway to be located parallel to the main runway. Any Mure improvements may require the acquisition of land adjacent to the Tri-City International Airport. and out of the airport per day. Annually there are over 6,500 commercial flights serving 468,000 passengers from TriCity's facilities. There are both shortterm and long-term parking facilities, which are operated by a separate concession, available at the airport. Private Air Facilities The annual budget for the airport is $3.2 million. This figure does not include the $1 to 2 million that is received from the Federal government. The City of Saginaw, the City of Midland and Bay County each contribute $50,000 towards the airport's annual operating budget. Dow Division - The Dow Division has private flight operations from the main Dow facilities. Annually, approximately 75 helicopter flights arrive and depart from the facility. Emergency equipment consists of portable fire fighting equipment. No navigational equipment is operated from the Dow facilities and there are no plans for expanding the facilities. The Tri-City International Airport has its own fire department that includes four crash and rescue vehicles, one emergency response vehicle and one automobile. Midland Hospital Center - A helipad is also located at the Midland Hospital Center for emergency medical services, but is currently not in use. The program was established in 1986 and conducted approximately 25 flights per year. Portable fire fighting equipment would be used for any emergencies, and the fire department is one block away. There are no current plans for expansion or continuation of use. A noise impact study was recently performed for the Tri-City International Airport. The study outlines existing noise impact on the area, and also projects impacts over the next 1O years. It is based on the Federal Aviation Administration's (FM) acceptable noise level standards. The airport's master plan is currently being approved by the FM. In 1987, $1,130,000 in grants were received for improvements made to taxiways, utilities and service roads. During the next year, 1988, $2,775,000 was received for land acquisition, the extension of runway #32, approach clearing, new lighting and new firefighting and rescue vehicles. Runway #523 was improved in 1989 with a grant for $2, 146,000. No major improvements were performed in 1990. The airport is anticipating a grant for $2,500,000 for apron improvements. The largest slated Nonmotorized Transportation Nonmotorized transportation typically includes bicycling, hiking, walking, running, cross-country skiing and horseback riding. These activities are usually accommodated on multipurpose trails where possible. Outside the City of Midland nonmotorized transportation routes are not designated. Although there are a few trails provided in the County parks, state forests and . recreation areas, there is no county-wide F-8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ·1 �• • • •II • • • • •I • • • • • • • • system of nonmotorized transportation integrated with the recreational resources and tourist attractions of the County. Currently there is no County plan for the designation, funding and development of nonmotorized transportation corridors. Existing state programs, however, do provide for the planning and development of nonmotorized transportation services and facilities. A multicounty regional bicycle plan, which includes Midland County, does exist but it is nonspecific as to route location and development in respect to Midland County's attractions and natural resources and rights-of-way that are potentially available for the nonmotorist. Resources exist for the development of an integrated county-wide system of bicycle routes and hiking trails. The abandoned CSX Railroad right-of-way is one major resource. In addition there are state forest trails and County and local road rights-of-way that could be interconnected with the CSX Railroad right-of-way, County parks, recreational areas, state forests and tourist attractions to form an integrated county-wide nonmotorized transportation system. To provide a basis for the planning and development ·of a county-wide nonmotorized transportation system, County agencies and municipalities should avail themselves of public and private funding, including the State Natural Resources Department's Michigan Natural Resources Trust Fund and Federal Land and Water Conservation Fund and the State Transportation Department's Nonmotorized Transportation Fund . F-9 �I •I •I •I I I I I I I •I I •I • Community Facilities �I I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I COMMUNITY FACILITIES sewer service available and capacities exist for serving a greater area. The City of Midland has adopted a sewer and water extension policy known as the MUGA or Midland Urban Growth Area Policy. Simply stated, the MUGA policy is that utility service will only be provided if one of two conditions occur. If a property is inside the MUGA boundary but outside the city limits, utilities will be provided if the property is annexed. If outside the MUGA boundary, utilities will only be provided to a governmental agency. The only instance in which this has happened is in the Midland County Water District No. 1. The system has a current capacity of 6.5 mgd, and is operating at 100 percent of capacity. A new facility is located adjacent to the existing wastewater treatment plant and will increase the wastewater treatment plant's optimum capacity to 1O million gallons per day with peak flow capacities of twice that amount. Based on the City's 1990 population of a per-capita capacity of 264 gallons per day, or 96,360 gallons per year, will be available once improvements to the wastewater treatment plant are complete. Peak capacities on a per-capita basis will be twice these figures. Community facilities, such as schools, parks and libraries are elements that can set one community apart from another. Other less visible elements such as utilities, waste management and governmental services also shape the character of Midland County. This section describes the wealth of community facilities in the County and how they should be maintained and planned for the future. Utilities and Services Sanitary Sewer Two municipal sanitary sewer systems are in operation in the County. The City of Coleman operates a lagoon treatment system which serves the entire city. The lagoons are located on a 40-acre site northeast of the City, south of U.S. 10. There are three lagoon cells; one nineacre primary cell and two additional cells of four acres · each which receive approximately 146,000 gallons per day. With Coleman's 1990 population of 1,237, a per-captia flow of 118 gallons per day, or 43,080 gallons per year, is the operating capacity of the lagoons. There are no industrial wastes flowing into the system. No problems have been reported in meeting treatment standards and no expansions are planned. While no expansions are currently planned the system has the capability of being expanded. Currently the sanitary sewer system is operating at 60 percent of its capacity. Water The need for potable water supplies in the County is acute because of the generally poor groundwater quality caused by brine deposits. Most areas of the County depend on groundwater for water supplies. The areas covered by public water services include the City of Midland, the City of Coleman and Midland County Water District No. 1. The second municipal sewer system is operated by and within the City of Midland. Most areas within the City have G-1 �Midland County Water District No. 1 is currently administered by the Midland County Department of Public Works. Areas served in Water District No. 1 include the Village of Sanford and portions of Lincoln and Jerome townships immediately adjacent to the Village. The Water District has a 200,000-gallon storage tank in the Village of Sanford. Annually, 100-105 million gallons of water are purchased from the Saginaw-Midland water system by the Water District and distributed throughout the District. With an estimated population of 4,027 for Water District No. 1, the percapita capacity is 70 gallons per day, or 25,453 gallons per year. Although the District is administered by Midland County, the system is owned by the three municipalities. This was arranged when the system was financed in 1969. When the bonds are paid off by the three municipalities new operational arrangements will likely occur. One possible arrangement could consist of the forming of a water authority between the three communities. While the three communities all have a part in the water system each municipality is responsible for the expansion of the system. During the 1980s, 15 miles of watermains were installed. The City of Midland's water system falls under the same extension (MUGA) policy, as the sewer. When averaged for the year, 21-25 million gallons per day are pumped through the City's water system. With the City's 1990 population of 37,819 this translates to a per-capita capacity of between 555 gallons per day and 661 gallons per day. Annually, on a per-capita basis, between 202,575 and 241,265 gallons of water is the current capacity of the system. Of the 21-25 million gallons pumped per day in Midland, between eight and nine million gallons are for domestic use. The City of Coleman's water system is supplied by two 12-inch diameter deep wells which pump an average of 180,000 gallons per day. Additionally, the City has a six-inch backup well. Watermains, which are connected to a 200,000 gallon elevated storage tank and were constructed in 1986, cover most of the City. The per-capita capacity (based on 1990 population figures) of Coleman's water system is 145 gallons per day, or 52,380 gallons per year. The volumes of waste generated within the County, from residential, commercial, industrial and special (consisting of wood, demolition and construction material, street sweepings and agricultural material) are estimated to total 597 tons per day in 1987, 622 tons per day in 1992 and 665 tons per day in the year 2007 - an 11.4 percent increase over the next 20 years. Approximately 50.9 percent of that amount is agricultural waste that will not enter the municipal Solid Waste Management Midland County has taken an active planning role in the area of solid waste management. In 1988, the Midland County Solid Waste Management Plan Update was completed. That document was developed under the requirements of Public Act 641, the Solid Waste Management Act and approved by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) in 1990. Waste Generation: The following is taken from the 1988 Solid Waste Management Plan: G-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • •Ill • basis, in addition to a door-to-door pickup. There are currently seven private haulers operating within the County. waste stream. That is, agricultural wastes are not expected to be deposited at area landfills and therefore will not be a consideration in preparing for facilities to handle the County's solid wastes. The remaining wastes, including residential, commercial, industrial, wood products, construction and demolition materials and street sweepings are estimated to total 343 tons per day in 1987, 361 tons per day in 1992 and 400 tons per day in 2007. These are the wastes that will be going to solid waste disposal facilities and are the volumes that the updated plan will be concerned with. Approximately 84 percent of the wastes entering the County's waste stream are estimated to be generated in the City of Midland in 1987. By the year 2007, about 86 percent of the County's \'✓aste should come from within the City. Waste Disposal: Solid waste is disposed of in facilities within the County. Landfills: The City of Midland operates a Type II sanitary landfill, the only municipally owned and operated landfill in Midland County. Type II landfills are designed to handle nonhazardous wastes such as typical municipal household and commercial wastes. The City landfill is a 100-acre site which handles primarily residential and commercial waste. The City has acquired in excess of 160 acres for future expansion, extending the projected life of the landfill beyond the year 2020. Approximately 555,000 cubic yards of waste were handled at the City of Midland landfill in 1985/86. About twothirds of this waste is collected by the City. The City recently stopped accepting refuse from outside Midland County in order to extend the life of the landfill. Waste is accepted from all of Midland County. The landfill was licensed and approved by MDNR in the fall of 1990. Waste Collection: The only public collection service is provided by the City of Midland Department of Public Works, which collects waste from city residents, commercial businesses and small industries. Large commercial and industrial establishments in Midland County contract with private haulers for collection servic.e on an individual basis. Even Dow Chemical and Dow Corning, which operate their own hazardous waste disposal facilities, contract with private haulers for collection of office waste. Dow Chemical and Dow Corning both handle a portion of the waste generated at their plants at their respective hazardous waste landfills. Dow Chemical received an operating license for a 152acre hazardous waste landfill. In addition to hazardous waste, this facility handles approximately 3,000 cubic yards per month of solid waste, comprised primarily of noncombustible packaging and processing waste. The anticipated life of the landfill is 30 years. Most townships provide for some form of optional or contracted door-to-door pickup by private haulers. Lee and Lincoln townships provide transfer stations where residents may choose to deposit their own trash. Porter Township has arranged to have a truck parked at the Township Hall and residents may deposit their trash in the truck on a periodic G-3 �GLADWIN ---+---t- - - - ....... - ci ► a: 0 ,-- UTILITY SERVICE AREA >- f- z 0 ::::> 0 I LJ----+-+-1~~aw;-6-r-----t---1-r;:---~--- u MIDLAND COUN1Y, MICHIGAN z Cl.. <t: ::E II • •. I +--l~~+ - - - - ·- - - LEGEND ><( (Il ' ---+-- - - - • FULL UTILITY SEREVICE (WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY SEWER) - - - - - - - MIDLAND COUNTY WATER DISTRICT N0.1 (WATER DISTRIBUTION LINES) ' " ' " " " ' " ' MIDLAND COUNTY WATER DISTRICT NO. 1 BOUNDARY AREA >fz ::::> 0 u • WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY • 'NATER TREATMENT FACILITY I ~ ICWD MO.1 PUMP HOUSE MUGA BOUNDARY / AREA ci a: CJ SOURCE: :z: "'"'0 a: u RD. ci a: / w <( __J " '· :; :z: ~ ....►z "'~ l((N RD._ ) lC __J w 5u / r ► ...J . l/) l/) l/) ... 0 Ill l/) CD <( I ~I . (/j 0 a:: ~ 'x .:! :,: " GRATIOT C ,.. - / I ITTABAII !.SEE RO ci "'w SAGINAW COUNTY ci :r "' "' 'i: z c., "' ci a: .:! w <( 'i: _J a: ~ ...."' w ci ci a: "----._ I CITY OF MIDLAND MIDLAND CC'JNTY - .... ' <( (/) a: a: 0 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 Gove Associates IltD.Co 1601 Portage Street Kalamuoo, Michigan -49001 G-4 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I •I • • Feasibility studies of a four-county regional facility to serve Bay, Gladwin, Isabella and Midland counties were undertaken in the past. These studies involved technical and economical evaluations of cogeneration, electricity and/or steam for Bay Medical Center, Consumers Power Company, Dow Chemical Company, Mt. Pleasant Regional Center, and General Motors using different technologies of direct combustion and refuse derived fuel processing. To date no definitive action has resulted from these studies. Dow Corning upgraded an existing hazardous waste landfill, obtaining an operating license from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. The completed facility handles about 20,000 cubic yards of waste annually. Fifteen to 20 percent of this amount is comprised of hazardous waste, and the remainder is solid waste which has been exposed to hazardous material. The facility has the capacity to handle a total of 300,000 cubic yards of waste over its anticipated 25-year life. A new landfill was opened in Bay County in 1991, but currently has no out-ofcounty agreement. The new landfill is located near Pinconning and is operated by Traxler Rubbish and Garbage Removal. The only facility in Midland County employing a limited amount of nonsolid waste resource recovery is Dow Corning's Steam and Electric Cogeneration (SECO) project. The SECO system produces steam and electricity for use in manufacturing and heating using the most economical fuel available including wood, oil, gas or coal. As recommended in the County Solid Waste Management Plan, Dow Corning may be encouraged to expand the SECO operation to accept waste paper and municipal wood waste. Transfer Facilities: There are two licensed, publicly owned, Type B transfer stations in operation in Midland County: the Lee and Lincoln township transfer facilities. Type B facilities are designed to handle primarily residential and commercial · waste from vehicles unloaded by hand. Both facilities accept primarily residential waste and are experiencing no significant operational problems. Private haulers in Midland County also use the Tri-County Transfer Station located in Gratiot County. Recycling: Recycling in the County has been expanded since 1988. The City of Midland contracts with a private hauler to operate a curbside collection system for collecting newsprint, glass, plastic, metal cans and corrugated cardboard. The City also operates a yard waste collection and compost system. A few townships have also established recycling programs. The Midland Volunteers for Recycling, Inc., a nonprofit corporation, operates a recycling center at the City of Midland landfill. Brady News & Recycling, a private business, operates a Incinerators: Dow Chemical operates two incinerators in conjunction with Dow Corning. The incinerators burn combustible packaging and processing waste and currently do not have an energy recovery capability. Resource Recovery Facilities: At present there are no solid waste resource recovery facilities in the County . G-5 �recycling center for marketable wastes. a variety should be followed. Moreover, as it is implemented, it should be carefully monitored and adjusted to take advantage of new information and technology. Table 35 provides a summary of Midland County's proposed waste management effort as delineated in the plan report. of Problems with Existing Solid Waste Facilities: Although no problems with the operation of the existing landfill or transfer facilities within Midland County have been reported, the recent closure of a number of landfills in this area is likely to increase demand for an affordable disposal facility in the proximity of Midland County. This problem has been eased with the City-Township agreements to use the City of Midland landfill for disposal of solid waste. Drains Establishment and maintenance of drainage systems is the responsibility of the Midland County Drain Commissioner. More than 1,100 drains service three main drainage basins; the Kawkawlin, Tittabawassee and Shiawassee drainage basins. The majority of work accomplished on these drain systems is related to cleaning and brush clearance. Potential problems may also exist with dumps previously located in many of the townships. Unlike current 641 landfills, most dumps were not designed to provide for groundwater and other environmental protection. The closed dumps in Midland County are listed in Table 34 and are shown on the Solid Waste Disposal Sites map (Map 11). New drains are established in accordance with the Michigan Drain Code. Actual administration is also governed by the Drain Code. Each drain is a corporation comprised of benefitting property owners. Problems with Existing Solid Waste Management Practices: In the past, a primary problem in solid waste policy and decision-making has been a lack of cooperation among the municipalities of Midland County. This situation has led to inefficiencies and a duplication of efforts in the provision of solid waste services and facilities. This problem has been eased with the City-Township agreements to use the City of Midland landfill for disposal of solid waste. Funding for the Office of the Drain Commissioner's administrative expenses comes entirely from County funds. Construction expenses come primarily from funds assessed through the individual drain corporations on a costper-acre benefit assessment. The Drain Commissioner is also represented on the Inter-County Drain Board which deals with issues and problems arising from drains affecting adjacent counties. Other Board members include representatives of the Michigan Water Resources Commission, Michigan Department of Agriculture and adjacent counties. Future Direction: The recommended future direction for the disposal and management of solid waste has been delineated in the County's approved Solid Waste Management Plan. That Plan sets forth a program of action which G-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �I I TABLE 34 CLOSED DUMPS IN MIDLAND COUNTY I I I I I I I I I I I I • • • • • Dump Site Size (Acres) Comment 1 City of Coleman N.A. Disposal area is 3-5 acres 2 Warren Township N.A. Disposal area is 5-8 acres 3 Edenville Township 40 4 Hope Township 40 5 Mills Township 5 6 Lincoln Township 40 7 Jerome Township 10 8 Geneva Township N.A. 9 Greendale Township 80 10 Lee Township 40 11 Jasper Township 40 12 Porter Township N.A. 13 Mt. Haley Township 40 14 Ingersoll Township 40 15 Dow Chemical Company Poseyville Road Site N.A. Disposal area is 108 acres 16 City of Midland - Currie Site N.A. Disposal area is approx. 13 acres 17 City of Midland - Tridge Site N.A. Disposal area is approx. 6 acres 18 Dow Chemical Company Rockwell Dr., Bay Co. Site N.A. Disposal area is approx. 1O acres Also discontinued transfer station Now used as a transfer station Disposal area is 3-5 acres Now used as a transfer station Disposal area is 3-5 acres N.A. denotes size not available SOURCE: Midland County Solid Waste Management Plan, October 1988 G-7 �I I I I I I I I I • • , ----i--- ---I GLADWIN 1 ~ ! I ' cQRTtS ... . ~ • I ::: I J------'2t-.-=it!~-~~f-T-~---:--1-.a-_-'-. ---i • t :·,; 0 '--r~- .• I I ---r-- t >Iz ::, (.) SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL SITES MIDLAND COUNTY, MICHIGAN I : I I I --t--ft~-il-~-'---~---~... I I , lll'l.~t--+-:-~~...,--4:-,_..:.a:.,;......;_.....:.a.:•, : .:, I I I I -r-; ~,. . ,-,-- 0 z ~ ::.~,- ..-I - - .. ·. -· . ": : ~-:-.t--=---,,.,.~~"--4': .--;:-. - t:" ---- , ~ ., . _,:' ···•-..:i ...... _. LEGEND !\ ~ ><( (Il ACTIVE SITES CITY OF MIDLAND LANDFILL G) 1 LOCATION: 4311 EAST ASHMAN , I , DOW CHEMICAL LANDFILL LOCATION: NE½SECTION 25 Ir- ~_ J___ i___ ~- _::_:·- _ W!\CXE!!l!_ !I - Tc:.,iiil al,· ...... ·1 i '.... DOW CORNING LANDFILL LOCATION: 3901 SOUTH SAGINAW I I .. I I i I ·-r- i ·-! - L~-~---·· ~I I HUCICl -------0 =-= - r >z I- .... ::, 0 I I . (.) /1 =- ,J // ---+--;-- . • / ~ IA\ -t- --t-----,.-l--Jll..s.clli.~-~-1----lr:;::71::;-ca--~"""' -..---I • d 'i: -- 6 ci ~ I a: a: § RT " LEE TOWNSHIP TRANSFER STATION LOCATION: E 1/2, NE 1/4SECTION 21 LINCOLN TOWNSHIP TRANSFER STATIO LOCATION: SE 1/4, NE 1/-iSECTION 22 CLOSED DUMP SITES 18. (FORMER ACT 87 SITES> SEE TABLE 34, PG G-7 FOR SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY SOLID MANAGEMENT PLAN ci a: C) z "'"'0 a: 3: LJ ' <( --------- --~--~~~=.llflJ-..lW.--+~---1---B:~~~~~-+-J..4--J ..."' z I 'i: I <( _J ► IC ~ ~ t - - - - - t - ~ - - t -........." " " t - ' - ~ rr "' ci a: ...,:l "'"'"' "' J: d § <[ IO ci a: ~ (/) ~ "' ,.. SAGINAW .I GRATIOT ROAD ~ --- g --. I'-...../ ' a: a: 0 LISTING WASTE MIDLAND COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT <3 <( (/1 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 Gove Associates Kltllco 1601 Porta.ge · Street Kalama.zoo, Michi1an ◄ 9001 . G-8 �I TABLE 35 I SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT LONG-RANGE OBJECTIVES I I I. Develop a second county landfill site if the City of Midland landfill or a private landfill is not available for long-term use I I II. Identify alternate landfill sites in Midland County Ill. Investigate the feasibility of financial incentives for source separation of recyclable materials at the home and landfill site o.e., variable fee structure for separation of paper, glass, metals, etc.) IV. Support an economically sound rural collection program in conformance with an adopted county-wide regional disposal plan V. Expand and support voluntary efforts which will encourage the formal and institutionalized use of other feasible non-landfilling alternate solid waste systems VII. Encourage appropriate and cost-effective local, state and federal legislation to provide incentives for source separation, recycling and packaging practices · VIII. Endorse feasibility long-range regional resource recovery /recycling/disposal plans IX. Assign within the county the responsibility of overseeing the implementation of the adopted Solid Waste Management Plan (in conjunction with shortrange Objective X) X. Completely update the Solid Waste Management Plan every five years I I I I I I I I I I I • • SOURCE: Midland County Solid Waste Management Plan, October 1988 G-9 �Existing County Park Facilities and Activities Recreation Recreation is an essential element in the make-up of any community. As more leisure time becomes available to Midland County residents the demand for additional recreational opportunities will increase. The County Comprehensive Plan may be used as a guide for providing these opportunities. Further information may be found in the County Recreation Plan, 1988. The following table presents information pertaining to County owned and/or administered parks. Existing County and municipal major parks and recreation areas are listed in Table 36 and Map 12. TABLE 36 COUNTY OWNED AND/OR ADMINISTERED PARKS Name Acreage Sanford Lake Park 90 Boat launch, concessions, picnic areas, picnic shelter, playground, swimming, fishing, ice skating, crosscounty skiing, restrooms Black Creek Campground 38 Rustic campsites, fishing access I I 130 Canoe launch, nature trails, picnic areas, picnic shelters, playground, fishing, restrooms, hiking I 28 Ballfields, playground, restrooms, multi-purpose basketball court Pine Haven Recreation Area 320 Hiking, cross-country skiing, portable restroom facilities Chippewa River Access Site 20 Veterans Memorial Park West Midland County Park Activities /Facilities Canoe Launch Manitou Park {220 Acres Planned) 154 Picnic area, canoe launch, fishing, hiking, {future proposed activities: swimming, cross-country skiing, sledding, camping) Pere Marquette Rail-Trail of Midland 402 Hiking, bicycling, pedestrian activities TOTAL 1,182 SOURCE: Midland County Parks and Recreation Department G-10 I I I I I I I I �• -----1- . - -.. _ -- GLADWIN g g , a: :: e!l~ir,r..,,:o, I I I O I I I I ,: '' , ... ::, VI I -·-j-• I ··.: ! I ··-1 · --1--~,--.,,._ I - 1\<t I .... • ! ~---·--:.... ! UNC9LN - - -~. I Ml I . g ····..j •--;_ - . J - ~- I . - 1 ' .. '1 JJ_ •-_,Cl.lllol.j~...i..--1---- .....· - - - LEGEND ( ____,__+-.._--l 7 - 1 ~,' --- ><( "\RO, ", en t - - - '-'..e~--A_,._ l'\ .... -":1·I \_,,_ 4-''--r---tVI ISH RO. • ' ..;..,.....;;ito-~-...,,..--...-'-=.;.;.:;."""'=----d z :) 0 -.- ?RAIRI 1----+----➔ - - 'I ~ •• : - u 'I ,......' ~ RO. ___ .,__.I __ c:i ..,a:z I V, VI 0 JASPER .-•·· .' • ' •• • SHEPHER RO. I- 1----+---+------+---+ · ci a: w d a: :; fl z <( _j _j w 0 a: u . <( .... I z r VI .:i cc ....z► ~ V, VI ... 0 0 u CD <( ([ VI or- (/) ITTABAW ,. .I tD C f ,. . NTY SAGINAW c:i a: a: .., ► ::, GRATIOT 3:: VI _/ I °SEE RO COUNTY c:i cc er --.. ,---- I '\ Cit 0 •-------• COUNTY COUNTY LINEAR PARK PARKS SANFORD LAKE PARK VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK PINE HAVEN RECREATION AREA 4 WEST MIDLAND COUNTY PARK 5 BLACK CREEK CAMPGROUND 6 MILLS TOWNSHIP BALL DIAMONDS 7 COLEMAN SCHOOLS BALL DIAMONDS 8 PORTER TOWNSHIP BALL DIAMONDS 9 HOMER TOWNSHIP PARK iO LEE TOWNSHIP PARK 11 LARKIN TOWNSHIP PARK 12 COLEMAN CITY PARK 13 SANFORD VILLAGE PARK 14 CITY OF MIDLAND - PINE RIVER SITE 15 WHITING OVERLOOK PARK 16 RIVER B!::ND PARK '.7 MIDLAND CITY FOREST ~8 BARSTOW WOODS 19 CENTRAL PARK ~O CHIP PEW AS SEE PARK ::1 Dt.ERSCtl PARK 2 2 PLYMOUTH PARK '23 ASHMAN DIAMONDS 24 MANITOU PARK :_5 CHIPPEWA NATURE CENTER 26 FLATS CAMPGROUND '27 GREE/'l'S LANDING AND BAITS ::.s T-K'S BOAT LAUNCH '29 MIDLAND COUNTY FAIRGROUNDS ::o M-K RIDING ST ABLE 31 WEST MIDLAND FAMILY CENTER 32 CHIPPEWA VALLEY CANOE LIVERY Sc CAMPGROUND 33 STRATFORD WOODS PARK .34 WEST COLEMAN ROAD PARK 35 MARY STREET PARK SOURCE : MIDLAND COUNTY 2 3 ' >r- - __ ~ a: -~--!\ ~ I: ;::~ z a ..,a: .~·...····,/·. !. ~I.._ I, i--....L:----+---=-..+-~kl.....:-~~~~~---~· ~ ' . "-~:_t.~--1 .. • ~.. 0 c:i t,,,~illll~P"+~~t'--:----:l:-:::".~'-:T---+~--~---~' •• I u ci PARKS / RECREATION AREAS MIDLAND COUNTY, MICHIGAN I I . ~ --,.,·~ I--...J--~--r-+-1---:-=11:1t.1:F._-t,,g-'--+---t,-r.---~ --- ~~:::;:~;:1;~~-r:-~r-.-r.::,---, ro~\l z :::J 0 ... .. .., ---i ---i - · >- 1- 'R-T-!S-RO....-\'!15_-; ·,: CURTIS 1 R I ' c:i • • • • •II ► Cit <3 <( Vl ~ 0 6250 12500 37500 25000 a, ;;; cc l: (J u, Gove .L~ssociaites 1601 Inc . Portage Street Kalamuoo, Michigan -119001 G-11 �• • • •II system, gain the support of the riverfront property owners for increased recreational use and protective measures of the river, and develop a prioritized action program. This program would help protect 95 miles of major rivers in the County. Midland County-owned parks front on three miles of these rivers. The City of Midland has about seven miles of rivers and major streams. City parks and the Chippewa Nature Center preserve also front on these rivers. River protection zoning by the townships would help augment current river corridor preservation efforts. Municipal/Township Parks Many of the communities in Midland County maintain separate parks in order to provide adequate recreational facilities to area residents. Of the 16 townships in Midland County eight maintain parks. Three townships - Hope, Homer and Midland - each maintain two parks. The City of Midland has an extensive park system and has over 1,000 acres (many undeveloped) set aside for recreational purposes. The City of Coleman maintains five parks and the Village of Sanford maintains one park. Table 37 lists most of the parks, their acreages, and the facilities currently available at each of the facilities. River and Stream Corridor Preservation In conjunction with the Midland County Planning Commission, municipalities and townships, the County Parks and Recreation Commission is promoting the preservation of river and stream corridors in the County. This is being done by promoting a model master plan element and a set of zoning standards and regulations for use by the municipalities and townships. In addition to preserving resources for recreation, the preservation project is intended to improve water quality, provide for increased recreational utilization of the water, create a linked system of the river corridors with other recreational facilities, stimulate public interest in protecting the natural environment and scenic beauty of the rivers, protect sensitive environmental areas and wildlife habitat, minimize flooding, improve safety of recreational river users, develop a multijurisdictional watershed management administration G-12 �TABLE 37 TOWNSHIP /VILLAGE/CITY OWNED AND/ OR ADMINISTERED PARKS ·;:•,:·•.;:: :::::;.,•. J ·:::::::: Naffie J'> .;: <:'i)\?·/ . ,•,•.· ·-·.-:-:- - .:_.: .. ·.·:: ::;: Acreage _/:·-,· ..'.?:::::. •·· ·:: /,:.·•· . Actlvities/FacHities .. Mills Township Park 160 (5 acres developed) Ball Diamonds Hope Township Park 1 Ball Diamond 66 (25 acres developed) Ball Diamonds, Pavilion, Picnic Area, Playground, Nature Trail Edenville Township Park 3 Ball Diamond, Pavilion, Picnic Area, Playground Lincoln Township Park 1 Ball Diamond, Soccer Field Larkin Township Park 40 Ball Diamonds, Picnic Area Whiting Overlook Park (Midland Twp.) 15 Playground, Bird Watching Bob Moe Park (Midland Twp.) 5 Ball Diamonds Homer Township Park 12 Ball Diamonds, Pavilion, Picnic Area, Playground, Restrooms Windover Park (Homer Twp.) 7 Ball Diamond Woodside Park (Hope Twp.) Lee Township Park 80 (5 acres developed) /. Ball Diamonds, Pavilion, Picnic Area, Soccer Field Adams Street Park (Coleman) 5 Little League, 2 Tennis Courts, Pavilion, Picnic Area, Playground, Restrooms, Camper Hook-Ups, Parking Jackson Street Park (Coleman) 2 Lighted Ball Diamond, Concession Stand Lions (Coleman) 1 Basketball Court, Forest Mary Street Park (Coleman) 1 Undeveloped Future Park (Coleman) 11 Undeveloped - recently acquired land Sanford Park (Sanford Village) 10 Ball Diamonds, Boat Launch, Pavilion, Picnic Area, Basketball Court, Playground Riverbend Park (Midland) 1 Pine River Site (Midland) 560 Undeveloped Midland City Forest (Midland) 520 Skating, Camping, Concession Stand, Hiking, Snowmobile, Cross-Country Skiing, Archery, Tobaggoning Stratford Woods (Midland) City of Midland Parks 50 1,050 Total Boat Launch, Picnic Area, Fishing Concession Stand, Hiking, Nature Trail, Picnic Area, Swimming, Playground Various neighborhood and City-wide parks 2,601 SOURCE: Midland County Recreation Plan, 1988; Gove Associates Inc. G-13 : �•· • • • • • residents. A survey conducted in 1980 revealed that County residents wanted to see parks developed that meet these desires. Future County Park and Recreation Needs The adopted Midland County River Corridor Study proposed a standard of 1O acres per 1,000 persons as a spaceneed for County parks. Accordingly, using the population projections developed for the County Comprehensive Plan, the following needs and deficiencies may be expected (Table 38) . Accordingly, it appears that with one exception the general desires of County residents are being met. This assumes that Manitou Park and Pere Marquette Rail-Trail will continue to be developed with their proposed activities. TABLE 38 COUNTY RECREATIONAL ACREAGE NEEDS* Year 1990 Existing Acreage 1,182 Acres Required Deficiency 756 0 1995 867 0 2000 912 0 2005 959 0 2010 1,007 0 2015 1,057 0 *Note: Reflects County-based acreage needs and deficiencies. The information does not include local municipal need. SOURCE: Midland County Parks & Recreation Plan; National Recreation and Parks Association The acquisition of the linear park acres for the Pere Marquette Rail-Trail has eliminated the expected deficiency of future County park land. One activity not addressed in the County's recreation needs is fishing. Recently the Tittabawassee River has been recognized as an excellent walleye, pike, steelhead and salmon fishing area. This activity may also result in increased tourism. As the table indicates, the County has provided adequate recreational space for its expected population. Another important aspect of recreational needs is whether or not the range of recreational activities provided is meeting the desires and expectations of County As identified in the County River Corridor Study and the 1988 County Recreation Plan, abandoned railroad rights-of-way should be evaluated for possible reuse as linear parks. The Midland County G-14 �Isabella County/Clare County line. Toe cities of Coleman and Midland and the Village of Sanford would be responsible for development of the right-of-way within the City and Village limits and the County would have responsibility for development outside the City and Village limits. Planning and development of the right-of-way should be coordinated. Parks and Recreation Commission has acquired and is now developing the abandoned CSX Railroad right-of-way. The Midland Foundation has purchased the right-of-way within the City limits for recreational use. The right-of-way extends from the 47 Building of the Michigan Division of the Dow Chemical Company northwesterly to the TABLE 39 COUNTY RESIDENTS' RECREATIONAL NEEDS Parks that Preserve Nature 87 Veterans, Pine Haven, Manitou Parks with Picnicking and/or Backup 79 Sanford Lake, Veterans, Manitou, Pine Haven Parks with Swimming 70 Sanford Lake, Manitou (Mure) Parks with Many Activities 74 Sanford Lake, Veterans, Manitou (future) Parks with Ballfields, Tennis Courts, Playgrounds 70 Sanford Lake, Veterans, West Midland Historical Areas with Programs 69 Parks with Swimming and/or Boating 54 SOURCE: 1980 Summary Report Recreation Survey G-15 Sanford Lake, Veterans, (Canoeing only) Manitou (canoeing currently, swimming proposed) �• • • • • • ■ Public and Quasi-Public Facilities ■ county Government Services ■ ■ Board of Commissioners County Clerk Computer Information Systems Controller/Administrator Cooperative Extension Service County Parks & Recreation Department of Public Works Drain Commissioner Emergency Services Equalization Finance Gypsy Moth Suppression Health Department Housing Commission Personnel Office Planning Register of Deeds Treasurer Veterans Service Office Midland County Courthouse: The County Courthouse, located at 301 West Main Street in Midland, was constructed in 1925 with building additions in 1958 and 1979. The interior of the Courthouse has recently undergone a complete renovation. All three floors of the building have been restored. This includes office and lobby space, as well as mechanical spaces and equipment. Since the building is on the State and National Registers of Historic Places extra care was taken to assure that the historic significance of the building was not diminished by the restoration. Housed in the Courthouse are the following departments: ■ ■ Other County Departments are located as follows: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Adult Probation ■ 42nd Circuit Court ■ County Jail ■ 75th District Court ■ Friend of the Court ■ Clerk of the Court ■ Probate Court ■ Probate Juvenile ■ Prosecuting Attorney ■ Sheritrs Department/City of Midland Police Department - Animal Control Center 4271 E. Ashman Street Midland, Michigan - Road Commission 4509 N. Saginaw Road Midland, Michigan - Mosquito Control 2180 N. Meridian Sanford, Michigan Midland County Services Building: The County Services Building is located at 220 West Ellsworth in Midland. The new four-story building was ready for occupancy in December of 1989, and was built to relieve crowding in the County Courthouse and consolidate County services. The fourth floor of the building is currently unoccupied but scheduled to be in use by 1993. The following departments are located in this building: _ Mental Health 2620 W. Sugnet Midland, Michigan _ Fair Board 1719 Eastman Midland, Michigan Some of these departments require special site considerations, such as the Animal Control Center, Road Commission, Mosquito Control, Mental Health G-16 �FIGURE 11 and Fairgrounds, but most others benefit from a central location for administrative functions. MUNICIPALITIES CltyNillageLJownship Halls Locations of the various city, village and township halls are identified on the Community Facilities map. It should be noted that in a number of township locations the seat of government is housed jointly with the fire department. The City of Midland completed a new City Hall in 1989 in the downtown area near the old Courthouse, adjacent to the new County office facility. In 1990 Midland Township built a new administration building. HOPE GENEVA MIU.S .EROME GREENDALE PORlER = INGERSCU. Township and Municipal Descriptions The supervisors and planning commissioners of the 16 townships in Midland County were contacted, as well as City and Village officials, to discover facts that relate to the individual townships and municipalities. Information relating to the area's buildings, roads, park systems, water and sewer systems, current problems and future plans were gathered as well as any other points that would relate to the County's Comprehenhensive Plan. While many of the communities share similar problems and goals, each is a unique area that has conditions specific to the individual municipalities. Figure 11 shows the general locations of the municipalities in Midland County. SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. County. The Township has a Township Hall and a fire hall located on one acre of land on East Schaerer Road. Both were built in the 1970s and adequately serve the Township's current needs. The Township owns the Mills Township Community Center which is currently leased to two separate groups. In addition to buildings, the Township also maintains a Township park. The park, located on 160 acres of land, is owned by the Township and has five acres of land developed for recreational activities. The remaining acreage is public open space. The Township's maintenance building is located in the park. Mills Township located in the northeast corner of Midland County, owns and operates more community facilities than many of the rural townships in the The businesses and residents of Mills Township all have individual sources of water and sewage disposal since the Township has no consolidated water supply system or sanitary sewer system. G-17 �• • • • • • Between 1987 and 1991, four to five miles of roads were improved. Improvements include improved ditching for drainage, filling of potholes and a limited amount of blacktopping. The Township maintains 25 miles of road. Since 1987 over four miles of the Township's roads have been resurfaced . Annually, the Township resurfaces between one and two miles of road within the Township . The Township's Planning Commission has adopted an updated community master plan. One of the issues currently facing the Planning Commission involves lots that contain more than one housing unit. By having multiple units on single lots, overloading of the sites· water supplies and septic systems can occur. Methods to monitor and control such situations need to be developed. Like most townships in Midland County, sewage disposal and potable water are dealt with on an individual basis since the Township has no consolidated water supply system or sanitary sewer system. The Planning Commission is currently updating the Township's master plan. Future development goals have not yet been established but the prospect is that Hope Township will remain a rural area with mostly residential and agricultural land uses. Development goals for the community include encouraging the development of quality low- and moderate-income housing - especially for the senior citizens that reside in the Township. Once the master plan is completed a more established set of development goals for the Township will be available. Edenville Township is located in the northern portion of Midland County with Hope Township to the east and Warren Township to the west. Edenville's Township Hall was renovated in the 1980s and the fire hall was built in 1977. The Township also owns and maintains a park, which is two to three acres in size and has a pavilion, picnic tables, ballfield and playground. Hope Township is located west of Mills Township on the northern border of the County. The Township operates two buildings - the Township Hall and the fire hall built ir:, 1970. The Township has one small park - Hope Park - located on an old school lot with one ball diamond, and is currently developing a new park Woodside Park - which should be operational prior to the completion of this Plan. The new park will have four softball diamonds, a pavilion, picnic tables, a playground and a nature trail. The park, nature trails and land for future expansion of the cemetery are located on 66 acres. The developed area of the park will occupy 25 acres. The businesses and residents of Edenville Township depend on individual septic tanks for sewage disposal and wells for potable water. At the time of this Plan's updating, the Township was waiting on cost estimates for the 1991 road improvements. Most of the roads is the Township (80-85%) are hard surfaced. Problems currently facing Edenville Township include road conditions, junk in G-18 �The master plan is currently being updated and the zoning ordinance was recently updated. The Township is also working on an ordinance that will be designed to control blight in the area. A recycling program is planned for the Mure. The area's industrial site has recently been expanded, but future plans do not include any major development in the Township. residential areas, weed control in Sanford Lake, assessment disputes and how to effectively and efficiently deal with solid waste. In many areas of the Township water quality is also an issue. The Township's master plan, updated in 1988, is in need of further updating to address the problems currently facing the Township and to address future plans, such as rezoning some areas of the Township to better address mobile homes. Future plans will probably also address water quality. Several past attempts have been made to improve water quality but financing has always been the deciding factor. City of Coleman is located entirely within Warren Township. The City has seven full-time employees; a two-person police force; three work in the City's Department of Public Works, in addition to the City's Treasurer and Clerk. Coleman's City Hall, which is located on the corner of Railway Street and Fifth Street, is a renovated auto dealership. The City Hall houses the Council chambers, the Mayor's office, the Police Department, office space and storage. The City also owns and operates a building for the Department of Public Works. The Coleman Community Fire Department is housed in a new building located at 413 E. Railway Street. The building, and the department, are jointly operated by Coleman, Warren, Geneva, Wise and Denver townships. Warren Township is located in the northwest corner of Midland County. The Township Hall was built in the 1940s. The only other building owned, operated and maintained by the Township is the cemetery chapel which was recently upgraded. No parks are operated by the Township. In 1990 nearly five miles of roads were improved, and the Township is planning on improving many of the County line roads in 1991. Like most of the townships in Midland County, Warren Township depends on septic tanks for sewage disposal and individual wells for sources of water. The City provides its residents with both water and sewage disposal. Coleman owns and operates several parks. The largest existing park in the City is Adams Street Park. This five-acre park consists of a Little League Field, two tennis courts, a picnic shelter, a picnic area, playground equipment, restrooms, parking and electrical hookup capabilities for up to six campers. The two-acre Jackson Street Park consists of one lighted softball field and a concession Some of the problems currently facing the Township include discarded material in and around residential areas, road conditions and housing. The housing problems relate to the lack of quality, affordable housing and the lack of housing for senior citizens. G-19 I I I I I �• • • • include deteriorated road and bridge conditions, and discarded materials in residential areas. stand. The one-acre Lion's Park contains a basketball court and a small forested area. Mary Street Park is also one acre in size and has not yet been developed. Land to develop a new park (11 acres) has recently been acquired by the City. The Planning Commission has recently attended several planning seminars and would like to develop a master plan. They have recently developed a rental code. The City Planning Commission has adopted a comprehensive master plan. Some of the City's future plans include improving the exterior of the City Hall and improving the City's parks, in addition to improving the downtown for businesses and services. Industrial and residential developments are also addressed in the master plan. Jerome Township is directly east of Geneva Township with the Village of Sanford located within the Township. The Township has a Township Hall and two fire stations - one built in 1972 and one built in 1978. In 1990, two miles of roads were improved with several sections slated for improvement in 1991. In addition to road improvements, 1. 5 miles of watermains were installed in 1990 with 3.5 miles scheduled for 1991. While most of the Township is serviced with water, septic tanks are used for sewage disposal. The Township maintains no parks, but five County parks are located within the Township. Road improvements within the City are performed by the Department of Public Works and financed through a 5-mill tax levy. Geneva Township is south of Warren Township on the western edge of the County. The Township Hall, which is the only buildlng or facility operated by the Township, is a converted school building built in the 1920s. Current issues in Jerome Township include the need for a sewage system and the proposed County rails-to-trails park system. Many residents are concerned that a linear park such as the rails-to-trails system crossing through the Township would be difficult to maintain and police. Other concerns about the trail system include excessive noise created by snowmobilers and trail users trespassing on properties adjacent to the trail system. An average of two miles of road improvements are performed annually only 25 percent of the roads in the Township are paved. Similar to other rural townships in Midland County, Geneva Township depends on septic tanks for sewage disposal and individual wells for a source of water. The Township's land is mostly devoted to residential and agricultural uses. No growth has occurred in the past five years and the Township has no industry. Problems currently facing the Township The Township has a number of future plans. In the immediate future is the reorganization of the water system that will be jointly owned and operated by G-20 �and improve the roadways and drainage. One of the Village's problems include lack of sewers. Jerome Township, Lincoln Township and Sanford. Also, the Township is planning on having the entire Township covered with water service. Lincoln Township is located east of Jerome Township with a Township Hall that is located in a renovated school building and a fire hall that is in a converted school building. The Township maintains a one-acre park that has a ball diamond and a soccer field. Nearly all of the Township's roads (95%) are hard surfaced. In 1990 and 1991, 1.5 miles of roads were improved each year. Water is provided to 50 percent of the population and encompasses 20 percent of the Township area. Similar to Jerome Township, sewage in Lincoln Township is disposed of in septic tanks. In 1992 and 1993 the Township is planning on improving Saginaw Road, and within five years the Township wants all of its roads to be paved. The Township has no comprehensive master plan but has adopted an updated land use plan map and is currently updating its zoning ordinance. Village of Sanford is located within Jerome Township with Lincoln Township bordering the Village's eastern boundary. No full-time employees work for the Village and no buildings are owned or operated by the Village. Space is rented from the Chamber of Commerce for public meetings and other Village functions. The Township is currently using a bond to expand its water system to other areas within the Township. Another goal is to maintain and improve the existing roads. The Village is within Midland County Water District No. 1 with 100 percent coverage. While the Village is serviced with water, sewage disposal is still provided by individual septic tanks. Larkin Township is on the east side of Midland County, directly north of the City of Midland. The Township owns and operates three buildings - the Township Hall, the fire hall and a concession stand in the park. Larkin Township Park is located on 40 acres of land with six ball diamonds and a picnic area and is planning the addition of a pavilion. Over 95 percent of the Village's streets are hard surface. In 1991, 9.5 miles of roads were slated for improvement. The Village maintains a 10-acre park. The park consists of three ball diamonds, a boat launch, a pavilion, picnic tables, a basketball court and play equipment. A County operated park is also located within the Village. The Township has a broad range of housing with prices ranging between $20,000 and $330,000. The Township has a good road system in good repair. Annually, three miles of roads are resurfaced in the Township. In 1989 all of the residential subdivisions were resurfaced. While Larkin Township differs from many of the County's rural The Village was planning on starting a master plan in 1991. Some of the Village's current goals are to maintain G-21 I 1 l I l I l �townships it shares similarities - there is no water system and no sanitary sewer system. The northern two-thirds of the Township is generally rural in nature while the southern one-third is included in the Midland Urban Area Growth Plan. Larkin Township is working closely with the City of Midland to develop the area into a more urban area that will contain a variety of land uses such as residential, commercial and light industry. The commercial area will be concentrated along Eastman Road. land overlooking Dow Pond with a playground and is an excellent area for bird watching; Bob Moe Park has facilities that include two ballfields. Larkin Township updated its master plan in 1992. The Township land use plan is functionally coordinated with the City of Midland land use plan. Issues currently facing the Township include providing quality low-cost housing, controlling commercial growth, and preparing the roads for any additional traffic from commercial growth and annexation. .The City of Midland will only annex land if property owners are willing to be annexed - Midland will not force annexation in Larkin Township. City of Midland is located on the east The main problems currently facing the Township are the lack of sanitary sewer and water systems. Future plans include developing water and sewer systems and the development of a 39-acre park adjacent to the new Administration Building. Midland Township's master plan was last updated in 1992. side of Midland County and is bordered by Midland, Larkin, Homer, Ingersoll and Williams townships in Bay County. Midland is the center for all of the County's manufacturing, commercial, educational, business and government activities and is further developed than any other area in the County. The population of Midland County is also centered around Midland with 50.0 percent of the County's residents living in Midland. With the large population base centered in or around Midland, the City offers a higher level of services to its residents than is possible for other areas in the County. In addition to providing recreation services and a dial-a-ride transit system for its residents, the City maintains an infrastructure which includes a street system, a community water system and a sanitary sewer system. Midland has several parks that offer the residents a variety of recreational opportunities. Total acreage for the City's parks is over 1,000 acres - many of which are currently undeveloped. Midland Township is actually three separate areas, divided by the City of Midland. . Unlike any of the other townships in the County, Midland Township has a police force that consists of three officers while most of the County's townships do not employ any full-time employees. In 1990, Midland Township opened a new Township Administration Building. There are two fire stations - one built in 1952 with the auxiliary station built in 1968. Nearly all of the Township's roads are hardsurfaced and an average of two miles of roads are annually improved. Midland Township maintains two parks: Whiting Overlook Park is located on 15 acres of In order to maintain the existing services and facilities the City has a work force of G-22 �improvements drainage. 453 employees - 354 full-time and 98 part-time. Included in the total figure is a police force consisting of 47 officers, detectives and supervisors. The City's fire department also consists of 47 employees which includes firefighters, inspectors, vehicle operators and supervisors. are targeted towards Problems facing the Township include the lack of protection from annexation by Midland and poor water quality. Homer Township is also in need of a new zoning ordinance. The last one was voted down. At this time, the Planning Commission is working on a new zoning ordinance and feels the 1987 master plan needs to be updated. The City Planning Commission adopted an updated land use plan and a streets and highway plan in 1991. The basic changes to the City's master plan include accommodation of new growth on the periphery of the City, primarily in the northern and northwestern areas. Future plans for Homer Township include installing a water system throughout the Township, if approved by the Township residents, and developing a sanitary sewer system in a large portion of the Township. Recently a 20-acre site was purchased to use as a test well. Future plans include the construction of a new Township Hall and the development of additional park space. Homer Township is located west of the City of Midland and Midland Township. The Township employs two full-time and two part-time Department of Public Works personnel. The Township Hall is located in a converted school building. The Township has two fire stations both built in the 1960s with an auxiliary station built in 1986. In addition to the Township Hall and the fire stations, Homer Township also operates a maintenance building built in 1962. Lee Township is located west of Homer Township with one full-time employee - a caretaker. The Township Hall was built in 1930 with the fire hall built in 1981. An average of two miles of roads are improved annually and 75 percent of the roads in the Township are hard-surfaced. The five-acre Township park is located on an 80-acre site with a pavilion, two softball fields, one soccer field and a picnic area. The Township has two parks: Homer Township Park occupying 12 acres of land with four softball diamonds, one baseball diamond, playground equipment, a picnic area and a pavilion. New restrooms were scheduled for completion by the summer of 1991 ; Windover Park is located on seven acres with one ball diamond. Like most of the townships in Midland County, Lee Township depends on septic tanks for sewage disposal and individual wells for water. All of the roads in the Township are hardsurfaced. In 1985, four miles of road improvements were completed and in 1990, two miles were improved. In 1991, Some of the problems currently facing the Township include the cost of solid waste disposal, the condition of the roads, the availability of quality water, G-23 �Ill -Ill II JI II Jasper Township is located in the southeast corner of Midland County. The Township Hall built in 1911 was just remodeled and is the only facility operated by the Township. Between 1987 and 1991 nearly 1O miles of roads were improved consisting of adding gravel or reblacktopping surfaces. Less than 25 percent of the roads are hardsurfaced. and the lack of regulations relating to scrap yards. The Planning Commission is currently updating the master plan. The last update of the plan was in 1979. The zoning ordinance was recently updated. Lee Township's Mure plans include developing additional recreation space, and locating a site for a commercial/ industrial park. A water system is also planned for the future. Like most of the rural townships in the County, Jasper has no water system or sanitary sewer system. Individual wells provide potable water and septic tanks are used for sewage disposal. Fire protection is provided through the Mid Michigan Community Fire Department located in St. Louis in Gratiot County. This department also covers portions of Bethany and Pine River townships, as well as the City of St. Louis. Greendale Township is located on the western edge of the County and is west of Lee Township. The Township Hall was renovated in the 1970s and is the only major building maintained. The only other buildings or facilities operated by the Township are two storage buildings. The County primary roads are the only hard surfaced roads - most of the roads are gravel. Annually, one and one-half miles of roads are improved which generally consist of adding gravel and improving ditching. Issues that are currently facing the Township include the inability to enforce the building code and the consideration of Jasper Township as a site for the disposal of low-level radioactive waste. Problems facing the Township include road conditions, funding road improvements, and old oil wells. The Michigan Department of Natural Resources is currently working with Sun Oil Company to cleanup 60 to 70 oil wells in the Township. After the sites are cleaned and sealed, the oil company will be allowed to sell the property. The 1987 master plan is currently being updated by the Planning Commission. No major development is currently planned for the Township, but a joint recycling program is being planned with Lee Township and Porter Township. Porter Township is on the southern border of Midland County, east of Jasper Township. The Township Hall which was built in 1933 and a maintenance building are maintained by the Township. The majority of roads in the Township are gravel and annually one mile of roads are improved. Like the surrounding townships, Porter Township has no The Township worked with a consultant in 1988 to update its master plan. Additionally, a new zoning ordinance is in the process of being adopted. No major development is currently planned for Greendale Township. G-24 �homes. It is also felt that a noise ordinance should be put in place and that wind generator towers and manmade lakes should be regulated. consolidated sewer or water system. Individual wells provide water, and septic tanks are used for disposal of sewage. One of the problems currently facing the Township includes the condition of the roads. The problem is the lack of knowledge concerning which roads will be improved and when they will be improved. Another problem facing the Township relates to discarded materials in residential areas. A lack of awareness also exists concerning building codes and other ordinances - many residents are either unaware of the codes or choose to ignore them. An ordinance to control mobile homes is also felt to be needed in the Township. There are no major developments planned in the immediate Mure. Ingersoll Township is located in the southeast corner of Midland County. The Township operates one building the Township Hall - which was built in 1978. No parks are maintained by the Township. Annually, two miles of roads are improved with 80 percent of the roads in the Township being hardsurfaced. Ingersoll Township has no sewer system or water system. Sewage is handled by septic systems with water provided by individual wells. The Planning Commission is currently updating the master plan and hopes to be able to use much of the information generated by the County's Comprehensive Plan. No major development is currently planned for the Township, but since agriculture is important to the area, Porter Township wants to preserve much of its agricultural land. Issues that currently face the Township include the possibility of annexation by the City of Midland, and additional development in Ingersoll Township relating to the nearby Midland Cogeneration Venture, and the rezoning of agricultural land to residential. Mount Haley Township is located on the southern border of Midland County, directly east of Porter Township. The Township Hall was built in the 1980s and is operated by the Township. No parks are maintained by the Township. All roads are hard-surfaced and between one and two miles of roads are improved annually. Like the majority of townships in Midland County, no consolidated sewer or water systems exist. The Township updated its land use plan map in 1992. Libraries Two principal libraries serve the general public. Grace A. Dow Memorial Library provides service to the City of Midland, which operates the system, and to 12 townships through contractual arrangements. The library is part of the White Pine Library Cooperative, a network of 34 public libraries in a 10county area. Issues the Township is currently facing include discarded material in residential areas, the quality of housing in parts of the Township and the control of mobile G-25 �•II • • •II • I The library's collection contains over 225,000 items. In addition to printed materials such as books, magazines, newspapers and periodicals, the library also circulates films, video cassettes, compact discs, records and tapes. The library provides children's programming and informational services and is affiliated with the Midland County Literacy Council. As a service to many of the area's senior citizens, the library operates a revolving book program at four area nursing homes. Midland Community Television, a cable TV station, is also a part of the library. the Coleman Library is a part of the White Pine Library Cooperative. In addition to printed materials such as books, magazines, newspapers and periodicals, the library circulates video tapes, cassette tapes and records. VCRs, cameras and other equipment can be rented from the library. There are two full-time staff members and the library provides summer reading material. Two of the library's main problems are the lack of space and inadequate funding. No plans for the expansion of the library's facilities or services currently exist. The main goal is to maintain existing facilities - both interior and exterior. Operational support is provided from the City of Midland, contractual township arrangements, funding through a 0.3 mil levy, gifts, memorials, and fund raising through the Friends of the Library. The library has 55 employees, of which 36 are full-time. Additionally, volunteer services contribute to library operation. Medical and Emergency Facilities Emergency Medical Services: The MidMichigan Regional Medical Center, through a fixed fee annual contract with Midland County, provides emergency medical services coverage for the entire County. Four vehicles are staffed and operated from three locations: Currently under construction is an 18,000-square-foot addition, which will alleviate the current space shortage the library is experiencing. The library is also exploring the possibility of establishing several satellite libraries throughout the service area. These satellites will not offer full library services - as branch libraries often do - but would make many of the library's resources more convenient to a larger number of residents. - Two primary and two back-up vehicles operate from the Midland Hospital Center, 4005 Orchard Drive, Midland. - One vehicle operates from 3077 North Meridian Road in Jerome Township. Coleman Area Library located at 231 E. Railway in a former bank, was opened in 1968. The bank building was built in 1905. _ One vehicle operates from 855 East Railway Street, Coleman. The library has over 10,000 volumes and is funded through a voted millage. As with the Grace A. Dow Memorial Library, These vehicles respond to approximately 3,300 calls annually. Response time within the City of Midland averages 3.8 minutes with an out-county average of 7.8 minutes. G-26 �MidMichigan Regional Medical Center No additional vehicles, staff or locations are planned. The principal medical facility serving the County is the MidMichigan Regional Medical Center, located at 4005 Orchard Drive in the City of Midland. The hospital has 307 beds. A $10.5 million expansion was completed in 1986 that houses some ancillary operations including the radiology section, additional laboratories and emergency services. Additional expansion occurred between 1986 and 1988. The Medical Center is in the process of acquiring additional adjacent land for expansion and anticipates its current facility will double in size within the next 15 years. A portion of Midland County is served by the Breckenridge-Wheeler Rescue Service. Porter Township is in the service area of the rescue service which covers 100 square miles in both Midland County and Gratiot County. The centrally dispatched service has one rescue unit, 12 volunteers, and operates out of the Breckenridge-Wheeler Fire Department. Department of Emergency Services: This County department is responsible for disaster or emergency planning for events such as tornados, floods, plane crashes or national emergencies. Through analysis of County development patterns, population projections, industrial hazard identification and various drills and exercises, contingencies for reaction to disasters are developed. A limited number of emergency care facilities are also available in the City of Midland. These facilities are designed to handle short-term medical problems or emergencies, or if unable to provide necessary care, refer cases to the MidMichigan Regional Medical Center. The Department has one full-time employee that is assisted by one parttime employee. Some of the problems that face the Department include limited staffing, an inadequate public warning system and an increasing amount of requirements that are being placed on the Department by the State and Federal governments. Midland County Fairground The fairground is located northwest of Eastman Road and U.S. 10 on a 130acre site. Existing facilities include: - Thirty-eight buildings: 13 exhibit buildings 13 service buildings 7 administrative buildings 5 horse-related buildings - A harness racing track with covered grandstand seating 1,700 to 1,800 spectators - Horse show arena - Four camping areas, covering two and one-half acres - Restroom facilities Future needs revolve around a requirement for a suitable emergency operations center with adequate radio and telephone communication links with any public or private agency which may be involved in an emergency response situation. The County Sheriff operates a communication station in Sanford which could be upgraded to serve as the center. G-27 l 1 l l l l �• • • • •I • • • • • teachers in the four major Midland County school districts during the 19901991 school year. These counts do not include the other five public school systems or any of the private/ parochial schools in Midland County . General public use of the fairground is from May through September, with the County fair held in August. Aside from the fair, the other activities for which the grounds are used include picnics, camping, horse shows, antique shows and soccer games held on fields established by the Midland City Parks Department. The Fourth of July celebration is the largest single event of the year. In the winter months the buildings are rented out for storage of individuals' boats, RVs and other items. FIGURE 12 1990-1991 STUDENT COUNTS 7,000 There are three year-around employees and an additional 10-20 employees are hired in the summer months - depending on the events. 6 ,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 Existing development around the fairground limits any expansion of the facility. This is seen as a problem as parking requirements continue to increase . Improvements to the fairground have been laid out in the fairground's master plan. In . 1991 , the construction of a gazebo and the improvement of watermains and roads are planned. The main improvements scheduled to occur between 1991 and 2000 include: FIGURE 13 1990-1991 TEACHER COUNTS - The construction of a covered arena - Improvements to the swine and sheep facilities - Paving of streets Maintenance - New merchant building - Replacement of one restaurant 3}0. . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - . 500 400 JOO 200 100 o..._=~--'---· ··=····--! · . ..........,.;;,--=.1--1..;,,.........___. o~ G ~ ~~ ~~ zoo ~ ::,c::~Q ;s~Q ::S?Q Public Educational Facilities <Jo §56 ~CL.V> Midland County is served by nine school districts and a number of parochial and private schools. Figures 12 and 13 show the student counts and number of -~~- s~30 ::%:UQ..V> E5~ ~ ~V> SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. G-28 ~~- 35 5 UC..V> �Table 41 identifies the student counts for the four major school districts in the County from the 1979-80 school year through the 1991-92 school year. Projections to the 1993-94 school year have been provided by three school districts. The student counts show that between the 1979-80 school year and the 1991-92 school year enrollment for the four school districts decreased by 18.1 percent, or from 16,026 to 13,121. The school year with the lowest student count was 1990-91, with 12,976 students. Over the 12-year period all of the four school districts decreased. Meridian Public Schools had the greatest percentage decrease (19.0%) and Coleman Public Schools had the smallest percentage decrease (16.4%). When long-range trends are studied it is apparent that student counts have decreased. The number of school age children in Midland County decreased dramatically between 1980 and 1990. Table 40 shows that in 1990 there were 2.0 percent fewer pre-school age children in the County than in 1980. A more dramatic decrease occurred in the age group that incudes elementary students, junior high school students and high school students. Between 1980 and 1990, the number of youth between the ages of five and 17 decreased by 16. 1 percent. This decrease leaves many school districts with surplus building space. The number of young adults in the transitional age group (moving from high school to college, jobs, or other situations) decreased by 20.8 percent between 1980 and 1990. Additionally the number of college age residents decreased by 13.6 percent during the same period. TABLE 40 NUMBER OF SCHOOL AGE RESIDENTS IN MIDLAND COUNTY: 1980-1990 %Change 1980-1990 Age Group 1980 1990 Under 5 (Pre-School) 5,812 5,697 -2.0 5-17 (Elementary, Middle and High School) 17,881 15,011 -16.1 18-20 (Transitional) 4,395 3,479 -20.8 21-24 4,957 4,282 -13.6 (College) , SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population 1980, 1990 G-29 I �• • • • •fl The Midland Public School District increased from 8,368 in 1988-89 to 8,608 TABLE 41 STUDENT COUNTS IN MIDLAND COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICTS II • • in 1991-92, a 2.9 percent increase. Bullock Creek Public School system increased during the same time period from 1,742 students to 1,822 students. Coleman Public Schools enrollment decreased by 3.9 percent and Meridian Public Schools enrollment decreased by 7. 7 percent between the 1988-89 and 1991-92 school years. More recent student counts have shown increases in two of the four districts . Between the 1988-89 and 1991-92 school years the total number of students in the four school districts increased by 1.1 percent, or from 12,977 students to 13,121 students. Midland Public Schools Coleman Public Schools Bullock Creek Public Schools Meridian Public Schools Total 1979-1980 10,534 1,364 2,215 1,913 16,026 1980-1981 10,058 1,324 2,091 1,898 15,371 1981-1982 9,799 1,273 1,994 1,846 14,912 1982-1983 9,540 1,275 1,937 1,816 14,568 1983-1984 9,403 1,316 1,889 1,805 14,413 -10.7 -3.5 -14.7 -5.6 -10.1 1984-1985 8,858 1,296 1,811 1,760 13,725 1985-1986 8,601 1,222 1,784 1,817 13,424 1986-1987 8,594 1,221 1,746 1,840 13,401 1987-1988 8,612 1,163 1,718 1,667 13,160 -2.8 -10.2 -5.1 -5.3 -4.1 1988-1989 8,368 1,187 1,742 1,680 12,977 1989-1990 8,474 1,166 1,724 1,686 13,050 1990-1991 8,415 1,192 1,766 1,603 12,976 1991-1992 8,608 1,141 1,822 1,550 13,121 %Change 1989-1992 +2.9 -3.9 +4.6 -7.7 1.1 %Change 1980-1992 -18.3 -16.4 -17.7 -19.0 -18.1 %Change 1980-1984 %Change 1985-1988 Projections 1992-1993 8,748 1,138 1,862 No Projections 1993-1994 8,832 1,173 1,897 No Projections SOURCE: Midland County School Districts, 1991 G-30 �l costly and difficult. The school districts should work together to examine alternatives and decide what is best for all the districts. Overall, since the 1979-80 school year there have been two years where student counts were higher than the previous year for the combined student counts of the four districts. The 1989-90 count of 13,050 was 0.6 percent higher than the 1988-89 count. The only other year that showed an overall increase in enrollment from the previous year was the 1991-92 school year with a student count of 13, 121, or 1.1 percent over the previous year's count of 12,976. With overall student counts showing increases in two recent school years (1989-90 and 199192) it is apparent that a leveling off in student enrollment is occurring in the area. Given Woods and Poole's forecast of school-age population (fable 10), close monitoring, and inter-school district communications will be necessary to fully understand if a shift in the enrollment trend is occurring. Meridian Public School System had a total of 1,742 K through 12 students according to the 1990-91 Fourth Friday Student Count. An additional 55 students were enrolled in adult education or high school completion programs for a total of 1,797 students. The students attend one of the district's six schools. Elementary students (K-6) attend one of the three elementary schools - Meridian, Sanford or Hillside Elementary School. Middle school students (7-8) attend the one junior high school in the district and the senior high students (9-12) attend Meridian High School. The Meridian Pubic school system also has an adult and community education building. Implications for declining school districts include reduced levels of state aid, school closings and staff changes. However, changing job technologies and equipment may provide additional opportunities for adult education and retraining programs. Funding for such programs may be available through the State of Michigan. The school district has 185 employees of which 100 are teachers. The district's 19 bus drivers transported an average of 1,550 students daily during the 1990-91 school season - or nearly 90 percent of the district's students. Additionally, two bus attendants are required for special education runs. The Meridian Public School system encompasses 100 square miles and includes the following townships: Edenville, Hope, Lee, Lincoln, Homer and Larkin. Additionally, the Village of Sanford is within the school district's boundaries. In terms of land uses for schools, many school grounds are also used for recreational purposes in the neighborhoods in which they are located. Sale or reuse of these areas may impact on the availability of recreation space. However, should additional classroom space be needed in the Mure, new construction may have to be undertaken. On the other hand some facilities may have vacant, unused space. Maintenance for a closed building could be Many of the challenges facing the school district in 1991 are related to funding. The district is currently at the peak millage limit (50 mils), so additional funding is difficult to obtain. The G-31 'i i 1 1 _11 I I J I I I I I • • • �•II • •II • • • I runs as well as one special education run . demographics of the County are directly related to the school district's funding difficulties - very little of the County's wealth is located in the rural portions of Midland County. Maintaining the existing facilities with the current funding has become difficult. Additionally, hiring specialists in a variety of curricula is often difficult. The Coleman Public School system encompasses 113 square miles of land and includes the following townships: Denver and Wise townships in Isabella County; Geneva, Warren, Greendale, Jerome and Edenville townships in Midland County. Additionally, the City of Coleman is within the school district's boundaries. Due to funding problems and the fact that student enrollment decreased by five percent between the 1986-87 school year and the 1990-91 school year, Mure plans for the district do not include any physical expansion. Future efforts will be concentrated on maintaining the existing facilities and improving curricular programs. Also in the school district's plans is the necessary updating of the district's bus fleet. Most of the challenges facing this school district are funding related. The district lost a millage election in April of 1991 this restricts the restructuring of the school district that was scheduled to occur which included a combined preparation period for teachers that would create a more efficient use of time for both teachers and students. Another problem facing the district is the age of the bus fleet. In 1991 the average bus in the school district was between nine and ten years old. Coleman Public School System had a total of 1, 192 students on the 1990-91 Fourth Friday Student Count (Figure 12). This number includes grades K through 12. No adult education students are included in the count due to the fact that the Coleman School District has formed a consortium with the Midland Public Schools and the Bullock Creek School District to provide adult education for residents in these districts. Due to insufficient funds and a 2.3 percent decrease in enrollment since the 1986-87 school year, no physical expansion of the school district is planned within the next five years. A new fleet of school busses will be required due to the age of the existing fleet. Additionally, the school district plans to change to a "bottom-up" method of management. Students in the Coleman Public School system attend one of the district's three schools - the Elementary School (K-5), the Middle School (6-8), or the High School (9-12). Additionally, the district has an auto shop building for students in grades 11 and 12. Bullock Creek School System had a total of 1,766, K-12 students on the Fourth Friday Student count of the 1990-1991 school year (Figure 12). Additionally, 380.25 (fraction due to part-time students) adult education students attend the Bullock Creek School System. With The school district has 125 employees of which 62 are teachers (Figure 13). The district has 16 bus drivers for regular G-32 �1 adult education included in the student total, Bullock Creek had 2, 146.25 students. Bullock Creek receives adult education students from two other school districts as well as their own. The Midland Public School District and the Coleman Public Schools have formed a consortium with the Bullock Creek School District that provides adult education to residents of the three districts. The school district plans improvements for the Mure. Physical plans include expanding Floyd Elementary School. Other plans include determining where the Mure needs will be as the large group of elementary students advance through the school system. The school district is also implementing a strategic plan called "Bullock Creek 2000," which addresses restructuring the district's curriculum and facilities. This school district has five school buildings. Three of the schools are for elementary students (K-5). These include Floyd Elementary, Bullock Creek Elementary and Pine River Elementary. The Middle School is for students in the sixth through eight grades and the High School serves students in grades 9 through 12. Midland Public School System, with a 1990-91 Fourth Friday Student Count of 8,419 K-12 students (Figure 12), is the largest school district in Midland County and ranks 28th in size of the 524 school districts in Michigan. The adult education students are not included in the school district student count. Adults in the school district attend classes in the Bullock Creek School District which has formed a consortium with the Midland School District and the Coleman School District to provide adult education for residents of the three districts. The school district has 350 employees, of which 101 are K-12 teachers (Figure 13). Due to the rural nature of the school district, the 23 bus drivers are responsible for transporting 98 percent of the students to and from school. The district also has four special education runs. The district encompasses 125 square miles of land and includes the following townships: Ingersoll, Mount Haley, Lee, Porter, Greendale, Midland and Homer. The K-12 students attend one of the 17 schools in the district. Elementary students (K-6) attend either Adams, Carpenter, Chestnut Hill, Chippewassee, Cook, Eastlawn, Longview, Mills, Parkdale, Plymouth, Siebert or Woodcrest Elementary School. Intermediate students in grades 7 through 9 attend either Central, Jefferson or Northeast Intermediate School. The Midland School District's High School students (grades 10-12) attend H.H. Dow High School or Midland High School. Additionally, the school district has the Ashman Special Education Center and the Leiphart Alternative Education Center. Some of the problems facing the school district are related to funding - the District has a relatively low State Equalized Valuation (SEV) and a relatively high school millage rate. Additional problems are related to growth in the area - the western portion of the district (Greendale Township) has grown by 20 percent in population between 1980 and 1990. G-33 I I 1 I I I I I I I •I ~ �expanded vocational and career offerings, expand gifted and talented programs, new models for staff development, enhanced summer study programs, expanded programs in foreign language and physical education, a new emphasis on programs for "at risk" youth, compliance with Public Act 25 and a closer working relationship with area businesses. The school district has 535 teachers (Figure 13) and 70 administrators as well as 615 other employees. The school district has 60 busses and transports approximately 4,000 students daily - a much lower percentage of total students than any of the other school districts in Midland County. The school district encompasses 137 square miles and includes the eastern third of Midland County, including the City of Midland. • I Colleges and Universities Delta College, with 11,000 academic students, has more students than any of the area's other colleges. The college is a two-year institution that offers 17 types of occupational certificates and 53 occupational associate degrees. Additionally, 36 types of transfer degrees are offered, with the option to tailor a program to suit a student's particular needs. Other programs include training for correction officers and emergency medical technicians. In addition to working closely with students to design a personalized program, Delta College works closely with General Motors and other companies to design programs which enhance the employees' work skills and improve the companies' final products. Problems that have faced this school district in the past have not typically been funding related. This can be attributed to much of the County's wealth being in the City of Midland. While funding has not been a major problem in the past, it now plays a part in the way the school district operates. Another challenge facing the school district is keeping up-to-date with the latest in education and equipment. Finally, the most difficult problem is determining where growth will occur. This is especially important since many of the school district's elementary schools are running out of space. Some of the physical changes that have recently occurred in the school district include the addition of several "modulars" to some of the elementary schools and the renovation of an elementary school into a math and science center. One of the Mure physical changes includes improved bus facilities. Delta College serves the residents and businesses of Midland County, Bay County and Saginaw County. The college is located on one square mile of land in Bay County, two miles southwest of Bay City, which consists of one large building with several wings for the different programs. There are 500 fulltime employees, of which 221 are instructors and 500 part-time employees, many of which are instructors. The school district has plans for changing the structure of the district over the next five years. Some of these changes include restructuring the elementary and intermediate schools, a new emphasis on reading instruction, G-34 �• • •II • • • • • • • I. GLADWIN d I . I 51 I a: ' C4RTIS w I I ' I '--r~· ., I -,---r. I z 0 :·,; .•. I d .I ____.a,--:,.:· >- I- ' I z ::J 0 u C..,.--+..._- - r- - - PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICTS 0 z MIDLAI\JD COUNlY, MICHIGAN a.. ~ ' I t;;~;:;.::;::r-""l,-W,l--.....__,_-4-......:,.....JI..-'., . ·. I - -7~~~~~~~-~·0--L---L~ -~ _···/J I 4., . _.__-;:,,,,.~~~:'.-.~:-r.---~· <?:) .•• ...... I LEGEND >--<( (D • HIGH SCHOOLS ■ JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS • ELEMENT ARY SCHOOLS I o ;--..: _ J___ i___ l__ :. :. . ~.__ -T<Mal 'f" ·---··! 0 I ., , I ....._I I I i '. -~~-- .... < ,• •• ••• !•~•• •>--- +'--""~--□ --l 1-- z ::J 0 0 SOURCE : MIDLAND COUNTY 3:: <( z c3 <( (/) 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 Gove Associates Inco ,. SAGINAW .I GRATIOT MERRILL 1601 Portage Street Kalamuoo, Michigan ◄ 9001 G-35 �••••••• TABLE 42 PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEMS •:,: # of Students School District G) K-12 (4th Friday 1990-91 School Year # of # of # of Teachers Total Staff Elementary Schools '•'• Intermediate Schools # of High Schools Other Major Buildings Adult Education ,•,:•. ,•: :,: .-· (# of Students Service Area Midland Public Schools 8,419 535 1,220 12 (K-6) 3 (7-9) 2 (10-12) Special Education Center; Alternative Education Center * Eastern third of Midland County (143 Sq. Miles) Coleman Public Schools 1,192 62 126 1 (K-5) · 1 (6-8) 1 (9-12) Auto Shop * Isabella County: Denver & Wise townships Midland County: Geneva, Warren, Jerome Greendale & Edenville townships City of Coleman** (113 Sq. Miles) Bullock Creek Public Schools 1,766 101 350 3 1 1 Meridian Public Schools 1,742 100 368 3 (K-6) 1 (7-8) 1 (9-12) ~ *Consortium with Bullock Creek School District **May not Include entire township SOURCE: School Districts: Midland, Coleman, Bullock, Meridian - Adult and Community Education Building 380.25 55 Ingersoll, Mount Haley, Lee, Porter, Greendale, Midland and Homer** townships Edlnvllle, Hope, Lee, Lincoln, Jerome, Homer, Larkin townships; City of Sanford** �leased classroom space at the Consumers Power Company Training Center. In 1988, the existing Midland Campus facilities were built on 1O acres of land at 3555 East Patrick Road. One problem the college is currently facing is the lack of adequate space for the growing number of students. Keeping up with technology is another problem the college faces. To provide an education that is as up-to-date as possible requires that equipment be replaced as advances in technology are made - a costly but necessary process. Great Lakes Junior College offers associates degrees in accounting, business administration, executive secretarial, administration secretarial, word processing specialist, electronics/ computer repair technician, data accounting, data management, legal secretarial, medical assistant, court reporting, finance administration and paralegal/legal assistant. The Midland Campus offers all of the above programs except court reporting. The college has made plans for the Mure, one of which is to purchase several off-campus buildings to relieve the current and projected lack of space. Another goal is the expansion of long distance learning programs, by offering more televised programs as well as taped programs. The college is also planning on expanding its relationship with area companies through more interactive job training and other programs tailored for specific companies. The Midland Campus has 40 instructors and 20 support staff, with students from Bay, Midland, Saginaw, Clare and Isabella counties. With the rapidly changing technology that exists in today's work world, Delta College has recognized the need to update peoples job skills - even those that already have a specialized degree. This will be done by offering what the college calls "Continued Education Units" - these units will help to keep degrees current by treating a degree as an ongoing process instead of a final product. One of the challenges that the college currently faces is finding enough staff to instruct the increasing number of students. Funding is one of the other problems. At the time of this Plan update there are no major plans for expansion of the campus. A new nursing wing was added in 1991 to the original building that was built in 1988. Great Lakes Junior College consists of five campuses throughout the Saginaw Bay area - Midland, Bay City, Saginaw, Caro and Bad Axe all have campuses. The Midland Campus has the largest number of students of the five campuses. Of the 1,960 students enrolled in the Spring of 1991, 643 (33%) attended the Midland Campus. The Campus was established in 1983 and until 1988 had Saginaw Valley State University is located midway between Midland, Bay City and Saginaw on Pierce Road in Saginaw County. The university occupies 728 acres of land and had 6,212 students in the Fall of 1990. The university offers over 40 undergraduate majors as well as interdisciplinary majors. Pre-medicine, pre-law, pre-dentistry and pre-theology G-37 • •I ·- -I ., -1 l • • •-. l �classes are instructors. advisor assistance programs are also offered as well as programs designed to prepare elementary and secondary teachers for certification. Five graduate programs are offered which include criminal justice/political science, teaching, education, business administration and master of science in nursing. The University's Business and Industrial Development Institute and Applied Technology Research Center provides services to existing and emerging local companies to encourage expansion, diversification and profitability. taught by part-time The university is currently in the preliminary design phase of a cogeneration plant and a business development center. Some of the university's ongoing goals include attracting more students from Midland County as well as improving the quality and variety of education. The university plans on adding one or two more master's programs as well. Michigan Molecular Institute is a less traditional - and more specialized - form of higher education located on 40 acres of land in Midland's Discovery Square. The Institute, Central Michigan University and Michigan Technological University established the Michigan Polymer Consortium in 1987. The consortium was formed to allow for advanced studies (Master and Ph.D levels) in polymer science. In 1990 three additional universities - Michigan State, Eastern Michigan and Wayne State were added to the consortium. Of the 6,212 students enrolled in the Fall of 1990, 460 (5%) were from Midland County and over 98 percent from Michigan. Only 10 percent (603) of the university students were campus residents in the Fall of 1990. Nearly 57 percent of the students commuted to school in the daytime and nearly 34 percent in the evening (40 percent of the University courses are offered during evening hours). The university has 160 full-time faculty members, with a total staff of 450. Of the 160 faculty members, 75 percent have doctorate or terminal degrees. In 1991, 55 Saginaw Valley State University employees resided in Midland County. The Michigan Molecular Institute occupies three buildings in Discovery Square. The main building contains 35,000 square feet of physical and chemical research laboratories, a library with an extensive polymer collection as well as space for administration and support facilities. The Composites Laboratory is the second largest building (14,500 square feet) and contains facilities for the fabrication, processing and testing of polymer composites. A conference center with over 7,500 square feet of conference and support space is located next to the composite laboratory. Since 1985 over $60 million in campus construction has been completed and approximately $70 million remains in the planning stages. The major problems facing the university at the time of this Plan update relate to funding and the inability to hire an adequate number of professors. Currently, 35 percent of the university G-38 �which 67 are professors or instructors. The campus also has nearly 50 part-time employees as well as 200 student employees. The Institute offers the largest amount of courses in polymer science in Michigan, possibly the nation. An average of 180 students attend the Michigan Molecular Institute annually. Additionally, 15 consortium students (seven master, eight doctorate) were enrolled at the time of this Plan update. Northwood University is located on 286 acres of land adjacent to the Trttabawasee River in the City of Midland. The campus has 35 buildings for classes, meetings, administration, housing and other uses. Additionally, the campus has an outdoor stadium for sporting events and other large gatherings. The Institute has a staff of 48 - 14 are professional Ph.D research scientists and 14 are research assistants with either master degrees or bachelor degrees. The independent research center began operations in 1972 and is currently involved in work for both the federal government and private industry. The Institute is currently in a growth phase and plans to double its research capabilities as well as increase the number of graduate students. One of the challenges currently facing the University is maintenance of the facilities. Many buildings are 30 years old and are starting to need more frequent repairs. Another problem is the decreasing number of students attending the campus. Northwood University (formerly Northwood Institute) has over 1,700 students and offers a variety of business related courses. After two years, students can earn an associate degree in any of 1O business disciplines. Northwood Institute also offers seven different four-year business administration degrees. It was founded in 1959 and was originally located in Alma, Michigan. Since 1959, Northwood has established three campuses - the Midland Campus, the West Palm Beach, Florida Campus and the Cedar Hill, Texas Campus. Of the three campuses, the Midland Campus is the oldest. The campus has various goals and plans for the Mure. One of the main goals is to continue to educate students and to remain a closed campus. Another goal is to increase the student body to 2,500. The University will be expanding the NADA (National Automobile Dealers Association) Center by adding more classrooms, lodging and conference facilities. Additionally, the campus will require another academic building in the Mure. Community Centers Midland Community Center offers a large variety of activities to Midland County. The Community Center, established by H. H. Dow in 1917, was moved to its current location at 2001 George Street in 1955. Since then, the center has been expanded and improved several times Of the 1,700 students attending the Midland Campus in 1991, over 700 were housed in campus housing - the remaining 1,000 students lived throughout the Midland area. The University has 250 full-time employees of G-39 I I I �- Dance lessons - Children programs - Self defense classes - Marksmanship - Arts and crafts - Camping - Summer day camp - Travel - Curling (located at 700 Grant Court) and has over 155,000 square feet of interior space. Funding for the center comes from a variety of sources - three major sources are fees and charges (60%), United Way (28%) and industries and foundations (12%). Often fees are waived or reduced if potential participants, young or old, cannot afford a particular program. While the Midland Community Center seems to offer a limitless variety of activities, more programs and facilities are scheduled for the future. The Center is currently constructing a shallow warm water pool with a graded slope for easy access. The indoor pool will have warm water jets, game nets and slides, plus a whirlpool and sun deck. The Community Center works cooperatively with several groups. Extensive cooperation exists between the community center and the Midland School District - especially with the sharing of facilities in the summer. The Community Center also works extensively with the City of Midland in programming recreational activities - especially indoor activities. While most of the organizations that work with the Center are large public organizations, the Center also helps smaller organizations to develop fitness programming. West Midland Family Center is located on the corner of M-20 (Isabella Road) and Alamando Road in the western part of Midland County. The Center was established in 1974 to serve the social, educational and recreational needs of the area. In 1989 a new 21,500-square foot facility was built to replace the old school house which had served as the center since 1974. Supporters for construction of the new center included: The following list, taken from the Midland Community Center's 1991 Spring Schedule, shows the variety of programs that are available: - Indoor jogging - Indoor swimming - Weight and nautilus equipment - Steam and sauna facilities - Supervised gymnastics - Fencing - Bridge/ chess teams - Various exercise and aerobic programs - Weight loss programs - Bicycle trips - Basketball and volleyball - Table tennis and football - Billiards - Racquetball and squash - Dorothy Dow Arbury Herbert H. and Grace A. Dow Foundation - Roland M. Gerstacker Foundation _ Dow Chemical Company _ Dow Corning Foundation _ The Strosacker Foundation The furnishings and equipment for the Center were supplied by various local foundations, clubs and individuals. G-40 �as auxiliary spaces. The Center can be rented for private use or other gatherings. The Center provides a broad range of recreational activities and programs for people of all ages. The facilities include classroom space, library, conference room, nursery, offices, activity room, gymnasium, dining room, fitness room, emergency clothing and food. Midland Center for the Arts, dedicated in 1971, was funded entirely through private donations. The 200,000-square-foot facility houses a 1,538-seat auditoriumconcert hall, a 420-seat theater, a 94-seat lecture/recital room, science/history exhibition areas, art galleries, banquet and meeting rooms, music and dance rehearsal rooms, art studios, a computer education center and administrative offices. The West Midland Family Center is a United Way Agency, with 38 percent of operating funds coming from the United Way of Midland County, 31 percent from grants and gifts and 31 percent from government and local support. Future plans for the Center include the construction of two additional classrooms. Additionally, the Center plans on expanding the programs that are currently offered. The Midland Center for the Arts consists of six individual art and cultural organizations which include: - Mills Township Community Center is open year-round and has two permanent programs that operate from the Center. From 7:30 AM to 2:30 PM, the Midland County Council on Aging operates a senior program that includes serving approximately 20 lunch meals at the Center and 60 meals to area residents. Midland Symphony Orchestra Midland Music Society Theater Guild Midland County Historical Society Community Concert Society Midland Art Council Over 200 events and exhibits are presented annually at the center by these organizations. The other ongoing program is an after school program that began operating in February 1991. Currently, 82 students (K-6) are registered for the program with an average daily attendance of 30 students. The program offers tutoring, homework incentives, enrichment, arts and crafts and other activities. A future goal of the after school program is to include older students in the program as well as adults. One of the Center's permanent displays is the Hall of Ideas. The Hall demonstrates how our world has been improved through people's ideas over time. This section of the Center emphasizes participation in nature. The Midland Center for the Arts also sponsors the Matrix Midland Festival, which is an annual event that runs from the end of May to the middle of June. The festival consists of concerts, lectures, demonstrations and many other events. The Community Center, located at 2635 Shearer Road, is owned and operated by Mills Township. The facility has a kitchen and large dining or meeting area as well G-41 ~ ~ ~ -~ "-- / ~ -~ ·• �Salvation Army Building 330 Waldo Road Midland, Michigan Future plans for the Center include expanding the visual arts exhibits as well as the history and science areas. Additionally, many of the permanent exhibits will be replaced, refurbished or remade. One of the six groups - the Midland County Historical Society - will be moved off-site. The society will still be a part of the Center for the Arts, but will move to another location. This will create more room in the Center and provide the Historical Society with additional space. The Midland County Council on Aging is funded through a variety of sources both public and private. Most of the services are provided at no charge to the users, but contributions are appreciated. In addition to providing meals to senior citizens at the established meal sites, a variety of other services are provided including door-to-door transportation throughout Midland County, Case/Care Management, home delivered meals, emergency food, financial assistance for heating, counseling and a variety of other services. Additionally, a monthly newspaper is published to inform residents of area news concerning senior citizens. Senior Citizens Centers The Midland County Council on Aging offers many programs designed to enrich the lives of residents of Midland County who are 60 years of age or older. The Council is located in Midland at the Strosacker Center and operates six senior centers and dining sites throughout Midland County at the following locations: There are currently several issues facing the Midland County Council on Aging. One issue involves funding cutbacks from the State for maintenance, equipment and administration - no services have been reduced or eliminated. Another issue involves the need to integrate developmentally disabled senior citizens into the programs. The third major issue facing the Midland County Council on Aging involves the increase in the number of senior citizens that are over 85 years of age. These residents often require more attention than the younger senior citizens in the County. - Coleman Senior Services Center 110 N. Fifth Street Coleman, Michigan West Midland Family Center 4011-1 /2 West Isabella Road Shepard, Michigan Midland Happy Diners Memorial Presbyterian Church 1310 Ashman Midland, Michigan Museums Mills Township Community Center 2635 E. Shearer Road Midland, Michigan Chippewa Nature Center is located north of Pine River road, south of the Chippewa River between Atwell Drive and Section 23 of Homer Township. Three main buildings are currently located on the Center's 866-acre site. The largest of Sanford Senior Center 113 W. Lincoln Street Sanford, Michigan G-42 �Sanford Museum was established in an early 20th Century brick four-room school building, in conjunction with the Sanford Village Centennial in 1970. Since 1970 the Museum has expanded and now includes seven buildings located on four acres of land. The Museum buildings include the Riverside School, a train depot, the Clare Bailey Chapel, the Smith Log Home and many displays and exhibits. the buildings is the 20,000-square-foot Visitor's Center and Museum. Additional features of the Center include 14 miles of trails, an auditorium, an 1870s style farm complex, a maple syrup house, a paved trail for the handicapped and three miles of frontage on the Chippewa River. Employees at the Nature Center include 13 full-time naturalists and interpreters as well as 19 part-time interpretive guides. The personnel are responsible for the operation of the Center as well as informing people of the natural environment through field trips, lectures, classes, demonstrations and tours of the Museum and trails. In addition to the 29 full-time and part-time employees, the Center had 680 volunteers in 1990. The Museum is deeded to Jerome Township and operated by the Sanford Historic Society which has a total of 137 members. The Society's volunteers perform most of the maintenance and assist in giving tours. A paid hostess gives tours on Saturdays and Sundays between 1 PM and 5 PM, May through September. Prearranged tours are available to schools and other groups year-round. The Chippewa Nature Center has many projects that are near completion, or that have recently been completed. A strategic plan for the Center was started in the Fall of 1990 and is scheduled for completion in the Spring or Summer of 1991. Additionally, a five-year capital improvements plan was completed in the beginning of 1991. A new building is scheduled to be completed prior to the Summer of 1991 which will fill some of the need for additional storage space required for the Center's many collections. Many of the problems facing the Museum are related to maintaining the buildings and grounds. Currently one roof is in need of renovation. No plans for expanding the Museum's facilities exist for the next five years. The main goal at this time is to maintain the Sanford Museum's existing facilities. Midland County Historical Museum is one of six member groups based in the Midland Center for the Arts. The museum has office space, and maintains two permanent exhibit areas at the Center. One 4,000-square-foot room contains a collection which may be viewed by appointment. They also have an open exhibit area on the fourth level of the Center. Other ongoing projects include the maintenance of Bradley House which opened to the public as a museum in 1972. The Museum also Future projects will concentrate on maintaining and refurbishing the Nature Center's existing facilities. Another future project the Center is planning on undertaking involves performing a user survey. This survey will be used by the Center to determine if the existing programs satisfy the desires of the area's residents - or if alternate programs should be developed. -~ -:~ :-.i --~ ._ . G-43 ~. �programs, such as educating the public about the facility's purpose and providing a wider variety of programs for the residents, including more indoor recreation and programs designed for alzheimers and dementia patients. operates a replica of H. H. Dow's original place of experimentation - the Evens Flour Mill. This addition to the Museum was opened in August 1990. County Facilities Pinecrest Home Harbour House Pinecrest Home is a congregate housing facility providing long-term care for persons with a variety of diagnosed mental and physical disabilities. The facilities are located west of the City of Midland in Homer Township on a 160acre site on Homer Road. One hundred acres are leased for farming with the remaining 60 acres used for housing and associated buildings. Harbour House was opened in 1971 by the Volunteers for Youth of Midland as a shelter for abused, neglected or otherwise troubled youths. In December of 1980 control and operation was turned over to the Juvenile Division of Midland County Probate Court. Currently the Harbour House is a ninebed coeducational facility serving adolescents who fall within one of the following situations: The capacity of Pinecrest is 55 persons and it operates with a staff of 17. One vehicle is available for client transportation, with some transportation services supplied by the Council on Aging. _ _ _ Funding is provided by the County, which accounts for about two-thirds of needed revenues, with General Assistance and user revenue making up the balance. The infirmary serves Midland County but can accept residents from other counties if space is available. Cases are generally referred by the Social Services Department and hospitals. The majority of the residents are provided mental health care. Chronic runaways Severe school difficulties Breakdown of family relationships Physical and/or sexual abuse Neglect Criminal behavior One to two months is a typical residency period. Funding is provided entirely through the County Child Care Fund, which is a combination of State and County funds that are to be expended on out-of-home care of Probate Court wards. Other resources include private contributions. Currently, one of the main problems facing Harbour House is maintenance. There is no organized or preventive maintenance. This situation often leads to more frequent breakdowns and difficulty in obtaining maintenance once an item is out of commission. Future projects for the facility include structural improvements to the building to correct many of the existing deficiencies. Another proposed physical improvement is renovation of the greenhouse, which is used for therapy. The Pinecrest Home also plans to expand many of its G-44 �training for 16 persons daily. The building was remodeled in the Summer of 1991 at a cost of $35,000. The remodeling consisted of converting many of the larger rooms into smaller rooms and offices. The existing building has office space for the staff that work with patients and the Health Department's finance personnel. Future plans include new facilities and new programming. The County is actively discussing the construction of new juvenile facilities. Additional plans include implementing a greater variety of programs designed to meet the needs of the different types of youth that are typically housed in the facility. Children's Center Department of Animal Control The Midland County Comprehensive Community Corrections Plan calls for the construction of a juvenile detention and treatment facility. The juvenile facility, or Children's Center as it is called, would provide for the treatment and counseling of maladjusted young persons. Planning for in-house and community-based treatment and counseling programs would be required in advance of constructing the Children's Center in order to determine the function, size and design of the facility. As currently estimated, the Community Corrections Plan outlines a range of estimated beds for detention and treatment as follows: The Department of Animal Control is operated by Midland County for the purpose of housing stray or unwanted animals. The facility has, in addition to the area used for animal housing, office space for the Director and a lobby /office for general administration and reception. The Department has four full-time employees and one part-time employee. There are two vehicles for transporting animals to the facilities and for patrolling the County. There are plans for improvements to the facilities and expansion of programs currently offered, but implementing those changes will require additional funding and staffing. These plans include enlarging the animal sales program; offering a low-cost neutering program; formal public education; more road patrols; more separation of the animals to prevent the spread of diseases; expansion of the horse barn; and improving stormwater drainage at the facility. -Detention: 2 to 18 beds -Treatment: 10 to 32 beds -Total 12 to 50 beds Horizons Building The Horizons Building is a mental health day treatment center operated by the Midland-Gladwin Community Mental Health Services. The program receives clientele that are referred from the MidMichigan Regional Medical Center and other local agencies. Midland County Mosquito Control Facility The Horizons Building offers day programs for developmentally disabled individuals who are 18 years of age or older. The Center offers basic skills The Midland County Mosquito Control Facility is housed in a specially designed facility that was completed in February 1991. The building is situated on 17 -I ~ :~ ~ -!~ .~ G-45 ~ �paid, 125 are partially paid and 105 are nonpaid members. The only department with all paid members is the City of Midland's Fire Department. Table 43 lists the 11 departments along with information specific to each. The information was obtained by contacting the fire chiefs of each of the departments. acres of land and includes office space, a conference room, a laboratory, a lunchroom and training room, storage space, maintenance space, indoor parking for two vehicles, covered parking for eight vehicles, a truck wash, and a 30'x50' storage building. The complete operation is funded through a County millage and has four year-round employees and 25 additional employees from March through September. Midland County Road Commission County roads are maintained by the Road Commission through facilities located at 4509 North Saginaw (Midland), the City of Coleman, Jasper Township at LaPorte and Magrudder Roads and in Ingersoll Township on Brooks Road (Section 18). Principle garaging and office functions occur at the Saginaw Road location. The other facilities store one road grader and one or two trucks. A new facility is planned at U.S. 10 and Price Road in Lincoln Township. The new facilities have been designed especially for the intended use, so no plans for expansion or improvement exist. Future plans do include the expansion of the aerial application portion of the mosquito control program. Sheriff Department Emergency Services Building The Sheriff's Department maintains an emergency services building (Station 11) at 1884 N. Seven Mile Road in Jerome Township. The purpose of this building is to store emergency equipment, four boats, a rescue van with diving equipment, an all-terrain vehicle and a mobile command unit. There are currently plans to add 1,500 square feet to the building to be used as an emergency radio room. Fire Departments Midland County is provided with fire protection by 11 separate fire departments. While the fire departments are separate departments, a cooperative agreement between the departments exists to ensure adequate fire protection is provided to residents throughout Midland County. Michigan's Fire Marshall Division lists 277 fire fighters in Midland County. Of this figure, 47 are G-46 �TABLE 43 FIRE DEPARTMENT STATUS :+ota1 # Flf'8--·=-' Fire -,,. · ·' } · Department Township Edenville .. #of.t ,::: · fighters ·: · Vehicles :• . of Fires* · Future Plans 1-Pumper 2-Tankers 1-Rescue Van 1-Brush Truck 22 25 1-Pumper 1-Tanker 1-Rescue Vehicle 1-Grass Rig 4 Tumout Gear • updated protective clothing; updated radio equipment #1 • 825 Irish St. (1972) #2 • M-30 (1978) 30 2-Pumper /Tanker 1-BrushTruck 1-Reacue Van 1-Reserve Tanker 12 New tanker in 1994 3022 Jefferson 29 3-Pumper/Tanker 1-Rescue Truck 1-Brush Truck 16 Update rescue van to meet 1st response require. by 1994; more training & instrucors; personnel equip.; training 2-Pumpers 1-Tanker 1-Brush Truck 1-Rescue Truck 36 Edinville Twp. & 6 Sq. Miles of Tobacco Twp., Gladwin Co. (42 Sq. Miles) 420 Moore Street (19n) Hope Hope Township (46 Sq. Miles) 575 Hull Road (1970) Jerome Jerome Township (36 Sq. Miles) Larkin Larkin Township (36 Sq . Miles) New pumper putting spec. together Lee, Greendale, Porter (partial) townships (80 Sq. Miles) Corner of 9 Mile and Prairie Lincoln Lincoln Township (24 Sq. Miles) 1882 Hope Road converted school 15 2-Pumpers 13 Medical response unit; hoses for hydrants; more firefighters Midland Midland , Mt. Haley, Ingersoll Twp. (80 Sq. Miles) 973 Poseyville Rd. (Mid SOs) 24 2-Pumpers 1-Tanker 1-Brush Truck 1- Equip. Van 23 No equipment needs; hydrantsrequires water system Mills Mills Township (36 Sq . Miles) 2860 East Schearer 14 1-Pumper 1-Tanker 1-Brush Rig 14 More volunteers; full turnout gear; additional pumper Homer Homer Township (20 Sq. Miles) Main-1510 E. Chippewa River Rd . (Early 60s) #2-TT3 Dublin(" 60s) Aux.- Twp. Park (1986) 24 3-Pumpers 2-Tankers 1-Brush Truck 23 Replace Pumper (1958); keep current with equip and training Coleman Community Fire Dept. City of Coleman; Warren, Geneva, Wise (partial), Denver (partial) (100 Sq. Miles) 201 East Railway 0 Upgrade tankers; new rescue vehicle convert current rescue vehicle to grass rig City of Midland Fire Dept. City of Midland #1 • 816 E. Haley(H.Q.) #2 - 301 McDonald St. #3 • 1717 North Sag. Road 153 Expand prevention programs; more education; voluntary home inspections; res. sprinkler ordinanc Lee 26 2-Pumpers 2-Tankers 1-Rescue Vehicle 1-Grass Rig *Michigan Fire Service Directory SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. (May 1991) G-47 42 5-Engine-Pumpers 1-1.adder Truck 1-Rescue Unit 1-Brush Truck 3-Cars 3-Utility Vehicles More personnel equipment; more training • ~ ~ .-.. �road bridges have been classified by the County and this is used to determine which bridges are in need of reconstruction. Actual priority or application requests are made by the individual unit of government. Maintenance programs include snow removal and minor reconstruction/ repaving. Snow removal operations use 17 snow removal vehicles (trucks and graders) and one 5,000-gallon tanker for ice control (brine spreading). First priority for snow removal is given to State highways under contract with the Michigan Department of Transportation. Midland County Jail The Midland County Jail facility is located in the City of Midland at Main and Gordon streets. Total inmate capacity for this facility is 90 inmates. A total of 17 full-time employees operate the County Jail. A study to determine the number of cells that will be required to house County inmates in the year 201 O was completed inn 1991. Plans have been made to relocate the Sheriff's Department with the Midland City Police Department. This relates to the County Jail facility since the two activities are currently located in the same building. These highways include US-10, US-20, US-18 and US-30. Primary then local roads follow in priority. All paving and construction projects are contracted. Determination of need is determined by the various municipalities in Midland County. A road rating system is being established by the Road Commission. The system will be based on traffic volumes and existing road conditions. Policy for the Road Commission is determined by a threemember Commission serving six-year terms in staggered order. The 1991 Midland County Community Corrections Plan outlines the future needs of the County in regards to adult detention facilities. Three alternate plans are given in the plan. Commissioners are appointed by the County Board of Commissioners and may serve a maximum of two terms. The Road Commission receives Federal and State funds. Additional funding is granted through a four-year, 0.45 mill levy, which was voted on in 1989 and will fund programs through 1993. Of the available taxes collected, approximately 80 percent comes from the City of Midland and 20 percent from the remainder of the County. Between 1985 and 1989 the levy was 1.0 mill. A new millage of 1.0 mills was passed in 1992. These are: 1) to build an addition to the existing jail on the existing site, 2) to build a new jail on a new site and 3) to build a new addition to the existing jail on land adjacent to and west of the existing site. The alternate facilities are summarized below. 1. Critical bridge program applications are also administered by the Road Commission. Both primary and local G-48 The ability to add on to the existing jail is limited by the size of the site. A total capacity of 141 beds can be provided, 31 less than the 172 beds projected to be needed by 2010. Total project construction cost is expected to be $3,744,591.00. The �is expected to be $45, 1355,060. Providing a parking structure in conjunction with the new jail addition would cost an additional $633,600, or $1,132,560 with amortization to the year 2010. It is highly improbable that this alternative facility would be constructed, however, as the land upon which it would be sited is now committed to a parking lot for a new downtown hotel and conference center. total cost for the additional beds through the year 2010 including construction, additional staff, amortization, and maintenance is expected to be $21,833,633 to $32,719,742 depending upon the level of staffing. This alternative also has a modified version providing for 214 beds by the year 2015. The 1992 Midland County Jail Study, Phase I report describes a 214-bed, three-level facility including space for the Sheriff's Department at a construction cost of $11,730,217. Either version of this alternative may also be modified by relocating the Sheriff's Department with the Midland City Police Department. 2. 3. Mental Health Department The Mental Health Board currently operates a mental health outpatient facility in conjunction with the MidMichigan Regional Medical Center. The facility occupies 10,000 square feet under a lease expiring in 1996. The Mental Health Board is currently planning to relocate the facility near to the hospital complex. It is the goal to design and construct a permanent outpatient facility for use by mental health programs. Space will include rooms for individual, family, and group therapy; conference rooms; records storage; and administrative offices. The new facility might accommodate substance abuse and assertive community treatment programs in addition. The new facility is expected to cost $2.5 million. A new jail can be built on a new site with a capacity of 172 beds at an anticipated construction cost of $11,591,000.00, including administrative and road patrol space for the Sheriff's Department. The total cost for the new facility through the year 2010 including construction, additional staff, amortization, and maintenance is expected to be $42,333,765.00. This alternative could also be modified by expanding a new jail facility to include 214 beds. The third alternate facility can be built for $13,119,360 without a parking structure. A total capacity of 172 beds can be provided, including 24 beds in the existing jail for work release inmates and office space for the Sheriff's Department. The total cost for this alternate facility through the year 2010 including construction, additional staff, amortization, and maintenance G-49 -II ~ ~ Ill " ~ �TABLE 44 COMMUNITY FACILITIES, MIDLAND COUNTY . . . Legend ·•·• ? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. Jasper Township Hall Coleman Fire Hall Coleman City Hall Greendale Township Hall Geneva Township Hall Warren Township Hall West Midland Family Center West Midland County Park Pine Haven Recreation Area Lee Township Hall Porter Township Hall Veterans Memorial Park Jerome Fire Station # 1 Jerome Township Hall Edenville Township Hall and Fire Station Sanford Lake Park Sanford Village Hall Jerome Fire Station #2 Lincoln Township Hall Hope Twp. Hall/Fire Station Lincoln Twp. Fire Station Homer Townshp Hall Pinecrest Home Mt. Haley Township Hall Homer Twp. Fire Station #1 Homer Twp. Fire Station #2 Midland Co. Road Commission Chippewa Nature Center Jack Barsow Airport Midland County Fairgrounds MidMichigan Regional Medical Center Midland Fire Station #3 Grace A. Dow Memorial Library Legend 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. Midland Center for the Arts Dow Memorial Gardens Midland County Courthouse Midland Township Fire Station Midland Township Hall Ingersoll Township Hall Midland Fire Station #2 Midland City Hall Midland Community Center Midland Fire Station #1 Midland County Animal Control Center Larkin Twp. Fire Station/Township Hall Mills Twp. Fire Station/Township Hall Midland Co. Road Commission Garage Manitou Park Harbour House Mosquito Control Facility Coleman Senior Services Center Sanford Senior Citizens Center Mills Community Center Larkin Senior Citizens Center Northwood University Lee Township Fire Hall Michigan Molecular Institute Sanford Museum Midland County Historical Museum Horizons Building Coleman Area Library Midland County Services Building Great Lakes Junior College Sheriff's Department Emergency Services Building The Strosacker Center Midland County Road Commission (Proposed) SOURCE: Midland County Planning Department G-50 �I GLADWIN >- I I- c:i a: z :::> 0 ' I ·r-·-- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I u COMMUNITY FACILITIES MIDLAND COUN1Y, MICHIGAN 0 z ~ 1 -·-r-· I ' I. +-~..,_........--,...------ LEGEND ><( ..J ,,. en •• l RUHLE RO. ~..;_-+--......-i--~ ·· 0 --~,:....~-.;.:.,..r_·...,~~:-':""-t----,I , s • ~.._.,..-· .._ -I / FIRE STATIONS OTHER COMMUNITY FACILITIES NOTE: SEE TABLE 44 • PG. G-SO FOR FACILITIES . DES RIPTIONS OF COMMUNITY >z ::::, I- 0 u , f JAS~~: O. ~ . ~=-t:r---t---L--- _:. ; .l JASPER .-··· · , •• • SHEPHER j a: I ---£..·-+-I " -z "'"' 0 I RO. •1 I, l-,---1---+--<:-.,:'r---t--;-- - · - - - j ~ ENLARGED PLAN OF MIDLAND ~ CITY c:i a: u 3: ..."' z <( r l ·1-1-~L-!~~~~~~=+-~-r-iri►rit--=r-~r::"' ~=+-~.:,_-t-~:'#--~t--~""/~tt ~ ~ I: IL c:i a: a: "' .JI [;j ,,ui ITTABAW SAGINAW GRATIOT COUN TY ,..--..I ..... c:i 0:: SOURCE : MIDLAND COUNTY G <( (/) 25000 a: a: 37500 0 ' Gove . .~ssociates lnc 1601 Portage Street K& Iamai:o , Michi1an O 49001 0 �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Trends, Patterns and Problems �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • TRENDS, PATTERNS AND PROBLEMS areas where substantial erosion of farmlands is occurring. INTRODUCTION The updated information on population, economy, transportation, land use, housing, recreation and physical landscape has been included in the Plan. The information presented here is the result of an issues analysis of the data base contained in this report. This section addresses those issues which have been identified as having the greatest significance and impacts on Midland County's future. Analysis of Physical and - The trend of consolidating smaller farms into larger acreage farms demands analysis for impact on soil erosion rates. - There is limited knowledge of the area's groundwater, and how Mure development of the County landscape will impact groundwater quality. - Limited monitoring exists to assure groundwater protection from potential contamination sources such as landfills, septic tanks, underground storage tanks, agricultural chemical systems, among others. - It is likely that the number of environmental contamination sites will increase in the future. - Alth~ugh the air quality of the County has improved, the air quality should be monitored for its effect on the health of the residents. - Little interaction between health related agencies and the public concerning air quality occurs except at times of major emergencies. - An equitable balance which safeguards both the environment and the area's economy must be reached in the future. - Demands for floodplain management and flood insurance for the unincorporated areas of the County exist, as exhibited by the 1986 flood. Natural Environment Some of the dominant trends in Midland County that relate to the physical and natural environment include the following: - !he effects of decreasing farm incomes on the County's economy means greater pressure will be placed on other sectors of the economy in the future to produce jobs and income. The relationship between farm size and decreasing net average farm income will result in larger and fewer farm operations . - - - A decreasing per-farm value of products could impact future agricultural productivity. Futu_re ri~er use and improved water quality will require river and stream protection planning and zoning. Soil erosion of farmlands is a county-wide issue for the future of agriculture, particularly in those H-1 �Analysis of People _ The County's Emergency Services Department could take a lead role in floodplain management as part of its emergency management program. - Further trends relating to demographics in Midland County follow: _ The County's population growth and geographic distribution are not uniform. This trend can be expected to continue in the future. Preservation of archeological and historical sites should be continued and monitored. _ Low acreage devoted to commercial forestry demands further analysis for commercial forest development in the agricultural economy of the County. _ - _ The median age of the population will continue to increase due to an increasing percentage of older residents and a decreasing percentage of younger residents. This indicates an increased need for social services planning. Soil qualities indicate a need for greater prime farmland preservation. _ Wetlands and wet soil patterns indicate the need for further analysis for determining suitable/unsuitable lands for site development planning. Units of government that experienced population increases greater than 10 percent from 1980-1990 will continue to experience growth. The Comprehensive Plan is a tool that can be used to bring together and study related elements. Often these related elements are not analyzed with regards to the effect that they have on each other - due to the unintended boundaries created by having several levels of government involved. _ During the next 20 years population growth in Midland County will be high (Woods and Poole 1°992). The physical and natural environment of Midland County is influenced by countless factors, including influences from outside the County. A network that can relate information affecting the environment must exist if the environmental problems are to be addressed on a unified basis. Since the environment is a series of linked events it is essential that agencies and departments that deal with the various aspects of the environment are more closely linked. - Single parents and the higher incidence of husband and wife working will lead to increased childcare needs. - The racial mix of Midland County will remain nearly the same in the future. - The average household size will tend to decline to below 2.3 persons per household during the next 20 years, therefore future housing units will be required to accommodate smaller households. - H-2 1 l Due to the projected increases in population there will be a net increase of school-age children in the future. I 1I ~ I I I I ~ ' '- �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - Single parent households will continue to account for a substantial proportion of Midland County's households. Strategies designed to contend with population growth in Midland County must be developed if the quality of life is to remain high. Additional strategies must be developed to address an aging population. Since the average household size will continue to decrease, programs must be developed to assure an adequate mixture of housing will exist to accommodate the diverse needs of Midland County's residents . - Rental housing costs will continue to be higher in the City of Midland than in other areas of the County. - The median value of housing units will increase at different rates throughout the County. - Goals for housing in the County should be reevaluated and/or new programs implemented for home improvement. - Providing housing for senior citizens will become a major issue in the future in Midland County. An adequate amount of affordable housing in the County is not available for low- and moderate-income household residents. Analysis of Housing Trends relating to housing in Midland County follow: - - Major differences in housing will continue to exist between rural and urban areas. Manufactured homes will continue to be a popular form of housing in parts of the County because of their affordability. - ~any areas of the County have a high percentage of housing units built before 1939. - n:,e me~ian value of housing units will continue to be higher in and around the City of Midland than in other areas of the County. Uncoordinated housing assistance programs demand a unified strategy for addressing all aspects of housing the County's residents . Housing plays a major role in the overall quality of the life in a community. A wide range of available and affordable quality housing benefits the community. An issue that has been addressed in the past - the quality of housing outside of the City of Midland - should again be addressed. To ensure that housing in the rural areas of Midland County are not only affordable, but safe and secure, strategies should be developed to ensure opportunities are available for improving homes within the County . Rental units and multi-family housing will continue to be centered around the City of Midland . Analysis of Economy Issues relating to the economy of Midland County follow: H-3 �_ The expected increase in professionally-related jobs in the Midland community may require additional cultural activities. _ Most types of jobs will increase in numbers in the future with the exception of farm employment; transportation, communications and public utilities; and federal military. While many lesser issues exist that relate to the County's economy, the major economic influences are jobs and income disparity - which are very closely related. A principle change in the County's economy is the redistribution of jobs. Strategies need to be developed in order to prepare for the employment changes that occur. The various planning agencies, employment agencies, major employers, educational institutions, economic development agencies, social service organizations and other related individuals and institutions should establish an information network. This network should be structured to identify changes in the job market and create strategies to effectively meet these changes in the County in future years. _ Government jobs - While government employment is projected to remain the same, there will be fewer military employees, more federal civilian employees and slightly more state and local employees. _ Median household incomes vary between areas in the County from $24,000 to $41,000. _ Some areas in Midland County have median incomes that are less than 75 percent of the County's median income. _ The Midland Mall and other new retail outlets will contribute to the rate of the projected increase of retail jobs in the County. Analysis of Public Facilities _ The disparity between urban and rural household incomes presents a demand for job training, job placement and economic development planning. Issues relating to public facilities and activities follow: _ Sanitary sewers will be necessary in many areas that are not currently serviced by sewers. _ The percentage of low-income persons in the County requires analysis for social and economic equity planning. _ Public water systems will be important in many areas that are not currently adequately serviced by water. _ Use of existing industrial park capacities indicates a need for further planning of industrial parks in the out-county, as opposed to the City of Midland, as a way of improving the tax base of the rural school districts. - A more equitable distribution of neighborhood parks will be required to provide rural residents with balanced recreational opportunities. _ Roads throughout Midland County will continue to deteriorate as H-4 -I ~ I I I I ' 'I I • �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •II • • transportation decrease. funding The Comprehensive Plan examines a variety of public facilities and services. Most of the facilities that are provided affect residents daily, so constant feedback is received that relates to the quality of the provided services. The Comprehensive Plan focuses on improving facilities that are currently inadequate. sources _ Local government will continue to have problems enforcing various local ordinances. _ The need for effective and efficient disposal of solid waste increases daily, and is a major issue requiring immediate action on long-term planning. Since sewer and water services are necessary in many areas of Midland County priorities and strategies should be established for installing these services. Growth control and opposition to annexation relate to these services since many areas that are in need of water and sewer are opposed to further growth or annexation. A system that will provide some form of autonomy, as well as services, is going to be a major issue within this planning period. _ Regional solutions to solid waste problems will require resource recovery and recycling. _ Entertainment facilities and cultural programs are necessary for schoolage children. _ Growth control in the area surrounding the City of Midland will be an issue which shapes the County land use policy in the area. Solid waste will continue to be an issue in Midland County, that will be addressed in the five-year update of the County Solid Waste Management Plan . _ Annexation surrounding the City of Midland will continue to be an issue which shapes the future. The distribution of parks and recreation facilities in the County should be balanced to serve all segments of the County's residents. Piecemeal highway and traffic flow improvement proposals indicate a need for area-wide comprehensive transportation planning analysis. - Limited bridging of the Tittabawassee River further supports the need for areawide transportation planning. - Public transportation throughout the County will continue to be nonexistent unless the public, municipalities and townships express support for the service. Rural communities need better roads but have limited funding sources. In order to use all available funds in an equitable manner, an area-wide prioritization of need should exist. An area-wide transportation planning process involving Midland County, including the Midland urban area and parts of Bay, Saginaw and other adjoining counties should be established. A five-year capital improvements program for all State, County and local roads should be prepared . H-5 �I Analysis of Public Schools Analysis of Higher Education Some of the issues relating to public schools in Midland County follow: Further educational issues relating to colleges and universities follow: - Decreasing funding sources will require the elimination and/or consolidation of many programs. - Maintaining up-to-date equipment will continue to be a costly effort for local colleges and universities. - The Midland Public School District will continue to have more dependable sources of funding than the County's rural districts. - Attracting students to local colleges and universities will become more difficult. - The disparity in the tax bases of the school districts in the County demands analysis for tax base adjustments through economic development planning and industrial plant siting. Schools are a vital element to a community's success. If a good education system exists in a community it encourages both families and businesses to locate, grow and expand. Most of the issues relating to public schools in this Plan refer to the rural school districts, but some issues relate to the Midland Public School District as well. - Attracting qualified teaching staff will remain an issue in area colleges and universities. - Delta College may require additional sites for expansion of facilities. - Decreased funding sources will cause colleges to reevaluate existing programs. - Special consideration needs to be given to students residing in remote locations of the County. Community colleges and universities are becoming a necessity for all communities. They provide not only higher levels of education to residents and nonresidents, they provide jobs, cultural amenities and training programs. Since colleges and universities are autonomous many of the issues will not be addressed in the Comprehensive Plan, but an awareness of their situation is important in establishing a working relationship. This will help create beneficial interactions between local governmental units and area colleges and universities. To effectively plan for reduced financing each school district needs to form its own strategies. Additionally, school districts should be open to joint ventures with other school districts, the sharing of facilities and the sharing of ideas. One criterion for Mure industrial sitings in the County should be those school districts that are in greater need of expanding their tax base. H-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I - • -I �• • •II II II •II •II II • •II • •II II II identification process which has produced these trends, problems and patterns, which will impact the future of Midland County. Analysis of county Facilities Some of the major issues facing Midland County government facilities follow: _ Adequate jail facilities need to be provided to serve Midland County residents in the Mure. The Goals, Policies and Strategies section in this report will further refine the planning process in implementing goals, policies and actions as defined below: _ Enlarged animal shelter facilities and public education will be required in the Mure. Issues identify areas of concern of county-wide significance. _ Adequate juvenile detention and treatment facilities and programs need to be provided to serve Midland County's youth and families. - Goals indicate what is to be accomplished on each issue . Policies indicate what is to be done to achieve each goal and agency responsibility. An emergency operations center should continue to be evaluated to serve the County residents . - Future County facilities will require site location analyses and a County land assembly program. - Since County park land acquisition deficiencies have been met, future planning should concentrate on a park land development program . - Continued County capital improvements programming demands County long-range financial management planning of government revenues and expenses. Strategies (or actions) refer to specific implementation measures and strategies. Conclusion The foregoing trends reflect those issues which have surfaced in the comprehensive planning process, which have long-range planning implications on Midland County. The planning process has narrowed the issues to the most relevant concerns presented herein. The data base analysis resulted in the issue H-7 �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Goals, Policies and Strategies �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - GOALS, POLICIES AND STRATEGIES FOR THE FUTURE Land Use This section presents the goals, policies and action statements reflected in the information presented in the prior sections of this Plan report. The goals and policies have been developed based on an analysis of comprehensive planning data and interviews with local, County and State officials. The issues presented in the prior sections generally correspond with the housing, transportation, community facilities, economic, land use and environmental planning elements of the Comprehensive Plan. The policy and action statements present specific methods for implementing comprehensive planning in the County. The recommended policies are stated in an obligatory sense, not in a mandatory manner. ■ Issues are areas of concern which have been identified within the County, which the County Planning Commission believes requires some manner of attention. ■ Goals are broad statements identifying what is to be accomplished under each topic. ■ Policies are statements which identify what is to be done to achieve each goal, as well as the responsible agency. ■ Strategies are statement(s) specifying measures identified to implement a policy. 1. Random Development ~: On-site wastewater can cause random development patterns, because buildings must locate in areas where soils are suitable for on-site disposal. ~: Identify areas potentially unsuitable for on-site wastewater disposal, and discourage high density development in these areas, while encouraging more appropriate land use alternatives. Policy: The Midland County Health Department, in cooperation with local units of government, should implement the policy of restricting development in areas unsuitable for on-site wastewater disposal in order to discourage high density or related inappropriate development. Strategies: • Use the data contained in this Plan report to identify areas potentially unsuitable for on-site wastewater disposal for the general public, municipalities and County Planning Commission. 2. Floodplain Development Issue: Limited development has occurred within the 100-year floodprone areas of the major rivers, thus subjecting said development to the potential of flooding, as well as potentially impacting the capacity of 1-1 �I on the Midland County Economic Development Strategy (No. 38) and Economic Diversification (No. 39). The issue of Planning of County Government Facilities (No. 21) was addressed by the Midland County Planning Commission in 1987 by preparing the County's first report on County facilities entitled County Facilities Master Plan, May 1987. This report was followed by the updated report entitled County Facilities Master Plan - 1990 Update, October 1990. The County Facilities Master Plan provided impetus for preparing a County Capital Improvements Program, a policy on maintaining and replacing County motorized vehicles, and a County facilities preventive maintenance program. To promote interest in implementing the Prime Farmland Preservation policy (No. 29), the Midland County Planning Commission sponsored a county-wide workshop in October 1986 on "Preservation of Agricultural and Forested Lands." Implementation of the land use policies was limited; however, the Midland County Planning Commission sponsored countywide workshops on "Futuring" (1989) and "Planning and Zoning in Your Community" (1990) to promote interest among the municipalities and townships to prepare and update their community master plans. Land Use Issues - Key land use issues included: 23. Random Development Resulting From Poor Soils 24. Location of Industrial and Commercial Development 25. Floodplain Development 26. Land Use Compatibility Between Governmental Units 27. Regional Commercial Center Location 28. Economic Development Sites 29. Prime Farmland Preservation 30. Conflicts Between Residential/NonResidential Development 31. Residential Development in NonUtility Areas 32. Soil Erosion General Planning Issues - Key general planning issues included: 33. Urban Amenities in Rural Locations 34. Private Sewage Systems 35. Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy 36. Air Pollution Control 37. Stream System Use 38. Midland County Economic Development Strategy 39. Economic Diversification 40. Coordinated Management of County Offices 41. Planning Effort by Local Governmental Units 42. Groundwater Protection The Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation (formerly the Midland County Growth Council) continued its efforts in implementing the policy on Location of Industrial and Commercial Development (No. 24) and the Economic Development Sites policy (No. 28) in conjunction with the policies Implementation of the Stream System Use policy (No. 37) was carried out by the Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission in cooperation with the Midland County Planning 1-21 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -I I I �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - ~ : To achieve a coordinated and efficient set of regulatory and administrative processes throughout the County related to the splitting of lots, access to land parcels, and control of subdivision design and development. Strategies: • Prepare and distribute to land owners information concerning erosion problems and erosion control methods in cooperation with local units of government. • Preparesample/modelstandards for codes and ordinances. Policy: The Midland County Plat Board, in cooperation with local units of government and the Midland County Planning Commission, should promote and ensure a legal, coordinated, effective and implementable set of regulations for guaranteeing land access, and implementing subdivision and lot split controls at the local level. • Increase the level of on-site field assistance to land owners. • Develop and/or expand programs whereby landowners employing erosion control practices are given public/media recognition . Strategies: • Develop economic incentives to promote soil erosion control. • Collect and compare regulations and procedures adopted by each local governmental unit pertaining to lot splits, land access and subdivision controls. • Whe_ re feasible, incorporate erosion control standards in development regulations such as zoning ordinances. • Develop a "model" set of regulations for land access, subdivision development and lot splits for local units of government. • Ens~re that the provisions of Public Act 34 7, the Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act are being properly enforced. ' 5. Land Access, Subdivision and Lot Split Controls • Encourage local units to adopt the model regulations and provide technical assistance as needed for appropriate response to requests; provide a periodic review to determine consistency problems. Issue: There is a general lack of effective regulatory and administrative controls to ensure adequate and reasonable access to land parcels, as well as efficient controls for the splitting of lots and design and development of subdivisions. 6· Small Watershed Planning Issue: The quality of the surface and ground water within the County is partially dependent upon the 1-3 �I 7. quality of the smaller watersheds and subdrainage basins. The lack of monitoring and regulating of the watersheds and basins can result in unwanted surface and ground water contamination and/or soil erosion and sedimentation. Growth Management ~: The municipalities and townships in Midland County lack sufficient growth management techniques to implement comprehensive development plans. Goal: Ensure an environmentally safe, small watershed and drainage basin system within the County. ~ : Encourage the formulation and adoption of minimum uniform standards and regulations throughout the County governing land use and community development. Policy: The Midland County Soil and Water Conservation District, in cooperation with the Midland County Planning Commission, should establish a coordinated program to encourage local units of government to protect and improve the small watersheds and drainage basins within their jurisdictions. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission, in conjunction with the County, local municipalities and townships and planning, building and zoning officials, should develop model growth management techniques governing the use and development of land, natural resources, water, air, infrastructure, community facilities, economic development, and public services. Strategies: • Define the boundaries of small watersheds. • Encourage local units of government to form a consortium to inventory and study small watersheds within the County and recommend remedial or protective actions. Strategies: • Prepare report on necessary and desired growth management techniques for implementing County, municipal and township comprehensive development plans. • Notify local units of government of available public/private funds for protective remediation and enhancement of small watersheds and subdrainage basins. • Formulate model housing codes, river protection overlay zoning standards, land access regulations, subdivision ordinances, lot split ordinances, floodplain management regulations, special use regulations, planned unit development standards, site plan • Establish a county-wide contamination and soil erosion monitoring program for small watersheds, drainage basins. 1-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I �• • • • • •I I I I I I I I I I I I I model County River Protection Plan . review procedures, and other growth management techniques deemed necessary for implementation of comprehensive development plans, for adoption by the County, municipalities and townships. 8. Stream System • Prepare/update municipal zoning ordinances and maps in accordance with the municipal river protection master plans and model County river protection overlay zone regulations. Use Community Facilities Issue: The Tittabawassee, Chippewa, Pine and Salt rivers and Sanford and Wixom lakes have been identified as significant for scenic and recreational use, yet many local comprehensive plans/zoning ordinances do not recognize these systems for such use, nor protect them. 9. Consolidation/Coordination of Public Services ~ : Better utilization of existing County and local resources would maximize the costs of providing services, such as fire, police, parks, utilities, housing, transportation, and minimize operational inefficiencies. ~ : Encourage local communities to consider as part of their planning process, the scenic and recreational value of the County's major water features. The implementation of guidelines/controls governing river /lake development should be encouraged. Goal: Develop a management system capable of coordinating both County and local service delivery, to achieve optimum efficiency in providing quality services. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners, through the Controller-Administrator. and in cooperation with local units of government, should take the lead in investigating potential revenue savings from improved coordination and consolidation of public services. Policy: The Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission. in conjunction with the Midland County Planning Commission, should encourage those townships that contain, or border upon rivers within the County, to consider the spirit, intent and regulations of the recently completed Midland County River Protection Plan recommendations. Strategies: • Promote the possibilities of coordination/consolidation at the County and local level. Strategies: • Prepar~/ update municipal master plans 1n accordance with the • Investigate the privatization of some public services. 1-5 �1 • Work to implement the program and schedule contained in the Solid Waste Management Plan. 1O. Solid Waste Resource Recovery and Disposal ~ : The disposal of solid waste is a continuing and increasing County concern. A special problem is the siting of a long-term disposal facility. • Establish a public education program and promote public awareness of the immediate need to select a solid waste recovery and disposal facility process and proceed with implementation of a designed facility. Goal: Implement an efficient, costeffective, integrated waste management system capable of meeting the diverse needs of Midland County, under the MONA (Michigan Department of Natural Resources), Public Act 641 requirements. • Provide method of funding. 11. Intergovernmental Planning of Utilities Issue: There is a need to prepare long-range plans for water and sewer service in areas outside the cities. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners should maintain an integrated waste management plan capable of meeting the diverse needs of Midland County. The Midland County Solid Waste Management Advisory Board should develop and manage an implementation program and schedule. ~: Provide a coordinated program of water distribution and sanitary sewerage planning. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners, in cooperation with local units of government, should evaluate the long-range needs addressing county-wide water distribution and sanitary sewerage. Strategies: • Encourage the creation/ expansion of the recycling market. Strategies: • A~s~ss . the county-wide water d1stnbut1on and sanitary sewerage needs in an area-wide plan with recommendations. • Budget for ongoing coordination of solid waste management planning. • Budget for professional management consulting services and advice on managing the implementation of the plan. • Prepare an area-wide water and sewer plan dealing with needs for improvements, financing and responsibilities. 1-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I -I I ~ �• • • • • • •I -I I I I I I I I I I • Evaluate foundation funding for the plan, as well as implementation. • Coordinate the area-wide plan with the land use plans of the townships, cities, village and County to guide development to appropriate areas . 13. County Financial Planning Management 12. School District Cooperation ~ : There is a lack of long-range financial management planning for major capital improvements and for projected revenues and expenses for County services, capital improvements, and facility operation. ~: Due to changes in secondary school enrollments and decline in funding, the public, and possibly the private, school systems should evaluate coordination of cooperative efforts to provide for maximum education opportunities in an efficient manner. .GQ.ru: Provide for a mechanism for a coordinated, efficient program for spending public resources. Goal: Encourage cooperative/ coordinated efforts between various school systems in Midland County. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners, in conjunction with the Controller-Administrator, should develop and adopt shortrange (1 year) budgets and longrange (6 years) improvement programs to define capital and an operating expenditures and revenues. Policy: A task force of the Bullock Creek, Coleman, Meridian, and Midland public school districts should develop a cooperative/ coordinated analysis of current and future school programs and facilities. Strategies: Strategies: • Solicit short- and long-range budgetary needs from various County departments and agencies. • Explore the possibility of creating an umbrella oversight committee to undertake a study of possibilities and guide the process. • Provide for the review and input of the proposed departmental capital budgets by the County Planning Commission in relation to planning analyses, project evaluations, and County development plans. • Prepare a strategic plan outlining how facilities, resources and programs could be shared in a most efficient manner among Midland County schools. 1-7 �1 • Develop and adopt a social services delivery plan to reflect projected demands and available resources. • Develop and adopt a county-wide short-range and long-range financial management plan of revenues and expenses, and incorporate the plan into the County annual budgeting process. Housing 15. County Housing Planning • Annually review and amend the County financial management plan. ~ : Housing opportunities need to be provided for Midland County residents of low to moderate income. 14. Social Services Planning Issue: Changing population and household characteristics will require continuous changes in the provision of social services within the County. Goal: Encourage a county-wide housing mix which provides housing opportunities to accommodate all economic levels of income and lifestyles. Goal: Ensure an equitable provision of social services within the County that will functionally address the needs of qualifying individuals and households while discouraging access to public service programs by those who have viable economic and social options. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission, in cooperation with the Midland County and City housing commissions, should develop a county-wide housing plan which addresses the county-wide housing needs. Policy: A consortium of key social service agencies should establish a human services delivery system that wiil maximize the combined resources of public and private institutions and organizations. Strategies: • Reassess housina needs data on a five-year basis- via a countywide housing needs analysis. • Evaluate methodologies and programs to increase owneroccupied units in the County. Strategies: • Inventory and evaluate the efficiency of existing social service providers and programs. • Formulate model codes for local units to use to maintain and improve the County's housing stock. • Establish a consortium of service providers to forecast and evaluate future social service needs within the County. • Prepare a county-wide housing plan which identifies measures for implementation. 1-8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • • • I �• • • • •II • •II •II 11· II , ", , 17. Access Management/Corridor Development • Explore th~ establishr,:ient of a vehicle for 1mplementat1on of the housing plan, such as a nonprofit housing corporation. ~: Proper investigation and planning is necessary to assure that future development is consistent with the land use access and transportation needs of Midland County, along its major transportation corridors. • Consider forming a City-County housing trust fund to finance housing . Transportation 1s. North-South Circulation ~: Preserve and protect personal safety, while maximizing access to property, and providing for the needs of through traffic. ~ : West of Midland to Oil City, north-south highway circulation patterns are inhibited by lack of through traffic routes. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission, in conjunction with the Michigan Department of Transportation, Midland County Road Commission and the City of Midland, should prepare corridor studies of use, future development and traffic/ access controls for M-20, Saginaw Road and other major thoroughfares. ..G.Q.al: Develop improved northsouth vehicular routes thereby facilitating greater efficiency of traffic movement within and through Midland County. Policy: The Midland County Road Commission should investigate, and implement as appropriate, improvements to the County's north-south vehicular circulation system, based on an area-wide comprehensive transportation analysis and plan. Strategies: • Organize a joint steering committee for the process. Strategies: • Seek funding for committee. • Prepare report on analysis of problems with recommended solutions. • Prepare report on M-20 corridor land use and traffic service for the State, County Road Commission and municipalities. • Include County transportation needs in the County Road Commission's capital improvement program (CIP). • Prepare report on Saginaw Road corridor land use and traffic service for the State, County Road Commission and municipalities. • Budget annual capital expenditures within CIP. 1-9 �1a. Area-wide Comprehensive Transportation Planning • Prepare report on analysis of street and highway needs data. Issue: Midland County lacks a longrange (20-year) area-wide transportation plan for community and economic development. • Prepare an area~wide tra~c analysis including traffic generation data, origin and destination study, and traffic flow assignments. Goal: Prepare an area-wide comprehensive transportation plan and capital improvements program of State, County and local roads, streets and bridges in Midland County including the Midland urban area. • Prepare report on critical_ bridges and historical data on bridges. • Prepare report on a long-range (20-year) transportation plan for all modes of travel including streets and highways, public transit, rail, air, and nonmotorized transportation. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission, in conjunction with the Michigan Department of Transportation (MOOT), Midland County Road Commission and City of Midland, should prepare an area-wide comprehensive transportation plan and capital improvements program dealing with the County's transportation needs, problems and solutions. • Prepare report on a short-range (5 year) capital improvements program. 19. Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafficways ~ : Midland County lacks a longrange plan for bicycle and pedestrian trafficways. Goal: Prepare a comprehensive plan and capital improvements program directed at bicycle and pedestrian trafficways. Strategies: • Incorporate the north-south circulation and bicycle and pedestrian trafficways policies (Nos. 16 and 19), including public transit, rail and airport planning needs, into the area-wide comprehensive transportation planning process. Policy: The Midland County Road Commission, in conjunction with the Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission, should prepare a comprehensive plan and capital improvements program directed at bicycle and pedestrian trafficways. • Formulate an area-wide transportation steering committee, which might include a representative of the Midland County Emergency Services Department. 1-10 �Strategies: Policy: The Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation, in cooperation with the Midland County Planning Commission, local municipalities, industries, businesses and public school districts, should identify and promote commercial and industrial development at those locations offering the greatest potential for success. ~ • Incorporate the County's rails-totrails program into the bicycle and pedestrian trafficways policy. • Report on origins (bicyclists/ users), destinations (attractions/generators) and needs (trail types/ corridors). • Report on a long-range (20-year) plan. Strategies: • Report on a capital improvements program. • Encourage planned industrial and commercial parks to locate where services are available and where site location standards indicate. • Report on a coordination program with County and City streets and highway planning, and County and City parks and recreation planning. • Promote planned industrial and commercial parks in the Bullock Creek, Coleman and Meridian public school districts. • Seek State financing assistance from the Michigan Department of Transportation. • Utilize P.A. 425 to share tax base. • Promote communications and cooperation between the municipalities and County economic development and planning agencies. Economic Development I l I I I I I I 20. Location of Industrial and Commercial Development Issue: Based on recent projections, the amount of acreage needed for new industrial and commercial development is relatively limited. Competition between communities for that development is likely to be keen. 21. Agricultural Economy Issue: The agricultural economy of Midland County appears to be in decline due to decreasing farm income, per-farm value and value of croppage. ~: Promote commercial and industrial development in areas meeting the necessary site criteria thereby offering the highest potential for success. Goal: Encourage the stabilization of the County's farm economy. Policy: The Midland County Cooperative Extension Service, in cooperation with the Midland County 1-11 �Strategies: Economic Growth and Development Corporation, should determine the current and forecast needs of the agricultural section of the County economy and formulate programs to address those needs. • Prepare an analysis of current and future job opportunities, wage levels, job growth segments and training/education programs and requirements in Midland County. Strategies: • Formulate a strategy to target higher paying job categories to promote job growth in Midland County. • Work with the Soil Conservation Service and Farmers Home Administration to define the needs for the stabilization of the local agricultural economy. • Conduct a target market analysis for Midland County business to identify growth areas in business and resultant job creation. • Evaluate how the Midland County Planning Commission can, through traditional planning methods, assist the farm economy. Environment 23. Private Sewage Systems • Input agricultural stabilization mechanisms into other planning initiatives/issues during implementation. Issue: The lack of public sanitary sewers requires reliance on on-site disposal. This may result in groundwater and surface water contamination problems as development increases. 22. Labor Force Issue: The types of job opportunities for Midland County residents will continue in manufacturing as well as government and service related jobs, creating a continued demand for qualified, skilled labor. Goal: Carefully regulate development in nonsewered locations in order to protect groundwater resources. Policy: Local governmental units should carefully regulate development in nonsewered locations as a way of protecting groundwater resources. Goal: Determine the future "human resource" needs of the Midland County residents. Policy: The Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation should explore the labor force needs of Midland County employment centers. Strategies: • Administer and enforce municipal and township codes and ordinances in accordance with plan 1-12 •II •II •II II • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I - of clean water for residential and commercial purposes. policies/ actions and County Health Department regulations. Goal: Protect local groundwater supplies/ aquifers from contamination. 24. Air Pollution Control ~ : The Michigan Department of Natural Resources has indicated that industrial air quality monitoring in Midland County does not adequately assess exotic pollutants. Policy: The Midland County Health Department, in cooperation with local governing bodies, should develop and implement groundwater protection measures and should monitor suspected problems areas. Goal: Provide an adequate and accurate system capable of measuring and interpreting local ambient atmospheric emissions/ conditions resulting from industrial processes. Strategies: • Report on groundwater resources/hydrogeological conditions in the County. Policy: The Midland County Health Department, in cooperation with Environmental Protection Agency, the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, major manufacturers and industries, should monitor local atmospheric conditions pursuant to industrial emissions. • Report on assessment of groundwater problems and the impact of large users drawing down the water table. • Report on a groundwater protection management plan, including protection measures and a monitoring system. Strategies: • Encourage growth and development away from airborne particulates. • Establish priorities for monitoring suspected groundwater contamination areas, such as existing municipal landfills, closed dump sites, wells and abandoned gas stations. • Monitor the situation for change in conditions. • Develop a local education/ awareness program. 26. Environmental Management Planning 25. Groundwater Protection Issue: While there is a recognition that the potential for environmental contamination exists within the County, there is no integrated program to address existing and potential contamination in a comprehensive manner. ~: Local communities have stressed the need to protect groundwater from contamination in order to ensure long-term supplies 1-13 �implemented and politically and financially acceptable to the public and private sectors. ~ : Establish a comprehensive county-wide plan to define and address existing and potential air, surface water, groundwater, soils, noise and visual pollution. • Solicit voluntary compliance and require mandatory compliance when necessary. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners should commission the Midland County Planning Commission, in conjunction with the Midland County Health Department and other public and private sector organizations, to develop a comprehensive environmental management plan and program. Planning Information. Coordination and Implementation 27. Municipal and Township Master Plans ~ : Lack of consistent and timely update of local master plans has resulted in housing units and other types of development being constructed in rural areas without the benefit of planned coordination with public utilities, services and transportation. Strategies: • Solicit interest from selected groups (e.g., County Health Department, Dow Chemical Company, Michigan Department of Natural Resources) to participate in defining the intent and scope of a comprehensive environmental management program. Goal: Encourage local units of government to develop and/or update comprehensive plans in coordination with the County Comprehensive Plan. • Undertake an inventory and evaluation of current environmental contamination conditions (including P.A. 307 sites) and project the potential for future contamination/ pollution. Policy: Local governmental units should provide facilities and services commensurate with sound land and growth development policies. • Develop a county-wide environmental management plan addressing the issues of air, water, soils, noise and visual pollution. Strategies: • Establish a county-wide hazardous materials management program. • Encourage local planning commission review of public works in accordance with adopted master plans. • Prepare/update/adopt master plans and community facilities plans. • Develop a comprehensive environmental management program that is capable of being 1-14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I II II II II II • •II II documents necessary to properly guide growth and development. 28. Local Plann1ng Information ~ : There is currently a lack of available resources in the County to support local planning efforts. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission should advise local communities on the need to prepare and maintain necessary planning and zoning documents. ~ : Promote coordination and consistency among local governmental units through leadership of the County Planning Commission. Strategies: Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission should be a source of information to local units of government for master planning. • Make recommendations on updating master plans in the context of conducting township zoning coordination reviews. Strategies: • Workshops on preparing/ updating municipal master plans, zoning documents and developing current standards. • Provide current geographical information maps. • Evaluate innovative approaches tried in other areas in Michigan and the Nation (e.g., performance standards, land development codes). • Provide current socioeconomic data. • Continue County Planning Commission review of local plans to ensure coordination with the County Comprehensive Plan. 30. County-Wide Geographic Information System (GIS) • Provide educational resources for local unit planning processes. Issue: There is no computerized mapping system established at a county-wide level that provides for accurate, detailed representation of resources and developed features and which can be easily updated as needed. 29. Planning Effort by Local Governmental Units Issue: Community master plans and zoning ordinances vary markedly in format, depth of information and consistency with current law. Some communities do not have current comprehensive plans. Goal: Establish a geographic information system at the County level that will meet the application needs of staff and on-line departments. Goal: Encourage local communities to prepare and maintain those 1-15 �31. Formulation of Other Planning Elements Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners should develop and implement a county-wide GIS system that can be used for accurate mapping, retrieval and modification of geographic components related to land use, zoning, public works (drainage, roads), utilities (sewer, water, energy transmission), site design, property valuation and tax assessment, census data, traffic volumes, and other community development factors. Issue: As described in the Midland County Strategic Planning report, the Planning function of County government will be called upon to provide the Controller-Administrator and Board of Commissioners with more data for thoughtful decisions. ~: Provide financial and professional staff support to strengthen County planning efforts. Strategies: Policy: The Controller-Administrator and Midland County Board of Commissioners should provide additional financial support, and technical and professional staff to adequately support the County Department of Planning, Midland County Planning Commission, and other cooperative planning-related bodies to carry out comprehensive planning data analyses, development plans and planning implementation programs. • Conduct a GIS feasibility analysis. • Establish a GIS program under the coordinated leadership of the County Department of Planning and the County Department of Information Systems. • Inventory the GIS needs of each County department to determine required extent and capacity of proposed system. Strategies: • Work with a GIS professional to construct and implement a GIS program for the County, responsive to the needs of each department. • Provide funding and administrative support for permanent technical and professional planning staff. • Educate the County Department of Planning and County Department of Information Systems in the application and updating of the GIS system. • Provide funding and administrative support for hiring special, professional consulting firms to augment the permanent planning staff engaged in special projects. • Continue to evaluate the operation and efficiency of the County GIS system. 1-16 • • • • • • • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I I II I II II •II • • • • Assist in recommending specific textual changes in P.A. 282 of 1945 pertaining to required intergovernmental cooperation. 32. Intergovernmental Coordination for Planning Issue: There is currently no existing mechanism requiring intergovernmental coordination for planning among the various State, County and local governmental agencies. This results in a substantial gap in project information available to the County Planning Commission for consideration and inclusion in planning decisions and recommendations. 33. Structure for Implementing Comprehensive Plan the ~: The County Planning Commission is not capable or empowered to implement the wide variety of functions identified in the County Comprehensive Plan. establishment of for requmng coordination of County. Goal: Identify or provide for an organizational structure(s) within the County that will be able to implement, or at least promote, the proposals identified in this Plan. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners, in conjunction with the Midland County Planning Commission, should promote state enabling legislation to empower county planning commissions to coordinate federal, state and local agency planning activities and require such agencies to submit plans for such coordination. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners, in conjunction with the Controller-Administrator and the Midland County Planning Commission, should establish a strategic program at the County level to identify specific organizations and a structure responsible for implementing specific Plan recommendations. Strategies: Strategies: • Actively lobby with the Michigan Association of Counties (MAC), Michigan Chapter of the American Planning Association (MAPA) and Michigan Society of Planning Officials (MSPO) to amend the County Planning Act (P.A. 282 of 1945) to require County notification and coordination of various agency planning activities . • Encourage the involvement of identified units of government, public/private nonprofit organizations, businesses and interested individuals in the implementation program. Goal: Promote the a mechanism intergovernmental planning within the • Assign organizations/individuals to specific proposals and work with them to develop a series of strategies for each proposal. 1-17 �Home and Modular Home Regulations (No. 3) was implemented by the Midland County Planning Commission by publication of model standards governing the use, construction, and placement of mobile and modular housing. The standards are contained in the Planning Commission's report entitled Study of Mobile & Modular Homes in Midland County, Michigan, January 1989. • The County Board of Commissioners should lead the implementation program and support the efforts of the County Planning Commission. • Provide for a system of monitoring the progress made by participants. Implementation of 1987 Comprehensive Planning Policies The preparation of housing studies in 1991 by Wilkens and Wheaton Engineering Company for the Midland County Housing Commission and the City of Midland do relate to the Affordable Housing issue (No. 1), but a housing plan still remains to be prepared. The results of the two studies are presented in the reports entitled Affordable Housing Study for the OutCounty Area of Midland County. December 1991; and Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy, City of Midland, November 1991. Upon identifying planning issues in 19851987, the Midland County Planning Commission and other public bodies started promoting the implementation of certain policies addressing key issues of county-wide significance. Although there were several specific issues (42), major implementation efforts were directed at issues dealing with housing standards, affordable housing, traffic data, County highway planning, public transit, consolidation of public services, County offices, solid waste resource recovery and disposal, planning of County government facilities, economic development, river and stream preservation, and coordinated management of County offices. A description of the implementation of policies dealing with these issues follows: To generate interest in the County Housing Planning issue (No. 5), the Midland County Planning Commission sponsored a county-wide workshop in October 1988 on "Midland County Housing Needs." Transportation Issues - Key transportation issues included: Housing Issues - Key housing issues included: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Traffic Data 7. North-South Circulation 8. Public Transit 9. M-20 and Saginaw Road Corridor Development 10. County Highway Planning 11. Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafficways Affordable Housing Preservation of Housing Mobile Home and Modular Home Regulations Elderly Housing Needs County Housing Planning None of the housing policies were fully implemented except the policy on Mobile 1-18 • • • • • • • • • -- �I I I I I I I I ' '• • II 1111 Ill II ~ comprehensive plan and capital improvements program directed at bicycle and pedestrian trafficways. The acquisition of the County linear park properties within the abandoned CSX Railroad right-of-way by the Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission for nonmotorized transportation purposes does relate to this issue, however. A traffic count program was initiated in 1989, addressing the Traffic Data issue (No. 6), as part of the Midland County Road Commission's report entitled Midland County Long-Range Transportation Plan, 1991, December 1991. This report also addresses the NorthSouth Circulation issue (No. 7) and County Highway Planning issue (No. 10). The County Highway Planning issue (No. 10) will be re-addressed in implementing a new policy on area-wide comprehensive transportation planning. To promote the undertaking of an area-wide comprehensive transportation plan for Midland County, the County Planning Commission sponsored a county-wide workshop in October 1992 on "Comprehensive Transportation Planning" and the Federal lntermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991. Community Facilities Issues - Key community facilities issues included: 12. Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy 13. Historic Sites, Identification and Preservation 14. Consolidation of Public Services 15. County Offices 16. Recreational Funding for Property Acquisition and Facility Development 17. Meeting Recreation Needs: Resident versus Tourist 18. Solid Waste Resource Recovery and Disposal 19. County Drains 20. Adaptive Reuse of Schools 21. Planning of County Government Facilities 22. Water Supply Without Consideration of Public Sewers Considerable promotion of the Public Transit policy (No. 8) was given by the Midland County Board of Commissioners but implementation of a county-wide public transit system failed due to lack of support by the City of Midland and the townships. As a means of promoting the implementation of the M-20 and Saginaw Road Corridor Development policy (No. 9), the Midland County Planning Commission sponsored a county-wide workshop in October 1991 on "Highway Corridor Management Planning." In cooperation with the Bicentennial Committee and the Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission, the Midland County Historical Society initiated the marking of historical sites (Issue No. 13) in the County. Although there was discussion by the Midland County Road Commission and Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission regarding the Bicycle and Trafficways issue (No. 11), there was no implementation of the policy for a Of major importance to the County, the Midland County Board of Commissioners initiated implementation of the policy on Consolidation of Public Services (No. 14) in conjunction with the policy on 1-19 �I January 1986. As an update to the earlier waste-to-energy feasibility study, the Midland County Board of Commissioners participated in a Clean Michigan Fund-financed study, which was published in two reports: Phase I Feasibility Study: Waste-to-Energy in the East Central Region of Michigan, October 1986; and Phase II Feasibility Study: Waste-to-Energy Feasibility Study for Bay, Gladwin, Isabella, & Midland Counties, April 1987. These implementation efforts were followed by the updating and adoption by the Midland County Board of Commissioners of the report entitled Solid Waste Management Plan, Midland County. Michigan, October 1988. Professional management consultants were then hired by the County to assist the Midland County Board of Commissioners in the administration and implementation of the Solid Waste Management Plan. This lead to contractural agreements between the City of Midland and local jurisdictions for use of the City's landfill for waste disposal. Later the Midland County Solid Waste Management Advisory Board, responsible for coordinating implementation of the Solid Waste Management Plan, was created. While these various implementation efforts were being pursued, the Midland Volunteers for Recycling, Inc., a nonprofit corporation, was created. A public education program was developed and expansion of voluntary recycling ensued. Coordinated Management of County Offices (No. 40). The results of the Board's work are contained in the following documents: Coordination of County Services, Report of the Midland County Task Force on Local Government and Services. January 1990; Strategic Planning Report. Midland County, Michigan, September 1991; and the Board of Commissioners' Transition Team's reports which lead to the creation of a Controller-Administrator position for managing County government services. At the time the County Comprehensive Plan was being prepared, the Midland County Planning Commission addressed the issue of County Offices (No. 15), looking at the deficiencies within existing housing spaces and sites for County offices and recommending needed improvements. The results of the study are contained in the report entitled Comparative Evaluation of Midland Office Facility Alternatives. August 1986. Various efforts were pursued in the implementation of the Solid Waste Resource Recovery and Disposal policy (No. 18). Upon initiation by Midland County Board of Commissioners, Bay, Gladwin, Isabella, and Midland counties participated in a waste-to-energy feasibility study. The results of the study are contained in the report entitled Solid Waste Disposal System Feasibility Study for Bay, Gladwin. Isabella and Midland Counties. December 1985. This study was followed by the report entitled A Development Plan for a Volunteer Recycling Program for Midland County, Michigan, September 1986. Toe Midland County Planning Commission then prepared the report entitled Solid Waste Facility Regulations for Midland County, The Adaptive Reuse of Schools issue (No. 20) was addressed in part by the Midland Public Schools Board of Education, although no overall consolidation of space occurred throughout the County. 1-20 •I • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I II II II 23. Random Development Resulting From Poor Soils 24. Location of Industrial and Commercial Development 25. Floodplain Development 26. Land Use Compatibility Between Governmental Units 27. Regional Commercial Center Location 28. Economic Development Sites 29. Prime Farmland Preservation 30. Conflicts Between Residential/NonResidential Development 31. Residential Development in NonUtility Areas 32. Soil Erosion • •Ill The Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation (formerly the Midland County Growth Council) continued its efforts in implementing the policy on Location of Industrial and Commercial Development (No. 24) and the Economic Development Sites policy (No. 28) in conjunction with the policies Ill Ill on the Midland County Economic Development Strategy (No. 38) and Economic Diversification (No. 39). The issue of ; Planning of County Government Facilities (No. 21) was addressed by the Midland County Planning Commission in 1987 by preparing the County's first report on County facilities entitled County Facilities Master Plan, May 1987. This report was followed by the updated report entitled County Facilities Master Plan - 1990 Update, October 1990. The County Facilities Master Plan provided impetus for preparing a County Capital Improvements Program, a policy on maintaining and replacing County motorized vehicles, and a County facilities preventive maintenance program. To promote interest in implementing the Prime Farmland Preservation policy (No. 29), the Midland County Planning Commission sponsored a county-wide workshop in October 1986 on "Preservation of Agricultural and Forested Lands.N Implementation of the land use policies was limited; however, the Midland County Planning Commission sponsored countywide workshops on "Futuring" (1989) and "Planning and Zoning in Your Community" (1990) to promote interest among the municipalities and townships to prepare and update their community master plans. Land Use Issues - Key land use issues included: General Planning Issues - Key general planning issues included: 33. Urban Amenities in Rural Locations 34. Private Sewage Systems 35. Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy 36. Air Pollution Control 37. Stream System Use 38. Midland County Economic Development Strategy 39. Economic Diversification 40. Coordinated Management of County Offices 41. Planning Effort by Local Governmental Units 42. Groundwater Protection Implementation of the Stream System Use policy (No. 37) was carried out by the Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission in cooperation with the Midland County Planning 1-21 �I I I I I I I I Commission. The work involved is contained in the report entitled Midland County River Protection Plan, November 1991, which provides a model master plan and zoning regulations for the municipalities and townships to use in preserving river and stream corridors. Implementation of other general planning policies was limited, except the Coordinated Management of County Offices policy (No. 40). This policy was broadened by the Midland County Board of Commissioners and combined with the Consolidation of Public Services policy (No. 14) to include all County offices in addition to those departments and agencies responsible for housing, transportation, community facilities and land use. • • • The Midland County Planning Commission also sponsored a county-wide workshop in October 1987 on "Groundwater Protection Management Planning" to promote interest in implementing the Groundwater Protection policy (No. 42). 1-22 �I I I I I I I I I I I - Comprehensive Plan �I I I I I I I I I I I -II - COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Land Use Recommended Future Land Use This section describes the existing land use pattern in Midland County and forecasts land use distribution patterns for the future. As the County's population grows there will be a demand for more homes, commercial uses and employment opportunities. Careful planning for these uses can help ensure cost-effective services and an attractive living environment. The Comprehensive Land Use Plan map (Map 17) depicts the following major land use classifications. Other subcategories of land use are described as guidelines for purposes of municipal and township planning. Agricultural Land The Michigan Resource Inventory System (MIRIS) is a computerized mapping program that depicts land uses and natural resources within counties, based upon aerial photographs and ground checking. The MIRIS maps for Midland County indicate that agricultural land uses, for the most part, coincide with the Important Farmlands map identified in the 1987 County Comprehensive Plan. Comparison of both maps also indicate sections, particularly along the northern portions of the County, that are considered to be important farmlands but were not used for agriculture when the MIRIS inventory was performed. There are also locations, particularly in the center of the County, where croplands and pasture lands exist which are not considered important farmlands. Overall, there are almost 98,600 acres of cropland, representing over 29 percent of the County's land area and more than 2,800 acres of permanent pasture, comprising 0.8 percent of the County. The townships that are most oriented to agriculture are Warren, Geneva, Jasper, Hope, Homer, Porter, Mt. Haley, Larkin and Ingersoll. The primary agricultural use in these townships is cropland and, in most cases, these lands have been designated as agricultural by local governmental units in their land use plans and zoning ordinances. Existing Land Use The evaluation of the existing uses of land is necessary in order to estimate future need. The land use figures used in this Plan are consolidated from land cover /use information made available by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources through the Michigan Resource Inventory System (MIRIS) (see Table 45). The land cover/use data is displayed on Map 15. Table 45 provides a comprehensive breakdown of land use types for each of the County's political jurisdictions according to MIRIS data, which is based on 1978/1979 aerial photographs and subsequent field checking. Almost 92 percent of the County is devoted to "rural" uses such as agricultural and forested lands. Approximately eight percent is devoted to more intensive "urban" uses including housing, commercial and industrial development. The City of Midland (while housing 50 percent of the County's population) contains over 35 percent of the County's combined residential, institutional, commercial and industrial land use acreage. J-1 �>-- I- z ::, 0 (.) EXISTING LAND USE MIDLA D COUNTY. MICHIGAN 0 z ~ LEGE ND ~ rn ~ MUL T I-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL I __ i __ _ ···°'•·······1 ,,I I L >Iz ··1· -· >z ::, ::::> I- (.) 0 0 ~ INSTITUTIONAL • INDUSTRIAL ■ AIR ■ CEMETERIES ~ CROPLAND □ UNDEVELOPED / RURAL RESIDENTIAL TRANSPORTATION (.) s Ou RC E: <{ _J _J MICHIGAN LAND INFORMATION SYSTEM 1979 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 w ~ (/) Gove Associates Inc 1601 Portage Street Kalamuoo, Mic:L.iaan ◄9001 0 �-------- ---111111111:WlllaWI ta . . TABLE 45 EXISTING LAND USE (ACRES) Low Density Residential 796 3 .5% High Density Residential 30~ 1.3% Hope Homer 441 1.9% 1,746 11 .5% ' Ingersoll Jasper 300 2.0% 83 , 3 .5% 0 forome 297 1.3% Larkin 1,084 4.9% Lee 1,112 5 .1 % Lincoln 1,22< 5.3% Mt. Haley Midland Mills 651 4.3% soc 10.9% 572 2 .3% Porter 543 3.5\{ Coleman Midland SJnfo(d City City Village rrot.ala Warren m 549 .8% 2.4% ( 0 C C ( C ( 0 0 C C C -- - neg -- C -- C - - - - - - - - - - - 275 41.6% 5,008 28 .5% 23f 24 .1% 16,959 5.0% 4 .6% 115 .6% C - 124 neg. IC 9 3( .2% 10 . 1% 12 .1% 59 .3% 39 .2% 23 . 1% 6 . 1% 16 . !% - .1% 469 2 .7% soc - 25 3 .8% 34 - 6C .1% C neg . 15 .1% C neg . 3 .5% .2% 142 .6% II neg . 45 105 .7% 12 . 1% 41 1 1.8% 18 .!% 371 1.7% 332 1.5% 145 .6% 313 2.1 % 541 7.3% 43 .2% 73 .2% .5% 72 .3% 21f 1.0% 20 3 . 1% 2,418 13 .8% 25 2.5% 5,315 1.6% 20 . 1% 6 neg . 18 .1% 105 .7% 11 . 1% 23 . 1% 7 neg . 67 .3% 2( . 1% 44 I. .2% neg . 21 .3% 25 . !% .I% 11 neg 102 .5% 2 .3% 669 3.8% 42 4.3% 1,204 .4% 90 .4% 4 neg . 0 17 . 1% 6 neg . C C - - . 1% 43 .2% 0 - 78 .4% C - 75 .3% C - - 14 2. 1% 832 4.7% 4~ 4.9% 1,211 .4% 28 .1% 53 .2% 112 45 0 0 198 .9% .4% 1,24( 16.8% 4 neg 0 .5% 251 1.7% 0 - 74 .3% 95 .3% 8 neg . 113 .5% - - 433 1.9% 14 2.1% 1,02, 5.8% 4S 5.0% 3,741 1.1% Agricultural 4,096 17.9% 8,649 37.4% 1,246 5 .4% 3,667 24.2% 6,583 43 .4% 16,541 70.5% 11,54, 50.0% 1,759 8.0% 8,22C 37.5% 2,709 11 .8% 2,255 14.8% 2,241 30.4% 2,771 11 .3% 8,766 57.4% 10,49, 45 .7% 9,376 41.7% 175 26.5% 88 1 5 .0% 35 3 .6% 102,0U 30.0% Forest Lands 13,268 57.8% 12,18C 52 .7% 18,372 79 .5% 6,703 44 .2% 5,712 37.7% 4,096 17.5% 9,37f 40.6% 13,568 61.9% 9,098 41.6% 15,421 67 .0% 8,56( 56 .3% 1,323 18 .0% 16,271 66 .3% 4,563 29.9% 8,929 38.9% 8,736 38.8% 2~ 4.2% 3,496 19 .9% 257 26.2% 159,95') 41.l % 1,600 6 .9% 257 1.1% 354 1.5% 234 1.5% 326 2 . 1% 403 1.7% 341 1.5% 1,595 7.3% 861 3 .9% 627 2 .7% 1,392 9 .2% 44 .6% 2,27f 9.3% 389 2 .5% 1,151 195 .8% C - 181 1.0% C 5.0% - 12,222 3.6% 582 2 .5% C 0 217 1.4% Sli 3 .7% 10 neg . 50 .2% 49 .3% 34 .5% 3 neg 0 - 30 .2% 0 .3% 2 neg. C - 221 1.5% 59 - - - 215 1.2% 17.9% 2,465 .7% 2,33( IO.I% 1,648 7.1% 2,509 10.8% 2,275 15.0% 1,98, 13 . l % 1,061 4.5% 1,433 6.2% 2,353 10.7% 1,999 9. 1 % 2,655 11.6% 1,699 11 .2% 1,10, 15 .0% 10.4% 905 5.9% 2,083 9.1% 2,883 12.8% 104 15.7% 2,285 13 .0% 7S 8.0% 33,953 9.9% 23,121 23,112 15,153 15,164 23,452 23,09' 21,911 21,89, 23,01( 15,19' 7,361 24,534 15,278 22,983 22,501 661 17,595 981 339,969 Commercial Industrial Institutional 'I Greendale Edenville Geneva Land Use C 9 17 Parks/Open w'Space Trans, Comm & Utilities Wetlands Water Bodies Undeveloped Nonforcstcd Land Totals 22,96 4 Notes: neg. - negligible acreage SOURCE: Michigan Dcpanmen1 of Natural RelOUrces Current Uae Inventory Acreage Report (Based on 1978/79 aerial photography). C - 2,55t C - rn �~ is based on the application of the County's 1978/79 acres per unit rate multiplied by the projected growth in housing units estimated over the future years (Table 50). This category is created to recognize the substantial economic and land use impacts agricultural uses have on the County. For identification purposes only, farming operations exceeding 40 acres should be placed within this category. Farm residences are included only if part of an active farming operation and located on a parcel greater than 40 acres. The Plan delineates four residential classifications: Rural Residential, Residential, High Density Residential and Mobile Home Park. Within the County there are approximately 124 acres of medium to high density multiple-family housing units, primarily within the City of Midland. This represents a little over 0.03 percent of the County's total acreage. At the same time, there are about 16,600 acres, or 4.9 percent of the County, devoted to single-family and duplex residential development, mostly within the City of Midland and emanating westward along major County roads and local roads. The 40-acre division is appropriate, given the 1987 Census of Agriculture information that indicates that the majority of the farms within the County exceed 50 acres. Agricultural/Small Farm - As the character of farming changes and more people become involved in farming on a parttime basis, more as a hobby than a primary or even single source of income, there is a need to set aside smaller parcels for such activity. These "hobby" farms should be large enough to reasonably accommodate farm production activities, yet smaller than the acreage needed to operate a commercial farmstead. Typical farm activities, such as the raising of livestock and crop production, would be allowed on a limited basis. Because these farm operations would be considered as hobbies, they could occur on marginal farmlands in any of the townships in the County, outside of municipalities (Coleman, Midland and Sanford). Residential Land As Table 46 depicts, there is a substantial variation in the anticipated future distribution of residential land use throughout the County. Overall, Midland County should add over 16,000 (or 25 square miles) acres of residential development to its inventory over the next 25 years. The City of Midland will account for about 33.5 percent of that growth. The majority of growth outside the City of Midland, will occur in the County's western and northern townships. Specifically, the following change in residential acreage, based on population projections, is projected for each township: Residential Acreage Requirements (Table 46) - This table combines both low and high density development needs. The table projects that Midland County will require 16, 116 additional residential acres (roughly 25 square miles) by 2015. This Edenville +489 Geneva +232 Greendale + 287 Homer +1,947 Hope +333 Ingersoll +768 J-4 Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter +933 +787 +872 +459 +479 +174 • • •I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II I - Jasper +175 Jerome + 1,03? Larkin +883 Warren +516 Coleman City + 345 Midland City + 5,400 These figures are based on arithmetic caJculations and do not represent actual conditions. TABLE 46 RESIDENTIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS (Low and High Density) Based on 1978/79 Acres/Unit as Applied to Projected Housing Need .·.·.-•• -.-.·❖:❖:❖: ❖:•:-:- TgwnshllUi Edenville ·-·-·.·--.-.. ·•. ·... ·•·•·••• ■11111lii1C!l~ii,1 796 912 .87 304 441 412 866 303 1,015 1,355 .74 995 410 405 535 443 1.00 528 528 815 1,751 1,471 1.19 1,557 1,853 630 2,680 3,800 Hope 300 549 .55 558 307 425 640 Ingersoll 832 297 943 .80 984 787 1,115 1,555 .70 385 270 355 445 .82 1,478 1,312 1880 2,515 1.10 1,803 1,193 1,635 2,195 Geneva Greendale Homer Jasper Jerome* Larkin 1,320 1,112 383 1,604 1,010 Lee 1,225 1,090 1.12 1,395 1,562 1,875 2,495 Lincoln 651 547 1.19 658 783 1,045 1,570 Midland Mills 800 572 812 836 1,700 550 828 671 1,215 467 .99 1.22 830 1,130 Mt. Haley 543 503 1.08 570 616 790 1,095 Porter 188 358 .53 399 211 280 Warren 549 622 .88 658 579 785 385 1,095 Cities Coleman Midland 279 536 .52 526 275 416 620 5,123 13,790 .37 15,338 5,675 7,980 11,075 c~um~ 17,083 26,355 .65 29,343 18,904 25,356 35,020 *Includes Vdlage of Sanford SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population and Housing Summary Reports, 1980 and 1990; Gove Associates Inc. J-5 �Each jurisdiction should review its master land use plan to determine if it has enough land planned for residential use (single-family, multiple-family, mobile home park) to accommodate these forecasted additional acreages required. water only. The lots along the lake in Edenville Township are not improved with either water or sewers. U.S. 10 and Michigan Highway 20 are also routes along which strip rural residential development occurs. Rural Residential - Rural residential indudes those areas identified for residential development where public sewer and/or water is not available or anticipated during the Plan period. Such locations are typically distant from the County's urbanized sectors and comprise the majority of land area within the County. Rural residential is often found in close proximity to the County's agricultural areas. Residential - The residential classification, sometimes referred to as urban residential, reflects areas either served by public sewer and/or water, or indicates locations where these utilities are potentially available. Lot sizes are generally one acre or less, and contain single-family or duplex residential units. The residential classification encompasses full service utility areas, such as the cities of Coleman and Midland, to outlying townships where utility service has been planned but may not be currently available. In cases where utilities will not be developed for an extended period, local communities should consider the sizing of lots commensurate with their ability to supply quality groundwater while also handling wastewater. The rural residential category indudes residences on parcels from .10 acres to less than one acre. This density of development is recognized because of the nature of nonfarm residential uses. This type of development often occurs when individuals divide larger parcels for residents seeking a rural living environment. The lack of utility service will also dictate somewhat larger parcels for water and sewer provisions. Much of the existing rural residential development occurs in a linear configuration along rural roads that follow section lines, particularly in the central/southern portions of the County. Homer, Jerome, Larkin and Lee townships, ,along with Midland Township contain the majority of rural residential land uses found within Midland County. Sanford Lake is surrounded by relatively higher density residential land uses. Although these units are on smaller lots (approximately 1/4 to 1/2 acres), they are not improved with sewer and therefore are considered rural residential. The lots along Sanford Lake in Jerome Township are served with High Density Residential - While the residential classification is limited primarily to urban built-up areas with utilities existing or planned, and consists of single-family and two-family housing, the high density residential classification would consist of properties containing three or more units and be restricted to areas with existing sewer and/ or water systems. This currently limits such development to the City of Coleman and the City of Midland and, · if approved by the County Health Department, the Midland County Water District No. 1. In effect, the high density residential classification is a subcategory of the residential classification. Within this J-6 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '- category, there are 120 acres of low-rise multi-family development and almost four acres of high-rise multi-family housing, primarily within the City of Midland. The restriction of higher density residential development to urbanized, full service utility areas (the cities of Midland and Coleman) makes sense from an environmental, access and service standpoint, and those types of units should continue to be restricted to those urban areas. Such residences could also be located in the Midland Urban Growth Area once utilities become available. measure of future need. Table 48 is based on the relationship of the commercial market to spending. As population and sales increase, the need for additional commercial development also increases. The tables indicate a range of 746 to 1,519 acres, or an average of 1, 132.5 new acres by the year 2015, given the estimated commercial acreage existing in 1980. Mobile Home Park - This is another residential land use subcategory. The nine mobile home parks in the County, two of which are located in Lee Township adjacent to M-20, encompass over 21 0 acres, or 0.06 percent of the County's land area. Aside from those parks in Lee Township, the majority of mobile home parks in the County are located within full utility service areas (the City of Midland, or the City of Coleman), or within the defined Midland Urban Growth Area. Since mobile home parks are a relatively higher density land use, it is preferable to locate them within utility service areas or, as an alternative, in locations with soils that are capable of accommodating on-site waste systems, are not prime for agricultural use, and are compatible with surrounding land uses. The County should encourage the placing of mobile homes in parks rather than on individual lots. Community Commercial - This Plan identifies a number of locations as community commercial. These areas primarily exist to serve the day-to-day needs of localized populations (less than 30 minutes away). Typical uses include gasoline service stations, grocery stores, restaurants and other small retail establishments. Limited office development may also be found. Several of the centers, such as along M-20 and at the US-1 0 interchanges, also serve motorists traveling through the County. Community commercial uses should be located in planned centers, off major roads, as opposed to strip commercial areas. Commercial areas delineated by the Plan generally coincide with existing commercial development. The size of a community commercial center may vary, but normally does not exceed five to 10 acres. In many instances, these centers encompass only the corner lots of highway intersections. There are over 800 acres of community commercial development within the County including the City of Midland, which contains the majority of commercial land use within the County. Commercial Land Commercial Acreage Requirements (Tables 47 and 48) - This table estimates future commercial acreage needs. Table 47 applies the 1978/79 per capita allocation of commercial land to projected population growth as a J-7 �TABLE 47 COMMERCIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS (Per Capita) Based on Population Growth and Using 1978/79 - Allocation of Acre/Person for Each Jurisdiction •:< Jurisdiction 1978/79 Acres Per Capita •· Projected Estimated 1978/79 i 2015 2000 1990 Acreage Townshigs Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper** Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley** Porter** Warren .005 .008 .012 .007 .008 .004 0 .014 .018 .012 .014 .003 .011 0 0 .009 10 9 15 30 10 12 0 .017 .013 25 469 13 10 20 15 12 23 38 12 14 14 44 84 11 16 73 74 53 29 9 20 19 14 20 21 378 28 604 12 8 18 30 10 11 11 64 65 60 59 39 23 6 16 0 0 17 48 25 7 18 17 14 16 16 86 61 34 10 23 22 16 23 Cities Coleman Midland 1,064 .011 756 800 Countx *Includes Village of Sanford -Projection based on average of .01 commercial acres/person countywide (excluding Cities of Midland and Coleman) and 1990 Census of Population. SOURCE: 32 700 1,215 MIRIS; U.S. Census of Population (1980); Gove Associates Inc. (Projections based upon Woods and Poole (1992) TABLE 48 COMMERCIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS Based on Retail and Service Sales/Establishment Year 1982 1987 1990 2000 2015 Population 73,992 75,029 75,651 91,280 105,730 Total Sales* $363,452,000 $451,019,000 $527,468,275 $986,066,805 $2,202,687,790 Establishments 790 765 790 1,064 1,675 Acreage 932 903 933 1,259 1,988 *Constant dollars with no increase for inflation. 1990, 2000 and 2015 total sales based upon rate of increase between 1982 and 1987. Number of establishments based upon increased sales/establishments between 1982-1987 and calibrated to calculate number of establishments for 2015. Projections are based on Woods and Poole (1992) . SOURCE: U.S. Census of Retail Trade: 1982, 1987; U.S. Census of Service Industries: 1982, 1987; U.S. Census of Population: 1990. J-8 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I - the community commercial designation, is designed to accommodate the immediate needs of urban residents being within a generalized circumscribed area (such as a six- or eight-squareblock residential district). In the rural sections of the County, neighborhood commercial uses are primarily located in agricultural areas and serve a market radius of two to three miles. Typical uses within this classification would include small independent grocery stores, gas stations, small sit-down coffee shop/restaurants, grain and feed stores and similar uses. Size, as well as type, of activity is also a defining characteristic of neighborhood commercial activities. A neighborhood commercial area could consist of a single small store on a one- or two-acre (or larger) site containing several smaller retail/service facilities. They should be located in planned centers, off primary roads, preferably at or near intersections, on sites that can efficiently serve a population of about 2,000 to 4,000 persons. Aggregations of neighborhood businesses within a center, with common off-street parking, is a desirable alternative to separate, scattered neighborhood commercial uses. Such centers should be strategically located within the rural portion of the County, serving a radius of two to three miles and covering four to eight acres. commercial development within the County including the City of Midland, which contains the majority of commercial land use within the County. This Plan attempts to recognize viable community commercial locations. It is possible that unexpected population growth, changing consumer habits and preferences, or other factors may result in the demand for additional centers. Locational include: criteria for new centers - Demonstrated need based on market demand. - Compatibility with opment. adjacent devel- - Location on designated arterials or collectors as opposed to local streets. - If possible, linkage to public utilities. If not, sites must be capable of supplying potable water and handling wastewater discharges. - Suitable location within the trade area (or market population) to maximize potential for success and reduce travel time and energy costs for consumers. - Suitable access to fire, police, rubbish collection and other municipal service. Office - This is a subcategory of the community commercial land use classification. Office space can range from a single small one-person facility to a complex of office buildings. In many instances, buildings of a certain primary use (e.g., industrial or retail commercial) may contain office space, but are not classified as office because the majority - Potential for growth. Neighborhood Commercial - While community commercial activities are intended to serve the general community in which they are located, neighborhood commercial, which is a subcategory of J-9 �of the building is devoted to the primary use. The City of Midland contains most of the office space within the County. The proximity of offices to easy accessibility, adequate parking and complementary services are important factors in defining the best location for office space. Optimally, offices should be concentrated within existing urban areas (i.e., downtowns), to provide a resource for increased retail commercial activity within central business districts. If feasible and beneficial to the upkeep and maintenance of the neighborhood, older dwelling units on the perimeter of the central business district could be converted to office space. In rural areas, offices should be located in central locations for easy accessibility and efficiency by placing complementary businesses within close proximity to each other. design and operating standards that will mm1m1ze negative impacts upon surrounding land uses and traffic flow. General Commercial - Whereas community commercial land uses are designed to serve the entire community, and neighborhood commercial activities are intended to serve more local needs, general commercial land uses are designated as activities that are not contained within a planned shopping area but located individually or in "pockets" throughout the community. General commercial land uses may consist of a wide variety of activities that are not within the central business district, or in regional shopping centers or neighborhood centers. Such stores may serve both neighborhood and community-wide markets. Typical general commercial businesses include auto dealers, contractor's yards, building suppliers, and similar businesses. These businesses should be limited to designated areas and have measurable While the importance of the City of Midland as a regional center remains strong, growth since the mid-1970s has resulted in new commercial development occurring along the perimeter of the City and into the surrounding townships. Such growth is especially evident in the vicinity of Larkin Township where a major shopping center has recently been completed on Eastman Road near U.S. 10. Regional Commercial - It should be recognized that some areas act, or may act, as shopping districts for persons outside the immediate area. Generally these centers will have large "anchor" stores and serve larger populations. Available shopping opportunities will be of a type that will attract customers from distances of about 30 minutes driving time. A regional center provides a full range of comparison shopping and includes general merchandise, clothing, furniture, appliances, specialty stores, automotive centers, and similar establishments. Regional centers attract consumers from a wide trade area. Outlying growth is anticipated to continue with many of the traditional commercial functions relocating from the City to the growth areas. Accordingly, the County Regional Commercial Center has been designated in an area just north of U.S. 10 in the City of Midland and Larkin Township. The City, however, remains intrinsically linked to the center. J-10 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - TABLE 49 INDUSTRIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS PER CAPITA Based on 1980 Per Capita Allocation of Industrial Acres For Each Jurisdiction •.· :::--: :-::::::·::. :;::,::;: i Jurisdiction .. : ..[1978/79 \Acres Per · ti Capita•-/ .. ·•:•. :::: ... •1s1~11s . Estimated · •· : ·•. - Acreage 1990 • ·• ...... •,•,:: :-:-::•:•·· ·.· -Projected 2000 • 2015 TQwnshiR§ Edenville Geneva Greendale .002 .004 .004 .006 .004 .001 .002 .002 .009 .002 .041 .135 .003 .003 .007 .030 5 5 5 27 5 4 3 7 29 6 67 323 5 5 9 55 5 5 6 27 5 4 3 9 32 8 74 323 5 5 8 55 5 5 7 32 6 4 3 10 37 9 86 394 5 6 10 66 6 6 8 37 7 4 3 12 43 10 100 457 6 7 11 76 .014 .062 20 2,286 20 2,345 23 2,881 27 3,337 Sanford .019 16 17 21 24 CQ~nty .039 2,881 2,956 3,610 4,181 Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren Cities Coleman Midland Villages *Does not include Village of Sanford. SOURCE: Midland County; 1980 & 1990 Census of Population; Gove Associates Inc. J-11 �increase in industrial jobs. It is possible to guide industrial employment by promoting new business start-ups as well as expansion of existing industries. This can be accomplished by establishing the appropriate "environmentM for entrepreneurial development in the County. Within that framework, this Plan recommends additional or expanded development for entrepreneurial "start-up" businesses and for business expansion within or adjacent to the City of Coleman, in Ingersoll and Midland townships, such as along Gordonville Road, and adjacent to the Village of Sanford, as well as within or adjacent to the City of Midland. In those locations without existing community sewer or water utilities, such as along M-20 in Lee or Greendale townships, new industrial development should be required to construct adequate water and sewer systems approved by the County Health Department. Industrial Land Industrial Acreage Requirements (fable 49) - This table estimates Mure industrial acreage needs. Table 49 is based on 1978/79 per capita allocation of industrial land to projected population growth. Table 49 estimates that 1,300 additional acres of industrial land will be needed county-wide by the year 2015 (over 1978/79 acreage). This calculation is based solely on the ratio of industrial acreage to population in each jurisdiction at the time the MIRIS inventory was conducted. Since some of the townships did not have any .industrial land in 1978/79, a constant of "5" acres was assigned to Edenville, Geneva, Greendale, Hope, Mills and Mt. Haley townships for the purpose of projecting future industrial land acreage requirements. Projections for the other units of government were based on the 1978/79 actual acreage. New industries desiring to locate in the County will analyze numerous site, labor and political factors. Knowledge of these can be beneficial to the County and local units of government as they delineate industrial areas and/or seek to attract new industries. They include: As of 1978/79, about 2,881 acres of land in the County were devoted to industrial use. By 2015, it is estimated that 4,181 acres (or about 6.5 square miles) of industrial land will be needed in the County, a 45 percent increase in land area over 35 years. This Plan calls for Midland County's industrial land base to primarily remain within existing industrial areas and expand within certain school districts (because of the desire of certain school districts to increase their tax base through industrial development). The industrial and commercial goal and associated action calls for promoting planned industrial and commercial parks in the Bullock Creek, Coleman and Meridian public school districts. This is in agreement with the Woods and Poole employment projections that project an • Community acceptance • Transportation logistics - access to freeway, rail and air • Power supplies, including adequacy and costs • Water supplies, including raw and municipal water • Natural gas supplies • Raw material proximity J-12 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I Coleman and Meridian public school districts. • Market proximity • Permitability, including environmental and zoning permits Public Land • Utility purchase costs The public land classification consists of land holdings under public and quasipublic ownership, including institutional properties and lands in a natural condition. These encompass State forest lands and various County and other nondeveloped municipal holdings. • Land availability and costs • Sanitary Sewerage • Waste disposal opportunities, sanitary sewer, including hazardous wastes Over 50 percent of the County's institutional acreage is located in the City of Midland. This consists of County and City administrative facilities, the Grace A. Dow Memorial Library, the MidMichigan Regional Medical Center, parks, public and private schools, the Midland Community Center and other similar facilities. Because the City of Midland will continue to be the commercial employment and cultural center of the County, and is also projected to retain about 50 percent of the County's population through the year 2015, the majority of institutional acreage in the County will likely remain in the City of Midland. Most townships have recently remodeled their meeting facilities (township halls) or constructed new administrative facilities. Aside from local parks, the only facilities operated by several townships are maintenance/ storage buildings. It is not likely that new local public facilities, aside from the parks recommended above, will be required over the next 25 years. • Labor supply and labor relations • Local support services • Local development incentives, including tax abatement New industrial development should be sited in those locations lending themselves to such development. Light Industrial - Light industries (those that have minimal impact upon surrounding land uses) are more flexible in their location standards and criteria than basic (heavy) industries. Light fabrication and assembly operations that are completely enclosed with little or no negative air, noise, vibration or visual impacts upon surrounding areas do not have to be subject to the number and type of local restrictions, including concentration in designated industrial sites, as do heavier industries. It is, however, desirable to aggregate light industries in specified locations to better coordinate associated truck traffic, oversee environmental impacts, and in general provide better coordination of uses and services. This Plan advocates the placement of planned industrial and commercial parks in the Bullock Creek, The County Facilities Master Plan - 1990 Update identifies improvements to, or development of, 13 County facilities: Animal Control Center education room, Children's Center, County Jail, Courthouse exterior restoration, J-13 �of the County where local public recreation facilities do not exist, such as Jasper, Ingersoll, Edenville, Mt. Haley, Geneva and Hope townships. Municipal and township parks should be developed either as joint ventures, or independently, in those townships to serve the residents of those jurisdictions. Courthouse maintenance and storage shed, Emergency Operations Center, County Linear Park development, Manitou County Park development, Mental Health outpatient facility, Pine Haven Recreation Area development, Sanford Lake County Park picnic pavilions and storage building, and Veterans Memorial County Park picnic pavilion. The total estimated cost of these improvements is over $25 million, in 1990 dollars. Natural Conservation Area - Natural features areas, consisting of forested lands, wetlands, rivers, streams and lakes account for approximately 175,000 acres, or 51 percent of the County's total area. The majority (91%) of those natural features are forests, with about seven percent wetlands and two percent as water bodies. Of the forested areas, about 37,000 acres (23%) are under State forest lands, mostly in Edenville and Geneva townships in the northern and western portions of the County. Parkland - Overall, there are 21 major township /village/ city parks in the County totalling 1,551 acres. The County owns or administers eight parks, including the CSX Railroad right-of-way for development of a linear nonmotorized transportation trail. Several proposed County park improvements have been described in the Public Land section above. These include the Pere Marquette Rail-Trail linear park, which will require a master development plan; Manitou Park on Chippewa River Road in Lee Township, which is presently improved only with picnicking and parking facilities and which will also need a master plan for development; Pine Haven Recreation Area on Maynard Road in Jerome Township, west of Sanford Village, for which a master plan will be required; Sanford Lake County Park improvements, consisting of two new picnic pavilions and additional storage space for vehicles and equipment; the construction of two picnic pavilions at Veterans Memorial County Park near the Village of Sanford. Wetlands are located throughout the County and typically follow rivers and streams. Map 16 identifies those wetlands. Major existing conservation/natural resources facilities open to the public include the Chippewa Natural Center (866 acres in Homer and Midland townships adjacent to the Chippewa River) with easy access from the City of Midland and the Pine Haven Recreation Area in Jerome Township. The County has the opportunity to acquire 325 acres of State forest land to comprise the Pine Haven Recreation Area through a land swap. The majority of this area would be used for trails for cross-country skiing, mountain biking and nature interpretation. The County's 1988 Recreation Plan acknowledges the importance of the river system to the history of the County, Although this Plan indicates an adequate amount of recreational acreage exists to accommodate existing and projected populations, there are geographical areas J-14 �>-- 1- z ::> 0 u 0 NATURAL FEATURES z i a... IL._ MIDLAND COUNTY MICH!GAN _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ __j 1 i ~ 1 LEGEi\lD CONFINED FEEDING FORESTED f - WETLANDS s CUR CE : MICHIG,,N l.AND INFORMATION 0 6250 12500 SYSTEM 1979 25000 37500 Gowe Associa1tes !Jtllco i6Dl Portage Ka.la.muoo, S1breet Michigan -d90O1 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I including Indian encampments, early pioneer settlements, mineral exploration and lumbering. Consequently, that plan recommends the establishment of a ''Trail of Histort for archeological and historical interpretation. _ The site contains unique or abundant natural resources, such as unusual flora and fauna, plant or tree species which are indigenous to the area but in a concentration or density that makes the area unique. Overall, the County should identify key natural and archeological sites, such as the Kawkawlin Wildlife Flooding and Refuge Area in Mills Township, and work with local interested organizations and the State to preserve those sites, while at the same time opening them up to public access in a manner compatible with preservation. Existing natural conservation areas are identified on Map 16. The tour currently designated natural conservation areas provide substantial opportunity for public access for natural study and recreation. These areas are primarily located in the northern and eastern sections of the County, particularly in or near the City of Midland, providing easy access to the majority of the County's residents. Using National Recreation Association standards of eight acres of natural area per 1,000 persons (as identified in the Midland County 1988 Recreation Plan), the County should have 846 acres of natural/conservation lands open for public use by the year 2015. Between Pine Haven Recreation Area and Chippewa Nature Center, there are almost 1,200 acres of natural area available for public access in the County. However, other natural resource areas of significance may also exist and these should also be preserved for public access and enjoyment. Such areas should be carefully evaluated and selected, using relevant criteria to identify and rank potential sites. That process could include the following criteria: _ The site contains only limited manmade facilities associated with the operation of the natural conservation area (e.g., picnic areas, canoe launch, etc.) _ The site can be reasonably accessed by automobile, and adequate parking can be provided at the designated entrance to the area. _ The site can accommodate hiking trails without major modifications to the terrain, water courses, or plant species. _ The site is on existing publicly owned land (e.g., the Au Sable State Forest), or owned by a nonprofit entity willing and able to make the site available for public access. _ Access should be free of charge. River and Stream Preservation Corridors The County's river and stream corridors are considered significant water resources. These are made up of the Tittabawassee River watershed and its three subwatersheds - the Chippewa, Pine and Tittabawassee. Since these watersheds are interjurisdictional, they require a coordinated effort among jurisdictions, not only within Midland County, but also among the various counties in the watershed to ensure the quality of water in these subwaterJ-16 �uses such as pumphouses, docks, bridges, decks/ gazebos, boathouses, trails, etc. In effect, the natural vegetation strip would provide a protective barrier between more intense, contamination-prone activities and the adjacent body of water. sheds. Map 2 identifies the County's river corridors and drainage basins. Map 16 shows wetlands and forested lands associated with the rivers and streams. Sedimentation and chemical contamination have been major sources of pollution of the three river systems in the County, although the levels of toxic chemicals has decreased in recent years. Fishing continues to be a popular recreational activity along the three rivers, and the County recreation plan calls for the pursuit of a system of canoeing and fishing access sites along the County's rivers. It also calls for collaborating with local units of government to initiate appropriate zoning along river corridors to prevent degradation of those rivers. As a complementary planning policy, the Comprehensive Plan also calls for the adoption of floodplain management regulations. Townships that adopt effective regulations for controlling development within the 100-year floodplains would be eligible to enroll in the National Flood Insurance Program, thereby providing insurance benefits to property owners. Since local zoning is under the jurisdiction of each township and municipality within the County, adoption and incorporation of the River Protection Plan's recommendations into local zoning ordinances, as well as appropriate enforcement, is up to the individual units of government. The County should continue to encourage local jurisdictions, especially those with rivers, stream corridors and major drainage systems within their boundaries, to review and adopt the River Protection Plan's recommended ordinance language or modify it (within reason) to meet their particular needs. Nonmotorized Transportation Corridor The Plan map designates the abandoned CSX Railroad right-of-way as a Nonmotorized Transportation Corridor for such users as bicyclists, hikers, walkers, runners, horseback riders and crosscountry skiers. The corridor would be developed and managed as prescribed in a corridor development plan. Other corridors should also be included in the County Comprehensive Plan when a county-wide bicycle and pedestrian trafficway plan is formulated. The County recently commissioned a River Protection Plan intended to provide model provisions for controlling land uses and activities adjacent to river corridors within the County. Those provisions apply to four major categories: water quality, scenic preservation, recreation/ access and protection of sensitive environments. The River Protection Plan recommends an overlay zone be applied to properties along rivers, natural streams and County drains. Within that overlay zone, it is recommended a SOfoot wide natural vegetation strip be required. Uses allowed within the buffer strip would be limited to river compatible Synopsis Overall, the Comprehensive Plan attempts to coordinate land use changes J-17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I facilities; and designates and preserves natural areas while opening them up judiciously to public access. The Plan also protects stream and river corridors through local adoption and enforcement of appropriate zoning controls and promotes the development of a nonmotorized transportation corridor to provide linkage between public focal points along that corridor. with anticipated societal changes to ensure the County optimizes both public and private development options in the future. That includes accommodating more "hobby" farms on smaller, yet productive agricultural land in a manner that will not conflict with surrounding residential uses; establishing an agricultural land use pattern that continues to reserve and preserve larger (40-acre +) prime agricultural parcels for commercial agriculture, minimizing intrusion of nonagricultural uses on viable agricultural land; coordinating residential densities with available public facilities, particularly sewer, water and streets to ensure effective phasing of development and preservation of resources, including the consolidation of mobile homes in licensed mobile home parks; and providing for efficient distribution of various categories of commercial development utilizing defined locational and site criteria that will utilize appropriately sized roadways and access to public facilities and utilities as well as optimally serve identified market areas. The Plan promotes industrial development oriented to "start-up" businesses as well as expansion of local businesses in locations that will benefit most of those school districts within the County that need additional operating revenues. The Plan recommends establishing reasonable location, design and environmental guidelines and regulations for light and heavy industry to enhance the attractiveness of those facilities; specifies public facility improvements, public service, administrative and recreation facilities, county park land improvements as well as the locating of recreation sites and facilities in certain townships that presently are without public recreation Community Facilities As Midland County continues to grow and develop in the future, so will its need for public facilities and services. A number of services provided to the residents of the County are provided by County government or county-wide service agencies. These are in addition to the services provided by the municipalities and townships. Individual townships typically provide services associated with street maintenance and improvements, fire protection, park development and maintenance, and ordinance adoption and enforcement. In some instances, water system development and solid waste programs are conducted through township government. The Midland County Water District No. 1 conducts a water system development program in cooperation with Jerome and Lincoln townships and the Village of Sanford. Several issues appear to be more common than others among townships. Those include road maintenance, water quality and trash in residential areas. Other areas, such as Jerome Township, foresee the need for a sanitary sewer system. Most local units of government have comprehensive land use plans, J-18 �While the County school districts, hospitals, county-wide nonprofit organizations and other governmental agencies supply a large proportion of the services available to County residents (such as road improvement/maintenance, libraries, county fairgrounds, emergency/medical care, sheriff, mental health, senior services, solid waste management), opportunity exists to increase cooperation among all units to provide more efficient services and facilities to residents and businesses. an authority. A separate collection and treatment system(s) could be built to serve other townships as needed. For example, in townships such as Edenville, Homer and Lee, that currently have water quality problems associated with individual systems, the same options could be studied. In fact, Homer Township is planning on developing a sanitary sewer system in a portion of the township and a water system throughout the area if approved by Township residents. The Coleman water system could also be extended to serve Warren Township and possibly areas beyond the Township boundary. Sewer /Water Recreation While the City of Midland has adopted an urban growth area policy for placement of water and sewer facilities, there are locations outside of that area where projected growth could warrant community sewer systems. Referring to the projected residential acreage requirements in Table 46, most townships could potentially require some form of community sanitary system in the next 25 years - the exceptions include Geneva, Greendale, Jasper and Porter townships. Various options are available for Mure study of alternative systems. For example, if feasible, the City of Midland could expand its service area to include two or three of those townships (perhaps Homer, Larkin, Lee, Ingersoll, Lincoln and/or Midland); the City of Coleman could service most, if not all, of Warren Township. However, lift stations would have to be provided, due to distance and topography. If warranted, Edenville and Jerome townships could consider constructing a joint sewer system, possibly owned and operated by The County is served by 21 major city, township and county parks, which are distributed throughout the County, with concentrations within the City of Midland and on the south end of Sanford Lake. Additional local township parks could be located in Jasper, Mt. Haley, Ingersoll, Hope, Geneva and Edenville townships. These additional parks would allow for easy access to picnicking or recreational facilities for residents of those townships. The opportunities for using local school facilities for additional local recreational programs should also be explored. This would require a formal effort between the school districts and local units of government to organize and coordinate the use of those facilities for community recreation. The County has initiated development of the abandoned CSX Railroad right-of-way as a nonmotorized transportation corridor. This right-of-way, which is owned by Midland County, runs northwesterly for approximately 26.5 miles from the City of Midland through Coleman to the Clare County/Isabella many of which have been updated within the last five years. J-19 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - expanding or renovating their existing municipal offices or building new facilities. County line (the city limits of Clare). It would be used as a multipurpose recreational trail by bicyclists, hikers, runners, cross-county skiers and walkers. The County should continue to pursue the development of this right-of-way. A county-wide bicycle and pedestrian trafficway plan should also be prepared as a guideline for the provision of such facilities. Over time, trail "spursu could be accessed and developed linking the CSX right-of-way to various adjacent parks and recreation sites, such as Sanford Lake Park, Veterans Memorial Park, Pine Haven Recreation Area, Coleman School ball diamonds, Coleman City Park, Sanford Village Park and River Bend Park. Police and Fire Protection Overall, the County appears to be adequately serviced with fire protection through fire departments that are primarily comprised of volunteer fire fighters. All fire fighting facilities appear to be adequate to serve their respective communities over the next 20 years. Fire fighting equipment will obviously have to be replaced and upgraded in all 11 departments by the year 2010. Those fire service areas that cover more than one township (Midland, Ingersoll, Mt. Haley townships; Lee, Greendale and part of Porter townships; and Warren and Coleman townships) should be capable of maintaining service within those geographic areas during the next 20 years. Given the level of population growth expected in some townships it is suggested that the Midland County Township Officers Association conduct a study of the adequacy of all fire fighting facilities. Likewise, a study by the County Sheriff's Department in cooperation with the Township Officers Association, of expanding and funding police protection in growth areas is also suggested. County Facilities Several County facilities require study and planning of expansion or additional capacity. These facilities include the County Jail, an emergency operations center, a children's center, an animal control center education room, a mental health outpatient facility, and a congregate housing facility. Township/Municipal Halls The majority of township halls in the County are relatively newer facilities (built since 1960), and could expect to adequately accommodate anticipated needs over the next 20 years. Several townships, however, utilize older facilities as township halls and may need to renovate those facilities or build new ones by the year 2010. Those include Warren, Geneva, Homer and Porter Townships. In addition, the City of Coleman may need to consider Community Centers The four community centers appear to equitably serve the County in their geographic distribution, although additional centers may be appropriate within the northwestern and southcentral portions of the County to better serve the recreational and social needs of the residents of those areas. To do so would require an effort to organize, raise J-20 �funds, staff with paid and volunteer personnel and finance programs. Such centers should be centrally located for easy access. the next 20 years to serve the residents of Coleman and Warren townships. senior Citizen Centers The Chippewa Nature Center, Sanford Museum, Bradley House, H. H. Dow Museum and the Midland County Historical Museum all appear to adequately provide historical representation and education to the residents of the County, as well as tourists and visitors. These facilities can and should be listed as attractions in any County tourist promotion materials. These facilities should be maintained and renovated as necessary over the next 20 years. The potential for greater coordination and sharing of exhibits should be explored. Museums As the County's population continues to age, the demand for senior citizen facilities and services will increase. The current distribution of senior centers within the County does not necessarily represent an optimum geographical distribution of those facilities. A study should be conducted by the Midland County Council on Aging to determine whether an additional center could be located in the southcentral portion of the County, perhaps in Lee or Porter townships, to better serve the needs of seniors living in that general area. Some of the Council on Aging's facilities may eventually need to be expanded or renovated to meet the needs of the issues identified on page G-42, especially the developmentally disabled. Medical and Emergency Facilities The four emergency advance life support ambulance vehicles operating out of three locations in the County appear to be adequate to serve the County's shortrange and long-range emergency medical needs. However, there should be a study made for an ambulance station located on M-20 in the Southwest section of the County. Jasper Township is currently serviced by the volunteer fire and emergency medical operations out of St. Louis. That operation does not include advanced life support equipment. The MidMichigan Regional Medical Center's plans to double in size should accommodate the medical needs of the County's projected population through the year 2010. The Midland County Department of Emergency Services will require an improved emergency operations center with adequate communications capability. One option is to locate this center in Sanford Libraries The two major existing libraries within the County provide adequate library services to the townships through a cooperative system. However, additional library facilities within the County should be developed to provide increased access to local residents. The Grace A. Dow Memorial Library's concept of establishing satellite libraries in several locations throughout the County will facilitate that principle. Those locations should be determined after analysis of population distribution, accessibility, cost and proximity to existing libraries, among other factors. The Coleman Area Library should be renovated and enlarged over J-21 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I jurisdictions for providing those facilities, and providing the financial resources to acquire and construct those resources according to realistic capital improvements programs at both the County and local government level. because of its central location and the existence of the Sheriff's relay communication station in the Village. Another option is to locate the center in the new police station in the City of Midland. Housing Public Education In general, it is anticipated the four major school districts within the County may need to undertake expansion of their existing facilities. Based upon the projected populations by age group in Table 10, there should be long-range increases in student population and subsequent demand for additional facilities. Maintenance and renovation will continue to be required within each district over the next 20 years. Housing Programs Government programs for housing have concentrated on three primary aspects: financing, construction and rehabilitation. Of these, financing and rehabilitation currently receive the most attention. Government construction of new housing has, essentially, ceased. Financing programs, mostly in the form of guarantees or interest subsidies are limited in scope and availability. Rehabilitation, while reduced in funding, remains an active pursuit of many programs conducted by various levels of government. For the most part, colleges and universities in or adjacent to Midland County will continue to expand their enrollments and campus facilities. The existence of these schools is a tremendous asset to Midland County and they should be promoted as such. Options for coordination among the area's colleges and universities should be analyzed and pursued. The base planning document used by the Midland County Housing Commission to formulate programs and policies is a 1991 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Study entitled, Affordable Housing Study for the Out-County Area of Midland County. This report was developed in conformance with federal requirements for identifying the needs of those "at-risk" households within the County (lowincome, handicapped, homeless), and identifies strategies for providing adequate housing for those segments of the population. The Midland County Housing Commission administers several programs concentrating on housing rehabilitation and neighborhood improvement, including weatherization and clearance activities. Synopsis The location, timing and type of public facilities within Midland County can either influence, or be determined by, the character and rate of private development. The former will occur if the County and each of its jurisdictions takes a "proactive," rather than "reactive" approach to the provision of those facilities. That requires a concerted effort at developing realistic projections of needed facilities or facilities likely to be in demand, ensuring coordination among J-22 �I Future Housing Needs Two programs which have been used for rehabilitation work are the Federal Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Program and Michigan State Housing Development Authority (MSHDA) Small Cities Program. These programs provide grant and loan funds for rehabilitation activities. Substantial administrative activities have been accomplished by the Commission for the Michigan Energy Bank and the Community Home Improvement Program (CHIP) sponsored by the Michigan Department of Commerce. Having projected Mure population growth it is possible to estimate the need for housing within each community. These estimates were made by using the 1990 Census figures for housing units, and calculating the relative proportion of total housing units to 1990 households in each jurisdiction. That proportion was assumed to remain constant over the next 25 years and was multiplied by the projected number of households for each jurisdiction in Table 16. The results are depicted in Table 50. This table indicates a need of 6,627 units over the next five years as a result of new households as well as nonhousehold living quarters. The 1991 County Affordable Housing Study also indicates up to 680 additional units are needed over the next five years to replace existing deteriorated units and cover current need. This results in a total estimated need of 7,307 units by 1995 (The Affordable Housing Study uses a different methodology for calculating future demand and forecasts a need of 2,464 to 2,954 additional units over the next five years). To incorporate both projections into this Plan, a range of 2,465 to 7,307 units should be built over the next five years in the County. Residential acreage needs have also been projected based on anticipated population growth identified in this Plan (see Table 46). The status of any housing program is generally uncertain and can only be depended upon from year to year. The County Housing Commission has recognized this fact and is pursuing funds as they become available. One source which may be depended upon is the income returning to the program from repayments of earlier loans. Activity on accounting for and collecting these payments is continuing. The City has also recently completed a Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy, which is required to receive federal funds for identified "at-risk" populations. For residents in the City of Midland, the City has a separate Housing Commission. In conjunction with the CDBG and MSHDA programs, the City provides four housing related programs. These include a free paint program provided by the City in target activity neighborhoods, assistance with self-help rehabilitation, a deferred loan for elderly and low-income homeowners for home improvements and a basic weatherization package for owned or rented dwellings. The Midland County Comprehensive Plan attempts to meet housing needs by: 1. J-23 Recommending that housing needs be carefully analyzed through an update of the 1980 County Housing Plan/Program, including housing needs for all segments of the population. This would include a ~ •I • • • • •I • �I I I 3. 2. Once identified, that strategies be developed for implementing housing needs, including creation of a City- I I I I I I I I I I I County housing trust fund to finance low-to moderate-income housing. description of the total housing stock requirements by population characteristics and income levels. The Comprehensive Plan provides standards for housing densities based on land use, environmental and social constraints and needs. TABLE 50 PROJECTED HOUSING NEEDS BY JURISDICTION :-:-;-:•.·· Jurisdiction Townshig1 Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mount Haley Porter Warren Persons/ Unit 1980 ,/'' l,Jnlts/ Households 1990 :: · Units 1990 ' Households . 1990 Projected Units . . 1995 2000 .. 2015 2.22 2.81 857 367 995 410 1.16 1.12 1,065 495 1,165 545 1,555 720 2.81 496 3.04 1,492 528 1,557 1.06 1.04 575 2,005 630 2,250 2.27 3.19 2.95 431 931 558 984 1.29 1.06 no 385 1,803 3.25 3.05 364 1,647 1,155 1,329 1.06 1.09 1.03 1.05 680 1,250 470 2,075 1,345 1,515 815 3,195 1,160 1,945 3.00 2.94 628 802 658 836 3.13 3.15 530 552 550 570 1.05 1.04 1.04 1.03 3.11 384 623 399 1.04 494 2.60 2.97 1,193 1,395 1,395 510 2,290 635 3,070 1,485 1,675 1,995 2,260 780 1,095 880 1,225 1,320 1,715 615 660 475 680 730 925 1,015 530 658 1.06 800 890 725 1,245 1.06 1.04 705 19,365 800 21,570 1,190 29,930 1.06 35,970 40,020 55,415 Cities Coleman Midland 2.67 2.68 14,709 526 15,338 Coun!X 2.79 27,791 29,343 *Includes Village of Sanford Projected 1995, 2000 and 2015 dwellings are rounded to the nearest 5 units. NOTE: ,• Housing unit refers to actual dwelling/living unit whereas household refers to the persons occupying a housing unit. SOURCE: 1990 Census of Housing; Gove Associates Inc. J-24 �I Transportation 3. The movement of people and material is critical to the economic and social functioning of the County. As identified in the Transportation section of this Plan report, there are several categories, or levels, that make up the County's system of streets and roads, including freeways, state trunklines, County primary and local streets. As stated on page F-5, the State has no plans for major trunkline construction projects during the next 1O years. There are, however, two major studies currently in progress that could have long-range impacts, including safety and capacity improvements to M-20 west of the City of Midland, and improving U.S. 1O interchanges east of the City of Midland. Map 9, which depicts the County's functional classification system of roads, will be considered as the County's highway, street and road transportation plan, until a comprehensive area-wide transportation plan can be developed. A suggested outline of the components of a comprehensive transportation plan consists of the following: 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 2. Data collection, including origin and destination surveys, traffic counts, accident rates, and other travel related information, economic activity centers, population characteristics and densities/ concentrations; land use distribution patterns and existing transportation facilities and systems. Preliminary goals and objectives that set policy and measurable standards of performance, including costeffectiveness, travel times, accident frequency and accessibility. J-25 Analysis of the existing system, identifying the condition, problems and opportunities associated with highways, roads, streets, rail, air and pedestrian and nonmotorized transportation. Determination and projection of travel demand for both the shortterm (3-5 years) and long-term (20 years) to identify the required levels of service which will act as standards for developing alternate systems for further review. If possible, apply a computerized model that will simulate travel characteristics including demand, route assignments and speed, which will define the various alternative systems to be analyzed. Analysis and evaluation of each alternative, using the levels of service standards identified in (4) above, and defined goals and objectives as the criteria for comparing and ranking alternatives. Selection of the alternative (or hybrid of alternatives), that best meets the applied standards and goals and objectives statements, as the preferred plan. 8. Describing the selected plan in adequate detail to make clear to the reader the specifics of the plan as it applies to each component of the County's transportation system. 9. Developing an implementation program that describes the elements of the plan, the activities to be -I I I I I ,1 I I I I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I • • • • and Development Corporation and the Convention and Visitors Bureau each target different segments of the economy, benefits will likely-be realized through continuing coordination between these two organizations. Maintaining a close working relationship between these two groups and the Saginaw Area Community Growth Alliance will also help leverage local economic benefits utilizing regionwide resources. undertaken, and the costs and sources of revenue for each activity. The resultant plan should then be used as a guide for both the County, State and the cities, townships and village in their developing and adopting capital improvement programs. Economic Development Economic development planning addresses three important aspects: (1) providing for the proper location of industrial and commercial development, (2) improving the agricultural economy of the County and (3) promoting higher wage levels. Currently, the State of Michigan is emphasizing revitalization and development of industrial and commercial activities on sites with existing infrastructure, rather than on new "greenfield" sites in rural areas. This program may not benefit Midland County directly. As noted in Table 30, there are only 22 industrial park lots that have not been sold or developed. This situation, combined with the need to increase the property tax base of the Bullock Creek, Coleman and Meridian Public School Districts, requires the creation of additional planned industrial parks. While new industrial parks should be located in these school districts, local small "start up" entrepreneurial businesses should also be encouraged in each school district. At the same time, local existing businesses (industrial and service) should be assisted in efforts to expand their operations. Many of these existing businesses are located in the County's industrial parks. Economic development on a county-wide scale requires coordination among jurisdictions and organizations within the County. The recent merger of the Midland County Growth Council and the Midland County Economic Development Corporation has been a positive move in that direction. This umbrella organization, the Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation, is oriented to economic needs throughout the County. This umbrella organization is comprised of the Small Business Center, Midland County Convention and Visitors Bureau and Economic Development Corporation of Midland County (338 Corp). The former functions of the Midland County Economic Development Corporation are now provided by the umbrella organization. At the same time, the Midland County Convention and Visitors Bureau is targeting conventions, special events and sightseeing markets to attract outside nonmanufacturing revenue into the County. While the Economic Growth Emphasis should be placed upon creating a positive entrepreneurial "environment" within each school district in the County to promote new business start-ups and business expansions. To achieve such an environment, a countywide entrepreneurial "support system" J-26 �~ with industrial development, the County should encourage and foster downtown commercial revitalization by emphasizing small entrepreneurial start-up efforts. should be established. A support system would allow small start-up businesses to access business and technical expertise, provide appropriate building space, offer associated educational opportunities, assist in business promotion and in general establish an atmosphere within the County that encourages and fosters individual initiative to begin new business ventures. At the same time, efforts should be made to work with existing businesses to max1m1ze their opportunities for expansion. Overall, a combination of support systems, including educational services, business incubator development, information networks (including identifying existing local strengths and weaknesses and access to the latest technologies and marketing techniques), local financing and government fiscal support are needed to successfully encourage individuals to enter into new entrepreneurial ventures. Another important component of local economic vitality is the commercial retail and service sector. Viable communities have active downtown business districts. That does not necessarily mean that downtowns must compete with outlying retail malls, but they should identify their particular "niche" within the community and complement the larger stores located in retail malls. Each municipality within Midland County (the cities of Midland and Coleman and the Village of Sanford) should identify its own market area and the types of businesses that could viably locate within its downtown area. In addition, to attract new businesses and new customers, each downtown should identify ways to improve its physical landscape through streetscape revitalization and building facade improvements. Both the cities of Coleman and Midland have started programs to improve their downtown business areas, and Midland has recently completed a downtown streetscape project. Businesses within each downtown area should coordinate advertising and promotion efforts, establish uniform business hours and emphasize customer service and ease of access (through off-street parking). As The effects of decreasing farm income and farm size on the County's economy warrants a concerted effort between the County agricultural stabilization and economic development organizations to promote improvement of the County's agricultural economy. A program focused on stabilizaiton of the local agricultural economy to offset the decline in crop values and farm income should be geared to promoting food production and processing ventures on a regional scale, combining the agricultural resources of the County and surrounding counties with the industrial food processing potentialities in Midland County. With the increase in retail and service jobs, economic development planning should focus on increasing wage levels in growth-oriented employment sectors to offset the effects on the economy due to an increase in lower wage level servicerelated jobs. Local economic development organizations should undertake a labor torce needs analysis J-27 i. ~ ~ I 'I I I I I I I I I �I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I ' ' '- operate. Such a management approach should be well thought out, rational, implementable, based upon reasonable scientific parameters, and reflect a consensus of opinion among the management participants. It should consist of an environmental resource management process that includes both public and private sector organizations. Those organizations should cooperatively develop a comprehensive environmental management plan and program designed to reasonably mitigate existing contamination and provide for the future protection and wise use of the County's natural resources. Current issues that should be addressed, and which are identified on pages C-11 through C-18, include: the proper use and disposal of hazardous materials; the decontamination of groundwater through protective and remedial actions pertaining to the eight activities identified as contributing to groundwater pollution as well as other sources not specifically identified in this Plan; the contamination of surface water (rivers and lakes) resulting from septic systems, agriculture and commercial and industrial land uses; nonpoint sources of water pollution (e.g., fertilizers, animal wastes, urban water runoff); air pollution from industrial (and automobile) sources; soil contamination identified in the Michigan Department Natural Resources list of environmental contamination sites (see Table 3, pages C-15 and C-16); noise and visual pollution from industrial processes; billboards/signs; and unregulated junk and used parts yards, truck traffic, and similar uses and activities. and develop strategies for promoting higher paying jobs in the County. The key to the maintenance and growth of the County's economy lies in its existing population and businesses. The County and its economic development agencies should work with local communities to target efforts at new business development and existing business expansion. At the same time, the public sector should work hand-inhand with private commercial businesses to create viable downtown business districts that complement commercial activities outside of central business areas. Environment The viability of Midland County as a place to live, work and play is, of course, dependent upon the state of the environment. As with any other geographic area, the County's natural environment is not perfect - that is, it is not free of contamination. Environmental contamination is the product of both human and natural processes. Because contamination is found to one degree or another within the natural order, it is unrealistic to expect or anticipate the complete elimination of pollution, or "zero tolerance" within Midland County. It is possible, however, to rationally address and remove a reasonable amount of contamination currently or previously created by human activity. To do so requires a management approach to environmental issues that can accomplish needed environmental decontamination and pollution prevention without needlessly or unduly impacting the way businesses and individuals The comprehensive environmental management plan should identify specific projects and time frames within which J-28 �abandoned CSX rail right-of-way) is also a "given" feature and identified on the Comprehensive Plan map. they should be completed, the responsible parties for implementing the project, the general cost, and the sources of funding, if possible. It should be a participatory plan, inviting input from a wide variety of sources. Finally, the plan should call for voluntary compliance for most activities and require mandatory decontamination and pollution prevention measures only when necessary. Voluntary compliance could include incentives identified within the plan in those situations where compliance may exceed State preemption standards. Third, public and institutional lands, consisting of park lands, natural conservation areas and other publicly owned lands, are also "given" areas that remain relatively constant. J-29 I Fifth, commercial and industrial land uses were designated using municipal and township master plans and land use location planning principles and standards as guidelines. Commercial and industrial land use designations outside of municipal boundaries are located to centrally serve surrounding residences, are on major thoroughfares for easy access and optimum exposure, and in areas where utility service is available. I I I I I Seventh, residential land uses (less than 1 acre) inside the utility service areas were designated. Areas designated as residential have been changed from the 1987 Comprehensive Plan. Those changes are described in more detail in the description of land use classifications below, Second. the County's new, nonmotorized transportation corridor (the ~ -I Sixth, prime agricultural lands, as well as lands as designated in P.A. 116, lying outside utility service areas were designated. These lands remain essentially the same as the 1987 Comprehensive Plan. First, the river corridors were designated. These are existing natural features and remain the same as depicted in the 1987 Comprehensive Plan map. ~ Fourth, utility service areas (the cities of Coleman and Midland, as well as the Midland Urban Growth Area and Midland County Water District No. 1) were designated as they currently exist. Future Land Use Patterns The culmination of the analysis of the various man-made and natural components of the County, combined with the issues, goals and policies defined in this report constitutes the Comprehensive Land Use Plan. Acreage figures of the land use areas as depicted on the Comprehensive Land Use Plan map are presented in Table 51. The Comprehensive Land Use Plan map is depicted on page J-34 and reflects the optimum Mure land use distribution patterns in the County and its various units of government. The map, as constructed in the 1987 Comprehensive Plan and reconstructed in this Plan, is based upon an overlay approach, adjusted for projected population, growth, planning principles and standards. That approach is defined below: -~ I I I I -, ·1 I �i II I 8 I I I -I • • • • • • • • comprise approximately 49,946 acres, or 14.8 percent of the County. Eigth, rural residential land uses (including one- to 10-acre home sites and "hobbyu farms) were designated. These areas have also been changed from the 1987 Comprehensive Plan. The river corridor designation applies to the major river systems within the County, including the Pine, Chippewa, Tittabawassee, Salt, Little Salt, Sturgeon and Kawkawlin rivers as well as Bullock Creek. These water bodies would be subject to an overlay zone that would require a vegetative "buffer" strip on either side that would limit the type and location of structures not compatible with the preservation of the rivers' natural environments. The river corridor will cover roughly 20,889 acres, or 6.2 percent of the County. Ninth, adjustments to the resultant Comprehensive Land Use Plan map were made based upon public meetings and comments. The following provides a description of the distribution of the various land use categories depicted in the Comprehensive Land Use Plan map. Agricultural areas, as indicated earlier, are essentially prime agricultural, P.A. 116 lands and small uhobby" farms, and are generally situated around the perimeter of the County. In total, agricultural lands will comprise approximately 116,873 acres or 34.6 percent of the County. Rural residential lands are predominant outside of the Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) and the areas serviced by the water distribution system in Midland County Water District No. 1. The rural residential designated areas are adjacent to or interspersed among agricultural and State forest lands and because of their relatively low density (1-10 acres) are compatible with agriculture and forest open space use. A number of sections in Jerome, Lincoln and Homer townships that were designated as residential in the 1987 Comprehensive Plan have been redesignated as rural residential. This is because those sections are located outside a reasonable distance (approximately 1/2 mile) from existing water distribution lines and are likely not to develop as more dense residential land use. Rural residential uses cover approximately 105,091 acres, or 31.1 percent of the County. Areas devoted to public land will remain generally the same as currently exists, with change in the use of some of those lands. For example, it has been proposed that the State forest land that comprises the Pine Haven Recreation Area be traded to the County and administered as a permanent natural conservation area. Other County recreation facilities will be further developed, such as the Sanford Lake County Park, Veterans Memorial County Park and Manitou County Park. The CSX Railroad right-of-way will be converted to an improved nonmotorized transportation corridor. Local township parks, particularly in Jasper, Ingersoll, Geneva, Edenville, Mt. Haley and Hope townships should be located and developed. In total, public lands will Areas designated as residential include single-family on one acre or less, duplex units, mobile home parks and multipleJ-30 �the City of Midland, along major thoroughfares with easy access. New industrial development is oriented primarily to entrepreneurial "start-up" businesses and ''targetedu industries (those for which proactive attraction or retention efforts should be focused because they best correspond to the County's existing economic strengths). family housing. Residential lands are located within the MUGA boundaries and generally within one-half mile from existing water distribution lines within Midland County Water District No. 1. These properties are generally located in a pattern surrounding the City of Midland, and in a northeasterly line parallel to U.S. 10, as well as within the City of Coleman. The densities allowed within areas designated as residential land use will most likely depend upon whether or not public water supply and/or sanitary sewers are available. Residential land uses account for 10.3 percent of the County's land, or 34,857 acres. As indicated earlier in this Plan report, additional or expanded industrial development should occur within the Bullock Creek, Coleman and Meridian public school districts. Such development is proposed along Gordonville Road east of Poseyville Road in Midland Township (in the Bullock Creek School District), west of the City of Coleman and near the U.S. 10 - M-18 interchange (in the Coleman School District) and adjacent to U.S. 10 and along Meridian Road in Lincoln Township (in the Meridian School District). Industrial activity is also proposed along Eastman Road in Larkin Township, north of the City of Midland. Other locations of planned light industrial, manufacturing and commercial parks could be situated off M-20 in Lee and Greendale townships and off M-18 in Warren, Jerome and Edenville townships in accordance with local master land use planning. The proposed distribution of industrial land uses within the County reflects both existing industrial activity, the future expansion of that activity and the placement of new concentrations of industrial land uses in easily accessible locations adjacent to population centers. In total, industrial lands will comprise approximately 8,483 acres, or 2.5 percent of the County. It should be noted that the primary criterion for designating areas as residential or rural residential is the availability of public utilities, particularly water and/or sewer. The existing and potential location of those facilities does not necessarily correlate with the projected residential acreage requirements identified in Table 46. Certain areas, for example Lee Township, are forecast to require a substantial population growth and accompanying residential acreage development. However, Lee Township is designated to develop as rural residential and agricultural because no utilities to serve standard residential development are scheduled. It would be in the best interest of the County to require that utility districts identify and evaluate projected population growth in various locations and determine if utilities should be provided to accommodate or direct that growth. Industrial land uses are distributed within the County, primarily adjacent to or within J-31 -I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �I -I II I I I I I I I ~ a recommendation as it pertains to local planning. That is, at the same time the Midland County Comprehensive Plan defines the direction of County agencies, with some degree of potential for implementation, it is intended to function primarily as a guide for future planning and development among local jurisdictions. Consequently, it provides information to local units of government about their own specific conditions a well as the condition of other units within the County. As a county-wide plan it also prescribes and promotes coordination among jurisdictions, ensuring that individual municipal and township plans complement, rather than conflict with, plans of adjoining jurisdictions. Guided by the proposals and programs contained in this Plan, local jurisdictions should be able to more efficiently provide for implementation within their own plans. County level agencies and organizations will be more directly impacted through the implementation measures contained in this Comprehensive Plan. Commercial land uses will generally reflect the existing distribution of those uses. Outside the cities of Midland and Coleman the majority of commercial land uses will be community commercial, oriented to serve the day-to-day shopping needs of local residents within a short driving distance. These community commercial land uses are located at intersections of major roads in locations most easily accessible to surrounding residents. Several townships, such as Jasper, that have relatively small populations, will not contain community commercial centers of any substantial size but will still sustain small individual "neighborhood" commercial establishments (which are not delineated on the Comprehensive Land Use Plan map). Community commercial development will be concentrated along Eastman Road in Larkin Township, to complement the new Midland Mall in that area. Commercial land uses cover approximately 1,829 acres, or 0.5 percent of the County. Planning Information, Coordination and Implementation Without accurate and useful information from which to make practical decisions, and without effective coordination among jurisdictions, local plans will likely not be efficiently implemented. To ensure that local plans and programs are coordinated, efficient, based upon accurate and useful data and contain realistic implementation programs, Midland County should establish an ongoing system of providing for and monitoring those planning components. Current state enabling legislation provides for county planning commission review of all local plans. The Midland County Comprehensive Plan encompasses a wide variety of topics and issues, some of which are the responsibility of the County and its various agencies, and others that are the legal or identified responsibility of local units of government, other taxing jurisdictions, or quasi-public and private institutions. Each level of government, within the County, for example, has the power to develop and implement a comprehensive plan and zoning ordinance. While these plans and ordinances are local in scope and can be implemented by each respective jurisdiction, the County Comprehensive Plan is, in effect, Implementation of the Midland County Comprehensive Plan will require the J-32 �Midland County Planning Commission should promote the implementation of the Plan. Strategies for implementing each of the planning elements of the Comprehensive Plan are described in the Implementation section of this report. Implementation of the Midland County Comprehensive Plan will require the cooperation and dedication of many organizations and units of government. In cooperation with the Midland County Board of Commissioners and Midland County Controller-Administrator, the TABLE 51 ACREAGE OF PLANNED LAND USES* Land Use Category Agricultural Acreage Percent of County Area 116,873 34.6 Commercial 1,829 0.5 Industrial 8,483 2.5 Public 49,946 14.8 Residential 34,857 10.3 105,091 31.1 20,889 6.2 337,968 100.0 Rural Residential River Corridor TOTAL *Based on calculation of land areas as depicted on the Comprehensive Land Use Plan Map (No. 17) SOURCE: Gove Associates Inc. J-33 '-I ·~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I �0 GLADWIN ~ LLJ z >z ::::, I0 (_) COMPREHENSIVE LA D USE PLAN MIDLAND COUNTY, MICHIGAN LEGEND >~ CD □ □ Ill ~ □ □ -- ~ AGRICULTURAL COMME RCIAL INDUSTRIAL PUBLIC RESIDENTIAL C <1 ACRE ) RU1'AL R::'.SIDENTIAL ( >1 -· RIVER ACRE> CORRIDOR NONMOTORIZED TRANSPORTATION >z :::, I- >z :::, I- 0 <..) 0 COMMUNITY A CORRIDOR COMMERCIAL REGIONAL COMMERCIAL (_) E :!: LLJ cl a: ~i LLJ ...J ~ ...J cl a: >- LLJ LLJ ti) ti) 0 <O: IJ) IL II) ti) ;:; ti) cl a: 0 6250 12500 25000 37500 ~ t---+--:'J~;t--"-t-...a~ +i:w..~ (/') / ITTABAI·! SAGINAW -'sEE RD COUNTY Gove Associates I:imco 1601 Portage Street Kalamazoo, Mich.i,.en '19001 r--.. .,-- d z �I I I I I I I I I I I • • • • •II -~ Implementation �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - IMPLEMENTATION Jurisdictions within the County vary according to the number and type of mechanisms adopted to regulate or manage development. These variations create a diversity in the overall character and timing of growth within the County. The Mure of the County rests upon the ability of its representatives, officials and residents to manage its resources. Those resources - economic, human and environmentaJ - interact to form the total living environment of Midland County. It is likely there would be no argument to the claim that the County would benefit by the efficient use of those resources. Management of the County's resources can be achieved by carrying out a strategic implementation program and administering growth management techniques. One of the more recent and increasingly popular methods of striving for that efficiency is through a concept called growth management. To identify the various growth management mechanisms existing among the various jurisdictions within the County, a survey form was distributed to all locaJ units of government, collected and the results tabulated. Table 52 depicts the results of that survey. The universe of growth management techniques potentially available to local units of government consists of ordinances, codes, regulations, and miscellaneous controls and guidance mechanisms, including master plans and land use plans. Growth Management Growth management can be generally defined as a tool or series of "tools" oriented to controlling the location, timing and indirectly the cost of new development within a given area. Within that definition, growth management approaches and techniques are diverse. They can consist of one specific technique, such as zoning or a set of techniques which, when combined together, form a comprehensive program for overseeing new development as well as maintaining and revitalizing existing development. The survey indicated that all local jurisdictions have adopted zoning ordinances, building codes and master plans or land use plans. These are, and have been, the basic "foundation blocks" of managing development within a community. Other types of control mechanisms are also "on the books" in fewer than onehalf the County's governmental units. These include junkyard, floodplain management, mobile home and subdivision control ordinances, as well as other ordinances and regulations. Most local governments, however, limit their growth management control programs to the three basic mechanisms described above. The County, as a unit of government, does not retain the option to control land use and development processes within its boundaries. These processes are regulated by individual townships, cities, and the village within the County through legally adopted controls such as zoning ordinances and building codes. K-1 �TABLE 52 GROWTH MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES ·11:: ~:; IB> ir . . . ·... :. T~~!P.•@iti] '){/ I d\ ORDINANCES Zoning Ordinance Dangerous Bulldlngs Ordinance • • • il•l rn • Anti-blight Ordinance • • Noise Control Ordinance Junkyard Ordinance ;•::.... ~ • • • • • • • • • • • • • Manufactured Home/Mobile Home Park Ord. • • N • • • • • • Li L D ·~ ·· b ;~JI'.l: i:§ll j!\J I:11:11: :L . NW,q:f ·s • • • • • • • o f k ~ : II. i f Lot Split Ordinance ~ A .·.·•::;: Floodplain Management Ordinance Land Access Ordinance •.•.•· • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Wetlands Protection Ordinance Groundwater Protection Ordinance Subdivision Control Ordinance CODES Building Code • • • • • • • • • Housing Code/Rental Code REGULATIONS Stormwater Mana!}ement Regulation Hazardous Material Regulation River/Stream Protection Regulation • Septic System Maintenance Regulations MISCELLANEOUS Wellhead Protection Program Special Use Permits Site Plan Review Planned Unit Development Standards Prime Farmland Protection Public lmerovement Performance Guarantees Master Plan/Land Use Plan • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Economic Development Techniques Ca1>ital Improvements Program Public Improvements Requirements • Indicates community adopted growth management technique SOURCE: Midland County Survey Questionnaire, June 1992 Iii • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II - diligently, would remediate existing problems and prevent others from occurring. However, the human and financial resources are not available to ensure appropriate enforcement. In some instances it may be more effective for two or more jurisdictions to combine resources to retain and upgrade enforcement. The City of Midland has adopted the greatest number of techniques, followed by Lee Township, then Midland Township, the City of Coleman, Jerome, and Homer townships. In general, beyond zoning ordinances, building codes and community plans, there appears to be a substantial variation among jurisdictions relative to adoption of growth management mechanisms. The ordinances, regulations, codes and techniques identified in Table 52 are currently authorized under state enabling legislation. Therefore, all could potentially be adopted or administered by each unit of government. Implementation Program Table 54 identifies the implementation program called for in this Plan. This table is formatted to provide a comprehensive overview of the important elements of the program, within a strategic framework. The policies and strategies defined in the section titled "Goals, Policies and Strategies for the Futureu are again listed in the first column, along with more detailed action statements corresponding to a particular strategy. The next three columns contain letters or numbers that correspond to the key on page K-32. The second column identifies the specific organization(s), institution(s) or individual(s) assigned the responsibility for carrying out the specific strategy and associated actions. The third column describes the year(s) within which the particular action is to occur or be completed. The last column refers to the source(s) of funding the particular action. By referring to this table, those responsible for overseeing and implementing this Plan will be able to understand their particular assignments, as well as the responsibilities of other participants, and follow through on them within the identified time frame. This format not only establishes direction for implementing the plan, but also provides a mechanism for monitoring the progress of implementation activities. If a Even though each jurisdiction has its own zoning ordinance, the survey also indicates there are a number of provisions that should be incorporated into each ordinance text, but are not included (see Table 53). These jurisdictions would benefit by including these provisions to promote effective development and control conversion of prime farmlands. These techniques, and others that are more sophisticated (and which are currently not authorized under existing state enabling legislation but which may be allowed in the Mure) can collectively ensure that growth and development, as well as preservation of resources, will occur in accordance with a welldeveloped and rational process. However, regulations and ordinances have a price. They require diligent enforcement to be effective. That in turn requires appropriate staff and funding. Often, local governmental units have adopted ordinances, codes and regulations that, if enforced properly and K-3 �action. It is intended to follow a rational process to achieve desired ends. However, since unforeseen circumstances can alter the Plan's desirable objectives, this schedule is also intended to be as flexible as necessary to ensure the Plan is referred to and useable. particular action is not successfully undertaken by the recommended time frame, those involved should meet to identify alternative policies or actions to achieve the desired objective. This implementation program is essentially designed to be a guide for ~ TABLE 53 SURVEY OF CITY, TOWNSHIP AND VILLAGE ZONING Coleman City Yea Yes No No No Edenville Township Yea Yes Yea No No Geneva Township Yea No No No Yes Greendale Township Yea Yes No No No Homer Township Yes Yes No No No Hope Township Yea Yes No No No Ingersoll Township Yes No No No No Jasper Township Yea No No No Yes Jerome Township Yes No No No No Larkin Township No No No No No Lee Township Yes Yes No No No Lincoln Township Yes No No No No Midland City Yes Yes Yes No No Midland Township Yes Yes No No No MIiis Township Yes No No No No Mt. Haley Township No Yes No No No Porter Township Yes Yes No No No Sanford Village Yes No No No No Warren Township Yea Yes No No No SOURCE: Midland County Survey Questionnaire, June 1992 K-4 • • • • • • • • • • -•, l �,.. .... .. ... .. - - -- - ---------- TABLE 54 IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM ·:•:·:;::;t\=:- ::;=--:•.- '· \,/ IMPLEMENTiNG :BODIES . AND PARTICIPANT$ . .. POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS •;: •i., :-· ; :: P~LE ': \ ·.•: SOURCE LAND USE 1. RANDOM DEVELOPMENT G A Identify areas potentially unsuitable for on-site wastewater disposable. 2. :;:J\ 1. Utilize the County Soils Survey to map general areas where development requiring on-site wastewater disposal should be prohibited. Incorporate that Information Into the land UM plan map. G,P 1,2 A,E 2. Encourage local units of government to amend their comprehensive plan maps to reflect areas that should not be developed In higher density uses. G,P 1,2 A,E 3. Encourage local units to zone their Jurisdictions in accordance with their land use plans. G,P 2,3-5 A,E FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT p A. Promote applications for the National Flood Insurance program among developed properties within USGS recognized flood-prone areas. I 01 1. Make applications to FEMA for National Flood Insurance . p 1,2 A 2. Contact property owners not currently enrolled In the Flood Insurance Program and encourage them to enroll. F,J,P 2,3-5 A,E F,J,P 1,2 A,E F,J,P 1,2 A,E 1,2 A,E B. Adopt floodplain regulations and ordinances consistent with FEMA standards. 1. Inventory locations in the County that are within the 100-year floodplain of any water body, utlllzlng the recently completed River Protection Plan. 2. Encourage local townships that contain 100-year floodplain areas to adopt the model zoning language In the River Protection Plan and modify standards as necessary to meet FEMA requirements. 3. PRIME FARMLAND PRESERVATION p A Distribute appropriate data relative to farmland preservation to local units, including USDAJSCS maps Identifying prime agricultural land. 1. ~ Put a program together to Inform and educate townships about Identifying and preserving prime agricultural lands. Include data cited in this plan and other data sources, and provide larger acale maps of each township with overlays Indicating existing land uses on those soils. M,P FUNDING �,., ·•· •· lM:iMJlm~?.~l~~i:Jiil·: : 1:1!:!• 1 •:·•~f~ ~•1•· ·•:• •=,• · B. Conduct workshops on preserving agricultural land. 1. Combine data Identified above with description of relevant legislation and planning and zoning standards as part of a workshop agenda. M,P 2 A,E 2. Present the workshop to each township on-site at township hall. M,P 2 A,E M,P 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 A,ED W,M,S 1,2,3-5 A,E W,M,J,S 1,2,3-5 A,E W,J,M,P 2,3-5 A,E C. Promote h:t. 116 Farmland Preservation and report on model/sample preservation techniques. 1. Incorporate Into workshop format and continue to update to Inform townships of the most recent farmland preservation legislation and techniques through periodic communication to local Plannlng Commissions. 4. SOIL EROSION M A. Prepare and distribute to landowners Information about erosion problems and erosion control methods and Increase the level of field assistance to landowners. ~ 1. Collect current ASCS, Cooperative Extension, Farm Bureau and other agency data and Information pertaining to soil erosion; coordinate collected Information Into a presentation packet and distribute the packet to large acreage landowners through the mall. I B. Develop/expand programs whereby landowners using erosion control practices are given public/media recognition. 1. Develop a monitoring program through ASCS and the County Planning Commission whereby landowners that have utilized erosion control measures are Identified and awarded a certificate of recognition and/or other award and are Identified In local print and radio/TV media. C. Prepare model standards for codes and ordinances addressing soil erosion and encourage local units of government to Incorporate erosion control standards In local development regulations. 1. Research existing erosion control ordinances and review literature on soil erosion practices and techniques; develop a model language that can be Incorporated Into local zoning ordinances and that reflects state-of-the-art techniques. Disseminate model to townships and encourage them to Incorporate into their ordinances. JIii . . JIii ... ..11111 ... JII JII .. .... __.. ~ �.. .. .. l la ,.. :-: :;;_': .... .. -- ----·.·· -::-•· :•·· ._/._ .:,::}::::,/:}:,\.' .. · POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS : ·:::,: ••:::-·•: -·-:,:- ·- . :·:? :-:• ··;::;: IM~L~r:~~?p:~~ES - '. :,.: SCHEPtJU: : ,. (Y~) : ·':': :- ~~~~ D. Develop economic incentives to promote so11 erosion control. 1. Establish an ad-hoc panel of county and township officials to review and discuss options for providing economic relief or reward to lndlvlduals or businesses who follow appropriate aoil erosion control practices. Develop a legally Implementable process for adopting and administering auch Incentives. Encourage each jurisdiction 0ocal governmental unit) to adopt such Incentives. W,M,P 2,3-5 A,E D,B,L 1 A O,K,J,P 1,2 A O,K,J,P 1,2 A O,K,J,P 1,2 A 1,2,3-5 A E. Ensure that the provisions of the Soll Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act are being enforced and Increase the level of on-site field assistance to landowners. 1. Acquire additional funding for County Road Commission staff to devote more time to advisory and enforcement activities for soil erosion mltlgatlon/elimlnation In new development. 5. LAND ACCESS, SUBDMSION AND LOT SPLIT CONTROLS K A. Collect and review lot split, land access and subdivision control regulations and procedures used by each local unit of government. ~ ~ 1. Access lot splits and subdivision maps from the County Equalization Department and Identify parcels with Inefficient or nonexistent land access. Collect ordinances/regulations from each jurisdiction to determine overall characteristics and effectiveness of regulations. B. Develop a ' model" set of regulations for use by local governmental units. 1. Research 'state-0f-the-art• lot split, land access and subdivision control regulations and combine with Information collected above to develop model ordinance/regulations for use by local jurisdiction and distribute to jurisdictions for review. C. Encourage local units to adopt model regulations and provide technical assistance as needed as well as periodic review. 1. Present formal "model" as recommendation and encourage local units to adopt. Continue to encourage adoption until all units have formal land access/subdivlslonflot split regulations In conjunction with, or similar to, the model presented . Provide ongoing technical assistance through the County Planning Commission Including annual monitoring of application of regulations to Identify problem areas. Develop recommended solutions and present to local units of government. 6. SMALL WATERSHED PLANNING M A. Define the boundaries of small watersheds. 1. Establish a surveying and mapping program that will define the criteria for identifying small watershed boundaries and undertake survey over time to accurately map boundaries. M - ---' .:::- �:~~~~i,~~~~,,~1:1:1::t::: : : 1 : 1:1:1:1 ; 5, : 1: : 1: 1 : 1:';:1 : 1 : 1 : :1~~a~::1: t.: : B. Encourage local governments to form a consortium to inventory and study small watersheds and recommend remedial or protective concerns. 1. Contact local Planning Commissions to explain concept and solicit interest; establish an O,J,M,P 1,2,3-5 A 1,2,3-5 IA organizational meeting to initiate consortium; conduct a mapping and on-site Inventory of small watersheds, using appropriate guidelines, including the 'Midland County River Corridor Study" and "Midland County Alver Protection Plan . ■ 2. Draft a work paper on recommended remedies and protective actions to be distributed to local units for review and comment; develop and distribute final draft to local governmental units; encourage implementation of recommended actions through periodic review of progress by I O,J,M,P I consortium members and the County Planning Commission. C. Notify governmental units of public/private funds avaliabie for protective remediation and enhancement of small watersheds and subdralnage basins. 1. Keep abreast of current technologies and practices in small watershed planning and Identify grant programs and funding sources that may be utilized for implementing remedial and protective 1' 00 II I O,J,M,P 11,2,3-5,6-10 11-15,16-20 IA actions. 7. GROWTH MANAGEMENT I J A. Prepare a report on necessary and desired growth management techniques for implementing comprehensive development plans. 1. Utilize results of growth management survey conducted as part of this plan to develop a paper on the status of growth management among local jurisdictions and distribute to those jurisdictions for O,J,P 1,2 A O,J,P 2,3-5 A O,J,l,P 2,3-5 A,E,J review. B. Formulate model codes, standards, regulations and ordinances oriented toward growth management and distribute to local jurisdictions for revising and adoption. 1. Include the results of the status paper in a model set of growth management codes, ordinances, standards and regulations and distribute to each jurisdiction. Recommend specific techniques for adoption by specific Jurisdictions; follow through with technical assistance as requested and monitoring program to identify strengths and weaknesses of each applied technique; conduct seminars on administering recommended techniques. 8. STREAM SYSTEM USE A. Prepare/update municipal plans in accordance with model County Alver Protection Plan. 1. Request each Township, City and Village Planning Commission to review model Alver Protection Pian and determine best way to incorporate model into jurisdiction's existing comprehensive or land use plan. �1111 11111 1111 WI _. .. - .. .. - .. .. - ... - - - - "' POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS :/(,:,:. ..: ·::==Ji!i:!!! ::::f.·.·... .....•· . ·.·.·.· ··'"'' FUNDING ~~y:'.;x,· ·•·•·•··.e:: • ·: SOURCE IMPLEMENTING QOOIES:;,: AND PARTiCtPANTS :·· B. Prepare/update munlclpal zoning ordinance and maps In accordance with the municipal River Protection Master Plans and model County River Protection Overlay Zone regulations. 1. Based upon updated master plans Incorporating river p(otectlon programs, recommend model zoning changes that can be Incorporated Into the existing ordinance of local Jurladlctlon. Assist, u O,J,l,P 2,3-5 A,E,J D,B,J,l,G,K,M,C,U,T,P 1,2 A necessary, each Jurladlction In adopting the model ordinance to the specific needs and characteristics of that jurisdiction. COMMUNITY FACILITIES 9. CONSOLIDATION/COORDINATION OF PUBLIC SERVICES B A. Promote the possibilities of coordination/consolidation at the County and local levels. 1. ~ co Establish a "blue ribbon" panel of County Department Heads, County Board representatives, a representative from each Jurisdiction (local govt., special assessment districts, school districts and utility districts) to meet and discuss the possibilities and potentials of coordination among entitles. B. Investigate the privatization of some services. 1. Based upon the results of the Initial meeting, publish a work paper Identifying a recommended administrative and coordinating structure to oversee the analysis, evaluation and recommendations relative to a consolidation/coordination effort. D,B 1 A 2. Proceed to study In detail existing conditions and Identify specific options for Improving the costeffectiveness of the delivery of services at all levels of the County, concentrating on consolidation, coordination and privatization. D,B,J,l,G,K,M,C,U,T,P 1,2,3-5 A 3. Develop and publish a draft report of findings to all Impacted jurisdictions and agencies In the County for review and comment. D,B 3-5 A D,B, 3-5 A D,B 3,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 A 4. Revise the study as necessary and submit to local jurisdictions and the County Board of Commissioners for adoption by each unit. 5. Establish a "coordinating council" to oversee implementation of study recommendations. �·• • : ,Mij~1.im1tmf!~~:1:1• 1::• i• 111i:i li:11:a ~ :!1• :• 1·11•1 1• •:• •1• 1:•1: ~ it•• · N 10. SOLID WASTE RESOURCE RECOVERY AND DISPOSAL A. Encourage creation/expansion of the recycling market. 1. Draft and solicit a resolution to be adopted by local units of government encouraging appropriate atate and federal leglalatlon to promote aource separation, recycling and packaging practices. I N,B,P 1,2 A 2. Promote, and work with, local entrepreneurs Involved In "start-up' businesses to use recyclable materials as raw material for new products. Assist such businesses with technical assistance programs, Industrial tax abatements and providing a clearing house for applicable federal and state grant program Information. I N,B,E,S 1,2,3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 A,D,E,I B. Budget for ongoing coordination of solid waste management planning. 1. Establish a meeting among local Jurisdictions to discuss potential for COOl'dlnatlng existing aolid waste management activities and the establishment of a Countywide Solid Waste Management Authority to coordinate aolid waste management programs. N,B,P A A,C,E 2. Explore the various funding options available to finance Implementation of the County's Solid Waste Management Plan. N,D,B,P 3. Develop a 1-year and 5-year Capital Improvement Program for solid waste management, Including coordination/consolidation of existing programs and establish a budget accordingly. N,D,B,P A,2,3-5,6-10 11-15, 16-20 A N,B,P 1,2 A 1' .,j. 0 4. Establish a Solid Waste Management Authority with the commission to administer solid waste coordination operations within the County. C. Budget for professional management consulting services and advice on managing the Implementation of the Plan. 1. Coordinate a meeting between County, City of Midland and Townships officials to discuss shared funding of a management consultant. 2. Establish a budget and description of responsibilities. 3. Develop a Request for Proposals and solicit proposals from qualified ~mpanles. 4. Select consultant and begin programs; ensure consultant Is answerable to an Identified body/individual (on a regular basis). I N,P N,P N,P N,P • ' • ' • \ • ' • ' a 1a , a ' • ' • ' • ' • ' • ' I 1 IA I 1,3-5 IA I: 1: �..,~ ...... ... WIil ... 1111111] i.11 --------·•:· !~i¥p~[if!~l·• :, t••: •: •: 1:•!:t• 1·1~~:: •:i:!l• :·• ,. , ,.:• ;:}:I• •t~~~i·•:• • ·:, ':,: POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS : D. Work to implement program and schedule contained In the Solid Waste Management Plan. 1. Review implementation schedule In adopted Solid Waste Management Plan and develop a corresponding detailed work program for each program/project identified In the Implementation program. N,P 1,2 A 2. N,P 1,2 A Establish/utilize organizations Identified In the Implementation schedule in the Plan. E. Establish public education programs and promote public awareness of Immediate need to select solid waste recovery and disposal facility proce88 and proceed with Implementation of designed facility (and) provide method of funding . 1. Utilize the County Solid Waste Management Plan and develop an updated Information base describing the existing status of solid waste disposal facilities In the County and the future capacity of the County to dispose of wutes. I N 2 A.E 2. Distribute information to local units, organizations and the private sector, describing the condition and capacity of existing facilities in the County and the likely impacts of future demand. I N,P,S 2 A.E 3. Follow the implementation program In the County Solid Waste Management Plan Update, Including establishment of the recommended organizational atructure(s) and pursue funding sources as appropriate, Including local private and public Investment. I N,B,P,S 1,2,3-5 A,E,J A I ...,I. ...,I. 11. INTERGOVERNMENTAL PLANNING OF UTILITIES B A. Assess county-wide water distribution and sanitary sewerage needs In an area-wide plan with recommendations; prepare an area-wide water and sewer plan dealing with needs for Improvements, financing and responsibilities and coordinate with local land use plans. 1. Using the County Comprehensive Land Use Plan and projected housing unit growth as a guide, Identify townships expected to experience a numerical growth above a defined number of households. Analyze all townships In detail to Identify the location of existing residential, commercial and industrial activities In each township. Establish a specified residential density as a "benchmark" and Identify those areas that currently exceed that density. Develop a composite or "overlay" map combining the results of both maps to Identify high growth townships and specific higher density locations In the County. Outline utility service areas that reflect existing high density areas and areas most likely to develop within fast growing townships. I B,J,P,O 1,2,3-5 A.C,E,J 2. Present the results to officials In affected townships for review and discussion. Work with township officials to identify, establish and implement a sewer and water development/Improvement program in a controlled , efficient phased process consistent with planned development. I B,J,P,O 2 A,C,E,J �-------------- 'if•1jl~-~ili~i _ _ 1::m;~~:: 1 :::::•· ''''='\(i~IJB.CE; T 12. SCHOOL DISTRICT COOPERATION A. Explore the creation of an "umbrella" oversight committee to undertake a study of possibilities of coordination/cooperation among school districts and guide the process. 1. Contact administrators of all school districts within the County and establish a meeting to discuss common Issues, concerns and possibilities that could be mutually addressed and Identify the potential for forming a committee of representatives from each district to formulate plans and programs for Increased coordination. 2. Assist the committee in obtaining data, general Information, and public input in the program. T 1,2 A,J I T I 1,2 I A.J I T I 1,2,3-5 I A.J B. Prepare a strategic plan outlining how facilities, resources and programs could be shared effectively. 1. 2. ;;,;: I ..... II Form a strategic planning program/process that Includes focus groups developing solutions and specific activities for particular Issues, with coordination/cooperation/efficiency as the underlying theme. Publish the results of the strategic plan (recommendations/specific activities) and distribute to all households in the County via IChool district newsletters. IT I 3-s I A.J I 3-5 I A.J C. Evaluate foundation funding for the Plan, as well as implementation. I\) 1. Continue to monitor progress of assigned activities identified in the Plan and assist districts In obtaining funding for cooperative programs as identified In the strategic plan. T D,B 13. COUNTY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT A. Solicit short-range and long-range budgetary needs from various County departments and agencies. 1. Recommend a budgeting technique to be adopted by the County Board that represents an efficient approach to validating current programs (such as zero based budgeting) . 2. Solicit surveys of all County departments and agencies under County Board of Commissioners' control requesting Identification of effectiveness of the previous year's expenditures of each department and short-range and long-range goals, programs and expenditures proposed for the department over the next 1-year and 5-years. 3. Develop long-range forecast of revenues and expenditures. .. I D,B I 1 IA I D,B I 1 IA I D,B I 2 IA JII . . . . . . . . . . _.._ . . �... .. - WI WI WI 11111 11111 .. ... .. - - - -1 - - -- IM:~ili~?t~~~ r 1~~ r\:,_; I:,: : : t~~~~ > :I::::::i: = B. Provide for review and Input of the proposed departmental capital budgets by the County Planning Commission. 1. Develop a synopsls/overvlew of adopted County plans and present to the County Planning Commission along with the goals, programs and expenditures proposed by each departmentjagency. Assist the Planning Commission In reviewing and analyzing proposals relative to plans and adjusting department goals and programs to conform to/coordinate with overall plan recommendations. I 0,8,J 1,2 A 0,8,J 2 A 0,8,J 1,2 A C. Develop and adopt a county-wide short-range and long-range Ananclal Management Plan/Capital Improvements Program and Incorporate the plan Into the County annual budgeting process. 1. Submit any revised programs back to departments/agencies for review and comment. Incorporate the results Into a draft management plan for presentation to the County Board of Commissioners for review and adoption. 0 . Annually review and amend the County Financial Management Plan/Capital Improvements Program. 1. Submit any revised programs back to departments/agencies for review and comment. Incorporate the results Into a draft management plan for presentation to the County Board of Commlsslonera for review and adoption. ~ ~ w 14. SOCIAL SERVICES PLANNING A. u Inventory and analyze the efficiency of existing social service providers and programs. 1. Appoint a County standing committee to evaluate social service providers and programs. u 2. Undertake an Inventory of the existing programs, their Impacts and operations, provided by state and local social service related agencies. u 1,2 A,J 3. Establish a list of standards by which to evaluate and measure programs. u 1,2 A,J 4. Conduct evaluation and provide results to County and service providers. u 2 A.J A �•:•,•· 'Mi'-'/iNJit ffit,~~::•: i• ,,j: :i !\i\i:•: :i:i~ ~, • i !\i :•;: :• 1·•·:; :; ;: •i!iftii~-• • ·•· •·•., ·. -: {' ::~[ldi~s)STRATEGIES/ACTIONS :r::'x;::: : :; ; ;:; t\ 8 . Establish consortium of service providers to forecast and evaluate future social service needs. u 1. Contact all service providers to Identify interest in forming consortium. 2. u If interest Is shown, invite all providers to organization meeting. A,J 1,3-5 u 3. Have providers forecast social service needs and evaluate and rank results aocordlng to A,J A,J Importance. C. Develop and adopt a aociai services delivery plan to reflect projected demands and available resources. u 2 A,J 2. Include recommendations for financing proposed programs. u 2 A,J 3. Present study to providers and County Planning Commission for review and comment. J ,U 2 A,J 4. Present results of study to County Board of Commissioners for adoption. B,U 2 A,J COUNTY HOUSING J 1. ... ~ 15. Use results of forecast and evaluation as basis for formulating a service dellvery plan that will improve existing programs and recommend additional programs as neceaaary. PLAN .I:,. A. Reassess housing needs data on a 5-year basis via a County-wide Housing Needs Analysis. 1. Meet with housing providers/social service agencies. I 2. Establish a general scope of work for undertaking a housing needs analysis and useaament. I J,C A,J 3. Promote/obtain financing to fund the assessment; retain outside consultant or perform assessment I D,B,J,C A,D,E,H,J I J,C J,C,U A In-house. 4. Work closely with organization/Individual conducting assessment to ensure accurate and 1,2 comprehensive Information. . . _.... _.. Mil . . .. _.. �-,a, -.., '11.11 WI ~ ~ WII la 1111111 .. .. - - - _, - - - IM~~p~~?~~es,, POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS l:!tr/ ~~~ -· 1 ::,~ ~ :- B. Evaluate methodologies and programs to Increase owner-occupied units In the County. 1. Research successful projects from other communities that have Increased owner-occupancy. J,C I 1 IA J,C I 2 IA 3. Assess research Information relative to meeting the requirements and standards establllhed above. J,C I 2 IA 4. Identify and further study those program options that best meet the requirements and standards. J,C I 3-5 IA 5. Adopt the option for inclusion in a county-wide housing plan. J,C I 3-5 IA 2. Establish goals, policies and evaluation standards for application to Midland County. C. Prepare County-wide Housing Plan which identifies measures for Implementation. ~ I ~ 01 II II 1. Obtain funding to develop plan. D,B,J,C 2. Work with selected outside consultant or in-house staff to complete plan, Including Implementation measures. J,C I I A,O,E,H,J A,D,E,H,J :.3-5 D. Explore the establishment of a vehicle for implementation of the Housing Plan, such as a nonprofit Housing Corporation. 1. Review nonprofit housing providers in other communities to Identify and evaluate structure and programs that may be applied In Midland County. 2. Research other, more current innovative organizational structures that may be utilized and evaluate according to objective criteria and standards. 3. Select structures and programs that will likely provide the most benefit and which can realistically be Implemented. 4. Engage in the formation of the selected organization(s) . I I I I J,C I J,C 11,3-5 J,C B,J,C I I 1 1 2 I I I I A,D,H,J A,D,H,J A,D,H,J A,J E. Consider forming a City-County housing trust fund to finance housing. 1. Develop proposal outline for the organization and operation of a Trust Fund. D,B,J,C 1 A,J 2. Meet with City and County officials and social services providers to discuss Interest and potential. J,C,P,U 1 A,J 3. If a Trust Fund is considered viable, develop a draft plan for organizing, financing and operating the Trust Fund. D,J,C 2 A,J 4. Procure funding (grants, fund-raising campaign, etc.) and implement plan. D,J,C I 1,2,3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 I A,O,H,J �@m-,~e.~l~li~jj: 1:\i:1:1:1 .11:1:1 1i : :lil\:! !:(••-1••:•••:::;:•:•:•~i~1••:• •:i·•:·•·•· • :• • 1 F. Formulate model codes for local units to use to maintain and Improve the County's housing stock. 1. Review and assess existing housing related codes that have been adopted by local units of J,C A,D,H,J J,C,P A,D,H,J 3. Evaluate codes and regulations In accordance with specified objectives. J,C,P A,D,H,J 4. Develop model codes and recommend to each unit of government within the County for adoption (u la or with modification). J,C,P government within the County. 2. Research applicable codes utilized In other communities. 16. NORTH-SOUTH CIRCULATION A. ~ ..... 0) 2 A,D,H,J L Prepare a report on analysis of problems with recommended solutions. 1. Initiate a study to Inventory existing conditions and potential problems. L A,K 2. Develop goals for achieving optimum north-south circulation and establish standards for evaluating/ meeting those goals. L A,K 3. Identify programs/solutions and evaluate relative to established standards. L 2 A,K B. Include County transportation needs In the County Road Commission's Capital Improvement Program. 1. Incorporate the results of the above report Into a specific series of Implementation measures. I L 2 I A,K 2. Develop cost estimates and identify revenue sources for each Implementation measure or project. I L 2 I A,K 3. Identify phasing of specific projects. I L 3-5 I A,K I L 3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 I A,K L 1,2,3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 4. Incorporate all of the above components Into a Capital Improvement Program and promote through adoption process. C. Budget annual capital expenditures with CIP. 1. Budget annual capital expenditures with CIP. A,K J,L,P,R 17. ACCESS MANAGEMENT/CORRIDOR DEVELOPMENT A. Organize a joint Steering Committee for the process. 1. Develop outline of proposed policy and send letters to appropriate agencies and communities requesting participation. J,L,P,R A,K 2. Hold meetings to discuss proposed program and organizational structure. J,L,P,R A,K - 1 -! ~ I _.., 1 _..111111 _..., _..1111 ---- ~ ! ....,1111 �W -wit -.._. WI 1111 11111 ·. . ·.;:-::; 1a .,_ WII :;::-; -; .... .. -- - :·_·-:-:. POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS ... .... - - - I·•· IMPLEMENT!~ BOQI~$ AND PARTICIPANT$ . 1111111' .. ' SCHEDULE . . • FUNDING · • .... SOURCE : ' (Y~) / B. Seek funding for Committee. 1. Review financing/funding sources. A,K D,B,J,L,P,R 2. Apply for appropriate funding program/resources. D,B,J,L,P,R A,K,J 2 C. Prepare report on M-20 corridor land use and traffic service for the State, County Road Commission and municipalities. 1. Assign responsibility among committee members to draft report. I J,L,P,R I 1 I A,K 2. Contract with professional consultant to conduct study. I J,L,P,R I 1 I A,K J,L,P,R I 1 I A,K 4. Develop recommendations and adopt study report. J,L,P,R I 2 I A,K 5. J,L,P,R I 2 I A,K J,L,P,R I 2 I A,K 3. Conduct data collection and analysis. Present report to all units of government along corridor. 6. Assign organization and personnel to Implement plan. ~ ..... ......, D. Prepare a report on Saginaw Road corridor land use and traffic service for the State, County Road Commission and municipalities. 1. Prepare report on Saginaw Road corridor land use and traffic service for the State, County Road Commission and municipalities; Incorporating the study procedure and criteria as recommended for the M-20 corridor. 18. AREA-WIDE COMPREHENSIVE TRANSPORTATION PLANNING A,K 2,3-5 J,L,P,R J,L,P,R A. Incorporate north-south circulation and bicycle and pedestrian trafficway pollcles Including public transit, rail and airport planning needs, Into the area-wide comprehensive transportation planning process. 1. Inventory existing transportation facilities and analyze existing conditions and life expectancies of existing components. 2. Apply population and land use projections to Identify system demand. ~ I J,L,P,R I J,L,P,R I 1,2 I: I A,K,E,J I A,K,E,J 3. Develop a system 'model" that distributes traffic among different modea and Identify optimum system capacities. J,L,P,R 4. Develop recommended Improvements/expansions to accommodate projected optimum system. J,L,P,R 3-5 A,K,E,J 5. Establish goals and policies to Implement recommendations. J,L.P,R 3-5 A,K,E,J A,K,E,J �1,::;:,(' :::::: ::f•· I": \:.: ) A.JNDING : •·•. IMPLEMEJJtiNQ~IE.., · ANo PAITT1c1p~s:Jh,: IL<tl~IXJLE ?''"'=':> tvi=Mf ::, · •·,:· ., , ,··souRCe :·'.:::: POLICIES/STRA.TEGIES/ACTIClNS B. Formulate Alea-wide Transportation Steering Committee 1. Establish list of recommended professionals and representatives who would best contribute to developing a comprehensive transportation plan. I 1 I A.K.E,J J,L,P,R I 1 I A,K,J,E,J, J,L,P,R I 1 I A,K,E,J J,L,P,R I 2. Contact persons on list to determine Interest and seek funding for planning. 3. I Conduct organizational meeting, Including establishing project goals and procedures. C. Prepare a report on analysis of street and highway needs data. 1. Conduct Inventory of all existing systems and modes within the County. J,I,L,P,R A,K,E,J 2. Based upon population and land use projections, as well as existing deficiencies, ldsntlfy future transportation system nHda. J,l,L,P,R 1,2 A,K,E,J 3. Prepare and distribute report on transportation needs. J,L,P,R 1,2 A,K,E,J J,L,P,R 2,3-5 A,K,E,J D. Prepare an area-wide traffic analysis Including traffic generation data, origin and destination study and traffic flow assignments. ~ 1. Identify traffic zones throughout the County and conduct origin/destination surveys of automobile and commercial/industrial traffic at Identified survey points. ~ CX> E. 2. Analyze land uses within the County by zone and apply standard rates for traffic generation to each type of land use; apply thoae rates to the volume of land uses In each zone to determine total trip generation rates In each zone. I J,L,P,R 2,3-5 A,K,E,J 3. Utilize existing computerized traffic assignment programs; assign traffic volumes along specified routes to Identify capacities and demands; utilize same program for projected volumes baaed upon future land use and population scenarios. I J,L,P,R 2,3-5 A.K.E,J 1. .Access existing data on bridges In County. L,P,R 1 A 2. Conduct a structural Inspection on any bridge In the County that has not been Inspected within the past three years. L,P,R 1,2 A,K,E,J 3. Prepare reports on the condition and recommended maintenance and/or upgrading of each Inspected bridge. L,P,R 2,3-5 A,K,E,J 4. Establish annual Inspection program. L,P,R 1,2,3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 A,K,E,J Prepare a report on critical bridges and historical data on bridges. . ,•• JII> . , Jlf Jilt . . . . ~ 1 J/11/1 �.. _WI_.WI W. .... .. -- - -- - - - - -- <•'MPµ:,;,~Nii'~ij§ tl••::::tI•i.i]tit·l.::tu:wHo.t~<3 ,cc ?'ANO PARTIC!P~l?'? ' f •:::: ? (YJ:AR) ·••• I :\? $9llRCE·• ' Prepare long-range transportation plan report for all transportation modes. F. 1. Conduct an Inventory and analysis of nonmotorized transportation systems In the County and develop a plan according to the Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafflcwaya recommendations below. 2. A,K,E,J J,l,L,P,R Incorporate the Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafficways into the studies and reports described above to formulate a comprehensive transportation plan. J,l,L,P,R 2 A,K,E,J G. Prepare report on a short-range capital Improvements program. 1. Develop specific strategies and projects to Implement the programs Identified In the comprehensive transportation program over the next five years. I J,L,P,R 1,2,3-5 A,K,E,J 2. Identify associated costs and revenue sources for each project. I J,L,P,R 1,3-5 A,K,E,J 3. Define persons, organizations and agencies responsible for each project. 4. ~ -A. co Prioritize projects to Identify Implementation In one-year and five-year phases. 19. BICYCLE AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFICWAYS A. J,L,P,R A,K,E,J J,L,P,R A,K,E,J l,L Incorporate the County's rails-to-trails program Into a bicycle and pedestrian trafflcways policy. 1. Incorporate the County's rails-to-trails program Into a bicycle and pedestrian trafflcwaya program. A,E,K l,L B. Report on origins, destinations and needs. 1. Formulate & conduct a survey of bicyclists & hikers to Identify origins, destinations & preferences. l,L 1,2 A,E,K 2. Tabulate and analyze survey results. 1,L 2 A,E,K 3. Publish report Identifying results and analysis of survey. l,L 2 A,E,K C. Report on a long-range plan. 1. Analyze existing facilities for existing and future capacities. 1,L A,E,K 2. Project future demand. 1,L A,E,K 3. Develop goals and objectives for bicycles and pedestrian pathways. 4. Propose bicycle and pedestrian path corridors for the next 20 years In the County. 5. Identify Implementation measures, Including strategies. 1,L 2 A,E,K l,L 2 A,E,K l,L 2 A,E,K �IM.~~~fJl~~1::1 :, r:: : : : 1:1 1:w1,,\, . · 1 D. Report on a Capital Improvements Program. E. 1. Define specific projects under long-range plan implementation measures. l,L 1,2 A,E,K 2. Identify associated phasing costs, revenues and funding sources. l,L 1,2 A,E,K l,L,P,R 1,2 A,E,K Report on a coordination program with County and City streets and highway planning and County and City parks and recreation planning. 1. Report on a coordination program with County and City streets and highway planning and County and City parka and recreation planning. F. Seek MOOT financing assistance. 1. 1,L,R Seek MOOT financing assistance. E 20. LOCATION OF INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT A. ~ ~ K Encourage planned Industrial and commercial parks to locate where services are available and where site location standards indicate. E 1,2,3-5 A,D,E,J 2. Draft standards that identify desirable site locations for Industrial and commercial parks. E 3-5 A,O,E,J 3. Develop a quantitative scale {value) Indicating the relative Importance of each standard . E 3-5 A,D,E,J 4. E 3-5,6-10 A,O,E,J T,E 3-5,6-10 A,D,E,J 1. Utilize ranking system above to identify best sites in these districts. T,E 3-5,6-10 A,D,E,J 2. Work with appropriate local units of government to acquire property. P,E 3-5,6-10 A,D,E,J 3. Access public and private funding sources to develop sites. D,B,P,S 3-5,6-10 A,D,E,J 4. Undertake an industrial target market analysis to identify most appropriate Industries for each park. E,S 3-5,6-10 A,D,E,J 5. E,S 3-5,6-10 A,D,E,J 1. Inventory and map service areas (utilities) within the County identifying locations, size and other characteristics. Rank available sites according to value. 5. Prioritize sites accordingly. B. Promote planned Industrial and commercial parks In the Bullock Creek, Coleman and Meridian public school districts. Develop and implement a promotion/attraction campaign using results of market analysis. - - - - JII . ,_ 111. ,_.. _.. �., . - 11111 , . . . . . ... . . : ):;({:(: POLl~IES/S;~TEGIES/ACTIONS · ·. WIii 1 1 c.. . ::}::r >,· =::r=ii:111:;1:;11111:1111!:1: :::11111 i:::::::::1:::::1 ... - - - - --- .,;,;: : . ~~';:t::'. . \ \ FUNDING P,E 1,2,3-5 A,0,E P,E 3-5,6-10,11-15, 16-20 A,J IM:~M;.::h~~p~~~~ . ' SOURCE C. Utilize P.A. 425 to share tax base. 1. Identify situations and locations where P.A. 425 may be most applicable. 2. Work with local units of government and businesses to adopt and Implement P.A. 425 where applicable and appropriate. 0 . Promote communications and cooperation between municipalities and County Economic Development and Planning agencies. 1. Establish a monthly "breakfast" meeting between County economic development and planning agencies and local units of government. O,J,T,P,E 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 A,J 2. Provide for continued printed communication and promotion. P,E,S 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 A,J 21. AGRICULTURAL ECONOMY A. ~ A Work with SCS, Farmers Home Administration and Cooperative Extension Service to define the needs for the stabilization of the local agricultural economy. I\) ....L 1. Establish a "panel" of representatives to meet on a regular basis with the goal of stabilizing the local agricultural economy. Z,A,M,E 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15-16-20 A,J 2. Conduct a survey of existing agricultural operations to identify characteristics, attitudes and Ideas. Z,A,M,E 2,3-5,11 -15 A,J Z,A,M,E 3-5 A,J 3. Develop comprehensive agricultural stabilization and expansion plan. B. Evaluate how the Midland County Planning Commission can, through traditional planning methods, assist the farm economy. 1. Meet with County Planning Commission to discuss problems and Identify strategies to Incorporate plannlng methods Into plans to assist the County's farm economy. A,J,E 3-5, 11 -15 A,J 2. Utilize County Planning Commission resources to assist in the agricultural stabilization and enhancement plan. A,J,E 3-5, 11 -15 A,J C. Input agricultural stabilization mechanisms into other planning Initiatives/Issues during Implementation. 1. Develop synopsis of agricultural stabilization and enhancement plan and reference potential situations/conditions under which each plan recommendation may be applied. A,E,M 3-5,11-15 A,J 2. Distribute synopsis to local units of government (City/Village Commissions, Township Boards, Planning Commissions) with instructions on possible applications. A,E,M,O,P 3-5, 11 -15 A,J '• �., , ,. 1~1~1Ai~ti~1~i•: : 1.:• :1: •11:1:1 1~••! •}i : 1: ,. 1!:II •:i ~~·· •,•·• •i:•. ,. 1 11 •••• 1 E 22. LABOR FORCE A. Prepare an analysis of current and future job opportunities, wage levels, job growth segments and training/education programs and requirements In the County. 1. Prepare an analysis of current and future job opportunities, wage levels, job growth segments and training/education programs and requirements in the County. E,S 1,2,3-5 A,J B. Formulate a strategy to target higher paying job categories to promote job growth in the County. 1' I\) I\) 1. Identify existing wage rates and job classifications In the County. E,S 1,2,3-5 A.J 2. Utilize targeted Industry market study described above to Identify most desirable and compatible businesses that could locate In the County. E,S 3-5 A,J 3. Identify wage rates associated with targeted Industries and compare with existing wage rates. E,S 3-5 A,J 4. Develop strategies to attract those Industries with higher wage rates than currently exist In the County. E,S 3-5 A,J p 23. PRIVATE SEWAGE SYSTEMS A. Administer and enforce municipal and township codes and ordinances In accordance with plan policies/actions and County Health Department regulations. 1. Inventory all local land use plans and identify implications of policies and land use distribution patterns relative to existing Health Department regulations. O,J,G,P 2 I A.E,J 2. Modify land use plans/policies to adapt to regulations, or vice-versa. O,J,G,P 3-5 I A.E,J 3. Establish and administer local codes and ordinances that best fit County Health Department regulations and local land use plans and pollcles. O,J,G,P 3-5,6-10,11-15,16-20 I A,E,J G 24. AJA POLLUTION CONTROL A. Encourage growth and development away from airborne particulates. 1. Analyze sources of airborne particulates, including location , type and quantity. Y,G,O,S 6-10 A,E,J 2. Analyze predominant wind direction and their Impact upon flow direction of airborne particulates. v,G,a,s 6-10 A,E,J 3. Encourage future land use development In areas least affected by particulate flow. O,J,G,Q 6-10 A,E,J •• ••.••• -: .. , :: , ~ �......... ,. .......... .. - - - - ... -- -- IIIIU POLICIES/;TRATEGIES/ACTIONS·.. );!;}::;;· <>,···::: ///::?=\,,. ·-::::);-· IM~~M:im~~p~~i'if;; : 1: 1: ~ ~~-J\j:: FUNDING ;: SOURCl( ·. B. Monitor situation for change In conditions. 1. Identify most effective equipment required for monitoring program. G,Q,S 6-10 A,E,J 2. G,Q,S 6-10 A,E,J 1. Compile generic Information on air pollution and combine with specific data pertaining to Midland County, including traditional and exotic air emissions. G,Q,S 6-10 A,E,J 2. G,Q,S 6-10 A,E,J 3. Outllne education program using collected data and remedial programs. G,Q 6-10 A,E,J 4. G,T,Q,S 6-10, 11-15, 16-20 A,E,J Purchase and utilize equipment. C. Develop a local education/awareness program. Develop recommended programs for remediating air pollution Impacts, Implement education program through schools, service clubs and other organizations. ~ 25. GROUNDWATER PROTECTION w A. G I\) Report on groundwater resources/hydrogeologlcal conditions In the County. 1. Compile existing data on hydrogeologlcal conditions, Including well logs, geologic features, etc. to utilize in computerized program that Identifies groundwater conditions throughout the County. G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J 2. Compare existing groundwater conditions with future land use plans to determine long-range Impacts. D,J,G,Q,P,O 3-5 A,E,J G,Q 3-5 A,E,J 2. Collect data pertaining to the quantity of water used. G,Q 3-5 A,E,J 3. Identify characteristics of aquifer(s) to determine Impact on surrounding wells. G,Q 3-5 A,E,J 4. Develop a report of findings. G,Q 3-5 A,E,J B. Report on assessment of groundwater problems and the Impact of large users drawing down the water table. 1. Identify existing large users of water. �, , · •·I•.iM:tril~~il~~~!: • ;l~!~:i•1~J%, •1:•1•1•· 11 1 1 •••• 11 11 • 1 :• 1i:•~~i~ : : • ·•· · •· 11 1 •:•i1 C. Report on groundwater protection management plan Including protection measures and a monitoring system . 1. Analyze data collected above and develop goals and objectives for protection of groundwater. G,Q , 3-5 A,E,J 2. Develop a plan based upon derived goals and objectives. G,Q 3-5 A,E,J 3. Recommend a system for effectively monitoring the success/failure of the proposed plan. G,Q 3-5 A.E,J D. Establish priorities for monitoring suspected groundwater contamination areas, such as existing municipal landfills, closed dump sites, Act 307 site, etc. 1. Establish a weighting (ranking) system for evaluating Importance of land uses relative to groundwater protection. O,J,G,Q 6-10 A.E,J 2. Utilize system to evaluate and prioritize suspected contamination sites. G,Q 3-5,6-10 A.E,J B,J,G,Q 3-5 A.E 2. Draft and send a letter describing goal and Intent and request participation. B,J,G,Q,S 3-5 A,E 3. Establish organization meeting and date and time. B,J,G,Q 3-5 A.E 4. B,J,G,P,Q,S 3-5 A,E O,J,G,Q,S 6-10 A,E B 26. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANNING ~ ~ A. Solicit Interest from selected groups to participate In defining the Intent and scope of a comprehensive environmental management plan. 1. Define the goal and intent of establishing a plan, develop a list of prospective public and private sector organizations and Individuals. Hold organization meeting. B. Undertake 11n Inventory and evaluation of current environmental contamination conditions ~ncludlng P.A. 307 sites) and project the potential for future contamination/pollution. 1. Review projected future land use configurations and Identify potential associated contamination (based on standard manufacturing processes or activities associated with each projected use). ... ... ~ - a lllllf' ..., .... ..,_ .~ ·- ·- =- -,,;::__ �.. .. - - - - - -- -- - ,__, WI . . 1111 Ila •:;. •. ... )ifu ._ .•_ _ . .:::. · = / ·. =, :.= ·,= •==,fjr::=lf ·• POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS IMPLEMENTING. B()OlES- . AND PARTICIPANTS . :/> $CHEOU~ \r. (YEAR)" FUNDING .• SOURCE C. Develop a county-wide Environmental Management Plan addressing Issues of air, water, solls, noise and visual pollution . 1. Collect data on environmental pollutants, P.A. 307 site Inventory, future land use, site contamination analysis and potential air pollution generators determined under the air pollution control strategy J,G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J 2. Analyze Impacts of future population growth and land use distribution patterns on those Issues. O,J,G,Q 3-5 A,E,J 3. Establish goals and objectives for mitigating environmental pollution concerns and analyze those J,G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J J,G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J 5. Present plan tor review to the group selected above. B,J,G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J 6. Adopt and publish plan. B,J,G,Q 3-5 A,E,J G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J 2. Identify the various hazardous materials produced or used in the County and their current methods and practice of storage or disposal. G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J 3. Meet with hazardous materials handlers In the County and In conjunction with research materials G,0 ,5 3-5 A,E,J G,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J B,J,G,P,Q,S 3-5 A,E,J J,G,Q,S 6-10 A,E,J 2. Develop specific Implementation programs associated with program goals and objectives. J,G,Q,S 6-10 A,E,J 3. Promote the adoption of the program by local units of government. B,J,G,P,Q 6-10 A,E,J G,P,Q,S 6-10 A,E,J and Inventories. Impacts upon the local economy. 4. :f- Develop policies and strategies to Implement the plan. 0 . Establish a county-wide hazardous materlals management program. "' CJl 1. Research available Information/publications pertaining to hazardous materials and their safe handling, storage and disposal. Identified above, Identify beat management practices. 4. Develop a program for management of hazardous materials, emphasizing voluntary compliance where appropriate and mandatory compliance where necessary. 5. Adopt management program and associated ordinances as necessary. E. Develop a comprehensive environmental management program that Is capable of being Implemented and politically and financially acceptable to the public and private sectors. 1. 4. Incorporate all of the above programs into a comprehensive program framework. Through the organization established above, promote voluntary acceptance of the program by the private sector. F. Solicit voluntary compliance and require mandatory compliance when necessary. �---·--- - --- .._ __ ·• :,,~:!~lirit~~i-:1• ·l•:1:1:::;j:!jl j~~ ij::lj:l: :t•••1.:iIi: : •:i\j~t~~·: : • ·':• •. 11 1 1 F. Solicit voluntary compliance and require mandatory compliance when necessary. 1. Solicit voluntary compliance and require mandatory compliance when necessary. 6-10 A,E,J p 27. MUNICIPAL ANO TOWNSHIP MASTER PLANS A. G,P,Q,S Prepare/update/adopt master plans and community facilities plans. 1. Encourage each local unit of government with a land use plan adopted 5 or more years ago to update lta plan. O,J,P 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 A,J 2. Provide a general outline of the process local units should use to evaluate the viability of existing plans and Items that should be considered In a good plan. O,J,P 2,3-5 A-J 1. Educate local Planning Commissions as to their responsibilities to review proposed public works plans from all local, county and state agencies, to ensure conformance with adopted plans. O,J 3-5,6-10,11 -15,15-20 I A.J Encourage local Planning Commissions to develop and adopt a process for evaluating proposed public works projects. O,J 3-5,&-10, 11-15, 1&-20 I A.J B. Encourage local Planning Commission review of public works In accordance with adopted master plans. 2. ~ ~ J 28. LOCAL PLANNING INFORMATION A. Provide current geographical Information maps. J 3-5 A,J H,J 3-5 A,J H,D,B,J 3-5 A,J J 3-5 A,J J 3-5 A,J 1. Develop a file of existing socioeconomic data for the County and each of Its local Jurisdictions. J,P,E 3-5 A,J 2. Develop a list of information available and distribute to local units. J 3-5 A,J 3. Establish a system to allow access by local governments. H,J 3-5 A,J 1. Evaluate & define the mapping goals and associated needs of the County, municipalities & twps. 2. Identify computer hardware and software that best fits the County's computerized mapping needs. 3. Purchase/lease equipment and programs, or hire consultant, to develop maps. 4. Collect data , existing maps and generate updated computer maps. 5. Distribute maps to local units as requested. B. Provide current socioeconomic data. :..al' ..... ~ - .~ ..... •'--' - ~ -=-- �-.. . . . . . Wt .. .. - - - la ~ IM~Mp~~~t~ES( POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS - }' - ~ I<( ~~~ .:, -I': . .... : :~~~ C. Continue County Planning Commission review of local plans to ensure coordination with the County Plan. D. ~ I\) --..a 1. Notify all local units of government to remind them they are required to send local plans to the County Plannlng Commission for review. O,J,P 3-5 A 2. Establish a general review framework that allows for objective evaluation and conforms with the contents of the plan. J 3-5 A Provide educational resources for local unit planning processes. 1. Continue to monitor and offer attendance at conferences and seminars to the County Planning Commission members. J 2. Annually budget for educational seminars and conferences for County Planning Commission members. D,B,J 3. Sponsor conferences within the County for educating local Planning Commission members on specific planning ISSt.tes. J,O,P 4. Encourage local Planning Commissions to attend state-wide and regional conferences and seminars. O,J,P 29. PLANNING EFFORT BY LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL UNITS A. I I I 1,2,3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 IA 1,2,3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 IA 2,3-5.6-10. 11-15, 16-20 I 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 IA A J Recommend updating master (and land use) plans In the context of conducting township zoning coordination reviews. 1. Utilize Information In Table 52 and review local zoning ordinances and plans. O,J,P 3-5 I A 2. Identify areas where local units' zoning maps and texts do not reflect proposals In the local plan. O,J,P 3-5 I A 3. Identify areas where land use plans, zoning maps and ordinances among adjoining units of government conflict with each other. O,J,P 3-5 I A 4. Recommend changes In local land use plans, zoning, ordinances and maps to reflect greater coordination between ordinances and plan proposals of each jurisdiction as well as among adjoining jurisdictions. O,J,P 3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 I A O,J,P 3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 I A B. Conduct and sponsor workshops on preparing/updating municipal master plans, zoning documents and developing current standards. 1. Conduct and sponsor workshops on preparing/updating municipal master plans, zoning documents and developing current standards. �t/!~ j~lflflil:: : 1i:!i l! Ji !li!:ij e~j :! li!l :i l:i;:j{l :'l: : : : : Wtru°~~t:::> 1 1 1 C. Evaluate innovate approaches tried in other areas in Michigan (and the Nation), 1. Collect and evaluate resource data on innovative growth management techniques. J 3-5 2. Identify these techniques that are legal In Michigan and which can function In Midland County. J . 3-5 Provide reports to local units of government that describe each technique, Its legal status In O,J,P 3. I I A I A 3-5,6-10,11-15,16-20 A H,D,B,J 3-5 A H,D,B,J 3-5 A H,D,B,J 3-5 A Michigan and the condition, under which the technique could or should be applied. B 30. COUNTY-WIDE GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYTEMS (G.I.S.) A. Conduct a GIS feasibility analysis. 1. Develop a position paper on the need for Incorporating a GIS system within County government and present to the County Board of Commissioners. B. Establish a GIS program under the leadership of the County Planning Department and the County Department of Information Systems. ~ ~ 1. Establish a GIS program under the leadership of the County Planning Department and the County Department of Information Systems. C. Inventory and analyze the GIS needs of each County department to determine required extent and capacity of proposed system. 1. Develop a survey form and distribute to each County department. 2. Tabulate surveys and Identify a list of composite needs that are most common among departments. H,D,B,J 3-5 A 3. Identify the system that best meets those needs. H,D,B,J 3-5 A 1. Request assistance from suppliers to Identify range of cost for constructing a GIS system. H,D,B,J 3-5 A 2. Request a budget allocation for developing and Implementing a GIS program. H,D,B,J 3-5 A 3. Utilize survey results to develop a request for proposals for professional assistance. H,D,B,J 3-5 A 4. Conduct selection process and work with consultant. H,D,B,J 3-5 A D. Work with a GIS professional to construct and Implement a GIS program for the County, responsive to the needs of each department. =- ·" - _, .--- "Jlllliia ... ... ... .... .. .( .. �,.. . . 1111 •: ~ --- - ,., POUc1es1sr~~~a1es1ACTIONS I;fff IIlJrii :=Jt 1 ···-, =;i: 1::1:::Ii::If Wlllfr .. . . ..., IMPLEMENT!;q~Ql~S AND PARTICIPANT~ ' . ....... - -"" : )( ~ ~ ~- j:/ r):\~i~~ - E. Educate County Department of Planning and County Department of Information Systems In the application and updating of the GIS system. H,D,B,J 3-5 A H,D,B,J 3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 A D,B,J 2 A D,B,J 2 A D,B,J 2 A D,B,J 2 A D,B,J 2 A 1. Identify conditions and situations under which consultant should be utilized. D,B,J 2 A 2. Identify on annual basis projects which will require consulting assistance and establish D,B,J 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15, 16-20 A D,B,J 2 A 1. Educate County Department of Planning and County Department of Information Systems in the application and updating of the GIS system. F. Continue to evaluate the operation and efficiency of the County GIS system. 1. Continue to evaluate the operation and efficiency of the County GIS system. 31 . FORMULATION OF OTHER PLANNING ELEMENTS D,B A. Provide funding and administrative support for permanent technical and professional planning staff. 1. ~ ~ Identify planning projects and day-to-day activities in the County Planning Commission and Planning Department and calculate man- hours required to perform those tasks/projects. 2. Compare man-hours required with existing available man-hours. 3. If additional manpower required, Identify amount and qualifications neceaaa,y. 4. Identify appropriate budget and request appropriation. 5. Suggest additional funding sources, If necessary, Including user fees. B. Provide funding and administrative support for hiring special, professional oonsultlng firms to augment the permanent planning staff engaged In special projects. recommended budget for each project. 3. Request funding for project(s) in annual budget. �,~=~~,i~~,,!~1:1 t1 : : 1 :1:• n1i 1 1 : 1:1 i: : :~ t:::,: 1 1:1:1: 11:: : :t : B 32. INTERGOVERNMENTAL COORDINATION FOR PLANNING A. Actively lobby with the Michigan Association of Counties, Michigan Chapter of the American Planning Association and Michigan Society of Planning Officials to amend the County Planning Act to require County notification and coordination of various agency planning activities. 1. Actively lobby with the Michigan Association of Counties, Michigan Chapter of the American Planning Association and Michigan Society of Planning Officials to amend the County Planning Act to require County notification and coordination of various agency planning activities. V,B,J 3-5 A,J V,B,J 3-5 A,J 2. Develop preferred amendment language and Identify sponsor(s) of ieglslatlon. V,B,J 3-5 A,J 3. Continue to work with sponsor(s) to ensure passage. V,B,J 3-5 A,J B. Assist in recommending specific textual changes In P.A. 282 of 1945 pertaining to required Intergovernmental cooperation. 1. Initiate meetings with organizations identified above to discuss need for leglslatlve amendments. I ~ 33. STRUCTURE FOR IMPLEMENTING COMPREHENSNE PLAN 0 A. Encourage Involvement of Identified units of government, public/private nonprofit organizations, u> B businesses and Interested Individuals In the implementation program. 1. Develop an executive summary of this Plan and distribute to local units of government. D,B,J,P 2 A 2. Send the Identified Individuals/organizations and agencies responsible for Implementing this plan copies of the plan text with references to their specific strategic activltJea. J 2 A B. Assign ongoing/individuals to specific proposals and work with them to develop a series of strategies for each proposal. 1. Notify those Individuals/organizations and agencies of the need to communicate with the County Planning Commission and establish an •open door" policy to encourage oommunlcatlon with the Planning Commission. 2. Establish a monitoring program or system that provides for consistent oversight of the Implementation process, Including Identification of alternative strategies or actions that can be I D,B,J I 3-5 IA I D,B,J I 3-5,6-10,11-15,16-20 IA applied as necessary. 3. Provide ongoing technical assistance to each identified individual organization or agency to assist In accomplishing their objectives. 4. Provide for coordination among responsible parties with quarterly or semi-annual meetings among those working on similar or Interrelated objectives . ...._ ,__ I I I I D,B,J D,B,J,P ......... . -. ..- ·~ 3-5,6-10,11-15,16-20 3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 _...., IA IA .... .- ... �,.. ... . . al ~ --- ,..., - ~ WIii'} -- .-.-:-:-:-c-:-: POLICIES/STRATEGIES/ACTIONS "/ .·.. -::::::::::: ·::c. : .. :- ,_,, ., .... --- - - _.... ·,/: ~DUIJ.:: ;: IMPLEMENTING BODIE$ , . : -:: ::: (Yl:AR) ··:-:-:·· . AND PARTICIPANTS . :•} :== SOURCE C. The County Board of Commissioners should lead the lmplementatlon program and support the efforts of the County Planning Commission. 1. Ensure the County Board of Commissioners Is familiar with this plan. D,B,J 2 A 2. Encourage Board members to work with Identified parties responsible for Implementation. D,B,J 2,3-5,6-10, A 11-15,16-20 3. Update the County Board continuously on progress made in plan Implementation. D,B,J 3-5,6-10, 11, 16,16-20 A 4. Incorporate Implementation programs Into County Capital Improvements Program. D,B,J 2,3-5,6-10, 11-15,16-20 A D,B,J 2 A 2. Develop PERT or GANT Chart for those participants who failed to do ao. D,B,J 3-5 A 3. Identify dates (months) In each chart where monitoring should occur. D,B,J 3-5 A 4. Meet with specified parties in Identified month to discuss progress, problems and alternative actions If necessary. D,B,J 3-5,6-10,11-15, 16-20 A 5. Develop and maintain a 'master" chart Identifying progress or problems and coordination among D,B,J 3-5,6-10,11·15,16-20 A D. Provide for a system of monitoring the program made by participants. 1. Request each participating entity to develop a GANT Chart or PERT Chart to identify proposed activities and alternative actions. ~ c,,) ~ parties. .FUNDING - �I KEY TO IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM ( I I I I IMPLEMENTING BODIES AND PARTICIPANTS A - Cooperative Extension Services B - County Board of Commissioners C County and City Housing Commissions I - J - County Planning Commission K - County Plat Board - Local Units of Government - Michigan Department of Natural Resources R s - Private Interests (Residents, Business, Industries) T - Public School Districts/Superintendents D E F G I H I L I I M N 0 p a I I u V w I I I I I I ' y z County Controller/Administrator County Economic Growth & Development Corporation County Emergency Services Department County Health Department County Information Systems Department County Parks and Recreation Commission County Road Commission County Soil and Water Conservation District County Solid Waste Management Advisory Board Local Building, Planning and Zoning Officials Michigan Department of Transportation Social Services Consortium State-wide Planning-related Organizations U.S. Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Services U.S. Environmental Protection Agency U.S. Farmers Home Administration SCHEDULE FUNDING SOURCES 1 - One Year A 2 - Two Years 3-5 - Three through Five Years D E F G H I J - 6 - 10 11 - 15 16 - 20 Six through Ten Years Eleven through Fifteen Years Sixteen through Twenty Years - General Revenues (County /Local) B Tax Increment Financing C Special Assessment District K K-32 - Community Development Block Grant MDNR/CZM/NRFT/LAWCON/MDOC Grant User Fees Michigan Municipal Bond Authority Michigan State Housing Development Authority Small Business Administration Loans Foundation Grants/Contributions Michigan Department of Transportation I �ADDENDUM - TO THE MIDLAND COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN REPORT MIDLAND COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION AUGUST 1993 �INSTRUCTIONS This addendum was prepared to provide the recipient of the Midland County Comprehensive Plan report, dated April 1993, with additional and revised information. The previous sections and paragraphs of the Comprehensive Plan report referred to in this addendum should be crossed out and notations made to the new sections and paragraphs. This addendum should accompany the Comprehensive Plan report for handy reference. Please follow the instructions given on the top of each page. If you have any questions, please contact: Midland County Department of Planning Midland County Service Building 220 W. Ellsworth Street Midland Michigan 48640-5149 (517) 832-6870 �TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Labor Force Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-29 Building Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-31 Development Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-34 Industrial Parks ..............-. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . D-35 Map No. 7, Industrial & Research Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-37 Tri-City International Airport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7 Sanitary Sewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 Grace A. Dow Memorial Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-26 Midland Community Center ............ -; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-39 Table 46, Residential Acreage Requirements ............................. J-5 Natural Conservation Area .......................................... J-16 Sewer/Water .................................................... J-19 Economic Development ............................................ J-26 �ADDENDUM Labor Force Characteristics Instructions: Add the following paragraph to the end of the Labor Force Characteristics section, page D-29. Comparing the labor force characteristics in 1988 with the estimated employment in 1990 (see Tables 25 and 29), the employment by industry has changed. Manufacturing, wholesale and retail jobs have a smaller percentage share of the total employment in 1990 compared with a larger percentage share of jobs in the construction, transportation/communication/utilities, finance/insurance/real estate, and services industries. In 1990 construction jobs made up 9.3% of the total employment; manufacturing jobs, 31.9%; transportation/communications/utilities, 1.4%; wholesale/retail, 13.0%; finance/insurance/real estate, 4.5%, and services, 30.0%. 0-29 �ADDENDUM Building Construction Instructions: Add the following paragraph to the end of the narrative on Building Construction, page D-31. Since the estimates provided by the U.S. Bureau of the Census, Construction Statistics Division, are based on reports submitted by the municipalities and townships, the estimates do not include all construction in the County. Not all of the municipalities and townships reported on their building permits issued for the period 1980 - 1990 and, therefore, not all of the actual construction costs, particularly industrial and institutional, are estimated. 0-31 �ADDENDUM Development Strategy Instructions: Substitute the following for the first paragraph of the Development Strategy section, page D-34. The Midland County Economic Development Council, (MCEDC), contracted with the Battelle Institute, a private research company, for an analysis and recommendations regarding the economic development of the Midland County area The Economic Development Corporation of the County of Midland (338 Corp.) worked with the Council on the development of the Battelle analysis. As a result of the Battelle analysis, a group of "targeted" industries was identified. A targeted industry is one in which attraction (or retention) efforts should be concentrated and which best matches the County's strengths to growth-oriented industries. Since analysis was performed the list of target industries has changed very little. D-34 �I I I I I ADDENDUM Industrial Parks Instructions: Substitute the following for the section on Industrial Parks, page D-35. Midland County is home to a variety of industrial and research parks. There are currently eight existing industrial parks and one research park. There are 22 industrial park lots currently available for construction and five available research park lots. Ownership of the parks varies, as does certification between the parks. For details concerning individual parks, refer to Table 30. Map 7 shows the general locations of the industrial and research parks. Additional lots are available for development in other industrial locations shown on this map. I I I I 0-35 �ADDENDUM Map No. 7, Industrial & Research Parks Instructions: Refer to the following note when using Map No. 7, page D-37. I I The Lincoln Industrial Park, No. 2, is located in the southeast corner of Stark and Letts Roads, not on Dublin Road. 0-37 �ADDENDUM Tri-City International Airport Instructions: Substitute the following narrative for the description of the Tri-City International Airport, pages F-7 and F-8. The 3,00CF-acre Tri-City International Airport is located nine miles northwest of Saginaw near Freeland, Michigan. The airport serves the Saginaw area, the Midland area and Bay County. There are currently two runways located at the airport. The main runway is ·8,000 feet long and 150 feet wide and the crosswind runway is 6,500 feet long and 150 feet wide. Two airlines, United and Northwest operate from the airport's two gates with passenger-loading bridges. In addition to the two airlines offering jet service, there are commuter airlines services, Continental Express, USAir Express, and Skyway. There is an average of 20 commercial flights in and out of the airport per day. Annually there are over 6,800 commercial flights serving 500,000 passengers from Tri-City's facilities. Corporate aviation is also significant at MBS. Dow Chemical and Dow Corning each have a fleet of corporate aircraft housed in their own hangars. In addition, many corporate aircraft are maintained by the fixed based operator. A concessionaire offers both short-term and long-term parking at the airport. Other concessions available at the airport include: five car rental agencies, travel agencies, and restaurant/gift shop services. U.S. Customs is located at Tri-City, making international check-in very convenient. The annual budget for the airport is $3.6 million. This figure does not include the $1 to $2 million that is received as grants from the Federal Aviation Trust Fund. The City of Saginaw, the City of Midland and Bay County each contribute $50,000 towards the airport's annual operating budget. The Tri-City International Airport has its own fire department that includes crash and rescue vehicles. It also maintains snow removal equipment. A noise impact study was recently performed for the Tri-City International Airport. The study outlines existing noise impact on the area, and also projects impacts over the next 10 years. It is based on the Federal Aviation Administration's (FAA) acceptable noise level standards. Note: This addendum is continued on page F-8. F-7 �ADDENDUM Tri-City International Airport description continued. The Airport's Master Plan is approved by the F.A.A. In the last five years the Airport received over ten million dollars in federal grants for improvements made to taxiways, runways, aprons, utilities, service roads, acquisition of land, fire equipment and a computerized security access system. During the next year, 1993, a federal grant will be received for construction of new terminal access drives, airfield signage and terminal modifications. The Master Plan includes an additional third runway to be parallel to the main runway, acquisition of land, rescue equipment, snow removal equipment, terminal expansion, new fire rescue facility, and airfield improvements. I I ~ I I I I F-8 �I I I I I I I I ADDENDUM Sanitary Sewer Instructions: Substitute the following for the second paragraph of the Sanitary Sewer section, page G-1. The second municipal sewer system is operated by and with the City. of Midland. The capacity of the City's wastewater treatment plant in 1993 was 12 mgd. Most areas within the City have sewer service available and capacities exist for serving a greater area The City of- Midland has adopted a sewer and water extension policy known as the MUGA or Midland Urban Growth Area Policy. Simply stated, the MUGA policy is that utility service will only be provided if one of two conditions occur. If a property is inside the MUGA boundary but outside the city limits, utilities will be provided if the property is annexed. If outside the MUGA boundary, utilities will only be provided to a governmental agency. The only instance in which this has happened is in the Midland County Water District No. 1. The system has a current capacity of 6.5 mgd, and is operating at 100 percent capacity. A new facility is located adjacent to the existing wastewater treatment plant and will increase the wastewater treatment plant's optimum capacity to 10 million gallons per day with peak flow capacities of twice that amount. Based on the City's 1990 population of a per-capita capacity of 264 gallons per day, or 96,360 gallons per year, will be available once improvements to the wastewater treatment plant are complete. Peak capacities on a per-capita basis will be twice these figures. I I I I I G-1 �• -I ADDENDUM Water Instructions: Substitute the following for the second paragraph of the Water section, page G-2. Midland County Water District No. 1 is currently administered by the Midland County Department of Public Works. Areas served in Water District No. 1 include the Village of Sanford and portions of Lincoln and Jerome townships immediately adjacent to the Village. The Water District has a 200,000-gallon storage tank in the Village of Sanford. Annually, 100-105 million gallons of water are purchased from the City of Midland by the Water District and distributed throughout the District. With an estimated population of 4,027 for Water District No. 1, the per-capita capacity is 70 gallons per day, or 25,453 gallons per year. Although the District is administered by Midland County, the system is owned by the three municipalities. This was arranged when the system was financed in 1969. When the bonds are paid off by the three municipalities new operational arrangements will likely occur. One possible arrangement could consist of the forming of a water authority between the three communities. While the three communities all have a part in the water system, each municipality is responsible for the expansion of the system. During the 1980s, 15 miles of watermains were installed. Instructions: Substitute the following for the last paragraph of the Water section, page G-2. The City of Midland's water system falls under the same extension (MUGA) policy, as the sewer. The capacity of the City's water system in 1993 was 48 mgd. When averaged for the year, 21-25 million gallons per day are pumped through the City's water system. With the City's 1990 population of 37,819 this translates to a percapita capacity of between 555 gallons per day and 661 gallons per day. Annually, on a per-capita basis, between 202,575 and 241,265 gallons of water is the current capacity of the system. Of the 21-25 million gallons pumped per day in Midland, between eight and nine million gallons are for domestic use. G-2 �ADDENDUM Grace A. Dow Memorial Library Instructions: Substitute the following for the last paragraph of the Grace A. Dow Memorial Library section, page G-26. Currently under construction is an 18,000-square-foot addition, which will alleviate the current space shortage the library is experiencing. Note: The remainder of this paragraph was deleted. ~ I I I G-26 �I I I I I I ADDENDUM Midland Community Center Instructions: Substitute the following for the first paragraph of the Midland Community Center section, page G-39. Midland Community Center offers a large variety of activities to Midland County. The Community Center, established by H. H. Dow in 1917, was moved to its current location at 2001 George Street in 1955. Since then, the center has been expanded and improved al~ times and has over 155,000 square feet of interior space. The Midland Community Tennis Center, an affiliated organization, is located at 900 E. Wackerly Road and the Midland Soccer Club, a private organization, furnishes soccer fields and facilities at 1550 N. Jefferson Road. Instructions: Substitute the following for the fourth paragraph of the Midland Community Center section, page G-40. The following list, taken from the Midland Community Center's 1991 Spring Schedule, shows the variety of programs that are available: -Indoor jogging -Indoor swimming -Weight and nautilus equipment -Steam and sauna facilities -Supervised gymnastics -Fencing -Bridge/chess teams -Various exercise and aerobic programs -Weight loss programs -Bicycle trips -Basketball and volleyball -Table tennis and football -Billiards -Racquetball and squash -Dance lessons -Children's programs -Self defense classes -Marksmanship -Arts and crafts -Camping -Summer day camp -Travel -Curling (located at 700 Gerald Court). G-39 and G-40 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I ADDENDUM Table 46. Residential Acreage Requirements Instructions: Refer to the enclosed page, J-5, for the revised Table 46, page J-5. Note: This addendum properly re-aligns the data in Table 46 among the jurisdictions. I I I I J-5 �Jasper +175 Jerome + 1,037 Larkin +883 These figures are based on arithmetic calculations and do not represent actual conditions. Warren +516 Coleman City +345 Midland City + 5,400 TABLE 46 RESIDENTIAL ACREAGE REQUIREMENTS (Low and High Density) Based on 1978/79 Acres/Unit as Applied to Projected Housing Need Jurisdiction 1978/1919 ' Acreage , TQwnshlgl! Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren 796 304 441 1,751 300 832 297 1,320 1,112 1,225 651 800 572 543 188 549 912 412 443 1,471 549 943 383 1,604 1,010 1,090 547 812 467 503 358 622 .87 .74 1.00 1.19 .55 .80 .7() .82 1.10 1.12 1.19 .99 1.22 1.08 .53 .88 995 410 528 1,557 558 984 385 1,803 1,193 1,395 658 836 550 570 399 658 866 303 528 1,853 307 787 270 1,478 1,312 1,562 783 828 671 616 211 579 1,015 405 630 2,680 425 1,115 355 1880 1,635 1,875 1,045 1,215 830 790 280 785 1,355 535 815 3,800 640 1,555 445 2,515 2,195 2,495 1,570 1,700 1,130 1,095 385 1,095 Cities Coleman Midland 279 5,123 536 13,790 .52 .37 526 15,338 275 5,675 416 7,980 620 11,075 Count~ 17,083 26,355 .65 29,343 18,904 25,356 35,020 *Includes Village of Sanford SOURCE: U.S. Census of Population and Housing Summary Reports, 1980 and 1990; Gove Associates Inc. J-5 �ADDENDUM Natural Conservation Area Instructions: Substitute the following for the fourth paragraph of the Natural Conservation Area section, page J-16. Overall, the County should identify key natural and archeological sites; such as the Kawkawlin Wildlife Flooding and Refuge Area in Mills Township, Chippewa Nature Center and Pine Haven Recreation Area, and work with local interested organizations and the State to preserve those sites, while at the same time opening them up to public access in a manner compatible with preservation. These designated natural conservation areas provide substantial opportunity for public access for natural study and recreation. These areas are primarily located in the northern and eastern sections of the County, particularly in or near the City of Midland, providing easy access to the majority of the County's residents. In addition, parts of the Midland City Forest and the 500 acres of land owned by the City of Midland in Porter Township are considered natural conservation areas. Using National Recreation Association standards of eight acres of natural area per 1,000 persons (as identified in the Midland County 1988 Recreation Plan), the County should have 846 acres of natural/conservation lands open for public use by the year 2015. Between Pine Haven Recreation Area and Chippewa Nature Center, there are almost 1,200 acres of natural area available for public access in the County. However, other natural resource areas of significance may also exist and these should also be preserved for public access and enjoyment. Such areas should be carefully evaluated and selected, using relevant criteria to identify and rank potential sites. That process could include the following criteria: The site contains unique or abundant natural resources, such as unusual flora and fauna, plant or tree species which are indigenous to the area but in a concentration or density that makes the area unique. The site contains only limited man-made facilities associated with the operation of the natural conservation area (e.g., picnic areas, canoe launch, etc.) The site can be reasonably accessed by automobile, and adequate parking can be provided at the designated entrance to the area. The site can accommodate hiking trails without major modifications to the terrain, water courses, or plant species. The site is on existing publicly owned land (e.g., the Au Sable State Forest), or owned by a nonprofit entity willing and able to make the site available for public access. J-16 �• ADDENDUM Sewer/Water Instructions: Substitute the following for the section on Sewer/Water, page J-19. While the City of Midland has adopted an urban growth area policy for placement of water and sewer facilities, there are locations outside of that area where projected growth could warrant community sewer systems. Referring to the projected residential acreage requirements in Table 46, most townships could potentially require some form of community sanitary system in the next 25 years the exceptions include Geneva, Greendale, Jasper and Porter townships. Various options are available for future study of alternative systems. For example, if feasible, the City of Midland could expand its service area to include two or three of those townships (perhaps Homer, Larkin, Lee, Ingersoll, Lincoln and/or Midland). The recent agreements covering annexation and utility extensions between the City of Midland, Midland Township and Larkin Township, are examples of options of providing sewer and water services. The City of Coleman could service most, if not all, of Warren Township. However, lift stations would have to be provided, due to distance and topography. If warranted, Edenville and Jerome townships could consider constructing a joint sewer system, possibly owned and operated by an authority. A separate collection and treatment system(s) could be built to serve other townships as needed. For example, in townships such as Edenville, Homer and Lee, that currently have water quality problems associated with individual systems, the same options could be studied. In fact, Homer Township is planning on developing a sanitary sewer system in a portion of the township and a water system throughout the area if approved by Township residents. The Coleman water system could also be extended to serve Warren Township and possibly areas beyond the Township boundary. J-19 �.. ADDENDUM Economic Development Instructions: Substitute the following for the second paragraph of the Economic Development section, page J-26. Economic development on a county-wide scale requires coordination among jurisdictions and organizations within the County. The recent merger of the Midland County Growth Council and the Midland County Economic Development Corporation has been a positive move in that direction. This umbrella organization, the Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation, is oriented to economic needs throughout the County. This umbrella organization interfaces with the Small Business Center, Midland County Convention and Visitors Bureau and Economic Development Corporation of the County of Midland (338 Corp). The former functions of the Midland County Economic Development Corporation are now provided by the Midland County Economic Growth and Development Corporation. At the same time, the Midland County Convention and Visitors Bureau is targeting conventions, special events and sightseeing markets to attract outside nonmanufacturing revenue into the County. While the Economic Growth and Development Corporation and the Convention and Visitors Bureau each target different segments of the economy, benefits will likely be realized through continuing coordination between these two organizations. Maintaining a close working relationship between these two groups and the Saginaw Area Community Growth Alliance will also help leverage local economic benefits utilizing regionwide resources. I J-26 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Midland-County_Comprehensive-Plan_1993 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gove Associates, Inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1993-04 Title A name given to the resource Midland County Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Midland County Comprehensive Plan of April 1993 was prepared by Gove Associates Inc. and is an update of the 1987 Midland County Comprehensive Plan. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Midland County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/cf81a0870af6ee9972892804fe4717c5.pdf 7d90d95a42dbbad7d03e0358f9c063de PDF Text Text MIDLAND COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN I �• • • • • • • • --II MIDLAND COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN ~ II II Prepared by the Midland County Planning Co1T1Tiission with the assistance of the Department of County Development 11111 11111 11111 and The WBDC Group Consultants 11111 ~ ~ July 1987 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I MIDLAND COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSION Jill s. Gallihugh, Chairperson Dale C. Bement Ann M. Dever Barbara J. Elliott Anita M. Frye A.M. Gegenheimer Charles D. Henderson John F. Henricks Barbara Plantz-Humpert E. Barbara Schoenherr Rosemary A. Urban DEPARTMENT OF COUNTY DEVELOPMENT Richard A. Maltby, Director of Planning Lois A. Thomas, Secretary THE WBDC GROUP. CONSULTANTS �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I =-==- - MIDLAND COUNTY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN This report was adopted by the Midland County Planning Commission on July 22, 1987 in accordance with the County Planning Act, No. 282 of 1945, as amended. Mi u y erson mission �I I· I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE LI ST OF TABLES LIST OF FIGURES PREFACE ix xi xii PLAN PURPOSE HISTORICAL SETTING PHYSICAL PROFILE GEOPHYSICAL FEATURES Geology Topography Floodplains Water Features Wetlands Soils 1 3 5 5 5 5 6 6 7 8 Class A - Slight Development Limitations: Class B - Restrictive Development Limitations: Class C - Significant Development Limitations: Non-evaluated Urban Areas: Soil Erosion FARMLANDS Prime Farmlands Unique Farmlands Farmland Preservation Forest Resources ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY Water Qua 1ity Groundwater: Surface Water: Environmen t al Contamination Sites Air Quality HISTORIC SITES SOCIOECONOMIC PROFILE i 8 8 8 9 9 11 11 11 12 13 14 14 14 15 16 18 20 33 �I I I I I I I I II I I II II II II II II II I PAGE DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE Population Characteristics Population Projections Scenario-based: Trend Line: Cohort-Component: Comparative Projections HOUSING PROF I LE Housing Goals Housing Development Characteristics Housing Quality Standard: Deteriorating: Substandard: ECONOMIC PROFILE Labor Force Characteristics Occupational Characteristics Income by Jurisdiction Employment Projections Future Economic Development Development Strategy: Tourism: Sport Fishing: Development Issues: Future Labor Force: Industrial Siting: Constraints Utilities: Transportation: Income Projections PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT RELATIONSHIPS ii 33 33 37 37 37 37 39 48 48 49 50 50 50 50 55 55 56 56 56 63 63 64 65 65 66 67 68 68 68 69 70 �I I I I I II II I I I I I - PAGE STATE OF MICHIGAN PLANS Recreation Michigan Recreation Plan: Michigan Recreation Action Program: Michigan Trails Systems Plan: Transportation Michigan State Transportation Plan: Michigan Highway and Non-Motorized Needs: Michigan State Airport System Plan: Michigan Scheduled Air Service Study: Michigan's Transportation Needs: Michigan Railroad Plan: Natural Resources and Environment Michigan's Forest Resources: Michigan's Oil and Gas Fields: Michigan Solid Waste Management Plan: REGIONAL PLANS Adjacent Counties East Central Michigan Planning and Development Region Bicycle Plan: Overall Economic Development Program: LOCAL GOVERNMENT PLANS Municipal Goals and Policies Agricultural: Residential: Corrmercial: Industrial: Recreational: Environmental: Future Land Use Composition TRANSPORTATION TRAFF IC Major Thoroughfares State Trunklines: County Primary: County Local: iii 70 70 70 70 71 72 72 72 72 72 73 73 73 73 74 74 75 75 75 75 75 76 76 77 77 77 78 78 78 78 81 81 81 81 82 82 �I I I I I I -I -II • • PAGE HIGHWAY ANO STREET CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (PROPOSED) Rural Major Arterials Rural Minor Arterials Rural Major Collectors Rural Minor Collectors Local Streets SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS 83 84 84 84 85 85 Homer Road Bridge 85 85 West Midland North-South Corridor Alignment Study Eastman Road 85 Completion of the U.S. 10/B.R. 10 Interchange Magruder Connector Salzhurg Road Improvement Related Plans and Programs Traffic Count Programs: Sign Inventory Program: Non-motorized Trail Plan: Corridor Studies: PURLI C TRANS IT RAIL AIR ,Jack Ra rs tow Airport Tri-City Airport COMMUNITY FACILITIES IJTILITIES AND SERVICES Sanitary Sewer Water 86 86 86 86 86 87 87 87 87 87 87 89 89 89 93 93 93 93 Solid Waste Management Waste Generation: Waste Collection: Wastf> Oi sposal: 94 94 95 95 Prohlems with Existing Solid Waste Facilities: Prohlems with Existing Solid Waste Management Practices: Future Oirection: Drains iv 97 98 99 99 �I I I I I -I • • • • • • • PAGE RECREATION 102 Existing County Park Facilities and Activities Future County Park and Recreation Needs PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES County Government Services Midland County Courthouse Other County Offices: City/Village/Township Halls Libraries Grace A. Dow Memorial Library: Coleman Library: Medical and Emergency Facilities Emergency Medical Services: Department of Emergency Services: Midland Hospital Center: Midland County Fairground Educational Facilities Public Schools: Delta Co 11 ege: Northwood Institute: Regina Center: Michigan Molecular Institute: Great Lakes Junior College: Community Centers Midland Community Center: Mills Community Center: West Midland Community Center: Midland Center for the Arts Senior Citizens Centers Midland County Council on Aging (New Facility): Coleman Senior Services Center: Sanford Senior Citizens Center: Museums Chippewa Nature Center: Sanford Museum: 102 103 105 105 105 106 107 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 110 111 111 111 112 112 112 113 114 114 114 115 115 116 116 117 117 117 117 117 Midland County Historical Museum: V 118 �I. I I I I II II -II II • • • • • •Ill PAGE COUNTY FACILITIES Pinecrest Home Harbour House Horizon House Department of Animal Control Midland County Mosquito Control Facility Sheriff Department Emergency Services Building Midland County Road Commission Midland County Jail Central Vehicle Maintenance Facility HOUSING HOUSING PROGRAMS FUTURE HOUSING NEEDS LAND USE EXISTING LAND USE LAND USE ACREAGE NEEDS (PROJECTED) Residential Acreage Requirements Commercial Acreage Requirements Industrial Acreage Requirements Recreational Acreage Requirements COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Agricultural Land Resident i a1 Land Rural Residential: Residential: Commercial Land Community Commercial: Regional Commercial: Industrial Land Public Land River Corridor Streets and Highways ISSUES, GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS vi 119 119 119 120 121 121 121 122 123 123 133 133 134 136 136 138 138 138 138 138 143 143 143 143 144 144 144 145 146 147 14 7 147 148 �I I I I -I I • • • • • • ~ PAGE HOUSING Affordable Housing Preservation of Housing Mobile Home and Modular Home Regulations Elderly Housing Needs County Housing Planning TRANSPORTATION Traffic Data North-South Circulation Public Transit M-20 and Saginaw Road Corridor Development County Highway Planning Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafficways COMMUNITY FACILITIES Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy Historic Sites, Identification and Preservation Consolidation of Public Services County Offices Recreational Funding for Property Acquisition and Facility Development Meeting Recreational Needs: Resident versus Tourist Solid Waste Resource Recovery and Disposal County Drains Adaptive Reuse of Schools Planning of County Government Facilities Water Supply Without Consideration of Public Sewers LAND USE Random Development Resulting From Poor Soils Location of Industrial and Commercial Development Floodplain Development Land Use Compatibility Between Governmental Units Regional Commercial Center Location vii 149 149 149 150 151 152 152 152 153 154 154 155 156 157 157 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 163 164 165 166 166 166 167 168 168 �I I II II II II II II II II II • • • • • • • • PAGE Economic Development Sites Prime Farmland Preservation Conflicts between Residential/ Non-residential Development Residential Development in Non-Utility Areas Soil Erosion GENERAL PLANNING Urban Amenities in Rural Locations Private Sewage Systems Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy Air Pollution Control Stream System Use Midland County Economic Development Strategy Economic Diversification Coordinated Management of County Offices Planning Effort By Local Governmental Units Groundwater Protection IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAMS vi ii 169 170 170 171 172 173 173 173 174 175 175 176 177 177 178 179 180 �I • • • • • • • • • • • • • TABLES TABLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 PAGE Annual Erosion - 1982, Midland County Historic Sites, Midland County 1980 Population by Jurisdiction, Midland County 1980 Population by Age and Sex, Midland County 1980 AgefSex Distribution by Jurisdiction Allocated Population Projections, Midland County Population Distribution by Jurisdiction (Percentage), Midland County Population Projections by Race, Midland County Population Projections by Age, Midland County Population Projections by Age (Males) Population Projections by Age (Females) Household Projections by Jurisdiction, Midland County Housing Age by Percent of Total Housing, Midland County Housing Quality by Jurisdiction 1978-79, Midland County Factors Determining Housing Quality, Midland County Labor Force Characteristics, Midland County Employment by Industry - Historical, Midland County Employment by Occupations 1980, Midland County Income by Jurisdiction - 1979, Midland County Scenario-based Employment Projections, Midland County Allocated Employment Projections, Midland County Midland County Per Capita, Family and Household Income Projections Closed Dumps in Midland County Midland County Approved 641 Solid Waste Management Plan County Recreational Acreage Neects Fire Protection Coverage, Midland County Midland County and Municipal Major Parks and Recreation Areas Community Facilities, Midland County Projected Housing Need by Jurisdiction, Midland County ix 10 31 34 35 36 40 42 43 44 45 46 47 52 53 54 57 58 59 60 61 62 69 100 101 103 124 127 129 135 �I I II • • • • • • • • • • •II II II II Ill TABLES, continued PAGE TABLE 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Existing Land Use (Acres), Midland County Residential Acreage Requirements (low & High Density) Commercial Acreage Requirements (Per Capita) Co11111ercial Acreage Requirements Industrial Acreage Requirements (Per Capita) Industrial Acreage Requirements Service/Assistance Projects, Midland County Plans and Reports Capital Needs, Midland County X 137 139 140 140 141 142 181 183 186 �I -I I II II II • • • • •Ill FIGURES PAGE FIGURE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Topography and Floodplains Map Drainage Basins Map Soil Suitability Map Important Farmlands Map Oil and Gas Well Locations Map Environmental Contamination Sites Map Historic Sites Map Midland County Population Projections Future Land Use Composition Map (Local Units) Existing Street and Highway Functional Classification System Map Proposed Street and Highway Functional Classification System Map Utility Service Area Map Solid Waste Disposal Sites Map County and Municipal Major Parks and Recreational Areas Map Community Facilities Map Public School Districts and Facilities Map Comprehensive Plan Map Ill II II II II • xi 25 26 27 28 29 30 32 41 80 91 92 125 126 128 131 132 189 �I I I • • • • • • -Ill PREFACE In July 1985 the Midland County Planning Commission undertook the task of updating the County's 1974 General Development Plan. This task necessitated first formulating a detailed work program and securing the services of a professional planning consulting firm to assist the Commission in preparing a new comprehensive plan one that would serve to update the County's twelve-year old adopted General Development Plan as well as address new and recurring planning and development issues. The Midland County Department of County Development provided guidance to the Planning Commission in this endeavor and assisted in giving technical advice. The preparation of the County Comprehensive Plan, as it is described in this report, involved extensive data gathering and analysis, interviews with County department heads and key agency directors, survey questionnaires, and meetings with municipal and county officials on local planning. The Comprehensive Plan is an integrated plan of four planning elements: Transportation, Community Facilities, Housing and Land Use. All of these elements were addressed in the 1974 General Development Plan, however, based on the extensive investigation of countywide problems and issues during this planning update period, special consideration was given to each of the planning elements by either adding or strengthening certain features. For instance, the need to address countywide public transit was added to the Transportation planning element; considerable public and quasi-public facilities and services were addressed in the Community Facilities planning element; housing rehabilitation and housing needs were described in the Housing planning element; and an emphasis on farmland preservation and river corridor protection was made in the land use planning element. Lastly, a new aspect of countywide planning was introduced -- that of presenting issues of countywide concern and establishing goals, policies, and courses of action to address each issue. importance were identified. In all, forty-two issues of countywide The accomplishment of preparing a proposed Comprehensive Plan would not have been possible if it were not for the cooperation of many individuals. The Midland County Planning Commission would like to thank those who contributed to this effort and provided information to both the consultants, The WBDC Group, and staff of the Department of County Development. Special thanks is given to the municipal, county and state officials who directly and informatively participated in the planning process. xii �I I I I II II • • • PLAN PURPOSE The Comprehensive Plan for Midland County is authorized by the County Planning Act The broad purposes of the Comprehensive Plan are: I. To address the long-term physical developmental needs of the county. 2. To address the 1ong-term environmental and preservation issues facing the county • 3. To address both short-term and long-term solutions and action programs for implementing plan proposals • 4. To coordinate urban and rural development in the county based on significant natural features, countywide goals and policies, needs and priorities, projections and planned utilities, community facilities, and thoroughfares. In addition to these, the Comprehensive Plan also serves to facilitate the following: 1. The Plan provides a planning context within which local units of government may operate. It is the intent of this Plan to provide for the coordination of development within the various townships, cities and village in the county. 2. The Pl an provides an information base from which other plans may draw. This a 11 ows any agency or unit of government to use this information to evaluate their own planning efforts. 3. To remove as much uncertainty as possible from the development process • Ill (Public Act 282 of 1945, as amended). within Midland County and thereby facilitate optimum locational decisions on the part of all community sectors (developers, businesses, industries), as well as the respective local governments. Ill Ill - 1 - �I I II II II II • • • • •Ill Ill Ill Ill 4. The Plan considers the cumulative impact of local. regional and state plans existing as of the completion of the Plan. This information should be valuable to each agency or unit of government in their individual planning efforts by providing a means by which land use, facility and other needs might be evaluated. 5. The Plan acts as a framework for discussion and resolution of specific issues, such as economic development site selection and utility planning. While the Plan will not, in and of itself, provide specific solutions, it will provide at least some of the information required to reach a decision. 6. The Plan offers continuity in terms of direction of Midland County's future growth through successive County administrations • - 2 - �1· I I • • - 1111 HISTORICAL SETTING Prior to 1837, when permanent settlers first began to live in Midland County, the area was a center for Indian travel. From the mi d-1600s to the early 1800s the Chippewa, Ottawa and Potawatomi Indians hunted and fished in the county. In 1819 the Federal government established the Chippewa Indian Reservation at Little Forks, now commonly ref erred to as th_e Tri dge area. The Tittabawassee and Chippewa Rivers, which join in what is now the City of Midland, were major "highways" through the dense woods which dominated the area. In fact, a large number of archaeological sites have been identified along these rivers. The Oxbow Archaeological District is listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the Little FQrks Archaeological District has been determined to be eligible for listing. These Districts are southwest of Midland. Of these Districts the State Archaeologist of the Michigan History Division of the Michigan Department of State has indicated that "(A)rchaeologists have not yet surveyed most of these rivers, but wherever they have looked, they have found prehistoric sites." (Letter from John R. Halsey, March 24, 1983). In 1837 the first State Geologist, Douglas Houghton, at the direction of the State Legislature, began searching for salt, which was then being imported from New York. The first discovery was made at the mouth of the Salt Creek, near the current site of Sanford. By that time sett 1ers had begun arriving, at the urging of Dr. Dani el Fitzhugh, a New York investor who had bought 700 acres at the current site of the City of Midland. From 1850, when Midland County was first organized, the logging industry dominated the area. But the massive clearing of stands of trees soon exhausted the lumber operations and by 1890 the City of Midland was threatened by extinction. However, in that year, Herbert Henry Dow, an engineer from Ohio, began capturing bromine from local salt wells, which were first sunk in 1878 by lumbermen. - 3 - �,. -Ill Ill II II • - From that beginning the Dow Chemical Company. based still in the City of Midland. has expanded and now dominates the economy of the County. Accordingly the development of modern Midland County is concentrated in the areas adjdcent to Midland. Part of Midland County's heritage is highlighted in the Historic Sites table in the Physical Profile section. This table indicates those sites/buildings of significance to _the history of Midland County. Additional information was collected in a systematic reconnaissance level survey of historic buildings and presented in the East Central Historic and Architectural Resources Survey phase III final report (1979). Information on historic sites is far from complete. Local officials and project developers are advised to discuss their pl ans and projects with historians if they suspect any negative affects on historic sites or buildings. The historical organizations that should be contacted are: Bureau of History of the Michigan Department of State; Midland County Historical Society; and Midland Historic District Commission. - 4 - �1111 " "Ill Ill 1111 1111 Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill PHYSICAL PROFILE The physical make-up of Midland County helped shape its history and will continue to influence its direction in the future. The rivers, forests and farmlands are important assets to the economic vitality and quality of life in Midland County. This section examines the importance of those physical features and the impacts of sensitive environmental surroundings. Community awareness and understanding of these conditions will help maintain the quality of life for future generations. GEOPHYSICAL FEATURES Geology The geologic history of Midland County, as in the rest of Michigan, is dominated by the influence of glacial action, and of ancient seas. Rock formations of gypsum, dolomite (a limestone or marble rich in magnesium carbonate), sandstone, limestone and shale to a depth of 450 feet are covered with a variety of glacial deposits, called drift. When the last continental glacier receded, Lake Saginaw, a shallow pond-like lake covered • It is the combination of glacial drift deposited in low areas and wave action from the lake which accounts for the sand ridges (former beaches) and the lack of topographic relief in the county. Drainage from this area to Lake Huron and Saginaw Bay accounts for the rivers and their tributaries. Topography As noted above, the county 100 feet from one side of indicates a shallow valley 1and generally rises from Topography and Floodplains ( Figure 1). has a flat profile with topographic changes of about the county to the other. The topographic profile generally following the Tittabawassee River. The that basin out to the edges of the county. The map illustrates the lack of relief in the county - 5 - �• •II -II -II II " "II II - Floodplains The only identified floodplain, as acknowledged by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, is in the City of Midland. Studied in detail was the Tittabawassee River, Chippewa River, Sturgeon Creek, Inman Orai n and Snake - Creek. The area involved lies around the confluence of the Tittabawassee and Chippewa rivers on the southwest side of Midland. This floodplain area, as well as flood prone areas are noted on the Topography and Floodplains map. According to gauges placed on each of these rivers, the highest recorded water flows were in 1916, 1948, and 1986. While the water flows in 1916 and 1948 equate to just under the predicted 50-year flood level for the Tittabawassee River, water flow in 1986 exceeded the 100-year flood level. The 100-year flood plain is the measure used to gauge flood risk. The definition of the 100-year flood is that flood level which has a one percent chance of being reached in any given year. Flood prone areas are those subject · to the same flooding potential but are not defined precisely as to flood levels. Water Features The most significant water features in the county are the Tittabawassee, Chippewa, Pine and Salt Rivers and Sanford and Wixom Lakes. The principal value of these water features is for scenic and recreational use, with some agricultural and industrial applications. There are three dams in the county: Dow Chemical Company's dam on the Tittabawassee River and Wolverine Power Corporation• s dams at Sanford and Wixom Lakes. The Tittabawassee River is a noted sports fisheries resource possessing a sizeable walleye population. In the history of the county the rivers were especially important transportation routes, creating a number of significant historic areas. Indians and early settlers relied heavily on these routes, as did logging activities in later years. The report entitled Midland County River Corridor Study identifies the historic, natural and recreational attributes of the river corridors. Other plans and activities are under development to take advantage of the scenic and recreational value of the rivers. - 6 - �II II Ill Ill Ill II I.I II II Sanford and Wixom Lakes have significant recreati'onal use as well as substantial residential development on their peripheries. Wetlands - Regulation of wetland areas is through the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. Wetland resources are important in recharging groundwater and filtering surface waters by trapping impurities. They also serve as wildlife habitats. Determination of wetlands is accomplished through the Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) on a site by site basis. The Existing Land Use map, which is on fi 1e at the Midland County Department of County Development, indicates the areas designated by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources as being a type of wetland. These areas comprise approximately 3.6 percent of the total County land area. The Kawkawlin Wildlife Flooding and Refuge Area in Mills Township is one of the County's largest wetlands. Ill Ill Ill -II II II -- - 7 - �, II II II -Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill - " "- Soils The latest available soils information is from the report entitled Soil Survey of Midland County, completed in 1979 by the U.S. Department of Agriculture 1 s Soil Conservation Service. Included in this report is a generalized description of various soil types and restrictions. To make this information useful, various soil types and slope conditions have been consolidated into a development context. Three development classifications have been used and are mapped under the title "Soil Suitability. 11 This term has been used to emphasize the importance of soi 1 content and structure in determining the abi 1 ity of the soil to absorb development without wholesale replacement. A generalized indication of such areas is shown on Figure 3, the Soil Suitability map. Class A - Slight Development Limitations: Few areas of the county are totally free of any development limitations. This is due primarily to the high water characteristics found in much of the county. table and poor drainage Cl ass A defines those areas where soil types and conditions present only slight limitations on building and site development. Class B - Restrictive Development Limitations: The Class B areas define soil types and conditions that present development limitations that require treatment. This may include areas of topographic relief, poor drainage, high water tables or other factors that may require corrective measures. Class C - Significant Development Limitations: These areas include muck soils, severe slopes or other conditions that may require substantial extensive earthwork. treatment, such as deep soil base replacement or The environmental impact of development in these areas may also be substantial. - 8 - �II II II II II II II "II " "-II II Non-evaluated Urban Areas: The cities of Midland and Coleman and the Village of Sanford contain substantial areas of urban type soils. These are soils that have, over time, been disturbed or replaced to the extent that detailed evaluation and mapping is not possible. Soil Erosion A significant ~roblem in any community where agriculture forms a significant element of the economy is soil erosion. Each year Midland experiences a soil loss of 271,800 tons due to various forms of erosion (Table ). The majority of this loss (265,500 tons) is related to cropland. The Soil Conservation Service has identified a significant soil erosion problem in Porter Township in the south ha 1f of Sections 31, 32, and 33, all of 34 and 35 and all but the northeast quarter of section 36. Wind erosion is the most significant source of erosion causing an estimated soil loss of from 6. 7 to 15. 5 tons per acre per year in this area of Porter Township alone. This is caused by the lack of protection measures in existence and the sandy soil conditions prevel·ant in this location. The Soil Conservation Service has identified some soil conservation practices that could reduce soil loss. These practices include: conservation cropping system, conservation tillage system, cover and green manure crop, crop residue use, field borders and planting of field windbreaks. Although other areas of soil erosion exist in the county, the Soil Conservation Service is concentrating efforts in Porter Township. As other areas are identified, further contact and work in selected areas will be accomplished. As a preventative measure, the Midland County Road Commission administers the Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act on behalf of the county. - 9 - �II II II II II II II Table 1 Annual Erosion - 1982, Midland County Land Use Erosion Source Tons Cropland: Wind Sheet/Ri 11 TOTAL 196,900 68,600 265,500 II 0 0 200 200 0 0 Forestland: 0 0 700 700 0 OTHER: Source: Wind Sheet/Rill TOTAL Wind 3,100 2,800 5,900 Soil Conservation Service 1982 Resource Inventory Midland County II ,-, " 2,400 800 3,200 Pastureland: Wind Sheet/Rill TOTAL II "II Tons/Acre - 10 - 0 200 200 400 �Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill II II II II -.. .. .. .. .. " " ", FARMLANDS Farming in Midland County is a significant part of the economy of the area. The 1982 Census of Agriculture indicates that there were 502 farms in operation at that time. The average farm size was 186 acres with a total of 93,299 acres in production; this equates to 27.8 percent of the total county land area. Current Soil Conservation Service (SCS) estimates indicate a total of 96,997 farmland acres. These have been divided into three classifications. Prime Farmland at 72,010 acres, Unique Farmland at 61 acres, and Additional Farmland of Local Importance at 24,926 acres. Prime and Unique Farmlands are described as follows: Prime Farmlands Prime farmland is land that has the best combination of physical and chemical characteristics for producing food, feed, forage, fiber and oil seed crops, and is also available for these uses. The land could be cropland, pastureland, rangeland, forestland, other land, but not urban built-up land or water. It has the soil quality, growing season, and moisture supply needed to economically produce sustained high yields of crops when treated and managed, including water management, according to acceptable farming methods. In general, prime farmlands have an adequate and dependable water supply from precipitation or irrigation, a favorable temperature and growing season, acceptable acidity or alkalinity, acceptable salt and sodium content, and few or no rocks. They are permeable to water and air. Prime farmlands are not excessively erodible or saturated with water for a long period of time, and they either do not flood frequently or are protected from flooding. Unique Farmlands Unique farmland is land other than prime farmland that is used for the production of specific high va 1 ue food and fiber crops. It has the speci a 1 combination of soil quality, location, growing season, and moisture supply needed to economically produce sustained high quality and high yields of a specific crop when treated and managed according to acceptable farming methods. Examples of such crops are specialized fruits and vegetables. - 11 - �Ill II II II II II II II II - " " " " " ', The previous Agricultural Census, completed in 1978, counted 524 farms covering 94,386 acres with an average farm size of 152 acres. This trend of larger farms is the same as that occurring nationally. At the same time these farming operations are becoming more productive. The average per farm market value of agricultural products sold was $19,826 in 1974 but increased to $26,879 in 1978. The type of activity conducted on farms was divided into two categories: crops and livestock, ~oultry and related products. Farms with crop production numbered 444; livestock farms numbered 206. Of the 524 farms in production 316 were owner operated, 174 were part owners and 34 were farming tenants. Farming was the principal occupation of 190 operators, or 36 percent of all operators. The remainder had some other occupation upon which they depended for their livelihood. The Important Farmlands map (Figure 4) indicates those areas which are most suitable, in terms of soil qualities, drainage, topography and related factors, for agricultural use. Farmland Preservation The State of Michigan has instituted programs for the preservation of existing agricultural land. One of the most significant programs available is Public Act 116 of 1974, the Farmland and Open Space Preservation Act. This program allows communities to designate parcels of land as either agricultural or open space and commits the property owners to a ten-year period when no development can take pl ace. In turn the property owner receives a tax credit based on income and is exempt from special assessments such as public water or sewerline construction assessments. Midland County makes extensive use of Act 116 as a preservation tool. Significant areas of land, amounting to approximately 44 percent of total farmlands have been designated under this program for preservation. The majority of the 116 lands are found in the southern one-third of the county. - 12 - �II II Ill Ill II II II II Ill Ill Forest Resources Midland County has 159,957 acres of forested lands. This represents 47.1 percent of the county's total land area. Major tree species include: .... ...... Northern Hardwood Aspen and Birch Lowland Hardwooqs . Aspen Predominates . Pine . . . . . . Lowland Conifers Managed Christmas Trees . .... ..... 18,484 17,033 36,165 85,314 2,903 12 acres acres acres acres acres acres 77 acres Commercial forestry is limited in the county, with slightly less than 500 acres enrolled in the state commercial forest preservation program. To protect forested lands, however, the County is currently admi ni steri ng a gypsy moth suppression program. This program will be continued with funding coming from a special mil 1age • .. .. Ill Ill , , , , , - 13 - �II II II II Ill Ill II Ill Ill ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY Water Quality Groundwater: According to Michigan Department of Natural Resources statistics, about one-half of Michigan's residents, or about 4.5 million people, depend on groundwater as their sole source of drinking water. In Midland County nearly all of the area outside the City of Midland and Water District No. 1 depend on groundwater for domestic and business use. Protection of that groundwater, therefore, is a significant countywide concern. The City of Midland and Water District No. 1 are supplied with water from Saginaw Bay (White Stone Point) with treatment of the water at the Midland City water treatment plant. A number of potential activities could contribute to groundwater problems in the County. 1. Brine - There are significant underground brine or salt deposits in the County Which are adjacent to groundwater sources. 2. Brine Wells - As of 1986 all Dow Chemical Company brine well activity ceased operations with demolition and core filling of existing wells expected to be completed by December 1987. 3. Oil Wells - Although actual drilling operations are generally well protected from accidental groundwater contamination, the pumping and transporting of oil may create the opportunity for spillage and seepage into groundwater supplies. 4. Landfills - Testing of wells is necessary to ensure that protection measures constructed at the landfill site are intact. 5. Land Use - Some land uses, such as junkyards, closed dumps and gas stations may be potential contamination sites. Midland County also has a number of major chemical and petroleum facilities that, while adequately protected, are potential problem areas. - 14 - �Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill 6. One other significant aspect of this problem is the Midland Urban Growth Area Policy. It is implemented through the requirement that sewer service only be ext~nded to those areas which are annexed to the City of Midland. However, it is apparent that significant pressure for new growth and development will be forthcoming in the townships adjacent to the City of Midland. At the same time some degree of resistance to annexation is evident. Therefore, without proper vigilance or control by the townships new commercial, residential and industrial growth may take place without adequate long-term sewage disposal. 1111 1111 ,, , , , , Septic Systems - The general lack of sewer service outside the City of Midland requires reliance upon alternate sewage disposal service, principally septic tanks and fields. 7. Agricultural Uses - Improper use of fertilizers and herbicides/pesticides could create groundwater problems affecting large areas. The Michigan Department of Natural Resources has available informational and educational publications relating to groundwater. They have also identified activities and programs which may be conducted by local governments in a brochure entitled Local Roles in Groundwater Protection Management. No specific contamination problems have been locally identified. The Midland Health Department has groundwater sampling information available but not in a format which is easily recoverable or significant on a large area basis. Surface Water: Significant surface waters include the Pine, Chippewa, Salt and Tittabawassee Rivers and Sanford and Wixom Lakes. According to the Midland Health Department, information on water quality is limited, with the exception of a study conducted on Sanford Lake from 1975 to 1978. The Sanford Lake study principally dealt with dyetesting of individual on-site residential sewage disposal systems. The results of this study found that about 11 percent of the test sites were improperly disposing of wastes. - 15 - �Ill Ill Ill Ill -.. .. -, , , , Corrective measures were not undertaken directly but it was found that many residents were unaware of the problems they had created. In a number of instances problems had been caused by sewage systems constructed prior to the advent of modern public health regulations. Therefore these are non-conforming _ systems that should be eliminated over time. Potential activities which contribute to surface water pollution include: 1. Septic Systems - Homes adjacent to these water bodies may inadvertently dispose of wastes directly into the water • 2. Agricultural uses - This is perhaps the greatest single source of water pollution. Increased use of fertilizers, herbicides and pesticides combined with a lack of water run-off control can contribute significant amounts of pollutants to drains, creeks or rivers. 3. Land uses - Various commercial and industrial uses in scattered locations may dispose of wastes in drains or creeks which act as tributaries to the rivers. Industrial wastes particularly need to be treated prior to disposal. Environmental Contamination Sites No significant county pollution problems have been locally identified. However, the Michigan Environmental Response Act, Act 307 of 1982, requires the identification, risk assessment and priority evaluation of environmental contamination sites in the State. The Environmental Contamination Sites map describes these sites in Midland County (Figure 6). The Environmental Contamination Sites map indicates all of the sites ideptified in Midland County. Next to the dot indicating a site there are codes identifying the type of contamination (the top line) and the natural resource affected (the bottom line). The code labels are noted in the map legend. With regard to many of the brine spi 11 s, Dow Chemical Company is studying the spill sites and decontaminating them where necessary based on a consent agreement with the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. Dow Chemical - 16 - �Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Company I s brine spi 11 site investigation is to be comp 1eted by 1989. however. the time allowed for decontamination goes beyond 1989 in order to restore the sites to their previous use category. - Several other environmental contamination sites include chemical production manufacturing, landfills, oil drilling, scrap metal yard, gas station, laundry dry cleaner, and __ gasoline transport spills. - 17 - �II II II II II " " " " "~ Air Quality Air quality within Midland County falls under the responsibility of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Air Quality Division. Principle tasks handled by the Department include the issuance of air quality permits governing commercial and industrial processes and air quality monitoring. There are presently four mobile monitoring stations in the County. Two are under the ownership and control of the Natural Resources Department, while two are owned by Dow Chemical Corporation. The stations are portable and may be relocated based on need. They are used to measure traditional versus exotic pollutants. , Traditional pollutants include sulfer dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, particulate matter, carbon monoxide, ozone, and lead. Exotic air pollutants refer to other forms/types of emissions lacking proscribed emission standards. Often the human impacts are not known. Within Midland County exotic pollutants are generally associated with new or experimental chemical processes. The MDNR has indicated that an average of three air quality permits are issued weekly in Midland County for emissions of the exotic type. The State of Michigan Designation of Attainment Status report (1986) indicates that Midland County exceeds acceptable air quality standards for ozone and total suspended particulates. Discussions with Natura 1 Resource Department staff revea 1ed severa 1 areas of concern pursuant to air quality. These include: • Monitoring of exotic pollutants is either non-existant or minimal at best • • Industrial processes existing prior to 1967 are not governed by air quality permits. Unfortunately, it appears Midland County has many of these. • There is often a lack of knowledge concerning the potential health impacts of new processes that are frequently generated by Midland's chemical ~ndustry. - 18 - �II II Ill II II Ill Ill • There is little interaction between health related agencies and the public except at times of major emergencies. Little concern is expressed by the public over air quality. The Air Quality Division hopes to eventually monitor exotic pollutants. as well as alleviate (or monitor) the other concerns addressed. To do so requires additional State .funding which is somewhat tenuous at this time. This lack of funding also accounts for the reduction of the number of air sampling facilities that has taken place over the past several years. Ill Ill Ill 1111 1111 1111 1111 '-~ - 19 - �Ill Ill -II II - HISTORIC SITES Midland County has a rich historical inventory of land and buildings. Historic sites are shown on Figure 7. The following is a brief description of these features. - Prehistoric: The Michigan Hi story Di vision of the Department of State has identified a number of prehistoric sites, only some of which have had archaeological surveys completed. In particular the Oxbow Archaeological District*, (also known as Chippewa Nature Center), located Southwest of the City of Midland in the area of the confluence of the Pine and Chippewa Rivers, has a number of sites deserving of survey work. This District is listed in the National Register of Historic Places. In addition the Little Forks Archaeological District. also located southwest of the City of Midland, has been determined as being eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. Both of these areas are generally thought to contain significant prehistoric Indian campsites. Wayne Cemetery: On the high bank of the Pine River, this was a settlement during the logging era in the 187Os. Irish Cemetery: This site contains graves dating back to 1877. Wright's Bridge: This was a post office settlement during the 186Os. First Salt Well: This is the location of the first salt well, discovered by Michigan's first state geologist in 1837. Averill Rollway and Banking Ground: At one time this was the site of the largest riverbank log rollway in the world. - 20 - �II II II II II -Ill Ill -Ill - Father Nouvel 's Landing: Fur Trading Post: Jesuit Priest Burial Site: In 1675, Father Henri Nouvel became the first white person to visit this area. This is the location of the first white settlement in the County. Relics of a cross, chalice and robe were found at this burial site. *Bradley House: A historic home, constructed about 1870. Battle of the Oxbow: This was the site of a great battle between the Sauk and Chippewa Tribes. Indian Mission: This mission settlement served Indians in the area until the 1850s. Family Cemetery: Sites in this cemetery date back to the 1800s. Manitou Rock: This large stone had some religious significance to area Indians. Salt Spring: This spring attracted wildlife for salt and therefore was considered sacred by the local Indians. Chippewa Village: This site along the Pine River was excavated and remains of human bones, tools and lodgings were found. Redstone Village: This was the location of an early post office settlement. Herbert H. Dow Laboratory: Site of Dr. H. H. Dow's first successful electrolysis of brine to produce bromine. This is also the site of Even's Grist Mill, the building where Dr. Dow first began operations. - 21 - �Ann Street Depot: This railroad depot opened in 1905 and was closed to the public in 1952. Herbert H. Dow, founder of Dow Chemical Company, arrived in Midland at this depot. Sanford Museum: Formerly an early 20th century brick four room school building. *Midland County Courthouse: The Courthouse is an example of rustic Tudor design, one-of-a-kind among Michigan county courthouses, employing murals depicting the history of the county with Indians and early settlers. CCC Camp - Pine Haven: To create jobs for youth during the 1930's, a camp was constructed in what is now known as the Pine Haven Recreation Area. Veterans Memorial Park: A county park developed in 1951 on land purchased by the county in 1923 from the State of Michigan. Originally the state property was intended for a state sanatorium. Coal Mine: Exploration site for commercial extraction of coal. Hope Township Hall: Built in 1881, the structure is Midland County's only standing original township meeting hall still in use as a township hall. First Oil We 11 : This is the site of the first oil well in the county, drilled in 1932. Camp 16: Camp 16 was an early logging camp located at the confluence of the Tittabawassee and Tobacco Rivers in Edenville Township. Red Keg Saloon: Located in what is now called Averill near the rollway and banking ground on the Tittabawassee River. Red Keg was the first name of the Averill hamlet. - 22 - �Grand Traverse (Mackinac) Trail: John Larkin Saw Mi 11 : Indian Trails: Dock of the Be 11 e Seymore: Midland Chicory Pl ant: Coleman Chicory Pl ant: *John Kelly House: This trail is an extension of the Saginaw Trail from Detroit to Higgins Lake, where it branched in to two trails; the Mackinac Trail extended to the Straits of Macki nae and the Grand Traverse Trail going to Traverse City. One of Midland's original saw mills. Junction of three Indian trails: Grand (Mackinac), Pine River and Chippewa trails. Traverse Midland's original dock for passenger and freight travel to and from Saginaw, located on the Tittabawassee River at Main and Benson Streets. A manufacturing plant located in Midland in 1910 near the intersection of Ellsworth Street and Bay City Road by the Franck Chicory Company, processing chicory root as an additive to coffee for taste and aroma effect. Another chicory manufacturing plant was located in Coleman. In 1926 all chicory in the United States was grown in the Midland County area. Build circa 1875, the Kelly House is a wood-framed and clapboard-sheathed building of Italianate inspiration with several attached wings. The house was built for John H. Kelly, a Midland drygoods merchant, and for his wife Almira and their children. - 23 - �' ' ' '- *Herbert H. Dow House: The Dow house is a two and one-half-story frame building of vernacular styling detailed with a steeply pitched gable roof, irregular groupings of diamond-paned windows, and deeply inset porch. Designed and built by Herbert H. Dow in 1899, the home was lived in by the chemist until his death in 1930. *Listed on State Register of Historic Places. also listed on the National Register. - 24 - The Midland County Courthouse is �I I I I I I I I J -J , , -, , , / c o u • ~~::> ILAOWtll , ' 1-r.--r~. z 4( ..J Q. FIGURE 1 TOPOGRAPHY a nd FLOODPLAINS w > en z w z ::i::: 4( w C, a: LEGEND Q. 40 FOOT - C ONTOUR ~ ELEVATIONS 0 0 ::i::: 0 ~ a 100 YEAR FLOODPLAIN AREA > > I- Iz z 100 YEAR FLOOD PRONE AREA O 0 O 0 :::::, :::::, C C 4( ..J 4( ..J C C ~ ~ z z -, I I SOURCES: ' FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY 1984 FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGEf,icy t. t • M , tt I. I I �I I L • I W .,. ■ I ... I. m .,··1'i .•. ---, , , • FIGURE 2 { DRAINAGE t: t: II I ! . • I\ - . z . . .. BASINS C -I A. w • -z > • • en w ::c zC w C, • LEGEND 111111 RIVER BASIN DRAINAGE DIVIDE ➔ DIRECTION OF FLOW -::c - CE: A. :& t> 0 :& t> - ► tz ::, 0 ► tz ::, 0 Q Q t> t> z z C C -I -I -Q Q :& :& I I I SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY DRAIN COMMISSION I I la .. ~.. ... •• • • , , ~ ~~~ OIL I e • • ... . I I O . , , - -__- - • ,. ~ --· I .-. • -. ''I••ltt j • I • 0 1J 'II ,., . 11 D �... I t C O U P' • 11 rlJt vlH I I\ I I I I I I I z -.: FIGURE 3 ..J 0. SOIL SUITABILITY w > en z w z :r:: -.: w CJ a: 0. :r:: . LEGEND .._ - :E 0 :E 0 0 CLASS A-SLIGHT DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS .. > > I- Iz z CLASS B-RESTRICTIVE DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS ::::, ::::, CLASS C-SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS 0 NON-EVALUATED URBAN AREAS 0 0 0 0 0 z z -.: -.: ..J ..J -:E -:E 0 I I I SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY I 0 �cou.T, ... t H~ 1 1Jl ~lli I\ I I I I I I I I I z c( ..J Q. FIGURE 4 IMPORTANT w > FARMLANDS Cl) z LEGEND w z :I: c( w CJ a: ... :t: Q. - ~ 0 0 ~ IMPORTANT FARMLANDS 0 (defined as PA 116 lands > > .... . .... z z :::, :::, and by SCS claaalflcatlona) 0 0 0 0 C C c( ..J c( ..J z z -C :EC~ I J J J , , I I I SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY I I I , ,.., .., ·u.. CD i I I~ ,: Ii!t•i1•• CD 0 i �t P' rlJl ,1 vHi 11. • o • • • t--+---t---+--+--+-~i-·.-'-... + ~~ · -+'. • ·+ .--t.'7-.+--i-"""""4-t":t-rt---t--+--+----hr=-A---L-~·-· '~ .4 ~.+~ I\ z --+-". • • I ct • ..J ~ w > en z FIGURE 5 I OIL AND GAS WELL LOCATIONS w I z l: c( w (!J ~ l: a: LEGEND r ... - GENERAL LOCATION I I I - :E 0 0 :E 0 > > Iz z ( 5 OR MORE WELLS PER SECTION ) ::::> ::::> 0 0 0 0 C C c( ..J c( ..J z z -:EC -:EC I f I J J I , , SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY I l I I \ t ,. M , ti t I . . I I 'II•• 1 II) I. I • I .. l ... I I • A C It It fl f Y ~ ,;, " !: m, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ r - J ~'j=-'j_T_.:._JD - . SCALI - O 1• • 1000 �i i 0 • " l. A a W I f I_ I~ ' ---- ---♦ r----7·-"7-dflit":---r-I • '1 ,11; dn 11 •±•+--1• ·-t ·+· ---+-+ -_-t . -A'--L---J---+-+-t-r--t--t--t--+--+--,-4--4-•~ ••• ~~~~1,..-6-.--'. II • " • • • • t: ' ~==~~':,':,j"---+---6---a.--~. FIGURE 6 _" , ,. lnb--t-~:t---.;~........ ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION SITES I\ z .-...Jf~!!-+-.-t--'-t-t~-t--+---...-•G/SIF --1==~""-'~=l--------l C ..J -.,;-~-...-+-_J....,,,.~~-+---1---.--+--+-G7ff -1=--~---+---+ a. ea · I " L....._Jl-----{-J------1,a-+,--+-'--+-~Gisrf~F~-,- -+---__..,_...,__. • •al It t t w > f en z w z :c C w a: C, a. :c F,:.--i-- LEGEND - + -----1, .. - :E 0 0 :E 0 TYPES of CONTAMINATION; B - BRINE C - CHEMICAL - ► ► I- I- i r-+. I ·- M - METAL RESOURCE AFFECTED: " " I I z z ,. ::, ::, 0 0 -~· .T . . GROUNDWATER S - SOIL W - SURFACE WATER 0 Q Q z z F - FLORA/FAUNA G - 0 C C ..J Q ..J Q -- :E :E U - UNKNOWN I NOTE: I Loc ■ tlon ■ ■ re g ■ ner ■ llzed. ••• Act 307 llet for I ■ ctu ■ I loc ■ tlone. t I. I I SOURCE: I MICHIGAN SITES Of ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATIONI PRIORITY LISTS (FEBRUARY 1987), PUBLIC ACT 307 Of 1982 'II I,, MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT Of NATURAL RESOURCES (SAGINAW "' ''III DISTRICT) DOW BRINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDYl1985/1986) ••• < 0 • • ' ' ... I • • g • ... ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -_ _ _. . _______n.J_~. .._\_-~_r_,__ : fi11 _JD �• • • • Table 2 Historic Sites, Midland County Legend* 1. Oxbow Archaeological District 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Little Forks Archaeological Wayne Cemetery Irish Cemetery Wright's Bridge First Salt Well Averill Rollway and Banking Ground Jesuit Priest Burial Site Fur Trading Post Father Nouvel 's Landing Bradley Hosue Battle of the Oxbow Indian Mission Family Cemetery Manitou Rock Salt Spring Chippewa Village Redstone Village Herbert A. Dow Laboratory Ann Street Depot Sanford Museum 22. Midland County Courthous e 23. CCC Camp - Pine Haven 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. Veterans Memorial Park Coal Mine Hope Township Hall First Oil Well Camp 16 Red Keg Saloon Grand Traverse (Mackinac) Trail John Larkin Saw Mill Indian Trails Dock of the Belle Seymore Midland Chicory Plant Coleman Chicory Plant John Kelly House Herbert H. Dow House *Refer to Historic Sites map, Figure 7, for location. - 31 - �I I I I I I I I I I - ·- ---- 'I~'1 ,IJ: vtn . . . .. .. ... ll ' z c( ...J FIGURE 7 Q. w HISTORIC SITES > z en w z X c( w C, REFER TO TABLE 2 FOR SITE LISTINGS r:r:: Q. ...z> z...>0 0 - ~ ::, ::, 0 0 0 0 C I I I I I X 0 ~ C z z cc cc ...J ...J -C C ~ ~ I I I SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY I I I I \ L I • ' " ,... '· • I I I "' ~ '--------------------------~---=-~ 1 ..,.... · - ..... .=._·i_, , ·11 I:, .. 11 : f'J ,f!I --=-_J□ �I I I I I I • • • •~ SOCIOECONOMIC PROFILE This section describes the characteristics of Midland County's people, housing and economy. Past trends and the existing socioeconomic conditions are presented to help define both opportunities and constraints for the future. The _ reaction to these issues along with the vitality of the Great Lakes Region will influence the future population and economy in the county. DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE Population Characteristics The population of Midland County is centered in the City of Midland, which accounts for 50 percent of the county total. Adding the townships adjacent to the city raises that total to about 70 percent. Overall County growth from 1970 was 15.4 percent with Edenville, Geneva, Mills and Warren Townships posting the greatest percentage growth increase. Midland Township is the only unit of government that indicated a decrease in population, owing to annexations by the City of Midland • Households in the county number 24,498 which, when divided by the population, yields an average of 2.94 persons per household. Persons per household are higher in the townships than in either city or the Village of Sanford. This is most probably due to the lack of multiple family housing units and fewer single parent or single person households in the townships. The age of the population has increased since 1970 reflecting a nationwide aging trend. The greatest numerical increase is in the 25 - 44 category, which encompasses the post-World War II "Baby Boom." Significant declines in the Under 5 to 14 categories reflect another nationwide trend of smaller families and/or career decisions by women which delay or prevent child bearing. The median age for the County is 27.9, which is about a year under the State median age. The numerical distribution of males and females is almost identical. Males tend to outnumber females in the Under 5 to 24 age groups while females outnumber males in the 25 to Over 65 category. No significant distribution characteristics are evident in any individual jurisdiction. - 33 - �I I I I I I • • • "-- II II Table 3 1980 Population by Jurisdiction, Midland County JURISDICTION 1980 POPULATION PERCENT OF COUNTY TOTAL 2,029 1,157 1,244 4,477 1,249 3,011 1,129 4,171 3,284 3,325 1,643 2,389 1,461 1,586 1,113 1,846 2.8% 1.6 1.7 6.1 1.8 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.5 4.6 2.2 3.2 2.0 2.1 1.5 2.5 1970 - 1980 PERCENT OF POPULATION CHANGE Townships: Eden vi 11 e Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mi 11 s Mt. Haley Porter Warren 73.6% 69.4 12.6 13.1 32.2 31.8 36.7 32.2 31.6 31.4 15.9 -5.2 45.4 25.7 23.8 43.9 Cities: Coleman Midland 1,429 37,035 2.0 50.1 10.3 5.9 County: 73,578 100.0 15.4 Source: 1980 U.S. Census of Population * Village of Sanford included - 34 - �I I I I I II • • • • ' ' ' Table 4 1980 Population by Age and Sex, Midland County FEMALE AGE MALE Under 5 3,061 2,751 5-14 6,909 6,359 15-19 3,960 3,627 20-24 3,242 3,136 25-44 10,791 11,051 45-64 6,602 6,733 65 and over 2,246 3,110 TOTALS 36,811 36,767 Source: 1980 Census of Population U.S. Department of Cofl1Tlerce Bureau of the Census - 35 - �I I I I I II • • • • -- " Table 5 1980 Age/Sex Distribution by Jurisdiction Under 5 M Townships Edenvi 11 e Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mi 11 s Mt. Haley Porter Warren 79 54 55 173 56 133 60 178 154 166 74 96 61 95 50 101 F 211 97 110 47 69 139 433 149 137 48 124 315 45 127 156 390 154 364 141 373 63 . 167 79 197 73 188 82 168 39 124 67 172 65 & Over 15-19 20-24 25-44 45-64 M F M F M F M F M F 190 84 86 64 43 173 130 63 60 422 237 211 128 61 52 270 149 165 98 61 55 342 208 194 311 190 172 356 165 164 99 102 162 205 148 138 73 70 153 141 55 82 100 72 50 174 101 93 89 49 54 167 35 112 41 151 107 130 76 104 116 58 39 64 68 32 49 184 51 108 44 179 109 159 69 95 50 77 39 73 305 158 159 713 187 471 163 655 519 534 277 330 224 240 162 274 306 160 172 691 176 457 166 631 540 498 272 341 228 241 171 255 200 114 102 424 111 251 104 405 257 237 114 237 121 122 102 166 183 113 108 411 108 256 95 405 244 250 95 239 92 118 88 168 68 36 45 116 47 97 38 142 85 71 33 75 31 51 34 67 63 51 39 146 52 103 32 135 97 81 40 105 44 56 43 71 5-14 -M- F Cities/Village Coleman Sanford* Midland 73 69 121 125 90 64 64 79 138 166 125 139 69 107 32 32 37 37 42 41 100 105 89 82 43 44 89 91 1403 1249 3173 2926 2040 1826 1849 1671 5282 5580 3410 3621 1141 1845 Midland Cty. 3061 2751 6909 6359 3960 3627 3242 3136 10791 11051 6602 6733 2246 3110 Source: 1980 Census of Population *WBDC Estimate - The WBDC estimate was derived by using the Countywide ratio of male to female distribution and applying it to Sanford's population. - 36 - �I I I I I • • • • -- Population Projections Countywide population projections are available from a number of sources, each derived from different base information and each making certain assumptions. Of the projection methods used for Midland County, the three most common are described below. Scenario-Based: In this method overall scenarios are described, generally based on growth policies on a national, state or local scale. For instance the Battelle study prepared for the Midland County Economic Development Council suggests certain development strategies which, if followed, may sustain a specified rate of job production. From the number of jobs an overall population growth estimate may be calculated. Trend Line: Statistical methods may be used to analyze past growth trends and cycles and project future growth. This method normally applies certain assumptions regarding development potential, land availability and other factors which may indicate where the trend lines should rise or fall. Cohort-Component: Three population characteristics are used to implement this projection method. Mortality, or survival rates, are figures derived from an analysis to determine which segments of the population are likely to be alive in a given future time period. Next a calculation for the number of births likely in that same period is made. Finally an estimate of net migration, or the net number of persons who enter and leave the jurisdiction is projected. These characteristics are each computed and a final figure derived. In order to present population projections for each municipal jurisdiction i t was · necessary to distribute the population using countywide data computed by Woods and Poole Economics, Inc., of Washington, D.C. - 37 - �I I I I • • • • • • 1111 The Woods and were provided was developed The scenarios Poole data were used because four scenario-based projections which allowed for a range of events to occur. Each scenario assuming a different rate of growth or decline in employment. are described below. National Trends - This scenario correlated growth estimates for the United States and assigns them to Midland County using a regional forecasting model • 1. 2. Local Economic Development Strategy - This scenario is the basic National Trends scenario with post hoc assumptions imposed upon the model as follows: that 1) total manufacturing employment will increase by 200 jobs each year 1985 through 1995 from the 1985 level of 11,575, and 2) employment in wholesale trade, retail trade, finance, insurance and real estate and services will rise by 2 percent per year 1985 through 1995 • 3. Slow Growth - This scenario is the basic National Trends scenario with ~ hoc assumptions imposed upon the model as follows: that total manufacturing employment will be held constant at the 1985 level (11,375) for each year 1985 through 1995. 4. Decline/No Growth - This scenario is the basic National Trends scenario with~ hoc assumptions imposed upon the model as follows: that 1) total manufacturing employment will decline 200 jobs each year from 1985 through 1995 from the 1985 level of 11,175, and 2) employment in wholesale and retail trade, finance, insurance, real estate, and services will decline 2 percent a year from 1985 through 1995. In order to distribute the projections a two-part method was used: The first part of the method is based on an evaluation of each jurisdiction's master plan, taking into account growth policies (when stated), future land use plans and other factors such as Act 116 lands and sewer and water availability. The evaluation is used to assign the appropriate scenario to each jurisdiction. For example, a township expressing a desire to develop more industrial and commercial property and providing land for growth with utilities available may be assigned the Local Economic Development Strategy. Similarly a township which emphasizes agricultural uses with - 38 - �I I I • • • • • limited or no utilities may be assigned a Decline/No Growth scenario. The assignments have been established by the County Planning Commission and are used as a basis for all population and other projections. The second part of the method distributes the population, based on the 1980 Census, across each jurisdiction using the Woods and Poole scenarios assigned to the jurisdictions. Each jurisdiction's share of the 1980 county population is applied to e.ach five-year projection from 1985 to 2005 to produce the allocated population throughout the county. The allocated county population projection is thus an extension of the Slow Growth and National Trends scenarios and lies between the results of these two scenarios with weights of 40 percent and 60 percent assigned to each, respectively. At the bottom of the Allocated Population Projections table the Woods and Pao 1e scenario estimates are 1 i sted as a reference. The findings are graphically displayed on Figure 8 • Comparative Projections For comparison purposes, population projections prepared by Sales and Marketing Management and the Michigan Department of Management and Budget were consulted. These projections were derived at by using different methods and usually typically show modest rises in growth. These figures are presented at the bottom of Table 6. Comparing the figures with the County Planning Commission's allocated population projections for the years 1985 and 2005 shows there is a difference of three to six percent between the allocated county projections and those prepared by the State of Michigan. This percentage range of difference over the twenty-year planning period of 1985 to 2005 amounts to a numerical difference of 155 persons per year for the county as a whole. - 39 - �I I I I I • • • fl II .. Table 6 Allocated Population Projections, Midland County JURISDICTION scenar10 .1 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 SG SG SG SG SG SG SG NT SG SG NT SG SG SG SG SG 2,029 1,157 1,244 4,477 1,249 3,011 1,129 4,171 3,284 3,325 1,643 2,389 1,461 1,586 1,113 1,846 2,164 1,237 1,314 4,715 1,391 3,169 1,159 4,406 3,478 3,556 1,700 2,474 1,546 1,623 1,159 1,932 2,122 1,212 1,288 4,623 1,364 3,107 1,137 4,834 3,411 3,486 1,866 2,425 1,516 1,591 1,137 1,895 2,119 1,211 1,286 4,617 1,362 3,103 1,135 5,226 3,406 3,482 2,017 2,422 1,514 1,589 1,135 1,892 2,240 1,280 1,360 4,880 1,440 3,280 1,200 5,420 3,600 3,680 2,092 2,560 1,600 1,680 1,200 2,000 2,298 1,313 1,395 5,008 1,477 3,366 1,231 5,477 3,694 3,776 2,114 2,627 1,642 1,724 1,231 2,052 NT NT 1,429 37,035 1,546 38,727 1,696 42,485 1,834 45,941 1,902 47,645 1,922 48,146 73,578 77,296 81,195 85,291 89,059 90,493 Townships: Eden vi 11 e Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren Cities: Coleman Midland TOTALS: *Village of Sanford Included 1woods and Poole Scenario Assignment : D/N = Decline/No Growth SG = Slow Growth NT= National Trends LOS= Local Economic Development Strategy Note: For Years 1985 75,500 77,300 77,300 77,900 1985 1990 1995 68,800 75,800 84,800 82,800 64,500 75,700 91,700 89,900 1990 1995 78,090 78,300 81,000 2000 62,100 80,000 95,100 96,600 2000 2005 57,400 82,100 96,100 101,700 2005 Comearative Projections: State of Michigan Sales & Marketing Mgmt. Source: 74,802 76,200 Midland County Planning Commission - 40 - 83,300 84,900 �I I I I II • • • • • - MIDLAND COUNTY POPULATION PROJECTIONS WOODS AND POOLE GROWTH SCENARIOS 100~000 95~000 90 ,., 000 z -... 0 85~000 C ..I ::, 80~000 Q. 0 Q. 75 \,000 70~000 1985 1990 1995 2000 YEAR LOCAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY SLOW GROWTH ------ DECLINE/NO GROWTH NATIONAL TRENDS --------------·-· ------- COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PROJECTION FIGURE 8 :::::::::::::::::::::::: 2005 �I I I I I I I I - Table 7 Population Distribution by Jurisdiction (Percentage), Midland County JURISDICTION 1980 PERCENT OF POPULATION 1 Edenville Township Geneva Township Greendale Township Homer Township Hope Township Ingersoll Township Jasper Township Jerome Township* Larkin Township Lee Township Lincoln Township Midland Township Mills Township Mount Haley Township Porter Township Warren Township TOTAL TOWNSHIPS City of Coleman City of Midland TOTAL 2005 PERCENT OF POPULATION 2 PERCENT CHANGE 2.8 1.6 1. 7 6.1 1.8 4.1 1.5 5.7 4.5 4.6 2.2 3.2 2.0 2.1 1.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 5.5 1.6 3.7 1.4 6.1 4.1 4.2 2.3 2.9 1.8 1.9 1.4 2.3 -.3 -.1 -.2 -.6 -.2 -.4 -.1 +.4 -.4 -.4 +.1 -.3 -.2 -.2 -.1 -.2 47.9 41. 7 -6.2 2.0 50.1 2.1 53.2 +.l +3.1 100.0 100.0 +22.9% *Village of Sanford included 11980 U.S. Census of Population Midland County Planning Commission Projection - 42 - �I I I •I II Table 8 Population Projections by Race, Midland County - RACE 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 White 72,300 75,430 78,630 81,580 83,380 81,710 Black 580 850 1,390 2,440 4,350 7,440 Other 810 1,020 1,170 1,270 1,340 1,340 Source: Woods and Poole Economics, Inc., Comprehensive Plan Allocation Policy Scenario Data Pamphlet, March, 1986 • • • • 1111 1111 - 43 - �I I I Table 9 Population Projections by Age, Midland County 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 65-69 70-74 75-79 80-84 85 + 5,830 6,080 7,130 7,540 6,400 6,420 6,100 5,180 4,280 3,650 3,850 3,260 1,580 1,980 1,400 940 590 480 6,530 6,120 6,330 6,380 6,130 7,410 6,990 6,380 5,020 3,880 3,340 3,280 2,920 2,210 1,730 1,190 800 670 7,100 6,810 6,230 5,870 5,440 7,220 7,680 7,020 6,210 4,660 3,640 3,060 2,870 2,420 1,790 1,350 930 900 7,100 7,360 6,950 5,910 5,080 6,390 7,510 7,650 6,920 5,960 4,380 3,240 2,710 2,360 1,990 1,530 1,110 1,150 6,930 7,300 7,410 6,630 5,190 5,980 6,650 7,550 7,650 6,630 5,580 3,940 2,900 2,240 2,020 1,730 1,240 1,480 6,960 6,910 7,130 7,010 5,900 5,960 6,080 6,490 7,350 7,150 6,090 4,890 3,470 2,360 1,880 1,670 1,400 1,770 TOTAL 73,700 77,300 81,200 85,300 89,100 90,500 AGE Source: Woods and Poole (1986) - 44 - �I I I I Table 10 Population Projection by Age (Males) 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 65-69 70-74 75-79 80-84 85+ 3,070 3,140 3,740 3,950 3,260 2,129 3,050 2,560 2,130 1,770 1,970 1,640 1,220 890 630 360 220 150 3,350 3,120 3,240 3,290 3,140 3,730 3,530 3,190 2,520 1,930 1,720 1,630 1,390 1,000 790 460 270 180 3,640 3,470 3,190 2,990 2,730 3,580 3,820 3,470 3,120 2,350 1,880 1,540 1,390 1,140 790 530 330 230 3,640 3,760 3,550 3,010 2,560 3,170 3,750 3,800 3,430 2,940 2,230 1,610 1,300 1,110 890 610 400 310 3,550 3,730 3,780 3,380 2,630 2,980 3,340 3,770 3,820 3,290 2,840 1,960 1,400 1,040 900 670 440 380 3,570 3,540 3,630 3,580 3,020 2,970 3,060 3,250 3,690 3,560 3,110 2,460 1,680 1,110 830 660 490 470 TOTAL 36,890 38,500 40,190 42,060 43,900 44,680 Age Source: Woods and Poole (1986) - 45 - �I I I I • • • • • • - Table 11 Population Projections by Age (Females) 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-64 65-69 70-74 75-79 80-84 85+ 2,760 2,940 3,390 3,600 3,140 3,330 3,060 2,620 2,140 1,880 1,880 1,620 1,080 760 580 370 330 3,180 3,010 3,090 3,080 2,990 3,670 3,450 3,190 2,500 1,950 1,610 1,660 1,210 940 720 520 480 3,460 3,340 3,040 2,880 2,710 3,630 3,870 3,550 3,100 2,310 1,760 1,510 1,280 1,000 600 600 670 3,460 3,600 3,400 2,900 2,520 3,210 3,760 3,850 3,490 3,010 2,160 1,640 1,240 1,100 710 710 840 3,370 3,570 3,630 3,250 2,560 3,000 3,310 3,780 3,840 3,350 2,740 1,980 1,200 1,130 800 800 l, 100 3,400 3,380 3,490 3,430 2,880 2,990 3,020 3,240 3,660 3,600 2,980 2,440 1,250 1,050 910 910 1,300 TOTAL 36,810 38,790 41,010 43,230 45,160 45,820 Age Source: Woods and Poole (1986) - 46 - �I I I I I I • • • •Ill Ill Ill 1111 Table 12 Household Projections by Jurisdiction, Midland County JURISDICTION Townships: 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 Eden vi 11 e Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mount Haley Porter Warren 678 376 391 1,419 389 914 357 1,420 979 1,005 504 777 435 480 339 571 726 402 413 1,516 433 978 367 1,499 1,032 1,087 521 808 460 492 357 602 712 393 405 1,486 425 959 360 1,644 1,012 1,066 572 792 451 482 350 590 711 393 404 1,484 424 958 360 1,778 1,011 1,065 619 791 451 482 349 589 752 416 428 1,569 449 1,012 380 1,843 1,068 1,125 642 837 476 509 396 623 771 426 439 1,610 460 1,039 390 1,863 1,096 1,155 648 858 489 522 379 639 Coleman Midland 504 13,058 548 14,082 601 15,449 650 16,705 674 17,325 682 17,508 County: 24,498 26,291 27,617 29,010 30,292 30,773 Cities: Source: 1980 column - 1980 Census of Population Projections were completed by WBDC, Inc. by using the Allocated Population Projections table and applying the same rate of increase to households as was used for population. NOTE: A "household" includes all the persons who occupy a housing unit. A "family" consists of a householder and one or more other related persons occupying a housing unit. Not all households contain families, because a household may be composed of a group of unrelated persons or one person living alone. (From 1980 U.S. Census). Ill Ill Ill - 47 - �• ' ' ' '' ~ HOUSING PROFILE Housing Goals This Comprehensive Plan notes goals for residential land uses which provide for - a wide range of housing opportunities and the preservation and protection of existing residential development. As described in the following section the bulk of activity being conducted in housing is by the Midland County Haus i ng Commission and by the City of Midland. An August 1985 report forwarded to the County Board of Commissioners from the Midland County Housing Conmission states two goals: 1. "Provide adequate and suitable housing for every family and resident of all ages, income and ethnic group, in accordance with their desires and needs." 2. "Renew blighted and/or deteriorating residential areas through upgrading of structures and improved environmental conditions and the achievement of a least minimum standards of housing quality." The City of Midland, Task Force 2000 report has stated its housing goal to: "Maintain attractiveness in housing and neighborhoods while attending to the problems of escalating building costs and the questions of energy and transportation availability." Additionally several sub-goals are noted in the Task Force 2000 report: 1. "Consider city ordinances related to housing." quality, diversity, standards and flexibility.) 2. "Consider new approaches to housing." innovative design.) 3. "Address housing needs of low-income persons." 4. "·Continue support of fair housing practices." 5. "Encourage the use of neighborhood schools and parks as community centers." 6. "Promote better neighborhood relationships." - 48 - (Relating to building, (Mixed use neighborhoods and �II - Housing Development Characteristics Housing development in Midland County has taken on a distinct urban/rural pattern. The urban area of the City of Midland, and the urbanizing townships around the City have developed quite differently than those in areas outside the City. These differences are reflected in the density, availability, variety and cost of housing throughout the county. The City of Midland is characterized by its denser development, higher home value, fewer persons per household and higher rents. These characteristics are present because of the increased urban amenities (recreation, cultural activities, utilities and wider variety of housing types and styles. The remaining areas of the county vary from moderately developed areas such as Coleman, Sanford, the areas adjacent to Sanford Lake and some areas adjacent to the City of Midland, to the rural farmstead and large lot residential areas prevalent throughout the townships. The developed areas were spawned from traditional settlements created by water, rail and road transportation routes or crossroads. Over the past 15 years a significant increase in housing growth has occurred in the areas outside the City of Midland. This fact is reflected in the age of housing. Table 13, "Housing Age" indicates that while Edenville, Larkin, Lee and Mills Townships have had over 40 percent of their housing constructed since 1970, the City of Midland has had just 25.6 percent constructed in that time period. The county as a whole has had a 29.3 percent increase in the construction of housing sincP 1970. One form of housing which has shown a significant increase in use is the mobile home. The mobile or manufactured home provides a relatively inexpensive housing alternative, particularly for low- to moderate-income families. This development has raised a number of concerns, particularly in the townships, regarding community appearance and the integrity of agricultural areas. Also of concern is · the higher density single family development which is occurring in - 49 - �ii 11 - some areas without proper sanitary sewer and water environmental problems could result. The lack of restricts the range of housing opportunities which can multiple family development. This, in turn, contributes ~ost manufactured housing. facilities. Long-term public utilities also be provided by limiting to the demand for lower One additional factor which the lack of utilities may cause is the concentration of development where soils and groundwater are able to support septic systems and wells. This development pattern generally tends to be random, without regard to available streets and related 1and uses, such as shopping and work place. Housing Quality A structural quality survey was completed for the county in 1978 and 1979 as a part of the 1980 Housing Plan. All communities, except the City of Midland, were evaluated. There were three quality standards used: 1. Standard: Buildings placed in this category required normal maintenance and did n·o t exhibit noticeable wear. 2. Deteriorating: This• description applied to buildings with several minor defects and, at times, one major defect which could be remedied at a reasonable cost. 3. Substandard: Substandard structures exhibit multiple minor and major defects which cannot be reasonably r epaired. These buildings should eventually be removed. Table 14 summarizes housing qllality in the county (again, excluding the City of Midland). The number of substandard dwellings must be considered in relation to future housing needs due to the loss of existing housing stock and the need to replace that lost structure. - 50 - �No clear pattern of quality related housing problems is discernible although one trend appears to be present. Communities nearer the City of Midland appear to have a higher percentage of standard housing while communities at some di stance - appear to have lower per centages. In addition, not surprisingly, those jurisdictions with higher median home values tend to have the lower perc entage of substandard hQusing. (See Table 15). - 51 - �i1 i1 II II II II II II II II -II II " " " " " Table 13 Housing Age by Percent of Total Housing, Midland County YEAR CONSTRUCTED JURISDICTION 1939 OR EARLIER 1939 - 1969 1970 -1980 Townships: 9.3% 30.6 13.0 18.5 23.3 28.5 26.4 12.3 11.3 9.4 12.1 17.2 12.5 16.8 32.7 19.3 47.9% 34.1 52.7 55.4 38.0 41.5 36.3 58.7 47.7 48.1 49.0 60.3 40.4 48.2 33.8 44.3 42.8% 35.3 34.3 26.1 38.7 30.0 37.3 29.0 41.0 42.5 38.9 22.5 47.1 35.0 33.5 36.4 Coleman Midland 33.4 13.6 44.1 60.8 22.5 25.6 County: 15.5 55.2 29.3 Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mount Haley Porter Warren Cities: Source: 1980 Census of Housing - 52 - �I I I II II II II II II II II II II Table 14 Housing Quality by Jurisdiction 1978-1979, Midland County - Jurisdiction Townships: Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren Standard Number Percent 830 293 293 1300 403 761 Deteriorating Number Percent 1078 981 710 343 747 335 431 286 474 91.9 77 .2 67.4 90.1 76.2 83.1 65.1 86.8 87.4 75.5 66.7 91.5 73.0 85.5 78.1 72.6 38 51 97 83 66 75 84 89 108 145 129 48 76 49 47 82 4.2 13.4 22.3 5.8 12.5 8.2 21.5 7.2 9.6 15.4 25.1 5.9 16.6 9.7 12.8 12.6 35 38 45 60 60 80 52 75 33 85 42 21 48 24 33 97 10.3 4.2 11.3 8.7 13.4 6.0 2.9 9.0 8.2 2.6 10.5 4.8 9.0 14.9 353 74.3 90 18.9 32 6.8 306 89.2 26 7.6 11 3.2 10,178 81.9 1383 11.1 871 7.0 254 3.9 4.4 Cities/Village: Coleman Midland* Sanford County: Source: Housing the County, 1980, Midland County Housing Commission * Data are not available for the City of Midland in the same categories as are available in the County Housing Commission report. -II II II Substandard Number Percent - 53 - �ii ii II II II II -II II - Table 15 Factors Determining Housing Quality, Midland County Jurisdiction Townships: Median Value Owner Specified Percent of Substandard Housing Percent Constructed 1939 or Earlier $37,300 30,500 24,800 41,000 37,900 40,800 27,500 38,300 48,700 35,000 38,100 41,100 29,800 37,200 32,800 32,800 3.9 9.9 10.3 4.2 11.3 8.7 13.4 6.0 2.9 9.0 8.2 2.6 10.5 4.8 9.0 14.9 9.3 30.6 13.0 18.5 23.3 28.5 26.4 12.3 11.3 9.4 12.1 17.2 12.5 16.8 32.7 19.3 Coleman Midland Sanford 23,900 52,600 N.A. 6.8 33.4 13.6 3.2 N.A. County: 44,900 7.0 15.5 Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mi 11 s Mt. Haley Porter Warren Cities/Vi 11 age: N.A. N.A. Data are not available for the City of Midland and Village of Sanford in the same categor i es as are available in the County Housing Commission report. Source: 1980 U.S •. Census of Housing Housing the County, 1980, Midland County Housing Commission - 54 - �11 II -~ ECONOMIC PROFILE Labor Force Characteristics Compiling and presenting data on all labor and occupational characteristics suffers from several drawbacks. A number of sources of this information are available with the two primary references being the U.S. Census Bureau and the Michigan Employment Security Commission (MESC). Several problems arise because the data available from both sources are inconsistent either in areas covered or categories used. Therefore some interpolation had to be made in some instances. A second problem is created when unforeseen events affect the data collected only months ago. The closing of the Midland nuclear plant has rather drastic impacts on some of the Census data. On the other hand, these impacts should be relatively short in duration since their greatest effects were on construction employment. Since the closing the Consumers Power Company has elected to convert the nuclear plant to a gas-fired plant. Lastly a problem is created by the lack of information available at the township level. As before some interpolations and assumptions are made and note is made where that occurs. In general, Midland County reflects the national trend of a decline in manufacturing and an increase in retail/service related employment. For instance MESC data indicates that in 1970 manufacturing related jobs made up over 52 percent of the total labor force while retail/service related jobs were about 25 percent. In 1984 these percentages were 37 percent and 34 percent respectively. While Census figures and MESC data for Midland County differ, the trend away from manufacturing employment is apparent in both sources. (See Tables 17 and 18). In the case of Midland County however, an additional factor may also have influenced the above trends. Given the size of the construction· and administrative labor force devoted to the Midland nuclear plant it is likely that a significant service/retail sector developed in response to the increased employment at the plant. Since this project was such a large capital facility - 55 - �I I I -~ ~ '1 ~ ~ with an extended construction period these jobs may have taken on the characteristics of permanent employment, thus creating a long-term but temporary increase in service related jobs. Consequently the County may see an overall decline in service related jobs should manufacturing employment fail to see moderate increases. However, any decline should not be significant since no large population decreases are forecast. Occupational Characteristics As may be expected Midland County has a highly trained and heavily professionally oriented work force. Table 18, Employment by Occupations, indicates that nearly 70 percent of the work force consists of professional, technical, managerial and administrative workers. The dominance of Dow Chemical Corporation and Dow Corning Corporation is very evident in this statistic. Since a majority of the future employment targeted industries also involve these workers, this trend can be expected to continue. However, the growth of these categories may be moderated should the auto industry capture a larger share of overall employment. Income by Jurisdiction Table 19 provides a breakdown Income by Jurisdiction. Higher incomes tend to be found in the City of Midland and adjacent "urbanizing" townships. Employment Projections Alternative projections of employment in Midland County are presented in Table 20. The scenario-based employment projections were developed by Woods and Poole Economics, Inc., using a regional economic forecasting model. A modification of the National Trends scenario was made to demonstrate the effect of the Midland County Growth Council's economic development strategy. Other modifications were made to show the effects of a declining job market and alternatively a stabilized manufacturing economy. All of the alternative projections are compared with the County Planning Commission's Comprehensive Plan Allocation Poli cy Employment Projection, which is correlated with the allocated population projections for the County. A breakdown of the Planning Corrmission's allocated employment projections is given in Table 21. - 56 - �I I I I Table 16 Labor Force Characteristics, Midland County Persons 16 & Older in Labor Force (1979) Town shies Eden vi 11 e Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren 895 504 508 2,243 552 1,417 494 2,026 1,544 1,498 793 1,201 616 654 463 814 Cites/Village Sanford Coleman Midland 448 590 19,862 Midland County 36,538 Source: Percent of Percent Unemployed Of Total 15 or More Labor Force Weeks 2.4% 1.4 1.4 6.1 1.5 3.8 1.3 5.5 4.2 4.1 2.1 3.2 1. 7 1.8 1.2 2.2 1.2 1.6 54.3 (w/rounding)101% 1980 Census of Population and Housing - 57 - Percent of Total Population in Labor Force 1.2% 13.7 17.3 8.2 10.9 6.1 15.2 8.2 6.9 14.2 9.1 8.7 11. 9 7.6 12.5 11.15 44% 44 41 50 44 47 44 49 47 45 48 50 42 41 42 44 9.8 14.9 5.8 52 41 53 7.8 50 �I I I I -~ ' ' ' Table 17 Employment by Industry-Historical Percent of Total Employment Midland County 1960 Industry Construction 2.3% 1968 6.0% Percent Change 1960-1968 +160% 1976 6.2% 1981 5.0% Percent Change 1976-1981 -24% 73.1 66.3 -10% 62.0 55.2 -12% 1.5 1.5 0 1.2 2.3 +92 Wholesale, Retail 10.8 11.3 +10 12.9 21.3 +65 Finance, Insurance, Real Estate 1.4 1.9 +36 2.0 2.8 +40 10.9 13.0 +19 15.4 12.0 -28 .3 1.4 N/A Manufacturing Transportation, Communication, Utilities Services Other Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census County Business Patterns 1968, 1976, 1981 Memorandum Report Number 14, July, 1972, Midland County, Michigan Midland County Department of Development - 58 - �Table 18 Employment by Occupations 1980, Midland County Percent Of All Occupations Occupational Group 22.2% 9.7 8.8 16.7 14.7 13.3 .7 12.6 1.3 Professional and Technical Managers and Administrators Sales Clerical Craft and Kindred Operatives Laborers (Non-Farm) Service Farm 100.0% Total Source: 1980 U.S. Census - 59 - �I I I I I I ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' Table 19 1979 Income by Jurisdiction, Midland County Jurisdiction Median Family Income Median Household Income Townships: $ 19,241 $ 17,909 20,221 14,805 22,948 19,167 23,598 16,645 21,113 24,794 19,803 21,860 24,607 18,947 20,217 19,286 19,572 17,903 13,712 22,136 18,477 22,233 15,774 20,174 23,657 18,246 20,479 23,095 18,009 19,569 17,768 17,841 20,427 19,593 Coleman Midland Sanford 16,779 26,897 21,033 12,893 23,611 19,868 County: $ 23,598 $ 21,527 Edenvil 1e Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersol 1 Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren Total Townships: Cities/Vi 11 age: Source: 1980 U.S. Census - 60 - �Table 20 Scenario-Based Employment Projections, Midland County (Total) 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 National Trends 32,610 34,940 40,310 44,420 46,080 45,690 Local Economic Development Strategy 32,610 35,100 39,340 43,520 46,800 48,260 Slow Growth 32,610 34,870 36,120 36,790 38,880 39,160 Decline/No Growth 32,610 34,040 32,860 31,450 30,360 27,550 Comprehensive Plan Allocation Policy 32,610 34,910 38,630 41,370 43,200 43,080 SCENARIO - Source: Woods and Poole Economics, Inc. Data Pamphlets, March and July 1985 March 1986 - 61 - �I I I I I Table 21 Allocated Employment Projections, Midland County Employment 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 -Proprietors 2,200 2,710 3,140 3,640 3,990 4,080 670 1,530 670 1,940 650 2,500 620 3,020 580 3,410 510 3,570 30,410 32,300 35,490 37,720 39,210 39,000 80 100 30,320 32,840 27,100 29,740 130 35,360 32,230 150 37,570 34,590 160 160 39,050 38,840 36,270 36,340 60 70 4,680 11,670 110 50 5,080 12,650 160 30 5,070 13,340 210 230 20 10 4,910 4,400 13,900 13,900 12,430 11,440 280 230 12,400 250 13,060 280 13,600 300 13,590 310 Farm Proprietors Non-Farm Propr_ietors Wage and Salary Employment I I ' ' ' ' ' ' '• ~ Farm Non-Farm Private Employment Agricultural Svcs, Other Mining Construction Manufacturing Nondurable Mfg. Durable Mfg. Transportation,Communications and Public Utilities Wholesale Trade Retail Trade Finance, Insurance and Real Estate Services Government Employment Federal Civilian Federal Military State and Local TOTAL EMPLOYMENT Source: 70 40 3,540 12,710 770 270 3,210 1,000 670 3,480 1,270 920 3,720 1,580 1,200 3,920 1,880 1,510 3,990 2,120 1,770 3',880 630 5,860 720 6,790 770 7,660 810 8,470 830 9,040 810 9,220 3,230 3,050 3,140 2,980 2,780 2,500 130 160 2,940 150 210 2,700 140 230 2,770 120 230 2,630 110 230 2,440 100 220 2,180 32,610 34,910 38,630 41,370 43,200 43,080 Woods and Poole Economics, Inc., Comprehensive Plan Allocation Policy Scenario Data Pamphlet, March 1986 - 62 - �I I I I ' '-II " ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Future Economic Development Development Strategy: The Midland County Economic Deve 1opment Council (MCEDC) contracted with the - Battelle Institute, a private research company, for an analysis and recommendations regarding the economic development of the Midland County area. As a result of the Battelle analysis, a group of "targeted" industries was identified. A targeted industry is one which attraction (or retention) efforts should be concentrated and which best matches the county's strengths to growth oriented industries. Targeted manufacturing ~ndustries identified were: • • • • • Plastic ar.d rubber products Electronic components Electric lighting, wiring equipment Motor vehicles, parts Soap, detergents, cleaning preparations • • • • • • • • Drugs Instruments Paints, varnishes and allied products Electrical machinery Metal forgings Miscellaneous fabricated materials Electrical-industrial apparatus General industrial machinery Targeted non-manufacturing activities include: • Business services - software development - data processing - professional organizations - headquarters, administrative functions - regional headquarters for insurance and banking - professional support - 63 - �I I I I I I -~ ~ ~ ~ • Specialized repair and supply services - electronics - laboratory equipment - To implement the activities designed to attract the targeted industries and to carry out a range of other development activities, the Midland County Growth Council (MCGC) pas been formed. Established under the State of Michigan's Community Growth Alliance program, the MCGC has been organized into three service delivery groups, which provide economic development assistance to businesses throughout the county. Retention and attraction efforts and related activities are concentrated in the Area Development Office (ADO), through the Midland County Economic Development Corporation. The Small Business Assistance Center (SBAC) is run by the Midland Chamber of Corrmerce while the Local Procurement Office (LPO), which assists companies in securing government contracts, is handled on the Tri-County level (Midland, Bay, Saginaw) by the Saginaw Area Corrmunity Growth Alliance. To date no activities or assignments have been made in the area of exporting. A fairly wide range of bonding, loan and tax incentives are available countywide. A number of data collecting activities are underway as a result of Battelle 1 s recommendations. Tourism: Another important potential aid to economic development is tourism and convention activities. Both are significant in the spin-off effects created by bringing outsiders to the community. Not only do these visitors spend money on lodging, food and entertainment, but their visit also exposes them to the benefits of living in Midland County. This can serve as a part of the attraction of new industrial, commercial and office facilities to the county. Midland County has established a Convention Bureau located at the Midland Chamber of Commerce offices. The Bureau was established in 1984 and presently has only one full-time staff person. The goal of the Bureau is to increase tourism and convention business throughout the county. To acomplish this goal the Bureau prepares slide shows, a trade show booth and various informational brochures and packets. - 64 - �I I I I I I I I -II II II II Primary funding for the Bureau _activities comes from a two percent assessment levied on hotel and motel room charges. Approximately $85,000 in revenue in 1987/88 is expected from this assessment. These funds are allocated by the Midland County Visitors Bureau Board of Directors, a seven member group of hotel/motel owners and other community leaders interested in tourism. A priority of targeting for convention business has been established by the Board in order to attract more groups to the county. Sport Fishing : Sport fishing is gaining new interest in the county 1 s waterways, particularly in the Tittabawassee River. According to the Midland County Visitors and Convention Bureau, over the past ten years more than one million dollars have been invested in capital and local fish planting to improve the county's rivers for recreational use. Two-thirds of the anglers come from the Bay-Midland-Saginaw area. Annual walleye fishing tournaments are held to promote tourism and recreation use. As reported by the Bureau, the goals of the new sport fishing program are to achieve 20,000 fisherman days per year on the county 1 s river systems, to generate 34 new jobs, and to create a flow of $1,350,000 per year in the local economy. Efforts to further promote sport fishing as a tourism-economic development program are described in the Tittabawassee River Fishing Enhancement Project report (1987) prepared by the Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission. Development Issues: Since the Growth Council operates on a countywide basis, a number of development issues have been identified as needing attention. Among these issues is the need for cooperation between the City of Midland and the rest of the county, particularly with regard to availability of land and utilities. In this regard, more involvement by the townships will be needed. One significant vehicle to increase cooperative efforts will be the county Growth Council. - 65 - �I f J J J J -J - The need for cooperation may become apparent should surrounding or outlying communities promote their areas for growth to increase their tax base. As noted in the Industrial Siting section, development in non-utility service areas has the potential for 1 ong term environmental problems. The fact that some _ industries may have objectionable aspects needing large acreages for buffering, coupled with the availability of land at lower costs, lower taxes and a community willing to grant incentives, may enhance development potential in outlying areas. Future Labor Force: Given the targeted industries and the development potential of the county, some implications for the labor force that will be needed can be estimated. As seen in the Employment By Occupations Table (Table 18, shown previously), the labor force of the county is heavily oriented toward white collar employment; craft and labor makes up less than 30 percent of the work force. Several of the targeted industries, on the other hand, require blue collar laborers in large numbers. Others will require additional skilled laborers. Therefore, it may be expected that the need for workers in the Craft and Kindred and Operatives occupations will increase. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " ", " - 66 - �I I I I I I -~ ~ ~ , Another sector of the work force which should increase is service occupations. Much of the non-manufacturing attraction efforts and the overall employment increases will necessitate a growing service oriented economy. Declining occupations may include Clerical and Sales where new technologies, - including the use of computers and other telecommunications devices, may impact the labor intensiveness of those occupations. Industrial Siting: Given the targeted li.st of industrial and service products of the Battelle Development Strategy, and taking into account the development constraints present, the following site criteria for industrial growth are most relevant for Midland County. 1. Utilities and Energy Supplies - With the exception of the electronics and data processing, large volumes of water and sewer usage may be required for each targeted industry group. While water may be available outside of the City of Midland or the Midland Urban Growth Area, the availability of sewage disposal is limited. Energy supplies (i.e., gas and electricity) may be limited outside of urbanized locations and power transmission corridors. 2. Transportation - For each of targeted industries, possibly excluding data processing, availability of an efficient transportation network, especially highway and rail access, is essential. The corridor formed by U.S. 10 and the C & 0 Railroad fulfills this requirement. 3. Hazardous Wastes/Industrial Wastes - A major factor, particularly in the drug and chemical industries, is the availability of disposal of hazardous wastes. While Dow has provided its own facility, its availability for other chemical processors or drug manufacturers is uncertain. - 67 - �I I I I I -Ill Ill Ill 4. Land Use Policies - In nearly all of the Townships where utilities are not available the limitations on growth for industrial facilities are recognized. The availability of the other criteria, as noted in this section, tends to reinforce those policies. However, as residential development increases in some townships the need for increased tax base to support this development may create a more aggressive posture toward attracting new industrial and col11llercial development. Constraints While significant advantages exist for new industrial development, particularly in the areas of quality of life and la_bor force, future development potential may be significantly constrained in the county by the following factors. Utilities: This is the most significant hindrance to growth in the county. Without public sewer and water the range and intensity of industrial and commercial uses will continue to be limited. While the Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy has been effective in concentrating development within the City of Midland it is apparent that annexations will continue to be contested by some surrounding units of government. In addition, these governments have some policies that indicate the promotion of new development. Should this development materialize without public utilities a significant potential for environmental problems exists. Transportation: New inventory and production procedures, particularly those such as the "Just In Time" supplier system where inventories of production facilities are del iherately kept at a minimum, make transportation networks a critical item. Midland County is disadvantaged in that the regional North-South link to other industrial markets, 1-75, is some distance from the county, although a suitable connection does exist. In addition, no major regional East-West link is available. - 68 - �Income Projections In order to project income figures for Midland County the 1979 per capita, median family and median household incomes were taken from 1980 Census data and converted to 1984 dollars using the Consumer Price Index (C.P.I.) figures for 1979 and 1984. - To estimate future incomes the Woods and Poole scenarios for Slow Growth and National Trends were consulted for per capita income growth at five-year intervals to 2005. These two scenarios were used because population and household projections were based on them and the rate of change of both was nearly identical. Per capita income percentage changes were then applied to the county figures to complete the projections. The results are noted on the fo 11 ow i ng tab 1e • Table 22 Midland County Per Capita, Family and Household Income Projections Midland Countt Per Caeita Income Median Household Income Median Fami lt Income 1980 Census 8,052 21,527 23,598 1980 adjusted 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 $11,512 $11,742 $12,447 $13,007 $13,332 $13,465 $30,777 $31,393 $33,277 $33,738 $34,412 $36,477 $38,118 $39,071 $39,462 Note: $34,774 $35,643 $35,999 A11 figures are in 1984 constant dollars (no inflation factor). Source: WBDC, Inc. Estimates. The estimates were completed by using the following formula: 1979 dollars 1984 dollars .,....,,..,:-=---=--,,,....._,,,- = _ __ ,,_.....,,-1979 C.P.I. 1984 C.P.I. 1980 Census (reflects 1979 income) - 69 - �I I I PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT RELATIONSHIPS The purpose of this section is to describe and analyze plans formulated by other governmental bodies and agencies which have some relevance to or affect on Midland County. This is accomplished in order to ensure that the greatest degree of coordination between the various planning initiatives is obtained. It is important to recognize that the planning authority of the County is a part of a broad range of other governmental and quasi-governmental authorities. STATE OF MICHIGAN PLANS The State of Michigan conducts planning initiatives in a number of functional areas relating to statewide needs. For the purposes of this Plan these areas have been divided into three categories; Recreation, Transportation, and Natural Resources and Environment. Recreation Michigan Recreation Plan, 1985, Michigan Department of Natural Resources: This Plan identifies overall statewide recreation goals and presents data and program elements designed to implement these goals. Midland County is included with Isabella, Gratiot, Saginaw anrl Bay Counties as a planning region. Therefore, the data in the Plan includes these other counties, known as Region 7A. Michigan Recreation Action Program, 1985-86, Michigan Department of Natural Resources: The Action Program is an annua 1 e 1ement of the Recreation Pl an and, as such, describes events of the previous year as well as expected events for the coming year. Of note for Midland County's use is the Project Evaluation Criteria list for the Michigan Land and Water Conservation Fund (LAWCON) program. The LAWCON program provides matching grant funds to Michigan communities for outdoor recreational activities. Up to $250,000 is available on a per project basis. The following evaluation criteria have been established by the MDNR pursuant to funding a project: - 70 - �1. Project must meet a need identified in a community 1 s local recreation plan. 2. Ability of project to meet recreation deficiencies indicated in the State Recreation Plan. 3. Relationship of project to non-residential demand. 4. Response of proposed project to other plan issues. 5. Administrative capability of applicant. 6. Relationship of project to water resources. 7. Relationship of project to special populations such as the low-income. 8. Use of significant natural resources. 9. Proximity of project to urban population. Michigan Trails System Plan, 1980, Michigan Department of Natural Resources: The purpose of this Plan is to outline programs for the development of recreational trail systems for bicycling, hiking, snowmobiling, horseback riding, off-road vehicles and cross-country skiing. Four development alternatives are presented, with no particular preference stated. The alternatives are: 1. More trails on State lands and more trails on non-State land with State support. 2. More trails .on State land, no State support for non-State trails. 3. No new trails on State land, increased State spending for non-State trails. 4. Present development system continued. The only direct notation of Midland County is a map showing a portion of a long distance off-road vehicle trail starting in the Sanford area and continuing North into Gladwin County and beyond. - 71 - �I J J Transportation Michigan State Transportation Plan, 1982-1990, 1982, Michigan Department of Transportation: This important document represents a description of the goals and policies of the State Transportation Commission for the 1982-1990 period. In doing so, the Plan identifies transportation needs, programs, funding resources and priorities and management of resources. One policy direction of the Plan of interest to Midland County, as it is to all local governments, is the emphasis on increasing the role of local government in transportation funding and service. The Plan also links the roles of transportation and economic development. ·• Michigan Highway and Transportation: Non-Motorized Needs, 1984-85, Michigan Department of Act 51 of Michigan Public Acts of 1951, require that MOOT evaluate the street systems of various units of government to ascertain where funding priorities should be placed. The result of this assessment is a computer listing of county roads and streets which identifies significant characteristics. Michigan State Airport System Plan (Through 1990), 1974, Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation (MOOT): The purpose of this Plan is to provide for the "orderly and timely development of a system of airports adequate to meet the air transportation needs of Michigan." The Midland Jack Barstow Airport and Saginaw (Tri-City) Airport are the recognized facilities for Midland County for General Utility and Passenger Jet air service. No new facilities are deemed necessary in this Plan. Michigan Scheduled Air Service Study (Summary Report), 1978, Michigan Department of State Highways and Transportation (MOOT): One of the essential elements of transportation into, around, and from the state is commercial air service. This Study investigated the adequacy and future needs of existing airports with scheduled air services. The Saginaw Tri-City Airport is included in the report. - 72 - �I J J Significant in this report is an approximate 250 percent enplanement (aircraft boarding) increase at the Saginaw (Tri-City} Airport from 1965 to 1976, one of the greatest increases in the State. In addition, the only deficiency in air service adequacy indicated was the Saginaw-Cleveland route. Michigan's Transportation Transportation: . Needs 1983-1994, 1984, Michigan Department of The Needs study identifies goals and issues, describes the existing modes of transportation (passenger and freight}, forecasts available revenues and assigns priorities. The Needs study is used as a base document from which the State Transportation Plan is derived. Michigan Railroad Plan, Transportation (MOOT}; 1975, Michigan Department of State Highways and This Plan was necessitated · by the Federal Railroad Administration as a prerequisite for rail subsidy applications. Since 1975 the State of Michigan has shifted its funding priorities away from rail operating subsidies to the extent that no such subsidies are in existence. Therefore, the significance of this Plan has been negated. Natural Resources and Environment Michigan's Forest Resources, Direction for the Future, 1983, Michigan Department of Natural Resources: Early in Michigan's history forestry management was non-existent. Wholesale clearing of timber resources decimated the logging economy of the area. In the years since the national and state perspective on forestry resources has shifted from neglect to protection and management. This Plan recognizes the economic value of forest resources while supporting increased management of forest lands. It should be noted that within the context of the Plan, recreation is also recognized as a significant use of forested lands. - 73 - �Michigan's Oil Resources: and Gas Fields, 1980, 1982, Michigan Department of Natural This inventory and statistical summary indicates that through 1980 (from 1925) Midland County had produced the second highest volume of oil production and number of oil wells of any county in Michigan. New oil wells an~ production continues in Midland County but not at the rate of prior years. Michigan Solid Waste Management Plan, 1978, Michigan Department of Natural Resources: This Plan examined the status of current waste management problems and practices, investigated available techniques and recolTITlended future planning efforts. - 74 - �REGIONAL PLANS Adjacent Counties Most plans for adjacent counties are outdated or in the process of being updated. A review of the comprehensive plans that are available did not reveal any land use conflicts. Other plans deal principally with economic development issues. The plans reviewed included: • • • • Saginaw County Development Plan, 1970-1990 Gratiot Overall Economic Development Program Gladwin County Economic Development Project Report A Comprehensive Plan to Guide and Assist the Official and the Private Citizen of Isabella County • Gratiot County Zoning Ordinance • Isahella County Comprehensive Plan (1986) East Central Michigan Planning and Development Region THE ECMPDR (Region 7) has completed a number of plans with some relevance to Midland County. Bicycle Plan (1982): Following a general discussion of biking as a mode of transportation, a map is included which identifies roads the Michigan Department of Natural Resources recognizes as suitable for biking. Overall Economic Development Program (OEDP) Reports (1985 and 1986): In order to qualify for grant funds which may be available through the Economic Development Administration (EDA), which is a part of the U.S. Department of Commerce, potential projects must be consistent with the annual OEDP. The OEDP also describes a general development strategy which presents an historical perspective as well as future directions. Of significance in this rlocument is the discussion of the Midl and nuclear plant and the effects on the community of its closing. - 75 - �LOCAL GOVERNMENT PLANS Each township, the Village of Sanford and the cities of Midland and Coleman have master plans, or comprehensive plans. These plans vary widely as to detail, information provided and degree of adequacy for planning purposes. Most, however, have either stated or inferred goals upon which their plans are based. These goals have been synthesized and stated in general terms for the purpose of establishing goals for the county. One significant problem that exists throughout the county is a general lack of consistency in the format and content of adopted master pl ans. Some of the inconsistencies and deficiencies noted include: • • • • • • Lack of clearly stated goals. Inconsistent methodologies to determine existing and future land use, land use and population projections, economic development projections, or other related planning elements. Mapping differences in scale and information depicted. Lack of coordination with surrounding governmental units. Use of questionable data. Out-dated plans. From the information that was available some common goals, policies or directions were evident. These were used in the formulation of the overall county land use goals. Municipal Goals and Policies An inventory of each community 1 s master plan was conducted to determine areas of consistency and to identify any conflicts. Many of the goals and policies between communities that were either specifically listed or could be inferred were similar in nature; some were duplicated in two or more townships. For the most part, the stated or inferred goals and policies of the municipalities were relatively consi<;tent. The conflicts that do exist appear minor and are summarized below the goal. - 76 - �I I I I I Agri cultura 1: Although not all areas in agricultural production may be considered as prime farmland, those areas under cultivation should be maintained and protected against the intrusion of low density residential uses and public ut i1 it i es. Conflicts: A number of the master plans recognized the value of agriculture but noted that the soils were not particularly suited for extensive agricultural use. In those instances emphasis was placed on those areas which might be identified as prime agricultural land. Residential: Where public water and sewer service availability is limited or non-existent, residential use should be limited . to large lots, generally one acre or greater. Higher density residential development should be limited to locations with existing adequate sewer and water systems. Future areas should be planned where utilities might be provided at a later time. A range of housing styles and types should be provided. Mobile homes accommodate the need for lower cost housing, however, more detailed regulations are needed to ensure compatibility with other housing types. Conflicts: No clear conflicts are evident although a number of plans identify mobile home development as an issue to be addressed. Several plans report rapid increases in the use of mobile homes on individual lots and mobile home parks. Some townships state the need for more restrictive residential zoning classifications or mobile home regulations. Commercial: Commercial development should be limited to areas provided; generally 1ocated at major intersections or a1ong major streets. Strip shopping areas should be discouraged. - 77 - �I I I I I I I Commercial establishments should be limited to those which accorTmodate the immediate needs of local Except for these communities there is a limited market for other than local resident's needs. Conflicts: The only clear conflict identified through the master plans occurred as a result of a proposed regional shopping center in Larkin Township, just North of the City of Midland. In that instance Larkin Township's goal of maintaining a low density residential community was in conflict with the plan for the shopping center. Industrial: 1· Light J Expanded shopping opportunities are available in Midland, Mt. Pleasant, Shepherd, Coleman and Sanford. I r residents. Industrial development is limited because of a lack of utility service. industrial industrial uses uses should are appropriate in some instances but heavy be discouraged where utilities are unavailable. Where possible industrial parks should be developed or planned in areas where utilities might be expected. Conflicts: Some degree of difference between community pl ans was in the area of industrial development. Two relatively defined -- approaches were evident. --- limited by locational factors, such as highway and rail access, In the majority of cases, the plans recognized that the potential for industrial development was and by the lack of proper utilities. Other plans indicated the need for industrial development to help expand the local economy and strengthen the tax base. In J the case of Midland Township this pol icy is proper given its --- Townships ,- r relationship to the City of Midland. appear willing to Edenville and Greendale accept future industrial devel0pment and have outlined the conditions under which that growth should occur. - 78 - �No resolution of these differences is necessary because the plans which identify strong economic growth as a goal have well reasoned approaches toward achieving their goals. Recreational: Adequate recreational areas should be provided for all residents and visitors. Many areas have extensive recreational resources that should be maintained and preserved from appropriate development. Conflicts: No conflicts were apparent in the recreation goals. Environmental: Natural areils, including forest resources, floodplains, river areas, lakes and shore lines, should be preserved from development. The use of these areas for private recreation should be encouraged as a way to preserve these resources. Groundwater quality should be protected through proper utility planning and control over septic and well systems. Conflicts: No conflicts were apparent in the environmental goals. Future Land Use Composition A composite of generalized future land uses as depicted in the local plans is illustrated on the Future Land Use Composition Map (Figure 9). The map portrays the general land use goals common to most municipalities. However, not all the municipalities address the same future land use categories as proposed in the updated Comprehensive Plan for the county. - 79 - �II II II Ill Ill II •II • • C I O II Ill T t \' P'fi ,1Jt viii L II z C ..J 11. FIGURE 9 w > u, z w z :c C FUTURE LAND USE COMPOSITION ~( LEGEND - , w CJ ~ .. 11. RESIDENTIAL ~ COMMERCIAL filIIliliill INDUSTRIAL ~ PUBLIC/CONSERVATION CJ AGRICULTURAL :c - :E 0 0 :E 0 .. > > I- I- z z :::, :::, 0 0 Q Q 0 0 z z C C ..J ..J Q Q - -:E :E I I I SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY LOCAL PLANS I I I �I I I I • • • • "-, Ill TRANSPORTATION This section describes how transportation facilities both support the county and help shape its development. Much of the system has been built in response to growth in the county. However, in many instances the provision of a major facility has indirectly induced development. By recognizing that relationship and defining deficiencies in the system, the county can protect a major public investment and efficiently allocate future expenditures • TRAFF IC Traffic statistics for the county are incomplete or non-existent. State highway traffic figures were taken from the Statewide Traffic Flow map (1983) and are noted on the Existing Street and Highway Functional Classification System map (Figure 10) • An improved system of obtaining traffic counts would benefit not only the County Road Corrrnission in determining traffic and road conditions but local and county planning efforts as well. A comprehensive look at traffic patterns could assist in the determination of the best locations for commercial and industrial uses, planning for new roads and numerous other applications. Without current and accurate traffic information sound planning decisions are difficult to make and federal aid may be affected, including the following aid program funds: 1. Federal Aid Urban System funds. 2. Federal Aid Secondary System funds. 3. Federal Aid Hazardous Elimination Safety funds. 4. Federal Aid Critical Bridge funds. Major Thoroughfares The County recognizes three major classifications of roads. These classifications and descriptions follow. The Existing Street and Highway Functional Classification System Map depicts these routes. (Note: a similar classification system is presently being revised by the Michigan Department of Transportation (MOOT). The Highway and Street Functional Classification system section, which follows this section, describes the proposed classifications.) - 81 - �I I I I I I • • • -.. State Trunklines: These are major routes falling under the jurisdiction of the Michigan Department of Transportation. Their primary purpose is to facilitate through traffic movements in conjunction with the statewide highway system. Some direct land access may al ~o be present, such as along M-20, M-18 and M-30, however, most automobile service needs are accommodated at highway interchange points. County Primary: These afe routes serving longer distance trips between major points of destination within the county. Primary roads are planned to facilitate through traffic movements but allow direct access for homes and businesses. There are presently about 289 miles of County Primary roads • County Local: The Local street system provides the travel network within the county necessary to serve areas of population. This system allows free access to homes and businesses and is designed for short to medium length trips connecting to the primary and state trunkl i ne roads. There are presently about 580 mil es of County Local roads. The Existing Street and Highway Functional Classification System map does not include the more detailed road classifications found in the county's cities and village. However, the systems of these governmental units are designed to link with the County 1 s. Also depicted on the Existing Street and Highway Functional Classification System map are county and local road bridges which have undergone a structural inventory and appraisal. Some of these bridges have been closed to traffic because of poor condition. Others have been posted and 1imited by weight of veh ic les. - 82 - �I I I I I I • • • HIGHWAY AND STREET FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (PROPOSED) Streets have two basic roles in the transportation system, 1) to allow through traffic movement and 2) to provide access to adjacent land uses. Some streets serve one role more than the other. For example, a highway is typically designed for traffic movement, while the main function of a local residential street is to provide access to homes. The inherent problem is that those two roles often conflict, such as along Designed to enhance 1ong di stance tr ave 1 , M-2O certain segments of M-2O. serves travelers between Midland and areas to the west. However, as the frontage properties developed, access became an important function. Vehicles entering and exiting those uses disrupt the longer distance travelers, creating periodic congestion, accidents and driver frustration. To help limit the conflicts between traffic movement and access, the County should coordinate transportation and land use decisions. This can be facilitated by designating streets according to their functional purpose. The process of grouping roadways according to the character of service they are intended to provide is called functional classification. Functional classification systems for roadways is used by the Federal Highway Administration and the Michigan Department of Transportation to help make decisions on where to spend limited funds. The county could use the system in a similar manner, thereby helping to protect the public investment in the roadway systems. The system is shown on the accompanying Proposed Street and Highway Functional Cl ass ifi cation System map (Figure 11). The proposed system for the City of Midland uses the national-state 'urban functional classification system,' which i s functionally interrelated with the 'rural' system. The proposed functional classification established by the State and Federal outside an area defined as urbanized designated by the State as "Rural." hierarchy of roads will help produce assist in decision-making. The Midland general critPria: system for Midland County uses criteria road authorities. Since the roads lie (the City of Midland), they have been Planning which is conscious of this an efficient transportation system and County System was based on the following - 83 - �I I I I • • • • •II .. .. Rural Major Arterials (example U.S. 10) • • • • • • Primary role is movement of traffic through the State. Long length. High traffic volumes and vehicle speeds. Limited number of access points, minimum interference to through movement • Limited number of traffic control devices. Generally less than five percent of overall Rural System • Rural Minor Arterials (example M-20) • • • • • • • • Primary role is movement of traffic between cities • Long length. High traffic volumes and vehicle speeds • Serve major traffic generators (Industrial areas, etc.). Spaced at intervals to ensure that all developed areas are within a reasonable distance. Somewhat limited number of access points which interfere with through traffic. Traffic control devices (signals) favor arterial traffic. Typically ten percent of overall Rural System. Rural Major Collectors (example Coleman Road) • • • • • • • • Primary role is movement of traffic within the County. Shorter than arterials • Moderate traffic volumes and speeds • Serve traffic generators such as major schools, county parks, small towns and important agricultural areas • Provide connections with arterial roads • Numerous access points for adjacent development • Traffic control is often through signals and/or signs • Typically ten percent of overall Rural System • - 84 - �I I I I I I • •II •.. .., _. Rural Minor Collectors (example Stark Road) • • • • • • Dual role of traffic movement and access to adjacent land uses. Shorter length (typically less than 10 miles long). Low to moderate traffic volumes, moderate speeds. Serve smaller communities and local traffic generators. Spaced at intervals to collect traffic from local roads and transport Major Collectors and Arterials. Approximately 15 percent of overall Rural System. Local Streets (example the various segments of Miller Road) • • • • • • Include all roads not classified under above categories. Primary role is to provide access to adjacent land uses • Short length. Low traffic volumes and speeds. Provide short distance connections with higher classed roads. Include 60 percent or more of the roads in the County System. SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS In addition to classifying the existing system, the County Comprehensive Plan also indicates where new road construction should be considered. These projects would compliment the proposed land use and provide logical routing throughout the county. The projects to be considered include: Homer Road Bridge This project would provide an additional crossing of the Pine River, improving access for emergency vehicles, school buses and residents. The project would connP.ct with Gordonville Road forming a new Rural Major Collector Route, and serve the commercial node at Isabella Road {M-20) and Homer Road. West Midland North-South Corridor Alignment Study This project would provide a much needed north-south connector along the western fringe of the City of Midland. The project would provide a link between two - 85 - �I I I I • • • • • " arterial routes thereby complimenting the existing system. Improved access for Pmergency vehicles and daily traffic would also compliment development patterns. Since the exact alignment of this connector requires further study, the corridor study area is shown on the Comprehensive Plan (Figure 17). - l:astman Road This project inclurles widening Eastman Road and improving the interchange with IJ.S. 10. The road should he widened to either five lanes or preferably four lanPs with a houlevard median, to serve a proposed major retail development. The interchange should be redesigned to allow efficient traffic movement, espPcially rluring peak periods • r.0111pletion the 11.s. 10/M-20 Interchange This project a.ffects accessibility in Midland County, although it lies just east of the county line. The interchange should be reconstructed to allow both on and off movements in both directions • Magruder Connector (M-18 to South County Line) The extension of Magruder and connection with M-18 would provide the western half of the r.ounty with a north-south minor arterial route. This project should hP considered near the end of the planning horizon for this report. Snlzb1Jrg Road Improvement This project would upgrade existing Salzburg Road to an Urban Minor Arterial sta.t11s between South Saginaw Road and the M-47/Salzburg Road interchange. An Urhan Minor Arterial is functionally the same as a Rural Major Collector in the context of thp national-state functional classification system. The improved road c;ho1Jld be constr11cted for all season conditions to continue serving the Dow 1.he111ica.l-Dow Corning industrial area. ~PlatPd Plans and Programs SPveral transportation including: related plans and - 86 - programs are also recommended, I I ' �I I I I I I I • • • "- • A Traffic Count Program to determine changing traffic patterns and help rleter~ine priorities of road improvements. • An updated and continuously maintained Sign Inventory Program to ensure the regulatory signs meet safety standards and are regularly maintained. • A Non-motorizerl Trail Plan to improve the recreational opportunities for hicyclists, joggers. etc. • Corrirlor sturlies of major commercial strip areas to identify techniques to improve traffic operations, safety, aesthetics and business vitality. The street segments which should be considered for this type of linear study include M-20 (City limits to Meridian Road), Saginaw (Sanford to Dublin Road and possibly extending to Ray City Road upon agreement of the City of Midland). PlJRLir. TRANSIT Inter-county transit services are provided only by the Bay Metro Transit Company to the Midland Hospital Center for Bay County residents. The City of Midland opPrates n Oial-A-Ride rlemand response system. Trnnsit service needs have received a great deal of attention, particularly since 1981. In that year, the County Board of Commissioners approved a report entitled, A Sturly of Coordination or Consolidation Opportunities for Transportation Services in Midland County, Michigan, (COTRANS) report. The need for this study was promoted by the defeat of a millage vote on a proposal to establish a countywide transportation system. That question was defeated by a 65 percent to 35 percent margin. Only Jerome and Lincoln Townships had favorahle votes. Although defeated, the millage outcome did not diminish the need for public transit. The vote followed the operation of a county Dial-A-Ride system in 1977 and 1978 which was functed h_y the State of Michiga11 and fare box receipts. The COTRANS study concludect that the system, while achieving some success, did not have the opportunity to realize its full potential. The millage vote was proposed as the fonrling vehicle to continue the system. - 87 - �I I I I I I • • •II II II After an analysis of a number of alternative approaches to providing countywide transit service, the COTRANS recommended the development of a Limited County/City Service public transportation system providing a modest level of service to outcounty residents. This alternative was adopted by the County Planning Commission and Board of Commissioners in 1981, but was not implemented because of financing uncertainties. In 1982 a countywide survey was conducted to determine needs and levels of satisfaction with county services and programs. A survey question on a countywi de Di a1-A-Ri de system found genera 1 agreement that such a system was needed. No follow-up questions were asked regarding willingness to finance such a system • In May of 1985 a report was issued by the Department of County Development on the Midland County Transportation Service Needs Survey. This report was asked for by the County Board of Commissioners in response to a request for planning assistance from the Midland County Council on Aging. The Council noted that, in their opinion, there was a significant need for countywide transportation services. As a follow-up to the May 1985 Transportation Service Needs Survey, the Midland County Department of County Development distributed questionaires to 56 human service organizations. Ten of the organizations are public school districts. Of the 46 human service agencies contacted, 27 non-school agencies responded to the questionaire. Of the 27 non-school respondents, 22 agencies indicated that they have clients in need of transportation. Ten of the 27 respondents said their agencies provide transportation for their clients. Survey findings indicated that statistical data are not available to show current ridership or to gauge future bus ridership. Such data can be generated only _after a trial period of operating a countywide bus transit system or by relating Midlanci County to similar counties that are using countywide bus transit systems for both the general public and human service agency clients. - 88 - �Ii Iii Ii • • • • •Ill Ill Based on the recent survey, it was determined it would not be reasonable to conclude that one could decide either way whether Midland County should have a countywide bus transit system. One could assume that there is a need for a bus transit system to serve the general public and thus directly provide transportation for the clients of Midland County's human service agencies. Based on the previous survey (May 1985}, 22 agencies reported that they were definitely inter·e sted in a new small bus transportation service. The current survey (October 1986) would seem to substantiate this level of interest in that over one-half of the agencies reported that their clients are in need of transportation services • It has been recommended by the County Planning Commission that a "Limited County/City Service System" be initiated. The system would involve a six bus system with one spare bus. The possibility of combining the system with the City of Midland Dial-A-Ride system was noted as part of the recommendation. RAIL Rail freight service is provided by a Chesapeake and Ohio (C & O} line running diagonally from the northwest to southeast paralleling U.S. 10. (Note: Potential vacation of the C & 0 system is currently under consideration.) This line passes through the City of Coleman, Village of Sanford, and City of Midland and services the Dow Chemical Company Michigan Division. A rail line from Bay City also services the Dow Chemical Company. These are privately held and operated and receive no State assistance in any form. AIR Jack Barstow Airport This facility is a general aviation airport located west of the Midland County Fairground, north of U.S. 10 and West of Eastman Road. There are two paved, lighted runways, each 3,000 feet in length by 75 feet in width. About 65 aircraft are based at the Airport while approximately 26,000 total aircraft operations (takeoffs and landings) occur each year. - 89 - �I I I I • • • • • ~ Over the past few years a decline been evident at Barstow Airport. but is a nationwide trend. in the number of aircraft operations has This decline is not isolated to Midland County The decline is generally attributed to general economic conditions, the high price of aviation gasoline in comparison with automobile gas and fewer planes in operation. flight school training activities At Barstow the reduction in also has contributed to a decline in air traffic • Possible future improvements may include lengthening of existing runways to 3,800 feet, with a corresponding extension of parallel taxiways, expansion of runway aprons and taxiways, improvements to runway and taxiway lighting, modernization of approach aids and other general improvements to the grounds • Tri-City Airport Tri-City Airport is located in Freeland, Michigan, on 2,400 acres and provides air carrier service for Midland County. this facility. Five airlines currently operate from Two runways are available; the main runway, 8,000 feet in length by 150 feet in width and the crosswind runway, 5,500 feet in length by 150 feet in width. Runways are paved, grooved to remove excess water and reduce hydroplaning, lighted with a full range of radar and navigational aids. About 16,000 air carrier and 35,000 general aviation, military and air taxi aircraft operations Airport were Master conducted Plan, in 1984. expected to The airport be completed is currently updating the in early 1987. Under consideration are new or extended runways, expanded aircraft service areas and additional vehicle parking. - 90 - �t u: FIGURE 10 e L A O W I rlJ! ti1 Viii EXISTING STREET AND HIGHWAY I! FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Cl) " ..., LEGEND "" i=====l===ii.:::=1 . ."_._• . : r'-1--··-::!:~~·· ro+. 'nl'r'-f-~llir-----11--~-~- ~ ~.. - - - - STATE TRUNKLINE z t-::~-=l\'"1-+- ~ """""'=b~+=+=r=f==4==1===4==~~L--,,,,.,,la " --------- COUNTY PRIMARY ROAD I . > (/) z w :c zc( PRIMARY ROAD BRIDGE 0 0.. w ---i- COUNTY LOCAL ROAD □ c( ..I "_j m LOCAL ROAD BRIDGE w a: 0.. C, :c - :E 0 0 :E 0 C CLOSED BRIDGE p BRIDGE POSTED FOR WEIGHT LIMITS . > .... >.... z z ROADS SUITABLE FOR BICYCLING (IDENTIFIED BY D.N.R.l ::::> ::::> .,..-000 0 0 0 0 0 0 c( ..I c( ..I AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC COUNT (1983) rli-000 V z z 24 HOUR TRAFFIC COUNT (1985) (D NORTH SAGINAW RD. @ EASTMAN RD. @ AIRPORT RD. (NO. OF U.S. 10) @ EASTMAN RD, @ WACKERLY RD. (SO. OF U.S. 101 © WHEELER RD. @ CITY LIMITS @ WALDO RD. @ CITY LIMITS @ BAY CITY RD. @ ROCKWELL DR. (BAY-MIDLAND CO. LINE) (D SOUTH SAGINAW RD. @ WALDO RD./GORDONVILLE RD. @ SOUTH SAGINAW RD. @ SALZBURG RD. @ GEORGE ST. (POSEYVILLE RD.) @ CITY LIMITS @) (SABELLA RD. IM-20)@ VANCE RD. @ -0:E 0-:E CITY LIMITS I I I I SOURCE: 1. MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 2. ::: ~ MIDLAND CITY ENGINEER C O V 1' T y • - ,.... ..... ..... ·11 f., i ! :i1 i I: f'f I c! a 1!.I - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - - - - ~ c_,..·_·-·• · ·___JI-- J �G O u +--"ll----t--'------- I L A0• 1 t •-•• y P' ,11! 1i vlii I\ '+,'-+.-t-1;~-..+--=~~~---i-,_,....,.._....._.=1- ++ t--t----t---t--t--+----1-4-,_aal,, ~ """"=".I~ ~ .+ z c( ~ FIGURE 11 T .--r • :----0-"-+. ,: ' ~.. • ,.J l\.\s.i--+--- -J-~--,..,~-t---1--.-,.....,.....~ Q. PROPOSED STREET AND HIGHWAY w FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM UJ > z w z ::J: c( Q. ::J: • > > ...z ...z :E 0 0 :E 0 RURAL MAJOR ARTERIALS RURAL MINOR ARTERIALS ■■■■•••• (!J a: LEGEND -■■- w :::::, :::::, RURAL MAJOR COLLECTORS 0 0 C C c( c( ,.J ,.J 0 RURAL MINOR COLLECTORS 0 z z LOCAL STREETS -:E C-:E C I I I SOURCE: MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION • I I 'JI I,• j ,,., 1 • • f ' O f C O U W T , •" , ,.,,. ., •i1 ~II c o. u • 1 • t .... ·- ,._ ,_ - - - - - - - . . . -_ _ _ _ _ _ _.._•_ _ _ _ _ •••_ _ _ _ _ _ n.r-i....ri_lC•ll_ . •_ •- - _ • ___ I !: fi i _Ji-- ] �COMMUNITY FACILITIES Community facilities, such as schools, parks and libraries are elements that can set one community apart from another. Other less visible elements such as _ utilities, waste management and governmental services also shape the character of Midland County. This section describes the wealth of community facilities in the county and how they should be maintained and planned for the future. UTILITIES AND SERVICES Sanitary Sewer Two municipal sanitary sewer systems are in operation in the county. The City of Coleman operates a lagoon treatment system which serves the entire city. The lagoons are lcr.ated on a 40-acre site northeast of the city, south of U.S. 10. There are three lagoon cells ; one nine-acre primary cell and two additional cells of four acres each which receive approximately 146,000 gallons per day. There are no industrial wastes flowing into the system. No problems have been reported in meeting treatment standards and no expansions are planned. By design lagoon systems typically serve limited areas and moderate volumes of waste. Consequently service extensions at any distance into adjoining townships would necessarily be limited. The second municipal sewer system is operated by and within the City of Midland. Most areas within the city have sewer service available and capacities exist for serving a greater area. The City of Midland has adopted a sewer and water extension policy known as the MUGA or Midland Urban Growth Area. Simply stated, the MUGA policy is that utility service will only be provided if one of two conditions occur. If a property is inside the MUGA boundary but outside the City limits utilities will be provided if the property is annexed. If outside the MUGA boundary, utilities will only be provided to a governmental agency. The only instance in which this has happened is in the Midland County Water District No. 1. Water The need for potable water supplies in the county is acute because of the generally poor groundwater quality caused by brine deposits. Most areas of the - 93 - �county depend on groundwater for water supplies. The areas covered by public water services include the City of Midland, the City of Coleman and Midland County Water District No. 1. - Midland County Water District No. 1 is administered by the Midland County Department of Public Works. Actual water supplies are purchased by the Midland County Water Dtstrict No. 1 from the City of Midland and distributed in accordance with the City's MUGA policy. Areas served in Water District No. 1 include the Village of Sanford and portions of Lincoln and Jerome Townships irm,ediately adjacent to the Village. The City of Coleman's water system is supplied by two 12-inch diameter, deep wells which pump an average of 180,000 gallons per day. covered by water mains. Most of the city is A 200,000 gallon elevated storage tank has also been constructed. The City of Midland's water system falls under the same extension policy, through the MUGA, as the sewer. Solid Waste Management Midland County has taken an active planning role in the area of solid waste management. completed. In 1983, the Midland County Solid Waste Management Plan was That document was developed under the auspices of Public Act 641, the Sol id Waste Management Act. 1984 with preparation of Implementation of the report was started in special studies concerning a county office paper recycling project, a volunteer recycling program, and an update of the data base pursuant to evaluating potential county has development feasibility completed and a series solid waste disposal of guidelines/regulations related waste management studies of potential sites. activities, resource recovery and Presently, the governing landfill is continuing with projects as well as implementing a volunteer recycling program. Waste Generation: Excluding agricultural wastes, approximately 334 tons of solid waste enter the county's waste stream each day and must be disposed of by public or private means. By the year 2000, the County's Sol id Waste Management Pl an estimates that 434 tons per day of solid waste will be generated. - 94 - �• • • • • • • • •II Ill .. Waste Collection: The only public collection service is provided by the City of Midland Department of Public Works, which collects businesses, and small industries. waste from city residents, corrmercial Large commercial and industrial establish- ments in Midland County contract private haulers for collection service on an individual basi _s. disposal Even Dow Chemical and Dow Corning, which operate their own facilities, contract with private haulers for collection of office waste. Most townships provide for some form of optional pickup by private haul€rs. or contracted door to door Lee and Lincoln Townships provide transfer stations where residents may choose to deposit their own trash. Mt. Haley and Porter Townships have arranged to have trucks park at the township hall. deposit their trash in these trucks on a periodic basis. Residents may There are seven private haulers operating in the county • Waste Disposal: Sol id waste is disposed of through facilities both within and outside the county. Landfil 1s: The City of Midland operates a Type II sanitary landfill, the only municipallyowned and -operated 1 andfil 1 in Midland County. Type I I 1 andfi 11 s are designed to handle non-hazardous wastes such as typical municipal garbage and trash. city landfill is a 100-acre site which handles primarily residential and commercial waste. The City has acquired two adjacent 40-acre parcels for future expansion, extending the projected life of the landfill to the year 2000. additional The quarter section of land adjacent to the landfill An may also be available for expansion purposes. Approximately 500,000 cubic yards of waste are handled at the City of Midland landfill each year. About three-fourths of this waste is collected by the City. The City recently stopped accepting refuse from outside Midland County in order to extend the life of the 1 andfi 11 • Waste is accepted from a 11 - 95 - of Midland �,--------------------------------------------....ii■ ■ • • • • • • •II - County, but non-city residents and private haulers must pay a higher tipping fee. For this reason, only waste from the City of Midland and Porter Township regularly enters the landfill • - Dow Chemical and Dow Corning both handle a portion of the solid waste generated at their plants at their respective hazardous waste landfills. Dow Chemical has recently received an operating license for a 152-acre hazardous waste landfill. In addition to hazardous waste, this facility handles app~oximately 3,000 cubic yards per month of solid waste, comprised primarily of non-combustible packaging and processing waste. The anticipated life of this landfill is 30 years • Dow Corning has recently upgraded an existing hazardous waste l andfi 11 and obtained an operating license from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources • The completed facility handles about 20,000 cubic yards of waste annually. Fifteen to twenty percent of this amount is comprised of hazardous waste, and the remainder is sol id waste which has been exposed to hazardous waste. The facility has the capacity to handle a total of 300,000 cubic yards of waste over its 25-year life. Private haulers in Midland County dispose of waste in a variety of out-of-county landfills. These disposal facilities include: the Isabella County Landfill and People's Garbage Disposal facility in Saginaw County. Only the People's Garbage Disposal facility is licensed at the present time. Use of the Saginaw facility is short-term at best, limited to 1988, or continuation with existing haulers' contracts with no volume increases. Some waste is hauled to Gratiot County for transfer to a landfill outside the county. A construction permit for a new Type II sanitary landfill tentatively planned for location in Section 35 of Lincoln Township was denied by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. The landfill, proposed by Peoples Garbage Disposal, Inc., would primarily serve the surrounding rural residential area. It would have a projected capacity of 1,100,000 cubic yards and life of 28 years. Transfer Facilities There are two licensed, publicly owned, Type B transfer stations in operation in Midland County: the Lee and Lincoln Township transfer facilities. Type B - 96 - �• • • • • • • • • facilities are designed to handle primarily residential from vehicles unloaded by hand. and commercial waste Both facilities accept primarily residential waste and are experiencing no significant operational problems. Private haulers in Midland County also use the Tri-County Transfer Station located in Gratiot County • Incinerators Dow Chemical operates two incinerators in conjunction with Dow Corning. The incinerators burn combustible packaging and processing waste and currently do not have an energy recovery capability • Resource Recovery Facilities At present there are no solid waste resource recovery facilities in the county. Feasibility studies of a four-county regional Isabella and Midland Counties are facility to serve Bay, Gladwin, being undertaken. These studies involve technical and economical evaluations of cogeneration, electricity and/or steam for Bay Medical Center, Pleasant Regional Consumers Power Company, Center, and General Dow Chemical Company, Mt. Motors using different technologies of direct combustion and refuse derived fuel processing. The only facility in Midland County employing a limited amount of non-solid waste resource recovery is Dow Corning's Steam and Electric Cogeneration (SECO) project. The SECO system produces steam and manufacturing and heating using the most economical wood, oil, gas or coal. electricity fuel for use in available including As recommended in the County Solid Waste Management Plan, Dow Corning may be encouraged to expand the SECO operation to accept waste paper and municipal wood waste. Problems With Existing Solid Waste Facilities: No problems with the operation of the existing landfill or transfer facilities within Midland County have been reported. However, private haulers active in the c ounty have complained about the discriminating fee schedule at the City of Midland landfill. Non-city residents and collection vehicles are charged nearly twice as much as city residents to dispose of their waste. Thus, most private haulers dispose of their waste at out-of-county landfills. Only one of these - 97 - �out-of-county landfills is presently licensed. The remainder are expected to be licensed in the near future. However, the recent closure of a number of landfills in this area is likely to increase demand for an affordable disposal facility in the proximity of Midland County. Saginaw Valley Contractors (SVC), an organization which represents several large general contract9rs in Bay, Midland and Saginaw Counties, has expressed concern over the availability of landfill space to dispose of their construction and demolition debris. The material discarded includes concrete rubble, clay and sand, and some organic material such as wood, drywall, and paper on a periodic basis. Some privately owned landfills have charged high rates for the disposal of these wastes, which could force SVC to purchase a landfill of their own. However, SVC strongly prefers to be part of a community landfill. SVC estimates they will require 40 acres of landfill space in Midland County in the next 20 years. This projection does not include large projects such as land development, road construction, or the disposal of waste by other companies. Potential problems may also exist with dumps previously located in many of the townships. Unlike current 641 landfills, most dumps were not designed to provide for groundwater and other environmental protection. The closed dumps in Midland County are listed in Table 23 and are shown on the Solid Waste Disposal Sites map (Figure 13). Problems With Existing Solid Waste Management Practices: In the past, a primary problem in solid waste policy and decision-making has heen a lack of cooperation among the municipalities of Midland County. This situation has led to inefficiencies and a duplication of efforts in the provision of solid waste services and facilities. Private sol id waste haulers in Midland County have not reported any problems other than the high tipping fees for non-city vehicles at the City of Midland Landfill. Another unrecognized problem occurs in some rural areas where several private haulers are active in a single area under contract with individual residents. This situation results in overlapping routes and fuel waste, creates inefficiencies, and in most cases would increase collection costs. - 98 - �Future Direction: The recommended future direction for the disposal and management of solid waste has been delineated in the County's approved Solid Waste Management Plan. That Plan sets forth a program of action which should be followed. Moreover, as it is implemented, it should be carefully monitored and adjusted to take advantage of new information and technology. Table 24 provides a summary of Midland County's proposed waste management effort as delineated in the Plan report. Drains Establishment and maintenance of drainage systems is the responsibility of the Midland County Drain Conrnissioner. More than 1,100 drains service three main drainage basins; the Ka wk awl in, Tittabawassee and Shiawassee Drainage Basins. The majority of the work accomplished on these drain systems is cleaning and brush clearance. New drains are established in accordance with the Michigan Drain Code. Actual administration is also governed by the Drain Code. Each drain is a corporation composed of benefitting property owners. Funding for the Office of the Drain Commissioner's administrative expenses comes entirely from County funds. Construction expenses come primarily from funds assessed through the individual drain corporations or a cost per acre benefit assessment. The Drain Commissioner is also represented on the Inter-County Drain Board which deals with issues and problems arising on drains affecting adjacent counties. Other Board members include representatives of the Michigan Water Resources Commission, Michigan Department of Agriculture and adjacent counties. - 99 - �Table 23 Closed Dumps in Midland County Dump Site Size (Acres) Comnent 1. City of Coleman N.A. Disposal area is 3-5 acres. 2. Warren Township N.A. Disposal area is 5-8 acres. 3. Edenville T~wnship 40 4. Hope Township 40 5. Mills Township 5 6. Lincoln Township 40 7. Jerome Township 10 8. Geneva Township N.A. 9. Greendale Township Also discontinued station transfer Now used as a transfer station Disposal area is 3-5 acres 80 10. Lee Township 40 11. Jasper Township 40 12. Porter Township N.A. 13. Mt. Haley Township 40 14. Ingersoll Township 40 Now used as a transfer station Disposal area is 3-5 acres 15. Dow Chemical Company Poseyville Road Site N.A. Disposal area is 108 acres 16. City of Midland Currie Site N.A. Disposal area is approximately 13 acres 17. City of Midland Tridge Site N.A. Disposal area is approximately 6 acres 18. Dow Chemical Company Rockwell Drive, Ray County Site N.A. Disposal area is approximately 10 acres N.A. denotes size not available. - 100 - �■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Table 24 Midland County Approved Long-Range Surrmary) 1. 641 Solid Waste Management Plan (Short- and Five-Year Plan a. Promote second publicly available sanitary landfill by 1988. b. Continue existing arrangements to 1988. 1. 2. ■ Collection and transportation systems. Transfer facilities (Lee and Lincoln Townships). c. Continue City of Midland Landfill. d. Promote materials resource recovery (recycling). 1. 2. 3. Volunteer recycling of newspapers. Office paper recovery programs. Other materials. e. Promote energy recovery (actual projects to be carried out under the 20-year plan). 1. 2. 2. Continue Dow Corning 1 s SECO plant (chipped wood). Promote multi-county interest in resource recovery options and in a 11 owing the private sector to meet Midland County I s l andfi 11 needs. Twenty-Year Plan a. Promote non-landfill solid waste systems within the county or on a regional (multi-county) basis. 1. 2. 3. 4. Regional resource recovery systems. Materials recovery. Energy recovery. Composting. b. Continue and expand voluntary recycling. c. Support modular incinerators if energy market becomes available in Midland County. - 101 - �■ ■ ■ ■ ■· • • • • .. .. .., , RECREATION Recreation is an essential element in the makeup of any community. As more leisure time becomes available to Midland County residents the demand for - additional recreational opportunities will increase. The County Comprehensive Plan may be used as a guide for providing these opportunities. Further information may b~ found in the County Parks and Recreation Plan. Existing County Park Facilities and Activities The fo 11 owing chart presents information pertaining to County-owned and/oradmi ni stered parks • Name Sanford Lake Park Veterans Memorial Park West Midland County Park Acreage Activities/Facilities 52 Roat launch, concessions, picnic areas, picnic shelter, playground, swilllTling, fishing, ice skating, cross country skiing, restrooms 130 Canoe launch, nature trails, picnic areas, picnic shelters, playground, fishing, restrooms, hiking 29 Ball fields, playground, restrooms, multi-purpose basketball court Pine Haven Recreation Area 327 Hiking, cross country skiing, portable restroom facilities Manitou Park (220 acres planned) 152 Picnic area, canoe launch fishing, hiking (future proposed activities: swimming, cross country skiing, sledding, camping) TOTAL 690 Existing county and municipal major parks and recreation areas are listed in Table 27 and sited on Figure 14. - 102 - �• • Future County Park and Recreation Needs The adopted "Midland County River Corridor Study" proposed a standard of 10 acres per 1,000 persons as a space need for county parks. Accordingly, using the population projections developed for the County Comprehensive Plan, the following needs and deficiencies may be expected (Table 25): Table 25 County Recreational Acreage Needs* Year Existing Acreage 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 538 613 690 Deficjency Acres Reguired 735 773 812 853 890 905 197 160 122 163 200 215 * Note: Reflects County-based acreage needs and deficiencies. does not include local muncipal need. Source: Midland County The information The acquisition of the remaining 68 acres for Manitou Park would reduce the expected deficiency in 2005 by approximately 32 percent. As the table indicates, the County is in recreational space for the expected population. reach of providing adequate Another important aspect of recreational needs is whether or not the desires of the residents are being met in terms of the range of recreational activities provided. A survey conducted in 1980 revealed that county residents wanted to see parks developed that met these desires. - 103 - �Desired feature Parks that preserve nature Parks with picknicking and/or trails Parks with SWilTITI~ng Parks with many activities Percent of Response 87 79 70 74 Parks with ballfields, tennis courts, playgrounds 70 Historical areas with programs Parks with swimming and/or boating 69 54 Parks That Comply Veterans, Pine Haven, Manitou Sanford Lake, Veterans, Manitou, Pine Haven Sanford Lake, Manitou (future) Sanford Lake, Veterans, Manitou (future) Sanford Lake, Veterans, West Midland Sanford (canoeing (canoeing proposed) Lake, Veterans, only) Manitou currently, swimming Accordingly, it appears that with one exception the general desires of county residents are being met. This assumes, though, that Manitou Park will continue to be developed with the proposed activities. One activity not addressed in the recreation needs is fishing. Recently the Tittabawassee River has been recognized as an excellent walleyed pike, steelhead and salmon fishing area. This activity may also result in increased tourism. - 104 - �r PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC FACILITIES County Government Services _ Midland County Courthouse: The County Courthouse, located at 301 West Main Street in Midland, was constructed in 1~25 with building additions in 1958 and 1979. It is listed on both the Michigan State and National Register of Historic Places. Housed in the Courthouse are the following departments: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Adult Probation 42nd Circuit Court Board of Commissioners Controller County Clerk County Jail County Property Maintenance Custodian 75th District Court Emergency Services Friend of the Court Gypsy Moth Suppression Personnel Department Probate Court Prosecuting Attorney Register of Deeds Sheriff's Department/City of Midland Police Department Treasurer Although structurally sound, required staffing and space requirements have necessitated the relocation of other County offices to the point where many County functions are spread throughout the area. This has created a problem in providing efficient service to county residents. A recently completed exterior restoration study recommended a number of renovations including restoration of wall murals, refurbishing of windows and repointing of deteriorated mortar joints. - 105 - �r- Other County Offices: Due to space limitations at the County Courthouse, a number of departments have been located in leased facilities at alternate locations. These offices are: 1270 James Savage Road • • • • • Office Building - This facility houses the following: Alcohol Ser.vices Equalization County Development House-Numbering Coordination Parks and Recreation Planning Public Works/Water District No. 1 Veterans Counselor These offices are aging and inconveniently located. In addition, this facility is about two miles from the County Courthouse. This distance tends to discourage close interdepartmental cooperation and requires duplicated mailing, copying and other functional services. Other County departments are located as follows: • • • • • • • Animal Control Center Cooperative Extension Service Drain Commissioner and Road Commission Health Department Housing Commission and touncil on Aging Mental Health Department Mosquito Control 4271 E. Ashman Street 125 Main Street (Old Post Office) 4509 N. Saginaw Road (Rd.Comm.Bldg.) 125 Main Street (Old Post Office) 315 Fitzhugh Street (Fitzhugh Bldg.) 2620 W. Sugnet Road 2957 Venture Drive Some of these departments require special site considerations, such as the Animal Control Center, Drain Commissioner, Road Commission, Mosquito Control, and Mental Health, but most others would benefit from a central location for administrative functions. - 106 - �,- • • Recognizing these functional Midland City Council in problems, the County Board of Commissioners and 1980 asked County voters to approve an additional millage to construct a city-county building at a site bounded by Jerome, Larkin, Gordon and Buttl es Streets. vote. In The proposal was defeated by nearly a two-to-one 1983 the County Board of Commissioners appointed further study the problem. a committee to This group was known as the "Study Committee on Facilities for th·e County of Midland and City of Midland." In July 1986 the Midland County Planning Commission concluded a comparative evaluation of county office facility alternatives. Based on the study findings, it was recommended to the County Board of Commissioners that a new building with a total of 45,000 square feet be constructed on the Fitzhugh Street site, within the City of Midland. In conjunction with the above, it was also recommended that: 1. The County Board of Commissioners use the building authority method for financing county office facilities with limited authority given to the building authority for constructing a new county office building and/or managing the renovation of the Courthouse, preferably using limited _tax general obligation bonds issued by the building authority as secured by a lease hold agreement with the County Board of CoJT1Tiissioners. 2. The County Board of Commissioners use existing county building construction funds to reduce the amount of the 1 imited tax general obligation bonds required for the county office facilities. Recommendations have also been made to analyze the future space requirements of those agencies to remain in the present courthouse and to determine subsequent renovation needs. City/Village/Township Halls Locations of the various city, village, township halls are noted on the Community Facilities map. It should he noted that in a number of township 1 ocat ions the seat of government is housed jointly with the fire department. Except for the City of Midland, there are currently no proposals for the development of new municipal halls. The City of Midland plans to construct a new city ha 11 in the downtown area near the court house and the proposed County office facility. - 107 - �...-- • • Libraries Two principal libraries serve the general public. · Grace A. Dow Memorial Library: The Grace A. Dow· Memorial Library provides service to the City of Midland, which operates the system, and to twelve townships through contractual arrangements. The library is a part of the White Pine Library Cooperative, a network of 14 public libraries in a ten-county area. The collection contains some 218,000 items with 665,000 circulations in the 1984-85 fiscal year. In addition to book services, the library also circulates films and video cassettes, conducts children's programs and other miscellaneous community services. A cable-TV operation, Midland Community Television, is also a part of the library. Operational support is provided from the City of Midland, contractual township arrangements funded through a .3 mill levy, gifts, memorials and fund raising through the Friends of the Library. Volunteer services also contribute to library operation. A recent 3,000-square foot expansion was completed which added to the lobby area. A 9,000-square foot expansion is being planned to provide a new stack area, a fine arts room, expansion of the children's room and an area for genealogy and local history. Coleman Area Library: The Coleman Area Library is located at 231 E. Railway in Coleman. Located in a former bank, the library opened in 1968. The bank building was constructed in 1905. The library has about 8,500 volumes with 17,000 circulations per year. Funding is provided through a voted millage. As with the Grace A. Dow Memorial Library, the Coleman Library is a part of the White Pine Library Cooperative. Although the building itself has not been expanded, the library recently increased its available space by utilizing the upstairs portion of the building. No other additions are planned. - 108 - �• • • • • - Medical and Emergency Facilities Emergency Medical Services: The Midland Hospital Center, through a fixed fee annual contract with Midland - County, provides emergency medi ca 1 services coverage for the entire county. Four vehicles are staffed and operated from three locations: • Two vehicles and two back-up vehicles operate from the Midland Hospital Center, 4005 Orchard Drive, Midland. • One vehicle operates from 3077 North Meridian Road in Jerome Township. • One vehicle operates from 855 East Railway Street, Coleman. These vehicles respond to approximately 3,300 calls annually. Response time within the City of Midland averages 3.8 minutes with an outcounty average of 7.8 minutes. No additional vehicles, staff or locations are planned. Department of Emergency Services: This County department is responsible for disaster or emergency planning for various possible events. Through analysis of county development patterns, population projections, industrial hazard identification and various drills and exercises, contingencies for reaction to disasters are developed. Future needs revolve around a requirement for a suitable emergency operations center with adequate radio and telephone communication links with any public or private agency which may be involved in an emergency response situation. The County Sheriff operates a communication station in Sanford which could be upgraded to serve as the center. Midland Hospital Center: The principle medical facility serving the county is the Midland Hospital Center, located at 4005 Orchard Drive in the City of Midland. The hospital has 307 beds. A $10.5 million expansion was completed in 1986 that will house some ancillary operations including the radiology section, additional - 109 - �laboratories, and emergency services. Further expansion is planned to begin in 1986 and completed in 1988. The hospital also operates, under County contract, an ambulance service. Although not part of the Midland County contract, the hospital recently established a helicopter ambulance service. A limited number of emergency care facilities are also available in the City of Midland. These facilities are designed to handle short term medical problems or emergencies, or if unable to provide necessary care, refer cases to the Midland Hospital Center. Midland County Fairground The Fairground is located northwest of Eastman Road and U.S. 10 on a site of just under 80 acres. Existing facilities include: • Thirty-eight buildings 13 exhibit buildings; 13 service buildings; seven administrative buildings; and five horse-related buildings • A harness racing track with covered grandstand seating 1,700 to 1,800 spectators. • • • Horse show arena. Four camping areas, covering about two and one half acres. Restroom facilities. General public use of the Fairground is from April through September, with the County Fair held in August. Aside from the Fair the other activities for which the grounds are used include picnics, camping, horse shows, antique shows, and soccer games, held on fields established by the Midland Parks Department. The Fourth of July celebration is the largest single event of the year. Problems which have been identified include the under utilization of the grounds, unattractive campgrounds, lack of public utilities, poor drainage, traffic and parking conditions, and conflicts between user groups. In addition a possible runway extension and land acquisition at the Barstow Airport and the planned construction of the Eastman Road/U.S. 10 shopping center may create additional problems for traffic and Fairground expansions. - 110 - �■ ■ ■ ■ • • • • • • Some improvements have s i nee been made in accordance with the Master Pl an, particularly in the restroom and camping areas. Educational Facilities Several schools and colleges serve the residents of Midland County • Public Schools: Midland County is served by nine school districts and a number of parochial and private schools. Census figures indicate approximately 19,000 school-aged children in the county. Of significance in school enrollment projections is the general decline expected by each district. Examination of the 1970 - 1980 Age Comparison through Census figures substantiates these expectations. The Under 5 and 5 - 14 groups declined by 13 percent from 1970 to 1980 from a 1970 total of 22,037 to 19,080 in 1980 • Implications for declining school districts included reduced levels of state aid, school closings and staff changes. However, changing job technologies and equipment may provide additional opportunities for adult education and retraining programs. Funding for such programs may be available through the State of Michigan. In terms of land uses for schools, many school grounds are also used for recreational purposes in the neighborhoods in which they are located. Sale or reuse of these areas may impact on the availability of recreation space. However, should additional classroom space be needed in the future new construction may have to be undertaken. On the other hand, maintenance for a closed building is costly and difficult. Each district will have to examine their alternatives and decide what is best for their situation. Delta Co 11 ege: One-year certificates and two-year associates degrees are offered in the academic program of this public college, with an enrollment of 1,600 students. There is one main building with wings for automobile technician and fine arts programs. The community affa; rs program offers enrichment and profess i ona 1 improvement courses, and classes are also available in local communities through - 111 - �• • • • •II ■- II II Ill off-campus centers. In the future the college hopes to attain funding for a vocational technical wing. Delta College offers selected courses of study at Regina Center in Midland in addition to its main campus • - Northwood Institute: A private college established in 1959 with an enrollment of 1,900 students, offering an Associate of Arts and Bachelor of Business degrees. The 145-acre campus worship contains athletics. student Of special facilities note is the for housing, National education, Automobile Dealers and Association (NADA) Center which has hotel, catering and conference room facilities and the Automotive Hall of Fame which contains plaques and photographs co1T1T1emorating individuals who have made significant contributions to the auto industry. Regina Center: Originally constructed as a girls Catholic high school in 1962, this two-story classroom building continues to provide for the religious classes and other activities of its owner, Blessed Sacrament Church. There are twelve classrooms, a large multi-use room which can accommodate 200-300 people, library, conference and meeting rooms, office space, and lounge. A portion of the building is rented to Delta College, so they may offer off-campus classes. The area which was the convent has eleven bedrooms and now serves as the "Hospitality Home" of the Midland Hospital Center. Until Blessed Sacrament can sell the building and centralize their activities at the church site, future use of the center will remain the same. Michigan Molecular Institute: This 35,000 square-foot facility is devoted primarily to research of fundamental po 1ymers. The affiliated with Institute Central is a member-owned, Michigan polymer science are also offered. University. non-profit 501-C-3 corporation Graduate education courses in A staff of 36 which includes nine senior scientists, conduct their activities within the twelve labs, two lecture rooms, and library of the Institute. The majority of funding comes from private sources, however, state funding and federal funds through the National Science - 112 - �Foundation also provide for ongoing research. Future goals include adjacent land acquisition and construction of an applied science laboratory, which is expected to double their staff size and aid another goal of recruiting scientists. Great Lakes Junior College: Associate degrees are offered programs, in several business and electronic technology The current enrollment is 231 students. The college leases space in the Consumers Power Company Training Center for cl ass rooms and 1aboratories. Future plans call for continuation of the existing instructional programs and establishing a medical and laboratory technicians program. At present there are no definite plans to construct a physical plant, however, the college is seeking facilities or land to build on in the City of Midland. appears to be a great need for the college students. , , - 113 - Bus transit service �• • • • • •II II Community Centers Midland Community Center, Inc.: The Midland Community Center was opened in 1919 in order to provide recreational - activities on a communi tywi de basis. Dr. Herbert H. Dow, founder of the Dow Chemical Company, and several prominent Midland residents and businessmen, were initial incorporators. Since that time, two divisions have evolved, the Midland Community Center and the Midland Community Tennis Center, which opened in 1975 • Since the original building on Townsend Street moved in 1955 to its current location at 2001 George Street, additions have been completed in 1968 and 1979. A broad range of activities and programs are available. Facilities include basketball, handball, jogging track, shuffleboard, exercise rooms, swillllling pool, gymnasium, golf driving range, locker rooms and bowling. In 1984 these facilities served 947,775 participants on 21,962 different occasions. The Tennis Center has 16 outdoor and 16 indoor courts. Construction and renovation of swimming facilities have been started. In addition, a study is underway to detennine the feasibility of a merger with the West Midland Community Center. Operationally, adult use of the facilities is open to those who live or work in Midland County and contribute to the United Way. All children are eligible to use the facilities. Operating funds are divided approximately as follows: 50 percent user fees, 30 percent United Way and 20 percent from industry and foundations. The George Street Center is a non-profit 501-C-3 corporation. Mills Community Center: This facility is presently open only from April available for rental and used by local clubs and tournaments. Along with a kitchen and lavatories, p1ayground and pi en i c tables. In the future the building open and available for year-round use. - 114 - through November. It is churches and for softball there are ball diamonds, a township hopes to have the �• West Midland Community Center: The functions of the West Midland Community Center parallel the Midland Community Center as described above. The Center is located on West Isabell a Road (M-20) approximately 15 miles west of Midland. The Center is located on a three-acre parcel and consists of a renovated two story building 60 feet by 100 feet. The building was originally constructed in 1931 as a school with the renovations occuring in 1974. The lower floor is used for senior citizen programs, including the daily nutritional meals program, as well as social programs for all age groups. The second floor is used for pre-school and continuing education, crafts, recreation, and various classes. The Community Center site adjoins a 27-acre park which has two ball diamonds, bathroom facilities, and trails. The Center was opened in 1974 at which time operational funding was handled by Midland County through Genera 1 Revenue Sharing. CETA funds were a1so used to defray employee costs. Presently, the Center is funded via a combination of three sources including United Way (60%), various fees and rentals (25%) and the County (15%). County funding is to be phased out by 1987. Future plans call for replacement of the existing building with a new structure. Midland Center for the Arts The Midland Center for the Arts, dedicated in 1971, was funded entirely through private donations. Continuing operation is also free of governmental funds. Facilities available include a 386-seat theatre, a 95-seat lecture/recital hall, a 1,538-seat auditorium, three art and sculpture galleries, art studios and administrative offices. It is located at Eastman Road and St. Andrews Road in the City of Midland. The Center is also the home of several art and cultural organizations. include: • • • Midland Arts Council Midland Community Concert Society Midland County Historical Society - 115 - These �.. • • • • Midland Midland Midland Matrix: Music Society Symphony Orchestra Society Theatre Guild Midland, a festival of the arts and sciences A large number of community education, art, music and science programs are also conducted at th~. Center. No expansions are currently planned. Senior Citizens Center Three center facilities are operated in the county, while several senior citizens organizations meet at churches and township halls. Midland County Council on Aging (New Facility): The present location of the Council is on Fitzhugh Street in a trailer of 1,975 square feet. The Council must vacate the temporary modular building in 1987 because of the construction of the new County Services Facility on the same site. No decision has been made regarding a temporary or permanent site for the Council's facility, however, the Council has tentatively planned to build and relocate to a permanent structure on North Saginaw and Cook Roads. The Council is seeking private donations to construct a new 4,000-square foot facility with a 3,000-square foot expansion possible. This would serve as the base for all program operations run out at the senior/community centers such as West Midland, Coleman and Sanford. As another possible location, the Council on Aging may be located in the United Way services building in downtown Midland. - 116 - �II II Coleman Senior Services Center: A 3,200-square foot hall with kitchen, storage, office and bathrooms. This facility provides a local base for dining in or home delivery of noon meals along with a variety of other enrichment programs for senior citizens. Sanford Senior Citizens Center: A hall of 5,000 square feet equipped with kitchen, storage, and bathroom space. It provides a local base for various senior activities such as noon meals, recreation, health, information, enrichment, education and craft sales. facility is also used for bingo and available for rental. The Museums Midland County is served with three exceptional museums. Chippewa Nature Center: The Nature Center is 1ocated north of Pine River Road, south of the Chippewa River between Atwell Drive and Section 23 of Homer Township. A system of trails, associated buildings and natural areas cover the 866-acre site. Features of the Center include three miles of river frontage, 14 miles of trails, a museum, auditorium, library, gift shop, an 1870 style farm complex, Maple Syrup House, a paved trail for the handicapped and a large variety of Michigan trees and shrubs. Programs operated by the Center include tours, Natural Science Lecture Series, field trips, an Explorer Post, Fall Harvest Festival, maple syrup demonstrations and a Natural History Day Camp. Ill Ill Ill - A nominal admission fee is charged daily with annual available. No expansions are planned at present. and life memberships Sanford Museum: In conjunction with the celebration of the Sanford Village centennial in 1970, the Sanford Museum was established in an early 20th century brick four-room school building on 2.5 acres, which is presently owned by Jerome Township. The Sanford Historic Society, with an active membership of ten, owns and maintains - 117 - �C - the period displays within the school. Since 1970 they have acquired five other buildings which are examples from early lumbering days. During the su1T1T1er several functions are held so the public may see these buildings. At other times of the year hours are 1 imited. Funding is 1 imited based on private donations and future goals include seeking increased funding along with continual refurbishing of existing structures, and acquisition of more buildings and land. Midland County Historical Museum: One of six member groups based out of Midland Center for the Arts, the museum has office space, and maintains two permanent exhibit areas at the Center. One 4,000-square foot room contains a collection which may be viewed by appointment. They also have an open exhibit area on the fourth level of the Center. Other ongoing projects include the maintenance of Bradley House and restoration of an old mill. - 118 - �• •Ill II COUNTY FACILITIES Pinecrest Home Pinecrest Home is a congregate housing facility providing long-term care for persons with a variety of diagnosed mental and physical disabilities. The facilities are located west of the City of Midland in Homer Township on a 160acre site on Homer Road. One hundred acres are 1eased for fanning with the remaining 60 acres used for the housing and associated buildings. Capacity of Pinecrest is 53 persons. Staff consists of the Director, one full time Registered Nurse, and one Licensed Practical Nurse. One vehicle is available for client transportation, with some transportation services supplied by the Council on Aging. Funding is provided by the County, which accounts for about two-thirds of needed revenues, with General Assistance and private pay making up the balance. Only county residents are accepted. Cases are generally referred by the Social Services Department and hospitals. Mental health cases make up the majority of the residents. No expansions are currently planned. Harbour House Harbour House was opened in 1971 by the Volunteers for Youth of Midland as a shelter for abused, neglected or otherwise troubled youths. In December of 1980 control and operation was turned over to the Juvenile Division of the Midland County Probate Court. Currently the Harbour House is an eight-bed co-educational facility serving adolescents who fall within one of the following situations: • • • • • • Ch ran i c runaways Severe school difficulties Breakdown of family relationships Physical and/or sexual abuse Neglect Criminal behavior - 119 - �Three to six weeks is a typical residency period. Funding is provided entirely through the County Child Care Fund, which is a combination of State and County funds that are to be expended on out-of-home care of Probate Court wards. Other resources include private contributions. No long-term changes are anticipated in the Harbor House program. Under consideration, bowever, is a Probate Court investigation into the possibility of establishing a Children's Center for maladjusted adolescents. Currently, three alternatives are under review: 1. 2. 3. Build short-term detention "cells" at Harbour House. Build a detention facility in a separate location. Build a new facility that would include both shelter and detention facilities and programs. The principle decision that must be made concerns the length of stay that would be programmed into the facility. The important element of this decision is the need for educational and recreational programming in a long term facility. Whichever decision is made, the Probate Court recognizes that the contracting of detention services from neighboring county facilities is not a viable, permanent solution because of a lack of available space. Therefore, it is felt that these services should remain within Midland County. Horizon House The Horizon House is a mental hea 1th day treatment center with two on-going programs that have totally separate facilities. Both programs receive clientele that are referred from the Midland Hospital Center and other local agencies. One program deals with treatment of learning disabled individuals who are eighteen years of age or older. The other program deals with people who have mental illness or life problems. The center for learning disabled contains two classrooms and activity areas where life maintenance skills are taught. Twenty-four clients are presently in the program. The mental illness day treatment faciltiy has two offices and two open areas for group therapy. A maximum of 20 clients are accepted to work with the coordinator (psychologist), social worker and recreation therapist. - 120 - �Department of Animal Control Midland County operates the Animal Control facility for the purpose of housing stray or unwanted animals. The facility has, in addition to the area used for animal housing, office space for the Director and a lobby/office are for general administration and reception. The Director wishes to add approximately 567 square feet of space as a room to conduct educational programs about animals and their care. Midland County Mosquito Control Facility Mosquito Control was established with a three-year mi 11 age approval to reduce the risk of mosquito-borne diseases to County residents. Methods of control include larviciding, adulticiding, and source reduction. Year-round research is conducted in leased facilities which includes offices, conference room, 1aboratory, restroCJT1s with sho.,,ers, chemical storage, and garage for ten trucks. The mosquito control personnel have completed a needs assessment of a new mosquito control facility. Minimum building requirements indicate a need for 4,870 square feet of indoor space and 14,700 square feet of outdoor area. The new facility would include offices, conference/1 ibrary, laboratory, lunchroom, equipment maintenance, inventory/storage, restrooms, equipment parking (secured), general parking, and outdoor yard. Sheriff Department Emergency Services Building The Sheriff Department maintains an emergency services building (Station 11) at 1884 N. Seven Mi.le Road in Jerome Township. The purpose of this building is to store emergency equipment, boats and trucks. The building also includes a meeting room. There are no plans at this time to expand the building for housing additional emergency or non-emergency equipment. - 121 - �• • •Ill Midland County Road Commission County roads . are maintained by the Road Commission through facilities located at 4509 North Saginaw (Midland), the City of Coleman, Jasper Township at LaPorte and Magrudder Roads and in Ingersoll Township on Brooks Road (Section 18). Principle garaging and office functions occur at the Saginaw Road location. The other facilities store one road grader and one or two trucks. No facility expansion is currently planned. Maintenance programs include snow removal and minor reconstruction/ repaving. Snow removal operations use 16 snow removal vehicles (trucks and graders) and two 5,000 gallon tankers for ice control (brine spreading). First priority for snow removal is given to State highways under contract from the Michigan Department of Transportation. These highways include US-10, US-20, US-18 and US-30. Primary then 1 ocal roads foll ow in priority. All paving and construction projects are contracted. Determination of need is determined through observations of road conditions following the winter season. Consideration is being given to the establishment of a road rating system, based on the State Highway Needs Study, to assign road priorities. Policy for the Road Commission is determined by a three-member Commission serving six year terms in staggered order. Col11llissioners are appointed by the County Board of Commissioners and may serve a maximum of two terms. Funding is granted through a four-year, one mill levy, which, voted in 1986 will fund programs through 1989. Of the available taxes collected, approximately 75 percent comes from the City of Midland and 25 percent from the remainder of the County. Critical Bridge program applications are also administered by the Road Commission. Both primary and 1oca 1 road bridges have been cl ass ifi ed by the County and this is used to determine which bridges a re in need of reconstruction. Actual priority or application requests are made by the individual unit of government. - 122 - �Midland County Jail The existing jail facility is located in the City of Midland at Main and Gordon Streets. Total inmate capacity for this facility is as follows: • • • 57 inmate beds Seven work release program beds Six holding/booking beds Therefore, regular inmate capacity is 57 with the remaining 13 beds having security or time restrictions attached to them. Estimates by the Ways and Means Committee of the County Board of Commissioners indicates that additional jail capacity will be needed by 1989. This estimate is based on an inmate population averaging, on a daily basis, 54 persons in 1984. This is an increase of 18 over 1980 figures, yielding an average yearly increase of three inmates. If a functional capacity of 64 is assumed (57 regular plus seven work release beds), capacity will be reached by 1988. The Midland County Special Facilities Committee has recommended that the county's jail needs be analyzed including the location and design of detention facilities. Central Vehicle Maintenance Facility The Midland County Special Facilities Committee has ' recommended that the county investigate the need to establish a central vehicle maintenance facility. This facility would be used for the servicing of all county vehicles and other motorized equipment. Community facilities of countywide importance are listed in Table 28 and sited on the Community Facilities map (Figure 15). - 123 - �Table 26 Fire Protection Coverage, Midland County JURISDICTION AREA COVERED Eden vi 11 e Twp. Geneva Twp. Greenda 1e Twp. ·• Homer Twp. Hope Twp. Ingersoll Twp. Jasper Twp. Edenville Twp. 1 See Coleman See Lee Twp. Homer Twp. 2 Hope Twp. 1 See Midland Twp. Mid-Michigan Community Fire Dept. (St. Louis) Jerome Twp., Sanford 2 Larkin Twp., Midland 1 Twp. - Section 1 Lee,Greendale & Porter Twps. Lincoln Twp. 1 Midland Twp., Ingersoll 1 Twp, Mt. Haley Twp. Mills Twp. 1 See Midland Twp. See Lee Twp. See Coleman Jerome Twp. Larkin Twp. Lee Twp. Lincoln Twp. Midland Twp. Mil 1s Twp. Mt. Ha 1ey Twp. Porter Twp. Warren Twp. City of Coleman City of Midland Village of Sanford Coleman, Warren Twp., Geneva Twp. Midland See Jerome Twp. *All volunteers except the City of Midland. - 124 - # STATIONS MANPOWER* 26 26 24 25 38 1 30 15 23 15 1 25 3 48 �... I_ P' {i I L A O W I rlJ! lit Viii t--'ir""-+---+--+--+----ll--~•.-+-,-, f=::;~-;;. · ~• •_ k ~ H ·±·+-·" - 1!7' ~1--~ir""=at=rr=r=. , -----11----T""""""+~+.~ _,,.,• •---I t. 1-\ = 1 / / £ - ~ ~ ~ j j - lt.i---;-=----t-=y=={=!=~,\-......_j FIGURE 12 UTILITY SERVICE AREA ~ r =t--=+==+=,==~-4---~ ... 17 a-'1"'~!!1T-t--~~---,j----+ . t.-. +=·.:-=-or" - .,._.=+ --r _,..-...,....-.......~-.--_ T'" ,......r-1-+-- _:,__ - : - ..~=\==I= .. ~ - \ , ,"s;i~ . _ I! z ,c( ..J Q. w -z > u, ~ LEGEND ·······-· "'r--·---tl-.+--p===;, +·-i----·~,. ~ FULL UTILITY SERVICE ( WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY SEWER ) w z :E 0 0 :E :c ,c( w CJ a: Q. :c 0 ------- MIDLAND COUNTY WATER DISTRICT NO. 1 (WATER DISTRIBUTION LINES) MIDLAND COUNTY WATER DISTRICT NO. 1 BOUNDARY AREA • WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY I _I . ·+M~, .+.+ I .. > > I- I- . ...._ z z :::::, :::::, .-I 0 0 0 0 C C ,c( ..J ,c( ..J z z . WATER TREATMENT FACILITY - -:E C-:E C MCWD NO. 1 PUMP HOUSE ..~ MUGA BOUNDARY / AREA SOURCE: 1. CITY OF MIDLAND 2. MIDLAND COUNTY i ! I. t. I ► • H ' II I. . I, I I ::: 'II•• . .., 1 ,;I •• ~ , OOAT O OJ COUNT Y ... , ... . cou,.,, . . . _ ·- . . ·- ·~ ~ ,....... ~~ .11: mi -------------------1~-Km_,~,-._••·_J -~1--1 �W t C O II llAOW l ti • I • +~+ .,_--"'j:i-'-"'""'-ll----+--+--+---1~-+-.-: 'f--,-, ~ ~ FIGURE 13 SOLID y 'l - e1-• -K ~ - a - . . - . !l--1.• t ~ z .+. ~. . c( ..I a. --u-- WASTE DISPOSAL w SITES -ezn > w X w LEGEND ~ z c( - C, a. X :i: 0 EXISTING FACILITIES CD 0 4311 EAST ASHMAN CITY OF MIDLAND LANDFILL 0 :E . > > t- t- 0 z z ::, ::, .o 0 NE 1/2 SECTION 25 DOW CHEMICAL LANDFILL 0 0 0 C C c( ..I c( ..I C C 3901 SOUTH SAGINAW ROAD z z DOW CORNING LANDFILL 0 0 -:i: -:i: E 1/2, NE 1/4 SECTION 21 LEE TOWNSHIP TRANSFER STATION SE 1/ 4, NE 1/ 4 SECTION 22 LINCOLN TOWNSHIP TRANSFER STATION I I CLOSED FACILITIES • I CLOSED DUMP SITES (FORMER ACT 87 SITES) SOURCE: 1. MIDLAND COUNTY SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 2. MIDLAND COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT I. f: I I I I 'II . "'"' $! C I A t I • & • UC O U Iii t T j "'"' i 1•• ''I •• 1= lilt I! I D L---------------------J__------C O V N .,.T 't �I I I I •I • • • •Ill Ill , , , Table 27 Midland County and Municipal Major Parks and Recreation Areas 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17 • 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Sanford Lake Park Veterans Memorial Park Pine Haven Recreation Area West Midland County Park Black Creek State Forest Campground Mills Township Ball Diamonds Coleman Schools Ball Diamonds Porter Township Ball Diamonds Homer Township Park Lee Township Park Larkin Township Park Coleman City Park Sanford Village Park City of Midland - Pine River Site Whiting Overlook Park River Bend Park Midland City Forest Barstow Woods Central Park Chippewassee Park Emerson Park Plymouth Park Stratford Woods Park Manitou Park Ill Ill .. - 127 - �II.II ll.AOW I t C --,.-..,!r:o.,;l-""----,-0~ 1 T m rlJ! '-,---,-A_....__,_ ij:Ji N FIGURE 14 COUNTY AND MUNICIPAL MAJOR PARKS AND RECREATIONAL AREAS ...... II z c( ..J D. REFER TO TABLE 27 FOR FACILITY LISTING w . > en z w :c zc( w C, a: D. :c -. ua >- :E 0 0 0 :E > I- I- z z :::::, :::::, 0 0 0 0 C C c( ..J c( ..J C C z z -:E -:E I I I I SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY I. t: I I I 8 ., ... C I I III A T ... I O T .& I I JI • ,- O U N T I C O U N T y f;:"' 0 't I ,,,.. 'II ''I lilt ~------------------j__-------- □ �I I I I I I I I I •II II • ,• , , , Table 28 Community Facilities, Midland County Legend 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 10. 31. Jasper Township Hall Coleman Fire Hall Coleman City Hall Greendale Township Hall Geneva Township Hall Warren Township Hall West Midland County Community .Center West Midland County Park Pine Haven Recreation Area Lee Township Hall Porter Township Hall Veterans Memorial Park Jerome Fire Station #1 Jerome Township Hall Edenville Township Hall and Fire Station Sanford Lake Park Sanford Village Hall Jerome F-ire Station #2 Lincoln Township Hall Hope Township Hall and Fire Station Lincoln Township Fire Station Homer Township Hall Pinecrest Home Mt. Haley Township Hall Homer Township Fire Station #1 Homer Township Fire Station #2 Midland County Road Commission and Drain Commissioner Chippewa Nature Center Jack Barstow Airport ~~dland County Fairgrounds Midland Hospital Center - 129 - �I I I I I • • • • •II II II .. .. .. fl .. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. Midland Fire Station #3 Grace A. Dow Memorial Library Midland Center for the Arts Dow Memorial Gardens Midland County Courthouse Midland Township Fire Station Midland Township Hall Ingersoll Township Hall County Offices Midland Fire Station #2 Midland City Hall Midland Community Center Midland Fire Station #1 Midland County Animal Control Center Larkin Twp. Fire Station and Township Hall Mills Twp. Fire Station and Township Hall Midland County Road Commission Garage Manitou Park Harbour House Mosquito Control Facility Coleman Senior Services Center Sanford Senior Citizens Center Mills Community Center Larkin Senior Citizens Center Northwood Institute Regina Center Lee Township Fire Hall Michigan Molecular Institute Sanford Museum Midland County Historical Museum Horizon House Coleman Area Library Midland County Council on Aging (New Facility) Midland County Health and Cooperative Extension Building Midland County Housing Commission and Council on Aging Midland County Office Facility (Proposed) Midland City Hall {Proposed) Great Lakes Junior College Sheriff Department Emergency Services Building - 130 - �t n: ,JJ! ... dJi FIGURE 15 COMMUNITY ll FACILITIES z LEGEND c( ..J 0. Fin Statfowe w > u, Olhar Comm•nlly Faollltl•• z w z w CJ :I: c( REFER TO TABLE 28 FOR FACILITY LISTING a: 0. :I: . > > ...z ...z :E 0 0 :E 0 :::, :::, 0 0 0 0 C C z z c( c( ..J ..J -:E -:E C C ... . I I I ., 'II •~ 1., .,., ,;, 11 j SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY I C. 0 U N ... T y A ... I I fll A I I ,: i! ii Jilt D �- ... O IL t L A I W I I ...uulm , a I I i • J---t,-. -+--+-"4--'"--+-+-f...J-I_J I·+· -,+---➔-1'~1--t'"-.t--r:t-r-t--t--t-...::.+--.Jl~-!---L----1 . . +. ... . ,,.. t:-~-=-◄t.--·_-.a..+--+-·-·_•:-1-~-+---+-.J-+-~ FIGURE 18 II z C ..J PUBLIC SCHOOL . DISTRICTS +. ... AND FACILITIES I .. w ->z ,n • ELEMENTARY SCHOOL w z :c C w C, a: Q. :c ::E u 0 u ::E JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL • ► ► - ... LEGEND • Q. - ...z ...z :, :, 0 0 HIGH SCHOOL u u SCHOOL DISTRICT BOUNDARIES Q Q z z C C ..J Q ..J Q -- ::E ::E I I I I !.. ·11 I,, . i ••, SOURCE: MIDLAND COUNTY I ... I O , COUNTY • • • °N" ~:·; · T "---------------L-' .I : fi11 •-_--10 IC_ .._., _ �HOUSING The previous Socioeconomic section covered existing housing types and quality. This section explains housing programs which are available to upgrade the quality of existing dwellings. Future housing needs based on previous population projections, are also given. The extent of reliance on existing housing stock and need for new construction will influence the County's future land use pattern. Housing Programs Government programs for housing have concentrated on three primary aspects, financing, construction and rehabilitation. Of these, financing and rehabilitation currently receive the most attention. Government construction of new housing has, essentially, ceased. Financing programs, mostly in the form of guarantees or interest subsidies are limited in scope and availability. Rehabilitation, while reduced in funding, remains an active pursuit of many programs conducted by various levels of government. The base planning document used by the Midland County Housing Commission to formulate programs and policies is a 1980 study report entitled, Housing the County - a Plan and Program for Midland County. This report contains much of the background data needed to establish program elements for residents outside the City of Midland. The Midland County Housing Commission administers several programs concentrating on housing rehabilitation and neighborhood improvement, including weatherization and clearance activities. Two programs which have been used for rehabilitation work are the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) and Michigan State Housing Development Authority (MSHDA) Small Cities Program. These programs provide grant and loan funds for rehabilitation activities. Substantial administrative activities are accomplished by the Commission for the Michigan Energy Bank and the Community Home Improvement Program (CHIP) sponsored by the Michigan Department of Commerce. - 133 - �I I I I I I I ' ' '-, , , ,, The status of any housing program is generally uncertain and can only be depended upon from year to year. The County Housing Commission has recognized this fact and is pursuing funds as they become available. One source which may be depended upon is the income returning to the program from repayments of earlier loans. Activity on accounting for and collecting these payments is continuing. For residents in the City of Midland the City has a separate Housing Commission. In conjunction with the COBG and MSHDA programs. the City provides four housing re 1ated programs. These include MSHDA home improvement loans with interest subsidies provided by the City in target activity neighborhoods. assistance with self-help rehabilitation. a deferred loan for elderly and low-income home owners for home impruvements and a basic weatherization package for owned or rented dwellings. FUTURE HOUSING NEEDS Having projected future population growth it is possible to estimate the need for housing within each community. These estimates were made by using the 1980 Census figures for housing units and persons per unit and computi ng future need by dividing the persons per unit into the estimated population and adding the increase to existing housing units (Table 29). Residential acreage needs have also been projected based on anticipated population growth. These may be found in the Land Use section of this document. The Midland County Comprehensive Plan attempts to meet housing needs by: 1. Recommending that housing needs be carefully analyzed through an update of the County Housing Plan. 2. Once identified. that strategies be developed for implementing housing needs. 3. The Comprehensive Plan map provides standards for housing densities based on land use, environmental, and social constraints and needs. - 134 - �I I I I I I I I I I ' ' Table 29 Projected Housing Need by Jurisdiction, Midland County Persons/Unit 1980 Units 1990 1995 1980 1985 2.22 2.81 2.81 3.04 2.27 3.19 2.95 2.60 3.25 3.05 3.00 2.94 3.13 3.15 3.11 2.97 912 412 443 1,471 549 943 383 1,604 1,010 1,090 547 812 467 503 358 622 975 440 468 1,551 613 993 393 1,694 1,070 1,166 567 841 494 515 373 651 956 431 458 1,521 601 974 385 1,859 1,050 1,143 622 825 484 505 366 638 Coleman Midland 2.67 2.68 536 13,790 579 14,450 Count1: 2.79 26,355 27,704 JURISDICTION Townships: Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mount Haley Porter Warren 2000 2005 954 431 458 1,518 600 973 385 2,010 1,048 1,142 672 824 484 504 365 637 1,009 455 484 1,605 634 1,028 407 2,084 1,108 1,207 697 871 511 533 386 673 1,035 467 496 1,647 651 1,055 417 2,107 1,137 1,238 705 894 525 547 396 691 635 15,853 687 17,142 712 17,778 720 17,965 29,102 30,570 31,921 32,435 Cities: Source: 1980 Columns - 1980 Census of Hou s ing Projections were completed by WBDC, Inc. by computing persons per unit as applied to the Allocated Population Projec t ions. NOTE: Housing unit refers to actual dwelling/living unit whereas household refers to the persons occupying a housing unit. - 135 - �LAND USE This section describes the existing land use pattern in Midland County and the expected transformation to the future. As the county population grows there will be a demand for more homes, commerci a 1 uses and emp 1oyment opportunities. Careful planning for these uses can help ensure cost effective services and an attractive living environment. Existing Land Use The evaluation of the existing uses of land is necessary in order to estimate future need. The land use figures used in this Plan are consolidated from land cover/use information made available by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources through the Michigan Resource Inventory Program (Table 30). The land cover/use data has also been displayed on maps which are available for examination at the county Development Department office. Table 30 provides a comprehensive breakdown of land use types for each of the county's political jurisdictions. Almost 92 percent of the county is devoted to "rural" uses such as agricultural and forested lands. Approximately eight percent is devoted to more intensive "urban" uses including housing, colllllercial, and industrial development. As might be expected, the more densely populated communities posses the least amount of non-developed lands, and conversely, the highest percentage of developed properties. - 136 - �Table 30 Existing Land Use (Acres) - Midland County Edenville Geneva Lew l:ensity Residential High l:ensity Residential 7% 3.5% 0 Greendale f-k:rll:!r ~ Ingersoll Jasper Jerare Larkin 300 297 1.3% 1084 4.9% 1112 5.1% 1225 5.3% 651 4.3% 0 0 0 0 0 1.3% 441 1.9% 1746 11.5% 2.0% 832 3.5% 0 0 5 0 0 l)4 Lincoln Midland Lee Mills Mt. Hal et Porter City of Warren Colanan 10.9% 572 2.3% 543 3.5% 1&3 .8% 549 2.4% 275 41.6% 0 0 0 0 0 4 17 .1% 216 .6% 25 3.8% 20 3.1% 2 .3% 115 .6% 469 2.7% 2418 13.8% 669 3.8% 14 2.1% 832 4.7% 1.9% 9376 41.7% 8736 38.8% 195 14 2.1% 175 26.5% 28 4.2% 0 49 5.0% 35 3.6% 257 26.2% 0 .8% 0 0 1024 5.8% &33 5.0% 3496 19.9% 181 1.0% 215 176 3741 1.1% 102018 30.0% 159957 47.1% 12222 3.6% 2465 1.2% 17.9% .7% 800 neg. Camercial Industrial Institut'l Parks/Q:Jen Space Trans,Crnm & Utilities 10 9 neg. neg. 142 .6% 20 .1% 11 15 .1% 45 .2% 105 10 .1% 12 12 .1% 413 neg. .2% 18 .1% .7% 105 .7% .1% 11 .1% 1.8% 23 .1% 4 0 17 .1% 6 0 neg. 45 0 neg. 6 90 .4% neg. 28 53 .1% .2% Agricultural 4096 8649 17.9% 37.4% Forest Lands 13268 12100 57.8% 52.7% 257 \.etlands 1600 6.9% 1.1% ~Jater Bodies 582, 0 112 .5% 1246 5.4% 18372 79.5% 354 1.5% 0 2.5~ Uldeveloped l'bnforested Land TITTALS l'btes: 30 .3% '3667 24.2% 6703 44.2% 234 1.5% 221 1.5% 6583 43.4% 5712 37.7% 326 2.1% 217 26 .1% 371 59 .3% 332 39 .2% 145 23 .1% 313 1.5% 20 .1% .6% 44 .2% 2.1% 2 neg. 1.7% 67 .3% 0 75 78 0 .3% .4% 113 .5% 8220 37.5% 0 18 .1% 7 8 74 198 neg. .3% 11547 50.0% 9376 40.6% 341 1.5% 2 .9% 1759 8.0% 13568 61.9% 1595 1.4% 16543 70.5% 4096 17.5% 403 1.7% 59 .3% neg. 7.3% 817 3.7% 41.6% 851 3.9% 10 neg. .2% 9098 .1% 541 16 .1% 43 73 72 .2% 25 .1% .5% 9 .1% .3% 11 neg. 7.3% 21 .3% neg. 1.0% 102 .5% 0 4 0 0 43 0 6 0 251 1.7% 2255 14.8% 8560 56.3% 1392 9.2% 49 1240 16.8% 2241 30.4% 1323 18.0% 44 0 .2% .1% 95 .4% 2709 11.8% 15421 67.0% 627 2.7% 50 4 0 0 neg. 2771 11.3% 16271 66.3% 2276 9.3% 0 .3% .6% 34 .5% 30 10497 45.7% 8929 38.9% 1157 5.0% 3 .2% neg. 8766 57.4% 4563 29.9% 389 2.5% 433 28.5% 236 24.1% 16959 5.0% 0 124 neg. 34 3.5% 25 2.5% 42 4.3% 48 4.9% 000 .2% 5315 1.6% 1204 .4% 1211 .4% 2285 79 33953 12.8% 13.0% 8.0% 9.9% 22507 661 17595 981 339969 1648 7.1% 2509 2275 1987 1063 1433 2353 1999 2655 1699 1107 2556 905 2083 2&33 10.8% 15.0% 13.1% 4.5% 6.2% 10.7% 9.1% 11.6% 11.2% 15.0% 10.4% 5.9% 9.1% 22962 23121 23112 15153 15164 23452 23095 21913 21892 23010 15195 7361 24534 15278 22983 Source: Michigan l:epartrrent of Natural Resources Current Use Inventory Acreage Report (Based on 1978/79 aerial photography) 5008 104 15.7% 2330 10.1% neg. - negligible acreage City of Village of Midland Sanford Totals �I •I I • • • • •II LAND USE ACREAGE NEEDS (PROJECTED) Land use acreages were tabulated by various use categories for each governmental unit. These acreages, coupled with population, housing, and related growth projections, were used to determine future housing, commercial, industrial, and recreational acreage needs. Information from the tables is summarized below: Residential Acreage Requirements (Table 31) - This table combines both low and high density development needs. The table projects that Midland County will require 4,000 additional residential acres by 2005. This is based on the application of the county's 1978/79 acres per unit rate multiplied by the projected growth in housing units estimated over the future years • Commercial Acreage Requirements (Tables 32 and 33) - These tables estimate future commercial acreage needs. Table 32 applies the 1978/79 per capita allocation of commercial land to projected population growth as a measure of future need. Table 33 is based on the relationship of the commercial market to spending. As population and sales increase, the need for additional commercial development also increases. The tables indicate a need range of 105 to 186 acres, or an average of 146 new acres. Industrial Acreage Requirements (Tables 34 and 35) These tables estimate future industrial acreage needs. Table 34 is based on 1978/79 per capita allocation of industrial land to projected population growth. Table 35 is based on application of an industrial standard of 12 gross acres per 1,000 population. Estimated future additional acreage ranges from 203 to 1,021 acres in the year 2005. It is felt the higher end of the two projections may be more realistic in light of industrial site characteristics. Industrial entrepreneurs wil 1 often secure more acreage than required . for actual development. The additional acreage provides for future expansion while allowing the development to be adequately buffered from adjacent uses. Recreational Acreage Requirements This table presents the estimated County owned and/or administered park land and is included in the earlier Community Facilities section (refer back to Table 25). - 138 - �.... I I I I I • • • • • -II " .." Tahle 31 Residential Acreage Requirements (Low & High Density) Based on 1978/79 acres/unit as applied to projected housing need. Jurisdiction 1978/79 Acreage 1980 Units Acres/Unit 1985 Acreage 1995 2005 Townships: 796 304 441 1751 300 832 297 1320 1112 1225 651 800 572 543 188 549 912 412 443 1471 549 943 383 1604 1010 1090 547 812 467 503 358 622 .87 .74 1.00 1.19 .55 .80 .70 .82 1.10 1.12 1.19 .99 1.22 1.08 .53 .-88 848 326 468 1846 337 794 275 1389 1177 1306 675 833 603 556 198 573 830 319 458 1806 330 778 270 1648 1153 1279 800 816 590 544 193 561 900 346 496 1960 358 844 292 1728 1251 1387 839 885 641 591 210 608 Coleman Midland 279 5123 536 13790 -?2 .37 301 5347 357 6343 374 6647 County: 17083 26355 .65 18008 19870 21083 Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren Cities: *Includes Village of Sanford - 139 - �I I I I I • •■ • •II II -, Table 32 Commercial Acreage Requirements (Per Capita) Based on population growth and using 1978/79 allocation of .01 ac./person Jurisdiction 1978/79 Acreage Edenville Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren 1985 Acreage 1995 22 12 13 47 2005 35 36 17 25 16 16 12 19 21 12 13 46 14 31 11 52 34 35 20 24 15 16 11 19 23 13 14 50 15 34 12 55 37 38 21 26 16 17 12 21 25 469 15 387 18 459 19 481 800 773 853 905 10 9 15 30 10 12 0 60 59 39 23 6 16 0 0 17 Coleman Midland County 14 32 12 44 Cities: *Includes Village of Sanford Table 33 Commercial Acreage Requirements Based on retail sales/establishment Year Poeulation Total Sales* 1980 1985 1995 2005 73,578 77,296 85,291 90,493 $293,228,000 308,102,000 339,970,000 360,705,000 Establishments 978 1028 1134 1203 Acreage 800 842 930 986 *Constant dollars with no increase for inflation. Sales per establishment approximately $299,824. Acreage per establishment is approximately .82 acres. - 140 - �I I I I I I I I I I • •II -, Table 34 Industrial Acreage Requirements Per Capita Based on 1980 per capita allocation of .07 acres Jurisdiction 1978/79 Acreage Eden vi 11 e Geneva Greendale Homer Hope Ingersoll Jasper Jerome* Larkin Lee Lincoln Midland Mills Mt. Haley Porter Warren 142 11 45 105 12 413 18 396 332 145 313 541 43 73 1985 2005 148 85 90 323 95 217 79 366 238 244 141 170 216 151 87 92 330 97 222 81 308 243 249 119 173 108 114 81 135 111 79 132 161 92 98 351 103 236 86 383 259 264 148 184 115 121 86 144 Coleman Midland 20 2418 108 2711 128 3216 135 3370 County 5315 5685 5968 6336 72 lOfi Cities: *Includes Village of Sanford 1111 Ill Acreage 1995 - 141 - �I I I I I I I I I I • • • -, • Table 35 Industrial Acreage Requirements (Per Capita) Based on the standard of 12 gross acres/1,000 population (as applied to the existing base).* Year 1980 1985 1995 2005 Population Acreage 73,578 77,296 85,291 90,493 5315 (existing) 5360 5456 5518 *Standard taken from Urban Planning and Design Criteria, Third Edition, 1982. - 142 - �I I I I I I I •I II • • " Ill " Ill , , COMPREHENSIVE PLAN The Comprehensive Plan map depicts the following major land use classificatjons. Agricultural Land The 1974 Midland County General Development Plan provides for a combined agricultural/residential land use classification. 1987 update The Comprehensive Plan, a of the 1974 General Development Pl an represents a departure from that plan through the delineation of a separate Agricultural category. Locations identified as Agri cultura 1 represent prime or significant farmlands. Typically, they include lands enrolled (Public Act 116, in the Farmland Preservation Program 1974) or lands that have been identified as agriculturally important by the United States Soil Conservation Service. In most cases, they have also been given an agricultural designation by local governmental unit in land use plans and zoning ordinances. This category is created to recognize the substantial economic and land use impacts agricultural uses have on the county. For identification purposes only farming operations exceeding 40 acres should be placed within this category. Farm residences are included only if part of an active farming operation and located on a parcel greater than 40 acres • The 40-acre division is appropriate given the 1982 Census of Agriculture information that indicates that 80 percent of the farms within the county exceed 50 acres. Residential Land The plan delineates two residential classifications, Rural Residential and Residential. Rural Residential: includes those areas identified for residential development where public sewer and/or water is not available or anticipated during the plan period. Such sectors. Rural locations are typically distant from the county's urbanized Residential is often found in close proximity to the county's agricultural areas. - 143 - �I I I I I I I I I I ' The Rural Residential category includes farms and farm residences on parcels from 40 acres to one acre. This density of development is recognized because of the nature of non-farm (and, to some degree, small farm) residential uses. This type of development often occurs when individuals divide larger parcels for residents seeking a rural living environment. The lack of utility service will also dictate somewhat larger parcels for water and sewer provisions. Residential: The Residential classification, sometimes referred to as urban residential, reflects areas either served by public sewer and/or water, or indicates locations where these utilities are potentially available. Lot sizes are generally one acre or less. The Residential classification encompasses full service utility areas, such as the Cities of Coleman and Midland, to outlying townships where utility service has been planned but may not be currently available. In cases where utilities will not be developed for an extended period, local communities should consider the sizing of lots commensure with their ability to supply quality groundwater while also handling wastewater. Commercial Land Commercial areas delineated by the Plan generally coincide with existing commercial development. Community Commercial: The Plan identifies a number of locations as Community Commercial. These areas primarily exist to serve the day to day needs of localized populations (less than 30 minutes away). Typical uses include gasoline service stations, minimarts, grocery stores, restaurants, and other small retail establishments. Limited office development may also be found. Several of the centers, such as along M-20 and at the US-10 interchanges, also serve motorists traveling through the county. The size of a Community Commercial center may vary, but normally does not exceed five to ten acres. In many instances, these centers encompass only the corner - 144 - �I I I I I I I I I I -I -~ " ' lots of highway intersections. The circular symbol represented on the Comprehensive Plan map reflects the general location of the Community Co111T1ercial centers. It does not indicate the size of the centers. -The Plan attempts to recognize viable Community Commercial locations. It is possible that unexpected population growth, changing consumer habits and preferences, or other factors may result in the demand for additional centers. Locational criteria for new centers include: • Demonstrated need based on market demand. • Compatibility with adjacent development~ • Location on designated arterials or collectors as opposed to local streets. • If possible, linkage to public utilities. If not, sites must be capable of supplying potable water and handling wastewater discharges. • Suitable location within the trade area (or market population) to maximize potential for success and reduce travel time and energy costs for consumers. • Suitable access to fire, police, rubbish collection and other municipal services. • Potential for growth. Regional Commercial: It should be recognized that some areas act, or may act, as shopping districts for persons outside the immediate area. Generally these centers will have large "anchor" stores and serve larger populations. Available shopping opportunities will be of a type that will attract customers from distances of about 30 minutes driving time. A regional center provides full range of comparison shopping and includes general merchandise, clothing, furniture, appliances, specialty stores, automotive centers, and like establishments. Regional centers attract consumers from a wide trade area. - 145 - �I I I I I I I The 1974 General Development Plan identified the city of Midland as the county's Regional Shopping Center. The importance of the city as a regional center remains strong. However, growth since the mid-1970s has resulted in new commercial development occurring along the perimeter of the city and into the surrounding townships. Such growth is especially evident in Larkin Township where a major shopping center has been planned on Eastman Road near U.S. 10. Outlying growth is anticipated to continue with many of the traditional corrmercial functions relocating from the city to the growth areas. Accordingly, the Regional County Commercial Center has been moved to just north of the city of Midland. The city, however, remains intrinsically linked to that center. Industrial Lanci The Plan calls for Midland County's industrial land base to primarily remain within existing industrial areas. Development has been provided for in the following locations: • Near the U.S.10 interchanges in Larkin and Lincoln Townships at Eastman, Stark and Meridian Roads). • Off Wackerly Road, east of Meridian Road. • U.S.10 and M-18 interchange. • Westerly portion of the City of Coleman. • The greater City of Midland area (as depicted on the Comprehensive Plan map). New industries desiring to locate in the county will analyze numerous site, labor, and political factors. Knowledge of these can be beneficial to the county and local units of government as they delineate industrial areas and/or seek to attract new industries. They include: • • • • • • • Community acceptance • Transportation logistics - access to freeway, rail, and air • Power supplies, including adequacy and costs • Water supplies, including raw and municpal water • Natural gas supplies • Raw material proximity • Market proximity • - 146 - ) �I • • • • • • • Permitability, including environmental and zoning permits. Utility purchase costs. Land availability and costs. Waste disposal opportunities, including hazardous wastes. Labor supply and labor relations. Local support services. Local development incentives, including tax abatement. New industrial development should be sited in those locations lending themselves to such development. Planned industrial parks are especially suitable. Public Land The Public classification includes land holdings under public and quasi-public ownership, most of which are in a natural condition. These encompass State forest lands and various county and other non-developed municipal holdings. River Corridor The Pl an map pl aces the county's significant surf ace water resources under a River Corridor designation. This designation implies that each of the w~ter systems has been recognized as environmentally sensitive and requires careful management pursuant to use and development. Streets and Highways In addition to land use, the Plan map depicts the existing and proposed thoroughfares using the rural functional classification system developed by the Michigan Department of Transportation. Only the rural cl ass ifi ed roads and improvements are shown on the map. Urban functional classifications of streets and highways in the cities of Coleman and Midland are available at the Michigan Department of Transportation. - 147 - �I I I I I a I I ISSUES, GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTIONS The following represent issues and goals, policies, and action statements of the Midland County Planning Co111T1ission. They have been developed based on an analysis of comprehensive planning data obtained from numerous reports and interviews with local, County and State officials. The issues presented in this section generally correspond with the housing, transportation, community facilities, lanc;f use and general planning elements of the Comprehensive Plan. In particular the pol icy and action statements are meant to be specific ways of implementing comprehensive planning in the county. 1. Issue Identification Issues have been identified relating to areas of concern which the County Planning Commission perceives as requiring some manner of (corrective) attention. Issues are outlined in descriptive form. 2. Goal Statement Goal statements have been identified accomplished pursuant to each issue. 3. indicating what is to be Policl Statement The policy statement is the management component identifying what is to be done to achieve each goal, as well as the responsible agency. 4. Action Statement The action statement(s) refers to specific measures identified to implement policy. - 148 - �HOUSING 1. Affordable Housing Issue: Local land use plans have indicated a need to provide affordable housing for low- and moderate-income persons. Goal: To encourage the development of a countywide housing mix capable of accommodating all economic levels. Policy: The Midland County Housing Commission shall develop and implement a housing plan (program) which addresses the county's housing needs. Actions: • • • • 2. Reassessment of housing needs data. Housing plan (long-term). Administrative/implementation program, including grants and revolving funds. Promotion of available housing rehabilitation grants and loans and meetings with the townships to promote housing programs. Preservation of Housing Issue: Local land use plans have indicated a need to maintain/preserve the existing housing stock, including the revitalization of older neighborhoods. Goal: To encourage the preservation of sound homes and neighborhoods in order to meet existing and future housing needs. - 149 - �I I Policy: I I I The Midland County Housing Commission shall develop and implement a housing plan (program) to address housing and neighborhood rehabilitation/ revitalization needs. Actions: • • • a I I I -II II II " " • • 3. Reassessment of housing needs data (see policy 1). Housing plan (long-term) (see policy 1). Administrative/implementation program, including grants and revolving funds (see policy 1). Promotion of available housing rehabilitation grants and loans and meetings with the townships to promote housing programs (see policy 1). Encourage local governmental units to maintain residential/neighborhood integrity through sound planning and zoning practices (see policy 1). Mobile Home and Modular Home Regulations Issue: Land use regulations governing mobile homes vary widely throughout the county pursuant to uniformity, and locational standards. Goal: To encourage the implementation of minimum uniform standards throughout the county governing mobile home use, construction and placement. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission in conjunction with local building and zoning officials, shall develop model standards governing the use, construction, and placement of mobile and modular housing. - 150 - �I I I I I a I I I I -~ ~ ~ fl Actions: • • • • 4. Prepare a report on problems in Midland County. Prepare a report on model standards for Midland County. Amendment of municipal zoning ordinances and building codes. Adoption of municipal housing codes. Elderly Housing Needs Issue: Midland County's elderly, and future elderly, population have special housing needs which should be addressed by local planning efforts. Goal: To determine the current and projected housing needs of Midland County's elderly population. Once identified, develop and implement programs which address said needs. Pol icy: The Midland County Housing Commission shall develop and implement a housing plan (program) which addresses the housing needs of elderly residents. Actions: • • • • Reassessment of housing needs data (see policy 1). Housing plan (long-term) (see policy 1). Administrative/implementation program, including grants and revolving funds (see policy 1). Promotion of available housing rehabilitation grants and loans and meetings with the townships to promote housing programs (see pol icy 1) • • • • Prepare a report on model standards for Midland County (see policy 3). Amendment of municipal zoning ordinances and building codes (see pol icy 3). Adoption of municipal housing codes (see policy 3). - 151 - �I I I I • • • 5. County Housing Planning Issue: I The Midland . County Housing Plan is out of date and, therefore, may not reflect current housing need. a Goal: To update the Midland County Housing Plan. I I Policy: The Midland County Housing Commission shall update the Midland County Housing Plan. I I -~ , , - Report on economic feasibility, implementation and financing. County resolution and/or referendum. Grant application for capital and operating expenses. Actions.: • • • • Reassessment of housing needs data (see policy 1). Housing plan (long-term) (see policy 1). Administrative/implementation program, including grants and revolving funds (see policy 1). Promotion of available housing rehabilitation grants and loans and meetings with the townships to promote housing programs ( see policy 1). TRANSPORTATION 6. Traffic Data Issue: Mid 1and County 1acks sufficient traffic data necessary to make accurate assessments of traffic volumes relative to capacity. Consequently, expenditures for roadway and related improvements may not reflect true need. - 152 - �I I I I I Goal: To provide an adequate, safe, and necessary County highway transportation network and to make efficient use of available funds for road and highway construction and repairs. Policy: The Midland County Road Commission shall implement collection program sufficient to determine and transportation improvements. a I I I I ~ -~ ~ ~ Actions: • • • 7. Report on a traffic data system design. Adopt budget and operate system. Annual report on traffic data for the County Planning Commission and local townships. North-South Circulation Issue: West of Midland, north/south inadequate/inefficient. highway circulation patterns are Goal: To develop improved north/south vehicular routes thereby facilitating greater efficiency of traffic movement within and through Midland County. Policy: The Midland County Road Commission shall investigate, and implement as appropriate, improvements to the county's north/south vehicular circulation system. ~ ~ fl fl an ongoing data justify future - 153 - �I I I I I Actions: • • • • 8. Public Transit Issue: a Public transportation in Midland County is faced with many concerns including the lack of assured funding, high cost of serving rural locations, and previous lack of planning. I I I I ' ' Report on analysis/evaluation of problems and needs. Report on plan solutions and reco1T1Tiendations. Capital improvements program. Annual capital budget. Goal: As part of Midland County's overall comprehensive transportation planning effort, to address the need of and future concerns for public transit throughout the county. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners shall address the issue of public transit as part of an overall transportation planning effort. Actions: • • • 9. Report on economic feasibility, implementation and financing. County resolution and/or referendum. Grant application for capital and operating expenses. M-20 and Saginaw Road Corridor Development Issue: M-20 and Saginaw Road are major east/west county corridors. Proper investigation and planning is necessary to assure that future development is consistent with the land use and transportation needs of Midland County. - 154 - �Goal: To conduct a comprehensive assessment of M-20 and Saginaw Road pursuant to overall use and development, including corridor design/development standards and traffic/access controls. Policy: The Midland cou_nty Planning Commission in conjunction with the Midland County Road Co1T1Tiission and the City of Midland shall prepare corridor studies of M-20 and Saginaw Road. Said studies shall include assessments of each system pursuant to use, future development, and traffic/access controls. Actions: • • Report County Report state, on M-20 corridor land use and traffic service for the state, Road Commission and municipalities. on Saginaw Road corridor land use and traffic service for the County Road Co1T1Tiission and municipalities. 10. County Highway Planning Issue: Midland County lacks a long-range (20-year) plan for road and bridge improvements and construction. Goal: To prepare a comprehensive plan and capital improvements program of county and local roads, streets, and bridges. Policy: The Midland County Road Commission, in conjunction with the Midland County Planning Commission, shall prepare a comprehensive transportation plan and capital improvements program covering the County 1 s roads and bridges. - 155 - �Actions: • • • • Report Report Report Report on on on on analysis of 1984 highway needs data. a critical bridges and historical data on bridges. a long-range (20-year) highway and bridge plan. a short-range (4-6 years) capital improvements program. 11. Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafficways Issue: Midland County lacks a long range plan for bicycle and pedestrian trafficways. Goal: To prepare a comprehensive plan and capital improvements program directed at bicycle and pedestrian trafficways. Policy: The Midland County Road Commission, in conjunction with the Midland County Parks and Recretion Co1T1Tiission shall prepare a comprehensive plan and capita 1 improvements program directed at bicycle and pedestrian traffi cways. Actions: • • • • • Report on origins (bicyclists/users), destinations (attractions/ generators) and needs (trail types/corridors). Report on a long-range (20-year) plan. Report on a capital improvements program. Report on a coordination program with county highway planning (see policy 10) and county and city parks and recreation planning. Seek State (MOOT) financing assistance from the Michigan Department of Transportation. - 156 - �I I I I I I I I COMMUNITY FACILITIES 12. Issue: Resistance to annexation could encourage townships adjacent to the City of Midland to allow development which may be inappropriate for areas not served by public utilities. Goal: To provide comprehensive, efficient, and cost-effective utility systems capable of serving the diverse needs of developing areas, including locations potentially suitable for development. Policy: -I -~ The Midland County Planning Commission shall investigate the relationship/ impact of local utility expansion policies to areawide development. Actions: • • • ~ '- Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy • • • 13. Report on analysis of MUGA policy on the existing and probable future development within the MUGA requiring full utility service .(water supply and sanitary sewerage). Promotion of communications and cooperation between adjacent townships and the City of Midland. Report on an assessment of county-wide water distribution and sanitary sewerage needs (see policy 22). Report on a long-range plan (see policy 22). Report on a short-range program of improvements, financing and responsibilities (see policy 22). Coordinate with land use plans of the townships and County (see policy 22). Htstoric Sites, Identification & Preservation Issue: Midland County has identified a series of sites providing a rich history of the county's past. The County should continue its efforts at site - 157 - �I I identification as well as site preservation. While accomplishing the above, the County should also determine the extent to which identified sites might be better utilized for historic, cultural, recreational, and/or tourism purposes. I I I Goal: To identify~ resources. a preserve and properly manage Midland County's historic Policy: I I I I The Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission in cooperation with local governing bodies and with the advice of the Midland County Historical Society shall identify the County's historical assets and prepare a management plan pursuant to their use. ~ • • -~ ~ ~ ' ' ' Actions: • • • 14. Report (and map) on sites worthy of identification using signs/markers. Encourage all parties to publicize the historical assets, particularly in conjunction with tourism programs. Report on investigations of potential revenue sources (see policy 16). Enlist the assistance of the state and Automobile Club of Michigan and investigate grant assistance programs. Report on financing and responsibilities. Consolidation of Public Services Issue: Local units of government are faced with providing public services (i.e. fire and police protection, utilities, parks, and community centers) without assurance of necessary future revenue. Goal: To investigate the consolidation and/or privatization of public services in order to offset potential revenue loss. - 158 - �Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners in cooperation with local governing bodies, shall investigate potential revenue savings resulting from the consolidation of public services. Actions: • • • 15. Report on inventory of public services, consolidation potentialities, and cost-revenue analysis. Determine methods of more public involvement. Investigation of private operation of public services. County Offices Issue: Existing County offices are decentralized with certain facilities experiencing inconvenient locations (e.g. James Savage Road office facility). Facilities are also showing signs of age and will need to be replaced. This issue has been addressed by the County Facilities Technical Advisory Task Force and Midland County Planning Commission. Goal: To provide governmental facilities capable of meeting the needs and demands of the general public while promoting a high standard of internal efficiency within and between County agencies. Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners shall identify and analyze deficiencies within the existing system of County offices and reco111T1end needed improvements. - 159 - �I I I I I Actions: • • • • m • • • • • I I I I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 16. Report on a recommended county office facility. Develop a public traffic flow plan for the interior of the Courthouse. Determine the departments that are likely to expand at a faster rate than others. Declar~ urgency in solving the county office problem and establish priorities for the construction of an office building and the renovation of the Courthouse. Report on renovation of the Courthouse. Report on a county facilities master plan (see policy 21). Determine priorities for county facilities (see policy 21). Report on a county capital improvements program (see policy 21). Annual capital budget (see policy 21). Recreational Funding for Property Acquisition and Facility Development Issue: The acquisition and development of properties for recreational use is largely dependent on outside funding agencies such as the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. The future of such funding is typically uncertain from year to year. Goal: To lessen the County's reliance on outside funding sources for recreational land acquisition and facility development. Policy: The Midland County Parks and Recreation Commission shall investigate potential local revenue sources to be used for land acquisition and facility development. - 160 - �I I I I I I I I 'I -~ Actions: • • • • • 17. Report (and map} on sites worthy of identification using signs/markers (see policy 13). Encourage all parties to publicize the historical assets, particularly in conjunction with tourism programs (see policy 13}. Enlist the assistance of the state and Automobile Club of Michigan and investigate grant assistance programs. Report on financing and responsibilities (see policy 13}. Report on investigations of potential local revenue sources (see policy 13). Meeting Recreational Needs: Issue: Previously, recreational opportunities had been oriented to meeting the needs of local .residents. Recently, there has been emphasis on the significance of recreation to tourism as a way to enhance the overall economy. Concern has been voiced over the responsibility (including financial ability) in meeting both needs. Goal: To develop a balance whereby the recreational needs of both residents and tourists may be adequately served. Policy: As part of their planning effort, the Midland County Parks and Recreation Corrvnission, in cooperation with the Midland County Visitors and Convention Bureau, shall investigate the need and methods of meeting the recreational needs of local residents and tourists. ~ ~ ~ Actions: ~ ~ • ~ Resident versus Tourist • • rec reat i ona l needs Report on tourist-related (demandand attraction-based). Report (and map) on sites worthy of identification using signs/markers (see policy 13). Encourage all parties to publicize the historical assets. particularly in conjunction with tourism programs (see policy 13). - 161 - �• • • • • Enlist the assistance of the state and Automobile Club of Michigan and investigate grant assistance programs (see policy 13). Report on financing and responsibilities (see policy 13). Continue to support the Midland County River Corridor Advisory Co~mittee in overseeing the implementation of the Tittabawassee River Fishing Enhancement Project. Report on programmed recreation for tourists and local residents and public/private responsibilities. Rerort on investigations of potential local revenue sources (see policy ln). I H. Solid Waste Resource Recovery and Disposal Issue: The disposal of solio waste is a continuing and increasing county concern. A special problem is the siting of a long-term disposal facility. (;oal: To implement an efficient, cost-effective, waste management system capable of meeting the diverse needs of Midland County. Policy: The Midlanrl County Board of Commissioners shall maintain a waste management rlan capablP of meeting the diverse needs of Midland County and shall ~evelop anrl manage an implementation program and schedule. Actions: • • • • R11dqet for ongoing coordination of solid waste management planning. Rurlget for professional management consulting services and advice on managing the implementation of the plan. nPvelop an implementation program and schedule. r:stahlish a puhlic ertucation program ano promote public awareness of the immediate need to select a solid waste facility process and proceed with implementation of a designed facility. - 162 - �I I I I I 19. Issue: No system presently exists for setting priorities of county drain system improvements. Goal: To develop a system for setting priorities of county drain improvements. I I I I I Policy: The Midland County Drain Commissioner shall prepare a countywide drainage system plan oriented to future drain improvements and maintenance of existing drains. Actions: • • • ~ '~ ~ , , ~ ~ County Drains • 20. Report on analysis of drainage problems. Report on existing drains and future drain improvements with priorities. Coordinate with township planning, county road planning, soil conservation service/soil erosion control programs, and county drain budget. Develop a yearly schedule of drain improvements in conjunction with road improvements for county and township review and planning purposes. Adaptive Reuse of Schools Issue: A decline in school age children may result in an excess of classroom space and possible future closure of schools. This issue is often a controversial one requiring public input and education. - 163 - �Goal: To determine future classroom space needs and, consolidation of space and adaptive if necessary, reuse of excess need for facilities and to educate the public regarding the need for these actions. Policy: The Midland Intermediate School District, in cooperation with local school districts, shall investigate future space needs, including the need for consolidation of space. If space con sol idat ion is necessary, the Board shall educate the public accordingly. Schools that are no longer in use should be put to adaptive reuse. Actions: • Report on future space needs, consolidation potentialities, and appropriate adaptive reuses. • 21. Establish and maintain a file on proposals and ideas for adaptive uses. Planning of County Government Facilities Issue: Existing public facilities and programs may be insufficient to meet future need. Such facilities Center {including Maintenance and programs Harbour Facility, House), Courthouse, include: County Jail, Pinecrest Home, Animal Control Children's Central Facility, Vehicle Parks and Recreation Buildings, Mosquito Control, Fairground Buildings Improvement, Mental Health Day Activity Center, Central Data Processing, Vehicles and Major Equipment, and Land Acquisition Programs. Goal: To provide necessary County facilities and programs commensurate with anticipated need and in accordance with a capital improvements program. - 164 - �Policy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners shall determine future County facility needs, facility costs, and methods of funding. Actions: • • • • 22. Report on a county facilities master plan. Determi.ne priorities for county facilities. Report on a county capital improvements program. Annual capital budget. Water Supply Without Consideration of Public Sewers Issue: There is a need to prepare long-range plans for water distribution in conjunction with sanitary sewers. Goal: To provide for a coordinated program of water distribution and sanitary sewerage planning. Pol icy: The Midland County Board of Public Works shall prepare a long-range plan addressing countywide water distribution and sanitary sewerage needs. Actions: • • • • Report on an assessment of countywide water distribution and sanitary sewerage needs. Report on a long-range plan. Report on a short-range program of improvements, financing and responsibilities. Coordinate with land use plans of the townships and County. - 165 - �LAND USE 23. Random Development Resulting From Poor Soils Issue: On-site waste water disposal causes random development when buildings must locate in areas where soils are suitable for on-site disposal. Goal: To identify areas potentially unsuitable for on-site waste water disposal in order to discourage high density use and development, while encouraging more appropriate land use alternatives. Policy: The Midland County Health Department shall identify areas unsuitable for on-site waste water disposal in order to discourage high density or related inappropriate development. Actions: • 24. Report (and maps) on areas potentially unsuitable for on-site waste water disposal for the general public, municipalities and County Planning Commission. Location of Industrial and Commercial Development Issue: Based on recent projections, the amount of land needed for new industrial and commercial development is relatively limited. Competition between communities for that development is likely to be keen. - 166 - �I I I I I I I I I I - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Goal: To promote commercial and industrial development in areas exhibiting necessary locational criteria and offering the highest potential for success. Policy: The Midland · County Growth Council in cooperation with the Midland County Planning Commission, and local municipalities shall identify and promote commercial and industrial development at those locations offering the greatest potential for success. Actions: • • 25. Acknowledgement of Growth Council's promotion strategy. Promotion of communications and cooperation between the municipalities and county economic development and planning agencies. Floodplain Development Issue: Limited development has occurred within the 100-year flood-prone areas of the major rivers, thus subjecting said development to the potential of flooding, as well as potentially impacting the capacity of the rivers to handle future high water levels. Goal: To prepare and implement regulations governing floodplain development. Policy: Local governmental units shall prepare and implement regulations governing floodplain development. - Hi7 - �I I I I Actions: • • 26. Applications for national flood insurance program. Adoption of floodplain regulations/ordinances consistent with uniform standards of the Federal Emergency Management Agency. Land Use Compatibility Between Governmental Units Issue: Various land use conflicts have been identified occurring along the borders of contiguous governmental units. Often, this results from the rezoning of property in one unit without consideration for the zoning classification in the adjacent unit. Goal: To encourage an orderly and appropriate transition of land uses between governmental units. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission shall work with local governmental units to encourage the elimination of border (land use) conflicts, and discourage future conflicts. Actions: • 27. Provision of policy guidance and technical assistance in context of the County Comprehensive Plan (e.g. conduct workshops, seminars, conflict resolution/information conferences). Regional Commercial Center Location Issue: The City of Midland has traditionally served as the county's regional center for commercial activities. A regional shopping mall is proposed - 168 - �for the Midland community. As outlying areas develop. competition with the city has/will occur as townships attempt to secure a greater share of the conmercial development. Also. it is proposed that the Midland central business district be redeveloped with a hotel-conference center-shopping complex. These phenomena have raised the question of whether or not a regional county commercial center is necessary and. if so. its location. Goal: To determine the need and location of a regional county conmercial center. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission shall determine the need and location for a regional county conmercial center. Actions: • • • 28. Report on regional market analysis. Report on definitions of commercial areas. existing and future. Assist the townships and city in the preparation of commercial development plans. Issue - Economic Development Sites Planned industrial parks. business parks. and commercial centers should be primarily oriented to the Midland County Growth Council 1 s targeted i ndust ri es. Goal: To encourage the development of the Growth Council's targeted industries in planned industrial and business parks and commercial centers. Policy: The Midland County Growth Council. in cooperation with the Midland County Planning Commission. shall identify locations suitable for the Council's targeted industries. - 169 - �I I I I I I I I Actions: • 29. Local plans - often discuss the need to protect/preserve prime agricultural lands, yet local development regulations/policies often encourage the non-farm use of such lands. Goal: To identify, protect non-agricultural use. ~ and preserve prime agricultura 1 lands from Policy: Local governmental units shall identify prime agricultural implement measures to protect same. lands and Actions: ~ ~ Prime Farmland Preservation Issue: I I ~ ~ ~ ~ Report (and map) of sites suitable for planned industrial parks and business centers in the context of the County Comprehensive Plan. • • • • 30. Township maps of U.S. Soil Conservation Service-classified prime agricultural lands. Workshop on measures to preserve agricultural land. Report on model/sample preservation techniques. Continuation of the countywide gypsy moth suppression program. Conflicts Between Residential/Non-residential Development Issue: Land use conflicts often arise as new commercial or industrial development seeks to locate in areas of existing residential development. - 170 - �Goal: Through planning, to provide for an appropriate spatial distribution/ location of use types throughout the community to lessen potential conflicts. Moreover, implement necessary development standards to decrease compatibility concerns. Policy: Local governmental units sha 11 pl an for the appropriate di stri buti on of land uses and implement measures to encourage said distribution. Actions: • • • 31. Prepare/update municipal land use plans. Prepare a report on model/sample standards to decrease compatibility concerns. Prepare/amend zoning ordinances and maps consistent with land use plans. Residential Development In Non-Utility Areas Issue: Housing densities more typical of urbanized areas are occurring in rural locations without benefit of existing or planned utilities, specifically public sewer or water. Such development may pose a threat to existing ground water supplies resulting in a potential health hazard. Goal: To encourage high density residential development to locate in areas where utilities exist or are planned. Policy: Local governmental units shall restrict high density development, including residential development, to existing or planned full service utility locations. - 171 - �I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ~ ~ ~ Actions: • • 32. Municipal maps showing existing and/or planned full service utility areas available for the general public, municipalities and County Planning Commission. Prepare/amend zoning ordinances and maps in accordance with level of utility services and _municipal master plan. Soil Erosion Issue: Each year Midland County experiences a soil loss of 271,800 tons due to various forms of erosion. The majority of this loss (265,500 tons) is related to cropland. Goal: To improve erosion control practices throughout the county as a means of curbing soil loss. Policy: Local land owners, including public agencies shall be encouraged to work with the United States Soil Conservation Service, Agricultural Stabil i zat ion and Conservation Service, Cooperative Extension Service, and related agencies to formulate and carry out erosion control programs. Actions: • • • • • Prepare and distribute to land owners information concerning erosion problems and erosion control methods in cooperation with local units of government. Use of the media should be considered for this action. Prepare sample/model standards for codes and ordinances. Increase the level of on-site field assistance to land owners. Develop and/or expand programs whereby landowners employing erosion control practices are given puhlic/media recognition. Where feasible, incorporate erosion control standards in development regulations such as zoning ordinances. - 172 - �• Ensure that the provisions of Public Act 347, the Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act, are being properly enforced. GENERAL PLANNING 33. Urban Amenities in Rural Locations Issue: Many residents living in rural locations often desire those amenities found in urban locations such as paved streets, public utilities, cable television, recreational facilities. Providing such amenities in rural areas are typically not cost-effective, moreover, they may serve to encourage further decentralization of the populace to rural areas. Goal: To provide facilities and services commensurate with sound land development and growth policies and practices. Policy: Local governmental units shall provide facilities and services commensurate with sound land and growth development policies. Actions: • • 34. Prepare/update/adopt municipal master pl ans or community facilities plans. Local planning commission review of public works in accordance with adopted master plan. Issue - Private Sewage Systems The lack of public sanitary sewers requires reliance on on-site disposal. This may result in ground water and surface water problems as development increases. - 173 - �I I I I I I -· -I ~ ~ ~ , , , , Goal: To carefully regulate development in non-sewered locations in order to protect ground water resources. Policy: Local governmental units, in cooperation with the Midland County Health Department~ shall carefully regulate development in non-sewered locations as a way of protecting groundwater resources. Actions: • 35. Municipal codes and ordinances in accordance with policy 23 action program and county health department regulations. Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) Policy Issue: The MUGA policy has created, in some instances, lack of coordinated planning efforts between the City of Midland and other units of governments. Goal: To cooperatively plan for comprehensive, efficient, and cost-effective utility systems capable of serving the diverse needs of developing areas, including locations potentially suitable for development. Policy: Local governmental units within the MUGA shall cooperatively plan and develop full utility systems. Actions: • Intergovernmental report on utility systems planning in the City of Midland and adjacent townships. - 174 - �I I I I I I I • 36. ~ ~ ~ , , , , Air Pollution Control Issue: The Michigan Department of Natural Resources has indicated that industrial air quality monitoring in Midland County does not adequately assess exotic pollutants. Goal: To provide an adequate and accurate system capable of measuring and interpreting local ambient atmospheric emissions/conditions resulting from industrial processes. '~ ~ Intergovernmental agreements on provision of utilities within the MUGA. Policy: The Midland County Health Department, in cooperation with the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, shall monitor local atmospheric conditions pursuant to industrial emissions. Actions: • • • 37. Report documenting the nature and extent of emissions. Report on a system of monitoring and testing emissions. Report on an air quality maintenance plan. Stream System Use Issue: The Tittabawassee, Chippewa, Pine, and Salt Rivers and Sanford Wixom Lakes have been identified as significant for scenic and recreational use, yet many local comprehensive plans/zoning ordinances do not recognize these systems for such use. - 175 - �I I I I I I I I I I I I -I I I I ~ Goal: To encourage local communities to consider as part of their planning process, the scenic and recreational value of the county's major water features. A secondary goal might involve the preparation of implementation guidelines/controls governing a river/lake development. Policy: Midland County local governmental units in cooperation with the Midland County Parks and Recreation Corrmission, shall be responsible for implementing the planning and zoning recommendations of the Mid,-and County River Corridor Study report. Actions: • • • • 38. Prepare/update municipal master plans in accordance with the County River Corridor Study and the County Comprehensive Plan. Workshops on measures to protect/preserve river corridors. Report on model/sample protection and preservation techniques. Prepare/update municipal zoning ordinances and map in accordance with municipal master plans. Midland County Economic Development Strategy Issue: County development (commercial and industrial) is best achieved through a planned approach whereby the various parties combine efforts to achieve a desired end. The coordination of effort between parties (agencies) needs to be expanded. Goal: To maximize the county 1 s economic development potential through the joint effort of local governmental units, appropriate public agencies, and the private sector. - 176 - �II II -II -al -~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Pol icy: The Midland County Growth Council shall continue to develop and implement programs to coordinate economic development efforts among local agencies, governmental units, and the private sector. Actions: • 39. Acknowleqgement of Growth Council's economic development strategy. Economic Diversification Issue: The economy of Midland County is largely dependent on a limited number of major employers. This lack of diversification may prove harmful should economic conditions negatively impact any one of the said employers. Goal: To encourage economic diversification versus orientation to a limited range of industrial employers/types. However, a companion goal to the above shall be to encourage the retention and expansion of existing industries. Policy: The Midland County Growth Counc i1 sha 11 continue to encourage economic diversification in its marketing efforts. The Council shall also strive to maintain existing industries. Actions: • 40. Acknowledgement of Growth Council's marketing efforts. Coordinated Management of County Offices Issue: Concern has been voiced over the lack of coordination of activities among County offices pursuant to such concerns as housing, transportation, - 177 - �community facilities, and land use. The lack of coordination may lead to operational inefficiencies, as well as efforts contrary to the desires of governmental leaders and the local citizenry. Goal: To develop a management system capable of coordinating county activities in order to achieve optimum efficiencies, provide quality service, and meet the needs and desires of the county at large concerning housing, transportation, community facilities, and land use. Pol icy: The Midland County Board of Commissioners shall develop a management system capable of coordinating County activities pursuant to housing, transportation, community facilities, and land use. Action • 41. Board policy statement on how certain departments will coordinate their work to effectuate the implementation of the comprehensive plan. Planning Effort By Local Governmental Units Issue: Community master plans and zoning ordinances vary markedly in format, depth of information and consistency with current law. Some communities do not have current comprehensive plans. Goal: To encourage local communities to prepare and maintain those documents necessary to properly guide growth and development. Policy: The Midland County Planning Commission shall advise local communities on the need to prepare and maintain necessary planning and zoning documents. - 178 - �Actions: • 42. Workshops on preparing/updating municipal documents. master plans and zoning Groundwater Protection Issue: Local communities have stressed the need to protect groundwater from contamination in order to ensure long-term supplies of clean water for residential and commercial purposes. Goal: To protect local groundwater supplies. Policy: The Midland County Health Department, in cooperation with local governing bodies, shall develop and implement ground water protection measures and shall monitor suspected problem areas. Actions: • • • • Report on groundwater resources/hydrogeological conditions in the county. Report on assessment of groundwater problems and the impact of large users drawing down the water table. Report on a groundwater protection management plan, including protection measures and a monitoring system. Establish priorities for monitoring suspected groundwater contamination areas, such as existing municipal landfills, closed dump sites, wells and abandoned gas stations. - 179 - �• • • • "' ' ' ' '~ IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAMS A major component of the County Comprehensive Plan update relates to the development of actions designed to carry out the various Plan components. A majority of those actions have been previously identified under the section detailing Issues, Goals, Policies, and Actions. Actions generally relate to one of three categories; 1) service/assistance projects, 2) plans/reports to be completed or updated, 3) capital needs (physical projects). This section summarizes the actions in tabular form and indicates: • The specific action, categorized according to type. • The lead agency responsible for meeting the identified action. • Time frame to complete the action. one to five years. Short-term actions are programmed for Long-term actions are progra1T111ed for six to twenty years and may include continuation of short-term action initiatives. should be noted that certain actions may overlap both periods. - 180 - It �• • "-~ Table 36 Service/Assistance Projects, Midland County PROJECT AGENCY SHORT TERM LONG TERM 1. HOUSING a. b. 2. a. b. 3. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Implement housing programs including grant/loan programs Adopt hous fng code standards a. Midland Co. Housing Commission b. Local governmental units TRANSPORTATION Implement traffic data system a. Midland Co. Road Conmission Implement public transit system b. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners COMMUNITY FACILITIES Promote intergovernmental utility cooperation Publicize historical assets a. Midland Co. Planning Conmission b. Midland Co. Parks & Recreation Commission c. Midland Co. Parks & Seek grant assistance for Recreation Commission program enhancement d. Midland Co. Parks & Coordinate intergovernmental recreation planning Recreation Commission e. Midland Co. Board of Implement Solid Waste ManageCommissioners ment Pl an f. Midland Co. Drain Coordinate intergovernmental/ Commissioner agency planning and programming of drainage improvements g. Midland County Board Coordinate water distribution of Public Works planning with local planning effort h. Midland County Mosquito control - 181 - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X �• • • • • - PROJECT 4. a. b. c. d. e. 5. a. LAND USE Intergovernmental/agency coordination of economic develop~ ment planning and promotion Seek applications for National Flood Insurance Program Provide technical planning assistance and data products Educate public and provide technical assistance concerning soil erosion Gypsy moth suppression GENERAL PLANNING Provide ongoing planning assistance and educational programs pertaining to planning and related growth and development issues AGENCY SHORT TERM LONG TERM a. Midland Co. Growth Council/Midland Co • Planning Commission b. Local governmental units c. Midland Co. Planning Commission d. U.S. Soil Conservation Service X X X X X X X X e. Midland County X X a. Midland Co. Planning Co1T111ission X X - 182 - �" " "II -II • -~ ~ ~ ~ Table 37 Plans and Reports PLANS/REPORTS a. HOUSING Housing Plan Update b. Mobil e/Mod.ul ar Home Study 1. c. Mobile/Modular Home Standards 2. a. TRANSPORTATION Traffic ::>ata System I s Report b. Traffic Data Report (Annual ) c• d. e. f. g. h. 3. a. North-South Circulation Study Public Transit Feasibility Study M-20 and Saginaw Rd. Corridor Studies Highway and Bridge Plan and Capital Improvements Program Bicycle and Pedestrian Trafficways Report Sign Inventory Program COMMUNITY FACILITIES MUGA Policy Analysis/Report SHORT AGENCY a. Midland Co. Housing Commission b. Midland Co. Housing Commission c. Midland Co. Housing Commission TERM LONG TERM X X X X a. Midland Co. Road Commission b. Midland Co. Road Commission c. Midland Co. Road Commission d. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners e. Midland Co. Planning Commission f. Midland Co. Road Commission X g. Midland Co. Road Commission X h. Midland Co. Road Commission X X X X X X a. Midland Co. Planning Commission - 183 - X X X X �" " ""'-, PLANS/REPORTS b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j • k. 1. m. 4. a. b. c. d. e. Historic Sites Identification and Preservation Public Services Consolidation Study County Office Facility & Space Study County Courthouse Renovation Study Recreational Funding Report Midland County Tourism Study Midland County Recreation Plan Update Solid Waste Management Implementation County Drain Plan Adaptive Reuse Study - Public Schools County Facilities Master Plan Public Utility Needs Study AGENCY b. Midland Co. Parks & Recreation Co1J111ission c. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners d. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners e. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners f. Midland Co. Parks & Recreation Commission g. Midland Co. Parks & Recreation Commission h. Midland Co. Parks & Recreation Commission i. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners j . Midland Co. Drain Commissioner k. Midland Co. Intermediate School District l. Midland Co. Planning Commission m. Midland Co. Board of Public Works LAND USE Soil Capability Report a. Midland Co. Health Department Regional Market Analysis Report b. Midland Co. Planning Commission c. Midland Co. Growth Economic Development •sites Council Report Farmland Preservation Techniques d. Midland Co. Planning Commission Report Land Use/Master Plans (updates) e. Local Governmental Units - 184 - SHORT TERM LONG TERM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X �II II II II II -II PLANS/REPORTS 5. a. b. c. d. GENERAL PLANNING Facility Plans updates Air Quality Report update Groundwater Quality Study County Capital Improvements Program AGENCY a. Local Governmental Units b. Midland Co. Health Department c. Midland Co. Health Department d. Midland Co. Planning Commission II II II - - 185 - SHORT TERM TERM X X X X LONG X X X �• • • • • • • • • • • Table 38 Capital Needs, Midland County* NEEDS 1. Historic Sites Markers 2. Air Quality Monitoring Equipment 3. New Landfill Site Acquisition/ Development 4. Traffic Counters 5. County Road Improvements (various) 6. Public Transit Vehicles 7. Expansion of Water District No.I 8. Manitou Park Acquisition/ Development 9. Courthouse Exterior Restoration 10. County Office Facility 11. Courthouse Interior Renovation 12. 9,000 sq.ft. Addition(Phase II)/ Dow Memorial Library ·13. Emergency Operating Center 14. Fairgrounds Master Plan Implementation 15. West Midland Community Center New Building AGENCY SHORT TERM 1. Midland Co. Parks & Recreation Commission 2. Midland Co. Health Department 3. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners 4. Midland Co. Road Commission 5. Midland Co. Road Commission 6. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners/Michigan Department of Transportation 7. Midland Co. Board of Public Works 8. Midland Co. Parks & Recreation Commission 9. Midland Co. Board of Commissioners IO.Midland Co. Board of Commissioners 11.Midland Co. Board of Commissioners 12.City of Midland 13.West Midland Community Center 14.Midland Co • . Fair Board 15.West Midland Community Center - 186 - LONG TERM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X �II II II II II -~ ~ ~ AGENCY NEEDS 16. Renovation/Expansion of Pinecrest 17. Children's Center 18. 567 S.F. Addition to Animal Control Building 19. New Spray Equipment-Mosquito Control 20. Central Vehicle Maintenance Control 21. Road Patcher - Road Commission 22. Increase in Jail Capacity 23. Midland Hospital Center Expansion 24. Vocational Tech Wing 25. Applied Science Lab 26. Midland Co. Council on Aging New Building 27. Sanford Museum - Expansion 28. Mill Restoration 29. Homer Road Bridge 30. Eastman Road SHORT TERM 16.Pinecrest Home 17.Probate Court/ Midland Co. Board of Commissioners 18.Midland Co. Animal Control/ Board of Commissioners 19.Mosquito Control X X X X 20.Midland Co. Board of Corrrnissioners 21.Midland Co. Road Commission 22.Midland Co. Board of Commissioners 23.Midland Hospital 24.Delta College 25.Michigan Molecular Institute 26.Midland Co. Council on Aging 27.Sanford Museum 28.Midland Co. Historical Museum 29.Midland County Road Commission 30.Michigan Department of Transportation/Midland County Road Corrrnission/ City of Midland - 187 - LONG TERM X X X X X X X X X X X �NEEDS 31. Completion of U.S. 1O/M-2O Interchange 32. Magruder Connector (M-18 to South County Line) 33. Salzburg Road Improvement 34. Midland City Hall (Proposed) AGENCY 31.Michigan Department of Transportation 32.Midland County Road Commission 33.Midland County Road Commission/City of Midland 34.City of Midland - 188 - SHORT TERM LONG TERM X X X X �COUlf O L AOW I t p11Ji i1Jf TT dH N ll FIGURE 17 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN z c( ..J LEGEND CL w LAND USE CJ AGRICULTURAL > en z ~ PUBLIC :i:: c( ~ RIVER CORRIDOR a: fIItid RURAL RESIDENTIAL .. w z w RESIDENTIAL llilllll INDUSTRIAL ~ COMMERCIAL (< C, CL :i:: (> >t- :I!: 0 0 :I!: 0 1ac.) 1ac.) @ COMMUNITY COMMERCIAL A REGIONAL COMMERCIAL > tz z :::, :::, 0 0 Q Q c( ..J c( ..J 0 0 z z ... -:I!: -:I!: Q Q STREETS AND HIGHWlYS - RURAL MAJOR ARTERIALS I RURAL MINOR ARTERIALS -■■- RURAL MAJOR COLLECTORS •••••• RURAL MINOR COLLECTORS 1111111 PROPOSED RURAL MINOR ARTERIALS 111111 PROPOSED RURAL MAJOR COLLECTORS I • I I LOCAL STREETS NOTE: REFER TO EXISTING STREET AND HIGHWAY FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION MAP FOR SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION JANUARY 1987 'JI (., .. FOR CITIES OF MIDLAND AND COLEMAN , t II A T ... I O t •• u • T ' ... C O U N T ~SCALI : 1• = ., ''I .. ~ T 1000' L___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I !: fi!t D � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Midland-County_Comprehensive-Plan_1987 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Midland County Planning Commission, Midland County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1987-07 Title A name given to the resource Midland County Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Midland County Comprehensive Plan was prepared by the Midland County Planning Commission with the assistance of the Department of County Development and the WBDC Group Consultants in July 1987. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Department of County Development The WBDC Group Consultants (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Midland County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/882a66178b368f3c0497ddd2c471cec7.pdf c34b05e268b7bcae519de091e05d5776 PDF Text Text THOROUGHFARE PLAN MIDLAW MIQ-IIGAN OF MIDLAND. ADOPTED BY THE PLANNING COMMISION OF THE CITY OF MIDLAND ON JUNE 3. 1997 - L. EXISTING MAJOR THOROUGHFARE - - PROPOSED MAJOR THOROUGHFARE EX ISTING MI N OR (SECONDARY) THOROUG HFARE • - PROPOSED MJNOR (SECONDARY) THOROUGHFARE The Thoroughfare Plan identifies improvements the street system requires to serve future growth. The Plan classifies streets according to their primary function, either moving traffic from one location to another or providing access to properly adjoining the road. The categories and the function of each are as follows : - - EXISTING COLLECTOR STR EET - . ~·-.:··~. - . -~-J.li-...!!"°!.---. -· ----1--------1-+ i !j ..... -. ... Ill l * PROPOSED COLLEC TOR STRE ET •· · ........ Cl..-.,, BOUNDARY - MIDLA ND URBAN GROWTH AREA BOUNDARY INTERCHANGE IMPROVEME NTS Expressway This designation is for limited -access highway facilities whose primary function is carrying long-distance traffic between regions of the State. No access to adjoining property is provided . US- IO. which extends around the norlh and cast sides of the City, is the only thoroughfare in this category. Major Thoroughfare The primary role of major thoro ughfares is moving traffic through the City or area. Providing access to adjoining property is of minor imporlance. Characteristics include : high speed s, high traffic volumes, long roadway length , multiple lanes, turning lanes at intersections, no on -street parking, and limited use of traffic control devi ces. Major th orou ghfare traffic 1s given prefere nce by traffic signalization . L. -i - RO Minor (Secondary) Thoroughfare Moving traffic within the City remain s the more important of the two functi ons for thi s category of roadway, but access to adjoining property is of higher impor1ance than for major thoroughfares . Additionally. traffi c signalizatio n is more fr equent, operating speeds arc lower, and access design stresses minimizing the number of driveways. Ill) Collector Streel Collector street s serve the dual function of mobility and access. They collect traffic from a network of local streets and link the local street network to streets of higher classification, while also providing access to adjoining properties. RD I r, Local Access Street Providing acce ss to adjoining property is the major function of local streets. These streets are designed to carry little or no through traffic . (These streets arc not shown on the Plan.) The Thoroughfare Plan includes the following modifications to the City's major street system: I. New east-wcsl connection from Waldo Avenue to Jefferson Avenue, north of US - IO, utihLing a part of the exi sting Joseph Drive. II. New major arterial street exte nding south from Saginaw Road near Stark Road to M-20 ( Isabella Street ). III. Exten sion of Letts Road between Jefferson Avenue and Eastman Avenue, to improve east/west circulation in the area. IV. Extension of Sugnel Road we st from W. Main Street to Dublin Avenue. Y. More direct connection between the west end of Airport Road at Hick s Road and Stark Road near 1he US-IO interchange. MASTER PLAN (Comprehensive Development Plan) VI. Recon stru ction of the Bay City Road/US-IO interchange. 1997-2007 &Beyond Issues Need for improvements to 1he Eastman Avenue/US- IO interchange. Expansion of the Waldo Avenue/US-IO interchange from a partial to a full interchange. The expansion is projected to occur further in the future , be yo nd the time frame of this plan. INTRODUCTION The City of Midland's Master Plan represents a guide for the City's future physical development. Enhancing Midland as a place to live, work, shop, play, and avoid the problems of uncontrolled development are its primary goals. The plan is based on anticipated future growth. The plan, with goals and policies, has been developed to accommodate and manage the anticipated growth in an effective and efficient manner. Policy/Action: The land-use pauern in the City should provide for contiguity between future growth and ex.isling development. The Land Use Map in this Plan is intended to maintain a compact urban form for the City in the future. The Plan should guide future zoning decisions of the City. Policy/Action: Rezoning land for urban development should only occur when it is contiguous with or near ex.isling urban development. Development of land already served by public facilities should occur before development of land for which ex.tension of public facilities is required. Policy/Action: Coordination of land use plans for the City and neighboring townships should be encouraged. Meetings with township planning commissions will be conducted on a periodic basis to facilitate coordination. FUTURE POPULATION GROWTH AND LAND NEEDS 2. Population Growth The 1990 Census reports the City's population as 38,053, about a 2.2% growth factor over the 1980 population of 37,250. The July 1994 U.S. Census estimates for the City of Midland show a population of 39,568, which is a 4.0% growth factor over the 1990 figures. The Census does not, however, consider population gained from annexations. With the population of areas annexed into the City since the 1990 Census, the Planning Department estimates a current 1997 population of 40,300. Assuming a conservative 0.15% growth rate per year between now and the year 2000, and adding populations from anticipated areas of annexation, the projected population for the year 2000 would be 40,500, and 42,150 for the year 2010. This would be a low estimate, compared to the growth of the City of Midland over the past six years. Assuming a 5% growth rate per decade and adding population from potential annexations would estimate a population of 41,320 by the year 2000 and 43,390 by the year 2010. Land Needs While there is a relationship between the amount of land needed for future development and the anticipated population growth, this is not always a direct relationship. particularly for nonresidential land use categories. The proposed plan provides for ample lands to be set aside for all types of development. This provides alternatives for land owners and developers in locating future development. The Land Use Plan provides for considerable General Commercial land north of US-10 between Jefferson and Eastman. This area has become the focal point for much of lhe commercial development taking place in the City. However, the downtown area still is to be maintained for specialty kinds of commercial and service establishments. Industrial lands are located primarily in the southeast part of the City. This places industrial development down wind from most of the residential neighborhoods in the community. Lands for other kinds of industrial development under controlled conditions are also provided. While detached single-family homes are ex.peeled to remain the predominant type of new housing developed in the future, it is important that the Comprehensive Plan and development regulations of the City provide for nexibilily in the types of housing developed in the future. The Land Use Plan Map provides land for various densities of residential development in order to permit a variety of choices in housing styles and prices, and to permit market nexibility in responding to demand for various housing products. Policy/Action: Continue use of Housing Rehabilitation Program to stabilize neighborhoods and maintain a moderately priced housing stock . Federally funded rehabilitation efforts are an important source of affordable housing, particularly for first-time home buyers. Policy/Action: Encourage stability in residential areas of the City by minimizing intrusions and adverse impacts of incompatible uses. In residential neighborhoods, the stability of housing values and neighborhood quality are sensitive to tbe impacts of surrounding uses. Although it is not always possible to avoid incompatibilities. the potential adverse impacts of nonresidential uses on residential neighborhoods should be minimized through use of appropriate site design and landscape buffering. Policy/Action: Provide for the identification and acquisition of land needed for support facilities, such as schools, parks, and public facilities in close proximity to residential areas. The proximity of these services and facilities contributes to the quality of residential areas and creates a sense of community. Periodic review of needs should be conducted with the entities involved with the planning and development of support facilities. 3. Develop the Downtown Riverfront as a focal point of activity Improve the visibility of Downtown 10 create a better awareness of ils location. Such improvements could include physical improvements, better signage. changes to street patterns, and improved parking. Strengthen characteristics that are unique to Downtown Improve Riverfront access to Main Street buildings Improve the entrances to the Downtown to: Make the Downtown more visible to the public Create gateways that signify a sense of arrival Develop continuity in the physical appearance of Downtown COMMUNITY GOALS AND POLICIES Identification of community goals regarding the future is an important component of the comprehensive planning process. Goal statements aid in defining a common purpose and direction for the community. The following goals were established by the Planning Commission to guide the development of this Plan. Each goal statement is followed by a brief discussion of policies and/or actions intended 10 assist in achieving the goal. 4. GOAL: MAINTAIN A COMPACT DEVELOPMENT PATTERN. The size • • • City of Midland currently benefits from a relatively compact development pattern when compared to many other communities its in Michigan and around the country. Benefits of this type of development pattern are many. They include: Increased proximity and shorter driving distances between residences and places of work More efficient use of public infrastructure, resulting in lower costs Preservation of natural resources, open space and agricultural land Preservation of adequate land for open space in close proximity to residential neighborhoods The compact pattern of growth found in the City has developed, in part, due to 1he lack of potable water and suitable means for disposing of sanitary sewage in areas not served by public utilities. The policy of the City of Midland of not extending municipal utilities 10 areas within a defined perimeter of the Ci1y, unless annexed to the City (the Midland Urban Growth Area or MUGA policy ). has also assisted in maintaining this efficient growth pattern. Policy/Action: The City should continue its use of utility services to help shape the future pattern of growth in the City to a compact "''-~ GOAL: REDEVELOP THE DOWNTOWN AS A UNIQUE CENTER OF ACTIVITY FOR THE COMMUNITY. Policy/Action: The City should emphasize the role of the Downtown as a unique office, retail, service, and governmental center. Actions which should be taken to facilitate lhis policy include: Future modifications to the plan may be necessary to accommodate changes in the manner and direction that development is proceeding. The planning process is one of continuing evaluation of growth trends and community needs. l. GOAL: ENSURE AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF LAND FOR ALL TYPES OF RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT. GOAL: PROVIDE LAND FOR NEEDED NEIGHBORHOOD CONVENIENCE COMMERCIAL USES IN LOCATIONS COMPATIBLE WITH AND WITH DESIGN APPROPRIATE FOR RESIDENTIAL AREAS. Policy/Action: Neighborhood convenience uses should only be permitted at intersections of major or secondary thoroughfares, and on sites where adverse impacts on nearby residential areas can be avoided or minimized through appropriate site design and buffering. Policy/Action: Neighborhood convenience commercial uses should be designed with access and circulation systems which minimize the number of accesses, thus maintaining the traffic-carrying capacity of major streets. 5. GOAL: ACHIEVE A HIGH-QUALITY IMAGE AND APPEARANCE IN NEW DEVELOPMENT. Policy/Action: Landscaping of new development should go beyond the use of landscaping to hide undesirable features. Landscaping requirements contained in the zoning ordinance should be modified and expanded to provide a minimum level of quality for all site landscaping, 10 enhan~e ihe appearance of new development. create attractive views from public streets and soften the impact of large Parkin!.:! are:i, 6. GOAL: EXPAND THE RETAIL ECONOMIC SECTOR IN THE CITY OF MIDLAND TO RETAIN A LARGER SHARE OF RESIDENTS' RETAIL SPENDING. Policy/Action: The Comprehensive Plan should provide land in suitable areas for expansion of the City's commercial base. Commercial development should be concentrated in the areas shown for such development on the Land Use Plan Map. Sufficient land for commercial use is provided to ensure a competitive land market and a variely of sile selection choices. 7. GOAL: PROVIDE LAND TO SUPPORT INDUSTRIAL DIVERSIFICATION OF THE MIDLAND ECONOMY. Policy/Action: Future industrial development should be located where characteristics such as noise and traffic will not adversely affect residential areas. Policy/Action: Diversification of the Midland economy should be encouraged by the City and supported by City land-use decisions. Policy/Action: Additional land for industrial use should be provided in proximity 10 lhe Midland Cogeneration Plant. 8. GOAL: MAINTAIN A SYSTEM OF MAJOR STREETS WHICH PROVIDES SAFE AND EFFICIENT TRAFFIC MOVEMENT THROUGHOUT THE CITY, WITHOUT DISRUPTION OF RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOODS. Policy/Action: Commercial development in a linear pattern with shallow depth along arterial streets should be discouraged . Commercial development should be encouraged as planned centers to avoid the negative visual impacls of strip development and maintain capacity of major thoroughfares through coordination of access and circulation systems. Policy/Action: Platting of residential lots with individual lot frontage on major streets will be discouraged. Policy/Action: Access-control regulations will be developed to control the number, location and design o f accesses to major streets. 9. GOAL: MAKE IMPROVEMENTS TO THE MAJOR STREET SYSTEM TO MORE EFFECTIVELY SERVE THE TRANSPORTATION NEEDS OF RESIDENTS OF MIDLAND AND THE TRI-CITIES REGION. Policy/Action: The City should continue to encourage the following improvements to State trunkline highways hy the Michigan Department of Transportation: A new access ramp from US-10 eastbound to Wackerly Street to provide improved access to Eastman Avenue and longer stacking space for vehicles • A full-directional interchange at US - 10 and Bay City Road to improve traffic access to and from the east side of the City and Williams Township Redesign the BR- IO/M-20 overpass al Saginaw Road to create a more safe and efficient traffic pattern for thi s part of the community Improve traffic circulation in the vicinity of the Jefferson Avenue overpass of US-IO Policy/Action: Improve north/south c irculation on the west side of the City through construction of a major road connection between M-20 on the south and Saginaw Road and the US-IO interchange at Slark Road on the north . Policy/Action: The City should develop additional traffic circulation options to alleviate the problem in the vicini,y of US 10/Wackerly Street/Eastman Avenue. An east-west arterial west of Eastman Avenue north of the US-IO Expressway should he developed . 10. GOAL: PROTECT THE NATURAL FEATURES WHICH CONTRIBUTE TO THE DESIRABLE CHARACTER, APPEARANCE AND IMAGE OF THE CITY OF MIDLAND. Policy/Action: Encourage preservation of woodlands as an element in the design of new development. Policy/Action: Discourage intensive development of wetlands and other environmentall y sensitive areas . Development standards should be added to the zoning ordinance which en sure that adequate consideratio n is given to protectio n of sensitive environmental features . ll. GOAL: PROVIDE PARKS AND OPEN SPACE IN PROXIMITY TO RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOODS Policy/Action: Encourage development of common open space to preserve environmcnlally sensitive areas and provide natural . · f · areas for the enJOyment o residents. Policy/Action: Acquire land for neighborhood parks in anticipation of new development and the need for such facilitie s. Policy/Action: Develop and implement plans for a pedestrian and bicvcle trail system in the Citv. to orovide rec re alional �J=ilf --------+,,.,-------------~=c," ,, lMI □ [Q) IL ~ [NJ [Q) -----r -- I ~l " ~ __J _Jl r,, l LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL s .--------~ lMl □ ~IXl □ @~[N] EB I II I I I I 11 I USE PLAN 21 • ,___________ I__ _ CERTIFICATE: HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL I I THIS IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE LAND USE PLAN OF THE CITY OF MIDLAND, ADOPTED BY THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF MIDLAND ON JUNE 3, 1997 AND JUNE 24, I 997. CONVENIENCE COMMERCIAL DOWNTOWN COMMERCIAL GENERAL COMMERCIAL OFFICE SERVICE LIGHT INDUSTRIAL ' b--------"r----'"'li,,:.==a=!<"=-=o~-'--==£l " . e' 1 ·, __ ___ _j INDUSTRIAL l, • LIMITED INDUSTRIAL PARK/ OPEN SPACE/ SCHOOL --·-·-·- ·-·-, i i i i I ' i ·"''' "" )61 i MES H. SCHROEDER, SECRETARY PUBLIC/ QUASI PUBLIC '4DlANO t lf' -·- ·- ·- CITY BOUNDARY ----- MIDLAND URBAN GROWTH AREA •••••• •• SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA BOUNDARY t----------------)Ir= .~ .~ ,: - - - - - - - - - - - · ~ "1Ll!Atf5 111' i _ ,c_, l2 i i PLAN IMPLEMENTATION ~ p !.. , ------ ---- i . . ........--. ~, i tj •••••••• ••••••.•.•••••••.• __,/ The Master Plan identifies goals for the future physical development of the City. The tools listed below represent the primary mechanisms for achieving these goals. It is essential that in utilizing each tool, the Master Plan be considered. Zoning Ordinance Provisions 1: , •• I I __,. 11, ~ i ··-.. \.,·1···· . .... .. 8 .... .. .... i ""'!"-:.,.'fl / .. ~/ '..!.. " I I I I •••• I ·-· ••••Jl ••••••••.• ... I I. •' I Subdivision Controls C."••··, ·- · ~;-:-;;;.,_. . Subdivision controls regulate the division of land in the interest of obtaining orderly and harmonious growth in the community. These regulations can be used to secure good subdivision layout, provide for adequate and coordinated streets, proper sewer and water facilities, and other necessary improvements. A I Access Management The need for costly roadway improvements can be reduced by maintaining the traffic-carrying capacity of existing streets. The number, design , and location of driveways along major roadways affects traffic flow, ease of driving, and accident potential. The use of access-management regulations to ensure proper design and placement of driveways can help limit the number of driveways and encourage access from side streets, serv ice drives, frontage roads, and shared driveways . ll \ /"~ The Zoning Ordinance plays a dominant role in implementing the Land Use Plan. Through it, the land in the City is divided into zoning districts. All uses permitted within the different districts, with appropriate restrictions, are clearly defined for each district. It is important that the mapping of zoning jistricts reflects the recommendations of the Land Use Plan, although minor inconsistencies often exist due to changes in development patterns or zoning practices. It is important that a City's zoning ordinance be updated to reflect new land use concepts and development patterns. The City Council makes the final decision on all zoning matters, with the City Planning Commission playing an important advisory role. - ,_ lf Land Acquisition for Public Facilities r1 As the City grows and expands beyond its current limits, land will be needed for neighborhood parks, new major thoroughfares, schools, and other public services. These needs must be anticipated, and steps must be taken to acquire the land before extensive development makes acquisition difficult and costly. ·1 V Long-Range Capital Improvements Program A Capital Improvement Program lists expenditures for capital expenditures, such as stree ts and sewers, on a priority basis . Projects which further community-wide goals and objectives shou ld be given a high ranking. The goals and desired development pattern outlined within the Plan should serve as a guide in the planning of future capital expenditures. / f Ii - Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) ~ ~-=;ff;,....";T '.,aoa"""'-~~ • .:C*-.-ca.--000-.._..,.--~,!-,"""'~ "";.:"~'*~.--_,,l.,"""':::;~~~»""""'"""""caca""°~-~~---i/~"'-"~~---..Y.~""'"""=~..,.-="""~~!'!!!!!!m.l=,_"""~~:.F.!!:!i~~:"\'i'="'-i;:::!llliiilh.~ " '°"'1 Mtlll[1 , ,,,, r,(,(IISO.t. 1~ ·-- ----------------- ----------- ) ---------• L_____i ________________ J__________________ i_ _ I I I I I -... I The City of Midland's policy of ex tendi ng utility service to areas within the Midland Urban Growth Area, only upon annexation, helps to control growth on the City's perimeter by making it a part of the City itself. With this policy, the City of Midland inhibits sprawl and the misuse of land, and encourages development to take place in accordance with the Master Plan. LAND USE PLAN The Land Use Plan is only for the area of the City of Midland and lands within the Midland Urban Growth Area (MUGA) boundary. The map depicts the desired land use pattern for future development in the community. The boundaries between land use categories are not meant to be precise boundaries, as they appear on the map. The purpose of the Map is to show general land use relationships, not the intended use of every parcel in the community. It should be used as a guide to land use planning and as a tool in planning for future public facility needs. The major land use categories are as follows: Non-Urban Development Land in this category is not expected to experience development of a character or intensity requiring urban services. It is anticipated that lands outside of Midland 's Urban Growth Area should remain in this category. However, some land within the MUGA is mapped in the non-urban category, but is expected to be developed to urban densities sometime in the future . Residential Development The Low-Density Residential category includes traditional detached singlefamily residential development, as well as newer forms of low-density housi ng, such as attached single-family condominiums developed at low densities. Density typically does not exceed four dwe:lling units per acre. The Medium-Density Residential category includes residential development having a densi ty between four and nine dwelling units per acre. The High-Density Residential category includes apartment comp lexes and permits up 10 20 dwelling units per acre. Commercial Land Use The Convenience Commercial category includes small commercial centers serving the everyday needs of nearby residents. New convenience commercial centers shou Id be considered on a site-specific basis, where development features will not have excessive adverse impacts on surrounding properties. The General Commercial category includes the full range of retail , dining, lodging, and service establishments which serve the entire community and surrounding area. The Downtown Commercial category includes a variety of compatible and mutually supporting uses, including small retail shops, dining establishments, lodging and conference facilities, high-density housing, and riverfront recreational facilities. This area is the same as the Downtown Development Authority District and the Shopping Area Redevelopment Authority District. Office Service Land in this category includes professional and business offices, business services, and personal services. This category often serves as a transitional buffer between more intensive commercial and residential areas. containing a mix of office, commercial, light industrial, and research uses within a controlled environment. The office and commercial services should provide support facilities for the light industrial uses, incorporating standards governing building size, emissions, noise, and traffic safety. Industrial Land Use Public/Quasi Public The Light Industrial category allows for combining land uses chat are both commercial and industrial in nature. External nuisances, such as noise or odors, are minimal. This category includes higher education facilities, hospitals, airports, fairgrounds, other governmental facilities, and major cultural and recreational facilities in the community. The Industrial category permits all types of industrial and manufacturing uses. These uses, while generating less traffic than Light Industrial, tend to generate more noise, vibration, dirt, odor, and other external nuisances. Park/Open-Space/School Included in this category are public and private school s, major community parks, and greenbelts. Existing small parks are included in this category, but most are not shown on the Map. Parks designated by the green circles include approximate areas designated for future parks and open space. The Limited Industrial category includes planned industrial centers � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Midland_Master-Plan-Map_1997 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1997-06-24 Title A name given to the resource Master Plan 1997-2007 & Beyond Description An account of the resource The Master Plan 1997-2007 & Beyond for the City of Midland was adopted by the City of Midland Planning Commission on June 3, 1997 and June 24, 1997. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Midland (Mich.)--Maps Midland County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/f979fa44e017fcbbabe009b2fb70acd2.pdf 0e029a119aa863d49af7b92c839b8aa2 PDF Text Text lEGENO AMENDED MAY 23, 2000 LANO USE PLAN I AMENDED TO MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL C=:J C=:J C=:J c=:J AMENDED TO MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL AND OFFICE SERVICE E9 lllllllllllllll NON URBAN LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL CONVENIENCE COMMERCIAL DOWNTOWN COMMERCIAL GENERAL COMMERCIAL ---------- . 1 C=:J OFFICE SERVICE C=:J LlGHT INDUSTRIAL C=:J INDUSTRIAL C=:J LIMITED INDUSTRIAL C=:J PUBL IC/OUAS I PUBL IC C=:J PARK/OPEN SPACE/SCHOOL - •CI TY BOUNDARY ••• • MIDLAND URBAN GROWTH AREA IMUGAl SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA BOUNDARY -------- ········-............ I ~ I '' ' I!! II ~ i. ...... .L. I I, n AMENDED TO - GENERAL COMMERCIAL I I I I I I � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Midland_Land-Use-Plan-Map_2000 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2000-05-23 Title A name given to the resource Land Use Plan Description An account of the resource The Land Use Plan Map for the City of Midland was amended on May 23, 2000. Subject The topic of the resource Land Use--planning Midland (Mich.)--Maps Midland County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/46b3add3904ee4040104dffe8f1ac011.pdf 15b7ba16d2dd48ab4b43ebed9b548aa8 PDF Text Text MASTER PLAN OF .FUTURE LAND USE �CITY OF MARYSVILLE MASTER PLAN prepared by: THE CITY OF MARYSVILLE PLANNING COMMISSION assistance provided by: \ l \ l l • ■■ □ ■■ Vilican■ ::J ■■■■ Leman ::JOO ■■ ::JOO ■■ & Associates, . ODDO ■ Inc . • Community Planning Consultants 28316 Franklin Road Southfield, Michigan 48034 SEPTEMBER, 1991 �FROM TH£ LIBR Planning & z . ARY QF; .. onmg Center, rnc-:, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS PLANNING COMMISSION Wladimir (Deem) E. Boldyreff, Chairman Dale Hrisca Lucien Lenn Don F. Reid Patrick F. Sampson, Councilman Jack M. Schumacher, City Manager Ron Wiltse David J. Wright, Jr. Mayor Cl'IY COUNCIL David J. Wright, Jr. Mayor Richard A. Badley Richard M. Curley John W. Hurley Joseph S. Johns, Mayor Pro-tern Grant C. Nixon Patrick F. Sampson ADMINISTRATION Jack M. Schumacher, City Manager Sharon Schess, City Clerk Scott Richards, Director of Community Development �TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ................................. . .............................. 1 PURPOSE .............................................................. 2 SCOPE ...... ......... .............. ..... .......... .......... .......... 2 METHODOLGY . . . . . . . ............................................... . ... 2 BACKGROUND STUDIES ......................................................... 4 POPULATION ............................................................ 4 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS ............. . ....... . .... . ................. 6 GENERAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS .......................... 11 GENERAL HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS ....................... . .... . ......... 13 LAND USE ANALYSIS ..................... . .. . .............. . ............. 16 STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY .................................................. 19 SIDEWALK STUDY ....................................................... 21 RESIDENTIAL AREAS ........................................................... 23 \ I VISUAL IMPRESSIONS OF RESIDENTIAL AREAS ................... ........... . . PRELIMINARY RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN .................. . .................. NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GOALS, OBJECTIVES & POLICIES ............... . ........................... 23 27 28 31 COMMERCIAL AND OFFICE AREAS ........................................ . ....... 33 COMMERCIAL AREAS ......... . .... . ......................... . ........... 33 OFFICE AREAS ......................................................... 34 GOALS, OBJECTIVES & POLICIES ......................... . ................. 35 INDUSTRIAL AREAS . . .......... . ... . ............ .. ......... ......... ........... 38 COMMUNITY FACILITIES .. . ............ . ............. . .................. . ....... 41 SCHOOLS .... . ...................................... . ................. RECREATION .. . .. . .............. . ....................... ........ ...... . FIRE PROTECTION .............................. . ........................ POLICE PROTECTION .................................................... LIBRARY FACILITIES ..................................................... LOCAL ADMINISTRATION .................................................. UTILITIES .................. . .......... .................. ........ .. ..... 41 43 45 46 47 47 47 THOROUGHFARE PLAN ......................................................... 50 GRATIOT CORRIDOR PLAN ........... . . . ............ . .......... . .......... STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY STUDY ....... . .... . ............................... STREET HIERARCHY .. . .................................................. SUMMARY . .................................. . ... . . . ............. . ..... 50 50 51 52 FUTURE LAND USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 contents-1 �TABLES TABLE 1: TABLE 2: TABLE 3: TABLE 4: TABLE 5: TABLE 6: TABLE 7: TABLE 8: TABLE 9: TABLE 10: TABLE 11 : TABLE 12: 1 l TABLE 13: TABLE 14: TABLE 15: TABLE 16: TABLE 17: TABLE 18: I I TABLE 19: TABLE 20: POPULATION TRENDS AND PROJECTIONS ............................... 5 AGE GROUP COMPARISON ....................................... . ... 6 AGE GROUP TRENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MARYSVILLE SENIORS : 1990 . . . . . . . . . . .. . ....... 9 . .................... . .... 11 HOUSEHOLD ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS ............................ 12 EDUCATION LEVELS OF RESIDENTS 25 YEARS AND OLDER : 1989 ............ 12 OCCUPATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS : 1989 .............................. 13 HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 OCCUPANCY CHARACTERISTICS ..................................... 15 AGE OF HOUSING . ..... . ...... . ................................... 15 VACANT LAND BY ZONING CATEGORY .... . ............................ 18 VACANT LAND ZONED FOR SINGLE-FAMILY USE ..................... . ... 18 EXISTING DWELLINGS .............................................. 28 POTENTIAL DWELLINGS .. . ............. . ........................... 29 NUMBER OF DWELLINGS AT FULL CAPACITY ......... . .................. 29 OFFICE SPACE NEEDS ................... . ................ . ........ 34 SUMMARY INFORMATION REGARDING INDUSTRIAL AREAS ................. 38 DESIRABLE SCHOOL STANDARDS . .......... . .............. . .......... 41 EXISTING PUBLIC SCHOOL FACILITIES ........................ . .... . SITE AREA SUMMARY .... . ......................................... 42 TABLE 21 : RECREATION FACILITIES .. . ................. . ....................... 44 TABLE 22: FIRE STATION RADIUS ..................... . .... . ................... 45 TABLE 23 : ACCIDENTS AT IRREGULAR INTERSECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 TABLE 24 : SUMMARY OF FUTURE LAND USE AREA .................................. . 56 contents-2 �MAPS AND GRAPHICS ENROLLMENT TRENDS : 1979 to 1989 ............................................... 7 AGE GROUP COMPARISON (OVER TIME) ................................... . ........ 8 AGE GROUP COMPARISON (BETWEEN MUNICIPALITIES) ............................... 10 EXISTING LAND USE MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17a l POTENTIAL WETLAND AREAS ................................... . ............ ... 18a RIGHT-OF-WAY INVENTORY MAP ................................................ 19a A GUIDE FOR POTENTIAL STREET LAYOUT ......................................... 20a 1 GUIDE FOR A POTENTIAL STREET LAYOUT: SUBDIVISION D ............................ 20a SIDEWALK PLAN ............................................................. 22a VISUAL IMPRESSIONS OF RESIDENTIAL AREAS ..................................... 27a PRELIMINARY RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN .......................................... 27a NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29a INVENTORY OF EXISTING BUSINESS LAND USES .. . ................................. 33a PRELIMINARY COMMERCIAL AREAS PLAN ......................................... 34a PRELI MINARY INDUSTRIAL AREAS PLAN ........................................... 40a COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN .................................................. 49a THOROUGHFARE PLAN ........................................................ 51a STREET CLOSURE DETAILS ..................................................... 52a LOOP STREET DETAIL (wall on residential side) ...................................... 52 b LOOP STREET DETAIL (wall on commercial side) ..................................... 52c SUBDIVISION ENTRANCE DETAIL .. ....... ....................................... 53a FUTURE LAND USE PLAN ............ . ........................... . ... . ........ . 57a contents-3 �INTRODUCTION Historically, most cities have been formed by circumstance rather than deliberative action on the part of an individual or governmental body. But, they are all based on a fundamental premise; people (or land uses) for one reason or another, require proximity to one another or certain institutions. Older cities generally developed around three influences; the fortress, the church or some geographic feature which gave rise to a center of commerce. The early roots of older cities helped to shape the pattern of the City as it stands today. Other cities arose from grand plans designed to avoid the problems associated with the "spontaneous city." In each instance, the plans were moved principally by one individual. The City of Washington D.C. has evolved over the past two hundred years, but the influence of Pierre Charles L'Enfant's plan for the City is evident throughout its fabric. Daniel Burnham drafted the plan for Chicago at the turn of the century providing a high degree of complexity and specificity into the various elements. Also at the turn of the century, Ebenezer Howard designed "garden cities" such as Rad burn, New Jersey in an attempt to provide livable spaces for all aspects of life work, play or the home. In a similar mold, Andres Duany and Elizabeth Plater-Zyberk, with developments such as Seaside in Florida, are currently pioneering an attempt to make cities livable by controlling design elements in a manner that encourages social interaction. It is their premise that humans are social creatures and that a sense of community can be fostered if the urban form allows for "social" activity. At the same time, through improving technology, we are losing our dependence on direct social interaction. Telephones, of course, allow the ability to transfer voice over a long distance. Similarly, computers and facsimile machines, now essentials for even small businesses, allow the immediate transfer of large quantities of written and graphi"' information. Thus, our dependence upon proximity to one another for our daily SOL and business needs is decreased. Furthering this influence is our "choice" of transportation. At the turn of the century, various types of rapid transit provided for a greater separation of workers from the work place, and thus suburbia was born. The modern automobile and consumer taste have propelled this entropy at an ever expanding rate as more highways and better cars are engineered. Over time, planning has emerged as an impetus both action oriented and reactionary. In one instance, policies may be created in reaction to haphazard development, while in another, planning may result in a grand plan for the development of a new area. The best planning blends both forms, synthesizing forethought and past knowledge; causing and reacting to change. 1 �PURPOSE Marysville has and will be shaped by a number of factors, many of which it has no control over. This master plan document is intended to provide direction to the future of the City. The plan designates certain areas for various land uses in a manner that will help to mitigate negative impacts between varying uses. In other instances, it is designed to facilitate a symbiotic relation between uses to provide economic soundness, a healthful environment and efficiency of function. This document is a policy manual. One of the tools to accomplish the goals established in the plan is direct public action. However, some of the most powerful and useful tools are the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations. State zoning enabling legislation specifies that zoning should be based on a plan. This master plan provides the framework for the City of Marysville Zoning Map. Additionally, the documentation of this plan provides guidance for the creation of zoning standards that are consistent with the goals of the community. SCOPE 1 I 1 l 1 The decisions made in preparation of this plan will affect the shape of the City and consequently the quality of life of its inhabitants; both businesses and residents. The planned area includes not only the City of Marysville, but in some instances, areas outside of the City. While such areas may be outside of direct regulation by the City, much can be done through open dialogue with adjoining communities to assure that land uses are compatible across municipal boundaries. The background studies and goals, objectives and policies, have helped to shape the Master Plan of Future Land Use map which is included in this document. This map is a general plan that may be subject to change given the advent of technologies, Ian -1 development techniques and opportunities that may present themselves in the futurtJ. The Master Plan of Future Land Use map is based on information gathered at the present time given existing circumstances. If the circumstances which shaped this plan change, the plan may need to change as well. It is not a rigid document. It should be allowed to change to adjust to new trends and information and to allow for alternatives which may be desirable. Still, proposed changes should be weighed carefully and should be based on thorough analysis of all information available. METHODOLOGY This plan is based on careful study and deliberation by the Planning Commission and City administrators with assistance provided by an urban planning consultant. The development of each aspect of the plan followed a simple process of analysis, presentation and conclusion. However, this clearly oversimplifies the process in that continuous feedback and revision was provided throughout the process and most issues 2 �were reviewed more than once and at different levels. As the quote provided earlier suggests, you must first know where you are and where you are going in order to provide a means of obtaining your objectives. The background studies in the following section were conducted to provide a means of determining where the City is and the goals established by this plan suggest where it is going. The relationship among goals, objectives, policies and alternative implementation techniques is as follows: ( l l Goal: A goal is a destination, a final purpose which a community seeks to attain. A goal is the most general level of policy and by itself is not very helpful to decision makers. It needs further refinement to assist decision makers to reach their selected destination. Objective: An objective is the route which specifies in general terms the way (route) by which the goal (destination) can be reached. An objective indicates the kinds of actions that should be used to achieve the goal. Policy: A policy is a means of transportation along the route. It's a course of action which, if followed, will achieve an objective. A policy is more detailed than an objective and can be readily translated into specific action recommendations or design proposals. Upon completion of the analysis of the individual elements, and the setting of goals, objectives and policies, the individual elements were condensed, compiled and coordinated to form the master plan document. 1 l 1 3 �BACKGROUND STUDIES To adequately prepare for the future , it is essential to gain an understanding of population growth trends and other demographic characteristics. Based on past growth trends there would appear to be a market potential for new residential housing units. It is likely that th is trend will continue unless temporarily halted by an economic downturn. Marysville has historically had low unemployment rates . In fact, according to the Michigan Employment Security Commission, the City's unemployment rate in July, 1989 was the second lowest in the County at 4.6 percent exceeded only by Fort Gratiot Township which had an unemployment rate of 4.1. Economic soundness and employment opportunities often serve as magnets for population. The master plan and updated zoning ordinance will address many of the pertinent issues associated with growth trends. However, there are other basic questions that the City should consider. 1 l l • Should the City begin a program for the extension of essential services? • If developers are willing to carry the cost for the extension of services, how much growth can occur before the existing facilities must be upgraded? • Commercial growth often rides on the tail of residential growth. Will the zoning ordinance require wide-spread changes to adequately handle the expected growth? • Is there enough buildable land within the City to support growth across a wide variety of land uses? • Are the minimum lot sizes outlined by the zoning ordinance sufficient? Should new districts with larger or smaller lot sizes be created? These questions raise only several of a number of issues addressed throughout the master plan process. The demographic trend$ lend guidance. POPULATION Trends The population of Marysville in 1970 was 5,610 according to the U.S. Census. Over the decade following 1970 there was a significant amount of growth in the City and in 1980 the U.S. Census reported that the population had climbed to 7,345. This represents an increase of 30.9 percent. The 1989 population was estimated to be 9, 171, but figures provided following the 1990 Census showed the actual population count at 8,515. Although this is a sizeable increase since 1980, at 16 percent, the pace of growth has been slower for this decade than it has been in previous years. 4 �Presently, there is a dwindling supply of vacant land that is serviced by utilities. Because of this and other factors, the pace of growth is expected to become slower in the future . The best guess estimate for the future population in the year 2000 is provided by using growth rates from 1980 to 1990 and projecting them forward. This method yields a year 2000 population of 9,877. While this may appear conservative, in light of fluctuating demographic characteristics, a conservative estimate may be the most proper. An influx of new residents does not significantly affect population when countered by declining household and family sizes. TABLE 1 POPULATION TRENDS AND PROJECTIONS PERCENT CHANGE 1970 ( l 1980 1990 2000 1970-1980 1980-1989 1990-2000 Mar✓sville 5,610 7,345 8,515 9,877 30.9% 16.0% 16.0% Port Huron 38,284 33,981 33,694 33,390 -11.2% -0.8% -0.9% St. Clair County 120,175 138,802 145,607 152,887 15.5% 5.0% 5.0% Sources: 1970, 1980 and 1990 Censuses. Comparison I Analysis of Trends Population, itself, is easily charted. However, an analysis of population gains depth through comparison. For a comparison to Marysville the adjacent City of Port Huron has been used. To obtain an understanding of regional trends, St. Clair County statistics have been obtained. During the 1970's the City of Port Huron had a considerable decline in population. Durinn the period, Port Huron lost 11.2 percent of its population. While a portion of this cai attributed to a generally declining family size, the full effects are due to outward migration. It is likely that some of Marysville's population gain during the 1970's was due to movement out of Port Huron. It is interesting to note that during the same time period, St. Clair County experienced large increases in population. From 1970 to 1980 the population increased by 18,627 according to the U.S. census. Some of this gain can, of course, be attributed to births during the decade. However, when mortality rates are considered, it becomes clear that much of the population gain was due to inward migration. In fact, this trend was evident in municipalities throughout the County. During the decade the number of municipalities in the County that gained population far outweigh those that lost. Therefore, the population gain in Marysville from 1970 to 1980 is likely due to a combination of factors. Namely, a migration out of Port Huron into Marysville, a migration from other counties, and to some extent a birth rate that exceeded the mortality rate. 5 �7 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS Preschoolers Age group figures for 1980 indicated that 11. 1 percent of the City population was less than five years old at the time. The 1990 Census count showed a decline to six percent. Compared to the County and Port Huron, the preschoolers constitute a significantly lower percent of the population in Marysville. This is likely caused by a combination of factors. Housing values are high in Marysville in comparison to values in neighboring communities. Therefore, it can be expected that families in the City are more mature because younger families may not be able to afford housing in Marysville. TABLE 2 AGE GROUP COMPARISON: 1990 I AGE GROUP I MARYSVILLE I PORT HURON I ST CL.AIR COUNTY I under 5 5.9% 8.6% 7.6% fr17 18.3% 19.7% 20.2% 18-20 3.7% 4.8% 4.4% 21-24 4.6% 6.1% 5.3% l 2fr34 14.8% 18.8% 15.8% 35-44 15. 1% 11.8% 15.5% I 4fr54 10.3% 8.5% 10.5% 5fr64 10.6% 7.9% 8.5% 65+ 76.7% 13.9% 12.3% 100% 100% 100% 37.0 31. 1 32.9 { \ l Median Age Sources: 1980 and 1990 Censuses and Urban Decision Systems. 1 I The group known as "the baby beamers" can also be expected to play a role in the population trends of the City. This group has generally delayed child bearing beyond ages common in earlier decades. The group spans in age range from 26 to 44 but many are now in their late twenties and mid thirties and have decided or may soon decide that Nnow is the time." The preschool group in Marysville is declining both in numbers and as a proportion of the population. It may be that the "echo" of the baby boom is ending in Marysville. 6 �Regardless of this, there has been an increase in the number of day-care facilities, nationwide. It is becoming more socially acceptable and to an extent economically essential that both parents remain employed. Thus, working parents are turning to daycare. This trend has been reinforced through state legislation limiting the control of home based day-care and the rise in day-care franchise operations. The manner in which this is addressed by the City's zoning ordinance may be an important issue. School Age Children ENROLLMENT TRENDS: 1979 to 1989 f Children from five to 17 years old, collectively 2900 represented 18.3 percent 2550 2ll00 of the City's population 2460 in 1990. School-age ~ 2.-00 children are the second ~ 2350 largest group in ... 2300 0 Marysville. However, 22fiO while the number of 2200 elementary aged children ii 21!0 2100 has been increasing 2060 since 1980, the number 2000 of high school aged children has been decreasing. This trend becomes clear when compared with enrollment trends. MARYSVII.1.E PUBUC SOIOOI.S f 1V711 1IIIO I 1N1 11112 I 1N3 19&4 1986 11ee I 1N7 11118 1N9 YBAJl In Marysville from 1988 to 1989 there was a 4.2 percent increase in elementary enrollment and a 3.0 percent decrease in high school enrollment. For the next several years high school enrollment will probably continue to decline. However, as the elementary childre1 , age, high school enrollment will most likely increase once again. The graph above, "Enrollment Trends" charts school enrollments for grades k-12 from 1979 to 1989. The shifting of school enrollment and numbers of school age children although linked to socio-economic factors, is also reflective of national fertility trends. During the 1970's. fertility rates took a sharp downward turn, nearly reaching pre-baby boom figures of three million. For many school districts, this resulted in empty classrooms in the 1980's and it can be expected still that Junior and Senior High School classes are not as large as two decades ago. Thus, this shift was termed the "baby bust." What makes this an event and not just a trend is its drastic change. Rather than continuing downward or leveling off, the trend reversed itself and became the "baby boomlet." The oldest member of the baby boomlet is 15 years old, a high school sophomore. Below this grade, increased enrollment can be expected. 7 �Family Forming The family formers range between 18 and 34 years of age. The group between 18 and 24 is an unusually small portion of the family forming group. In 1990, this group represented only 9.0 percent of the City's population. In Port Huron, this group was 10.9 percent of the population. Once again price disparity between housing in Marysville and Port Huron may account for the difference. Adults between the ages of 18 and 24 are generally less established in their employment than older adults and this is usually reflected by lower salaries. AGE GROUP COMPARISON j:::c::::/{}i 1970 ~ 1980 35 ~ 1990 30 f ~ ci:: 25 20 C,l l s:i.. 15 10 5 \ I i l 0 under5 AGE GROUP BY LIFE CYCLE Also, we are amidst a national trend in which one of the fastest growing groups is currently the singles. People are staying single longer and generally delaying child bearing into their late 20's and 30's. Thus it is not uncommon for adults between the ages of 18 and 24 to be childless. For this reason, housing preferences can be expected to differ for this group in comparison to adults between the ages of 25 and 34. Childless couples are less likely to own a house and may be more likely to live in an apartment or cluster housing arrangement. But in Marysville, there is a high percentage of owner occupancy and rent is considerably higher than in neighboring areas. Therefore, people between the ages of 18 and 24 without children may be more likely to live in Port Huron rather than Marysville. 8 �There are approximately 1,300 people in the City of Marysville that are between the ages of 25 and 34. These are the people who will probably be largely responsible for any increase in the preschool group. Because they are large in number, an increase in the number of preschool children is likely. The number of preschoolers will also be given a boost by the fact that some of the 18 to 24 year old adults will also have children and some inward migration can be expected. Mature Families The largest proportion of Marysville's population (25.4%) is between the ages of 35 and 54. These people will tend to have children thoroughly entrenched within the educational system and will be very concerned with the quality of education available. However, this does not automatically imply that school enrollment will be high. Although there is a significant proportion of the population within the mature families group, it is not unusual for enrollment trends to be lower in recent years than enrollment ten years ago. Smaller family sizes and the delay of child bearing by younger couples has reduced school enrollment; a trend which is common in many Michigan communities. Generally, there are fewer children and more parents. Because the group of parents is large, there may be considerable interest in the community regarding parks, open space and recreation. Also, millage proposals now concern a greater percentage of the population and thus may be of greater public interest. TABLE3 AGE GROUP TRENDS: Cl1Y OF MARYSVILLE AGE GROUP 1970 1980 1990 NUMBER PERCENT NUMBER PERCENT NUMBER PERCENT under 5 621 11. 1% 555 7.6% 499 5.9% 5-17 1,483 26.5% 1,617 22.0% 1,556 18.3% 18-20 257 4.6% 311 4.2% 313 3.7% 21-24 307 5.5% 347 4.7% 391 5.3% 25-34 638 11.4% 1,088 14.8'% 1,260 14.8% 35-44 754 13.4% 864 11.8% 1,286 15.1% 45-54 708 12.6% 902 12.3% 877 10.3% 55-64 499 8.9% 887 12. 1% 903 10.6% 65+ 343 6. 1% 774 10.5% 1,422 16.7% POPULATION 5,610 100% 7,345 100% 8,515 100% MEDIAN AGE 27. 1 32.9 Sources: 1970, 1980 and 1990 Censuses. 9 37.0 �Mature Adults AGE GROUP COMPARISON: 1990 Today, American society is typically characterized 16 as aging. The median age in the City was 27 .1 30 in 1980 according to the 215 Census and increased to 37.0 by 1990. The JI) estimates for the City of Port Huron and St. Clair County are much lower 10 at 31 .1 and 32.9 respectively. This is ' because Marysville has a _, comparat ively large number of people in the age group between 45 and 64 and a small number in some of the younger age groups. f E:) -VI~ ~ PORT HURON ~ S T. CLAIR CO. AGE GROUP BY LIFE CYaJ! But, because older adults tend to make more money than young adults, the large proportion of people in this group can be seen as economically beneficial to the City. However, they are generally not a consumer oriented group. While it is true that this group is expected to spend an increasing amount of their income on leisure activities, they have a greater likelihood to save than other groups. The group between 55 and 64 years of age is commonly referred to as the "empty nesters." They are older parents whose children have left the household. Thus, many of these people find themselves with extra disposable income and more time to spend it. They often seek more passive or less intense forms of recreation such as golf, swimming, or walking. Also, many of them find that their current houses are too big or costly for their needs and seek alternative living arrangements such as condominium apartments or cluster housing. At 12.4 percent of the population, the empty nesters are a significantly larger portion of the population in Marysville than in Port Huron or the County. The Seniors The seniors have grown tremendously in number since 1970 in Marysville. In 1970 there were 343 people comprising 6.1 percent of the population that were 65 or older. By 1980 this number nearly doubled to 774. The 1989 estimate was that 1,342 people in the City of Marysville are 65 years of age or older representing 14.6 percent of the population. In actuality, this estimate was probably low. The U.S. Census revealed that the City had 1,425 people above the age of 65 in 1990. 10 �Comparatively, the percentage of seniors in Marysville is lower than the percentage in Port Huron but higher than the County. The growing number of seniors is a very significant trend but it is not at all uncommon. Modern medical practices and a greater propensity to exercise are helping people to live longer. Thus, an increase in the number of seniors is a nationwide trend. The following table, which provides a more detailed age distribution of seniors as of 1990, also illustrates the point that the 65 and above age category is a wide ranging group. TABLE 4 MARYSVILLE SENIORS: 1990 AGE NUMBER PERCENT OF TOTAL POPULATION 65 to 74 910 11% 75 to 84 435 5% 80 1% 85 + SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census. Because the number of seniors is significant in Marysville and is expected to grow, the number and placement of elderly facilities is an issue which should be addressed. For example, elderly housing is often placed near recreation and shopping areas to limit the distance that seniors have to travel either by car or other means. A number of mature adults, usually well over 65 years old, do not use automobiles and thus require living arrangements which place them within walking distance of essential services. GENERAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS Household Income The 1989 median household income for the City of Marysville was estimated at $34,632 and the average household income at $37,029. The median describes the middle point on a plotted curve of income per household while the average relates to the sum divir'·- _, by the number of households. For planning purposes, the median serves as a bt.i .. indicator because it describes a situation in which one-half of the households are above the figure and one-half of them are below. Port Huron ranks considerable lower than Marysville with a median income of $21 ,364. The St. Clair County figure at $27,890 is also far below the Marysville median income. In 1989, only 14.7 percent of the households earned under $15,000. At the other end of the scale only 4.8 percent of the population earned $75,000 or more per year. The largest grouping, 34.7 percent of all household, is within the $40,000 to $75,000 range. 11 �TABLES HOUSEHOLD ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS: 1989 HOUSEHOLD INCOME MARYSVILLE PORT HURON ST. CLAIR COUNTY $0 - $4,999 1.3% 8.6% 6. 1% $ 5,000 - $9,999 5.2% 15.9% 10.3% $10,000 - $14,999 8.2% 12.7% 10.2% $15,000 - $19,999 9.7% 10.4% 9.4% $20,000 - $24,999 9.8% 9.1% 9.0% $25,000 - $29,999 7.6% 8.6% 8.7% $30,000 - $34,999 9.0% 6.9% 8.7% $35,000 - $39,999 9.8% 6.6% 7.8% $40,000 - $49,999 16.6% 9.4% 12.JOA:, $50,000 - $74,999 18.1% 8.5% 12.8% $75,000 + 4.8% 3.5% 4.7% Median Household Income $34,632 $21,364 $27,890 Average Household Income $37,029 $26,421 $31,600 CITY OF Source: 1980 Census. Estimates by Urban Decision Systems. Schooling TABLE 6 EDUCATION OF RESIDENTS 25 + YEARS: 1989 Of the Marysville residents who PORT ST. CLAIR CITY OF are over the age of 25, 12.5 I LEVEL OF EDUCATION MARYSVILLE HURON COUNTY percent have at least four years of college education. This is far 47.9% 37.2% 41.6% High School Only above the County average of 15.0% 14.2% 16.3% College (1 to 3 yrs.) 9.3%. Because white collar jobs 10.5% 12.5% 9.3% College (4 )"BTS +) often require a college education, 12.36 12.56 12.34 the high percentage of residents Median School Years employed in white collar occupations is likely a major factor contributing to higher education levels in Marysville. The table above summarizes education statistics based on the 1980 Census and information from Urban Decision Systems. 12 �TABLE 7 Occupation OCCUPATIONAL CHARACl"ERJSTICS: 1989 Relative to neighboring areas, Marysville has a large proportion OCCUPATION CITY OF PORT ST. CLAIR MARYSVILLE HURON COUNTY of its residents employed in "white collar· positions. White collar jobs Managerial/Ex9Cutive 13.3% 8.7% 7.8% typically offer higher pay than Professional 12.2% 10.4% 10.0% "blue collar" positions and are T9Chnical 1.7% 2.2% 2.2% more stable during economic downturns. Included within the Clerical 17.2% 17.5% 14.6% white collar group are managers Sales 8. 1% 10.0% 8.8% and executives, professionals, White Collar (52.5%) (48.8%) (43.5%) technical and clerical personnel and sales persons. A total of 52.5 Craltsl'l'Hln 17.4% 11.0% 16.8% percent of the population in the Operafflles 14.7% 18. 1% 19.9% City have these types of Services 16.7% 12.6% 13.8% professions with especially high Laborers S. 1% 4.2% 2.3% proportions in the clerical and managerial/executive positions. Farm Worlcers 0.4% 0.4% 1.8% Port Huron has a 48.8 percent of Blue Collar (47.5%) (51 .2%) (56.5%) its residents employed in white collar positions and St. Clair Source: 1980 Census. Estimates by Urban Decision Systems. County has 43.5 percent. Craftsmen, operatives, service positions, laborers and farm workers are typically referred to as •blue collar" workers. Compared to the County and the City of Port Huron, Marysville has a smaller proportion of its residents employed in these fields. GENERAL HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS Housing Construction Trends According to the U.S. Census, there were 1,720 housing units in the City of Marysville in 1970. By 1980, this figure jumped to 2,670, marking the greatest historical growth in number, of new homes in Marysville for any decennial period. Of the City's housing stock, 29.6 percent was constructed during the 1970's. Growth during the 1980's continued at a rapid pace. In the nine year span from 1980 to 1989, there were 793 new housing units constructed bringing the total to 3,463. This figure includes 502 apartment units and 291 single family residences, based on building permit activity. The official 1990 Census count was 3,518 units showing a one year increase of 55 units. There are few vacant areas left in the City that are served by sewer and water. The utilities have sufficient capacities and are available, but extension to the vacant sites would be necessary. In the future, housing construction will be limited somewhat by the ability of either the developer or the City to extend the needed utilities. 13 �TABLE 8 HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS Number of Housing Units: Median Value: Median Rent: MARYSVILLE CITY OF PORT HURON ST. CLAIR COUNTY 1970 1,720 - - 1980 2.670 13,371 51 ,903 1990 3,518 14,026 57,494 1980 $47,979 $27,826 $37,842 1990 $67,900 $41,400 $59,400 1980 $257 $199 $201 1990 $378 $316 $329 2.70 2.48 2.74 Average Household Size (1990) Sources: 1980 and 1990 Census. Occupancy At the present, much of the new growth has occurred in older neighborhoods on vacant lots. These lots were previously used in some cases as yard space or "usurped" as the neighborhood play area. While the conversion of these areas for residential use efficiently utilizes existing infrastructure it can be somewhat controversial. Residents who have owned their homes for some time may not expect new development in their neighborhoods. This type of in-fill development also indicates that the supply of housing may not be sufficient to meet current demands. This can raise the market value of vacant buildab! lots to the point where a homeowner is willing to sell that vacant lot rather than hold it a;,;, open space. If enough in-fill development occurs, the density of an area will change. This could, in the long run, reduce property values in a neighborhood should other new, low density neighborhoods be developed. Of all housing units in the City there was a 96. 7 percent occupancy rate in 1980. Of this, approximately one percent can be attributed to vacation homes which are vacant only seasonally. In sum, the vacancy rate in Marysville was 2.3 percent in 1980. This is far lower than vacancy rates for the City of Port Huron or St. Clair County. When vacancy rates are low, it can be expected that home prices will be high in response to a tight supply. In 1980, the owner occupancy rate for Marysville was 87.2 percent and renter occupancy was only 9.5 percent. This is fairly low compared to other areas in the state. Compared to Port Huron and St. Clair County it is very low. In 1980, Port Huron had a renter occupancy of 37.1 percent and St. Clair County had a figure of 19.8 percent. 14 �By 1990, the owner occupancy rate had dropped to 81.1 percent. Generally, this can be attributed to the recent development of a number of multiple family rental units and not to a significant change in the demographics of the City; single family homes are still chiefly owner occupied. Because rental housing constitutes a significant percentage of the housing outside of Marysville, but rental vacancy rates at 7.4 in the City are comparable to outside areas, it could be expected that there is a considerable market for additional rental housing within the City. The 1990 owner occupancy for the City of Port Huron was 54.5 percent and 75.7 for St. Clair County. TABLE 9 OCCUPANCY CHARACI'ERISTICS I MARYSMUE I Occupied Units: Owner Occupancy: Renter Occupancy: Sources: I CITY OF PORT HURON I ST. CLAIR COUNTY 1980 96.7% 95.4% 91.1% 1990 95.0% 94.0% 92.0% 1980 85.2% 58.3% 71.3% 1990 81.1% 54.5% 75.7% 1980 9.5% 37.1% 19.8% 1990 18.0% 43.0% 22.0% I 1980 and 1990 Census. Age of Housing TABLE: 10 As mentioned earlier in this report, AGE OF HOUSING much of Marysville's housing was constructed recently. However, 47.3 ====:::::;::::======.=======;:::===:::;, percent of the City's housing was built CITY OF PORT MARYSVILLE ST. CLAJR HURON COUNTY prior to 1970. Some of these homes can offer features which make them 1980-1990 24.0'll, 10.0'll, 5.0% more marketable when compared to 3.2% 10.7% 17.6% newer homes. For example, historic 1975-1980 homes often contain craftsmanship n1970-1974 - - - - - - - + -12.0'll, - - - - - + - -5.9% - - - + - - -12.9% ---ii incomparable to modern housing. 1960-1969 11. 1% 14.3% 13.9% Furthermore, older neighborhoods may 13.2% 14.8% 14.7% 19S0-1959 have more fully developed landscape 11--~=~+-----+-----+-----11 66.6% 47.7% 18.3% vegetation which can present a more 1949 or older pleasing environment. Sources: 1980 and 1990 Census and Urban Decisions Systems. 15 �At the same time, older housing can in many instances be expensive to maintain, inefficient to operate and may lack styles and amenities which are popular with today's home buyer. To assure that these negative qualities do not outweigh the positive ones, the City can undertake measures aimed at preserving older neighborhoods. The Michigan State Housing Authority offers a variety of programs that may be of use. Other programs such as sidewalk construction and road improvements are already taking place. Others could include tree planting programs, open space development, pedestrian lighting and the upgrade of existing park facilities. Average Household Size The average number of persons per household has been declining in the U.S. in recent decades. This trend has also been followed in Marysville and surrounding areas. In 1970, the average household size was 3.34 persons per household. According to the U.S. Census, this figure dropped to 2.84 by 1980 and the 1990 Census showed the figure to be a low 2.5 persons per household. The City of Port Huron and St. Clair County also have small household sizes of 2.5 and 2.7 respectively. The declining household size has been caused by many individual factors. Some of these include smaller family sizes, higher divorce rates and fewer extended families than in previous decades. One result of the dwindling household size is that new home construction does not impact services and utilities as it once did. For example, where one new home generally brought 1. 7 children into the school system in 1970, only one child would be expected at present rates. LAND USE ANALYSIS The purpose of the land use survey is to provide a record of the existing land use in and adjacent to the City of Marysville. This was done on a parcel by parcel basis in the City and on a generalized basis for the abutting city and township lands. The vacant land areas within the City were measured and categorized by their present zoning district. Although the number of acres in each existing land use category would be helpful information to have, such detail was beyond the scope of this endeavor. The purpose of measuring the vacant land is to provide an inventory of the remaining lands in the City which are available for future growth. General Land Use Patterns Land used for single-family residences occupies a large amount of land in the City. The majority of the housing is located within six neighborhood areas that are widely scattered and are physically separated from one another. Some of the City's newest housing has been constructed very recently in the northwest part of the City. The boundaries of this area are Gratiot and Huron to the south, Ravenswood to the north, Michigan Avenue to the east and Range to the west. Currently, this area does not contain any significant nonresidential uses. The lack of non-residential land uses and the existence of several large, vacant parcels make this area a likely target for future single-family residential growth. 16 �However, vacant platted lots with street networks that follow a grid pattern exist within this area. This type of development does not follow current subdivision design methods and may somewhat restrict future growth in the northwest. Furthermore, many of the lots are under separate ownership and thus it will be difficult to assemble large parcels that could be replatted. The existence of long, narrow parcels along Michigan Avenue may also serve as a stumbling block to future development of this area. Although the majority of the lots are occupied along the Michigan Avenue frontage, there is a considerable amount of land that is not in use to the rear of these lots. Once again, current ownership patterns will make typical subdivision development difficult. Multiple-family uses are widely scattered throughout the City. Generally, they have been used in the past as transitional uses adjacent to commercial or industrial uses. The majority of the multiple-family housing is located in the southeast area of the City, near the St. Clair River. Commercial uses are, for the most part, located along Gratiot Avenue. Several commercial uses also exist on Huron, Busha, Range, River Road and Michigan Avenue. Because of the high amount of traffic along Gratiot, it is not desirable to have direct residential frontage on the road. Thus, a number of small commercial uses have developed along Gratiot on lots that are narrow of depth and width. This has resulted in a proliferation of curb cuts, many with poorly defined drives. From a traffic safety and circulation standpoint this is undersirable and corrective measures should be taken. Methods to alleviate this situation are examined more in the Gratiot corridor plan. Industrial uses have historically developed on or near Busha Avenue, making use of a State Highway, the St. Clair River and the CSX rail spur. In recent times, industries have relied less on railroads and rivers as a means of transportation and have increasingly utilized trucks for the movement of goods and supplies. This has allowed industries wider choices for site location. Thus, newer ind_ustries have tended to locate away from the river and are, instead, located in the south and southwest areas of the City. Because development in this area minimizes land use conflict, it would be a logical location for future industrial growth. However, transitional uses and low intensity industry should be used to· alleviate potentiar land use conflicts. Vacant Land Statistics A windshield survey of existing land use was conducted in August of 1989 by VilicanLeman & Associates, Inc. Based on the uses of land at the time, the following acreage figures of vacant land and their corresponding zoning categories were derived. 17 �[ r 'WOODED VACANT ACTIVE INTER/IA£DIAT£ SCHOOL . DISTRICT FARMLAND 1-- :z: ,q <.> ,q ::,. ' 0 ""00 0 :k r I 0 . :z: u -C ~ ,q ..J M ~ It: ,q .... ""::,. 1-- <.> ,q I.;::::.,<- :j f:::::;:;:l ml SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLE FAMILY RES IOENT IAL MOBILE HOME ~ OFFICE - COMMERCIAL ~ m era INDUSTRIAL - PUBLIC PARKS 8 RECREATION OUASI • PUBLIC el © @ m •OO LIIIIIAIIY 0(,-AIIITIIICNT Of' ll'UILIC WOttll ... SCHOOLS © [L[NCNTAlllT @ ,h,INIOIII MlliM 8 ICNIOfl WIGM ~IELD SU~VEY : 0 s r CITY MALL IOOO AUGUST IHt IIOO villcon • lemon a ouoclotu Inc . community plonnlnQ consultants USE �TABLE 11 VACANT LAND BY ZONING CATEGORY ZONING CATEGORY ACRES OF VACANT LAND Single-Family 1,075 Multiple-Family 97 Industrial 284 Business 99 Single-Family: The majority of the vacant land within the City is zoned for single-family use. Of this at least 50 acres can be accounted for as land that will probably never be developed. Specifically, these are the areas where property owners have obtained an extra lot, creating a parcel which is twice as deep as a typical lot. At least 275 acres of the land will be difficult to develop because It is comprised of a number of long, narrow parcels all under individual ownership. There are approximately 110 acres of land zoned for single-family use that may contain wetlands according to Department of Natural Resources maps. The table included below, summarizes the land use area figures for vacant land zoned for single family use. ! I \ In sum, of the 1,075 vacant acres zoned for singlefamily use, there are only 640 acres that could be considered available for development. Of this, the majority of the land is either platted or has been divided into parcels that are difficult to assemble for use. There are only about 200 acres of vacant land that could be readily developed in a manner consistent with current subdivision practices for single family use. TABLE 12 VACANT LAND ZONED SINGLE-FAMILY I PARCEL CATEGORIES I ACRES Vacant land zoned single family 1,075 Land used for 'double-deep" lots (50) Long narrow lots (275) Areas that may contain wetlands (110) Platted and otherwise divided areas (440) Vacant land that is easily platted I 200 acres Source: 1989 Land use inventory, Vilican-Leman & Associates. Multiple-Family: There are 97 acres of vacant land available for multiple-family use. Of this, 11 acres are land-locked and will be difficult to develop for multiple-family use. Furthermore, approximately 20 acres may contain wetlands leaving only about 66 acres of land. According to the demographic studies, there appears to be a good market for multiple-family housing. 18 �L . z z .• 0 . C t - - ; - ' - -,,....-°""1~ -- ~ ." 0 ::, z . C 0 L o aoo iooo 1,00 v i llc:an · leman 8 anaclates inc: . community plonnln9 consultants AREAS �Industrial: Of the 284 acres that are zoned for industrial use, only a portion can be truly counted as available for potential use. Approximately 30 acres of industrial land are currently under development as a mixed-use project including a marina and multiple-family housing. In addition, approximately 97 acres could potentially contain wetlands according to maps prepared by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. It should be noted that wetland area figures are based on measurements from small scale maps and thus are approximations. In sum, there are only 157 acres of land that are zoned for industrial use on which development could be expected. Of this, there are a handful of large parcels but approximately 30 percent are less than ten acres. Small parcels, especially those less than one acre in area, have a limited market potential. If industrial growth is desired, large, contiguous parcels should be devoted to such use. The land should be located within the south and southwest area of the City to avoid land use conflicts and provide direct access to major roads. Business: There are approximately 99 acres of vacant land in the City that are zoned for business use. The largest parcel, containing 16 acres of land, may be developed for multiple family housing. A site plan has already been approved. The next largest area contains 14 acres but may contain wetlands. Accounting for these two factors, there are approximately 66 acres of land available for business use. STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY Preliminary to updating the Master Plan, a study of vacant street rights-of-way in the City was undertaken. Its purpose was to provide an understanding of the existing situation so that any proposals which may be made to the City for vacating streets can be more adequately evaluated . An inventory was conducted which located vacated streets, undeveloped streets and streets used for other purposes. There are two categories of streets used for other purposes. The first category includes rights-of-way used for drains. St. Clair Boulevard and Second Street fall into this category. The second includes streets used for recreation or open space. The streets used in this manner include Carolina and Minnesota between 19th and 14th Streets, 7th Street between New Hampshire and Colorado, and 10th Street between New York and Gratiot. This information is recorded on the Right-of-Way Inventory map which appears on the following page. In conjunction with the right-of-way inventory, preliminary plans for vacating excess rights-of-way were evaluated. Three basic premises served as the foundation for the study. 1. Streets cannot be vacated if doing so would deny access to a property. 2. The resulting street layout must be harmonious with existing land uses. 3. The resulting street layout must be tailored to the needs of the future land uses. 19 =-------- �IT . CLAIR aUIIALl TOWNIMli, TOWNINI, • .., C ". I l..~ UNIMPRO\lEO STR_E ETS s r C ( 4 I /fi YNWYY' STREETS USED AS RECREATION OR OPEN SPACE ." 0 :, .."' 0 L 0 MN> tOOO tN0 K4'.l • • H f Al#._.IT,1e1e villcan · l•m•• 1l auaclate, Inc. community pla11nln9 conaultont, I STREET RIGHT· OF· WAY CITY OF MARYSVILLE MICHIGAN INVENTORY �r To assure that access to all properties was maintained, the ownership of each parcel within the study area was obtained and mapped. The Existing Land Use Map dated August of 1989 was used to coordinate street layouts with adjacent areas. The current Master Plan dated November 1967 was used when considering the street relation to future land uses. The study involved the area west of the St. Clair drain. This portion of the City, though platted, has many acres of vacant land. Roads are unimproved at the present time and the plats were laid out in a "grid-iron" pattern of streets. This type of street layout should be discouraged for several reasons. First, by comparison with the "curvilinear" system, more land than necessary is devoted to streets. This results in increased surface water runoff, creating a need for higher capacity storm water sewers. The streets also occupy land that could be better utilized for open space or for construction; i.e., used by the public or developed and placed on the tax rolls. r In addition, the grid system creates a pattern which is contrary to safe traffic movement. There are inherently more intersections. These serve as nodes of activity which increase the likelihood of accidents. In addition, the grid system permits each street to be a through street, which can result in higher speeds than anticipated on minor streets. Also, aesthetics resulting from the grid system are generally less pleasing when compared to the aesthetics created by the view along curving streets. Within that portion of the City west of the St. Clair Drain, three existing, platted subdivisions can be separated tor study. These are referred to as Subdivisions C, D and E. For the purpose of arriving at a plan to vacate streets within these three subdivisions, each presents unique situations and for this reason, each one is addressed individually. Subdivision E ( l This subdivision lies between 5th Street and Ravenswood. Of the three, this area offers some of the broadest potential tor various residential layouts. A number of the rights-otway could be vacated immediately without denying access to property. However, to do so prematurely could disrupt the possibility of curvilinear or other better street layouts which could result from property consolidation. Given this situation, the best course of action would be to evaluate requests to vacate roads according to a thoroughfare plan. The map which is titled, "A Guide for Potential Street Layout" is included on the following page. This map served as a guide, for the Development of the Thoroughfare Plan. Subdivision D Subdivision Dis located between Huron and 5th Street. This area is master planned for single family residential use and will likely remain as such. Of the rights-of-way in this area, very few could be vacated at the present without denying access to individual property. The problem is compounded by the fact that many of the parcels, which have homes constructed on them, are two lots deep. For example, Montana is an improved street with homes on every lot, many of which front on Montana and back-lot on to 20 �--- -- - - - , ~ .......---i · _ NEVADA - MONTANA- - -~· 1I I ~=== :I -I • I . '~--- ,.. :!::.;,:·~~~:;~: : ;~~:·;,·,.~: - - - ,-------, ~------====: .. ' J , I L.____ - IL._____ I,____, I ~ i MONN[SOU I r--- ~ I " GU I DE FOR A POT E N T I AL ST RE ET LAYO UT : S U8 DI V I S I ON E l': ITV n F' .._.,.,,v,."", ' L:::::=::~_ ST. CLAIR l!iI ~ ~~~~~7 ] IL___~-_-~ ~ 1~=====;11 . . . . I ~ L OREGO,-, • - ~ .--------1 ,.·. ~- ] - - .- RANGE ] ~ - -- i: "'"'''~"" I �r RANGE I ' [ J[ NEVADA J TENNESSEE _JL I 71 I ,..." " 0 ;::c;:ft,,:• ST C ,. . 11 CAROLINA • ..... . ~~~:;,:~:~;;~:•:,:,:: I II I{ : l __ ; l III ' I[ MONUNA _J/ flI [ I GEORGIA -- [ II I GUIDE FOR A POTENTIAL STREET LAYOUT : SUBDIVISION D CITY OF MARYSVILLE, MICHIGAN �Nevada. While it could be conceived as a long term goal to vacate Nevada, to do so at present would deny access to some properties. On the other hand, to develop Nevada would create double frontage situations in which two streets border each lot. A long range street plan has been created to optimize the situation as ownership patterns change. The plan, included on the following page is based on vacating Oregon, Nevada, and Tennessee between Huron and 5th Street. The new road layout would utilize the large vacant areas between Oregon and Nevada and provide a loop system to Montana via 5th. Subdivision c Subdivision C is bounded by Gratiot Avenue to the north, 18th Street to the south, Range Road to the west and the St. Clair drain to the east. A large number of the rights-of-way could be vacated without denying access to individual properties. However, no firm plan for the area is provided in this section because Mure land use designations may vary and will have a strong impact on road layout. For example, industrial use of the property would require a substantially different layout than would residential use. In addition, the relationship between uses will further affect the street layout. Therefore, while a number of alternatives were studied, the Thoroughfare Plan which was created subsequent to land use decisions, portrays a planned layout for this area. SIDEWALK STUDY The City of Marysville currently has an ongoing program for the repair of existing sidewalks. However, in addition to the repair of existing walks, the construction of new walks is also needed. Because there is a limited amount of funds available for sidewalk improvements, it was impossible to immediately accomplish every improvement. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to provide a prioritized list of improvements to the sidewalk system in the City of Marysville. The various improvements to the system can be generalized into three categories. 1. The repair of sidewalks that are in poor condition. 2. The completion of missing links in the network. 3. The construction of new sidewalks which are additions to the system. A study was conducted as an element of the master plan with three primary intentions: 1. To identify sidewalks that are in need of replacement to provide the City with a list to consult so that yearly repairs can continue in an orderly manner. 2. To identify and prioritize areas that require new walks so that a program could be initiated for their installation. 3. To create a map of a future sidewalk network as a component of the master plan. 21 �Items 1 and 2 above are generally capital improvement items that can be handled administratively. The third is the primary focus of this section in that it has a direct relation to the planning of future land use. As new development occurs, property owners will be expected to comply with the installation of new sidewalks in accordance with the plan included within this section. In other areas, it will be the long range objective of the City to create a unified network through direct involvement. The map titled, "Sidewalk Plan" is included on the following page illustrating the future sidewalk system for the City. Additional detail is provided within the sidewalk study that is not included within the Master Plan document. 22 �ST ■ l ■l ■ l■l ■ I ■ EXISTING SIDEWALK PROPOSED S I DEW ALK CLAHI TOWN SM IP s r C 4 / PEDESTRIAN too . II - ·- ., 11 ~:•:~ • rrn I •• 0 ,, 1 v, con . l1m on a oa communlt Y plonnlnQaoclotu nc . conau ltonh I GENERATOR ~~~~WALK MARYSVILLE II II I PLAN MICHIGAN v e II �RESIDENTIAL AREAS I \ The residential areas component consists of four distinct elements; Visual Impressions, Preliminary Areas Plan, Neighborhood Unit Plan and Goals, Objectives and Policies. The first three sections, summarize the background information that was obtained specifically for this component and served as a basis for the setting of Goals, Objectives and Policies. Of course, other background studies that have been completed as part of the planning process, (Existing Land Use Analysis, Wetlands Inventory, Sidewalk Study and Demographic Analysis) have played a role in the development of this section. VISUAL IMPRESSIONS OF RESIDENTIAL AREAS In January, 1991 a windshield survey of existing residential areas was undertaken to record general impressions from a planning perspective. The impressions were recorded in map form and a reduced version of the map is included on the following page. This map was influential in the determination and designation of areas to be protected, as shown on the Preliminary Residential Areas Plan and the Neighborhood Unit Plan. Specific attention was given to the identification of strengths and weaknesses so that actions can be taken to improve the City's existing and future neighborhoods. The following comments, (including letters and numbers) correspond to the Visual Impression map. A. B. RIVERFRONT MULTIPLE FAMILY AREA: Buildings generally display careful attention to the selection of materials. Entrance drives could be better defined with curbing and landscape features. Generous open spaces are supplied in some areas but more and better landscaping could greatly improve the developments. Interconnecting multiple family drives should be encouraged for better movement of public safety vehicles. Many of the usable outdoor space is cramped, providing little separation between buildings or streets. 1. Use of expensive but inappropriate landscaping. 2. Industrial use is out of place. 3. Wide vacant area shows strong potential for large development. Area backs up to industrial, but riverfront views could make a marketable residential project. 4. Intricacy of facades helps to alleviate a row house appearance . CASTLEWOOD SUBDIVISION: A newer subdivision with large homes, displaying a considerable variety of styles. Front setbacks vary due to generous lot depths and curvelinear roads. Side setbacks appear appropriate in this instance. Rightsof-way are fully developed adding to the visual quality and integrity of the neighborhood. 23 �C. I [ WASHINGTON NEIGHBORHOOD: This is a thoroughly developed area with a strong neighborhood integrity. Washington elementary is the nucleus of the neighborhood, providing generous open space and a sense of community. There is an excellent variety of housing types and sizes largely due to the subdivision being developed over a long time period. However, because of this, the provision of curb, gutter and sidewalks is sporadic and inconsistent. Street lighting with decorative poles and lamps would provide a consistent theme throughout the neighborhood, improve safety for pedestrians and vehicles and serve as a deterrent to crime. Tree cover is very dense in some areas and in others, tree planting is evident. 1. Confusing intersection, adjustment of road alignment should be considered. 2. Logical edge of business uses. 3. Michigan Bell utility building intrudes into neighborhood. Better screening could alleviate the problem. 4. Stub street should be eliminated and curbing reshaped. r I. D. MONTANA STREET RESIDENTIAL AREA: Houses are well maintained and show a variety of building plans. Pedestrian lighting is not a priority because spill-over house lighting appears to light front yards and sidewalks adequately. 1. The south end of Montana ends in a cul-de-sac. This road has recently been extended and new homes constructed. Vegetation existed that was dense enough to block the view of Huron. Appropriately, the screening has been preserved through the construction of a landscaped berm. 2. The north end of Montana should eventually be tied into a road network. r l E. GEORGIA: There is a lack of landscaping or street tree plantings. Homes are constructed mostly of gray or white brick and thus the area appears "washed out." The crux of the problem is that the right-of-way is much wider than necessary. Combined with a modest house size and absence of landscaping, there is no sense of closure. The area could be greatly improved by the planting of large deciduous trees and the use of appropriate lighting. In addition, narrowing the right-of-way should be considered. This would provide homeowners the flexibility to expand their homes toward the road and to provide more landscaping. Easements for maintaining the existing sidewalks would probably be needed. F. .CAROLINA: This street, just one block east of Georgia, is modest with a very pleasant appearance. A high degree of home maintenance, impressive tree cover and well developed right-of-way suggest that this is a stable neighborhood. There is a considerable amount of front yard lighting provided by the home owners, but there is a lack of continuity. Dual function street and pedestrian lighting should be considered utilizing decorative poles and lamps. [ l l II l[ l. l 24 �I G. COLORADO STREET RESIDENTIAL AREA: Within this area, functional street lighting is provided . There are no curbs or gutters but ditches are provided for drainage. The homes vary in setback largely because the lots are deeper than the norm. This area benefits from the open space created by vacant lots fronting on 7th street, which is not developed. The development of 7th street in the future could be controversial and the City should come to a consensus regarding the future of the street. H. GRATIOT ROAD FRONTAGE: Homes have generous front setbacks and thus, the impact of heavy vehicular traffic is somewhat reduced by the increased distance from the roadway. Furthermore, homeowners have the option of orienting living areas toward the rear yards because of unusually deep lots. The marginal access drive functions well and decreases the risk of accidents significantly. However, the median should be bermed and landscaped to provide a visual buffer from commercial uses and heavy traffic along Gratiot. Such a treatment would also reduce noise levels for the homes. I. NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTIAL AREA: Because 7th Street has not been developed, this area is relatively isolated. There is excellent tree cover and the homes are of a modest size and are well maintained. The slight curve in the road adds character by disrupting the view toward Gratiot. Similar to the Colorado Street neighborhood, the future use of 7th Street will have an impact on the character of this area. J. NEW YORK STREET RESIDENTIAL: This area, though small, is worth preserving. The homes are well maintained and their generous setbacks help to buffer them from nearby commercial uses. Current commercial zoning in the area could result in commercial intrusion and a zoning change should be considered. K. PRESIDENTIAL ESTATES: There are at least three phases of development that are readily apparent by the variety of home styles that exist in this neighborhood, but throughout, there is a continuity of right-of-way development. This is a very nice neighborhood. L. l. [ .... 1. Cul-de-sac is wide and open. The addition of a landscaped island should be considered. 2. Street tree plantings are of a small caliper. A starting size of at least 2 !, inches should be used in the future. 3. Area under construction : Very large homes and curvelinear road structure. ST. CLAIR AND CAROLINA RESIDENTIAL POCKETS: Connection to other neighborhoods would be desirable to provide alternative means of access and more of a neighborhood character. 25 \ ms �-- I R. VICTORIAN WOODS: This is a newly developed residential area with large homes and many fine details. Pedestrian lighting is provided and mountable curbs are utilized. The curbing functions well in this instance but the pavement is wider than necessary. Entrance signs and plantings help to create a neighborhood identity. However, there are no stub streets and thus the area will always be an island, lacking the connectedness of a neighborhood. S. VIRGINIA WOODS: This is an older residential area with a good neighborhood identity. Homes are well maintained and curb, gutter and road widths are appropriate. The setbacks work well with the bulk and density of the homes and the street tree plantings help to fill the mass of the right-of-way. 1. Upkeep of dwellings is marginal and this may be due to their proximity to adjacent businesses. On the other hand, if these are rental units, a lack of pride in the home may be of equal significance. 2. Home owners have installed fencing to screen businesses but appropriate screening is and has been the responsibility of the businesses. In the future, the screening provisions of the Zoning Ordinance should be utilized. 3. Non-distinct entrance. Signage and landscaping would help to create a neighborhood identity. 4. Homes were very recently built. These are some of the largest in the City and introduce a variety of styles. I r PRELIMINARY RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN The Future Land Use Map establishes the spatial land use goals of the City and its creation and adoption is the final step in the planning process. However, the creation of such a map requires a great amount of study and input regarding each land use represented. The Preliminary Residential Areas Plan is a working model of one component of the Future Land Use Map, based on available information. One trait, indicative of the planning process is constant re-evaluation. Therefore, the Preliminary Residential Areas Plan will be re-evaluated before the Future Land Use Map is created. The Preliminary Residential Areas Plan, on the following page, provides a land use layout for three basic categories; single family residential, multiple family residential and mobile homes. The layout is designed to mesh with the Preliminary Industrial Areas Plan, which has already been discussed, while working toward the Goals, Objectives and Policies for residential areas. 27 �•••••LL TOW"INtf' .. ... , . ► ••.❖.. ~·. ~:,:A:~~- _~_:::::-;::~::·:~·:~ -~- ·•.• • •• ···•w•:«.-.:~t:•:•:•:·=·•:;?'.··~·::··•:-:~'.- •:•::;:;:::::••·••:::::::::;:::~===:•:: ••••••••• • • :.:.;.:,:.:-:-=-=•:::·:::::,:r:·:·:·:·:·~-r--•:-:- . L J z .J z • 0 ► . . z 0 "'"' ► 0 L \ e POTENTIAL STREET CLOSURES * POTENTIAL LANDSCAPE FOCAL POINT ♦ HISTORIC HOMES s ,. C ( 4 I It It I .,. e It * ." . z 0 z ► 0 L --- 100 t CU .t • 1000 0 Itoe •ftT vil l con · l emon a ouoclotu Inc . community plonnlnQ conau Ito nit RESIDENTIAL AREAS �KIMIL[ TOWNSMII' . .. z • 0 .-:•:❖:•:•: :)llllff :\:i=i!lilil!mfr :-:•:-:-:•··· .•:•:•.. ··.··. ::·::::· ..:::::::::::::::::::·· ·•::::._·.. ·.·.:-:-:•:•· ·•::::::::::::... F;,:,:@y:J SINGLE FAMILY ~::::::;::::::3 MULTIPLE FAMILY .. MOBILE HOME c::::; * o ~00 ~ 1000 C ( WETLANDS 4 I ~ COMMUNITY FACILITIES ;; 1,00 3 vilicon · lemon 8 ossoc i ales community s r i nc . planning con~ullonts AREAS PLAN �NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT PLAN The Neighborhood Unit Plan establishes areas that should remain free from intrusion from non-residential uses. Furthermore, it is the basis for determination of future capacities within the City. The first step in the process is a count of existing dwellings. Utilizing the existing Land Use Map provided earlier in this document in conjunction with recent aerial photographs, field analysis and tax assessor information, it was possible to arrive at a breakdown of the current number of dwelling units within the City for each neighborhood unit. The following table summarizes this information. It should be noted that the number of existing dwelling units does not equal that shown by the 1990 Census. This is because the count taken for this study was done after the census count was taken and additional residential construction had since taken place. TABLE 13 EXISTING DWELLINGS NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT DWELLING TYPE A B C D E F G H I J TOTAL 71 0 770 0 319 453 389 91 21 21 2,135 Multiple Family 252 483 32 132 0 0 120 0 0 0 1,019 Mobile Home 148 0 0 0 0 0 0 232 0 0 380 471 483 802 132 319 453 509 323 21 21 3,534 Single Family TOTAL The next step in the process was to estimate the number of dwelling units that could be constructed. To do this, it was necessary to rely on a number of different sources for information as well as to make several basic assumptions. To arrive at an estimate of the amount of vacant land available, the Existing Land Use map was utilized to identify vacant parcels of land. This was verified with aerial photographs and field surveys to assure that the figure excluded land that was recently developed. Once all parcels were identified, it was necessary to eliminate land that is within large wetland areas as determined by the Potential Wetlands Areas map provided earlier. Each vacant, buildable, parcel was then categorized as single family, multiple family and mobile home so that appropriate densities could be applied. For areas designated by the Preliminary Residential Areas Plan for use as multiple family dwellings, a density of ten dwelling units per acre was utilized, corresponding to the least dense of the two current multiple family zoning districts. For single family areas, a density of 3.65 dwelling units per acre was used. This figure was derived by averaging two existing single family residential zoning districts and one new district. The establishment of a new single family zoning district with a lot size of about 12,000 square feet has been identified as an objective. The following table summarizes the essential figures. 28 �TABLE 14 POTENTIAL DWELLINGS NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT DWELLING TYPE A B C D E F G H I J TOTAL Single Family 19 0 101 0 242 785 90 n4 59 0 2,070 Multiple Family 72 194 103 141 0 0 184 0 206 0 900 91 194 185 141 242 785 274 n4 265 0 2,951 TOTAL Combining the figures for the current number of dwelling units with the potential number of dwelling units, an idea of the total number of dwelling units at capacity can be derived. Arriving at this number is essential in the planning process to obtain a clear understanding of the impact that different density options can have on the community. Furthermore, it provides some very useful information. Using an estimate of 2. 7 persons per household, applied to the projected number of dwelling units, it is possible to forecast the City's ultimate population. The projected population in the City is 17,968 people. Of course, slight variations in the persons per household estimate can have a significant impact on the future population. Still, some estimate is very helpful. Using the projected population of each neighborhood unit, it is possible to plan adequately for the future infrastructure needs as well as spatial needs for recreation and school sites. In addition, the figures can provide a basis for current and future market determinations and may be useful to parties considering the locating of a business in Marysville. The table below gives a detailed breakdown of the projected number of dwelling units, per neighborhood unit, at full capacity. TABLE 15 NUMBER OF DWELLINGS AT FULL CAPACl1Y NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT DWELLING TYPE A B C D E F G H I J TOTAL 90 0 871 0 561 1,238 479 865 80 21 3,715 Multiple Family 324 848 135 273 0 0 304 0 206 0 2,440 Mobile Home 148 0 0 0 0 0 0 232 0 0 636 562 848 987 273 561 1,238 782 1,097 286 21 6,655 1,517 2,290 2,665 738 1,515 3,344 2,112 2,962 772 53 17,968 Single Family TOTAL POPULATION The map provided on the following page, establishes the neighborhood unit boundaries and displays in brief, the information provided in the tables. The map does not show projected land needs for schools and parks as these will be shown on a Community Facilities plan. 29 �• 1Ma L [ ~ T OWNS " " 1111111111111111 lilill1il1 ,;i1~ ♦, 1111111~.. L . X z .• 0 z 0 \ lu_c_ \_>---H-cE=c:=---1 ----..--::,,e..... ~ \ c:) ~ 17,968 NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT - __/ L - - "X ~ ; :;'. -5~~J ___ __.., 109.7 .---------."~~2. s r C ( total dwelllng unlla total popullltlon 4 I If If I vf: If ." 0 L soo ,000 1$,00 F£BAUAIIY 1"1 v ili ca n · l emon a 0 11oc l at11 i nc . c ornmun i ly p l ann l n9 cansu it ants . u �a Regarding schools, several observations can be made relative to the neighborhood unit plan. Currently, it appears that there is sufficient land at the senior high school and junior high school complex to accommodate future growth. However, the future demand for elementary schools may warrant additional land requirements. There are currently 3,534 dwelling units within the City and two elementary schools. One additional elementary school exists but is currently not in use as a school. There are currently a total of 1,040 students in the two active elementary schools. This relates to a ratio of 0.3 elementary students per dwelling unit. Based on the estimated future potential of 6,674 dwelling units at capacity, a total of 2,002 elementary students could be expected. The average number of students per elementary site is 520. Based on this there could be a need for two additional elementary schools at capacity. As there is currently one school that is not functioning, it appears that it would be wise to maintain ownership of this site as a land banking measure. Thus, there will be a need for one additional elementary school site. Neighborhood unit F, shown on the Neighborhood Unit Plan, is largely vacant and displays the greatest potential for future population growth. This would be a logical location for a future school site and there are several vacant parcels that could accommodate an elementary school within this neighborhood unit. Land banking another school site would be prudent to assure that land can be acquired while demand is low and thus values are relatively depressed. Furthermore, the eventual provision of an elementary school site in neighborhood unit F could greatly assist in meeting the needs for recreation and open space, would furnish a needed facility within walking distance of a large number of dwelling units and would help to reduce the number of dwelling units within the neighborhood unit. The demand for park land is tied to population. It is not the intent of this component to estimate the demand for park facilities of a community wide nature. Rather, through the breakdown of the City into neighborhood units, the resulting boundaries and projected populations provide a means of estimating future demand for neighborhood parks. A neighborhood park can be described as follows : As their name would suggest, neighborhood parks cater to the needs of various neighborhoods. As such, their seNice radii are large enough to encompass an entire neighborhood; generally from one to two miles. These parks may be five acres or larger in size. Although these types of parks may offer intensive activities such as football, baseball and frisbee, organized sports activities do not generally occur because the facilities are usually not constructed to regulation standards. Based on this description, a neighborhood park of at least five acres should be provided within neighborhood unit F. This facility could serve neighborhood units E, F and G. Other neighborhood units appear to be either adequately served or are too small to require a full sized neighborhood park. The City's recreation plan and the community facilities map provide a more thorough outlook of needs. 30 �GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES GOAL: To maintain the quality of life for current and future Marysville residents by protecting the property value of their homes, assuring their safety and providing an environment that increases their general well being. OBJECTIVE: To continually work to improve safety, value, and desirability of existing neighborhoods. POLICY: To provide sidewalks where recommended by the Sidewalk Study component of this plan. POLICY: To provide decorative street lighting throughout the Washington and Morton subdivisions. POLICY: To preserve valuable open spaces. POLICY: To promote the use of entrance details such as signs, lighting and landscaping in all existing neighborhoods. POLICY: To diligently enforce City codes. OBJECTIVE: To assure that new residential areas are developed that will meet the short and long term needs of City residents. POLICY: To promote the construction of housing that appeals to a wide range of tastes and meets the needs of all City residents. POLICY: To create flexible standards that allow developers to be creative and thus provide housing that appeals to changing markets. POLICY: To create a cluster housing provision in the Zoning Ordinance. POLICY: To create an open space platting provision in the Zoning Ordinance and subdivision regulations. POLICY: To create one additional single-family residential district that relates to new development trends toward larger homes and lot sizes. POLICY: To assure that new development is built to high standards to protect the health, safety and welfare of current and future residents . 31 �POLICY: To provide for the division of land via the Condominium Act that places no greater and no fewer restrictions than those imposed through the Plat Act. POLICY: To provide for the division of land via the Condominium Act in the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations. POLICY: To integrate new housing into natural features without disruption wherever practical. POLICY: To assure that multiple family areas are provided reasonable outdoor living space through the use of adequate setback and open space requirements. POLICY: To assure single family areas are protected by providing adequate setback requirements for multiple family developments. POLICY: To provide adequate standards for local streets based on the following guidelines: OBJECTIVE: a. New road paving should utilize the City standard for mountable curbing to define a road edge and direct the flow of run-off. b. Pavement widths for local streets should provide enough space to accommodate on-street parking on one side. c. Streets should be designed so that water drains off of the road surface. To assure that different land uses relate well to one another. POLICY: Where practical and in keeping with other Goals, Objectives and Policies of this plan, land use intensities should mesh. POLICY: Additional measures should be instituted to assure that nearby nonresidential land uses do not negatively impact residential areas. POLICY: Recognize the need and existence of some forms of home occupation and to regulate them in a manner that is fair, but protects the quality of life and property values of adjacent home owners. 32 �COMMERCIAL AND OFFICE AREAS COMMERCIAL AREAS The heart of Marysville's existing business uses are along the Gratiot corridor. Nonresidential uses are well established from 1-94 to Busha; the majority being retail and service oriented businesses. Because Gratiot Boulevard is a direct route to 1-94 and Port Huron, the nature of the businesses along the corridor cater to the needs of both residents and non-residents. Uses such as print shops, barber shops, movie theaters, food stores and sit down restaurants situated along Gratiot meet the needs of City residents while, fast food, convenience stores and gas stations use high visibility to lure in passing vehicles. A map included on the following page illustrates and categorizes the business land uses existing in the City as of March, 1991. It appears that the number of businesses in direct competition along the Boulevard could not be supported by Marysville residents alone. Several important concepts arise from this simple observation. First, there is a demand created by Marysville residents for certain goods and services and second, there is the factor of demand added by nonresidents passing through the City. The demand created by Marysville residents can be best quantified as a product of population and disposable income. The demand created by non-residents can be best quantified as some proportion of traffic counts along Gratiot Boulevard. It is beyond the scope of this component to provide a determination of market demand. However, it is possible to designate certain areas for specific commercial functions in recognition of the existing forms of demand, the goals, objectives and policies of this plan and a need to establish land use compatibility. A map, titled Preliminary Commercial Areas Plan, is included in this section illustrating a plan for the spatial arrangement of commercial and office uses. In addition to the goals, objectives and policies, the map was influenced by the classification of various use types that form the basis for business districts. The first, is the Local Business category. Uses included in this category serve the convenience needs of the City's residents. To do so effectively, it is important that they be in close proximity to residential uses and therefore, the uses allowed in these areas are limited to assure that they do not negatively impact nearby residences. The second category, Center Commercial, includes a wider range of uses that are intended to be clustered in large centers. These centers should be isolated, where practical, from single family residences because of their intensity and will cater to the convenience and comparison needs of the City's residents. The success of these areas will be tied somewhat to their ability to offer a wide range of goods and services, thus creating a symbiotic relation between uses where comparisons can be made among the quality and price of goods. 33 �lllllllAI..\. TOWNINt, z • 0 ► fllM COMPARISON / CONVENIENCE THOROFARE ORIENTATED s ,. LOCAL BUSINESS C ( 4 OFFICE V at/I '-I "-..:::: I'/ I'/ VACANT LAND AND/OR BUILDINGS I "e I'! WETLANDS - - - -.-::,;__ z 0 C ~ E . ► 0 L too ,ooo ......... ,.ao •c•u••U' villcan · lemon a a11ociate• Inc . community pla1111in9 can•ullanta USE �The third category, Corridor Commercial is intended to recognize the demand for uses that thrive on the high visibility offered along the Gratiot corridor. Unlike the Center Commercial category, these uses do not depend on a symbiotic relationship to their neighbors; they are an end destination unto themselves or a "spur of the moment stop." Because these uses tend to have a high rate of customer turn-over, it is necessary that they be located only along a high capacity roadway, such as Gratiot. OFFICE AREAS Various medical, financial and other office uses exist within the City. By nature, offices generally are a less intensive use than commercial uses; they usually do not require large loading areas and their customer turn-over is relatively low. Therefore, they are often used as valuable transitions from high intensity to low intensity areas. The type of office uses within the City, for the most part, cater to the needs of Marysville residents and thus, it is fitting to say that the market for office demand is the City, itself. Of course, some of the office uses, have a regional market. Still, a population based forecast can be performed which will roughly estimate future demand for office space. To project future needs it is first necessary to inventory the type and amount of existing office uses. Once this is done, it is possible to determine a ratio of square feet per person based on current population counts. Then by using the population forecasts as illustrated by the Neighborhood Unit Plan, in conjunction with floor area ratios, it is possible to estimate future demand for office space. The table below, summarizes the amount of office space in the City, as of March 1991 and the projected office space needs at build-out. TABLE 16 OFFICE SPACE NEEDS GROSS FLOOR AREA (square feet) OFFICE TYPE I CURRENT PROJECTED (year 2000) Financial 20,700 24,000 Business Offices 44,700 52,000 Medical Office 13,500 16,000 TOTAL I 78,884 I 91,460 I To derive the estimates for the current amount of floor area, a series of steps were taken. Using the land use inventory of Business Uses, each office site was listed as a financial, business, or medical office. Site areas were determined from the base map or from site plans where they were available. Gross floor areas were also taken from site plans and aerial photographs where available and floor area ratios (F.A.R.) were calculated. Using these, an estimate of gross floor area was derived for uses that occupied only a portion of a building. The gross floor areas were then totaled. 34 �Sf CL A I R TO WNS HIP, 1tl1teALL TOWNIH I , z 0 " :, X \ [[[:ffl OFFICE ~ LOCAL BUSINESS 888888888 CENTER COMMERCIAL CORRIDOR COMMERCIAL ICAl..lMl,U T IC.UCB lffl villcan · lemon a auoclatu inc . community plannln1,1 consultants AREAS PLAN \ s '\....,.__-____ - - - ~ - , - - '-- -----I �- 4 Total office spaces as a ratio of floor space to the 1990 population was calculated. This ratio was then applied to population projections to estimate project office space needs. It should be noted that for the purposes of this study, the post office was included within the financial category because of its trip generation and floor area characteristics. Based on past demographic trends and current floor area ratios, the City of Marysville can expect at least one more financial institution by the year 2000. An expansion of business office space can also be expected as well as one or two more medical offices. A simplified macroscopic view of current trends would certainly support the need for additional office space. Demographically, we are an aging society. As people age they become more health conscious and require more medical attention. Thus, in the future, there will most likely be an increase in medical office space. Furthermore, our economy is shifting, increasing in the service and technology sectors. An increase in service oriented businesses will also cause a demand for new business office space. All of these factors suggest that additional office space will be needed in the future and thus, land area should be designated on the Master Plan for such use. GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES The following goals, objectives and policies helped to shape the Preliminary Commercial Areas plan and consequently the Future Land Use map and will be influential in establishing zoning standards. GOAL: To create a healthy business environment with a broad range of uses to account for the needs of Marysville residents while assuring compatible land use relationships. OBJECTIVE: Create small nodes of commercial facilities that cater to the convenience needs of Marysville residents. POLICY: Create a zoning district that provides for convenience oriented uses. POLICY: Avoid the placement of these uses in scarce and valuable highvisibility areas. POLICY: Maintain a node appearance of Local Commercial uses and avoid a strip commercial appearance. POLICY: To be convenient, these uses should be near residential areas. Therefore, special attention should be given during the site plan review process to assure that Local Commercial uses have a compatible relationship to nearby residences. 35 �------------------OBJECTIVE: Provide for the creation of a land use district to meet the convenience and comparison needs of Marysville residents. POLICY: Create a zoning district where business uses share a symbiotic relationship. POLICY: To assure that all uses are conveniently accessed and to limit the impact of a large node of commercial activity, provide for t.he creation of access drives to link uses and limit access points onto Major Thoroughfares. POLICY: Precludes uses such as car sales which would use land which should be developed as concentrated, comparative retail uses. OBJECTIVE: Recognizes the existence of a demand for uses dependent upon high visibility and large traffic volumes to be viable. POLICY: Create a zoning district to provide for such uses. POLICY: Carefully limit the area of this district. POLICY: Through site plan review, limit the number of drives permitted to sites. POLICY: Through site plan review, control the location of drives along Gratiot so that drives are well spaced and placed a reasonable distance from intersections. POLICY: Promote the use of shared drive arrangements where possible. POLICY: Assure that on-site circulation functions in a manner that does not promote spill-over onto adjacent thoroughfares. This may result in parking setbacks of at least 20 feet to provide stacking between the parking area and the street. In addition, drive-through uses, such as fast food restaurants, banks, and oil change facilities, should have adequate stacking space. OBJECTIVE: Assure that all new commercial uses have circulation systems that provide for the safety of their patrons. POLICY: Provide parking lot standards that assure the use of parking lot end islands to direct the flow of traffic and separate movement from parked vehicles. POLICY: Where feasible, provide for pedestrian circulation within parking lots. 36 �POLICY: Limit the number of drives onto major thoroughfares. POLICY: Require the surfacing and maintenance of all parking areas. OBJECTIVE: Protect residential uses from intrusion of non-residential uses. POLICY: Situate transitional uses, such as offices or multiple-family dwellings, between commercial and single-family neighborhoods. POLICY: Provide appropriate walls, berms or other screening devices between residential and non-residential use districts. POLICY: Assure that outdoor lighting does not shine onto residential areas. 37 �INDUSTRIAL AREAS Industrial uses, generally, represent a positive addition to a community's tax base and promote the welfare of an area by providing an employment base. The City of Marysville currently has about 23 percent of the total developed land area in industrial use; about 14 percent of all land in the City. This is a sizeable increase since the 1965 land use which showed about 13 percent of the City's occupied land in industrial use. As growth occurs within the City the industrial base should be allowed to grow at a rate that will provide a proportion of industrial uses that are at least equal to the past proportions. The following table presents available data on industrial uses: TABLE 17 SUMMARY INFORMATION REGARDING INDUSTRIAL AREAS SUMMARY INFORMATION AREA (acres) Land in Industrial Use, 1965 271 Land in Industrial Use, 1990 624 Vacant Land Zoned for Industrial Use 320 (37} M-1: Light Industrial (283} M-2: General Industrial 127 Area with Potential Wetland Constraints M-1: Light Industrial (112) M-2: General Industrial (15} 193 Total Area Available for Development Sources: Vilican-Leman & Associates; U.S.G.S Soil Survey Maps, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, MIRIS Wetland maps; U.S. Department of the Interior, Fisheries and Wildlife Services, National Wetland Inventory. The table above illustrates that there is a considerable amount of vacant land that is zoned for industrial purposes. However, much of this land is constrained because of wetlands. Furthermore, much of the land that is zoned for industry and not constrained by wetland is located on isolated pockets of land. These parcels are usually rather small and thus would have limited use for industrial purposes. In addition, some of the areas are situated where they do not have a strong industrial identity. If industrial growth is to continue as it has since 1965, new industrial areas will be necessary. The following Goals, Objectives and Policies are provided to give direction to the development of new areas and help improve and maintain the viability of existing industries. 38 �Goal: Promote industrial growth in the City to provide economic stability and well being, while maintaining the integrity of residential neighborhoods. Objective: Objective: To plan optimum amounts of land for industrial uses. Policy: New areas should be located so that they have quick access to highway interchanges. Policy: New areas should be placed so that triey do not encourage through traffic in residential areas. Policy: Plan for large tracts of developable land to attract a wide range of industrial uses. Policy: Separate residential and industrial uses with transitional zoning or natural or man made features wherever possible. Provide an environment to promote a wide range of industrial uses. Policy: Create a new zoning district designed to attract new, high technology, low intensity industrial uses. Policy: Promote the use of industrial parks. Policy: Assure that new developments provide a high quality street system with sufficient widths and paving types to accommodate large vehicles. Policy: Assure that new development provides adequate screening. Policy: Encourage the use of landscaping in industrial areas. Policy: Provide for on-site circulation so that backing onto a street is not necessary. Policy: Provide for circulation systems that assure adequate access to emergency vehicles. Policy: Encourage the provision of various lot sizes in planned industrial developments: Policy: Attempt to cluster uses with similar needs and intensities. 39 �Objective: Policy: Create adequate standards to promote development of industrial areas. Policy: Continue to maintain a high standard of services to industrial areas. Policy: Consider the creation of a Local Development Finance Authority to provide funding mechanisms and serve as a proactive body to attract new industry. Maintain and upgrade existing industrial areas. Policy: Provide adequate access to major thoroughfares for all industrial areas. Policy: Provide proper screening of industry in those areas where outside storage is visible from residential areas or public streets. Policy: Promote a high level of exterior maintenance and encourage landscaping for new and existing industry. Policy: As street improvements are provided, develop high quality roads, with widths that are sufficient to provide for the movement of large vehicles. Policy: Actively encourage code enforcement. 40 �GENER . .." 0 z 0 . - • - ------- .--- ... --- WETLANDS z 0 " z" ... ." .,. 0 0 •OO tOOC) 1,00 .C.•L.l •ff.CT OCfOIUI IIIO vilican · leman 8 anacialH Inc. commu.aily plannln9 cansullants ~ PLAN 0 u �COMMUNITY FACILITIES Community facilities and services represent the greatest expense to municipal government. It is therefore to the benefit of the taxpayer and the municipality that a well planned program for the development for such facilities and services is available to public officials involved in the decision making process. Such a program will aid in ensuring adequate facilities and reduce duplications and costs by advanced site purchases and developments. In this chapter, schools, recreation facilities, fire and police protection, local administration, libraries and utilities are examined as to their location and adequacy based on recommended standards. These recommended standards for location, site size, capacity, and accessibility for each facility have been developed by national agencies such as the National Education Association and the National Recreation Association. The standards have been modified where desirable to reflect the particular characteristics of the Marysville community. The provision and maintenance of community facilities are under the responsibility of several authorities. Schools are controlled by the Marysville Public Schools District; libraries are administered by St. Clair County; regional parks ar under the authority of the appropriate State or County agency; and utilities, such as gas and electricity, are provided by private enterprise, although there is government regulation of these quasi-public agencies. Thus, some of the community facilities serving Marysville are not within the jurisdiction of the City. Implementation of recommendations for community facilities must be accomplished through the joint effort of the various responsible agencies. Communication must be maintained between these agencies so that there is a comprehensive effort to provide services to Marysville businesses and residents. SCHOOLS TABLE 18 The City of Marysville is served by the DESIRABLE SCHOOL STANDARDS Marysville Public Schools District. All of the District's schools are located within STANDARD SERVICE PUPIL the City. This is advantageous to the SCHOOL RADIUS (miles) (acres) children living in Marysville since they are near the schools which they attend. Ehlmentary 5 + 1/100 1/2 350-500 pupils Community planning for schools is (K-5) primarily concerned with the physical Intermediate 15 + 1/100 1-1/2 70<>-900 pupils aspects of the school system. These (6-8) include the location of schools, site High School 1,00<>-1,800 25 + 1/100 3 pupils size, student capacity and service (9-12) areas. In order to evaluate the * Adapted from standards by the National Education Association. adequacy of schools, standards must be applied (see Table 18). Basically, these standards follow the recommendations of the National Education Association adjusted to meet local policies. 41 �TABLE 19 EXISTING PUBLIC SCHOOL FACILITIES SCHOOL TYPE GRADES NUMBER OF CLASSROOMS PUPIL ENROLLMENT STUDENTS PER ROOM Marysville Gardens Elem. K-5 23 584 28 Washington Elem. K-5 19 460 28 Marysville Intermediate Inter. 6-8 26 513 26 Senior High 9-12 39 668 26 Marysville High TABLE 20 SITE AREA SUMMARY ESTIMATED CAPACITY RECOMMENDED SITE AREA CURRENT SITE AREA DEFICIT /SURPLUS Marysville Gardens 600 11 acres 45 acres 34 acre surplus Washington 425 9 acres 22 acres 13 acres surplus Marysville Intermediate 585 21 acres 31 acres - Marysville High 820 33 acres a 2 acre defecit SCHOOL * a lnteNiew with Superintendent of Schools, 1991. Marysville High School share the same site with Marysville Intermediate School. Marysville Gardens School: This school is located on Sixth Avenue in the western part of the City, as shown on the Community Facilities Map. The school has 584 pupils which is above the recommended pupil enrollment for an elementary school. The site size of 45 acres allows expansion, with present standards requiring only 7-1 /2 acres to meet the minimum requirements. Additional rooms are recommended for this school. The service area of Marysville Gardens School is about one-half mile for students in Marysville. Presently, current sidewalks make walking safe to school. However, the City is planning on expanding its sidewalk system. Washington School: This school is located on Washington Boulevard between Colorado, New Jersey, 15th and 16th Streets. Enrollment is 460 pupils and the school is above enrollment capacity. Additional rooms are feasible since the site size is 22 acres is more than adequate for expansion. Most Marysville students going to Washington School are within reasonable walking distance while sidewalks are provided along most streets, they should be developed on all streets to allow for safe, all-weather walking. 42 �Intermediate School: The Marysville Intermediate School is located at the corner of Michigan Avenue and Huron Boulevard, on the same site as the Marysville High School. Both site size and student capacity are adequate at this time. Senior High School: The enrollment at Marysville High School is about 150 students below the estimated capacity of 820. Parochial Schools: St. Christopher, the largest parochial school in Marysville is located at 990 Michigan Avenue. The school's enrollment is approximately 60 students grades K-5. The Seventh Day Adventist Church, the other parochial school in Marysville, has an enrollment of less than 12 students grades K-5. Specialized Program Offerings: Intermediate School District. The following are available through the St. Clair Woodland Development Center: This facility offers special education programs for students through age twenty-five. Students are only enrolled on referral from the district and a complete diagnostic evaluation. Current pupil enrollment is 195. The establishment is located at 499 South Range Road. St. Clair Technical Education Center: Located at 499 South Range Road, the Technical Education Center offers career training for high school students and adults in 53 programs of study representing over 200 occupations. Pupil enrollment throughout the school year is around 900 students. Enrollment to the school is completed through the Marysville High School counseling office. RECREATION Local Recreation Facilities Marysville has had an active recreation program for many years. As the table below indicates, there is a variety of facilities available in Marysville. The three existing elementary schools provide playground space. These schools are well placed for the majority of the population in Marysville. Consideration should be given to providing playgrounds in built-up areas that are over one-half mile from the elementary schools. Playfields are generally for the children between 13 and 18 years of age. They are best located adjacent the intermediate and senior high schools. In Marysville, there is one playfield centrally located to the City. However, additional organized active sports areas should be considered since existing facilities are heavily used. 43 �Under a written agreement, the School District supplies recreation facilities and the City provides the funds for City use of school playgrounds. This program makes available a swimming pool at the senior high school, gymnasiums and athletic fields. City facilities include a band shell for concerts at Marysville City Park, ice skating areas and softball fields. Besides these joint recreation facilities, the City provides separate recreation facilities. Two community parks are operated by the City. Marysville City Park has playground and picnic facilities . Its extensive use has prompted some discussion of enlarging the park. TABLE21 RECREATION FACILITIES TYPE OF RECREATION FACILITY Playground: SITE AREA (acres) Washington School 8 Morton School 4 Marysville Gardens School 8 Morton Park 10 Unnamed site (16th St. across from Washington School 3 COMMENTS The City and the School District have a written agreement for the joint use of these facilities. City owned, the site contains a tot lot, tennis courts, basketball court, ball fields, picnic shelter and ice rink. City owned but undeveloped. 13.5 Unnamed site north of Gardens School City owned but undeveloped. 31 Agreed use between the City and School District. Community Park: 58 Park is heavily used and includes playground equipment, picnic areas, ball diamonds, band shelter, tennis courts and fitness trail. Other: Marysville Golf Course 100 18 hole public course owned and operated by the City. Boat launch & fishing area 2.5 Shore fishing, scenic lookout, boat launch. Beach Area 5.0 Available for riverfront activities Mermaid Park 0.5 Scenic turnout. Playfield: Marysville Intermediate and High Schools - Winter ice rinks 44 Seven rinks througout the City. �Regional Facilities The following Parks are located in St. Clair County, within easy driving distance of Marysville residents: Goode/ls Park: St. Clair County provides Goodells Park (237 acres) in Wales Township, approximately ten miles from Marysville. The County proposes to develop at the Goodells Park a new fairgrounds, a picnic area, an active sports area, a juvenile play area, a medical center and an exhibition farm. Algonac State Park: This park is located in Clay Township, about 16 miles from Marysville. Only 30 acres of the park's 981 acres have been developed, the other 951 acres being used for hunting, hiking, nature studies and camping. Ultimately 700 camp sites will be provided as well as picnic areas and parking facilities. Lakeport State Park: This park is located along the shore of Lake Huron, in Burtchville Township about 14 miles from Marysville. Of the park's 380 acres, 150 acres have been developed. Swimming, fishing, picnic areas and campsites are provided. Port Huron State Game Area : This area is located along the Black River, in Clyde and Grant Townships. Its 5,840 acres are heavily wooded and small game hunting is permitted. It is proposed that this area be expanded to 10,000 acres as funds become available for acquisition. FIRE PROTECTION Fire protection is one of the main responsibilities of the municipality. The degree of protection offered has a direct effect on fire insurance rates in the community. The National Board of Fire Underwriters has provided standards for the desirable service radius of fire stations as shown in the table below. TABLE 22 FIRE STATION RADIUS* I TYPE OF DEVELOPMENT I DISTANCE 1.5 miles Commercial or Manufacturing or Closely built residential 10-minute response Scattered Residential * Adapted from standards by the Nation Board of Fire Underwriters. 45 I �There is one fire station in Marysville. It is located at 867 Huron Boulevard. Three pumpers, an ambulance, a rescue unit, and a grass fire truck are available to the fire department. Nine full time firemen and twenty volunteers man the fire station. A verbal agreement exists between all fire departments in St. Clair County to provide assistance when necessary. At the present time, all commercial and industrial property are within the 10-minute response recommendation. If Marysville continues to expand in the number of businesses and industries, consideration for fire department expansion should be made. Residential property in the northern part of the City is becoming heavily developed; however, this area is within the 10-minute response recommendation. Further construction regarding the residential property in the northern part of the City may require another fire station in the northern area of the City. POLICE PROTECTION Police protection and law enforcement is another vital community service that municipal government must provide. It is of great importance that adequate police protection is available in a community, especially if that community has high value commercial and industrial establishments that must be patrolled. No set standards for police protection are given because of the high number of variables that affect a police department (e.g., crime rate, mileage and type of roads that must be patrolled). Manpower is best left to the determination of the Police Chief who is familiar with the needs and capabilities of the department. The location of police headquarters within a community and the number of police stations are based upon the amount of territory covered and population distribution. Since Marysville is not a large community, less than seven square miles, one station can service the entire City. With population being distributed throughout the City, a central location of the station would give maximum service radius to the department. Marysville's police department is located in the City Hall on Delaware Avenue. Their quarters are adequate, consisting of 2,600 square feet. The Police Chief, four Sargents, seven Patrolmen and two staff members work within this office. Three marked patrol cars and two unmarked patrol car are attached to the department. The use of the County Jail located in Port Huron is afforded the City. The responsibility of law enforcement in Marysville is left completely to the Marysville Police Department. State police and the County Sheriff's Department enter Marysville only upon request. Presently, Marysville maintains a high level of police protection. 46 �LIBRARY FACILITIES Libraries have an important place in the affairs of a municipality. A library provides an informational source for everyone in the community, including private citizens, and cultural and educational organizations. Individuals use the library to enrich their leisure hours. The library study which was jointly sponsored by the St. Clair County Board of Supervisors and the City of Port Huron City Commission has been reviewed. The recommendations relative to Marysville have contributed to the development of the Marysville Public Library. Marysville residents have available a library located at 1175 Delaware Avenue. This library is based on an agreement by the City and the St. Clair County Public Library. Approximately 11,000 volumes are available. LOCAL ADMINISTRATION To effectively administer a city, adequate office space must be provided. The efficiency and effectiveness can be greatly increased with spacious surroundings providing ample office and equipment space. The standards for the location of administrative offices are general and they are arrived at by the experience gained from other communities. Of main importance in the location of administrative facilities is their accessibility to the general population. It is considered desirable to group the administrative offices into a civic center, so that all offices are within walking distance of each other. In addition, good highways to the civic center are necessary in providing quick access to these facilities. The Marysville administrative offices located in one building, the City Hall, on Delaware Avenue. The City owns various other buildings besides City Hall. The water treatment plant at 1601 River Road has two offices. It houses the equipment for water treatment. The sewage treatment plant, located at 980 Huron Boulevard, was constructed in 1974 and is adequate for present and future development. A fourth building houses the Department of Public Works. UTILITIES Utilities are an important function provided by local government and private enterprise. Water and sewage are the responsibility of government, while the provision of electricity, gas and oil are generally the responsibility of private enterprise. Although local government does not control private utilities, they are major importance to the growth of the community. 47 �Water The major source of water in Marysville is the St. Clair River. The water is processed in the City treatment plant. It is distributed by a municipal water system, as shown on the Community Facilities map. While a few homes have private wells, there are no private water systems in the City. The water distribution system in the City closely parallels the population distribution. The system has not been extended to the undeveloped area of the City. Small areas within St. Clair Township are supplied with water from Marysville. The Marysville water system has a capacity of 15,000,000 gallons of water a day. Three elevated storage tanks exist in the City, two hold 50,000 gallons of water and the third, located near the end of 14th Street, holds 250,000 gallons of water. They help maintain water pressure and supply. Marysville's water system is potentially available to almost all residents in the City. However, since the system has not been extended to the vacant areas of the City, property owners in these areas must rely on individual wells until the present system is expanded. Without municipal water, large lots will have to be utilized. Water treatment facilities are adequate for present and future development with a capacity of 15,000,000 gallons a day. Sanitary Sewers Most residents in Marysville are served by municipal sewers. Less than one percent of the residents rely on septic tanks for sewage disposal. As for the water system, the sewage systems extends only to the developed areas of the City. Sewage is treated in the Marysville sewage treatment plant; it is then discharged into the St. Clair River. The capacity of the sewage plant is 8,000,000 gallons a day. Currently, the sewage treatment plant averages 3,500,000 gallons per day. The primary deficiency of the sanitary sewers is that they also double as storm sewers. The City has undertaken a study to determine the affect of the present combined sewer operations problem. A report and recommendation to correct this situation is being explored. The sewage system is adequate for sanitary purposes at the present time and it could accommodate further development in the City. If the storm sewer system was separated from the sanitary sewers, the capacity of the sanitary system would increase. If there is to be development of vacant land in Marysville, the sanitary lines will have to be extended. Septic tanks within the City presently cause pollution of standing water. It is best to prevent further pollution by providing sewers where they are needed. 48 �Storm Sewers Drainage water is collected by different methods in Marysville. One way is through the use of open ditches, the largest of these being along St. Clair Boulevard right-of-way. This drain turns east and empties into the St. Clair River. Other open drains carry runoff water to sanitary sewers. As noted above, this method of using sanitary sewers to collect drain water creates a large burden on the sanitary sewers and sewage treatment facilities. The major problem is a lack of storm sewers. More storm sewers are needed especially in the built-up areas where water runoff is greater. All new plans must address concerns related to storm sewers and storm water runoff to prevent flooding or the creation of bodies of stagnant water which can be a health hazard. Since storm water carries no harmful organic matter, it can be discharged directly into the St. Clair River. Built-up areas are in greater need of storm services than vacant areas since pavement and rooftops prevent the water from returning of a separate storm sewer system in areas being developed should be undertaken in Marysville. Other Utilities Gas: The Southeastern Michigan Gas Company supplies gas to Marysville and surrounding areas. In Marysville, the gas company services the three largest population concentrations in the built-up residential ares. Electricity: The Detroit Edison Company's electric power plant is located at the intersection of Gratiot Boulevard and M-29. No high voltage lines come from this plant; instead all the lines are 120 KV transmission lines. Four transmission lines from this point in Marysville service Marysville and the surrounding areas, including part of the Detroit metropolitan area. Pipeline: Seven pipelines cross the St. Clair River from Canada into Marysville. They carry various forms of petroleum products. Three additional pipelines are available if additional pipelines become necessary. 49 �• • • • • • • • • • • • • • - ST CL A l tlt TO WN SHl i, . C .., j ~ ~ :---.: i l':':'::;:;,;::::d UNDEVELOPED CfTY LAND ~ PUBLIC ml PUBLIC SCHOOLS * 0 ~l)O ~ >000 Cl1Y PARK ~ DESIGNATED PARK LAND I v, ll ccn · l em=: ·;: sac io t es inc . c ommun i ly plann i ng c cnsu l lcnts I ,,.,. 4 I I? COMMUNITY FACILITIES CITY OF MARYSVILLE ' C ( COMMUNllY WATER TOWER ~ I~ s r MICHIGAN :~~~;;;~~ I! 'I jl ., �THOROUGHFARE PLAN . -: .. ..-. The Thoroughfare Plan map that is included in this section provides a hierarchy of roads designed to meet the needs of future land uses and associated vehicular movements. The plan was shaped, mainly, by four influences; the Gratiot Corridor Plan, the Street Rights-of-Way study (shown in the Background Studies portion of this document), a Street Hierarchy (based on existing and future land uses), and the Goals and Objectives established by the Planning Commission. GRATIOT CORRIDOR PLAN The Gratiot Corridor Plan is a master plan study component that was prepared separate from the Master Plan document. The corridor plan was created as a stand-alone document for two reason. First, the Corridor is of major importance to the City as both, a traffic carrier and a business area. Furthermore, it is a major entrance way into the City and is influential in setting an impression for the area. Second, the Michigan Department of Transportation has shown interest in the improvement of Gratiot. Thus, the Corridor Plan serves as a synopsis to be shown to MOOT officials which represents the City's ambitions. Many of the findings of that study have emerged in various elements of this Plan. In particular, a conceptual layout of Gratiot Boulevard was created and recommendations were provided on cross section standards for Gratiot at various points along the corridor. Furthermore, a variety of design features were considered and specific recommendations given on type, size and placement of street trees, parking lot trees, and landscaping in general. Other elements of the Corridor Plan, such as "Front Setback, Sign Control and Marginal Access Drives," have a distinct relation to Planning and Zoning. The Goals and Objectives provided at the end of the Thoroughfare Plan component of the Master Plan document have been keenly affected by the Gratiot Corridor Plan and thus, while the Gratiot Corridor Plan has been not been reproduced into this document, it should be recognized that it played an important role in the Master Plan Process and consequent Zoning Ordinance update. STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY STUDY The Rights-Of-Way Study, summarized earlier in this document, was the second key influence on the Thoroughfare Plan. The City has many streets which were platted years ago, but have never been developed. The Planning Commission decided that when this area develops, it would be desirable for it to do so with a curvelinear road network. Furthermore, some areas, that were platted for residential lots, are planned for nonresidential uses and development of the street system as platted would not be compatible with the future uses. 50 �The Street Rights-of-Way Study, inventories roads, providing a classification separating streets into three categories; vacated streets, undeveloped streets and streets used for other purposes. Once the inventory was completed, the next step was to create a plan for the layout of undeveloped areas and recommend changes to developed areas. Changes to developed areas include closures, connections, and looping of streets. Three undeveloped areas west of the St. Clair Drain were examined; Subdivision C, D and E. Plans for these areas, provided earlier in this document, were compiled and placed on the Thoroughfare Plan as "Planned Alignments. " STREET HIERARCHY The regional streets that serve as routes to and from Marysville, are beyond the direct influence of the City. However, they do have an effect on the streets within the City. The 1-94 expressway is the main route from Marysville to the City of Detroit and its environs and serves as a means of access to 1-69. 1-69 is a direct link to the cities of Flint and Lansing. An interchange to 1-94 is located just west of Marysville on Gratiot Boulevard. This intersection attracts and generates a high number of vehicles and thus, Gratiot serves as a primary feeder road and other roads serve as arterials onto Gratiot. For planning purposes, local streets can be categorized into four distinct classifications: major thoroughfares, secondary thoroughfares, scenic drives and minor streets. The Thoroughfare Plan illustrates these divisions as outlined below. Major Thoroughfares: Major Thoroughfares are at the top of the local street hierarchy and carry the highest volume of traffic. For the City of Marysville, they generally serve as links to or are a part of the Regional network. Except for Gratiot Boulevard, the planned right-of-way width of major Thoroughfares is 120 feet. The planned right-ofway of Gratiot varies from 120 feet to 170 feet with much of the right-of-way already in existence. Secondary Thoroughfares: Secondary Thoroughfares serve as funnels, "collecting" traffic to and from minor streets. Secondary Thoroughfares can be used in large subdivisions or to connect two major Thoroughfares. The provision of a Secondary Thoroughfare can be a means of reducing traffic volumes on minor streets by providing alternate routes. The planned right-of-way for collector streets is 86 feet. Scenic Drives : At the present time, there is only one planned Scenic Drive, River Road. Scenic Drives are intended to maintain a narrow pavement width, slow speeds and support a range of uses. The planned right-of-way for scenic drives is 66 feet. 51 �ST RANGE CLA I R TO W NSH I P ST. CL AIR . : z ...• 0 . .,. : • ... 0 MAJOR THOROUGHFARE SECONDARY THOROUGHFARE SCENIC DRIVE s ,. PLANNED ALIGNMENT 111111111111111 • aoo IOOO C ( .q I '? MARGINAL ACCESS DRIVE PLANNED CLOSURE 1500 SEPTEMBER 1991 vl l l can · leman 8 associates Inc commun i ty plonn l ng consultants PLAN �Minor Streets: Minor streets are, for the most part, residential streets and those serving industrial parks. They weave through subdivisions and carry traffic to a specific destination. They are not intended as through streets. Minor streets in residential areas have a planned rightof-way of 66 feet. Industrial minor streets have a wider right-of-way of 86 feet. SUMMARY In addition to the classification of streets into a hierarchy and the planning of undeveloped areas, the Thoroughfare Plan shows possible loops and rerouting. Some of these suggestions were derived from the Gratiot Corridor Plan. Others were brought out in various background studies. Aside from the street closings that result from the planning of undeveloped areas, there are a handful of street closings in other parts of the City. Along the Gratiot Corridor, a number of closings are proposed. Moving from east to west, the first closure would be New York where it intersects Gratiot. This street is proposed for closure to provide a greater separation between the existing businesses fronting on Gratiot and the existing single family homes. Furthermore, the New York/Gratiot intersection is very near the intersection of two major traffic carriers, Michigan and Gratiot. By rerouting the New York/Gratiot intersection onto the existing marginal access drive, turning movements for New York will occur from Michigan Avenue or at New Hampshire, which is a safe distance from the Michigan/Gratiot intersection. Diagrams are provided on the following page that illustrate effective means of closing streets. Two alternative turn-arounds are proposed; a "Y" and a cul-de-sac. The cul-desac could be used on streets having an 86 foot wide right-of-way. The "Y" turn-around could be used where intersections are less than 86 feet wide. An oil change facility exists at the southwest corner of St. Lawrence and Gratiot Avenue. This automotive use utilizes the existing local street for some of its circulation, and thus encroaches into the neighborhood. It is proposed that the street be closed at Gratiot and a cul-de-sac be created. The neighborhood has a multitude of access points onto Bunce, Busha and Gratiot which will provide sufficient alternative routes. In fact the elimination of some of these access points should be considered to help create a neighborhood identity, provide a greater separation of business and residential uses and help to limit cut-through traffic. Therefore, it is proposed that St. Paul and Myrtlewood Street be closed and looped, using the existing alleys as pathways to parallel minor streets within the subdivision. However, in other instances, the use of cul-de sacs may not be appropriate because of excessive lengths of dead end drive that would be created. For example, Greenwood and Maywood can be closed west of Busha Highway and cul-de-sacs can be utilized. The use of cul-de-sacs is possible because the dead-end areas are relatively short; at the most two hundred feet, which is far less than the maximum length of 600 feet as specified in the subdivision regulations. 52 �TH0f<OU6Hf,4ft \ _ fflftrY'i S)n,_/1 (1M.,we,,ja} f,a; {tff) U¥q6 £htub {-frfr)----i":~W f 'Hk[f' S'ct&a11 ~I {JJJ// ,M6t!Md6r twll:., f o providG . 5!1'o:Jfl-1 OIYl/5 at j,(/d/'t infe,15€£.,f lOY\ CU11 to proviJe v"i-it~'1:'S.t- ~m,.// ~hwb {t1r.J /J,b/! ·- ~J.iMG fl?36 i ~# - _, '· \ .... bb' f..O w. "Y" TURN AROUND CUL-DE-SAC TURN AROUND STREET CLOSURE DETAILS ~II f;hrubs �r .-1 I ±t; i .... / "\.."..,,. ,.,,,., . 4~ . ~ ~ 71 l(T>pgft>f~ af.'!1_~ 4. ~::!/J:t1'1 uirft,, ---' -· ~ - -• . •.~.• .. - -- ~ ~Q:ff1~e,it(W6'.2~ - /'tMf 14 w rr;a.6 o(. __, "" -~;- -ra,qF't~~UtJll~ 1,W/1 ; - ~.t:::---;;;2:· f(~~f,d-/ ' f~ -I'-"ti5.UXJf.:o-,,,.~r 1 ~r-i . '- l,r,rJp !:'tri,e,t .. LOOP STREET DETAIL (wall on residential side) CowHA6rc;,/ - ,.,,,,.., �r -n ·n I _ ___J --~ _jfjj . .I: f~ J " ✓.- """ cfc~w/PW.w.1 a)),/ """' ~~ I . ___[ .. • ·- .. .·o :· ~ ,~ ....-~~-.. - ··_''\ II ~/: , (I tar,,,.,_ ~11~4(1NJ;prl.1'rwt!>d,iJ. "ff"',,.... """"'1 t;,c,.,., ---~-:~u~-~~-:tr~~✓-·- .~,ai,itf~_I • /t,. . _ ('"'~FM ~h~ wv/ I ~e_ J-'!iM+ I (twH<6r~ +:s ~ .to?I'-¾ ·i-,, . .:' LOOP STREET DETAIL (wall on commercial side) �North of ~his subdivision is another subdivision bounded by Delaware, Stadium, Michigan and ~rat1ot Boulevard. This small neighborhood has a modified grid street pattern, with a series of loop streets and cul-de-sacs instead of through streets. Virginia and Indiana are the only through streets onto Stadium. Streets in residential subdivisions should be designed to encourage a slow and safe rate of travel. Virginia and Indiana are long, straight streets and thus, do not promote these objectives. To decrease the likelihood of pedestrian-automobile accidents, it would be best to close both Indiana and Virginia at Stadium and create cul-de-sacs. However, there are other traffic safety issues to be considered. First, the closing of too many access points limits the response time of emergency vehicles. Second, each closing will result in greater traffic loads at the other access points. Thus, it would be wise to close only one of the two streets. Virginia is proposed to remain open because it is more centrally located in the subdivision and is a greater distance from the intersection of Stadium and Delaware. The closing of Indiana should, at first, be tried on a temporary basis and traffic counts and neighborhood opinion regarding street function should be taken into account. If Indiana is closed permanently, the curbing and paving should be eliminated and generous landscaping should be provided at the terminus. Another issue is the length of the cul-de-sac that would be created by closing Indiana. The length, about 900 feet, exceeds the recommended length of 600 feet specified in the subdivision regulations. In this instance the creation of a long cul-de-sac can be seen as "the lesser of two evils," created by out-dated subdivision practices. The use of long culde-sacs should not be encouraged in new subdivisions. The neighborhood around Washington Elementary, in the southwest corner of the City, can receive similar road improvements. However, it is very important to recognize that limiting access to several points will increase traffic at those points and consequently traffic past houses situated near the accesses. Therefore, because of the size and density of the Washington area subdivision, it is important to maintain a number of the existing access points. It is proposed that New York be closed just north of 14th to provide separation of business and residential uses, to limit access points and to help to decrease confusion at the intersection of New York, Washington and 14th. Though not proposed at this time, it would be possible to close 15th street just west of New York as this will leave five access points to Michigan and Busha. When access to a neighborhood is reduced to several points, entrance details become more practical. A diagram included on the following page illustrates how entrance signs and landscaping could be placed in an existing right-of-way. It is also proposed that 18th Street be closed in the future as industrial development occurs to the west along Range Road. This will assure that truck traffic does not travel through the adjacent neighborhood, but rather, will be forced to Cuttle or one of the major thoroughfares. However, part of Cuttle is currently used as a residential street ~nd sh~ul? not be subjected to truck traffic or even a significant amount of automobile traffic 1f avoidable. Therefore, it is proposed that the existing Cuttle Road be _clos~d west of Connecticut and a new opening onto Busha Highway be created. There 1s a right-of-way in existence to accomplish this. 53 �.. _ _........,.a..J - . . . .. ~ ' . ' , ... • .,,t · . . . \ < -..1 :·... "\. 1 ~ :r ~ -~ -~ ~1 -~ --. e:i t: 'J li l ~ ~ ~ -~ vi - . .] ex .::!: ~ �The majority of the northwest corner of the City, though platted, is not developed. This is one area, for which a plan was earlier developed in accordance with the Street Rightsof-Way Study. The Thoroughfare Plan is very similar to that shown earlier in this document. One significant difference is the addition of connections to the east subdivision and to 6th street. Currently, Connecticut, Central and New Hampshire serve as a convenient north-south route. Because of the large number of vehicles and lack of alternative routes, the street system receives an inordinate amount of traffic for a residential area. Therefore, additional connections to 6th through the extension of Colorado are proposed. Furthermore, the interconnection of the east and west areas will relieve some of the traffic burden from Connecticut. In considering changes to the existing TABLE 23 street network, safety is of the utmost ACCIDENTS AT IRREGULAR INTERSECTIONS concern. A number of the existing intersections in the City meet at odd NUMBER OF INTERSECTION angles. Such intersections may ACCIDENTS present difficulty in clearly viewing 18 Michigan - Huron approaching vehicles. Furthermore, such situations limit the capacity of 2 Huron - Delaware vehicles that may flow through the 20 Michigan - Busha intersections. In some cases, the 0 volume of traffic may be so low at one New Hampshire - Sixth of these intersections that a decrease 7 Huron - Range in safety is not apparent. In other 2 Bunce - Busha instances, signalization and signage are used to effectively reduce the likelihood of accidents. The table at the right provides a summary of accident information for selected intersections from 1989 to July of 1991. I I I The highest correlation appears to be between traffic volume and accidents rather than strictly with irregularity. It should be noted that a traffic signal has recently been added to the intersection of Michigan and Busha, the highest traffic accident area. This should reduce the number of future accidents significantly. This leaves two irregular intersections with relatively high accident counts; Michigan - Huron and Huron - Range. Unfortunately, both intersections are heavily developed and re-routing would be difficult if not econmically impractical. Additional study by a traffic engineer could be conducted to determine if a sufficient reduction of accidents could be achieved through the use of better traffic signals and signs. 54 �FUTURE LAND USE FlITURE LAND USE MAP The Master Plan of Future Land Use map is a compilation of the preliminary maps which precede it and it directly reflects the goals of the City in regard to land use. In some instances, there are differences between the preliminary maps and the Master Plan of Future Land Use Map. These changes reflect the process in that each successive step resulted in a re-evaluation of those that came before. For example, decisions regarding commercial property which came late in the process, necessarily affected earlier decisions regarding residential areas and thus, constant re-evaluation was needed. As detailed as it may appear, the map cannot portray every facet of policy; the plan text must be used. Certainly in many instances, the plan reflects the goals and objectives stipulated. These goals and objectives will guide policies related to site planning, City improvement projects, zoning, and re-evaluation of the Master Plan of Future Land Use Map. However, it should be clear that the Master Plan of Future Land Use map is not precise. Specific boundaries of various use districts are distinguished on the Zoning Map. Over time, the plan will be questioned. This is a part of planning and should be expected and in some cases encouraged. The plan is not a rigid document. It is based on past trends and information available at the time of its conception. As key information and trends change, the plan may need to be adjusted to account for these changes. It is difficult to foresee what such changes could occur that could affect the plan but the following, however remote would affect the plan. • Demographic characteristics play a significant role in the housing forms and population trends. For example, should fertility rates increase dramatically, there would be a need for more schools and park land than accounted for by this plan. The provisions of such facilities would impact the land uses around them. Transportation policies, controlled largely by the State and Federal governments could change. The provision of new roads or significant improvement of roads could result in land use changes along those corridors. Furthermore, although not within the near future, there may someday be an emphasis on alternative systems. Although planning and zoning of surrounding Townships and City's have been considered in the formulation of this plan, they could change. Such changes could result in new land use pressures in the City of Marysville. New forms of development could necessitate change. The opening of indoor regional malls over the past several decades have impacted th~ land us~s in their immediate environs and resulted in the closing of many conventional retail centers. 55 �The con~epts above are certainly not all-inclusive and do not even begin to speculate on changes 1n health ~are needs, energy policy, improvements in technology and information transfer, changes in consumer preference or other factors. The point is that changes to the plan can be expected. If the Ci~ develops as indicated on the Master Plan of Future Land Use Map, the amount of land in each use designation would be distributed as follows: TABLE 24 SUMMARY OF FUTIJRE LAND USE AREA FUTURE LAND USE CATEGORY PROPORTION OF ALL LAND USE CATEGORIES AREA (acres) PERCENT 1,804 49.7% (1,348) (37. 1%} Multiple Family (392) (10.8%) Mobile Home (64) (1.8%} 187 5.2% Office (16) (0.4%) Local Business (16) (0.4%) Center Commercial (97) (2.'l°lo) Corridor Commercial (58) (1.6%) 1278 35.2% High Tech. Industrial (170) (4.7%) Light Industrial (702) (19.3%) General Industrial (406) (11.2%) 360 9.9% Residential Single Family Commercial · Industrial Community Facilities It should be noted that the figures above, if totaled, would not equal the total City land area. This is because roads cannot be accurately accounted for in the future. Estimates could be provided of the amount of land that will be eventually used for roads, but these would be of little value at this point. Currently, there are approximately 4,320 acres of land in the City and 690 of this is used as road right-of-way. This is about 17 percent of all land area. In the future, this figure will change as new subdivisions are constructed and as roads in undeveloped platted areas are vacated. Land area of future roads was taken into account when future density and population were considered. 56 �IMPLEMENTATION The Master Plan of Future Land Use map illustrates the City's land use goals. The question is "how do you achieve it?" First, City administrators and the Planning Commission must adhere to the specified goals, objectives and policies specified in the plan. Conformance with the City codes regarding screening and proper site plan layout can and should be monitored at the site plan review stage to assure that all new developments and improvements are suitable. The zoning ordinance and subdivision regulations are the most commonly utilized tool to dictate land use. The zoning map and text must correspond to the master plan. Also, as zoning requests are considered, their relation to the master plan map and the goals, objectives and policies of the plan must be examined. Aside from the specific land use designations, there must be coordination with the Thoroughfare Plan and Sidewalk Plan which are both included in this document. As site plans are submitted, if they are within an area for which a street closing is planned, it should then be closed to provide a proper land use relation and optimize the amount of land available for commercial uses. Furthermore, developers should be required to furnish the sidewalks which run along their property. This is not to say that the City administration cannot or should not take an active role in the improvement of Marysville. Programs to install sidewalks, lighting, landscaping and street trees can often be provided with significant cost reductions with increased uniformity when conducted by the City. Other items should also be included in the capital improvements programming process. This plan provides an image and a goal toward which the City should strive. Through clear direction and involvement of the City in conjunction with private development, the plan can come to fruition. Such change can only come over an extended period of time with consistent thought and guidance by the administration. None the less, this is the future that has been chosen and, with patience and persistence will be achieved. 57 �. .,: . .• z • 0 ► • 0 "z ~ Legend ~ SINGLE FAMILY - MULTIPLE FAMILY - MO ILE HOME OFFICE LOCAL BUSINESS - CENTER COMMERCIAL - CORRIDOR COMMERCIAL Aeaolved Iha! pursuant lo the provlsiont of Ac1 285 of the Michigan Public Ac1 ol t 1131, u .,.,..nded, lhe City ol Mwysvllle Planning Commlnlon, having duly held a public hearing on the Muter Plan of FU!ure Land UN, does he'9by olliclally adopt Mid Maate< Plan of FU!ure Land UN. We certify that the ~ n g rffOlutlon _. duly adopted al a fflffllng of the CHy of Ma,ywllle Planning CommlAlon held on the 18th day of October s ,. C ( 4 ' 11 HIGH TECH. INDUSTRIAL Chairman I/ I LIGHT INDUSTRIAL v t I/ GENERAL INDUSTRIAL - COMMUNITY FACILITIES Secrata,y SCHOOLS Dated _ Day ol October A.O., 199 1 z 0 " z ~ ► ." 0 100 1000 1600 I UU 1• • U f . ► v l llcan • leman a a11oclales Inc . community plann l n9 consultant• u � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marysville_Master-Plan-of-Future-Land-Use_1991 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource The City of Marysville Planning Commission, City of Marysville, St. Clair County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1991-09 Title A name given to the resource Master Plan of Future Land Use, City of Marysville, Michigan Description An account of the resource The Master Plan of Future Land Use, City of Marysville, Michigan was prepared in September 1991 by The City of Marysville Planning Commission with assistance from Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. Duplicate of City of Marysville Master Plan. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Marysville (Mich.) St. Clair County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d28176e89e7b3aa6f69601bd2fb790a5.pdf d121c01ed1dfa46f89bef476a0b0e346 PDF Text Text CITY OF MARYSVILLE MASTER PLAN prepared by: THE CITY OF MARYSVILLE PLANNING COMMISSION assistance provided by: • ■■□■■ Vilican■ ::J ■■■■ Leman :JOO ■■ . :JOO ■■ & Associates, 0000 ■ • Inc. Community Planning Consultants 28316 Franklin Road Southfield, Michigan 48034 SEPTEMBER, 1991 �ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS PLANNING COMMISSION Wladimir (Deem) E. Boldyreff, Chairman Dale Hrisca Lucien Lenn Don F. Reid Patrick F. Sampson, Councilman Jack M. Schumacher, City Manager Ron Wiltse David J. Wright, Jr. Mayor CllY COUNCIL David J. Wright, Jr. Mayor Richard A. Badley Richard M. Cuney John W. Hur1ey Joseph S. Johns. Mayor Pro-tern Grant C. Nixon Patrick F. Sampson ADMINISTRATION Jack M. Schumacher, City Manager Sharon Schess. City Clerk Scott Richards, Director of Community Development �TABLE OF CONTENTS ...;.-.•.•.,•.: . •,•,•.•,· ...,:;;,;.::•,•:• :.::·:::.;;..:.:::: ..... ~ ..•,•··•·.,• ., :-; . . ', :-: . CONTENTS INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 PURPOSE ................................................... . . . ........ 2 SCOPE ................................................................ 2 METHODOLGY ........................................................... 2 BACKGROUND STUDIES ......................................................... 4 POPULATION ....................... . ................... . ................ 4 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS ............................................ 6 GENERAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 GENERAL HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 LANO USE ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY .................................................. 19 SIDEWALK STUDY ........ . .............................................. 21 RESIDENTIAL AREAS ........................................................... 23 ( I VISUAL IMPRESSIONS OF RESIDENTIAL AREAS ................................ PRELIMINARY RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT PLAN .............................................. GOALS, OBJECTIVES & POLICIES ........................................... 23 27 28 31 COMMERCIAL ANO OFFICE AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 COMMERCIAL AREAS .................................................... 33 OFFICE AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 GOALS. OBJECTIVES & POLICIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 1 INDUSTRIAL AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 I COMMUNITY FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 1 SCHOOLS . ............................................. . .............. RECREATION .......................................... . ................ FIRE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POLICE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIBRARY FACILITIES ....... . ............................................. LOCAL ADMINISTRATION ............ . ............. . ....................... UTILITIES ................................................. . ............ 41 43 45 46 47 47 47 THOROUGHFARE PLAN ......................................................... 50 GRATIOT CORRIDOR PLAN ................................................ STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY STUDY ......... . .................................. STREET HIERARCHY ..................................................... SUMMARY . . ........................................................... 50 50 51 52 FUTURE LAND USE ............................. _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 contents- ! �TABLES I 1 r TABLE 1: POPULATION TRENDS AND PROJECTIONS .. . ............................ 5 TABLE 2: AGE GROUP COMPARISON . . .. .. . ............... . .................... 6 TABLE 3: AGE GROUP TRENDS .. .. ........ . .... . ............. . .. ... .......... 9 TABLE 4: MARYSVILLE SENIOR$: 1990 ....... . ................................ 11 TABLE 5: HOUSEHOLD ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 TABLE 6: EDUCATION LEVELS OF RESIDENTS 25 YEARS AND OLDER: 1989 ... ......... 12 TABLE 7: OCCUPATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS: 1989 .. ..... ... . ... .. ..... . ........ 13 TABLE 8: HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 TABLE 9: OCCUPANCY CHARACTERISTICS ...... . .. ...... ............ . ......... 15 . TABLE 10: AGE OF HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 TABLE 11 : VACANT LAND BY ZONING CATEGORY . . . ......... . .. .. ... . .... . . ...... 18 TABLE 12: VACANT LAND ZONED FOR SINGLE-FAMILY USE ...... . .. .. . . . .......... . 18 TABLE 13: EXISTING DWELLINGS ......... . .. . . . . .... .... .. .. . ... . .. .. . . . . ..... 28 TABLE 14: POTENTIAL DWELLINGS . . ... . ..... . .. .. . . . . .. . ... .. ... . ....... ... .. 29 TABLE 15: NUMBER OF DWELLINGS AT FULL CAPACITY .. .... . .... . ....... ... ...... 29 TABLE 16: OFFICE SPACE NEEDS .. . . . ......... .. . . . . ... . . . ................... 34 TABLE 17: SUMMARY INFORMATION REGARDING INDUSTRIAL AREAS .. . . .. ... . ....... 38 TABLE 18: DESIRABLE SCHOOL STANDARDS . ... . .... . . . . . .. ... . . .... . . . .... ..... 41 TABLE 19: EXISTING PUBLIC SCHOOL FACILITIES .. ........ . ... ... . . .. . ... . ... . TABLE 20: SITE AREA SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 TABLE 21: RECREATION FACILITIES ... ... ... . ...... . ... . .. . . .. . . ..... ... .... ... 44 TABLE 22: FIRE STATION RADIUS ... . ... . . .. . ... . . . . . . . .... .... . . . . .. ... . . . . ... 45 TABLE 23: ACCIDENTS AT IRREGULAR INTERSECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 I I l r TABLE 24: SUMMARY OF FUTURE LAND USE AREA .... . . . ... . . . . . ...... .. . .. . ........ 56 [ [ contents-2 �MAPS AND GRAPHICS ENROLLMENT TRENDS : 1979 to 1989 . . ............................................. 7 AGE GROUP COMPARISON (OVER TIME) ................................ . ........... 8 I J .,1 l -l AGE GROUP COMPARISON (BETWEEN MUNICIPALITIES) ........ . ...................... 10 EXISTING LANO USE MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17a POTENTIAL WETLAND AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18a RIGHT-OF-WAY INVENTORY MAP ................................................ 19a A GUIDE FOR POTENTIAL STREET LAYOUT ......................................... 20a GUIDE FOR A POTENTIAL STREET LAYOUT: SUBDIVISION O ............................ 20a SIDEWALK PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22a VISUAL IMPRESSIONS OF RESIDENTIAL AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27a PRELIMINARY RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27a NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29a INVENTORY OF EXISTING BUSINESS LAND USES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33a PRELIMINARY COMMERCIAL AREAS PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34a PRELIMINARY INDUSTRIAL AREAS PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40a COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49a THOROUGHFARE PLAN ........................................................ 51a STREET CLOSURE DETAILS .................... .. ............................... 52a LOOP STREET DETAIL (wall on residential side) ...................................... 52b LOOP STREET DETAIL (wall on commercial side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52c SUBDIVISION ENTRANCE DETAIL ............................. . ...... . ........... 53a FUTURE LAND USE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57a contents-3 �INTRODUcnON .\ Historically, most cities have been formed by circumstance rather than deliberative action on the part of an individual or governmental body. But, they are all based on a fundamental premise; people (or land uses) for one reason or another, require proximity to one another or certain institutions. Older cities generally developed around three influences; the fortress, the church or some geographic feature which gave rise to a center of commerce. The early roots of older cities helped to shape the pattern of the City as it stands today. t 1 •I l ( l [ 1 l 1 Other cities arose from grand plans designed to avoid the problems associated with the "spontaneous city.• In each instance, the plans were moved principally by one individual. The City of Washington D.C. has evolved over the past two hundred years, but the influence of Pierre Charles L'Enfant's plan for the City is evident throughout its fabric. Daniel Burnham drafted the plan for Chicago at the tum of the century providing a high degree of complexity and specificity into the various elements. Also at the tum of the century, Ebenezer Howard designed •garden cities· such as Radbum, New Jersey in an attempt to provide livable spaces for all aspects of life work, play or the home. In a similar mold, Andres Duany and Elizabeth Plater-Zyberk, with developments such as Seaside in Florida, are currently pioneering an attempt to make cities livable by controlling design elements in a manner that encourages social interaction. It is their premise that humans are social creatures and that a sense of community can be fostered if the urban form allows for ·social" activity. At the same time, through improving technology, we are losing our dependence on direct social interaction. Telephones, of course, allow the ability to transfer voice over a long distance. Similarly, computers and facsimile machines, now essentials for even small businesses, allow the immediate transfer of large quantities of written and graphirinformation. Thus, our dependence upon proximity to one another for our daily soc . and business needs is decreased. Furthering this influence is our "choice· of transportation. At the tum of the century, various types of rapid transit provided for a greater separation of workers from the work place, and thus suburbia was born. The modem automobile and consumer taste have propelled this entropy at an ever expanding rate as more highways and better cars are engineered. Over time, planning has emerged as an impetus both action oriented and reactionary. In one instance, policies may be created in reaction to haphazard development, while in another, planning may result in a grand plan for the development of a new area. The best planning blends both forms, synthesizing forethought and past knowledge; causing and reacting to change. 1 �'• I. \ PURPOSE Marysville has and will be shaped by a number of factors, many of which it has no control over. This master plan document is intended to provide direction to the future of the City. The plan designates certain areas for various land uses in a manner that will help to mitigate negative impacts between varying uses. In other instances, it is designed to facilitate a symbiotic relation between uses to provide economic soundness, a healthful environment and efficiency of function. This document is a policy manual. One of the tools to accomplish the goals established in the plan is direct public action. However, some of the most powerful and useful tools are the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations. State zoning enabling legislation specifies that zoning should be based on a plan. This master plan provides the framework for the City of Marysville Zoning Map. Additionally, the documentation of this plan provides guidance for the creation of zoning standards that are consistent with the goals of the community. SCOPE ( 1 I 1 l 1 l l The decisions made in preparation of this plan will affect the shape of the City and consequently the quality of life of its inhabitants; both businesses and residents. The planned area includes not only the City of Marysville, but in some instances, areas outside of the City. While such areas may be outside of direct regulation by the City, much can be done through open dialogue with adjoining communities to assure that land uses are compatible across municipal boundaries. The background studies and goals, objectives and policies, have helped to shape the Master Plan of Future Land Use map which is included in this document. This map is a general plan that may be subject to change given the advent of technologies, lanr1 development techniques and opportunities that may present themselves in the Mur~. The Master Plan of Future Land Use map is based on information gathered at the present time given existing circumstances. If the circumstances which shaped this plan change, the plan may need to change as well. It is not a rigid document. It should be allowed to change to adjust to new trends and information and to allow for alternatives which may be desirable. Still, proposed changes should be weighed carefully and should be based on thorough analysis of all information available. METHODOLOGY This plan is based on careful study and deliberation by the Planning Commission and City administrators with assistance provided by an urban planning consultant. The develop~ent of each aspect of the plan followed a simple process of analysis, pres~ntat1on and conclusion. However, this clearly oversimplifies the process in that continuous feedback and revision was provided throughout the process and most issues 2 �were reviewed more than once and at different levels. As the quote provided earlier suggests, you must first know where you are and where you are going in order to provide a means of obtaining your objectives. The background studies in the following section were conducted to provide a means of determining where the City is and the goals established by this plan suggest where it is going. The relationship among goals, objectives, policies and alternative implementation techniques is as follows: l I ( 1 Goal: A goal is a destination, a final purpose which a community seeks to attain. A goal is the most general level of policy and by itself is not very helpful to decision makers. It needs further refinement to assist decision makers to reach their selected destination. Objective: An objective is the route which specifies in general terms the way (route) by which the goal (destination) can be reached. An objective indicates the kinds of actions that should be used to achieve the goal. Policy: A policy is a means of transportation along the route. It's a course of action which, if followed, will achieve an objective. A policy is more detailed than an Objective and can be readily translated into specific action recommendations or design proposals. Upon completion of the analysis of the individual elements, and the setting of goals, objectives and policies, the individual elements were condensed, compiled and coordinated to form the master plan document. I 1 l 1 I I l 3 �BACKGROUND STIJDIES ··:.:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•···•:•:•'. ,::,::•,:,:,:,:,:•:•:•·····• To adequately prepare for the future, it is essential to gain an understanding of population growth trends and other demographic characteristics. Based on past growth trends there would appear to be a market potential for new residential housing units. It is likely that this trend will continue unless temporarily halted by an economic downturn. Marysville has historically had low unemployment rates. In fact, according to the Michigan Employment Security Commission, the City's unemployment rate in July, 1989 was the second lowest in the County at 4.6 percent exceeded only by Fort Gratiot Township which had an unemployment rate of 4.1. Economic soundness and employment opportunities often serve as magnets for population. The master plan and updated zoning ordinance will address many of the pertinent issues associated with growth trends. However, there are other basic questions that the City should consider. • Should the City begin a program for the extension of essential services? I • If developers are willing to carry the cost for the extension of services, how much growth can occur before the existing facilities must be upgraded? ( • Commercial growth often rides on the tail of residential growth. Will the zoning ordinance require wide-spread changes to adequately handle the expected growth? I • Is there enough buildable land within the City to support growth across a wide variety of land uses? • Are the minimum lot sizes outlined by the zoning ordinance sufficient? Should new districts with larger or smaller lot sizes be created? 1 l These questions raise only several of a number of issues addressed throughout the master plan process. The demographic trend$ lend guidance. POPULATION l Trends l The population of Marysville in 1970 was 5,610 according to the U.S. Census. Over the decade following 1970 there was a significant amount of growth in the City and in 1980 the U.S. Census reported that the population had climbed to 7,345. This represents an increase of 30.9 percent. The 1989 population was estimated to be 9, 171, but figures provided following the 1990 Census showed the actual population count at 8,515. Although this is a sizeable increase since 1980, at 16 percent, the pace of growth has been slower for this decade than it has been in previous years. 4 �Presently, there is a dwindling supply of vacant land that is serviced by utilities. Because of this and other factors, the pace of growth is expected to become slower in the future. The best guess estimate for the future population in the year 2000 is provided by using growth rates from 1980 to 1990 and projecting them forward. This method yields a year 2000 population of 9,8n. While this may appear conservative, in light of fluctuating demographic characteristics, a conservative estimate may be the most proper. An influx of new residents does not significantly affect population when countered by declining household and family sizes. TABLE 1 POPULATION TRENDS AND PROJECTIONS PERCENT CHANGE 1970 l l ( 1980 1990 2000 MaNSviile S,610 7,:US 8,515 9,877 Pott Huron 38.28' 33,981 33,694 33,390 St. Clair Count-,, 120,175 138,802 145,607 152,887 Sourt:es: 1970-1980 1980-1989 30.9' 16.~ 16.~ ·11.~ -0.8"JI, -0.9% s.~ s.~ 15.S"JI, 1990-2000 1970, 1980 and 1990 Censuns. Comparison IAnalysis of Trends Population, itself, is easily charted. However, an analysis of population gains depth through comparison. For a comparison to Marysville the adjacent City of Port Huron has been used. To obtain an understanding of regional trends, St. Clair County statistics have been obtained. During the 1970's the City of Port Huron had a considerable decline in population. Durinn the period, Port Huron lost 11.2 percent of its population. While a portion of this ca, attributed to a generally declining family size, the full effects are due to outward migration. It is likely that some of Marysville's population gain during the 1970's was due to movement out of Port Huron. It is interesting to note that during the same time period, St. Clair County experienced large increases in population. From 1970 to 1980 the population increased by 18,627 according to the U.S. census. Some of this gain can, of course, be attributed to births during the decade. However, when mortality rates are considered, it becomes clear that much of the population gain was due to inward migration. In fact, this trend was evident in municipalities throughout the County. During the decade the number of municipalities in the County that gained population far outweigh those that lost. Therefore, the population gain in Marysville from 1970 to 1980 is likely due to a combination of factors. Namely, a migration out of Port Huron into Marysville, a migration from other counties, and to some extent a birth rate that exceeded the mortality rate. 5 �POPULATION CHARAcrERISTICS Preschoolers Age group figures for 1980 indicated that 11 .1 percent of the City population was less than five years old at the time. The 1990 Census count showed a decline to six percent. Compared to the County and Port Huron, the preschoolers constitute a significantly lower percent of the population in Marysville. This is likely caused by a combination of factors. Housing values are high in Marysville in comparison to values in neighboring communities. Therefore, it can be expected that families in the City are more mature because younger families may not be able to afford housing in Marysville. TABLE 2 AGE GROUP COMPARISON: 1990 ( I I ~ 1 AGE GROUP MARYSVILLE POAT HURON ST Cu\lR CO ·; ,--;-, under 5 5.9% 8.6% 7.6% 5-17 18.3% 19.7% 20.2% 18-20 3.7% 4.8% 4.4% 21-24 4.6% 6.1% 5.3% 25-34 14.8% 18.8% 15.8% 35-44 15.1% 11.8% 15.5% 45-54 10.3% 8.5% 10.5% 55-64 10.6% 7.9% 8.5% 65+ 16.7% 13.9% 12.3% 100% 100% 100% 37.0 31. 1 32.9 Median Age Sources: 1980 and 1990 Censuses and Urban Decision Systems. 1 .i' 1 l I The group known as ·the baby boomers• can also be expected to play a role in the population trends of the City. This group has generally delayed child bearing beyond ages common in earlier decades. The group spans in age range from 26 to 44 but many are now in their late twenties and mid thirties and have decided or may soon decide that •now is th_e time.• The preschool group in Marysville is declining both in numbers and as a proportion of the population. It may be that the ·echo" of the baby boom is ending in Marysville. 6 �Regardless of this, there has been an increase in the number of day-care facilities, nationwide. It is becoming more socially acceptable and to an extent economically essential that both parents remain employed. Thus, working parents are turning to daycare. This trend has been reinforced through state legislation limiting the control of home based day-care and the rise in day-care franchise operations. The manner in which this is addressed by the City's zoning ordinance may be an important issue. School Age Children ENROLLMENT TRENDS: 1979 to 1989 r 1 i . I i Children from five to 17 years old, collectively 2800 represented 18.3 percent 2IIIO 2900 of the City's population 2AIO in 1990. School-age 24100 children are the second Z3IO largest group in Zl00 Marysville. However, ZIIIO while the number of Z2DO elementary aged children 11IO 2100 has been increasing 20IIO since 1980, the number 21000 of high school aged children has been decreasing. This trend becomes clear when compared with enrollment trends. MARYSVIU.B PUBUC salOOU 1~ 1•,~1~,-'-,~1~,- 1979 \'ZA& In Marysville from 1988 to 1989 there was a 4.2 percent increase in elementary enrollment and a 3.0 percent decrease in high school enrollment. For the next several years high school enrollment will probably continue to decline. However, as the elementary childre, , age, high school enrollment will most likely increase once again. The graph above, ·enrollment Trends" charts school enrollments for grades k-12 from 1979 to 1989. The shifting of school enrollment and numbers of school age children although linked to socio-economic factors, is also reflective of national fertility trends. During the 1970's. fertility rates took a sharp downward tum, nearly reaching pre-baby boom figures of three million. For many school districts, this resulted in empty classrooms in the 1980's and it can be expected still that Junior and Senior High School classes are not as large as two decades ago. Thus, this shift was termed the "baby bust· What makes this an event and not just a trend is its drastic change. Rather than continuing downward or leveling off, the trend reversed itself and became the "baby boomlet. • The oldest member of the baby boomlet is 15 years old, a high school sophomore. Below this grade, increased enrollment can be expected. 7 �;' . Family Forming The family formers range between 18 and 34 years of age. The group between 18 and 24 is an unusually small portion of the family forming group. In 1990, this group represented only 9.0 percent of the City's population. In Port Huron, this group was 10.9 percent of the population. Once again price disparity between housing in Marysville and Port Huron may account for the difference. Adults between the ages of 18 and 24 are generally less established in their employment than older adults and this is usually reflected by lower salaries . l l i A ) ·' ., AGE GROUP COl\lIPARISON l·)'t':tr':J 36 1970 ~ 1980 ~ 1990 :,0 f i I I I I l AGB GROUP BY I.JFB CYQ.E Also, we are amidst a national trend in which one of the fastest growing groups is currently the singles. People are staying single longer and generally delaying child bearing into their late 20's and 30's. Thus it is not uncommon for adults between the ages of 18 and 24 to be childless. For this reason, housing preferences can be expected to differ for this group in comparison to adults between the ages of 25 and 34. Childless couples are less likely to own a house and may be more likely to live in an apartment or cluster housing arrangement. But in Marysville, there is a high percentage of owner occupancy and rent is considerably higher than in neighboring areas. Therefore, people between the ages of 18 and 24 without children may be more likely to live in Port Huron rather than Marysville. 8 �There are approximately 1,300 people in the City of Marysville that are between the ages of 25 and 34. These are the people who will probably be largely responsible for any increase in the preschool group. Because they are large in number, an increase in the number of preschool children is likely. The number of preschoolers will also be given a boost by the fact that some of the 18 to 24 year old adults will also have children and some inward migration can be expected. Mature Families The largest proportion of Marysville's population (25.4%) is between the ages of 35 and 54. These people will tend to have children thoroughly entrenched within the educational system and will be very concerned with the quality of education available. However, this does not automatically imply that school enrollment will be high. Although there is a significant proportion of the population within the mature families group, it is not unusual for enrollment trends to be lower in recent years than enrollment ten years ago. Smaller family sizes and the delay of child bearing by younger couples has reduced school enrollment; a trend which is common in many Michigan communities. Generally, there are fewer children and more parents. Because the group of parents is large, there may be considerable interest in the community regarding parks, open space and recreation. Also, millage proposals now concern a greater percentage of the population and thus may be of greater public interest. TABLEJ AGE GROUP TRENDS: Cin' OF MARYSVILLE AGE GROUP 1970 1990 1980 NUMBER PERCENT NUMBER PERCENT NUMBER PERCENT I under 5 621 11. 1% 555 7.6% 499 5.9% 5-17 1,483 26.5% 1,617 22.0% 1,556 18.3% { 18-20 257 4.6% 311 4.2% 313 3.7% 21-24 307 5.5% 347 4.7% 391 5.3% 25-34 638 11.4% 1,088 14.8% 1,260 14.8% 35-44 754 13.4% 864 11.8% 1,286 15. 1% 45-54 708 12.6% 902 12.3% 877 10.3% 55-64 499 8.9% 887 12. 1% 903 10.6% 65+ 343 6. 1% 774 10.5% 1,422 16.7% POPULATION 5,610 100% 7,345 100% 8,515 100% 1 [ MEDIAN AGE 27. 1 32.9 Sources: 1970, 1980 and 1990 Censuses. 9 37.0 �Mature Adults ' •) AGB GROUP COI'ldPARISON: 1990 Today, American society is typically characterized as aging. The median • age in the City was 27 .1 311 in 1980 according to the • Census and increased to 37.0 by 1990. The JD estimates for the City of 11 Port Huron and St. Clair County are much lower 10 at 31.1 and 32.9 I respectively. This is because Marysville has a comparatively large number of people in the age group between 45 and 64 and a small number in some of the younger age groups. -· 1 ( l l i [ \ c:::::i lolAIIVaviu.& ~_,.~ ~ I I T . ~ 00. ..... AOE GJlOlJP BY UJIB CYaJ! But, because older adults tend to make more money than young adults, the large proportion of people in this group can be seen as economically beneficial to the City. However, they are generally not a consumer oriented group. While it is true that this group is expected to spend an increasing amount of their income on leisure activities, they have a greater likelihood to save than other groups. The group between 55 and 64 years of age is commonly referred to as the •empty nesters. • They are older parents whose children have left the household. Thus, many of these people find themselves with extra disposable income and more time to spend it. They often seek more passive or less intense forms of recreation such as golf, swimming, or walking. Also, many of them find that their current houses are too big or costly for their needs and seek alternative living arrangements such as condominium apartments or cluster housing. At 12.4 percent of the population, the empty nesters are a significantly larger portion of the population in Marysville than in Port Huron or the County. The seniors l l The seniors have grown tremendously in number since 1970 in Marysville. In 1970 there were 343 people comprising 6.1 percent of the population that were 65 or older. By 1980 this number nearly doubled to n4. The 1989 estimate was that 1,342 people in the City of Marysville are 65 years of age or older representing 14.6 percent of the population. In actuality, this estimate was probably low. The U.S. Census revealed that the City had 1,425 people above the age of 65 in 1990. �.i TABLE 4 Comparatively, the percentage of seniors MARYSVILLE SENIORS: 1990 in Marysville is lower than the percentage in Port Huron but higher than the County. The growing number of seniors is a very PERCENT OF TOTAL AGE NUMBER POPULATION significant trend but it is not at all uncommon. Modern medical practices 11% 65 to 74 910 and a greater propensity to exercise are helping people to live longer. Thus, an 5% 435 75 to 84 increase in the number of seniors is a 1% 85 + 80 nationwide trend. The following table, which provides a more detailed age SOURCE: 1990 U.S. Census. distribution of seniors as of 1990, also illustrates the point that the 65 and above age category is a wide ranging group. Because the number of seniors is significant in Marysville and is expected to grow, the number and placement of elderly facilities is an issue which should be addressed. For example, elderly housing is often placed near recreation and shopping areas to limit the distance that seniors have to travel either by car or other means. A number of mature adults, usually well over 65 years old, do not use automobiles and thus require living arrangements which place them within walking distance of essential services. GENERAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS Household Income The 1989 median household income for the City of Marysville was estimated at $34,632 and the average household income at $37,029. The median describes the middle point on a plotted curve of income per household while the average relates to the sum div!r -~ ·' by the number of households. For planning purposes, the median serves as a bt:. .. indicator because it describes a situation in which one-half of the households are above the figure and one-half of them are below. Port Huron ranks considerable lower than Marysville with a median income of $21,364. The St. Clair County figure at $27,890 is also far below the Marysville median income. In 1989, only 14.7 percent of the households earned under $15,000. At the other end of the scale only 4.8 percent of the population earned $75,000 or more per year. The largest grouping, 34. 7 percent of all household, is within the $40,000 to $75,000 range. 11 �f TABLES HOUSEHOLD ECONOMIC CHARACl'ERISTICS: 1989 CITY OF MARYSVILLE PORT HURON ST. CLAIR COUNTY $0 • $4,999 1.3% 8.6% 6. 1% $ 5,000 • $9,999 5.2% 15.9% 10.3% $10,000 • $14,999 8.2% 12.7% 10.2% $15,000 • $19,999 9.7% 10.4% 9.4% $20,000 • $24,999 9.8% 9.1% 9.0% $25,000 · $29,999 7.6% 8.6% 8.7% $30,000 • $34,999 9.0% 6.9% 8.7% $35,000 • $39,999 9.8% 6.6% 7.8% $40,000 • $49,999 16.6% 9.4% 12.3% $50,000 • $74,999 18.1% 8.5% 12.8% $75,000 + 4.8% 3.5% 4.7% Median Household Income $34,632 $21,364 $27,890 Average Household Income $37,029 $26,421 $31,600 HOUSEHOLD INCOME f { I [ { I l ( [ Source: 1980 Census. Estimates by Urban Decision Systems. Schooling TABLE 6 EDUCATION OF RESIDENTS 25 + YEARS: 1989 Of the Marysville residents who are over the age of 25, 12.5 PORT ST. CLAIR CITY OF LEVEL OF EDUCATION HURON MARYSVILLE COUNTY percent have at least four years of college education. This is far 47.g94 37.~ 41.6'1. High School Only above the County average of 15.o,i, 14.~ Collf,ge (1 a, 3 yrs.) 16.:Mrt 9.3%. Because white collar jobs 10.5"9.:Mrt Colleg9 (4 )'HIS +) 12.5% often require a college education, the high percentage of residents 12.34 12.36 12.56 Medilln School Ynn employed in white collar occupations is likely a major factor contributing to higher education levels in Marysville. The table above summarizes education statistics based on the 1980 Census and information from Urban Decision Systems. 12 �Occupation TABLE 7 OCCUPATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS: 1989 Relative to neighboring areas, ST. CLAIR PORT Marysville has a large proportion CITY OF OCCUPATION COUNTY MARYSVIL1.E HURON of its residents employed in uwhite collar" positions. White collar jobs 8,,.., 7.B"JC, 13.3'K. Manag9rlal/ExecutM typically offer higher pay than 12.2'1. 10.0"'Profeuional 10.4"'•blue collar" positions and are 1.,.., 2.2'X, Technical 2.2"" more stable during economic downturns. Included within the Clf,rlcaJ 11., .. 17.2"" 14.6"'white collar group are managers 10.Q,i, 8.1 ... 8.n Sale• and executives, professionals, (48.8"") Wllif9 Collar (52.5 ...) (43.5"") technical and clerical personnel Cnllts,,,.,, 11.Q,i, 17.4 ... 16.8"" and sales persons. A total of 52.5 percent of the population in the 14.,.., 18. 1... 19.9% OpetlltMs City have these types of 16.,.., 13.8"" 12.6' Servw:.s professions with especially high 4.2'1, 5. 1... LabotetS 2.3'K. proportions in the clerical and managerial/executive positions. 0.4 .. 0.4... 1.8"" Fann~ Port Huron has a 48.8 percent of (51.2"") (56.5 ...) ('7.5'J.) Blue Collar its residents employed in white collar positions and St. Clair Source: 1980 Cenaus. Estlmn• by Uman D«:ision Systwms. County has 43.5 percent. Craftsmen, operatives, service positions, laborers and farm workers are typically referred to as ·blue collar" workers. Compared to the County and the City of Port Huron, Marysville has a smaller proportion of its residents employed in these fields. GENERAL HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS Housing Construction Trends According to the U.S. Census, there were 1,720 housing units in the City of Marysville in 1970. By 1980, this figure jumped to 2,670, marking the greatest historical growth in number, of new homes in Marysville for any decennial period. Of the City's housing stock, 29.6 percent was constructed during the 1970's. Growth during the 1980's continued at a rapid pace. In the nine year span from 1980 to 1989, there were 793 new housing units constructed bringing the total to 3,463. This figure includes 502 apartment units and 291 single family residences, based on building permit activity. The official 1990 Census count was 3,518 units showing a one year increase of 55 units. There are few vacant areas left in the City that are served by sewer and water. The utilities have sufficient capacities and are available, but extension to the vacant sites would be necessary. In the future, housing construction will be limited somewhat by the ability of either the developer or the City to extend the needed utilities. 13 �TABLES HOUSING CHARACJ'ERISTICS MARYSVILLE Number of Housing Units: • 1 I Median Value: Median Rem: ST. CLAIR COUNTY 1970 1,720 - - 1980 2,670 13,371 51,903 1990 3,518 14,026 57,494 1980 $47,979 $27,826 $37,842 1990 $67,900 $41,400 $59,400 1980 $257 $199 $201 1990 $378 $316 $329 2.70 2.48 2.74 Average Household Size (1990) Sources: CITY OF PORT HURON 1980 and 1990 Census. Occupancy At the present, much of the new growth has occurred in older neighborhoods on vacant lots. These lots were previously used in some cases as yard space or ·usurped" as the neighborhood play area. While the conversion of these areas for residential use efficiently utilizes existing infrastructure it can be somewhat controversial. Residents who have owned their homes for some time may not expect new development in their neighborhoods. This type of in-fill development also indicates that the supply of housing may not be sufficient to meet current demands. This can raise the market value of vacant buildabl lots to the point where a homeowner is willing to sell that vacant lot rather than hold it a~ open space. If enough in-fill development occurs, the density of an area will change. This could, in the long run, reduce property values in a neighborhood should other new, low density neighborhoods be developed. Of all housing units in the City there was a 96. 7 percent occupancy rate in 1980. Of this, approximately one percent can be attributed to vacation homes which are vacant only seasonally. In sum, the vacancy rate in Marysville was 2.3 percent in 1980. This is far lower than vacancy rates for the City of Port Huron or St. Clair County. When vacancy rates are low, it can be expected that home prices will be high in response to a tight supply. In 1980, the owner occupancy rate for Marysville was 87.2 percent and renter occupancy was only 9.5 percent. This is fairly low compared to other areas in the state. Compared to Port Huron and St. Clair County it is very low. In 1980, Port Huron had a renter occupancy of 37.1 percent and St. Clair County had a figure of 19.8 percent. 14 �By 1990, the owner occupancy rate had dropped to 81.1 percent. Generally, this can be attributed to the recent development of a number of multiple family rental units and not to a significant change in the demographics of the City; single family homes are still chiefly owner occupied. Because rental housing constitutes a significant percentage of the housing outside of Marysville, but rental vacancy rates at 7.4 in the City are comparable to outside areas, it could be expected that there is a considerable market for additional rental housing within the City. The 1990 owner occupancy for the City of Port Huron was 54.5 percent and 75. 7 for St. Clair County. TABLE 9 OCCUPANCY CHARACJ'ERISTICS MARYSVILLE CITY OF PORT HURON ST. CL.AIR COUNTY 1980 96.7% 95.4% 91.1% 1990 95.0% 94.0% 92.0% 1980 85.2% 58.3% 71.3% 1990 81.1% 54.5% 75.7% 1980 9.5% 37.1% 19.8% 1990 18.~ 43.0% 22.0% -, ' Occupied Units: Owner Occupancy: Renter Occupancy: Sources: 1980 and 1990 Census. Age of Housing ( I As mentioned earlier in this report, much of Marysville's housing was constructed recently. However, 47.3 percent of the City's housing was built prior to 1970. Some of these homes can offer features which make them more marketable when compared to newer homes. For example, historic ~omes often contain craftsmanship incomparable to modem housing. Furthermore, older neighborhoods may have more fully developed landscape vegetation which can present a more pleasing environment. TABLE: 10 AGE OF HOUSING UNITS BY YEAR BUILT MARYSVILLE CITY OF PORT HURON ST. CLAIR COUNTY 1980-1990 24.~ 5.~ 10.~ 1975-1980 17.R 3.2'lli 10.~ 19~1974 12.~ 5.9'1. 12.9'1, 1960-191S9 14.~ 11.1-.. 13.9'1. 1950-1959 14.T-.. 13.2'!1, 14.8'!1, 1949 or older 18.~ 66.R 47.1-.. Soutc.a: 1980 and 1990 C.nsus and Urban Decisions Sysn,ms. 15 �At the same time, older housing can in many instances be expensive to maintain, inefficient to operate and may lack styles and amenities which are popular with today's home buyer. To assure that these negative qualities do not outweigh the positive ones, the City can undertake measures aimed at preserving older neighborhoods. The Michigan State Housing Authority offers a variety of programs that may be of use. Other programs such as sidewalk construction and road improvements are already taking place. Others could include tree planting programs, open space development, pedestrian lighting and the upgrade of existing park facilities. Average Household Size The average number of persons per household has been declining in the U.S. in recent decades. This trend has also been followed in Marysville and surrounding areas. In 1970, the average household size was 3.34 persons per household. According to the U.S. Census, this figure dropped to 2.84 by 1980 and the 1990 Census showed the figure to be a low 2.5 persons per household. The City of Port Huron and St. Clair County also have small household sizes of 2.5 and 2.7 respectively. The declining household size has been caused by many individual factors. Some of these include smaller family sizes, higher divorce rates and fewer extended families than in previous decades. One result of the dwindling household size is that new home construction does not impact services and utilities as it once did. For example, where one new home generally brought 1. 7 children into the school system in 1970, only one child would be expected at present rates. LAND USE ANALYSIS The purpose of the land use survey is to provide a record of the existing land use in and adjacent to the City of Marysville. This was done on a parcel by parcel basis in the City and on a generalized basis for the abutting city and township lands. The vacant land areas within the City were measured and categorized by their present zoning district. Although the number of acres in each existing land use category would be helpful information to have, such detail was beyond the scope of this endeavor. The purpose of measuring the vacant land is to provide an inventory of the remaining lands in the City which are available for future growth. General Land Use Patterns Land used for single-family residences occupies a large amount of land in the City. The majority of the housing is located within six neighborhood areas that are widely scattered and are physically separated from one another. Some of the City's newest housing has been constru?led very recently in the northwest part of the City. The boundaries of this area are Gratiot and Huron to the south, Ravenswood to the north, Michigan Avenue to the_east_and Range to the west. Currently, this area does not contain any significant nonres1dent1al uses. The lack of non-residential land uses and the existence of several large, vacant parcels make this area a likely target for future single-family residential growth. 16 �However, vacant platted lots with street networks that follow a grid pattern exist within this area. This type of development does not follow current subdivision design methods and may somewhat restrict future growth in the northwest. Furthermore, many of the lots are under separate ownership and thus it will be difficult to assemble large parcels that could be replatted. The existence of long, narrow parcels along Michigan Avenue may also serve as a stumbling block to future development of this area. Although the majority of the lots are occupied along the Michigan Avenue frontage, there is a considerable amount of land that is not in use to the rear of these lots. Once again, current ownership patterns will make typical subdivision development difficult. Multiple-family uses are widely scattered throughout the City. Generally, they have been used in the past as transitional uses adjacent to commercial or industrial uses. The majority of the multiple-family housing is located in the southeast area of the City, near the St. Clair River. Commercial uses are, for the most part, located along Gratiot Avenue. Several commercial uses also exist on Huron, Busha, Range, River Road and Michigan Avenue. Because of the high amount of traffic along Gratiot, it is not desirable to have direct residential frontage on the road. Thus, a number of small commercial uses have developed along Gratiot on lots that are narrow of depth and width. This has resulted in a proliferation of curb cuts, many with poorly defined drives. From a traffic safety and circulation standpoint this is undersirable and corrective measures should be taken. Methods to alleviate this situation are examined more in the Gratiot corridor plan. Industrial uses have historically developed on or near Busha Avenue, making use of a State Highway, the St. Clair River and the CSX rail spur. In recent times, industries have relied less on railroads and rivers as a means of transportation and have increasingly utilized trucks for the movement of goods and supplies. This has allowed industries wider choices for site location. Thus, newer ind.ustries have tended to locate away from the river and are, instead, located in the south and southwest areas of the City. Because development in this area minimizes land use conflict, it would be a logical location for future industrial growth. However, transitional uses and low intensity industry should be used to· alleviate potentiar land use conflicts. vacant Land Statistics A windshield survey of existing land use was conducted in August of 1989 by VilicanLeman & Associates, Inc. Based on the uses of land at the time, the following acreage figures of vacant land and their corresponding zoning categories were derived. 17 �MASTER ·PLAN OF .FUTURE . LAND USE �CITY OF MARYSVILLE 1111 DELAWARE AVE. · P.O. BOX 389 · MARYSVILLE, MICHIGAN 48040· 0389 · (313) 364-6613 December 19, 1991 Mr. Mark Michigan P.O. Box Lansing, A. Wyckoff, AICP Society of Planning Officials 18187 Michigan 48901 Dear Mr. Wyckoff, Per your letter of December 17, 1991, I am sending you a copy of the City of Marysville's recently completed, Master Plan of Future Land Use. I hope the information will benefit your upcoming presentation. If you have any questions regarding this document, please contact me at (313) 364-6613. Sincerely, Scott A. Richards Engineer/Director Community Development Marysville . . . a nice place to visit, a better place to live �■ VACANT WOODED ACTIVE - FARMLAND INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL _DISTRICT ... Q Q 0 0 3t: j\{<4 k:::*:l Im SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL MOBILE HOME ~ 0 FF I C E - m COMMERCIAL - PARKS 1111 QUASI · PUBLIC - PUBLIC ffl INDUSTRIAL a RECREATION s r @ CITY HALL © 1..11111,UIT @ D[,AfllTWCNT C ( o, ◄ IIJUILIC WOtlK' SCHOOLS © ® 8 CLClll(NTART JUNIOfl HIC+t S[NIO" HIGH ~IUJI SURVEY : AUGUST IUt L.. e [ [ r .... .,_ 1000 ltoO •illcon · l••on a ouoclotu Inc . community plonnln9 consultants I EX I ST I N G LA N D U S E CITY OF MARYSVILLE MICHIGAN I ~ �TABLE 11 VACANT LAND BY ZONING CATEGORY I I ZONING CATEGORY I ACRES OF VACANT I.AND Single-Family 1,075 Multiple-Family 97 Industrial 284 Business 99 Single-Family: The majority of the vacant land within the City is zoned for single-family use. Of this at least 50 acres can be accounted for as land that will probably never be developed. Specifically, these are the areas where property owners have obtained an extra lot, creating a parcel which is twice as deep as a typical lot. At least 275 acres of the land will be difficult to develop because it is comprised of a number of long, narrow parcels all under individual ownership. There are approximately 110 acres of land zoned for single-family use that may contain wetlands according to Department of Natural Resources maps. The table included below, summarizes the land use area figures for vacant land zoned for single family use. l l l l. In sum, of the 1,075 vacant acres zoned for singlefamily use, there are only · 640 acres that could be considered available for development. Of this, the majority of the land is either platted or has been divided into parcels that are difficult to assemble for use. There are only about 200 acres of vacant land that could be readily developed in a manner consistent with current subdivision practices for single family use. TABLE 12 VACANT LAND ZONED SINGLE-FAMILY I PARCEL CATEGORIES I ACRES Vacant land zoned single family 1,075 Land used for •double-deep• lots (50) Long narrow lots (275) Areas that may contain wetlands (110) Platted and otherwise divided areas (440) Vacant land that is easily platted I 200 acres Source: 1989 Land use inventory, Vilican-Leman & Associates. Multiple-Family: There are 97 acres of vacant land available for multiple-family use. Of this, 11 acres are land-locked and will be difficult to develop for multiple-family use. Furthermore, approximately 20 acres may contain wetlands leaving only about 66 acres of land. According to the demographic studies, there appears to be a good market for multiple-family housing. 18 �KJ• I Al.. l. . ·. TO•• IN I ft . ► 1----7~-~~· ~ s r C l 4 I ~ ~ I I,, E: ~ ---~ .......... ~~ . - .. 0 :, z .. ► 0 0 ~00 -000 willco11 · lemon 5 ouocioln Inc. c.ammu ■ ity plon11in1,1 con,u 1101111 I . t100 0 POTENTIAL WETLAND AREAS I CITY OF MARYSVILLE MICHIGAN ► ► u - I �IIndustrial: Of the 284 acres that are zoned for industrial use, only a portion can be truly counted as available for potential use. Approximately 30 acres of industrial land are currently under development as a mixed-use project including a marina and multiple-family housing. In addition, approximately 97 acres could potentially contain wetlands according to maps prepared by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. It should be noted that wetland area figures are based on measurements from small scale maps and thus are approximations. In sum, there are only 157 acres of land that are zoned for industrial use on which development could be expected. Of this, there are a handful of large parcels but approximately 30 percent are less than ten acres. Small parcels, especially those less than one acre in area, have a limited market potential. If industrial growth is desired, large, contiguous parcels should be devoted to such use. The land should be located within the south and southwest area of the City to avoid land use conflicts and provide direct access to major roads. Business: There are approximately 99 acres of vacant land in the City that are zoned for business use. The largest parcel, containing 16 acres of land, may be developed for multiple family housing. A site plan has already been approved. The next largest area contains 14 acres but may contain wetlands. Accounting for these two factors, there are approximately 66 acres of land available for business use. STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY Preliminary to updating the Master Plan, a study of vacant street rights-of-way in the City was undertaken. Its purpose was to provide an understanding of the existing situation so that any proposals which may be made to the City for vacating streets can be more adequately evaluated. I l l An inventory was conducted which located vacated streets, undeveloped streets and streets used for other purposes. There are two categories of streets used for other purposes. The first category includes rights-of-way used for drains. St. Clair Boulevard and Second Street fall into this category. The second includes streets used for recreation or open space. The streets used in this manner include Carolina and Minnesota between 19th and 14th Streets, 7th Street between New Hampshire and Colorado, and 10th Street between New York and Gratiot. This information is recorded on the Right-of-Way Inventory map which appears on the following page. In conjunction with the right-of-way inventory, preliminary plans for vacating excess rights-of-way were evaluated. Three basic premises served as the foundation for the study. 1. Streets cannot be vacated if doing so would deny access to a property. 2. The resulting street layout must be harmonious with existing land uses. 3. The resulting street layout must be tailored to the needs of the future land uses. 19 �., I T . C LA I R al MIALL T OWtlS H lr T OWNIMIP I ." • ~ 0 ► • . ., C ..' a • 0 . ► s r UNIMPRO\l£D STR _ E ETS C ( ::::::=:'§:@,:~ STREETS USED AS DRAINS WVVYW' STREETS USED AS RECREATION OR OPEN SPACE -4 I It .. 0 ' v i llc•n · lem•• a anoc lot•• Inc. comau ■ IIY plann lnQ conaulla111, I STREET RIGHT - OF -WAY INVENTORY CITY OF MARYSVILLE MICHIGAN �. ; 1 l .] ; 0 1 ; I I I To assure that access to all properties was maintained, the ownership of each parcel within the study area was obtained and mapped. The Existing Land Use Map dated August of 1989 was used to coordinate street layouts with adjacent areas. The current Master Plan dated November 1967 was used when considering the street relation to Mure land uses. The study involved the area west of the St. Clair drain. This portion of the City, though platted, has many acres of vacant land. Roads are unimproved at the present time and the plats were laid out in a "grid-iron" pattern of streets. This type of street layout should be discouraged for several reasons. First, by comparison with the "curvilinear· system, more land than necessary is devoted to streets. This results in increased surface water runoff, creating a need for higher capacity storm water sewers. The streets also occupy land that could be better utilized for open space or for construction; i.e., used by the public or developed and placed on the tax rolls. ",i [ f I l l l l I In addition, the grid system creates a pattern which is contrary to safe traffic movement. There are inherently more intersections. These serve as nodes of activity which increase the likelihood of accidents. In addition, the grid system permits each street to be a through street, which can result in higher speeds than anticipated on minor streets. Also, aesthetics resulting from the grid system are generally less pleasing when compared to the aesthetics created by the view along curving streets. Within that portion of the City west of the St. Clair Drain, three existing, platted subdivisions can be separated for study. These are referred to as Subdivisions C, D and E. For the purpose of arriving at a plan to vacate streets within these three subdivisions, each presents unique situations and for this reason, each one is addressed individually. Subdivision E This subdivision lies between 5th Street and Ravenswood. Of the three, this area offers some of the broadest potential for various residential layouts. A number of the rights-ofway could be vacated immediately without denying access to property. However, to do so prematurely could disrupt the possibility of curvilinear or other better street layouts which could result from property consolidation. Given this situation, the best course of action would be to evaluate requests to vacate roads according to a thoroughfare plan. The map which is titled, "A Guide for Potential Street Layout" is included on the following page. This map served as a guide, for the Development of the Thoroughfare Plan. [ Subdivision D l I Subdivision D is located between Huron and 5th Street. This area is master planned for single family residential use and will likely remain as such. Of the rights-of-way in this area, very few could be vacated at the present without denying access to individual property. The problem is compounded by the fact that many of the parcels, which have homes ~onstructed on them, are two lots deep. For example, Montana is an improved street with homes on every lot, many of which front on Montana and back-lot on to l 20 I �,a 1 ., ; j ' f _J RAVENSWOOD w '1 z I ' 0 en > ,, a f CD :::> r ·, .j . ' Cf) ~ I -- f :::> 0 ><r [ _J f- w w ON0!>3S • ; f a:: f- ·:.: en f ., _J r z w l l .., l . I L L l. f. . f0 ~ IIOlll]dns- a.. <r '2 0 "' 0 > ~ 0 0 z I'"' w w z .,, z z z .... 0 Cl w a:: C I ._<r • I j a:: 0 ..."' a:: 0 a: z ell u "' ~ ~ "'u_, ► .,, w ... w I~ "'_, !: a:: I:> ..,0 0 u.. 0 ..,Ill w z 0 ::> ; (!) : - ·HJ.•- ... !I!- 5 I : I I I I I t I I I I I 'I' .• 7 r - I I l I HJ.~I �-~ • -- - ~ --- ---- ....-- r---- ~ ----- ----- ,__.._ ----- ----- • -----. •• .., ·I•, ~.;.,_,_ ,.;.__t '- __...~.._ 411,. •-- ----- ---, --. -.!_.\__ .._ - ,. ..1-. .•h ~ ..- - . ~ - _..., •• ._•.,_. _ _..._ ..,._.,_.,.· -- - RANGE I[ [ 7I . . . , N J[ N[VADA J_:=: \~IL___ _ I{ _JI _J/ flL I ST 11 .... • CAROLINA ;~~::.:·~;~:~:;: ; :·:,:.:.: I "' '""' CLAIR III I 71 I[ MONTANA II .... .. I I l [ GEORGIA -II I GUIDE FOR A POTENTIAL STREET LAYOUT : SUBDIVISION D CITY OF MARYSVILLE, MICHIGAN ..,.4,,, --, ~~..._ ... �Nevada. While it could be conceived as a long term goal to vacate Nevada, to do so at present would deny access to some properties. On the other hand, to develop Nevada would create double frontage situations in which two streets border each lot. .I l I l r r r I I l I I I l l. I l A long range street plan has been created to optimize the situation as ownership patterns change. The plan, included on the following page is based on vacating Oregon, Nevada, and Tennessee between Huron and 5th Street. The new road layout would utilize the large vacant areas between Oregon and Nevada and provide a loop system to Montana via 5th. Subdivision c Subdivision C is bounded by Gratiot Avenue to the north, 18th Street to the south, Range Road to the west and the St. Clair drain to the east. A large number of the rights-of-way could be vacated without denying access to individual properties. However, no firm plan for the area is provided in this section because Mure land use designations may vary and will have a strong impact on road layout. For example, industrial use of the property would require a substantially different layout than would residential use. In addition, the relationship between uses will further affect the street layout. Therefore, while a number of alternatives were studied, the Thoroughfare Plan which was created subsequent to land use decisions, portrays a planned layout for this area. SIDEWALK STUDY The City of Marysville currently has an ongoing program for the repair of existing sidewalks. However, in addition to the repair of existing walks, the construction of new walks is also needed. Because there is a limited amount of funds available for sidewalk improvements, it was impossible to immediately accomplish every improvement. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to provide a prioritized list of improvements to the sidewalk system in the City of Marysville. The various improvements to the system can be generalized into three categories. 1. The repair of sidewalks that are in poor condition. 2. The completion of missing links in the network. 3. The construction of new sidewalks which are additions to the system. A study was conducted as an element of the master plan with three primary intentions: 1. To identify sidewalks that are in need of replacement to provide the City with a list to consult so that yearly repairs can continue in an orderly manner. 2. To identify and prioritize areas that require new walks so that a program could be initiated for their installation. 3. To create a map of a future sidewalk network as a component of the master plan. 21 �Items 1 and 2 above are generally capital improvement items that can be handled administratively. The third is the primary focus of this section in that it has a direct relation to the planning of future land use. As new development occurs, property owners will be expected to comply with the installation of new sidewalks in accordance with the plan included within this section. In other areas, it will be the long range objective of the City to create a unified network through direct involvement. The map titled, "Sidewalk Plan" is included on the following page illustrating the future sidewalk system for the City. Additional detail is provided within the sidewalk study that is not included within the Master Plan document. l I I I I I [ ·;' ! I I I I { ( 22 �TOWNSNIP _J l .., J 0 .. z . ." 0 EXISTING ••••••••••• * s r SIDEWALK PROPOSED C l SIDEWALK 4 I If GENERATOR PEDESTRIAN .,,. ... 0 z • •1 ... - ,..:::~;•"" I I I 0 • v, lean • lem an 8 GI aoclaltl I comm1111lt ' ,, ••• ,..........::; Is IDEWALK CITY OF MARYSVILLE PLAN MICHIGAN �RESIDENTIAL AREAS I { The residential areas component consists of tour distinct elements; Visual Impressions, Preliminary Areas Plan, Neighborhood Unit Plan and Goals, Objectives and Policies. The first three sections, summarize the background information that was obtained specifically for this component and served as a basis for the setting of Goals, Objectives and Policies. Of course, other background studies that have been completed as part of the planning process, (Existing Land Use Analysis, Wetlands Inventory, Sidewalk Study and Demographic Analysis} have played a role in the development of this section. VISUAL IMPRESSIONS OF RESIDENTIAL AREAS r [ r r l In January, 1991 a windshield survey of existing residential areas was undertaken to record general impressions from a planning perspective. The impressions were recorded in map form and a reduced version of the map is included on the following page. This map was influential in the determination and designation of areas to be protected, as shown on the Preliminary Residential Areas Plan and the Neighborhood Unit Plan. Specific attention was given to the identification of strengths and weaknesses so that actions can be taken to improve the City's existing and Mure neighborhoods. The following comments, (including letters and numbers) correspond to the Visual Impression map. A. ( ( I [ { { l l. l B. RIVERFRONT MULTIPLE FAMILY AREA: Buildings generally display careful attention to the selection of materials. Entrance drives could be better defined with curbing and landscape features. Generous open spaces are supplied in some areas but more and better landscaping could greatly improve the developments. Interconnecting multiple family drives should be encouraged for better movement of public safety vehicles. Many of the usable outdoor space is cramped, providing little separation between buildings or streets. 1. Use of expensive but inappropriate landscaping. 2. Industrial use is out of place. 3. Wide vacant area shows strong potential for large development. Area backs up to industrial, but riverfront views could make a marketable residential project. 4. Intricacy of facades helps to alleviate a row house appearance. CASTLEWOOD SUBDIVISION: A newer subdivision with large homes, displaying a considerable variety of styles. Front setbacks vary due to generous lot depths and curvelinear roads. Side setbacks appear appropriate in this instance. Rightsof-way are fully developed adding to the visual quality and integrity of the neighborhood. 23 �r C. ·l strong neighborhood integrity. Washington elementary is the nucleus of the neighborhood, providing generous open space and a sense of community. There is an excellent variety of housing types and sizes largely due to the subdivision being developed over a long time period. However, because of this, the provision of curb, gutter and sidewalks is sporadic and inconsistent. Street lighting with decorative poles and lamps would provide a consistent theme throughout the neighborhood, improve safety for pedestrians and vehicles and serve as a deterrent to crime. Tree cover is very dense in some areas and in others, tree planting is evident. I I r r .r r WASHINGTON NEIGHBORHOOD: This is a thoroughly developed area with a D. [ ( 1. Confusing intersection, adjustment of road alignment should be considered. 2. Logical edge of business uses. 3. Michigan Bell utility building intrudes into neighborhood. Better screening could alleviate the problem. 4. Stub street should be eliminated and curbing reshaped. MONTANA STREET RESIDENTIAL AREA: Houses are well maintained and show a variety of building plans. Pedestrian lighting is not a priority because spill-over house lighting appears to light front yards and sidewalks adequately. 1. The south end of Montana ends in a cul-de-sac. This road has recently been extended and new homes constructed. Vegetation existed that was dense enough to block the view of Huron. Appropriately, the screening has been preserved through the construction of a landscaped berm. 2. The north end of Montana should eventually be tied into a road network. [ [ E. GEORGIA: There is a lack of landscaping or street tree plantings. Homes are constructed mostly of gray or white brick and thus the area appears ·washed out. " The crux of the problem is that the right-of-way is much wider than necessary. Combined with a modest house size and absence of landscaping, there is no sense of closure. The area could be greatly improved by the planting of large deciduous trees and the use of appropriate lighting. In addition, narrowing the right-of-way should be considered. This would provide homeowners the flexibility to expand their homes toward the road and to provide more landscaping. Easements for maintaining the existing sidewalks would probably be needed. F. .CAROLINA: This street, just one block east of Georgia, is modest with a very pleasant appearance. A high degree of home maintenance, impressive tree cover and well developed right-of-way suggest that this is a stable neighborhood. There is a considerable amount of front yard lighting provided by the home owners, but there is a lack of continuity. Dual function street and pedestrian lighting should be considered utilizing decorative poles and lamps. ( [ [. [ [ L. l 24 �r r I G. lighting is provided. There are no curbs or gutters but ditches are provided for drainage. The homes vary in setback largely because the lots are deeper than the norm. This area benefits from the open space created by vacant lots fronting on 7th street, which is not developed. The development of 7th street in the future could be controversial and the City should come to a consensus regarding the future of the street. H. GRATIOT ROAD FRONTAGE: Homes have generous front setbacks and thus, the impact of heavy vehicular traffic is somewhat reduced by the increased distance from the roadway. Furthermore, homeowners have the option of orienting living areas toward the rear yards because of unusually deep lots. The marginal access drive functions well and decreases the risk of accidents significantly. Howevel'.', the median should be bermed and landscaped to provide a visual buffer from commercial uses and heavy traffic along Gratiot. Such a treatment would also reduce noise levelis for the homes. I. NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTIAL AREA: Because 7th Street has not been developed, this area is relatively isolated. There is excellent tree cover and the homes are of a modest size and are well maintained. The slight curve in the road adds character by disrupting the view toward Gratiot. Similar to the Colorado Street neighborhood, the future use of 7th Street will have an impact on the character of this area. J. NEW YORK STREET RESIDENTIAL: This area, though small, is worth preserving. The homes are well maintained and their generous setbacks help to buffer them from nearby commercial uses. Current commercial zoning in the area could result in commercial intrusion and a zoning change should be considered. K. PRESIDENTIAL ESTATES: There are at least three phases of development that are readily apparent by the variety of home styles that exist in this neighborhood, but throughout, there is a continuity of right-of-way development. This is a very nice neighborhood. [ r ( { ( ( ( ( COLORADO STREET RESIDENTIAL AREA: Wrthin this area, functional street [ r 1. Cul-de-sac is wide and open. The addition of a landscaped island should be considered. 2. Street tree plantings are of a small caliper. A starting size of at least 2\ inches should be used in the future. 3. Area under construction: Very large homes and curvelinear road structure. (. (_ [ [ [ L. ST. CLAIR AND CAROLINA RESIDENTIAL POCKETS: Connection to other neighborhoods would be desirable to provide alternative means of access and more of a neighborhood character. 25 �M. CONNECTJCUT RESIDENTIAL STRIP: This is an older residential area. The rightof-way is partially developed containing adequate curb and gutter, mature trees and functional street lighting. However, the provision of sidewalks and decorative street and pedestrian lighting is desirable. N. ST. JAMES RESIDENTIAL POCKET: St. James is a very isolated pocket of homes. The proximity to areas planned for industry outside of the City could cause problems in the area. The area is contained on the south and west by drains and thus, future connection to other residential areas is unlikely. There are no curbs or gutters provided but there are drainage ditches. Street lighting is adequate. o. NORTH RIVERFRONT HOMES: There has been a considerable amount of new construction in this area; much of it is extensive reconstruction to older cottages. Although many of the homes are very attractive, there is very little street yard space and thus, a cluttered appearance is created. Marginal access drives in this area should be considered. Not only would it lessen the likelihood of accidents, but it could provide a buffer for the riverfront homes. Space for such a project could be obtained by adjusting the existing median and slightly narrowing the driving lanes. P. MORTON SUBDIVISION: This is the oldest developed neighborhood within the City. Some areas could be better maintained but it is still a desirable area. In-fill developed is evident. The rights-of-ways have minimal development, there are no curbs, gutters or drains in some instances. In some areas, the lawns slope toward the homes, thus increasing the likelihood of flooding. There is no pedestrian lighting and very little street lighting. Sidewalks are not continuous. .I I [ f r l ( ( I ( 1. Park provides ample recreation opportunities and is a positive feature of the neighborhood. ( 2. The most recently developed portion of the neighborhood has a distinct character. It generally contains new and attractive though modest homes. The width of the roads appears to be in scale with the homes and their setbacks. However, it would have been desirable if above ground utilities had been buried. The subdivision regulations may need to be revised to assure that this occurs for all future developments. A lack of variation in building setbacks and orientation are largely due to grid road layout and redundant building footprints. 3. Potential recreation or development area. ( l [ ( { ( l a. SOUTH RIVERFRONT HOMES: The riverfront contains a wide mix of housing styles and sizes. North of the park, there is a strong single-family integrity. There are two homes of historic architectural character with potential for these homes for use as bed and breakfast inns. 26 �R. VICTORIAN WOODS: This is a newly developed residential area with large homes and many fine details. Pedestrian lighting is provided and mountable curbs are utilized. The curbing functions well in this instance but the pavement is wider than necessary. Entrance signs and plantings help to create a neighborhood identity. However, there are no stub streets and thus the area will always be an island, lacking the connectedness of a neighborhood. s. VIRGINIA WOODS: This is an older residential area with a good neighborhood identity. Homes are well maintained and curb, gutter and road widths are appropriate. The setbacks work well with the bulk and density of the homes and the street tree plantings help to fill the mass of the right-of-way. 1. Upkeep of dwellings is marginal and this may be due to their proximity to adjacent businesses. On the other hand, if these are rental units, a lack of pride in the home may be of equal significance. 2. Home owners have installed fencing to screen businesses but appropriate screening is and has been the responsibility of the businesses. In the ~ure, the screening provisions of the Zoning Ordinance should be utilized. 3. Non-distinct entrance. Signage and landscaping would help to create a neighborhood identity. 4. Homes were very recently built. These are some of the largest in the City and introduce a variety of styles. PRELIMINARY RESIDENTIAL AREAS PLAN ( l l l The Future Land Use Map establishes the spatial land use goals of the City and its creation and adoption is the final step in the planning process. However, the creation of such a map requires a great amount of study and input regarding each land use represented. The Preliminary Residential Areas Plan is a working model of one component of the Future Land Use Map, based on available information. One trait, indicative of the planning process is constant re-evaluation. Therefore, the Preliminary Residential Areas Plan will be re-evaluated before the Future Land Use Map is created. The Preliminary Residential Areas Plan, on the following page, provides a land use layout for three basic categories; single family residential, multiple family residential and mobile homes. The layout is designed to mesh with the Preliminary Industrial Areas Plan, which has already been discussed, while working toward the Goals, Objectives and Policies for residential areas. [ (. l 27 �., IT CLA t • TO•IISNi, .. . -. ., .. ~ z • 0 I l. ~ . C 0 -___.il.-.-..,_ e POTENTIAL STREET ClOSURES * POTENTIAL LANDSCAPE FOCAL POINT ♦ HISTORIC HOMES \ s ,. C ( 4 I ,t * .., z 0 ·,# ~ --------.:"·,,,·",-,.,.,.,,,,. --- ' ~ ~ ~ H <U, l .. •tt• wiltcan · lemon a auac:latu Inc . cam1111111ity plannln9 cansullanta RESIDENTIAL AREAS ------- 0 ... �- ~ IT . Cl.Al • T O•N S ■ I _. . .• % 0 ...... ·.·.·.""";· •• • • • • • • • , ...... r-. -....... ~..... r}?t===:=:~~ti fJ. .. ...... ...... .... ... . .. ..... .... ..... ......... .... ·········· .... .. ........... ......... ... ... . .... .. . . ...... . .. ... ·=:::::::::-:-. l': : +,=::::,+J SINGLE FAMILY ~:::::::::::::3 MULTIPLE FAMILY MOBILE HOME s r C ( WETLANDS 4 I~ COMMUNITY FACIUTIES 0 ~00 ~ ,ooo __,. ,.., ,soc, ;; 5 wi l ican · l ema n 8 assoc ia t es ,n c . c ommun i ty plonn i n9 c on s ull ants AREAS PLAN �NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT PLAN The Neighborhood Unit Plan establishes areas that should remain free from intrusion from non-residential uses. Furthermore, it is the basis for determination of future capacities within the City. The first step in the process is a count of existing dwellings. Utilizing the existing Land Use Map provided earlier in this document in conjunction with recent aerial photographs, field analysis and tax assessor information, it was possible to arrive at a breakdown of the current number of dwelling units within the City for each neighborhood unit. The following table summarizes this information. It should be noted that the number of existing dwelling units does not equal that shown by the 1990 Census. This is because the count taken for this study was done after the census count was taken and additional residential construction had since taken place. TABLE 13 EXISTING DWELLINGS NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT DWEWNG TYPE A B t D E F G H I J TOTAL 71 0 no 0 319 453 389 91 21 21 2,135 Multiple Family 252 483 32 132 0 0 120 0 0 0 1,019 Mobile Home 148 0 0 0 0 0 0 232 0 0 380 Single Family I ( l TOTAL I 471 I 483 I I I I I I I I I 802 132 319 453 509 323 21 21 3,534 I The next step in the process was to estimate the number of dwelling units that could be constructed. To do this, it was necessary to rely on a number of different sources for information as well as to make several basic assumptions. To arrive at an estimate of the amount of vacant land available, the Existing Land Use map was utilized to identify vacant parcels of land. This was verified with aerial photographs and field surveys to assure that the figure excluded land that was recently developed. Once all parcels were identified, it was necessary to eliminate land that is within large wetland areas as determined by the Potential Wetlands Areas map provided earlier. Each vacant, buildable, parcel was then categorized as single family, multiple family and mobile home so that appropriate densities could be applied. For areas designated by the Preliminary Residential Areas Plan for use as multiple family dwellings, a density of ten dwelling units per acre was utilized, corresponding to the least dense of the two current multiple family zoning districts. For single family areas, a density of 3.65 dwelling units per acre was used. This figure was derived by averaging two existing single family residential zoning districts and one new district. The establishment of a new single family zoning district with a lot size of about 12,000 square feet has been identified as an objective. The following table summarizes the essential figures. 28 �TABLE 14 POTENTIAL DWELLINGS NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT DWELLING TYPE A B C D E F G H I J TOTAL Single Family 19 0 101 0 242 785 90 774 59 0 2,070 Multiple Family 72 194 103 141 0 0 184 0 206 0 900 91 194 185 141 242 785 274 774 265 0 2,951 TOTAL Combining the figures for the current number of dwelling units with the potential number of dwelling units, an idea of the total number of dwelling units at capacity can be derived. Arriving at this number is essential in the planning process to obtain a clear understanding of the impact that different density options can have on the community. Furthermore, it provides some very useful information. Using an estimate of 2.7 persons per household, applied to the projected number of dwelling units, it is possible to forecast the City's ultimate population. The projected population in the City is 17,968 people. Of course, slight variations in the persons per household estimate can have a significant impact on the future population. Still, some estimate is very helpful. Using the projected population of each neighborhood unit, it is possible to plan adequately for the future infrastructure needs as well as spatial needs for recreation and school sites. In addition, the figures can provide a basis for current and future market determinations and may be useful to parties considering the locating of a business in Marysville. The table below gives a detailed breakdown of the projected number of dwelling units, per neighborhood unit, at full capacity. TABLE 15 NUMBER OF DWELLINGS AT FULL CAPACl1Y DWEWNG TYPE I ( l I. NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT A B C D E F G H I J TOTAL Single Family 90 0 871 0 561 1,238 479 865 80 21 3,715 Multiple Family 324 848 135 273 0 0 304 0 206 0 2.«o Mobile Home 148 0 0 0 0 0 0 232 0 0 636 562 848 987 273 561 1,238 782 1,097 286 21 6,655 1,517 2,290 2,665 738 1,515 3,344 2,112 2,962 772 53 17,968 TOTAL POPULATION The map provided on the following page, establishes the neighborhood unit boundaries and displays in brief, the information provided in the tables. The map does not show projected land needs for schools and parks as these will be shown on a Community Facilities plan. 29 �• I T. CL AI ■ TOWNSNlf' 7 1L. \ ! /_' _ __, \:=-· .)=!---:E==::=l : t='~.--=~---,~:===-- ~ 't--T---~---------___,,- -" -----~ ~==::::;:::;:~ =-. ... - r - - ·· c) ~ 17,9611 O SOO .. 1000 1,oa ,_, v i l icon · leiaan 8 01soc iolu inc . commun i ty plannln9 con1ullon11 s ,. NEIGHBORHOOD UNIT C ( total dwelllng units total population 4 I ft 21 ~ �Regarding schools, several observations can be made relative to the neighborhood unit plan. Currently, it appears that there is sufficient land at the senior high school and junior high school complex to accommodate future growth. However, the future demand for elementary schools may warrant additional land requirements. There are currently 3,534 dwelling units within the City and two elementary schools. One additional elementary school exists but is currently not in use as a school. There are currently a total of 1,040 students in the two active elementary schools. This relates to a ratio of 0.3 elementary students per dwelling unit. Based on the estimated future potential of 6,674 dwelling units at capacity, a total of 2,002 elementary students could be expected. The average number of students per elementary site is 520. Based on this there could be a need for two additional elementary schools at capacity. As there is currently one school that is not functioning, it appears that it would be wise to maintain ownership of this site as a land banking measure. Thus, there will be a need for one additional elementary school site. Neighborhood unit F, shown on the Neighborhood Unit Plan, is largely vacant and displays the greatest potential for future population growth. This would be a logical location for a future school site and there are several vacant parcels that could accommodate an elementary school within . this neighborhood unit. Land banking another school site would be prudent to assure that land can be acquired while demand is low and thus values are relatively depressed. Furthermore, the eventual provision of an elementary school site in neighborhood unit F could greatly assist in meeting the needs for recreation and open space, would furnish a needed facility within walking distance of a large number of dwelling units and would help to reduce the number of dwelling units within the neighborhood unit. The demand for park land is tied to population. It is not the intent of this component to estimate the demand for park facilities of a community wide nature. Rather, through the breakdown of the City into neighborhood units, the resulting boundaries and projected populations provide a means of estimating future demand for neighborhood parks. A neighborhood park can be described as follows: As their name would suggest, neighborhood parks cater to the needs of various neighborhoods. As such, their seNice radii are large enough to encompass an entire neighborhood; generally from one to two miles. These parks may be five acres or larger in size. Although these types of parks may offer intensive activities such as football, baseball and frisbee, organized sports activities do not generally occur because the facilities are usually not constructed to regulation standards. Based on this description, a neighborhood park of at least five acres should be provided within neighborhood unit F. This facility could serve neighborhood units E, F and G. Other neighborhood units appear to be either adequately served or are too small to require a full sized neighborhood park. The City's recreation plan and the community facilities map provide a more thorough outlook of needs. 30 �: r·· ;J r GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES I > l 1 ( GOAL: To maintain the quality of life for current and future Marysville residents by protecting the property value of their homes, assuring their safety and providing an environment that increases their general well being. OBJECTIVE: To continually work to improve safety, value, and desirability of existing neighborhoods. i .; I ' { POLICY: To provide sidewalks where recommended by the Sidewalk Study component of this plan. POLICY: To provide decorative street lighting throughout the Washington and Morton subdivisions. POLICY: To preserve valuable open spaces. f POLICY: l To promote the use of entrance details such as signs, lighting and landscaping in all existing neighborhoods. POLICY: To diligently enforce City codes. l 1 -i 1 OBJECTIVE: I ' To assure that new residential areas are developed that will meet the short and long term needs of City residents. l POLICY: To promote the construction of housing that appeals to a wide range of tastes and meets the needs of all City residents. r POLICY: To create flexible standards that aJlow developers to be creative and thus provide housing that appeals to changing markets. POLICY: To create a cluster housing provision in the Zoning Ordinance. POLICY: To create an open space platting provision in the Zoning Ordinance and subdivision regulations . POLICY: To create one additional single-family residential district that relates to new development trends toward larger homes and lot sizes. POLICY: To assure that new development is built to high standards to protect the health, safety and welfare of current and future residents. .·, ; ~ ! l l I l f \ 31 �I f I I \ i ' I POLICY: To provide for the division of land via the Condominium Act that places no greater and no fewer restrictions than those imposed through the Plat Act. POLICY: To provide for the division of land via the Condominium Act in the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations. POLICY: To integrate new housing into natural features without disruption wherever practical. POLICY: To assure that multiple family areas are provided reasonable outdoor living space through the use of adequate setback and open space requirements. POLICY: To assure single family areas are protected by providing adequate setback requirements for multiple family developments. POLICY: To provide adequate standards for local streets based on the following guidelines: I I 1 l 1 l a. New road paving should utilize the City standard for mountable curbing to define a road edge and direct the flow of run-off. b. Pavement widths for local streets should provide enough space to accommodate on-street parking on one side. c. Streets should be designed so that water drains off of the road surface. I l OBJECTIVE: I l [_ l l l To assure that different land uses relate well to one another. POLICY: Where practical and in keeping with other Goals, Objectives and Policies of this plan, land use intensities should mesh. POLICY: Additional measures should be instituted to assure that nearby nonresidential land uses do not negatively impact residential areas. POLICY: Recognize the need and existence of some forms of home occupation and to regulate them in a manner that is fair, but protects the quality of life and property values of adjacent home owners. 32 �' ( I COMMERCIAL AND OFFICE AREAS I COMMERCIAL AREAS The heart of Marysville's existing business uses are along the Gratiot corridor. Nonresidential uses are well established from 1-94 to Busha; the majority being retail and service oriented businesses. Because Gratiot Boulevard is a direct route to 1-94 and Port Huron, the nature of the businesses along the corridor cater to the needs of both residents and non-residents. Uses such as print shops, barber shops, movie theaters, food stores and sit down restaurants situated along Gratiot meet the needs of City residents while, fast food, convenience stores and gas stations use high visibility to lure in passing vehicles. A map included on the following page illustrates and categorizes the business land uses existing in the City as of March, 1991. It appears that the number of businesses in direct competition along the Boulevard could not be supported by Marysville residents alone. Several important concepts arise from this simple observation. First, there is a demand created by Marysville residents for certain goods and services and second, there is the factor of demand added by nonresidents passing through the City. The demand created by Marysville residents can be best quantified as a product of population and disposable income. The demand created by non-residents can be best quantified as some proportion of traffic counts along Gratiot Boulevard. It is beyond the scope of this component to provide a determination of market demand. However, it is possible to designate certain areas for specific commercial functions in recognition of the existing forms of demand, the goals, objectives and policies of this plan and a need to establish land use compatibility. A map, titled Preliminary Commercial Areas Plan, is included in this section illustrating a plan for the spatial arrangement of commercial and office uses. l l I I In addition to the goals, objectives and policies, the map was influenced by the classification of various use types that form the basis for business districts. The first, is the Local Business category. Uses included in this category serve the convenience needs of the City's residents. To do so effectively, it is important that they be in dose proximity to residential uses and therefore, the uses allowed in these areas are limited to assure that they do not negatively impact nearby residences. The second category, Center Commercial, includes a wider range of uses that are intended to be clustered in large centers. These centers should be isolated, where practical, from single family residences because of their intensity and will cater to the convenience and comparison needs of the City's residents. The success of these areas will be tied somewhat to their ability to offer a wide range of goods and services, thus creating a symbiotic relation between uses where comparisons can be made among the quality and price of goods. 33 �-- .• 0 . . 0 & , ·- ---------COMPARISON / CONVENIENCE THOROFARE ORIENTATED LOCAL BUSINESS . = . 1 s r_ - = --~ C ( OFFICE V af) VACANT LAND AND/OR BUILDINGS r '4 I :l I/ I/ I v • ::---::::::--..;:: -- • ~ I/ WE1l.ANDS tf - --~ IC I~ ~ 1r .....,_ eillcan · Leman a auoclate, Inc. cot11111u•ilr plannln9 ca111ullan11 ■ �The third category, Corridor Commercial is intended to recognize the demand for uses that thrive on the high visibility offered along the Gratiot corridor. Unlike the Center Commercial category, these uses do not depend on a symbiotic relationship to their neighbors; they are an end destination unto themselves or a "spur of the moment stop." Because these uses tend to have a high rate of customer turn-over, it is necessary that they be located only along a high capacity roadway, such as Gratiot. OFFICE AREAS Various medical, financial and other office uses exist within the City. By nature, offices generally are a less intensive use than commercial uses; they usually do not require large loading areas and their customer turn-over is relatively low. Therefore, they are often used as valuable transitions from high intensity to low intensity areas. The type of office uses within the City, for the most part, cater to the needs of Marysville residents and thus, it is fitting to say that the market for office demand is the City, itself. Of course, some of the office uses, have a regional market. Still, a population based forecast can be performed which will roughly estimate future demand for office space. To project future needs it is first necessary to inventory the type and amount of existing office uses. Once this is done, it is possible to determine a ratio of square feet per person based on current population counts. Then by using the population forecasts as illustrated by the Neighborhood Unit Plan, in conjunction with floor area ratios, it is possible to estimate future demand for office space. The table below, summarizes the amount of office space in the City, as of March 1991 and the projected office space needs at build-out. TABLE 16 OFFICE SPACE NEEDS GROSS FLOOR AREA (square feet) OFFICE TYPE CURRENT PROJECTED (year 2000) Financial 20,700 24,000 Business Offices 44,700 52,000 Medical Office 13,500 16,000 78,884 91,460 TOTAL To derive the estimates for the current amount of floor area, a series of steps were taken. Using the land use inventory of Business Uses, each office site was listed as a financial, business, or medical office. Site areas were determined from the base map or from site plans where they were available. Gross floor areas were also taken from site plans and aerial photographs where available and floor area ratios (F.A.R.) were calculated. Using these, an estimate of gross floor area was derived for uses that occupied only a portion of a building. The gross floor areas were then totaled. 34 �ST CLAUt TOWNSHII' -- -. . X ~ z .• 0 ~:i:fi:i@ OFFICE ~ LOCAL BUSINESS ~ CENTER COMMERCIAL CORRIDOR COMMERCIAL . • soo tOOO ." eoo 0 •~-nu IIAKllu,s villcan · leman a assoclote1 Inc. community plaonln9 coosultant1 AREAS PLAN �Total office spaces as a ratio of floor space to the 1990 population was calculated. This ratio was then applied to population projections to estimate project office space needs. It should be noted that for the purposes of this study, the post office was included within the financial category because of its trip generation and floor area characteristics. Based on past demographic trends and current floor area ratios, the City of Marysville can expect at least one more financial institution by the year 2000. An expansion of business office space can also be expected as well as one or two more medical offices. A simplified macroscopic view of current trends would certainly support the need for additional office space. Demographically, we are an aging society. As people age they become more health conscious and require more medical attention. Thus, in the future, there will most likely be an increase in medical office space. Furthermore, our economy is shifting, increasing in the service and technology sectors. An increase in service oriented businesses will also cause a demand for new business office space. All of these factors suggest that additional office space will be needed in the future and thus, land area should be designated on the Master Plan for such use. GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES The following goals, objectives and policies helped to shape the Preliminary Commercial Areas plan and consequently the Future Land Use map and will be influential in establishing zoning standards. GOAL: To create a healthy business environment with a broad range of uses to account for the needs of Marysville residents while assuring compatible land use relationships. OBJECTIVE: Create small nodes of commercial facilities that cater to the convenience needs of Marysville residents. POLICY: Create a zoning district that provides for convenience oriented uses. POLICY: Avoid the placement of these uses in scarce and valuable highvisibility areas. POLICY: Maintain a node appearance of Local Commercial uses and avoid a strip commercial appearance. POLICY: To be convenient, these uses should be near residential areas. Therefore, special attention should be given during the site plan review process to assure that Local Commercial uses have a compatible relationship to nearby residences. 35 �OBJECTIVE: Provide for the creation of a land use district to meet the convenience and comparison needs of Marysville residents. POLICY: Create a zoning district where business uses share a symbiotic relationship. POLICY: To assure that all uses are conveniently accessed and to limit the impact of a large node of commercial activity, provide for the creation of access drives to link uses and limit access point onto Major Thoroughfares. POLICY: Precludes uses such as car sales which would use land which should be developed as concentrated, comparative retail uses. OBJECTIVE: Recognizes the existence of a demand for uses dependent upon high visibility and large traffic volumes to be viable. POLICY: Create a zoning district to provide for such uses. POLICY: Carefully limit the area of this district. POLICY: Through site plan review, limit the number of drives permitted to sites. POLICY: Through site plan review, control the location of drives along Gratiot so that drives are well spaced and placed a reasonable distance from intersections. POLICY: Promote the use of shared drive arrangements where possible. POLICY: Assure that on-site circulation functions in a manner that does not promote spill-over onto adjacent thoroughfares. This may result in parking setbacks of at least 20 feet to provide stacking between the parking area and the street. In addition, drive-through uses, such as fast food restaurants, banks, and oil change facilities, should have adequate stacking space. OBJECTIVE: Assure that all new commercial uses have circulation systems that provide for the safety of their patrons. POLICY: Provide parking lot standards that assure the use of parking lot end islands to direct the flow of traffic and separate movement from parked vehicles. POLICY: Where fe -iSible, provide for pedestrian circulation within parking lots. 36 �POLICY: Limit the number of drives onto major thoroughfares. POLICY: Require the surfacing and maintenance of all parking areas. OBJECTIVE: Protect residential uses from intrusion of non-residential uses. POLICY: Situate transitional us·es, such as offices or multiple-family dwellings, between commercial and single-family neighborhoods. POLICY: Provide appropriate walls, berms or other screening devices between residential and non-residential use districts. POLICY: Assure that outdoor lighting does not shine onto residential areas. .-1 I ·l j 37 �INDUSTRIAL AREAS Industrial uses, generally, represent a positive addition to a community's tax base and promote the welfare of an area by providing an employment base. The City of Marysville currently has about 23 percent of the total developed land area in industrial use; about 14 percent of .rut land in the City. This is a sizeable increase since the 1965 land use which showed about 13 percent of the City's occupied land in industrial use. As growth occurs within the City the industrial base should be allowed to grow at a rate that will provide a proportion of industrial uses that are at least equal to the past proportions. The following table presents available data on industrial uses: TABLE 17 SUMMARY INFORMATION REGARDING INDUSTRIAL AREAS SUMMARY INFORMATION AREA (acres) Land in Industrial Use, 1965 271 Land in Industrial Use, 1990 624 Vacant Land Zoned for Industrial Use 320 M-1: Ught Industrial (37) M-2: General Industrial (283) Area with Potential Wetland Constraints 127 M-1: Ught Industrial (112) M-2: General Industrial {15) Total Area Available tor Development Sources: 193 Vilican-Leman & Associates; U.S.G.S Soll Survey Maps, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, MIRIS Wetland maps; U.S. Department of the Interior, Fisheries and Wildlife Services, National Wetland Inventory. The table above illustrates that there is a considerable amount of vacant land that is zoned for industrial purposes. However, much of this land is constrained because of wetlands. Furthermore, much of the land that is zoned for industry and not constrained by wetland is located on isolated pockets of land. These parcels are usually rather small and thus would have limited use for industrial purposes. In addition, some of the areas are situated where they do not have a strong industrial identity. If industrial growth is to continue as it has since 1965, new industrial areas will be necessary. The following Goals, Objectives and Policies are provided to give direction to the development of new areas and help improve and maintain the viability of existing industries. 38 �Goal: Promote industrial growth in the City to provide economic stability and well being, while maintaining the integrity of residential neighborhoods. Objective: Objective: To plan optimum amounts of land for industrial uses. Policy: New areas should be located so that they have quick access to highway interchanges. Policy: New areas should be placed so that they do not encourage through traffic in residential areas. Policy: Plan for large tracts of developable land to attract a wide range of industrial uses. Policy: Separate residential and industrial uses with transitional zoning or natural or man made features wherever possible. Provide an environment to promote a wide range of industrial uses. Policy: Create a new zoning district designed to attract new, high technology, low intensity industrial uses. Policy: Promote the use of industrial parks. Policy: Assure that new developments provide a high quality street system with sufficient widths and paving types to accommodate large vehicles. Policy: Assure that new development provides adequate screening. Policy: Encourage the use of landscaping in industrial areas. Policy: Provide for on-site circulation so that backing onto a street is not necessary. Policy: Provide for circulation systems that assure adequate access to emergency vehicles. Policy: Encourage the provision of various lot sizes in planned industrial developments: Policy: Attempt to cluster uses with similar needs and intensities. 39 �Policy: Create adequate standards to promote development of industrial areas. Policy: Continue to maintain a high standard of services to industrial areas. Policy: Consider the creation of a Local Development Finance Authority to provide funding mechanisms and serve as a proactive body to attract new industry. . •; ) ,, l Objective: Maintain and upgrade existing industrial areas. Policy: Provide adequate access to major thoroughfares for all industrial areas. Policy: Provide proper screening of industry in those areas where outside storage is visible from residential areas or public streets. Policy: Promote a high level of exterior maintenance and encourage landscaping for new and existing industry. Policy: As street improvements are provided, develop high quality roads, with widths that are sufficient to provide for the movement of large vehicles. Policy: Actively encourage code enforcement. 40 �&IMIALL fOwNSNII' • GENER - · -- - - . ----- - ' I • WETLANDS , l..L.L_ s r C { -4 I I? z 0 ""z ." . 0 O •OO IOIOO 1900 OCTOIUI tllO willcan • lemon a auocfaln Inc. cammu.ally plannlnc;i consullanrs PLAN �COMMUNTIY FACILffiES Community facilities and services represent the greatest expense to municipal government. It is therefore to the benefit of the taxpayer and the municipality that a well planned program for the development for such facilities and services is available to public officials involved in the decision making process. Such a program will aid in ensuring adequate facilities and reduce duplications and costs by advanced site purchases and developments. In this chapter, schools, recreation facilities, fire and police protection, local administration, libraries and utilities are examined as to their location and adequacy based on recommended standards. These recommended standards for location, site size, capacity, and accessibility for each facility have been developed by national agencies such as the National Education Association and the National Recreation Association. The standards have been modified where desirable to reflect the particular characteristics of the Marysville community. The provision and maintenance of community facilities are under the responsibility of several authorities. Schools are controlled by the Marysville Public Schools District; libraries are administered by St. Clair County; regional parks ar under the authority of the appropriate State or County agency; and utilities, such as gas and electricity, are provided by private enterprise, although there is government regulation of these quasi-public agencies. Thus, some of the community facilities serving Marysville are not within the jurisdiction of the City. Implementation of recommendations for community facilities must be accomplished through the joint effort of the various responsible agencies. Communication must be maintained between these agencies so that there is a comprehensive effort to provide services to Marysville businesses and residents. SCHOOLS The City of Marysville is served by the TABLE 1s Marysville Public Schools District. All of DESIRABLE SCHOOL STANDARDS the District's schools are located within the City. This is advantageous to the SCHOOL PUPIL SERVICE STANDARD RADIUS (miles) (acres) children living in Marysville since they are near the schools which they attend . ... Elflmenta,y 350-500 5 + 1/100 1/2 Community planning for schools is (K·S) pupils primarily concerned with the physical Intermediate 700-900 1-1/2 15 + 1/100 aspects of the school system. These (6-8) pupils include the location of schools, site High School 1,000-1,800 3 25 + 1/100 size, student capacity and service (~12) pupils areas. In order to evaluate the adequacy of schools, standards must • Adapted from standards by thfl National Education Association. be applied (see Table 18). Basically, the.se standards follow the recommendations of the National Education Association adjusted to meet local policies. 41 �TABLE 19 EXISTING PUBLIC SCHOOL FACILmES TYPE GRADES NUMBER OF CLASSROOMS PUPIL ENROLLMENT STUDENTS PER ROOM Marysville Gardens Elem. K-5 23 584 28 Washington Elem. K-5 19 460 28 Marysville Intermediate Inter. 6-8 26 513 26 Senior High 9-12 39 668 26 SCHOOL Marysville High TABLE 20 SITE AREA SUMMARY SCHOOL • a ESTIMATED CAPACITY RECOMMENDED SITE AREA CURRENT SITE.AREA DEFICIT /SURPLUS Marysville Gardens 600 11 acres 45 acres 34 acre surplus Washington 425 9 acres 22 acres 13 acres surplus Marysville Intermediate 585 21 acres 31 acres - Marysville High 820 33 acres a 2 acre defecit Interview with Superintendent of Schools, 1991. Marysville High School share the same site with Marysville Intermediate School. Marysville Gardens School: This school is located on Sixth Avenue in the western part of the City, as shown on the Community Facilities Map. The school has 584 pupils which is above the recommended pupil enrollment for an elementary school. The site size of 45 acres allows expansion, with present standards requiring only 7-1 /2 acres to meet the minimum requirements. Additional rooms are recommended for this school. The service area of Marysville Gardens School is about one-half mile for students in Marysville. Presently, current sidewalks make walking safe to school. However, the City is planning on expanding its sidewalk system. Washington School: This school is located on Washington Boulevard between Colorado, New Jersey, 15th and 16th Streets. Enrollment is 460 pupils and the school is above enrollment capacity. Additional rooms are feasible since the site size is 22 acres is more than adequate for expansion. Most Marysville students going to Washington School are within reasonable walking distance while sidewalks are provided along most streets, they should be developed on all streets to allow for safe, all-weather walking. 42 �. ' Intermediate School: The Marysville Intermediate School is located at the corner of Michigan Avenue and Huron Boulevard, on the same site as the Marysville High School. Both site size and student capacity are adequate at this time. Senior High School: The enrollment at Marysville High School is about 150 students below the estimated capacity of 820. ,,. J Parochial Schools: St. Christopher, the largest parochial school in Marysville is located at 990 Michigan Avenue. The school's enrollment is approximately 60 students grades K-5. The Seventh Day Adventist Church, the other parochial school in Marysville, has an enrollment of less than 12 students grades K-5. Specialized Program Offerings: Intermediate School District. The following are available through the St. Clair Woodland Development Center: This facility offers special education programs for students through age twenty-five. Students are only enrolled on referral from the district and a complete diagnostic evaluation. Current pupil enrollment is 195. The establishment is located at 499 South Range Road. St. Clair Technical Education Center: Located at 499 South Range Road, the Technical Education Center offers career training for high school students and adults in 53 programs of study representing over 200 occupations. Pupil enrollment throughout the school year is around 900 students. Enrollment to the school is completed through the Marysville High School counseling office. RECREATION Local Recreation Facilities Marysville has had an active recreation program for many years. As the table below indicates, there is a variety of facilities available in Marysville. The three existing elementary schools provide playground space. These schools are well placed for the majority of the population in Marysville. Consideration should be given to providing playgrounds in built-up areas that are over one-half mile from the elementary schools. Playfields are generally for the children between 13 and 18 years of age. They are best located adjacent the intermediate and senior high schools. In Marysville, there is one playfield centrally located to the City. However, additional organized active sports areas should be considered since existing facilities are heavily used. 43 �Under a written agreement, the School District supplies recreation facilities and the City provides the funds for City use of school playgrounds. This program makes available a swimming pool at the senior high school, gymnasiums and athletic fields. City facilities include a band shell for concerts at Marysville City Park, ice skating areas and softball fields. Besides these joint recreation facilities, the City provides separate recreation facilities. Two community parks are operated by the City. Marysville City Park has playground and picnic facilities. Its extensive use has prompted some discussion of enlarging the park. TABLE 21 RECREATION FACILITIES SITE AREA (acres) COMMENTS Washington School 8 Morton School 4 The City and the School District have a written agreement for the joint use of these facilities. Marysville Gardens School 8 Morton Park 10 Unnamed site {16th St. across from Washington School 3 TYPE OF RECREATION FACILITY Playground: City owned but undeveloped. Unnamed site north of Gardens School Playfield: City owned, the site contains a tot lot, tennis courts, basketball court, ball fields, picnic shelter and ice rink. 13.5 Marysville Intermediate and High Schools City owned but undeveloped. 31 Agreed use between the City and School District. Community Park: 58 Park is heavily used and includes playground equipment, picnic areas, ball diamonds, band shelter, tennis courts and fitness trail. Other: Marysville Golf Course 100 18 hole pub/le course owned and operated by the City. Boat launch & fishing area 2.5 Shore fishing, scenic lookout, boat launch. Beach Area 5.0 Available for riverfront activities Mermaid Park 0.5 Scenic turnout. - Winter ice rinks Seven rinks througout the City. 44 -- - - - - - -- - - - - -- ----- - - �Regional Facilities The following Parks are located in St. Clair County, within easy driving distance of Marysville residents: Goode/ls Park: St. Clair County provides Goodells Park (237 acres) in Wales Township, approximately ten miles from Marysville. The County proposes to develop at the Goodells Park a new fairgrounds, a picnic area, an active sports area, a juvenile play area, a medical center and an exhibition farm. Algonac State Park: This park is located in Clay Township, about 16 miles from Marysville. Only 30 acres of the park's 981 acres have been developed, the other 951 acres being used for hunting, hiking, nature studies and camping. Ultimately 700 camp sites will be provided as well as picnic areas and parking facilities. l • I Lakeport State Park: This park is located along the shore of Lake Huron, in Burtchville Township about 14 miles from Marysville. Of the park's 380 acres, 150 acres have been developed. Swimming, fishing, picnic areas and campsites are provided. • Port Huron State Game Area: This area is located along the Black River, in Clyde and Grant Townships. Its 5,840 acres are heavily wooded and small game hunting is permitted. It is proposed that this area be expanded to 10,000 acres as funds become available for acquisition. FIRE PROTECTION Fire protection is one of the main responsibilities of the municipality. The degree of protection offered has a direct effect on fire insurance rates in the community. The National Board of Fire Underwriters has provided standards for the desirable service radius of fire stations as shown in the table below. TABLE22 FIRE STATION RADIUS* TYPE OF DEVELOPMENT DISTANCE Commercial or Manufacturing 1.5 miles Closely built residential or Scattered Residential * 10-minute response Adapted from standards by the Nation Board of Fire Underwriters. 45 �There is one fire station in Marysville. It is located at 867 Huron Boulevard. Three pumpers, an ambulance, a rescue unit, and a grass fire truck are available to the fire department. Nine full time firemen and twenty volunteers man the fire station. A verbal agreement exists between all fire departments in St. Clair County to provide assistance when necessary. At the present time, all commercial and industrial property are within the 1a-minute response recommendation. If Marysville continues to expand in the number of businesses and industries, consideration for fire department expansion should be made. Residential property in the northern part of the City is becoming heavily developed; however, this area is within the 10-minute response recommendation. Further construction regarding the residential property in the northern part of the City may require another fire station in the northern area of the City. POLICE PROTECTION Police protection and law enforcement is another vital community service that municipal government must provide. It is of great importance that adequate police protection is available in a community, especially if that community has high value commercial and industrial establishments that must be patrolled. No set standards for police protection are given because of the high number of variables that affect a police department (e.g., crime rate, mileage and type of roads that must be patrolled). Manpower is best left to the determination of the Police Chief who is familiar with the needs and capabilities of the department. The location of police headquarters within a community and the number of police stations are based upon the amount of territory covered and population distribution. Since Marysville is not a large community, less than seven square miles, one station can service the entire City. With population being distributed throughout the City, a central location of the station would give maximum service radius to the department. Marysville's police department is located in the City Hall on Delaware Avenue. Their quarters are adequate, consisting of 2,600 square feet. The Police Chief, four Sargents, seven Patrolmen and two staff members work within this office. Th~ee marked patrol cars and two unmarked patrol car are attached to the department. The use of the County Jail located in Port Huron is afforded the City. The responsibility of law enforcement in Marysville is left completely to the Marysville Police Department. State police and the County Sheriff's Department enter Marysville only upon request. Presently, Marysville maintains a high level of police protection. 46 �. ' ·. j LIBRARY FACILITIES ·J . 1 Libraries have an important place in the affairs of a municipality. A library provides an informational source for everyone in the community, including private citizens, and cultural and educational organizations. Individuals use the library to enrich their leisure hours. The library study which was jointly sponsored by the St. Clair County Board of Supervisors and the City of Port Huron City Commission has been reviewed. The recommendations relative to Marysville have contributed to the development of the Marysville Public Library. Marysville residents have available a library located at 1175 Delaware Avenue. This library is based on an agreement by the City and the St. Clair County Public Library. Approximately 11,000 volumes are available. LOCAL ADMINISTRATION To effectively administer a city, adequate office space must be provided. The efficiency and effectiveness can be greatly increased with spacious surroundings providing ample office and equipment space. The standards for the location of administrative offices are general and they are arrived at by the experience gained from other communities. Of main importance in the location of administrative facilities is their accessibility to the general population. It is considered desirable to group the administrative offices into a civic center, so that all offices are within walking distance of each other. In addition, good highways to the civic center are necessary in providing quick access to these facilities. The Marysville administrative offices located in one building, the City Hall, on Delaware Avenue. The City owns various other buildings besides City Hall. The water treatment plant at 1601 River Road has two offices. It houses the equipment for water treatment. The sewage treatment plant, located at 980 Huron Boulevard, was constructed in 1974 and is adequate for present and future development. A fourth building houses the Department of Public Works. UTILITIES Utilities are an important function provided by local government and private enterprise. Water and seVtage are the responsibility of government, while the provision of electricity, gas and oil are generally the responsibility of private enterprise. Although local government does not control private utilities, they are major importance to the growth of the community. 47 �The major source of water in Marysville is the St. Clair River. The water is processed in the City treatment plant. It is distributed by a municipal water system, as shown on the Community Facilities map. While a few homes have private wells, there are no private water systems in the City. The water distribution system in the City closely parallels the population distribution. The system has not been extended to the undeveloped area of the City. Small areas within St. Clair Township are supplied with water from Marysville. The Marysville water system has a capacity of 15,000,000 gallons of water a day. Three elevated storage tanks exist in the City, two hold 50,000 gallons of water and the third, located near the end of 14th Street, holds 250,000 gallons of water. They help maintain water pressure and supply. Marysville's water system is potentially available to almost all residents in the City. However, since the system has not been extended to the vacant areas of the City, property owners in these areas must rely on individual wells until the present system is expanded. Without municipal water, large lots will have to be utilized. Water treatment facilities are adequate for present and future development with a capacity of 15,000,000 gallons a day. Sanitary Sewers Most residents in Marysville are served by municipal sewers. Less than one percent of the residents rely on septic tanks for sewage disposal. As for the water system, the sewage systems extends only to the developed areas of the City. Sewage is treated in the Marysville sewage treatment plant; it is then discharged into the St. Clair River. The capacity of the sewage plant is 8,000,000 gallons a day. Currently, the sewage treatment plant averages 3,500,000 gallons per day. The primary deficiency of the .sanitary sewers is that they also double as storm sewers. The City has undertaken a study to determine the affect of the present combined sewer operations problem. A report and recommendation to correct this situation is being explored. The sewage system is adequate for sanitary purposes at the present time and it could accommodate further development in the City. If the storm sewer system was separated from the sanitary sewers, the capacity of the sanitary system would increase. If there is to be development of vacant land in Marysville, the sanitary lines will have to be extended. Septic tanks within the City presently cause pollution of standing water. It is best to prevent further pollution by providing sewers where they are needed. 48 �Storm Sewers Drainage water is collected by different methods in Marysville. One way is through the use of open ditches, the largest of these being along St. Clair Boulevard right-of-way. This drain turns east and empties into the St. Clair River. Other open drains carry runoff water to sanitary sewers. As noted above, this method of using sanitary sewers to collect drain water creates a large burden on the sanitary sewers and sewage treatment facilities. The major problem is a lack of storm sewers. More storm sewers are needed especially in the built-up areas where water runoff is greater. All new plans must address concerns related to storm sewers and storm water runoff to prevent flooding or the creation of bodies of stagnant water which can be a health hazard. Since storm water carries no harmful organic matter, it can be discharged directly into the St. Clair River. Built-up areas are in greater need of storm services than vacant areas since pavement and rooftops prevent the water from returning of a separate storm sewer system in areas being developed should be undertaken in Marysville. Other Utilities Gas: The Southeastern Michigan Gas Company supplies gas to Marysville and surrounding areas. In Marysville, the gas company services the three largest population concentrations in the built-up residential ares. Electricity: The Detroit Edison Company's electric power plant is located at the intersection of Gratiot Boulevard and M-29. No high voltage lines come from this plant; instead all the lines are 120 KV transmission lines. Four transmission lines from this point in Marysville service Marysville and the surrounding areas, including part of the Detroit metropolitan area. Pipeline: Seven pipelines cross the St. Clair River from Canada into Marysville. They carry various forms of petroleum products. Three additional pipelines are available if additional pipelines become necessary. 49 �1111 • • • • • • • • • • • • - 7 ' : I !j i! t,:::::;:;=};::::j UNDEVELOPED CITY LAND ~ PUBLIC mm * ~ ~ 0 ~')O ~ ,ooo PUBLIC SCHOOLS COMMUNfTY WATER TOWER CITY PARK -tm1!¥::~5[1t~,~~l~ s , Ii ' C ( •i 4 I 11 I DESIGNATED PARK LAND , 1,00 I AUOU&T1"1 vilican · lemon 8 o,sociate:s community - planning inc. consultants - ---------------------~~ii i i i i -i~----~=======-- �THOROUGHFARE PLAN The Thoroughfare Plan map that is included in this section provides a hierarchy of roads designed to meet the needs of future land uses and associated vehicular movements. The plan was shaped, mainly, by four influences; the Gratiot Corridor Plan, the Street Rights-of-Way study (shown in the Background Studies portion of this document), a Street Hierarchy (based on existing and future land uses), and the Goals and Objectives established by the Planning Commission. GRATIOT CORRIDOR PLAN The Gratiot Corridor Plan is a master plan study component that was prepared separate from the Master Plan document. The corridor plan was created as a stand-alone document for two reason. First, the Corridor is of major importance to the City as both, a traffic carrier and a business area. Furthermore, it is a major entrance way into the City and is influential in setting an impression for the area. Second, the Michigan Department of Transportation has shown interest in the improvement of Gratiot. Thus, the Corridor Plan serves as a synopsis to be shown to MOOT officials which represents the City's ambitions. Many of the findings of that study have emerged in various elements of this Plan. In particular, a conceptual layout of Gratiot Boulevard was created and recommendations were provided on cross section standards for Gratiot at various points along the corridor. Furthermore, a variety of design features were considered and specific recommendations given on type, size and placement of street trees, parking lot trees, and landscaping in general. Other elements of the Corridor Plan, such as "Front Setback, Sign Control and Marginal Access Drives," have a distinct relation to Planning and Zoning. The Goals and Objectives provided at the end of the Thoroughfare Plan component of the Master Plan document have been keenly affected by the Gratiot Corridor Plan and thus, while the Gratiot Corridor Plan has been not been reproduced into this document, it should be recognized that it played an important role in the Master Plan Process and consequent Zoning Ordinance update. STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY STUDY The Rights-Of-Way Study, summarized earlier in this document, was the second key influence on the Thoroughfare Plan . The City has many streets which were platted years ago, but have never been developed. The Planning Commission decided that when this area develops, it would be desirable for it to do so with a curvelinear road network. Furthermore, some areas , that were platted for residential lots, are planned for nonresidential uses and development of the street system as platted would not be compatible with the future uses. 50 �■ ST . CLA I R " I WIA L L T OWN S H I I" TOWN S H l 1 RANGE . z •... 0 "C ... u ., L . % .. a h1 • 0 a 0 "" % l~ - ...~" MAJOR THOROUGHFARE --- - SECONDARY THOROUGHFARE SCENIC DRIVE s , lo 0 0 PLANNED ALIGNMENT 11111111111110 ::rn MARGINAL ACCESS DRIVE z > < a: · W • C PLANNED CLOSURE C a ." 0 % o ,oa 1000 SEPTE.MBER' 1,oo 1991 vil l can · lemon a assoc i ates Inc . commun i ty plann i ng consultants .... I 0 L :; THOR Q uG H FAR E CITY OF MARYSVILLE ~ICHIGAN PLAN �The Street Rights-of-Way Study, inventories roads, providing a classification separating streets into three categories; vacated streets, undeveloped streets and streets used for other purposes. Once the inventory was completed, the next step was to create a plan for the layout of undeveloped areas and recommend changes to developed areas. Changes to developed areas include closures, connections, and looping of streets. Three undeveloped areas west of the St. Clair Drain were examined; Subdivision C, D and E. Plans for these areas, provided earlier in this document, were compiled and placed on the Thoroughfare Plan as "Planned Alignments." STREET HIERARCHY The regional streets that serve as routes to and from Marysville, are beyond the direct influence of the City. However, they do have an effect on the streets within the City. The 1-94 expressway is the main route from Marysville to the City of Detroit and its environs and serves as a means of access to 1-69. 1-69 is a direct link to the cities of Flint and Lansing. An interchange to 1-94 is located just west of Marysville on Gratiot Boulevard. This intersection attracts and generates a high number of vehicles and thus, Gratiot serves as a primary feeder road and other roads serve as arterials onto Gratiot. For planning purposes, local streets can be categorized into four distinct classifications: major thoroughfares, secondary thoroughfares, scenic drives and minor streets. The Thoroughfare Plan illustrates these divisions as outlined below. Major Thoroughfares: Major Thoroughfares are at the top of the local street hierarchy and carry the highest volume of traffic. For the City of Marysville, they generally serve as links to or are a part of the Regional network. Except for Gratiot Boulevard, the planned right-of-way width of major Thoroughfares is 120 feet. The planned right-ofway of Gratiot varies from 120 feet to 170 feet with much of the right-of-way already in existence. Secondary Thoroughfares: Secondary Thoroughfares serve as funnels, "collecting" traffic to and from minor streets. Secondary Thoroughfares can be used in large subdivisions or to connect two major Thoroughfares. The provision of a Secondary Thoroughfare can be a means of reducing traffic volumes on minor streets by providing alternate routes. The planned right-of-way for collector streets is 86 feet. Scenic Drives: At the present time, there is only one planned Scenic Drive, River Road. Scenic Drives are intended to maintain a narrow pavement width, slow speeds and support a range of uses. The planned right-of-way for scenic drives is 66 feet. 51 �/r\f'...50/Z T HO J<. OU6HfAf-e s:wa,1, rr111.,MJ>J-aJ t~ {tqr.J ~ l,u,q6 £t,.JUb 1·ti r 'flif1 {-fr(r.J THO fZO ;JG H rA R.E: ~IUIJ}/ ,M&wdor twl/:, f o prov;1G . 5W7fh CUM at Wttit infe,rsex,f /,QY\ ~wall ~ltwb {t1r-) S'ct681 (/.h11 aw.f ·- sk;1k f"E6 ~ .t -- ·,. · ✓" \ ... bb' _ l {o 'fr'. "Y" TURN AROUND CUL-DE-SAC TURN AROUND STREET CLOSURE DETAILS to frovi::Je b"i-lt5'5c.t. !),,,all ~kruts. �Minor Streets: Minor streets are, for the most part, residential streets and those serving industrial parks. They weave through subdivisions and carry traffic to a specific destination. They are not intended as through streets. Minor streets in residential areas have a planned rightof-way of 66 feet. Industrial minor streets have a wider right-of-way of 86 feet. SUMMARY In addition to the classification of streets into a hierarchy and the planning of undeveloped areas, the Thoroughfare Plan shows possible loops and rerouting. Some of these suggestions were derived from the Gratiot Corridor Plan. Others were brought out in various background studies. Aside from the street closings that result from the planning of undeveloped areas, there are a handful of street closings in other parts of the City. Along the Gratiot Corridor, a number of closings are proposed. Moving from east to west, the first closure would be New York where it intersects Gratiot. This street is proposed for closure to provide a greater separation between the existing businesses fronting on Gratiot and the existing single family homes. Furthermore, the New York/Gratiot intersection is very near the intersection of two major traffic carriers, Michigan and Gratiot. By rerouting the New York/Gratiot intersection onto the existing marginal access drive, turning movements for New York will occur from Michigan Avenue or at New Hampshire, which is a safe distance from the Michigan/Gratiot intersection. Diagrams are provided on the following page that illustrate effective means of closing streets. Two alternative turn-arounds are proposed; a "Y" and a cul-de-sac. The cul-desac could be used on streets having an 86 foot wide right-of-way. The "Y" turn-around could be used where intersections are less than 86 feet wide. An oil change facility exists at the southwest corner of St. Lawrence and Gratiot Avenue. This automotive use utilizes the existing local street for some of its circulation, and thus encroaches into the neighborhood. It is proposed that the street be closed at Gratiot and a cul-de-sac be created. The neighborhood has a multitude of access points onto Bunce, Busha and Gratiot which will provide sufficient alternative routes. In fact the elimination of some of these access points should be considered to help create a neighborhood identity, provide a greater separation of business and residential uses and help to limit cut-through traffic. Therefore, it is proposed that St. Paul and Myrtlewood Street be closed and looped, using the existing alleys as pathways to parallel minor streets within the subdivision. However, in other instances, the use of cul-de sacs may not be appropriate because of excessive lengths of dead end drive that would be created. For example, Greenwood and Maywood can be closed west of Busha Highway and cul-de-sacs can be utilized. The use of cul-de-sacs is possible because the dead-end areas are relatively short; at the most two hundred feet, which is far less than the maximum length of 600 feet as specified in the subdivision regulations. 52 �'7 >,1/ J.. H ii O / 5 -; --J -: ··,-T.j:-7. -_......,_oaJ.J ~ t I , • .. .·. :t ••• • .,t'. . \ • ,. ... 1 ...· ~ "\. :r 1 -t. ~ -~ -~ ~.!-~ (jI~ ~(\) ~ ~ ~ :a ~ ~ ~ �The majority of the northwest corner of the City, though platted, is not developed. This is one area, for which a plan was earlier developed in accordance with the Street Rightsof-Way Study. The Thoroughfare Plan is very similar to that shown earlier in this document. One significant difference is the addition of connections to the east subdivision and to 6th street. Currently, Connecticut, Central and New Hampshire serve as a convenient north-south route. Because of the large number of vehicles and lack of alternative routes, the street system receives an inordinate amount of traffic for a residential area. Therefore, additional connections to 6th through the extension of Colorado are proposed. Furthermore, the interconnection of the east and west areas will relieve some of the traffic burden from Connecticut. In considering changes to the existing TABLE 23 street network, safety is of the utmost ACCIDENTS AT IRREGULAR INTERSECTIONS concern. A number of the existing intersections in the City meet at odd NUMBER OF INTERSECTION angles. Such intersections may ACCIDENTS present difficulty in clearly viewing 18 Michigan - Huron approaching vehicles. Furthermore, such situations limit the capacity of Huron - Delaware 2 vehicles that may flow through the 20 Michigan - Busha intersections. In some cases, the volume of traffic may be so low at one New Hampshire - Sixth 0 of these intersections that a decrease 7 Huron - Range in safety is not apparent. In other Bunce - Busha 2 instances, signalization and signage are used to effectively reduce the likelihood of accidents. The table at the right provides a summary of accident information for selected intersections from 1989 to July of 1991. The highest correlation appears to be between traffic volume and accidents rather than strictly with irregularity. It should be noted that a traffic signal has recently been added to the intersection of Michigan and Busha, the highest traffic accident area. This should reduce the number of Mure accidents significantly. This leaves two irregular intersections with relatively high accident counts; Michigan - Huron and Huron - Range. Unfortunately, both intersections are heavily developed and re-routing would be difficult if not econmically impractical. Additional study by a traffic engineer could be conducted to determine if a sufficient reduction of accidents could be achieved through the use of better traffic signals and signs. 54 �FUTURE LAND USE FUTURE LAND USE MAP The Master Plan of Future Land Use map is a compilation of the preliminary maps which precede it and it directly reflects the goals of the City in regard to land use. In some instances, there are differences between the preliminary maps and the Master Plan of Future Land Use Map. These changes reflect the process in that each successive step resulted in a re-evaluation of those that came before. For example, decisions regarding commercial property which came late in the process, necessarily affected earlier decisions regarding residential areas and thus, constant re-evaluation was needed. As detailed as it may appear, the map cannot portray every facet of policy; the plan text must be used. Certainly in many instances, the plan reflects the goals and objectives stipulated. These goals and objectives will guide policies related to site planning, City improvement projects, zoning, and re-evaluation of the Master Plan of Future Land Use Map. However, it should be clear that the Master Plan of Future Land Use map is not precise. Specific boundaries of various use districts are distinguished on the Zoning Map. Over time, the plan will be questioned. This is a part of planning and should be expected and in some cases encouraged. The plan is not a rigid document. It is based on past trends and information available at the time of its conception. As key information and trends change, the plan may need to be adjusted to account for these changes. It is difficult to foresee what such changes could occur that could affect the plan but the following, however remote would affect the plan. • Demographic characteristics play a significant role in the housing forms and population trends. For example, should fertility rates increase dramatically, there would be a need for more schools and park land than accounted for by this plan. The provisions of such facilities would impact the land uses around them. • Transportation policies, controlled largely by the State and Federal governments could change. The provision of new roads or significant improvement of roads could result in land use changes along those corridors. Furthermore, although not within the near future, there may someday be an emphasis on alternative systems. • Although planning and zoning of surrounding Townships and City's have been considered in the formulation of this plan, they could change. Such changes could result in new land use pressures in the City of Marysville. • New forms of development could necessitate change. The opening of indoor regional malls over the past several decades have impacted the land uses in their immediate environs and resulted in the closing of many conventional retail centers. 55 �• The concepts above are certainly not all-inclusive and do not even begin to speculate on changes in health care needs, energy policy, improvements in technology and information transfer, changes in consumer preference or other factors. The point is that changes to the plan can be expected . .; j ' If the City develops as indicated on the Master Plan of Future Land Use Map, the amount of land in each use designation would be distributed as follows: TABLE 24 SUMMARY OF FUTURE LAND USE AREA FUTURE ~D USE CATEGORY PROPORTION OF ALL LAND USE CATEGORIES AREA (acres) PERCENT 1,804 49.7% {1,348) (37.1%} Multiple Family (392) {10.8%) Mobile Home (64) (1.8%} 187 5.2% Office {16} (0.4%) Local Business (16) Center Commercial (97) (2.7%) Co"idor Commercial (58) (1.6%) 1278· 35.2% High Tech. Industrial (170) (4.7%) Light Industrial (702) (19.3%} General Industrial (406) (11.2%} 360 9.9% Residential· Single Family Industrial Community Facilities It should be noted that the figures above, if totaled, would not equal the total City land area. This is because roads cannot be accurately accounted for in the future. Estimates could be provided of the amount of land that will be eventually used for roads, but these would be of little value at this point. Currently, there are approximately 4,320 acres of land in the City and 690 of this is used as road right-of-way. This is about 17 percent of all land area. In the future, this figure will change as new subdivisions are constructed and as roads in undeveloped platted areas are vacated. Land area of future roads was taken into account when future density and population were considered. 56 �IMPLEMENTATION The Master Plan of Future Land Use map illustrates the City's land use goals. The question is ·how do you achieve it?• First, City administrators and the Planning Commission must adhere to the specified goals, objectives and policies specified in the plan. Conformance with the City codes regarding screening and proper site plan layout can and should be monitored at the site plan review stage to assure that all new developments and improvements are suitable. The zoning ordinance and subdivision regulations are the most commonly utilized tool to dictate land use. The zoning map and text must correspond to the master plan. Also, as zoning requests are considered, their relation to the master plan map and the goals, objectives and policies of the plan must be examined. Aside from the specific land use designations, there must be coordination with the Thoroughfare Plan and Sidewalk Plan which are both included in this document. As site plans are submitted, if they are within an area for which a street closing is planned, it should then be closed to provide a proper land use relation and optimize the amount of land available for commercial uses. Furthermore, developers should be required to furnish the sidewalks which run along their property. This is not to say that the City administration cannot or should not take an active role in the improvement of Marysville. Programs to install sidewalks, lighting, landscaping and street trees can often be provided with significant cost reductions with increased uniformity when conducted by the City. Other items should also be included in the capital improvements programming process. This plan provides an image and a goal toward which the City should strive. Through clear direction and involvement of the City in conjunction with private development, the plan can come to fruition. Such change can only come over an extended period of time with consistent thought and guidance by the administration. None the less, this is the future that has been chosen and, with patience and persistence will be achieved. 57 �iT . CLAIR TOWNINlr, . ..•" . 0 • " ." 0 ~ t---r---~-tt-· . ~ Legend c:::J SINGLE FAMILY - MULTIPLE FAMILY - M081U! HOME - OFFICE - LOCAL BUSINESS - CENTER COMMERCIAL - CORRIDOR COMMERCIAL ~ Iha! pursuant to the pn:MSions al Ad 285 al the Michigan Public Ad ol 1831 , u IIITMlndeci. tt. aty ol Marya,,ille Planninl! Commlaion, having duly held a pulltic '-Ing on the Maler P1an ol Future I.And U.., herwby olllclafly ad0!>I ad Ma.llf Plan ol Future I.And UN. W. cetllly thal the fofwvolng rnolUllon duty adopted at a meeting o1 the aty al Ma,ywvlli. Planning Commiaion held on the 18th day al October. HIGH TECH. INDUSTRIAL Chairman ~ LIGHT INDUSTRIAL ~ GENERAL INDUSTRIAL - COMMUNITY FACILITIES Sec1111aty - SCHOOLS Dated_ DayolOctobefA.0 ., 1991 . ... 0 L 0 .. villcan · lemon 8 auoclales Inc . community planning cansultanll u � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marysville_Master-Plan_1991 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource The City of Marysville Planning Commission, City of Marysville, St. Clair County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1991-09 Title A name given to the resource City of Marysville Master Plan Description An account of the resource The City of Marysville Master Plan was prepared in September 1991 by The City of Marysville Planning Commission with assistance from Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. Duplicate of Master Plan of Future Land Use, City of Marysville, Michigan. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Marysville (Mich.) St. Clair County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/3807b8446534bbe1213a7e2c8801b062.pdf 65ba9af70b4c87554b8f706739227878 PDF Text Text MARQUETTE CHARTER TOWNSHIP MARQUETTE COUNTY | MICHIGAN MASTER PLAN | 2020-2024 Marquette Township Planning Dept. DRAFT: 3/5/2020 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS TOWNSHIP BOARD PLANNING COMMISSION Lyn Durant, Supervisor Randy Ritari, Clerk Ernest Johnson, Treasurer Pete LaRue, Trustee Dan Everson, Trustee Dave Wiegand, Trustee John Markes, Trustee Michael Springer, Chairperson Steve Heikkinen, Vice Chairperson Dave Weigand, Secretary Jim Johnson LeAnne Kachmarsky (through December 2019) TOWNSHIP STAFF Jason McCarthy, Planner & Zoning Administrator Ryan Diederichsen, Staff Planner View from top of Hogback Mountain | Marquette Township “The real voyage of discovery consists not in seeking new lands but seeing with new eyes.” — Marcel Proust Acknowledgements Page | 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION What is a Master Plan? ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1 Purpose of a Township Master Plan .................................................................................................................................................. 1 The Master Plan Update Process ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 Incorporating Sustainability Principles ............................................................................................................................................. 1 Location and Transportation Links..................................................................................................................................................... 3 CHAPTER 2 – SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Population Trends ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 Population Density ............................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Age Distribution ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Race ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3 Households................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Income......................................................................................................................................................................................................5 Employment ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 Housing .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 7 CHAPTER 3 – NATURAL RESOURCES Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Climate ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Geology .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Topography .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6 Forestlands...............................................................................................................................................................................................8 Wetlands .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8 Soils.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8 Water Resources ......................................................................................................................................................................................12 Fish and Wildlife Resources ............................................................................................................................................................12 Threatened and Endangered Species .............................................................................................................................................13 Local Food Production.....................................................................................................................................................................13 CHAPTER 4 – EXISTING LAND USE Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Residential..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Commercial .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Industrial ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 Institutional................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Vacant Land.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2 Woodland ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 Water Bodies .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Public Lands............................................................................................................................................................................................2 CHAPTER 5 – COMMUNITY SERVICES Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Transportation Infrastructure ........................................................................................................................................................... 1 Table of Contents Page | 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Recreational Facilities .............................................................................................................................................................................12 Public Water and Sanitary Sewer Service ..................................................................................................................................15 Solid Waste Management ...............................................................................................................................................................17 Public Safety...............................................................................................................................................................................................17 Educational Facilities .........................................................................................................................................................................17 Healthcare .............................................................................................................................................................................................17 CHAPTER 6 – PUBLIC PARTICIPATION Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Public Participation ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 CHAPTER 7 – GOALS & OBJECTIVES Introduction..........…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... 1 Goal #1 Encourage Best Management Practices Regarding Land Use ............................................................................ 1 Goal #2 Transportation Enhancement ......................................................................................................................................... 3 Goal #3 Public Services, Facilities and Infrastructure.............................................................................................................. 5 Goal #4 Recreation .............................................................................................................................................................................. 6 Goal #5 Economic Development ........................................................................................................................................................ 7 Goal #6 Housing ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 8 Goal #7 Government ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9 CHAPTER 8 – FUTURE LAND USE & ZONING PLAN Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Future Land Use Descriptions and Map ...................................................................................................................................... 1 Relationship Between Zoning and Future Land Use ............................................................................................................... 4 Zoning Districts and Zoning Plan ....................................................................................................................................................... 4 Current Zoning Districts .......................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Climate Resiliency & Future Land Use Plan .................................................................................................................................... 7 CHAPTER 9 – PLAN ADOPTION Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Plan Review ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Distribution of Final Plan ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1 Adoption Resolutions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...... 2 ` Appendices can be view online at www.marquettetownship.org or by clicking the below links: APPENDIX A – 2018 CITIZEN SURVEY RESULTS APPENDIX B – 2019 TRANSPORTATION PLAN APPENDIX C – US-41/M-28 COMPREHENSIVE CORRIDOR & ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN APPENDIX D – 2019 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PLAN APPENDIX E – TEN PRINCIPLES OF SMART GROWTH APPENDIX F – NEW ECONOMY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT PRINCIPLES APPENDIX G – MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP RECREATION PLAN 2022 – 2026 APPENDIX H – MARQUETTE COUNTY ENDANGERED SPECIES LIST APPENDIX I – MARQUETTE AREA CLIMATE & CLIMATE & HEALTH ADAPTATION ACTION (MACH A2) FINAL REPORT Table of Contents Page | 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER ONE | INTRODUCTION 1.1 WHAT IS A MASTER PLAN? The enclosed Master Plan relays Marquette Township’s opportunity to gain quality, sustainable, community development by addressing evolving trends, changing demographics, and the mutual benefits of public and private partnerships. This Master Plan update provides guidance for future land use, transportation amenities, and capital spending, economic development and community facilities in a coordinated manner. It also conveys a common vision for the future and denotes achievable goals and objectives to assist with that vision. The materials and concepts presented in the Master Plan will be used to assist Marquette Township officials with making informed decisions regarding all public and private land uses, while also accounting for the provision of public facilities and services. It is a long-range plan that should assist in guiding the Township over a period of 10 to 20 years. The plan is a living document that denotes the community’s vision—what the people of a community desire and support for their collective future. This plan is also designed to be complimentary to other regional plans, thereby setting the stage for regional collaboration. 1.2 PURPOSE OF A TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN Per the Michigan Planning Enabling Act, P.A. 33 of 2008, the Planning Commission “shall make and approve a Master Plan as a guide for development.” The Master Plan is not an ordinance. It does not change the zoning of anyone’s property and it does not have the force of law. It is merely a set of policies, strategies and goals to enhance and improve the community over a projected period of time. The Master Plan update process also creates a framework for public participation and community involvement which promotes regional cooperation and contributes to our small town quality-of-life. Further, Michigan Zoning Enabling Act of 2006 requires that the zoning ordinance be based on a plan to promote health, safety and general welfare. Zoning is an instrument for adjusting the classification and regulation of land use and it has the force of law. In conclusion, the Master Plan is our community’s vision, while the zoning ordinance governs the path to that vision. With a Master Plan in place, zoning decisions consistent with the plan and zoning ordinance are presumed to be valid by the courts. 1.3 THE MASTER PLAN UPDATE PROCESS For the purpose of updating the Marquette Township Master Plan, Planning & Zoning Department staff assisted the Planning Commission in administering the update, the community survey and with coordinating the open-house work sessions that were also part of the update process. 1.4 INCORPORATING SUSTAINABILITY PRINCIPLES The Marquette Township Planning Commission understands that sustainability is an imperative concept in land use planning. There are many definitions and theories about what sustainability means, but for the Chapter One | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 purpose of this Master Plan, the Township is utilizing the United Nations Commission on Sustainable Development definition which means, “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” This definition is intended to encompass environmental, social and economic concerns. The Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of Transportation, and the Environmental Protection Agency created sustainability policies that acknowledge the balance needed between housing, transportation, and the environment. These “livability principals” provide a benchmark for Marquette Township as they move forward in developing their own livability principles: • Provide more transportation choices. Develop safe, reliable, and economical transportation choices to decrease household transportation costs, reduce our dependence on foreign oil, improve air quality, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and promote public health. • Promote equitable, affordable housing. Expand location and energy-efficient housing choices for people of all ages, incomes, races, and ethnicities to increase mobility and lower the combined cost of housing and transportation. • Enhance economic competitiveness. Improve economic competitiveness through reliable and timely access to employment centers, educational opportunities, services and other basic needs by workers, as well as expanded business access to markets. • Support existing communities. Target federal funding toward existing communities—through strategies like transit-oriented, mixed-use development, and land recycling—to increase community revitalization and the efficiency of public works investments and safeguard rural landscapes. • Coordinate and leverage federal policies and investment. Align federal policies and funding to remove barriers to collaboration, leverage funding, and increase the accountability and effectiveness of all levels of government to plan for future growth, including making smart energy choices such as locally generated renewable energy • Value communities and neighborhoods. Enhance the unique characteristics of all communities by investing in healthy, safe, and walkable neighborhoods—rural, urban, or suburban. ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT SU STAI NAB LE DEVELOPMENT SOCIAL Chapter One | Page 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 1.5 2020 LOCATION AND TRANSPORTATION LINKS Marquette Charter Township is located in the central Upper Peninsula of Michigan in Marquette County, adjacent to the City of Marquette, the most populous city in the Upper Peninsula. Marquette County lies on the southern shore of Lake Superior, and consists of 19 townships and three cities. A general location map is provided as Figure 1-1 and a map showing the location of the Township within the county is shown as Figure 1-2. The Township has a land area of about 54.7 square miles, making up three geographic townships: T48N-R25W, T49N-R25W and T49N-R26W. The Township's northeast edge borders Lake Superior. Powell Township is to the north; Ishpeming Township makes up a portion of the west boundary; Negaunee Township makes up part of the south and west boundaries; Sands Township is to the south; and the City of Marquette is to the east. The Township’s geographic location is relatively remote from large urban areas of Michigan. It is an eighthour drive to Detroit and seven hours to Lansing. However, the City of Marquette is adjacent to the Township, offering amenities found in larger urban areas, such as the university and the hospital. The Marquette area has become a regional shopping hub for much of the Upper Peninsula. Other recreational and resort areas of the Upper Peninsula are in close proximity. The major transportation route in the Township is U.S. Highway 41/M-28. US-41 and M-28 are merged through the Township, and consist of a multi-lane highway running from Harvey through the City of Ishpeming. US-41 is an important north/south corridor connecting the central and northern Upper Peninsula with larger cities in Wisconsin and Illinois including Green Bay, Milwaukee and Chicago. Although M-28 follows US-41 from Harvey to Baraga County, it is an important east/west highway. M-28 traverses the northern half of the Upper Peninsula from the City of Wakefield to Interstate 75 near Sault Ste. Marie. Other major transportation routes include County Roads 492 and 550. US-41 Corridor | Marquette Township Chapter One | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 1-1: General Location Map f ( > \ Powell Township , , Crolg Lal<e Sl•I• p rll Michigamme Township Champion Township \ Ishpeming Township 1 Marquette Township f Alger Mer>omlnce N t Location Map Marquette Township, Ml Source ESRI, UPEA G/S MAB 5 g 2011 Chapter One | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 1-2: Township Base Map 1 I Lake Superior 49N25W Negaunee Township 48N26W Negaunee Base Map Marquette Township , Ml o 4,000 8,000 Feet Legend N I - - Highways - - Marquette Township Roads CJ Town and Range Lines L-=-.=.·] Township Boundary D Section Lines MAB Chapter One | Page 5 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER TWO | SOCIAL & ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS 2.1 INTRODUCTION Social and economic characteristics are essential components to consider in the preparation of a master plan. An analysis of the community's existing and future population and household characteristics provides a foundation upon which a major portion of a plan is based. While an evaluation of a community's current characteristics provides insight into immediate needs and deficiencies, population projections provide a basis for determining future land use requirements, public facility needs, and essential services. This section of the plan examines several elements which are central to understanding a community's overall population and housing characteristics. These items include population growth patterns and population shifts, age/gender breakdowns, racial composition, household size, housing characteristics, income characteristics, educational attainment, and employment patterns. *All demographic date in the plan will be update upon completion of the 2020 U.S. Census. 2.2 POPULATION TRENDS Population growth is the most important factor influencing land use decisions in any community. If the population of a community is growing, there will be a need for more housing, commerce, industry, parks and recreation, public services and facilities, or roads. Figure 2-1 shows the population trends for Marquette Township from 1940 to 2010. Table 2-1 compares the historical population trends for Marquette Township with the City of Marquette and Marquette County from 1940 to 2010. Overall, Marquette Township has experienced fairly significant growth in the majority of the decades studied. The highest percentage growth occurred in the 1940's with an increase of 64.1 %, followed by the 1970's with an increase of 56.7%. The decade of the 1960's was the only period when Marquette Township's population declined. Most recently, the Township has increased in population between the 2000 & 2012 census by over 600 residents. Table 2-1: Historic Population Trends 1940-2010 Historic Population Trends, 1940 - 2010 MQT Marquette Year Population TWP Township Totals 1940 780 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 1,280 1,880 1,703 2,669 2,757 3,286 3,905 2010 Cityofof Population City % Marquette Totals Marquette Change 1940 64.1% 46.9% -9.4% 56.7% 3.3% 19.2% 18.8% 1950 15,170 1960 17,202 1970 19,824 1980 21,967 1990 23,288 2000 2010 21,977 19,661 21,355 MQT Marquette Population % COUNTY County Totals Change 1940 13.4% 15.2% 10.8% 6.0% -5.6% -10.5% 8.6% 1950 47,144 1960 47,654 1970 56,154 1980 64,686 1990 74,101 2000 2010 70,887 64,634 67,077 % Chang e 1.1 % 17.8 % 15.2 % 14.6 % 4.3% 8.8% 3.8 % Chapter 2 | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2.3 POPULATION DENSITY Table 2-2 shows the land area and population density for the local municipalities of Marquette County. As of 2010, Marquette Township has a population density of 77.5 persons per square mile. This places Marquette Township as the second most dense Township in the County with Chocolay (98.9 persons per square mile) being the most dense and Negaunee (73.3 persons per square mile) being third. 2.4 AGE DISTRIBUTION Information on age distribution within a population can assist a community in matching public services to community characteristics and in determining special needs of certain age groups. Analysis of age distribution may also be used by policy makers to identify current gaps in services and to project future service needs for housing, education, recreation and medical care. I 2020 - Table 2-2: Population Density I Land Area and Population Density, Marquette County 2000 to 2010 Unit of Government Marquette County Champion Township ' Chocolay Township 'Ely Township Ewing Township Forsyth Township Humboldt Township City of Ishpeming Ishpeming Township City of Marquette Marquette Township Michigamme Township City of Negaunee Negaunee Township Powell Township Republic Township Richmond Township Sands Township Skandia Township 'Tilden Township 'Turin Township ' Wells Township West Branch Township Land Area in Square Miles ' 1821.3 120.9 59.7 137.7 48.4 175.2 93.8 8.7 86.5 11.4 50.4 133.7 13.8 42.1 154.2 113.2 55.6 70.9 72 94.3 84.2 154.9 35.5 Persons Per Square Mile 2000 2010 35.5 2.5 120.0 14.6 3.2 27.5 5.0 768.5 40.7 1724.6 60.1 2.8 331.6 64.3 4.7 9.8 17.5 30 12.6 10.6 1.6 1.9 46.4 36.8 2.5 98.9 14.2 3.3 35.2 4.9 743.7 40.6 1873.2 77.5 2.6 331.0 73.3 5.3 9.4 15.9 32.2 11.5 10.7 1.8 1.5 45.7 Annual Park Clean-up | National Trails Day Chapter 2 | Page 2 - - �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Age distribution comparisons for the Township, Trowbridge Park, City, and County are presented in Table 2-3. In general, the age distributions for Marquette Township have the highest percentages (39 percent) of people between the ages of 25 to 54 years. Due to the presence of Northern Michigan University within the City of Marquette, the City has much higher percentages of people under the age of 25 than the Township and County. Table 2-3: Age Distribution Age Group Under 5 years 5 to 9 years 10 to 14 years 15 to 19 years 20 to 24 years 25 to 29 years 30 to 34 years 35 to 39 years 40 to 44 years 45 to 49 years 50 to 54 years 55 to 59 years 60 to 64 years 65 to 69 years 70 to 74 years 75 to 79 years 80 to 84 years 85 years and over Total Median Age 2000 Med ian Age 2.5 Trowbridge Park Marquette Township Number 170 170 216 243 340 246 215 181 222 317 347 354 265 183 136 112 103 85 3,905 Perce nt 4.4 4.4 5.5 6.2 8.7 6.3 5.5 4.6 5.7 8.1 8.9 9.1 6.8 4.7 3.5 2.9 2.6 2.2 100 Number 112 84 108 132 241 177 137 121 120 162 210 185 131 74 71 48 40 23 2176 Pe rcent 5.1 3.9 5 6.1 11.1 8.1 6.3 5.6 5.5 7.4 9.7 8.5 6 3.4 3.3 2.2 1.8 1.1 100 Marquette City Marquette County Number Percent Number Pe rcent 788 630 706 2,355 4,661 1,797 1,136 923 912 1,161 1,219 1,315 985 616 565 543 444 599 21,355 3.7 3 3.3 11 21.8 8.4 5.3 4 .3 4.3 5.4 5.7 6.2 4.6 2.9 2.6 2.5 2.1 2.8 100 3,491 3,293 3,472 5,140 7,026 4,328 3,789 3,480 3,811 4,637 5,194 5,333 4,256 2,893 2,269 1,759 1,447 1,459 67,077 5.2 4.9 5.2 7.7 10.5 6.5 5.6 5.2 5.7 6.9 7.7 8.0 6.3 4.3 3.4 2.6 2.2 2.2 100 43.9Years 38.8 Years 29.1 Years 39.4 Years 40.1 Years 38 .5 Years 30.6 Years 37.5 Years RACE Another important characteristic of a community is its ethnic make-up. Understanding the ethnic fabric of a community helps to identify the diverse needs of its population. Marquette Township has remained almost exclusively White. In 2010, 94.6% of the 3,693 persons in the community were White, declining from 95.4% in 2000. Other races in Marquette Township according to the 2010 census include American Indian and Alaska Native (1.9%), Two or More Races (1.9%), Asian, Hawaiian and Pacific Islander (1.6%), and Black or African American (0 .2 %). 2.6 HOUSEHOLDS Since the 1970's, the nationwide trend has been a decline in household size. There are many reasons for this trend including increasing divorce rates: families have fewer children, elderly living alone, and others. Table 2-4: Household Size Average Household Size 2000-2010 Marquette Trowbridge City of Marquette Township Park Marquette County 2000 I 2010 2000 I 2010 2000 I 2010 2000 I 2010 2.5 I 2.24 2.63 I 2.33 2.13 I 2.05 2.35 I 2.26 Chapter 2 | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 If the household size of a community is decreasing, this means that new housing units may be necessary to accommodate for more citizens needing places to live. In some municipalities, new housing units are being built to accommodate the demand for housing created by lower household sizes in spite of declining overall populations. Table 2-4 (on the previous page) compares household sizes for Marquette Township, Trowbridge Park, the City of Marquette and Marquette County. All four areas of comparison decreased in household size between 2000 and 2010. Trowbridge Park has the second highest household size at 2.33 in 2010 and Marquette Township is the third highest at 2.24 in 2010. Table 2-5 shows the household characteristics for the Township, City, and County in 2000. The Census Bureau classifies households in terms of the relationships among the persons who share a housing unit. Some households are families, consisting of two or more persons related by blood, marriage, or adoption, while others are non-family households composed of persons living alone or with unrelated persons. In the year 2010, Marquette Township was reported to have 1,734 households. Of these, the majority are family households (1,050), with the majority of family households consisting of married couples (879). However, of these married couples, 584 households didn’t have any children. Of the other non-married family households, over 108 households are female householders with no husband present, about half of whom do not have children less than 18 years. Male householder families exhibit a similar pattern. Slightly over half of these households do not have children (33). Table 2-5: Household Type Household Type Marquette Township, Trowbridge Park, City of Ma rqu ette, Marquette County 2010 Marquette Township Trowbridge Park Marquette City Marquette County Household Type Number Percent Number 1,734 100 931 1,050 60.6 588 100 63.2 W ith own children under 18 years 378 21.8 207 22.2 1,465 17.6 6,442 23.4 Husband-w ife fami ly 879 50.7 470 50.5 2,768 33.3 13,170 47.8 Total households Family households (families) Percent Number Percent Number Percent 8,321 100 27,538 100 3,788 45.5 16, 664 60.5 W ith ow n children under 18 years 295 17 155 16.6 893 10.7 4,419 16 Male householder, no wife present 63 3.6 37 4 271 3.3 1,131 4.1 With own children under 18 years Female householder, no husband present With ow n children under 18 years Nonfamily households Householder living alone Male 65 years and over Female 65 years and over 30 1.7 17 1.8 133 1.6 634 2.3 108 6.2 81 8.7 749 9 2,363 8.6 53 3.1 35 3.8 439 5.3 1,389 5 39 .4 343 36.8 4,533 54.5 10,874 39.5 521 30 218 23.4 3,176 38.2 8,361 30.4 221 12.7 113 12.1 1,360 16.3 4,027 14.6 55 3.2 23 2.5 255 3.1 916 3.3 300 17.3 105 11.3 1,816 21.8 4,334 15.7 182 10.5 49 5.3 720 8.7 2,009 7.3 684 Chapter 2 | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2.7 INCOME Three pieces of data are used to measure income in a community (per capita, median household and median family). Table 2-6 compares these three income measures for the Township with the City of Marquette and Marquette County. All of the income levels in the Township, City and County increased from the 2000 Census to the Community Survey compiled by the Census Bureau between 2005 and 2009. Marquette Township leads in all three income levels. 2.8 2020 Table 2-6: Income Income Marquette Township, City of Marquette, Marquette County Income Type Per Capita Income Median Household Income Median Family Income Marquette Township City of Marquette Marquette County 2000 2005-2009 2000 2005-2009 2000 2005-2009 $23,056 $29,887 $17,787 $20,946 $18,070 $22,891 $42,385 $49,325 $29,918 $31,912 $35,548 $43,692 $50,994 $75,543 $48,120 $62,020 $46,281 $60,084 EMPLOYMENT Table 2-7 shows principal employers in Marquette County and their respective number of employees. The largest employer in the County is UP Health System - Marquette with over 1,900 employees, followed by Northern Michigan University (1,200 employees) and Cleveland Cliffs (1,567 employees). Workforce and employment trends in Figures 2-8 and 2-9 are based on Michigan Labor Market information. Figure 2-8 is a comparison of unemployment rates in three reference areas including the State of Michigan, Upper Peninsula of Michigan (U.P.), and Marquette County. Unemployment in the three reference areas peaked in 1992 (high of 11 percent), declined to a low in 2000 (low of 4 percent), then rose steadily until a high spike between 2008 and 2009 (high of almost 14 percent). In 1992, the Upper Peninsula had the highest unemployment rate of the three reference areas. Reversing the trend in 2009, State unemployment rates exceeded other U.P. reference areas due to the decline of the downstate automotive industry. Since 1990, unemployment trends remained stable in Marquette County and the U.P. while rising in the state as a whole. Table 2-7: Principle Employers 2009 PRINCIPAL 2018/19 EMPLOYERS Principal INEmployers MARQUETTE COUNTY SOURCE: MICHIGAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION # OF EMPLOYEES EMPLOYER UP HEALTH SYSTEM - MARQUETTE 1,924 CLEVELAND CLIFFS 950 PENINSULA MEDICAL CENTER 650 UP HEALTH SYSTEM - BELL 380 BELL HOSPITAL 348 RTI SURGICAL 265 ALGER-MARQUETTE COUNTY COMMUNITY ACTION BOARD 250 EAGLE MINE 198 MEIJER 190 WAL*MART 178 NORLITE NURSING CENTER 162 SUPERIOR EXTRUSION, INC. 150 M.J. VANDAMME, INC. 150 OJIBWA CASINO II 140 AMERICAN EAGLE REGIONAL AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE FACILITY 137 PUBLIC EMPLOYERS NORTHERN MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY 1,200 MARQUETTE AREA PUBLIC SCHOOLS 428 MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS 365 COUNTY OF MARQUETTE 270 NEGAUNEE PUBLIC SCHOOLS 190 CITY OF MARQUETTE 177 D.J. JACOBETTI HOME FOR VETERANS 175 GWINN AREA COMMUNITY SCHOOLS 140 ISHPEMING PUBLIC SCHOOLS 111 Chapter 2 | Page 5 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 2-8: Unemployment Trends County, Region, and State Unemployment Trends 16 ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ 14 + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ c::::: 12 10 +--~ ie:..__~ ~ , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,....,. ~ = 'f ~~ ,,,_,___------.... '--------1 J 2 +-----------------------------------------~ 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 - state 7.7 9.3 9.2 7.4 6.2 5.3 - uppe r Penin su la 8.9 10 11.2 9.6 9.2 8.8 7.5 6.9 6 5.7 5.3 6.3 7.2 7.6 7.4 7 - county 8 8.5 7.6 7.6 7.9 5.9 5.7 4 .7 5. 1 4 .3 5.4 6.8 6.6 6. 1 5.7 8 4.9 4.3 4 3.8 3.7 5.2 6.2 7. 1 7. 1 6.8 6.9 7. 1 8.3 13.6 13 .1 7.1 7.3 8.2 12.2 12.6 5.9 6. 1 6.9 10.3 10.3 Figure 2-9 illustrates employment levels in comparison to total workforce levels in Marquette County for the years 1990 through 2010. Marquette County workforce and employment levels were closely related during this period until a recent divergence when the number employed declined precipitously compared to a slight decline in the total workforce. This indicates rising unemployment levels. Although both the size of the workforce and the number employed in Marquette County has trended upward since 1990, 2008 marked the beginning of a declining trend especially steep in the number employed. Figure 2-9: Workforce and Employment Trends Marquette County Annual Workforce & Employment Trends 38,000 36,000 "' C. 34,000 0 "' a. 32,000 0 ~ "' ..Q E :::, z 30,000 - Tota l Workforce - Numbe r Em p loyed - - Lin ear (Total Workfo rce ) 28,000 - - Lin ear (Number Emp loyed ) 26,000 24,000 OrlNMq~w~oomOrlNMq~w~oo~o m m m m m ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O O O O O O O O O O rl mmmmmmmmmm o o o o o o o o o o o rlrlrlrlrlrlrlrlrlrl NNNNNNNNNNN Chapter 2 | Page 6 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2.9 2020 HOUSING A range of housing options is a primary need of any community. Meeting the housing needs of residents in different stages of life and circumstances can help to revitalize rural communities and retain residents. One way to do this is by supporting mixed-use neighborhoods which combine residential and neighborhood commercial uses in an effort to promote walking and a sense of community. This allows greater independence for those who either do not have the opportunity or prefer not to depend on the automobile for transportation. The number of housing units in the Township has increased slightly (about 4 percent) in the past 10 years. According to the 2010 United States Census, there are 1,907 housing units in the Township, which is an increase of 400 units from 2000. While the number of housing units in Marquette Township increased, the number of vacant units decreased. In 2000 it was reported there were 197 vacant housing units, in 2010 that number dropped to 173, with just over half of these units continuing to be seasonal. These numbers suggest that even in the tough economic times of the last few years, there is still a demand for housing in the Township. Table 2-10 below, compares housing data for Marquette Township from the 2000 and 2010 Census. Table 2-10: Housing Occupancy and Ownership Housing Occupancy and Ownership Status Total Housing Units Occupied Housing Units Owner Occupied Renter Occupied Vacant Housing Units Seasonal/Recreational Use Other vacant Source: U.S. Census Bureau 2010 2000 Number of Number of Percentage Percentage Units Units 1,506 100% 1,907 100% 1,309 86.9% 1,734 90.9% 991 65.8% 1,162 60.9% 318 21.1% 572 29.9% 197 13.1% 173 9.1% 123 8.2% 115 6.0% 74 4.9% 58 3.0% 1 High-density Residential Development | Marquette Township Chapter 2 | Page 7 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER THREE | NATURAL RESOURCES 3.1 INTRODUCTION The natural environment plays a major role in land development. The natural environment can significantly hinder land development such as a steep slope prohibiting the construction of any structure. Conversely, the natural environment can be impacted by land development. An example would be the increased water runoff and erosion potential caused by clearing vegetation. Thus, when preparing a Master Plan, it is important to examine the natural environment in order to determine where development is best suited, and where it should be discouraged. In any environmentally sensitive area within a community, development should be prevented. Environmentally sensitive areas are lands whose destruction or disturbance will affect the life of a community by either: • • • Creating hazards such as flooding or slope erosion. Destroying important public resources such as groundwater supplies and surface water bodies. Wasting productive lands and non-renewable resources. Each of these effects is detrimental to the general welfare of a community, resulting in social and economic loss. This chapter has two main goals. First, is to identify areas in the Township that are best suited for development. The focus is on areas that will minimize development costs and provide amenities without adversely impacting the existing natural systems. The second, to identify land that should be conserved in its natural state and is most suitable for conservation, open space or recreation purposes. Climate, geology, topography, woodlands, wetlands, soil conditions, water resources, and fish and wildlife resources are among the most important natural features impacting land use in Marquette Township. Descriptions of these features follow. 3.2 CLIMATE The climate of Marquette County is seasonal, as the region experiences considerable changes in temperatures and precipitation throughout the year. The region's climatic conditions are best described as long cold winters and moderate warm summers. One of the major factors impacting the region's climate is Lake Superior. During the summer months, the cool waters and breezes coming from Lake Superior work to produce mild temperatures as compared to the hot temperatures experienced by other regions at approximately the same latitude as Marquette County. Conversely, during the winter months, Marquette County does not experience as many bitterly cold days due to the moderating effects of the warmer Lake Superior waters. However, winds blowing across these relatively warm waters pick up moisture to produce cloudy weather periods throughout the winter, as well as frequent periods of "lake effect" snow. This seasonal climate is one of the factors contributing to Marquette Township's appeal as a place to live and recreate. The pleasantly cool summer temperatures are ideal for summer tourism while the tempered winter temperatures mixed with lake effect snowfall creates an ideal situation for winter sports enthusiasts. The average annual temperature for Marquette is 43.15° F. The lowest temperature on record was minus Chapter Three | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 24° F on February 3, 1996. The highest recorded temperature was 104° F on July 19, 1977. The average annual precipitation is 29.14 inches, and the average annual snowfall is 119 inches. Projected Future Climate of Marquette Area Many of the observed trends in temperature and precipitation are expected to continue or accelerate in the future. • Average Temperature: Models project average temperatures will continue to rise by 3.5-6°F in the region through midcentury. Temperatures are generally projected to warm faster in northern parts of the Great Lakes region. • Freeze-free season: The freeze-free period is projected to continue to lengthen by an additional 1-2 months under high emissions scenarios. • Total Precipitation: Most models project precipitation will increase overall, though the magnitude of projections varies widely. Many models project that summer precipitation will remain stable or decline. • Declining snow depth: Snow depth will likely continue to decline as winter temperatures warm. Less snowpack and less snow cover during the spring and fall could have implications for local summer water supply and winter insulation against freeze damage. *Additional information on Marquette’s Historical Climatology can be found HERE. 3.3 GEOLOGY Geology for Marquette Township can be described in terms of Quaternary (Surface) Geology and Bedrock Geology. The Quaternary Geology of the Upper Peninsula is shown on the following page. Figure 3-1 depicts the surface features and sediments created by glaciation during the last 15,000 years. Glaciers scoured out the Great Lakes, dumped piles of debris (moraines) along their leading edges and left flat plains of clay-rich soils (glacial till) where the glaciers melted in place. Their melt waters formed vast rivers that built wide, sandy plains of outwash. Many of our inland lakes were created when blocks of ice fell off of the glacier, became covered by debris and eventually left a depression (kettle) when the block melted. Ridges of sand and gravel called eskers show us places where rivers that started under the ice emerged from the front of the glacier. Drumlins are egg-shaped hills that were carved by the bottom of the glacier after it had moved across older deposits. Much of the Marquette area of the Upper Peninsula is composed of thin drift to exposed bedrock or artificial fill (shown in brown). Other surface features in the Marquette area include till, post-glacial alluvium or glacial outwash, and end moraines or ice contact outwash. Although not prominent in the Marquette area, lacustrine deposits, peat, muck or sand dunes (shown in dark blue) cover much of the eastern half and northwest portion of the Upper Peninsula. The consequences of glaciation touch our everyday lives. Soil fertility, erosion, potential drainage, and suitability for agriculture and construction all depend upon the sediments that glaciers left behind. All of our ground water for drinking and irrigation either filters through, or is stored within, glacial sediments. Sand and gravel outwash and dunes are used for roadbeds, building and industry. Clay from lakebeds and till is used to seal landfills and to make pottery and tile. Chapter Three | Page 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 As a result of the geology that formed our landscape, the mining of those earth products have played a major role in the development of communities in the Upper Peninsula, including the Marquette area in the 19th century. Copper, iron ore, silver, and most recently, high-grade nickel, are all by products of the area’s geology and continue to be extracted for consumer products. Marquette County’s Eagle Mine is an underground, high-grade nickel and copper mine located in western portion of the county. It is also the first mine to be permitted under Michigan’s Part 632 Non Ferrous Mineral Mining Law. The mine is expected to produce 365 million pounds of nickel, and 295 million pounds of copper, and trace amounts of other minerals over its estimated eight year mine life (2014-2022). Chapter Three | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 3-1: Quaternary Geology 1982 QUATERNARY GEOLOGY OF MICHIGAN QUATERNARY GEOLOGY Of MIQI IGAN 0 FNtNmudi □ ~~~ □ Dl#la , n □ LK-.-Cllt' tltld •• □ ~&n-- ...... D o.dl!IOUl'IIUl _.,W.,.....Mdpoetgltdll..,..,,.. D ic.cor.c1-,-11 ,n an11~ D l'ft..u..,_gllelllt• Ehd,,..,....,..ol~lncl- 0 ,.._ulndS,.Cill l■ D Bid~--~~• O c--c...,_, gMdal1.11 Ehd ~lllmaw~alind • ,,,..,t•diAmn""-tlllailllU-bedrodl .irrtto.lrl mr~:.::.:::::::~·:::.-::.= ■ =----:-:. - : :-=.".'" :-:-~..::.~= :..~-~•= °"""'"1- •L::,..-;_-:=, s ·--------- Chapter Three | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 3-2: Bedrock Geology 1987 BEDROCK GEOLOGY OF MICHIGAN MHXll'W:BRCOCPo\ IDSSlNC FORM,tr,TION • E3 GAA.DEH ISLAHOFOAMATION 8'SSISt.NDGROUP """"""''" □ SAINT IGHN::EDOl.OMI~ 8 B POINTAUXCHE.NESSHALE 91 GAOOEGAOt.f' MNHTIOUE OAOUP llJ IWTILUFFOAOUP CABOT~ stw.E □ MNITOU.IN DOUNTE 0 QJEENSTON StW.E E3 SfONNGTOH FCRMATION . □ 11 0HUDOLCNTE D 0 unc>.Stw..EMEt.189' ....,.,.,.. ....... <Xlit4GNOOO &tW.£ UEM8ER a.ACKRIVERGAOI.P □ PRAR EOOCHIENGROO P 8 TREMF£ALEAU FORMA.TION 1.UiSIHG FOAMATIOH BEDROCK GEOLOGY Of 't\EITERN 1.PPER PENINSULA WDOIW: IIR:O::"' .wx>9SVUE IWIDSTC>IE 0 Ra::D ASNCISTON:. . NONESU::HFOffMATIOt □ COPPERHAA&ORCON<l.OMEM.~ ■ Ql,ICIIUffFORW,,TIOH 0 E3 POATNJElMEVOl.C1'NCS S EMENS CFtESC FORMATION "'"'""" □W 0 ,,.IESEC fORMAT104 ""-INTRNERGAOll" ■ IWERTON ftON FORMATION ■ B..IIO IRON R>RMATIOH • IEOM.IEE flONFQRIM.TION • IAOHWOOO IAOH P'ORW.llOH □ Ol.f,,IH CAW( FORMAllON • MDWATIR GAEa.sTOIE ■ t.EHON,O,E F<HMTDN 8 8 OOOOAICH QUAATZITE HDol.OO(!'ORMATlOI BEDROCK GEOLOGY OF □ J.EHCMIEE &CHOCOlAYOAOUPS 0 S AMO l!lATE l lJBIKQUAATZITf 0 AEOBE05 1W.Ms10RMo\TION □ aw#J RIYERFORMAT'ION O«>COlAYQROU" D s,.o1KA.WFOflMATION 0&\YPORTUI.EST'Ot£ FW«>VUE DOLOMITE MCHUNUlll'W,IAFI: D LOWER PENINSULA EMPEAOfl vu..c>.HIC COMPWC □ MICHIG#I FORMATION JiRCHEN( GAANTE' Gf<EliSSIC □ MCHEJH VOL I SEO ME.NTARV D 0 WA9W..l FOflMAOON CX>lDNATER SWJ..E SJNIURYlSHJU IEREA SS & 8£DfORO 9-l E!IEDR)fl)SHAI.E l!.UWORrH SHALE """'M 5'W.E TRAVERS<""""' 8EU. ....... o..NDEE LIMESTONE OETROl'r RIVER Gf:01.P ffl.VAHI A SNC>SfOfE MIOOtW:IAECC"' 0 llOIS BLANC F ORW.TION • 8'R CEH ISUNDF<>fNt.TIOH 0 MSSIISt.MOGA00P o ~ .... (fl()l.P SOURCE __ ..,..__.... . . .. ___ 0...,,11_ ® .___...._____ "" ,, , (t::r:::'1',.,..~ t .... - - Chapter Three | Page 5 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 The Bedrock Geology of the Upper Peninsula is depicted on the pervious page in Figure 3-2. Bedrock is generally concealed by an unattached layer of loose fragmented rock. This loose material may have formed in place by decomposition of the underlying parent bedrock or it may be an accumulation of foreign rock fragments deposited by wind, water or ice (in the form of glaciers). Over most of the state, bedrock is buried beneath glacial deposits (drift). In a number of places, however, especially in the western Upper Peninsula and along the Great Lakes shores in the north, bedrock protrudes through the mantle of drift. The western portion of the Upper Peninsula (including the Marquette area) is underlain by rocks of Precambrian age. These Precambrian rocks are classified as Lower Proterozoic, Middle Proterozoic, and Archean. The Precambrian age involves 85 to 90 percent of all geologic time. The oldest date presently recorded for Precambrian rocks is circa 3900 million years, and it is estimated that the earth originated 4000 to 5000 million years ago. The Precambrian thus begins at some yet undetermined time between 4500 and 3800 million years ago and extends to 500 million years ago. Essentially all of Michigan's metallic mineral resources (iron, copper, copper sulfides, silver, etc.) occur in rocks of the Precambrian age. 3.4 TOPOGRAPHY Topography has very important planning implications. Land use and required maintenance depend to a large degree on slope, although today there are fewer restrictions on development in steep slope areas due to better construction and engineering techniques. Still, while steep slope can provide attractive views and recreational opportunities, building development can be adversely impacted. Due to Marquette Township's extreme variations in elevation, topography plays a major factor in existing and future land use and development. The terrain of Marquette Township is rugged with significant elevation changes and steep slopes. Figure 3-3 uses a digital elevation model with a graduated color scheme to portray the elevations within the Township. Lower elevations are shown as blue, while middle elevations change to green, yellow, and orange colors and the highest elevations are shown in rust. The digital elevation model for Marquette County was obtained through the Michigan Geographic Data Library web site. The lowest elevation in the Township is along the shoreline of Lake Superior, which has an approximate surface elevation of 600 feet above sea level. Elevations rise quickly beyond the shoreline in the form of hills and sometimes steep cliffs. Many of the inland areas of the Township are also very rugged, with steep hills or deep creek beds. In the southern portion of the Township south of U.S. 41/M-28, the terrain is hilly with elevations reaching above 1,300 feet. Along U.S. 41/M-28 and in the more urbanized portion of the Township the terrain is fairly hilly with elevations increasing from the east to the west. In the northern and western portions of the Township, the terrain is hilly and rugged and also features many steep creek and river beds. The highest elevation of more than 1,600 feet is found in this portion of the Township near County Road 510. Within the Township, elevations rise from a low of 600 feet to a high of over 1,600 feet representing a total elevation change of more than 1,000 feet. Such a tremendous range in elevation is considered to be one of area's most aesthetic features. The Township's rugged terrain can be appealing for its scenic beauty and provide attractive views as well as provide an opportunity for outdoor recreational activities such as cross-country skiing, hiking and mountain biking. However, the terrain of the Township poses significant limitations to development. Improper planning and land development can result in soil stability disturbances, altering of established drainage ways, elimination of natural wind screens, land slippage and rapid erosion which adds silt and sediment to downstream waterways. Consequently, development on hills should be conducted in a manner compatible with hillside ecology. Chapter Three | Page 6 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 3-3: Digital Elevation Model Lake Super,or Topography Marquette Township, Ml 0 3,900 I Elevation Model ~ I: - 7 ,&00 Feet I Chapter Three | Page 7 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 3.5 2020 FORESTLANDS Marquette Township contains and is surrounded by extensive forested areas that contribute to the recreation and economic opportunity and industry in the Township. Much of the land in the northern portion of the Township is either State-owned forest or Commercial Forest Reserve land. Cover is mostly upland hardwoods (31 percent), aspen (15 percent), hemlocks (13 percent), red pine (8 percent—mostly over 100 years old), mixed lowland conifers (7 percent—most over 90 years old), and lowland brush (6 percent). Most of the aspen will be left unmanaged (being old and inaccessible) and the pines and lowland conifers are to be managed for old forest conditions. *Additional information on Commercial Forest Lands from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources can be found HERE. 3.6 WETLANDS Wetlands are often referred to as marshes, swamps or bogs. The United States Army Corps of Engineers defines wetlands as "those areas inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions." Residents of Michigan are becoming more aware of the value of wetlands. Beyond their aesthetic value, wetlands improve water quality of lakes, streams and ground-water by filtering polluting nutrients, organic chemicals and toxic heavy metals. Wetlands are closely related to high groundwater tables and serve to discharge or recharge aquifers. Additionally, wetlands support wildlife, and wetland vegetation protects shorelines from erosion. *Additional information on area Wetlands from the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality can be found HERE. 3.7 SOILS Soil composition analysis is used in land use planning to predict soil behavior for selected land uses and to identify special practices needed to ensure compatibility of land use. Improvements may be needed to overcome soil limitations, depending on the planned use of the land. This information is useful to farmers, foresters, community officials, engineers, developers, and home buyers. Adequate drainage (and the protection of it) is important to minimize stormwater impacts, the efficient operation of septic drain fields and residential drinking water. Adequate depth to the water table is necessary to prevent groundwater contamination from septic systems or other non-point source runoff. The construction of roads, buildings and septic systems on steeply sloped areas or areas with organic and hydric soils require special design considerations. In addition, costs for developing these sensitive areas are greater than in less constrained parts of the landscape. General soils and hydric soils information is provided through SSURGO soils data, which is the County Soil Survey prepared by the Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS) in digital format. Hydric soils are soils with poor potential for development. Hydric soils have high water tables and are often located within the floodplains of creeks or rivers. Areas with high concentrations of hydric soils have a wide range of limiting conditions such as seasonably high water tables, fair to poor bearing capacities, and medium compressibility and shear strength. The locations of general soil types are shown in Figure 3-4 and hydric soils on Figure 3-5. In total, hydric soils cover 2,058 acres or 5.8% of the Township. Soil constraints Chapter Three | Page 8 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 discussed in this section should be used as general guides for the planning process. Detailed on-site investigations should be conducted prior to development. Views of the local terrain looking North from Sugarloaf Mountain (above) and of the shoreline (below). Chapter Three | Page 9 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 3-4: General Soil Types Map Lake Superior Negaunee Township - Highways c:::J shore General Soils - MICHIGAMME-CHAMPION-TACOOSH (Ml145) - MUNISING-KALKASKA-KEWEENAW (Ml160) - ONOTA-DEERTON-MUNISING (Ml180) - RUBICON-GRAYLING-ROCK OUTCROP (Ml192) - RUBICON-ROCK OUTCROP-KALKASKA (Ml193) 1 Township Boundary N General Soils I Marquette Township, Ml 0 G "' r.1Ph c Data L ra,y 'JPEA G/3 MAB 4:> 4,000 8,000 Feet "- Chapter Three | Page 10 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 3-5: Hydric Soils Lake Superior Negaunee Township Hydric Soils Marquette Township, MI 0 4,000 8,000 Feet Legend N I - Highways c:::J shore ~ Hydnc Soils r=~J Township Boundary Chapter Three | Page 11 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 3.8 2020 WATER RESOURCES Both human and natural ecological systems depend upon water. Perhaps the most valuable natural resource of Marquette Township is the abundance of fresh water. Having been of historic importance, it is also the resource that will, to a great extent, determine the future of the area. Thus, the management of water becomes a prime factor in planned development. The principal reasons for controlling development on or near water are to protect watersheds, to preserve the quality and quantity of the water supply, and to prevent damaging floods. Marquette Township rests on the shores of Lake Superior. Statistics place Lake Superior as the largest Great Lake in both surface area (31,700 sq. miles) and volume (2,900 cubic miles). Not only is Lake Superior the largest of the Great Lakes, it has the largest surface area of any freshwater lake in the world. Lake Superior is bordered by the states of Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, and the Canadian province of Ontario and has a total shoreline length of 2,726 miles including islands. Marquette Township's shoreline along Lake Superior totals approximately 11 miles. The shoreline exists as a major attraction for local residents and tourists, and helps to form the overall character and attractiveness of the community. Lake Superior is certainly one of the most important environmental features in the Township given its overall impact on the Township's history, economy, development, and character. In addition to Lake Superior, the Township also contains numerous smaller sized surface water bodies. A large number of streams and creeks flow through Marquette Township, which when combined total more than 60 miles in length. The more prominent streams include Dead River, Big Garlic River, Little Garlic River, Harlow Creek, Nash Creek, Bismark Creek, Compeau Creek, and Morgan Creek. Numerous lakes are also found in the Township, totaling more than 300 acres in surface area. Some of the more significant lakes include Harlow Lake, Dead River Reservoir, Echo Lake, Lake Enchantment and Three Lakes. 3.9 FISH AND WILDLIFE RESOURCES Marquette Township and surrounding environments are enriched by the diverse types and species of fish and wildlife that flourish in its waters and forests. Many fish species abound in the waters of Lake Superior, its tributaries, and inland lakes. Marquette Township, like most rural areas of Marquette County, abounds in wildlife, especially in the forested areas surrounding the developed portions of the Township. The types of local wildlife can be divided into three broad categories: mammals, birds and fish. Mammals include whitetail deer, black bear, pine martin, skunk, raccoon, beaver, muskrat, otter, coyote, bobcat, mink, weasel, woodchuck, snowshoe hare, squirrel, and fox. Representative bird species include a wide variety of songbirds, crow, raven, woodpecker, sandhill crane, hawk, owl, eagle, falcon, and game species of ruffed grouse, woodcock, ducks, mergansers and geese. Fish include brook trout, brown trout, rainbow trout, splake, perch, bass, crappies, northern pike, and walleye. Most of the fisheries and wildlife resources are located in the undeveloped northern portions of the Township on State and corporately owned land. Township residents, as well as numerous annual visitors, are attracted to the woods to hunt for the white tailed deer and small game species such as snowshoe hare, cottontail rabbits and gray squirrels. Sufficient habitat is provided for relatively good ruffed grouse and woodcock hunting. Other game species of importance to trappers are beaver, otter, muskrat, raccoon, skunk and weasel. The reintroduction of non-game species such as the moose, marten and fisher has been very successful. Chapter Three | Page 12 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Marquette Township also provides prime waterfowl habitat, which is supplemented by beaver dams, pothole wetlands and wooded floodplain areas. Additional habitat can be found along the shoreline of Lake Superior and the Township's many inland lakes and rivers and traditional wildlife corridors. Marquette Township, and Marquette County overall, is a major part of the Mississippi migratory flyway. Thousands of Canada geese pass over the area every fall as well as ducks and shorebirds. Marquette Township offers the sport fisherman an abundance of fishing opportunities. Michigan's official state fish, the brook trout, is a native to Marquette Township. German brown and rainbow trout also attract many sport fishermen to the area. Lake Superior is famous for its Great Lakes sport fisheries. The fishery and wildlife are important to Marquette Township which reflects the importance of maintaining a high level of water quality. 3.10 THREATENED AND ENDANGERED SPECIES Marquette County is home to a number of plants and animals that are threatened, endangered or of special concern as identified in the Michigan Natural Features Inventory database, which is maintained by the Michigan State University Extension. A full list of endangered or threatened plant and animal species of Marquette County, which are protected under the Endangered Species Act of the State of Michigan (Public Act 203 of 1974 as amended), is included in Appendix H. This list also includes plant and animal species of special concern. While not afforded legal protection under the act, many of these species are of concern because of declining populations in the State. Should these species continue to decline, they would be recommended for threatened or endangered status. Protection of special concern species before they reach dangerously low population levels would prevent the need to list them in the future by maintaining adequate numbers of self-sustaining populations. 3.11 LOCAL FOOD PRODUCTION Food is often produced hundreds, sometimes thousands of miles from where it is consumed requiring significant energy consumption for handling, transportation and storage and resulting in significant food waste from spoilage during its journey. According to a recent study published in the Public Library of Science, 40% of food is wasted in the U.S. That figure measured waste occurring throughout the entire food system starting at the farm and ending at what ends up thrown away as plate scrapings. Not only is that a huge amount of waste – a tremendous amount of energy, soil fertility and water is squandered. The lack of fresh, local food production also significantly impacts our diet and health. We tend to eat what is available – which has typically been highly-processed food that can handle long distance travel and has a long shelf life. We are what we eat, and the obesity epidemic is one of the most visible and obvious indications that the industrialized food system has had a significant and negative health impact. The Marquette Township Planning Commission realizes the history of food production and the current trends for incorporating new principles and zoning regulations into the community to enable increased production of local food. Moving forward, the Planning Commission will work to improve the accessibility of local food production by reviewing existing limitations and by working with our surrounding municipalities to develop new policies and zoning language that affords our residents better access to local food and a higher quality of life. Chapter Three | Page 13 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER FOUR | Existing Land Use 4.1 INTRODUCTION Land use is impacted by the natural environment, economics, transportation patterns, conservation and preservation interests, land ownership, and the desires of the public. Action at all levels (federal, state, county, and local) plays an important role in land use through regulation and public investment. Public investment in schools, parks, roads, water and sewer extensions, etc. all provide opportunity for development and will often determine what type of development will occur. The natural environment impacts land development because of topography, soil conditions, drainage potential, and tract size. Conservation land placed into public ownership provides recreational uses. Local governments are endowed with the ultimate authority for controlling land use through zoning laws and building and sanitation codes. This establishes parameters within which development can occur. It is important that future land use decisions be realistic in light of the ability of local governments to provide essential public services in a fiscally responsible manner. In order to achieve this goal, it is important to review the current land use inventory of the Township. This chapter will provide the categories of current land uses in the Township and provide the foundation for future land use recommendations. The current land use data presented in Figure 4-1 on page 3 was created in 2018 by the Marquette Township Planning & Zoning Department by using assessment data, Marquette County Equalization Department data and by updated aerial imagery. 4.2 RESIDENTIAL In the Township, residential land is divided into two categories single-family residential and multi-family residential land uses. Marquette Township has a variety of single-family land uses including full-time singlefamily dwellings units, seasonal cabins, cottages, and camps. The highest concentration of single-family dwelling units in Marquette Township is found in the Trowbridge Park area adjacent to the City of Marquette. Lower-density, suburban style single-family subdivisions include Bishop Woods, Oak Hills, Lake Enchantment, Morgan Meadows, Huron Woods, Chapel Ridge and Grandview Subdivisions. Multi-Family development includes a number of duplexes and apartment complexes including the Lost Creek Development and Cedarville Townhomes. Recent changes to the zoning ordinance allow for and regulate a trending land use – Tiny Homes. 4.3 COMMERCIAL The commercial developments land use category is predominantly retail sales and service establishments, located along the US 41/M-28 corridor. Commercial uses include large retail establishments such as Meijer, Lowes, Walmart, Target, Menards, T.J. Maxx, PetSmart, Best Buy, and Kohl’s. Grocery stores, car dealerships, hotels/motels, restaurants and the Thomas Theatre Group Cinema are also found along the corridor. The Township also has small neighborhood commercial establishments in Trowbridge Park, as well as a few along County Road 550. 4.4 INDUSTRIAL The Industrial category includes land occupied by manufacturing industries, processing facilities, and warehouses. This category also includes land used for extractive operations, municipal water facilities, rail Chapter 4 | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 yards and communication towers. In the Township, land uses classified as Industrial are WE Energies ash disposal site, N&N Trucking & Recycling, a rail yard operated by Lake Superior & Ishpeming railroad, gravel pits found off of County Road 550 and the towers located off of Morgan Meadows Road. 4.5 INSTITUTIONAL Institutional uses are generally used by the public, whether private or publicly owned. Some examples of institutional land uses include the Township hall, fire station, churches, schools, and cemeteries. 4.6 VACANT LAND Vacant land is land that is currently not wooded or used for any other purpose. Vacant land in the Township is located on Forestville Road and in the Cornerstone Business Park, which is rapidly developing. 4.7 WOODLAND For the purposes of this section, woodland includes upland forests, lowland forests, and all wetland types. As stated in the previous section, this land makes up the majority of the land use in the Township. This land use also includes uses such as timber harvesting and recreational areas. 4.8 WATER BODIES Water bodies are extremely important to Marquette Township and the region as a whole. Water bodies in the Township include Lake Superior, Lake Enchantment, Bishop Pond, Three Lakes, Blemhuber Lake, Echo Lake, Dollar Lake, Club Lake, Harlow Lake, Wetmore Pond, Big Garlic River, Little Garlic River, Nash Creek, Bismark Creek, Harlow Creek, Compeau Creek, Badger Creek, Whetstone Brook, Orianna Creek, Western Brook, Carp River and Morgan Creek. 4.9 PUBLIC LANDS Public land is also an abundant land use in the Township. These lands are actively owned by local, state, or federal government entities and feature a variety of passive land uses. Examples of public lands in Marquette Township include the Lions Field Recreation Area, Schwemwood Park/Iron Ore Heritage Trailhead, the Heartwood Forest property, the Echo Lake Nature Preserve, the Sugar Loaf Mountain area, Wetmore Pond, Little Presque Isle, Harlow Lake, Lilly Pond and Hog Back Mountain. Chapter 4 | Page 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 4-1: Current Land Use POWELL TOWN SHIP - Wlll..l1ll. &9.!Y.!n Slng!e Family 11:ei.ldeflt!ol Commerdol-Retoll A./ Rood Muhl- Family Resldent!ol Commerdol-Servicei ~ s,,eom Woodland Undevelol)ed / NOl'I-Woodlond . . Woter &ody Shop ping Center/ Strip Mo ll - lnsiiMlonal - ~u,triol Parcel r;'°'; /:iJ ~ Public land To-wmhlp Boundary Neighboring Mi.-iklpollty ~ Lake Superior ~ ■ • r NEGAUNEE TOWNSHIP Urban Detail CITY OF MARQUETTE SANDS TOWN SHIP 2018 CURRENT LAND USE MAP MARQUETTE CHARTER TOWNSHIP, Ml 1 ---{--................ ........____ ... ... -...............,._ I US U lJ -.....;:::::i,,--===::::i •-· • , , ,.,_,......,._.,_ .............. .t1.t.. t1w.-.,......,w, _ _ ............. _ ~ , ~ Chapter 4 | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 4-2: Urban Detail Current Land Use J i CITY"ITTwU'~7!'!~-':'E-------■--u••••N••N••···--•-N--·,-1 -i I _ _ _ _,_ _ __ ~'ffiN--1-NH■ffl■ -NN ■ Nh• ■ ffll :7" ~ ~ -....._.._"-.: ! iI ..1.-~--h1ll1h1•'5 ~ 11•-11a11i I I t';,e~Urs1~ % ntMl'll\1\ , 1l• •·id~ , ') 9 founl y-Rd·Kl ,,;,,,,,,--....... I I ~' land Use - wh!!ll Singlefcimi1y Reiidentiol Commerciol-Retc,il /"v Rood Mu ltl-Fc,mlly Re1ldenrlol Convnerclol•Servlcei .....,__ Streom Porh/ Re-<:recitlon !.. - Shcipp~ Cen1er/ S1rlp Mcill Woodlond - lmli!utlonol Undevelciped/ Non-Woodlond - lnd11S1riol ~Publlclond • Woter8ody i,? Townihlp 8oundory (ii Neighboring Munlcipolily Porcel 2018 CURRENT LAND USE MAP -URBAN DETAIL- 1.1 U U ~ ---..-,---·-···-.............. ------··-"'"' - = = - - = = =""• -1 ..,.....c..... .......... -...-.--.. ···••twJ...,.,_. . ....... Chapter 4 | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER FIVE | COMMUNITY SERVICES 5.1 INTRODUCTION The potential location for future development must be analyzed according to the types of existing land use, amount of undeveloped land within each land use type, the character of the land itself and the availability of certain infrastructure, services or facilities. This chapter will explore the location and extent of existing services and facilities. Services are provided in many ways by public or quasi-public agencies or by private enterprise. Each service provider makes the service available to the best of its capabilities. The resulting service levels determine the capacity of a given location to attract various types of land development. 5.2 TRANSPORTATION INFRASTRUCTURE Transportation infrastructure serves to tie a community together and link it to the rest of the outside world. Transportation systems include roads, bridges, aviation, rail, public transit, and non-motorized systems. Together, these networks create economic opportunity and provide access to markets, goods, and services. The quality of these assets reflects and impacts community health and vitality. Circulation, utility, and communication infrastructure serve to tie a community together and link it to the rest of the outside world. Local streets and pedestrian networks should provide safe, reliable access to work, shopping, recreation, and residences. Regional transportation and communication networks create economic opportunity and provide access to markets, goods, and services not found in the community. Arterial ,.Improvements ~ I Deterioration ofTraffic Flow Quality j~ Increased ' IAccessibility : 1 1 lncreasea Traffic Conflict I Increased Traffic Generation Increased Land Value 1 I LandUse Changes l Roadway Network The principle transportation mode in the Township today is vehicular transportation served by the roadway network. Roads have both functional and aesthetic value. As the predominant transportation mode, roads create a path of first impression for the public space of a community. Functionally, roads serve two basic purposes, the movement of traffic (mobility) and provision of access to adjoining property. The design of a road depends principally on its functional classification and the traffic volume it is expected to accommodate at some future time. Each of the roads within the Township has a specific traffic capacity, design standard, and design use depending on its primary function. By defining the function of roads and their service to the community, the appropriate land uses can be encouraged adjacent to these roads. Different design elements of roads include the number of lanes, width and surfacing of shoulders, width of structures, type of surface, and design speed. Land uses and roadway function are closely connected. Roadway capacity and design influences future development. More intensive development usually Occurs along higher capacity roadways that provide convenient access to the largest market. Chapter 5 | Page 1 I �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 As more arterial improvements are made, and accessibility and value of properties increases, it may lead to even more intensive development. With this development, comes an increase in congestion, traffic, and safety problems. Pressure builds to make even more arterial improvements, starting the cycle all over again. It is important to employ access management principles to preserve proper road function and the value of public investment along major roads. The road network in the Township is described in detail below. The Township recently participated in updating the US-41/M-28 Comprehensive Corridor & Access Management Plan. This plan details existing conditions of the highway corridor and specific recommendations. The Township is currently undergoing an update of a Transportation Plan. When completed, this plan will detail current roadway conditions, as well as goals and objectives for transportation infrastructure within Marquette Township. National Functional Classification The Federal Highway Administration classifies roadways based on the type of service the roadway is intended to provide. Based on this system, roadways are classified into one of three broad categories: arterials, collectors, and local roads. The Federal Highway Administration’s National Function al Classifica tion has been implemented on most roadways in Marquette Township. Figure 5-1: Relationship of Mobility and Land Access Proportion of Service Arterials Arterials Roadways classified as principal arterial or minor arterials Collectors accommodate major traffic movement over long local or regional distances. The only principal arterial in the Township is US-41. The section of US-41 in the Township is approximately four miles long. It serves as the primary highway for residents of the region as well as a major state trunkline for travel across the Locals Upper Peninsula. This section of the U.S.-41/M-28 corridor sees some of the highest traffic volumes in the Upper Peninsula at 33,686 vehicles per day in 2016. Along the corridor, the speed limit Source: Federal Highway Administration Funcchanges multiple times. At the intersection of County Road 492 tional Classification Guidelines: Concepts, Criteria and Procedures and US-41, the roadway transitions from a five-lane roadway to a four-lane roadway with a median. This is also where the speed limit drops from 55 miles per hour to 50 miles per hour. Near the Days Inn in the Township, the speed limit drops from 50 miles per hour to 45 miles per hour and stays 45 through the rest of the Township. The Michigan Department of Transportation is responsible for all planning, design, construction and maintenance of state trunklines. Roadways classified as minor arterials interconnect with and provide access to principal arterials, accommodating more modest trip lengths and placing a higher emphasis upon access to land uses. The only minor arterial in the Township is County Road 492 north of US-41. Chapter 5 | Page 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Collectors Roadways classified as collectors emphasize access to abutting land area and the collection of traffic for distribution to the larger arterial systems which may exist within the municipality or neighboring municipalities. Collectors in the Township include: • Ontario Street • Werner Street • Fair Avenue • County Road 492 • County Road 500 • County Road 550 Local Roads Local Roads emphasize access to abutting properties and the collection of traffic for distribution to collector and arterial corridors. These roads make up approximately 28 miles in Marquette Township. The Marquette County Road Commission is responsible for planning, design, construction and maintenance of all County roads. Funding for these roads is provided through the Federal Government, State funds, and grants from the Marquette County Board of Commissioners and Township contributions. Road Maintenance The first step in the resource allocation process is to assess current infrastructure conditions. MDOT and Marquette County Road Commission utilize the Pavement Surface Evaluation and Rating (PASER) inventory and asset management system for assessing the condition of National Functional System major streets. Many Township roads may have been evaluated along with the County process. PASER is a visual survey method developed by the University of Wisconsin Transportation Information Center, and adopted by the State of Michigan’s Transportation and Asset Management Council (TAMC) to evaluate road conditions. TAMC requires that all entities within Michigan receiving Act 51 funds perform inspection on the entirety of their respective roadways every two years. Act 51 agencies responsible for roadways within Marquette Township are the Marquette County Road Commission and MDOT. PASER utilizes ten (10) separate ratings are used to evaluate the surface distress of the pavement based on pavement material and types of deterioration present. The ratings are then grouped into three categories based on the type of work required, including Routine Maintenance, Capital Preventive Maintenance, and Structural Improvement. See the below table for PASER ratings and recommended maintenance. Figure 5-2 indicates Marquette Township Roadways current PASER conditions. Routine Maintenance includes regularly scheduled preventative treatments such as street sweeping, drainage clearing, gravel shoulder grading, and sealing of tight cracks. PASER ratings 8-10 are usually newly constructed or recently improved roads requiring little or no maintenance. *More Information from the Michigan Transportation and Asset Management Council can be found HERE. Chapter 5 | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 5-2: Marquette Township PASER POii I O'~ tt I Sutface Cond tlon aa -4 $ Ul 8f'U hi Urba Cort D~lo t / .. Chapter 5 | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Capital Preventive Maintenance consists of planned treatments applied to existing roadways to retard further deterioration, maintain or improve function, and correct distress. PASER ratings 5-7 are roads have good structural support with surface deterioration, such as cracks over one-quarter (1/4) inch in width. Roads rated as needing Structural Improvement include those in need of repair to improve the structural integrity of the pavement. PASER ratings 1-4 are roads that may need major rehabilitation or reconstruction. Typical problems include rutting greater than one-half (1/2) inch deep, cracking in the wheel path, severe block cracking, alligator cracking, and cracks with severe erosion. The Planning Commission recommends that the Township continue to implement access management standards in all new development or redevelopment along the corridor, and utilize the collaborative review process as established by the US-41 Corridor Access Management team. Along with this, the Township will support the utilization of internal circulation systems including pedestrian and bicycle facilities with the development of concentrated mixed-use clusters along the highway corridor for all users. Asphalt Streets PASER Rating Condition Treatment 9 & 10 Excellent No maintenance required 8 7 5&6 3&4 1&2 Very Good Good Little or no maintenance Crack sealing and minor patching Preservative treatments (non-structural) Structural improvement (overlay) Reconstruction Fair- Good Poor• Fair Failed Concrete Streets PASER Ratmg Condit10n Treatment 9 & 10 7&8 Excellent No maintenance required Routine maintenance 5&6 3&4 1&2 Very Good Surface repairs , sealing, partial-depth patching Extensive slab or joint rehabilitation Reconstruction Fair- Good Poor- Fair Failed Public Transportation Public transportation service is provided to the Township by the Marquette County Transit Authority (commonly known as Marq-Tran), which is funded through a County-wide millage and Federal and State subsidy. Marq-Tran provides fixed routes and door-to-door service from the hours of 6:00 A.M. to about 6:30 P.M. Stops along the fixed routes include Wal-Mart, Westwood Mall, Marquette County Health Department, Senior Centers, Northern Michigan University, K.I. Sawyer, Marquette General Hospital, Peninsula Medical Center, and many others. To accommodate more users, Marq-Tran affixes bike and ski racks to the front of all fixed-route buses. ....... s I -t-, ......, 8 I!! °"'"' . , ~ o,,,,.,, """""""" v.....~ Losi Creek~ \ I!! Figure 5-3: Marq-Tran Route Marquette Shoppefs Shuttle - Tro,;Ax e Park Chapter 5 | Page 5 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 5-4: Regional Transportation Houghton Lake Superior Marquette Township Lake Michigan N I Regional Transportation Map Marquette Township, Ml Source: ESRI, UPEA G/S. MAB 5.9.2011 Chapter 5 | Page 6 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 5-5: National Functional Classification Map Legend Shore Lake Superior Marquette Township Roads Functional Classification Non-Classified Roads Rural Other Principal Arterial - - Rural Major Collector - - Rural Local - - Urban Princ,palArtenal - Urban Collector i:.__ Township Boundary Urban Local Roads N I National Functional Classification Marquette Township, Ml 4,000 8,000 Fe et Chapter 5 | Page 7 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Railroad Lake Superior & Ishpeming Railroad (LS&I) operates a main line which passes through Marquette Township. This line is used to bring iron ore pellets from the Cliffs Natural Resources operations to the ore dock located in Presque Isle Harbor in the City of Marquette. There is currently no passenger rail service provided to the area. Port The nearest port to Marquette Township is located in the City of Marquette. This port ships iron ore pellets from the Eagle Mine and receives commodities such as salt, limestone, and coal. The iron ore pellets are transported by rail that passes through Marquette Township to the ore dock where they are loaded onto freighters. The other commodities are transported via truck to their destinations. Air Transportation The closest airport to Marquette Township is the Sawyer International Airport located north of Gwinn on a portion of the former K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base. The Sawyer International Airport facility sits on 2,100 acres and includes a passenger terminal and a single paved 9,070 by 150 foot runway. This runway was originally designed and built for the Air Force’s B-52 bombers. The airport is currently served by Delta Airlines and American Airlines. These airline companies provide connection to larger, regional locations. Non-Motorized Transportation Non-motorized transportation facilities – both trail and pathway connections – have become increasingly more prominent in Marquette Township’s transportation planning efforts. Although the automobile is still the primary transportation option, walking and biking are becoming increasingly more tied to quality of life and enhanced economic benefit factors. In general, municipalities that are walkable and bikeable tend to encourage active healthy lifestyles, a livelier social environment, and a more vibrant community. Non-motorized transportation is also linked to reduced greenhouse gas emissions, lower levels of pollution, less traffic congestion, and an overall healthier environment. Walkable communities are valued by those who either can’t, or don’t wish to depend on automobile transportation. These communities support greater levels of independence in mobility options for senior citizens, youth, and lower-income people. Because of the positive effects that walking and bicycling have on recreation, fitness, transportation, and the environment, these transportation modes are valuable community assets. The differences in the needs and desires of pedestrians and bicyclists require a variety of facility types to accommodate them safely. When planning for non-motorized transportation facilities, it is important to understand who these users are. A pedestrian, according to the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), is defined as “a person afoot or in a wheelchair”. Universal Design and ADA standards ensure that pedestrian facilities are designed to accommodate the needs of handicapped or disabled pedestrians. A bicycle is defined in Section 257.4 of the Michigan State Vehicle Code, Act 300 of 1949, as “a device propelled by human power upon which a person may ride, having either two or three wheels in a tandem or tricycle arrangement, all of which are over 14 inches in diameter.” Michigan law allows bicycles on all Michigan highways and roads except limited access freeways, or unless otherwise posted. There are many different types of pedestrians and bicyclists. Pedestrians are the easiest group to accommodate; although there are many different ages and abilities of pedestrians. Chapter 5 | Page 8 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Most pedestrians can be accommodated sufficiently by providing pathways along roadways and/or trails when feasible. However, they travel at a much slower speeds than a bicycle, therefore pedestrian accommodations should be provided at closer intervals (ideally one-quarter mile spacing). Non-motorized Infrastructure Non-motorized infrastructure is necessary to accommodate those who don’t use or are unable to use automobile transportation, either by choice, ability, or due to affordability. Although the Township may not be able to feasibly construct pedestrian infrastructure in all areas, specific nodes and segments for future pedestrian infrastructure have been identified by way of a Complete Streets Ordinance that the Township has adopted since the last revision to the Master Plan. This ordinance has identified specific road segments, areas, and places of interest that should feature pathway or trail development where and when feasible. These priority areas should also be supported with a plan to maintain these facilities in good repair, and to clear them of obstructions, including snow. This proposed infrastructure is also intended to be complementary to planned or existing regional trail systems, and to accommodate universally accessible design principles, when possible. In conclusion, there are many reasons people use non-motorized pathways and trails: to visit local businesses, to take their children to the local park, to visit neighbors, for exercise, and to spend time with family. Most importantly, walkable neighborhoods are safe neighborhoods. Cracked and broken road shoulders or sidewalks are dangerous or uncomfortable for senior citizens, people pushing children in strollers, skateboarders, visually-challenged people, and even bicyclists. They may be impossible for disabled people to navigate. If suitable walking surfaces aren’t provided, people will improvise and use roadways or create informal paths. Creating walkable communities can be difficult in rural areas that are oriented to the automobile. For many years, development has been oriented to vehicular travel. As the population of the Township ages, and the Township seeks to attract new residents and businesses, it is imperative that we strive to increase the walkability of the community. Bicycle Infrastructure Currently, there are two on-street bicycle facilities that feature wider (paved) shoulders for residents and visitors to utilize. One segment is along County Road 492 and the other is along County Road 550 from the Marquette city limit to Eagles Nest Road. On-street bikeways bring enormous benefits to both the cycling and noncycling public by creating opportunities to incorporate exercise. They use public dollars efficiently by reducing road maintenance costs and increasing the carrying capacity of the transportation system. They improve safety for all users; bicyclists feel they have a safe space on the road, tend to be more law-abiding, and motorists are placed at greater ease knowing where bicyclists are apt to be. Bicycle lanes are typically provided on collector and arterial streets. They can be implemented by narrowing existing travel lanes, removing a travel lane, widening a roadway, or paving a shoulder. However, these varying needs must be weighed carefully. The most efficient way to incorporate bikeways is to include them as part of road reconstruction projects, or as a restriping of the roadway with bicycle lanes during routine resurfacing. Design of bikeways must consider: • • • Sight lines and topography Lane widths for all travel modes Intersection design Chapter 5 | Page 9 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN • • • • • • • 2020 Signing, markings, and striping Design of road drainage Pavement conditions Specific design for pinch points, driveways, railroad crossings, and other challenging areas Integration with off-street shared-use trails/paths Lighting for safety Education outreach regarding bicycle safety and etiquette If bicycle lanes are deemed unfeasible, alternative improvements may be substituted, such as using shared lane markings, or directing cyclists to an alternative bikeway. A wide outside lane can give extra room for bicycle operation if there is not enough room for a bicycle lane. Multi-Use Paths The Iron Ore Heritage Trail is a 48-mile long Heritage Corridor that extends from the former Republic Mine site adjacent to downtown Republic, north and east through Marquette Township to the Lake Superior shoreline in downtown Marquette, where it continues generally along the shoreline to the eastern border of Chocolay Charter Township. The multi-use path follows contemporary rail corridors as well as long abandoned rail grades dating from the earliest days of mining in the Upper Peninsula. Additional multi-use pathway was installed as a result of a major US-41 Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) highway reconstruction 2019. Coupled with the 2019 US-41 reconstruction, a 10-foot pathway now leads to and from a safe crossing of US-41, by way of a sub-surface pedestrian underpass. The project will eventually connect over 100 miles of documented, non-motorized motorized pathways in Marquette County, as well as the MDNR Snowmobile Trail #14. Multi-Use pathway projects such as the 2019 US-41 Underpass Project are a result of continual collaborative efforts made by Marquette Township, MDOT and the MDNR. Local, private donations totaled approximately $200,000 to assist with this project. Complete Streets Marquette Township embraces Complete Streets principles and will encourage the County Road Commission to apply these principles in all Township road projects as appropriate. This will support the goal for roadways to serve many functions, including linking various parts of the community, providing surface transportation accommodating all modes of transportation, providing public access to destinations, incorporating space for underground utilities and other public infrastructure, and helping to define and create a sense of place. By passing an ordinance in 2013, Marquette Township has asked planners and engineers to consistently design and alter the right-of-way with all users in mind. As previously stated, quality-of-life is very important to the residents of the Township. Designing and building Complete Streets fosters livable communities and provides many benefits to the community such as: • Encouraging healthy and active lifestyles through functional and attractive sidewalks or multi-use paths and well-defined bicycle routes consistent with the context of the community • Allowing everyone, especially children, people with disabilities, and the elderly to safely and independently reach destinations and travel around the community Chapter 5 | Page 10 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 5-6: Marquette Township Complete Streets MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP COMPLETE STREETS PLANNING MAP COMPlETE S ET P'ROf>OSEO COMPlETE S EET , V EXIStN.ROAD TOWNSHIP IIOUNDA .::J Chapter 5 | Page 11 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 • Reducing pedestrian risk by as much as 28 percent by implementing Complete Streets design elements such as raised medians, sidewalks, and other traffic-calming measures (according to the National Complete Streets Coalition) • Promoting a cleaner environment. The Complete Streets approach encourages people to walk or bicycle to their destinations around the community, which may help reduce vehicle trips. Many Complete Streets designs also include increased green space along the roadway. To accommodate diverse transportation modes, the Township will collaborate with MDOT in supporting increased opportunities for multi-modal transportation systems including carpool lots, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, heritage routes, long-distance bicycle trails, and snowmobile trails. The Township should consider creating a comprehensive bicycle/pedestrian plan, preferably in collaboration with regional partners, to prioritize needs and recommend improvements, and to move toward the achievement of a regional network. The completion of this kind of plan can make more funding sources available for these types of projects. Marquette Township will continue to collaborate on regional multi-use path projects and be prepared to provide valuable links in the regional system. Multi-use paths will complement and help complete priority pedestrian networks within the Township. Marquette Township will also collaborate with MDOT and the Marquette County Road Commission to support the addition of bicycle lanes or improved shoulders on collector and arterial streets. 5.3 RECREATIONAL FACILITIES In November of 2013, the Marquette Township Board adopted the current five-year Recreation Plan. This plan discusses in detail the recreational facilities available to the community. This section contains a brief summary of the recreation opportunities. The Township offers extensive open space and forestland for recreation. According to the 2013-2018 Recreation Plan, approximately 96 percent of the Township falls into one of these two categories. Of this 96 percent, approximately 5,700 acres is State owned public recreation land and approximately 9,447 acres is privately owned land under the State’s Commercial Forest Act, which is also available to the public for passive outdoor recreational use, including fishing and hunting. The current Recreation Plan is in the process of being updated and will be a part of the Master Plan update, once adopted. Township-Maintained Facilities Township owned recreation facilities include the South Vandenboom Recreation Area, Lions Field/Kiddee Park and Schwemwood Park & Iron Ore Heritage Trailhead #8. These facilities are described in detail below. • South Vandenboom Recreation Area: The South Vandenboom Recreation Area consists of approximately 360 acres of forested land from Grove Street to M-553 along the Carp River. A portion of this property is used for the Township well field, as well as a multi-use recreation area. Currently recreational facilities include a portion of the South Marquette Trails supported by the Noquemanon Trail Network organization. • Lions Field/Kiddee Park Recreation Area: Located on Erie Avenue, this two-and-a-half-acre park contains a ball field, ice rink, tennis court, pavilion with picnic tables, grills, restrooms, parking and a playground with a merry-go-round, slides, spring rides, climber, and ADA compliant walking path. Chapter 5 | Page 12 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN • 2020 Schwemwood Park & Iron Ore Heritage Trailhead #8: This approximately 6 acre parcel was developed by the Township as a nature park currently the park features a nature trail around the perimeter, wooden bridge, a bog overlook, a small wetland and a parking area. It has also become the home of the Iron Ore Heritage Trailhead #8, which will continue to be developed in the coming years with typical trailhead amenities, such as restrooms and bike repair stations. Figure 5-7: Schwemwood Park & Iron Ore Heritage Trailhead #8 Other Public Facilities in the Township These facilities include Sugar Loaf Mountain Natural Area, Longyear Forest, Little Presque Isle/Harlow Lake Area, 425 Area (Heartwood Property), Noquemanon Trail Network including South Trails and Forestville Trails, North Country Trail, Iron Ore Heritage Trail, Wetmore’s Pond Interpretive Nature Trails, Snowmobile Trails, Escanaba River State Forest, Forestville Access Site, and the Little Garlic Access Site. • Vandenboom Elementary School Playground: Located on Erie Avenue, this 10.5 acre site is owned by the Marquette Area Public School District and serves as a neighborhood playground. The site includes parking, nature trails, a basketball court, open field and playground, pump track bike path, and disc golf. • St. Christopher’s Parish: A small playground located on Badger Street that primarily serves preschoolers attending programs through the Parish. Chapter 5 | Page 13 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 5-8: Natural, Cultural and Scenic Resources Map MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP NATURAL, CULTURAL & SCENIC RESOURCES PLANNING MAP NlGAU { 10'1\'NSIUP {II Of .l!UOUllH NATURA , CUIJUIW. & SCt'.NIC PAIK SAhllS IOWNSHIP /V' !XlS'IIHG ROAD ~ TOWNSHIP IIOUNDA Chapter 5 | Page 14 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 5.4 2020 PUBLIC WATER AND SANITARY SEWER SERVICE In 2002, the City of Marquette and Marquette Township contracted with engineering consultants to prepare a Water System Study. Information in this section is referenced from these documents. Public water distribution and sanitary sewer collection services are provided to Marquette Township by Marquette Township owned infrastructure. Water treatment and wastewater treatment services are provided through joint arrangements with the City of Marquette. The water supply from Lake Superior is purified at the City owned water treatment plant before distribution. The water treatment plant is capable of seven million gallons/day (MGD), but on average delivers three MGD. About 190,000 gallons per day is purchased by Marquette Township. The groundwater supply located in Marquette Township is treated with fluoride and sodium hypochlorite and pumped from a Township owned facility. The permitted firm well capacity is 825 gallons per minute. It is currently (2019) pumping about 140,000 gallons per day. Public water is provided to about 80 percent of the population of Marquette Township. The Township distribution system is divided into four major pressure districts. The Cox Gravity District is served by the City surface water supply. The Northwoods Gravity District, the Grove Low Pressure District, and the Chapel Ridge Gravity District are served by the Township groundwater supply. Public water is available along US-41/M-28 westward to Northwoods Road, throughout Trowbridge Park, north CR 492/Wright Street and Forestville Road to include Huron Woods Subdivision, south on Brickyard Road to Northwoods Road, the east end of Brookton Road, Vandenboom Road south of US-41/M-28, and CR 492 south to and including Lost Creek. The Chapel Ridge subdivision, Bishop Woods Subdivision, CR 492, Grove St. and Grandview Circle are served by the Chapel Ridge water reservoir. All other areas rely on private on-site wells. Figure 5-7 on the following page is a map of the current water system. Sanitary sewer service in the Township is generally available where public water service exists, except that sewer service is not available at the Oak Hill Estates or Bishop Woods subdivisions, the northwest quarter of Trowbridge Park, Huron Woods Subdivision, Chapel Ridge Subdivision, south of CR 492 to Lost Creek, Grove St., Grandview Circle, and the south end of Vandenboom Rd. Five lift stations serve Marquette Township: Bancroft Lift Station, Huron Lift Station, Center Lift Station, Wright Lift Station, and US-41 Lift Station. Wastewater is transported to the Marquette Area Wastewater Treatment Facility located in the southeast area of the City of Marquette via a township-owned interceptor along the U.S. 41 by-pass. The treatment facility is jointly owned by Marquette Township, Chocolay Township, and the City of Marquette. Those not served by public sewer maintain onsite septic systems. Utility Mapping | Marquette Township Chapter 5 | Page 15 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Figure 5-9: Marquette Township PASER MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP -WATER SYSTEM MAP- ~ ... . • MAIN VALVES Main Lines: ,. HYDRANT - - 2· Prenure Diifricts CHAPEL Hill GRAVITY DISTRICT COX Gll:AVITY DISTRICT PRV -- •· GROVE LOW SERVICE DISTRICT MASTER METER - - 6" MORGAN MEADOWS GRAVITY DISTRICT WELL PUMP - - a· NORTHWOODS GRAVITY DISTRICT WELL -- ,o· STORAGE TANK - - 12· SOUTHWEST PUMPED DISTRICT j __ ... _____ ____ _ ______ _ --·--- -- - --... MAROUEnE CHARTER TDWNIHIP .._.Mlilhh . hplr1-r . .., . ,.., ...... ... ..... .... Chapter 5 | Page 16 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 5.5 2020 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT Marquette Township provides curbside solid waste collection and recycling services to all Township residents. The Township contracts with a private waste hauler and residents are billed monthly. The Marquette County landfill is managed by the Marquette County Solid Waste Management Authority. 5.6 PUBLIC SAFETY Police protection for Marquette Township is provided by the Marquette County Sheriff’s Department and the Michigan State Police. The Marquette County Sheriff’s Department provides a number of services including road patrol, detective division, criminal and civil processing, airport security, animal control, prisoner transport, court security and operation of the Marquette County Jail. The Marquette County Sheriff’s Department also includes a Special Operations Unit that oversees the volunteer rescue unit, dive team, marine and ORV patrols. • • Fire protection is provided by the Marquette Township Fire Department. Along with fire protection, the 30 member crew also provides EMS, technical rescue, and hazmat response services. In November of 2017 Marquette Township purchased an ambulance capable of providing basic life support. Advanced life support ambulance services are provided by UP Health Systems. 5.7 EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES Grades K-12 is served in the Township by Marquette Area Public School District (MAPS). According to their website, MAPS covers 123 square miles and provides education to more than 3,100 students. The school district consist of three K-5 elementary schools, one grade 6-8 middle school, a senior high school and an alternative high and middle school. North Star Public School Academy is a public school in the Township chartered by Northern Michigan University, also serving the Marquette area. North Star serves students in grades K-12. Township residents have the opportunity for higher education at Northern Michigan University (NMU) in the City of Marquette. Northern Michigan University offers 180 degree programs to approximately 9,000 students both graduate and undergraduate. The 360-acre campus is home to 52 facilities including the Seaborg Science Complex, two art galleries, one of four Olympic training facilities in the nation and the Superior Dome (a multi-use complex) which is one of the world’s largest wooden domes. 5.8 HEALTHCARE UP Health System of Marquette the largest employer in Marquette County, is located in the City of Marquette. MGH is the region’s only Level II Trauma Center and has been named by Thomson Reuters as one of the 50 Top Cardiovascular Hospitals. According to their website, MGH’s major services include Marquette General’s Heart Institute, Cancer Center, Brain & Spine Center, Rehabilitation Center, Behavioral Health, Digestive Health, Weight Loss Center and Women’s & Children’s Center. In April of 2019, UP Health Systems moved into a new $300 million-dollar, 700,000 sq. ft. facility. The new facility will hold 275 beds housed in private rooms. Chapter 5 | Page 17 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER SIX | PUBLIC INPUT 6.1 PUBLIC OPEN HOUSE MEETINGS Marquette Township residents and business owners played a vital role in the preparation of this Master Plan update. Public workshop/input sessions were held at the Marquette Township Community Room on September 26th and November 1st of 2018. The sessions included presentations by staff, the Recreation Committee and featured various maps and graphic displays regarding transportation, recreation, existing conditions, and land use. Those in attendance were invited to place comment notes on maps and discuss any existing issues or opportunities facing the Township. Township Planning Staff and Planning Commissioners were in attendance to answer any questions and discuss participant’s comments and ideas. The following is a list of comments compiled from comment forms, notes on the maps, and discussion with residents and business owners. • • • • • • • • • • • • Need bike path on Fair Ave. from Ontario, east to City limits Consider a venue to hold mid-large events, similar to lower harbor and Lakeview arena Consider a 1-3 year-old playground and splash pad Encourage stormwater management best practices Rezone 420 Brickyard Road and change on Future Land Use Map Make private drive north of Brickyard Road (Meijer driveway) a public road. Pursue public road north of Shoppes of Marquette and Meijer Pursue frontage roads along U.S. 41 Highway Corridor Encourage private food production such as private poultry in Trowbridge Pursue a safety fence enclosing Lions Field Kiddee Park Area Install cognitive sensory features at Lions Field Playground Consider housing needs in relation to changing local demographics 6.2 2018 COMMUNITY SURVEY In an effort to better understand and provide for the needs of our residents, the Planning Commission tasked the Planning & Zoning Department with conducting a community survey. The 2018 Community Survey (conducted in June/July 2018) included questions regarding quality of life, growth management, transit planning, park and recreation planning, and economic development. The 2018 citizen survey was distributed by mail to approximately 750 households within the Township. These residences were chosen by a random selection, and accounted for just over 40% of all Marquette Township households. To ensure statistical relevance, staff’s goal was to obtain a minimum of 145 completed surveys from Marquette Township residences. This goal was achieved, with approximately 248 surveys having been completed and recorded. The resulting 248 completed surveys have a 95% level of confidence with a precision of +/- 6%. Various meetings were also held with the Planning Commission throughout the process, in which they discussed Master Plan topics. Chapter 6 | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER SEVEN | GOALS & OBJECTIVES 7.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter of the Marquette Township Plan outlines a course for action in achieving Township goals. These goals and objectives are our “To Do.” They let prospective investors and residents know what is expected, desired, and supported. Goals reflect the needs, values, and desires of the community, and they cover a wide range of topics. They answer the question, "What do we want the future of our community to look like?" They also represent a desired future condition, or an end to which efforts are directed. Objectives are statements of a position, or course of action, which provide a means of obtaining a stated goal. Objectives are also more specific and measurable tasks that may be long-term, mid-term, or short-term, but need to occur in order to accomplish stated goals. 7.2 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES Goal #1 Encourage Best Management Practices Regarding Land Use Ensure that new development represents the best-management practices such as, Smart Growth principles which will lead to compact development that utilizes existing infrastructure. This will enhance efficiency in public service provision and infrastructure maintenance, and help preserve natural resource lands. Objective 1.1 Work with developers to help create attractive, walkable and bikeable mixed-use environments where people can more easily access employment, entertainment, commercial, and recreation opportunities. This will reduce vehicular trips, and encourage the use of non-motorized transportation (and healthier lifestyles). Objective 1.2 Rehabilitate or reuse vacant and underutilized properties (including brownfields). Convert single-use into mixeduse developments as a preferred strategy over new development. Objective 1.3 Create walkable communities to enhance mobility, strengthen the economy, facilitate transportation alternatives, and improve social and recreational interaction. Objective 1.4 Make development decisions predictable, fair, and cost-effective while also balancing community goals. Utilize GIS to update and maintain current land use and other pertinent data and consider making this data available to the public. Objective 1.5 Discourage development in unsuitable areas, such as those containing steep slopes, flood plains, caving areas, high water tables, wetlands, or shallow soils, or other activities detrimental to human health, safety and welfare. Chapter 7 | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Objective 1.6 Locate new development in or near existing developed areas to promote an efficient and compact pattern of development, reduce the negative effects of sprawl, and reduce infrastructure and service costs. Objective 1.7 Encourage and support compact development and compact building design for efficient public service provision, efficient use of land resources, facilitation of a walkable/bikeable community, improved feasibility for public transit and a more vibrant business environment. Objective 1.8 Strengthen regulations, enforcement measures, and administrative structure to support environmental protection standards that preserve sensitive environmental areas that are incompatible with development. Objective 1.9 Continuously review the zoning ordinance to ensure that there are provisions addressing sensitive environmental areas that cross parcel boundaries such as bluffs, erosion zones, floodplains, caving areas, shorelines, wetlands, swamps, marshes, wellhead protection areas, and aquifer recharge sites. Objective 1.10 Monitor regulations to preserve and enhance riparian buffers along the rivers and other water bodies in the Township to protect water quality and aquatic and wildlife habitat. This includes adopting land use controls (such as zoning setback distances from watercourses) that are established and uniformly applied. Objective 1.11 Update stormwater management techniques in the zoning ordinance to protect water quality, including adjustments to parking standards, landscaping standards, and development standards. Utilize natural filtration and detention systems whenever possible. Ensure that residential driveway culverts and stormwater ditches are kept clear and are free-flowing. Objective 1.12 Protect tracts of contiguous forest lands for conservation, recreation, wildlife habitat, and timber management activities. This can be accomplished through acquisitions, conservation easements, protective zoning overlay districts, etc. Objective 1.13 Increase public awareness of Marquette Township planning and zoning activities through media, newsletters, etc. Objective 1.14 Maintain and update the Zoning Ordinance provisions consistent with this Master Plan. Objective 1.15 Support uniform zoning enforcement. Objective 1.16 Make zoning decisions consistent with the Future Land Use Recommendations/Map of this Master Plan. Objective 1.17 Consider and evaluate the productive capacity of land before forest lands are changed to another use and/or developed. Chapter 7 | Page 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Objective 1.18 Encourage forestation or reforestation where soils are suitable for such purposes. Forested lands are important for wildlife habitat, wind protection, soil stability, noise buffer, recreational use, aesthetics and lumber resources. The Township should explore methods of promoting sound forestry management practices through education, regulatory or other methods, including the Quality Forest Management plans. Objective 1.19 Preserve scenic views and open space, especially along major roadways and shorelines. Discourage outdoor advertising signs except in commercial and industrial areas. Objective 1.20 Ensure compliance with the Marquette Township Stormwater Ordinance when reviewing development proposals. Objective 1.21 Support strategies and recommendations of the Whetstone Brook and Orianna Creek Watershed Management Plan when considering development proposals in these streams’ watersheds. Objective 1.22 Collaborate with Health Department in conducting septic system public educational programs regarding maintenance and management of these systems. Objective 1.23 Minimize soil erosion by the effective enforcement of Public Act 451 or 1994 (Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act), Part 91, Soil Erosion and Sediment Control (SESC). Objective 1.24 Continue to seek ways to reduce the amount of parking spaces needed for commercial development in order to reduce impervious surfaces areas and improve stormwater quality. Objective 1.25 Encourage form-based and other progressive zoning principles. Goal #2 Transportation Enhancement A multi-modal, balanced transportation system, accommodating travel patterns of all users safely and efficiently throughout the Township, at minimal environmental and fiscal cost. Objective 2.1 Implement the recommendations of the Marquette Township Transportation Plan. Objective 2.2 Participate in a regional or county-wide wayfinding sign project. Objective 2.3 Work with the Road Committee and the Recreation Committee to identify and map the Township’s motorized and non-motorized transportation plans. Use this information to update the Transportation and Recreation Plans. Objective 2.4 Work with the Michigan Department of Transportation (MDOT) and the Marquette County Road Commission Chapter 7 | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 (MCRC) to implement the proposed improvements and rationale section of the US-41/M-28 Comprehensive Corridor and Access Management Plan pertaining to Marquette Township regarding major intersection improvements, road improvements, access management and coordinated capital improvements plans. Objective 2.5 Participate in aesthetic enhancement projects for the highway corridors in partnership with MDOT scheduled improvements. Work with the Marquette Township Business Association (MTBA) and the Downtown Development Authority (DDA) when coordinating these projects. Objective 2.6 Adopt an Asset Management philosophy for the local road system which includes a mix of potential fixes. Work to maintain and upgrade the Township road network, as needed. Objective 2.7 Encourage the Marquette County Road Commission to perform traffic counts on a five-year cycle for the major street system, and 10-year cycles for local roads. Objective 2.8 Prepare a comprehensive bicycle/pedestrian pathway plan to prioritize needs and recommend improvements and facilitate a connected, regional non-motorized transportation network. Objective 2.9 Implement Complete Streets principles by collaborating with MDOT, the MCRC, and Michigan Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) to support increased opportunities for multi-modal transportation systems including carpool lots, bicycle and pedestrian pathways, heritage routes, long-distance bicycle trails, and snowmobile trails. Marquette Township should also continue working with these agencies to construct grade-separated crossings of US-41 corridor. Objective 2.10 Incorporate complete, integrated and clearly-marked, non-motorized transportation networks as a priority project in Capital Improvement Plans (CIP). Objective 2.11 Create and maintain priority pedestrian corridors to important destinations as outlined in this plan. These pedestrian systems will be designed to be complementary to planned or existing regional trail systems, and to accommodate universally accessible design principles whenever possible. Update zoning regulations to require sidewalks in new developments that connect to identified pedestrian destinations. Objective 2.12 Seek supplemental funding for planned improvements to major and minor roads by the Marquette County Road Commission and the Michigan Department of transportation. Assure that design and schedule of projects are compatible with the Master Plan. Objective 2.13 Enforce the Township’s Sign Ordinance in order to increase safety and enhance the aesthetic quality of commercial development. Chapter 7 | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Objective 2.14 Seek additional funding for the maintenance and plowing of pedestrian pathways in the business district. Objective 2.15 Provide additional support for motorized and non-motorized access and trail connectivity in area, where and when feasible. Objective 2.16 Create additional frontage roads where and when feasible. Objective 2.17 Encourage the installation of electric car charging stations, where and when feasible. Goal #3 Public Services, Facilities and Infrastructure Provide appropriate public facilities and services to support the residential, commercial and recreational activities of residents, business owners and visitors. Objective 3.1 Create plans to conserve energy and increase efficiency in all public facilities and to adopt renewable energy technology when possible, thereby creating a model for private companies and residents to follow. Objective 3.2 When siting new public facilities ensure the location is easily accessible for motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians, and public transportation users. Objective 3.3 Maintain local regulations and ownership of existing water and wastewater treatment systems. Objective 3.4 Support the development and maintenance of water and sewer service boundaries, as needed. Objective 3.5 Work with the public schools to expand and/or locate new facilities according to the Township’s land use policies and zoning regulations. Objective 3.6 Encourage joint use of school facilities by the school district, City, Township and County. Objective 3.7 Continue to provide Township-wide curbside solid waste collection and recycling services and a monthly drop-off site for larger waste items. Objective 3.8 Continue to support the operation and enhancement of the Marquette Township Fire/Rescue Department. Objective 3.9 Continue cooperation with the Marquette County Sheriff’s Department and Michigan State Police in the provision of law enforcement. Chapter 7 | Page 5 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Objective 3.10 Coordinate Township services with other service providers to complement their efforts. Objective 3.11 Encourage all governmental units to cooperate on facilities and services whenever practical across Township/City/County lines. Objective 3.12 Ensure adequate parking facilities for commercial and public attraction areas for both motorists and bicyclists through site plan review and zoning regulations. Objective 3.13 Support and encourage private civic groups which provide educational and social programs of importance to local residents. Objective 3.14 Support public transportation services to assist those with limited mobility, and as a way to conserve energy. Objective 3.15 Encourage the development of wind and solar power for commercial and residential developments. Goal #4 Recreation Preserve and enhance public access and enjoyment of unique natural amenities and create a community that supports year-round active living and recreation environments. Objective 4.1 Make recreational opportunities more accessible to all Township residents and visitors. Objective 4.2 Continue to update the Township’s Recreation Plan every five years and submit to the Michigan Department of Natural Resources for approval and for the ability to apply for grants. Objective 4.3 Implement the goals, objectives and action plan of the 5-year Recreation Action Plan. Objective 4.4 Identify and apply for appropriate grant funding for recreation projects as identified in the 5-year Recreation Plan. Objective 4.5 Review all existing and proposed recreational sites and facilities for barrier-free accessibility which conforms to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Objective 4.6 Enhance development of facilities at existing park sites to meet community recreational needs. Objective 4.7 Develop active and passive recreational opportunities for all age groups and special populations. Chapter 7 | Page 6 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Objective 4.8 Promote recreation and other uses that preserve natural features in forested land. Objective 4.9 Support the development/expansion of multi-use trails in accordance with the Marquette Township Transportation Plan and Recreation Plan. Objective 4.10 Encourage volunteerism, stewardship and local business support whenever possible to assist with recreational planning implementation. Objective 4.11 Continue to foster favorable working relationships with stakeholders in providing recreational opportunities. Some of these entities include the City of Marquette, Marquette County, Marquette Area Public Schools, Iron Ore Heritage Recreation Authority, Noquemanon Trail Network (NTN), North Country Trail Hikers, Michigan Department of Natural Resources, and the Michigan Department of Transportation. Objective 4.12 Encourage the Marquette Township Board of Trustees to establish an annual fund or millage for the purpose of acquiring natural, cultural, and scenic properties as they become available, so as to preserve these resources. Objective 4.13 Develop and maintain additional neighborhood parks for children, where and when feasible. Objective 4.14 Promote recreational activities in Marquette Township, as well as recreational locations such as Sugar Loaf Mountain, Hogback Mountain, Harlow Lake, Little Presque Isle, Dead River, Echo Lake and Blemhuber Lake. Objective 4.15 Develop uniform directional signage for Marquette Township recreational attractions. Objective 4.16 Encourage the Marquette Township Board of Trustees to establish a recreational millage to support grant match money and maintenance of our parks. Goal #5 Economic Development Improve the economic conditions in Marquette Township by promoting the community as a great place to work, live, visit and recreate. Objective 5.1 Retain and encourage expansion of existing businesses and industries. Aim to attract new economic developments such as light manufacturing, research and development, high-tech, and medical research facilities to provide desired levels of employment opportunities in Marquette Township. Objective 5.2 Encourage infrastructure and service networks to support businesses, employees, and residents. Chapter 7 | Page 7 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Objective 5.3 Acknowledge and promote Marquette Township as a regional shopping and entertainment center. Objective 5.4 Maintain the existing urban core area as the major activity center within the Township and encourage its development, thereby limiting sprawl and promoting infill redevelopment. Objective 5.5 Seek grants through federal, state and other funding sources for infrastructure improvements and economic development projects. Objective 5.6 Promote the Township’s environmental resources, natural features, cultural and historic sites, and events as a way to encourage tourism. Objective 5.7 Through zoning, provide adequate and appropriate spaces for the establishment of commercial, light industrial and manufacturing enterprises. Objective 5.8 Mitigate and/or remove blight from commercial districts. Objective 5.9 Continue to promote development of the business park where the Marquette Township Community Center is located, as a place for office development and other mixed use. Objective 5.10 Encourage economic development in areas that are compatible with, and accessible to, existing utility services and transportation facilities. Objective 5.11 Encourage mixed-use developments in conjunction with public improvements. Objective 5.12 Seek US-41 corridor improvements regarding aesthetics, lighting, pedestrian access, and ingress and egress into existing and future commercial developments. Objective 5.13 Limit and/or reduce driveways from all properties to the roadway to minimize traffic congestion, conflicts, and safety issues. Objective 5.14 Minimize conflicts between adjacent incompatible land uses. Goal #6 Housing Maintain and preserve the quality of existing residential areas and encourage the provision of an adequate supply of housing for all residents. Chapter 7 | Page 8 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Objective 6.1 Maintain a friendly and safe living atmosphere and protect the rural character of residential areas outside the urban core. Objective 6.2 Encourage all housing in the Township to be maintained in a decent, safe, and sanitary condition. Ensure enforcement of the Marquette County Building Codes, the Marquette Township Zoning Ordinance and property maintenance codes. Objective 6.3 Utilize housing improvement and rehabilitation programs to eliminate unsound housing and to improve and conserve sound, but aging housing. Objective 6.4 Address the special needs of the disabled and elderly population when considering community development projects. Objective 6.5 Consider development density, available roads and services along with the environmental characteristics of the site. Objective 6.6 Encourage conservation subdivisions and residential developments, which allows for a concentration of smaller lots, while preserving common areas for use by all residents in the development. Objective 6.7 Support uniform enforcement of the Property Maintenance Code of the Charter Township of Marquette. Objective 6.8 Ensure safe and quality residential neighborhoods while protecting the rural character of the Township. Objective 6.9 Encourage housing opportunities for all income and age groups. Objective 6.10 Encourage a continued high rate of single-family owner occupancy to maintain housing quality, while meeting local needs for rental units. Objective 6.11 Promote an adequate quantity of new housing to accommodate anticipated population growth and climate trends. Objective 6.12 Consider zoning map amendments to encourage affordable and/or tiny homes in Marquette Township. Objective 6.13 Encourage developers to provide more affordable housing. Goal #7 Government Improve the responsiveness to citizens and staff needs and timeliness of local government Chapter 7 | Page 9 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 decision- making, consistent with fiscal responsibility and transparency. Objective 7.1 Survey all Marquette Township facilities to determine present and future needs. Objective 7.2 Conduct required statutory meetings, committee meetings, departmental meetings, special meetings and public hearings in a professional manner. Objective 7.3 Increase citizen involvement in decision-making through participation and effective communication through community surveys and public input sessions. Objective 7.4 Provide a Township newsletter and/or other forms of communication on a regular basis. Objective 7.5 Review and update the Master Plan every 5-years, as appropriate. Objective 7.6 Continue to support the Marquette County Central Dispatch and 9-1-1 services. Objective 7.7 Encourage volunteers to serve on the Township Board, Planning Commission and various committees. Objective 7.8 Continue to improve and update Marquette Township website. Chapter 7 | Page 10 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER EIGHT | FUTURE LAND USE & ZONING PLAN 8.1 INTRODUCTION A future land use plan is representative of the preferred future and how the community would like to grow. Future Land Use planning sets the desired amounts and locations of all land uses including: residential, commercial, industrial, public facilities, open space, recreational areas and changes to traffic circulation throughout the Township. Local governments are endowed with the ultimate authority for controlling land use through zoning laws as well as, building and sanitation codes. These various regulations establish parameters within which development can occur. Zoning regulations must be based on a plan developed with public input. It is important that future land use decisions be realistic in light of the ability of local governments to provide essential public services in a fiscally responsible manner. 8.2 FUTURE LAND USE DESCRIPTIONS AND MAP The following future land use descriptions support the goals and objectives of this plan. Categories include: • Development District • • Forest Recreation General Business • Industrial • Resource Production • • Rural Residential Scenic Residential • Urban Residential The Development District Future Land Use category is designed to serve as a buffer between higher intensity commercial areas and residential areas. It is designed to be a flexible, transitional area where commercial, business and residential land uses may all be present. The Forest Recreation Future Land Use category includes lands primarily used for sustainable forest management, recreation, and preservation of natural resources and sensitive environmental areas. This area is for uses that are compatible with natural resources, such as low impact recreation, trails and wildlife areas. Existing residential uses are accommodated at a very low density but further subdivision of lands is not encouraged so as to maintain the integrity of the land for productive and conservation purposes. These lands are generally in close proximity to publicly owned conservation/recreation lands or are currently maintained in a Commercial Forest Program. The General Business Future Land Use category generally includes the areas adjacent to highways which provide a convenient location for larger regional and local serving auto-oriented uses. Surface parking must be accommodated but is preferably located in the rear of the property or Chapter 8 | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 screened or buffered from view. Access is generally from the highway but shared access is encouraged to preserve highway safety and function. The area is intended to incorporate various transportation modes, including all season non-motorized connections to increase ease, safety, and convenience of walking and bicycling from surrounding neighborhoods. The Industrial Future Land Use category includes industrial service and manufacturing firms which engage in intense scale or volume of activity and may store materials or vehicles outdoors. Few customers, especially the general public, come to the site. These areas are characterized by the presence of heavy machinery, building materials, and raw materials for processing and storage, and the utilization of chemicals and intense processes. This future land use area is also for uses that are not compatible in any other districts. The Resource Production Future Land Use category includes much of the land in the northern part of the Township. Much of these areas are not accessible year-round and are only served by roads designated as seasonal roads by the Marquette County Road Commission. For this reason uses recommended for this area includes agricultural activities, extraction of earth products, hunting and fishing camps, forest products harvesting, wood processing facilities and outdoor recreational facilities. The Rural Residential Future Land Use category includes properties with a residence normally with septic and private well infrastructure. These properties have access to a primary County road and exist in various levels of density. A slightly higher residential density is envisioned for properties along existing roads when the development is designed as conservation or open space subdivision, provided that at least 60 percent of the space is usable, undeveloped, open space. The Scenic Residential Future Land Use category includes lower residential densities such as one unit per five acres. It is preferred that these homes be located close to the road to preserve more space for recreational opportunity. A higher residential density and smaller lots are envisioned for properties when the development is formatted as conservation or open space subdivision, provided that at least 75 percent of the space is usable, undeveloped, open space. The Urban Residential Future Land Use category includes mostly single-family housing with some smaller multi-family complexes. Homes are generally on smaller lots, and it is intended that homes could be interspersed with neighborhood offices or businesses, churches, and parks, especially near main intersections or shopping areas. Urban Residential Land Use Chapter 8 | Page 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 features Future Land Use POWELL TOWNSHIP Urban Residential /V Rurol lle,identiol ..,..__ S1reom 1111 Scenic Residential : 6, Water Body i,.? Town$1llp Souod1;1ry Developmenr District l 1111 General Business I Rood Pa rcel llll indum iol t:ii Neighboring Munkipolity Resource Produc11ot1 1111 Forest Recreation LAKE SUPERIOR ,.- CITY Of MARQUETTE CITY Of NEGAUNEE SANDS TOWNSHIP MAQUETTE CHARTER TOWNSHIP -FUTURE LAND USE- 0 US t.S U -ic::=---c::==>Mil11 -~,-\ . ..-.,. . . . . . . -L ~ ..1 .....IIO(Nrltl1"1. . . . . , _ _ . . _ . . ....,_ ..,_....,...~•L . ..... .,....__.,............. _..._,. ... .. ,.,,.,..,.. .. ,lloliWllo,ol Chapter 8 | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 8.3 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ZONING AND FUTURE LAND USE The Land Use Map is a graphic representation of how land in the Township is planned to be used. The future land use map is a general description of where and what intent the zoning should have in the future. This map and the descriptions listed above make up the Future Land Use Plan for the Charter Township of Marquette. This Future Land Use Plan will serve as a guide for making decisions on the rezoning of land. 8.4 ZONING DISTRICTS AND ZONING PLAN Marquette Township is currently divided into seven zoning districts. The Township is also working on adding two districts; these proposed districts are discussed in this section. The intent and purpose of each district is discussed in this section. The permitted and conditional uses within each district are discussed in Article XIV, Principal Uses Permitted in Districts Section 14.05 of the Charter Township of Marquette Zoning Ordinance. A schedule of district regulations is included in Article XVIII, Section 18.13 through Section 18.19 of the Charter Township of Marquette Zoning Ordinance. 8.5 CURRENT ZONING DISTRICTS Rural Residential District (RR) The Rural Residential District is established to provide low-density, limited growth, residential areas. It is designed to accommodate residential development for those who desire low-density environments in somewhat remote locations and are willing to assume the costs of providing individual private utility systems and amenities. This District is established to protect and preserve the existing character of those areas within the Township which are presently rural in nature and contain scattered residential developments or other low-intensity uses. This District is generally characterized by lack of public sewer, water, and a well-developed road circulation system. It is the intent of the Township to concentrate its infrastructural resources in areas where more intense development is planned; existing developments within this District are likely to remain without public service facilities indefinitely. Urban Residential District (UR) The Urban Residential District is established to provide higher density areas for single family housing developments and is intended to grow at a moderate intensity with an urban residential character. It is intended that this District be serviced with all of the facilities for urban living including community sanitary sewers and water supply systems. This District is generally located where a full range of public utilities are existing or may soon be provided to compliment and encourage development of this intensity. Development District (DD) The Development District is intended to accommodate future growth in specifically designated areas within the Township where planning studies and future land use maps have indicated, where infrastructure already exists, or where it would be most likely to occur. The location of this district will most naturally occur between the General Business District areas and Residential area within the Township. It is designated to be a flexible, Transitional Growth District where a variety of mixed Land Uses, including Commercial, Office and Residential, could compatibly co-exist. This District is intended to function primarily as a transitionary zone located between the more intensive existing land uses and land uses Chapter 8 | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 exhibiting minimal impact or intensity, such as are inherent in a Residential District. The Land Use Intensities within this transition district will be controlled utilizing the Minimum Performance Standards as required for each proposed development to be located within the District. Excluded from this District are high intensity Land Uses which are best located in the more intense zoning districts within the Township. General Business District (GB) The General Business District is intended to serve as a focal point for the commercial needs of the highest density population areas of the Charter Township of Marquette and the surrounding areas. The General Business District shall be served by existing or planned public utilities capable of supporting intense development. The standards prescribed for the District are designed to optimize utilization of existing infrastructure. The minimum performance standards are intended to assure compatibility of land uses within the General Business District, as well as neighboring areas. Excluded are uses that require segregation due to environmental and/or health considerations not easily controlled by the application of minimum standards for performance. Segregated Business District (SB) The Segregated Business District is intended to accommodate industrial uses which must be segregated because of the inherent nuisance impacts which cannot be made compatible with other uses through the application of minimum performance standards. The creation of the Segregated Business District recognizes the potential for public nuisance, infrastructure, and operational incompatibilities between permitted uses and those of other districts. Accordingly, the standards for this District are designed to accommodate intensive industrial uses having potentially severe adverse impacts. This District should be linked to locations with appropriate environmental characteristics and existing or planned industrial facilities. Standards of performances shall assure that nuisances caused by land uses within the Segregated Business District will have minimal impact on adjacent areas. The locational requirements of intensive use districts shall be recognized as a “Segregated Business District” and be discouraged from being utilized for any type of less intensive uses. When the opportunity arises, it is recommended changing the name of this district from Segregated Business District to Industrial District. This name change will provide a better understanding of the permitted uses in this district. Resource Production District (RP) The Resource Production District is intended to promote the most appropriate social, economic, and environmental utilization of land in the Charter Township of Marquette. This District is intended to provide for a variety of different uses which are resource based. Differences in land uses within the District shall be assured of compatibility by developmental standards required for each land use within the District. The minimum performance standards are intended to provide flexible utilization of the Township’s natural resources while preventing nuisance situations from arising. A large portion of Marquette Township is forest land devoted to timber harvest and natural resource production. Under the current ordinance, this District allows single family residential development on one (1) acre lots as a special use, with a requirement that the lots front a county road. Chapter 8 | Page 5 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 Small lots fragment large tracts of land, increase demand for more public services in often remote areas, and will impact both resource production and recreational use of the property. It is recommended this provision be changed in the Resource Production District to allow residential development on five (5) acre lots as a special use only when done as a subdivision development or a conservation subdivision and the property has frontage or access to an all-season county road. Overall density will remain low, the residential parcels will be clustered, and impacts reduced. Forest Recreation District (FR) The Forest Recreation District is designed to promote the use of wooded and rural areas of the Township in a manner that will retain the basic attractiveness of the natural resources and provide enjoyment for both visitors and residents of the area. Township services such as snow plowing, school bus pick-up and garbage collection may not be provided depending on the exact location. The minimum lot size is five acres with a front yard and rear yard setback of 50 feet and the total of the two side yard setbacks of 25 feet. Land use may include fish hatcheries, commercial forest production, non-commercial forest production, saw mills, firewood sales, logging/contractor operations, emergency service centers, motorized trails, non-motorized trails, arboretums, boat landings, outdoor ice skating rinks, park and playgrounds. Scenic Residential District (SR) The Scenic Rural District is established to preserve and protect large tracts of land in the Township and to provide for very low density residential development located on private roads. The minimum lot size is five acres with smaller lots available by way of Special Use. The minimum lot size is five acres with a front yard and rear yard setback of 50 feet and the total of the two side yard setbacks of 25 feet. Land use may include Single-family Residences, Bed and Breakfasts, Rental-Dwellings, Nature Areas/ Open Space, Ski Areas, Campgrounds, Tennis Courts, Schools, Churches and Emergency Service Centers. Scenic Residential Development | Marquette Township Lake Superior Chapter 8 | Page 6 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 8.6 2020 CLIMATE RESILIENCY & FUTURE LAND USE Climate Resiliency in planning and development helps to ensure the prosperity, livability, equity, and sustainability of a community for future generations. Resiliency planning focuses on all aspects of community, ensuring the economy, the environment, and social/living conditions are vibrant and upheld through adversity. Marquette Township recognizes the interdependencies among physical and social vulnerabilities and wishes to mitigate the extent to which climate change may influence land-use patterns. Township Officials see opportunity within future land-use categories, as presented in this plan, that promote solutions that address these climate impacts while also benefiting community health. The overarching climate drivers that require Township attention through land-use planning are; Air Quality, Emergency Response & Extreme Events, and Water Related concerns. Air Quality Increasing average annual temperatures and shifting seasonal precipitation patterns that have at times led to drought conditions can lead to intensified wildfires, poorer air quality, and increased pollen counts. This can impact health by causing or exacerbating respiratory illnesses as well as mental health and stress consequences. In order to reduce the impacts of air pollutants it is necessary to maintain heavily forested areas such as Forest Recreation and Resource Production land use categories assist in the absorption of Local Air Pollutants. Emergency Response & Extreme Events Extreme weather events and wildfires seen with climate change coupled with insufficient infrastructure, inadequate transportation networks, isolated residents, and other challenges can lead to increased health dangers in the community, such as injury, respiratory illnesses, cold-related illness, and mental health consequences. Remote areas in the outer reaches of Marquette Township are vulnerable to the impacts of reduced emergency response. As such, it is necessary to limit residential land uses that promote highintensity development in these areas. Water Related Concerns Increased extreme rain events as well as increased drought conditions and lasting increased temperatures seen with climate change that can lead to intensified flooding, road closures, mold, contaminated water, and intensified wildfires, among other dangers. For example, Marquette Township shoreline residences are especially susceptible to flooding and the erosion as a result of wave action from Lake Superior. The Scenic Residential & Rural Residential Future Land Use categories adjacent to Lake Superior are intended to provide low-density, limited areas of residential growth. Maintaining low density residential Land Uses along Lake Superior mitigates residential vulnerability along Lake Superior. As these Resiliency Planning concepts and solutions continue to develop, Marquette Township wishes to utilize them where and when feasible within the realm of Future Land Use Planning. Chapter 8 | Page 7 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 CHAPTER NINE | PLAN IMPLEMNTATION & ADOPTION 9.1 INTRODUCTION The Township aims to carry out the goals and objectives of this Master Plan. The Township Board, Planning Commission and staff will continue to monitor the outcomes of the plan and will propose changes as they are needed and/or warranted. This Master Plan is not a permanent document. It can be amended over time. Because Marquette Township is a growing community, it may be necessary to revise and/or update the Master Plan more regularly than every five (5) years. In order for the Master Plan to be relevant to the community, it must remain current and relevant to issues and opportunities that may arise. 9.2 PLAN REVIEW As required by the Michigan Planning Enabling Act, P.A. 33 of 2008, the draft plan was distributed to neighboring communities, county and utilities on March 5, 2020, with instructions for review and comment. A list of the entities receiving the draft plan is located below. 9.3 PUBLIC HEARING AND ADOPTION The Public Hearing notice for adoption was published in the Mining Journal on June 4, 2020. The Township Planning Commission held a duly called Public Hearing on June 24, 2020. Following the Public Hearing, the Planning Commission adopted the Charter Township of Marquette Master Plan | 2020-2024 by resolution on June 24, 2020. The Marquette Township Board of Trustees passed a Resolution of Concurrence at their meeting on July 7, 2020; a copy of those resolutions can be found further into this chapter. 9.4 DISTRIBUTION OF THE PLAN Following adoption, the final plan was distributed to neighboring communities, county and utilities in the same manner as the draft plan. A list of those receiving the final plan is below. • • • • • • • • • • • • Powell Township City of Marquette Marquette County Sands Township Ishpeming Township Negaunee Township Northern Natural Gas Company Charter Communications SEMCO Energy Gas Company Marquette Board of Light and Power SBC LS&I Railroad Chapter 9 | Page 1 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 PLANNING COMMISSION ADOPTION RESOLUTION MARQUETTE CHARTER TOWNSHIP ORIGINAL 161 County Road 492 Marquette, Michigan 49855 Ph I 906.228.6220 Fx J 906.228 .7337 www. marquettetOWTis hip.erg Charter Township of Marquette 'Marquette County, Michigan Planning Commission Resolution #062420-1 Al a regular meeting of the Marquette Township Plannirlg Commission held on June 24, 2020, held virtually on Zoom, the following resolution was offered by Commis-s.ion member Wiegand and supported by Commission Chairperson Springer. A RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE UPDATED MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP MA-STER PLAN I 2020-.2024 WHIEREAS, lhe Michigan Planning Ena bll119 Ac! (PA 33 of 2008), aulhetrize-s the Planning Commission to prepare and periodically update a Master Plan for the use, development and preservation of all lands in the Township; and WHEREAS, the Pla nning Commission prepared an updated Master Plan and submitted said plan to the Township Board ror review and comment; and WHEREAS, the Township Ek:Jard received and revlewed the proposed aster Plan update prepared by the Planning Commission and authorized the di:slribution of !he updated Master pla n lo the Notice Group entities kJentined in the Michigan P.lanning Enabling Act (P.A . 3J of 2008); and WHER EAS, notrce was provided to too IPlann1ng1Enabling Act (P.A. 33 of 2008); and otice Group as provided [n I.he Michigan - WHE:R EAS, !he Plannlng Commlsslon held a Public Hearing on June 24, 2020 to consfder the public comment reoeived on the proposed Master Pla n update, and lo further review and comment on the fvlaster Plan; and WHEREAS, the Plannlng Commission finds that the proposed Masler Plan update is desirable, proper, and reasonable and furthers the use, prewrvaUon, and development goals and objectives ,of the Tovmship; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED AS FO LOWS: 1. The Marquette Charter Township P~nning Commission hereby adopts lhe pro.posed Master Plan Update. Including all of the chap1ers, figures,. descr[ptive matters, maps and tables contained therein. 2. DistribuUon to Notice Group. :Pursuanl lo MCL 125.3843, the Planning Commission approves the dis~lbutlon of the adoPted Ma.ster Plan update lo the Notice Group_ Chapter 9 | Page 2 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 M,ARQUETTE CHARTER TOWNSHIP 16 1 County Road 492 Marquette. Michl.gen 49855 Ph 1906.228.6220 Fx 1906.228.7337 www.marquettetownship.org 3. Findings of Fact. The Pia,nning Commi:ssion has made the foregoing determination based on a review of existing land uses In the Township, a review of the existing Master Plan provisions and maps, and fnput received from P a.nning Commission members and the puib lie, as weU as with the assistance of the Township's Planning & Zoning Department staff. The Planning Commission also finds thait the amended Master Plan will accurately reflect and jmplemen,t t e Township's goals and otJjeciives for the use, preservation, and deveJopmenl of ands within Ma rq uetle Charier Townshlp. 4. Effective Date; RepeaL The amended Master Plliln shall become effective on th.-e, adoption date of th is resolution. The prio r Master Plan is hereby repealed upon the updated Master Plan becomiog effective. · · Yeas: Nays: Absent/Abs!ain: RESOLUTIO Springer, Wiegand, Heikkin~n. John,son No:ne None DECLARED ADOPTED. QEBUEICAil'Lltd I hereby certify that the above is a. true copy of a resolution adopted by the Charter Township of Marquette P arming Commission at the time, date, and pla.oe specified above; pursuant to the requ ired statutory procedures. Da1e: June 24, 2020 Michael Springer ,lanniing Commission Cha!l1person Chapter 9 | Page 3 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP BOARD CONCURRENCE RESOLUTION MARQUETT.E CHARTER TOWNSHIP 1000 Commerce Drive Marquette, Michigan 49856 ORIGINAL Ph j 906.228.6220 Fx I 906.228. 7337 www.marquettetownshlp.org Charter Township of Marquette Marque t e County, M ichfgan RESOLUTION OF CONCURRENCE IN SUPPORT OF THE MASTER PLAN UPDATE I 2020-2024 #070720•1 WHEREAS, th"@ M ichigan P,a noi ng E.nab ling Ac j P.A. 33 ,of 20081, authorizes the Plann Ing Commissio n to pr-epar@ arwt pe riodically update a Master Pian for the use, d velopme.nt a · d preservation of all lands In the Township; .ind WI--IEREA.S, the l>lanningcommissfonpre pared an updated Maste r Plan and s1Jbm itted s.ald plan to the Township Board fo r review and comment; and WHEREAS, the Township Soard received a,nd revi ewed the proposed Ma,ster t>lan update prep.a red by t e Plarmi ng Commission and a uth o riled the distribution of th updated Master pla to th@ otic@ Group @ntities id@ntified in the Michig,1n Planning Enab ling Act (PA ,B of 2008); and WHEREAS, notice was provided to the Notice Group as provided In the Mithrgan Planning nablh1s Act (P.A. 33 of 2008); and WHEREAS, the Pl,rnning Commission held a required Public Hearing on June 24, 2020 to consider the public comment received on the proposed Master Plan update, and to furthe r review and comment on the Master Plan; and WHEREAS, at a regu lar meeting of the Marquette Township Planning Commissio1l held via teleconference utilfzlrflg Zoom software on June 24, 2020, a Master Plan IJpdate Adoption Resolution wa~ offered by Commi$$10n member Cl.i\le Wiega,1d, supported by Commission member M fchae l Springer sir'ld su,pported unanirn0lJSly. NOW, TH REFORE, Ile rt HEREBY RESOLVED AS FOLLOWS: 1. The Marquette Charter Township Board ofTrustefi does hereby concur with the action o f the Pl.ann ing Commission by pas,;ing this n~solution on t:he 7'" day of JIJly, 2020. Yeas: Superviso r Durant, Cieri:: Ritari, Treasure r Johnson, Trustee taRue, rustee Marke$, Trustee Wiegand, Trwtee Everson Nays: None Absent/Abstain: None Chapter 9 | Page 4 �MARQUETTE TOWNSHIP | MASTER PLAN 2020 MARQUETTE CHARTER TOWNSHIP 1000 Commerce D ·ve Marquette, Michigan 49855 Ph I 906.228.6220 Fx I 906.228. 7337 www.marquettetownship.o g I hereby certify that the above is tru copy of a resolution adopted by t Charter Township of Marquette Board ofTrustees at the t me, date, and place specified abov ; purs ant to he requ ired statutory procedures. Date: _ July 7, 2020._ __ By;_[)_J__ ·-M ----Randy J. Ritari, Cle Chapter 9 | Page 5 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marquette-Charter-Twp_Master-Plan_2020 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning Commission, Marquette Charter Township, Marquette County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2020-07-07 Title A name given to the resource Master Plan 2020-2024 Description An account of the resource The Marquette Charter Township Master Plan 2020-2024 was prepared by the Planning Commission and was approved on July 7, 2020. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Marquette Charter Township (Mich.) Marquette County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a684eb74a21820ee772f1d9cc905ba1a.pdf 6d43c8fce670e09db0249f47ced50927 PDF Text Text Partridge Bny Middle Bay MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN .............. 2003 Master Plan Scenario 2 t 550 0.3 0 0.3 0.6 Miles - c:==---====:J -- -- ----- -·-- ---------- ----- ---· . -.. - ,- - .' ' ' ' Presque t""' Isle Harbor ·, ' .. ,,, .... , - ,. .• Marquette ...~(J) h".1 Bay ,-. D Residential Mixed Use (Res . & Com.) CJ Neighborhood Commercial Corridor Commercial Regional Commercial Central Business District Campus Business Park Industrial Recreation/Open Space ~ Transportation/Util ity Right-of-Way # , # Relocated Road Right-of-Way D �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CHAPTER 80 - MARQUETTE CITY ZONING ORDINANCE 80.01 Short Title. This Ordinance shall be known and may be cited as the City of Marquette Zoning Ordinance. 80.02 Definitions. For the purpose of this Ordinance, certain terms, or words used herein shall be interpreted as follows: All words used in the present tense shall include the future; words in the singular number include the plural number and all words in the plural number include the singular number; and the word "building" includes the word "structure," and "dwelling" includes "residence," the word "person" includes "corporation," "co-partnership," as well as an '1ndividual"; the word "shall" is mandatory and the word "may" is permissive; the word "lof' includes "plof' or "parcel;" the words "used" or "occupied" includes the words "intended," "designed," or "arranged to be used or occupied." Terms. not herein defined shall have the meaning customarily assigned to them. Abutting: Having property or district lines in common. Adult Foster Home: A group residence in which more than three adults who are not related to the head of the household by blood, marriage or adoption are provided with both room and board, and supervision, counseling, or living conditions designed to meet the needs of the individual an adult residents; an adult foster home which is licensed by the State of Michigan or by the state authorized agency. Alley: Any dedicated public way affording a secondary means of access to abutting property, and not intended for general traffic circulation. Alterations: Any change, addition or modification to a structure or type of occupancy or use of structure or land or any change in the structural members of a building, such as walls or partitions, columns, beams or girders, the consummated act of which may be referred to herein as "altered" or "reconstructed" or "changed". Basement: A portion of the bullding partially underground, which has less than one third of its height measured from finished floor to finished ceiling, above the average grade of the adjoining ground. Bed and Breakfast: (RM, OS, BC, CBD Districts) An owner occupied dwelling where no more than 5 (five) guest rooms are made available for the temporary accommodation of the traveling or vacationing public. Such an establishment may offer meals only to those persons temporarily residing at the establishment. Bed and Breakfast Inn: (OS, BC, CBD Districts) A structure primarily used for lodging purposes where the use as a residence is clearly secondary. A structure where more than 5 (five) but not more than 30 (thirty) guest rooms are made available for the temporary accommodation of the traveling or vacationing public. Such an establishment may offer meals to the public and persons temporarily residing at the establishment. Bluffline: The edge or crest of the elevated segment of the shoreline above the beach on the landward side, normally with a precipitous front that inclines steeply. If there is not an elevated segment indicating the bluffline, the line of perennial vegetation is considered the bluffline. Building: A structure designed, built or occupied as a shelter or roofed enclosure for persons, animals or property. The term building shall be construed under this code as if followed by the words "or parts thereof." Roof shall include coverings of any material whether or not permanent in nature. Building, Accessory: A subordinate building, the use of which is clearly incidental to that of the main building or to the use of the land, that may be used for permitted use or a customary accessory use. Building, Height: The vertical distance between the average grade and the highest point of the roof surface for flat roofs, to the deck line of Mansard roofs; the average height between eaves and ridge for gable, hip and gambrel roofs; and the average height between the lowest point and the highest point on a shed roof. 02-26-03 80-1 ---- - �Building(s), Main: A) Any individual structure, on a lot or site, which contains one or more principal or conditional uses. B) The separate structures, on a single site, in which one or more principal or conditional uses are located . Building, Non-Conforming: Any structure, the construction of which was lawfully established prior to the passage of this ordinance (or any amendments thereto), which for any reason does not meet all of the applicable regulations contained in the ordinance (or its amendments) . Children's Foster Care Facility: A single family home occupied by a foster parent or by two foster parents and not more than six children including the natural children of the parents and foster children, which is licensed by the State of Michigan or a state authorized Child Placing Agency. Such a group of persons shall be considered a family for the purposes of this ordinance . Commercial Development: Development for the purpose of exchanging, buying, or selling commodities on a large scale which involve transportation from place to place. District: A portion of the incorporated area of the city within certain regulations and requirements or various combinations thereof apply uniformly under the provisions of this ordinance. Dwelling Unit: One or more rooms connected together but structurally divided from all other rooms in the same structure, constituting separate living quarters, designed for permanent residential occupancy by a single family. Individual bathrooms and complete kitchen facilities, permanently installed, shall always be included for each dwelling unit. Dwelling, Duplex: A building designed or modified to contain two dwelling units not including mobile homes, travel trailers, and tents. Not more than one family may occupy each dwelling unit. Dwelling, Multiple Family: A building designed or modified to contain three or more dwelling units not including mobile homes, travel trailers, and tents. Not more than one family may occupy each dwelling. Dwelling, Single Family: A building designed exclusively for use as one dwelling unit not including mobile homes, travel trailers, and tents. Not more than one family may occupy each dwelling unit. Earthwork: The removal of earth materials, clearing of vegetation, mass grading, or re-grading of a site. Erected: Includes built, constructed, altered, reconstructed , moved upon, or any physical operations on the premises required for construction. Excavation, fill, drainage, installation of utilities, and the like, shall be considered a part of erection. Essential Services: Means the erection, construction, alteration or maintenance by public utilities or municipal departments, of overhead, surface, or underground gas, electrical, steam, fuel, or water transmission or distribution systems; collection, communication, supply or disposal systems, including towers, poles, wires, mains, drains, hydrants, and similar accessories in connection therewith, but not including building over 250 square feet in area necessary for the furnishing of such services. Family: 1) A basic unit having at its nucleus one or two persons who may be providing care for their children and/or elderly parents plus not more than two other persons; or, 2) Not more than four unrelated persons living together as a single housekeeping unit. Family Day Care Home: A private home in which more than one but less than seven minor children are received for care and supervision for periods of less than 24 hours a day, unattended by a parent or guardian, except children related to an adult member of the family by blood, marriage or adoption. It includes a home that gives care to an unrelated child for more than four weeks during a calendar year; or a home licensed by the Michigan Department of Social Services as a family day care home. Fence: A structure of definite height and location to serve as an enclosure in carrying out the requirements of this ordinance; a barrier designed to bound an area. (See Fence Ordinance also.) Fence, Screening: A structure of definite height and location, maintained to prevent passage of light and to screen and separate a use form adjacent property. Unless otherwise regulated in this ordinance or as required by the Board of Zoning Appeals of the Planning Board in carrying 80 - 2 • • • •Ill Ill • • • I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I out the spirit and intent of this ordinance, a screening fence shall be an obscuring fence or wall not less than four feet in height. Floor: The level base of the room, hollow structure, or enclosed area capable of supporting individuals of other materials, including basements. Floor Area: The total gross area of all floors, as measured to the outside surfaces of exterior walls. Fraternity of Sorority House: A building occupied and maintained exclusively for students affiliated with and formally recognized as a group by an academic or professional college or university or other recognized institution of higher learning. Grade: The average level of the finished surface levels of the ground adjacent to all exterior walls of those buildings more than five feet from a right-of-way. For buildings closer than five feet to a right-of-way the grade is the curb elevation at the center of the building . If there is no curb, the City Engineer shall establish the grade. Ground Coverage Ratio: The ratio of the area covered by the maximum horizontal cross section of a building or buildings to the area of the site (i.e. 20 square feet of building cross section on 100 square feet of land would give a ratio of 20/ 100 or 0.20). Group Day Care Facility: A private home, or a facility other than a private home, receiving more than six preschool or school aged children for care of supervision for periods of less than twenty four hours a day; a facility licensed as day care center are a home licensed as a group day care home by the Michigan Department of Social Services. Group Residential Facilities: Group residential facilities shall be defined to include the following: ( 1) Halfway House: A house licensed by a State Agency for the continued care, treatment and counseling of individuals who have successfully completed institutional treatment and who will benefit from a controlled atmosphere in a residential setting. 2) Adult Foster Care Facility: A home licensed by the State Department of Social Services for occupancy by persons referred by a placement review committee and under the supervision of either the Alger Marquette Community Mental Health Agency or the Department of Social Services, who would benefit from a controlled residential atmosphere, while participating in alternative treatment and voluntary training programs. 3) Spouse Abuse Shelter: A home for the temporary residence of victims of domestic violence. High Risk Erosion Setback: The minimum distance between the bluffline and the most lakeward edge of a permanent structure, as measured on tho date that construction begins. Home Occupation: An occupation of profession, carried on in a dwelling unit by members of the immediate family residing on the premises which are clearly incidental or secondary to the use of the dwelling for dwelling purposes. Homestay: (RS, RG, Districts) An owner occupied single family dwelling of which the rental of rooms is clearly secondary in use to the dwelling, where no more than 3 (three) guest rooms are made available for the temporary accommodation of the traveling or vacationing public. Such an establishment may offer meals only to those persons temporarily residing at the establishment. Hospital Hospitality Houses: A noncommercial use of a residential structure where rooms are let to transient patients of a local hospital concurrent with the patient's treatment at the hospital. Landscaping: The modification of the landscape for an aesthetic or functional purpose. It includes the preservation of existing vegetation and the continued maintenance thereof together with the installation of minor structures and appurtenances. Loading Space: An off-street space on the same lot with a building, or group of buildings, for temporary parking of a commercial vehicle while loading and unloading merchandise or materials. Lot: For purpose of this ordinance a lot is a parcel of land of at least sufficient size to meet minimum zoning requirements for use, coverage, and area to provide such yards and other open spaces as are herein required . Such a lot shall have its front line abutting a public street or a private street meeting the standards of an approved PUD and may consist of: 1. A single lot of record ; 2. A portion of a lot of record; 02-26-03 80-3 �• 3. A combination of complete lots of record, complete lots of record and portions of lots of record, or of portions of lots of record; o r 4. A parcel of land described by metes and bounds. Lot, Non-conforming: A lot, the size, width or other characteristic of which fails to meet requirements of the Zoning District in which it is located and which was conforming ("of record") prior to enactment of this ordinance. Lot of Record: A lot which is part of a plat or a lot or parcel described by metes and bounds recorded in the Office of the County Register of Deeds at the time of adoption of this ordinance. Lot, Corner: A lot where the interior angle of two adjacent sides at the intersection of two streets is less than one hundred and thirty five (135) degrees. A lot abutting upon a curved street or streets shall be considered a corner lot for the purposes of the ordinance, if the arc is of less radius than one hundred fifty ( 150) feet and the tangents to the curve, at the two points where the lot lines meet the curve or the straight street line extended, form an interior angle of less than one hundred thirty five (135) degrees. Lot, Interior: A lot other than a corner lot. Lot, Through: An interior lot having frontage on two more or less parallel streets as distinguished from a corner lot. All sides of said lots adjacent to streets shall be considered frontage, and front yards shall be provided as required. Lot Lines: The line abounding a lot as defined herein: 1. Lot Line. Front: That line separating the lot from the right-of-way, in the case of a through lot, the lines separating the lot form each right-of-way; in the case of a corner lot one such front line may be designated as a side lot line. 2. Lot Line. Rear: A lot line which is opposite the front lot line. In the case of a corner lot, the rear lot line shall be opposite either front line, but there shall only be one rear lot line. In the case of a lot pointed at the rear, the rear lot line shall be an imaginary line parallel to the front lot line, not less than ten (10) feet long, lying farthest from the front lot line and wholly within the lot. 3. Lot Line, Side: Any lot line not a front lot line or not a rear lot line. Lot Width: The horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the interior front yard lines. Major Street: Any street designated as a major street pursuant to Act 51 of the public Acts of 1951. Master Plan: Comprehensive land use plan adopted by the Planning Board pursuant to Act 285, Laws of 1931 . Minor Street: Any street designated as a minor street pursuant to Act 51 of the Public Acts of 1951 . Motel: A series of rental units, each containing at least a bedroom and bathroom, provided for compensation to the traveling public for overnight lodging. Mobile Home: Any vehicle designed, used of so constructed as to permit its being used as a conveyance upon the public streets of highways and duly licensable as such and constructed in such a manner as will permit occupancy thereof as a dwelling or sleeping place for one or more persons. Such mobile home shall include units with or without wheels attached. When occupied as a dwelling unit such mobile home must be locate in the mobile home park. Mobile Home Park: A Planned Unit Development designed for the placement of mobile homes to be occupied as dwelling units. Non-Conforming: Refer to buildings, non-conforming; lots, non-conforming; and uses, non-conforming. See also Section 80.44 for non-conforming uses and non-conforming buildings. See Section 80.45 for non-conforming lots. Nursing Home, Convalescent Home, Extended Care Facility: An establishment which provides full-time convalescent, or extended care, or both for three of more individuals who are not related by blood or marriage to the operator and, who, by reason of chronic illness or infirmity are unable to care for themselves. Surgical and obstetrical services and care for the acutely ill are not available on the premises. 80-4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Occupants, Capacity: Maximum number of persons who may occupy a structure as determined by the City Fire Chief, as authorized by state or local statute. Occupancy: Being present in any manner of form . Includes the meaning of intent, design, or arrangement for the use, or inhabitation of. Office: A building or portion of a building wherein services are performed including, predominantly administrative, professional, or clerical operations. Open Space: That portion of a site not covered by structures (see also outdoor livability space). Outdoor Livability Space: Any area of a site which is not covered by a structure, is not included in required parking area, and is available for use by residents and visitors. Parking Lot: A hard surfaced, dust free area with well defined entrances and exit lanes for unencumbered access to individual parking spaces . Parking Space: A defined area of at least l O feet X 20 feet for the storage or parking of a single permitted vehicle. This area is to be exclusive of drives, driveways, isles or entrances givir,g access to the space from the public right-of-way. Permanent Structure: Any building, (whether residential, commercial, or industrial), mobile home, accessory structure or related building, or any septic system, tile field or other waste handling facility erected, installed or moved onto a parcel of property. Excluded are recreational vehicles, picnicking shelters or moveable storage sheds, stairways, dock, or erosion control structures . Planned Unit Development (PUD): A development of flexible design, which meets the requirements of the Planned Unit Development District, other applicable sections of this ordinance and any additional requirements placed upon it by the Planning Board . Public Utility: Any person, firm or corporation, municipal department, board or commission duly authorized to furnish and furnishing under Federal, State, or Municipal regulation to the public, gas, steam, electricity, sewage disposal communication, telegraph, transportation, or water. Retail Business: A business which sells commodities or goods in small quantities to the ultimate consumer. Rooming House: A building where sleeping accommodations are available for remuneration for periods of one week or longer. Board may or may not be included with the accommodations. Service: A useful labor which does not produce a tangible commodity. Setback: In this ordinance, the term setback is not used, as such term represents a distance that is established in like manner as that for yard. Shoreline: The area of the shorelines where land and water meet. Sidewalk Cafe: An outdoor dining area on a public sidewalk or right of way where patrons consume food and beverages provided by an abutting food service establishment. Such establishments include either table service in the outdoor area or takeout items to be consumed there. Sign: Refer to City Code, Chapter 82 - Signs. Site: One or more lots under the same ownership or control which are proposed to the Zoning Administrator as a whole for the purpose of compliance with the requirements and regulations of this ordinance. Site Area, Net: In the Planned Unit Development District the net site area shall be the area of any existing or required right-of-way located within the boundaries of the site. In all other districts the net site area shall be the total site area. Site Improvements: Any work performed on a site that is not building construction or earthwork. Site Plan: A graphic document of existing site conditions and proposed alterations and construction submitted in compliance with the requirements of this ordinance. Street: A dedicated public right-of-way which affords the principal means of vehicular access to abutting property. A street includes the entire right-of-way and any improvements constructed thereon. Structure: Anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires location on the ground or attachment to something having location on the ground, except driveways and pavement. Tent: A structure whose walls and roof are entirely or primarily made of fabric. Travel Trailer: A vehicle designed as a travel unit for occupancy as a temporary or seasonal 02-26-03 80 - 5 �living unit. Use: Any purpose for which a building or other structure or a tract of land may be designed, arranged, intended, maintained or occupied, or any activity, occupation, business or operation carried on or intended to be carried on in a building or other structure or on a tract of land. Use, Accessory: Any use of land and/or structures which may customarily accompany the permitted uses within each zoning district as the principal use to which it is accessory. Use, Conditional: Any building, structure, or use which complies with tho applicable regulations governing uses, other than principal and accessory uses, in the zoning district in which such building, structure, or use us located, and for which a permit has been issued by the City Planning Board. Use, Non-Conforming: Any structure, use of a structure or land use which was lawfully established prior to the time of passage of this ordinance (or any amendments thereto) and which does not conform to all of the applicable regulations contained in the ordinance (or its amendments). Use, Permitted: A use by right which is specifically authorized in a particular zoning district. Use, Principal: The main use of land or structures as distinguished form a secondary or accessory use. Uses Subject to Appeal: A use which may be approved by decision of the Zoning Administrator, which decision may be appealed to the Planning Board following the procedure for review of conditional uses. Yard: Required open space on the same site as a main building, unoccupied and unobstructed form the ground upward except as otherwise provided in the City Code, as defined therein. Yard, Front: An open space extending the full width of the lot, the depth of which is the minimum horizontal distance permitted between the front lot line and the nearest point of the building. Yard, Rear: An open space extending the full width of the lot, the depth of which is the minimum horizontal distance permitted between the rear lot line and the nearest point of the main building. In the case of a corner lot, the rear yard may be opposite either street frontage, but there shall only be one rear yard. Yard, Side: An open space between the main building and the side lot line, extending from the front yard to the rear yard, the width of which is the minimum horizontal distance permitted between the nearest point on the side lot line to the nearest point of the main building. Yard, Transitional: A required yard located on sites abutting zoning district boundaries for the purpose of creating a buffer zone to reduce conflict between incompatible districts. Zoning Variance: A modification of the literal provisions of the Zoning Ordinance granted by the Board of Appeals when in its judgement the strict enforcement of the Zoning Ordinance would cause undue hardship owing to circumstances unique to the individual property on which the variance is granted. 80.03 Application of the Ordinance. No structure, or part thereof, shall be constructed, erected, placed, altered, or maintained, and no land use or earthwork greater than 40,000 square feet in size commenced or continued within the City of Marquette, except as specifically, or by necessary implication, authorized by this ordinance. Within each zoning district no structure or use of any structure or land shall be lawful except the Principal Uses and Conditional Uses provided for in Section 80.44 of this ordinance. Conditional Uses are allowed on permit granted by the City Planning Commission. Where a lot is devoted to a Principal Use, customary accessory uses and structures are authorized except as prohibited specifically or by necessary implication. 80.04 Vested Rights. Nothing in this ordinance shall be interpreted or construed to give rise to any permanent vested rights in the continuation on any particular use, district, zoning classification or any permissible activities therein, and they are hereby declared to be subject to subsequent amendment, change or modification as may be necessary to the preservation or protection of public health, safety and welfare. 80 - 6 • • •■ I I I I I I I I I I -II �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 80.05 Establishment of Zoning Districts and Boundaries. 1. For the purpose of this ordinance the city is hereby divided into zoning districts as named and described in sections 80.20 through 80.39 . 2. The boundaries of said districts are hereby established as shown on the Official Zoning Map. A. The Official Zoning Map shall be identified by the signatures of the Mayor and City Clerk. B. The Official Zoning Map shall be kept in the office of the Zoning Administrator whose responsibility it shall be to enter on the map all amendments adopted by the City Commission. 3. Unless otherwise shown the boundaries of said districts shall be interpreted as follows: A. Boundaries approximately following public, railroad, utility, or other rights-of-way, streams, rivers, or canals, shall be construed to follow the center lines of such features. B. Boundaries approximately platted lot lines, or the city limits shall be construed as following these lines. C . Projections form the shoreline into unzoned water areas shall be subject to the regulations of the zoning district of the land at the shoreline. 4. Areas annexed to the city shall be subject to the regulations of the districts in this ordinance which most closely approximate their zoning, as determined by the Zoning Administrator. A. Within four months the City Commission shall upon recommendation of the City Planning Board either concur with the districts which the Zoning Administrator has chosen, or following a public hearing, designate a different district. 5. Public ways vacated by the City Commission action shall be construed as being in the zoning district which applies to the lands to which they become attached. 80.06 Amendment Procedure. The City Commission, the Planning Board or the property owner may at any time originate a petition to amend or change district boundaries, or regulations contained herein, pursuant to the authority and procedure established by Act 207 of Public Acts of 1921 as Amended. 1. Procedure: A. Each petition by one or more persons for an amendment shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator. Documents to support the application may be filed with the Zoning Administrator. A fee, as established by the City Commission shall accompany each petition, except those originated by the Planning Board or City Commission. B. The Planning Board shall set a time and date for a public hearing. (1) Notice of the Public Hearing shall be given as in Section 80.64.5. Any person may appear or be represented by duly authorized agent or attorney. (2) The Board may refuse to schedule a hearing on a petition for rezoning which includes any portion of a site considered for rezoning in which includes any portion of a site considered for rezoning in the previous six months. C. Following the public hearing, the Planning Board shall either make a recommendation to the City Commission or deny the petition. D. The City Commission upon recommendation shall either schedule a public hearing or deny the petition. This hearing shall be advertised in a general circulation newspaper. E. Amendments shall take effect ten days after adoption by the City Commission. 80 .07 Relationship to Other Laws. Whenever regulations or restrictions imposed by this ordinance are either more of less restrictive than regulations or restrictions imposed by any governmental authority through legislation, rule, or regulation , the regulations, rules, or restrictions which are more restrictive or which impose higher standards or requirements shall govern. Regardless of any other provision of this ordinance, no land shall be used and no structure erected or maintained in violation of any state or federal pollution control or environmental protection law or regulation . 80 .08 Severability. This ordinance and the various parts, sections, subsections, in clauses thereof, are hereby declared to be severable. If any part, sentence, paragraph, subsection, section, or 02-26-03 80 - 7 �clause is adjusted unconstitutional or invalid, it is hereby provided that the remainder of the ordinance shall not be affected thereby. If any part, sentence, paragraph, subsection, or clause is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid as applied to a particular property, building, or other structure, it is hereby provided that the application of such portion of the ordinance to other property, building, or structures shall not be affected thereby. Whenever any condition of limitation is included in an order authorizing a planned unit development or any conditional use permit, variance, zoning compliance permit, certificate of occupancy, site plan approval, or designation of Class A non-conformance, it shall be "conclusively presumed" that the authorizing officer of body considered such condition or limitation necessary to carry out the spirit and purpose of this ordinance or the requirement of some provision thereof, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, and that the officer or board would not have granted the authorization to which the condition or limitation pertains except in the belief that the condition or limitation was lawful. 80 .09 Effective Date and Repeal of Prior Ordinance. This ordinance shall take effect on April 10, 1978 said date being 10 days after adoption and publication by the City Commission. The Zoning Ordinance adopted by the City Commission on the 8th day of November, 1965 and all amendments thereto are hereby repealed as of the effective date of this ordinance. The repealed as of the effective date of this ordinance. The repeal of the above ordinance does not affect or impair any act done, offense committed, or right occurring, accrued or acquired, or liability, penalty forfeiture or punishment incurred prior to the time enforces, prosecuted, or inflicted. 80. l O Uses Subject to Appeal. A use subject to appeal shall be reviewed by the Zoning Administrator as if it were a Principal use in that district, with the following exceptions: a. It must meet all requirements of the ordinance including any special requirements listed for that zoning district. b. The Zoning Administrator 's decision to approve or disapprove a use subject to appeal may be appealed to the Planning Board. Said appeal shall follow the same procedure as the review of a conditional use (refer to Section 80.65). 80 .11 - 80.18 Reserved For Future Use. 80.19 Shoreline Erosion Overlay Zone 1. Intent. The intent of this overlay zone is to prevent the placement of structures in areas of high risk erosion as required by the Shorelands Protection and Management Act, P.A. 245 of 1970, as amended, thereby providing a minimum of thirty years protection from shoreline erosion and minimizing economic hardships of property loss. 2. Boundaries of the High Risk Erosion Area. The high risk erosion area coincide with description in shorelands erosion studies of the Department of Natural Resources (see overlay map dated September 13, 1984) . Overlay District A: The north boundary in section 14, T 48 N, R 25 W, lies 2,830 feet north of the intersection of Fair Avenue extended and the shoreline. The south boundary lies 1,430 feet north of the intersection of Fair A venue extended and the shoreline. The inland boundary 130 feet from the bluffline. Overlay District B: The north boundary in section 14, T 48 N, R 25 W, lies 1,430 feet north of the intersection of Fair Avenue extended and the shorellne. The south boundary, in section 13, lies 615 feet south of the intersection of Fair Avenue extended and the shoreline. The inland boundary 130 feet from the bluffline. 3. Schedule of Regulations. Within the boundaries of the high risk erosion areas established by this section, no permanent structures shall be located between the ordinary high water mark and the line defining the minimum setback distance. This will be measured in the landward direction as distance horizontal from and perpendicular to the bluffline. For each high risk session area described in Section 80.19 .2, the minimum setback, along with the recommended setback for permanent structures shall be as follows: 80-8 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I I RISK AREA A B MINIMUM 130 feet 180 feet RECOMMENDED 145 feet 195 feet SETBACK SETBACK 80.20 RS-Single Family Residential District. 1. Intent. To establish and preserve quiet, attractive neighborhoods of detached single family dwellings with a low to medium density. A limited number of public of institutional uses which are both compatible with this intent and convenient to the residents of this district may be allowed. 2. 3. 4. 5. Principal Uses. A. Detached single family dwelling units. (See Sec. 80.40) . 8. Customary accessory uses and structures. (See Sec. 80.40.3.e). C. Family day care homes. Requirements for Principal Uses. A. No more than one single family dwelling unit may be located on a lot. Conditional Uses (See Sec. 80.65). A. Schools, churches and cemeteries. B. Public recreational facilities compatible with the intent of this district. C. Home occupations. D. Group day care facilities. E. Duplex dwelling units. F. Homestays Uses subject to Appeal (See Sec . 80. l O). A. Home offices - subject to the following conditions: 1. The office may not occupy more than 25% of the floor area of the dwelling unit or a maximum of 500 square feet, which ever is smaller. 2. No persons who are not lawful residents of the dwelling may be employed. 3. There shall be no signs used to indicate the presence of the office use. 4. Persons other than residents of the dwelling shall not visit the office for business purposes. 5. There shall be no equipment used, the operation of which can be sensed outside of the dwelling unit. 6. No activity related to the office shall take place in an accessory structure. 7. Approval of a home office shall vest only in the person making application, and shall not be transferable to another person. 8. Application for approval of a home office shall include a signature indicating approval of the property owner if that person is different from the applicant. 80.21 RG - General Residential District. 1. Intent. To establish and preserve medium density residential neighborhoods which present an environment acceptable to single families. Some additional non-commercial compatible uses may be allowed. 2. Principal Uses (See Sec. 80.40.2). A. Detached single family dwellings (See Sec . 80.40.2) B. Customary accessory uses and structures (See Sec. 80.40.2 and 3.e). C. Family day care homes. 3. Requirements for Principal Uses. A. No more than one single family dwelling unit may be located on a lot. 4. Conditional Uses (See Sec. 80.65). A. Schools, churches, cemeteries. 8. Publlc buildings and recreational facilities compatible with the intent of this ordinance. C . Home occupations. D. Group day care facilities. 02-26-03 80-9 �5. E. Universities. F. Duplex dwelling units. G. Homestays. H. Hospital Hospitality Houses. Uses subject to Appeal (See Sec. 80. l 0) A. Home offices - subject to the following conditions: 1. The office may not occupy more than 25% of the floor area of the dwelling unit or a maximum of 500 square feet, whichever is smaller. 2. No persons who are not lawful residents of the dwelling may be employed. 3. There shall be no signs used to indicate the presence of the office use. 4. Persons other than residents of the dwelling shall not visit the office for business purposes. 5. There shall be no equipment used, the operation of which can be sensed outside of the dwelling unit. 6. No activity related to the office shall take place in an accessory structure. 7. Approval of a home office shall vest only in the person making application, and shall not be transferrable to another person. 8. Application for approval of a home office shall include a signature indicating approval of the property owner if that person is different from the applicant. 80.22 RM - Multiple Family Residential District. 1. Intent. To establish and preserve high density residential neighborhoods which will provide at least the minimum acceptable residential environment. 2. Principal Uses. (See Sec. 80.40.2) A. Detached single family dwellings on lots which were platted prior to the adoption of this ordinance . B. Duplexes. C . Multiple family residential structures. D. Family day care homes. E. Customary accessory uses where the property has been developed for single family use on a lot platted prior to adoption of this ordinance. 3. Conditional Uses (See Sec. 80.40.2). A. Schools, churches, cemeteries. 8. Public buildings and recreational facilities compatible with the intent of this district. C . Home occupations. D. Group day care facilities . E. Universities. F. Hospitals, extended care facilities, convalescent homes and adult foster care homes. G. Rooming houses, fraternities and sororities. H. Multiple family dwelling over 35 feet in height. I. Customary accessory uses and structures except as described in 80.22 .2.e above . J . Group Residential Facility. K. Bed and Breakfasts. 4. Uses subject to Appeal (See Sec. 80.10) A. Home offices - subject to the following conditions: 1. The office may not occupy more than 25% of the floor area of the dwelling unit or a maximum of 500 square feet, whichever is smaller. 2. No persons who are not lawful residents of the dwelling may be employed. 3. There shall be no signs used to indicate the presence of the office use. 4. Persons other than residents of the dwelling shall not visit the office for business purposes. 5. There shall be no equipment used, the operation of which can be sensed outside of the dwelling unit. 6. No activity related to the office shall take place in an accessory structure . 80-10 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 7. Approval of a home office shall vest only in the person making application, and shall not be transferrable to another person . 8. Application for approval of a home office shall include a signature indicating approval of the property owner if that person is different from the applicant. 80.23 OS - Office District. 1. Intent. To provide areas suitable for uses performed exclusively in offices. 2. Principal Uses (See Sec. 80.40.2). A. Executive, administrative, and professional offices. B. Medical and dental offices including clinics. C . Governmental offices. D. Residential units. E. Churches. 3. Requirements for Principal Uses. A. No more than two dwelling units shall be permitted in an office building. Such units shall not occupy more than 50% of the floor area of the building excluding the basement. B. Such units must meet all the requirements of the State Building Code and the City Housing Ordinance. C. There shall be no use or storage of flammable or hazardous materials in the building. D. Two parking places for each such dwelling unit with direct access to the parking area from the residential unit shall be provided. 4. Conditional Uses (See Sec. 80.65). A. Customary accessory uses. B. Bed and Breakfasts . C. Bed and Breakfast Inns. 80.24 BC - Community Business District. 1. Intent. The community business district is intended to encompass businesses which cater to the retail and service needs of the community, but which do not require large areas of land. These districts are encouraged to develop in clusters with common parking areas. Limited residential uses are allowed, when they accompany non business uses, for the purpose of increasing the viability of small businesses and offices. 2. Principal Uses (See Sec. 80.40.2) . A. All principal and conditional uses permitted in the OS-Office District. B. Retail business and service establishments catering primarily to the local market. C . Residential units. 3 . Requirements for Principal Uses. A. All establishments shall deal directly with retail consumers. B. All goods produced on a premises shall be sold on the premises where produced. C. All business, servicing, storage, or processing except for off-street parking or loading shall be conducted within a completely enclosed building. D. No more than two dwelling units may be permitted in each building. E. Two parking places for each residential dwelling unit with direct access to the parking area from the residential unit shall be provided. F. Dwelling units must be located above the first floor. G. Hazardous or flammable materials may not be used or stored within a residential building. 4. Conditional Uses (See Sec. 80.65). A. Establishments selling alcoholic beverages for consumption on the premises. B. Motels. C. Group Residential Facilities. D. Bed and Breakfasts. E. Bed and Breakfast Inns. F. Sidewalk Cates. 02-26-03 80 - 11 �G. Outdoor food and beverage service. 80.25 CBD - Central Business District. 1. Intent. To provide suitable regulations for the business oriented core area of the city wh ich serves both local and regional markets . 2. Principal Uses. (See Sec. 80.40.2). Retail, office, service functions, which are conducted within completely enclosed buildings, and residential units. 3. Requirements for Principal Uses. A. There shall be not outdoor storage. B. Outdoor vehicular sales, and service areas are not permitted . C. Two parking places for each residential dwelling unit with direct access to the parking area from the residential unit shall be provided. D. Dwelling units must be located above the first floor. E. Hazardous or flammable materials may not be used or stored within a residential building . 4. Parking for Principal Uses. It is recognized that the City of Marquette and the Downtown Development Authority have undertaken to provide adequate parking for the principal uses located in this zoning district. For that reason parking requirements in this district are eliminated with the exception of residential and conditional uses. A. The zoning administrator shall keep a summary of the zoning compliance permits approved each year, including individual uses approved, their locations, and the floor area they occupy. B. The zoning administrator shall not require the provision of parking for any principal use in the Central Business District. C. Annually, in January the Planning Commission shall meet with representatives of the Downtown Development Authority. 1. The Planning Commission shall review the accumulated annual information from the zoning administrator on new land uses . 2. The Downtown Development Authority shall provide information on the occupancy of each parking lot in the system. This information shall include occupancy at different times of the year and at different times of the day. D. The Planning Commission shall determine if the parking needs of the Central Business district are being met. A report of this determination shall be sent to the Downtown Development Authority and the City Commission. If the determination is that parking needs are not being met, the Planning Commission shall describe how the needs are not being met, and may suggest steps which could be taken to meet the need. 5. Conditional Uses (See Sec . 80 .65). A. Motel and hotels. B. Churches. C . Residential Units. D. Bed and Breakfasts. E. Bed and Breakfast Inns. D. Sidewalk Cates. E. Outdoor food and beverage service 80.26 BG - General Business District. 1. Intent. To provide suitable areas for retail or wholesale sales or service establishments which cater to a regional market. Uses include comparison shopping and land intensive establishments, which may be located so as to utilize a common parking area, or may provide their own parking separately. 2. Principal Uses (See Sec. 80.40.2) . A. All principal uses allowed in the BC district except residential uses. B. All other retail sales establishments. C. All other service establishments. 80 - 12 •I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. Wholesale trade establishments. Requirements for Principal Uses. A. Open storage of any equipment, vehicles and all materials including wastes shall be screened from public view, from public streets and from adjoining properties by an enclosure consisting of a wall or an obscuring fence of a height of not less than six (6) feet to obscure such stored materials. (See also Sec. 80.43.3) . B. Open storage shall not be in excess of twenty (20) feet in height. 80.27 I - Industrial District. 1. Intent. It is the intent of this district to regulate the establishment of industrial uses in the city in such a way as to prevent the deterioration of the environment to protect the desired qualities of adjoining districts and to exert a minimum nuisance on adjacent uses within this district. 2. Principal Uses (See Sec. 80.40.2) . A. Warehousing, and distributive operations. B. Wholesaling operations. 3. Requirements for Principal Uses . A. Open storage of any equipment, vehicles and all materials, including wastes, shall be screened form public streets, and from adjoining properties by an enclosure consisting of a wall or an obscuring fence of a height of not less than six (6) feet to obscure such stored materials (See also Sec. 80.43.3). B. Open storage shall not be in excess of twenty (20) feet in height. 4. Conditional Uses (See Sec. 80.65) . A. Light and heavy manufacturing. B. Major repair and maintenance operations. C . Processing and packaging operations. D. Bulk storage. 3. 80 .28 CR - Conservation and Recreation District. 1. Intent. To preserve the character of land in the city which have outstanding scenic and/or recreational qualities by restricting development not suited to this goal; to prevent development of land which has great ecological value or where there are natural hazards to development; to preserve open areas for forestry, agriculture and recreation ; and to control the construction of structures along the shoreline of Lake Superior. 2. Principal Uses (See Sec 80.40.2). A. Agriculture, including forestry. B. Land, water, and wildlife conservation and/or education activities. 3. Requirements for Principal Uses. A. Open storage of any equipment, vehicles and all materials including wastes shall be screened from public view. from public streets, and from adjoining properties by an enclosure consisting of a wall or an obscuring fence of a height not less than six (6) feet to obscure such stored materials (see also Sec. 80.43.3). B. Open storage shall not be in excess of twenty (20) feet in height. 4. Conditional Uses (See Sec. 80.65) . A. Land intensive recreational uses, either public or private, including customary accessory commercial uses. B. Port facilities and docks excluding warehousing and outdoor storage of materials, goods, or products. C. Natural Resource Extraction operations. D. Structures between the shoreline of Lake Superior and the pavement of the nearest public street or highway 80 .29 DD - Deferred Development. 1. Intent. To reserve large undeveloped areas of the city for future development by prohibiting unplanned, scattered development which would tend to divide these areas into smaller, 02-26-03 80-13 �more difficult to develop parcels. To delay intense development until city utilities and services can be provided . 2. Principal Uses (See Sec. 80.40.2) . A. Agriculture, including forestry. B. Land, water, and wildlife conservation and education operations . 3. Conditional Uses. A. None 80.33 PUD - Planned Unit Development District. 1. Intent. A. To permit more flexibility in the use and design of structures and land than is allowable under the other districts of this ordinance, where such modifications will not be contrary to the intent of this ordinance of significantly inconsistent with the Master Plan upon which it is based. B. To require a higher degree of urban amenities, the preservation of natural scenic qualities an open spaces, and more creative and imaginative design of developments in return for such flexibility . C. To promote more efficient and economical use of land. D. To give the developer reasonable assurance of ultimate approval before expending complete design monies, while providing city officials with assurances that a project will retain the character envisioned at the time of agreement. 2. Minimum PUD Size. A. Five contiguous acres, which may be divided by public rights-of way. B. One contiguous acre, in a plotted subdivision in which at least 80% of the lots have been built on . 3 . Regulations establishing permitted uses. A. Any use is permitted if the developer can demonstrate that the proposed PUD is of such a scale, and is sufficiently well designed to accomplish the intent of this ordinance with respect to adjoining land uses both existing and anticipated uses adjoining the PUD. B. A mixture of uses is allowable within any PUD providing that the developer can demonstrate that such mixture is so designed as to meet the intent of this ordinance in respect uses adjoining the PUD. C. The Planning Board shall use the Master Plan as a guide in determining anticipated uses. D. The Planning Board shall adopt, with the concurrence of the City Commission, guidelines for determining the compliance of the PUD with the intent of this ordinance. These guidelines include, but are not limited to, density, open space, outdoor livability space, traffic circulation, parking standards, environmental design, and non-residential development. 4. PUD Application Procedure. A. The developer shall consult with the City Planning Department concerning the requirements for application and guidelines set by the Planning Board and the City Commission . B. The developer shall submit a Preliminary Development Plan with a petition for rezoning to PUD district. This plan shall consist of written and graphic documents. The written documents shall consist of: 1. A legal description of the total site proposed for development including the present and proposed ownership. 2. A statement of the nature and character of the proposed development, and the methods to be used in achieving these goals. 3. A schedule of the approximate date, or dates if the development is to be divided into stages, when construction will begin and be completed. 4. A statement of the developer's intentions with regard to future ownership of all of parts of the development. 80 - 14 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 5. Quantitative data for the following : total number and type of dwelling and non-residential units, the proposed floor area, ground coverage, outdoor livability, and open space ratios, the proposed gross residential density, and the number of parking spaces for each used proposed, and any market or feasibility studies the developer wishes to submit in support of his plan. 6. Such additional documentation and may be required by the Planning Board. C. D. E. F. G. I I I H. The graphic documents shall consist of: 7. A plan at scale of 1: 1200 (1 inch = 100 feet) showing the existing site conditions including contours at an interval no greater than five feet, waterways or bodies, unique natural features, rock outcropping and vegetative cover. 8. A preliminary plat meeting the requirements of the Subdivision Ordinance, if the land is to be plotted . 9. A site plan or plans at a scale of 1: 1200 showing the location and floor area and use of all existing and proposed building, structures, and improvements, including maximum heights, the location and size of all areas to be conveyed, dedicated, or reserved as outdoor livability space, recreational areas, school sites, and similar public or semi-public uses, the proposed circulation system, including private and public streets, parking and loading areas, pedestrian ways, and access to existing and planned streets outside of the development, the existing and proposed utilities including sanitary and storm sewers, and water, gas, electric, telephone, and television cable lines, and a preliminary landscape plan. 10. A plan at an appropriate scale showing land areas adjacent to the proposed development, their uses, zoning, and general character, and the effects of the proposed development on such land including the treatment of the perimeter areas of the PUD . 11 . Such additional material as may be required by the Planning Board. Within 60 days following the submission of a Preliminary Development Plan, the Planning Department shall submit an analysis of the Plan to the Planning Board, the Planning Board shall hold a public hearing on the Plan, and vote to approve, approve with modifications or disapprove the Plan. If the Planning Board action is for approval or approval subject to modifications, a recommendation for similar action shall be made to the City Commission which shall then act within 30 days. Failure of either the Planning Board or the City Commission to act within the specified times shall constitute disapproval of the Plan . If the Preliminary Development Plan is approved, with or without modifications, by the City Commission, the official zoning map shall be changed to so signify. Such a change shall not constitute final approval of a plat, or authorization to issue building permits. Within 9 months following approval of the preliminary development plan containing in a final detailed form the information required in Section 80.62. At its discretion and for good cause the Planning Board may extend for six (6) months the period for filing the final development plan. If the developer fails to submit a final development plan for any reason , within the time allowed, the tentative rezoning shall be revoked and all the area within the development for which final approval has not been give shall be subject to the original zoning. If the Final Development Plan is in compliance with Preliminary Development Plan, as determined by the application of standards adopted by the Planning Board with the concurrence of the City Commission, it shall be approved by the Planning Board within 30 days. Notice of such approval shall then be given to the City Commission which shall approve the final development plan, and the plat or plats involved, if any, within 30 days; providing that such approval shall not be given until the financial assurances of development required by the Subdivision Ordinance have been made. If compliance with the preliminary development plan is not established the final 02-26-03 80-15 �development plan shall undergo the procedure for approval of a preliminary development plan as specific in Sections 80.30.4 before final approval may be given . (1) If, subsequent to the start of construction, it become necessary to modify the final development plan, the zoning administrator may do so at his discretion to the limit established in the PUD guidelines. If greater modifications are requested by the developer, they shall be subject to the approval by the Planning Board which shall act within 30 day. In granting such modifications, the Planning Board shall not act so as to substantially change the character or nature of the final development plan . (2) If construction has not started within 18 months of approval of the final development plan, said approval shall lapse. The Planning Board may extend this period by six months upon showing of good cause by the developer. If construction of the entire development or establishment stages is not significantly complete within the time limits imposed by the construction schedule, the Planning Board shall review the PUD an may recommend to the City Commission that the time for completion be extended, that the final development plan be amended. The Planning Department recommendation shall be subject to the procedures established in Section 80.30.4 governing approval of all or portions of the preliminary development plan . If final approval of all or portions of the development plan is withdrawn, that area of the PUD shall be subject to the original zoning. 80.34 MGH - Marquette General Health Systems Overlay District Regulations 1. Intent. The purpose and intent of the Marquette General Health Systems Overlay District is to provide for the growth and development of Marquette General Health Systems and to encourage the development of their facilities in a campus development framework; to provide for a variety of uses that support Marquette General Health Systems; to protect such areas from encroachment of incompatible land uses that may have an adverse impact on the operation and future expansion of Marquette General Health Systems; and to allow existing uses within the overlay district boundary which are not under ownership by Marquette General Health Systems to remain conforming to underlying zoning district regulations. The regulations are also intended to protect adjacent land uses and land use districts from the potential adverse impacts of Marquette General Health Systems on these adjoining areas. 2. Definitions. For the purpose of this overlay district, certain terms, or words herein shall be interpreted as follows: All words used in the present tense shall include the future; words in the singular number shall include the plural number and all words in the plural number include the singular number. Terms not herein defined shall have the meaning customarily assigned to them or the meaning assigned in section 80.02 of the Marquette City Code. Assisted living facilities: A residential development that provides room and board and provides assistance with activities for daily living for three or more adult residents. Emergency services: Facilities that provide ambulatory and related services . Health services: Establishments engaged in providing diagnostic services including general medical services, medical laboratories, and outpatient care facilities. Hospice: A facility that provides residential living quarters for up to six terminally ill persons. Hospitals: An institution providing health services for inpatient and/or outpatient medical or surgical care of the sick or injured and including related facilities such as, but not limited to, laboratories, outpatient departments, central staff service facilities, and staff offices which are an integral part of the institution. Medical related accessory uses: Privately owned facilities that provide support for patients, employees, and visitors of Marquette General Health Systems to include; financial institutions, insurance companies, medical equipment sales, pharmaceutical sales, barber shops, clothing rental , health clubs, photographic studios, cleaning and garment services (but not including power laundries or dry cleaning services), restaurants and cafeterias, bookstores, floral shops and gift stores provided there is no 80 - 16 • • • •I -I I I I I I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I visible indication outside of any building. Medical related office: A place which functions such as directing, consulting, record keeping, clerical work, and sales without the presence of merchandise of Marquette General Health Systems. Medical related uses: Medical schools and associated dormitories, medical conference centers, medical appliance sales, facilities for carrying on investigation in the natural or physical sciences, or engineering and development as an extension of investigation with the objective of creating end products. 3. Master Planning Required. Within six months following adoption of this zoning district, and at least every five years thereafter, Marquette General Health Systems shall prepare and present to the Planning Commission for its review a master plan for the future development of its campus. The plan shall include all property owned by Marquette General Health Systems or scheduled for acquisition. The Planning Commission shall take into account the information in that master plan when making planning and zoning decisions in and around the hospital area. 4. Applicability: The overlay district regulations shall apply only to those properties under ownership of Marquette General Health Systems or its subsidiaries within the district boundary as herein described. The regulations contained herein shall not apply to properties not owned by Marquette General Health Systems or property owned by Marquette General Health Systems that is being used as a one or two family residence. 5. Special Documentation: Marquette General Health Systems shall provide the City of Marquette with a Campus Master Plan that will be kept on file at the City of Marquette Planning Department. The Plan provided by Marquette General Health Systems shall be updated every five years. 6. Marquette General Health Systems Overlay District Boundary and Sub-areas: The Marquette General Health Systems Overlay District is bounded by Kaye Avenue/College Avenue In the north, Park Street In the south, Seventh Street In the west, and Hebard Court/Presque Isle Avenue/Fourth Street in the east. The Marquette General Health Systems Overlay District Boundary is further segmented into three distinct sub-areas, which are designed to allow for more intense use as the distance from a residential area becomes greater, in order to provide a buffer from non-residential uses. These sub areas include: A. Sub-Area A: Neighborhood Protection Area B. Sub-Area B: Transitional Area C. Sub-Area C: Core/High Intensity Area The boundary of the zoning district and the boundary for each sub-area is graphically identified on the map entitled "Marquette General Health Systems Overlay District." 7. Principal Uses: The following uses are permitted within the district: A. Assisted living facilities B. Emergency Services C . Group day care facilities D. Health services E. Hospice F. Hospitals G. Medical related accessory uses H. Medical related office I. Medical related uses J . Nursing Homes K. Pharmacy L. Single and two-family homes 8. Special Requirements for Sub-areas. A. Neighborhood Protection Area . An area established to maintain the integrity of the residential area along park Street. (1) Building height shall be no more than thirty (30) feet . (2) Building width, measured parallel with Park Street, shall be a maximum of forty 02-26-03 80-17 �(40) feet and a minimum of twenty (20) feet for all new construction. (3) Minimum spacing between buildings shall be a ten (10) feet. (4) Maximum building length, defined as the portion of a building that runs perpendicular to Park Street, shall be no more than sixty (60) feet for all new construction. (5) The front yard requirement shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet. (6) All buildings shall have a peaked roof. (7) All buildings shall be architecturally designed so that the front of a building resembles the residential housing in the area. (8) There shall be no vehicular access from Park Street. (9) All parking shall be a minimum of seventy-five (75) feet from Park Street. (10) If parking is located in the Neighborhood Protection Area and behind a building, the area between buildings shall be landscaped in a manner that will completely obscure the parking lot from Park Street year round. (11) For there to be parking in the Neighborhood Protection Area on a platted lot there must be a building on at least part of the lot and the requirements of A-K must be met. (12) There shall be no parking allowed on a platted lot which is adjacent to any residential lot that is not owned by Marquette General health Systems. ( 13) No outdoor storage, including off-premise snow storage. (14) No noise, vibration, dust, fumes, or other nuisance shall leave the property in a manner that affects the surrounding area. (15) Fences must be made of residential design and scale. (16) Exterior lighting must be appropriate for a residential area. (17) Signs are allowed to display the name or function of any medical related facility may be no larger than forty (40) square feet and must be securely mounted on the north wall of the building . B. Transitional Area. To create an area that allows for more development with less restrictive requirements. (1) Maximum building height shall be Seventy-five (7 5) feet. (2) The yard requirement for any building from Seventh Street or Fourth Street/ Presque Isle Avenue shall be one (1) foot for every one (1) foot of building height. (3) The yard requirement for any building from Piqua Street shall be twenty (20) feet, however, the yard requirement in any area perpendicularly across Piqua from any non-hospital owned property shall be (1) foot for every one (1) foot of building height, but not less than 20 feet. (4) The yard requirement for parking shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feetfrom the Fourth Street/Presque Isle Avenue and Seventh Street right of way. (5) The yard requirement for parking shall be a minimum of eight (8) feet from the Piqua Street right of way. (6) Landscaping is required for all yards and shall consist of grass, deciduous trees, evergreen trees, and shrubs as approved by the Planning Commission and be maintained year round. (7) Where there are residential or commercial lots not owned by the hospital, the adjoining lots shall not be used for maintenance or snow storage and a minimum of fifty (50) foot side yards shall be maintained for buildings and a minimum of ten (10) foot side yards shall be maintained for parking lots. (8) Light Poles shall be a maximum of twenty (20) feet in height and shall be made of a hooded design to prevent light from leaving the property. (9) Signs shall be in accordance with Chapter 82 of the Marquette City Code for the (BC) Community Business district with the exception that pole signs are not allowed in the Transitional Area and there shall be no illuminated sign placed in the Transitional Area that is visible from Park Street. C. Core/High Intensity Area To allow for maximum use of the area by Marquette 80-18 '-I I •I I I • • • • •I I • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I General Health Systems . (1) Maximum Building Height of one hundred and fifty (150) feet. (2) Light Poles shall be a maximum of twenty (20) feet in height and shall be made of a hooded design to prevent light from leaving the property. (3) The yard requirement for any building adjoining Seventh Street or Fourth Street/ Presque Isle Avenue shall be one (1) foot for every one (1) foot of building height. (4) The yard requirement for parking shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feetfrom the Seventh Street and Fourth Street/Presque Isle Avenue right of way. (5) Where there are residential or commercial lots not owned by the hospital. the adjoining lots shall not be used for maintenance or snow storage and a minimum of fifty (50) foot side yards shall be maintained for buildings and a minimum of ten (10) foot side yards shall be maintained for parking lots. (6) Signs must be in accordance with Chapter 82 of the Marquette City Code for the Industrial Zoning district. 80.35 - 80.39 Reserved For Future Use. 02-26-03 80 - 19 �80.40 Schedule of General Regulations. 1. Scope of Regulations to Limit Height, Bulk, Density, Area, and Placement by District. (See also 80.41) A. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this ordinance, no building or structure or part thereof shall hereafter be erected, constructed, altered, or maintained, and no new use of change in use shall be made or maintained, of any building, structure or land, or part thereof, except in conformity with the provisions of this ordinance. 2. Schedule of General Regulations. ( see 80.40.3 for foot notes. Dimensions are in feet except lot sizes which are in square feet.) Zoning Minimum Minimum Minlmlm Minimum Minimum District Lot Size Lot Width Front Yard Side Yards Rear Yard Maximum Height h, i g RSe 10,800 80 30 10 30 30 RGe 8,400 70 20 6&8 30 30 RM a, d,j 20,000 100 30 15 30 35 0 8,000 80 0 Sb 10 BC None None 0 Sb 10 C 30 BG None None 35 15 20 40 CBD None None 0 Sb 10 C 60 I None None 25 10 10 80 f CR None None 50 50 50 30 DD None None 50 50 50 30 3. C 30 Footnotes to Schedule of General Regulations. (a) In the RM, Multiple Family Residential District,the minimum distance between any two buildings on the same site shall be regulated according to the length and height of such buildings. The formula regulating the required minimum distance between two buildings is as follows : S = La+Lb+2(Ha+Hb) / 6 Where : S = Required minimum horizontal distance between any wall of building A and any wall of building B or the vertical prolongation of either. La = Total length of building A. [The total length of building A is the length of that portion or portions of a wall or walls of building A from which, when viewed directly from above, lines drawn perpendicular to building A will intersect any wall of building B.] L b = The total length of building 8. [The total length of building B is the length of that portion or portions of a wall or walls of building B from which when viewed directly from above, lines 80 - 20 • • •• •I -I -I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I drawn perpendicular to building B will intersect building A.l H a = Height of building A. [The height of building A at any given level is the height above natural grade level of any portion or portions of a wall or walls along the length of building A. Natural grade level shall be the mean level of the ground immediately adjoining the portion or portions of the wall or walls along the total length of the building .] H b = Height of building B. [The height of building B at any given level is the height above natural grade level of any portion or portions of a wall or walls along the length of building B. Natural grade level shall be the mean level of the ground immediately adjoining the portion or portions of the wall or walls along the total length of the building.] (bl In the 0, BC, and CBD districts the side yards may be eliminated under the following conditions: a . The side walls are of fireproof construction and are wholly without opening. b. The zoning of the adjacent property is 0, BC, or CBD. (c) In the 0 , BC, and CBD districts the required rear yard may be measured from the center of an alley abutting the rear lot line. (d) Each parcel in the RM district shall have: a. A maximum ground coverage ratio of 0.20. b. Minimum outdoor livability space of 0.40. (e) Accessory buildings in the Single Family and General Residential Districts (RS & RG) shall be subject to the following regulations: a. Where the accessory building is structurally attached to a main building, it shall be subject to, and must conform to, all yard regulations of this ordinance, applicable to main building . b. Accessory building shall not be erected in any required yard. c. Any accessory building may occupy not more than twenty-five per cent (25%) of a required rear yard, plus twenty per cent (20%) of any nonrequired rear yard, provided that in no instance shall the ground exceed the ground floor area of the main building. d . No detached accessory building shall be located closer than ten feet to any main building. An accessory building shall not be located closer than five (5) feet from a side or rear lot line. e . No attached accessory building in a residential district shall exceed fifteen (15) feet in height. (f) In no case shall the height of any structure in the industrial district exceed the horizontal distance from the structure to the property line; where the property abuts a right-of-way, up to 1/2 width of said right-of-way may be used in calculation the required yard; in no instance may the yard be less than the minimum specified in Section 80.40 .2. (g) Where a side yard abuts a street, the minimum width of such yard shall be fifteen feet where there is a common rear yard . In the case of a rear yard abutting the side yard of an adjacent lot, the side yard abutting the street shall not be less than the required front yard of that district. (h) The Planning Board may permit conditional uses of greater height than the maximum allowed in the schedule of regulations, provided that the front, side, and rear yards specified as conditions (Sec. 80.65.4) are increased by one foot for each foot of building height that exceeds the maximum allowed . This requirement shall not apply to hospitals (Sec. 80.64.4.A(9)) where different yard widths are required . (i) There shall be no height restriction on chimneys, flag poles, public monuments, and wireless transmission or reception towers except when they are part of a conditional use. (j) For lots plotted prior to the adoption of this ordinance the requirements for duplexes shall be: minimum lot area of 6,000 square feet with a minimum front yard shall be 20 feet, the minimum side yards shall be 8 feet and the minimum rear yard shall be 30 feet. For all other 02-26-03 80 - 21 �lots, the requirements for duplexes shall be as specified in Section 80.65.4.A( 11). 80.4 1 Zoning District Boundary Regulations. 1. Intent. It is the intent of this section to provide suitable transitional yards for the purpose of reducing the impact of and conflicts between incompatible land uses abutting district boundaries. 2. Schedule. On any lot abutting a zoning district boundary, no structure, building or part thereof shall hereafter be erected, constructed, altered or maintained closer to the district boundary line than specified in the followinq schedule:80.41.2 .A (See Section 80.4 1.3) DISTRICT IN WHICH TRANSITIONAL YARD ABUTTING DISTRICT IS REQUIRED RS RG RM OS BC CBD BG I CR DD Single Family Residential - RS N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. General Residential RG N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. Multiple Family Residential -RM 30 30 N.A. 35 35 35 35 40 -0- -0- Office District - OS 15 15 15 N.A. -0- -0- -0- 20 -0- -0- Community Business BC 15 15 15 -0- N.A. -0- -0- 10 -0- -0- Central Business CBD 15 15 15 -0- -0- N.A. -0- 10 -0- -0- General Business BG 40 40 40 -0- -0- -0- N.A. 20 -0- -0- Industry I 40 40 40 25 25 25 25 N.A. -0- -0- ConservagionRecreation CR N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. Deferred Development DD N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 3. Exceptions to Schedule. A. Where the district boundary is the centerline of a right-of-way, the transitional yard requirements shall be measured from the lot line. B. In all cases where transitional yards are not indicated, the required yard is the same as the minimum yard requirements in Section 80.40.2, Schedule of General Regulations. C. Where an industrial district abuts any residential district a screening fence, not to exceed 12 feet in height shall be erected on the industrial property to obscure the industrial use and storage from the adjacent residential property. 80 - 22 ''• • • • •I I • • • �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. Where a business district or office district (BC, BG, CBD, 0) abuts any residential district a fence at least four (4) feet in height shall be erected within the business district boundary, except where the boundary is a public right-of-way. 80.42 Off-Street Parking and Loading Zone Requirements. 1. Intent. It is hereby determined that the provision of off-street parking spaces is necessary to reduce traffic hazards and the congestion of streets. It is also determined that regulation of location, design, maintenance, and other features of off-street parking lots is in the interest of public safety and welfare. 2. Required Parking. (For uses in the Central Business District see also Sec. 80.25.4) A. SCHEDULE OF PARKING REQUIREMENTS In all districts there shall be provided off-street parking for motor vehicles. When a public parking lot has been provided by special assessment, the required parking may be reduced by the number of spaces in the public lot representing the same percentage as the property's participation in the special assessment district costs. The number of spaces to be provide shall be based on the following schedule: 1) Residential. Single family, two family, and multiple family units 2 spaces per dwelling unit Hotels. motels 1.25 soaces per rental unit Fraternities. sororities. and rooming, boarding, or lodaina houses 1 space for each capacity occupant Housing for the elderly 1 space for each three units 2) Educational and Religious. Public and private elementary, junior and senior high schools 1 space for each instructor, administrator or additional employee plus one space for each ten senior high school students. Commercial and trade schools, colleges, and universities 1 space for each instructor. administrator or other employee plus 1 space for each four students Churches 1 space for each four seats in the main unit of worship 3) Cultural and Recreational. Assembly. convention, meeting and exhibition halls. theaters. auditoriums stadiums. sports arenas, and similar Places of Public aatherina 1 space for every 3 capacity occupants Libraries, museums. art aalleries 0.4 spaces per 100 sauare feet of floor area Private clubs, and/or lodges 1 space for every 3 capacity occupants (4) Health Facilities. 02-26-03 80-23 �Hospitals 2 spaces for each bed Medical and dental clinics, doctors' and dentists' offices with less than 20 doctors 8 spaces per doctor Medical and dental clinics, doctors' and dentists' offices containing twenty or more doctors 6 spaces per doctor convalescent and nursing homes for the aged 1 space for every two beds 5) Transportation, Communications, and Utilities. Rail. bus. air and water passenaer terminals 2 soace per 100 sauare feet of terminal area Air, rail, motor and water freiaht terminals 0.5 space per 100 square feet of floor area Radio and television stations 1 mace per 100 sauare feet Public utility operations other than offices 0.1 space per 100 square feet of floor area plus 0.01 space per 100 square feet of site area 6) Industrial production or processing of materials, goods. or products 0.1 space per 100 square feet of floor area plus 0.01 space per 100 square feet of site area testing, repairing, cleaning or servicing of materials, aoods, or products 0.1 space per 100 square feet of floor area plus 0.01 soace per 100 sauare feet of site area Warehousing and wholesaling 0.1 space per 100 square feet of floor area plus 0.01 space for every 100 square feet of outdoor storage or sales area 7) Retail Trade. Establishments for the consumption of food or beverages on the oremises 1 space for every two capacity occupants Establishments for the sale of motor vehicles. trailers, and larae equipment of anv sort 0.1 space for each 100 square feet of floor area, minimum of two soaces All other retail 0.66 spaces for every 100 square feet of floor area, minimum of two spaces 8) Services. Offices. business and professional except as soecified in Section 4. 0.5 spaces for every 100 square feet of floor area Auto service stations and repair aaraaes 0.35 spaces for everv 100 square feet of floor area Laundromats 2 soaces for every l 00 square feet of floor area. Personal Service Establishments (Barber and Beauty Shops) 0.66 spaces for every l 00 square feet of floor area, minimum of two spaces • • • • • • • • • • • •I I I 80-24 ,.__ �I I I I I B. PARKING REGULATIONS ( 1) For those uses not specifically mentioned, the requirements for off-street parking facilities shall be in accord with a use which the Zoning Administrator considers as similar in type. (2) Where calculation of parking requirements with the foregoing list results in a fraction of a space, a full space shall be provided . (3) Two or more buildings or uses may collectively provide the required off-street parking in which case the required number of parking spaces shall not be less than the sum of the requirements for the several individual uses computed separately . In the instance of dual function of off-street parking spaces where operating hours of the buildings or uses do not overlap, the Board of Appeals may grant exception to the number of parking spaces required. (4) Any area once designated as a required off-street parking lot shall not be changed to another use unless and until equal facilities are provided elsewhere subject to the Zoning Administrator's recommendation and Planning Board approval. (5) In all residential districts (RS, RM, RG) the required off-street parking shall be located on the same site as the use to which it pertains. (6) In all districts except the residential districts parking shall be located in the same district as the use and within 400 feet of the lot on which the use is located measured from lot corner along a street or streets. If the use is located in a building the distance shall be measured along streets from the nearest point of the building to the nearest corner of the lot on which the parking is located. (7) Where off-street parking is located on a lot other than the lot occupied by the use which requires it, site plan approval for both lots is required. (8) These parking requirements must be met: a. At the time of construction of any new building or structure or at the time of commencement of use of any land. b. If any alternatives are made in a building or structure which would require additional parking. c. If the use of any building, structure, of land is altered . (9) Parking Reduction Formula - After calculating the number of parking spaces necessary to meet the standards in section 80.42.2.A. the parking requirements for uses, other than residential, in the OS, BC, CBD, and BG zoning districts may be modified using the following table: SPACES less than 5 6 - 10 11 - 20 21 - 30 31 - 40 41 -50 51 - 60 61 - 70 71 -80 81 or more ( 1OJ PERCENTAGE ACTUALLY CALCULATED REQUIRED 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% Parking Waiver - In the BC and CBD districts the Board of Zoning Appeals may waive the above calculated and/or required parking for any non-residential use under the following conditions. Said waiver is not a variance and need not meet the statutory and judicial standards for a variance. a . The board must hold a public hearing with notice given as required for conditional use permit hearings. b . There must be an off street municipally owned parking lot operated by the City's 02-26-03 80-25 �Parking Utility within 400' (measured along the street right of way) of the site. c . The board should consider the amount of current use of the lot or lots proposed to meet this requirement, and whether adequate parking will be available for the proposed use. The board may consider that not all uses require parking at the same time in making this decision. C. Parking layout, design, construction and maintenance. All off-street parking lots shall be laid out, constructed, and maintained according to the following standards and regulations . (1) Parking spaces for all residential uses shall be a minimum of nine feet by eighteen feet (9'X18'), and shall be on a hard surfaced driveway or in a garage. They shall not be located in a required front yard, unless the Zoning Administrator finds that the site cannot be physically altered to provide parking which is not in the required front yard. The Zoning Administrator may permit parking in a required front yard during the winter parking ban period. Said residential parking spaces shall not be closer than two feet to a side lot line. All one and two family residential parking spaces shall be exempt from the following standards and regulations. (2) No off-street parking lot shall be constructed unless and until review has been completed by the Zoning Administrator and City Engineer and a permit is issued by the City Engineer. Permit applications shall be submitted to the city Engineer and Zoning Administrator in such form as may be determined by the City Engineer and shall be accompanied with two (2) sets of plans for the development and construction of the parking lot showing that the provisions of this section will be fully complied with. (3) All spaces shall be laid out in the dimensions of nine feet by eighteen feet, exclusive of maneuvering lanes. (4) An area equivalent to 10% of the required parking stall area shall be provided for snow storage. The snow storage area shall be landscaped and shall be located within any fence bounding the parking lot. (5) Plans for the layout of the parking lot shall show the dimensions of the total lot, shall show the location and dimensions of all parking spaces, maneuvering lanes, entrances, exits, borders and snow storage areas. Means of limiting ingress and egress to the parking lot shall also be shown. One of the following patterns shall be used for the layout of parking spaces: STALL LENGTH ANGLE (IN DEGREES) 23 ft. 18 ft. 18 ft. 8 ft. 18 ft. 0-15 16-37 38-57 58-74 75-90 STALL WIDTH 9 ft. 9 ft. 9 ft. 9 ft 9 ft. MANEUVERING LANE WIDTH 12 ft. 12 ft. 15 ft. 18 ft. 24 ft . (6) All spaces shall be provided adequate access by means of maneuvering lane. Backing directly onto a street is prohibited. (7) Adequate ingress and egress to the parking lot by means of clearly limited and defined drives shall be provided for all vehicles. There shall be a minimum of twenty five (25') between curb cuts or cuts and intersections. There shall be a clear vision triangle at each intersection, created by measuring 25 feet from the corner along each property line. Said triangle shall be clear from two feet to ten feet above the grade of the street pavement. (8) Adequate ingress and egress to the parking lot by means of clearly limited and defined drives shall be provided for all vehicles. There shall be a minimum of twenty five feet between curb cuts or cuts and intersections. (9) Each exit and entrance to and from any off-street parking lot located in an area zoned for other than single family and general residential (RS & RG) shall be at least twenty five feet (25) distant from any adjacent property located in a single family or general residential district. 80-26 • ' ' '• I : • • • • • • • • �I I I I I (10) ( 11) ( 12) ( 13) ( 14) I I I ( 15) The entire parking lot including parking spaces and maneuvering lanes required under this section, shall be provided with a paved surface in accordance with specifications approved by the City Engineer. The parking area shall be surfaced within (1) year of the date the permit is issued. Off-street parking lots shall be drained so as to dispose of all surface water accumulated in the parking areas in such a way as to preclude drainage of water onto adjacent property or toward buildings. All parking spaces shall be clearly defined by use of car wheel or bumper stops and/or painted lines. An off-street parking lot abutting a residential district shall be provided with a continuous six foot (6') solid or stockade style screening fence. This screening fence shall be provided on all sides where the abutting zoning district is designated as a residential district. All lightning used to illuminate any off-street parking area shall be confined within and directed onto the parking lot only. In no case may the source of light exceed twenty feet in overall height above ground level. Maintenance. The off-street parking lot, required borders and landscaped areas shall be maintained in a litter free condition. All planting shall be in healthy growing condition neat and orderly in appearance. Snow shall be removed as necessary to permit use of all required parking spaces. A two foot border shall be created between a parking lot, and the adjacent buildings and/or property lines. This border shall be landscaped or paved, and may be included in the required snow storage area. D. Limitations on use of all parking lots except for residential uses: (1) Temporary sales areas may be permitted to occupy not more than ten percent (10%) of the existing spaces on the site, for a total of not more than 60 days in any 12 month period. The location of sales merchandise and/or temporary structures shall not interfere with traffic patterns or access to remaining parking spaces. Prior to placement of merchandise or erection of temporary structures, the Zoning Administrator shall be notified of the date of removal. (The location and construction of all temporary structures (including tents) erected in association with the temporary sale of merchandise shall require the approval of the Zoning Administrator and the Fire Administrator. It is the responsibility of the business owner to contact the County Building Code Administrator to determine if a building permit is required. 3. Off-Street Loading Zones. A. On the same site with every building or structure in the office, business and industrial districts (OS, BC, CBD, BG, I) there shall be provided and maintained a minimum of one space for standing, loading and unloading of delivery vehicles in order to prevent interference with public use of a dedicated right-of-way. (1) Two or more adjacent buildings or structures may jointly share off-street loading facilities provided that adequate access to the individual uses is provided. (2) Loading dock approaches shall be provided with a pavement having an asphaltic or cement binder so as to provide a permanent, durable and dust free surface. (3) All spaces shall be laid out in the dimensions of at least ten feet by fifty feet. (4) Off-street parking spaces must be provided for all commercial vehicles owned by or customarily used by the business or industry. The Zoning Administrator may authorize that the off-street loading area be used for this purpose, provided that the parking of commercial vehicles does not interfere with loading activities. (5) Off-street loading zones shall be designated with appropriate signs and pavement marking which prohibit parking of non-commercial vehicles. 4. Appeals. The Board of Appeals, upon application of the property owner, may modify the requirements of this section where unusual difficulties or unnecessary hardships would result. Appeals from parking requirements in the Central Business District (CBD) are referred to in Sec. 80.65.4.D . 02-26-03 80-27 �80.43 Landscaping Regulations. 1. Wherever in this ordinance a yard, or open area is created, such area shall be landscaped within six (6) months from the date of issuance of a certification of occupancy and shall thereafter be reasonably maintained. 2. Landscaping shall include ground covering material, of sufficient density to prevent the washing, blowing or shifting of soil. 3. The use of vegetative material is also encouraged in conjunction with required screening fences . 80.44 Non-conforming Uses and Structures. 1. Definition and Classification of Non-conforming Uses and Structures. Non-conforming uses and structures are those which do not conform to a provision or requirement of this ordinance but were lawfully established prior to the time of its applicability. Class A non-conforming uses or structures are those which have been so designated by the Board of Zoning Appeals, after application by an interested person or the Zoning Administrator, upon findings that: A. Continuance thereof would not be contrary to the public health, the safety, or welfare, or to the spirit of this ordinance. B. The use of structure does not and is not likely to significantly depress the value of nearby properties. C . The use or structures was lawful at the time of its inception. D. No useful purpose would be served by strict application of the provisions or requirements of this ordinance with which the use or structures does not conform. All non-conforming uses and structures not designated as Class A are Class B non-conforming uses or structures. Class A or Class B designations do not apply to non-conforming lots (See Sec. 80.45.). 2. Procedure for Obtaining Class A Designation Conditions. A written application shall be filed setting forth the name and address of the applicant, giving a legal description of the property to which the application pertains, and including such other information as may be necessary to enable the Board of Zoning Appeals to make a determination of the matter. The notice and hearing procedure before the Board of Zoning Appeals shall be the same as in Sec. 80.64.5. The decision shall be in writing and shall set forth the findings and reasons on which it is based. Conditions shall be attached, including any time limit, where necessary assure that the use or structure does not become contrary to the public health, safety, or welfare of the spirit and purpose of this ordinance. No vested interest shall arise out of a Class A designation. 3. Revocation of Class A Designation. Any Class A designation shall be revoked, following the same procedure required for designation, upon a finding that as a result of any change of conditions or circumstances the use or structure no longer qualifies for Class A designation. 4. Regulations Pertaining to Class A Non-conforming Uses and Structures. No Class A non-conforming use shall be resumed if it has been discontinued for a continuous period of at least 18 months or if it has been changed to a conforming use for any period. No Class A structure shall be used, altered, or enlarged in violation of any condition imposed in its designation. 5. Regulations Pertaining to Class B Non-conforming Uses and Structures. A. It is a purpose of this ordinance to eliminate Class B non-conforming uses and structures as rapidly as is permitted by law without payment of compensation. (1) Exceptions. One and two family structures which are non-conforming on the basis of yard or height requirements may be maintained, repaired, altered, or added to as long as they remain otherwise conforming. Additions or alterations to the exterior of the structure shall conform to all requirements of this ordinance. B. No Class B non-conforming use shall be resumed if it has been discontinued for a continuous period of six months or if it has been changed to conforming use for any period or if the structure in which the use is housed or conducted is damaged by casualty or neglect to the extent that the cost of reconstruction or repair exceeds the market value of tho structure excluding land and other structures on the site as determined by the City Assessor using the 80 - 28 • • • • • • • • • • • •I I • • • �current tax roll and field sheets. C. No Class B non-conforming use shall be changed to a substantially different non-conforming use, nor enlarged so as to make use of more land area than used at the time of becoming non-conforming. D. No Class B, non-conforming structure shall be enlarged or structurally altered, nor shall it be repaired or reconstructed, if damaged by casualty or neglect to the extent that the cost of reconstruction or repair exceeds the market value of the structure excluding land and other structures on the site as determined by the City Assessor using the current tax roll and field sheets. E. For the purpose of maintaining health and safety, Class B non-conforming structures and buildings, may be repaired and maintained . Such repair and maintenance shall not increase the non-conformity of the structure, building, or uses therein, nor shall such repair and maintenance total more than 20% of the current assessed value of the structure, and/or building in any 12 month period. F. In the case of mineral removal operations, existing holes or shafts may be worked and enlarged on the land which constituted the site on which operations were conducted at the time of becoming non-conforming, but no new holes or shafts shall be established. G. No Class B non-conforming use or structure shall be permitted to continue in existence if it was unlawful at the time of its inception. H. For the purpose of calculating a fair and equitable cost of repairs and reconstruction regulated by this section, the average of two bid estimates form licensed contractors shall be used. All work requiring permits under state and local regulations, and materials necessary to bring the structure up to current code shall be included. Clean up costs, demolition, furnishings and appliances shall not be included. The actual repair and reconstruction may be done by the homeowner or contractor of his choice. I. If the Zoning Administrator questions the accuracy of the bid estimates, or proposed work or materials, he may consult with the Building Code Department and/or refer the matter to the Board of Zoning Appeals. 80.45 Non-conforming Lots. (refer to definition of lot, non-conforming). 1. All lots or parcels of land created through division and/or combination with other lots or parcels of land shall conform to the requirements of this ordinance and the district in which they are located. 2. A non-conforming lot may not be used except as permitted in Section 80.45.3. A. Contiguous, non-conforming lots simultaneously under the same ownership are considered, under the terms of this ordinance, to have been combined as necessary to eliminate the non-conformity. If all non-conformity shall be reduced as much as possible . 3. Exceptions to section 80.45.1 and 2. A. Where structures or uses which were lawful prior to the adoption of this ordinance exist on non-conforming lots at the time of adoption of this ordinance, said non-conforming lots may be used for any of the permitted uses in the districts in which they are located providing all other requirements of this ordinance are met. B. Where two contiguous non-conforming lots under the same ownership exist, and where one of said lots is vacant and the other is occupied by one, one-family dwelling, the vacant lot may be used for any of the permitted uses in the districts in which they are located providing all other requirements of this ordinance are met. C. A non-conforming lot may be used for one, one family dwelling in districts where permitted if it does not fall under section 80.45.2.A. All other requirements of this district and this ordinance must be met unless a variance is granted by the Board of Zoning Appeals . 80.46 Exceptions and Exemptions. 1. The location of railroad tracks and yards, and the location of essential services are exempt from regulations under this ordinance. 2. Projections into required open space. Accessory structures four (4) feet in height or less, shall not 02-26-03 80-29 �be considered in computing maximum percent of lot coverage in residential district. 80.47-80.59 Reserved for Future Use. 80.60 Administrative Standards. For the purpose of administering this ordinance, the Zoning Administrator, the Planning Board, the Board of Appeals and any other reviewing body or official shall consider each case as an individual case. Consideration shall be give to the location, size. and character of a use to determine if the use will be in harmony with the intent and appropriate and orderly development of the district in which it is situated and will not be detrimental to the orderly development of adjacent districts. Consideration shall be given to the following: l . Intent of the Zoning District. 2. Current use of adjacent lands and neighborhood. 3. Physical appearance of existing or proposed structures (location, height, bulk of building as well as construction materials). 4. The suitability of the proposed landscaping in providing ground cover, screening and decoration on the site. 5. The nature and intensity of operations involved in or conducted in connection with the proposes use. 6. The time of use, the physical and economic relationship of one type of use to another. 7. The assembly of persons or employees, which may be hazardous to the neighborhood or incongruous or conflict with normal traffic in the vicinity. 8. Vehicular and pedestrian traffic volumes and patterns, particularly of children, as well as vehicular turning movements in relation to traffic flows, intersections and site distances. 9. The physical characteristics of the site such as: area, drainage, topography, open space, landscaping, and access to minor and/or major streets. l 0. Demands upon public services such as electricity, sewer, water, police, and fire protection, schools and refuse disposal. 11 . The type and amount of litter, waste, noise, dust, traffic, fumes, glare and vibration which may be generated by such use. 12. Area requirements for the proposed use and the potential for the use or its area requirements to expand. 13. Other factors necessary to maintain property values in the neighborhood and guarantee safety, light, air and privacy to the principal uses in the district. 14. Compliance with the Master Plan. 80.61 Fees. 1. Fees for any appeal to the Board of Appeals or petitions for Planning Board consideration of Zoning Ordinance amendments (rezonings) , site plan review, conditional use permits or planned unit development review, shall be established by resolution of the City Commission. No activity on such request or appeal shall commence until said fee has been paid. Said fees are waived for actions initiated by the City Commission or the Planning Board . 80.62 Site Plans. 1. Intent: It is the intent of this section to establish procedures and standards for the review and approval of site plan applications and to ensure proper relationships between the development features as they relate to the standards outlined in this section. This section is further intended to ensure that developments are compatible with adjacent uses of land and promote the use of land in a desirable manner that does not impair the surrounding uses by the erection of structures, additions, alterations, or site improvements that may negatively impact surrounding development, while providing for the orderly development of the City of Marquette. 2. Uses subject to site plan review: A. Conditional Uses; B. Planned Unit Developments; C. Any earthwork greater than 40,000 square feet in size; 80 - 30 • • : • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • �D. New construction, additions, alterations, or site improvements of any nonresidential building or buildings, including nonresidential accessory buildings or structures; E. Conversion of an existing building or part thereof from a residential use to a nonresidential use, including site improvements that result from a change in the use of the building or part thereof from residential use to nonresidential use; F. New construction, additions, alterations, or site improvements for multifamily residential units that contain or will contain three (3) or more unit dwellings; G. Any expansion or change in an existing land use if more parking in addition to that already provided is required; H. Site improvements that include landscaping, lighting, parking, and site access . 3. Uses exempt from site plan review: The following uses shall be exempt from site plan review: A. Single family dwellings and their accessory facilities on individual parcels; B. Two family dwellings and their accessory facilities on individual parcels; C. Interior remodeling or interior construction; D. Landscaping that is less than 25 percent of the parcel size or 5,000 square feet, whichever is less. 4 Site plan review procedures: A. No zoning compliance or conditional use permit shall be issued for any uses subject to site plan review except in accordance with a site plan approved by the Planning Commission or Zoning Administrator, except as herein provided. B. Preliminary sketches of proposed site plans may be submitted for review to the Planning Commission prior to submission for final approval. Submission of preliminary sketch plans shall be made no later than six (6) days prior to the meeting at which the review is to take place. The Planning Commission shall advise the applicant as to the general acceptability of the proposed plan, but shall not be bound by any statements or indications of acceptance to the plan. The Zoning Administrator shall determine the number of plans to be submitted . Sketch plans should include at a minimum: (1) Identification of project; a. The applicant's name; b. Name of the development; c. Date of preparation and any revisions; d. North arrow; e. Small scale location sketch of sufficient size and scale. (2) Existing features a. Property lines and dimensions drawn to scale; b. Zoning and current land use of applicant's property and all abutting properties and of properties across any public or private street from the site; c . Location of significant natural features; d. Location of any access points on both sides of the street within one-hundred (100) feet of the site along streets where access to the site is proposed. (3) Proposed construction a. Building footprints, and setbacks, for all proposed structures; b. Location of parking spaces; c . General landscape concept; d. Exterior lighting locations; e . General site circulation and access including: i. indication of street right of way, and pavement widths; ii. access points; iii. location of pedestrian paths. C . Applications for final site plan approval shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator at least twenty (20) business days prior to the meeting at which the review is to take place. D. The site plan review application materials shall include all the following information, unless the Zoning Administrator determines that some of the required information is not reasonably 02-26-03 80- 31 �necessary for consideration of the plan. (1) Current proof of ownership or evidence of a contractual ability to acquire such land, such as an option or purchase agreement or a written statement from the property owner indicating permission for the filing of the application. (2) Twelve copies of plan sheet(s) providing the information listed below. Sheet size of submitted drawings shall be at least 24-lnches by 36-inches, with graphics at an engineers scale of one ( 1) inch equals twenty (20) feet for sites of 20 acres or less; and one ( 1) inch equals fifty (50) feet for sites over 20 acres. The surrounding area drawing may be in a scale of one (1) inch equals one-hundred (100). Individual site plan requirements may be waived if deemed unnecessary by the Zoning Administrator. a. Identification of the project i The applicant's name; ii Name of the development; iii The preparer's name and professional seal of architect, engineer, surveyor or landscape architect indicating license in the State of Michigan; iv Date of preparation and any revisions; v North arrow; vi Complete and current legal description and size of property in acres. b. Existing features Property lines and dimensions; ii Zoning and current land use of applicant's property and all abutting properties and of properties across any public or private street from the site; iii Lot lines and all structures on the property and within one-hundred (100) feet if the site's property lines iv Locations of all significant natural features; v Location of any access points on both sides of the street within one-hundred (100) feet of the site along streets where access to the site is proposed; vi Existing topography at a minimum of two (2) foot contour intervals. c . Proposed construction Building footprints, setbacks, and elevations showing height for all proposed structures with the acreage allotted to each use. Floor area and ground coverage ratios shall be provided for residential structures; ii Proposed locations of utility services (with sizes), including storm drainage, retention or detention ponds, fire hydrants, and any public or private easements; iii Proposed topography with a site grading plan with topography at a maximum of two (2) foot contour intervals; iv Location and method of screening for all waste dumpsters; v Location and dimensions of parking spaces; vi A landscaping plan indicating proposed plant locations with common plant name, number, and size at installation. Berms, retaining walls or fences shall be shown with elevations from the surrounding average grade; vii Details of exterior lighting including locations, height, and method of shielding; viii The location of all permanent or temporary signs, existing or proposed, including their area, size, height, illumination, and the type of construction; ix Details of site circulation and access design, including: (a) Indication of street right-of-way and pavement widths and pavement type; (b) Street horizontal and vertical dimensions, including curve radii; (c) Dimensions of access points including distance from adjacent driveways or intersecting streets, including those across a street; (d) Identification of width and material to be used for pedestrian paths; (e) Name and location of abutting public streets, proposed access driveways and parking areas, and existing and proposed pedestrian/bicycle paths; (fl Written verification of access easements or agreements, if applicable. x If the application is related to property scheduled for phased development, the 80-32 I I -~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �5. proposed layout for the total projected development shall be indicated, and the projected scope and time period shall be estimated for each additional phase; xi Any other information necessary to establish compliance with this and other ordinances; xii A completed application form , supplied by the Zoning Administrator, and an application fee. E. The Planning Commission or the Zoning Administrator, prior to granting approval of a site plan, may request from the applicant any additional graphics or written materials, prepared by a qualified person or person(s) , to assist in determining the appropriateness of the site plan. Such material may include, but is not limited to, photographs, estimated impact on public schools and utilities, and traffic impacts. F. The Zoning Administrator, engineering department, fire department, and planning staff will review application materials to determine if they are in proper form, all of the required information is present, and the site plan is in compliance with applicable city ordinances and each will submit a report to the Zoning Administrator. G. If the site plan is determined to not be in compliance with the ordinances the Zoning Administrator shall deny approval of the site plan . H. The Zoning Administrator may approve or conditionally approve minor site plans which include additions, alterations, and renovations that are less than 20% of the size of the original building footprint or less than 2000 square feet, site improvements that are less than 20% of the site area or less than 2000 square feet (which ever is less), and all buildings less than 2000 square feet. All other site plans must be reviewed by the Planning Commission . I. Except as noted above, the Planning Commission shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny the site plan based on the compliance of the plan with city ordinances and the review standards of this ordinance . If conditional approval is granted, the conditions shall be stated specifically so that the Zoning Administrator or other reviewing departments can determine compliance with the conditions and grant approval following submission of revised plans; said review not to exceed ten (10) days. K. The Planning Commission Chair and the applicant shall sign two (2) copies of the approved site plan, one of which is kept by the Zoning Administrator, the other by the applicant. L. Zoning Compliance shall not be issued until the Planning Commission or the Zoning Administrator has approved the plan. Approval of a site plan, including conditions made as part of the approval, is attached to the property described as part of the application and not to the owner of such property. A. Review Standards (1) Each site plan shall be designed to ensure that: a . The uses proposed will not harm the public health, safety, or welfare. All elements of the site plan shall be designed to take into account the site 's topography, the character of adjoining property, and the type and size of buildings. The site shall be developed so as not to impede the normal and ordinary development or improvement of surrounding property for uses permitted in this ordinance. b. Safe, convenient, uncongested, and well-defined vehicular and pedestrian circulation within and to the site shall be provided. Drives, streets, and other elements shall be designed to promote safe and efficient traffic operations within the site and at its access points. c. The arrangement of public or common ways for vehicular and pedestrian circulation shall be connected to existing or planned street and pedestrian or bicycle pathways in the area . There shall be provided a pedestrian circulation system which is separated from the vehicular circulation system . In order to ensure public safety, special pedestrian measures, such as crosswalks, crossing signals and other such facilities may be required in the vicinity of schools, playgrounds, shopping centers, and other uses which generate a considerable amount of pedestrian traffic. d. The landscape shall be preserved in its natural state, insofar as practical, by removing 02-26-03 80 - 33 �only those areas of vegetation or making those alterations to the topography which are reasonably necessary to develop the site in accordance with the requirements of this ordinance. Landscaping shall be preserved and/or provided to ensure that proposed uses will be adequately buffered from one another and from surrounding property. e . Appropriate measures shall be taken to ensure that removal of surface waters will not adversely affect neighboring properties or the public storm drainage system. Surface water on all paved areas shall be collected so that it will not obstruct the flow of vehicular or pedestrian traffic or create standing water. f. All buildings or groups of buildings shall be arranged so as to permit emergency vehicle access as required by the Fire Department and Police Department. g. All outside storage areas, including refuse storage stations, shall be screened from the view of the street and/or adjacent residentially zoned properties. All loading and unloading areas shall be reasonably screened for residentially zoned properties. h. Exterior lighting shall be arranged so that it is deflected away from adjacent properties and bodies of water so that it does not impede the vision of traffic along adjacent streets or impair navigation on the waterway. Flashing or intermittent lights shall not be permitted. i. For consistency in areas where adjoining properties face the street, the Planning Commission may require that primary structures shall be oriented so that their main entrance faces the street upon which the lot fronts. If the development is on a corner lot, the main entrance may be oriented to either street or to the corner. j. No noise, vibration, dust, fumes, or other nuisance shall leave the property in a manner that affects the surrounding area. 6. Amendments A. No changes, erasures, modifications, or revisions shall be allowed for any approved site plan without prior approval by the Zoning Administrator, or the Planning Commission. B. The ability to approve any changes shall remain consistent with the ability to approve or deny an original site plan. 7. Validity of Approved Site Plans A. Site plan approval shall expire one (1) year from the date of approval except for phased projects that are required to follow a project timeline. B. When work on a project is halted for a minimum of two months, except during winter conditions, the Zoning Administrator or designee shall inform the Planning Commission which may revoke the approval if the conditions warrant. C. The Planning Commission may grant a one time extension to the expiration deadline not to exceed one (1) year provided: (1) The request is submitted at least 45 days prior to the expiration of the site plan approval . a. The approved plan conforms to zoning at the time the extension is granted b. Any and all Federal and State approvals and permits are current. D. Site plans whose approval has expired shall require resubmission as an initial application. 8. Compliance Guarantees: A. Prior to construction, the Zoning Administrator shall require that the property boundaries be staked by a licensed surveyor. At any time during construction, the Zoning Administrator may inspect the site to determine compliance with the approved site plan. If the Zoning Administrator determines that the construction is not in accordance with the approved site plan, the Zoning Administrator shall issue a stop work order and take action to ensure compliance with the approved site plan . 9. Appeals of Site Plans A. Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Planning Commission or Zoning Administrator with respect to an approval or denial of a site plan shall have the right of an appeal to the Board of Zoning Appeals. The appeal shall be filed in writing within thirty (30) business days of the decision. B. The filing of such an appeal shall act to stay the issuance of any permit. 80-34 I I I I I I I I I I I �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J C. No new evidence may be submitted to the Board of Zoning Appeals. 80.63 The Zoning Administrator. 1. Establishment. The office of Zoning Administrator is hereby established. The Zoning Administrator shall be appointed by the City manager. He shall receive such compensation as the City Manager may determine. He may be provided with the assistance of such other persons as the City Manager may direct. 2. Duties. A. Administration of ordinance. He shall administer the provisions of this ordinance and shall have all administrative powers in connection therewith which are not specifically assigned to some other officer or body. The Zoning Administrator shall be guided by the standards set forth in Section 80.60. B. Certificate of Zoning Compliance. The Zoning Administrator shall review all building permits and site plans for compliance with the provision of this ordinance, or any written order from the Board of Appeals or Planning Board . ( 1) He shall have no power to vary or waive ordinance requirements. (2) The Zoning Administrator shall not issue a statement of Zoning Compliance where it appears that any land area required to conform to any provision of this ordinance is also required as a part of any adjoining property to keep the development or use thereof in conformity with this ordinance, or to keep it from becoming more non-conforming if such land area was, at any time, subsequent to the commencement of development or use of such adjoining property, in common ownership with such adjoining property. C. Certificate of Occupancy. The Zoning Administrator or his designee shall determine that the certificate of zoning compliance has been complied with prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy. Said approval shall not be granted if compliance is not demonstrated. Approval shall not be granted if compliance is not demonstrated. Approval may be waived by the Zoning Administrator for one or two family residences. The Zoning Administrator shall have ten days to determine compliance. A temporary certificate for a period of no more than 180 days may be issued at the discretion of the Zoning Administrator. D. Special Zoning Orders Book and Map. The Zoning Administrator shall keep in his office, a book, to be known as the Special Zoning Orders Book, in which he shall list, with brief description, all variances, conditional use permits, authorizations for planned unit developments, designations of Class A non-conformance and any terminations of any of them . Each item shall be assigned a number when entered. The Zoning Administrator shall also keep a map of the City, to be known as the special zoning orders map, on which he shall record the numbers in the special zoning orders book to indicate the locations affected by the items in the book. The Special Zoning Orders Book and Map shall be open to public inspection. E. The Zoning Administrator shall keep records of all official actions, all of which shall be a public record. F. The Zoning Administrator shall maintain and make available for public inspection, the official zoning map. G . The Zoning Administrator shall have the power to make inspections of buildings and premises necessary to carry out his duties in the enforcement of this ordinance . H. If the Zoning Administrator shall find that any of the provisions of this ordinance are being violated he shall notify in writing the person responsible for such violation, indicating the nature and location of the violation, and ordering the action necessary to correct it. He shall order discontinuance of illegal additions, alterations, or structural changes; discontinuance of any illegal additions, alterations, or structural changes; discontinuance of any illegal use; or shall take any other action authorized by this ordinance to ensure compliance with or to prevent violation of the provisions of this ordinance. I. Reports and Recommendations. The Zoning Administrator shall review all request for administration or legislative action. He shall forward an analysis of site factors and other 02-26-03 80-35 �J. information pertaining to the request to the appropriate body. The analysis may include a recommendation for action. The Zoning Administrator and his or her assistants are hereby authorized to issue and serve appearance tickets with respect to any apparent violation of the following ordinances: (1) Marquette City Zoning Ordinance, Title XII, Chapter 80. (2) The B. 0. C. A. National Existing Structures Code, Title XII, Chapter 81. (3) Marquette City Sign Ordinance, Title XII , Chapter 82. (4) Marquette City Fence Ordinance, Title XII, Chapter 86. (5). N. F. P.A. #101 Life Safety Code, Title V, Chapter 43. 80.64 Board of Zoning Appeals (Board of Appeals). 1. Intent. It is the intent of this ordinance that all questions of interpretation and enforcement of this ordinance shall be first presented to the Zoning Administrator and that such questions shall be presented to the Board of Appeals only on appeal from the decision of the Administrator, and that recourse from the decisions of the Board of Appeals shall be to the courts as provided by law an particularly by Section 10, Act 207 of 1921. 2. Establishment. A Board of Appeals is hereby established, which shall consist of six members to be appointed by the City Commission each for a term of three years. Members of the Board of Appeals must meet eligibility requirements contained in the City Charter, for officers and employees of the City. Members of the present Board of Appeals shall continue in office until the expiration of their terms. The City Commission shall appoint as necessary persons to fill vacant positions for varying terms so that not more than three terms expire in any given year. ~ I Members of the Board of Appeals may be removed from office by the City Commission for cause upon written charges and after a public hearing. A. The City Commission shall appoint two alternate members to the Board of Zoning Appeals. Said alternate members shall have three-year terms under the same provisions as regular members. An alternate member shall serve under one of the following conditions: (1) If a regular Board Member is unable to attend the regularly scheduled meetings in a 30-day period, and alternate may be called to serve at that meeting. (2) If a regular member must abstain from voting on a particular issue, an alternate may be called to serve for that issue . B. For an alternate to be called, the regular member must notify the Secretary of the Board of Zoning Appeals two weeks prior to the meeting which he cannot attend. The secretary shall request that an alternate attend the meeting. Alternates shall serve on an alternating basis except that if the alternate who would normally be called cannot serve the other alternate may be called. The remaining members of the Board shall formally recognize the seating of an alternate on the Board for a meeting or for a particular case. Once an alternate has started a case, he shall remain an active member of the Board for case until a final decision is reached on it. C. If an alternate is appointed to the Board of Zoning Appeals as a regular member, the years served as an alternate shall not be included in determining the maximum amount of time that person may serve as a regular member. -I 3. Procedure. A. Proceedings. The Board of Appeals Shall adopt rules necessary to the conduct of its affairs and in keeping with the provisions of this ordinance. Meetings shall be held at the call of the chairman and at such other times as the Board may determine. The chairman, or in his absence the acting chairman, may administer oaths and compel the attendance of witnesses. All meetings shall be open to the public . -I The Board of Appeals shall keep minutes of its proceedings showing the vote of each member upon each question, or if absent or failing to vote indicating such fact, and shall keep records of its examinations, all of which shall be public record and be immediately filed in the office of the Zoning Administrator. 80-36 I I I I I - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. Appeals. Appeals to the Board of Appeals concerning interpretation of administration of this ordinance may be filed by any person aggrieved or any officer or bureau of the governing body of the city affected by any decision of the Zoning Administrator. Such appeals shall be filed within a reasonable time, not to exceed 60 days or such lesser period as may be provided by the rules of the Board, by filing with the Zoning Administrator a written notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof. The Zoning Administrator shall transmit to the Board all papers and records regarding the appeal. The Board of Appeals shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing of the appeal as specified in Section 80.64.4. C . Stay of Proceedings . An appeal stays all proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from unless the Zoning Administrator certifies to the Board of Appeals after the notice of appeal is filed with him, that by reason of facts stated in the certificate, a stay would, ir his opinion, cause imminent peril to life and property. In such case proceedings shall not be stayed other than by a restraining order which may be granted by the Board of Appeals or by a court of record on application, on notice to the Zoning Administrator and due cause shown. 4. Powers and Duties. The Board of Appeals shall have the following powers and duties. A. Administrative Review. To hear and decide appeals where it is alleged there is error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by an administrative official in the enforcement of this ordinance. B. Variances: Conditions Governing Application; Procedures. To authorize upon appeal in specific cases such variance form the terms of this ordinance as will not be contrary to the public interest where, owing to special conditions, a literal enforcement of the provisions of this ordinance would result in unnecessary hardship. A variance form the terms of this ordinance shall not be granted by the Board of Appeals unless and until: (1) A written application for a variance is submitted demonstrating: a. That special conditions and circumstances exist which are peculiar to the land, structure, or building involved and which are not applicable to other lands, structures, or buildings in the same district; b. That literal interpretation of the provisions of this ordinance would deprive the applicant of rights commonly enjoyed by other properties in the same district under the terms of this ordinance; c. That the special conditions and circumstances do not result from the actions of the applicant; d. That granting the variance requested will not confer on the applicant any special privilege that is denied by this ordinance to other lands, structures, or buildings in the same district; e. That no non-conforming use of neighboring lands, structures, or buildings in the same district and no permitted or non-conforming use of lands, structures, or buildings in other districts shall be considered grounds for the issuance of a variance. (2) All fees set by the City Commission, to cover the administrative costs of such application have been paid. (3) Notice of public hearing shall be given as in Section 80.64.5. (4) The public hearing shall be held. Any party may appear in person, or by a duly authorized agent or by attorney. (5) The Board of Appeals shall make findings that the requirements of Section 80 .64.4 .B(l) have been met by the applicant for a variance . (6) The Board of Appeals shall make a finding that the reasons set forth in the application justify the granting of the variance, and that the variance is the minimum variance that will make possible the reasonable use of the land, building, or structure . (7) The Board of Appeals shall further make a finding that the granting of the variance, will be in harmony with the general purpose and intent of this ordinance, and will not be injurious to the neighborhood, or otherwise detrimental to the public welfare. (8) In granting any variance, the Board of Appeals shall be guided by the Administrative 02-26-03 80-37 �Standards in Section 80.60. The Board of Appeals may prescribe appropriate conditions and safeguards in conformity with this ordinance. Violation of such conditions and safeguards, when made a part of the terms under which the variance is granted, shall be deemed a condition of this ordinance punishable under Section 80.66 of this ordinance. (9) Under no circumstances shall the Board of Appeals grant a variance to allow a use not permissible under the terms of this ordinance in the district involved, or any use expressly or by implication prohibited by terms of this ordinance in said district. (1OJ If action is not taken by the petitioner to implement a variance within one year of the date of its approval by the Board of Zoning Appeals, said variance shall expire. The Board of Zoning Appeals, said variance shall expire. The Board of Zoning Appeals, upon application made before said may grant an extension of not more than one year from the expiration date. The Board, at its discretion, may schedule a public hearing prior to granting an extension. Not more than two such extensions may be granted. C. Reversing Decision of Administrative Official. In exercising the above mentioned powers, the Board of Appeals may, so long as such action is in conformity with the terms of this ordinance, reverse or affirm, wholly or partly, or may modify the order, requirement, decision, or determination as ought to be made, and to that end shall have the powers of the administrative official form whom the appeal is taken. D. The concurring vote of 2/3 of the members of the Board shall be necessary to reverse any order, requirement, decision, or determination of the Zoning Administrator, or to decide in favor of the applicant any matter upon which they are required to pass under this ordinance, or to effect any variation in the application of this ordinance. 5. Public Hearings. A. A public hearing shall be held on each action which is brought before the Board of Appeals. B. Notice shall be given at least 15 days in advance of the public hearings. The owners of the property within three hundred feet of the property shall be notified by mail. The current tax roll shall be used to determine ownership. Notice shall be posted in a newspaper of general circulation at least 15 days prior to the public hearing . C. Any party may appear in person or by duly authorized agent or attorney to comment on any variance or administrative review. Written comments may be submitted prior to the scheduled hearing. 80.65 Conditional Use Permit. 1. Intent. This section of the ordinance shall govern permitting of conditional uses which may be located in specific districts when particular or unique problems and all objectionable facets of the use have been overcome and eliminated by consideration of proper planning techniques. It is the purpose of this section to maintain adequate provision for the security of the health, safety, convenience and general welfare of the inhabitants and uses of the zoning district and adjoining districts. 2. Procedure. No conditional use shall be established in any zoning district except upon permit issued by the Planning Board. The Board shall be guided in making a decision by the standards set forth in this ordinance in Section 80.60. The Board shall hear and decide only such conditional uses as specifically authorized by district and by the terms of this ordinance. A. Any application for a conditional use permit shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator and shall be accomplished by such fees as set by the City Commission . 8. Any person seeking a conditional use permit shall provide the Board with all information required for site plan review (Section 80.62) and additional information as the Board may reasonably require to determine whether the granting of the permit is consistent with the intent of this ordinance. C. A public hearing shall be held on all requests for a conditional use permit. (1) Notice shall be given at least ten (10) days in advance of the public hearing. The owner of the property in question and owners of property within three hundred feet of the property shall be notified by mail. The current tax roll shall be used to determine 80-38 I I I I I I I I - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J ownership. (2) Notice shall be posted in a newspaper of general circulation at least ten (10) days in advance of the public hearing. (3) Any party may appear in person or by duly authorized agent or attorney to comment on any aspect of the conditional use. Written comments may be submitted prior to the hearing. D. The Board shall hold the public hearing and consider all requests for a conditional use permit within five weeks of receipt of the application and all required materials. The Board shall take final action within three months of the receipt of the required materials. E. In permitting a conditional use, the Board shall make a finding that the conditional use will be in compliance with the general purpose of the ordinance and the intent of the district in which it is located and will not be injurious to the spirit of this ordinance and intent of the district, and will not be injurious to the neighborhood, or otherwise detrimental to the public health and welfare. F. In permitting any conditional use, the Board may prescribe appropriate conditions and safeguards. Violation of any conditions or safeguards, made a part of the terms of the permit, shall be deemed a violation of this ordinance, and shall be punished under section 80.66 of this ordinance. Permits issued on the basis of false information shall be void and continuance of the use shall be deemed a violation of this ordinance. G . No conditional use may be commenced until all conditions have been met. A performance bond acceptable to the Zoning Administration may be required by the Planning Board. H. Any conditional use permit may be reviewed at the discretion of the Board. A public hearing shall be held prior to alteration of conditions or revocation of a permit. The permit holder and adjacent property owners shall be notified of the public hearing as specified in Section 80.64.5. I. Appeals of the Planning Board's decision on a conditional use permit shall be filed in circuit court according to the rules for appealing Board of Zoning Appeals decisions. J. If action is not taken by the petitioner to implement a conditional use permit within one year of the date of its's approval by the Planning Commission, said permit shall expire. The Planning Commission, upon application made before said expiration, may grant an extension of not more than one year from the expiration date. The Commission, at it's discretion, may schedule a public hearing prior to granting an extension. Not more than two such extensions may be granted. 3. General Guidelines. A. The Board shall be guided by administrative standards in Section 80.60. B. The Board shall require sufficient site area to prevent nuisance to neighboring uses and to allow for reasonable anticipated expansion of the use. 4. Required Conditions. A. RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS (RS, RG, RM). All lighting shall be directed away from residential uses. (1) Home Occupations. a. Shall not employ more than one person who is not a member of the household . b . Shall not involve signs or the display of goods produced or services performed on the premise. c. Shall not be conducted in an accessory building. d. Shall not constitute a retail store such as those permitted in the Community Business District (BC) . No commodity other than that produced or processed on the promises shall be sold. e. Shall no necessitate the use of commercial vehicles. (2) Group day care facilities shall be licensed as either a group day care home or a day care center by the Michigan Department of Social Services prior to commencement of the use. (3) Adult foster homes shall be licensed by the State of Michigan or a state authorized 02-26-03 80-39 �agency prior to commencement of the use. (4) Customary accessory uses for multiple family residential. a. No detached accessory building may exceed 15 feet in height. b. Attached accessory building shall meet the yard requirements of the Schedule of General Regulations (Sec. 80.40). Detached accessory building shall be located ten feet from the side and rear property lines. No detached accessory use shall be located in a front yard. c. Outdoor swimming pools shall not be located closer than ten feet to any building or lot line. The pool area shall be enclosed with a six foot fence approved by the City Engineer. Access to the pool shall be regulated by a gate. (5) Colleges, universities and institutions of higher learning. a. All ingress and egress from the site shall be onto a major street having a right-of-way of at least sixty six feet. b . No building or other use of land except landscaped passive areas or parking shall be situated within thirty (30) feet of the lot line. (6) Churches, cemeteries, convalescent homes and extended care facilities. a. Shall be located so that the site has direct ingress from and egress to a major street or a minor street no more than 400 feet from its intersection with a major street. b. No building for a church or cemetery use shall be located closer than thirty feet to a lot line. c. Spires shall be exempt from height requirement. d. Service entrances shall be screened from the view of adjacent residential property. (7) Public recreational facilities . (8) Schools. a. A required yard of thirty feet shall be required for all buildings. b. Off-street passenger loading zones shall be provided for school buses and private vehicles. (9) Multiple family dwellings over 35 feet in height. a. All yards shall have a depth no less than one foot for each foot of building height. b . Shall not be located closer to a single family residential district than two times the height of the structure. c. Parking other than in structures shall not occupy more than 40 percent of the lot area. d. The minimum requirements for outdoor livability space and maximum requirements for ground coverage must me adhered to . ( 1OJ Hospitals. a. Shall be so located to have at least one lot line abutting a major street. All ingress and egress to the site shall be directly onto said thoroughfare or a marginal access service drive. b. No building shall be located closer than thirty feet to a lot line. c. Service entrances shall be screened from the view of adjacent residential property. d . Height of any structure shall not exceed 120 feet. (11) Duplex dwelling units. a . Each duplex shall be located on a lot having at least 75 feet of frontage and 9,000 square feet of lot area. b . Side yards shall be no less than 10 feet on each side. c . Two parking spaces for each dwelling unit, located behind the front yard shall be provided. d . On each lot containing a duplex there shall be a minimum outdoor livability space ratio of 0.05. (12) Group residential facilities (RM and BC) a . Shall have a manager on duty at all times. b. Shall have a minimum of three off-street parking spaces, or one space for each tenant with a vehicle plus one space for each staff member on duty whichever is greater. In authorizing construction of new structures, the Board may require sufficient 80 - 40 I I I I I I I I - �I I C. [ d. I I I e. f. I I r g. (13) a. b. C. d. e. f. g. ' f h. r r r r (14) a. b. C. d. e. r f. g. r r f h. yard area to be reserved as potential parking to facilitate conversion to a permitted use in the district, should the group home cease to operate. All residents shall have met the sponsoring agency's referral specifications and participate in all required treatment and counseling programs. Existing structures shall meet all the minimum property maintenance and site plan requirements for licensing as a rooming house; inspection reports from the housing inspector and the Fire Chief shall accompany the application, along with a statement of intent to comply with any required changes to bring the structure into compliance. Applications for new building shall include a site plan, floor plan and elevations. Approval of the conditional use permit shall specify compliance with the numbe•· of occupants. Violation of this condition shall result in a public hearing before the Planning Commission and shall be grounds for revocation of the Conditional Use Permit. In applying the administrative standards (Section 80.60) the Commission shall consider the density of similar uses. In no case shall a group residential facility be permitted within 500 feet of another similar facility. Prior to application for zoning approval, the applicant shall meet with the Planning Department and is encouraged to inform the neighbors of plans for the group residential facility. Rooming Houses (RM) Shall have a manger residing on the premises. Shall comply with the yard requirements for duplexes. Shall be inspected and licensed on a yearly basis, in compliance with the Property Maintenance Code and the City Business license section of the City Code. One off-street parking space shall be provided for each occupant and the manager. No rooming house shall be located within 500 feet of another rooming house. Rooming houses shall have an outdoor livability space ratio of at least 0.50. Prior to application for zoning approval, the applicant shall meet with the Planning Department and is encouraged to inform the neighbors of plans for the rooming house. Must be located on sites having at least 15,000 square feet and 100 feet of frontage. Homestays or Bed and Breakfasts. Room Size. A minimum room size of 70 Sq. Ft. for each occupant thereafter shall be provided. Length of Stay. No one guest's stay is to exceed 14 consecutive days. Parking . For homestay or bed and breakfast, one space per room, plus two spaces for the owner. Signage. An Establishment licensed under the ordinance shall be allowed one sign on the property advertising the Establishment. The sign shall be non-illuminated, mounted flush against the building, with a maximum size of five (5) square feet. Signage for commercial districts shall be regulated by the Marquette City Sign Ordinance. Proximity. (RS, RG, RM) Establishments shall not be located within 300 lineal feet measured along the street right of way of another such Establishment. Transferability . Conditional use permits for Bed and Breakfast Establishments may not be transferred from owner to owner without Planning Commission approval. Guest Register. Owners shall keep a list of the names of all persons staying at the Establishment. The register shall be available for inspection by City Officials at any time. Code Compliance. A Bed and Breakfast Establishment shall not commence or continue to operate without compliance with all applicable code requirements. Owners shall submit to inspections of both the exterior and interior of the dwelling to 02-26-03 80- 41 �ensure compliance with health, safety, and welfare regulations pursuant to all applicable city code requirements. i. Structure. No main building shall be removed in order to allow for a Bed and Breakfast Establishment nor shall such a structure be removed in order to provide parking for such an establishment. Building modifications or additions shall be architecturally designed to blend with the character of the existing structure and neighborhood. j. Site Plans. A site plan meeting the specifications of the Zoning Ordinance shall be submitted with the application prior to a public hearing for a Bed and Breakfast Establishment. k. Review Considerations. The Planning Commission shall be guided by the Administrative Standards set forth in Section 80.60 of the Zoning Ordinance . (15) Hospital Hospitality Houses. a . General Considerations - Hospital Hospitality Houses shall be endorsed by a local hospital; require a contractual agreement to govern its occupancy; let rooms for periods of five consecutive days or less; provide parking for all patients off of the premises, let rooms primarily during weekdays; provide 24 hour management of the residence when patients are present; and provide a management plan as a part of the conditional use application. b. Review Considerations - In determining the granting of such a permit the Board will consider the impact on the surrounding neighborhood; physical alterations to the residence and property; and the management plan as it relates to the intent of this section. c. Occupancy- Occupancy will be based on the general intent of this section; the City of Marquette Property Maintenance Code; and the State of Michigan Building Code. B. OFFICE DISTRICT (OS). ( 1) Customary accessory uses. a . A business which is a customary accessory use to a principal office use may be permitted provided that it is located within the same structure as the use it services. Such businesses shall not occupy more than 15% of the floor area of such structure. b . Accessory buildings shall observe the yard requirements in the Schedule of Regulations (Sec. 80.40). Accessory buildings shall not be located closer then ten feet to the main building. (2) Bed and Breakfasts. a. Room Size. A minimum room size of 70 Sq. Ft. for the first occupant and an additional 50 Sq . Ft. for each occupant thereafter shall be provided. b. Length of Stay. No one guest's stay is to exceed 14 consecutive days. c . Parking. One space per room, plus two spaces for the owner. d. Signage. Signage shall be regulated by the Marquette City sign ordinance . e . Guest Register. Owners shall keep a list of the names of all persons staying at the Establishment. The register shall be available for inspection by City Officials at any time . f. Code Compliance. A Bed and Breakfast Establishment shall not commence or continue to operate without compliance with a ll applicable code requirements. Owners shall submit to inspections of both the exterior and interior of the dwelling to ensure compliance with health, safety, and welfare regulations pursuant to all applicable city code requirements. g. Structure. No main building shall be removed in order to allow for a Bed and Breakfast Establishment nor shall such a structure be removed in order to provide parking for such an establishment. Building modifications or additions shall be architecturally designed to blend with the character of the existing structure and neighborhood. h. Site Plans. A site plan meeting the specifications of the Zoning Ordinance shall be submitted with the application prior to a public hearing for a Bed and Breakfast 80 - 42 I I I I II �[ Establishment. Review Considerations. The Planning Commission shall be guided by the Administrative Standards set forth in Section 80.60 of the Zoning Ordinance. C. COMMUNITY BUSINESS DISTRICT (BC). (1) Residential Uses (for group residential facilities, see Section 80.65.4.A.(12)). (2) Establishments selling alcoholic beverages for consumption on the premise. a. No dancing shall be allowed on the premises. (3) Motels with the intent to provide transient accommodations for visitors to the Community Business District or nearby facilities. a. The minimum lot area shall be one acre. b. The lot shall have direct access onto a major street. c. The structure housing the motel shall not be closer than 100 feet from an adjacent residential district. d. The site and/or structure may be shared with other uses permitted in the BC district providing that there is no storage of flammable materials in the structure. e. The structure may not exceed two stories. f. Exterior walls of the structure containing windows shall be at least ten (10) feet from the nearest lot line. Walls adjacent to streets are exempt from this provision. g. Each motel shall contain no more than 30 rental units. h. Any dwelling unit to be occupied by the owner or manager must comply with Section 80.65.4.C(l). (4) Bed and Breakfasts and Bed and Breakfast Inns. a. Review Considerations. A minimum room size of 70 Sq. Ft. for the first occupant and an additional 50 Sq. Ft. for each occupant thereafter shall be provided. b. Length of Stay. No one guest's stay is to exceed 14 consecutive days. c. Parking. Parking shall be provided in accordance with the requirements provided in the Zoning Ordinance for hotels and motels. d. Signage. Signage shall be regulated by the Marquette City sign ordinance. e. Guest Register. Owners shall keep a list of the names of all persons staying at the Establishment. The register shall be available for inspection by City Officials at any time. f. Code Compliance. A Bed and Breakfast Establishment shall not commence or continue to operate without compliance with all applicable code requirements. Owners shall submit to inspections of both the exterior and interior of the dwelling to ensure compliance with health, safety, and welfare regulations pursuant to all applicable city code requirements. g. Structure. No main building shall be removed in order to allow for a Bed and Breakfast Establishment nor shall such a structure be removed in order to provide parking for such an establishment. Building modifications or additions shall be architecturally designed to blend with the character of the existing structure and neighborhood. h. Site Plans. A site plan meeting the specifications of the Zoning Ordinance shall be submitted with the application prior to a public hearing for a Bed and Breakfast Establishment. i. Review Considerations. The Planning Commission shall be guided by the Administrative Standards set forth in Section 80.60 of the Zoning Ordinance. (5) Sidewalk Cafes a. Site Plans. The applicant must submit a [signed and sealed] site plan prepared by a registered architect, engineer, or surveyor showing: - the side of the applicant's property which is next to the sidewalk, and the side of the properties on each side which are adjacent to the sidewalk, along with all adjacent streets, curbs, and intersections within 25 feet, - locations and sizes for all proposed furnishings such as tables, chairs, trash i. f r r r r I r r r r r r r f r r 02-26-03 80-43 �containers, umbrellas, awnings, planters, other landscaping, and lighting, and for the five foot clear public thoroughfare, - locations for all existing utility poles, street lights, street and traffic signs, fire hydrants, mail boxes, trees, planters, etc, - the architect's , engineer's, or surveyor's name, address, and phone number. b. Staff Review. Upon submission, and prior to a public hearing, the site plan shall be submitted to the City Engineer's Office and the Zoning Administrator 's Office for review, and the recommendations of each office shall be presented to the Planning Commission at the public hearing. Any alteration to the sidewalk or other physical improvements must have the approval of the City Engineer or it will not be considered by the Planning Commission . c. Clear Public Thoroughfare The proprietor must maintain a clear path at all times for pedestrian traffic to pass by. The proprietor shall be responsible for furnishings moved by patrons, or for items placed in the clear public thoroughfare by patrons, including bicycles, wheeled carts of any sort, and other items. The path must be at least five feet wide and remain totally unobstructed. [The top of the curb may be included if it is flush and level with the sidewalk.] Any driveway crossing the sidewalk must be kept clear. d. Setbacks. All activities and furnishings must be located at least 25 away feet from an intersection, measured from the curb, and must be between the side property lines of the applicant. [Activities and furnishings may not be within 2 feet of the curb.] e. Hours of Operation. A sidewalk cafe may not be operated between the hours of 11 :00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. All fixtures shall be removed from the sidewalk when the cafe is not in operation. f. Season. Sidewalk cafes shall not be operated when the Police Department is enforcing the Winter Parking Ban. No furnishings may remain on the sidewalk during this period . g. Lighting. If installed, lighting shall be designed, installed, and operated to keep all direct light from adjacent properties and from the street. It shall be of low intensity to prevent glare. h. Furnishing. The design of the furniture and colors should compliment the district 's theme. The furniture should be of good quality and be weatherproof. The furnishings must be removable (temporary). i. Noise. The cafe shall be operated so that no noise generated by the business or its patrons can be heard from a d istance of 50 feet from the area of operation. j. Lease for City Property. After grant of a conditional use permit by the Planning Commission, and before beginning operation, the applicant shall execute a lease with the City of Marquette for use of the public sidewalk. All provisions of this ordinance and any conditions attached to the permit shall become terms of the lease. Additional lease terms may include a hold harmless clause, requirements for liability insurance(s), rent requirements, provision for inspection by the City, and other terms deemed necessary by staff and the City Commission. k. There shall be no consumption of alcoholic beverages in a sidewalk cafe . D. CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT (CBD). (1) Motels and hotels. a . Required parking for conditional uses in the CBD shall not be waived by the Board of Appeals (Refer to 80.25.3.A) (2) Residential uses (other than motels and hotels). (3) Bed and Breakfasts and Bed and Breakfast Inns . a. Room Size. A minimum room size of 70 Sq. Ft. for the first occupant and an additional 50 Sq. Ft. for each occupant thereafter shall be provided. b. Length of Stay. No one guest's stay is to exceed 14 consecutive days. c . Parking. Parking shall be provided in accordance with the requirements provided in the Zoning Ordinance for hotels and motels. d. Signage. Signage shall be regulated by the Marquette City sign ordinance. 80 - 44 • • • • • • • • • • • • •I I I I • �e . Guest Register. Owners shall keep a list of the names of all persons staying at the Establishment. The register shall be available for inspection by City Officials at any time. f. Code Compliance . A Bed and Breakfast Establishment shall not commence or continue to operate without compliance with all applicable code requirements. Owners shall submit to inspections of both the exterior and interior of the dwelling to ensure compliance with health, safety, and welfare regulations pursuant to all applicable city code requirements. g. Structure. No main building shall be removed in order to allow for a Bed and Breakfast Establishment nor shall such a structure be removed in order to provide parking for such an establishment. Building modifications or additions shall b e architecturally designed to blend with the character of the existing structure and neighborhood. h. Site Plans. A site plan meeting the specifications of the Zoning Ordinance shall be submitted with the application prior to a public hearing for a Bed and Breakfast Establishment. i. Review Considerations. The Planning Commission shall be guided by the Administrative Standards set forth in Section 80.60 of the Zoning Ordinance. (4) Sidewalk Cafes a. Site Plans. The applicant must submit a [signed and sealed] site plan prepared by a registered architect, engineer, or surveyor showing: - the side of the applicant's property which is next to the sidewalk, and the side of the properties on each side which are adjacent to the sidewalk, along with all adjacent streets, curbs, and intersections within 25 feet, - locations and sizes for all proposed furnishings such as tables, chairs, trash containers, umbrellas, awnings, planters, other landscaping, and lighting, and for the five foot clear public thoroughfare, - locations for all existing utility poles, street lights, street and traffic signs, fire hydrants, mail boxes, trees, planters, etc, - the architect 's, engineer's, or surveyor's name, address, and phone number. b. Staff Review. Upon submission, and prior to a public hearing, the site plan shall be submitted to the City Engineer's Office and the Zoning Administrator's Office for review, and the recommendations of each office shall be presented to the Planning Commission at the public hearing. Any alteration to the sidewalk or other physical improvements must have the approval of the City Engineer or it will not be considered by the Planning Commission. c. Clear Public Thoroughfare The proprietor must maintain a clear path at all times for pedestrian traffic to pass by. The proprietor shall be responsible for furnishings moved by patrons, or for items placed in the clear public thoroughfare by patrons, including bicycles, wheeled carts of any sort, and other items. The path must be at least five feet w ide and remain totally unobstructed. [The top of the curb may be included if it is flush and level with the sidewalk.] Any driveway crossing the sidewalk must be kept clear. d. Setbacks. All activities and furnishings must be located at least 25 away feet from an intersection, measured from the curb, and must be between the side property lines of the applicant. [Activities and furnishings may not be within 2 feet of the curb .] e. Hours of Operation. A sidewalk cafe may not be operated between the hours of 11 :00 p.m. and 7:00 a .m. All fixtures shall be removed from the sidewalk when the cafe is not in operation . f. Season . Sidewalk cafes shall not be operated when the Police Department is enforcing the Winter Parking Ban. No furnishings may remain on the sidewalk during this period . g. Lighting. If installed, lighting shall be designed, installed, and operated to keep all direct light from adjacent properties and from the street. It shall be of low intensity to 02-26-03 80 - 45 �prevent glare. h. Furnishing. The design of the furniture and colors should compliment the district 's theme. The furniture should be of good quality and be weatherproof. The furnishings must be removable (temporary) . i. Noise. The cafe shall be operated so that no noise generated by the business or its patrons can be heard from a distance of 50 feet from the area of operation . j. Lease for City Property. After grant of a conditional use permit by the Planning Commission, and before beginning operation, the applicant shall execute a lease with the City of Marquette for use of the public sidewalk. All provisions of this ordinance and any conditions attached to the permit shall become terms of the lease. Additional lease terms may include a hold harmless clause, requirements for liability insurance(s) , rent requirements, provision for inspection by the City, and other terms deemed necessary by staff and the City Commission . k. There shall be no consumption of alcoholic beverages in a sidewalk cafe. E. INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT (I). (1) All conditional uses. a. Notice of intent to build or expand must be given to the Zoning Administrator at the same time application is made to federal or state agencies which may require permits. b. Prior to final approval of a conditional use permit each applicant shall obtain the necessary state and federal permits, including permits or waiver for permits from the Michigan Air Pollution Control Commission and the Water Resources Commission. The applicant shall, upon Board request forward all reports and findings from the state and federal agencies to the Zoning Administrator, along with site plans as described in Sec. 80.62. c. The Board shall take action on the request for industrial conditional use permit within four weeks of receiving the required materials. d. The Board shall consider the employment potential, economic benefits, and environmental costs which may be created by the industry. e. The Board may require additional safeguards to meet the intent of the industrial district and to assure opportunity for additional industrial uses and for growth within each area of the city which is zoned industrial. F. CONSERVATION AND RECREATION DISTRICT. (1) Land intensive recreational uses. a. No loud speakers or public address systems shall be used except by approval of the Board, which shall determine that no public nuisance or disturbance wil l be established . b. No structure other than fencing shall be located closer than the yards specified in the Schedule of Regulations (Sec 80.40) . A landscaped buffer strip of at least twenty five feet shall be located between any residential district. c . All lighting shall be shielded from adjacent districts. d . Customary accessory commercial uses shall be located on the same site as the main recreational use and shall be clearly secondary to the main use. (2) Port facilities and docks. a. The applicant shall obtain from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources a permit to use the bottom lands prior to the issuing of a conditional use permit for any dock. b. Docks may be erected to a height of 75 feet . c . Marina facilities shall be designed to facilitate pedestrian and vehicular traffic and to reduce congestion at loading and launching sites. (3) Structures between the shoreline and public streets or highways. a. Structures to be located along the shoreline may not exceed 15 feet in height. b . Structures must be placed so as to minimize conflicts with the view of the lake from the adjacent right of way. 80 - 46 "• • • • • • • • • • •I I I I I �' r c. Structures must serve a public purpose and/or be accessible to the general public. d. The site must be landscaped in harmony with the surrounding area. r 80.66 Enforcement. 1. False statements. Any zoning compliance statement based on any false statement in the application or supporting documents is absolutely void ab initio and shall be revoked . No zoning compliance statement shall remain valid if the use or structures it authorizes becomes non-conforming. The Zoning Administrator shall not refuse to issue a zoning compliance statement when conditions imposed by this and other city ordinances are complied with by the applicant despite violations of contracts, such as covenants or private agreements which may occur upon the granting of said permits. 2. Violations and Penalties. Any person who violates any provision of this ordinance or any amendment thereto, or who fails to perform any act required hereunder or does any prohibited act, shall be guilty of a civil infraction. Each and every day on which any violation is committed or permitted to continue shall constitute a separate offense and shall be punishable as such hereunder. Any violation of this ordinance is hereby declared to be a public nuisance per se. 3. Procedures for reporting violations. Apparent zoning violations may be reported to the Zoning Administrator Planning Board by any citizen. r 80.67 - 80.79 Reserved For Future Use. 80.80- Towers 1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this ordinance is to establish general guidelines for the siting of wireless communications towers and antennas. The goals of this ordinance are to: (1) protect residential areas and land uses from potential adverse impacts of towers and antennas; (2) encourage the location of towers in non-residential areas; (3) minimize the total number of towers throughout the community; (4) strongly encourage the joint use of new and existing tower sites as a primary option rather than construction of additional single-use towers; (5) encourage users of towers and antennas to locate them, to the extent possible, in areas where the adverse impact on the community is minimal; (6) encourage users of towers and antennas to configure them in a way that minimizes the adverse visual impact of the towers and antennas through careful design, siting, landscape screening, and innovative camouflaging techniques; (7) enhance the ability of the providers of telecommunications services to provide such services to the community quickly, effectively, and efficiently; (8) consider the public health and safety of communication towers; and (9) avoid potential damage to adjacent properties from tower failure through engineering and careful siting of tower structures. In furtherance of these goals, City of Marquette shall give due consideration to the City's master plan, zoning map, existing land uses, and environmentally sensitive areas in approving sites for the location of towers and antennas. 2. DEFINITIONS. As used in this section (80.80) of the ordinance, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below: (a) "Alternative tower structure" means man-made trees, clock towers, bell steeples, light poles and similar alternative-design mounting structures that camouflage or conceal the presence of antennas or towers. (b) "Antenna" means any exterior transmitting or receiving device mounted on a tower, building or structure and used in communications that radiate or capture electromagnetic waves, digital signals, analog signals, radio frequencies (excluding radar signals), wireless telecommunications signals or other communication signals. (c) "Backhaul network" means the lines that connect a provider's towers and/or cell sites to one or more cellular telephone switching offices, and/or long distance providers, or the public switched telephone network. (d) "FAA" means the Federal Aviation Administration. (e) "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission . 02-26-03 80-47 �(f) "Height" means, when referring to a tower or other structure regulated by this section 80 of the zoning ordinance, the distance measured from the finished grade of the parcel to the highest point on the tower or other structure, including the base pad and any antenna. (g) "Preexisting towers and preexisting antennas" means any tower or antenna for which a building permit or conditional use permit has been properly issued prior to the effective date of this ordinance, including permitted towers or antennas that have not yet been constructed so long as such approval is current and not expired . (h) 'Tower" means any structure that is designed and constructed primarily for the purpose of supporting one or more antennas for telephone, radio and similar communication purposes, including self-supporting lattice towers, guyed towers, or monopole towers. The term includes radio and television transmission towers, microwave towers, common-carrier towers, cellular telephone towers, alternative tower structures, and the like. The term includes the structure and any support thereto. 3. APPLICABILITY. (a) New Towers and Antennas. All new towers or antennas in the City of Marquette shall be subject to these regulations, except as provided in Sections 3(b) through (d). inclusive. (b) Amateur Radio Station Operators and/or Receive Only Antennas. This ordinance shall not govern any tower, or the installation of any antenna, that is under seventy (70) feet in height and is owned and operated by a federally-licensed amateur radio station operator or is used exclusively for receive only antennas. (c) Preexisting Towers or Antennas. Preexisting towers and preexisting antennas shall not be required to meet the requirements of this ordinance, other than the requirements of Sections 4(f) and 4(g) . (d) AM Array. For purposes of implementing this ordinance, an AM array, consisting of one or more tower units and supporting ground system which functions as one AM broadcasting antenna, shall be considered one tower. Measurements for setbacks and separation distances shall be measured from the outer perimeter of the towers included in the AM array. Additional tower units may be added within the perimeter of the AM array by right. 4, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. (a) Principal or Accessory Use. Antennas and towers may be considered either principal or accessory uses . A different existing use of an existing structure on the same lot shall not preclude the installation of an antenna or tower on such lot. (b) Lot Size. For purposes of determining whether the installation of a tower or antenna complies with district development regulations, including but not limited to yard or setback requirements, lot-coverage requirements, and other such requirements, the dimensions of the entire lot shall control, even though the antennas or towers may be located on leased parcels within such lot. (c) Inventory of Existing Sites. Each applicant for an antenna and/or tower shall provide to the Zoning Administrator an inventory of its existing towers, antennas, or sites approved for towers or antennas, that are either within the jurisdiction of City of Marquette or within one mile of the border thereof, including specific information about the location, height, and design of each tower. The Zoning Administrator may share such information with other applicants applying for administrative approvals or conditional use permits under this ordinance or other organizations seeking to locate antennas within the jurisdiction of City of Marquette, provided, however that the Zoning Administrator is not, by sharing such information, in any way representing or warranting that such sites are available or suitable. (d) Aesthetics. Towers and antennas shall meet the following requirements: (1) Towers shall either maintain a galvanized steel finish or, subject to any applicable standards of the FAA, be painted a neutral color so as to reduce visual obtrusiveness. (2) At a tower site, the design of the buildings and related structures shall, to the extent possible, use materials, colors, textures, screening, and landscaping that will blend them into the natural setting and surrounding buildings . (3) If an antenna is installed on a structure other than a tower, the antenna and supporting 80 - 48 • • • • • • • • • �electrical and mechanical equipment must be of a neutral color that is identical to, or closely compatible with, the color of the supporting structure so as to make the antenna and related equipment as visually unobtrusive as possible. (e) Lighting. Towers shall not be artificially lighted, unless required by the FAA or other applicable authority. If lighting is required, the lighting alternatives and design chosen must cause the least disturbance to the surrounding views. (f) State or Federal Requirements. All towers must meet or exceed current standards and regulations of the FAA, the FCC, and any other agency of the state or federal government with the authority to regulate towers and antennas. If such standards and regulations are changed, then the owners of the towers and antennas governed by this ordinance shall bring such towers and antennas into compliance with such revised standards and regulations within six (6) months of the effective date of such standards and regulations, unless a different compliance schedule is mandated by the controlling state or federal agency. Failure to bring towers and antennas into compliance with such revised standards and regulations shall constitute grounds for the removal of the tower or antenna at the owner's expense. (g) Building Codes: Safety Standards. To ensure the structural integrity of towers, the owner of a tower shall ensure that it is maintained in compliance with standards contained in applicable state or local building codes and the applicable standards for towers that are published by the Electronic Industries Association, as amended from time to time. If, upon inspection, the City of Marquette concludes that a tower fails to comply with such codes and standards and constitutes a danger to persons or property, then upon notice being provided to the owner of the tower, the owner shall have thirty (30) days to bring such tower into compliance with such standards. Failure to bring such tower into compliance within said thirty (30) days shall constitute grounds for the removal of the tower or antenna at the owner's expense. (h) Measurement. For purposes of measurement, tower setbacks and separation distances shall be calculated and applied to facilities located in City of Marquette irrespective of municipal and county jurisdictional boundaries. (i) Not Essential Services. Towers and antennas shall be regulated and permitted pursuant to this ordinance and shall not be regulated or permitted as essential services, public utilities, or private utilities. (j) Franchises. Owners and/or operators of towers or antennas shall certify that all franchises required by law for the construction and/or operation of a wireless communication system in City of Marquette have been obtained and shall file a copy of all required franchises with the Zoning Administrator. (k) Public Notice. For purposes of this ordinance, any conditional use request, variance request, or appeal of an administratively approved use or conditional use shall require public notice to all abutting property owners and all property owners of properties that are located within the corresponding separation distance listed in Section 7(b) (5) (ii), Table 2, in addition to any notice otherwise required by the Zoning Ordinance. (I) Signs. No signs shall be allowed on an antenna or tower. (m) Buildings and Support Equipment. Buildings and support equipment associated with antennas or towers shall comply with the requirements of Section 8. (n) Multiple Antenna/Tower Plan . City of Marquette encourages the users of towers and antennas to submit a single application for approval of multiple towers and/or antenna sites. Applications for approval of multiple sites shall be given priority in the review process. 5. ADMINISTRATIVELY APPROVED USES. (a) General. The following provisions shall govern the issuance of administrative approvals for towers and antennas. (1) The Zoning Administrator may administratively approve the uses listed in this Section . (2) Each applicant for administrative approval shall apply to the Zoning Administrator providing the information set forth in Sections 7 (bl( 1) and 7 (b) (3) of this ordinance and a nonrefundable fee as established by resolution of the City Commission to reimburse the City 02-26-03 80-49 �for the costs of reviewing the application. (3) The Zoning Administrator shall review the application for administrative approval and determine if the proposed use complies with Sections 4, 7(b)(4) and 7(b)(5) of this ordinance. (4) The Zoning Administrator shall respond to each such application within sixty (60) days after receiving it by either approving or denying the application. If the Zoning Administrator fails to respond to the applicant within said sixty (60) days, then the application shall be deemed to be approved. (5) In connection with any such administrative approval, the Zoning Administrator may, in order to encourage shared use, administratively waive any zoning district setback requirements in Section 7(b) (4) or separation distances between towers in Section 7(b) (5) by up to fifty percent (50%). (6) In connection with any such administrative approval, the Zoning Administrator may, in order to encourage the use of monopoles, administratively allow the reconstruction of an existing tower to monopole construction. (7) If an administrative approval is denied, the applicant shall file an application for a conditional use permit pursuant to Section 7 prior to filing any appeal that may be available under the Zoning Ordinance. (b) List of Administratively Approved Uses. The following uses may be approved by the Zoning Administrator after conducting an administrative review: (1) Locating a tower or antenna, including the placement of additional buildings or other supporting equipment used in connection with said tower or antenna, in any industrial zoning district. (2) Locating antennas on existing structures or towers consistent with the terms of subsections (a) and (b) below. [a] Antennas on existing structures. Any antenna which is not attached to a tower may be approved by the Zoning Administrator as an accessory use to any commercial, industrial, professional, or institutional structure, provided: (i) The antenna does not extend more than thirty (30) feet above the highest point of the structure; (ii) The antenna complies with all applicable FCC and FAA regulations; and (iii) The antenna complies with all applicable building codes. [b] Antennas on existing towers. An antenna which is attached to an existing tower may be approved by the Zoning Administrator and, to minimize adverse visual impacts associated with the proliferation and clustering of towers, collocation of antennas by more than one carrier on existing towers shall take precedence over the construction of new towers, provided such collocation is accomplished in a manner consistent with the following: (i) A tower which is modified or reconstructed to accommodate the collocation of an additional antenna shall be of the same tower type as the existing tower, unless the Zoning Administrator allows reconstruction as a monopole. (ii) Height {a} An existing tower may be modified or rebuilt to a taller height, not to exceed thirty (30) feet over the tower 's existing height, to accommodate the collocation of an additional antenna. {b} The height change referred to in subsection (ii) (a) may only occur one time per communication tower. {c} The additional height referred to in subsection (ii)(a) shall not require an additional distance separation as set forth in Section 7. The tower's premodification height shall be used to calculate such distance separations. (iii) Onsite location {a} A tower which is being rebuilt to accommodate the collocation of an additional antenna may be moved onsite within fifty (50) feet of its existing location. {b} After the tower is rebuilt to accommodate collocation, only one tower may 80-50 • • • • • • •Ill *• • • • • • • • I �remain on the site. {c} A relocated onsite tower shall continue to be measured from the original tower location for purposes of calculating separation distances between towers pursuant to section 7 (b) (5). The relocation of a tower hereunder shall in no way be deemed to cause a violation of Section 7(b)(5). {d} The onsite relocation of a tower which comes within the separation distances to residential units or residentially zoned lands as established in Section 7(b) (5) shall only be permitted when approved by the Zoning Administrator. (3) New towers in non-residential zoning districts. Locating any new tower in a non-residential zoning district other than industrial, if the following conditions are met: a licensed professional engineer certifies the tower can structurally accommodate the number of shared users proposed by the applicant; the Zoning Administrator concludes the tower is in conformity with the goals set forth in Section 1 and the requirements of Section 4; the tower meets the setback requirements in Section 7(b) (4) and separation distances in Section 7(b) (5); and the tower meets the following height and usage criteria: (i) for a single user, up to ninety (90) feet in height; (ii) for two users, up to one hundred twenty ( 120) feet in height; and (iii) for three or more users, up to one hundred fifty (150) feet in height. (4) Locating any alternative tower structure in a zoning district other than industrial that in the judgment of the Zoning Administrator is in conformity with the goals set forth in Section 1 of this ordinance. (5) Installing a cable microcell network through the use of multiple low-powered transmitters and/or receivers attached to existing wireline systems, such as conventional cable or telephone wires, or similar technology that does not require the use of towers. (6) Towers in a PUD district shall be explicitly in the preliminary and final development plans and may not vary from those plans unless the plan is amended. 6. Towers Requiring Conditional Use Permits. (a) General. The following provisions shall govern the issuance of conditional use permits for towers or antennas by the Planning Commission: (1) If the tower or antenna is not permitted to be approved administratively pursuant to Section 6 of this ordinance, then a conditional use permit shall be required for the construction of a tower or the placement of an antenna in all zoning districts. (2) Applications for conditional use permits under this Section shall be subject to the procedures and requirements of Section 80.65 of the Zoning Ordinance, except as modified in this Section. (3) In granting a conditional use permit, the Planning Commission may impose conditions to the extent the Planning Commission concludes such conditions are necessary to minimize any adverse effect of the proposed tower on adjoining properties. The administrative standards now in the ordinance were not written with towers in mind and could prove to be more limiting than enabling in terms of Planning Commission decisions. Therefore the Planning Commission shall make use of the intent of this section rather than Section 80.60 Administrative Standards. (4) Any information of an engineering nature that the applicant submits, whether civil, mechanical, or electrical, shall be certified by a licensed professional engineer. (5) An applicant for a conditional use permit shall submit the information described in this Section and a non-refundable fee as established by resolution of the City Commission to reimburse the City of Marquette for the costs of reviewing the application. (b) Towers. ( 1) Information required. In addition to any information required for applications for conditional use permits pursuant Section 80.65 of the Zoning Ordinance, applicants for a use conditional permit for a tower shall submit the following information: (i) A scaled site plan clearly indicating the location, type and height of the proposed 02-26-03 80-51 �tower, on-site land uses and zoning, adjacent land uses and zoning (including when adjacent to other municipalities), Master Plan classification of the site and all properties within the applicable separation distances set forth in Section 7(b)(5) , adjacent roadways, proposed means of access, setbacks from property lines, elevation drawings of the proposed tower and any other structures, topography, parking, and other information deemed by the Zoning Administrator to be necessary to assess compliance with this ordinance. (ii) Legal description of the parent tract and leased parcel (if applicable) . (iii) The setback distance between the proposed tower and the nearest residential unit, platted residentially zoned properties, and un-platted reside2ntially zoned properties. (iv) The separation distance from other towers described in the inventory of existing sites submitted pursuant to Section 4(c) shall be shown on an updated site plan or map. The applicant shall also identify the type of construction of the existing tower(s) and the owner and/or operator of the existing tower(s), if known. (v) A landscape plan showing specific landscape materials. (vi) The method of fencing, finished color and, if applicable, the method of camouflage and illumination. (vii) A description of compliance with Sections 4(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) , (j), (I), and (m), 7(b)(4), 7(b)(5) and all applicable federal, state or local laws. (viii) A notarized statement by the applicant as to whether construction of the tower will accommodate collocation of additional antennas. (ix) Identification of the entities providing the backhaul network for the tower(s) described in the application and other cellular sites owned or operated by the applicant in the municipality. (x) A description of the suitability of the use of existing towers, other structures, or alternative technology which does not require the use of towers or structures in order to provide the services which will be provided through the use of the proposed new tower . (xi) A description of the feasible location(s) of future towers or antennas within the City of Marquette based upon existing physical, engineering, technological or geographical limitations in the event the proposed tower is erected. (2) Factors Considered in Granting Conditional Use Permits for Towers. In addition to any standards for consideration of conditional use permit applications pursuant to Section 80.65 of the Zoning Ordinance, the Planning Commission shall consider the following factors in determining whether to issue a conditional use permit. although the Planning Commission may waive or reduce the burden on the applicant of one or more of these criteria if the Planning Commission concludes that the goals of this ordinance are better served thereby: (i) Height of the proposed tower; (ii) Proximity of the tower to residential structures and residential district boundaries; (iii) Nature of uses on adjacent and nearby properties; (iv) Surrounding topography; (v) Surrounding tree coverage and foliage; (vi) Design of the tower, with particular reference to design characteristics that have the effect of reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness; (vii) Proposed ingress and egress; and (viii) Availability of suitable existing towers, other structures, or alternative technologies not requiring the use of towers or structures, as discussed in Section 7(b)(3) of this ordinance. (3) Availability of Suitable Existing Towers, Other Structures, or Alternative Technology. No new tower shall be permitted unless the applicant demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Planning Commission that no existing tower, structure, or alternative technology that does not require the use of towers or structures, can accommodate the applicant's proposed antenna. An applicant shall submit information requested by the Planning Commission related to the availability of suitable existing towers, other structures, or alternative technology. Evidence submitted to demonstrate that no existing tower, structure, or alternative technology can accommodate the applicant's proposed antenna may consist of any of the following: 80-52 • • : • • • • • • • • • • • • • �(i) No existing towers or structures are located within the geographic area which meet applicant's engineering requirements. (ii) Existing towers or structures are not of sufficient height to meet applicant's engineering requirements. (iii) Existing towers or structures do not have sufficient structural strength to support applicant's proposed antenna and related equipment. (iv) The applicant's proposed antenna would cause electromagnetic interference with the antenna(s) on the existing towers or structures, or the antenna(s) on the existing towers or structures would cause interference with the applicant's proposed antenna . (v) The fees, costs, or contractual provisions required by the owner in order to share ari existing tower or structure or to adapt an existing tower or structure for sharing are unreasonable. Costs exceeding new tower development are presumed to be unreasonable. (vi) The applicant demonstrates that there are other limiting factors that render existing towers and structures unsuitable. (vii) The applicant demonstrates that an alternative technology that does not require the use of towers or structures, such as a cable microcell network using multiple low-powered transmitters and/or receivers attached to a wireline system, is unsuitable. Costs of alternative technology that exceed new tower or antenna development shall not be presumed to render the technology unsuitable. (4) Setbacks. The following setback requirements shall apply to all towers for which a conditional use permit is required; provided, however, that the Planning Commission may reduce the standard setback requirements if the goals of this ordinance would be better served thereby: (i) Towers must be set back a distance equal to at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the height of the tower from any adjoining lot line. (ii) Guys and accessory buildings must satisfy the minimum zoning district setbackandyard requirements. (5) Separation. The following separation requirements shall apply to all towers and antennas for which a conditional use permit is required; provided, however, that the Planning Commission may reduce the standard separation requirements if the goals of this ordinance would be better served thereby. (i) Separation from off-site uses and/or designated areas. [a] Tower separation shall be measured from the base of the tower to the lot line of the off-site uses and/or designated areas as specified in Table 1, except as otherwise provided in Table l. [b] Separation requirements for towers shall comply with the minimum standards established in Table 1. TABLE 1 . Off-SI·t e Use or Des1qna t e d A rea separa r10n o·1s tance 1 Existinq residential zoninq Districts 300% height of tower Non-residentially zoned lands or non-residential uses None, only setbacks apply. 1Separation measured from base of tower to closest building setback or yard line. (ii) Separation distances between towers. [ a] Separation distances between towers shall be applicable for and measured between the proposed tower and preexisting towers. The separation distances shall be measured by drawing or following a straight line between the base of the existing tower and the proposed base, pursuant to a site plan, of the proposed tower. The separation distances (listed in linear feet) shall be as shown in Table 2. 02-26-03 80 - 53 �TABLE 2 Monopole 75 Ft in Height or Greater Monopole Less Than 75 Ft in Height Existing Towers - Types Lattice Guyed Lattice Guyed Monopole 75 Ft in Heiqht or Greater Monopole Less Than 75 Ft in Height 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 1,500 1,500 750 750 1,500 1,500 1,500 750 750 750 750 750 (6) Security fencing. Towers shall be enclosed by security fencing not less than six feet in height and shall also be equipped with an appropriate anti-climbing device which is consistent with the Fence Ordinance; provided however, that the Planning Commission may waive such requirements, as it deems appropriate. (7) Landscaping. The following requirements shall govern the landscaping surrounding towers for which a conditional use permit is required; provided, however, that the Planning Commission may waive such requirements if the goals of this ordinance would be better served thereby. (i) Tower facilities shall be landscaped with a buffer of plant materials that effectively screen the view of the tower compound from property used for residences . The standard buffer shall consist of a landscaped strip at least four (4) feet wide outside the perimeter of the compound. (ii) In locations where the visual impact of the tower would be minimal, the landscaping requirement may be reduced or waived . (iii) Existing mature tree growth and natural land forms on the site shall be preserved to the maximum extent possible. In some cases, such as towers sited on large, wooded lots, natural growth around the property perimeter may be sufficient buffer. 7, Buildings or Other Equipment Storage. (a) Antennas Mounted on Structures or Rooftops. The equipment cabinet or structure used in association with antennas shall comply with the following: (1) The cabinet or structure shall not contain more than 100 square feet of gross floor area or be more than eight feet in height. In addition, for buildings and structures which are less than 65 feet in height, the related unmanned equipment structure, if over 50 square feet of gross floor area or six and one half feet in height, shall be located on the ground and shall not be located on the roof of the structure. (2) If the equipment structure is located on the roof of a building, the area of the equipment structure and other equipment and structures shall not occupy more than ten percent of the roof area. (3) Equipment storage buildings or cabinets shall comply with all applicable building codes. (b) Antennas Mounted on Utility Poles or Light Poles. The equipment cabinet or structure used in association with antennas shall be located in accordance with the following: (1) In residential districts, the equipment cabinet or structure may be located: (i) Behind the required yard or in a side yard provided the cabinet or structure is no greater than eight feet in height or 100 square feet of gross floor area and the cabinet or structure is located a minimum of five feet from all lot lines. The cabinet or structure shall be screened by an evergreen hedge with an ultimate height of at least 42-48 inches and a planted height of at least 36 inches. (ii) In a rear yard, provided the cabinet or structure is no greater than eight feet in height or 100 square feet in gross floor area. The cabinet or structure shall be screened by an evergreen hedge with an ultimate height of eight feet and a planted height of at least 36 80-54 -~ -I I - �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I inches. (2) In commercial or industrial districts the equipment cabinet or structure shall be no greater than eight feet in height or 100 square feet in gross floor area. The structure or cabinet shall be screened by an evergreen hedge with an ultimate height of eight feet and a planted height of at least 36 inches. In all other instances, structures or cabinets shall be screened from view of all residential properties which abut or are directly across the street from the structure or cabinet by a solid fence six feet in height or an evergreen hedge with an ultimate height of eight feet and a planted height of at least 36 inches. (c) Antennas Located on Towers. The related unmanned equipment structure shall not contain more than 400 square feet of gross floor area or be more than 12 feet in height, and shall be located in accordance with the minimum yard requirements of the zoning district in which located. (d) Modification of Building Size Requirements. The requirements of Sections 8(a) through (c) may be modified by the Zoning Administrator in the case of administratively approved uses or by the Planning Commission in the case of uses permitted by conditional use, to encourage collocation. 8. Removal of Abandoned Antennas and Towers. Any antenna or tower that is notoperatedfaa continuous period of twelve months shall be considered abandoned, and the owner of such antenna or tower shall remove the same within ninety days of receipt of notice from the City of Marquette notifying the owner of such abandonment. Failure to remove an abandoned antenna or tower within said ninety days shall be grounds to remove the tower or antenna at the owner's expense. If there are two or more users of a single tower, then this provision shall not become effective until all users cease using the tower. 9. Nonconforming Uses. (a) Not Expansion of Nonconforming Use. Towers that are constructed, and antennas that are installed, in accordance with the provisions of this ordinance shall not be deemed to constitute the expansion of a nonconforming use or structure. (b) Preexisting towers. Preexisting towers shall be allowed to continue their usage as they presently exist. Routine maintenance (including replacement with a new tower of like construction and height) shall be permitted on such preexisting towers. New construction other than routine maintenance on a preexisting tower shall comply with the requirements of this ordinance . /cj Rebuilding Damaged or Destroyed Nonconforming Towers or Antennas. Notwithstanding Section 9, bona fide nonconforming towers or antennas that are damaged or destroyed may be rebuilt without having to first obtain administrative approval or a conditional use permit and without having to meet the separation requirements specified in Sections 7(b) (4) and 7(b) (5). The type, height, and location of the tower onsite shall be of the same type and intensity as the original facility approval. Building permits to rebuild the facility shall comply with the then applicable building codes and shall be obtained within 180 days from the date the facility is damaged or destroyed. If no permit is obtained or if said permit expires, the tower or antenna shall be deemed abandoned as specified in Section 9. 80.81 - 80.99 Reserved For Future Use. AMENDMENTS: .. .. .. 492, 497 Last Revised February 26, 2003 02-26-03 80-55 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CHAPTER 82 - SIGN ORDINANCE 82.1 Short Title. This ordinance shall be known and may be cited as the City of Marquette Sign Ordinance. 82.2 Intent. It is the intent of this ordinance to regulate signs in the City of Marquette so as to protect public health and safety and to promote the public welfare . This is accomplished by regulating the size, placement, relationships, construction, illumination, and other aspects of signs in the City. It is determined that such regulation is necessary for several reasons . (1) To enable the public to locate goods, services, and facilities without difficulty and confusion . (2) To prevent dangerous competition for attention between advertising signs and traffic control signs and signals. (3) To prevent signs which are potentially dangerous to the public due to structural deficiencies or disrepair. (4) To preserve the mental and physical well being of the public by preventing insistent and distracting demands for attention. (5) To assure the continued attractiveness of the community showing special concern for the value of its cultural and natural features. (6) To protect property values within the community. It is further determined that signs which may lawfully be erected and maintained under the provisions hereof are consistent with customary usage and that signs which may not lawfully be erected or maintained under the provisions hereof are not consistent with customary usage, are an abuse thereof, and are an unwarranted invasion of legitimate business interests and of the public. 82.3 Definitions. For the purpose of this ordinance, certain terms or words used herein shall be interpreted as follows: All words used in the present tense shall include the future; all words in the singular number include the plural number and all words in the plural number include the singular number; and the word "building" includes "structure," "dwelling" includes "residence;" the word "person" includes "corporation," "co-partnership," as well as an "individual;" the word "shall" is mandatory and the word "may" is permissive; the word "lot" includes the words "plot" or "parcel" or "site." Terms not herein defined shall have the meaning customarily assigned to them; or as defined in the Building Code or City Zoning Ordinance. Alley: Any dedicated public right-of-way affording a secondary means of access to abutting property, and not intended for general traffic circulation. Billboard: See Standard Outdoor Advertising Structure . Building Code: The building code as currently enforced pursuant to the Laws of the State of Michigan. Building Frontage: The distance between two parallel lines, drawn perpendicular to the edge of the right-of-way, which intersect with any part of the building. Where the building is located upon a curve, the lines shall be drawn perpendicular to a tangent drawn through the nearest point of the right-of-way for a convex curve and the furthest point of the right-of-way for a concave curve. Canopy: A permanent rooflike structure usually of metal, wood or glass, extending over an entrance, pedestrian walkway or window as a shelter. Electrical Code: The electrical code as currently enforced pursuant to the Laws of the State of Michigan. Erected: Includes built, constructed, altered, reconstructed , moved upon or any physical operations on the premise required for construction . Excavation fill , drainage, installation of utilities and the like, shall be considered a part of erection . 10-28-02 82-1 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Face: The portion of a sign upon, against, or through which the message is displayed or illustrated. Flag: A flexible piece of fabric or other material containing the official emblem of any unit or government. Frontage: A property line shall be said to be a property frontage whenever it is coterminous with the boundary of a public right-of-way. Where two or more frontages exist for the same parcel, one shall be selected by the property owner for the purpose of calculating permitted sign age. Grade: The average level of the finished surface of the ground adjacent to all exterior walls of a building or support structure more than five (5) feet from a right-of-way. For buildings closer than five feet to a right-of-way the grade is the curb elevation at the center of the building or support structure. If there is no curb, the City Engineer shall establish the grade. Height: The maximum vertical distance between a horizontal line drawn through the highest point of a sign or its supporting structures and a finished grade at the base of the sign. Mansard Roof: A roof, or structure on a building imitating a roof, which is at an angle of 60 degrees or greater from the horizontal. Marquis: See canopy. Pennant: A flexible piece of fabric or other material designed to attract attention or convey information by means of lettering, logos, color, or movement. Plaque, Commemorative: An inscribed tablet of brass or other non-corrosive metal or stone, identifying a place of historical or cultural significance. Residential Nameplate: A sign identifying a multiple family residential structure or identifying the occupants of one and two family structures. Shopping Center: A shopping center shall mean a unified commercial development occupied by a group of five or more separate retail businesses occupying substantially separate divisions of a building or buildings fronting on a privately owned common mall or parking lot rather than a public street. Sign: A name, identification, image, description, display, or illustration which is affixed to or located on, or piece of land, and which directs attention to an institution, organization, or business and which is visible from any street, right-of-way, sidewalk, alley, park, or other public property. Customary displays of merchandise or objects and material placed behind a store window are not signs or parts of signs. Sign Advertising: Any sign which identifies a product, or service or brand name offered to the public. Sign, Area of: l. The entire area within a circle, triangle, or parallelogram enclosing the extreme limits of writing, representation, emblem, or any figure of similar character, together with any frame or other material or color forming an integral part of the display or use to differentiate the sign from the background against which it is placed; excluding the necessary supports or uprights on which such sign is placed. 2. Where a sign has two or more faces, the area of all faces shall be included in determining the area of the sign, except that where two such faces are placed back to back and are at no point more than two feet from one another, the area of the sign shall be taken as the area of one face if the two faces are of equal size, or as the area of the larger face if the two faces are of unequal size. The spacing between the parallel faces of a ground or pole sign may be increased to three feet where there are only two supports. In no case shall a support have a greater cross sectional width than 36 inches. 3. Where a sign consists solely of lettering or other sign elements printed or mounted on a wall of a building without any distinguishing border, panel or background, any blank rectangular area which is more than ten percent of the area of the sign as otherwise computed shall be disregarded. All of the lettering and other sign elements printed or mounted upon a wall of a building without any distinguishing border, panel, or background and pertaining to the same enterprise shall be treated as a single sign for purposes of area computation. 82-2 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Sign, Flexible: A sign made of fabric, plastic, or other flexible material, two-dimensional in nature. Sign, Ground: A sign supported by one or more uprights or a base, the entire display area of which is no more than eight (8) feet from the ground. Sign, Identification: Any sign which bears the name of the structure, business or proprietor, on the site on which it is located. Sign, Illuminated: A sign that provides artificial light through transparent or translucent material or is illuminated by a light from an exterior source. Sign, Off Premise: A sign which advertises goods, services or attractions not available on the same site as the sign. Sign, On Premise: A sign which advertises only goods, services, facilities, events, or attractions available on the premises where located, or identifies the owner or occupant or directs traffic on the premises. All other signs are off-premise signs . Sign, Permanent: A sign of durable construction and durable materials designed to remain in one location and position either through attachment to a building element or mounting on a standard secured to a below grade footing. Sign, Pole: A sign supported by one or more uprights or braces in or upon the ground. Sign, Projecting: A sign which is attached directly to the building wall, and which extends more than fifteen (15) inches from the face of the wall. Sign, Sidewalk: A portable sign of A-frame construction used seasonally during hours a business is open and stored inside when not in use. Sign, Temporary: A sign intended to be displayed for a limited period of time and one which is without permanent foundations or attached to a permanent building. Sign, Wall: A sign which is painted on or attached directly to a building wall with the face of the sign parallel to and extending not more than fifteen (15) inches from the face of the wall. Site: One or more lots under the same ownership or control which are proposed to the Zoning Administrator as a whole for the purpose of compliance with the requirements and regulations of the Zoning Ordinance. Standard Outdoor Advertising Structure: A 300 square foot sign structure erected for the purpose of display of characters, letters or illustrations produced on paper sheets or painted on the surface of the structure and advertising goods and services not found on the premises. Streamer: See pennant. Zoning Ordinance: A chapter of the City Code of Marquette, Michigan adopted pursuant to the authority and procedure established by Act 207 of Public Acts of 1921 as amended. 82.4 Relationship to Other Laws. Whenever regulations or restrictions imposed by this ordinance are either more or less restrictive than regulations or restrictions imposed by any governmental authority through legislation, rule, or regulation , the regulations, rules or restrictions which are more restrictive or which impose higher standards or requirements shall govern. Regardless of any other provision of this ordinance, no sign shall be erected or maintained in violation of any state or federal law or regulation. 82.5 Severability. This ordinance and the various parts, sections, subsections, and clauses thereof are hereby declared to be severable. If any part, sentence, paragraph, subsection, section, or clause is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid, it is hereby provided that the remainder of the ordinance shall not be affected thereby. If any part, sentence, paragraph, subsection, section, or clause is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid as applied to a particular property, or other structure, it is hereby provided that the application of such portion of the ordinance to other property, buildings, or structures shall not be affected thereby. 82.6 Application of this Ordinance. No sign or part thereof may be constructed, erected, placed, altered or maintained within the City of Marquette, except as specifically or by necessary implication, authorized by this ordinance . 10-28-02 82-3 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 82.7 Vested Rights. Nothing in this ordinance shall be interpreted or construed to give rise to any permanent vested rights in the continuation of any particular sign and this ordinance is hereby declared to be subject to subsequent amendment, change or modification as may be necessary to preserve or protect the public health, safety, or welfare . 82.8 Effective Date and Repeal of Prior Sign Regulation . This ordinance shall take effect on March 22, 1979, said date being 10 days after adoption by the City Commission and publication. Section 80.99 of the Marquette City Zoning Ordinance, adopted on the 27th day of March, 1978 is hereby repealed as of the effective date of this ordinance. The repeal of the above section does not affect of impair any act done, offense committed or right occurring, accrued or acquired or liability, penalty forfeiture or punishment incurred prior to the time enforced, prosecutor inflicted . 82.9 Permits Required: 1. It shall be unlawful for any person to erect, relocate, or structurally alter or repair, nay sign or other advertising structure within the City of Marquette, as defined by this ordinance without first obtaining a certificate of compliance. All signs shall be subject to the Building Code, the City of Marquette Zoning Ordinance, and all illuminated signs shall be subject to the provisions of the State Electrical Code. (See Section 15, for Maintenance exceptions which do not require a Certification of Compliance .) 2. A Certificate of Compliance shall be obtained from the Sign Official prior to the issuance of a building permit. 3. Application for a Certificate of Compliance shall be made upon forms provided by the Sign Official and shall contain or have attached the following information: A. Name, address, telephone number, and signature of the applicant (person or firm erecting the sign). B. Name, address, telephone number and signature of the owner of the land on which the sign is to be erected . C. A scale drawing showing the position of the sign in relation to nearby buildings, signs, structures, and lot lines. All dimensions are to be included. D. A copy of the plans, specifications and method of construction and attachment to the building or in the ground. E. Upon demand of the Sign Official a copy of stress sheets and calculations showing the structure is designed for dead load and wind pressure in any direction in the amount required by this and all other applicable laws and ordinances. F. Such additional information as required by the Sign Official to show full compliance with this and all other laws and ordinances of the City. 5. The Sign Official shall review all applications for a Certificate of Compliance as expeditiously as possible. Reasons for any denial shall be set forth in writing and shall include any changes which would make the plan acceptable. The applicant may appeal any denial to the Board of Appeals. No more than ten days shall be required to review an application. 82 .10 Exemptions. Certificates of Compliance shall not be required for the following sign provided that said signs meet all other requirements of this ordinance, including but not limited to those in Section 11. Approval of the property owner is required prior to the erection of a sign . It is the responsibility of the party erecting the sign to determine if a building permit is required . 1. No more than one real estate sign per site, not to exceed six (6) square feet in residential districts thirty two (32) squared feet in all other districts, which advertise the sale, rental, lease of the premise upon which the sign is located. The sign shall be removed w ithin five days of the sale or rental. 2. Political campaign signs may be erected up to forty five (45) days before an election. There shall be no limit in the number of such signs on each site. Such signs shall be removed within 5 days after the election . 3. Residential nameplate not to exceed two (2) square feet in area . 82-4 �. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4. Temporary signs identifying construction sites for which a building permit has been issued. One sign per premises shall be permitted not to exceed l O square feet for single family and two family structures or 64 square feet for all other structures. The sign shall be removed within 5 days after the occupancy of the structure . a. Temporary signs identifying home improvement activities for which no permit is required. One on premise sign per premises not to exceed four (4) square feet, which may be in place while the work is in progress . In no case shall such sign be in place for more than 14 days. 5. Special decorative displays used for holidays, public demonstrations or promotion of civic welfare or charitable purposes, on which there is no commercial advertising, providing the jurisdiction is held harmless for any damage resulting therefrom . 6. Any sign or notice required by state, federal or local laws. 7. On premise signs of a non-advertising, non-identification nature designed exclusively to control access or use, to warn or to direct traffic or pedestrians when based on the following table: Site Area Under 50,000 square feet 50,000 to l 00,000 square feet l 00,000 to 200,000 square feet Over 200,000 square feet Square Feet of Sign age Per l 000 Sauare Foot of Site Area .75 square feet/1000 square feet .50 square feet/1000 square feet .35 square feet/1000 square feet .15 square feet/1000 square feet Maximum Size of Any One Sign 4 square feet 8 square feet 16 square feet 20 square feet I ' I: 8. Any number of official governmental unit flags may be located on any site. Only one corporate flag or pennant may be displayed. Support structures shall meet the requirements of either pole or projecting signs. 9. Commemorative plaques which are firmly attached to a structure. 82.11 Regulations applicable to all signs . l . It shall be unlawful to place a sign or handbill on any property without the approval of the property owner. No signs or handbills shall be posted on any tree or utility pole. 2. No signs shall be located on any street or street corner which would obscure the vision of drivers using said streets, or conflict with traffic control signs or signals in any location. No sign shall obstruct the vision of drivers at any driveway, parking lot or other route providing access to any land use. 3. No sign shall be illuminated by other than electrical means. All flood or spot lighting for illumination of signs shall be directed away from and shall be shielded from any residential districts. Illumination shall be so arranged as to not adversely affect driver visibility on adjacent thoroughfares. 4. No signs except time and temperature signs shall have blinking, fluttering lights, exposed bulbs or other illuminating devices which have a changing light intensity or brightness of color, with the exception of electronic message centers which shall be allowed in the Central Business District and General Business District. 5. Prior to the erection of a sign overhanging a public right-of-way, the person erecting such sign shall receive the approval of the proper governmental agency (city, county, or state) having jurisdiction over such right-of-way. 6. No signs other than traffic control or directional signs erected by a unit of government shall be allowed on any right-of-way. Portable sidewalk signs shall be permitted when they meet the requirements of Section 82.12.6 and 7 except on State Highway right-of-ways, including the Business Routes on South Front Street and West Washington Street. 7. No sign shall be mounted on a roof; a mansard roof shall be considered a wall for the purpose of applying this regulation. (See Section 12 also .) 8. No signs in residential zoning districts may be closer to side or rear lot lines than specified in the minimum yard requirements of the Schedule of Regulations for the district in which I I I 10-28-02 82 - 5 II 11 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I they are located. (See City of Marquette Zoning Ordinance and Map.) 9. Swinging movements of signs shall be permitted only on under-canopy signs designed to a pedestrian scale. The rotation of signs and any form of animation or moving device are prohibited . 10. Portable or moveable signs are prohibited, with exception of sidewalk signs and "new business" signs as permitted in Sec. 82.11 .12. All other signs must be permanently and securely attached to a below ground footing . 11 . Any portion of a sign may be of the changeable copy type provided that all changeable characters are securely attached to the face of the sign. 12. Strings of Pennants are prohibited. (See also Section l 0.8, Exemptions) 13. A portable, movable sign may be erected for a two week period at the opening of a new business or to identify a construction site. At no time may flashing lights be used on portable signs. 82.12 Regulations Based Upon Sign Type. l . Pole Signs: A. It shall be unlawful to erect any portion of a pole sign to a height of greater than 30 feet above the level of the nearest street in the general business and industrial districts. The maximum height for all other districts shall be 20 feet above the height of the nearest street. B. There shall be a minimum unobstructed distance of l O feet between the bottom of any display area and the ground for any sign located at the right-of-way. For every 2.5 feet the sign is set back from the right-of-way, the base of the display area may be lowered by one foot . C. Pole signs in any business, office, or industrial district that are within l 00 feet of a residential district must be reduced in height l 0% for each l O feet less than l 00 feet they are located from the residential district. 2. Ground Signs: A. No ground sign shall be located closer than 25 feet to any intersection of a right-of-way with another right-of-way or with the pavement of any driveway or alley. B. No sign shall be located closer to a side lot line than the distance specific for side yards in that district by the Zoning Ordinance. C. For every two square feet of sign, one square foot of planting or lawn must be provided and maintained, at the base of the sign. D. No portion of a ground sign may exceed eight (8) feet in height. E. For every additional ten feet that a sign is set back form the required front yard, the area of the ground sign may be increased by l 0%. The required landscaping at the base of the sign must be provided for the increased sign area. This increase in sign size shall no apply to off premise signs. F. Ground signs placed in any business, office or industrial district may not be located within l 00 feet of a residential district, measured along right of way lines. 3. Wall Signs: A. No wall sign shall cover, wholly or partially, any wall opening nor shall any sign project beyond the ends or top of the wall to which it is attached. B. A wall sign shall not project more than 15 inches from the wall. 4. Projecting Signs: A. No portion of a projecting sign shall be less than ten feet above grade. B. The distance between a projecting sign and the wall to which it is attached may not be greater than to two feet. C. All projecting signs shall be designed, installed and erected in such a manner that there shall be no visible angle iron or wire support structures above the roof line or parapet. D. A sign may project three inches for each linear foot of distance to the nearest side lot line, provided that in no instance may a sign project more than eight feet form any structure nor be located closer than two feet measured horizontally from any 82-6 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I established curb. E. No sign may project over an alley or private access lane. F. No sign shall be located closer than 10 feet to any intersecting rights-of-ways. G. A projecting sign may not extend above the top of the wall on which it is attached by more than 6 feet, but in no case shall more than 20% of the sign area be above the top of the wall. 5. Canopy and Marquis Signs: A. Canopy and marquis signs shall not be placed less than ten feet above the sidewalk and shall not be located closer than two feet, measured horizontally from an established curb. B. Signs attached to the face of a marquis or canopy which are parallel to the flow of traffic shall meet the requirements of wall signs. l. The sign may not project more than six inches from the face of the canopy. 2. The sign may not exceed three feet in height. C. Signs attached to the sides of a marquis or canopy which are not parallel to the flow of traffic shall meet the requirements of projecting signs . D. Where signs are suspended under canopies or marquis, the following conditions shall apply: l . Signs shall not be greater than six square feet. 2. There shall not be more than one such sign per business or office. 3. Signs shall be no less than nine feet above the sidewalk not located closer than two feet measures horizontally from any established curb . 4. Signs may swing provided that the distance between the top of the sign and the under side of the canopy or marquis is not greater than four inches. 5. Signs shall be perpendicular to the flow of pedestrian. 6. Sidewalk Signs. A. Sidewalk signs shall be permitted form April l through September 30 during the hours a business is open to the public, but in no instance may a sign be placed on the street earlier than 8:00 a.m . nor later than 9:00 p.m. B. Sidewalk signs shall be of A-frame construction with a minimum base spread of two feet . The maximum height shall be five feet. The sign shall be sturdy and stable . C. The surfaces of sidewalk signs shall be durable. Copy may be painted or printed on the surface. Loose paper faces shall not be permitted . Sidewalk signs shall not be illuminated by any means except natural light and existing street lights. D. A minimum of seven feet of unobstructed sidewalk must remain between the sign and adjacent buildings. E. Signs shall not be permitted on State Highway right-of-way in violation of the Federal Highway Beautification Act of 1964. F. The owner of the sign and the owner of the site upon which it is located must sign a statement assuming all liability for damage and injury caused by the sign . 7. Flexible Signs. A. Signs of fabric, thin plastic, or other flexible material may be erected as pole, ground , or wall signs provided that all requirements for those types of signs are met, and B. The outer perimeter of the flexible sign shall be held taut. No ropes or guy wires may be fastened so as to cause a hazard. C. Flexible signs shall be removed at the first evidence of wear of deterioration. 82 .13 Signs Permitted by Zoning District. District designations shall be determined from the Official Zoning Map. 1. Residential Districts: (RG, RS, RM) A. For each residential unit in a single family or general residential district, one name plate not exceeding two square feet shall be permitted . B. For all conditional uses in the RS and RG districts except home occupations, group day care facilities, and duplexes and for all Class A, non-conforming uses which are not 10-28-02 82- 7 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I residential there shall be permitted one ground sign and/or one wall sign not to exceed a combined area of 50 square feet. Day care centers in any district shall be permitted to erect a four square foot nameplate. C. Multiple Family Development: One sign not to exceed two (2) square feet for the purpose of identifying an office located on the site, plus: 1. One sign not exceeding two (2) square feet for each development containing four or fewer dwelling units. 2. For each development containing more than four (4) but fewer than 50 dwelling units, one sign not to exceed ten (10) square feet shall be permitted . 3. For each development containing fifty or more dwelling units, one sign not to exceed 20 square feet shall be permitted for each driveway providing access to the site. Said signs must be within 50 feet of the driveway and any not be within 100 feet of another such sign on the same site. D. For each subdivision, signs advertising lots for sale may be erected and maintained until 80% of the lots are sold . The sign shall not be erected within 100 feet of an occupied residence . l . One sign not exceeding 32 square feet in area shall be permitted for subdivisions with 20 or less lots. 2. One or two signs not to exceed 64 square feet total area shall be permitted for subdivisions with more than 20 lots. E. There shall be no off-premise signs . 2. All Office, Industrial, and Business Districts . A. Total sign area shall be calculated as follows for establishments located in the OS (Office) , BC (Community Business), BG (General Business) , CBD (Central Business), and I (Industrial) districts. l. Where one establishment occupies a site, one square foot of sign area shall be allowed per foot of site frontage. 2. Where two or more establishments occupy the same site, each establishment shall be allocated one square foot of sign area per foot of adjusted site frontage . Adjusted site frontage is the ratio of the floor area occupied by the establishment to the total floor area on the site times the site frontage. In no case, including new establishments being added to previously developed sites, shall the total sign area exceed one square foot per foot of site frontage. 3. For all establishments there shall be permitted l /100 of a square foot of additional sign area for each of the first 3,000 square feet of floor area and l / l 000 of a square foot of additional sign area for each remaining square foot of floor area . B. Only on-premise signs shall be permitted in the OS (Office) , BC (Community Business) , and CBD (Central Business) districts. Signs in the BG(General Business and I (Industrial) districts may be on-premise or off-premise but must meet all requirements of this ordinance. C. In no instance shall an establishment occupying all or part of the floor area of a site be restricted to less than 40 square feet of sign age, except that no site occupied by more than one tenant be allowed more than 80 square feet or the total area of sign age allowed for the site, whichever is greater. D. Signs allocated to tenants of a shopping center shall be restricted to businesses which have a separate entrance providing public access to their premises . The formula for such businesses shall be the same as found in Section 13.2.A. However, these businesses shall be restricted to wall signs and canopy signs. In addition to the signs permitted above, one free standing shopping center identification sign shall be permitted . The area of the sign shall be 1/1000th of a square foot of sign age for each square foot of gross leasable floor area in the shopping center. This freestanding identification sign shall not exceed 30 feet in height and in no case shall the area exceed 300 square feet, nor shall the sign be restricted to less than 40 square fee t. E. For each office structure containing more than one occupant office a directory sign 82-8 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I containing the names of all offices may be located at each common public entrance to the structure. Said director signs shall not be larger than two square feet for each establishment, with maximum size of 20 square feet for each directory. 3. Special requirements for Office, Industrial and Business Districts: A. OS and BC (Office and Community Business) l . Height and Area: a. Pole Signs - not to exceed 20 feet in height nor 40% of the permitted sign area for the site . b . Projecting Signs - not to exceed 24 square feet in area . c. Ground Signs - not to exceed 50 square feet in area . d . Wall Signs - no size restriction except as established in Section 13.2.A. e. Sidewalk Signs - width shall not be greater that three feet, height shall not be greater than five feet, base width shall not be less than two feet. 2. In no case shall the total area of all signs on a site exceed that permitted in Section 13.2.A. 3. Number: Not more than one pole, ground, projecting, or sidewalk sign per site . A flexible fabric sign may be erected as a pole, ground, or wall sign. B. CBD (Central Business District) l. Height and Area: a . Pole Signs - not to exceed 20 feet in height nor 50% of the permitted sign area for the site. b. Projecting Signs - not to exceed 24 square feet in area . c . Ground Signs - not to exceed 75 square feet. d . Wall Signs - no size restriction except as established in Section 13.2.A. e. Sidewalk Signs - width shall not be greater than three feet; height shall not be greater than five feet; base width shall not be less than two feet. 2. In no case shall the total area of all signs on a site exceed that permitted in Section 13.2.A. 3. Number: Not more than one pole, ground, projecting, or sidewalk sign per site with no restrictions on the number of wall signs. A flexible sign may be erected as a pole, ground, or wall sign. C. BG - In the general business district the size and number of allowed signs shall be as follows: l. Height and area : a . pole signs - not to exceed 30 feet in height or 300 square feet in area . b . projecting signs - not to exceed 24 square feet in area. c. ground signs - not to exceed 150 square feet in area. d . wall signs - no size restrictions except as established in Section 13.2.A. 2. In no case shall the area of all signs on a site exceed that permitted in Section 13.2.A. 3. Number: Not more than one ground or pole sign per 300 feet of site frontage , not more than three projecting signs, and with no restrictions on the number of wall signs per site . A flexible sign may be erected as a pole, ground, or wall sign. D. I (Industrial District) In the industrial district the size and number of allowed signs shall be as follows: l. Height and Area: a . Pole Signs - not to exceed 30 feet in height or 300 square feet in area . b. Projecting Signs - not to exceed 24 square feet in area. c. Ground Signs - not to exceed 150 square feet in area. d. Wall Signs - no size restrictions except as established in Section 13.2.A. 2. In no case shall the total area of all on-premise signs on a site exceed that permitted in Section 13.2.A. 3. Number: Not more than one pole or ground sign per 300 feet of site frontage with not more than three projecting signs, and with no restrictions on the number of wall 10-28-02 82 - 9 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I signs per site. Standard outdoor advertising structures in addition to the above, which conform to the following regulations. a. No standard outdoor advertising structure may be erected within 200 feet of any public park, recreation ground, lake, stream, school, church or residential lot located on the same side of the street. b. No standard outdoor advertising structure shall be located within 100 feet of any intersection. c. No standard outdoor advertising structure shall be closer than 300 feet to another off-premise sign measured along the right-a-way line. d. Standard outdoor advertising structures may have one or two faces. Said faces may be placed back to back if not more 36 inches apart, or may be placed in a "Y" with a maximum angle of 30 degrees and a maximum separation of 30 inches at the vertex. e. No standard outdoor advertising structures shall exceed 300 square feet in area. f. Standard outdoor advertising structures shall not be placed between the shoreline of Lake Superior and the nearest street or highway pavement. g. A conditional sign permit shall be obtained from the City Planning Board using the guidelines of the Zoning Ordinance for determining the appropriateness of the requested location with respect to the residential or non-commercial use of an area and the introduction of sign age into areas dominated by recreational/tourist /natural scenic qualities. 4. Conservation-Recreation and Deferred Development Districts (CR & DD): A. Business uses in the CR and DD districts shall meet the following sign requirements. 1. Height and area: a. Pole Signs - not to exceed 30 feet in height or 150 square feet in area. b. Projecting Signs - not to exceed 20 square feet in area. c. Ground Signs - not to exceed 150 square feet in area. d. Wall Signs - no size restrictions except as established in Section 13.2.A. 2. In no case shall the area of all advertising signs on a site exceed that permitted in Section 13.2.A. 3. Number: Not more than one pole, ground or projecting sign per site with no restrictions on the number of wall signs per site. B. Signs for residential uses shall meet the requirements for signs in the residential district (See Section 13.1 ). C. For all non-business and non-residential uses in this district, one of the following shall be permitted, per site: 1. ground signs - not to exceed 20 square feet. 2. pole signs - not to exceed 20 square feet. 3. projecting signs - not to exceed 20 square feet. 4. wall signs - not to exceed 40 square feet. D. There shall be no off-premise signs. 5. Planned Unit Development District (PUD): Unless the approved site plan for the Planned Unit Development District specifies otherwise, the following regulations shall apply to each site: A. One sign not to exceed twenty square feet shall be permitted for each street providing access to the site. These signs shall be for identification of the development and its components. B. One residential nameplate not to exceed two square feet shall be permitted for each residential structure. C. For each non-residential use, the sign design and size shall be as specified in the approved PUD Plan(see Section 80.30 of the Marquette City Zoning Ordinance). 6. Municipally Owned Outdoor Athletic Facilities in all districts A. An amateur athletic organization may erect advertising signs on the field where its games are played. Said signs are subject to the following conditions: 4. 82-10 �II I 1. Height and Area a . Ground signs may not exceed eight (8) feet in height or thirty-six (36) square feet per sign . b. Wall signs may not exceed eight (8) feet in height or thirty-six (36) square feet per sign . c . Pole signs are not permitted. d. Illuminated signs are not permitted . 2. The number of signs may not exceed twenty (20) per field . 3. Only the side of the sign facing the playing field may contain advertising. The other side must be painted a neutral color. 4. Signs may be present only during the season of play of the organization erecting the sign. B. Exemptions 1. Lighted scoreboards which may be illuminated only during time of organized play. Said scoreboards may not exceed 200 square feet in size and may be no taller than 20 feet in height. 2. The BMX track located in the River Park Sports Complex may have 24 signs which meet the above requirements. 82.14 Non-conforming Signs and Abandoned Signs. Non-conforming signs are those which do not comply with size, placement, construction, or other provisions or regulations of this ordinance by which were lawfully established prior to the adoption of this ordinance but which were lawfully established prior to the adoption of this ordinance . It is the intent of this ordinance to discourage the continuance of non-conforming signs and to encourage their removal by whatever lawful means available. l . The display face of a non-conforming sign may be modified as necessary to renew or update the message . 2. Non-conforming signs shall not be structurally altered or repaired so as to prolong the life of the sign or so as to change the shape or size of the sign . 3. Non-conforming signs requiring structural repair to make them safe shall be removed. 4. Abandoned signs shall be removed by the property owner within 30 days. A. Any sign which pertains to an event, time or purpose which has not applied for 30 days shall be deemed to have been abandoned . B. Any sign which is located on property which becomes vacant and unoccupied or is applicable to a business which has been temporarily suspended because of a change in ownership or management, shall not be deemed abandoned unless the property remains vacant or the business remains inactive for a period of six months. 5. Changes or additions shall not be made to any signs on a site so as to increase their total non-conformity. 82.15 Maintenance. Every sign shall be maintained in safe structural condition at all times, including the replacement of defective parts and peeling, faded, or broken display faces and structural members. 1. The repainting of any portion of a sign structure, or the periodic changing of a bulletin board or billboard panel or the renewing of copy which has been made unacceptable or unusable by ordinary wear shall be permitted on all signs. No permit shall be required . 2. The replacing or repairing of non-structural portions of a sign shall not require a permit. 3. Structural alteration, repair or replacement shall require a permit. 82.16 Sign Removal. 1. The Sign Official shall order the removal of any sign for which no Certificate of Compliance has been issued or signs erected in violation of this ordinance. 2. The Sign Official shall notify the property owner by first class mail describing the sign and specifying the violation involved . 3. The property owner shall remove said or initiate an appeal w ithin 15 days of receipt of the letter. An appeal stays all proceedings unless the official from whom the appeal is taken 10-28-02 82 -11 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4. certifies to the Board of Appeals that a stay would cause imminent peril to life or property. If at the expiration of the time limit in said notice, the owner has not complied with the requirements thereof, or appealed the decision of the Sign Official, the Sign Official shall carry out the requirements of the notice. The costs of such abatement may be charged against the premises and the owner thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 22.1O of the City Code. 82 .17 Dangerous Signs. In the case of a sign which presents imminent danger to life or property the sign owner, or if he cannot be reached, a responsible city official, must take immediate action as is necessary to remove the danger. 82.18 Administration. 1. The City Manager shall appoint a Sign Official who shall be responsible for the administration of this ordinance. He shall have all administrative powers not specifically assigned to some other officer or body. 2. The Sign Official shall review all Certificate of Compliance applications and site plans for compliance with the provisions of this ordinance or any written order from the Board of Appeals or Planning Board . He shall have no power to vary or waive ordinance requirements. 3. The Sign Official shall keep records of all official actions, all of which shall be a public record. 4. The Sign Official shall have the power to make inspections of buildings and premises necessary to carry out his duties in the enforcement of this ordinance. 5. The Sign Official shall collect such permit and inspection fees as determined by the City Commission. 6. If the Sign Official shall find that any of the provisions of this ordinance are being violated he shall notify in writing the person responsible for such violation indicating the nature and location of the violation and ordering the action necessary to correct it. He shall order discontinuance of any illegal work being done; or shall take any other action authorized by this ordinance to insure compliance with or to prevent violation of the provisions of this ordinance . 7. The Sign Official shall forward an analysis of site factors and other information pertaining to any appeal or request to the appropriate body. The analysis may include a recommendation for action . 82.19 Appeals. 1. The Board of Appeals as provided in the Zoning Ordinance shall constitute the Board of Appeals to pass on matters pertaining to the terms of this ordinance. The term of office, quorum, meetings, records, and procedure shall be as specified in the Zoning Ordinance. 2. Any person aggrieved or the head of any agency of the municipality may take appeal to the Board of Appeals from any decision of the Sign Official. 3. Appeals to the Board of Appeals must be accompanied by such fees as established by resolution of the City Commission . No activity on an application or appeal shall commence until said fee has been paid. 4. Whenever any condition or limitation included in a variance, it shall be "conclusively presumed" that the authorizing Board of Appeals considered such condition or limitation necessary to carry out the spirit and purpose of this ordinance or the requirement of some provision thereof, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare, and that the board would not have granted the authorization to which the condition or limitation pertains except in the belief that the condition or limitation was lawful. 82.20 Enforcement. 1. False statements. Any sign compliance statement based on any false statement in the application or supporting documents is absolutely void ab initio and shall be revoked. No 82-12 �I I I I I I 2. 3. sign compliance statement shall remain valid if the use or structure it authorizes becomes non-conforming. The Sign Official shall not refuse to issue a sign compliance statement when conditions imposed by this and other City Ordinances are complied with by the applicant despite violations of contracts, such as covenants or private agreements which may occur upon the granting of said permits. Violations and Penalties. Any person who violates any provision of this ordinance or any amendment thereto, or who fails to perform any act required hereunder or does any prohibited act, shall be guilty of a civil infraction. Each and every day on which any violation is committed or permitted to continue shall constitute a separate offense and shall be punishable as such hereunder. Any violation of this ordinance is hereby declared to be a public nuisance per se. Procedures for reporting violations. Apparent violations may be reported to the Sign Official by any citizen. I I I I I I I I I I 10-28-02 82-13 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - CHAPTER 85 - SUBDIVISION ORDINANCE 85.01 Short Title. This ordinance shall be known and may be cited as the City of Marquette Subdivision Regulations . 85.02 Definitions. For the purpose of this Ordinance, certain terms, words, and phrases shall, wherever used in this Ordinance, have the meaning herewith defined as follows: 1. Condominium - A condominium project established in conformance with the Michigan Condominium Act (Act 59 of 1978) 2. Condominium Subdivision Plan - A plan meeting the requirements of section 66 of the Condominium Act (MCL 559.166 (2) 3. Governing Body - The City Commission of the City of Marquette. 4. Planning Commission - The City Planning Commission of the City of Marquette. 5. Subdivider - Shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and may mean a person, firm, association, partnership, corporation, or any legal combination of them or any 0ther legal entity proceeding under these regulations to effect a subdivision of land for himself or for another. A person proceeding under this ordinance to effect a subdivision of land for platting or a condominium for himself or for another. 6. Subdivision - Any land which is divided or proposed to be divided into two (2) or more lots, parcels, sites, units, or plots, for the purpose of offer, sale, lease, or development, upon any terms and conditions including re-subdivision. This definition includes the division of land, whether recorded or unrecorded, by deed, condominium master deed, metes and bounds description, devise, lease, map, or other instrument. For the purpose of this ordinance subdivision may included but is not limited to a platted subdivision as defined in the Subdivision Control Act. 7. Lot - A portion of a subdivision or other parcel of land intended as a unit transfer of ownership or for development. 8. Master Plan - The comprehensive plan includes graphic and written proposals dictating the general locations recommended for the streets, parks, schools, public buildings, zoning districts, and all physical developments of the City of Marquette and includes any unit or part of such plan separately adopted, and any amendments to such plan or parts thereof adopted by the Planning Commission or the Governing Body. 9. Preliminary Plat - A map indicating the proposed layout of the subdivision in sufficient detail to provide adequate basis for review and to meet the requirements and procedures set forth hereinafter. 10. Final Plat - A map of all or part of a subdivision prepared and certified as to its accuracy by a registered engineer or land surveyor. Such maps must meet the requirements of the Plat Act, Public Act 172, as amended, and be suitable for recording by the County Register of Deeds. 11 . Improvements - Street pavements, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, cross-walks, water mains, sanitary and storm sewers, street trees, street signs, and other appropriate items. 12. Public Utility - A firm, corporation, or municipal authority providing gas, electricity, telephone, sewer, water or other services of a similar nature. 13. Easement - A quantity of land set aside or over which a liberty, privilege or advantage is granted by the owner to the public, a corporation, or some particular person or part of the public for specific uses and purposes, and shall be designated a "public" or "private" easement depending on the nature of the user. 14. Alley - A minor vehicular way used primarily to serve as an access way to the back or side of properties otherwise abutting on a street. 15. Public Walkway - A right of way dedicated for the purpose of a pedestrian access through residential areas, and located so as to connect to two or more streets, or a street and a public land parcel. 16. Street - A right of way dedicated to public use, which provides vehicular and pedestrian access to adjacent properties whether designated as a street, highway, thoroughfare, parkway, road , avenue, lane, or however otherwise designated, and including the land between the right-of-way lanes whether improved or unimproved and may comprise 09-30-02 85-1 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I pavement, curbs and gutters, shoulders, sidewalks, parking areas, lawn areas and other areas within the right-of-way lines. 17. Major Thoroughfare - An arterial street of great continuity which is intended to serve as a large volume trafficway for both the immediate area and region beyond, and may be designated in the Major Thoroughfare Plan as a major thoroughfare, parkway, expressway or equivalent term to identify those streets comprising the basic structure of the street plan. 18. Secondary Thoroughfare - A street intended to serve as a means of access from minor streets to a major thoroughfares and has considerable continuity within the framework of the Major Thoroughfare Plan. 19. Minor Street - A street supplementary to a secondary street intended to serve the local needs of the neighborhood and of limited continuity used primarily as access to abutting residential properties. 20. Marginal Access Street - A minor street parallel and adjacent to a major thoroughfare; and which provides access to abutting propertied and protection from through traffic. 21. Cul-de-Sac (Court) - A minor street parallel and adjacent to major thoroughfare; and which provides access to abutting properties and protection from through traffic. 22. Turn-Around (Place) - A minor street of short length with two openings to traffic with a boulevard median strip in the center, beginning from the same street, and projecting parallel to each other and connecting at their termination by a loop. 23. Zoning Ordinance - The official Zoning Ordinance adopted by the Governing Body of the City of Marquette, Michigan. 85.03 Subdivision Procedure. The Preparation of a subdivision for platting shall be carried out through three stages including Preliminary Investigation, Preliminary Plat and Final Plat and in accordance with the procedure as follows. The preparation of a condominium subdivision plan shall be carried out through two stages including Preliminary Investigation and Preliminary Plat. 85.04 Preliminary Investigation. 1. Prior to the preparation of a preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan, the subdivider shall meet informally with the City Manager to investigate the procedures and standards of the City of Marquette with reference to these Regulations and with the proposals of the Master Plan as they affect the area in which the proposed subdivision is located. The subdivider shall concern himself with the following factors: a The area for the proposed subdivision shall be properly zoned for the intended use. b . An investigation of the adequacy of existing schools and the adequacy of public open space including parks and playgrounds to service the proposed subdivision shall be made by the subdivider. c. Examination of physical site characteristics which may affect site layout, drainage and utility service. d. Determine the existence of or status of any state, county, regional or city plans relating to land use, traffic routes, scenic highways and/or neighborhoods which may bear on the proposed subdivision. e. The relationship of the proposed subdivision with respect to Major and Secondary Thoroughfares and plans for widening of thoroughfares shall be investigated by the subdivider. f. Standards for sewage disposal, water supply, electric power facilities and drainage of the City of Marquette and health standards of Marquette County and the State of Michigan shall be investigated by the subdivider. 85.05 Preliminary Plat. 1. Engineering - All surveys, maps and designs of streets, utilities, sidewalks and other improvements shall be made by the subdivider or his agent and further shall be subject to approval by the municipality as hereinafter required . 2. Filing a. Seven copies of the preliminary plat of the proposed subdivision or condominium subdivision plan, together with written application in triplicate, shall be submitted to the 85 - 2 �I I I City Clerk. b . Submittal by the subdivider with the City Clerk shall be at least twenty (20) says prior to the regular Planning Commission meeting (Which meeting shall be considered as the date of filing) at which he will be scheduled to appear. The Planning Commission will act on the plat within thirty (30) days after said meeting unless the subdivider agrees to an extension of time in writing . c. One copy of the preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan, where the proposed subdivision is adjacent to or containing a County highway, shall be submitted to the Marquette County Road Commissioner for approval. d. One copy of the preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan , where the proposed subdivision is adjacent to or containing a state trunkline or highway, shall be submitted to the State Highway Commissioner for approval. 3. Identification and Description. The preliminary plat shall include: a . Proposed name of subdivision. b. Location by Section, Town, and Range, or by other legal description. c. Names and addresses of the subdivider or owner and the planner, designer, engineer or surveyor who designed the subdivision layout. The subdivider shall also indicate his interest in the land as to whether it is a land contract interest, of if he owns the property in fee. d . Scale of plat, l" = 100' as minimum acceptable scale. e . Date. f. North point. 4. Existing Conditions. The preliminary plat shall include: a. An over-all area map showing the relationship of the subdivision to its surroundings shall be provided. b . Location of proposed subdivision, and section or corporation lines within or adjacent to the tract . c. Boundary line of proposed subdivision, and section or corporation lines within or adjacent to the tract. d. Adjacent tracts of subdivided and unsubdivided land shown in relation to the tract being proposed for subdivision . e. Location, widths and names of existing or prior platted streets and private streets, and public easements within or adjacent to the tract being proposed for subdivision . f. Location or existing sewers, watermains, storm drains and other underground facilities within or adjacent to the tract being proposed for subdivision. g . Topography drawn as contours with an interval of at least five (5) feet, except as may otherwise be required for proper review of special grading or drainage problems. Topography to be based on U.S.G.S. datum. 5. Proposed Conditions . The preliminary plat shall include: a. Layout of streets indicating proposed street names, right-of-way widths, and connections with adjoining platted streets and also the widths and location of alleys, easements and public walkways . b . Layout, numbers and dimensions of lots, including building setback lines showing dimensions. c. Indication of parcels of land intended to be dedicated or set aside for public use or for the use of property owners in the subdivision or lands set aside for future street connections to adjacent tracts. d. The developer shall indicate to the Governing Body the proposed systems for public sanitary sewage disposal, public water supply and storm drainage by submitting a copy of the plat showing the proposed installations. Capacities and other engineering features shall not be included. e . Proposed contour changes and areas of cut or fill. The condominium subdivision plan shall include: a . A cover sheet. b. A survey plan. 09-30-02 85-3 �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. A floodplain plan, if the condominium lies within or abuts a floodplain area . A site plan . A utility plan. Floor plans. The size, location, area, and horizontal boundaries of each condominium unit. A number assigned to each condominium unit. The vertical boundaries and volume for each unit comprised of enclosed air space. Building sections showing the existing and proposed structures and improvements including their location on the land. Any proposed structure or improvement shall be labeled either "must be built" or "need not be built". To the extent that a developer is contractually obligated to deliver utility conduits, buildings. sidewalks, driveways, landscaping, and an access road, the same shall be shown and designated as "must be built". but the obligation to deliver such items exists whether or not they are so shown and designated. k. The nature, location, and approximate size of the common elements. I. Other items the administrator of the Michigan Condominium Act requires by rule . 6. Preliminary Plat or Condominium Subdivision Plan Review by Planning Commission . a . The City Clerk shall receive and check for completeness, the preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan, and if complete, place the proposal on the agenda of the next Planning Commission meeting. Should any important information be omitted, the City Clerk shall notify the subdivider of the additional data required data is received. b. It shall be the duty of the Planning Commission to send notice of the time and place of the meeting at with the proposed plat will be reviewed to the owners of the land immediately adjoining the property proposed to be platted; said notice to be given not less than five (5)days prior to such meeting. c . The Planning Commission shall review all details of the proposed subdivisions within the framework of the various elements of the Master Plan and within the design standards of this subdivision regulation. d . Land requirements for public uses within the framework of the Master Plan. shall be considered in the review of each preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan submitted. e. Should the Planning Commission reject the plat or condominium subdivision plan it shall record the reasons in the minutes of the meeting. A copy of the minutes shall be sent to the subdivider. f. Should the approval be a conditional approval, the subdivision layout shall not be forwarded to the Governing Body until said conditions have been satisfied by the developer. The revised layout shall follow the submittal procedure indicated under (6) A. above. g. Should the Planning Commission find that all conditions have been satisfactorily met, it shall give preliminary approval to the subdivider; the Chairman shall make a notation to that affect on each copy of the preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan, returning one copy to the subdivider, forwarding three copies to the Governing Body with recommendations for preliminary approval, one copy to the Assessor, and retaining two copies tor the Planning Commission files . 7. Preliminary Plat or Condominium Subdivision Plan Review by Governing Body. a . The Governing Body will not review a preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan until it has received the review recommendations, the Governing Body shall consider the plat at such meeting that the matter is placed on the regularly scheduled agenda . b . Should the Governing Body approve the preliminary plat or condominium subdivision plan, it shall be deemed to confer upon the subdivider the right to proceed with the preparation of a final plat. c. Preliminary approval shall not constitute approval of the final plat. It shall be deemed as approval of the layout submitted on the preliminary plat as a guide to the preparation of a final plat. This paragraph shall not apply to condominium subdivision 85-4 �I I I I I I I plans. d . The approval of the Governing Body shall be effective for a period of twelve (12) months. Should the final plat in whole, or in part, not be recorded within this limit, the preliminary plat must again be submitted to the Planning Commission for approval. If the condominium master deed is not recorded within this period, the condominium subdivision plan shall be resubmitted for approval. Approval of a condominium subdivision plan shall confer upon the developer the right to proceed with preparation of condominium master deed. 85 .06 Final Plat. l . Preparation. a . The final plat shall comply with the provisions of Act 172 of the Public Acts of 1929, as amended(the Plat Act}, and with the instructions and requirements set forth in the Plat Manual of instruction Relative to Making and Filing of Township, village and City Plats, issued by the Auditor General's Office, Lansing, Michigan. b. The final plat shall conform substantially to the preliminary plat as approved and it may constitute only that portion of the approved preliminary plat which the subdivider proposed to record and develop at the time; provided, however, that such portion conforms to the Subdivision Regulation . c . The subdivider shall submit such evidence of title, either the opinion form an attorney as to title showing any interests of record, or shall furnish an abstract of title certified to date, or at the option of the subdivider, a policy of title insurance for examination in order to ascertain as to whether or not the proper parties have signed the plat. 2. Final Plat Review. a. Five (5) copies of the final plat shall be filed by the subdivider with the City Clerk at least ten (10) days prior to the regular Planning Commission meeting at which he will be scheduled to appear; deposit with the City Clerk such sum of money as the Governing Body may establish by resolution to provide for the expense of inspection of lands, meeting of the City Commission and for fees required by the Plat Act. b. The final plat documents shall be transmitted to the Secretary of the Planning Commission for review as to compliance with the approved preliminary plat. c. Should the Planning Commission find that the final plat is in agreement with the preliminary plat is shall approve same and notify the Governing Body of this action in its official minutes. d. Should the Planning Commission find that the final plat does not conform substantially to the previously approved preliminary plat, and that it is not acceptable, they shall record the reasons in their official minutes and forward same to the Governing Body; and recommend that the Governing Body disapprove the final plat until the objections causing disapproval have been changed to meet with the approval of the Planning Commission. e. The Governing Body shall review all recommendations of the Planning Commission and take action to approve or disapprove the final plat within thirty (30) days of its filing with the City Clerk. f. Upon approval of the final plat by the Governing Body, the subsequent approval shall follow the procedure set forth in the Plat Act. g. When evidence of completion of required improvements or deposit of performance guarantee has been received by the Clerk, he shall transcribe a certificate of approval of the City Commission on the Plat and deliver it to the Clerk of the County Plat Board. h. No construction of improvements shall be commenced by the subdivider until he has received notice of the conditional approval of the City Commission. 85 .07 Design Standards. The subdivision design standards set forth under this section are development guides for the assistance of the developer. All final plans must be reviewed and meet the approval of the Governing Body. 09-30-02 85-5 �85.08 Streets. Streets shall conform to at least all minimum requirements, general specifications, typical cross sections, and other conditions set forth in the improvement section of this regulation and by the Governing Body. l . Location and Arrangement. a . The proposed subdivision shall conform to the various elements of the Master Plan and shall be considered in relation to existing and planned major thoroughfares and secondary thoroughfares, and roads of the proposed plat which would be part of such thoroughfares shall be plotted in the location and the width indicated on such plan . The Standards for county roads are intended to be in harmony with all of the roads right-of-way standards and policies of the Marquette County Road Commission . b . The street layout shall provide for continuation of secondary thoroughfares in the adjoining property is not subdivided (generally not more than 1,300 feet apart) ; or conform to a plan for a neighborhood unit drawn up and adopted by the Planning Commission . c . The street layout shall include minor streets so laid out the their use by through traffic shall be discouraged. d . Should a proposed subdivision border on or contain an existing or proposed major thoroughfare, the Planning Commission may require marginal access streets, reverse frontage, or such other treatment as may be necessary for adequate protection of residential properties and to afford separation and reduction of traffic hazards. e. Should a proposed subdivision border on or contain an expressway, or other limited access highway right-of-way, the Planning Commission may require the location of a street approximately parallel to and on each side of such right-of-way at a distance suitable for the development of an appropriate use of the intervening land as for parks in residential districts or for commercial or industrial purposes in appropriate districts. Such distances shall be determined with due consideration of the minimum distance required for approach grades to future grade separation . 2. Design Standards. a. Major and secondary thoroughfare right-of-way widths shall conform to the major thoroughfare plan of the Master Plan of the City of Marquette. b . Minor streets shall have a right-of-way width of not less than 34 feet . c . Marginal access streets shall have a right-of-way width of not less than 34 feet, unless, approved by the governing board. d. Cul-de-sac streets shall have a right-of-way width of not less than 60 feet and shall terminate in a vehicular turn-around with a minimum diameter of 125 feet and with an improved roadway width of not less than l 00 feet in diameter. Maximum length for cul-de-sac streets shall be 500 feet unless it can be conclusively shown that greater length is essential to proper development of the land area . e. Turn-around streets shall have a right-of-way width of not less than 125 feet and shall have an improved roadway width of not less than l 00 feet in diameter at its terminating loop. f. Half streets shall be prohibited, except where absolutely essential to the reasonable development of the subdivision in conformity with the other requirements of these regulations and where the Planning Commission finds it will be practicable to require the dedication of the other half when the adjoining property is developed. Wherever there exists adjacent to the tract to be subdivided, a dedication or platted and recorded half street; the other half shall be platted . g. Alleys, where permitted, shall have a width of not less than 20 feet . h. Access to streets across all ditches shall be provided by the subdivider in a standard method approved by the City Engineer. 3. Street Grades. For adequate drainage, the standards listed below shall be followed : a. Minimum Grades l. Concrete streets and gutters 0.3% 2. All other types of street surfacing 0.5% b . Maximum Grades 1. Major thoroughfares - not greater than 3.0% 85-6 �4. 2. Minor streets - not greater than 8.0% Alignment. a. Vertical Curves. l . Major thoroughfares shall have profile grade changes where the grade change is over a total of 1.5 percent, connected by vertical curves of a minimum length equivalent to twenty (20) times the algebraic difference in rate of grade, expressed in feet per hundred. 2. Secondary thoroughfares shall have profile grade changes where the grade is over a total of 1.5 percent, connected by vertical curves of minimum length equivalent to fifteen (15) times the algebraic difference in the rate of grade, expressed in feet per hundred. 3. Minor streets shall have profile grade changes where the grade change is over a total of 1.5 percent, connected by vertical curves of minimum length equivalent to ten (l 0) times the algebraic difference in the rate of grade, expressed in feet per hundred. b. Minimum Horizontal. - The radius of centerline curvature: l . Major thoroughfares - 475 feet radius 2. Secondary thoroughfares - 300 feet radius 3. Minor streets - 200 feet radius c. Visibility Requirements. l . Minimum vertical visibility (measured from four and one-half (4 l /2) floor eye-level to eighteen (18) inch tail light shall be: - 500 feet on Major thoroughfares - 300 feet on Secondary thoroughfares - 200 feet on Minor Streets - 100 feet on Minor Streets less than 500 feet in length 2. Minimum horizontal visibility shall be: - 300 feet on Major thoroughfares, measured on centerline - 200 feet on Secondary thoroughfares, measured on centerline - l 00 feet on Minor Streets, measured on centerline d. Streets shall be laid out so as to intersect as nearly as possible to 90 degrees. e. Curved streets intersecting with major thoroughfares and secondary thoroughfares shall do so with a tangent section of centerline 50 feet in length measured from the right-of-way line of the major thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare. f. Streets which intersect the same street shall have a distance of no less than one hundred (l00)feet between them, measured from centerline to centerline. 85 .09 Blocks. Blocks within subdivision shall conform to the following standards: l. Sizes. a . Maximum length for blocks shall not exceed 1,300 feet in length, except where in the opinion of the Planning Commission, physical conditions may justify a greater distance. b . Widths of blocks shall be determined by the condition of the layout and shall be suited to the intended layout. c. Block length shall not be less than six (6) times the minimum width of a residential lot, as prescribed in the City's Zoning Ordinance in the applicable zoning district or 400 feet, whichever is longer. 2. Public Walkways. a . Location of public walkways or crosswalks may be required by the Planning Commission to obtain satisfactory pedestrian circulation within the subdivision where blocks exceed 900 feet in length. b . Widths of public walkways shall be at least twelve ( 12) feet in width and shall be in the nature of an easement for this purpose. 3. Easements. a. Location of utility line easement shall be provided along the rear or side lot lines as necessary for utility lines. Easements shall give access to every lot, park or public grounds. Such easements shall be a total of not less than 12 feet wide, 6 feet form each 09-30-02 85- 7 �parcel. For sewer and water lines, where trench excavation is required a temporary construction easement 30 feet wide and a permanent maintenance easement at least 12 feet wide shall be provided . b. Recommendations on the proposed layout of telephone and electric line easements should be sought from all of the utility companies serving the area. 85.10 Lots. 1. Sizes and Shapes. a. Lot widths and building set back lines shall in no case be less than that required by the Zoning Ordinance for the districts in which the subdivision is proposed. b . Excessive lot depth in relation to width shall be avoided . A depth-to-width ratio of 3 to l shall normally be considered a maximum. c . Corner lots shall be platted a minimum of at least ten (10) feet wider than interior lots in order to permit conformance to set back lines on side lotted streets. d . Lots abutting a major or secondary thoroughfare shall be no less than one hundred and forty-five(l 45) feet in depth on a major thoroughfare and one hundred and thirty-five (135) feet in depth on a secondary thoroughfare. e. Lots intended for purposes other than residential use shall be specifically designed for such purposes, and shall have adequate provision for off-street parking and off-street loading all in accordance with the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance. If the use intended is subject to special conditions, the approval of the Building Inspector shall be obtained prior to approval of the final plat. 2. Arrangement. a. Every lot shall front or abut on a street. b . Side lot lines shall be at right angles or radial to the street lines, or as nearly possible thereto. c. Residential lots abutting major thoroughfares or secondary thoroughfares, where marginal access streets are onto desirable or possible to attain, shall be platted with reverse frontage lots, or with side lot lines parallel to the major traffic streets, or shall be platted with extra depth as required in paragraph d. above, under Lots: Sizes and Shapes. 85.11 Flood Plan. Any areas of land within the proposed subdivision which lie either wholly or in part within the flood plain of a river, stream, creek or lake, or any other areas which are subject to flooding or inundation by storm water shall not be platted for any use which may increase danger to health, life, or property. The subdivider may show, by way or accurately engineered plans that a change to the topography in the proposed subdivision will eliminate flooding in the area in question and shall clearly demonstrate that any such planned topographical change will not unduly aggravate the flood hazard beyond the limits of the proposed subdivision . If the Governing Body determines that a flood problem does exist, then it shall reject all or that part of the proposed subdivision lying within the flood plain . 85.12 Natural Features. The natural feature and character of lands must be preserved wherever possible. Due regard must be shown for all natural features such as large trees, natural grooves, water courses and similar community assets that will add attractiveness and value to the property, if preserved. The preservation of drainage and natural stream channels must be considered by the subdivider and the dedication and provision of adequate barriers, where appropriate, shall be required. 85 .13 Improvements. The improvements set forth under this section are to be considered as the minimum acceptable standard. All those improvements for which standards are not specifically set forth shall have said standards set by the Governing Body. All improvements must meet the approval of the Governing Body. Prior to issuing the certificate of approval on the final plat (Section 85.06, 2g) the Governing Body must be satisfied that all improvements required under this Section have been 85-8 �constructed. In lieu of the completion of the improvements required under this Section hove been constructed. In lieu of the completion of the improvements, the proprietors shall be required to deposit with the City Clerk, cash, certified check or surety bond, whichever the proprietors elect, running to the City of Marquette to insure construction of all improvements. The deposit of bond shall guarantee the completion of the required improvements in accordance with the dated shown below in Table 1. The Governing Body shall rebate to the proprietors as the work progresses, amounts of any cash deposits equal to the ratio of the work completed to the entire project. 85.13 TABLE I IMPROVEMENT BY SUBDIVIDER BY CITY COMPLETION DATE Sewer mains and laterals 100% -0- Prior lo acceptance of final plot Water mains and taos 100% -0- Prior to acceptance of final plot Grovel streets 100% -0- Prior to occeotonce of final olot Povinq 100% -0- When 2/3 of the lots in the plot ore sold Curbs (if required) 100% -0- Not later than two years ofter acceptance of final plot Sidewalks (if required) 100% -0- Not later than two years ofter acceptance of final plot Storm Sewer 100% -0- Prior to acceptance of final plot -0- 100% Street signs Not later than two years ofter acceptance of final plot 85.14 Streets. 1. Street improvements for subdivisions in the City of Marquette shall be in accord with the following schedule of minimum acceptable standards: Right ofwoy width Pavement width lo outside of curbs Sidewalk width Distance between sidewalk and right of way line Major thorough fa res 120 feet 40 feet 5 feet 4 inches 2 feet Secondary thoroughfa res 80feet 40 feel 5 feet 4 inches 2feet Minor streets 66 feet 32 feet 5 feel 4 inches 2 feel Marginal access streets 34 feet 20feel 5 feel 4 inches l foot Detailed specifications for pavements or street surface types and curb and gutter construction is subject to approval by the City Engineer. 2. Grading and Centerline Gradients. Per plans and profiles oppr?~ed_by the Go~~rn~ni Bot~Y3_ curbs and Gutters. In accordance with details and spec1f1cat1ons prescn e y e Governing Body. 09-30-02 85-9 �4. Bituminous Aggregate, Roadway Pavements. In accordance with details and specifications prescribed by the Governing Body. 85.15 Other Improvements. 1. Sidewalks. Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed along both sides of every street shown on the plat in accordance with details and specifications prescribed by the Governing Body and Tables l and 2; provided, however, that where the property is platted in lot shaving an area of l 0,000 square feet or more and a width of at least l 00 feet, the Governing Body may waive this requirement. Sidewalks, where required, shall be five feet four inches (5'-4") wide, and four inches thick, and shall be placed two feet off property lines, except marginal access streets shall require only one sidewalk placed one foot off property lines. 2. Storm Drainage System and Other Drainage Improvements. Per plans approved by the Governing Body. Where County drains are involved a letter or document of approval from the County must be submitted by the subdivider. 3. Sewage Disposal. Per plans approved by the Governing Body and the requirements of the County Health Board or other appropriate public health authority. 4. Water Supply. Water distribution system - plans approved by the Governing Body and in conformance with the Regulations of the Michigan Department of Health relating to Municipal Water Supplies. 5. Street Signs. Street name signs of a type approved by the City Engineer shall be placed at all street intersections and shall be of permanent weather resistant construction, visible form two directions. 85.16 Repeal of Previous Conflicting Ordinances. Any ordinance, or part of an ordinance, which may be in conflict herewith, is hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict. 85.17 Interpretation. The provisions of these regulations shall be held to be the minimum requirements adopted for the promotion and preservation of public health, safety and general welfare of the City of Marquette. These regulations are not intended to repeal, abrogate, annul or in any matter interfere with existing regulations or laws of the City of Marquette, nor to conflict with any statutes of the State of Michigan or Marquette County, except that these regulations shall prevail in cases where these regulations impose a greater restrictions than is provided by existing statutes, laws or regulations. 85 .18 Fees. Engineering fees, inspection fees, water and sewer connection charges and other applicable development charges may be provided for by resolution of the City Commission. 85.19 Violations and Penalties. Any person, persons, firm or corporation or anyone acting in behalf of said person, persons firm or corporation violating any of the provisions of this Ordinance shall upon conviction thereof, be subject to a fine of not more than one hundred ($100.00) dollars and the costs of prosecution or in default of the payment thereof by imprisonment in the County Jail for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days, or both, such fine and imprisonment is the discretion of the court. Each day that a violation is permitted to exist shall constitute a separate offense. The imposition of any sentence shall not exempt the offender from compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance. 85.20 Validity. This Ordinance and the various parts sections and clauses thereof are hereby declared to be severable. If any part, sentence, paragraph, subsection, section or clause is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid, it is hereby provided that the remainder of the Ordinance shall not be affected thereby. 85 -10 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marquette_Master-Plan_2003 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2003 Title A name given to the resource City of Marquette Zoning Ordinance Description An account of the resource The Marquette Community Master Plan, 2003 Master Plan, Scenario 2 was prepared in 2003 and contains ordinances for the City of Marquette. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Ordinances, Municipal Marquette (Mich.) Marquette County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/0b9a7288b165430d0753b555920f152e.pdf bc8849f4ce4e21c84a67e78092d4f5b5 PDF Text Text ' �,- COMMUNI1Y MASTER PIAN City of Marquette, Michigan Adopted May 4, 2004 Master Plan Steering Committee: Jake Guter, Chairman Jerry Irby, Mayor Dan Closner Carl Pace John lacoangeli, Beckett and Raeder, Inc. Martha Jean Ferrill Gerald Peterson, City Manager Dennis Stachewicz, Jr., City Planner Ron Sundell Bill Hetricks Pat Coleman, U.P. Engineers and Architects Planning Commission: Tom Tourville, Chairman Bruce Ventura, Vice Chairman Judy Allen Dan Closner Martha Conley Martha Jean Ferrill Gregg Seiple Ayleen Van Beynen Glenn Van Neste City Commission: Jerry Irby, Mayor Frank Sciotto, Mayor Pro-Tern Dave Carlson Don Gladwell Stu Bradley Tony Tollefson Joseph Lavey Dan Dallas, Former M . Cameron Howes, Former B R (I) Beckett&Raeder in association with ESE SSOE, Inc. U.P Engineers & Architects, Inc. Glatting, Jackson, Kercher, Anglin, Lopez, Rinehart, Inc. Walkable Communities, Inc. �- TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter One: Introduction 3 Introduction Master Plan Goals Community Overview 3 5 5 Chapter Two: Historical Overview 7 Introduction Marquette Pioneers Historic Sites 7 11 13 Chapter Three: Demographic Overview Introduction Population Trends Population Projections Age Distribution 23 23 23 25 27 Chapter Four: Natural Resources Overview Introduction Watersheds Hydrology Wetlands Woodlands Topography Steep Slopes 31 31 31 33 35 37 39 41 Chapter Five: Community Facilities Introduction Government Facilities Fire and Police Protection Water and Sanitary Service Public Education Regional Institutions Cultural Venues Recreational Parks and Open Space Chapter Six: Public Participation Strategies Introduction Methods of Public Participation Participation Results Community Visioning Results Student Workshop Results Written Survey Results Telephone Survey Results Conclusion 43 43 43 45 45 51 51 55 59 69 69 69 71 87 97 103 109 111 Chapter Seven: Economic Assessment Introduction Current Economic Profile Areas of Concern 113 113 113 119 --•--•• t �APPENDICES Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix ABCDEF- Community Survey and Results SSOE Report of Find ings Marquette Traffic Observations Walkable Communities Element Harbor Master Plan South Area Land Use Plan 280 288 314 326 327 328 MAPS Map 1.1: Marquette's Regional Location Map2 .1: Location of Historic Sites Map3.1: Distribution of Children Under Age 15 Map 3.2: Distribution of Senior Citizens Map 4.1: Regional Watersheds in the Marquette Area Map 4.2: Local Hydrology Map 4 .3: Wetland Areas Map 4.4: Woodland Vegetation Map 4.5: Local Topography Map 4.6: Steep Slopes Map 5.1: Distribution of Community Facilities Map 5.2 : Water Service Coverage Map 5.3: Hydro Pressure Districts Map 5.4: Sanitary Sewer Coverage Map 5.5: Marquette's Recreational Facilities Map 8.1: Census 2000 - Block Group Delineations Map 8.2: Neighborhood Composition Map 8.3: Historic Housing Areas Map 8.4: Housing Density within Marquette Map 8.5 : Population Density Map 8.6: Residential Housing Quality Map 8.7: Residential Parcel Site Quality Map 9.1: Marquette Street Classifications Map 9.2: Marquette's Key Transportation Corridors Map 9.3: Intersections Analyzed for Marquette Traffic Study Map 9.4: Proposed Improvements to Road Network Map 10.1: Five-minute Walk Radius from Downtown and University Map 13.1: Existing Zoning Map 13 .2: Existing Land Activity Map 13 .3: Master Land Use Plan Map 13.4: Marquette General Hospital 's Overlay Zone Map 13.5: Proposed Greenway System Map 13 .6: Future Expansion Zones Map 13.7: Areas Targeted for Development and Redevelopment Map15 .1: Sanitary Sewer System Map 15 .2: Water System Map 15.3: Roadway System Map 15 .4: Sidewalk System Map 15 .5: Sidewalk Ramp System Map 15.6: Stormwater System 4 12 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 58 132 134 136 138 140 142 144 158 160 162 184 188 222 224 226 236 238 240 242 260 262 264 266 266 268 �Chapter Eight: Neighborhood Assessment Introduction Current Neighborhood Assessment Protecting Neighborhood Quality Chapter Nine: Traffic Considerations Introduction Inventory and Analysis Current Traffic Concerns Recommendations Transportation Framework - Summary Chapter Ten: Walkability Considerations Introduction Analysis of Current Conditions Specific Walkability Suggestions Chapter Eleven: Winter City Considerations Introduction Public Perception Recommendations Chapter 1\Nelve: Waterfront Opportunities Introduction Lower Harbor Redevelopment Analysis of Water Uses Chapter Thirteen: Master Land Use Plan Introduction Existing Zoning and Land Activity Master Land Use Plan Additional Planning Tools Chapter Fourteen: Summary of Recommendations Introduction Economic Recommendations Neighborhood Recommendations Traffic Recommendations Walkability Recommendations Land Use Recommendations Summary Chapter Fifteen: Implementation Introduction Progress to Date Prioritization of Master Plan Recommendations Capital Improvement Plan Funding Sources 133 133 133 145 157 157 158 163 165 185 187 187 187 191 195 195 197 199 207 207 207 213 223 223 223 227 241 245 245 245 247 247 249 251 253 255 255 255 255 261 270 Acknowledgments 276 References 277 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 •- -•------ �FIGURES Figure 4.1: Determination of Slope Figure 5.1: Marquette General Hospital's Overlay Zoning District Figure 6.1: Areas Enjoyed and Disliked by Local Students Figure 7 .1: Trends in Employment by Industry Figure 7.2: Off-street Parking Lots in the Downtown Area Figure 7 .3: Proposed Developments for the Lower Harbor Area Figure 7.4: Design for "Roundhouse" Infill Development Figure 9.1: Example of New Kaye/ Fair Connection Figure 9.2: Example of the Seventh Street Extension Figure 9 .3: Potential Redesign for the Lakeshore Boulevard Figure 9.4: Redesigned "T" Intersection for U.S.41-Front Street Intersection Figure 9.5: Roundabout at the U.S.41-Front Street Intersection Figure 9.6: Example of McClellan Avenue Extension Figure 9.7 : Redesign of the McClellan Roadway between Washington and Fair Figure 9.8: New Design Guidelines for Marquette Roadways Figure 9.9: Options for Reducing Lanes Along McClellan Ave . Figure 9.1 O: Example of Reduced Lane Width Figure 9.11 : Proposed Alignment for Opposing Left Turn Lanes Figure 9. 12 : Example of Downtown Infill Development Figure 10.1: Bike Lanes Added to Roads w ith Excess Width Figure 11.1 : Consider Topography in the Site Design Process Figure 11 .2: Buildings Protect Parks from Prevailing Winds Figure 11 .3: Ra ised Crosswalks Help Protect Pedestrians Figure 11 .4: Buffers Protect Pedestrians from Adjacent Traffic Figure 11. 5: Berms and Vegetation Direct Snow Away from Building Entrances Figure 11.6: Vegetation Protects Outdoor Areas from Winds Figure 12 .1: Existing Uses in Upper Harbor Area Figure 12 .2: Existing Uses in Lower Harbor Area Figure 12 .3: Proposed Upper Harbor Plan Figure 12.4: Proposed Lower Harbor Plan Figure 13.2 : Example of a Conservation Subdivision Figure 13.3 : Protection of Steep Slopes 41 52 96 116 122 122 128 164 164 166 168 168 170 170 172 174 176 176 178 190 198 198 200 200 202 202 214 214 216 218 230 231 Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 �TABLES & CHARTS Table 3.1: Historical Population Trends Table 3.2: Population Projections for Marquette Area Table 3.3: Population Projections for Marquette County Table 3.4: Age Distribution, 2000 Table 3. 5: Age Distribution, 1990 vs . 2000 Table 4 .1: Lengths of Tributaries within Marquette City Limits Table 6.1: Summary of " Preferred Futures" at each Visioning Session Table 6.2: Written Responses to Community-Related Questions Table 6.3: Written Responses to Neighborhood-Related Questions Table 6.4 : Written Responses to Transportation-Related Questions Table 6.5: Written Responses to Economic Development Questions Table 6.6: Written Responses to Housing-Related Questions Table 6.7: Written Responses to Environmental Questions Table 6.8: Telephone Responses to Community-Related Questions Table 6.9: Telephone Responses to Neighborhood-Related Questions Table 6.10: Telephone Responses to Transportation-Related Questions Table 6.11 : Telephone Responses to Economic Development Questions Table 6.12 : Telephone Responses to Housing-Related Questions Table 6.13 : Telephone Responses to Environmental Questions Table 7.1 : Marquette's Current Employment by Industry Table 7.2 : Marquette's Current Employment by Occupation Table 7.3 : Current Employment by Industry for Central UP Region Table 7 .4 : Historical Comparison of Employees by Industry Table 7.5: Unemployment Rates Table 7.6: Median Income by County Table 7.7: Median Income Within Marquette County Table 7 .8 : County of Residence for people employed in Marquette County Table 8.1 : Neighborhood Characteristics Table 8.2: Changes in Neighborhood Composition Table 8.3: Age of Housing Stock by Block Group Table 8.4: Affordability Worksheet for Marquette Neighborhoods Table 9 .1: Description of Street Classifications Table 9 .2: Level of Service Ratings Table 9.3: Intersections Analyzed Table 9.4: Roads to Consider for a Reduction in Travel Lanes Table 9.5 : Level of Service on Analyzed Intersections Table 9.6: Economic Cost of Excessive Parking Table 9.7: Suggested Improvements for Analyzed Intersections Table 11 .1: Winter Characteristics Table 11 .2: Responses Regarding Winter Likes/ Dislikes Table 11 .3: Preferred Winter Activities Table 11.4: Vegetation with Interesting Winter Characteristics Table 13 .1: Breakdown by Existing Zoning Table 13 .2: Breakdown by Existing Land Activity Table 13 .3: Breakdown by Proposed Land Use 22 25 25 27 27 33 92 102 102 104 104 104 106 108 108 108 110 110 110 113 113 114 115 116 116 116 117 133 135 137 150 159 161 163 174 175 179 182 195 197 197 203 223 225 227 • •---- ---- �Chapter One - Introduction Chapter One INTRODUCTION Resident's of the City of Marquette have long appreciated their community's abundant natural beauty, unique climate, and the high quality of life that is enjoyed here. A strong commitment by both City leaders and active community members has helped Marquette to become one of the nation's premier cities. Marquette's efforts towards continuous improvement have been rewarded through a series of national recognitions . These awards include Marquette's designation as one of "America's Most Livable Communities", its involvement in Michigan's "Cool Cities " initiative, and its receipt of the "All-American City" award . While these prestigious honors validate the community 's efforts towards improving their city, community members recognize that many challenges lie ahead, particularly in the areas of land use, traffic control, walkability, economic diversity, and protection of their natural resources . In order to best meet these challenges, the City of Marquette has undertaken a comprehensive analysis of the many facets of Marquette, that together create this community's unique way of life. The result of this analysis is reflected in the new Marquette Community Master Plan . Th is Master Plan serves as a roadmap that will help guide community leaders toward the City's desired future . The creation of this plan followed an iterative process of collecting information, analyzing these data, and determining the correct approach for the City of Marquette to take in dealing with each issue examined . One critical step in this planning process was to solicit meaningful input from local community residents . This input is essential to ensure that the resulting plan best reflects the goals and desires of Marquette's residents . The Master Plan has been organized around key community issues, as determined by City leaders and residents . The first five chapters of th is document provide an overview of Marquette including its history, demographics, community facilities, and abundant natural resources . The remainder of the document focuses on issues that were determined to be particularly important to local residents, including : • Results of the Public Participation Process • Economic Opportunities • Neighborhood Quality • Traffic Considerations • Walkability • Future Land Use The Master Plan focuses on each of these different content areas, presenting an analysis of the current conditions as well as a detailed set of recommendations for how the City should proceed in dealing with each issue . Each of these recommendations is then consolidated into a summary of action steps and a plan for implementation . Marquette Ma ster Plan - 2003 3 �11 s u E L r Ha<bor p E R 0 NT AR I 0, I 0 R ton ., ___ :A. l -~ -?-~~_...-,. ', • Sturgeon Bay t LOCAL AREA MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Location 0 . ~ ~ Mltt,o.r1ReQOfU~ntoryflvsHm , IJ!iC~nlUS8'.irN1j. En,,,in,nmer,U,IS:,"ltennRg_.(hlfU1.Jt111t 3 f M~es '() Map 1.1: Marquette's Regional Location 4 CANADA �Chapter One - Introduction MASTER PLAN GOALS In order to be successful, it is critical that the strategies and recommendations presented in this Master Plan support Marquette's community vision. In order to guide the development of the Master Plan, City leaders and local residents created a series of goals and objectives that reflect their desire to be North America's premier winter city. These goals helped to direct the planning process and are supported by the recommendations presented in each chapter. Our Vision : "Marquette - The premier livable / walkable winter city in North America" Master Plan Goals: • Create and Preserve Viable and Livable Neighborhoods • Develop a Historic and Diverse Downtown • Create an Efficient, Functional, and Connected Transportation System • Make Marquette a Walkable Community • Foster Economic Diversity and a Family Sustainable Workplace • Promote Marquette's all season quality of life as a premier Winter City • Protect Marquette's Natural Resources COMMUNITY OVERVIEW The City of Marquette is located in the central region of Michigan's Upper Peninsula (See Map 1.1). With a population of 20,714, it is the UP's largest community. In addition to being a population center, it serves as the regional center for education, health care, recreation, and retail. This regional draw is particularly evident due to Northern Michigan University and Marquette General Hospital, both of which are located in the City of Marquette. Marquette has a total land area of 7,385 acres and is home to a variety of valuable natural resources . Historically, the area's mineral resources attracted settlers to the region and supported a primarily resource-based economy. Other critical resources include the area's hydrology, particularly due to its location along the shoreline of Lake Superior. It also has heavily wooded areas and a hilly topography that add to its scenic charm . Today, Marquette's economy is less dependent on natural resource industries, such as mining, and is primarily focused on service industries. This is, for a large part, due to the University and Hospital's large staffing needs. In the future, Marquette hopes to broaden their economic base, creating a greater diversity of sustainable employment opportunities that they can offer their residents . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 5 �Lower Harbor Photo courtesy of Superior View 6 �Chapter Two • Historical Overview Chapter Two HISTORICAL OVERVIEW INTRODUCTION Scientific evidence suggests the first inhabitants of the Lake Superior region originated in Siberia . About 18,000 years ago, nomadic big game hunters crossed the land bridge between Siberia and Alaska tracking mammoth bison and musk ox. These hunters followed the northward glacial retreats, knowing game would be found in the tundra and wetlands left by the melting ice. Archeologist know some of these hunters camped near Deer Lake in Marquette County 9,000 years ago. The people who shared these amazing beginnings called themselves Anishinabeg (original people). It is known these people engaged in primitive mining practices. Artifacts found in a stone quarry within the Marquette City limits reveal people resided in this area over 5,000 years ago. These early people became the Ottawa, Potawatomi, and Chippewa (Ojibway Tribes). According to the 1830 census 81 members of the Chippewa Tribe lived along the lower Chocolay River. In 1622, Etienne Brule was the first European to gaze upon Lake Superior. Many more were to follow as Europe recognized the huge potential for fur trading in this area, (Company of New France, followed by the Hudson's Bay Company). It was the Anishinabeg who showed the Europeans both water and portage routes, the building of birch bark canoes, snowshoes and sleds, maple sugaring, and fishing . The Anishinabeg had supplied fish to the fur companies and by the mid 1800s, these same companies began commercial fishing businesses. Immigrants from the Scandinavian countries (Swedes, Norwegians, and Finns) arrived to fish Lake Superior. Commercial fishing reached its peak in the early 1940s with an annual catch of 25 .5 million pounds. Marquette's history is inextricably tied to the abundant natural resources of its region . With the discovery of iron, immigrants and entrepreneurs flocked to the region to discover what fortunes this harsh and beautiful area might hold. Marquette's early iron industry began with the construction of a forge built at the mouth of the Carp River in the summer of 1847. This forge was used to process ore from the Jackson Mine, which was the first iron mine in the Lake Superior region. Philo Everett, the director of the Jackson Mining Company formed in Jackson, Michigan, began operations with the help of his forge operator, Ariel N. Barney. The forge started producing iron in February 1848 and operated intermittently until 1856. With an influx of people attracted to the opportunities provided by the newly born iron industry, a village in Marquette's current location was established in 1849. Amos R. Harlow and his party from Worcester, Massachusetts founded the village of Worcester as a port and furnace site for the Marquette iron range . The original village was located just inland from Ripley's Rock near the point where present day Baraga Street and Lakeshore Boulevard join . Also in 1849, four businessmen, Waterman A. Fisher, Amos R. Harlow, Robert J. Graveraet and Edward Clark, collectively formed the Marquette Iron Company. Graveraet was sent to the Lake Superior region to begin the groundwork for the operation . At Mackinaw Island he hired men to help him, including eighteen year old Peter White. Harlow selected a protected site near Ripley's Rock to build his foundry and port, which was to be the first permanent settlement of Marquette . The Marquette Iron Company, along with its founders, continued to play a key role in the further development of Marquette . Marquette Master Plan · 2003 7 �~ I?) ~ ~ t1) ·1) 1') 1 t?) - ?) ?") 1j 1", ?', 1', ~ Washington Street - Early 7900's Photo courtesy of Superior View 8 �Chapter Two - Historical Overview In 1850, the village of Worcester was renamed Marquette in honor of Father Jacques Marquette, (1637-1675) a Jesuit missionary priest and explorer. According to local Native American history, Father Marquette camped on Lighthouse Point during a trip along the south shore of Lake Superior in 1669. In 1897, a bronze statue of Father Marquette was presented to the City in his honor. Technological advances, particularly in transportation, were a benefit to local commerce during the second half of the nineteenth century. In 1855 a 25-ton American Standard locomotive named the Sebastopol, arrived in the Marquette Harbor. This locomotive traveled a 12-mile line stretching frori Negaunee to Marquette on the Iron Mountain Railroad. "The railroad was soon shipping iron ore down the hills into Marquette to the tune of some 1,200 tons of ore per day" . This rail line led to a pocket ore dock, the first of its kind in the world, constructed in 1857. Previously iron ore had to be loaded onto ships by hand . Businesses and industries emerged to support the mining and shipping operations and the growing population . The charcoal iron-making industry relied heavily on a steady supply of hardwood from the surrounding forests . As time passed, more housing was needed and built; shingle mills, sash mills and sawmills were also established. On June 11, 1868 Marquette suffered a setback that would ultimately change the center of the thriving frontier village into what is seen today. A fire broke out in the Ontonagon Railroad shop near the corner of Front and Main Street that destroyed most of the existing Village of Marquette . There was a reported loss of over 100 buildings and an estimated loss of 1.5 million dollars. Over forty families were left homeless. This tragedy prompted the village council to pass an ordinance prohibiting the erection of any wooden buildings in the business district. This ordinance stated that no wooden buildings were to be erected, without permission of the Common Council, within the boundaries of: on the North, by a line drawn midway between Bluff and Washington Streets; on the East, the shore of Lake Superior; on the South, the south line of Rock Street; and on the West, the west line of Third Street. Concerned citizens also established a community waterworks that would take water from Lake Superior. Construction began on the waterworks in 1869 and it started pumping water in February 1870. When the major extraction of iron ore began, the small community of Marquette grew rapidly. Lake Shore, Inc. opened in 1858 as the Lake Superior Foundry Company. It supplied the mines and mills of the area with foundry products and blast furnace equipment. Other businesses opened shortly thereafter. These included a tannery, gas plant, brownstone quarry, a powder company to provide explosives for the mines, transfer lines, and several brickyards. Railroads continued to expand southward to Bay de Noque and Menominee, finally reaching far enough south to meet with existing rail lines in eastern Wisconsin . This increasing transportation network opened the doors for increased regional development. Marquette became incorporated as a village on February 10, 1859 and as a city on February 27, 1871 . For the first thirty years, Marquette's economy was tied to the iron ore industry, primarily blast furnaces, railroads and shipping by water. In the 1880's, efforts were made to diversify and provide additional opportunities for residents. Northern Michigan University opened in 1899 as a State Normal School to educate teachers for the Upper Peninsula . The school opened with thirty-two students, six faculty members and Dwight B. Waldo as principal. In 1918 the first four-year program was introduced and the first Bachelor of Arts degree was given two years later. Throughout its history, Marquette has continued to make steady progress. Today, 1t is the County Seat of Marquette County, the largest county in land area (1,870 square miles) in the state of Michigan . By virtue of its central geographic location, economic impact and historical importance, Marquette is often referred to as the "Capitol" of the Upper Peninsula. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 9 �1't Marquette Dock Company Coal Dock, circa 1936 Photo courtesy of Superior View 10 �Chapter Two - Historical Overview MARQUETTE PIONEERS While many people were involved in the planning and building of the Marquette community, a few individuals played particularly influential roles in the area's growth and development. Such men helped establish the community's basic foundations and set the values that are still evident today. Peter S. White Among pioneers to whom the Upper Peninsula owes much, perhaps no man was more widely known than Peter White. White was born in Rome, New York, and came to Marquette in 1849 at the age of eighteen . At that time he was in the employment of the Marquette Iron Company and helped to erect some of the first buildings, including his home which was the first to be built on the ridge overlooking the harbor. Over the years, White served in many capacities in the public arena and was involved in numerous enterprises in the area. He was instrumental in securing 312 acres on Presque Isle from the U.S. Government for a park . The spectacular scenery of the park and views of Lake Superior attract numerous visito~s to the city each year. He was also influential in the development of the public library system in Marquette. The first public library was constructed in 1856 with a new building given in 1872 through a $5,000 donation by White. The present Peter S. White Library was constructed in 1904. Philo M . Everett Everett came to the Upper Peninsula after hearing favorable reports about vast iron deposits in the area . Native Americans showed him the "great iron mountain" in the Negaunee area, now known as the Jackson Mine that his company opened . It is the oldest iron mine in the region . Everett served as Marquette's first Supervisor and held countless other civic positions . Amos R. Harlow Harlow is the recognized founder of Marquette. He is a descendant of Captain William Harlow, who came to the Plymouth Colony, Massachusetts in 1642 . Amos Harlow was born near Worcester, Massachusetts in April 1815. He was part of a company called the Marquette Iron Company, organized in Worcester, Massachusetts to develop and utilize iron ore from the Upper Peninsula . Prior to arriving in the Marquette area, he had already recognized the importance of the Upper Harbor (Presque Isle Harbor) and the Dead River to the future of the area and purchased two fractional sections on each side of the Dead River. The Marquette Iron Company was eventually consolidated with the Cleveland Iron Company. Harlow never sought public office but was influential in terms of the development of Marquette. George Shiras Ill Shiras first came to Marquette in 1870 and was a part t ime resident for over seventy years. Some of his contributions included funding for the construction of Shiras Pool, a gift of Shiras Park and an endowment for the Federated Women's Club . His largest gift was the establishment of the Shiras Institute in 1938, a non-profit corporation dedicated to establishing recreational and cultural activities in Marquette. John M . Longyear Originally a native of Lansing, Michigan, Longyear came to the Upper Peninsula in 1873. Although concerned primarily with timber and mineral lands, Longyear contributed to the public library and education. He was at one time the Mayor of Marquette and assisted in the establishment of Northern Michigan University and Michigan Technological University. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 11 �Parlritfge B11y MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Historic Structures, Sites & Areas 0.1•Souru&.chna~.tnc 1996 ·--=---==:i 0.3 03 06 Miles Pr,•sque ------------------------------------------ ! i Isle ~ r--._J;:r,---.../ ___ Harlror c: t,' > ~ :--------------~---- ---·;:--.n=~~-r-----''-++++-,-r.;; rn - Arch/Ridge Street Historic District 0 A ■ Historic Structure Site of Former Historic Structure Site wi t h Historic Importance ~ 1. Presque Isle Harbor Ore Dock 2. Historic Soo llne Ore Dock 3. Marquette Harbor Light Station 4. Marquette Maritime Museum 5. Call House (I) 6. Dandelion Cottage '-,::___________: : 7 Julian T. Case House 8. Iron Mountain Railway Historic Marker 9. Marquette County Savings Bank i - - -+r10 . Harlow Block 11 . Former Marquette City Hall 12. Hotel Janzen 13. Marquette County Courthouse 14. Father Marquette Park 15 . Bishop Baraga House 16. John Burt House 17. Site of Demolished Marquette County Poor House 18. Pioneer Road Cemetery 19 First Survey Point of Upper Peninsula Railroad 20. State House of Correction & Branch Prison 21 . Upper Peninsula Brewing Co. 22 . Northern Michigan University Historic Marker 23 . Site of Demolished Kaye Hall Complex at Northern Michigan University 24. Site of Demolished Longyear Hall of Pedagogy at Northern Michigan University Map 2. 7: Location of Historic Sites 12 s::: "t:i ,r--~ Marquette Bay t'Tl :::0 1'i 1" ~ .... 0 :::0 ·1', �Chapter Two - Historical Overview HISTORIC SITES The City of Marquette is a place of great historical wealth in terms of both architecture and historic sites . What follows is a list of historic places located within the City as listed by state and federal historic registers . Each numbered site corresponds to Map 2.1, which identifies each property's location . 1 PRESQUE ISLE HARBOR ORE DOCK Location : Presque Isle Harbor National Register: No State Register: Yes 09/25/56 The LS&I (Lake Superior and Ishpeming) ore dock is of concrete and steel construction . It was built in 1912 to replace an earlier pocket ore dock. This dock is still in use. 2 LAKESHORE BOULEVARD ORE DOCK (SOO LINE ORE DOCK) Location : Lower Harbor (Iron Bay) National Register: No State Register: Yes 09/25/56 Though evidence of other docks can be seen, the DSS&A (Duluth, South Shore and Atlantic Railroad) ore dock is currently the only ore dock left standing in the Lower Harbor. This dock was constructed in 1931 . It is of steel and concrete construction with a capacity of 56,250 tons. This dock is no longer used. 3 MARQUETTE HARBOR LIGHT STATION Location : Lighthouse Point, east of Coast Guard Road National Register: Yes 07 /19/84 State Register: No Originally built in 1866, it is a two-story brick building with a square tower. This replaced an earlier light erected in 1853, whose lights were powered by kerosene . In 1927, the light was switched to electricity and had a visibility of nineteen miles In clear weather. The foundation of the light consists of three feet of brick and stone with walls eighteen inches thick built to withstand the storms on Lake Superior. The light is currently owned by the US Coast Guard . 4 MARQUETTE MARITIME MUSEUM Location : Lakeshore Drive at Ridge Street National Register: No State Register: Yes 04/24/81 A fire that destroyed most of Marquette in June 1868 furnished the incentive for building a community waterworks. Construction for the waterworks started in 1869 and was put into operation in February 1870. The sandstone building is a D. Fred Charlton design . It has round arched windows and a hipped roof. It has been the home of the Marquette Maritime Museum since 1984. 5 CALL HOUSE Location : 450 East Ridge Street National Register: Yes O1/13/72 State Register: Yes 05/18/71 This house was built in the 1870's by C.F. Struck for C.H. Call, president of the Lake Superior Powder Company. An excellent example of Victorian Gothic design, board and batten construction was used . The gables are steeply pitched and it has canopied windows, paired lancets, pierced ornamental bargeboards, and first floor windows nine feet high. Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 13 �14 �Chapter Two - Historical Overview 6 DANDELION COTTAGE Location: 440 East Arch Street National Register: Yes 06/18/80 State Register: Yes 08/20/92 Built circa 1880, this picturesque cottage was a central subject for a popular children's book written by Carroll Watson Rankin in 1904. 7 JULIAN T. CASE HOUSE Location : 425 East Ohio Street National Register: No State Register: Yes 06/16/72 Designed by Burnham and Root of Chicago, IL. This house was built for Julian T. Case in 1886-1887 . The house was originally on a large wooded lot with a spectacular view. During a campaign swing through the Upper Peninsula in 1911, President Taft and his entourage stayed here. 8 IRON MOUNTAIN RAILWAY Location : Washington Street at Cove's Hill (Marker is at the West end of Mattson Park below the end of Washington St.) National Register: No State Register: Yes 02/18/56 Completed in 1857 to haul iron ore from the Jackson and Cleveland Mines in Negaunee to the Marquette Harbor, it was the first Steam Railroad in the Upper Peninsula . This railroad followed a survey began at this site in 1852 by the Green Bay and Lake Superior Railroad, a forerunner of the Iron Mountain Railroad Company. 9 MARQUETTE COUNTY SAVINGS BANK - SAVINGS BANK BUILDING Location : 101 West Washington Street National Register: Yes 09/13/78 State Register: Yes 06/18/76 Build in 1881, this building was designed by Barber and Barber. The foundation is of local Jacobsville sandstone and the upper levels are constructed of brick. 10 HARLOW BLOCK Location : 100 West Washington National Register: Yes 03/24/83 State Register: No The Harlow Block is a commercial block built in 1887 by Amos Harlow. The building is constructed of solid Marquette variegated sandstone. The rectangular shaped building measures 7 5 by 146 feet. 11 MARQUETTE CITY HALL Location: 204 Washington Street (Middle building, north side of the block) National Register: Yes 04/11/75 State Register: Yes 10/07/74 Designed in 1894 by Lovejoy and Demar, it shows "Second Empire " French influenced style . It has symmetrical arches and polished granite columns . The walls are constructed of red brick and Marquette red sandstone. This building has served both the governmental and cultural needs of the community. • Marquette Master Plan - 2003 15 �• Hotel Janzen 16 �Chapter Two - Historical Overview 12 HOTEL JANZEN Location : 146 West Spring Street (Middle building, north side of the block) National Register: No State Register: Yes 05/08/84 Built for William Janzen in 1893, it is a solid red brick building . It was used as a hotel until the 1970's. It was donated to a nonprofit group after a fire in 1983, restored and reopened to provide housing for people in transition . 13 MARQUETTE COUNTY COURTHOUSE Location: 400 South Third Street National Register: Yes 03/29/78 State Register: Yes 08/06/76 A fine example of Neo-classical Revival architecture, this building was completed in 1904. It is constructed of Portage Entry sandstone from the Keweenaw Peninsula and was designed by Charlton and Gilmore of Marquette. 14 FATHER MARQUETTE PARK Location : 501 South Front Street National Register: No State Register: Yes 12/05/86 Overlooking Iron Bay (Marquette's Lower Harbor), this park has a bronze statue of Father Jacques Marquette, for whom the city is named . This statue was presented to the city in July 1897 . 15 BISHOP BARAGA HOUSE Location : 615 South Fourth Street National Register: No State Register: Yes 02/19/58 This was the house of Bishop Frederic Baraga during his stay in Marquette. The Bishop was known as the "Snowshoe Priest" . Bishop Baraga was the first Catholic Bishop in Marquette. 16 JOHN BURT HOUSE Location : 220 Craig Street National Register: No State Register: Yes 02/19/58 Recognized as the oldest standing building in Marquette, th is building was erected in 1858. Built of broken sandstone it was designed to be a warehouse and clerks office for the Burt Brothers sandstone quarry which was one half mile south . 17 MARQUETTE COUNTY POOR HOUSE - BROOKRIDGE (Demolished 1994) Location : State Road 554 (Division Street) and Pioneer Road National Register: No State Register: Yes 10/23/86 Built in 1901 after the county voters approved $15,000 for the construction of a poor house, it was a two and one half story, Neo-Colonial Revival Style building . It was a brick veneer, sandstone and wood trimmed building . In 1981 it was closed due to lack of federal funding . Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 17 �Savings Bank Building - Washington and Front Streets �Chapter Two - Historical Overview 18 PIONEER ROAD CEMETERY - OLD CATHOLIC CEMETERY Location: Pioneer Road and County Road 553 (Division Street) National Register : No State Register: Yes 10/27/83 On April 25, 1861, Timothy Hurley and his wife Ellen donated four acres to Reverend Frederic Baraga for a free burial ground . Later, two more acres were also donated by another individual. This cemetery operated from 1861 till 1908. 19 POINT OF BEGINNING OF FIRST SURVEY OF UPPER PENINSULA RAILROAD Location: South Lake Road (US 41 ), mouth of the Carp River at Lake Superior, Marquette Lower Harbor National Register: No State Register: Yes O1/16n6 This is the point of beginning of the first survey of the Upper Peninsula Railroad that was to connect Marquette to Lake Michigan . 20 STATE HOUSE OF CORRECTION AND BRANCH PRISON (MARQUETTE PRISON) Location : East of the Carp River on the south side of US 41 National Register: Yes 1 1/23n7 State Register: Yes 12/18n 4 State designation is for the Administration Building only. Erected in 1888, the administration building, rotunda and cellblock B are the only original buildings of the prison complex completed in 1889. 21 UPPER PENINSULA BREWING COMPANY BUILDING, CHARLES MEESKE HOUSE Location : Meeske Street and US 41 (Northwest corner of intersection) National Register: Yes 05/1 5/80 State Register: No Built in 1873, the original brew was called "Drei Kaiser" and the first bottles were produced December 13, 1873 . The brewery was sold and the name changed to "Castle Brew" and the building was remodeled to look like a castle . The last bottle was shipped in 1916. The only remaining structure is the brewmasters home, which was constructed in 1894. 22 NORTHERN MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY HISTORIC MARKER Location : Northern Michigan University campus (In front of the northwest corner of the Don H. Bottum University Center) National Register: No State Register: Yes 03/19/57 This marker commemorates the beginning of Northern Michigan University. Established by an act of the Michigan Legislature in 1899 as a Normal School, it was to train and provide teachers for the Upper Peninsula. Northern opened with th irty-two students, six faculty members and had Dwight B. Waldo as principal. A four-year collegiate program was introduced in 1918, and the first Bachelor of Arts degree was conferred two years later. In the 1950's, Northern became a multi-purpose institution placing emphasis on instruction, service, and research . In 1960, it established its own graduate of arts degree . Serving an ever-increasing student body, Northern achieved university status in 1963 through an act of the Michigan State Legislature. Marquette Ma ster Plan - 2003 19 �__; One of Marquette 's Historic Homes 20 �Chapter Two - Historical Overview 23 KAYE HALL COMPLEX - NORTHERN MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY (Demolished 1972) Location : Presque Isle Avenue and Fair Street (At present site of Sam M . Cohodas Administrative Center) National Register: No State Register: Yes 04/14/72 Designed by architect D. Frederick Charlton, it resembled a castle. Built of steel and concrete with a veneer of Marquette sandstone, it was completed in 1915 and demolished in 1972 . It was named Kaye Hall to honor Northern's second president, James H.B . Kaye . 24 LONGYEAR HALL OF PEDAGOGY - NORTHERN MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY (Demolished 1994) Location : Presque Isle Avenue and Fair Street (South of the Sam M . Cohodas Administrative Center) National Register: Yes 04/03/80 State Register: No Built of sandstone quarried near L'Anse in 1900, it was rebuilt in 1907 after a fire . It served as offices and classrooms for faculty and students . Longyear was closed in 1972 and demolished in 1994. ARCH and RIDGE STREETS HISTORIC DISTRICT Location : Arch and Ridge Streets from Front Street to Lake Superior National Register: Yes 06/18/80 State Register: No This district contains 117 contributing structures on a dominating east by west land elevation that rises from 75 to 110 feet above Lake Superior. Peter White built the first home on the " Ridge" in the late 1860's and for the next thirty years many of the lead ing citizens followed his example and built there. Most of the construction took place during the last three decades of the 19th century. Locally quarried sandstone plus wood from the local sawmills provided building material. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 21 �Table 3. 1: Historical Population Trends Marquette City 1950 17,202 % change Ishpeming City 8,962 % change Negaunee City 6,472 % chanqe Marquette Township 1,280 % chanoe Chocolay Township 1,205 % change 15.24% 10.81 % 6.01 % -5.63 % -5.75 % 8,857 8,245 7,538 7,200 6,686 -1.17% -6.91% -8.57% -4.48% -7.14% 6,126 5,248 5,189 4,741 4,576 -5.35% -14.33% -1.12% -8.63% -3.48% 1,880 1,703 2,669 2,757 3,286 46.88% -9.41% 56. 72% 3.30% 19.19% 6,095 5,685 6,025 72.32% 5.98% 1.16% 1,383 1,760 2,443 2,368 2,707 52 .15% 27.26% 38.81% 3.07% 14.32% 1,657 2,164 2,437 2,696 2,127 925.70% 30.60% 12.62% 10.63% -21.10% 56,154 64,686 74,101 70,887 64,634 17.84% 15.19% 14.55% -4.34% -8.82% 149,865 157,257 165,744 182,390 177,692 174,717 4.93% 5.40% 10.04% -2.58% -1.67% 6,371,766 7,824,965 8,875,083 9,262,078 9,295,297 9,938,444 22 .81% 13.42% 4.36% 0.36% 6.92% 909 179 47,654 % change State of Michigan 2000 20,714 3,299 % chanoe Central Upper Peninsula 1990 21,977 47 .61% % change Marquette County 1980 23,288 2,235 % chanqe Sands Township 1970 21,967 85.48% % chanqe Negaunee Township 1960 19,824 Source: U.S. Census - 2000 22 �Chapter Three - Demographic Overview Chapter Three DEMOGRAPHIC OVERVIEW INTRODUCTION This chapter will focus on the changing demographics within the City of Marquette and some of its surrounding townships. Such an analysis is a useful tool for identifying patterns and trends that can affect a community and their approach to land use, traffic controls, economic development, and general quality of life issues. While this section will review the standard demographic indicators such as current population, historical trends, projected growth, and age distribution, it will also focus on the resulting effects that these changes could have on the City of Marquette. It is not enough to simply recite the relevant statistics; it is critical to understand what possible effects these patterns might have on the master planning process for the City of Marquette. POPULATION TRENDS In the 2000 Census, the City of Marquette reported a population of 20,714 persons. This figure represents a 5.75% decrease from the City's population in 1990. Similar population decreases can be seen in several nearby cities such as Ishpeming City and Negaunee City. Marquette County also reported a decrease in population, which may reflect the effects of the 1995 closure of the K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base . Meanwhile, several of the adjacent townships, such as Marquette, Negaunee, and Chocolay Townships are experiencing rapid population increases. Table 3.1 shows the population trends for the City of Marquette and several of the surrounding municipalities. What does th is mean for Marquette? The City of Marquette is experiencing a pattern in its population distribution that is common in many cities today as they continue to feel the effects of sprawl. It is common for the population of small , relatively built-up communities to see more and more of their residents migrating out toward the less populated, more rural townships. Unfortunately, there are usually problems associated with this migration such as increased traffic congestion, the proliferation of "strip development " along the more highly traveled roadways, and an increase in vacant or underutilized areas within the city proper. Community residents have certainly reflected these concerns in the comments voiced during the various public participation forums . The following are some of the concerns raised by respondents to the Master Plan Survey: • • e • "The downtown is the heart and soul of Marquette . Don't let Marquette become a clone of a downstate strip/sprawl city." "How come there is so much expansion of businesses into the township - why not here instead?" "Heavier traffic - highway congestion coming into the city." • "Movement to townships; need commitment to core ." • "My biggest concern is with the Township and the urban sprawl wh ich blights U.S.41 west." Marquette Master Plan - 2003 23 �Population growth may mean demand for more residential developments New single-family homes are being constructed near Marquette Developers should be encouraged to reuse existing buildings 24 �Chapter Three - Demographic Overview POPULATION PROJECTIONS Population projections can be a useful planning tool. They enable a city to anticipate future needs in areas such as facilities, services, and job growth. Prior to the 2000 Census, the Marquette County Resource Management Department calculated the projected population for several municipalities in the area including the City of Marquette. The results of these projections are shown in Table 3.2 . This predicted growth is further supported by longer-term projections that were created by Michigan State University's Program for Applied Demography and Ecology. They predict that Marquette County will see growth from its current population over the next 15 years (See Table 3.3). Table 3.2: Population Projections for Marquette Area 2.Q_QQ 2003 2..QQ.8 % Chaoge (2000 - 2008) Marquette City Ishpeming City Neqaunee City Marquette Township Chocolay Township Neqaunee Township Sands Township Marquette County 20,714 6,686 4,576 3,286 6,095 2,707 2,127 64,634 21 ,077 7,015 4,420 2,754 6,606 2,494 2,860 65,527 21 ,732 6,970 4,280 2,895 6,943 2,545 3,006 68,175 4.91 % 4.25% -6.47% -11 .90% 13 .91% -5.98% 41.33% 5.48% Source: Marquette County Resource Management Department Table 3.3: Population Projections for Marquette County Year 2000 Current Population 64,634 Year Projected Population 2010 2015 2020 68,393 67,616 66,661 % Change (from 2000) 5.8% 4.6% 3.1% (Source: MSU 2000) What does this mean fo r Marquette? An increase in population will allow for a better utilization of existing infrastructure, resulting in an increased return on the initial investment toward these services. The increase in the City's population may also mean that more residents are living within the City limits, allowing for easier commutes to main employment destinations such as the University and the Hospital. These reduced commutes should help to diminish some of the traffic that is entering the City from the adjacent Townships, often leading to congestion on some of the major thoroughfares. If Marquette's population does begin to show an increase, there will be an additional need for housing within the City. Given that the City has little undeveloped land north of U.S.41 on which it can build new residential homes, it may need to promote more infill development and reuse of existing sites. Potential redevelopment opportunities already exist in areas such as the Roundhouse and the Lower Harbor. New housing opportunities are also possible south of U.S.41 along the South McClellan Avenue corridor. These areas, however, have significant topography and are wooded, which require environmentally-sensitive development regulations . If build-out of these areas is fully achieved, the result could be an estimated 3,500 new residents in the City of Marquette. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 25 �Partr~lge Bay MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Middle Bay Distribution of Kids Under Age 15 By Census Block 550 o■i.e•=io••■o3 = =::io16 M~es Presque Isle Harbor r-- > ~ l:T1 V, •• i:::: "0 Marquette r,, Bay :,0 .... 0 00% 1-19% 0 20-39% 40%+ :,0 ---- . ·-------------------------Map 3. 1: Distribution of Children Under Age 15 26 �Chapter Three - Demographic Overview AGE DISTRIBUTION The results of the Master Plan survey show that 82% of respondents answered "Yes" to the question "Do you feel the makeup of the community is changing?" . When prompted to explain in what way they felt their community was changing, answers focused on three primary areas: • Respondents felt that younger residents and their families were moving out of the area, presumably to find better employment opportunities . • There is an influx of new residents to the community from downstate and other Non-UP locations. Many of these are older people are seeking a retirement or second home destination . • Residents perceive that the commun ity has a higher percentage of elderly residents than it has in the past. Two of these concerns (increasingly elderly population and loss of younger residents) relate to the age distribution of the community. Table 3.4 shows the age distributions for the City of Marquette from the 2000 Census. Table 3.5 shows a comparison of how this distribution has changed since 1990. Table 3.4: Age Distribution, 2000 Table 3.5: Age Distribution, 1990 vs. 2000 Age Group Number Under 5 years 826 5 to 9 years 849 10 to 19 years 3,234 20 to 29 years 4,935 30 to 39 years 2,354 40 to 49 years 2,926 2, 112 50 to 59 years 60 to 69 years 1,366 1,211 70 to 79 years 48 1 80 to 84 years 85 years and over 420 20,71 4 TOTAL (Source: U.S. Census 2000) Aqe Group Under 5 years 5 to 9 years 10 to 19 years 20 to 29 years 30 to 39 years 40 to 49 years 50 to 59 years 60 to 69 years 70 to 79 years 80 to 84 years 85 years and over TOTAL % of Total 4.0% 4.1% 15 .6% 23 .8% 11.4% 14.1% 10.2% 6.6% 5.8% 2.3% 2.0% 100.0% 1990 1,166 1,292 3, 470 5,430 3, 554 2,212 1,525 1,463 1, 173 381 311 21, 977 2000 826 849 3,234 4,935 2,3 54 2,926 2,11 2 1,366 1,2 11 48 1 420 20,71 4 % Chan ge -2 9.2% -34.3% -6.8% -9.1% -33 .8% 32 .3% 38.5% -6.6% 3. 2% 26.2% 35.0% -5.7% (Source: U.S. Census 2000) Some of the numbers do indeed support the community perceptions listed above. There was a significant drop (-29 .16%) in the 0-4 age group, which may signal that fewer young families are remaining in the area to ra ise their children . An analysis of the spatial distribution of children (ages 15 and under) show that they are located primarily in four areas of the City (See Map 3, 1): the southwest quadrant of the Hawley Street/ Presque Isle Avenue area; along the Pine Street corridor south of Fair Avenue; the northwest corner of the Lakeshore Boulevard/ Ridge Street intersection, and a large block west of Altamont Street and south of Grove St. Knowing which areas have a density of children can have important ramif ications for the distribution of facilities and services such as schools and recreation . These also may signal areas where special attention should be given in regards to traffic calming and walkab ility. Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 27 �Partrul~ fJay MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Distribution of Senior Citizens Over Age 64 By Census Block ... 0.:....._==• o -llllioi::: .3==::::::io16 M~es 111 Pre,;que /<le Harbor t"" ;i:,. ~ tT1 (/) oz c:: "i:i Marquette hj Bay ;:,.i ..... 0 CJD% 01-19% 020-39% 40%+ ~ Map 3.2: Distribution of Senior Citizens 28 r I --~-- - -- - - - - -- - - - - -- �Chapter Three - Demographic Overview The data also supported the community's perception that the City's population is aging . Age distribution statistics demonstrated a slight rise (3 .9%) in the 65 and over age group that may reflect this opinion . Although not shown in the tables above, Census data also calculated that within the 25-64 age group, over one-quarter (26%) of the population is over 50. This is a significant portion of this age group and may also reinforce the perception that the community is aging . The spatial distribution of these residents ages 65 and older is shown in Map 3.2. Again, identifying these areas is a critical first step to understanding how services specific to an aging population should be distributed. One community assertion that was harder to verify using the censuses demographic data was that c' larger portion of young adults were leaving the area after graduation . The 2000 census data showed a large increase (41 .41 %) in the population ages 20-24. This increase, however, may be due to the student population being more accurately counted during the 2000 census than they were during the 1990 count. During the 1990 census, significant undercounts were experienced in many areas, particularly those with a large student population since there was confusion about where students should be counted (as a part of their parent's household or in the city there were attending college). The 2000 census made special efforts within college campuses to educate students about how to fill out their census forms, leading to more accurate counts in 2000. Due to this potential discrepancy between the 1990 and 2000 data, it is difficult to correlate the age distribution statistic with the community's perception that younger people are leaving the area . What does this mean for Marquette? Marquette's aging population is representative of a larger trend that can be seen throughout the United States . Advances in health care have led to an increase in the mean age of the country's population . Also, the size of the large " baby-boomer" demographic as they continue to age tends to drive up the mean age of our population . These young retirees and elderly population gravitate toward communities with quality health care services, many cultural and entertainment-related opportunities, as well as livable neighborhoods with active and vibrant downtowns. These results have important implications for several areas of Marquette's planning process. For example, the increase in an elderly population may require additional need for retirement housing or other residential communities that are supportive of the increased physical needs of a more elderly population . There may also be a need for more recreational and cultural programs that cater to this particular demographic. In addition to the increased attention that needs to be given to the more elderly segment of the population, the statistics on age distribution indicate that the large increase in younger residents (ages 20-24) may have significant implications, particularly for land use . The commun ity has been expressing particular concerns regarding the rental housing market within the City. While th is issue will be covered in detail in the Neighborhood Assessment presented in Chapter Seven, suffice it to say that the housing needs of these young, post-collegiate residents will need to be addressed . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 29 �Partridge Bay MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Middle Bay Watersheds Compeau Creek I l'r,squt' 1st~ Dead River _. Wolner Creek t"1 V) c::: "ti .Marquette t'1 &ly ;:a .... 0 :::,:, Map 4. 1: Regional Watersheds in the Marquette Area 30 �Chapter Four - Natural Resources Overview Chapter Four NATURAL RESOURCES OVERVIEW INTRODUCTION When asked about their community's greatest assets, overwhelmingly, participants cited Marquette's natural resources . Marquette's unique location along Lake Superior, complemented by its rolling terrain and heavily wooded areas make for a beautiful, as well as ecologically rich habitat. WATERSHEDS As might be expected, the hydrology of the Marquette area is heavily influenced by its adjacency to Lake Superior. This Great Lake borders the City's entire eastern edge and serves as the final outlet for a number of watersheds. The City of Marquette is located primarily with in two of these watersheds; the Dead River Watershed and the Whetstone/Orianna Creek Watershed (See Map 4.1). The majority of the City is located within the Whetstone/Orianna Creek Watershed . This 3,225-acre drainage area encompasses the southern and eastern portions of the City with its outlet in Marquette Bay. The Dead River watershed is a much larger drainage area, however, only a small portion of the Lower Dead River sub-watershed is located within the City of Marquette. This drainage area includes the northwestern portion of the city with its final outlet in the Presque Isle Harbor. Other watersheds such as the Carp River Watershed and the Compeau Creek Watershed exist on the City's periphery. Marquette Ma ster Plan - 2003 31 �Part ridge B'ay MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Hydrology 0.11'louraC,tydM~t.GIS,200l 550 0.3 0 0.3 06 M•es --c::::J---=:==::::::i, l'r~ue /.•le ·····················•··············: ?{!: . Harbor t"' > ~ r,; Cr.> c:: .._, Mtrq11et/e !:T1 Bay ~ .... ~ 0 ~ p- p . . <: ............... Map 4.2: Local Hydrology 32 �Chapter Four - Natural Resources Overview HYDROLOGY While each watershed represents the entire drainage area for a particular stream system, that system itself is comprised of many rivers, streams, and tributaries. Map 4.2 identifies the major stream systems as they relate to the City of Marquette, while Table 4.1 shows their relative lengths. The largest of these water systems is the Dead River, which empties into Presque Isle Harbor at the far north end of the City. In addition to the Dead River, there are several smaller stream systems within the City limits including the Carp River, Whetstone Brook, Orianna Creek, Billy Butcher Creek, and Raney Creek. While some of these stream systems still exist is their natural state, many have been modified through the addition of dams or by channelizing the stream in some areas. This is particularly true for the Dead River, Whetstone Brook, and Orianna Creek . While done for primarily industrial or engineering reasons, such modifications to the natural stream channel have significant effects on water quality and the overall health of the stream . To protect and improve the water quality and aquatic habitat of these streams, protective measures such as the implementation of a watershed overlay ordinance, riparian buffer protections, and other regulation and education tools should be employed . The hydrology of the Dead River experienced significant changes in the Spring of 2003, when a severe flood washed through the river system (Note : Map 4.2 depicts the river system prior to the flood). Rushing waters from an upstream breach in the Silver Lake dam caused the earthen dam at Tourist Park to give way, resulting in the draining of the Tourist Park Basin . Damage to the river system and the surrounding property was significant, including the destruction of several bridges and access points, major soil erosion and vegetation loss along the stream banks, damage to salmon hatcheries and other aquatic habitat, and the shutdown of the power plant and two ironmines. Critical stream segments were immediately regraded and stabilized with rock rip-rap and hydroseed to prevent further erosion . The status of rebuilding the earthen dike at Silver Lake Basin and the dam at Tourist Park basin remains undecided as the affected municipalities work together to investigate and analyze potential options . Table 4. 1: Lengths of Tributaries within Marquette city limits Miles Car River Dead River Intermittent Stream #1 Intermittent Stream #2 Mi s Creek Orianna Creek 2.12 0.30 1.08 0.45 2.80 3.49 0.11 0.32 0.78 2.21 Rane Creek Westren Brook Whetstone Brook 1.28 1.13 2.29 Buschell Creek Total 18.35 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 33 �~ 0 P/lTtridgc Bay MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Wetlands ~ 550 ~ Presque Isle Harbor t"' > ,r-'\ ~ ~ r!1 ~ ~ Ul ,:::: "Q Marquette t'l'j Bay ~ ..... 0 Wetland ~ ~ ~ ------------------------------------------------------------ ,,...., ·---------------------------------------- Map 4.3: Wetland Areas 34 �Chapter Four - Natural Resources Overview WETLANDS In general, wetlands are defined as land characterized by the presence of water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support wetland vegetation or aquatic life. Such wetlands serve several important natural functions including flood and storm control; wildlife habitat; natural pollution treatment; water recharge areas; erosion control; and assisting in the improvement of water quality. Due to the important contributions these wetlands make to an area's ecology, they are protected under the Goemaere-Anderson Wetland Protection Act (1979). This legislation protects wetlands by restricting their use to certain activities (fishing, boating, farming, others) while permitting other activities only after approval by the State of Michigan. Permits are approved only after a review of an Environmental Assessment filed by a petitioner and upon a finding that the activity or use is in the public interest. Wetlands are scattered throughout the City of Marquette, totaling 260.7 acres of land. The majority of the wetlands are located along the Dead River system and in the areas south of U.S.41 (See Map 4.3). Others exist in small pockets throughout the City's more developed areas, such as near the Superior Dome, Quarry Pond, or within the Park Cemetery. Larger wetland areas do exist outside, but within close proximity, to the City. This is particularly true to the north near Partridge Bay and Middle Bay. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 35 �Partridge Bay MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Woodlands Oil• Soun;es Mic:h,g,ln/111,1o.m::e l!wntoiy¥~em . 1978 , C,cyo! M . - ~ GJS, 550 o-111 3 -=:::::iolllll-■0.:::: 3 ===:::i o.,6 Mies Presque Isle Harbor t"' ';I> ~ t'T1 V'J •• c::: 'ti Mil,..,,,,,,te tTI Bay ?;,:I ..... 0 ~ Map 4.4: Woodland Vegetation 36 �Chapter Four - Natural Resources Overview WOODLANDS As shown on Map 4.4, a large portion (40%) of land area in Marquette is covered in woodland vegetation. These woodlands not only contribute to Marquette's scenic beauty, but also provide important habitat for local wildlife. They also play a role in the protection of Marquette's water resources by helping to slow runoff and control erosion . As indicated by the pattern of woodland coverage, areas of significant forest cover are primarily located in the southern portion of the City and along the Dead River corridor. Other significant woodland patches exist on Presque Isle and within the Park Cemetery. The dominant vegetation types include Northern Hardwoods (oak & maple); Aspen, Birch; and Upland Conifers (pine). Some areas adjacent to the Lake Superior shoreline also exhibit a swale and dune habitat. Because the areas of significant woodland vegetation are also the same areas where residential growth is most likely to occur, care must be taken in the design and implementation of any development within this area to protect these woodland resources . Tools such as overlay zoning ordinances, development design guidelines, clustering, and conservation subdivisions can all provide protection for the natural resources in this area while still allowing some development to occur. Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 37 �P.irtriJge Bay MA RQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Topography ,,. 01111~-=:::::iO- -O c::3=::=io.,6 Mies ~ Pre51jw: ------------------ Isle ·~-::,&) Harb.,r t"' > ~ ~ , __________ Y, tli 17' I;' er, 1?' c:: "ti Mirquetle t"T1 Bay ::i:i ~ 0 I?' - Elevation in Feet ::,;, N / N N 612-692 712-792 812-892 912 - 992 1012 - 1092 1112-1112 ~ ~ ~ ~ Map 4.5: Local Topography 38 �Chapter Four - Natural Resources Overview TOPOGRAPHY Similar to the rest of Michigan's Upper Peninsula, Marquette's topography is the result of glacial activity. As shown on Map 4 .5, the northern portion of the City generally slopes towards Lake Superior, with a few areas of steeper relief near the Dead River at the City's western edge. The more significant topography is located south of U.S.41-M28, where the terrain is more irregular and slopes are generally steeper. This increase in relief culminates in Mount Marquette, which is located at the City's far south end . While Marquette's rolling topography provides striking visual beauty, it creates a number of difficulties for the development community. Steep slopes are vulnerable to erosion and are often not suitable for development. In areas where construction is possible, techniques must be used to ensure proper drainage and protect against soil erosion . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 39 �Partridge B,ry MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Steep Slopes Dita Soum~. City d M.-quette UIS. 2002 550 o illll..::=:•-■ O.C 3 =:==i o1.6 111 Miles Presque lsk t/'l s::::: ""0 Marqlletle M Bay ';:::1 .... 0 ~ 18% Grade Maximum D - 25% 35% 60% 70% Grade Grade Grade Grade :;:,;i Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Map 4.6: Steep Slopes 40 ~ �Chapter Four - Natural Resources Overview STEEP SLOPES Map 4.6 identifies areas within the City that have particularly steep slopes, namely those over 18% (See Figure 4 .1 below to determine how slope is calculated). These areas are considered extremely difficult to develop and require significant engineering to protect against erosion . It is also important to note that although the "Steep Slopes" map specifically highlights areas that exceed 18% slope, some areas that would otherwise be considered buildable (less than 18% slope) contain exposed bedrock which can also deter development. Similar to the pattern demonstrated for a number of the other natural resources, the steepest slopes exist in the southern portion of the city. The slopes exhibited in this area of the City have slowed new development considerably, contributing to the numerous woodlands and relatively undisturbed areas in this portion of Marquette. The map of steep slopes also identifies areas that are particularly susceptible to soil erosion . Areas that are categorized as a 35% maximum grade are considered to have a moderate risk for soil erosion, while those slopes that are steeper than the 35% have a severe risk of soil erosion if disturbed . These particularly fragile areas need to be monitored to ensure that development and commercial forestry do not increase the risk of erosion . For example, commercial forestry activities taking place on the former Bishop Land Trust property should be monitored to reduce the potential for soil erosion and sedimentation . One option for ensuring the protection of these fragile slopes is through the use of a steep slope or natural resources ordinance . Such an ordinance could specify areas where development is not suitable, and also provide design and construction guidelines aimed at reducing the amount of erosion or damage done to these sensitive natural resources . LI) N SLOPE = RISE/ RUN (1.e. 25 '/1 00' = .2 5 or 25%) w V) a: RUN (1.e. 100') Figure 4. 1: Determination of Slope Marquette Master Plan - 2003 41 �Partridge Bay MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Community Features O.ti1Soun:e. Bedflt &R.w~. ln: oi.e ll..=--■oc.3:::::=:::io. 6 Miles Pre.sque t"" -----------------------------------------![ Harbar - 1 , ~---·rr·· > I')\ ~ '-· ···- ---·~ -'£ M-T""T-r-- ~ = ""l"!~ ,-.-'-...J.,,1--1--1-,.i!..l,,J. \'Tl Marina Educational Facility 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Bothwell Middle School Father Marquette Elem. School Father Marquette Middle School Graveraet Intermediate School Marquette Maritime Museum Marquette Senior High School Sandy Knoll Elem. School Shiras Planetarium Superior Hills Elem . School • HistoridScenic Site 10. Bishop Baraga Tomb 11 . Coast Guard Station & Light House 12. Historic Soo Line Ore Dock 13. Marquette Mountain Overlook 14. Statue of Father Jacques Marquette ■ 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22 . 23 . 24. 25 . O er, Institutional/Service Facility I:; 'ij ~ i l Marquette trl Bay :;ti .... /lt,,tarqueue 0 Colf& Chamber of Com m erce D. J. Jacobetti Home For Veterans Marquette City Hall Marquette County Courthouse Marquette County Historical Museum Mich . State Prison - Marquette Branch Municipal Dept. of Publ ic Works Municipal Power Plant Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant Peter White Public Library · Presque Isle Harbor Ore Dock ::=::i Recreational Facility 26. Lakeview Arena 27 . Marquette Mountain Alpine Ski Area 28. Superior Dome Map 5.1: Distribu tion of Community Facilities 42 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities Chapter Five COMMUNITY FACILITIES INTRODUCTION The facilities and services offered by a community can substantially add to its residents' quality of life. Community facilities are considered to be those facilities and services owned, operated, and maintained by the City or other government or quasi-public entities that benefit City residents. This chapter will outline the facilities and services provided to Marquette residents including: • Government Facilities • Regional Institutions • Fire and Police Protection • Cultural Venues • Water and Sanitary Services • Recreational Parks and Open Space • Public Education GOVERNMENT FACILITIES City Hall The Marquette City Hall is located at 300 West Baraga Avenue at the site of the former Bishop Baraga Central High School. Constructed in 1970, the building houses City Commission chambers and many city offices including manager, clerk, treasurer, finance and accounting, human resources, community development and planning, assessor, attorney, purchasing, and the police department. Municipal Service Center Constructed in 1992 on a twelve-acre site in the Marquette Industrial Park, Marquette's $5.5 million Municipal Service Center provides a clean, safe, and efficient work environment. The 152,000 square foot facility houses the engineering and public work departments, the City's vehicle fleet, the maintenance division of the parks and recreation department and the water and sewer utilities. The site provides for outdoor storage and consolidates multiple fuel depot locations. The facility's centralized location was chosen to reduce employee travel expenses and response time for city maintenance activities. Post Office The Marquette Post Office is located downtown on the northwest corner of Washington and Third Streets in the Federal Building . The building is in good condition and through the years has been subject to various expansions and renovations. In addition to the U.S. Postal Service, the building houses several other Federal agencies. Electric Power Municipal Electric Power is supplied by a coal-fired power generation station operated by the City of Marquette Board of Light and Power. Expansions to the system since 1983 have increased output to beyond 100,000 kilowatts, resulting in extensive additional capacity to accommodate future development and demand. The plant is located on Lake Superior in the southern portion of the City at the intersection of Front and Lake Street. The Marquette Board of Light and Power maintains three hydro turbine generators totaling 3,900 kilowatts and a 25,000 kilowatt oil fired combustion turbine. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 43 �.,.......,_ ,.... ,.. ,,,......_, ,-.__ ,All Partridge B~y MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Middle Bay Water Service Area 550 o111 ii--==llll-llllli: o.3::===:So.16 Miles Presque -----------------------------------------1 Mr ---1"Wifim~ ·------------- tT\ ~ ,,,...--.... ";j " Mnrquctte t'T1 Bay ~ ..... 0 - SeNice Area (Based on 1/8-Mile Buffer of Existing Water Mains) :;::i r"\ I.me Thickness Represents Fl pe Diameter N I::!,/. "If/ 1 - 4 Inches 6- 10 Inches 12 - 20 Inches 36 - 42 Inches Map 5.2: Water Service Coverage 44 C �Chapter Five - Community Facilities FIRE AND POLICE PROTECTION Fire Service Fire protection and service is located at two fire stations; Fire Hall #1 in the south part of the City at the corner of South Third and Rock Streets and Fire Hall #2 in the north part of the City at the corner of Front and Prospect Streets. Fire Hall #1, constructed in 1972, is newer and somewhat larger than its counterpart. The station is fairly well situated with regard to traffic congestion, land uses, and room for equipment maneuvering and parking . Fire Hall #2, built around 1913, provides enhanced response time to the north part of the City. (Quick and efficient response and routes from Fire Hall #1 to the north part of town can possibly be affected by steep topography and inclement weather.) The department includes a roster of twenty-four fire fighters with a full-time inspector and a fire chief. Equipment consists of four pumper trucks, 2 pickups, and 1 chief vehicle, with the delivery of two additional pumper trucks expected next summer. The City has a full hydrant system, and has also completed its plans to upgrade its equipment (including the provision of large diameter, 5 inch, supply lines). Police Service Police Service in Marquette is provided by the Marquette City Police Department. The department includes thirty-six sworn officers and six support personnel. The City's fleet of eighteen vehicles includes eight patrol cars, six detective cars, two 4-wheel drive veh icles, an animal control vehicle, and a "Data Master" van. The police station is centrally located in the City on the lower level of City Hall. WATER AND SANITARY SERVICE Water Supply Due to its location of the shores of Lake Superior, the City of Marquette enjoys an abundant supply of water. Lake Superior is considered to be a generally clean source of water, particularly in the Marquette area, which is one of the best on the entire lake with regard to turbidity. The coldness of the Lake also contributes to its purity. The City owned water treatment plant, completed in 1979, services most of the community plus a portion of Marquette Township. The total service district is approximately eight square miles, which is adequate to provide service to the large majority of city residents. Areas that don't currently have city supplied water are located primarily in the southern portions of the city where existing natural conditions have made development difficult (See Map 5.2 for a map of existing water service areas) . • The water treatment plant is a 7 MGD (million gallon/day) water pumping facility with low service pumping, high service pumping, treated water storage, and chemical feed (chlorination and flouridation) . On average, the system delivers 3 million gallons per day to its customers . To enhance water purity and comply with new Federal and State regulations regarding surface water supplies, the City constructed a new water filtration facility with additional storage volume to increase disinfecting time in 1997. In addition to the small storage facility at the treatment plant, storage is handled by two 1 MG ground storage facilities and one 1 MG elevated storage tank. The distribution system consists of almost ninety miles of water mains, made up of 6 to 18 inch diameter pipe constructed of mostly cast or ductile iron . The City has been continuing its efforts to upgrade its water mains, particularly the 11 miles of 1 "-4" water mains it currently maintains. These water lines are quite small and should be subject to a replacement program . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 45 �Pttrtridge Bny MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Hydro Pressure Districts O.t•5olneC,tydMarqumt-200l 550 O.■i--==:ilo--· 0.3====0.j6 MMes Presque Isle Harbor t"4 ';> ~ tT1 fJ') t:: .._, ~·~-· Marquetle t'l1 Bay ~ - A.;\ 0 ::cf D Cox Avenue Tank District CJ Grove Booster District Lincoln Tank District D Logan St PRV District D Mountain Tank District D Northwoods Pump District D Sandy Knoll PRV District CJ Shiras Hills PRV District D Trowbridge PRV District Map 5.3: Hydro Pressure Districts 46 i I �Chapter Five - Community Facilities Hydro-pressure Districts In order to efficiently distribute water throughout the City, the water system utilizes a series of water towers, tanks, and booster pumps to create the necessary water pressure needed to safely deliver water to local residents . Map 5.3 indicates the various hydro-pressure districts that are used to serve the City. It is important to note that each of the water and sewer infrastructure services discussed here lack coverage in the far southern portion of the City. If new development is to be considered for this area, it will require the extension of infrastructure to provide coverage . f' f' Marquette Master Plan - 2003 47 �MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Sanitary Sewer Service Area 550 Presque ---·····------------------------····-··-; Isle Harbor 4,,,.-_;;_...., t"' > ~ , _____________ tT'I ~ V, ~ "tl Marquette l:T! Bay ~ ..... 0 - Service Area (Based on 1/8-Mile Buffer of Existing Sewer Mains) ~ Une thickness & color represent the pipe diameter N l::!!,l.. "R 4- 10 Inches 12- 21 Inches 24 - 30 Inches 36 - 48 Inches Lme type represents the type of mam N N Solid= Gravity Main Segmented = Force Main Map 5.4: Sanitary Sewer Co ve rage 48 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities Wastewater Wastewater disposal is provided by the Marquette Area 's Wastewater Treatment Facility. In addition to serving the City, the wastewater treatment plant serves certain built up areas in the adjacent townships of Chocolay and Marquette. The system currently collects and transports 3.2 million gallons of used water to Marquette's treatment facility per day. This modern facility was constructed in 1980 and provides secondary treatment with chemical additions and has extensive expansion capacity to accommodate future development. Wastewater treatment is primarily settling, biological contactors, digestors, sludge dewatering, and dechlorination. According to a master plan study conducted by Ayres, Lewis, Norris, and May, Inc., there are several improvements that may need to be made to the facility both in the short and long term (City of Marquette Water Department 2002;. Such improvements include the expansion of the secondary treatment system and solids handling system, both of which represent bottlenecks in the current system . There is also a need for maintenance and some improvements on some of the Sanitary Lift Stations located throughout the City. The wastewater collection system contains almost 85 miles of six to thirty inch diameter sewers that are mostly vitrified clay pipe or concrete with some PVC pipe . Similar to the pattern of water distribution, the sanitary services cover most of the City, with exceptions in the south where development has been limited (See Map 5.4). Currently, 8.6 miles of sewer lines are over 100 years old and are a priority for replacement. As described in the discussion of the City's capital improvement plan (Chapter Fifteen), the City has a long-range program in place for replacing these older sewer mains on a need/priority basis. f' Marquette Master Plan - 2003 49 �Superior Hills Elementary School Northern Michigan University campus NMU's Superior Dome 50 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities PUBLIC EDUCATION The Marquette area is operating effectively with a modern "Class A" high school (Marquette Senior High School) and four elementary schools; Superior Hills and Sandy Knoll in the City, Cherry Creek in Chocolay Township, and Vandenboom in Marquette Township . Parochial schools include St. Michael's Grade School, Bishop Baraga Grade School, and Father Marquette Middle School. Two public middle schools are located in Marquette, the Bothwell Middle School and the Graveraet Middle School, the latter of which is a traditional building that housed the public high school until 1964. With the exception of the latter building, which has been renovated, the public schools in Marquette are of a modern design with ample recreational facilities. There are no plans for additional schools in the immediate future. REGIONAL INSTITUT1 I ONS Marquette is home to two key regional institutions: Northern Michigan University, a state run institution of higher learning, and Marquette General Hospital, a regional medical care facility. Northern Michigan University Northern Michigan University first opened its doors in 1899 as Northern State Normal School. The school received "university" status in 1963 and began to see an increasing enrollment, fed primarily by the influx of post-WWII baby boomers entering college. Sixteen new buildings were constructed between the late '50s and '60s as the enrollment increased from 900 to more than 7,000 students. After reaching enrollment levels of over 9,000 students, however, growth moderated and began to decline in the early 1980's before picking up slowly since the mid 1980's. The profile of Northern Michigan University today features a Fall 2003 enrollment of 9,380 students with 399 faculty on a modern 352-acre campus. The curriculum includes 180 academic programs within five colleges; Arts and Sciences, Professional Studies, Business, Graduate Studies, and Technology and Applied Sciences. NMU prides itself on its highly skilled faculty, 80% of whom hold doctorates or the highest degree offered in their fields. It is also committed to technology as a tool for teaching and learning, as demonstrated by the laptop each student is given upon enrollment. In addition to academic opportunities, students have access to 200 different clubs and organizations, as well as intermural and competitive sports . The physical boundaries of today's campus represent anticipated major growth that is considerably slower than expected. As a result, university planners are placing emphasis on a more compact campus and more effective use of existing buildings as opposed to building new facilities and acquiring additional land for expansion . The $10 million, 185,000 square foot Physical-Education Instructional Facility (PEIF), completed in 1976, contains wrestling and weight training rooms, a dance studio, gymnastics area, eight-lane swimming pool with adjacent diving well, ice arena, basketball court, handball-racquetball courts, a large artificial open turf area, and a sports medicine program . NMU is also home to the world's largest wooden dome facility, the Superior Dome . Opened in September 1991, the indoor all-events center cost nearly $22 million to build . The dome contains the world's largest indoor retractable turf carpet and is the site of college and high school football games, track meets, conventions, trade shows, and other large events. Facilities available to the public include an indoor 200-meter track, tennis, volleyball, and basketball courts. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 51 �Marquette General Hospital Figure 5. 1: Marquette General Hospital's overlay zoning district 52 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities The University's outdoor facilities include 8 tennis courts, track and field hockey areas, two ball diamonds, and nearby Longyear Forest informal hiking trails. The University is also planning development of a recreational sports complex on the former Dow Site. Most of the University's facilities are available to the public on an intermittent basis, some of which entail user fees and/or recreation program memberships . NMU also offers a variety of instructional sports and recreation classes for youth and adults through the Community Outreach Program. The U.S. Olympic Education Center (USOEC), which has produced gold and silver medal-winning athletes, is located on the NMU campus. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Marquette General Hospital Marquette General Hospital (MGH) has been the central focus of the region's medical community since its inception in 1973 when Marquette's two community hospitals, St. Mary's and St. Luke's, merged . MGH was designated a "regional medical center" in 1985 by the Federal Health Care Financing Administration and has continued to grow both physically and through its enhanced specialized secondary and tertiary services. The hospital has 352 licensed beds and is served by a staff of 200 physicians and medical staff. As a regional facility, the Marquette General Health System draws patients not only from the local area, but from across the Midwest and even nationally. It serves approximately 12,000 inpatients and 420,000 outpatients a year (MGHS 2003). Total employment by MGH at all their service locations is 2,900 people, with 1,800 of these employees in the City of Marquette . As a major employer, MGH is a significant contributor to the local economy. MGH has experienced periods of phenomenal growth, beginning in 1980 with a $25 million first phase eight-story building . MGH made subsequent expansions including its $34 million construction of a new 500 car parking garage and adjoining six-story 190,000 square foot medical service building . The physical expansion of the MGH campus has occurred to the south, west and north of the original facility. In order to provide MGH with flexibility in dealing with a constantly changing medical environment as well as providing areas for future expansion, MGH developed a program in the 1970s and 1980s to acquire available land in the area for possible expansion as well as off street parking . Currently, an overlay zoning district (See Figure 5.1) exists to help regulate MG H's expansion into residential areas, which is an ongoing resident concern. The Hospital's long-range plan is to acquire private lands as they become available within this overlay zone, in an attempt to create one large hospital campus. In addition to the acquisition of new properties, this expansion plan also calls for the closure of College Avenue between Seventh Street and Presque Isle Avenue, and the closure Marquette Master Plan - 2003 53 �The Peter White public library The Upper Peninsula Children's Museum 54 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities of Hebard Court between Kaye Avenue and Magnetic Street. CULTURAL VENUES I Lakeview Arena and Convention Center Built in 1974, the Lakeview Arena is located on East Fair Street at Lakeshore Boulevard near Lake Superior. It is a 72,000 square foot facility designed for mu ltiple uses. It houses a variety of recreational activities including public skating, junior and adult hockey programs, skating lessons, figure skating, and ice rental for community groups and organizations. It is also used by the Marquette Senior High School and the Marquette Electricians for their home hockey games. The indoor facility contains two ice sheets, the larger of which has a 4,200 person seating capacity. Outside the facility a skateboard park is constructed for use during the summer months. In addition to recreational activities, a variety of special events are staged each year at the arena including conventions, concerts, circuses, ice and art shows, trade, builders, recreation and car shows, and large reunions or wedding receptions. Approximately 5,000 seats are available for sit down concerts and up to 6,500 attendees can be accommodated for festival-style rock concerts. The arena is easily accessed but is borderline deficient in parking (1,200 off-street spaces) for some events. Berry Events Center The Berry Events Center, located on Fair Avenue, was opened in 1999 as a multi-use venue with a seating capacity of 3,754 people. It is used for NMU student events, basketball and hockey games, as well as the speed-skating arena for the U.S. Olympic Education Center. Peter White Public Library Completed in 1904, the Peter White Library is an outstanding and excellently located facility. The original collection has expanded from the original 13,500 volumes to approximately 100,000 volumes today, making it the largest public library in the Upper Peninsula. In addition to providing for City needs, service extends to outlying areas in the County. The library recently underwent a $9 million expansion and modernization project that increased available space from 26,000 to 63,000 square feet. This expansion was planned to help provide modern community library service, improve accessibility and enhance aesthetics for the current and future use. It should be noted that supplementing the Peter White Library, reading and research opportunities are provided by NMU's Olsen Library with over 300,000 volumes and the private John M . Longyear Research Library with 7,000 volumes. The Marquette County Historical Museum Operated by the Marquette County Historical Society, the State's largest historical organization, the Museum is located adjacent to the Peter White Library on Front Street and is open to the public. The museum features exhibits, artifacts, and research materials related to the heritage and cultural development of Marquette County. The museum has expressed an interest in relocating and expanding on another site. Upper Peninsula Children's Museum The UP Children's Museum offers a variety of interactive youth programs. These programs include the "Investigation Station" that features educational opportunities through investigation and creativity. The museum also hosts weekly programs such as story time, an animal exploration program, cooking demonstrations, and a youth journalism program . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 55 �The Marquette Maritime Museum The Lakeview Arena serves as an ad hoc venue for some performing arts 56 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities MooseWood Nature Center The MooseWood Nature Center is a non-profit organization whose goal is to promote understanding and stewardship of the natural environment. The center is located in the Shiras Pool Building on Presque Isle and offers numerous informational programs. They also offer a number of educational sessions geared specifically toward school children . Shiras Planetarium The planetarium is located at Marquette Senior High School, and offers a schedule of public astronomical shows for all age groups. The Marquette Maritime Museum The museum, located on Lakeshore Boulevard near the Lower Harbor breakwater in the historic sandstone waterworks building, provides a glimpse of the Great Lakes' and Marquette area's nautical histories. Self-guided displays include exhibits of old boats and marine hardware and memorabilia . Kaufman Auditorium The historic Kaufman Auditorium, built in 1928 and renovated in the early 1990's, seats approximately 830 people and serves as the community's only theater specifically designed for performing . The facility is maintained by the Marquette Area Public School District and is housed in the Graveraet Middle School building . Community and NMU groups utilize Kaufman extensively, with a majority of performances being geared toward the general public. Forest Roberts Theater Located on the campus of Northern Michigan University campus, the Forest Roberts Theater is an excellent college theater seating 540 people . University related events dominate the schedule with community groups competing for the few remaining free days . While performances are largely NMU related, most are open to the public. • Reynolds Recital Hall This recital hall is also located on the campus of Northern Michigan University, in the newly renovated Hedgecock Building . Other Performing Arts Areas There are several other locations in Marquette that have been used for performing arts events in the past but which are designed for activities completely different and thus are severely limited in their effectiveness . Among the areas used in the past have been St. Peter's Cathedral, the Marquette High School auditorium, three lecture rooms in Jamrich Hall at Northern Michigan University, the Superior Dome, Lakeview Arena, and the Downtown Commons area . The Superior Dome and Lakeview Arena are currently used for large, single event performances such as nationally known music acts that attract several thousand spectators. Both arenas serve adequately in this regard, though they suffer from somewhat poor acoustics. Some performing arts venues, such as the popular Boathouse Theater, will need to be addressed in the future potentially by moving the theater to a different location . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 57 �Partridge Bay MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Recreational Facilities O.t.t5ourc~ 1•,llirqlldltP.-b& ~«re.bOtlPlan. ZOCD No,,,gPnn: USA Mlpof M ~ County 550 0.■ ie--C::::J--III0.[3:==::j 0. 6 Miles Presque Isle Harbor t"" > ~ m RNERST C/l ~ !"o Marquette Bay tTl ,:i ..... 0 CJ City Park N Existing Bike Path ,:i /'v Future Bike Path Pioneer Road Softball Diamond Map 5.5: Marquette's Recreational Facilities 58 Ii �Chapter Five - Community Facilities ~ Art GalleriesNisual Arts With the exception of a few generally small sites, there is not much space in Marquette for use by the public or by community groups for display or creation of the visual arts. The Lee Hall Gallery at Northern Michigan University, one of the few public spaces in the local area specifically designed for art display, is used by the University for all but three weeks of the year. Construction of a new Art and Design addition is currently underway at the University and will include two new art galleries. Completion of the new addition is expected in the fall of 2004. The Marquette Arts and Culture Center, located within the Peter Wh ite Library, is also used for the display and promotion of arts within the City. Occasionally, areas in shopping malls, City Hall, restaurants, and motel lobbies are also used for art exhibition . Several private art galleries are located in the City that display and sell local arts and crafts . Marquette has few community spaces specifically designed as creative areas for arts in classroom, workshop, or studio form . Those private areas that are available are severely limited in the ir use . The Women's Federated Clubhouse, the Peter White Public Library, and the Community Center section of City Hall have space available for public meetings. However, they rarely accommodate the visual arts and their use is restricted with regard to scheduling and accessibility. Despite the current lack of suitable venues for the creation and display of the visual arts, the City is committed to investigating additional opportun ities to create or enhance these cultural venues. • ~ ,,.------. " RECREATIONAL PARKS AND OPEN SPACE The City of Marquette abounds with almost 500 acres of public recreation land (See Map 5.5). Hilly to rugged terrain and natural landforms characterize much of the City, although it is Lake Superior with its rocky shoreline and sand beaches that dominates the visual landscape. The scenic beauty of the lake shoreline is also one of the City's greatest assets w ith regard to economic development. Such natural assets, unique physiography, and a distinct climate enables the City to offer a variety of recreational programs and facilities not practical or feasible in other communities. In addition to the public recreation lands located within the City limits, many nearby local, county, state and federal parks, and acres of corporate property held by mining and forest companies are available for public recreation . Regional Parks Presque Isle Park and Marina Marquette's recreational crown jewel is located on Presque Isle, a 323-acre forested oval-shaped headland that juts into Lake Superior at the northern tip of the City. For over 110 years, most of "the Island", as it is referred to by local residents, has been kept out of development to preserve its natural beauty. Major facilities at the year-round park include an indoor pavil ion, picnic areas, crosscountry ski/nature trails, tenn is courts, grassy open areas, a scenic perimeter drive, band shelter, playground, and large outdoor swimming pool. Most of the improvements are concentrated in the south part of the park near the entrance. Presque Isle is also the site of the Upper Harbor breakwater and lighthouse and the City-owned 97-slip Presque Isle Marina . ,,.._ I Marquette Master Plan - 2003 59 �"Marquette offers a high quality of life with abundant recreation opportunities." "Our beaches and lakes provide wonderfully healthy areas for our children, grandchildren and adults. Please don't take [it] for granted." Entrance to Presque Isle Park "Water quality, green space, etc. should receive priority attention when making decisions." Shoreline along Lake Superior Children's playground at Mattson Lower Harbor Park 60 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities Tourist Park Located off County Road 550, this 40-acre park provides visitors and residents with a swimming beach, fishing, softball, hiking and picnicking facilities and a campground with 110 campsites. The park is home of the annual Hiawatha Music Festival held in August. In May of 2003, Tourist Park suffered severe damage as a result of the Dead River flood. Rushing waters from an upstream breach in the Silver Lake dam caused the earthen dam at Tourist Park to give way, resulting in the draining of the Tourist Park Basin . In addition to the draining of the basin, the area was affected by severe erosion and sedimentation . Clean-up efforts are currently underway as City leaders continue to investigate options for the repairing the basin and park area . Community Parks and Playgrounds Lake Superior Shoreline The City of Marquette has approximately twelve miles of shoreline along Lake Superior, the majority (56%) of which is owned by the City of Marquette. A large portion of th is area is preserved for open space and recreational facilities. Facilities such as Presque Isle Park, Shiras Park/Picnic Rocks, Mattson Lower Harbor Park, and South Park Beach are all situated along the Lake Superior shoreline . A bike path runs the length of the shoreline between Presque Isle and the southern City limits with the exception of the area between the southern/western end of Mattson Park and the southern end of South Park Beach . Plans for the completion of this segment of the bike path system exist. The area of shoreline south of South Park Beach to the City limits is all zoned for recreational use but is unimproved . Ellwood A. Mattson Lower Harbor Park and Cinder Pond Marina Located on Lakeshore Boulevard just north of the ore dock in Marquette's Lower Harbor, this 22-acre park has a large grassy open space, park benches, picnic tables, playground, concession stand/ restrooms, a shoreline bike path running through the length of the park, and an illuminated walkway (period style lighting) paralleling the waterfront. The park has become the City's most popular site for special summer events, regional festivals, concerts, fireworks displays, and other large gatherings. During the winter months, a lighted outdoor ice rink is located in the park. A 101-slip municipal marina was constructed in 1995 at the east end of the park at the Cinder Pond site. Marquette Community Center Attached to the Marquette City Hall, the community center provides a gymnasium that is used for basketball, volleyball, exercise classes, and a variety of other activities such as Senior and special education programs. The facility is universally-accessible and is open to the general public during work week lunch hours. Marquette Senior Center The Marquette Senior Center, located on Baraga Avenue, provides a variety of services for Marquette's senior population. Such services include general information dissemination and referral services, health programs, arts and crafts programs, cooking demonstrations, and other miscellaneous support services. Shiras Park Located off Lakeshore Boulevard on the shore of Lake Superior, Shiras Park is flanked by Picnic Rocks to the north and McCarty's Cove adjacent to the U.S. Coast Guard Station to the south (Both locations are a part of Shiras Park). Along with grassy open space and picnic tables, principal features include a lengthy sand swimming beach, parking areas, and a linear shoreline bike path . Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 61 �62 �Chapter Five - Community Facilities North Marquette Athletic Field North Marquette Athletic Field, located on Presque Isle Avenue, contains a softball diamond, two regulation baseball diamonds, a junior baseball diamond, basketball court, playground equipment, outdoor ice rink (lighted), restrooms, soccer field, and spectator bleachers including barrier-free seating . This facility is mainly used by Marquette area softball and baseball leagues. Hurley Field Hurley Field is located in a residential neighborhood in the heart of "South Marquette" . The 2.5-acre facility includes a lighted outdoor softball field and adjoining tot lot and basketball court. With a long-standing fast pitch softball tradition, it is arguably Marquette's most popular ball field. River Park Sports Complex Located in the north part of Marquette off Hawley Street, the sports complex contains four softball diamonds and three soccer fields . Supporting facilities include spectator seating, restrooms, and picnic areas . Pioneer Park The 3-acre park, located at the west end of Pioneer Road, consists of a regulation softball field . This facility has not been used extensively since the opening of the River Park Sports Complex. Mount Marquette Lookout Mount Marquette is located in the south part of the City in undeveloped wooded terrain . Accessed by Mount Marquette Road near the Carp River, a lookout at the summit provides a scenic, panoramic view of the City of Marquette and Lake Superior. A groomed snowmobile trail and hiking trails are also located at the site. Fit-Strip/ Cemetery Cross-Country Trail Located in the central part of the City at the southwest corner of the Park Cemetery, this recreational site contains lighted cross-country ski trails during the winter months. The pathways also serve as jogging trails in the summer and include developed exercise stations. South Beach Park Located immediately south of the municipal power plant off of Lake Street in South Marquette, South Beach has a swimming beach on Lake Superior with a lifeguard, universally-accessible restrooms, a viewing platform facing the lake, and a paved parking area. Neighborhood Parks and Playgrounds Williams Park Williams Park is located off Ohio Street across the roadway from Parkview Elementary School. The 2acre park has tennis courts, a basketball court, tot lot equipment, park benches, a landscaped/ terraced area, picnic tables, and a paved play area . Harlow Park One of Marquette's older parks, this 5-acre site is located on the north side of Washington Street, south of the park cemetery. It contains the Veteran's Memorial Mall, as well as numerous benches and trees, a paved play area, tot lot equipment, and a basketball court. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 63 �Giants Foot Park The City hopes to expand the existing trail system throughout Marquette 64 Ii �Chapter Five - Community Facilities Shiras Hills Park and Giants Foot Park These relatively small facilities are located in the south part of the City in two residential neighborhoods. Both include hard playing surfaces, a basketball court, playground equipment, and grassy open space . Miscellaneous Greenspace Father Marquette/Lakeside Park Located adjacent to the Marquette Chamber of Commerce building, these small green areas overlook Lake Superior and Marquette's Lower Harbor. Features include grassy open space, landscaping, benches, and a statue of Father Jacques Marquette. Pocket Park This small park fronting Washington Street in the Downtown core consists of a grassy area with benches and lighting nestled between commercial buildings. The park is also used for seasonal noon concerts and is accessible by elevator from the city parking ramp in addition to the street. Spring Street Park This 3-acre park is located near the Snowberry Heights senior housing complex on Spring Street. The park currently consists of a large grassy open space with concrete walks meandering throughout the site. The space is used as a lighted outdoor ice rink during the winter months. Downtown Commons Located near the corner of Washington and Third Streets, the Downtown Commons offers convenient parking for Downtown businesses as well as other features . When completed, the area will offer public restrooms, a public ice-skating rink, a warming house, and other amenities . There are also plans to include a water element piece of art, space for a farmer's market, and connections to the existing bike path . La Bonte Park This small parcel of green space is located on Lakeshore Boulevard, south of the Dead River. It is used primarily for pedestrians walking to and from Presque Isle . Bike Path The City of Marquette is fortunate to have an extensive path system, covering almost 14 miles, that provides public access for bikers and pedestrians to some of the most scenic areas of the City. The Holly S. Greer Shoreline Bike Path is located along the Lake Superior shoreline from Presque Isle to Mattson park. It is also part of the larger North Country Trail System. While still in progress, th is 4,000 mile footpath is planned to link communities and scenic wilderness areas across seven northern states from New York to North Dakota . In addition to the shoreline bike path, paths and fitness trails are provided along the McClellan Avenue corridor extending almost the entire north-south length of the City. In order to help complete the " gaps " that currently exist in the system, both the Master Plan and the City's current Recreation Master Plan call for several new segments to be added, totaling an additional 6 miles of trails. These include the new Lower Harbor greenway that will provide connections from Mattson Park to Mount Marquette Road in the City's far south. The Master Plan also identifies the need for a pathway along Mount Marquette Road and north to connect with the existing McClellan Avenue system . These new additions would provide a complete bike trail around the entire City of Marquette. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 65 �Proposed location for a linear park along the former rail line 66 Ji �Revisions to Current Park and Recreation Plan • • • • • • In 1999, the City of Marquette revised its Park and Recreation Master Plan . This new plan identifies deficiencies in the current system as well as new opportunities to extend its facilities and services. The proposals presented in the revised plan include: • Upgrades to Tourist Park • Development of a comprehensive trail system • Upgrades to Presque Isle and its marina • Development of new soccer facilities • Development of a kayak / canoe facility • Creation of new neighborhood parks in underserved areas • Upgrades to outdoor ice rink • Development of a linear park along Washington Street railroad corridor One other critical issue that surfaced in the new Park and Recreation Master Plan is the need for "special climate-driven and adapted recreation planning and design for all City recreational facilities to change and improve winter livability" (Northern Planning Associates 1999). Such planning would focus directly on Marquette's vision to become a winter destination with the outdoor recreation programs and facilities needed to attract visitors. City leaders feel strongly that winter is a strategic advantage for Marquette, and that development of a comprehensive recreation plan to address winter opportunities would be a distinct advantage. Attention should be given to the types of winter activities available, the design of the facilities to improve comfort and use, as well -as the marketing and promotion of these activities to help send the message that Marquette is truly a premier winter destination . Specific details regarding the recreation inventory, recommendations, and prioritization can be found in the City of Marquette Parks and Recreation Master Plan, 1999 . • • • Marquette Master Plan - 2003 67 �~ ~ ~ /F' "Listen to all voices and interests, and make decisions on long-term benefits/interest of entire community." ,.--.... I" ,,.........__ I" "Please listen to the people who live here." ~ Residents discuss their ideas at a Community Visioning Session 11 People seem to becoming more involved which is evident in attendance at community events." Walter Ku/ash discusses traffic considerations at a public meeting Residents review the results of the Community Visions Sessions 68 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Chapter Six PUBLIC PARTICIPATION STRATEGIES INTRODUCTION The inclusion of public participation is often a required component of any planning effort. Unfortunately, this public participation component too often consists of a public meeting where participants are simply asked to "sign-off" on an existing plan or course of action. Such a format does not allow for a meaningful discourse between the residents of a community and the planning body. In order to truly represent the wishes and opinions of the local community, public participation must be an ongoing process throughout the life of the project. It must also use a number of different mediums in order to reach the largest possible segment of the population, in hopes of representing the needs of the entire community. The City of Marquette has taken very seriously this need for public input as a way to ensure their master plan is an accurate reflection of their residents' vision for the future . Throughout this document, quotes from community residents have been highlighted and statistics relating to the results of the public participation process have been used to identify issues that Marquette residents feel most strong ly about. This chapter represents the sum total of all of this community input. It outlines the processes that have been used to collect meaningful input from the community and reports the full results of these participation sessions. This chapter will outline the public input results from the community visioning sessions, student visioning sessions, written survey, and telephone survey. METHODS OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION The City of Marquette's dedication to meaningful public participation is immediately evident upon examining the number of different mediums that have been employed in order to reach the greatest population. Such mediums include: • Community Visioning Sessions - Four Community Visioning sessions were conducted by the Beckett & Raeder consulting firm in order to solicit public opinion regarding the master planning process. These sessions were open to the public and sought to determine residents' opinions on the following topics : o Where are we now? o Where are we going? o Where do we want to be? o How do we get there? • Student Visioning Sessions - During a special Community Visioning session, Beckett & Raeder hosted a student workshop with a group of student council members from Marquette Senior High School. The workshop collected student opinions about the City's "pros and cons" as well as their ideas for Marquette's future . • Written survey - A 40-question survey was distributed to local residents. A total of 459 surveys were collected and analyzed as part of the public participation process . • Telephone survey/ interview - The same 40 questions were presented to 380 residents selected at random to receive a telephone survey. • Informational Web-site - An informational web-site (www.OurCommunityPlan.com) was created in order to keep residents up to date on the progress of the master planning effort. The site contains details about the project, special announcements, current status, and documentation of a number of important informational documents . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 69 �Residents attend a meeting to discuss plans for the Lower Harbor waterfront Maps displaying characteristics of Marquette were placed on public display 70 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies • • Informational videos and public television spots - Several special sessions (such as the presentations by Dan Burden and Wa lter Kulash) were videotaped and aired on the public television cable channel. Videos discussing the current issues facing Marquette, as well as programs discussing future scenarios and recommendations will also be aired to the general public. Public displays with comment cards - Maps depicting different analyses and draft recommendations regarding Marquette's master plan were placed on display at the local library. The public was encouraged to review the information and fill out comment cards with their issues and ideas. PARTICIPATION RESULTS General Themes Although community members addressed a wide variety of concerns, there were a few common themes that were evident regardless of the method in which the information was collected. Generally, Marquette residents felt strongly about the following subjects: • Appreciation of Marquette's natural resources, and a desire to protect them • • • Appreciation and desire to maintain Marquette's "small town atmosphere", particularly its high quality residential neighborhoods Concern regarding the lack of high-quality and diverse employment opportunities • Desire to revitalize the downtown business district and increase its connection to the waterfront Dislike of the sprawling development pattern evident along U.S.41 • Frustration over the growing traffic congestion within the City • Need to protect and promote the historic quality of buildings and neighborhoods • Concern over the influence of NMU and MGH, particularly as it relates to the City's tax base and the effects of the student population on residential housing areas Desire to create a walkable city through increased pedestrian trails and connections • These general themes, presented in detail on the following pages, were recorded and translated into a comprehensive list of Marquette's guiding principles and a series of public policy statements that support them . The establishment of these community "themes" formed the framework for the community master plan . • Marquette Master Plan - 2003 71 �Marquette is striving to be a premiere a/I-season destination Residents want to enhance recreation opportunities along Lake Superior 72 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies A Great Community Marquette embodies all of the great attributes of a great community - history, a traditional downtown, a working waterfront, quaint neighborhoods, prominent institutions, natural beauty, and friendly people. A great community is necessary to promote growth and diversity of population, housing, employment opportunities, and tax base. Obiectives 1. 2. • • • • • • • • Promote Marquette's all season quality of life as a premier Winter City. Maintain Marquette's image as an Upper Peninsula community by developing design standards that reflect and reinforce Marquette's local values. 3. Promote new growth within the community by directing development opportunities to vacant and underutilized properties. 4. Maintain and enhance all season public access and recreation opportunities along Lake Superior. 5. Protect the community's cultural heritage by preserving its architectural and historically significant properties. 6. Continue the revitalization and redevelopment of downtown Marquette. 7. Make Marquette a year-round walkable community. 8. Encourage planned, coordinated, thoughtful, and sensitive, expansion of Northern Michigan University and Marquette General Hospital, especially those expansions that respect the inherent values of the neighborhoods . 9. Recognize and promote the arts as a necessary ingredient for a livable city. 10. Consider winter-related issues in the evaluation of building and project proposals in the City. 11 . Communicate with other northern communities that experience similar climatic conditions to sha re ideas and solutions to common problems. 12 . Encourage and support outdoor winter recreational and cultural activities . 13 . Encourage building and site design, which makes the man-made environment and the city appear vibrant in the gray and wh ite winter season . 14. Promote the establishment of regional partnerships w ith adjacent mun icipalities and other governmental agencies focusing on commun ity planning, environmental, economic development and delivery of service issues . • • • Marquette Master Plan - 2003 73 �Neighborhoods should be designed to promote walkability and liveability Residents are committed to maintaining high-quality neighborhoods 74 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Viable and Liveable Neighborhoods Neighborhoods are the foundation of the community. Every neighborhood should have a well-maintained housing stock, connections to public facilities, be walkable, and possess its own sense of place and uniqueness. re • • • • • • • • • • • • • Obiectives 1. Promote housing policies, which favor investment in the maintenance of existing housing, and the continued stability of Marquette's residential neighborhoods. 2. Focus reinvestment activities, such as owner and rental occupied housing improvement loan and grants, in those neighborhoods, which show signs of incipient housing decline. 3. Utilize public infrastructure capital improvements as a means to leverage private reinvestment in neighborhood housing . 4. Ensure that zoning regulations allow for a diversity of housing types, densities and mixed uses, i.e. small lot single family, cluster housing, upper story apartments, live/ work units, and granny flats . 5. Encourage the designation and utilization of locally designated historic districts to promote historically appropriate exterior modifications . 6. Ensure that single-family residential zoning districts reflect the actual yard, dimension, and bulk requirements of the residential units and lots in order to avoid neighborhood-wide nonconformity. 7. Encourage a mix of housing types and price ranges including affordable, mid and high-end housing . 8. Encourage the establishment of active neighborhood associations . 9. Implement a citywide rental housing inspection program and work with landlords of substandard housing to improve the condition and quality of rental housing. 10. Consider the establishment of an exterior maintenance code enforcement program in neighborhoods exhibiting signs of housing decline . 11 . Coordinate efforts with Northern Michigan University to promote non-dormitory housing in walkable proximity to the campus . 12. Institute a long-term program to develop neighborhood specific walkability master plans where the City and neighborhood residents collaborate on the identification of programs and projects . 13 . Promote and encourage neighborhood public school facilities . 14. Provide for all season non-motorized connections (i .e. sidewalks, pathways, and trails) within each neighborhood to community and public facilities . 15. Encourage opportunities for the introduction of limited, neighborhood-based, retail uses in residential neighborhoods. 16. Encourage pedestrian scale neighborhoods with appropriate amenities such as pedestrian scale lighting, street trees, grass terraces, and street widths applying traffic calming principles and the Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE) guidelines . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 75 �Revitalization of their historic Downtown is a top priority for residents The Lower Harbor redevelopment project will help extend the Downtown 76 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies A Historic and Diverse 24-7 Downtown If a community were an organism then the downtown would be its heart. The health and pulse of the downtown is a direct reflection of the community. Downtown Marquette needs to strive to be a 24 hour 7 day a week downtown containing retail shops, dining, entertainment, offices, and residences. A strong downtown is a strong community. Obiectives 1. 2. t9 e e • • • Ensure that downtown remains the activity focal point of the community. Protect first floor building space from being converted to offices for professional and service firms . 3. Continue efforts to procure housing for the downtown. 4. Utilize the former Soo Line "roundhouse" property for a residential and mixed-use infill project with access to the downtown . 5. Encourage and recruit additional entertainment venues into the downtown . 6. Extend the downtown to the Lower Harbor redevelopment project with physical and economic connections along Baraga Avenue and Lakeshore Boulevard to a proposed hotel and conference center, and residential developments. 7. Redevelop underutilized surface parking areas for mixed-use infill projects. 8. Continue streetscape improvements west to McClellan Avenue. 9. Continue to provide funding programs that encourage the improvement of facades, signage, and exterior building elements . 10. Investigate the potential of designating the downtown as a National and Local historic district. 11 . Work with the organizations and business owners to encourage entrepreneurship (i .e. training, advertising methods, window displays, merchandize lighting) and provide business hours that meet the needs of consumer. 12 . Promote the development of a pedestrian scale downtown environment that functions well in all seasons. 13 . Utilize overlay zoning to protect and increase property values, encourage the appropriate renovation of historic buildings, and maintain a pedestrian quality to the downtown. 14. Keep City Hall, the Post Office, and other city, county, state and federal governmental offices in the downtown . 15. Improve downtown transit connections and establish a climate-responsive bus shelter in the downtown, to encourage all season utilization of transit as a viable transportation alternative . • • • ·• • Marquette Master Plan - 2003 n �This roundabout is an example of a new approach to help curb traffic congestion (Source: Portland Office of Transportation 2003) As this example depicts, roads should be designed to accommodate nonmotorized transportation (Source: Burden 2003) 78 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies An Efficient, Functional, and Connected Vehicular Transportation System The ability to move people, services, and goods to and within a community is paramount for its economic well-being . The community transportation system should be an efficient network of streets, functional in their design, and connected with each other. The transportation system should provide a reasonable level of service for vehicular traffic without impacting adjacent land uses . Streets need to be liveable. Obiectives 1. Review and revise citywide cross-section standards for each street type. These standards should apply to roadway construction and re-construction and result in the reduction of roadway pavement width, an increase of the terrace (zone between the curb and sidewalk) area, and employ traffic calming principles. 2. Extend McClellan Avenue to Wright Street. 3. Extend Seventh Street from US-41 to Washington Street. 4. Extend M-554 west into Marquette Township providing a future east-west connection between these municipalities. 5. Establish the Fair/ Kaye connection adjacent to Northern Michigan University and Marquette General Hospital. 6. Work with MOOT to realign the US-41 / Front Street intersection . 7. Establish Genesee Street as the intersection accessing the Lower Harbor area . 8. Boulevard with landscape medians portions of McClellan Avenue between US-41 and M-554 intersection . 9. Implement recommendations of the Transportation Framework Plan . 10. Implement a quality, creative, and comprehensive signage and wayfinding system for the community. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 79 �The above examples show how a walkable community can contribute to a high quality of life (Source: Burden 2003) 80 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies A Walkable Community Maintenance of quality of life is a key issue for the community. There is no better determinate and ingredient to maintain quality of life than carrying out a design to keep and expand the walkability of the City of Marquette. Walkability and Quality of Life are tightly linked . Marquette's future quality of life will be determined by minimizing the amount of time residents are in motorized traffic, minimizing crossing widths of principle streets, and provisions for active living patterns accentuating walking and bicycling for all ages. Obiectives 1. Roads should be kept small and well linked . 2. Evaluate land uses practices to ensure that they do not generate more and longer trips, or reduce and compress trips. 3. Land use and sustainable development are regional issues, which affect Marquette's quality of life. Close communication and coordination of planning are needed to prevent the improper sizing and placement of schools, libraries, parks and big box retail, which will add to increase traffic trips and congestion . 4. There must be a balance between the quality of life associated with a Winter City and snow removal. Marquette needs to become the North American leader in progressive snow management/removal practices, and balance the needs of the automobile with those of pedestrians in the winter season . 5. As residents age there is a need for quality affordable and appropriately designed housing in a choice of central locations in the community where walking, not driving is the preferred mode of transportation . 6. The City needs to evaluate its parking practices and requ irements . Off-street parking must be minimized in order to achieve proper infill, mixed use, compact housing, and a w alkable community. 7. All season connections and linkages between neighborhoods and community facilities are needed to increase the ease, safety, and convenience of walking and bicycling . 8. Implement recommendations outl ined in the Walkable Communities element of the Master Plan . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 81 �Marquette is encouraging the development of new "clean industries" The City is encouraging the reuse of abandoned facilities 82 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies • • • • • • • Economic Diversity: A Family Sustainable Workplace A job opportunity for all age groups is important to foster a community quality of life . Without a full spectrum of job opportunities certain segments of the population will depart the community and in doing so affect the overall quality of life. Likewise, the absence of job opportunities will impair the recruitment of new families to the community. Therefore, familysustainable jobs are important to the community's future . Obiectives 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Encourage business development, which provides for a diversity of employment opportunities and a living wage. The shift from a natural resource extraction based economy (i .e. mining and lumber) to a service economy (education and medical services) has created a more stable economic environment for the City. The City and the Marquette region should embrace a strategy of developing a professional based service economy including the medical, higher education, and allied professions . Util ize the community's telecommunications infrastructure, university, medical and natural assets to recruit non-service sector businesses such as telecommunications, internet, software development, pharmaceutical and biotechnology research in the Iron Bay Business Park . Nationwide as the population ages, younger retirees are seeking locations possessing tertiary medical facilities , educational and cultural oppo_rtunities, and a quality environment. The City should position itself to recruit this mobile and higher-income population segment. · Continue redevelopment efforts of the Lower Harbor, former Orphanage property, and other brownfield and greyfield sites as mixed-use projects. Promote all season eco-tourism, sport tourism, and heritage tourism as a way to increase the awareness of our natural surroundings and also to develop the Marquette economy. Establish programs, which promote the retention and growth of existing businesses . Work with the Lake Superior Community Partnership to foster economic development opportunities in the City and greater Marquette area. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 83 �The City is developing regulations to protect sensitive natural resources Residents feel strongly about protecting their natural resources 84 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Living and Designing with Nature - A defining attribute of Marquette is its rugged natural beauty and its distinctive, four season climate . In combination, Lake Superior, the watersheds and their tributaries, woodlands, and varied topography frame the community and give it an undeniable appeal. Living with nature and the ability to accommodate new growth in the community while respecting the natural heritage and climatic factors of the region is extremely important for future generations and Marquette's quality of life . Obiectives 1. 2. Recognize Lake Superior as Marquette's premiere focal point. Ensure that appropriate standards and regulations are incorporated into the City Zoning Ordinance that encourage quality land and site design with appropriate considerations for winter. 3. Establish regulations, which will encourage the sensitive development of properties within the South McClellan Avenue and Marquette Mountain area . 4. Enact regulations, which manage storm water runoff and protect the water quality of Marquette's watersheds and tributaries . 5. Adopt watershed overlay zoning provisions for the Whetstone Brook, Orianna Creek, Dead River, and Carp River watersheds. 6. Promote a compact urban development pattern by redeveloping and remediating known brownfield properties within the City with tax revenue producing projects. 7. Develop a community wide greenways system, in cooperation with other organizations and agencies, which incorporates community parks and open space, the lakefront, mountain bike trails, and other pathways. 8. Expand the urban forestry restoration program to plant more trees within the City, with emphasis on native trees and shrub species to increase the amount of winter greenery in the City. 9. Encourage landscaping treatments which improve winter micro-climatic conditions and reduce wind chill 10. Establish night-sky regulations to manage evening outdoor light pollution . 11. Promote environmental stewardship with a partnership between the City and its citizens . Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 85 �The lake Superior shoreline is particularly important to residents Many residents are concerned about increasing traffic congestion Marquette's many historic homes are in need of protection 86 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies • • • COMMUNITY VISIONING RESULTS Marquette's community development department sponsored four Community Visioning workshops over a period of three days. Consultants, Beckett & Raeder, facilitated the workshops, which were open to the general public and held at the Community Forum in the Lakeview Arena . Participants were divided into groups of 4-5 and asked to participate in a series of brainstorming exercises that focused on four primary questions: • Where are we now? • Where are we going? • Where do we want to be? And • How are we going to get there? These exercises helped residents to identify issues confronting their community and generate ideas for the future direction of the city. Where are We Now? Participants were asked to think about the "current state of affairs" in Marquette from two different angles: 1) Assessing Marquette's assets and weaknesses, 2) Defining issues and concerns about living in Marquette today. Overwhelmingly, participants noted Marquette's natural resources and recreational opportunities as top assets of the community. The forests, Lake Superior and its shoreline, rivers and streams, the bike path, and other recreational opportunities were all identified as important community assets. The small town atmosphere and friendly people were also often noted as assets about living in Marquette. Even as most participants felt that Marquette has a high quality of life, they feel the city lacks diverse and "high quality" employment opportunities. Many feel this is a deterrent for young people remaining in Marquette. Other issues that came out as top liabilities include the traffic and retail sprawl around the city. These two issues were often linked, as one table put it "many dangerous roads around retail sprawl" . Many felt Marquette has too much traffic congestion for a city of its size. Several issues had both a positive and negative element associated with them . For example, participants are proud of the bikepath running along the waterfront streets, but would like to see better connectivity into the neighborhoods and beyond . Also, participants identified the historic architecture and use of sandstone as an indigenous building material, but are concerned that a lack of historic preservation might mean a loss of these assets in the future . Similarly, participants are proud of the city's neighborhoods and housing stock, but identified a lack of affordable housing and diverse housing in the city as a weakness . ~ Northern Michigan University is another example, where participants noted the school as an asset for the cultural events that it brings to the comm unity. However, many noted some effects of the school as liabilities, such as student housing and traffic encroaching into neighborhoods. Many also noted the abundance of tax-exempt property owned by the university as a key concern for the city 's future budget. While still considering the question " Where are we now?" , participants were asked to identify the most pressing issues and concerns that Marquette is facing . Those identified as the top issues focus around three categories: Neighborhood Issues, Development Issues and Jobs/Quality of Life Issues. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 87 �~ ~ ,.........___ /1 ~ r Small groups work together to generate ideas regarding Marquette's future ,--..__ ,- ,--..__ ,...._ Participants in the Community Visioning Sessions share their ideas 88 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Neighborhood Issues: Preserving neighborhood quality is a high priority for residents, particularly as it relates to the encroachment of student housing into residential areas. Participants felt these rental houses are not well-maintained and that students disrespect their neighbors with late night noise and other "rowdy" behavior. Other neighborhood issues included parking on lawns and sidewalks, and the lack of sidewalk snow removal. Other groups pointed out the need for historic preservation of the housing stock in neighborhoods. Development Issues: Participants identified Downtown and the adjacent waterfront as a key development priority. Protection of the Lake Superior shoreline was also a critical issue according to some. Others would like to see retail development along the shoreline, while maintaining public access to the waterfront. A "livable" and "walkable" Downtown was identified as an important element in any future development of the downtown . Some groups identified specific land areas and their concern for how these will be developed or preserved . These areas included the Carp River Valley (The Bishop Trust land), and the south rail yard along the lakefront. Tax-exempt property, such as the university and hospital, was identified as an important concern, especially because these institutions are not contributing taxes to city services. Jobs/Quality of Life: Schools, jobs, and maintaining a high-quality environment were all identified as important concerns for the future quality of life in Marquette . Many noted the lack of employment opportunities and "family-sustaining" jobs and how these deficiencies may be related to the loss of young people . Others expressed concern that the future closing of the mine in Ishpeming will have a ripple effect on Marquette's economy and job base. • • • • • ~ ~ ~ Declining enrollment in schools and the budget cuts were of great concern to many participants . Many were concerned about the resulting loss of neighborhood schools and the elimination of programs in schools. They fear this w ill mean a loss of academic quality. Other comments not related to the above broad issues include the following : • Loss of forest land • Traffic congestion - • The need for a positive business environment astute traffic planning needed • Financial equity issues • Adequate funding for city services • "Big Box " replacing small businesses • Signage and visual landscape consistency ~ Marquette Master Plan - 2003 89 �Residents are fearful that "sprawl" along U.S.41 will continue to worsen "Big-box" retailers threathen the viability of Marquette's Downtown Residents want to see historical buildings reused, not demolished 90 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Where are We Going? After reviewing a list of trends specific to Marquette, participants were asked to imagine probable scenarios of what Marquette will look like in 10 to 15 years if these trends continue. Discussions were focused around five topics: Recreation/ Cultural Activities, Development, Transportation and Walkability, Neighborhoods and Housing Types, and Employment and Job Opportunities. These discussions produced some gloomy possible scenarios. As one group put it, Marquette would have a "lack of neighborhood services, decreased walkability, increased traffic, no neighborhood stores, and no neighborhood schools ." Many participants pointed out that they feel the City has measures in place to prevent some of these negative outcomes. At the same time, participants recognized that these "pressing issues" need to be confronted before they become problems. Issues participants noted included the following: Recreation I Cultural Activities • Increased demand for "senior" services and activities Decline in city services because of decreased tax base Snowmobile "hell" • Development: Where, Type & Quality • Linear retail sprawl out of city • • • • • • • • • • Destruction of "sense of place" • Too many franchised businesses - money leaves the city • Abandoned downtown (or overabundance of real estate agencies) • People moving to townships • Institutions gobbling up more and more taxable property • Development of The Bishop Trust land into ¼ acre lots with no access • Degradation of woodlands Transportation and Walkability • Uncontrolled traffic patterns • • Too great of a reliance on personal automobiles; not enough utilization of public transportation Continued traffic problems related to NMU/MGH and Marquette High School • Increase in bad drivers due to the aging factor Neighborhoods and Housing Types • Continued school decline and perhaps falling quality • Affordable housing becomes less and less available • Loss of historic buildings • Upscale developments and less emphasis on mid-level housing • Further deterioration of housing stock • Continued erosion of neighborhood businesses Employment and Job Opportunities • Loss of opportunity for young people • Predominance on non-career type employment • Domino effect from mine closing Marquette Master Plan - 2003 91 �Table 6. 1: Summary of "Preferred Futures" at each Visioning Session March 4th, 7 p.m. . . . ... . . . . Cluster development with site plan review Mixed-use neighborhoods Recreational opportunities that do not have negative impact on natural resources Youth hostels for campers, hikers, ski tourinq Greater housing for elderly with various levels of assistance Great job oooortunities for youth Re-develop downtown with full occupancy and vibrancy Stronqer role of city in new development Retention of historic architecture Develop community center on South rail yard March 5th, 2 p.m. . . . . . . . . Walkable and livable and user friendly community Connect non-motorized trails to provide a "walkable" city Diverse economy with a diverse population Vibrant downtown all day/niqht for tourists and local Preserve historic nature of city - city with personality Regional planning cooperation Like to see meaningful regional planning and zoning Maintain/expand healthy neiqhborhoods March 5th, 7 p.m. . . . . . . . . Vibrant downtown - retail, restaurants, entertainment, housing availability, pedestrian friendly, adequate parking Increased recreation based economy Adequate taxes for needed services More manufacturing Home base for high tech jobs Capitalize on unique assets (i.e. seasons, environment, history) Annex Chocolay, Marquette Townships Retain Presque Isle's uniqueness March 6th, 9 a.m . . . . . . . More residents living downtown, encourage non-motorized traffic, interconnect town and townships with bike paths, ski paths, hiking paths Maintain historic properties Retain high technoloqy jobs - hiqh waqes Middle income housing in downtown area - affordable Adequate traffic plan Environment-friendly way of life 92 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies • -• --- Where Do We Want To Be? In this exercise participants articulated a vision of where the community should be in the next 10 or 15 years (See Table 6.1 ). These "preferred" scenarios were developed to show what Marquette could become if citizens and government actively respond to current trends. Those ideas that received the top "votes" are summarized into the follow scenarios: A vibrant downtown that makes use of the waterfront, promotes its historic quality, and offers a variety of retail, restaurants, and housing. Almost every group within each session commented that they would like to see a more enlivened downtown. Some groups had specific ideas, such as developing a community center on the south rail yard or creating a "commons" area . In addition to a variety of retail, entertainment and restaurants downtown, many would like to see residences and a more pedestrian-friendly environment. Several groups noted the need for historic preservation to maintain a "city with character." A recreation-based economy focusing on non-polluting forms of recreation. One group identified Marquette as a "quality winter experience." By capitalizing on this and the abundant natural resources in close proximity, Marquette could become a popular destination for outdoor recreation . According to many groups, they would like to see a focus on recreation-related economic development. Some envisioned youth hostels for hikers and more amenities for ski touring . Many groups wanted to see more of an emphasis on recreational opportunities that do not have a negative impact on natural resources and want to see Presque Isle retain its unique character. A more diverse economy including high tech, medical tech, and manufacturing jobs. Many identified the need for retaining and encouraging high-quality jobs and high wages as key components of a successful future for Marquette. Some groups would like to see more medical technology jobs; some would like to see more manufacturing jobs; and some groups envisioned high-tech, home-based jobs. The common component of all of the comments related to jobs is a greater emphasis on diversity. Diverse housing opportunities and well-maintained, healthy neighborhoods. Diversity in housing was also envisioned by many groups at the visioning sessions. "Neighborhoods will be reclaimed for single-family housing", wrote one group. Others called for more mixed-use neighborhoods, allowing for a variety of housing types as well as neighborhood retail. Another group identified the need for elderly housing with various levels of assistance. In order to protect open space, some groups would like to see more cluster development in outlying areas. Other groups emphasized affordability as a critical component to future housing projects. Connecting the great neighborhoods and vibrant downtown with trails and greenways leading to recreational opportunities and outlying areas. As one group put it, "we want a walkable, livable and user-friendly community" . Many groups identified the expansion of the bike path to create a network of trails to interconnect with neighborhoods, Downtown, and the surrounding townships. Many groups also mentioned a greater variety of ski paths and hiking paths are needed . A Greater Role for City Government. Many comments indicated a greater role for city government, including greater regional planning, site plan review, and a stronger role in new development. Many also saw a need for the city to have adequate taxes in place to fund needed services. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 93 �Residents are encouraged to voice their ideas at a public session Maps relating to the new Master Plan are posted for public display 94 . �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies • • • • • • • • • • • • How Do We Get There? Participants identified short-term strategies and actions intended to move the community in the direction of its "preferred" scenarios. The following is a list of some of the strategies: • Exchange ideas with, and learn from, other cities (Duluth, other winter cities, sister cities). • Create a historic district in the downtown and provide incentives for historic preservation. • Provide incentives for affordable housing . • Greater focus on environmental quality in the planning process . • Develop a bluff and slope ordinance for protection of these resources . • Greater oversight of new development to address walkability, livability goals. • Involve college students in the planning process and on city committees. • Seek active involvement by institutions: NMU and MGH. • Seek contributions for city services from these institutions. • Greater area-wide coordination (with Townships). • Annex Marquette and Chocolay Townships. • Establish a city income tax and use tax for non-residents. • Establish a rental code inspection and enforcement program . • Develop a uniform signage system . • Coordinate trail organizations and seek grant money to expand trails. • Recruit businesses by promoting high quality of life • Provide a program for paid services - such as handyman, grocery service, mowing, snow removal - for aging residents . This would provide jobs while helping aging population . • Incorporate ideas from traffic consultants • Use sensors at traffic lights Marquette Master Plan - 2003 95 �Students love Presque Isle Park, but do not like the pool Students were divided on their opinion of the "big-box" retail. Some like shopping at Wal-Mart, others said they dont' like the look of this area and feel unsafe crossing the street. The beach was a favorite spot for many of the student participants Most students indicated they don't like the Downtown because there is nothing to do. They also don't like the Lower Harbor buildings. 8 Figure 6. 1: Areas enjoyed and disliked by local students 96 The bypass was indicated as being unsafe and in need of a better bike path. �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies STUDENT WORKSHOP RESULTS A major challenge for Marquette is to retain its young people. Upon completing high school, many young adults leave for college and often don't return to settle in Marquette. Therefore, during a special Community Visioning session, student council members at Marquette Senior High School were asked their opinions about the city and what would make them stay. We also challenged them, as the next generation of decision-makers, to think of how they would plan for the future of their community. Students identified their likes and dislikes in two ways: first, by generating lists of "pros" and "con '.," about living in Marquette; and second, by indicating on a community map the places they like best and the least in the city (See Figure 6.1). Comments receiving the most votes are as follows : Pros: • Presque Isle Park • Bike paths • Ski hill in our town • All the new soccer fields Friendly • Golf course • PEIF and YMCA • "Lots to do in the summer " • East side neighborhoods • Dome • Old fashion downtown . Cons: • Over-developing and deforestation • • Shopping is very limited • Lack of good restaurants • • • • • • Businesses not reusing vacant bu ildings • • • • • • • Lack of Arcades and mini-golf Expansion on U.S. 41 Lack of activit ies: (roller rink/ laser tag) Cross walks needed by Target/Wal-Mart Broken down buildings on shoreline Big businesses (example: Starbuck's) coming in and replacing small businesses Too many cars Need more trees in neighborhoods Imagining a Future Marquette In small groups, students discussed the kind of community they would like to live in as an adult, perhaps ten to twenty years from now. Responding to the following questions: • Where would people live? • Where would people work? • Where would you shop? • On your day off, where would you go and what would you do? • How would you get to, work, shopping areas, and other fun places? • How would the air, water, and environment be kept clean? • What makes this "ideal" Marquette better than other places to live? Where would people live? Many of the students envisioned a greater amount of affordable housing in Marquette. Some specified where this affordable housing should be located, including " by the water ", on the east side and downtown . Students said they did not understand the purpose of building new housing before improving existing houses . "Improve existing houses and preserve trees in neighborhoods" as one group put it. Another group identified that people should live in town instead of the tearing down more woodlands. Some mentioned people will live in new subdivisions such as Oak Hills Estates . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 97 �Student Council members were included in a special community visioning session Students share their ideas about Marquette's future 98 , I �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Where would people work? In general, students envisioned a greater variety of employment opportunities. Currently, they see the hospital as one of the few employment options available in Marquette. Some would like to see more environmentally-related jobs and more jobs in recreation. Many imagine more opportunities for entrepreneurs to open small businesses and doctors with their own practices. Other ideas included more technology and medical jobs, more union jobs, and an expanded mall that would provide new employment opportunities . Where would people shop? Some students suggested bringing more new stores downtown in order to attract more people. Most of the groups suggested an expanded mall for better shopping . Again, students questioned the need for new buildings instead of renovating existing structures and preserving trees. According to some students, a bigger mall here in Marquette would mean fewer trips to Green Bay, Wisconsin . The types of stores that the students would like to see include: • Sports stores such as Foot Locker and Eastbay • A Roller rink • Gift stores such as Pier One • Clothing stores such as the Gap, J. Crew, and Victoria's Secret • Huge department stores and a food court What would you do on your days off? While a few indoor pursuits were suggested, such as more restaurants and concerts, most ideas for entertainment came in the form of outdoor recreation . Students imagined residents and tourists engaging in a wide range of outdoor activities, including the following: • Water ski • • • • • • • • Swimming • Snowmobile • Sledding • Roller-blading • Camping • Boating • A Water park • Downhill skiing • • Bike rides (Marquette Mountain, back trails) Cross-country skiing How would people get to work, play? Though many students recognized the car as something here to stay, they imagine a wide range of other transportation in the future. One idea included an elaborate network of trails to be used only for roller-blading . Other groups suggested trains as a means of mass transit to and from the downtown, the university, the hospital, and neighborhoods. Most students said they do not image a bus system as a means of mass transit because they have a negative association with the current bus system . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 99 �,1 \ Students worked in small groups and presented their ideas to the class 100 �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies How would you ensure the natural environment is protected? Most students recommended a program for keeping the environment non-polluted and scenic, though they suggested different methods for implementing this vision. Some suggested hiring more city workers to keep things clean; others suggested using local prison inmates to do the work; and another group suggested volunteer labor by setting up programs to adopt-a-beach, adopt-a-highway, adopt-a-park, etc. Some groups envisioned better scenery with fewer gas stations and more bikes and roller blades than cars. What makes Marquette Unique? When asked what makes their future Marquette unique, they responded as follows : • Roller rink • Water park • Arcade • More beaches • • More things to do, but still relatively small, close community, 'more involvement from people Safe place to live/raise kids • Scenery / environment • Cleaner, more to do • Its location on Lake Superior, lots of trees, lots of fresh water, secluded, diverse • Lots of churches/ religions Other Ideas Students gave some final suggestions to improve the city. These included more cultural events and festivals. They would like to see more summer festivals, and a winter fest in association with NMU . Other ideas for improvement include keeping snowmobiles out of town, cleaning Shiras pool, and building a youth center. • • • Marquette Master Plan - 2003 101 �Table 6.2: Written Responses to Community-Related Questions Community-Related Questions SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % 190 43% 177 40% 45 10% 31 7% 169 38% 151 34% 80 18% 45 10% 187 42% 154 35% 47 11% 56 13% 283 64% 92 21% 32 7% 33 8% 341 76% 72 16% 17 4% 20 4% 245 56% 125 28% 38 9% 33 7% 196 45% 170 39% 46 11% 21 5% + 372 86% - 52 12% BOTH 9 2% YES 336 82% NO 73 18% BOTH 1 0% Marquette needs to improve its sense of community? Marquette should provide additional recreation opportunities within the City? Marquette should provide additional cultural opportunities within the City7 Marquette should enact local regulations, which result in quality land development? Marquette should maintain the historic aooearance of our buildinos? Should the City work with adjoining communities to share the cost of commonly used services (e .g. Police, fire, parks) and facilities? Should the City be more aggressive in designing improvements into its reconstruction projects for elderly and physically impaired individuals? Is Winter a positive or negative attribute to living in the community? Do you feel the makeup of the community is changing? Table 6.3: Written Responses to Neighborhood-Related Questions Neighborhood-Related Questions If you had an opportunity to move to another neighborhood in the City, would you? YES NO Responses % Responses % 102 24% 325 76% AGREE Should the City make allowances for limited retail uses in residential neighborhoods such as markets, cafes, etc.? Neighborhoods should have sidewalks and pathways for all age groups? SOMEWHAT AGREE DISAGREE Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % 179 41% 128 29% 49 11% 84 19% 284 64% 100 23% 33 7% 26 6% NOT IMPORTANT How important are neighborhood concerns when impacted by institutional expansion? SOMEWHAT DISAGREE SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT VERY IMPORTANT Responses % Responses % Responses % 16 4% 115 26% 306 70% 102 I �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies WRITTEN SURVEY RESULTS 459 respondents completed a written survey containing 40 questions relating to the City of Marquette Master Plan. The survey was broken into sections focusing on issues such as community, neighborhoods, transportation, economic development, housing, and the environment (for a copy of the full survey, please see Appendix C). The following tables show a summary of the survey results in addition to some representative comments submitted by the respondents. Community Responses to a series of questions relating to the Marquette community are presented in Table 6.2. These responses show that the respondents care deeply about their community and seek to improve it through increased recreational and cultural opportunities, careful choices regarding land use, and a commitment to furthering their sense of community. When queried about items within the community that they find visually displeasing, some common themes could be found centered on the following issues: • Industrial areas (smoke stacks, vacant buildings, unused ore docks and rails, etc.) • • • • • Vacancies in the Downtown business district Low quality or poorly maintained housing, particularly focusing on student rental houses Sprawl development occurring along U.S.41 The vacancy of the Old Orphanage building (respondents would l_ike to see it reused, not torn down) Lack of landscaping such as street trees, adequate lighting, etc. Neighborhoods Residents are generally happy with their neighborhoods, as evidenced by the 76% of respondents who said they would not move to another neighborhood in the City if given the opportunity (See Table 6.3). Consistent with their desire to have a "walkable" city, 87% of respondents agreed or somewhat agreed that neighborhoods should include universally accessible sidewalks and pathways . Finally, respondents are cautious about how their neighborhoods might be impacted by expansions from either the University or the Hospital. Only 4% responded that neighborhood concerns were "not important" when impacted by this institutional expansion . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 103 �Table 6.4: Written Responses to Transportation-Related Questions Transportation-Related Questions Marquette should provide for more northsouth street connections? Marquette should provide for more east-west street connections J Marquette should provide various nonmotorized modes of transportation such as sidewalks, pathways, and bike paths? SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % 123 29% 108 26% 80 19% 107 26% 101 25% 111 27% 91 22% 108 26% 311 71% 89 20% 18 4% 19 4% Table 6.5: Written Responses to Economic Development Quest ions Economic Development Questions AGREE SOMEWHAT AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % The City should seek to expand the tax base through commercial, office, and industrial development? 207 49% 135 32% 38 9% 46 11% Should the City promote the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor? 241 56% 107 25% 32 7% 54 12% EXISTING Should local economic development efforts primarily pursue new business or the expansion of existinq businesses? NEW BOTH Responses % Responses % Responses % 136 34% 183 45% 85 21% YES NO BOTH Responses % Responses % Is Downtown shopping important to you? 334 77% 98 23% Should economic development be a local qovernment priority? 338 79% 85 20% Responses % 3 1% Tab le 6.6: Written Responses to Housing-Related Quest ions Housing-Related Questions AGRE E SOMEWHAT AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGR EE DISAGR EE Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % Should the City enact a rental housing inspection program? 208 51% 109 27% 43 11% 49 12% Is it important for the City to encourage residential development that preserves open space? 286 69% 82 20% 31 7% 16 4% YES NO Responses \ Is student hous1nq a problem in Marquette? % I 53% 180 $75 ,000 - 100,000 Marquette needs more of what price level of housinq? Responses \ 162 % \ 47% $100,000 5150,000 5150,000 5225,000 OVER 5225,000 Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % 215 66% 87 27% 17 5% 6 2% 104 I �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Transportation Responses to transportation-related questions are presented in Table 6.4. While the responses regarding the addition of new north-south or east-west connections are fairly evenly divided, respondents clearly value connections for non-motorized transportation such as biking and walking . 91 % of respondents either "agreed" or "somewhat agreed" that the City should provide sidewalks, pathways, and bike paths to accommodate these modes of transportation . Respondents also had a number of write-in comments that involved various traffic complaints. In general residents are frustrated with the increased traffic and congestion resulting from the U.S. 41 corridor, in addition to smaller traffic infractions within the city. Economics Responses to economic development questions show that residents are generally in favor of new development within the City (See Table 6.5). Most support the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor and express a desire to retain Downtown shopping . What is not shown by these statistics, but is clear from the write-in survey comments, is that although residents acknowledge the need for new development, they are wary about how this development will take place . Comments show support for infill development or reuse of existing buildings in an attempt to protect existing natural resources and to slow the sprawl development along U.S.41 . The aesthetics of these businesses are also important to a community that prides itself on its rich history and the maintenance of these historical buildings throughout the city. Housing Housing, particularly as it relates to student housing, is a key issue for Marquette residents . Table 6.6 shows the responses to a series of questions related to housing within the Community. While respondents were somewhat divided on the question of whether or not student housing was a problem, a large majority (78%) did "agree" or "somewhat agree" that a rental housing inspection program should be enacted. Responses on the price level of housing show that a majority (66%) of people feel that housing below $100,00 is needed . This desire for more affordable housing was also evident in the number of write-in comments that even expressed a need for housing below $75,000 . • • • Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 105 �Tab le 6.7: Written Responses to Enviro nmental Questions Environment-related questions SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % Watersheds are large drainage areas, which empty into our streams, creeks, and eventually Lake Superior Is the City doing enough to protect the water quality in the Dead River, Whetstone, Orianna, and Carp River watersheds? 96 25% 138 36% 65 17% 81 21% Are you in favor of enacting regulations, which protect Marquette's sensitive resources such as wetlands, steep slopes, streams, and creeks, which may limit private property rights, 243 58% 79 19% 38 9% 59 14% YES Is the City doing enough to protect our environment? NO Responses % Responses % 178 48% 195 52% NOT IMPORTANT How important is the preservation and public access along Lake Superior to you? SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT VERY IMPORTANT Responses % Responses % Responses % 5 1% 45 11% 372 88% If', 106 I �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies • Environment Respondents were almost equally divided in their opinions as to whether or not the City is doing enough to protect Marquette's environment (See Table 6.7). They are clear, however, in the value they place on such resources. 88% of respondents felt that preservation and public access along Lake Superior was "very important" . 76% also "agreed" or "somewhat agreed" that regulations, promulgated by the City, protecting Marquette's sensitive ecological resources should be enacted . • • • • • • • • • • • • ..,. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 107 �Table 6.8: Telephone Responses to Commun ity-Related Questions Community-related questions SO M EWHAT AGR EE AGREE SO MEWHAT DISAGR EE DIS AGR EE DON'T KNOW Responses % Responses % Resoonses % Responses % Resoonses % Marquette needs to improve ,ts sense of communityJ 123 32% 53 14% 50 13% 124 33% 30 8% Marquette should provide add1t1onal recreation opportunities within the CIty J 188 49% 39 10% 29 8% 111 29% 13 3% Marquette should provide add1t1onal cultural opportunities w1th1n the C,ty? 214 56% 54 14% 13 3% 84 22% 15 4% Marquette should enact local regulations, which result In quality land developmentJ 206 54% 44 12% 19 5% 63 17% 48 13% Marquette should ma,nta,n the historic appearance of our bu1ld1ngsJ 324 85% 26 7% 4 1% 22 6% 4 1% 256 67% 41 11% 13 3% 44 12% 26 7% 206 54% 51 13% 21 6% 65 17% 37 10% + 304 80% - 76 20% YES 230 61% NO 150 39% Should the City work with adJ01ning commun,t,es to share the cost of commonly used services (e g Pol,ce, fire, parks) and faciht,es' Should the City be more aggressive ,n designing improvements into I1s reconstruction proJects for elderly and phys,cally impaired 1nd1v1duals' Is Winter a pos11,ve or negative attribute to hv1ng In the community' Do you feel the makeup of the community ,s changing' Table 6.9: Telephone Responses to Ne ighborhood-Related Questions Neighborhood-Related Questions If you had an opportunity to move to another neighborhood ,n the City, would you' YES NO Responses % Resoonses % 91 24% 289 76% AGR EE SOMEWHAT AGREE SO MEWHAT DISAGREE DI SAGR EE DON'T KNOW Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % Should the City make allowances for hm,ted retail uses ,n res1dent1al neighborhoods such as markets, cafes, etc.' 183 48% 47 12% 27 7% 106 28% 17 4% Neighborhoods should have sidewalks and pathways for all age groups' 314 83% 22 6% 10 3% 30 8% 4 1% NOT IMPORTANT How important are neighborhood concerns r,,hen impacted by inst,tut,onal expansion' SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT VERY IMPORTANT Responses % Responses % Responses % 36 9% 149 39% 195 51% Table 6. 10: Telephone Responses to Transportation -Related Questions Transportation-related Questions SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE DON'T KNOW Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % Marquette should provide for more northsouth street connections? 142 37% 18 5% 35 9% 143 38% 42 11% Marquette should provide for more east-west street connections' 108 28% 23 6% 36 9% 166 44% 47 12% Marquette should provide various nonmotorized modes of transportation such as sidewalks, pathways, and bike paths' 271 71% 24 6% 12 3% 64 17% 9 2% 108 I �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies TELEPHONE SURVEY RESULTS • • • • • • • • • • • ••- In addition to the Community Visioning sessions and the written survey, a telephone survey of 380 residents was conducted . This survey selected statistically random residents and has a 95% confidence rating . The same questions that were presented in the written survey were asked during the telephone interview. Again, the results are broken into sections focusing on issues such as community, neighborhoods, transportation, economic development, housing, and the environment. The following tables show a summary of the survey results . Community Table 6.8 shows the responses related to community-focused questions. The respondents to the telephone interviews felt less strongly that Marquette needs to improve its sense of community. The majority of interviewees did, however, "agree" or "somewhat agree" that the City should provide additional recreational and cultural resources. Similar to the written survey results, an overwhelming majority (85%) "agreed" that Marquette needs to protect the historic appearance of its buildings . Neighborhood The results of the telephone interviews were consistent with those of the written surveys (See Table 6.9). The same percentage (76%) of residents would not move to another neighborhood in the City if given the opportunity. They also strongly supported the goal of increasing the walkability of Marquette by ensuring all residents could access pedestrian pathways. Finally, interviewees reiterated the community's desire to promote neighborhood concerns when faced with institutional expansion . Only 9% responded that neighborhood concerns were "not important" when impacted by these changes . Transportation The telephone responses to questions related to transportation are less clear-cut than some of the other topics investigated (See Table 6.10). Generally, respondents were divided as to whether or not additional street connections should be added. When asked about pathways for non-motorized modes of transportation such as walking and biking, 77% of respondents did "agree" or "somewhat agree" that these connections should be supported . The lack of consensus regarding transportation issues may be related to the method in which the data was collected . In the written survey, respondents were free to write-in additional comments expressing their specific concerns or ideas . This type of unstructured data collection is not easily done during a te lephone interview. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 109 �Table 6. 11: Telephone Responses to Economic Questions Economic Development Questions SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE DON'T KNOW Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % Responses % The City should seek to expand the tax base through commercial. off,ce, and industrial developmenti 217 57% 46 12% 13 3% 70 18% 34 9% Should the C 1ty promote the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor? 255 67% 38 10% 14 4% 56 15% 17 4% EXISTING NEW Responses % Responses % 142 37% 238 63% Responses % Responses % Is Downtown shopping important to you i 213 56% 167 44% Should econom,c development be a local oovernment prioritvi 335 88% 45 12% Should local economic development efforts primarily pursue new business or the expansion of ex1st1no businesses? YES NO Table 6.12: Telephone Responses to Housing-Related Questions Housing-Related Questions AGREE SOMEWHAT AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE DON'T KNOW Responses % Responses % Responses 'lo Responses % Responses % Should the C 1ty enact a rental housing 1nspecuon program? 236 62% 22 6% 15 4% 91 24% 16 4% Is 1t important for the City to encourage residenbal development that preserves open space; 322 85% 27 7% 5 1% 19 5% 7 2% Less than S7S,000 S7S,00O - 100,000 Responses Marquette needs more of what price level of housing i jtl I % Responses I :J% 21J I S100,000 S150,000 % Responses 124 % Responses i 20% 75 YES Is student hous,nq a problem 1n Marquette; I Responses 155% S150,000 S225,000 OVER S225,000 DON 'T KNOW I% Responses I% Responses 13% 4 I'% 47 l'.l I 10 0 i 12% NO I % I 33% Responses 256 I % I 67% Table 6. 13: Telephone Responses to Environmental Questions Environment-Related Questions AGREE SOMEWHAT AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE DON'T KNOW Resoonses % Responses % Responses % Resoonses % Responses % Is the City doing enough to protect the water quality 1n the Dead River, Whetstone, Orianna, and Carp River watershedsi 135 36% 36 9% 25 7% 104 27% 80 21% Are you 1n favor of enacting regulations, which protect Marquette's sens1t1ve resources such as ~etlands, steep slopes, streams, and creeks, ~h1ch may hm1t private property riqhtsi 266 7')% 33 9% 10 1% 49 13% 22 6% YES Responses Is the City doing enough to protect our environmenti 224 NO I % 159% NOT IMPORTANT How important 1s the preservation and public access along Lake Superior to youi Responses 156 I % 141% SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT VERY IMPORTANT Responses % Responses % 8 2% 46 12° 110 10 Resoonses % 326 86% �Chapter Six - Public Participation Strategies Economics Results of economic-related responses are given in Table 6. 11 . Similar to the responses given during the written survey, telephone respondents generally support new development within the City. A majority (77%) of interviewees either "agreed" or " somewhat agreed" that the city should continue its effort to redevelop the Lower Harbor. When queried about their desire to patronize Downtown shopping, respondents were more evenly divided than the participants in either the Community Visioning sessions or the written surveys . In the case of the telephone respondents, only 56% agreed that Downtown shopping was important to them, as opposed to the 77% of written survey respondents who felt it was important. e Housing The responses to housing-related questions (See Table 6.12) show that respondents to the telephone survey appeared to be less concerned about the effects that student housing is having on their neighborhoods. While this was a highly discussed issue during the other public participation forums, only 33% of telephone respondents felt student housing was a problem in Marquette . A majority (68%) of respondents did, however, either "agree" or "somewhat agree " to the need for a City rental housing inspection program . Consistent with the other data collected, residents feel a need for more affordable housing within Marquette. Of the telephone respondents, a majority (64% ) felt that housing under $100,000 was needed . Environment Telephone respondents were divided in their opinions as to whether or not the City is doing enough to protect Marquette's environment (See Table 6.13) As has been the case in every public participation forum, however, residents are clear about their desire to protect Marquette 's natural resources . Telephone respondents were highly in favor of enacting regulations to protect sensitive ecological resources and felt strongly that preservation of the Lake Superior shoreline was critical. CONCLUSION e The results from all the methods of public participation heavily influenced the recommendations made throughout this document. By using the community's input to determine the critical issues facing Marquette today, the Master Plan better reflects the goals and desires of local Marquette residents. This input, in conjunction with expert opinions from Dan Burden, Walter Kulash, and a variety of industry sources, served as critical input to the analyses and strategies outlined throughout the following chapters . • • • • _, Marquette Master Plan - 2003 111 �COMMUNITY INPUT: What type of job opportunities are missing in the Marquette area? "We need to have higher paying jobs in the area; our young people have to move to other areas to find a job that pays enough to support a family." Marquette's economy was historically based on natural resource industries "Family sustaining jobs with good benefits." "More higher paying jobs, not just service/ retail jobs." '-'Better paying jobs many service industry and minimum wage presently." Marquette's current economy is primarily service oriented "fobs for our educated children; they all must leave to find a professional opportunity.'' 112 �Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment Chapter Seven ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT INTRODUCTION Currently, Marquette's economy is anchored by large service industries, such as Northern Michigan University and Marquette General Hospital. While these institutions serve as important sources of employment for area residents, there is a strong desire within the community to diversify Marquette's economy, providing a variety of new sustainable jobs within the City. In addition to this diversification, the community is also strongly committed to revitalizing their existing downtown business district, and seeking ways to encourage infill development and reuse of existing facilities. CURRENT ECONOMIC PROFILE e Marquette's economy has historically been based on natural resource industries such as mining and wood products. Since the decline in the mining industry, Marquette's workforce has been transitioning to more service-oriented industries. Tables 7 .1 and 7 .2 show current employment levels by both industry and occupation. More than half (61 %) of the city's working residents are employed in one of four industries: retail, entertainment and recreation, education, or health services . Table 7.1: Marquette's Current Employment by Industry Industry Aqriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Mininq e • • • • • • Construction Manufacturinq Transportation and Warehousinq, and Utilities Communications & Other Public Utilities Wholesale Trade Retail Trade Finance, Insurance, & Real Estate Professional, Scientific, Mot., Admin. and Waste Momt. Svcs. Business and Repair Services Personal Services Arts, Entertainment, Recreation, Accommodation & Food Svcs. Educational, Health and Social Services Other Professional & Related Services Public Administration Total Nbr. 96 % 1% 383 405 412 401 105 1,345 497 513 4% 4% 4% 4% 1% 13% 5% 5% 1,496 3,294 580 468 15% 33% 6% 5% 100% 9,995 Source: U.S. Census - 2000 Table 7.2: Marqu ette's Current Employment by Occupation (Emploved oersons 16 vears and over) Occupation Manaqement, Professional and Related Occupations Service Occupations Sales and Office Occupations Farming, Fishinq and Forestry Occupations Construction, Extraction & Maintenance Occupations Production, Transportation & Material Movinq Occupations Citv of Marauette Nbr. % 33.8% 3,376 2,340 23.4% 2,834 28.4% 3 683 0.0% 6.8% 759 7.6% Source: U.S. Census - 2000 Marquette Master Pim, - 2003 113 �~ ~ ( ( ( ~ Table 7.3: Curent Employment by Industry for Central UP Region INDUSTRY CITY of MARQUETTE Nbr. MARQUETTE CNTY ALGER CNTY % Nbr. % Nbr. % DICKINSON CNTY DELTACNTY Nbr. % Nbr. % MENOMINEE CNTY Nbr. % SCHOOLCRAFT CNTY Nbr. % 76 96 1 1,612 5.3 163 4.3 530 3 215 17 427 383 3.8 1,737 5.7 288 7.6 1,035 5.9 920 7.4 717 36 6.1 251 Construction 250 7.6 Manufactunna 405 4.1 1,908 6.2 731 19.4 3,296 18.9 2,341 18 9 3,854 32 6 359 10.9 12 Aanculture, forestry, f1sh1nq and hunMQ, and m1n1nq 105 1.1 678 22 29 0.8 440 2.5 419 34 447 3.8 41 1,345 13.5 4. 164 13.6 363 9.6 2,308 13 2 1,691 13 7 1,047 8.8 393 12 rrransportat1on and warehous1nq, and utilities 412 4.1 1,585 5.2 124 3.3 1,057 61 726 59 631 5.3 134 4.1 Information 401 4 697 2.3 41 1.1 302 1.7 234 1.9 166 14 43 13 Finance. insurance, real estate, and rental and leas1na 497 5 1,448 4.7 176 4.7 674 3.9 468 38 298 25 162 49 513 5.1 1,523 5 127 34 759 4.3 510 4.1 336 28 78 2.4 3,294 33 8,486 27 7 727 19 3 3,429 19.6 2,856 23 .1 2,036 17.2 750 22 8 Wholesale trade Reta,! trade Professional, soent1f1c, management, adm1n1strat1ve, and waste mgmt services Educational, health and social services Arts, entertainment. recreation, accommodat1on and 1,496 15 3,274 10 7 425 11 3 1,910 10.9 918 7.4 940 7.9 380 11 6 Other serv1Ces (except public adm1n,strat1on) 580 5.8 1,647 5.4 153 41 996 5.7 589 4,8 522 4.4 186 57 Public adm1n1strat1on 468 4.7 1,880 6. 1 429 11.4 717 4.1 475 3.8 418 3.5 258 7.9 food services Source: U.S. Census - 2000 ""........ �• Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ., Table 7.3 shows the City of Marquette and how its allocation of industries compares to Marquette County and other adjacent counties. While the City of Marquette is quite similar to Marquette County in how its employment is distributed across industries, there are some significant differences between these and other nearby counties. Most significant is Marquette's low percentage of manufacturing jobs. Marquette County employs only 6.2% of its residents in manufacturing-related jobs. This is significantly lower than other nearby counties that show a manufacturing employment rate in a range from 18.9% - 32.6%. Historical Perspective To better understand the transition of Marquette's economy from its historical roots in the natural resources industries, to the current focus on service-oriented industries, it is useful to examine the allocation of employment by industry over the past seventy years (See Table 7.4). In the 1940's - 60's, manufacturing was the single largest employing industry, most likely due to the prevalence of iron manufacturing in the Marquette area. 1970 marks the beginning of the transition from this manufacturing focus to the more service-related industries of education, retail, and health care (See Figure 7.1 on the following page). This trend is directly related to the growth of the University and Hospital within Marquette. These employers continue to be a primary source of jobs for residents today. Table 7.4: Historical Comparison of Employees by Industry Industry Group Aqriculture Forestry and fisheries Mining Construction Manufacturing Railroads and railway express service Trucking service and warehousinq Other transportation Telecommunications Utilities and sanitary services Wholesale trade Food/dairy production, stores, retail Eating and drinking places Other retail trade Finance, insurance, real estate Business services Repair services Private households Hotels and lodqinq Welfare, reliqious, nonprofit services Other personal services Entertainment and recreation Medical and other health services Educational Services Other professional & related services Public admin Industry not reported Arts, Entertainment, Recreation, accommodation, and food services Professional, Scientific, Mgmt, Admin, Waste Mgmt Educational, Health, & Social Svcs TOTAL 1940 1950 1960 24 19 21 13 14 26 212 258 907 1,074 582 710 24 62 74 77 79 132 66 78 131 214 243 200 117 148 545 626 145 168 35 36 64 93 173 112 74 69 0 0 139 150 39 62 0 321 0 354 553 142 405 465 86 64 20 36 49 325 974 511 27 70 177 50 167 166 131 654 147 35 71 190 0 124 181 34 295 857 165 522 173 1970 1980 1990 2000 0 6 13 32 124 248 255 381 347 463 237 0 48 305 54 0 173 195 121 192 266 171 234 203 654 293 867 983 296 537 143 171 0 0 45 125 0 0 402 165 256 251 67 96 679 891 1,979 2,666 188 252 716 559 6 0 64 22 113 383 439 0 120 241 257 206 217 305 769 1,007 499 219 84 66 0 353 363 144 1,313 2,262 249 597 0 96 0 0 383 405 0 412 0 401 0 105 0 0 1,345 497 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 580 468 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,496 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 513 3,294 4,696 5,729 6,151 7,541 9,808 10,292 9,995 *Note: Census classifications have changed over time and may result in some employment totals being counted under different industry headings (i.e. the 2000 census was the first to use the "Educational, Health, & Social Services" category) . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 (Source: U.S. Census, 1940-2000) 115 �Trends in Employment by Industry 4000 -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , 3500 Ill t >, - - Education, Health, and Social Services 3000 - - Manufacturing 2500 .2 2000 C. E 1500 w - - Arts, Entertainment, Recreation, Lodging, Food 1000 500 0 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 - - Other Retail Census Date Figure 7.1: Trends in Employment By Industry Table 7.5: Unemployment Rates 1QOQ 2001 % Chanae Marquette County Alqer County 4 .9% 5.6% 6.0% 6.1% Delta County Dickinson County 6.2% 4.5% 7.3% 5.1% 1.1% 0.5% 1.1% 0.6% 6.5% 9.1% 1.9% 0.7% Menominee Countv 4.6% 8.4% Schoolcraft County Source: CUPPAD Regional Commission Table 7.6: Median Income by County Median Household Income Median Family Income (1999 dollars) (1999 dollars) $35,548 $35,892 $35 ,51 1 $34,825 $46,281 $42,017 Marquette County Alqer County Delta County Dickinson County $45,079 $43,021 $32,888 Menominee County $40,268 $31,140 Schoolcraft County $36,810 *Note: A household includes all persons who occupy a housing unit, regardless of their relationship . A family refers to 2 or more people related by marriage or birth. Source: U.S. Census - 2000 Table 7.7: Median Income Within Marquette County Median Household Income Median Family Income (1999 dollars) (1999 dollars) Marquette City $29,918 $48,120 lshpeminq City $31 ,347 $38,924 Neqaunee City $33,117 $39,750 Marquette Township $42,385 $49,438 $50,994 $55,972 $47,348 $51,948 $55,283 $54,643 Chocolay Township Neqaunee Township Sands Township Source: U.S. Census - 2000 116 �Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment Unemployment • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • An analysis of unemployment rates for Marquette and its surrounding counties show that unemployment has increased slightly from 2000 to 2001 (Table 7.5). While Marquette's 2001 unemployment rate of 6.0% is below the regional average, it is still higher than the State of Michigan's 5.3% rate of unemployment. This higher than average rate is a result of the seasonal layoffs that often occur, as well as the reduced demand for mining and other natural resources employment. The closure of the K.I. Sawyer Air Force Base also had a major effect on employment in the Marquette area . Income An individual or family's income is often a reflection of the local wages and salaries paid in a particular area . It can also help determine the amount of wealth that is available to spend on goods and services, thus affecting the growth of the local economy. The median family income for Marquette County is the highest in the Central Upper Peninsula region, followed closely by Delta and Dickinson Counties (See Table 7-:6). When comparing the median family income for municipalities within Marquette County, the City of Marquette is the highest among the other local cities (Ishpeming and Negaunee), but falls short of the incomes recorded for the surrounding townships (See Table 7.7). Regional Workforce Consistent with Marquette residents' commitment to their community, an overwhelming majority (96%) of those employed within Marquette County also reside within the County. Table 7 .8 shows a breakdown of other regions from which Marquette draws its workforce . Ta ble 7.8: County of Residence for peop le employed in Marquette County County of Residence Marquette Co. Ml Alqer Co. Ml Delta Co. Ml Baraqa Co. Ml Houqhton Co. Ml Menominee Co. Ml Dickinson Co. Ml Oakland Co. Ml Iron Co. Ml Ontonaqon Co. Ml Luce Co. Ml Goqebic Co. Ml Chippewa Co. Ml Ottawa Co. Ml Wayne Co. Ml Isabella Co. Ml Employees County of Residence 28,719 391 219 137 48 48 47 39 35 20 19 18 16 15 12 Mackinac Co. Ml Schoolcraft Co . Ml Saqinaw Co. Ml Emmet Co. Ml Muskeqon Co . Ml Shiawassee Co. Ml Bay Co. Ml Benzie Co. Ml Tuscola Co. Ml Charlevoix Co. Ml Cheboyqan Co . Ml Huron Co. Ml Keweenaw Co . Ml Presque Isle Co . Ml St. Joseph Co. Ml Employees 10 10 8 5 5 5 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 2 1 10 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 117 �~ Marquette's current Downtown Business District Former Cliffs-Dow industrial site, now a technology park Potential exists to redevelop abandoned industrial facilities for new businesses 118 �Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment AREAS OF CONCERN In general, community residents seem to be supportive of the need to attract new growth and development in the City of Marquette . When queried, 79 .3% of respondents to the written survey, and 88.2% of telephone interviewees felt that economic development should be a local government priority. Further support was evident in the responses to the statement, "The city should seek to expand the tax base through commercial, office, and industrial development". 80 .3% of survey respondents, and 69 .2% of telephone interviewees either "agreed" or "somewhat agreed" with this statement. While the above statistics show the community's willingness to entertain new development opportunities, they are specific about the types of development they are interested in attracting . Residents would like to see new development strategies that are focused around three primary goals: 1. Create a more diversified economy 2. Revitalize the downtown business district 3. Encourage infill development and reuse of existing facilities (rather than encouraging the sprawl development happening along U.S.41) By focusing the master plan on these three economic goals, Marquette will be able to attract new, sustainable employment opportunities, while still protecting the quality of life that they value so highly. • Economic Diversification This desire to diversify Marquette's economy has two primary drivers . First, residents are concerned that Marquette's younger generation feels the need to leave the community in order to seek professional job opportunities. Second, the community values its ability to provide quality employment for the spouses and families of new community members who have been recru ited to the area by the University or Hospital. This push to develop new industries and employment opportunities is focused on the creation of "sustainable" Jobs. These are defined as jobs not involving low-wage service positions or those industries that are tied to natural resources such as mining and lumber. When queried about the new types of industry that would be beneficial for the Marquette area, respondents clearly preferred jobs involving manufacturing, technology, cultural heritage tourism, and clean industry. Some specific recommendations for increasing Marquette's economic diversity include the following : • Take advantage of the regional nature of both the University and Hospital to attract related industries that could utilize the existing infrastructure of these major employers. This could include pharmaceuticals, biotechnology, or other research.-related industries . • Promote the recruitment of other non-service sector businesses such as • telecommunications, Internet, software development, and "clean" manufacturing . • • • • • Continue redevelopment efforts of the Lower Harbor, former Orphanage property, and other brownfield and greyfield sites as mixed-use projects. Promote all season eco-tourism, sport tourism, and heritage tour ism as a way to increase the awareness of Marquette's natural surroundings and also to develop the Marquette economy. Establish programs that promote the retention and growth of existing businesses. Work with the Lake Superior Community Partnersh ip to foster economic development opportunities in the City and greater Marquette area . Identify other areas in which Marquette can promote more regional services to attract revenue from outside the City. This could include recreationa l activities, cultural amenities, and promotion of its unique winter-city attractions. Marquette Ma ster Plan - 2003 119 �uThe downtown is the heart and soul of Marquette." uOne of the worst sights in Marquette is the downtown with its empty stores. " Vacancies in the Downtown shaping district uMarquette is a wonderful city but to keep the dollars here you must provide shopping, etc. so people will spend their money here." uRe-develop downtown with full occupancy and vibrancy" Non-retail stores detract from the Downtown's commercial opportunities LILIW!!lll- •- Stiff competition from national chain stores is hurting Downtown business 120 () I �Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment Revitalization of Downtown Marquette's downtown is symbolic of the community's rich history and the small town way of life that residents are striving to preserve. Unfortunately, economic pressures from nationally-known retailers and large, "big-box" chain stores have resulted in the decline of the downtown business area. Further exacerbating these problems are several poor planning and policy decisions that have hampered the revitalization of this once vibrant commercial area . The redevelopment of the downtown district is a complex undertaking and will involve changes to land use, traffic patterns, current City policies, and the method by which Marquette markets their downtown to potential businesses and customers. According to the DDA's list of downtown businesses, only 33% of those listed can be considered "traditional retail" stores that might be expected to draw shopping customers to the area . The businesses that were categorized as this "traditional retail" include : • Art I Antiques / Galleries • Books/ Cards • Clothing/ Shoes • • Games I Hobbies/ Crafts Gifts/ Specialty • Sporting Goods W ithin the DDA district there are also 29 food or entertainment establishments, accounting for another 19% of the total downtown businesses. These include a variety of options ranging from fast food to bars and fine dining . Unfortunately, the largest percentage (48%) of the downtown business district consists of non-retail businesses. The business that were considered to be a part of this designation include: • Lodging • Fitness • • Newspaper Professional / Office • • Instruction (i.e. Dance Studio) Theater • • Insurance/ Real Estate • • Service Related (i.e . Travel agency, dry cleaner) Automobile Service/ Supply Banks • • Barbers and Stylists Transportation • Home Improvement • Computer Sales • Public Buildings / Institutional Uses (i.e. Churches, City buildings) In addition to the low number of traditional retail businesses in the downtown shopping district, the area is also experiencing a number of vacancies and for-sale properties, that further reduce the commercial opportunities that might attract customers to the area . Marquette Master Pla n - 2003 121 �n l Downtown Business District Off-Street Parking Lots Figure 7.2: Off-street Parking Lots in the Downtown Area '11"" ~ ~ , • "' r I ' fri. -J r{ - Figure 7.3: Proposed Developments for the Lower Harbor Area 122 ■ �• • Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • While addressing the mix of retail business within the district is a necessary first step, there are also a number of other infrastructure changes that need to be made in order to increase commercial and customer interest in the Downtown District. These recommendations include the following : • Reevaluate the current parking strategy in the Downtown business district. An analysis of the parking along the Washington Street corridor between Seventh and Front Streets shows a loss of building mass to surface parking lots. Within the Downtown core, there is a total of 22 off-street parking lots occupying acres of potential development property (See Figure 7 .2). By increasing the amount of on-street parking, some of these off-street lots can be redeveloped as new commercial sites. A second advantage of on-street parking is its tendency to encourage customers to frequent a variety of nearby stores. When patrons park in one store's private lot, they often simply complete their purchase and leave. They are not encouraged to "window shop" in adjacent stores as they are when parking exists along the commercial street. To help stimulate new development in the Downtown area, the City should look for opportunities to encourage infill development on underutilized parking areas . It may also need to improve access from existing parking facilities, such as the Downtown parking structure, in order to encourage more patrons to use it. • Use the Lower Harbor redevelopment as a "jump-start" for promoting change in the downtown area. This redevelopment project offers a great opportunity to market new ideas for the Downtown district (See Figure 7.3). The redevelopment of the harbor area can also serve as an impetus for new development with in the downtown area as well. The City should particularly encourage new mixed-use projects that will invite people to live and interact within the downtown area . The people attracted to these new developments will help to supply the energy necessary to transition the downtown area into a 24-hour, 7-day-a-week destination . • Reevaluate current City policies relating to commercial businesses in the downtown district. City ordinances, particularly those addressing Downtown design standards, outdoor seating/sidewalk cafes, outdoor sales and displays, sign ordinances, noise (including outdoor music), and restrictions on bicycling in the Downtown area need to be reviewed. These ordinances should be modified, where necessary, to fully support the City's vision of a vibrant, energetic destination . • Conduct a market analysis to determine the regional draw from both a customer's perspective (how far will a customer travel to shop in the Downtown area) as well as a business perspective (what is the market for new businesses that might potentially locate in the City of Marquette). Based on the results of these market studies, the City of Marquette should develop a comprehensive marketing campaign to attract development and customers to the downtown area . Th is marketing campa ign can also be incorporated into Lake Superior Community Partnership 's current countywide marketing efforts. • Conduct training for retail and service providers to educate existing businesses on consumer trends, marketing, and advertising . Recent demographics indicate that 65% of retail expenditures occur after 5:00 P.M .. on weekdays and on Saturday and Sunday, a time when most Downtown Marquette retailers are closed . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 123 �The City is seeking additional entertainment venues for the Downtown area Residents want to retain the area's historic architecture 124 �• • • • Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment As documented in the public participation chapter, working sessions with residents and City leaders throughout the master planning process have also resulted in the creation of a number of specific objectives for the Downtown area . These specific goals include the following : • Protect first floor building space from being converted into offices for professional and service firms . • Continue efforts to procure housing for the downtown area . • • • • • • • • • • • • • •· • • • • • Utilize the former Soo Line "roundhouse" property for a residential and mixed-use infill project with access to the downtown . Encourage and recruit additional entertainment venues into the downtown . Encourage an art exchange with sister cities to increase the opportunities for the display of public art in the Downtown . • • • • • • • • Extend the downtown to the Lower Harbor redevelopment project with physical and economic connections along Baraga Avenue and Lakeshore Boulevard to a proposed hotel and conference center, and residential developments . Continue streetscape improvements west to McClellan Avenue . Continue to provide funding programs that encourage the improvement of facades, signage, and exterior building elements . Investigate the potential of designating the downtown as a National and Local historic district. Work with organizations and business owners to encourage entrepreneurship (i .e. training, advertising methods, window displays, merchandize lighting) and provide business hours that meet the needs of consumer. Utilize overlay zoning to protect and increase property values, encourage the appropriate renovation of historic buildings, and maintain a pedestrian quality to the downtown . Keep City Hall, the Post Office, and other city, county, state, and federal governmental offices in the downtown . Encourage the all season use of public transportation by improving downtown transit connections and by establishing a climate-responsive bus shelter in the downtown district. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 125 �"Development of fonner industrial sites along the Lakeshore offers Marquette a great opportunity. Let's not waste it!" "We have many empty buildings - instead of issuing new building permits - isn't it possible to redevelop existing ones?" Abandoned buildings provide opportunities for infill development Some vacant or underutilized buildings may be appropriate for reuse The former LSI Railroad buildings are being converted to condominiums 126 �Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment Encouraging Infill and Reuse of Existing Facilities The reuse of existing facilities and the development of new businesses on "infill" locations can help Marquette remain a compact, walkable city. Unfortunately, the tendency is for new development to build on unused sites on the periphery of the city, leading to a "sprawling" development pattern . Marquette has several opportunities to redevelop brownfield locations for use as commercial or industrial enterprises. Assisting in this process is the City's Brownfield Redevelopment Financing Authority (BRFA), which was established in 1998 by the City Commission. The Authority's role is to facilitate redevelopment of brownfield properties and promote the revitalization of environmental distressed areas within brownfield redevelopment zones . Opportunities for infill development within Marquette include the following : • Lower Harbor - 80 .2% "agreed" or "somewhat agreed" that the City should promote the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor. Plans have begun to transform this area into commercial and mixed-use developments with a public greenway adjacent to the Lake Superior shoreline . • Redevelopment of former industrial buildings - Marquette's industrial history has left behind a number of abandoned properties that have redevelopment potential, particularly for clean industry or office park settings. Some of these properties, such as Cliffs-Dow and the River Park Industrial Park have already been remediated to accommodate new businesses . • Reuse of former off-street parking lots - As discussed above in the context of downtown revitalization, the reuse of current off-street parking lots provide opportunities for new development sites w ithin prime Downtown locations. • Redevelopment of the "Roundhouse" area - The redevelopment of the former Soo Line " Roundhouse" property would allow for the creation of an urban residential neighborhood in close proximity to Downtown shopping and amen ities . A detailed outline of such a redevelopment plan is given on the following page. • Orphanage Building - This building offers the potential for adaptive reuse as owner-occupied condominiums, student apartments, or professional I medical offices . • Former Soo Line Ore Dock - This unique structure offers interesting possibilities for creative redevelopment. Potential uses could include a location for public access, private development of retail, restaurant, or residential uses, as well as the potential for a historical or interpretive display. Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 127 �..., ... , r ... J ◄ Institutional Use (i.e. Fire Stati9n1 1/ 3-story townhomes with integrated garag~d · / \ \ \ ,, 'f•~ \ ,· , 1 '1 tf)_t\ ' ',J- Figure 7.4: Design for Roundhouse Infill Development (Ske tches by: Trip ti Singh and T.A. Vijayasanan) 128 I"/ 1/ story courtyard units with tegrated garages �Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment Redevelopment Opportunity - " Roundhouse" Property As mentioned previously, one prime example of a redevelopment opportunity exists on the former Soo Line "Roundhouse" property, located just west of Downtown between Washington Street and Baraga Avenue . Its redevelopment would allow for the creation of an urban residential neighborhood in close proximity to existing residences, as well as downtown shopping and amenities . Figure 7.4 demonstrates a sample design for the "Roundhouse" property that includes a diversity of housing options to best suit the needs of a variety of residents . Its design calls for the creation of high-density residential units, including two and three story townhomes and a series of courtyard units . These residences will be connected to the existing pedestrian network through sidewalks and a new non-motorized trail running along the former rail lines just south of Washington Street. The plan also calls for the development of a new institutional block east of Seventh Street. This area could be a potential location for a new fire station, with the remainder of the property used as a passive park. There is also an opportunity to create a passive recreation park with pedestrian pathways south of the property near the Whetstone Brook . The redevelopment of the "Roundhouse" property and other similar properties, offers a variety of benefits. Since it is an infill location, it is not necessary for developers to plan for expensive new infrastructure such as water and sewer lines. Also, the variety of housing options included in such a design help provide affordable choices for residents seeking an alternative to the single-family home . Finally, a density of residents living in close proximity to the Downtown shopping district, particularly when easy pedestrian access is included, will help to reenergize the Downtown area. A view along one of the streets in the new Roundhouse development shows how the proposed design can fit into the existing residential framework of the area. The presence of pedestrians and a "street life" provide an energy that can carry through to the nearby Downtown. (Sketches by: Tripti Singh and T.A. Vijayasanan) Marquette Master Plan - 2003 129 �,,,..--1'7"'\ r7""\ Development is being encouraged in the K.I. Sawyer Renaissance Zone ,,..-..... ~ ,,.----,._ ,..,.... The Lake Superior Community Partnership helps promote reuse of existing facilities, like this warehouse (Source: LSCP 2003) 130 �Chapter Seven - Economic Assessment Financial Incentives Financial incentives, such as tax breaks or low-interest development loans, can help expand existing businesses or attract new companies to the area . The lake Superior Community Partnership, a county-wide economic development committee has several programs in place that can provide some financial assistance. While some of these programs apply to properties outside of the City of Marquette, they may still provide opportunities for sustainable job development within close proximity to the City. • Renaissance Zones - These areas, designated by the State, allow businesses to operate virtually tax-free. Within a Renaissance Zone, the following taxes are waived for a given period of time: o Michigan Single Business Tax o State Education Tax o Local Personal Property Tax o Local Real Estate Property Tax o Utility Users Tax • Within Marquette County, the K.I. Sawyer property and the adjacent Louisianan-Pacific property have been designated a Renaissance Zone. While these properties do exist outside the City of Marquette, significant development in such close proximity to Marquette has the potential to provide sustainable jobs for Marquette residents . • Intermediary Relend1ng Loan Program - The Marquette County K.I. Sawyer Development Department also has funds available for business financing as part of their Intermediary Relending Program . • Revolving Loan Fund - This fund is administered by the Economic Development Corporation of Marquette County and can be used to help finance economic development projects throughout Marquette County. Program guidelines for the loan fund include the following : o Must be used for projects within Marquette County o Applicant cannot obtain financing through private sources o Matching requirement: $2 private funding for every $1 of RLF funding o 1 full-time job must be created for every $1 OK of RLF awarded While the Lake Superior Community Partnership is a strong economic development program, its focus is county-wide . The City of Marquette should partner with LSCP to find and promote development opportunities that are specific to the City. These may include additional financial incentive programs through the City or other marketing programs to help attract new business and development to the City. Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 131 �Parlr•ige B,ry D Q MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN f '1, /.//e Bav Census Divisions t"Ti [) .., V) C Marq11(/11' Bay "" !'T1 ::-, .... Color = Tract § 0001 0002 0003 ggg: § 0006 0007 0008 0009 0010 0013 0014 Patt em = Block Group 0 0001 1111002 bS3 003 ~004 ::-, Border = Block Boundary D Map 8. 7: Census 2000 - Block Group Delineations 132 -. 1 • • • • I �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment Chapter Eight NEIGHBORHOOD ASSESSMENT INTRODUCTION Marquette residents consider their neighborhoods to be the foundation of the community. Throughout the master planning process, residents have supported a vision where every neighborhood would have a well-maintained housing stock, include convenient and walkable connections to public facilities, and possess its own unique sense of place. This chapter will analyze the composition of each neighborhood focusing on population, income, housing tenure, and age of dwelling. The results of this analysis helped inform some of the master land use planning decisions that were made, particularly with respect to items such as student rental housing, historic preservation , affordability, and areas that may be in need of rehabilitation. CURRENT NEIGHBORHOOD ASSESSMENT Several analyses were conducted to identify the characteristics of each Marquette neighborhood . These neighborhoods were defined using the Census designation of a "block" . Each block also belongs to a larger "block group", which represents an aggregation of the data from each individual block . Map 8.1 shows the general boundaries of these blocks, while Table 8.1 summarizes a number of neighborhood characteristics by block group. Table 8. 1: Neighborhood Characteristics Built Built Pre- 1940 Pre-1940 Nbr. of Housing Units OwnerOccupied (units) OwnerOccupied (%) RenterOccupied (units) RenterOccupied (%) Neighborhood Type (units) (%) 1 253 53.4 118 46.6 Owner 172 67.9 1 2 425 33.6 282 66.4 Renter 238 56 1 3 374 135 143 125 166 243 203 199 255 183 227 255 30 0 79 213 58 102 205 290 175 164 528 333 5 0 0 33.4 249 66.6 Renter 274 733 56.1 130 43.9 Owner 150 50.7 79.9 61 20.1 Owner 187 61.5 60.1 135 39.9 Owner 266 78.7 61.6 124 38.4 Owner 223 69 37.1 433 62.9 Renter 311 45.2 Census Tract Block Group 1 2 1 296 2 2 304 2 3 338 3 1 323 3 2 688 4 1 304 4 2 275 4 3 366 5 1 148 5 2 36 6 1 227 6 2 288 6 3 399 7 1 483 7 2 489 7 3 335 7 4 413 8 1 486 9 1 649 9 2 356 10 1 5 13 2 0 14 2 0 60.2 121 39.8 Owner 185 60.9 82.5 48 17.5 Owner 64 23.3 69.7 111 30.3 Owner 215 58.7 20.3 118 79.7 Renter 12 8.1 0.0 36 100 Renter 0 0 34.8 148 65.2 Renter 14 62 74.0 75 26 Owner 120 41 7 14.5 341 85.5 Renter 25 6.3 21.1 381 78.9 Renter 47 9.7 41.9 284 58.1 Renter 42 8.6 86.6 45 13.4 Owner 51 15.2 42.4 238 57.6 Renter 30 73 33.7 322 66.3 Renter 18 3.7 81.4 121 18.6 Owner 49 7.6 93.5 23 6.5 Owner 30 8.4 100.0 0 0 Owner 0 0 0.0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 Marqi1ette Master Plan - 2003 133 �Parlridg,· &1y MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Distribution of Rental Housing Units By Census Block 550 03 03 06 Miles --==::i--c::::::===i1 ■ l-'n·s.1ue fJ) c:: M1rqurt/e B,1y "" t"r:! :;::, .... 0 :.:I D D D - 0% (No Housing Units) 1 - 44% (Majority Owner-Occupied) 45 - 54% (Transitional Neighborhood) 55 - 100% (Majority Renter-Occupied) Map 8.2: Neighborhood Composition 134 �Chapter Eight • Neighborhood Assessment Neighborhood Composition - Housing Tenure Housing Tenure relates to the type of occupant in a housing unit, either owner-occupied or renteroccupied. In order to help classify the housing tenure in each block group, the following categories were used: • Owner Neighborhood - 55% or greater of housing units were classified as owner-occupied by the 2000 Census. • Renter Neighborhood - 55% or greater of housing units were classified as renter-occupied by the 2000 Census. • Transitional Neighborhood - Between 46%-54% of housing units were classified as owner-occupied by the 2000 Census. This represents a neighborhood that may be in the midst of transitioning from one type of neighborhood (owner or renter) to another. Of the 26 block groups analyzed in the City of Marquette, 2 do not contain housing and therefore were not analyzed . Of the remaining 24 block groups, 46% (11 block groups) were categorized as "Renter Neighborhoods", with the remaining 13 block groups dominated by owner-occupied housing (See Map 8.2) . While the number of renter-dominated block groups does reflect a large percentage, this number has remained relatively stable over the last 10-years, indicating that areas of rental housing are not increasing. Table 8.2 compares the categorization of neighborhoods In 1990 to the current results . The most significant and positive changes have come in neighborhoods that were classified as "transitional" in 1990 that have now primarily shifted to be owner-dominated neighborhoods . Tab le 8.2: Changes in Neighborhood Categorization Nei hborhood T Owner Renter e Number of Block Grou s 1990 2000 11 13 12 11 Percent 1990 40% 44% 2000 54% 46% Marqu ette Master Plan • 2003 135 �MARQUITTE COMMUN ITY MASTER PLAN i\li,U/, ll'11/ Majority Rental Neighborhoods & Historic Housing Areas Compared Oioi. Sauce. USC!,~ t 2000) 1i l'C«i:;U!; 550 0.3 0.3 a6 0.9 M~es ■--===----===:::i--• Presque --------------------------------------------! ' Ne Harbor H H~ C ' r--, G• • ~ r --------··-···- if':'::".:::=::::::::=r-~---:-- -.:tl!.WRGM,!H~h-.,7'71',n'77~~~~!a, ti"\ ~ ri VJ •• 'v ~ 11,furqurtt~ Bay M i ,_ i • • r It t ..... C, I/ :i:.,. ,1, rw • w 0 Cl•. ~ CJ Historic Housing Area* !22Z1 Majority Rental Neighborhood** ~ •Defined as all cer'!'ius blocks in which at least 50% of existing housing l.l"lits were built prior to 1940 0 Defmed as all census blocks m wh,ch at least 55% of existing housr'lg 1.ruts are occupied bf renter tenants Map 8.3: Historic Housing Areas 136 �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment Age of Housing Stock Identifying housing that was constructed prior to 1940 can help identify neighborhoods that may be of particular historical significance. Table 8.3 shows the percentage of housing built prior to 1940 for each block group. As would be expected, the 10 block groups that show a high percentage (50% or greater) of homes built prior to 1940, are centered around, and radiate outward from, the downtown area (See Map 8.3). While most of these neighborhoods are primarily owner-occupied, two block groups (1-2 and 1-3) show both a high percentage of historic homes and a high-percentage of rental property. Because rental property often suffers from poor maintenance, this may signal that some of Marquette's historic housing stock is at risk in these four neighborhoods. Strategies for ensuring that these homes are protected and well cared for are discussed later in this section . Table 8.3: A ge of Housing Stock by Block Group Census Tract Block Group Neighborhood Built Built Type Pre-1940 Pre-1940 (%) (units) 1 1 Owner 172 67 9 1 2 Renter 238 56 73 .3 1 3 Renter 274 2 1 Owner 150 50 .7 2 2 Owner 187 61 .5 2 3 Owner 266 78.7 3 1 Owner 223 69 3 2 Renter 311 45 .2 4 1 Owner 185 60 .9 4 2 Owner 64 23.3 4 3 Owner 215 58.7 5 1 Renter 12 8 .1 5 2 Renter 0 0 6 1 Renter 14 6.2 6 2 Owner 120 41 .7 6 3 Renter 25 6.3 7 1 Renter 47 9.7 7 2 Renter 42 8 .6 7 3 Owner 51 15.2 7 4 Renter 30 7.3 8 1 Renter 18 3.7 9 1 Owner 49 7.6 9 2 Owner 30 84 10 1 Owner 0 0 13 2 - 0 0 14 2 - 0 0 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 137 �Partridgt' 1l,1y MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN /\fiddle Housing Units Per Acre &n; By Census Block 550 0 03 03 06Mies -•==-••c=~J ■ ! l're,q11e [,/e 1-/arfor t"" > ~ tTi •• V, c:: "o ooLess Than 1 8 t"r1 B,11/ :=:, ...... : l. • 1-3 4-5 CJ 6-7 8+ Mm711,>tte "I , • w CI " • , 0 ::0 /___ Map 8.4: Housing Density within Marquette 138 �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment Housing Density Trends in the density of dwelling units, as well as number of occupants per unit has changed significantly over time. Historically, houses were built near the city's core and in close proximity to each other. As personal automobiles became standard, residents were able to build further from the downtown area and its associated amenities . Recently, the "urban sprawl" phenomenon has resulted in an even more significant increase in lot size and distance from the city's center. An examination of Marquette's housing and population densities indicate that Marquette's growth pattern is no exception . As indicated in Map 8.4, the highest density of housing is congregated in the oldest districts of the town, in close proximity to the historical Downtown area . Radiating out from these neighborhoods you see a reduction in the density of housing, particularly along the City's periphery where larger lots are available. Marquette Master Pla11 - 2003 139 �Partr~f.~ Bay f\ MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Population Per Square Mile t" By Census Block 550 03 0 0.3 06 Mies ■--==---■::==::i7 t" ~7-··-----~--· .---------, ~ /·le H,irw, t'"' ~ ;i. ?:. M ., VJ c::: ~ Marq11dte Bay "' ~· t,-j :;,., ~ ..... C]o □ 1-2,999 3,ooo - s,999 □ 6,000 - 7,999 _ 8,000+ 0 D :;,., Map 8.5: Population Density 140 'f' �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment Population Density The presence of NMU within the community has significant effects on the population density for the City of Marquette. For financial, as well as social reasons, a higher number of students tend to occupy a single dwelling unit than would most likely be the case with a traditional family. Map 8.5, which identifies Population per Square Mile, shows that the densest populations are located within the school property (presumably from the student dormitories) and in areas that also show a high percentage of renters. This distribution can be significant for a number of reasons . First, a clear knowledge of where students are living can help the City to better address concerns related to student housing that have been raised by community residents. Second, in a community that 1s striving to increase walkability, it is useful to have a clear understanding of where large populations of residents currently live, and how these patterns can affect the design and distribution of pedestrian routes and other traffic calming mechanisms. Finally, understanding the distribution of residents across the City can help community leaders best plan for, and distribute amenities and services . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 141 �MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PIAN Majority Rental Neighborhoods & Housing Quality Compared 11,fd/e Bill/ 0.t.Sou,c~ VSC.l'lllrl(l(OOJ PCM5us - 550 03 03 06 09 Mies : 7 ----------------------------------------------, t""' i i,: ·----r------- H11rbor ':' : ·-------------- '.'."."".'::-::=:==~:-,-!l!IL.....":-h~~~"Y"T;77")~~-.B m V) c:: "'O r:: ... r·· ::,:, 0 «•• ::,:, D Housing Quality= "Fair" '---1 Housing Quality = "Poor" ! ~ Majority Rental Neighborhood* / "Defined as all cer&us tlocks •n which at least 55% of lll1ts tT-l 8,1y .... - existing housing 1H1rq11ette are occupied 1:1,, renter tenants Map 8.6: Residential Housing Quality 142 ~ ~ �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment PROTECTING NEIGHBORHOOD QUALITY Feedback from residents clearly demonstrates their desire to protect quality of life, particularly as 1t relates to their neighborhoods . The issues that residents find to be most critical focus primarily on three problems: student housing, the availability of affordable housing, and the protection of historic homes . Student Housing Northern Michigan University can certainly be considered a valuable asset for the Marquette community. The University brings employment, cultural opportunities, and increased diversity to the area . Unfortunately, it also creates challenging situations when dealing with the residential requirements of a large student population . Currently, the University has an enrollment of approximately 9,380 students . The University has the facilities to provide housing for approximately 30% of these students through their nine residence halls, 278 on-campus apartments, and 1 house adjacent to campus. The balance of the students find their own housing primarily in rental apartments and converted houses throughout nearby neighborhoods (as indicated by Map 8.2) . Unfortunately, the houses occupied by students are often owned by absentee landlords who have allowed the homes to fall into disrepair. This low-quality housing, coupled with maintenance, parking, traffic, and noise issues often results in a perceived decrease in the quality of the neighborhood . Residents of owneroccupied homes fear that this perception will result in lower property values and a general reduction in their quality of life . This pattern of low-maintenance in the primarily renter-dominated neighborhoods is demonstrated in Map 8.6, which identifies areas of "fair" and "poor" housing quality within the City as they relate to renter-dominated neighborhoods. A similar quality assessment was conducted concentrating on the quality of the parcel itself (rather than the housing structure located on the site) (See Map 8.7). This analysis of the distribution of rental housing as it relates to these lower quality housing sites can indicate the neighborhoods that are in most need of improvement. In the public comments collected as part of the Master Plan survey, residents focused on three areas of complaint relating to student housing. These areas of concern are listed below along with the frequency of the complaint. • Low quality housing and lack of maintenance (mentioned 46.3% of the time) • Traffic and parking problems, particularly related to students parking on the lawns (mentioned 19.4% of the time) • Noise and disruption (mentioned 16.6% of the time) • Other, lesser-heard complaints included the lack of affordability, the number of people living in these student apartments, and the proliferation of these rental houses throughout existing neighborhoods . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 143 �l'artrutge 8,ni MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN D 'Id, &ty Residential Parcel Site Quality 550 ·-•c:=-•--==::::i1 03 03 06 M~es 1--------------------------- -=.=r ------- i I . : t"" : ·-------------rti V, i::: '-:I CJ Good l"T1 B,,v :::;; 0 c::::JFair - ALirquette :::;; Poor Map 8. 7: Residential Parcel Site Quality 144 �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment The housing sites shown here are representative of the varying degrees of quality found in Marquette's residential neighborhoods. Housing sites and parcels were categorized as "Poor", "Fair", and "Good" . Housing Site - Poor Quality Housing Site - Fair Quality - Housing Site - Good Quality Marquette Master Plan - 2003 145 �? ~ ~.., COMMUNITY INPUT: What are the issues relating to student housing? ~ • ,~ '~ units are not well-maintained and cause adjoining properties to decrease in value." /✓Rental ~ .C '\ Student rental houses are typically not well-maintained 0 N o enforcement to upkeep rental properties." "Students are not good neighbors. They don't respect other residents by being noisy, abuse parking, don't keep residences' maintained." <.. Parking on lawns is a frequent complaint from residents Some colleges offer a "village" style apartment for student housing 146 �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment Student Housing - Recommendations: Inspections - While only 42% of people responding to telephone or written surveys necessarily felt that student housing was an issue, a large majority (78%) did feel that the City should enact a rental housing inspection program . Such a program would require landlords to meet specified requirements for safety and livability or face fines for non-compliance. City Regulation - A number of cities that host colleges or universities have enacted ordinances or other regulations to help control some of the more common infractions. Marquette currently has ordinances in place to help regulate nuisances such as noise and litter, and has recently passed an ordinance to reduce parking in the terrace area. Failure to comply with these ordinances results in a civil infraction. Additional ordinances can be used to enforce other norms, such as stronger limitations on parking on non-paved areas (such as front yards) and to enforce housing occupancy limits . Such ordinances are currently in place in a number of university towns such as East Lansing and Ann Arbor. Increased University Housing - W hile short-term efforts may focus on improving the quality of existing rental housing, a more long-term solution may be for the University to provide additional oncampus housing for its students. Additional student housing does not necessarily mean the creation of additional dormitories. Other colleges have successfully arranged partnerships with private developers to create a "village" or condominium-style housing project. In such an arrangement the University could lease land to the private developer, who would then build and manage the housing units . Marqu ette Master Plan • 2003 147 �Neighborhood associations provide residents with a vehicle for change in their own neighborhoods City leaders are an important partner in the development of successful neighborhood groups 148 �Neighborhood Associations While the City may be able to assist in the protection of neighborhood quality through city ordinances and other regulatory controls, others may require a more "grass-roots" effort on the part of individual neighborhoods . Such an approach can help encourage involvement and increase respect on the part of the residents for their individual neighborhood areas . These associations also promote community cohesiveness and increase the opportunities for meaningful communication, both between individual residents and between City leaders and representatives from a particular neighborhood . Neighborhood Associations - Recommendations There are numerous opportunities for residents to become involved in their own neighborhoods, some examples of which are presented below. Regardless of the type of neighborhood group initiated, it is important that the City become an active partner by assisting when possible, and by ensuring open lines of communication between City leaders and resident representatives . • Develop "Neighborhood Blocks" - These "blocks" can be used as a vehicle for promoting networking between neighborhood residents, or to encourage a specific improvement project within a local neighborhood . Such blocks usually identify someone as their block captain, to serve as a point person for questions or communication . The City can assist in the development of these neighborhood blocks by providing basic training for block captains in areas such as communication and organization . Neighborhood Blocks have been used successfully in areas such as Boulder, Colorado and Ann Arbor, Michigan to promote environmental programs such as recycling and resource sharing . • Develop "Neighborhood Watch " programs - This type of program has been used successfully in many cities to promote safety and reduce crime at the neighborhood level. These programs are usually developed in cooperation with local law enforcement officials who can provide training and guidance . • Promote planning and visioning at the neighborhood level - In his analysis of Marquette's walkability, Dan Burden suggested the development of a vision or master plan at the local neighborhood level. While the city-wide Community Master Plan addresses issues at the larger, macro level, each neighborhood may have ideas for specific improvements they would like to see implemented in their individual neighborhood . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 149 �Table 8.4: Affordability Worksheet for Marquette Neighborhoods Census Tract Block Group Median Fam ily Income (1999) Median Fam ily Monthly Income Median Housing Value Annual Mortgage Interest (Assume 10% down, 6.5% interest rate) Annual Insurance (estimated) Annual Taxes (estimated) Total Annual Expense Total Monthly Expense % of Monthly Income Spent on Housing Expenses 1 1 84,108 7,009 204 ,900 11 ,065 400 2,000 13,465 1,122 16% 1 2 35,417 2,951 96 ,100 5,189 400 2,000 7,589 632 21 % 14% 1 3 41 ,991 3,499 67,000 3,618 400 2,000 6,018 502 2 1 55 ,333 4,611 92,300 4,984 400 2,000 7,384 615 13% 2 2 45 ,625 3,802 79,600 4,298 400 2,000 6,698 558 15% 2 3 49 ,821 4 ,152 82,500 4,455 400 2,000 6,855 571 ~ 3 1 49 ,821 4 ,152 65,600 3,542 400 2,000 5,942 495 12% 3 2 43 ,229 3,602 68,700 3,710 400 2,000 6,110 509 14% 4 1 54 ,792 4,566 83,900 4,531 400 2,000 6,931 578 13% 4 2 51 ,908 4 ,326 91 ,400 4,936 400 2,000 7,336 61 1 14% 4 3 46 ,974 3,915 78 ,200 4,223 400 2,000 6,623 552 14% 5 1 34,861 2,905 84 ,400 4 ,558 400 2,000 6,958 580 20% 5 2 0 0 0 0 400 2,000 2,400 200 6 1 41,250 3,438 68 ,000 3,672 400 2,000 6,072 506 6 2 46 ,000 3,833 69 ,700 3,764 400 2,000 6,164 514 13% 6 3 15,417 1,285 52 ,300 2,824 400 2,000 5,224 435 34% 7 1 34,375 2,865 77 ,000 4,158 400 2,000 6,558 547 19% 2 52,292 4 ,358 93,900 5,071 400 2,000 7,471 623 14% 7 3 65,385 5,449 102,900 5,557 400 2,000 7,957 663 12% 7 4 45,078 3,757 92 ,800 5,011 400 2,000 7,411 618 16% 8 1 40,461 3,372 107,900 5,827 400 2,000 8,227 686 20% 7 --- -15% 9 1 56 ,053 4,671 120,000 6,480 400 2,000 8,880 740 16% 9 2 68 ,542 5,712 121 ,600 6,566 400 2,000 8,966 747 13% 10 1 53,750 4,479 0 0 400 2,000 2,400 200 4% 14 2 48,083 4,007 84,900 4,585 400 2,000 6,985 582 15% 150 �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment Affordable Housing In every community it is important to have housing that is available and affordable for all of its residents . The American Planning Association (APA) defines "Affordable Housing" as housing "in which mortgage, amortization, taxes, insurance, and condominium or associations fees, if any, constitute no more than 28% of such gross annual household income " (Meck et al. 2003). For rental housing this same definition applies, with the exception that 30% of household income can be allocated to cover rental costs . Data from the 2000 census can be used to help ascertain the affordability of homes with in Marquette. Looking at individual neighborhoods (as defined by the census designation "block group"), Table 8.4 shows the median family income in each neighborhood and its relationship to the median home value in that same area (to see where each block group is located, refer back to Map 8.1). For this analysis median family income was used, rather than household income, in an attempt to separate out students whose predictably low incomes can skew the data . In almost every block group analyzed, the home prices seem to be in alignment with the income of the families in that area . This signals that those Marquette residents who currently own a home are living within their "affordability" threshold, and do not have a mortgage that requires them to live beyond their means . The calculations did identify one block group (highlighted) that exceeded this 30% threshold . This signals potential affordability issues for these residents . It is also important to remember, that this analysis uses aggregate data and median values for its calculations. As such, it does not account for individual families whose income may be below the median and are indeed f inding it difficult to afford their current home . The analysis above relates only to those residents who currently own a home, and does not make any assumptions about those residents currently seeking to purchase an affordable house within the City limits. According to City leaders and community members, the lack of affordable housing available on the market is indeed an issue. The majority of respondents (60%) expressed a need for housing priced less than $100,000 . Similarly, almost one-third of the respondents to the written survey commented on the need for affordable or low-to-middle income housing when asked what type of housing was missing in Marquette. This scarcity of affordable homes may be exacerbated by the tendency for many of these moderately-priced houses to be bought and converted into rental properties, taking them out of the available pool of single-family homes. Marquette Master Pinn - 2003 151 �Housing should be provided at a variety of price levels Condominiums can offer alternatives to traditional single-family homes New single-family homes are often outside the price-range of many residents 152 �Affordable Housing - Recommendations In order to meet the need for additional affordable housing, the City of Marquette should encourage a variety of programs, including : • • • Encourage a diversity of new housing options. Supplying a variety of housing options such as mixed-use, townhome or condominium-style units, as well as singlefamily homes can help to ensure there is a housing option available at a variety of price points. Relieve some of the "burdens" associated with developing affordable housing projects. According to the APA, developers may gravitate toward up-scale housing because "development approval for it will be easy to secure, it involves little governmental entanglement, it is more prestigious, and it generates higher profits" (APA 2003). Knowing these obstacles exist, the City should seek to work with developers considering affordable housing projects to ensure the development and approval process is not cumbersome. This assistance could range from simply ensuring good communication with planning and approval agencies, to waiving permit or impact fees associated with development, or even offering to subsidize some of the development costs. Promote infill and reuse as alternatives to "greenfield" development. Housing developments that are sited outside of City services and are sited on previously undeveloped areas are often referred to as "greenfield" sites. Such projects often incur higher costs since they require the construction of roads, sewers, and other services. These costs are often passed on to the consumer as a higher selling price. By encouraging reuse of existing buildings, or redevelopment on infill sites, developers are spared these additional costs. This savings can then be reflected in a more affordable selling price. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 153 �"Tearing down historic homes is a negative move and should be discouraged." 0 1 don't like historical houses being turned into apartments; they are destroying beautiful homes." 0 Marquette needs state historic districts." 154 �Chapter Eight - Neighborhood Assessment Protection of Historic Homes Marquette residents recognize and greatly appreciate the unique and historic architectur~ that is preva lent throughout their Downtown and many residential areas . When queried about their feelings on the protection of historic homes and buildings within the City, an overwhelming majority (92 %) of residents supported strategies that would help maintain these historic structures . As was indicated on Map 8.3, most of these historic homes and buildings are located in the City's central core, in close proximity to Marquette's original Downtown . The Downtown is one area whose historic character residents seem particularly committed to maintaining, ensuring it remains, as one resident put it, "a city with character". This is also true for many residential neighborhoods where the commitment to protect their historic homes is equally strong . This is particularly true for the City's east side, where efforts are already underway to declare a historic district. There are generally two approaches that can be used to provide protection for historic buildings; the declaration of a historic district, and the use of a historic overlay zone. Both approaches have potential applications within the City of Marquette and are described in more detail below. Historic District: This approach calls for the designation of a specific physical area as a historic district. This is often applied to neighborhoods that exhibit a high ratio of homes built prior to 1940. This mechanism regulates changes through the use of a Historic Preservation Commission and a series of guidelines that specify the types of changes that are allowable . Owners seeking to make changes to the exterior of a home located within the district would be required to have the proposed changes approved by the Historic Preservation Commission . This approval process ensures that changes being considered are appropriate and in keeping with the historic aesthetic of the area . Historic Overlay Zone: Unlike the creation of a historic district, whose institution requires the creation of a new review board, a historic overlay zone uses existing zoning mechanisms to regulate changes . Similar to other zoning designations, guidelines would be drafted for the historic overlay zone that would outline the characteristics that buildings within this district would need to follow in order to be in compliance. Changes made that don't meet these guidelines would result in that building being in violation of its zoning . This type of protection mechanism would be particularly useful in Marquette's Downtown district. An inventory of the existing building characteristics could be taken to define what makes the area "historic" . These characteristics might include details such as the required setback, the amount of w indow area required on the first floor, and acceptable methods or materials to use when maintaining or remodeling a building . Once these characteristics become part of the zoning ordinance, owners wishing to make a change to their build ing would need to comply, or risk violating their zoning designation . In situations where an owner feels circumstances warrant a deviation from the defined characteristics, a variance could be sought through the existing Zoning Board of Appeals. Historic preservation is an important concern for many communities . As such, resources at both the state and national level are becoming more available in order to help with the process and with the potential financial costs associated with participation in the program . The following is a list of sources that may be helpful for residents seeking more information : • National Trust for Historic Preservation - www.nat1onaltrust.org • Michigan State Historic Preservation Office - www.m1ch1gan .gov/ha • Michigan Historic Preservation Network - www.mhpn .org Marquette Master Plan - 2003 155 �COMMUNITY INPUT: What are our traffic issues? "Uncon tro lied traffic patterns." "Many dangerous roads around retail sprawl." Strip development along U.S.47 "Too great of a reliance on personal automobiles." "We have a definite traffic problem." uHeavier traffic - highway congestion coming into the city." Excessively wide streets discourage pedestrian use "Slow down all traffic in residential neighborhoods." Several roads have excess capacity and could be reduced in size 156 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations Chapter Nine TRAFFIC CONSIDERATIONS INTRODUCTION Jll!la. While residents appreciate the freedom and mobility that a personal automobile offers, these advantages do not come without a potential cost to their quality of life. Despite a declining population, Marquette has more vehicular traffic today than it did in 1990. This increased traffic volume has prompted Marquette residents to firmly express their desire to reduce traffic in their community and to encourage the creation of a network of pedestrian connections throughout their neighborhoods and downtown . In short, they desire to create, as one group described it during a Community Visioning Session, "a walkable, livable, user-friendly community" . This chapter will present an overview of the traffic analysis done as part of the master plann ing process. This analysis identifies major transportation corridors and key intersections throughout the city. It also identifies the five "early action corridors", which are areas that have been identified as top priorities for helping to improve the existing traffic network . The plan focuses on improvement of these five key areas, however, specific suggestions for improvements are given for all thirty-one analyzed intersections . It also provides a series of general recommendations that, when applied consistently, can increase the efficiency and walkability of Marquette's traffic network . !"'~ ;l/1' "' If" ,,,..... I ~ r'\ ,-<. Marqu ette Ma ster Plan - 2003 ,-.., 157 �Partridse 8o11 ,..-._ ..._ MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN ' Mi,Mk8111J Existing Road Network :1-----------------' 0.3 03 -I 06 Mdes --===--•c::==i, ■ ' _______ , Isl H,irlur ( •-1 V) ,__ __ __ ____ _ !"I'! ll11y 'I•• I• .... , 0 - Urban Principal Arterial Urban Minor Arterial Urban Collector Urban Local Street Scenic Corridor Gateway/Image Intersection M(JUtfl Map 9. 1: Marquette Street Classifications ~ 158 MARQuEIJt "' 'I -- ............ �I""' Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations INVENTORY & ANALYSIS ,--.. Inventory of Existing Road Network In order to understand the existing road network, an inventory of the local streets was conducted and each street was categorized according to its road classification . These classifications refer to a hierarchical system that engineers use to categorize roadways according to their use and relative traffic volume when analyzing a traffic network . Map 9.1 identifies the major streets within Marquette according to their road classification . A description of each of these categories is also offered in Table 9.1. Table 9. 1: Description of Street Classifications Category Example Urban Principal Arteria l US 41/M28 Urban Minor Arterial Washington St. Wright St Urban Collector McClellan Ave Fair Ave Road Lenqth Definition . • .. . ..• • • • • . • . .• ..• Urban Local Prospect St Sixth St. Scenic Corridor Lake Shore Blvd Gateway/ Image Intersection US . 41 & Front St • Wright St & McClellan Ave . Serves maJor centers of activity Highest traffic volume corridors Carnes most trips entering and leaving the urban area Carnes through movements Carries Intra-cIty travel Service to abutting land Is subordinate to travel service Connects with the Urban Principal Arterial Accommodates trips of moderate duration Distributes travel to smaller areas More emphasis on land access than travel Provides both land access and travel service w1th1n res1dent1al neighborhoods, commercial and industrial areas May penetrate into res1dent1al neighborhoods Collects traffic from local roads and transfers this traffic to the arterial system In some areas, 1.e. downtown, the street arid svstem may all be collectors Permits direct access to abutting lands and connections to higher order systems Lowest level of mobility Through traffic movement is deliberately d1scouraaed Connects community facilities Provides s1gnif1cant viewshed opportunities Performs as Urban Local Road but some seaments mav serve as an Urban Collectors Intersections, which serve as, entrance points to the community, a special district, or a community facility May carry s1gnif1cant levels of traffic and turning movements but the role of the IntersectIon Is equally weighted between traffic and aesthetic imaae Marquette = 7% (Typica l = 5-10% ) Marquette = 10% (Typical = 10-15%) Marquette= 19% (Typical= 5-10%) Marquette = 57% (Typical = 65-80%) Marquette = 8% Marq11etle Master Plan - 2003 159 �P,rrlridge &1/ __... MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Middle B,1y Transportation Corridors ,so 03 03 06 M4es ■--==---'.:=:=::'.l1 1:,1··-----------------------------------------·-: Isl Har/.,,, '----,--------: ' -------------- .c:".:::====r::-,,----:--~ !!..!!..-....:t...---1:J..!.,.._ tTI \I} •• c:; "i:l M,rquette ti, Bay ;::,::, 0 N _ Kaye Ave./Fair Ave . Corridor Lakeshore Blvd Corridor McClellan Ave. Corridor Seventh St Corridor US-41/Front St Corridor Fourth St/Presque Isle Ave . Corridor N. N. N. N :;;,., Map 9.2: Marquette's Key Transportation Corridors 160 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations In addition to these road classifications, traffic engineers also rely on a standard evaluation system to identify the level of service (LOS) for a particular roadway. According to the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), this level of service rating represents the quality of traffic service provided by a specific roadway under specific traffic demands. Levels of service are designated by ratings ranging from A (least congested) to F (most congested) . Table 9 .2 shows the general description associated with each level of service rating . Table 9.2: Level o f Service Ratings Level of Service A B C D E F General Operating Condition Free flow of traffic Reasonably free flow Stable flow Approachinq unstable flow Unstable flow Forced or breakdown flow (Source: AASHTO 2001) While highway agencies strive to provide a high level of service, this does not necessitate the achievement of an "A" level of service. Generally, a level of service of "C" is considered adequate with a "D" rating also being acceptable in developed sections of urban areas. Results of Marquette Analysis An analysis of Marquette's existing road network shows that it has, with a few notable exceptions, a well-connected, traditional grid traffic system . Such continuity and connection between streets is an extremely important measure of the quality of a particular road network. By ensuring that there are several, interconnected arterial roadways to carry the traffic, the community avoids the undesirable pattern where all traffic is routed to a small number of main arteries. When this occurs, these highvolume corridors often become targets for unsightly strip development, discouraging other uses such as residential or community retail that are repelled by the volume, noise, and hostility of the heavilytraveled roadway. The City's well-connected network also provides opportunities to create highquality pedestrian and bicycle routes . Because traffic is dispersed among a number of arterial routes, improvements such as on-street bicycle lanes can be implemented safely and efficiently without major modifications to the existing roadways . In addition to an inventory of existing roadways, further analysis was conducted on six major transportation corridors, and thirty-one key intersections along these corridors . Maps 9.2 and 9.3 (shown on the following page) show these corridors and their associated intersections. This analysis focused on traffic counts, peak volumes, intersection movements, level of service (LOS), and intersection utilization capacity (IUC) in an attempt to identify high-priority areas that require immediate attention . Marquette Mnster Plan - 2003 161 �Partrtdge Bm1 MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN ¢udy Corridors & Int:rsectio; .....~ - 03 03 06Miles ' :--------.: / ,, / 1',rsq1w lsw Harl>:,, i.-··----~ •.. '• t'"' > ~ --------------~===:r=-_J_~~Ld::;~~..iQJ! tT1 Cl) t:: 'ti Ah1rq11nte t'T1 Bay ::-, .... 0 o O Analyzed Intersection with Reference Number ~ N, Kaye Ave ./Fair Ave . Corridor "N,. Lakeshore Blvd . Corridor "N,. McClellan Ave. Corridor "N,. Seventh St. Corridor N I US-41/Front St. Corridor Fourth St./Presque Isle Ave . Map 9.3: Intersections Analyzed for Marquette Traffic Study 162 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations CURRENT TRAFFIC CONCERNS While Marquette's traffic network has a good base to work from, there are still several issues that are reducing the efficiency of the system, causing frustration for local residents as they face increased traffic congestion and lengthy travel delays. The key issues include the following : • Despite declining population, there is more vehicular traffic today as compared to 1990. • "Sprawling" development along U.S.41 has increased traffic congestion . • Some roadways have more lanes than necessary to carry the given traffic volume. • Excessive road width reduces the "walkability" of the area, creating uncomfortable pedestrian routes. • Several major thoroughfares are broken up into unconnected segments (Fair St., North Seventh St., McClellan Ave .) reducing their efficiency and connectivity. • Primary employment centers are located in the northern portion of the community, requiring destination trips to move through residential neighborhoods . • Some neighborhoods experience large volumes of truck traffic that should be diverted to the larger collector roads such as Wright Street or McClellan Avenue . • The design of some road configurations is driven primarily by the snow removal process, rather than by other considerations such as parking, pedestrian movement, or aesthetics. • The current road configuration discourages on-street parking, leading to an excess of off-street lots that take up valuable real estate, which is better used for new development opportunities . Table 9.3: Intersections Analyzed Ref. Nbr. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Intersection Ref. Nbr. Fair Ave . & Lakeshore Blvd. Fair Ave . & Pine St. Fair Ave . & Presque Isle Ave .(B.9) Kave Ave. & Presque Isle Ave .(B .3) Hebard Court., Kaye Ave . & Lee Dr. Elizabeth Hardin Circle Dr. (W) & 7th St. (D.1) Elizabeth Harden Circle Dr. 0/V) & Fair Ave . Fair Ave. & Lincoln Ave. Fair Ave . & McClellan Ave . (A.2) Presque Isle Ave . & Wriqht St. College Ave . & Presque Isle Ave . Fourth St. & Hewitt Ave . Fourth St. & Ridge St. Fourth St. & Washington St. Baraga St. & Fourth St. Fisher St. & Fourth St. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Intersection McClellan Ave. & Wright St. (Future) McClellan Ave . & Ridge St. McClellan Ave. & Washington St. McClellan Ave. & US 41 Grove St. & McClellan Ave . McClellan Ave. & Pioneer Rd . County Rd 553 & McClellan Ave . College Ave . & 7th St. Magnetic Ave . & 7th St. Ridge St. & 7th St. 7th St. & Washington St. Spring St. & 7th St. Fisher St., Grove St. & 7th St. Grove St. & US 41 US 41 W , US 41 S & Front St Marquette Master Plan - 2003 163 �(' ~ ,. f' BEFORE: AFTER: Figure 9.1: Example of new Kaye/Fair connection BEFORE: AFTER: ti' Figure 9.2: Example of the Seventh Street extension 164 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations RECOMMENDATIONS The following recommendations are based on the traffic analysis conducted by SSOE, and the expert observations of two nationally known practitioners, Walter Kulash and Dan Burden, who specialize in traffic engineering and walkable communities. They also reflect the concerns and priorities of the local City leadership as well as those of community residents . The information presented below represents a summary of the reports submitted by Dan Burden, Walter Kulash, and SSOE. To review a full copy of their reports, please see Appendices B, C, and D. '"' 1' Recommendations for Early Action Corridors As indicated above, improvements to several key intersections and corridors would provide immediate benefits for local residents who are seeking ways to reduce traffic congestion and delays. The following five corridors are considered to be these key areas and, as such, have been identified as high priorities for upgrades and improvements. These selections were identified as priority corridors by the Mac;ter Plan Steering Committee. SSOE conducted a thorough inventory and analysis of these areas, fo(u°sing on traffic volumes, intersection movements, pedestrian activity, and overall level of service. This data was then further analyzed by Walter Kulash, a nationally known traffic engineer. A summary of his analyses and recommendations for each of the five early action corridors is given below: 1. The Kaye / Fair Avenue Connection: The current lack of connection between the two segments of Fair Avenue on either side of the University results in a number of issues on nearby perimeter streets such as Lincoln, Wright, North Fourth, and Kaye. This disconnect causes increased traffic volumes from through traffic attempting to circumvent the campus as well as campus traffic attempting to reach a parking destination. It also creates a number of "T" intersections, requiring multiple stops and turning movements in order to move around the campus. Connecting Fair Ave . as a continuous route around the campus without turning movements will create a critical east-west artery (See Figure 9.1). Currently, due to road disruptions by the campus and the nearby Park Cemetery, the nearest east-west artery is almost onehalf mile to the north at Wright St. 2. North Seventh Street Connections: One weakness of the current U.S.41 "bypass" is the lack of connection to north-south streets. While it provides a connection to the downtown area via Business 41 or Front St., it lacks easy access to other major destinations such as the University and the Hospital. Even though these have become the most popular destinations, travelers are still forced to travel through Downtown, or along Grove and Fisher Streets before being allowed to head north on U.S.41. To help remedy this situation, Seventh Street should be extended to create a connection from U.S.41 to Washington St. (See Figure 9.2). Some people are hesitant to create a new signalized intersection along the bypass for fear that it may lead to a proliferation of such signals, thus reducing the effectiveness of the bypass. A new signalized connection at Seventh Street, however, is a strategic addition that offers huge benefits regarding connectivity to other areas of the city. Its implementation should not pose any threat to the mobility of through traffic on U.S.41 . Another concern associated with the Seventh Street extension is the potential disruption to the existing neighborhoods in that area due to the increased traffic that would be created as a result of this new connection . For this reason, a second route is being considered that would bend around these existing neighborhoods in order to connect to the bypass. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 165 �• Figure 9.3: Potential Redesign for the Lakeshore Boulevard 166 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations 3. Lake Shore Boulevard Redesign The Lake Shore Boulevard represents an opportunity to create one of the most successful waterfront reclamation projects on the Great Lakes. Its position along scenic Lake Superior provides an opportunity to design more than just a functional roadway, but a signature for the city. As such, the redesign of the corridor should address much more than the standard functionality of a traffic roadway. It should address the entire context including the road, the adjacent land, pedestrian access, and the aesthetic treatment of the entire corridor. The following are some of the key elements that should be considered in the design of the new parkway: • Address the issues currently affecting Lakeshore Boulevard, particularly the winter flooding and freezing of the roadway. A realignment of the road may be necessary to remediate these issues. • Accommodate parking, perhaps as numerous small "vest pocket" lots. Such lots will provide access to the key destinations along the lakefront without creating a large, linear parking lot that would seem reminiscent of a strip mall . • Pay careful attention to trees and landscaping, which can make a powerful aesthetic statement. Use new tree plantings to replace aging vegetation and also to extend the current "forested" appearance along more of the roadway. • Provide continuous bicycle and pedestrian paths on the lake side of the boulevard, either as part of the roadway, or within the shoreline corridor. This should be done in conjunction with traffic calming features that will emphasize the presence of pedestrians and lakeshore visitors and discourage trucks and other through traffic. • Create design controls for private development fronting the west side of the parkway to ensure such development adds to, and does not detract from, the scenic quality of the parkway. • Develop a road design that emphasizes "parkway" characteristics, such as: o Winding horizontal road alignments and short vertical curves o Informal, but spectacular tree plantings and other landscaping o Distinctive signage including directional and wayfinding signs o "Gateways" to key east-west arteries o Distinctive aggregate or pavement color o Special low-height "parkway" lighting o Local materials such as stone and timber for road furniture Figure 9.3 demonstrates what a potential redesign of the Lakeshore Boulevard might include. This conceptual plan includes the realignment of the road away from the shoreline to prevent winter flooding. This realignment also creates the opportunity to create a park area with public green space and a bike path adjacent to Lake Superior. New tree plantings serve to buffer the road and park from a new series of business park developments that would occur just west of Lakeshore Boulevard. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 167 �Current U.S.41 - Front Street Intersection Figure 9.4: Redesigned " T" Intersection for U.S.41 - Front Street +-- Figure 9.5: Roundabout at the U.S.41 - Front Street Intersection 168 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations 4. U.S.41 / Front Street Intersection The current design of the U.S.41 / Front St. intersection is a source of traffic congestion, lengthy delays, and general frustration for local residents . While the channelized "T" design may have been appropriate at the time of its construction, the increased traffic volume at this intersection has become too heavy for the current intersection design to safely and efficiently function. The following issues are considered to be the most troublesome and in need of attention : • • • • The "T" geometry of the intersection favors through traffic traveling north-south between U.S. 41 and Business 41, even though this is not the dominant traffic movement. The dominant movement is instead through traffic moving east or west along U.S. 41 . Unfortunately, vehicles traveling in these directions are forced to stop and make a right-angle turn, causing congestion, delays, and the perception of a hazard . The large-radius sweeping turns of the intersection are not appropriate for the area or its traffic patterns . Within an urban area there is no expectation for a high-speed turn at intersections, even those of major arteries . Such high-speed intersections can also pose a hazard to pedestrians and bicyclists attempting to cross in these areas. The current intersection consumes a large amount of space due to its large channelization islands. These islands are not useable for public open space or a decorative planting design . The current intersection is not an appealing entry point to the City of Marquette . A more aesthetic "gateway" entrance is particularly important when coordinated w ith the waterfront reclamation project that is underway in the nearby Lower Harbor area . Figures 9.4 and 9.5 show two possible reconfiguration options for the U.S. 41 / Front Street intersection . Figure 9.4 represents a new signalized "T" intersection, where U.S.41 becomes the through movement. This creates a more efficient intersection since the dominant flow of traffic is traveling along the U.S.41 roadway. Figure 9.5 incorporates a roundabout into the intersection, giving high priority to the east and westbound traffic along U.S.41 . Such a design would eliminate the need for right angle turns, which currently diminish the efficiency of the current intersection . Both suggested intersection designs would allow for the "daylighting " of the Whetstone Brook, which was disrupted by the original construction of the bypass . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 169 �"i ~ BEFORE: AFTER: ~ ~ 1i ri ~ 1t • • ~ Figure 9.6: Example of the McClellan Avenue Extension -~ Existing 1111 m• a t t ~ § 19.5' 19.5' Driving Lane Driving lane 39• Existing Face of Curb to Face of Curb Proposed 1111 McClellan Avenue between Ridge St. and Fair Ave . ;• • Walk Ter Bike Drivlng Lane Drtving Lane 34· Edge of Metal to Edge of Metal Figure 9.7: Redesign of the McClellan roadway between Washington St. and Fair Ave. •m JillI t t • • • • • • • ,= 170 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations 5. McClellan Avenue The primary change proposed for the McClellan Avenue corridor is its extension north from Fair Avenue to Wright Street (See Figure 9.6). This extension will provide an uninterrupted north-south corridor connecting to every major east-west artery in the City. Other key issues related to the McClellan corridor include: • Neighborhoods between Fair Avenue and Wright Street should be protected from the impacts of the new road extension. Such protections should include traffic calming measures and a design that discourages east/west cut-through traffic. This extension should also be designed to minimize the impact on nearby Raney Creek . • Upgrade the road segment between Washington Street and Fair Avenue. This particular segment is somewhat out of character with the other city streets in Marquette . Construction along McClellan Avenue provides the opportunity to upgrade this segment of road to include drainage improvements, sidewalks, proper driveway connections, street-tree plantings, and street lighting (See Figure 9. 7 for an example of such an upgrade). Because there is less need for on-street parking in this area than in other areas such as the older neighborhoods to the east, it would be appropriate to limit parking to one side of the street. • Additional engineering and design improvements should be considered for the intersections at Washington Street and U.S.41 . Engineering improvements would include lane upgrades, signal phases, and better markings. Design changes should focus on the creation of a more urban design concept that would encourage nodes of walkable retail, rather than the unsightly strip pattern that is beginning to occur. • Consider incorporating boulevards with landscaped medians along portions of McClellan Avenue, particularly between the U.S.41 and M-544 intersection . • Consider installing roundabouts along the length of the McClellan Avenue corridor at the Wright, Fair, Ridge, Grove, and Pioneer intersections. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 171 �~ ~ Shared Driving Lane 26' Edge of Metal to Edge of Metal Local Road - "Yield" Edge of Metal to Edge of Metal Local Road 8' Walk 5' 8' Terrace Parking 12' Driving Lane 12' Driving Lane 42' Edge of Metal to Edge of Metal Collector Road GD Walk Edge of Metal to Edge of Metal Arterial Road Figure 9.8: New Design Guidelines for Marquette Roadways 172 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations Reconfiguration of Roadways While the improvements identified thus far have been specific to the five early action corridors, there are several important recommendations that apply to the general design of roadways throughout the City of Marquette . One of the most important issues to address is the potential reconfiguration of roadways in many areas of the city. These reconfigurations are primarily focused on four types of modifications: 1. A reduction in the number of travel lanes 2. A reduction in the pavement width 3. The incorporation of on-street parking 4. Modification of existing intersections, signals, and controls While each road that is being considered for reconfiguration should be examined individually, Marquette should have a general standard that will provide design guidelines for all the major types of roadways within the city. Figure 9.8 presents these guidelines, showing a cross-section for a variety of road classifications, including local roads, larger collector roads, and finally a set of design standards for the main arterial thoroughfares throughout the city. These design standards incorporate snow removal and storage considerations requested by the Department of Public Works. Street width, including on street parking where applicable, is measured from edge of metal to edge of metal of curb . The width of the curb is typically one foot from the edge of metal to back of curb. Therefore, a local street with on street parking on one side of the street is thirty-one feet (two driving lanes at 22', one parking lane at 7' and 2' for curbs on each side of the street.) Local Roads - These roads are found primarily in residential neighborhoods and represent the smallest, and slowest roadways in the traffic system . Design guidelines recommend that all local roads include a 11' driving lane, one 7' lane for parking where needed, a 5' terrace area to allow for snow storage after plowing, and a 5'-4" sidewalk on both sides of the roadway. In some neighborhoods it may be desirable to reduce the amount of roadway pavement as much as possible in order to allow a sufficient buffer between the road and the adjacent houses. In these situations, a "yield" street may be appropriate . The cross-section for a "yield" street is the same as a typical local road, except that the driving area is reduced from 22 to 17 feet. Rather than designating two specific lanes with a center lane marking, the 17' driving lane is shared between the two-way traffic. When cars meet each other, one car must yield, letting the other pass. This type of design is a particularly effective way to slow traffic and increase the safety of neighborhood residents . Collector Roads - Design guidelines for collector roads specify 12' driving lanes and 8' parking lanes, with the same 5' terrace area between the roadway and the sidewalk. Along collector roads, parking will be allowed on both sides of the street. This is particularly useful since many collector roads are located in commercial areas where the additional parking will be utilized by customers . Arterial Roads - Arterial roads use the same road measurements as the collector roads (12 ' driving lanes and 8' parking lanes). If these roads carry sufficient traffic, there may be a need to add additional driving lanes. In such cases, a central median or boulevard should be used to separate oncoming traffic and to provide a safe stopping point for pedestrians trying to cross these large roads . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 173 �Table 9.4: Roads to consider for a reduction in travel lanes Road McClellan Avenue Presque Isle Avenue and Fourth Street North Wright Street Modification Reduce from current 4 or 5 lane configuration to a 2 lane, or 3 lane (2 travel lanes with a shared central turninq lane) (See Fiqure 9.9) . This corridor should remain at, or be reduced to 2 lanes in all sections. A third lane may be added where needed to promote efficient movement near traffic signals. All portions of Wright St. should operate as a 2-lane roadway . A third lane may be added where needed to provide for turns and storaqe Existing a.... a ,r @ ,r l:>iMno .... -... IY 'ti.mini- 8 s &...,.lw ""'"'9lw tr ,r 61 ' E1atnJ hr.a a/Curb• fc»dCwrt, t lt.... l I -- "' t t """"' .... McClellan Avenue at Superior HIiis Elementary School ... 10' °""""' .... ExlDMJ_F.mo/Curb,of.aadCurb Proposed - Option 2 t...... Proposed - Option 3 ... Figure 9.9: Options for Reducing Lanes along McClellan Avenue 174 -"' �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations Reduction in Number of Travel Lanes An analysis of Marquette's roadways show that in many areas, particularly along the main arterial roads within the City, there are more travel lanes than necessary to carry the existing traffic load . Table 9.5 shows the level of service at the thirty-one intersections that were analyzed. Table 9.5: Level of Service on Analyzed Intersections Intersection Fair Ave . & Lakeshore Blvd . Fair Ave. & Pine St. Fair Ave. & Presque Isle Ave .(B.9) Kaye Ave . & Presque Isle Ave .(B.3) Hebard Court., Kaye Ave . & Lee Dr. Elizabeth Hardin Circle Dr. (WJ & 7th St. (D.1) Elizabeth Harden Circle Dr. (WJ & Fair Ave . Fair Ave. & Lincoln Ave . Fair Ave . & McClellan Ave . (A.2) Presque Isle Ave . & Wriqht St. College Ave . & Presque Isle Ave. Fourth St. & Hewitt Ave. Fourth 5t. & Ridge St. Fourth St. & Washinqton St. Baraga St. & Fourth St. Fisher St. & Fourth St. McClellan Ave . & Wright St. (Future) McClellan Ave. & Ridge St. McClellan Ave . & Washinqton St. McClellan Ave . & US 41 Grove St. & McClellan Ave. McClellan Ave . & Pioneer Rd . County Rd 553 & McClellan Ave . College Ave. & 7th St. Maanetic Ave. & 7th St. Ridqe St. & 7th St. 7th St. & Wash1nqton St. Spring St. & 7th St. Fisher St., Grove St. & 7th St. Grove St. & US 41 US 41 W . US 41 S & Front St 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Level of Service A A A B A A A B C B B A A B A B A A B B C A A B B A A A B C F Intersect ion Capacity Utilization A A A B A A A A C C A C A B A B A A B A Intersection Del ay (seconds) 4 .6 9.1 7.6 14.3 6.1 5.4 3.8 11 .7 33 .2 11.5 15.1 3.6 2 15.3 4 12.9 0 .1 7 .9 17.8 12 .8 A 2.6 7 .2 10.3 10.2 1.0 3.4 7.8 16.7 22 .2 118.5 A A A A B A A A This table shows that almost universally, the level of service along the major traffic corridors is much higher than it need be. This pattern signals excess road capacity and identifies areas where the number of travel lanes could be reduced without significantly reducing the quality of service on the reconfigured roads. The benefits of reducing the number of travel lanes are numerous: • Traffic speeds can be reduced thereby increasing the safety of the road • • • • Reduced speeds increase the efficiency of the road by increasing its carrying capacity. Because vehicles are traveling at slower speeds, less space is needed between each car to ensure a safe stopping distance. This smaller internode allows more cars to be traveling on the road at the same time, increasing the road's carrying capacity. Fewer travel lanes promote increased access for non-motorized modes of transportation such as biking . Pedestrian safety and comfort is increased at road intersections due to the reduced width of the roadway Less roadway pavement means less snow removal Table 9.4 (see facing page) identifies some roads that would benefit from a reduction in the number of travel lanes . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 175 �Existing 1111 m• ,s ,s Driving Lane 30' Existing Face cl Curt> to Face of Curb Proposed Craig St. near Bothwell Middle School f ~~ fr«~a:eJ ~~ ~ f ~ ~ fr~a:ef !;:: t 1 i Figure 9. 10: Example of Reduced Lane Width 1 Edg~ of Metal I~ Edge of Metal i Four-way stops can encourage "speed spiking" Existin g Lane Configuration Figure 9. 11 : Proposed Alignment for Opposing Left Turn Lanes 176 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations Reduction in Pavement Width In addition to removing unneeded travel lanes, Marquette streets could also benefit from a reduction in lane width on many roads. This reduction provides several opportunities for improvements: • Reduced road width reduces the tendency for people to speed, resulting in a safer roadway. • Excess road width can be used to add bike lanes without undergoing costly reconstruction . • Excess road width can be reused as parking lanes . • Excess road width can be reclaimed as a larger "green space" within the terrace area adjacent to the roadway. This area can be used for tree planting, sidewalks, or other pedestrian trails . • Reduced road width will require less snow-plowing and provide increased snow storage areas wit hin the enlarged terrace area . • More narrow roads, particularly when accompanied by street trees or other landscaping are more aesthetically pleasing than a barren expanse of asphalt. Figure 9.10 demonstrates how some streets in Marquette could benefit from a reduction in roadway width. This example was taken from a residential neighborhood (Craig Street near the Bothwell Middle School), however, this same theory could apply to a number of roadways throughout the City. Reconfiguration of Intersection Signals People often look to the use of stop signs or other intersection signals as a way of controlling traffic flow and reducing speeding . The reality, however, is that an increase in the number of stop signs at intersections can lead to a phenomenon called "speed spiking" in which drivers will speed between intersections in order to make up for the time they feel they have lost by having to stop. For this reason, eliminating many of the four-way stops in Marquette, and looking for alternative controls such as roundabouts, can be a successful way to control motorists' speed . Other traffic calming measures can be instituted along the length of these roadways to further reduce speeding and to increase walkability. A more detailed description of these and other walkability concepts is given in Chapter Ten . There are also opportunities to improve intersection efficiency through simple lane reconfigurations. As noted in both the SSOE and Kulash traffic studies, several intersections in Marquette have opposing left turn lanes that do not align, resulting in a wasted traffic lane in each direction . By restriping these intersections to align the opposing left turns, it creates room for a dedicated right turn lane and creates the potential to narrow the roadway if desired (See Figure 9.11 ). Marquette Master Plan - 2003 177 �,,,----,_ ------- ,,---.___ Figure 9.12: This example of infill development within the Downtown demonstrates how a density of commercial buildings provide added incentive for patrons to frequent the Downtown commercial businesses. Parking is provided by existing lots and on-street spaces. Sketches by: Tripti Singh and T.A. Vijayasanan 178 �Incorporation of On-Street Parking • • The City of Marquette needs to reevaluate its current parking strategy, particularly as it relates to the Downtown area. The lack of on-street parking within the central business district can have detrimental effects on the success of a commercial area. Because there is very little on-street parking available, businesses are forced to use potential development parcels to house off-street parking lots instead. This proliferation of off-street lots has resulted in a large number of prime development parcels being underutilized, and has reduced the Downtown's critical mass of buildings (See Figure 9.12). If more parking were available on the street, these currently unproductive parking lots could be redeveloped into commercial or retail businesses, thus providing additional tax revenue to the City. Table 9.6 presents a rough estimate of the amount of lost tax revenue for each surplus parking space assuming reuse of this area for new construction . Given that each parking space can cost an estimated $298 in lost tax revenue, a 50-car lot could amount to $14,900 in tax revenue the City could realize if the property were put to more productive use. Table 9.6: Economic Cost of Excessive Parking Parking Area New Building Construction Estimated Market Value Taxable Value (50%) City of Marquette - tax millage Tax Revenue Per Parking Space (10' X 20' + circulation) 350 SF $125/SF $43,750 $21,875 .01363 $298 Beyond the potential for new development, on-street parking can increase pedestrian traffic and sales to Downtown businesses . When patrons are able to conveniently park and walk to nearby stores, they are more likely to patronize a number of nearby shops, rather than simply driving to their destination and leaving without visiting any other retail establishments . In addition to the benefits that on-street parking can provide within the central business district, it can also be an important traffic calming device. For example, Marquette's policy of "no parking on school days" in areas adjacent to educational facilities may actually increase the hazard for children walking to school. When the roadway is completely open for through traffic, motorists have a tendency to speed. By placing parked cars along the roadway, motorists often slow down to adjust to the presence of additional cars. This same strategy can be used in residential areas to control the speed of motorists as they pass through these neighborhoods. The incorporation of additional on-street parking is closely tied to the two modifications mentioned above (reduction in travel lanes and road width). Often, when parking additions are done in conjunction with these other changes, on-street parking can be accommodated within the existing roadway, eliminating the need for a costly construction project. The additional parking that is supplied on-street may also eliminate the need for costly expenditures such as a parking structures. The appropriate type of parking (angle, parallel, etc.) is highly dependent on the available road width and should be assessed on a case-by-case basis. In areas that have little excess road width, parallel parking may be the only option. In other areas, more efficient parking layouts, such as angle parking, may be possible. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 179 �Residents park on their lawns during winter due to a lack of on-street parking 180 �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations ,,.........,__ ' ,,......,__ ~ ~ =- .,...-..,_ =- ,,.........___ = Effect of Reconfigurations on Snow Removal Process In a winter city such as Marquette, the convenience and efficiency of the snow removal process is an important issue. The modifications to the number and width of roadway lanes would have beneficial effects on the snow removal process. Fewer lanes would require fewer passes by the plows to clear the roadway. Also, the additional terrace area created by narrowing the existing lanes would provide a larger area for snow storage. This would prevent the snow from being potentially plowed onto the sidewalks where it is then pushed back toward the streets when the sidewalks are cleared creating a "see-saw" effect. The addition of on-street parking can also be coordinated with the snow removal process to prevent conflicts or interference. The use of an "Alternate-Side Parking" program has been used successfully in numerous other winter cities. Such a program allows parking on one side of the street while prohibiting it on the other, thus allowing for snow removal. The side allowed for parking alternates daily, ensuring that the plowing of the parking area is no more than one day out of date. Such a program can be administered with a "blanket" regulation for the entire city and be easily enforced . It is important to remember that, while snow removal is a critical service provided to city residents, it should not necessarily be the defining factor for the design of the city streets. It is important to balance the needs of the snow maintenance crews with other desirable characteristics such as on-street parking, ease of pedestrian access, and the aesthetic implications of the roadway design . ,,,-... ---=- Marquette Master Pinn - 2003 181 �( ( (~ ~ l ~ · ~ ~ ~ ~ C ~ ~ c:: ·.,; c:: QJ c:: Presq11e lslP .~ W11ql1t PrP,qlle hie & C olle•ge 1th & Hew111 4th & R1rJqp 4th & W,a,h111f)t•)11 Br1raq;i ,_t" -';, ,isl H•r ,t t11 & 1 2 3 4 5 6 c:: _J c:: c:: >- ru :c >- -~ <( 4= 2X _J QJ a: "~ "" <{ 0 QJ c:: <( c:: c:: u 0 ..:J QJ E c:: :3 .i:: c QJ c:: !I ! ~ I 4= Lake,hore Fair & P111f' f a11 & PrPSQUP 1,IP K.ave /1. rre,QllP !,le r'.ayf' & HPh.arrl r 117.abPth H<1rd1n & 7th \t1eet F<11r & tl1;,abPtl1 H,:1rcl111 r<'ltr & I 1nrnln r,w & M(llPlliln QJ ~ :3 l"..i11 & V, LU ~ > QJ :3 u ~ j c ru :g _c_ ru a.. 2.., ru c:: c:: QJ II Ii i I QJ ~ E >- " ru a.. 0:: 0 0: ~ ..c: V, ["' V, E c:: QJ > ru QJ E 0 (lJ >- >- . . 7 1 vi ~ ru ~ i5 2 ru· c:: g V, _,U' ;,;:::i ]I .. 8 9 10 11 "' C • 12 13 14 15 ... . . 16 0 ·,::; u <IJ ~ ~ ..,<IJ .s l:J <IJ Mc 1· IPl!an & Witf!l7T M1Clell~n & HtdqP Mcn~,11;i11 & W;ish111qto11 Md fell.in & 11, , 41 Mt• lrll,ln R <,rnve Mee lrllnn & P10r1eer Mr( IPllan /1, ( RSS1f 71h ,11Pet & r ol!ec_1p 7th ~IIPP1 & MaonPtl( 711"1 \trPPI & R1dqp 'lh Str,,et 1-..W,1,h1nqto11 7111 <,1,w,1 & '-prinn 11she1 & GrnvP (,t0VP 81 U ', •11 u <, 4 1 & Front i 17 18 11) 19 20 '{ c:: . 21 ~ e Q, 24 29 30 31 c:: E 23 27 28 ~ <IJ 22 25 26 .... -E _§ . l:J ..."' <IJ <IJ 01 01 ::, V, ,:..: oi ~ .Q ~ N 00 .... �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations Other Traffic System Enhancements In addition to the system-wide improvements suggested above, there are other, more-detailed recommendations that would benefit the Marquette traffic system. First, Table 9.7 presents detailed recommendations for the thirty-one intersections that were analyzed as part of the master planning process . Second, recommendations are presented that relate directly to the safety of the pedestrian system within the City. Finally, suggestions are given for new road connections and other road design suggestions that would help to improve the efficiency and convenience of Marquette's traffic system . Pedestrian-Related Enhancements: • Crosswalks - Crosswalks delineate safe crossing areas for pedestrians and alert motorists that pedestrians may be present. Crosswalks in Marquette currently do not meet the design standards that allow them to fully-function in both these capacities. In order to ensure they can be easily seen by both pedestrians and motorists, crosswalk strips should be at least 18" w ide and use a "ladder" style . Stripes should be painted yellow for easy visibility during winter. Stop bars for veh icles should be located at least 10 feet from the crosswalk . • Walk Signals - In several locations, the pedestrian walk signals are undersized for the intersection and do not allow sufficient time for a pedestrian to safely cross. Walk signals should be evaluated to ensure that they are easily visible, and correspond to the size of the road . Other improvements, such as audible walk signals should be considered to fully accommodate ADA concerns . • Sidewalks - Wh ile sidewalks may not seem like an integral part of the traffic system, they are often designed as part of the larger street cross-section when new roads are being engineered . The City's practice of allowing variances for developers who do not want to build sidewalks should be eliminated . In order to provide more non-motorized transportation routes, sidewalks should be considered as an integral piece of a new road's construction . This is particularly true in areas near the University campus and in area's adjacent to schools or other key services . Other System Enhancements: • • • • • Designation of truck routes - Currently, high volumes of truck traffic present a problem for many residential neighborhoods. Specific truck routes should be designated to route traffic along the major collectors, rather than through residential areas . Extension of M -554 - The extension of M -554 west into Marquette Township would provide a future east-west connection between these municipalities. Genesee Street - Establish Genesee Street as primary route for accessing the Lower Harbor area . Discourage the use of cul-de-sacs - When designing new subdivisions, the use of cul-de-sacs should be discouraged . Such road patterns are difficult for safetyrelated equipment such as fire department trucks and other city services to access. These dead-end areas also do not help to improve the interconnectedness of the City as a whole. Design for service vehicles - Traffic calming mechanisms, such as curb extensions should be designed to accommodate snow-plows and other large service vehicles. Extensions should be designed using gradual curves, rather than right angles that would be difficult for plows to maneuver around . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 183 �Partridge Bay MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Transportation Framework Plan -------------o■ii111-c=jo--■oi:3====::'iol6 Miles Pres.111e I,le tT1 V) i::: "';) Al • t f ~ • f I r 1' 9 i"( G • I R:Jadllnterredion aassfications - Urban Principal Arterial Urban Minor Arterial Urban Collector Urban Local Street Scenic Corridor Gateway/Image Intersection • 1 "' I \ ,- Ftopored Improvements ! .·•· .. · New Road : •••••••• ,s 1 / • • • • • • • •:,/: G Boulevard IntersectionMedian Roundabout Signal Installation or Upgrade Intersection Realignment Lane Reconfiguration Signal & Lane Reconfiguration )( Pedestrian Tunnel & Plaza \, I Map 9.4: Proposed improvements to Marquette's current road network 184 Marquette M flay ;::::, .... 0 ;::::, ~ . �Chapter Nine - Traffic Considerations TRANSPORTATION FRAMEWORK - Summary A summary of the modifications recommended for Marquette's existing road network is presented in Map 9.4 . This map identifies proposed improvements including : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 . Completion of McClellan Avenue from Wright Street to M-554, resulting in another community north-south connector. Inclusion of a median along McClellan Avenue from M-554 to Grove Street. Extension of Seventh Street from Spring to Washington Street. Designation of Lakeshore Boulevard from Presque Isle to Genesee Street as a scenic corridor. Implementation of the Kaye I Fair extension. Construction of a pedestrian tunnel at U.S.41 . New road extension into Marquette Township at M-554. Internal roadway connections on Pioneer Road and Wilson Street. New road behind mall to connect with McClellan Avenue. Inclusion of roundabouts . New scenic corridor along Carp River at Mount Marquette Road . These modifications, used in conjunction with the guidelines presented for road design and walkability, will improve the efficiency and appearance of Marquette's road network, relieving some of the resident's current concerns. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 185 �COMMUNITY INPUT: What are our walkability issues? ult's shameful how difficult it is to get around on foot in Marquette in the winter." The existing trail system provides pedestrian access throughout the City uKids are walking down the middle of the road." uLack of sidewalks especially around school routes is a community disgrace." uNeed bike and pedestrian friendly development." The local bike path is a popular destination for residents Separating pedestrian pathways from vehicular traffic increases safety 186 �Chapter Ten - Walkability Considerations Chapter Ten WALKABILI1Y CONSIDERATIONS INTRODUCTION While improvements to the traffic system are a critical component of a walkable community, it is by no means the only area to which attention must be given. The creation of a truly livable and walkable community involves a careful analysis of land use patterns, development practices, parking policies, location of pedestrian connections, school policies, and an overall commitment by the residents to improve the walkabiIity of their city. In order to assist with this analysis, the City of Marquette hired Dan Burden, a nationally known expert in walkability. The following chapter represents a summary of his analyses as well as his recommendations for how Marquette can improve its walkability. To review a copy of his full report, please see Appendix B. ANALYSIS OF CURRENT CONDITIONS The City of Marquette enjoys a number of advantages that make it an ideal community in which to promote walkability. Its traditional grid-pattern street network creates links between most neighborhoods whose housing density supports walking. Also, city amenities such as the waterfront, downtown, and the University are centrally located, providing strong opportunities to create pedestrian links between these areas and the surrounding residential neighborhoods. Finally, Marquette's somewhat isolated location, winter conditions, and limited population growth has helped to minimize the impact of sprawl development. While these characteristics provide an excellent base from which to work, there are still a number of issues that must be addressed before Marquette can reach its full potential from a walkability standpoint. It is important to remember that the perceived quality of life within a community is often tightly linked with these walkability principles. 1. Roads need to be kept small and well linked - While the importance of reducing road widths was discussed in the previous chapter, it is certainly worth a second mention . Within Marquette, virtually all roadways built or planned for multiple lanes (4 or more) could be compressed to two lanes with a third, center turn lane or a median . This compression of roadways into safer, more efficient two-lane roadways creates an affordable system that also allows access for all modes of transportation . (U .S.41 is one notable exception to this rule - its traffic volume justifies its design as a multiple lane roadway). 2. Land use patterns must provide many choices of housing for students - Student housing is a difficult issue currently facing the City of Marquette. In order to reduce vehicular traffic in and around campus and to ensure the current level of roadway service, it is essential to encourage students to commute via non-motorized means (such as walking or biking). This can be done by creating new, high-density (11-30 dwelling units per acre) housing opportunities on campus or within ¼ - ½ mile of the campus . Such units would be mixed-use, including commercial and retail stores to provide convenient amenities within walking distance . As a general rule, 6-8 units per acre is the minimum density needed to promote walkability In a particular area. In addition to promoting these new mixed-use developments near campus, there should be an effort to connect students and other pedestrians to the Downtown area via a major walkway. This would promote non-motorized connections between the Downtown business district and large pools of customers such as University or the Hospital. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 187 �~ r--. ,,..--.. r"'P11rtridge Bay ,.---..._ r"' MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Walking Distances From Selected Locations , . Ollii--= 1illl-llll[ 03==jO J6 M~es ,.... ,...--..,__ Isle t""' Harbor ~ ,.....__ m r ,-.... tr, c:: Mnrquette &y "" tT'l ::,:, .... D D 0 5-Minute Walk (0.25 Mile) 10-Minute Walk (0 50 Mile) :::, ,.---..._ ... ,,..---..._ ,,.---... Map 10. 1: Five and Ten-minute Walk Radii 188 �Chapter Ten • Walkability Considerations 3. Land use and sustainable development are regional issues - As Marquette is well aware, poor development and land use practices in the adjacent Townships are having direct effects on the quality of life within the city proper. For this reason, it is extremely important to create highly communicative regional or inter-agency processes to encourage partnerships between these different municipalities. These processes would address issues such as "big-box" development, traffic congestion, placement of schools, libraries, parks, and other services. On a smaller scale, Marquette should incorporate walkability concepts into its plan review process to ensure new development does not detract from the City's overall walkabilty goals. 4. Poor land use practices rob from community values and priorities - Levels of service on several roadways will begin to decline from increased traffic due to sprawl. Roads that are at particular risk include McClellan, Wright, Lincoln, Fair, and Fourth /Presque Isle. 5. As residents age there is a growing need for quality housing in a choice of central locations - Marquette is beginning to experience an increase in the average age of its population . Providing a wide range of affordable and convenient housing options for these residents is an important priority. This housing should be located near community amenities such as the harbor, Downtown, or the University. It also should include high-density (11-30 dwelling units/acre) housing within mixed-use or retail areas . 6. School policies and practices must be updated - Nationally, the number of children walking to school has dropped dramatically. Steps must be taken to ensure proper placement of schools along with several changes to improve the walkability of the area. This includes completing all sidewalks within ¼ mile of schools, creating patterns for vehicular traffic that emphasize the safety and convenience of walking or biking, and even prohibiting traffic on some streets during specified "drop-off/ pick-up" times. 7. Parking strategies must change - Marquette needs to reevaluate its approach to parking . Currently, a large number of off-street parking lots reduce the amount of land available for infill or mixed-use development. On-street parking should be encouraged as a way to increase opportunities for new development and to also provide traffic calming benefits. 8. Many links and connections are needed - Despite good historic street patterns, Marquette would benefit from additional connections. This is particularly true in the areas near the University and along the Downtown and new Lower Harbor development. Map 10.1 shows the five and tenminute walk radii from the Downtown, the University, and one of the local schools (Bothwell Middle School). This map demonstrates the critical areas in which walkability should be stressed, particularly those areas adjacent to schools and City amenities. New policies and investments are needed to increase the ease, safety, and convenience of walking and bicycling . 9. Snow and its removal is a blessing and a curse - Modifications to current snow removal and storage patterns may be required to increase Marquette's walkabilty. These changes may include new equipment, such as smaller-scale plows that would allow for increased flexibility in the plow's movements, or a change in the general strategy for snow removal. It may also be necessary to modify the design of some traffic management strategies, such as roundabouts or on-street parking, to accommodate plow requirements. In general, these new approaches to snow removal need to balance the needs of snow maintenance providers with other desirable characteristics such as onstreet parking, ease of pedestrian access, and the aesthetic implications of the roadway design . Marquette Master Plan · 2003 189 �A Roundabouts can be an efficient replacement for 4-way stops -; • ' -m• ' Existing t 5' 5'-4" Walk Terrac --- 16' Driving Lane 16' Driving Lane 5' Terrac 32' Existing Face of Curb to Face of Curb t i § _ ~ 5'-4" Walk t Proposed t 5•-4• Walk _t 5' 5' Bike t e: § 11' Driving Lane 11' Driving Lane t i 5' Bike 32' Existing Face of Curb to Face of Curb Figure 10.1: Bike Lanes Added to Roads with Excess Width 190 5' f 5•-4• Walk II ffi W �Chapter Ten - Walkability Consideratt0ns SPECIFIC WALKABILITY SUGGESTIONS In addition to the general areas of concern identified as part of the analysis process, there are a series of specific recommendations that address common walkability concerns. These suggestions pull from the "Walkable Communities" toolbox of traffic calming and walkability solutions. While specific streets are mentioned as potential recipients of such modifications, it is important to note that these are considered system-wide tools and would be appropriate for use on any street showing similar characteristics to those specifically mentioned . Reduce the number of four-way stops - People often consider the addition of stop signs or other intersection controls to be an effective way to slow traffic. Research has shown, however, that such controls can actually increase a motorists' desire to speed in order to make up for the time that is perceived to be lost as a result of the delay. Instead, traffic calming devices such as roundabouts should be used to replace many of the numerous four-way stops along Marquette's roadways. It 1s also important to mention that many of these traffic calming devices lead to more efficient response times for emergency response vehicles. For example, in a 1999 study conducted by Burden, he measured delay times caused by a stop sign to be 6-11 seconds, while a roundabout caused only 4-6 seconds of delay. Suggested Locations: Intersections along McClellan, Presque Isle/Fourth, Front, Wright, Fair, Lakeshore, Third, and Pine should be considered for the incorporation of roundabouts. Reduce number of lanes - As described in Chapter Nine, a reduction in the number of traffic lanes can have a significant effect on the convenience and safety of pedestrians and bicyclists. A reduction in the number of lanes would be appropriate for a large number of streets in Marquette. In general, this reduction would call for multi-lane roadways (4-5 lanes) to be reduced to 2 lanes (with a potential third middle turn lane). Suggested Locations: McClellan, Presque Isle/Fourth, Third, Front, Wright, and Fair could all benefit from a reduction in the number of traffic lanes, while not incurring any detrimental effects to their levels of service. Add bike lanes - When streets appear overly wide and barren of any distractions, people have a tendency to speed. The addition of bike lanes can be an extremely easy way to reduce the width of a roadway while also providing increased access for non-motorized vehicles (See Figure 10.1). Often this modification can be done simply by painting new bike lanes within the existing roadway width, and incorporating new signage. This is an inexpensive, short-term solution for a number of Marquette roadways. Suggested Locations: The following traffic corridors have excess road width and could easily incorporate new 5-6 foot bike lanes within their existing road width: McClellan, Presque Isle/ Fourth, Downtown streets, Third, Front, and Fair. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 191 �COMMUNITY INPUT: 85% of respondents "agree" or "somewhat agree" that Marquette should provide various non-motorized modes of transportation such as sidewalks, pathways, and bike paths. 87% of respondents "agree" or "somewhat agree" that neighborhoods should have sidewalks and pathways for all age groups. On-street parking in the Downtown area "We want a walkable, livable, and userfriendly community" "Encourage non-motorized traffic" "Interconnect town and townships with bike paths, ski paths, hiking paths" Sidewalks, particularly near schools, are important to ensure pedestrian safety 192 �Chapter Ten - Walkability Considerations Add parking - As discussed previously, the incorporation of on-street parking would provide numerous benefits. This could include parallel or diagonal parking, depending on what is appropriate for each location . Suggested Locations: The Downtown business district, in addition to streets such as Presque Isle/Fourth, Third, Front, Pine, Fair, and Lakeshore could all incorporate some form of on-street parking. Add sidewalks - While perhaps an obvious walkability enhancement, sidewalks are not always incorporated in new road designs. Marquette should require developers to include sidewalks on new road systems, particularly those near the University or in close proximity to schools or other key amenities. Rebuild intersections to meet ADA and walkability needs - It is critical that key intersections allow for safe and convenient access for all pedestrians . There are a number of mechanisms that can be used to improve these intersections including curb extensions, refuge islands, channelized islands, and medians. It is also critical to ensure that items such as curb cuts and pedestrian walk signals are properly designed to allow for the safe passage of all residents, particularly those who may have accessibility issues. Suggested Locations: The roads experiencing higher traffic volumes such as U.S.41 and Washington St., are a priority for intersection redesign . Many of these tools, however, should be considered for intersections throughout the City, particularly in areas where pedestrians are present in larger numbers such as near the University and Hospital. Neighborhood Involvement While these City-wide improvements are an important first-step towards realizing Marquette's vision of being a more walkable and livable city, other changes can be planned and addressed at the neighborhood level. Residents are highly knowledgeable about the issues affecting their neighborhoods, and are often in the best position to recommend innovative solutions that fit the needs of their particular area. In order to fully utilize this local knowledge, walkability expert Dan Burden recommends the development of neighborhood master plans, that focus on the issue specific to a particular area. While such a process would take cooperation between the City and the residents, the development of these plans have a number of significant advantages, such as: • Creating a specific vision for each neighborhood, which enables city planners to make decisions that best reflect the desires of the local community. • Allowing for the identification and training of citizen leaders who can help answer questions and alleviate the fears of their fellow neighbors when an area is facing a sign if icant change. • Increasing public involvement in the city's planning process, and helping citizens feel ownership towards the determined solutions. Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 193 �11 lt is almost more enjoyable and more magical here during the winter than any other season." 11 We get so much winter! Make the most of it!" 11 Winter is such a presence that it must be celebrated." Residents feel winter is a season to be celebrated "We have great potential for a strong winter economy." 11 1 love the beauty of this area in winter as well as summer." Snow and ice can affect the mobility of pedestrians and automobiles :J()( I f 1\ISH Residents enjoy winter events such as the annual U.P. 200 dog sled race 194 �Chapter Eleven - Winter City Considerations Chapter Eleven WINTER COY CONSIDERATIONS INTRODUCTION Marquette's unique climate and its identification as a "winter city" bring with it a host of benefits . However, it also poses a number of challenges that the local community must overcome in order to best handle the demands of the weather and to fully utilize the winter season as an important community asset (See Table 11 .1). Table 11 . 1: Winter Characteristics Positive Aspects of Winter • Outdoor recreational opportunities, including downhill and cross-country skiing , snowmobiling, ice fishing, snow shoeing, ice skating, and hockey. • Natural beauty, accented by snow and ice . • Increased appreciation for indoor arts, culture, and social activities . • Winter tourism, special events, and festivals . • Usinq ice and snow for civic art. • Opportunities for innovation and improvement in services, buildinq, and product desiqn . • Generally speakinq, the population is more fit with a stronq w ill to overcome challenqes . Negative Aspects of Winter • Increased cost for snow management for both the public and private sectors . • Health costs associated with accidents, both auto-related and pedestrian "slip and fall" incidents. • Seasonal Affective Disorder (SAD) and psychological depression related to a lack of sunliqht. • Difficult mobility, particularly for seniors and the disabled, either as pedestrians or in automobiles. • Prolonqed cold, snow, and icy conditions . • Limited outdoor activity for many persons . • Increased heatinq costs and energy consumption . • A visually monotonous environment dominated by white and gray . Northern communities or "winter cities" must become more competitive than their southern counterparts to find their place in today's global marketplace. Unfortunately, the winter season is often dreaded in the North American culture due to perceived discomfort, inconven ience, and a potential increase in costs. A 1996 study that analyzed the development potential at the nearby former K. 1. Sawyer Air Force Base cited, "it's a matter of snow, cold, and isolation that is against you from the get-go" . In order to overcome this attitude, commun ities must embrace the winter season . By applying creative planning approaches to solving winter-related issues, Marquette can mitigate some of the discomfort and inconvenience of winter. This positive approach can also benefit the attitudes of residents, and bolster the City's ability to attract new businesses and residents . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 195 �Many residents find winter to be a positive attribute of the Marquette lifestyle Maintenance of pedestrian walkways is difficult during the winter season This snow amphitheater (in Kiruna, Sweden) shows how residents of northern cities take advantage of their winter conditions 196 �Chapter Eleven • Winter City Considerations PUBLIC PERCEPTION As part of the public participation process, community residents were queried as to their thoughts and opinions on Marquette's climate and the role that winter plays in the area's unique way of life . Overwhelmingly (83%), respondents indicated that winter was a positive attribute to living in the community, although persons in the 65-74 age group were less likely to see winter as positive (33%) . In its investigation into why residents felt the way they did about the winter season, the telephone survey indicated a number of common likes and dislikes (See Table 11 .2) Tab le 11.2: Responses Regarding Winter Likes I Dislikes Common Positive Attributes Winter activities Like snow Change of seasons Tourism Industry Like winter % of Responses Common Negative Attributes Dislike cold Difficult to get around Dislike snow Dislike winter Winter is too lonq % of Responses 47% 18% 13% 12% 12% 36% 15% 15% 11 % 11% Telephone respondents were also asked to indicate the types of indoor and outdoor recreation activities they participate in during the winter season . Table 11 .3 indicates the most popular responses . In general, responses focused primarily on outdoor activities, particularly active recreation such as skiing, hiking, and hockey. Of those respondents who indicated a preference for indoor activities during the winter season, the most popular responses included swimming, indoor exercise, and team sports. Table 11.3: Preferred Winter Activities Activity Downhill Skiinq / Snowboardinq Hikinq / Walkinq / Running Cross Country Skiing Snowshoeing Ice Skating Hockey % of Responses 36.8% 26.3% 22 .1% 21 .3% 15.5% 11 .3% Marquette Master Plan • 2003 197 �Figure 11 .1: Consdier Topography in the Site Design Process Figure 11.2: Buildings protect parks from prevailing winds Handrails are necessary to ensure safety on steps or ramps (Source: All sketches - Hough, Stansbury, Woodland Limited 1991) 198 �Chapter Eleven - Winter City Considerations RECOMMENDATIONS The input from local residents served as an important indication of the direction Marquette should head with respect to improving its winter livability. To help reach this goal, a series of recommendations were developed. These strategies include the designation of specific winter design guidelines, as well as the promotion of broader initiatives, such as the development of new winter recreation opportunities, community involvement in promoting Marquette as a premier Winter City, and networking with other northern communities who face similar climatic challenges. WINTER DESIGN GUIDELINES Site Design Building orientation • • Utilize solar radiation in the orientation of buildings and outdoor spaces. Such areas should provide a southern exposure to maximize the penetration of heat and sunlight. Avoid or minimize development on north facing slopes. Buildings sited on the north-facing slope cast long shadows, significantly reducing the ability to utilize solar radiation for heat. In contrast, buildings on a south-facing slope can be sited more densely due to the shortened length of the shadow. (See Figure 11 . 1). Use buildings to protect outdoor spaces, such as vest pocket parks, from prevailing winter winds. Because the park is south facing, it will have access to the maximum amount heat from solar radiation . (See Figure 11 .2). Avoid building orientations which will create a wind tunneling effect. • Avoid creating public spaces for winter use • • Design building surfaces to help reduce wind speed . This can be accomplished by incorporating balconies, stepped facades, or irregularities into the building's exterior. Cover ramps or stairs to protect them from snow and ice. • Provide handrails for all public and private walkways that exist on slopes . • Design roofs to account for snow and ice accumulation . The design should be strong enough to handle the snow load, and also prevent snow and ice from shedding onto parking areas or pedestrian walkways . • Create transition areas at building entrances to provide patrons with an area to shed snow prior to entering the building . • • areas that are shaded from the sun . Although summer shade may be appropriate, it is not desirable in winter. Building design in • Provide shelters or wind blocks in areas that serve as outdoor gathering spaces. Density • Promote a dense, compact development pattern . Road Design • • • Consider snow removal in the design of road improvements. For example, curb extensions should be designed as a series of gentle curves, rather than sharp angles to allow for easy maneuverability of equipment around such areas. Design road cross-sections to provide an area for snow storage adjacent to the road . Creating this additional space between the road and sidewalk prevents snow from being plowed onto the sidewalks when road are cleared . In some areas, bike lanes can serve as additional snow storage areas. Caution should be taken to ensure this 1s only done 1n areas that do not experience a significant number of winter bike commuters . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 199 �ElJ::M~t'Z? Of= 'P}:=D~~ Ol~t-~·H==Vf<:r IN WI ~--rrl::T<. C:lt1~- Pedestrians often experience the most discomfort due to winter conditions Figure 11 .4: Buffers protect pedestrians from adjacent traffic Figure 11.3: Ra ised crosswalks help protect pedestrians (Source: All sketches - Hough, Stansbury, Woodland Limited 1991) 200 �Chapter Eleven - Winter City Considerations Pedestrian Circulation • • Designate critical pedestrian areas that should receive priority when clearing sidewalks and walkways. Consider recruiting the assistance of local residents, such as business owners, neighborhood groups, or other organizations to maintain some of these critical areas. Such a system is currently employed in Marquette's downtown where the local DDA has taken responsibility for clearing the sidewalks in the central business district. Ensure that transition areas such as curb-cuts and bus stop platforms are properly plowed to ensure pedestrian safety. These areas are often a collecting point for large mounds of icy snow due to street plowing. • Particularly hazardous areas, such as steps and ramps, may need to be heated to prevent snow and ice from accumulating . • Some existing pedestrian trails can be groomed for multi-use during the winter season . This could include some of the bike and pedestrian trails along the waterfront and McClellan Avenue . Compaction of the snow is an appropriate way to groom these trails in order to accommodate multiple-uses such as walking, snow shoeing, or cross-county skiing. Sand or gravel can be added to a "walking lane" to increase traction for those on foot. • Design crosswalks to be slightly raised in order to prevent water and ice from accumulating in these areas, potentially posing a hazard to pedestrians (See Figure 11 .3). Such a design was recently employed in the creation of the pedestrian crosswalk at the Downtown Commons parking lot. • Separate sidewalks and other pedestrian pathways from the roadway. This separation protects pedestrians from the spray of slush and water from passing cars, and can provide greater security from cars driving in poor road conditions (See Figure 11 .4). Snow Management and Storage • Ensure adequate storage space for snow. An enlarged terrace area adjacent to roadways can provide such a storage area . • Evaluate the impacts of winter winds and drifting snow on city streets and walking paths. Redesign areas where wind is problematic to use earth forms and vegetation to reduce wind and drifting snow. • Consider installing snowmelt systems for high-traffic walkways and sloped areas. • Investigate the use of new equipment or innovative technology for snow removal. This is particularly important when existing snow removal practices potentially interfere with traffic calming and walkability mechanisms . • Site snow storage areas where they will receive sufficient solar radiation to encourage melt-off. Adequate drainage must also be provided . • Store snow in a number of smaller sites, rather than one large area in order to speed up the melting process. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 201 �igure 11 .5: Berms and vegetation direct snow away from building entrances etmz0¥, f?.CO~. ~.~ 'Wlni'e¥ wirdh· {):x}1fer~ bvtfeY rl60t1rq Figure 11 .6: Vegetation protects outdoor areas from cold winter winds (Source: All sketches - Hough, Stansbury, Woodland Limited 1991) 202 �Chapter Eleven - Winter City Considerations Vegetation • • • • • • • Plant deciduous trees on the southern face of a building or outdoor area . Such vegetation will provide cooling in the summer (when leaves are present), while still allowing sunlight to filter in during the winter (when leaves have fallen) . Coniferous vegetation should be used on the north and west sides to protect the area from prevailing winter winds . Use berms and vegetation to direct snow drifts away from building entrances (See Figure 11.5). Select appropriate landscaping for snow storage areas. Grassed or landscaped areas that are used for snow storage are subject to damage and poor growth due to compaction, pollutants, and poor drainage. Consider using living snow fences to protect open roadways and other areas from prevailing winter winds. These vegetative wind blocks are easier to maintain and have a longer life than snow fences and other man-made wind blocks . Create "outdoor rooms" using trees and vegetation to shelter exposed areas from prevailing winds . The use of dense coniferous vegetation on the park's north-west side help block wind, while the space 's southern exposure will maximize heat from solar-radiation (See Figure 11 .6). Areas of dense, evergreen vegetation can serve as a "wind sponge", protecting pedestrians from the wind's chilling effects . Species should be selected that offer attractive or useful winter characteristics such as twig color, fruit, or salt-tolerance. Examples of popular species and their winter characteristics are provided below in Table 11.4. Table 11.4: Vegetation with Interesting Winter Characteristics Plant Species Pinus nigra Fraxinus americana Quercus rubra Euonymus alata Picea pungens Picea abies Prunus virginiana Syringa vulgaris Amelanchier canadensis Betula papyrifera Ostrya virginiana Camus Celastrus scandens Viburnum trilobum Common Name Austrian pine White ash Red oak Burning bush Colorado spruce Norway spruce Chokecherry Common lilac Serviceberry While Birch Ironwood Dogwood Bittersweet High bush cranberry Hardiness Zone Zone 4 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 4 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 2 Winter Characteristics Salt-Tolerant, evergreen Salt-Tolerant Salt-Tolerant Salt-Tolerant, fall color Salt-Tolerant, evergreen Salt-Tolerant, evergreen Salt-Tolerant Salt-Tolerant Interesting bark Interesting bark Interesting bark Twig color Winter Fruit Winter Fruit (Source: Hough, Stansbury, Wo odland Limited 1991) Marquette Master Plan - 2003 203 �Winter can be an opportunity for outdoor festivals and art displays Marquette's "City of Lights" program helps offset the gray winter landscape Residents embrace winter in downtown Lu/ea, Sweden 204 �Materials / Aesthetics • Design municipal facilities to function and look good in all seasons. • Consider color and lighting treatments when designing buildings and landscapes in order to offset the darkness and monotony of the winter season . Balance the need for efficient snow removal with other considerations such as walkability, aesthetics, and parking . • • Use technology and materials appropriate for a "winter city" . Outdoor furniture should be constructed using appropriate materials such as wood, polyethylene, or vinyl-coated metal. Exposed metal is not appropriate . • Items such as public art or seasonal light displays provide winter interest and offset the muted tones prevalent in a winter landscape. In the past, Marquette has created programs such as its "City of Lights" project to help provide this type of temporary winter interest. While participation has fallen off in the last several years, the City should encourage residents to continue participating in the "City of Lights" program, or others like it, to help create this welcoming winter aesthetic. COMMUNITY INITIATIVES Recreation Opportunities • • • Create ski trails within the city by connecting existing trails and walkways, and by maintaining the snow for a multi-purpose skiing and walking path . Potential trails include a connection between the Fit Strip ski trail and the proposed linear park via Harlow Park and the Cemetery, and the Lakeshore and Ridge to Hawley bike paths. Consider ways to use existing city parks for additional winter activities, such as a tubing slide at Harlow Park, snow slides, sledding hills, etc. Implement the Marquette Commons skating rink project. Community Involvement • • Generate local pride in the community by rejecting negative thinking about winter, and instead focus on its potential and the opportunities winter offers. Recognize innovative efforts in the community to with regards to site design, technology, and materials . Networking • Continue to communicate with other winter cities to learn about innovations that are successful in their cities. Of particular importance are the issues of snow management and ways to reduce the use of de-icing agents and salt, in an attempt to lessen their impact on the environment. • Continue Marquette's involvement in "winter city" organizations such as the Livable Winter Cities Association and the International Association of Mayors of Northern Cities (IAMNC), which hosts a bi-annual Winter Cities Forum . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 205 �The former Soo Line ore dock Aerial view of the Lower Harbor The marina at Mattson Park 206 ~ �Chapter Twelve - Waterfront Opportunities Chapter Twelve WATERFRONT OPPORTUNITIES INTRODUCTION As discussed in the previous chapter, Marquette's distinction as a "winter city" provides interesting opportunities to use their climate as a strategic advantage. Similarly, the City's location along the shores of Lake Superior offers numerous waterfront opportunities that are also unique to this area. In order to fully realize the potential of this scenic locale, the City of Marquette is undertaking a thorough analysis of the lakefront and is working to develop plans that will create an inviting and vibrant waterfront district. Currently, these efforts focus on two specific issues; the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor area, and an analysis of the water-uses in both the North and South harbors . LOWER HARBOR REDEVELOPMENT PLAN Since its designation as a priority action item in the 1996 Community Master Plan, the City of Marquette has been working hard to acquire the necessary land and to secure the needed funding required to redevelop the Lower Harbor waterfront. In June of 2002, these plans came to fruition as ownership of these properties was transferred to the City. The City Planning Commission, along with a consulting firm, Beckett and Raeder, Inc., has been working to draft a design for the development of the Lower Harbor waterfront district. A summary of this design is presented below. The Process The design for the Lower Harbor redevelopment plan has relied on input from numerous sources throughout the Marquette community. Beginning with a set of recommendations drafted by the Lakeshore Development Task Force, the planning effort has incorporated input from the Downtown Development Authority, the Marquette Planning Commission, and community residents through their participation in visioning sessions and community forums . The result has been the definition of a series of broad goals for the waterfront district that include: • Preservation of open space and public access to the Lake Superior shoreline. • • Creation of a bike/ foot path extending the entire length of the former rail corridor. Daylighting the Whetstone and Orianna Brooks. • • Encouragement of new development, including commercial, residential, and retail uses. Utilization of existing structures such as pilings, the ore dock, and other unused properties. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 207 �E_ (_ (_ l ( ( ( ~ ( t l t t t t t •I \I-. HfJI . FT ~ 0 l ' T II • R ,\ I I. • \ \ R I\ <. Overrul Plan The proposed design includes new residential opportunities, a public trail system along the lakeshore, and the daylighting of the Whetstone Brook ~ N ~· (ITV ilf '-lr+. RQUI TT) --~, SOIJTH• R A I L • YA R DS ~ ~-~.:.-p-- - ·• . " ?. .::.-:. J ~ . . ~,.»?;!'...-~-- Townhouse & Pavilion Sections The new design allows for residential development without sacrificing public access to Lake Superior and its beaches Ned,nl~~ �Chapter Twelve - Waterfront Opportunities The Preferred Future To better understand how these broad goals would translate into the future design of the Lower Harbor area, community residents were invited to participate in a community visioning session and two community forums. Input from these sessions helped articulate the community's vision of the new Lower Harbor, and laid the foundation for the Lower Harbor Framework plan. Some of the preferred scenarios described by community residents included: • Extension of the Downtown to the waterfront with public access along the entire length . • Incorporation of open space, parklands, and public pathways along the shoreline. • • Development of new commercial, retail, residential, and mixed-use opportunities. Reuse or removal of vacant or underutilized buildings . • Significant use of the Lower Harbor for fishing, sightseeing, and commercial or recreational boating . • Recognition of the waterfront as a major destination for both community residents and tourists. • Protection of the water quality and fisheries in Lake Superior. • Improvement of the area's ecology by daylighting the Orianna and Whetstone Brooks . The Framework Plan Using input from the community visioning sessions and the goals defined at the project's outset, a Framework Plan was created to identify the long-range master plan for the Lower Harbor. It embodies a number of various land uses which are organized in such a manner as to provide an integrated, mixed-use development which strengthens the Downtown, protects and enhances sensitive natural features, and provides economic development opportunities for the community. Components of the Framework Plan include: • An all-season waterfront park at Mattson Park . • A working waterfront for local fisheries, marine related businesses, and possible location for the U.S. Coast Guard facility. • Introduction of public and cultural entertainment into the waterfront as a means of pulling the Downtown into the Lower Harbor area . • Introduction of an intensive mixed-use development on the former bulk oil facility between Baraga and Rock Streets. • • Realignment of the U.S.41 and Front Street intersection . Daylighting of the Whetstone Brook tributary. • Introduction of residential uses on the former railroad yard between Rock and Genesse Streets. • Inclusion of an extension of Lakeshore Drive to provide internal access between proposed residential uses and the downtown . • Provision for water related businesses at the southern end of the rail yard with access to Genesse Street. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 209 �Cl1'Ul\1-\RtJL >--- -- Ttr SOUT ll•R \II•\ .\ROS Town house Lot lllustratJve New residential developments will include townhomes as well as single-family homes New commercial opportunities, such as a hotel I conference center and a museum, will create tourist destinations ---~1••ttr __ Cln Of "'"RQlJF.rTE lll\ I ',OI •I I lll•R\11 • \ Whel:.tone 8rMk ·>tc1r, SOUTH•RAIL•YARDS I \RO~ Bridge ,,,Sections Daylighting the Whetstone Brook will help restore some of the area's natural ecology 210 �Chapter Twelve - Waterfront Opportunities The Proposed Design Based on the Framework Plan, specific details were designed to illustrate the mixture of land uses integrated into the existing natural features of the lake Superior shoreline and the Whetstone Brook tributary. Specific design details were incorporated into the plan to ensure that the new development respects and enhances the existing aesthetic characteristics of the Downtown district and Marquette's historic past. Such details include: • The use of historically appropriate architecture in the design of the residential and commercial developments . • Use of natural materials, such as wood and stone, to reflect the rustic qualities of Marquette 's natural environment. • Use of native vegetation, where appropriate, to blend with the existing natural features of the lake Superior shoreline. • Reutilization of existing structures, such as the ore dock and vacant piers, as a way of preserving Marquette's unique history. • Careful siting and design of new residential development to allow for continued publ ic access and protection of important viewsheds along the lakefront. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 211 �r ? h ? ::, r ;;; Ill "'Ill Ill ~ N (1) 0.. 0.. C 5· IQ ~ iti ..., C "' (1) ..."' C ~ ~ 212 �• Chapter Twelve - Waterfront Opportunities ANALYSIS OF WATER USES In addition to the improvements being made to the Lower Harbor area, the City of Marquette is reexamining its current water uses to ensure they are being used to their fullest potential. To assist in this analysis, the City of Marquette partnered with the consulting firm of SmithGroup JJR to create a harbor plan to help direct the appropriate water uses for both the upper and lower harbor areas. A summary of this analysis and the resulting design proposal is presented below. The Process Similar to the process used to determine the appropriate direction for the Lower Harbor development, a series of Task Force meetings, interviews with waterfront stakeholders, and public participation events were conducted over a six-month period to help foster an understanding of the variety of perspectives that influence the harborfront. The following Goals and Design Principles were identified as a result of this planning process : • Maintain and promote public access • Accommodate multiple water user groups • • - Large, Small, Recreational, Commercial Dovetail with current master plan Promote sustainability • Provide long-term flexibility • Execute elements over time • Maintain navigational integrity Ensure economic viability • • Provide private investment incentives Promote year-round use • Swimmers at Picnic Rocks Provide serviceable use areas with adequate infrastructure Marquette Master Plan - 2003 213 �Figure 12. 1: Existing Uses in the Lower Harbor Area Figure 12.2: Existing Uses in the Upper Harbor Area 214 �Existing Harbor Uses A critical first step in the creation of the harbor plan was a detailed inventory of existing harbor uses . The restults of this inventory are presented below for both the Upper and Lower Harbor areas. Upper Harbor (See Figure 12. 1) A: Presque Isle Marina The public marina has a State and Federal designation as a harbor of refuge. The 30-year old, 95-slip marina is in need of an upgrade. Declining dockage facilities, outdated services, siltation and water depth issues limit its use and desirability. B: Marina Services Building The existing building houses the harbor master and support services. The facility appears to need updating from both a functional and aesthetic perspective . C: Boat Launch Community launch used primarily by fishing enthusiasts who want easy fishing access to the north . D: Merchandise Dock Owned by Cleveland Cliffs with the likelihood of being deeded to the City. E: Remnant Piles Large collection of piles that formerly supported docks. F: Ore Dock Owned by Cleveland Cliffs and currently active. Will remain in use for the foreseeable future . Lower Harbor (See Figure 12 .2) A: Public Access to Outer Breakwater United States Army Corps of Engineers owned and maintained breakwater protects the lower harbor. Provides desirable public access primarily for fishing . B: Coast Guard Station Office/Dock Coast Guard office and dock are located where the outer breakwater meets the land. Coast Guard residences currently located west of the lighthouse are proposed to be relocated to a new building adjacent to the office and dock . C: Seasonal Theater Local entertainment venue for theater productions. D: Cinder Pond Marina 104-slip public marina with fuel dock, boat launch/travel lift and marina services building . The marina, completed in 1994, is in excellent condition. E: Mattson Park Built on former coal dock pilings . Primarily a large open green space for warm weather events and skating in winter. Also contains a clock tower, play structure, and concession/restroom building . The surface walk along the bulkhead is in need of improvement. F: Yacht Club Private club consists of approximately 40 full members. Wednesday night Enson races around a 4.5 mile course. G: Association Dock and Fish Dock Privately owned docks are located on State of Michigan bottom lands . Lower harbor dock lessees and the City formed the Marquette Bay Association to purchase former railroad property from Wisconsin Central Ltd. Each lessee then retained ownership of their respective part. H: Ore Dock City owned ore dock, located on State of Michigan bottom lands. As Marquette's defining feature, there is broad support to retain the ore dock as a historically significant structure. I: Ripley's Rock Natural feature important to the community. J: Abandoned Spear's Merchandise Docks Remnant piles formerly supported working docks. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 215 �~ l l ( ( l, t t l ~ i l ~ SUp lm~nlory Presque ls.I¢- E.'-istin& f~ngth mun bu 24' 36 32' 36 42' 14 60' 9 Total Tut•I If \)5 J 144 lf Presque Isle- P r ~ m1mber lt.ngth ,......, // /./ 36 16 Toi.I 112 Total If 4520 If 16 nm (.\ \ Figure 12.3: Proposed Upper Harbor Plan 44 40' 50' 60' .......,"¾ ' \ ·,, \ © ,ii! MAROUETTE HARBOR MASTER PLAN UPPER HARBOR Plll!FERRE!) Scptemoor 2003 "' H N 30' PLAN SmithGmup JJR �Upper Harbor Preferred Plan Proposed improvements to the Upper Harbor area are described below (See Figure 12.3). The primary funding source for each of the elements is indicated in parentheses. A: Presque Isle Marina Improvements (Public) • Realign breakwater to improve access and efficiency, and reduce siltation H: Parking (Public) • Locate parking to accommodate beach, boat launch and additional marina slips • Develop standards for parking lots that reflect a park-like setting • Update dockage, including current utility/ service standards • Incorporate existing fuel tanks into new fuel dock system I: Peter White Drive (Public) • Upgrade harbor services building • • Update boat mix to include larger boat mix Realign north of Lakeshore Boulevard to better organize parking and create a park-like entrance experience for both Presque Isle Park and Marina 8: Merchandise Dock (Public) • Provide public promenade • J: Marina Services Facility (Public) Adapt and reuse existing structure at end of dock for vendor or concessionaire • Facility proposed on land currently owned by LS&I. Establish a land agreement to develop a marina services facility Incorporate land based museum/interpretive facility • Develop marina facility for service and storage of boats Reuse remnant piles for an observation deck that extends 100 feet from shore • Preserve piles 100' beyond proposed observation deck as historic relics • Salvage remaining piles • The facility can serve both Presque Isle and Cinder Pond Marinas C: Remnant Pilings (Public) • • K: Redevelopment Area (Private/Public Partnership) • Consider re-use of existing structures on City-owned property for an eco-lodge development, retail, and food/beverage uses D: Cleveland Cliffs Ore Dock (Private) • Maintain active use E: Kayak/Sailing Beach (Public) • Improve beach for kayak and small sailboat put-in/take-out • Provide kayak/small boat storage building combined with new restroom F: Boat Launch/Travel Lift • Relocate launch next to Merchandise Dock • Incorporate travel lift and pull out as part of launch area G: Fish Cleaning (Public) • Provide fish cleaning pavilion adjacent to boat launch L: Trail Connections • Maintain recreational trail connections Vending Opportunities (Private) • Encourage private vending at key activity Design Character Guidelines • Develop guidelines that build upon the high quality wilderness "parkitecture" style established with the park entry, new park pavilion, and gazebo • The intention of the guidelines is to reinforce the vision and establish parameters for redevelopment Marquette Master Plan - 2003 217 �(l - (l (l ('l (\ E\ (\ (\ (' u Ct Ct (f (f (I c, C, z, c, C, Cl Cinder Pond - E.'Osiing m1mber length 24' 30' 38' 38 49 14 Tollll 101 Community Sailing Prngnim - ~ !toeing 24' 20 Fish Dock ~ Exi~ling 11 so linc«r reec Fish Ood.; - Propo,,_'d 40' 24 400 Jini!at !CC:t AMOcinlioo Dock· ExiMing -IO' 14 &So.H_ linOArfooc All$0Cinlim Dock- Pniposcd 40' 14(inexi!Jling \ocatic,1) 1200 !in~ t~t(24sli~@.SO' e.11) OreDock- l>ro,,_, 1600 lilll)U f1.-e1(32 8.lips@.SO' ea) Hotel1Con\'1,.--nl1on Center• P r ~ JO' 36 40' 28 (/J' 24 'lint perpendicular sli~ Pnralh:I dockagc: Ore l)ock: Mi,:rtl u.~ rodtvelopment + malntllionn:hilccturollmegiity © ..;,nigh11ightingu:lpP«)Pl'i11.1t ❖ p-ovide conlinuous public access HA •longp.'linK"ttt Public promt.nadcA>rea.kw:1.lcr ❖ llghling ❖ seating ❖ ln1erpn>1ivefeatures ❖ e.U,tingpilerwsr Figure 12.4: Proposed Lower Harbor Plan I> K8 800' ii Mi\RODETI'E HARBOR MArrER PLAN LOWER H!RBOR PREFERRED Scpu:mber2003 fLAN SmithGruup JJR """'.... �Lower Harbor Preferred Plan Proposed improvements for the Lower Harbor area are described below (See Figure 12.4). The primary funding source for each of the elements is indicated in parenthesis. A : Cinder Pond Marina (Public) • Maintain current configuration/use • E: Hotel/Conference Center Marina (Private) • Maintain alignment and reuse piles where possible Adjust transient to seasonal mix as additional slips are built within the harbor • B: Fish Dock (Private) • • • • Encourage and establish private partnership opportunities Provide public promenade Expand retail uses • Encourage consistent architecture • Encourage vending opportunities • • • Provide protective breakwater at end of dock Expand dockage along existing piles Reuse piles where possible • Salvage remaining piles Configure breakwater to protect basin from wave action within the outer breakwater Provide public promenades with lighting, benches, interpretive features, and terminus features • Provide visual access of Ripley's Rocks, but limit physical access by separating the breakwater from the island • Accommodate larger vessels along southern breakwater F: Harbor Promenade (Public) C: Association Dock (Private) • Provide a continuous promenade along the water's edge that links to trails to the north and south Establish private partnership opportunities Provide public promenade • Maintain public access to the outer breakwater • • Provide protective breakwater at end of dock • Expand dockage along existing piles • Reuse piles where possible • Salvage remaining piles Enhance the bulkhead/promenade from Mattson Park to the proposed Hotel and' Conference Center • Create a common palette of amenities such as lighting, seating, interpretive features and other appropriate amenities • • D: Ore Dock (Public/Private Partnership) • Encourage adaptive reuse for mixed use development • Provide public access and promenade along perimeter • Provide public destination at terminus • Provide protective breakwater at end of dock • Maintain architectural integrity of ore dock • Limit activity on top of dock to historic interpretation • Provide sensitively designed night lighting • Accommodate parallel boat docking G: Linkages to Downtown (Public) • Provide visual and physical linkages between downtown and the waterfront emphasizing promenades that project into the harbor H: Trail Connections • • Provide trail connections north of Cinder Pond Marina and to the beach and trail south of the proposed Hotel/Convention Center Provide aesthetic fencing adjacent to the Coast Guard I: Theater/Marina Services (Private) • • Maintain current location of seasonal theater Expand seasonal marina services Marquette Master Plan - 2003 219 �~ ,r-'\ I Potential activities envisioned for the Upper and Lower Harbors 220 �Lower Harbor Preferred Plan (continued) J: Fish Cleaning Facility (Public) • Provide fish cleaning facility adjacent to Cinder Pond boat launch K: Cruiseship Docking (Public) • Improve bulkhead at Mattson Park to accommodate cruise ships L: Community Sailing Program (Private) • Reconfigure dockage for community sailing program M : Amphitheater (Public) • Locate amphitheater at the northwest corner of the harbor • Provide access to floating platform and community sailing dockage N: Water Taxi (Private) • Provide docking and wayfinding signage for water taxi • Provide seasonal service between lower and upper harbor O: Canoe/Kayak Beach and Storage Facility {Public) • Provide put-in/take-out beach at the South Railyard development • Incorporate kayak/canoe/small boat storage into public pavilion proposed for the South Railyard development Vending Opportunities (Private) • Encourage private vending at key activity areas Marquette Master Plan - 2003 221 �~ ,-... ,--...,_ Pllrtrulge Bay ~ ,--...,_ D ,-----... ----- MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Existing Zoning ,.~ Olt•Soutcf(ttyd~~l002 550 -- --.._ o■ilM•C:::::Jlll•llllllioi:.3C::C::::Jol6 Mies Presque i -=- i 1 ~ ...____ ____ j Isle ,-- : [/arbor ~ t""' I > ,,--... ,---. ~ r,; ,-----... ,,........._ ·1 ,,,,..--.... 01 ,,.--. ,,,..--..._ V, R , I i::: '"O Marquette t'r'1 Bay :;;:, .... D ,,--... ~ 8, 0 RS: Single Family Residential LI RG: General Residential D RM : Multiple Family Residential ~ ~ DOS: Office PUD : Planned Unit Development D BC: Community Business BG: General Business CBD : Central Business District I: Industrial 82:'.] DD : Deferred Development MGHOD: Marquette General Hospital Overlay District CR: Conservation & Recreation D No Parcel Data Available ~ 0 ,,.--.. tr' ,,--... F"°'\ ,--.._ ~.... Map 13. 1: Existing Zoning ,,--... "' 222 ,,,,..--.... ,.----. �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan Chapter Thirteen MASTER LAND USE PLAN INTRODUCTION The decisions a community makes regarding its land use policies may have more effect than any other component of the master planning process. The chosen pattern of land use has implications for traffic patterns, natural resource protection, economic development, and neighborhood quality. This chapter will review the existing zoning and land activity patterns within the City of Marquette, and outline the master plan's approach toward the City's future land use. It will also discuss potential solutions intended to address some of the most urgent land use concerns currently being raised by community residents . EXISTING ZONING AND LAND ACTIVITY It is important to understand the current state of affairs before making any assumptions about where Marquette should be headed from a land use planning perspective. Two maps, Map 13 .1 and Map 13 .2 show the existing zoning and the existing land activity for the City of Marquette. While the zoning classifications simply represent the type of land use that Is designated for each area of the City, It does not necessarily reflect what has actually been developed in a specific area . To determine what land use Is actually being supported, the existing land activity map Is a more useful tool. Existing Zoning Table 13.1 identifies the amount of land that is currently planned for specified land uses under the City's current zoning ordinances. Map 13 .1 shows how these land uses are spatially distributed . Under current zoning, large patches of conservation and recreation lands are located on the periphery of the City and along the lakeshore. Commercial districts are focused in the City's central core including the Downtown area and the parcels fronting Business 41 and U.S.41-M28. Other smaller districts of office or community businesses are located throughout the City, particularly along the 3rd Street corridor between Washington St. and Fair Ave . Industrial land uses are primarily focused in the northern region of the City, although some parcels within the central city core are still zoned industrial. Given the large amount of land dedicated to institutional land uses such as NMU and MGH, it is interesting that the City lacks specific zoning for institutional land uses. The University and much of the Hospital's property is currently zoned "General Residential" . Residential land uses make up the large majority of land within the City, accounting for 41.4% of its total area. Table 13. 1: Breakdown by Existing Zoning Existing Zoning RS : Sinqle-Family Residential RM : Multiple-Family Residential RG: General Residential OS: Office BC: Community Business BG : General Business CBD : Commercial Business District I: Industrial DD: Deferred Development PUD: Planned Unit Development MGHOD : Marquette General Hospital Overlay District CR: Conservation & Recreation ROW: Public Riqht-of-Way Total Acres 878 537 1618 301 50 259 48 407 403 119 20 1,811 875 7,326 % of Total Area 12 .0% 7.3% 22.1% 4.1% 0.7% 3.5% 0.7% 5.6% 5.5% 1.6% 0.3% 24.7% 11 .9% 100.0% Marquette Master Pinn - 2003 223 �l'artndgt Bay D MARQU ITTE COMMUN ITY MASTER FLAN Existing Land Activity bed on .\rncnca11 PI.Jn11i11g ,-\$$0 c.uillon L111d-~1'::td OazifKalioo SI.Jnd.uds OlrUicUw.e.tl.U&,~.IM~ llXIS . , 0 ~-=joilll-lllllii o.:: :J==:ia.16 111 Mile:I. l'rtsqut Tslt H«rbor r > 7"- r. ?,"'\ •.r. ~ C: ';:I Marquttt, :-i Bay "' ~ t:", 0 ;::::, Humon Act>~ty Types· ~ D Res1dent1al Sh1pp1ng/Bus1ness/frade Ind ustnal/Manuf actunn g/Waste Sooali1nst1tut1onali1nfrastructure D Travel/t1,1overnent Mass Assembly of People Leisure c:::JNone - fr\ Map 13.2: Existing Land Activity 224 �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan Existing Land Activity While zoning does help to direct the pattern of land use within a city, analyzing the current land activity often gives a more realistic picture of how the land is actually being used (See Map 13.2). For the City of Marquette, the largest discrepancies are related to industrial and institutional land uses. While the zoning allows for 407 acres of industrial land use, only 182 acres are currently functioning in an industrial capacity (See Table 13.2). Many of the parcels that are currently zoned industrial are instead being used for institutional purposes. The current land activity allocations show 929 acres of institutional land use, which accounts for 12 .6% of the total land area . In regards to the existing commercial land activity, most residents perceive the Downtown as the Table 13.2: Breakdown by Existing Land Activity Existing Land Activity Residential Commercial Industrial Institutional Travel/ Movement Mass Assembly of People Leisure No Activity Total Acres 1,669 272 182 929 1,087 31 868 2,347 % of Total Area 22.6% 3.7% 2.5% 12 .6% 14.7% 0.4% 11 .8% 31 .8% 7,385 100.0 % City's commercial core. In real ity, however, the proliferation of off-street parking lots in the Downtown area has created a lack of concentrated retail stores, therefore discouraging customers . Instead, new commercial activity is being focused to the west at the intersections of Washington St. and McClellan Ave ., and at Washington St. and U.S.41. A lack of specificity in the existing guidelines for residential zoning has also led to some unexpected, and somewhat unwelcome, discrepancies between the zoning and the actual land activity. Many dwellings within areas zoned RS-Single Residential and RG-General Residential have been converted to student rental housing with multiple occupants. Because the current zoning ordinance does not address this issue directly in its definition of permitted uses, the proliferation of these types of dwellings continues to increase. By using a more specific residential zoning designation (such as the R1, R2, R3 system), the City could more directly control the conversion of existing single-family homes into multiple-occupant rental units . · While the existing land activity shows the majority of the City as fully built-out, there are some opportunities for further development, particularly in the far northern and southern edges of the City. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 225 �Partndge Bay MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN 2003 Master Plan 550 03 0.3 0.6 MP.I ---==--it:::::==::Ji Pre<que t,/e X f-/nrbor I','- t"" ';> ';:\ m I'\' ., en c:; -0 --8 Marq11111r trJ fl,ry ';,:i .... 0 D Watershed Residential ~ Single Family Residential D Multiple Family Residential Mixed Use (Res . & Com .) D Neighborhood Commercial D Village Commercial ~ Corridor Commercial Regional Commercial Central Business District I§§§ Business Park Campus Industrial D Recreation/Open Space 17 Transportation/Utility Right -of-Way , ' \ 'Relocated Road Right-of-Way D Map 13.3: Master Land Use Plan 226 I\'- �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan MASTER LAND USE PLAN While the Master Land Use Plan shows only the proposed pattern of land use, it actually reflects many of the strategies and recommendations that have been presented throughout this document with regards to issues such as economic development, traffic controls, neighborhood quality, and natural resource conservation . As discussed in Chapter One, the Master Plan was based on the research and public feedback that has been collected throughout the master planning process. This feedback has resulted in the following community goals that were used to shape the plan : • Create and Preserve Viable and Livable Neighborhoods • Develop a Historic and Diverse Downtown • Create an Efficient, Functional, and Connected Transportation System • Make Marquette a Walkable Community • Foster Economic Diversity and a Family Sustainable Workplace • Protect our Natural Resources Map 13 .3 demonstrates the spatial pattern of the proposed land use throughout the City of Marquette . Table 13 .3 presents the breakdown of each land use type as it relates to Marquette's total land area. For each land use identified on Map 13 .3, a detailed discussion of its definition and importance is given in the following pages. Table 13.3: Breakdown by Proposed Land Use Proposed Land Use Business Park Campus Central Business District Corridor Commercial Neighborhood Commercial Regional Commercial Village Commercial Industrial Mixed Use Recreation / Open Space Single-Family Residential Multiple-Family Residential Watershed Residential Riqht-of-way Water Total Acres 159 388 72 67 30 88 20 288 149 1,782 2,122 237 1,054 876 54 7,385 % of Total Area 2.2% 5.3% 1.0% 0.9% 0.4% 1.2% 0.3% 3.9% 2.0% 24.1% 28.7% 3.2% 14.3% 11 .9% 0.7% 100.0% Marqu ette Master Pinn - 2003 227 �New single-family homes are being developed in the southern portion of the City High-density residential can offer alternatives to single-family homes Mixed use provides first-floor retail with residential units above 228 �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan RESIDENTIAL As is typical for most communities, residential land uses account for the largest land use category in the new Master Plan. To better differentiate the types of housing that fall within the broad residential land use category, four categories of residential land use will be presented : Single-family Residential, High-density Residential, Mixed-Use Residential, and Watershed Residential. Single-Family Residential Single-Family Residential represents the largest category of land use in the Master Plan. Because of the density of development within the City, there is little room for significant growth in the amount of single-family housing available in the city's central core. For that reason, many of the new areas of single-family residential proposed in the Master Plan are located in the northern and southern edges of the City. It is important to note that the designation of an area as a single-family land use refers primarily to the number of dwelling units located on one lot (in this case, 1 unit per lot) . It does not, however, necessarily outline the number of families or occupants allowed in each dwelling. This issue, which relates primarily to the conversion of single-family homes for rental units, is better addressed by the City through an update to their residential zoning ordinances. These new ordinances should more specifically address the permitted occupancy, potentially through the use of more detailed R1, R2, and R3 differentiations. Such designations are generally used to specify the density permitted on a residential lot. A zoning designation of R1 is intended for areas that are primarily low-density, with a single-family detached dwelling on one lot. An R2 designation usually permits two single-family attached dwellings on a single lot. This type of zoning is sometimes structured to allow for the operation of student cooperatives within a certain distance of a school or university. The higher-density zoning designations (such as R3), refer to areas where multiple-family dwellings, such as townhomes or apartments might be allowed . The need for additional zoning designations was also confirmed in a study conducted by NMU students, who analyzed residential lots looking for non-compliance to the existing zoning definitions. This study found that the current residential designation of "General Residential" did not take into account the diversity of housing found in Marquette, such as the historical districts, and older homes on smaller lots. Many of these homes were found to be non-compliant based on the City's single "General Residential" definition. The differentiation of several residential zoning designations would provide the City with the flexibility it needs to address this variety of housing options. Multiple-Family Residential The designation of high-density residential is applied to areas where there are 12 or more dwelling units per acre. Apartments, condominiums, and townhome developments would all be included in this designation . While there are several existing high-density residential complexes within the City of Marquette, some new multifamily development opportunities have been identified as part of the master planning process. The most prominent of which is the proposed residential development located on the former "Roundhouse" property and the new developments proposed as part of the Lower Harbor Redevelopment Plan. The "Roundhouse" property, located to the west of the City's Downtown includes both two and threestory townhomes as well as a series of courtyard apartments. This new urban residential development would be in close proximity to the Downtown and its amenities. Plans for the Lower Harbor Redevelopment call for a series of residential townhomes to be located along the shore, north of the Whetstone Brook outlet. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 229 �,-..._ ------.. -..,. ~ /v I I r----I I I I I I Conventional Subdivision Design I .;it, - I 7 Conservation Subdivision Design Figure 13.2: Example of a Conservation Subdivision (Source: Adapted from Arendt et a/. 1994) 230 ,,,. I < --· I ' 1r I �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan Mixed-Use Residential While traditional zoning seeks to separate different, potentially conflicting land uses, the use of "Mixed-Use" areas can be an extremely effective way to promote economic revitalization, increase walkability, and provide a variety of housing options for community residents . The new Master Plan identifies several mixed-use areas that are intended to encourage a mix of retail, commercial, and residential land uses. Such areas feature relatively dense housing development and are particularly wellsuited for certain demographics, such as the student population and the elderly. Mixed-use areas provide a variety of resources and amenities in close proximity of their housing . This reduces the number of automobile trips necessary and increases the walkability of the neighborhood . Watershed Residential In order to help balance the need for new development with the need for resource protection, the Master Plan promotes the use of a new residential designation called "Watershed Residential". This designation is a refinement of the 1996 Master Plan that classified property as "Residential - Resource Sensitive". This type of residential land use is particularly relevant in the southern portion of the City where new development pressures threaten to degrade the existing natural resources . This land use designation would require development in this zone to meet certain design standards established to limit development on environmentally sensitive areas such as steep slopes and along stream corridors (See Figure 13.3 for an example of steep slope protection). In return, it would allow developers to cluster developments in order to achieve higher building densities in the designated buildable areas (See Figure 13.2). The regulation of development in these environmentally sensitive areas is in keeping with the recommendations presented in the Whetstone Brook and Orianna Creek Watershed Management Plan. 100 ' 110' 120' Areas of steep slope require greater setbacks to protect against erosion Figure 13.3: Protection of Steep Slopes Marquette Master Plan - 2003 231 �"Neighborhood Commercial" includes corner markets and other small retailers / Third Street is an example of a "Village Commercial" location An example of "Corridor Commercial" along Washington Street 232 -~ �,,,........_ "" Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan COMMERCIAL The pattern of commercial development within the City of Marquette is a critical issue for the community. The urgency for a new strategy regarding commercial development is fueled by the residents' desire to halt the sprawling development along the U.S.41-M28 corridor, to revitalize the historic downtown, and to provide a variety of economically diverse employment opportunities. In order to meet these challenges, a variety of different commercial districts have been planned . Mixed-Use As discussed above, mixed-use developments can be used to target specific demographics such as the senior population or young families making their first start. These areas often include a mix of housing, retail amenities, and open space w ith a focus on the neighborhood's walkability. The right mix of these critical components provides for a vibrant housing community. As one resident commented , " Th is is what makes a community feel alive - mixed use" . Neighborhood Commercial The majority (65 .5%) of residents surveyed "agreed" or "somewhat agreed" that the City should make allowances for limited retail uses within residential neighborhoods . Such retail uses would provide pedestrian access to services and amenities such as corner markets, cafes, or other "mom-and-pop" stores, thus reducing the number of car trips required by residents to satisfy their need for basic services . Neighborhood commercial uses should be limited to not more than 1 to 1.5 acres in size . To help ensure these commercial establ ishments do not detract from the nearby residential homes, design controls should be recommended . Such controls could include guidelines for hours of operation, outdoor vending and storage, and acceptable lighting . ,,---._, Village Commerical Areas designated as "Village Commercial" shopping districts are intended to provide retail stores and amenities, in a more pedestrian-oriented area . The shopping district along Third Street is a prime example of this type of commercial land use. In this tight-knit collection of eclectic businesses, the stores front directly onto the streets with little setback and encourage a more pedestrian-oriented shopping experience . This greater pedestrian focus is also due to the lack of parking in this area that encourages people to visit multiple stores without driving to their destinations . Corridor Commercial The Corridor Commercial designation refers to an area of commercial businesses that is spatially developed in a linear pattern . This linear pattern, often located along a major transportation corridor, is most often associated with the stereotypical " strip " development that residents associate with urban sprawl. Such areas are generally more automobile-focused, promoting the tendency for customers to drive from one location to another, rather than parking in a central location and walking to adjacent stores. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 233 �,,---.. r---- ,,--..__ ,,,...--.-.., ,........__ ---- ,...... ~ Regional Commercial areas feature a smaller scale and pedestrian-oriented design - ,,-,--..., Marquette is seeking to revitalize its Downtown shopping district 234 �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan Regional Commercial The current pattern of development along the U.S41-M28 transportation corridor is one of the most pressing concerns for City residents today. The area just west of the City has experienced an explosion of "big-box" retailers and other nationally known chain establishments that residents fear will make Marquette look like, as one resident put it, "anytown U.S.A." . Because the conversion of this corridor to a large commercial "strip" is already underway, and because many of these commercial establishments are actually located outside of the City of Marquette, it is unlikely that this development trend can be completely halted. Instead, Marquette should take active steps to create its own commercial district along U.S.41 at the western edge of the City that promotes a different aesthetic than what they see currently happening in the adjacent township. Such an area has been designated as a "Regional Commercial" land use on the master land use plan . The regional commercial land use focuses on the creation of a commercial node that is organized around a central shopping area (rather than a strip of several physically separated stores). A mix of residential and commercial ventures in tight, mixed-use developments, would support this shopping area. The addition of housing and increased pedestrian access to this regional commercial area will prevent it from becoming the automobile-dominated "strip" mall that is seen further west along U.S.41 . Central Business District Similar to many small towns throughout the country, Marquette has begun to see its historic downtown deteriorate under the pressure exerted by large, nationally known retailers in areas adjacent to the City. Because residents believe that a strong downtown is representative of a strong community, they are striving to revitalize their historic business district. While the scale of the Master Plan can reflect only the general area that is intended to be the central business district, there are a number of land use decisions that can be made on a smaller-scale that would greatly increase the City's ability to meet their goal. • Lower Harbor Redevelopment - The redevelopment of the Lower Harbor area provides exciting opportunities for attracting more businesses and customers to the downtown area. The harbor design calls for new public and cultural amenities, as well as intensive mixeduse development along the lakeshore. These new facilities will be coupled with a shoreline greenway and pedestrian access that will encourage visitors to patronize the harbor area . • Parking - As discussed in Chapter Nine, parking is a critical issue for Marquette's downtown area. By promoting more on-street parking, parcels currently used for off-street lots can be reused as more productive commercial spaces. The appropriate design for the additional parking (i .e. parallel, angle, etc.) should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis depending on the available road width and the demand for parking spaces in that area. • New policies - While recommendations for new planning and economic tools to help jump-start the downtown's revitalization were discussed in Chapter Seven, it is important to reiterate that govern ment regulation can have a direct effect on the success of the commercial downtown . City ordinances should be reviewed to ensure they fully support the City's desire to be a 24-hour, 7-day-a-week destination. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 235 �r,., Map 13.4: Marquette General Hospital's overlay zone Marquette is trying to attract new "clean industries" to increase their economic diversity 236 �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan CAMPUS / INSTITUTIONAL Although institutional land uses, such as the area occupied by the Hospital and University, represent key components of the master land use plan, the physical area designated as such has not changed significantly under the new plan . The majority of the area identified as institutional land uses are currently being used in this manner. One exception would be the area within the Marquette General Hospital overlay zone (See Map 13.4). This block of properties, bordered by Presque Isle Ave. and Seventh St. to the east-west, and Kaye Avenue and Park St. to the north-south currently contains some residential land uses . The Hospital 's long-range vision for this area is to continue to buy these residential properties as they become available with the goal of unifying the hospital campus with 1n the one overlay zone. INDUSTRIAL One of the goals expressed by residents has been to increase the number and diversity of employment options available within the City. In order to support this goal, the new Master Land Use Plan identifies 288 acres of industrial land use within the city limits. Most of this new industrial development is focused around existing industrial areas in the northeast corner of the city. Because this area is also home to the Dead River and other ecologically sensitive land uses, these industrial uses are intended to be technology-related business parks or other "clean " industries . The City should not squander its remaining industrial properties by allowing institutional and professional office uses into these areas . Staying the course to establish planned industrial and business parks will result in long term gains for the City. Conversely, allowing non-industrial uses into the park may impair the recruitment of new industry. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 237 �Partridge Bay Middle Buy MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Proposed Greenway System 5 .. o11 iell•= :il o--ic o3= =::::io6 M~es Prrsqw, -----------------------------------------------' '' '' '' ' Isle '' '' '' '···, Hnrmr ··-··· r"' > ~ ............... ~~=i::=--:--'-r,-~ ~ ~ _ t _.J.U.,...,J3 t"1 v-, c:: "'t) Nlar,11iette ti, Bay :::-i ..... I 0 Greenway Existing Bike Path Future Bike Path :::-i Map 13.5: Proposed Greenway System 238 �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan RECREATION / OPEN SPACE A defining attribute of Marquette is its rugged natural beauty and its distinctive climate . Lake Superior, along with the area's watersheds, woodlands, and varied topography frame the community and give it an undeniable appeal. Finding a way to accommodate new growth within the community while still protecting these valuable natural resources is essential to Marquette's quality of life . The Master Plan focuses on the preservation of recreational / open space land in two primary areas: Along the Lake Superior Shoreline and along the Dead River. Focusing conservation efforts along these two critical waterways provides not only environmental benefits, but also satisfies the residents' desire to maintain public access to their most valuable natural resources . Protection of the Lake Superior Shoreline An overwhelming 87% of respondents to the telephone and written surveys felt preservation and public access along Lake Superior was "very important" to them. To support this clear directive, the Master Plan includes several redevelopment plans that will provide increased public access and protection of the shoreline. • Lakeshore Parkway - A redesign of the Lakeshore Boulevard (described in Chapter Nine) would feature the creation of a greenway corridor along the Lake Superior shoreline that would incorporate continuous bicycle and pedestrian paths to provide convenient public access . The redesign also calls for a tree-replacement plan to replace aging plantings and also to extend the current "forested" appearance along more of the roadway. Finally, design controls for adjacent developments would protect not only the ecological, but also the scenic qualities of this area. • Lower Harbor Redevelopment - The redevelopment of the Lower Harbor area provides an opportunity to extend this public greenway along the southern portion of the Lake Superior shoreline. It also outlines the redevelopment of Mattson Park as the premier waterfront recreation area . Finally, the Lower Harbor plan calls for the "daylighting" of the Whetstone Brook and the Orianna Creek in an attempt to restore some of the ecological benefits of these natural streams. Dead River Greenway The Dead River flows across the northern tip of the City on the way to its outlet into Presque Isle Harbor. This area currently features several existing recreational parks such as the Tourist Park Campground and the River Park Sports Complex. The new Master Plan encourages the creation of a greenway corridor on both sides of the Dead River from the Holy Cross Cemetary to Lakeshore Boulevard (See Map 13 .5). Such a greenway would have both ecological as well as recreational benefits . By creating an open space buffer along the river, water quality and aquatic habitat could be protected from detrimental effects of development. Residents would benefit from the creation of a continuous greenway connection from the western edge of the city to Lake Superior. This new Dead River greenway would then connect with the Lakeshore parkway system and destinations to the north, such as Presque Isle Park, and to the south all the way to the newly developed Orianna Creek Preserve. Carp River Greenway A similar greenway is proposed adjacent to the existing Mount Marquette Road near the Carp River. An easement along this roadway would create the opportunity to connect the pathway along the Lake Superior shoreline to the existing McClellan Avenue bike path . Enhancements to Mount Marquette Road should be designed to create a scenic parkway aesthetic, similar to the recommendations given for the Lakeshore Boulevard redesign . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 239 �Partridge 8011 MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Expansion Zones 550 o~3 ~ -o~ ~!!!O !li3iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii~ o 6 Mies f'rrs,p1c I.le Harbor V) c::: "" A,fnrquette ti") Buy ,:i .... 0 ~ Map 13.6: Future Expansion Zones 240 �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan ADDITIONAL PLANNING TOOLS While the master land use plan described in this chapter provides details for all the land uses in the City of Marquette, it can also be useful to identify the larger-scale land use patterns that the detailed master plan is meant to represent. To that end, two additional maps have been created to help supplement the master land use plan : the Map of Expansion Zones and the Map of Development and Redevelopment Opportunities. Expansion Zones The map of Expansion Zones is perhaps the most general representation of land use recommendations for the City. Map 13.6 summarizes the general areas of the City that are targeted for potential expansions of existing land uses. The key components of the expansion plan include the consolidation of commercial development within the City's central core, the identification of an industrial area where the development of new, clean industry will be promoted, and new areas in the southern portion of the City that focus on expanded residential development. The Expansion Zone also reflects the characteristics associated with the predominate land use. Industrial Zone • • Principal land utilization for light industry, warehousing and distribution, energy production, bulk commodities, marine uses, and business parks. Needs access to minor arterials and collector roads • Road design to reflect heavier loads and expanded turning radii • Inclusion of applicable screening, buffer, and reduction of fugitive dust materials Institutional Zone • • Reduce surface parking lots and encourage strategically located deck parking Increase walkability between uses • Promote denser, more compact office, medical, and educational buildings Commercial Zone • • • Encourage the expansion of retail, governmental, and art and entertainment uses Allow mixed-use developments with residential components Promote infill of underutilized properties and parking lots • Employ an integrated system of public amenities such as lighting, signage, and wayfinding Residential Zone • Allow residential development that utilizes open space and resource protection techniques • Extend infrastructure to support new development • Promote creative and innovation residential development • Ensure either vehicular or pedestrian connections between developments Marquette Master Plan - 2003 241 �Pi1rlr•fge &,y M1dd/,- &ry MARQUETTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Development & Redevelopment Opportunities 550 03 03 06 M~es -•c::::::11••c:::=:::::JI Presque ---- ------------------·-······---------------- Isle Harl.,- 1 r=::-:::-:::=r~-·----J.:_ - ·-'---.., "" --~~7"----r--____E-UW-1-.....! t"' ';> X Parle tT1 Vi c::: Lower Harbor Development "O i\1mqudlt t"1 Bay :;,.,i ,_, 0 D D D C D Residential : _J Residential Infill l Housing Rehabilitation Commercial/Residential Mix :;,.,i Commercial Industrial Recreational Cultural Map 13.7: Areas Targeted for Development and Redevelopment 242 ~ �Chapter Thirteen - Master Land Use Plan Development and Redevelopment Opportunities The map of Development and Redevelopment Opportunities (Map 13. 7) focuses on some of the highest priority changes as indicated in the master land use plan. This map highlights areas that have the potential to create new amenities, address existing deficiencies, or to change the existing pattern of land use in a particular area of the City. Such opportunities include: • A new greenway connection along the Lower Dead River • • Opportunities for mixed-use along U.S.41-M28 and in the Downtown/ Harbor area Areas for housing rehabilitation and infill development • New opportunities to develop industrial and cultural resources • • Infill and redevelopment along the "Village" business district Potential for a lifestyle retail center along U.S.41 . Example of a "lifestyle" retail center Example of an in-fill development designed as mixed-use Marquette Master Plan - 2003 243 �rA The former LS&/ Railroad property is being redeveloped for housing The community is committed to the revitalization of its historic Downtown New industries are being targeted to help increase economic diversity 244 - ------ - --------. ~ - -~ �Chapter Fourteen - Summary of Recommendations Chapter Fourteen SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS INTRODUCTION While each component of the Master Plan is of critical importance, each topic does not function in a vacuum. Every recommendation made throughout the Master Plan document has implications for other planning areas. This chapter summarizes the key recommendations made throughout the Master Plan and discusses the larger implications of these choices. Prioritization of these recommendations, as well as strategies for implementation will be discussed in Chapter 15. ECONOMIC RECOMMENDATIONS Economic goals for the City of Marquette focus primarily on three areas: • Diversification of Marquette's economy • Revitalization of the Downtown Business District • Encouraging Infill and Reuse of Existing Facilities Diversify Marquette's Economy • Recruit non-service sector businesses such as telecommunications, technology, clean industry, and research . • Encourage mixed-use developments, particularly in the Lower Harbor, and other brownfield sites . • Promote all-season tourism that will both develop Marquette's economy while increasing appreciation of the area's natural resources . • Establish programs to promote the retention and growth of existing businesses. • Work with the Lake Superior Community Partnership to foster economic growth . • Continue redevelopment of former Cliff-Dow property for a business and technology park . Resist the need to sell parcels for other uses. Revitalize the Downtown Business District • Reevaluate the current parking strategy to reduce the number of off-street lots, creating new development locations . • Use the Lower Harbor redevelopment project to promote new development throughout the Downtown area . • Reevaluate city policies to ensure they support the City's vision of a vibrant, 24-7 Downtown district. • Conduct a market analysis to determine the best strategy for attracting new businesses and customers to Marquette's Downtown district. • Educate existing businesses on current consumer trends, marketing, and advertising . Encourage Infill and Reuse of Existing Facilities • • • • • • Promote the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor and "Roundhouse" areas . Redevelop former industrial sites or other underutilized properties . Reuse former off-street parking lots as new development parcels . Partner with the LSCP to create financial incentives specific to the City of Marquette . Encourage development of the former K.1. Sawyer property through the use of Renaissance Zones the Intermediary ReLending Loan Program . Promote the Revolving Loan Fund as a tool for growth and new business development. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 245 �-. .t . ,t~- -..;- ,,--...._ ~ ,,.--,_ Residents support an inspection program to protect the safety of student renters The Master Plan calls for the protection of historic neighborhoods Roadways should be redesigned to increase pedestrian safety (Source: Burden 2003) 246 ~ r'-. ~ �Chapter Fourteen - Summary of Recommendations NEIGHBORHOOD RECOMMENDATIONS Protecting the quality of their neighborhoods is an extremely important issue for Marquette residents. The recommendations provided focus on three critical issues; Student Housing, Affordable Housing, and the Protection of Historic Homes . Student Housing • Institute a city inspection program to ensure rental housing meets specified requirements for safety and livability. • Enact new city regulations to help control common infractions such as noise, litter, parking, and occupancy. • Encourage the development of neighborhood associations to address specific issues affecting their residential area . • Increase the amount of University-owned housing. • Encourage NMU to partner with the private sector to develop student housing . Affordable Housing • Encourage a diversity of housing options such as mixed-use, townhome or condominium-style units, as well as affordable single family homes. • Work with developers considering affordable housing projects to reduce some costs such as infrastructure, land costs, and utility connections . • Encourage infill and reuse as alternatives to "greenfield" development. Protection of Historic Homes • Create a historic overlay zone to protect the character of existing historic homes . TRAFFIC RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations for modifications to the existing traffic network address both specific changes to critical corridors and intersections, as well as more general strategies for improving the overall efficiency and safety of Marquette's roadway system . Specific recommendations focus on modifications to the 5 early action corridors: • Create a continuous east-west connection around the University at the Kaye/ Fair Avenue location . • • Extend Seventh Street to connect from Spring Street to Washington Street. Redesign Lakeshore Boulevard as a scenic parkway. • Redesign the U.S.41 / Front Street intersection . • Extend McClellan Avenue north from Fair Avenue to Wright Street installing roundabouts in lieu of 4-way stops or intersection signalization . Citywide strategies include modifications designed to promote safety and walkability: • Reduce the number of travel lanes on collector streets . • Implement new pavement cross-sections . • • • • • • Reduce pavement widths where appropriate . Incorporate on-street parking . Reconfigure intersection signals . Reevaluate the snow removal process . Incorporate pedestrian-related safety measures such as crosswalks, walk signals, and sidewalks into road designs. Restripe intersections to create opposing "left" turn lanes . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 247 �On-street parking should be used in more areas throughout the City Traffic calming mechanisms, such as roundabouts, increase an area's walkability (Source: Burden 2003) I Snow removal practices should be modified to increase walkability 248 �Chapter Fourteen - Summary of Recommendations WALKABILITY RECOMMENDATIONS Similar to the strategies for improving Marquette's traffic network, recommendations relating to walkability address changes at a variety of scales. Some recommendations given relate to the larger traffic system and land use pattern within the City of Marquette. These recommendations include the following : • Keep roads small and well linked. • Work with regional partners, such as surrounding Townships, to control sprawl and prevent poor land use practices . • Provide aging residents with quality housing in a choice of central locations that are in close proximity to shopping and cultural activities . Provide a variety of housing choices for students. • • Modify city and school policies and practices to support walkability concepts . • Modify current parking strategies to incorporate more on-street parking . • Create links and connections, particularly in areas not currently served by the existing street pattern, to promote more pedestrian use. • Modify current snow removal processes to accommodate walkability changes such as on-street parking and reduced road widths. Other walkability suggestions specifically relate to the existing configuration of roadways and intersections. These recommendations include the following : • • Reduce the number of four-way stops, consider using roundabouts instead . Reduce the number of travel lanes. • • Add bike lanes to existing roads, particularly where roadways are overly wide . Incorporate on-street parking . • Add sidewalks, particularly near the University or in close proximity to schools or other amenities . • Establish a Citywide sidewalk replacement and installation program using a sidewalk width of 5'-4". • Rebuild intersections to meet ADA and walkability needs. • Encourage involvement by local residents to address concerns specific to their neighborhood. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 249 �I I I I I I I I I I I Opportunities exist for new single-family residential development I High-density residential can be a more affordable alternative 250 �Chapter Fourteen - Summary of Recommendations LAND USE RECOMMENDATIONS The Master Land Use Plan presents an overview of the general types of land use as they are spatially distributed throughout the City. Each land use also contains a set of specific definitions or guidelines for its implementation, that help ensure a particular land use will accomplish its desired effect. A summary of these definitions and guidelines is provided below. Residential: • • • • Single-Family Residential - These areas represent traditional residential units, located primarily in the northern and southern edges of the city. High-Density Residential - High-density is defined as 12 or more dwelling units per acre. These developments are particularly appropriate in central locations where residents desire to live in close proximity to existing amenities. High-density units often provide more affordable housing options than the traditional single-family residence . Mixed-Use Residential - This designation combines residential units with commercial or retail amenities. Such units are often geared toward specific demographics, such as the student or elderly population, who can benefit from easy access to amenities without the need for automobile transportation. Watershed Residential - This type of residential unit is specifically geared to protect environmentally-sensitive areas. It identifies stringent design guidelines and promotes the use of cluster housing and open space preservation as a mechanism for protecting natural resources. Commercial: • • • • • • Mixed-Use - As outlined above, mixed-use developments include a combination of residential, commercial, and open space components within one area. Neighborhood Commercial - This designation allows limited retail uses within a residential neighborhood. Such retail units will be limited in size (1 to 1.5 acres) and will be geared toward daily services, such as cafes, corner markets, and other "mom-and-pop" stores. Village Commercial - Village Commercial land uses designate areas that provide commercial and retail services in a primarily pedestrian-focused area. Corridor Commercial - Corridor commercial areas are primarily automobile-oriented, incorporating commercial and retail services generally located along an existing traffic corridor. Regional Commercial - This land use is provided as an alternative to the "big-box" sprawl that is currently underway in the adjacent Township . Regional commercial areas focus on the creation of a large commercial node, organized around a central shopping area (rather than a strip of physically separated stores) . The design of such a node is focused on maintaining human-scale designs and incorporating walkability concepts to prevent the area from becoming automobile-dominated . Central Business District - This land use refers to the core commercial area within Marquette's Downtown . The Central Business District should focus on maintaining its traditional "Main Street" quality through the use of on-street parking, design guidelines, and the redevelopment of underutilized parcels for new commercial opportunities. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 251 �Presque Isle provides protection to scenic natural resources New greenway connections ensure pedestrian access to existing natural areas A holistic approach is necessary to protect Marquette's unique quality of life 252 �Chapter Fourteen - Summary of Recommendations Campus / Institutional Designates the areas that are appropriate for expansion of institutional uses such as the University or Hospital. Specifically defining these zones prevents their unchecked expansion into surrounding residential neighborhoods . Industrial Areas designated as industrial land use are considered suitable for new, "clean industry" or technology-related business parks. These areas should not be considered for professional office parks or other institutional land uses. Recreation / Open Space The provision of spaces dedicated to the protection of natural resources is a particularly important issue for Marquette residents . The recreation I open space land use designated in the Master Plan focuses on protecting the Lake Superior shoreline and other unique natural resources in primarily two ways: • Development of a cityvvide greenway system: The Master Plan calls for connections between a number of new greenway corridors . These include open space and pedestrian pathways in the following areas: - Dead River Greenway - Carp River Greenway - Lakeshore Boulevard Greenway - Washington Street Linear Park - Mt. Marquette Road Parkway - Lower Harbor Greenway - Onanna Creek Preserve • Development of Ordinances to protect existing natural resources : In addition to the identification of new greenway linkages, the Master Plan also calls for the use of regulatory tools to protect ecologically-sensitive areas. - Overlay Zones to protect sensitive natural resources such as woodlands, wetlands, and stream corridors . - Implementation of recommendations given in the Whetstone Brook, Orianna Creek Watershed Management Plan . SUMMARY The presentation of these recommendations, neatly compartmentalized into their distinct content areas, can mistakenly give the impression that each series of recommendations can be addressed individually. In reality, the successful implementation of this Master Plan will rely on a more holistic approach, where the implications to a number of areas such as traffic, walkability, land use, resource protection, and neighborhood quality are all addressed as critical components of any larger change effort. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 253 �Table 15. 1: Progress Update on 1996 Master Plan Project outlined in 1996 Master Plan Description Lakeshore, Inc. Redevelopment Site Remediate site and redevelop for high-density residential housing Extend west to provide connections to the Township and facilitate new development Downgrade C R-553 and designate McClellan as an official truck route Creation of design and development guidelines for commercial and residential development Desiqnation of historic districts Improvement of exterior property and structures Extend to improve north-south access Remediate site and redevelop as new technology park Develop a linear park on the Washington Street railroad corridor Preparation of resource-based development guidelines Development of a "village" commercial district to serve adjacent residential areas Redevelop the Lower Harbor area for a mix of commercial, residential, and open space uses Maintenance of existing conditions through bi-annual reviews of exterior property Redesign to allow traffic circulation around the University Develop design guidelines and a corridor redevelopment plan Integrate the Third Street district into the DDA Redesign to increase circulation and provide a "gateway" aesthetic Redesign to increase circulation and provide a "qateway" aesthetic Conduct studies to address circulation, aesthetics, traffic, and parking issues Pioneer Road Extension Downgrade of CR-553 / Re-routing of traffic McClellan Extension Design Guidelines Neiqhborhood Preservation Neighborhood Rehabilitation Seventh Street Connection to Business 41 Iron-Bay Industrial Park Linear Park on Railroad Property Marquette Mountain Resource Protection Guidelines McClellan/ CR-553 Commercial Node Waterfront Redevelopment near Downtown Neighborhood Conservation Redevelopment of Intersections near NMU Community Entrance Corridor/ U.S.41 South Third St./ Village District Improvements U.S.41 / Front St. Intersection U.S.41 / Washington St. Intersection U.S.41 (West) Commercial District Improvements 254 Action Category Short Term Current Status Complete Long Term Resolved (In South Mclellan Plan) Immediate In Progress Immediate In Progress Immediate Immediate In Progress In Progress Immediate In Progress Short Term In Progress Short Term In Progress Short Term In Progress Short Term In Progress Short Term In Progress Immediate Not Started Immediate Not Started Short Term Not Started Short Term Not Started Short Term Not Started Short Term Not Started Long Term Not Started I 0' I �Chapter Fifteen - Implementation Chapter Fifteen IMPLEMENTATION INTRODUCTION Simply documenting strategies and recommendations for improving the Marquette community is not enough . In order to ensure that the Master Plan is a useful document, it is necessary to outline a plan for implementation that will assist in the prioritization and fulfillment of the many recommendations presented. While the Master Plan may be seen primarily as a tool for City leaders, its implementation requires commitment and involvement from the entire community over a lengthy period of time. The interest and involvement shown to date by community residents during this master planning process indicates that Marquette is indeed ready to take on this challenge . This chapter will review the progress the City of Marquette has made since the adoption of its last Master Plan in 1996. It will also outline action steps and their associated timeframes in order to help direct the new Master Plan's implementation . PROGRESS TO DATE The Master Plan adopted in 1996 identified a variety of projects to be undertaken by the City in order to achieve their desired goals. A summary of the progress made to date on these action items is presented in Table 15.1. Some of the most noteworthy accomplishments include : • Acquisition of key properties in preparation for a number of large projects including the Lower Harbor Redevelopment, the "Roundhouse" property, and the Washington St. railroad corridor. • Remediation and plans for redevelopment of some existing brownfield sites including CliffsDow, Lakeshore, Inc., and the LSI Railroad . • Completion of a watershed management plan for the Whetstone Brook and Orianna Creek Watershed . PRIORITIZATION OF MASTER PLAN RECOMMENDATIONS: In addition to the many detailed projects outlined in the implementation strategy, there are a number of general measures that need to be followed in order to ensure that the implementation of the Master Plan will be a success . Promote community understanding of the new plan • • • Update City policies and regulations to reflect the Master Plan 's vision Partner with adjacent Townships and key community interests (such as the University and Hospital) to ensure consistency between individual master plans. Use the Master Plan as a primary resource - actively seek ways to promote projects that are in accordance with the plan . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 255 �Master Plan Action Items Each of the following tables outline the projects needed to implement Marquette's Community Master Plan . Determination of priorities will be adjusted based on availability of funding and personnel needed to implement the project or program. Although this approach is less tentative than a more formal budgeting program, it recognizes that local government funding opportunities are influenced more by federal and state budgets, than city initiatives. An action category is suggested based on community expectations discussed in the plan. Table 15.2: Action Items - Community Wide 2003 Commun ity Master Plan Community Wide Community Design Standards Community Entrance Corridor/ U.S.41 South Revise Zoning Ordinance Sensitive Development Regulations Wayfinding System Development of "Mature" Housing Expansion of Historic Districts Neighborhood Associations Parking Strategies Urban Forestry Program Greenway System Description Action Category Establish design standards, which are locally based and reflect Marquette's natural and architectural character. Develop design guidelines and a corridor redevelopment plan Revise the City's current zoning ordinances to meet the recommendations of the new Master Plan Establish regulations, which manage stormwater runoff, protect water quality, steep slopes, and woodlands. Establish a community-wide wayfinding system to replace the current city directional community facility signage. Encourage development of higher density housing for mature households (55+) years in close proximity to downtown and established neighborhoods Expand National Register of Historic Places districts in the downtown and south Marquette neighborhood Provide technical advice to establish neighborhood associations Reevaluate parking strategies to encourage additional on-street parking particularly in the Downtown area Establish a comprehensive forestry management and replanting program. Develop a community-wide greenway system incorporating nonmotorized pathways and connections Immediate 256 Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Long Term �Chapter Fifteen - Implementation Table 15.3: Action Items - Economic 2003 Community Master Plan Economic Brownfield Redevelopment Downtown Zoning Provisions Non-Service Sector Strategy Orphanage Property Soo Line "Roundhouse" Property South Rail Yard Redevelopment Downtown Revitalization Iron Bay Redevelopment "Cleveland Cliffs" property Eco-Tourism and Sport-Tourism Program Description Action Category Continue to implement projects that utilize former brownfields for tax revenue producing economic development projects. Amend the zoning ordinance to regulate the expanse of professional offices and service businesses on the first floor of downtown buildings. Focus recruitment of new business on telecommunication, software development, internet, and biotechnology uses. Promote adaptive reuse of the property for housing Redevelop the "Roundhouse" property as a mixed density residential development Redevelop the Lower Harbor area for a mix of commercial, residential, and open space uses Continuation of the DDA's efforts to revitalize the downtown utilizing financial incentive programs, and technical assistance. Continue expansion and sale of properties within the industrial park Develop a eco-tourism and sporttourism program in conjunction with the Lake Superior Community Partnership Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Short Term Short Term Long Term Table 15.4: Action Items - Neighborhoods 2003 Community Master Plan Nei hborhood Neighborhood Conservation Neighborhood Preservation Neighborhood Rehabilitation Redevelopment of Intersections near NMU Description Action Category Establishment of Rental Housing Inspection pro ram Designation of historic districts or enactment of historic overlay provisions which promote sensitive design and rehabilitation Utilize state and federal programs to provide lower interest financing and grants for housing rehabilitation Redesign to allow traffic circulation around the University Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Marquette Master Plan - 2003 257 �Table 15. 5: Action Items - Traffic 2003 Community Master Plan Traffic Lakeshore Boulevard McClellan Avenue Extension Seventh Street Connection to Business 41 Traffic Calming US-41 / Front Street Intersection Kaye / Fair Avenue Marquette "Street Design " Standards McClellan Avenue Redesign Reconfiguration of Roadways South East-West Connection Description Action Category Redesign Lakeshore Boulevard using "parkway" design standards Extend McClellan Avenue to Wright Street Extend to improve north-south access Identify areas to implement traffic calming mechanisms as City roads are considered for redesign or maintenance Modify the intersection to include ertheraroundaboutora "T" intersection . Complete the Kaye/ Fair Avenue connections Utilize the street design standards for new street construction or major reconstruction of existing streets where curb removal is a component Boulevard w ith a median McClellan Avenue between M-554 and Grove Street Implement recommended roadway design changes (reduced travel lanes, reduced pavement width, additional on-street parking, intersection controls) as roads are considered for redesign or maintenance Extend M-554 into Marquette Township Immediate 258 Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Short Term Short Term Short Term Long Term Long Term �Chapter Fifteen - Implementation Table 15.6: Action Items - Walkability 2003 Community Master Plan Walkability Integration with Traffic Enhancements Linear Park on Railroad Property All-Season Access All-Season Connections Neighborhood Plans Description Action Category Integrate Citywide walkability concepts into road redesign or maintenance projects Develop a linear park on the Washington Street railroad corridor Provide all-season access along the Lake Superior shoreline Maintain all-season non-motorized connections to neighborhoods and community facilities . Develop neighborhood specific walkability plans, which include identification of projects and estimated cost of project implementation. Immediate Immediate Short Term Short Term Short Term Table 15.7: Action Items - Winter Considerations 2003 Community Master Plan Winter City On-street Parking Winter Recreation Opportunities Description Action Category Develop a parking system that would allow for on-street parking during the winter season . Encourage and financially support outdoor winter recreation opportunities Short Term Description Action Category Modify zoning provisions to allow for a diversity of housing types, densities, and mixed uses. Creation of design and development guidelines for commercial and residential development Incorporate within the zoning ordinance "Night Sky" provisions which regulate evening outdoor light pollution. Amend the zoning ordinance to allow for the introduction of limited, neighborhood based retail uses. Immediate Short Term Table 15.8: Action Items - Land Use 2003 Community Master Plan Land Use Innovative Housing McClellan Extension Design Guidelines Night Sky Provisions Neighborhood Retail Immediate Immediate Short Term Marquette Master Plan - 2003 259 �) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) City of Marquette Capital Improvement Program Sanitary Sewers • c ......... rl~ I .. -.- __ JI f• /-- I f-=t-- j} : If I tj--~,i:.rf_ ,/ f! , tl I J~~ l {j 11 ,_ 1P""'-• LWJ -l, •- ~ - " f IF ) J - < __ , n-i, ....J"": '.t,;,.:..s--- .II- ,. ) ) ) 1) . I I I - ~-- ' j \ ~ Lake Superior \ I I - ~ I, J ,t , . •< l ;· . 4, 'l7j ' 'a .,-l1:\ - .- -1 i ) t • -=~-.. _r1 1'1,. , • • -~t ,:.ilUJ , 1· '··- -,..- f~M.:-' ;:~: .a. f f~ . ' ~ . •r- ;'l, f"'"' .J--! ...... 1rf']f'"",r,·::ft-...!. --~ IL "' t- - c~,.._ , --.,~ I ·---~ ~·-- ,. I i I ...... ,~-. ..... ·-~ ·- ~ - • . -.. I . -.._., __ ~ •h ··· . ..........._ . . ,.J1 1 . ' ~t . f I / ...,_ _.¾ :t,.. I I i -·.. • !r • ~ -;::: I / I\ ,.,,. \\ / I ,._ '· \ \ '\ ~, 't__ . -- ~,,., • ~ ' ~ \ . .r '\, ' \ '\ Lake Superior \·if 't l1 <> ' II ~ ! I Legend .,,,. . . . Buildings Streets ~ Parcels - - Sanitary Sewer 1881-1903 = 8.6 Miles NORTH Sanitary Sewer 1904-1914 = 2.7 Miles - - Sanitary Sewer 1980-2003 = 21 .3 Miles City of Marquette Engineering Department 11 /24/2003 •• 10:30:57 AM 0 Map 15. 1: Sanitary Sewer System 0.25 0.5 1 1.5 ]Miles 2 �111111111 Chapter Fifteen - Implementation CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN In addition to implementing the Master Plan action items, the City of Marquette is also committed to the maintenance, improvement, and extension of the City's physical infrastructure. These projects are reflected in the City's multi-year Capital Improvements Program. This program focuses on reinvestment in the physical infrastructure of the community as a way of providing adequate care, comfort, convenience, and financial security for Marquette residents, businesses, and visitors. The following discussion summarizes the five primary City of Marquette owned and operated systems, as well as the plans for the maintenance and improvement of these systems. These systems include : • Sanitary Sewer System • Sidewalk / Pathway System • Water System • Street System • Stormwater System Sanitary Sewer System The City of Marquette sanitary sewer system is comprised of 84. 7 miles of sewer lines, approximately 2, 130 manholes, and 9 pump stations which ensure the flow of wastewater to a treatment facility. Together, these elements provide for the collection of household, business, and industrial wastewater (from toilets, showers, sinks, processing, etc.). This collection system transports on average 3.2 million gallons of used water to a City owned and operated treatment facility on a daily basis . This connected system of pipes, pumps, and pits provides for the sanitary disposal and transportation of "gray water" . The sanitary sewer system 1s an important component in making sure contaminated water does not enter into local ground water aquifers or Lake Superior. Proper maintenance, repair, and replacement of this collection and transportation system fulfills an environmental stewardship commitment the City has pledged to its citizens. The system is also monitored and reviewed by the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality to ensure the highest quality of work. During the last 23 years and since 1980, the City of Marquette has replaced or extended 21 .3 miles of sanitary sewer and associated manholes. The cost for the work has been $7.2 million dollars. In 2004, all existing pump stations necessary to operate the system will be updated and improved . This investment of more than 3.6 million dollars should provide efficient and reliable service for the next 20 years from these pumping facilities. The average price to replace and extend City sanitary sewers over the last 23 years has been $64.00 per linear foot. Current average costs for this work are $115 per linear foot. In reviewing the year each section of sanitary sewer was constructed within the City, we find that 8.6 miles of the system currently exceed 100 years in age . Over the next ten years, 2.7 miles of additional sewer lines will exceed this threshold (See Map 15.1). A reasonable goal for annual repair, replacement, or extension of the City's sanitary sewer system is 1.0 miles. Based upon costs today, it will be necessary to allocate $610,000 on a yearly basis to achieve this goal. The funding to achieve this level of work is currently available from revenues generated from the treatment of wastewater which are billed monthly to all customers . It may be possible for the City to reduce average costs to replace sanitary sewer lines by using trenchless construction methods. This construction method is not appropriate in many situations but the potential to apply this technique in a limited number of applications appears to exist. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 261 �) \I II ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) City of Marquette Capital Improvement Program Water System I I ) ) 1\ ) ) ) I I I , ,. • I ;J " ~_...... _ I~ -. •l ~ J ~-· ,I__ i l · : , I I~ - f h I -- · I I •, . Lake Superior ~~~ •,f ' '~· ' J. ' ' . .,. ' t ;f• r,1 ... ., _; l. t _ il.......-._·- -- - ,, .J ·-~, , t~ . ...._ f t .. r-r- •I .....J"': ,1 -- I :..,--, j _ ~l I ' L, ._ ... \ l I • --.1~ - ·· - 1~ • "tG i_"-~ -r- .,._''.!s·-'• ...c... t ., ii ' ~ ..... J ...;..,,_ ~ -•~ ...__ l . (l· _..;.,,.._;;: J • .-. ~ I l •-,-.'- /"" 1I f -- • ...... , . ,fl ~:Jc: ~ I I ' / _....... ,,-:,~ '\ ' ~,.,,_.r \ \ \ \ Lake Superior ,; 'l', t}.·'. ' .. \ . --" • ', \I IJ < \ ' J I ! Legend .,,, 1111 Buildings Streets Parcels - - Water System 1859-1903 = 7.39 Miles .. - NORTH Water System 1904-1914 = 3.3 Miles ,~.~~ti - - Water System 1980-2003 = 24 .6 Miles 1i ~,~ __ ! ~; City of Marquette Engineering Department 11/2412003 -- 10:27:45 AM 0 0.25 0.5 1 1.5 ]Miles 2 Map 15.2: Water System - �Water System The City of Marquette water system is comprised of 89.25 miles of water mains, 836 hydrants, and 2 storage tanks which hold 2 million gallons of water. Together these system elements form a transportation and delivery service which brings treated lake Superior water to all homes, City businesses, and institutions for daily use. Our system also supplies portions of Marquette Township. Clean, adequate, and dependable water form the basis of healthy living (not present in much of the world) and productive household and business operations. On average this system delivers 3 million gallons of water on a daily basis and can deliver 4.5 million gallons of water per day at maximum output. This system is also monitored and reviewed by the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality to make sure citizens are receiving water that meets or exceeds all state water quality standards. In the last 23 years, the City of Marquette has replaced or extended 24.6 miles of water mains. The cost for the work has been $6.68 million dollars. Hydrants are typically replaced as part of a reconstruction project or when they become damaged, obsolete, or unserviceable. Elevated storage tanks receive periodic cleaning, repainting, and maintenance service. The average price to replace and extend City water mains over the last 23 years has been $60 .00 per linear foot. Current average costs for this work are $110 per linear foot. In reviewing the year each section of water main in the system was constructed, we find that 7 .3 miles of the system currently exceed 100 years of age. Over the next 10 years 3.3 miles of additional water mains will exceed 100 years in age (See Map 15.2). A reasonable goal for annual repair, replacement, or extension of the City's water main system is 1.0 miles . Based upon costs today, it will be necessary to allocate $555,000 on a yearly basis to achieve this goal. The funding to achieve this level of work is currently available from revenues generated from the sale of drinkable (potable) water billed monthly to all customers . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 263 �) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) City of Marquette Capital Improvement Program PASER Street Rating ) ) I 1 • ( Lake Superior I l I Legend Buildings Streets Parcels PASER Rating (POOR 1-4 Asphalt= 22.66 Miles) - - PASER Rating (GOOD 8-10 Asphalt = 12.06 Miles) PASER Rating (2,4,6 Gravel = 5.56 Miles) ~ NORTH - - State Trunkline (12.26 Miles) Northern Michigan University (1 .32 Miles) ~ -U .. 1:. tff...:. . ,."-p,j ,-,;,~,., City of Marquette Engineering Department 11/24/2003 -- 8:41 :51 AM r-L___f7__J 0.25 0 0.5 Map 15.3: Roadway System 1.5 \ ~ Lake Superior - - PASER Rating (FAIR 5-7 Asphalt= 47 .61 Miles) I) ' ' - ) ]Miles 2 �Streets The City of Marquette street system is formed from 85 .5 miles of gravel, asphalt, and concrete roads . Together these streets connect residents homes to local business, educational facilities, highways, and City buildings and amenities. Current roads and proposed projects provide for the traffic volume experienced and anticipated . Together these streets provide a means of transportation through the entire City as well as connecting motorists to surrounding Townships including; County Road 550, Hwy. U.S. 41, and other easy access roads leading out of the City. Continued maintenance, repair, and replacement of the streets is an obligation of the City to keep motorists safe. Every year the City of Marquette replaces or extends streets to provide safe and efficient travel. In the previous 23 years and since 1980, the cost of this work has been 29 .7 million dollars. In these 23 years, the average price to replace and extend streets has been $100 per L.F. Current average costs for this work are $120 per L.F. Just recently all 85 .5 miles of road have been surveyed using the Pavement Surface Evaluation and Rating (PASER) System (See Map 15.3). This system involves collecting data by assessing road roughness, surface distress, surface skid characteristics, and structure. By combining the information the City can develop a plan based on the budget. PASER is based on a 1-10 scale with (1) being extremely bad conditions and (1 0) being excellent. Currently in Marquette, 23 miles of street were rated in the (1) to (4) range, which are areas in need of overlays, patch ing, or complete reconstruction . These are the roads that have cracking, rutting, distortions, and pot holes which need to be reconstructed in the near future . A reasonable goal for annual repa ir, replacement, or extension of the City's streets is 2.0 miles. Based upon costs today, $1,300,000 will be needed on a yearly basis to achieve this goal. The fund ing to achieve this goal is not available from existing revenue sources. The above replacement schedule is based on an estimated average life span of a street being 45 years. To achieve a 45 year life we need to preform interim heavy maintenance such as pavement overlays, usually after 15 to 20 years of use . Therefore this heavy maintenance also needs to be planned for an on annual basis . A reasonable annual goal for heavy maintenance of the City's streets is 2.0 miles per year. Based upon today's cost of $60.00 per linear foot, $630,000 will also be needed on a yearly basis to achieve this goal. Again, this funding is not available from existing revenue sources. The City of Marquette has approximately 7 miles of gravel streets . A reasonable goal to pave these streets would be over a 10 year period . To achieve this goal, 3700 linear feet would need to be paved each year at $60 per linear foot for an annual cost of $220,000 . Marq11elte Master Plan - 2003 265 �\ ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) /·~ City of Marquette Capital Improvement Program Sidewalks ---- J ..,. ! J \11 ---- ' -t c-.~"'"""--. ,~ "' ._J:, ""'"'-""~ r- [ ?El __ ,r/ __:~~ Lake Superior I~-- I L..____ - -I .I -: . ' --j~!~Ll ,......,,_ rJ'7 ~ I • j, ir J I . !•· Ir l~ 1 I ~,fr., _ l _jl-_J -- r-r--- 11 _.-..r. . 1· I , I ..__ l =t I . , • a ' ' , . J ....ii 1~ u- i_ 1 - ::-• .JUfr \ - ~ .!.-! •• .,--=-==i - . ...J_ r. \ ,,,,,../ i.r.. .,._ \ I . 'c - 1.,,-.L..JU .. ,, y ~-· ~ It -, J~.t•...i._. 1- -·: Jt...... J ,; I -11--·~ ,,J..,,,...!!' ~ - - --7 ~~!--=i ....,__.-w_ l l~- i, ·[ 11111./~ l~ ,. I - ~. ~ .[ . ~.~-...... -..,; ' -- {-c·~~ ,.4.. i ....!'-- 'i:.- 1,i .t ...... 1, / I l ~ G, . . . . - • ' - ·~°""'" ... "• I \\ ' l ;;,__ ....,,.•' I I Lake Superior . '\ \ Legend - ,, ........, ,,_ ..., \ , ...... \ \ -- ·\ ' "ll 1I ) Buildings I I l Streets Parcels Sidewalks ,.,. - - Poor 3.29 Miles - - Fair 40.57 Miles . I .. NORTH - - Good 17.37 Miles e - - Bike Path 14 Miles (t ~ City of Marquette Engineering Department 11/21/2003 -9:13:42 AM ri_r--L_J 0 0.25 0.5 Map 15.4: Sidewalk System 1.5 !Miles 2 �I ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) -- i I i. ', ""'71 -l' -=1 : !" .. j 1f ' ~ 'l 1 '° ~ ~ .. - ·: ' _ II •~1;,..., ,, -• -JI f•J_,JI 1 1 , 1- - •l 1• ! l_,_, .-9 ,•••i:...tr •;r _..Jd' -.......' I ,, J· ~lri• :1 I _ -<· L'.~ Lake Superior _.· \ I . ;~ ~----i;=j ;, r:"·,;;r~~ tL~t:.!. r~-__ r,-0 - JI i-- 1l -?rr -t• --=~•.:.1":::t • 1 J. 1 ~~rl~t~~~t~~-t-~ ~ jl~ -. - ~ -:r _·- f:~~~ -, ~--:tl ='"' -J...., . • _, ~ t ~ ~1 ! ~ ~~'~ ; :J:l'f ➔ ~ ~ ~ r ·r§.- ~ 1 - rr ljl, _ :;;::- if i µ -' : ...,_1i ,, , t:;J-'{ ,· ." <""I'!'...... ' = ~ -· 1 ,___,_ 1 i ----·-· 11 '. i k,.,~-: I - -- "' ;, • . ft- , _,.... , .. --·• ~ oft- , i • i ' ~ -• • { 11 ... ' I...:. ' ,C I_-• - • • • - - / - = · ""'-"" . •,\, ~--"' t• lI 1 ½.. _.~_.-, .Mll.iile.!."'f =3 ,... J ' - Fi _1i"' ~ _.,..,...., . .JJr __ l ~.,,""" · .I .,. i ' • I 't' ✓. ~\' ;..,- d;. .,. J --:JI -I.•t. "I~ I ·~.,, \ '1 \\ ,, ' lij _::' ..· ,--":Y'"" --5!11-- .-[ ."-111 '1f,_ -. -.-..-., __, 1 r ,\1 1 \ \ \\ \ Lake Superior ,_ ,, \ -- \'\ t I ' J ~- I ! -.,,,, ~ Parcels YES= 718 Ramped Street Corners NORTH NO= 147 Ramped Street Corners It ~ ~~ C ity of Marquette Engineering Department 11/2 4/2003 -- 10:29:29 AM ~ 0.25 0.5 0 Map 15.5: Sidewalk Ramp System 1 ½ >=!£. 1 ,,- . b:Jr:: :JJz~ ~ J_ _· - ::;;:::i ., 'C. \ Streets ' /f I' - - C¾ ·-rit ' f. Ill Buildings ! ! ~ ~~ - ~,..,r--,• I ~e1 ,- [ ~ ,. Legend ' l /, • """"dt . -==M ·-- ikoi~.,. I .. t;;,;;. ~~ ~ •- ""'-..C. ~ ,, t ., '71_ - • f., - ;;:y•~ '. - ~-~- •·• O I ,rr., I : ' • • :Ii• ;," <·".... • ~,1 • -";- l -·· Ji. ' _, ~ < . _ I •i· .. j ......_. ~ ,, d' ,, ., •""" '1' I -- .. ,.,,,-"'-._ / 1 tIT "r''T ' ttt ,. _,--1'd f ~-r--..... - - L.. - -- " , 11, - ~ ~- • " ~; i "!",i' _1_ -.. - - 1 -~... • .. ~ < ~ ,, , - , • J1,, .... - _ ,,,,,..,._ - ·f L, ._ I ~' 9'1~ \. ' . . ..l,,. ... .... -""i·...., I -'\, ~ 1.5 ) ) ' ~_-'-- 't ) -~ City of Marquette Capital Improvement Program Ramped Street Corners C«,q.~.lst ) ]Miles 2 - �. Sidewalks The City of Marquette sidewalk system is comprised of 62 .8 miles of concrete sidewalk and 12 .1 miles of paved bike path . There are also 718 accessible street corners, constructed so residents can easily and safely cross at street intersections. Popular areas such as the water front, downtown, and the University are central ly located, providing a good opportunity for pedestrians to be linked between these areas and the surrounding neighborhoods by the walkways. With the lack of sidewalks in some neighborhoods and these paths not always included in new road designs, consideration should be given in the future to require sidewalks on new or reconstructed road designs, particularly near the City's key amenities . t' Marquette has continuously replaced or extended sidewalks and bike paths throughout the city to enforce the idea of a walkable community. The cost for this work since 1980 has been $1,835 .855 . Over the last 23 years, the average price to replace and extend sidewalks and bike paths has been $25 per linear foot. Current average costs for this work are $30 per linear foot. Within the past year, all 63 miles of sidewalk have been surveyed . 3.2 miles of the sidewalk have been reported as " poor" cond itions, which residents walking, biking, skateboard ing, or in wheelchairs can injure themselves by tripping on elevations, cracks, or holes in the walkway (See Map 15.4). The remaining 59 miles are classified as "fair" to "good" . Out of 865 sidewalk/street intersections have handicap accessible ramps in good condition . 147 intersections are currently not accessible due to curbs, cracks, or holes in the ramp (See Map 15.5). A reasonable goal for annual repair, replacement, or extension of the City's sidewalk system is 0.6 miles . Based upon costs today, it will be necessary to allocate $95,000 on a yearly basis to achieve this goal. The funding to achieve th is goal is currently not available. The city has approximately 14 miles of bike paths that have been constructed since the mid 1970's. To maintain the existing system, a reasonable goal is to replace/repair 3000 linear foot per year at $25 per linear foot for a yearly cost of $75,000 . A reasonable goal for the extension of the city bike path system would be 0.5 miles per year at $70 per linear foot for a yearly cost of $185,000 . Marqu ette Master Plan - 2003 267 �Stormwater Map The Stormwater Map is in progress of development and is being completed by the City of Marquette Engineering Department 268 �r,;;:;::-.., I -c-.., Stormwater System The storm sewer system in the City of Marquette by definition in its ordinance is: "all rivers, streams, tributaries and lakes including lake Superior, within the City limits of the City of Marquette and all city owned storm sewers, curb and gutter, culverts, retention and detention facilities, lift stations and all other appurtenances now and thereafter existing, used or useful, in connection with the collection, control, transportation, treatment, or discharge of storm water. The storm water system does not include sewers or facilities connected with the sanitary sewage disposal system or streets." The City's storm sewer infrastructure consists of 75 miles of piping, 1205 manholes and 1989 catch basins. In addition, the City owns or is responsible for 8 detention ponds . There are 12 discharge outlets to lake Superior from the storm sewer system. In 1994, the City of Marquette enacted a storm water utility to charge user fees to all properties discharging runoff into the City's system . The ordinance is structured as an enterprise fund with the intention and goal of a self sustaining utility maintaining the storm water system . Since 1994, the City has installed or replaced 8.6 miles of new storm sewer piping including required manholes and catch basins for a cost of 4.25 million . The average price to extend or replace storm sewer piping and appurtenances since 1994 has been $80 per linear foot. The current projected average with the recent inclusion of curb and gutter replacement is $1 50 per linear foot. A reasonable goal for annual repair, extension and replacement of storm water piping and appurtenances and curb and gutter is 0.5 miles. Based upon today's costs it will be necessary to allocate $400,000 on a yearly basis to achieve this goal. The funding to achieve this goal is currently available . Marquette Master Plan - 2003 269 �FUNDING SOURCES The following tables provide a variety of potential funding sources at the Federal, State, and Local levels. While funding sources are continually changing and becoming available, this partial list provides current resources that could assist in the implementation of the Master Plan's recommendations . Table 15.9: Project Funding Sources Funding Source Program Name Program Description Federal Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG) Program replaces categorical grants. Eligible project include property acquisition, installation or repair of public facilities, building rehab and preservation, and planning activities. Federal Economic Development Administration ; Public Works and Development Facilities Assistance Funding for public works and development facilities that contribute to job retention or creation . Federal Section 202 Housing Program Loan Programs to provide funding for senior citizen and handicapped housing. Either for reconstruction or new built. Federal Transportation Equity Act 21 (TEA21) Federal programs for enhancements to transportation systems. Federal Rural Economic and Community Development (RECD) (formerly Farmers Home Administration) Loans and grants for infrastructure programs in rural communities . Federal Urban and Community Forestry Program Assists State Foresters, equivalent State agencies, interested members of the public and private nonprofit organizations, in urban and community forestry programs in cities and communities . http ://www.cfda .gov/static/10675 .htm Federal Forest Legacy Program Uses conservation easements and other mechanisms to protect and conserve environmentally important forest areas that are threatened by conversion to non-forest uses. http://www.cfda .gov/static/10676 .htm Federal Community Facilities Loans and Grants Loans and grants to construct, enlarge, extend, or otherwise improve community facilities providing essential services to rural residents . http ://www.cfda .gov/static/10766 .htm Federal Business and Industry Loans Assistance in obtaining quality loans for the purpose of improving, developing, or financing business, industry, and employment. http://www.cfda .gov/static/10768 .htm 270 l"F' �Chapter Fifteen - Implementation Table 15.9: Project Funding Sources (Continued) Funding Source Program Name Program Description Federal Resource Conservation and Development Advisory services and counseling to assist local units of government and local nonprofit organizations in rural areas to plan, develop and carry out programs for resource conservation and development. http://www.cfda.gov/static/10901.htm Federal Public Works and Economic Development Facilities Project grants to support the construction or rehabilitation of essential public infrastructure and development facilities necessary to generate higher-skill, higher-wage jobs and private investment. http://www.cfda .gov/static/11300.htm Federal Public Telecommunications Facilities/ Planning Planning grants and matching construction grants to assist in the planning, acquisition, installation and modernization of public telecommunications facilities . http://www.cfda .gov/static/11550.htm Federal Technology Opportunities Project grants to promote the widespread use and availability of advanced telecommunications and information technologies in the public and nonprofit sectors. http://www.cfda.gov/static/11552 .htm Federal Community Development Block Grant/ Section 108 Loan Guarantees Loan guarantees to provide a source of financing for economic development, housing rehabilitation, public facilities, and large scale physical development projects. http://www.cfda .gov/static/14248 .htm Federal Healthy Homes Demonstration Grants Project grants to develop, demonstrate, and promote cost-effective, preventive measures to correct multiple safety and health hazards in the home environment that produce serious diseases and injuries in children of low-income families . http://www .cfda .gov/static/14901 .htm Federal Indian Arts and Crafts Development Use of property, facilities, and equipment; advisory services and counseling; and the investigation of complaints . Intends to encourage and promote the development of American Indian and Alaska Native arts and crafts. http://www.cfda .gov/static/1 5850 .htm Marquette Master Plan - 2003 271 �Table 15.9: Project Funding Sources (Continued) Funding Source Program Name Program Description Federal Historic Preservation Funds Matching grants to States for the identification, evaluation, and protection of historic properties; expansion of the National Register of Historic Places; and various preservation activities.http://www.cfda.gov/static/15904.htm Federal National Register of Historic Places Advisory services and counseling to help expand and maintain the National Register of Historic Places for planning, preservation, research, public education and tourism efforts. http://www.cfda.gov/static/15914.htm Federal Hydropower Recreation Assistance Advisory services and counseling regarding applications for hydropower licensing; meeting present and future outdoor recreation needs; maintaining and enhancing riparian areas. http://www.cfda .gov/static/15927 .htm Federal Urban Park and Recreation Recovery Program Grants for the rehabilitation of recreation areas and facilities, demonstration of innovative approaches to improve park system management and recreation opportunities, and development of improved recreation planning . http://www.cfda.gov/static/15919 .htm Federal National Maritime Heritage Grants Funds Maritime Heritage Preservation Projects and Maritime Heritage Education Projects designed to preserve historic maritime resources and increase public awareness and appreciation for the maritime heritage of the United States. http://www.cfda.gov/static/15925.htm Federal Community Development Financial Institutions Program Project grants to promote economic revitalization and community development through investment in and assistance to community development financial institutions. http://www.cfda .gov/static/21 020. htm Federal Promotion of the Arts Grants, advisory services, and counseling in order to promote access to the arts, artistic creativity and preservation, learning in the arts, and partnerships for the arts. http ://www .cfda.gov/static/45025 .htm 272 0. , �Chapter Fiheen - Implementation Ta ble 15.9: Project Funding Sources (Continued) Funding Source Program Name Federal Promotion of the Arts Leadership Initiatives Federal Promotion of the Arts Challenge America Grants Federal Wetland Program Development Grants Grants to build capacity to protect, manage and restore wetlands . Programs include (1) Developing a comprehensive wetland monitoring and assessment program ; (2) improving the effectiveness of compensatory mitigation; and (3) refining the protection of vulnerable wetlands and aquatic resources . http ://www.cfda .gov/static/66461 .htm Federal Brownfield Pilots Cooperative Agreement Revolving loan funds for Brownfield cleanups and financial assistance for a program of training and evaluation of training needs in the procedures for the handling and removal of hazardous waste substances. http://www.dda .gov/static/66811 .htm Federal Twenty-First Century Community Learning Centers Formula grants to create community learning centers that provide academic enrichment opportunities for children, particularly those attending high-poverty and low-performing schools. http://www.dda .gov/static/84287.htm Federal Urban Areas Security Initiative Project grants to enhance State and local governments' ability to prepare for and respond to threat or incidents of terrorism . http ://wwvv .cfda. gov/static/9 7008.htm State Industrial Development Corporation Act (Act 327, 1931 ) Program Description Grant support for Leadership Initiatives, identified by the Endowment, which advance the arts significantly and have demonstrable national, regional or field-wide importance. http ://www.cfda .gov/static/45026.htm Grants to benefit people in underserved areas or whose access to the arts is limited by factors such as age, disability, ethnicity, educational or economic level. http://www.cfda .gov/static/45027 .htm IDC's may be established in order to purchase sites and construct buildings in order to stimulate local industrial activity Marquette Master Plan - 2003 273 �Table 15.9: Project Funding Sources (Continued) Funding Source Program Name Program Description State Rehabilitation of Blighted Areas Act (Act 344, 1945) Localities are permitted to develop plans and sell bonds for funding of rehabilitation projects to eliminate blighted areas. State Shopping Area Redevelopment Act (Act 120, 1961) Permits renewal of principal shopping areas of a community with revenue bonds and special assessments. State Economic Development Corporation Act (Act 338, 1974) Nonprofit EDC is created by community and may acquire land, construct buildings, and acquire equipment which it sells or leases to private industry. State Michigan Urban Land Assembly Act(Act 177, 1981) Provides for a state loan fund to assist communities with high unemployment and demonstrating a shortage of industrial property in the acquisition of real property for economic development. State The Michigan Economic Development Authority Act (Act 70, 1982) MEDA can make loans, financed by bonds, directly to municipalities or a DDA or EDC which can be used for street improvements, recreation facilities, and related costs . State The Local Development Financing Act (Act 281, 1986) Can finance public facility improvements using tax increment financing, from revenues captured from increased value of any eligible property. Properties can include manufacturing type facilities. Local Special Assessments Fees levied by a community within a district for the financing of a local improvement that is primarily of benefit to landowners who pay the assessment. Local General Obligation Bonds Negotiable bonds issued by the community and payable from the levy of ad valorem taxes on all taxable property within the community. Backed by full-faith and credit of issuing jurisdiction . Local Revenue Bonds Negotiable bonds issued by a community and payable only from the net revenues of the project being financed . 274 �Acknowledgments ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The time and effort that members of the Marquette community dedicated to the creation of the Community Master Plan is a true measure of their commitment to the City of Marquette. Special acknowledgments and thanks should be given to the following individuals : Master Plan Steering Committee: Jake Guter, Chairman Jerry Irby, Mayor Dan Closner Carl Pace John lacoangeli, Beckett & Raeder, Inc. Martha Jean Ferrill Gerald Peterson, City Manager Dennis Stachewicz, Jr., City Planner Ron Sundell Bill Hetricks Pat Coleman, U.P. Engineers and Architects City Planning Commission: Tom Tourville, Chairman Bruce Ventura, Vice Chairman Judy Allen Dan Closner Martha Conley Martha Jean Ferrill Gregg Seiple Ayleen Van Beynen Glenn Van Neste City Commission: Jerry Irby, Mayor Frank Sciotto, Mayor Pro-Tern Dave Carlson Don Gladwell Stu Bradley Tony Tollefson Joseph Lavey Dan Dallas, Former M . Cameron Howes, Former Dennis Stachewicz, Jr., Marquette City Planner Gerald Peterson, Marquette City Manager Sandy Gayk, Community Development Director The Department of Geography, Earth Science, Conservation and Planning at Northern Michigan University. The primary credit for this help lies with Dr. Jean Ferrill and the following students who assisted in the topographical analysis and the analysis of parcel and site quality: Matt Aho Woodrow Deloria Brad Neumann Patrick Tighe Tripti Singh and T.A. Vijayasanan for their drawings depicting conceptual designs of the Roundhouse and Downtown areas . Special thanks to the community members who participated in the numerous public input sessions. Your ideas and suggestions were an invaluable resource in the creation of the Community Master Plan . 276 �References REFERENCES American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 2001 . A Policy of Geometric Design of Highways and Streets. Washington D.C. Arendt, R., E. Brabec, H.L. Dodson, C. Reid, and R.D. Yaro. 1994. Rural by Design: Maintaining Small Town Character. Chicago: American Planning Association . Burden, Dan . 2003 . Pedestrian and Bicycle Information Center [online] . [cited 5 September 2003] . Available <http ://www.pedbikeimages.org> . City of Marquette Water Department. 2002 . Marquette Area Wastewater Treatment Facility - 2002 Annual Report [online] . [cited 5 September 2003] . Available <http://www.mqtcty.org/departments/ water/images/2002%20WWTP%20Annual%20Report.pdf> . Hough, Stansbury, Woodland Limited . 1991 . Winter Cities Design Manual. City of Sault Ste. Marie, Ministry of Municipal Affairs, Northern District of Ontario Professional Planners Institute. Lake Superior Community Partnership . 2003 . Michigan's Marquette County [onl ine] . [cited 10 October 2003] . Ava ilable <http://www.marquette .org/economic_dev/available .htm> . Livable Winter City Association (LWCA). 1991 . Livable Winter City Association Design Manual. Marquette General Health System (MGHS). 2003 . Marquette General Health System - Welcome [on line] . [cited 10 October 2003] . Available <http ://www.mgh .org/welcome2 .htm1> . Meck, S., R. Retzlaff, and J. Schwab. 2003 . Regional Approaches to Affordable Housing. Chicago : American Planning Association . Report #513/514. Michigan State University (MSU). 2000 . Program for Applied Demography and Ecology [online] . [cited 3 December 2003] . Available <http://www.pade .msu .edu> . Northern Planning Associates. 1999. Parks and Recreation Master Plan. City of Marquette, Michigan . Portland Office of Transportation . 2003 . Pedestrian and Bicycle Information Center [onl ine] . [cited 5 September 2003] . Available <www.pedbikeimages.org> . Note: Facts related to "Chapter 2 - Historical Overview" were collected by the Northern Michigan University - Geography, Earth Science, Conservation and Planning Department for the 1996 Marquette Community Master Plan . References in this 1996 report were omitted, and therefore unavailable to be cited here. Marquette Master Plan - 2003 277 �Appendices APPENDICES The following appendices are provided : Appendix A - Community Survey and Results A copy of the community survey is provided with the accompanying summary results for the written survey, as well as the random telephone survey. Appendix B - SSOE Report of Findings A complete copy of the SSOE Traffic Study is provided . It contains detailed results of the traffic analysis conducted on each of the 31 study intersections. A description of the existing conditions, analysis results, and recommendations are provided for each intersection . Appendix C - Marquette Traffic Observations A complete copy of the traffic report submitted by Walter Kulash of Glatting, Jackson, Kercher, Anglin, Lopez, Rinehart, Inc. is provided . The report summarizes recommended modifications for the 5 early-action corridors, as well as general recommendations for improving Marquette's traffic network . Appendix D - Walkable Communities Element A complete copy of the Walkable Communities report submitted by Dan Burden of Walkable Communities, Inc. is provided . This report outlines Marquette's most significant issues and provides general definitions and examples of common walkability and traffic calming solutions . Burden also provides a detailed outline of existing conditions and recommended modifications for 15 of Marquette's traffic corridors. Appendix E - Harbor Master Plan A complete copy of the Harbor Master Plan is provided . This report prepared by JJR/Smith Group, outlines recommendations for how water related uses in Marquette's upper and lower harbors interact with land based activities. Inclusion of the Harbor Master Plan as an appendix of the Community Master Plan acknowledges its incorporation as an element of the community master plan . ,..._ , Marquette Master Plan - 2003 279 �APPENDIX A - COMMUNI1Y SURVEY 280 �CITY OF MARQUETTE MASTER PLAN Community Questionnaire Please mark. the box, circle or fill In the answer with a pen or pencil COMMUNITY Marquette needs to improve its sense of community? Marquette should provide additional recreation opportunities within the City? Marquette should provide additional cultural opportunities within the City? Marquette should enact local regulations, which result in quality land development? Marquette should maintain the historic appearance of our buildings? Should the City work with adjoining communities lo share the cost of commonly used services (e.g. Police fire, parks) and facilities? Wiat type of indoor or outdoor recreation actilAlies do you participate in the winier season? Write in Answer Is \Mnter a positive or negative attribute lo the living the community? SOMEWHAT SOMev.HAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ -.. □ POSITM NEGATM __.. 0 NO~ 0 Wly? Write in Answer Is there anything in the community you find IAsually displeasing? Write in Answer Do you feel the makeup of the community is changing? YES .. 0 □ □ □ □ AGREE SOMEWHAT AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE If ''yes" above - How so? Write in Answer Should the City be more aggressive in designing improvements into its reconstruction projects for elderly and physically impaired individuals? NEIGHBORHOODS If you had an opportunity to move to another neighborhood in the City, would you? YES ----+ 0 NO ______. 0 D If ''Yes" above -Vvtiat Neighborhood? Write in Answer Should the City make allowances for limited retail uses in residential neighborhoods such as markets cafes etc.? Neighborhoods should have sidewalks and pathways for all age groups? How important are neighborhood concerns when impacted by institutional expansion? TRANSPORTATION Marquette should prolAde for more north-south street connections? Marquette should provide for more east-west street connections? Marquette should prolAde various non-motorized modes of transportation such as sidewalks, pathways, and bike paths? □ □ □ SOME'M-lAT SOMev.HAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE □ □ □ □ NOT SOME'M-lAT VERY IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT □ □ □ SOMEVvHAT SOME'M-lAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ SOMEVvHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE The City should seek lo expand the tax base through commercial , office, and industrial development? □ □ □ □ □ □ Should the City promote the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor? □ □ 0 NEW__. 0 NO------. NO__. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Vvtial type of job opportunities are missing in the Marquette area? Write in Answer Should local economic development efforts primarily pursue new business or the expansion of existing businesses? EXISTING ~ Is Downtown shopping important lo you? YES .0 Should economic development be a local government priority? YES --.o 281 0 0 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE Should the City enact a rental housing inspection program .? □ □ □ □ Is it important for the City to encourage residential development that preserves open s ace? □ □ □ □ YES ► 0 HOUSING IM'lat type of housing is missing in Marquette? Write in Answer Is student housing a problem in Marquette? N0--+O If "Yes" above - IM'ly? 1Nrite in Answer $76,000 -100,000 Marquette needs more of what price level of housing? Fill in One Circle 0 ENVIRONMENT Watersheds are large drainage areas, which empty into our streams, creeks, and eventually Lake Superior. ls the City doing enough to protect the water quality in the Dead River, Wietstone, Orianna 1 and Carp River watersheds? Are you in favor of enacting regulations, which protect Marquette's sensitive resources such as wetlands, steep slopes, streams, and creeks, which may Jim~ private property rights? 35-44 45-54 55-64 65- 74 75 Years or Older Please Mall To: City of Marquette Department of Community Development 300 Baraga Avenue Marquette, Ml 49855 THANKS FOR PAR71CIPA71NG IN THE MASTER PLAN PROCESS! 282 0 SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ YES ► 0 NO--+ 0 NOT SOMEWHAT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT VERY IMPORTANT □ □ □ ANY ADDITIONAL COMMENTS 21 - 34 0 OVER $225,000 SOMEWHAT AGREE How important is the preservation and public access along Lake Superior to you? 'What Age Group Are you In? Less Than 21 Years Old 0 $160 ,000 $225,000 AGREE Is the City doing enough to protect our environment? How Long Have You Lived in the City of Marquette? Less Than Five Years 5-10Years 11- 20 Years Over 20 Years $100,000 $150,000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �WRITTEN SURVEY - RESULTS 459 respondents completed the written survey. A summary of their responses is given below. SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE 190 169 187 177 151 154 45 80 47 31 45 56 Marquette should maintain the historic appearance of our buildings? 283 341 92 72 32 17 33 20 Should the City work with adjoining communities to share the cost of commonly used services (e.g Police fire, parks) and facilities? 245 125 38 33 COMMUNITY Marquette needs to improve its sense of community? Marquette should provide additional recreation opportunities within the City? Marquette should provide additional cultural opportunities vvithin the City? Marquette should enact local regulations, which result in quality land development? What type of indoor or outdoor recreation activities do you participate 1n the winter season? Write in Answer Is Winter a positive or negative attribute to living in the community? POSITIVE ------. 372 NEGATIVE --+ 52 BOTH ~ 73 BOTH ~ 9 Why? Write in Answer Is there anything in the community you find visually displeasing? Write in Answer Do you feel the makeup of the community is changing? YES _ _ _ _ . 336 NO_. If "yes" above - How so? Write in Answer Should the City be more aggressive 1n designing improvements into its reconstruction projects for elderly and physically impaired individuals? SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE 196 170 46 21 NEIGHBORHOODS If you had an opportunity to move to another neighborhood 1n the City, would you? __.1 02 YES NO _ . 325 If "Yes• above - What Neighborhood? Write in Answer Should the City make allowances for limited retail uses in residential neighborhoods such as markets. cafes. etc.? Neighborhoods should have sidewalks and pathways for all age groups? How important are neighborhood concerns when impacted by institutional expansion? TRANSPORTATION Marquette should provide for more north-south street connections? Marquette should provide for more east-west street connections? Marquette should provide various non-motorized modes of transportation such as sidewalks. pathways, and bike paths? AGREE SOMEWHAT AGREE SOMEWHAT DISAGREE DISAGREE 179 128 49 84 284 100 33 26 NOT SOMEWHAT VERY IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT 16 115 306 SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE 123 101 108 111 80 91 107 108 311 89 18 19 SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE The City should seek to expand the tax base through commercial. office. and industrial development? 207 135 38 46 Should the City promote the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor? 241 107 32 54 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT What type of job opportunities are missing in the Marquette area 7 Write in Answer Should local economic development efforts primarily pursue new business or the expansion of existing businesses? Is Downtown shopping important to you? EXISTING YES Should economic development be a local government priority? YES 283 ~ ----+ 136 NEW ----+ 183 334 NO_. _ _ . 333 NO _ . 98 85 BOTH BOTH --+- 85 ----.. 3 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE Should the City enact a rental housing inspection program? 208 109 43 49 Is it important for the City to encourage residential development that preserves open s ace? 286 82 31 16 HOUSING What type of housing is missing in Marquette? Write in Answer Is student housing a problem in Marquette? YES - - . 180 No - - - . 162 If "Yes" above - Why? Write in Answer S7s,ooo · 100,000 215 Marquette needs more of what price level of housing? Fill in One Circle ENVIRONMENT Watersheds are large drainage areas, which empty into our streams, creeks, and eventually Lake Superior. Is the City doing enough to protect the water quality in the Dead River. Whetstone. Orianna, and Carp River watersheds? Are you in favor of enacting regulations. which protect Marquette's sensitive resources such as wetlands, steep slopes, streams, and creeks, which may limit private property ri hts? Is the City doing enough to protect our environment? How important is the preservation and public access along Lake Superior to you? 284 S100,000 · S150,000 S150,000 · OVER s22s.ooo S22S,OOO 87 17 6 SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE 96 138 65 81 243 79 38 59 YES - . . 178 N0 - - - . 195 NOT SOMEWHAT VERY IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT 5 45 372 �TELEPHONE SURVEY - RESULTS 380 residents were selected at random to participate in a telephone survey. A summary of their responses is given below. COMMUNITY Marquette needs to improve ,ts sense of commuMy 1 Marquette should provide add1t1onal recreation opportun1t1es wrth,n the Cny? Marquette should provide add1t1onal cultural opportun1t1eswrth1n the Crty? Marquette should enact local regulations, which result 1n qualrty land development? Marquette should ma1nta1n the historic appearance of our buildings? Should the C,ty work with adio1ning communrt,es to share the cost of commonly used services (e g Police fire, parks) and fac11it1es 1 is SOMEWHAT AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE KNOW 123 188 214 53 39 54 50 29 13 124 111 84 30 13 15 206 324 44 26 19 4 63 22 48 4 44 76 150 26 256 Is Winter a posrtive or negative attribute to living in the community? Do you feel the makeup of the communrty SOI\IEWHAT AGREE 41 l'05ITM ---+ 304 Yf5--. 230 chang1ng 1 Should the City be more aggressive in designing improvements into ,ts reconstruction pro1ects for elderly and physical~ impaired 1nd,v1duals1 DON'T 13 NEGA1M NO -+ -----+ DON'T SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE KNOW 206 51 21 65 37 NEIGHBORHOODS If you had an opportunity to move to another neighborhood in the City. would you? YU - - + 91 NO----+ 289 SOI\IEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE KNOW Should the City make allowances for l,mrted retail uses 1n res1dent1al neighborhoods such as markets, ca fes, etc ? 183 47 27 106 17 Neighborhoods should have sidewalks and pathways for all age groups? 314 22 10 30 4 How important are neighborhood concerns when impacted by 1nst1tut1onal expansion? lRANSPORTATION Marquette should provide for more north-south street connections? Marquette should provide for more east-west street connect,ons 1 Marquette should provide var,ous non-motorized modes of transportation such as sidewalks, pathways, and bike paths 1 NOT SOI\IEWHAT VERY IMPORTANT IMPORTANT I MPORTANT 36 149 195 DON'T SOI\IEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE KNOW 142 108 18 23 35 36 143 166 42 47 271 24 12 64 9 DON'T SOI\IEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGRE E D ISAGREE KNOW The Crty should seek to expand the tax base through commercial. office, and industrial development? 217 46 13 70 34 Should the City promote the redevelopment of the Lower Harbor? 255 38 14 56 17 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Should local economic development efforts primarily pursue new business or the expans,on of ex1stin9 businesses? ----+ 142 YU--. 213 YU ._____.335 EXIST1NG Is Downtown shopping important to you? Should economic development be a local government priority? 285 NEW NO DON'T ---+ 238 -----+ 167 NO-----+ 45 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE KNOW Should the City enact a rental housing InspectIon program' 236 22 15 91 16 Is ~ important for the City to encourage residential development that preserves open s ace' 322 27 5 19 7 HOUSING YB Is student housing a problem In Marquette' - - + 124 ENVIRONMENT Watersheds are large drainage areas, which empty into our streams, creeks, and eventually Lake Supenor Is the C~y doing enough to protect the water qualfy In the Dead River, Whetstone, Orianna, and Care River watersheds, Are you in favor of enacting regulations, which protect Marquette's sensitive resources such as wetlands, steep slopes, streams, and creeks, which may limit private property nqhts 0 Is the City doing enough to protect our environ men\? $100,000- $150,000 - O\/l:R DON'T $75,000 $150,000 $225,000 $225,000 KNOW 34 210 75 10 4 47 SOMEWHAT SOMEWHAT AGREE AGREE DISAGREE DISAGREE KNOW 135 36 25 104 80 266 33 10 49 22 YB ► 224 SOMEWHAT VERY IMPORTANT IMPORTANT lllll'ORTANT 8 46 326 How Long Have You Lived in the City of Marquette, Less Than Five Years 5 - 10 Years 11 - 20 Years Over 20 Years 76 67 70 167 What Age Group Are you In, 21 - 34 65- 74 100 88 116 63 3 75 Years or Older 8 Refused 2 35 -44 45 - 54 55 - 64 DON'T -~ NO----+ 156 N OT How important 1s the preservation and public access along Lake Superior to you? 286 NO----+ 2 56 $75,000 · 100,000 LE SS THAN Marquette needs more of what price level of housing, Fill in One Cirde DON'T tk'; t"'' ·' ('\ �APPENDIX B - SSOE REPORT OF FINDINGS 288 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, Ml For the purposes of this study, the existing conditions at the intersections were defined as the existing traffic volumes, existing traffic controls and existing geometrics (number of lanes etc). The synchro model was built for two (2) peak periods AM (morning peak hour) and PM (evening peak hour) using the geometric and traffic data collected by U.P. Engineers & Architects Inc. The peak period was determined based on the traffic data collected . This report summarizes the existing traffic conditions, analysis results during the peak hour and recommendations at each study intersection, followed by the overall recommendations to improve traffic safety and walkable conditions for the City of Marquette. The analysis results are expressed using Level of Service, Intersection Capacity Utilization and Intersection Delay. 8. DEFINITIONS Level of Service (LOS) is a qualitative measure to describe operational conditions within a traffic stream and the perception of traffic operational conditions by motorists and passengers. Averaae Vehicle Delay (Sec) Levels Of Service A Less or Equal 10.0 10.1 to20.0 20.1 to 35.0 35.1 to 55.0 55.1 to 80.0 Greater than 80.0 B C D E F Intersection Capacity Utilization (ICU) gives insight into how an intersection is functioning and how much capacity is available to handle traffic fluctuations and incidents. ICU 0 to 60% >60% to 70% >70% to 80% >80% to 90% >90% to 100% >100% to 110% >110% to 120% >120% 291 Level of Service A 8 C D E F G H Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, Ml Intersection Delay is the average control delay for the signalized intersection and it is calculated by taking a volume weighted average of all the delays. Delay is presented in seconds. INTERSECTION SUMMARY A. 1 McClellan Ave & Wright St (Future) Existing Condition: This is an Un-Signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Cemetery Drive and Free Flow condition on Wright Street. Observations of vehicles traveling at speeds not condusive to walkability were made. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 0.1 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during PM peak in its present geometrics. Recommendations: This intersection will change significantly when McClellan Avenue is extended . This intersection could be considered for a possible traffic signal when McClellan is connected to Wright Street. An alternate consideration could also be a roundabout as an entry point to the City of Marquette and for Traffic Calming on Wright Street. A.2 Fair Ave & McClellan Ave (C.9} Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection , with Four Way Stop Control. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 33.2 seconds with Level of Service "C", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "C" during the PM peak. 292 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, Ml Recommendations: This intersection should be considered initially for a traffic signal with westbound left turn phase and northbound right turn overlap (RTOL) . The intersection should be re-striped when this phasing is installed. During the McClellan connection to Wright Street, this intersection could also be considered for a possible roundabout. The private drive at the NE corner of the intersection should be removed , due to potential conflict with the bike path as well as potential vehicular conflicts in the intersection . A.3 McClellan Ave & Ridge St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection , with Two Way Stop Control on Ridge St and Free Flow condition on McClellan Ave . The sight distance on the north east corner is restricted by vehicles parked on private property. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 7.9 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: The left turn lanes on Ridge Street should be aligned to remove the interlock. Crosswalk in either brick (for enhancement) or thermoplastic should be considered for safe pedestrian movement across the intersection . The parking on the private property on the northeast corner should be relocated adjacent to the building to improve site distances. The intersection could be studied in the future for possible signalization . A.4 McClellan Ave & Washington St Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection . The existing traffic signal is a 2 phase with span wire installation . There are very long crosswalks across Washington Street on both sides of McClellan Avenue . 293 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, Ml Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 17.8 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "B" during the PM peak. Pedestrian clearance time is very long due to the width of Washington Street. Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for an actuated left turn phase for Washington Street. Smaller corner radii should be considered for improving walkability movement across the intersection . Another alternative would be to consider pedestrian traffic islands in the intersection . Crosswalk markings should be thermoplastic for all four crosswalks. A.5 McClellan Ave & US 41 Existing Condition: This is a Signalized dual intersection with two signal phases, on a US Route with Michigan Left Turns occuring outside the intersection. Pedestrians were observed and no pavement markings or pedestrian signals are present. Pedestrian activity was noted even during the winter season . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences delay of 12.8 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: The intersection should have pedestrian signals. These could be placed in the center islands. The island areas should have concrete walks also. Pedestrian islands could be considered on each side of McClellan Ave on the north and south side of the intersection . A.6 Grove St & McClellan Ave Existing Condition: This is a flasher only signalized intersection, with Four Way Stop Control. 294 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, M~ Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a Level of Service "C", during the PM peak. Recommendations: The left turn lanes on Grove Street should be aligned to remove the interlock. This intersection should be considered for a possible 2 phase traffic signal. Thermoplastic pavement markings should be added due to the bike route. A.7 McClellan Ave & Pioneer Rd Existing Condition: This is a flasher only signalized intersection , with Two Way Stop Control on Pioneer Rd and Free Flow condition on McClellan Ave. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the AM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 2.6 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the AM peak. Recommendations: Thermoplastic markings should be added due· to the bike route along McClellan Avenue. This intersection should be monitored for future traffic changes. A.8 County Rd 553 & McClellan Ave. Existing Condition: This is a flasher only signalized intersection, with One Way Stop Control on the County Rd 553 and Free Flow condition on McClellan Ave . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 7.2 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for a possible future traffic signal , especially if the roadway is extended through to the west. Thermoplastic pavement markings should be added due to the bike route. 295 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �ffiB B.1 Report of Findings Traffic Study Presque Isle Ave & Wright St. Existing Condition: This is a flasher only signalized intersection. It has a Two Way Stop Control on the Wright St and a Free Flow condition on Presque Isle Ave . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 11.5 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "C" during the PM peak. Recommendations: Upon the Wright street connection to Lakeshore is recommended for a traffic signal with actuation on Wright Street. Pedestrian Traffic Signals and Crosswalks should be considered with this improvement. This. intersection should be considered for re-striping to add a northbound left turn lane and southbound right .,.. turn lane on Presque Isle Ave. B.2 Fair Ave & Presque Isle Ave(C.3} ,,.. ,.-----__ Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Fair Ave and Free Flow condition on Presque Isle Ave . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the AM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 7.6 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the AM peak. Recommendations: Since this intersection is also a gateway to the entrance to the Northern Michigan University, should also be considered for a roundabout. If roundabout is not ~ constructed , this intersection should be considered for a possible traffic signal in the future. This signal phasing should have a right turn overlap at the same time as the Fair Avenue signal phase to improve intersection efficiency. 296 .,..---.._ ,_..._ �Report of Findings Traffic Study Ci~ of Marquette, Ml B.3 Kaye Ave & Presque Isle Ave (C.4) Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection. The signal is a 2 Phase span wire installation . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 14.3 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "B" during the PM peak. Recommendations: The left turn lanes on Presque Isle Ave should be aligned to remove the interlock. This intersection should also be re-striped to add a southbound right turn lane on Presque Isle Ave. The traffic signal could also be modified to a three phase with an eastbound left turn phase and a southbound right turn overlap (RTOL). B.4 College Ave & Presque Isle Ave Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection. The signal is a 2 Phase span wire installation . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 15.1 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for re-striping the intersection to add a southbound right turn lane, left turn lanes on northbound and southbound on Presque Isle Ave. The traffic signal could be modified to a three phase with an eastbound left turn phase and a southbound right turn overlap (RTOL) . B. 5 Fourth St & Hewitt Ave. Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection, with Two Way Stop Control on the Hewitt Avenue and Free Flow condition on Fourth Street. 297 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, MI ,r A ,.,,,..... Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 3.6 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "C" during the PM peak. Recommendations: The east approach of Hewitt Ave. should be considered for narrowing to align with the west approach to provide for a walkability improvement at the intersection. The crosswalks should be improved with brick (for enhancement) or thermoplastic. B. 6 Fourth St. & Ridge St. Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection , with Two Way Stop Control on the Ridge Street and Free Flow condition on Fourth Street. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The ... r"". ... ,.,..--._ intersection experiences a delay of 2 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: The curb extension should be considered for walkability movements in the intersection. The crosswalks should also be improved by brick (for enhancement) or thermoplastic for visibility. B. 7 Fourth St & Washington St Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection. The signal is a 2 Phase span wire installation . ~ " Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 15.3 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "B" during the PM peak. 298 • �ffi:B Report of Findings Traffic Study - City of Marquette, -- Ml . . . Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for re-striping the intersection to add a southbound right turn lane on Fourth Street. The traffic signal phasing could be modified to a three phase with an eastbound left turn phase and a southbound right turn overlap (RTOL) . B. 8 Baraga St & Fourth St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection , with Two Way Stop Control on the Baraga Street and Free Flow condition on Fourth Street. Baraga Street is a very wide street with angle parking. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the AM Peak. The intersection experiences a of 4 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the AM peak. Recommendations: Since the intersection contains the municipal offices and a church , curb extensions on all four corners should be considered to increase the walkability environment at the intersection. A four-way stop control could also be considered for traffic calming . B.9 Fisher St & Fourth St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection, with Two Way Stop Control on the Fisher Street and Free Flow condition on Fourth Street. There is a significant short cutting movements between north Fourth and west Fisher Street. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 12.9 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "B" during the PM peak. 299 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �Report of Findings Traffic Study Ci~ of Marquette, MI Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for re-striping the intersection to add an i;;' eastbound and westbound left turn lane on Fisher Street. The drive on Fisher Street could be relocated to be widened drive north on Fourth Street to improve the safety of the intersection . C.1 Fair Ave & Lakeshore Blvd Existing Condition: Th is is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Fair Ave and Free Flow condition on Lakeshore Blvd. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the AM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 4.6 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the AM peak. Recommendations: Curb extensions along Fair Ave should be considered for safer pedestrian S' movement across the intersection. The intersection could also be realigned to produce traffic calming and lower travel speeds on Lakeshore Blvd . If the intersection is realigned , it should be a three-way stop control. C.2 Fair Ave & Pine St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection , with Four Way Stop Control (Flashers). Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 9.1 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: Curb extensions on Fair Ave should be considered for safer pedestrian movement across the intersection , along with thermoplastic markings or brick crosswalks (for enhancement) . 300 ~ �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, MI C.3 Fair Ave & Presque Isle Ave (B.2) Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Fair Ave and Free Flow condition on Presque Isle Ave. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the AM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 7.6 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the AM peak. Recommendations: Since this intersection is also a gateway to the entrance to the Northern Michigan University, should also be considered for a roundabout. If roundabout is not constructed, this intersection should be considered for a possible traffic signal in the future. This signal phasing should have a right turn overlap at the same time as the Fair Avenue signal phase to improve intersection efficiency. C.4 Kaye Ave & Presque Isle Ave (B.3) Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection. The signal is a 2 Phase span wire installation. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 14.3 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "B" during the PM peak. Recommendations: The left turn lanes on Presque Isle Ave should be aligned to remove the interlock. This intersection should also be re-striped to add a southbound right turn lane on Presque Isle Ave . The traffic signal could also be modified to a three phase with an eastbound left turn phase and a southbound right turn overlap (RTOL). 301 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, MI C.5 Hebard Court Kaye Ave & Lee Dr Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection , with Two Way Stop Control on the Hebard Drive and Lee Drive and Free Flow condition on Kaye Avenue. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 6.1 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. --.,--... Recommendations: Curb extensions along Kaye Ave should be considered for safer pedestrian movement across the intersection . Sidewalks should also be constructed along the south side of Kaye Ave. Intersection should be re-s.triped for adding aligned left turn lanes on Kaye Avenue. C.6 Elizabeth Hardin Circle Dr(W) & fh St (D.1) Existing Condition : This is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Elizabeth Hardin Circle Drive and Free Flow condition on y'h Street. There is a significant amount of pedestrian traffic just to the north . There is also on-street parking on the east side of 7hStreet during the time when the University is in session . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the AM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 5.4 seconds with Level of Service "A", and 0 Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the AM peak. ~ 302 �ffi:B Report of Findings Traffic Study City . of Marquette, MI Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for re-aligning Elizabeth Hardin Circle Drive to south and connection through Kaye Avenue. This will provide connectivity of a collector street to the east and the west . The intersection should be re-examined after the connection is made. An initial thought is for a four-way stop control due to expected high pedestrian activity from North Michigan University. Crosswalks in either brick (for enhancement) or thermoplastic should be considered for safer pedestrian movement across the intersection . C. 7 Bizabeth Harden Circle Dr (WJ & Fair Ave Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Elizabeth Hardin Circle Drive and Free Flow condition on Fair Avenue. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 3.8 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: Thermoplastic pavement markings or brick (for enhancement) on Fair Avenue should be considered . Curb extensions on Fair Ave should be considered for safe pedestrian movement within the intersection . C.8 Fair Ave & Lincoln Ave Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection . The signal is a 2 Phase span wire installation that is connected via over head electrical cable to the traffic signal at Lincoln Ave & College Ave. A high school exists immediately to the west of this intersection . There is only one left turn lane for east bound traffic. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 11.7 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. 303 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �Report of Findings Traffic Study Ci~ of Margu~tte, _Ml_ Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for adding northbound , southbound and westbound left turn lanes_ It is recommended that the west approach should be w idened to add an eastbound right turn lane. The traffic signal should be placed on a separate controller than the one at Lincoln Ave & College Ave, then it could be modified to a three phase with a northbound left turn phase and a eastbound right turn overlap (RTOL)_ C.9 Fair Ave & McClellan Ave (A.2) Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection , with Four Way Stop Control. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 33.2 seconds with Level of Service "C", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "C" during the PM peak. Recommendations: This intersection should be considered initially for traffic signal with westbound left turn phase and northbound right turn overlap (RTOL). The intersection should be re-striped when this phasing is installed_ During the McClellan connection to Wright Street, this intersection could also be considered for a possible / 7""\ roundabout. The private drive at the NE corner of the intersection should be removed , due to potential conflict with the bike path as well as potential vehicular conflicts in the intersection _ D. 1 Elizabeth Hardin Circle Dr (W) & th St (C. 6) Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Elizabeth Hardin Circle Drive and Free Flow condition on ylh Street. There is a significant amount of pedestrian traffic just to the north. There is also on-street parking on the east side of yt h Street during the time when the University is in session . 304 '~ �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, MI Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the AM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 5.4 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the AM peak. Recommendations: This intersection should be considered for re-aligning Elizabeth Hardin Circle Drive to south and connection through Kaye Avenue. This will provide connectivity of a collector street to the east and the west. The intersection should be re-examined after the connection is made. An initial thought is for a four-way stop control due to expected high pedestrian activity from North Michigan University. Crosswalks in either brick (for enhancement) or thermoplastic should be considered for safer pedestrian movement across the intersection . D.2 College Ave & fh St Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection . The signal is a 2 Phase span wire installation. Residential homes and sidewalks exist on all four corners. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 10.3 seconds with Level of SeNice "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: Align left turn lanes on College Avenue to remove interlock. Crosswalk in either brick (for enhancement) or thermoplastic should be installed for walkability and pedestrian movements within the intersection. Signal Progression on ? th Street between College Ave and Magnetic Avenue should be designed to improve the corridor performance on y'h Street. D.3 Magnetic Ave & fh St Existing Condition: This is a Signalized intersection . The signal is a 2 Phase span wire installation. Residential homes and sidewalks exist on all four corners. 305 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �ffiE Report of Findings Traffic Study Cig of Marguette, Ml Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 10.2 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: Consider adding and aligning left turn lanes on all four approaches at this intersection. Crosswalks in either brick (for enhancement) or thermoplastic should be installed for walkability and pedestrian movements within the intersection . Signal Progression on yth Street between College Ave and Magnetic Avenue should be designed to improve the corridor performance on the ylh Street. This intersection should also be examined for possible re-phasing if College Ave is closed to the east. D.4 Ridge St & fh St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the Ridge Street and Free Flow condition on ylh Street. Sidewalks exist on the east side of ylh Street and the west side south of Ridge Street along the cemetery. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 1.0 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: If pedestrian activity warrants this intersection could be considered for possible future signal with pedestrian and vehicular actuation . Ridge Street should have pavement markings to add a separate left and right turn lane. Thermoplastic crosswalk markings should also be added on the east side of ylh Street and across ylh to the concrete landing area. 306 �Report of Findings Traffic Study Cit;y of Marquette, MI D.5 fh St & Washington St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized T-intersection , with One Way Stop Control on the y!h Street and Free Flow condition on Washington Street. Sidewalks approach the north side of the intersection from along Washington and from the park on the northwest corner. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 3.4 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "B" during the PM peak. Recommendations: y!h Street is recommended to be connected between Washington Street and • • • • • Spring Street. This will provide connectivity of a collector street to the south. This intersection should then be considered for a possible 2 phase traffic signal to include pedestrian signals. The intersection should then be re-striped for left turn lanes on all approaches. Thermoplastic or brick (for enhancement) crosswalks should be included with the intersection improvements . D.6 Spring St & th St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized T-intersection, with Yield Control on the y!h Street and Free Flow condition on Spring Street. Sidewalks are on the south side of the intersection and approach from the northeast. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 7.8 seconds with Level of Service "A", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. 307 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �ERE Report of Findings Traffic Study Citf.of Marguette, Ml_ Recommendations: ?'h Street is recommended to be connected between Washington Street and Spring Street. This will provide connectivity of a collector street to the south. This intersection should then be considered for a Two Way Stop Control on Spring Street and free flow on ylh Street. Thermoplastic or brick (for enhancement) crosswalks should be included with the intersection improvements. Parking conditions on ylh Street between Spring St and Fisher St should be reviewed when y'h Street is connected to Washington Street. D.7 Fisher St, Grove St & fh St Existing Condition: This is an Un-signalized intersection, with a Two Way Stop Control on south and north approach, a Yield Control on west approach and Free Flow condition on east approach. Sidewalks exist on the north side of the intersection and to the east on Fisher. No sidewalks exist on Grove between Fisher & Us 41 . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 16.7 seconds with Level of Service "B", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: The west approach Yield control should be changed to Stop control. When the connection of i h Street is made between Spring St and Washington St the intersection should be re-aligned and considered for possible signalization. Pavement markings should be added at that time and parking on y'h Street between Fisher Street and Spring Street should be reviewed . Sidewalks should be added on the northwest side of Grove between Fisher and US 41 at that time. 308 �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, Ml D.8 ~ Grove St & US 41 Existing Condition: This is a Signalized dual intersection with coordinated phasing running from one controller, on span wire installation . An intersection of Homestead street/Anderson Street exists just south of this intersection . Sidewalks exist from Homestead street south of the intersection . Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The intersection experiences a delay of 22.2 seconds with Level of Service "C", and Intersection Capacity Utilization "A" during the PM peak. Recommendations: Pedestrian signals and thermoplastic pavement markings should be installed . Sidewalks should be added along the northwest side of Grove Street between US 41 and Fisher St in the future . This signal phasing at the intersection should be re-examined after the ylh Street connection between Washington Street and Spring Street is made. E.1 US 41 W, US 41 S & Front St Existing Condition: This is an intersection of US 41 and Front Street, with One Stop and Two Yield Controls. There are free flow conditions for the westbound right turn, northbound southbound through movement and eastbound right turn . Concrete sidewalks existing on the east side of the intersection and an asphalt bike path/sidewalk exist on the west side . No pedestrian pavement markings exist within the intersection. Analysis Results: The intersection experiences the highest traffic volume during the PM Peak. The north to west left turn experiences a delay of 118.5 seconds during the PM peak, which is very significant. 309 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �ffi:B Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, Ml Recommendations: A level of service improvement can be significantly made by reducing the delay experienced by the north to west left turn movement by changing to a Stop Control from a Yield Control followed with free flow condition at the immediate next intersection, and a Stop control should be considered for westbound left turn movement going to Front Street. This intersection should be considered for a possible roundabout as: 1. This intersection being one of the entrances to the City, located near the lake shore can serve as a welcoming point. 2. It reduces the delay experienced by the north to west left turn movements at the intersection . 3. It improving the safety of the intersection by reducing the conflict. 4. It improves the overall performance of the intersection. 310 tif' �ffiB Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, MI .SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS I I II j I I I I 1 I l r j r-- i ·; I j :1 Jresque Isle 4lh&He - -4Th&Rid 4th rwa"siifu - 4Tii&iiar'a 1tii&Fi.s - - - - - ' I - 311 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �ffiB Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Ma~~e~e, MI . STUDY RECOMMENDATIONS A TRAFFIC SAFETY Based on the overall traffic analysis conducted for the City of Marquette, SSOE proposes the following recommendations for improving the safety and better traffic flow conditions of vehicular traffic . B. • Roundabout at Key Entrance Locations • Modifying Intersection Pavement Marking with Improved Traffic Signal Phasing • Align Left Turn Lanes • Thermoplastic Pavement Markings • Traffic Signal Progression • LED Signal Lamp Upgrade • Speed Limit Signing Program Citywide • Street Name Signing Program Citywide • Access Management Program Citywide WALKABLE COMMUNITY SSOE understands that City of Marquette aims at a walkable community. SSOE proposes the following recommendations for improving the safety and better traffic flow conditions of pedestrian and bikeway traffic. • Sidewalks along all designated pedestrian corridors • Brick Crosswalks (Raised) OR Thermoplastic Crosswalk • Curb-Extensions at end of parking areas • Smaller Corner Radii • Pedestrian Push-Buttons with Larger Walk Signals at all Signalized Locations. • Continuity of Bike Paths • Bus-Bay Design . 312 ,, �APPENDIX C- MARQUETTE TRAFFIC OBSERVATIONS 314 �,::n..H I I .1.l't\::I vf-1~.:JUI~ r ~c. tJ.a. GL~TTING. JACKSON K'.E.R.CHl>ll ANGLIN [C LOPEZ RlNJlH.,,R.'l' MEMORANDUM VIA FACSIMILE · WilllmiJ.Anglin,Jr. 734.663.6759 DavidLBactlt Jay H. l!Jrum Jack P. Clatting C..roy S, Hayo Jay R.Hood 11modly T. Jacmn r,m November 25, 2002 TO: John lacoangeli FROM: Walter Kulash RE: Marquette Traffi_c Observations C. Ke.tebc,:,Jr. Walter M-KulJ$h , SiatQn JC. Lam&ntia , DATE: S. Raymond ~pcz John H. P=v · GJ#l 7092.01 Jokn 'E IUnchut Gi,,gory A. B,yb Duid i:LClau, Cbatlet P. Cobble S1unmary -iichael R. Cochran Jeffrey S. Collliu !Ucb.rd .B- Durr,Jr. .Bruce c.H,Jl David M, Kutner Prank A.,Jttkicwki Gail D. locey Thank you for the opportunity to work with you on BRI's Marquette Master Plan Update. · The town is delightful, and, with respect to transportation, is moving in the right direction in many ways. The study tean-i, iit particular Ray Norris of SSOE and Pat Coleman of UP Engineers, is completely attuned to our view of the proper balance bet\\'.een moving traffic and gaini~g all of the other qualities of great streets. William 0. Litet Edward J. Mcl(il\l)ey .n J. McMacken,Jr. . b<>11sfas A. Mc~l"I' Job.II J. Moote JU Our summary conclusions are as follows: • The five corridors identified for early action are all worthy. high priority candidates. They are important streets, of greatly different character, with ample room for improvement. • Extension and connection- of streets are all-important. The City has a traditional street pattern (highly connected grid), has grown its street system in a traditional pattern in ~e _recent past, and should definitely continue that pattern of growth. • The US 41/28 intersection, a product • New residential streets need not be more than 26-28 feet in width. With proper parkway and sidewalk placement, this width of street will not only accommodate more efficient snow removal, but will present a far more attractive appearance during the majority of the year when there is no snow removal activity. lmothy IL Palermo 'I'rcry P. RIJIS Jodi t. P..utllW1n Kelley J, Samuel, Pe1er C. Se<ihler Nalban P. Slln Lt11r, K. 'lurner fl.onal4 i.. lJrblniu c;.w.4e Wa.lktr G.ryl:!.Wm1e.r C~•..,•11/ly Pl•••••t 33 But Pine Street · Orlando, Florid& 32801 of an earlier generation of traffic planning, is due for a reworking into a more "town"- like configuration. P: 407 843 6SS2 P: -407 839 1789 www.glottiJlc.ca m Glatting Jackson Kercher Anglin Lopez Rinehart, Inc. Page 1 .oae # EB 000$812. LC CO00049 315 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �• A stated policy of no more than two lanes on all streets (except those already wider) is a highly appropriate action for the City. Much of the City's appeal derives from the current absence of multi-lane streets (i.e., more than two lanes). Continued improvement in traffic service can be as readily obtained from continuation of current actions, such as exte~ion of the street network and intersectioll improvements, as from road widening. The Five Early Action Corridors Each of the five high priority corridors being considered for improvement is a good choice for early action. The detailed traffic analysis done in previous planning activity has long · supported these corridors for improvement. Our own review and on-site inspection confirms, in every ·way, that these are good choices for early action. The Kaye/Fair Avenue Connection and Continnity- We agree wholeheartedly with the value of connecting the two fragments of Fair Avenue, one to either side of the campus, i11to a continuous street, such that east/west travel on Fair Avenue to and past the NMU campus can be accomplished without turning movements around the campll.6, now needed. This connection will do much to address the problems that are becoming increasingly apparent on the perimeter streets (Kaye Avenue, North 4th Street, Wright Street and Lincoln Avenue (around the NMU ''superblock"): These problems include increased traffic volumes around the perimeter roads by through traffic (i.e., without destination on the campus) having to circumven.t the campus, increased traffic volumes on the perimeter road due to can1pus traffic having to go out of direction to reach a desired parking destination, turning movements at "T" intersections (for example, North 4th Street/Fair Avenue) where through movement through . the campus has been terminated and increased turning move1nents from the border ~treets into campus parking lots. · as The Kaye/Fair Avenue connection and continuity is particularly important, given that two land uses -- the NMU campus to the north and the cemetery to the south - interrupt the continuity of other nearby east/west streets. Because of these interruptions in east/west streets, the nearest arterial connection to the north (Wright Street) is almost one-half mile to the north of the Kaye/Fair Avenue corridor, while the nearest arterial connection to the south (Washington Street) is around three quarters of a mHe distant to the south. North 7th Street Connection - Connecting North 7th Street from its current ending at Washington Street southward, by a distance of about 2/ l 0ths of a mile to an intersection with US 41, is a street connection action that promises to yield a very large benefit for a relatively small cost, both in tenns of construction and property taking. A long-standing shortcoming of the US 41 "bypass" ~as the lack of connection to north/south streets m:Marquette. At the time of the completion of the US 41 bypass, downtown Marquette appeared to be the major destination needing connection, and was well served, either by Business 41 or Fisher Street. Glatting Jackson Kercher Anglin Lopez Rinehart, Inc. :Page 2 316 �[C Mote recently, two other destinations to the west of downtown - NMU and the hospital ~ have become the City's fastest growing attractors of travel. However, their sole connection to US 41 continues to be through downtown. Extension of 7th Street would be a major step in providing more access to NMU and the hospital. It would, at a single stroke, essentially· double the capacity from US 41 to the two high growth travel attractors (i.e., NMU and the hospital). · · at A new signalized connection, Seventh Street and US 41, should by no means be considered as a threat to the mobility for through traffic on US 41. Nor is a new signalized intersection in any sense a beginning of a "proliferation" of access onto US 41, eroding its value as a bypass for through traffic. Connecting 7th Street to US 41 at a signalized intersection is a carefully planned action that diffuses the traffic to a greater number of US 41 intersections. Creating new public streets, with a high degree of connection and continuity, is a far cry from the ..proliferation'; of access that results from strip development, such as that now blighting US 41 outside the city. We should be careful not to confuse the two types of access. Lake Shore Boulevard Traffic. Calming and Parkway Design - Several rapidly~evolving factors make Lake Shore Boulevard into one of the most spectacular waterfront reclamation projects in the Great Lakes, and·possibly in the entire U.S.: (1) the ..anchoring" of Lakeshore Boulevard by an outstanding park to .t he north, and a revitalizing city center to the south. (2) the withdrawal of a large segment of the waterfront from industrial use, (3) the development of highly attractive recreational destination in the downtown area, and (4) the existing · alignment of Lake Shore Boulevard as a true waterfront parkway,_with few locations where the parkway is separated from the shore by intervening properties inaccessible by the public. A rebuilt parkway, therefore, has not only the opportunity to become a good road, but opportunity to ·become a spectacular signature of the city. Its corridor 4esign, accordingly, should involve far more than just simple roadway elements, but should embrace the entire road context (i.e., n..ot only the road itself but the swath of land that is seen and experienced from the roadway). Some of the important elements in this context~sensitive design include: • Extraotdinaty attention to trees (both existing and new plaptings), not only to extend the current forested appearance of much of the roadside, but also to replace the historic but badly·damaged poplar plantings. • Parking, perhaps in numerous small ..vest pocket" parking lots that reflect the pattern.s of visitation to the shore (nun1erous informal destinations) and avoid the appearance at any given point, of a major parking concentration comparable to a strip mall. • Continuous bicycle and pedestrian paths, either as part of the roadway or within the shoreline corridor. Glatting Jackson Kercher Anglln Lopez Rinehart, Inc. Page 3 317 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �[C • Design controls for-private property development fronting the west side of the parkway,. so that development on this land adds to the quality of the parkway, not detracts from it. • Traffic calming features, to emphasize the presence of pedestrians, bicyclists, and shore visitors, and to discourage through traffic and truck traffic. • A road design that is distinctively "parkway" in character, achieved through features such as winding horizontal alignment, short vertical curves, open (swale) 4fainage wherever possible, rustic appearing side paths, informal but spectacular tree plantings. distinctive wayfmding and directional signs, a distinctive pavem.ent aggregate color, "gateways" to the connecting east/west streets, special low-height "parkway" lighting. stone and timber materials in road furniture, and so forth. The US 41/Pront Street Intersection -This intersection, which carries the majority of the through traffic in Marquette (i.e., traffic having neither origin nor destination in Marquette), as well as a large amount of local Marquette traffic, is configured as a channelized ..T,, intersection, in which traffic movements are widely separated by large channelization islands so that conflicting movements (for example, left turns with tbrotlgh movements) are reduced to the most simple, and therefore safest, arrangement. Typically, channelized "T" intersections are used in locations with rural traffic patterns (tota~ entering volumes less than 2.0,000 vehicles, with a less pronounced morning and afternoon travel peak than in urban areas). At the time of ~onstruction of the intersection, the·prevailing traffic patterns and the intended use of tl~e i11tersection (primarily bypass) were possibly more toward the "rural" pattem, .as described above, than the existing pattern. However, the growth in travel, the · emergence of strip commercial along US 41 west of the City and the growth of nearby travel generators such as NMU and the hospital have created problems for the current intersection: • US 41 makes a right-angle turn at the intersection. Thus, the dominant movement through the intersection is on US 41, thereby requiring a left tum for motori,sts traveling westbound on US 41, and a right turn for motorists traveling eastbound. However, the geometry of the intersection favors north/south through movement, between US 41 and Business 41, not the dominant mov.ement within the intersection. The result is congestion, delay and a perception of hazard, particularly for westbound motorists who must make two stops on what is otherwise a major through movement in the·intersection. · • The large-radius sweeping turns in the intersection, while possibly appropriate at the time of the initial construction of the US 41 bypass, are no longer well Sllited to the area and its traffic pattern. Motorists in urban settings have no expectation of high speed turning movements at street intersections, even those of major arterials. On the GJattlng Jaekson Kercher Anglin Lopez Rinehart, Jnc. Page4 318 .l"f' ~ �CC other hand, in.urban area, other users of the street (pedestrians, bicyclists) are better served by conventional, low-speed street intersection geometry. • The intersection consumes a lot of space, and the islands within this space ( essentially large channelization islands) are not useable for public open space or-decorative features such as major plantipgs. • The present intersection is not an appealing entry point to Marquette. The need for an appealing entry point is more important than before, given the reclamation of the .waterfront in the immediate vicinity of the intersection. Restoring part of the stream and the waterfall that were obliterated.by the construction of the bypass is an interesting and reasonable option to consider, as the rebuilding of this intersection is studied. There are numerous examples, throughout the U.S ., of"daylighting" streams that were buried in box channels at the height of 1960's- 1970's road building frenzies . The symbolic value of this kind of reclamatton is huge, and is likely to put its sponsoring city "on the map'' of environmentally advanced communities. Restoring part the stream and the waierfall would be highly complementary to the dramatic reclamation of the entire Marquette waterfront. The unifying theme is reclamation of the waterfront from · · , obsolete uses, whether they be outmoded industries or highway planning decisions of a previous era. of Four possible options (by no means all of the total) for the reconfiguration of the US 41/Front . . Street intersection are shown in Figure 1. Alternative A addresses the challenges caused by the major through movement at this intersection being the left tum westbound (and corresponding right tum eastbound), by realigning the through movement. Under Alternative A, the movement from US 41 to Front Street would require the right-angles tum. Alteniative B is a simple T intersection substituting for the current channelized T . This alternative is simple, and consumes as little space as possible. Alternative C is a widely-split "T" . intersection, which converts the large volume of left turns into simple through movements at two signalized locations, each of which require only a simple two•phase signal. This design· also permits the "daylighting" of the stream. Alternative D, the roundabout, is particularly well suited to the large volume of ..right~angles'' traffic following US 41 . The roundabout · would provide a high level of priority for the difficult component of this movement, i.e. , the left tum by motorists proceeding west on US 41. A roundabout would also exploit the scenic possibilities associated with daylighting the stream. · McClellan Avenue-The extension of McClellan Avenue from Fair Avenue to Wright Street is one of those network extensions that is unarguably a good idea, from almost every transportation and co~up.ity planning aspect. Because of the continuity of McClellan Avenue with longer.clistance arterial highway (the new extension to 553), the in-town extension (Fair Avenue to Wright Street) poses three special design challenges: Glatth,g Jackson. Kercher Anglin Lopez Rinehart, Inc. Page 5 319 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �1 [C 1. Neighborhoods between Fair Avenue and Wright Street-The proposed road designs already offer a number of measures to protect the existing neighborhoods, on either side of the proposed extension, from the impacts of the road. Further protection can be provided by traffic calming measures to assure that east/west cut-through traffic is not inyited by the road design. Also, traffic calming measures can be provided to assure that east/west cut-through traffic on a newly continuous Central A venue is minimized or eliminated. 2. Between Washingto·n Street and Fair Avenue - This segment of street is somewhat out of character with the city streets in Marquette, and it would be appropriate to upgrade 1t in conjunction with the extension of McClellan Avenue from. Fair Avenue to Wright Street. Upgrades include drainage improvements, curb and gutter, proper sidewalks, proper driveway connections, tree plant~gs and street lighting. TI1is neighborhood appears to have far less need for on-street parking than tlie older neighborhoods tQ the east. Thus, there is ~ valid issue of providing for parking on only one side of the street, thereby resulting in a pavement width of only 28 feet or so and therefore presenting a far more appealing appearance than the standard 32-foot pavement. 3. Intersections at Washington Street and US 41 - TI1ese locations could use attention to standard traffic engineering improvements (lanes, signal phases, markings, etc.) as well a.s an urban design concept which would eventually transition them from ordinary strip conunercial to a node of commUI,Uty-serving walkable retail. This would J:?e a first step in directing development along the US 41 bypass away from the standard "bypass" strip pattern into something more in keeping with the character of Marquette_ . Continuity _and Con~ection of Streets The value of street extensions is discussed in previous sections for those three actions (Fair Avenue, McClellan and ih Street) in which extension and continuity are being provided. Because of the overriding importance of this single measure, we emphasize it again, as a general principle not only for three of the immediate actions being co11sidered. but also for continued future planning of the street network. Important results of street extension that complement the character of Marquette are: • A fully connected arterial and collector street system peffilits the City to avoid the blighted arterial/barricaded neighborhood syndrome so prevalent with new suburban growth throughout the U.S. In this pattern, with few arterial routes available (due to lack of connection), all traffic is shunted onto the few available miles of arterial street. This limited mileage then becomes unworkable, and unsightly, as well as an Glatting Jackson Kercher Anglin Lopez Rinehart, Tnc • . Page 6 320 "' �[C irresistib]e magnet for strip development. All other uses - institutional, residential, community retail - are repelled by the appearance and h-0stility of the arterial, and "'tum their back" on the arterial system, with walls, cul-de-sacs, rear-facing homes, and so forth. In the process, the small city or small town atmosphere is lost. Residents, hostage for daily travel to the blighted arterials, find their quality of life constantly eroded. • Highly connected arterial system permits important traffic generators, such as NMU and the hospital, to function in settings surrounded by the community, rather than being relegated to isolated pods of development along major arterial highways. This enfolding of valued institi,itions within the community is one of the premier features of small city living. • A highly connected arterial and collector street system creates an important ..safety in numbers" advantage in serving large traffic generators. With a highly connected street system. these generators can be served by networks of two-lane roads that retain all of their qualities as desirable residential or neighborhood commercial streets. • With gaps in the network, traffic becomes focused on a few of the arterials, which quickly lose their ability to be fronted by viable residential properties ot appealing neighborhood businesses. • The connected street system is, without any further enhancement, one of the best mechanisms for providing high levels of pedestrian/bicycle service. Because of the number of possible routes available, we are able to designate important biking enhancements (sueh as on-street bicycle lanes) without seriously affecting parking or traffic flow .. . • A highly connected network is simply more efficient traffic.moving arrangement than a sparse, unconp.ected layout Snow Removal as the Defining Characteristic of the City In co~parison to other "winter cities" where we work (Twin Cities, Buffalo, Traverse City, etc.), Marquette seems to regard removing the snow from its streets as the defining element of street design and street use. It is possiqle that the large amount of snowfall and the extended duration of the snow removal season are indeed unique to Marquette, and therefore its snow removal efforts should be more strenuous than peer cities. On the other hand, it is more likely that there has simply been little or no weighing of the current snow removal methods against other quality-of-life factors, such as on-street parking, street appearance, and so forth. Instances of a provider of specialized services (snow removal, fire protection, solid waste pickup, etc.) maintaining that their particular use is the most important function of the street, Glatting )ackson Kercher Anglin Lopez Rinehart, Inc. Page7 321 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �[C If"' I ~ . which should therefore should dictate tl1e design of the street, are common in municipalities throughout the U.S. In ''communities of place" - that is, communities notable for their high quality of life- the needs of competing users of the streets are settled in a .throughtufl design process that pays close attention to the community's vision of itself. Not surprisingly, this vision always involves strong neighborhoods, an e~tended walking environment, freedom. from domination by vehicular traffic; neighborhood cohesion, small-town qualities·, and so forth. These desired qualities are usually at odds with the specialized users of the streets. For example, the postal service, given their ideal, would want multi-lane streets, solid waste collectors would prefer complete banning of parking to allow automated pick up, the utilities would prefer a treeless and sidcwalkless parkway for ease of utility maintenance, fire and rescue operations would prefer a pull-over lane to clear the roadway, and so forth. In communities of place, these needs are balanced, always with specialized users accepting less than their "ideal." r For Marquette, we see two specific areas for such rebalancing the needs of snow removal with other desirable town qualities: • Altemat~Side Parking- It is really necessary to ban parking, on both sides of the street, for all of the snow removal season? There are numerous "winter cities" that do quite nicely with parking allowed on alternate sides of the street, and, therefore prohibited on alternate sides of the street, on a daily schedule. Thus, snow plowing in the parking lane is never more than one day out of date, and an ample supply of onstreet parking is maintained at all times. Signing and administr~ion of such a regulation would be particularly simple, given the regular north/south - east/west street layout in Marquette, where a "blanket" regulation for the entire city could be easily promulgated and enforced. • Reduced Widths for New and Rebuilt Streets - The 28-foot street allows ·parking · on one side of the street and two free-flowing lanes of traffic, and i~ therefore an appropriate design for collector streets and even minor arterial streets. Further, the side of the street on which parking is allowed can be varied as part of a snow rem.oval program. as described above. Snow removal on such a street is more efficient than on the ..standard" 32-fe>ot street now being built i11 Marquette, because: ( l) there is less pavement to clear and (2) the narrower pavement permits a correspondingly large parkway width~ thereby increasing · the snow storage area. If parking is permitted on an alternating side basis (as described above), then the efficiency of snow removal improves furtheri since the lane containing parking is not plowed on days when parking is present. On local streets (i.e., streets seiving only the fronting residential properties, aud not having a function as a through street), the 24-26 foot pavement, with parking allowed Glatting Jack~on Kercher Anglln Lopez Rinehart, Inc. Page 8 322 1""1 (' I I 0 �CC on one-side, is the appropriate street size. This width is fully allowable under the AASHTO Green Book and, in actual practice, the prevailing residential street width in thousands of traditional towns throughout the U.S. " "'- WMK/pae "r-.. " "' ,..., " "' ,..., ",..., ,., ..... "' G)atting Jackson Kercher Anglin Lopez Rinehart, foe . . · Page 9 323 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �--, --Ffgu-re-1i ·us 41/Front Street Options A: 'T' Intersection, US 41 becomes "through" movement. Best for through movement. US41 US41 B: "T'' Intersection, US 41. remains as right-angle movement. Consumes least space. US41 US41 C: Widely split "T." Permits daylighting of stream, converts left-turns to simple through movements, at 2-phase signals. D: Roundabout: High capacity, gives high priority to "problem" movement (westbound on US 41); complements stream daylighting. MARQUETTE MASTER PL.AN UPDAIB GlattingJackson Beckett & Raedet, Inc. 324 �APPENDIX D - WALKABLE COMMUNffiES ELEMENT 'r~ tt:"-------~ fl(".. ,,......___ /Ii""\. ,.-----._ ~ ,---.._ r"'"\ - 326 - - ~ �Report of Findings Traffic Study City of Marquette, MI • • B.8 Baraga St. & Fourth St. B.9 Fisher St. & Fourth St. C. Corridor C - Fair Avenue Fair Ave. & Lakeshore Blvd. C.1 C.2 Fair Ave . & Pine St. C.3 Fair Ave. & Presque Isle Ave.(B.9) C.4 Kaye Ave. & Presque Isle Ave.(B.3) C.5 Hebard Court ., Kaye Ave. & Lee Dr. C.6 Elizabeth Hardin Circle Dr. (W) & ylh St. (D.1) t"'· C.7 Elizabeth Harden Circle Dr. (W) & Fair Ave. C.8 Fair Ave. & Lincoln Ave . t" C.9 Fair Ave. & McClellan Ave. (A.2) ~ t"' D. Corridor D - Seventh Street (/h St) Elizabeth Hardin Circle Dr. (W) & ylh St. (C.6) 0 .1 ~ 0 .2 College Ave. & 7'h St. ~ 0 .3 Magnetic Ave. & ylh St. 0.4 Ridge St. & ylh St. " "r 0 .5 ylh St. & Washington St. 0 .6 Spring St. & ylh St. 0.7 Fisher St. , Grove St. & ylh St. 0.8 Grove St. & US 41 ~ E. CorridorE-US 41 E.1 US 41 W , US 41 S & Front St METHODOLOGY A. BASIS OF STUDY The methodology used in this study was based largely on the 2000 Highway Capacity Manual, for the determination of Level of Service (LOS) for existing conditions and proposed changes . In order to evaluate the traffic conditions that occur throughout the study area , two sets of peak hour (AM , and PM) traffic volumes were used . 290 �Report of Findings Traffic Study Ci!f of Marque~e, Ml INTRODUCTION SSOE, Inc conducted a Traffic Study as part of the City of Marquette, Master Plan . The study involved traffic analysis and building a Synchro model for the study corridors. During the first Master Plan steering committee meeting the following five corridors were selected along with the thirty one (31) intersections on these corridors for the traffic study. ,f • Study Corridor From A. McClellan Avenue -- Wright Street County Rd 553 B . Fourth Street/Presque Isle -- Wright Street Fisher Street. C . Fair Ave/Kaye Avenue --- Lakeshore Boulevard McClellan Avenue D. ylh Street /Grove Street E. • To us 41 Elizabeth Hardin Dr (W) US41 -- @US 41 (West & South) @Front Street Study Intersections A. Corridor A - McClellan Avenue A.1 McClellan Ave. & Wright St. (Future) A.2 Fair Ave & McClellan Ave. (C.9) A.3 McClellan Ave. & Ridge St. A.4 McClellan Ave . & Washington St. A.5 McClellan Ave. & US 41 A.6 Grove St. & McClellan Ave. A.7 McClellan Ave. & Pioneer Rd . A.8 County Rd 553 & McClellan Ave. B. Corridor B -Fourth Street/Presque Isle Avenue B.1 Presque Isle Ave . & Wright St. 8 .2 Fair Ave . & Presque Isle Ave .(C .3) 8.3 Kaye Ave. & Presque Isle Ave .(C.4) 8.4 College Ave. & Presque Isle Ave. 8 .5 Fourth St. & Hewitt Ave. 8 .6 Fourth St. & Ridge St. B.7 Fourth St. & Washington St. 289 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �CITY OF MARQUE1TE MASTER PLAN UPDATE WALKABLE COMMUNITIES ELEMENT ,.,,.----., Sponsored f?y: City of Marquette, Michigan Prepared f?y: Date Prepared: DAN BURDEN, WALKABLE COMMUNITIES, INC. OCTOBER, 2002 �,("""\ City of Marquette Master Plan Update Walkable Communities Element INTRODUCTION Marquette also enjoys advantages as well as punishments of severe winter cold and snow extremes. Defining walkability under such harsh conditions further refines and defines the essences of walkability. The City of Marquette is among the most remote and pristine settlements in America. Marquette's isolation and two decades of limited population growth have minimized sprawl pattern development. Most streets and neighborhoods are well linked. Housing densities support walking in most neighborhoods. Downtown Marquette is highly intact. Northern Michigan University is centrally located. The waterfront is centrally located to important commercial and service areas and most neighborhoods, and is in a healing process. These and other factors make Marquette an ideal study in how to revitalize, in fill and make whole and complete a walkable community. This report provides guidance on reducing unwanted, unsafe motorist bicyclist and pedestrian behavior. It also shares ways to make walking, bicycling more equal partners, and to return Marquette's streets to their former elegance. Before entering into design of master planning elements and features, all residents are asked to accept the premise that sprawl, traffic, environmental and social problems most often come from regional actions or inactions. Solutions therefore must be developed by all of the region's "stakeholders." Residents and property owners, who have much to gain from wor-king together, are the backbone of finding workable solutions. Marquette must be the leader and model for finding workable solutions, but must forge early and often living partnerships with university, township county, regional and state leaders. Maintenance of quality of life is a key issue for the community. There is no better determinate and ingredient to maintain quality of life than carrying out a design to keep and expand the walkability of the City of Marquette. However, residents are not entirely certain how to define a walkable community. Having sidewalks, good crossings and many linkages, trails and greenways, are important, but these are only a few of the vital and essential measures and ingredients of a walkable community. Residents identified dozens of issues, problems and needs that will be addressed. Solutions to these problems will determine walkability, bicycle friendliness, reduced auto-dependency, preservation of precious lands and establish essential active living and quality of life elements. Disclaimer The contents of this report represent the knowledge, experience and expertise of the citizens and author in providing ideas and concepts to improve safety, access, mobility and livability through land use planning, traffic management, linkage and other development strategies. This report does not constitute a standard, specification or regulation and is not intended to be used as a basis for establishing civil liability. The decision to use a particular measure should be made on the basis of an engineering and planning study of the location. This report is not a substitute for sound engineering and planning judgement. Adherence to the principles found in this report can lead to an overall improvement in neighborhood, bicycle, transit, motoring and pedestrian access, mobility, enjoyment and safety. Walkable Communities, Inc. -2- �1 Walkability Element to Master Plan Update The Big Ten Most Significant Issues and Steps 6. As residents age there is a growing need for quality housing in a choice of central locations. These can be on or near the harbor, downtown and near the campus/ university properties. Each of these areas will need many choices in housing stock, ranging from small and highly affordable to luxurious. Many can and should be in mixed use buildings where many conveniences are offered. Each of these locations should have a central public plaza and retail center. Dense housing of 11 -30 du/ a should be featured in the first 1 /8th mile ring from the defined center, and the next 1/ 8th of 1/ 4 mile radius should 2. Roads to be kept small and well linked. Virtually all have housing density at 6-8 du/ a or higher. Ancillary units, such roadways either built or planned for multiple lanes (4 or more) as "granny flats" or studio apartments should be included in this can be compressed to two lanes with either a third lane scramble, housing mix. Seniors should be surveyed to learn how many or medians. A notable exception is U.S. 41, which should conauto trips are made today, based on age. Once this percentage tinue to emphasized its role as a major carrier of significant is known, it should be a goal of the plan implementation of traffic volumes. This compression and retention of roadways doubling trips made by non-auto choices. into safer, more efficient two-lane roadways maximizes an af7. Land use patterns and practices must provide many fordable system, travel efficiency for all, while increasing access choices of housing for students. Reduced vehicular traffic in for all modes of transportation. and around the campus is essential to maintain roadway levels 3. Poor land use practices rob from community values of service and compact widths. This can only be achieved if and priorities. Traffic counts on several of Marquette's roadways walking and bicycling are strongly favored with short travel are at levels where new growth from sprawl and other poor distances from home to campus. Mixed use settlement, and land use patterns and practices will force declines in levels of many choices in housing are essential within 1 / 4 and 1 / 2 mile service on these and nearby roads. Roads at risk include Mc- of campus. Housing densities near campus should be 11 -30 Clellan Avenue, Wright Street, Lincoln, Fair and Fourth Street du/ a in the inner ring areas, and maintained at 6-8 du / a in outer North/ Presque Isle Avenue. Marquette must pay close atten- areas. As part of the Master Plan update a survey should be tion to all decisions that would generate more and longer trips, taken of how students currently arrive on campus. This can be or reduce and compress trips. Close attention to this guiding done with a show of hands in all classrooms on a given day. planning and political practice will maintain Marquette's current Once this percentage is known, it should be a goal of the plan equilibrium. of doubling trips made by non-auto choices. 4. Land Use and Sustainable Development are regional 8. School policies and practices must be updated . issues. In order to maintain Marquette's quality of life strong Nationwide home-to-school journeys by foot have fallen drahighly communicative regional and inter-agency and inter-orga- matically in recent decades. Poor long-term school placement nization processes must be invented and put in place. Improper and sizing strategies are leading to un-affordable, quality of sizing and placement of schools, libraries, parks and big box life and active living lifestyles. Complete sidewalks within 1 / 4 retail will continue to grow traffic in undesirable ways, and risk of all schools. Create school drop-off patterns that minimize levels of service, active living, squandering of precious land inconvenience and safety for those walking and bicycling. This and the quality of life of all citizens, inside and outside the may include a designated route for parents driving, and not alcity limit. lowing travel on certain streets, invoking "walking school bus" 5. Snow and its removal is a blessing and a curse. Snow and "walking train" programs. Strong parental involvement is is not only a primary reason for enjoyment of this special winter needed. city and its season for being, it can act as a sensible reason for 9. Parking strategies must change. The city should serimaintaining close-in, compact lifestyles and settlement patterns. ously evaluate its current parking practices and requirements. On the other hand, failure to evolve the most advanced snow Off-street parking must be minimized in order to achieve plowing, storage and removal solutions prevents Marquette from proper infill, mixed use, compact housing and walkable scale building many essential traffic management treatments, such as solutions. medians, curb extensions, refuge islands, raised intersections and 10. Many links and connections are needed. Despite roundabouts and on-street parking, to name a few. Marquette having a good historic street pattern, there are many areas, eswill need to become North America's leader in progressive snow pecially near the campus and harbour where serious policies, removal practices. A modest investment here will be essential practices and investments are needed to increase the ease, safety to carry out all phases of this master plan update, especially and convenience of walking and bicycling. on-street parking. l. Walkability and Quality of Life are tightly linked. Year 2000 census data reveals, American cities experiencing no growth in population during the 1990-2000 decade grew their traffic 25% during these years. Marquette owes much of its quality of life to planning decisions minimizing the amount of time residents are in motorized traffic, minimizing crossing widths of principle streets, and provisions for active living patterns accentuating walking and bicycling for all ages. -3- City of Marquette �LIVABLE STREETS, WALKABILITY AND QUALITY OF LIFE Livable Streets is all about reducing speeds of motorists, improving traffic flow, increasing safety for pedestrians and motorists, improving the all-season ability to have comfortable, convenient transportation choice. Healthy streets require appropriate travel speeds and traffic distribution. Traffic calming returns safety, mobility and access to people. It creates a level playing field for all modes of travel, increases property values, and improves livability for everyone. Most importantly, these efforts require neighbors to take ownership of their streets and public spaces and work together to provide the best solutions. Easy Solutions • • • • • Why People Speed • Not enough walking and bicycling links exist within neighborhoods. Too many walking barriers. • Streets are too wide and straight in appearance. • Drivers are using residential streets as "cut-through" routes to travel elsewhere in the city. • Blocks are too long. • Streets appear sterile or barren of trees • Too many stop signs and signals. Add crossings, retain parking, improve student/ parent drop-off and pick up zone behaviors. Create orderly movement around school and campus zones. Address local and school problems at mid-block locations and intersections with horizontal and/ or some limited vertical deflection tools. Use bike lanes or paint white lines on the righthand side of roads to visually narrow lane widths. Ideal lane widths are 10.0 feet or less. Plant trees within right-of-ways that will grow into tree canopies. It is important to recognize that as a city takes on traffic calming projects in its neighborhoods, some residents will be frustrated by their inability to speed through residential areas. Oftentimes drivers do not realize they are habitually speeding until they are physically prevented from doing so. Travel times to everyday destinations may become greater during peak hours, and this delay may become an issue for residents of neighborhoods as well as for cut-through drivers. Residents and city officials should understand that this perceived inconvenience is a trade-off for all the benefits that come from slower speeds in neighborhoods and the beautification that traffic calming and traffic management devices can provide. Residents on all streets report that where they Jive they seek low speeds, /01v volumes and /0111 noise of traffic. These same people mqy be inclined to drive too fast on other people's streets. Research in the San Francisco Bay area by pioneering traffic calming researcher, Donald Appleyard determined that as speeds and traffic volumes increase there is a corresponding drop in the number offriends, associates and even physical areas of the street that people associate or identify with. Some excellent examples of ideal street life are found on San Francisco's Noe Street, where Donald Appleyard performed some of his earliest work. Ironically, Donald Appleyard was later killed in a traffic crash. After a nearly 40 year lull in serious traffic calming efforts, it is time for Marquette to take the energy of the Marquette people and breathe new life into these important and sensitive streets. H Walkable Communities, Inc. -4- �1 Walkability Element to Master Plan Update While traffic calming reduces noise, beautifies areas and tends to put people more at ease, its primary goal is safety. When traffic travels slowly on traffic-calmed streets, fewer and less severe accidents occur. The number of pedestrian, bicycle, and automobile accidents drop as much as 40%-93%. For this reason, residents of traffic ~ calmed neighborhoods will notice more people walking, biking, roller blading and enjoying other activities because they feel comfortable on their streets. More "eyes on the streets" help reduce crime and discourage unacceptable behavior, making neighborhoods safer for everyone. Over twenty tools have been identified which create positive affects within neighborhoods and on their fringes . These tools have been identified and described in the publication, "Streets and Sidewalks, People and Cars: The Citizens Guide to Traffic Calming" by Dan Burden. A copy of this report can be purchased from www.lgc.org. Dan has also prepared a short guide to which of these tools can be used on local streets, school streets and arterial roadways (See page 9). Proper traffic calming planning requires a good deal of education for neighborhood residents. Residents understand ,,-....._ what the problems are in their neighborhoods, but very few people in the United States understand traffic calming and _,,......._ correct tool applications. Before receiving traffic calming training, residents will often ask for stop signs and/or speed humps. Both of these tools have been proven to have negative effects on neighborhoods and, in fact, increase speeding. When people are forced to stop where they do not believe it is warranted, they feel punished. Most motorists will spike their speeds to try to make up for lost time. Some neighborhood residents feel so violated by cutthrough traffic that they request closing streets to prevent r--._ nonresidents from using their neighborhood streets as arterials. Typically street closures shift traffic to other neighborhood streets. Street closures frustrate neighborhood residents more because they often have to drive twice as far to ,,.,......_ get to their destinations and this directly impacts residents several times per day. It is important to remember that stop signs, speed humps and street closures hinder emergency response times and accessibility. Street closures should be used only as a last resort, if other tools have been tried and nothing works. Noe Street is near Nervana. Originally designed to draw families to a form er lackluster area of San Francisco, the street traffic calming of the 60's was a finan cial success, and is now home ofprosperous and respected professionals. -5- City of Marquette �EMERGENCY RESPONSE Concern is often raised that some emergency responders may object to some suggested traffic calming treatments. It is ,,.,........,._ ' essential to include emergency responders in all planning, and to do this in early stages. Responders have much to gain from correct application of tools, and especially the removal of unwarranted stop signs. To gain their acceptance, however, requires close coordination, training and other ongoing efforts.To be efficient, emergency responders need: (1) well placed stations; (2) many points of access to neighborhoods; (3) minimal interruptions on arterial and collector streets and their intersections; and (4) minimal interruptions on local streets. Although local streets are of lesser importance than arterials, collectors and major intersections, they still influence response times. Responders strive to reach emergencies within 4 minutes of notification. In neighborhoods that have been traffic calmed, small ambulances and response vehicles have less problem maintaining access and efficient times than larger engine trucks and aerial ladder trucks. All over the world, police and fire agencies are moving toward buying more small vehicles for reasons of efficiency and accessibility. In 1999 Dan Burden developed a video to show how to ensure emergency responders' ability to navigate through traffic calming devices. The project also measured amounts of time it took to get through devices. Below is a chart that represents the findings of that study. The values are based on delays at devices, where there was no device, including a stop sign or traffic signal. The following delays can be expected for large vehicles: Device Delay Time Stop Signs Speed Humps Speed Tables Small Roundabout Neighborhood Roundabout Chicanes and other horizontal tools Curb radius reduction Gateways 6-11 seconds 6-11 seconds 6-11 seconds 4-5 seconds 4-6 seconds 2-3 seconds 0-3 seconds 0 seconds Walkable Communities, Inc. -6- I ' �Walkability Element to Master Plan Update l e.tlfrWSS« 2.. •••,,. 3.lllllllsllllls tCalblilSltll 1.Clnf',..,... t••t ....... ■•-,2.. ............ l. DMINIS 4-TrttWtll (. TIIIWtlS 5.llllthdlll 5. ......... 8. hntllllln 1. WOl&Gl Cl'ISslllS lC..IIOISIIIIICII• 5.IISII,_ ........... ........ t•-··-- ........ ......... l ■ OUfTICrlSIIIIS n ■, .... llllnlcUIII u. ......... llfllllll••-- l..._latS ' 1 TOI Clr-tsllrll -~·-' .,. l Clll..._c,a 11 nrniCatsa n.ftlMIIIIIIIICdlll 11 .......... n.•a1t1IIUINCd• 13 14.llllldlcUM 15.aHll'clll 13 lrllllrllllNlllcalflll ' 14. Ille lll!IIICII• I 11.IPIIITIIIIII 11.SIIINTIIIIII 11 I ..... lllltltCUNI 1lSIIII-• 11. ____ _ _ 11. lllallllrUCII• 21.fllllll . . . . tLCNllll ··-·22.DICIUI 11. llil-Clrclll &11• , .. a.es 12. ■---- 13.illlllllll ■raClllra 1C.ll••••e11- aSllll'lllllln . . . . . . ClrVII 21.hrdllCI.... 2tCllllln 22.Dlcllll a ....._ -7- City of Marquette �I Pedestrian Safety and Traffic Calming Principles Marquette can benefit from a menu of traffic calming solutions. As a general rule this plan calls for highly affordable, minimal intrusion, solutions first and foremost. Adding stop signs, speed humps, and street closures, which are highly invasive tools, are not recommended, nor needed. Indeed, there are so many negative impacts from such "reactive" tools that they should be seen as a last remedy in almost any community. SYSTEM-WIDE TooLS Traffic calming should be applied holistically. This plan calls for a series of steps addressing specific concerns, but which do not simply move a problem from one location to another. Thus, when measures are proposed for Pine Street, they are also to be applied to other north/ south roads such as Third, Front and High. Traffic calming tools create visual effects on long, straight road sections, interrupt visual lines, or create deflections to slow motorists to safe speeds. Meanwhile, by following the key recommendations of this plan and removing four way stop conditions at key intersections some improved flow and reduced noise will occur. Suitable replacement devices include mini-roundabouts, full roundabouts, curb extensions, chicanes and related tools. TEMPORARY MEASURES As a general rule temporary features are discouraged, especially if they can not be made attractive. Quite often residents react to the low-quality visual image of a temporary curb extension or mini-circle. If these measures can be made attractive and functional, then test or interim This hillside street is stark and void of trees and landscaping. It's complimentary street (below) is beautifully decked in trees and shade. The contrast in aesthetics and driver behavior is a classic study of what helps and hurts a neighborhood. measures may be considered. These measures should remain on the ground for a minimum of three months before their study is considered complete. They should not be placed if there is no ability to provide design and construction of permanent, attractive solutions. The City of Marquette should develop a suitable family of traffic calming tools and recommended street forms and features to update its Master Plan. An appropriate investment in a dozen or more sites can be made in the next 1-3 years. Walkable Communities, Inc. -8- �Walkability Element to Master Plan Update -9- City of Marquette �Conditions and Recommendations The following recommendations acknowledge that each roadway has many cross sections, parking practices and land use needs ... sometimes changing each block. These recommendations are general in nature and require significant planning and engineering evaluations as projects go forward. However, a number of projects are ready for adoption as early as winter and spring 2002-03. For instance, McClellan Avenue from it inception as a 4-5 lane roadway near Pioneer Road to the center of town should be reconfigured as a road diet -- a three-lane road with bike lanes. This is a low cost first stage solution, using primarily paint and some signing costs. However, converting this section to a boulevard street, an appropriate ultimate solution will require evaluation, engineering analysis and budgeting. McCLELLAN AVENUE • • • • • • • • Wide travel lanes; fast vehicle speeds Four and five lane sections Anemic crosswalk markings No sidewalks in most sections A few critical missing crosswalks Too many stop signs and traffic signals Area is stark, void of street trees, landscaping and other green Fast turns and entries on some corners Recommendations All areas of McClellan should be narrowed to 2-3 lanes. In some areas streets will need to be converted to boulevard style form with appropriate turning pockets. Newly planned sections of McClellan between Fair Avenue and Wright Street should be kept to two-lanes using significant access management. Bike lanes or wide paved shoulders of 5.0 to 6.0 feet should be used on all sections of built and planned roadways. Trails should be placed on all sections where high levels of access management (few driveways) can be maintained. Other portions require sidewalks. In general, sidewalks are needed on both sides, except in areas where settlement and attractions are on one side. Roundabouts should be evaluated and placed, replacing 4-way stop controls. An excellent first placement is McClellan and Fair Avenues. All signalized, 4-way stop and roundabout intersections should be well-lit. Walkable Communities, lnc. McClellan Avenue should be reduced to an efficient 2-lane road1vtry with turn lanes, medians and refi1ge island. The example road above is capable of managing more than 20,000 vehicles per dqy. Roundabouts (see belo1v) are high!J efficient solutions to managing up to 25,000 vehicles per dqy. Roundabouts improve safety up to 90%, reduce corridor travel delqys, and are a boon to pedestrian access and safety. Below scene is the proposed modified intersection of McClellan and Fair Avenues. -10- �Walkability Element to Master Plan Update us -- 41 • • Wide, multi-laned roadway with medians and shoulders Wide lanes, limited access in many locations, fast speeds, noisy • Design highly discourages walking and bicycling, along or across this centrally placed corridor Recommendations Rebuild all intersections to meet ADA and walkability needs. In some areas, such as McClellan Avenue, channelized islands can be added to all four corners. Meruans can be extended with median noses added to control turning speeds. Analyze the length on the corridor for placement of sidewalks on each side of the corridor. When access is well managed sidewalks or trails should be set back from travel lanes with a boulevard strip. WASHINGTON STREET (BUSINESS-41) • Wide, multi-laned roadway • Wide lanes, freguent driveways in many locations, moderate to fast speeds, noisy. • Largely suburban style land use practices, aging stock of buildings with poor pedestrian access. Design highly discourages walking and bicycling, along or across this vital center city serving corridor • Recommendations Rebuild all intersections to meet ADA and walkability needs. In some areas, such as McClellan Avenue, channelized islands can be added to all four corners. Medians can be extended with median noses added to control turning speeds. Analyze the length of the corridor for placement, rebuilding or maintenance of sidewalks on each side of the corridor. When access is well managed sidewalks or trails should be set back from the travel lanes with a boulevard strip. Minimize crossing rustances of pedestrians and turning speeds of motorists at all driveways. Landscape ugly front facing parking lots. Consider creating village-style nodes at key intersections, such as McClellan Avenue. City of Marquette �PRESQUE ISLE AVENUE AND 4TH STREET NORTH • Two important collector roadways with sidewalks in most sections and fast traffic along Presque Isle Avenue. • Many intersections are wide and difficult to cross • Poor crosswalk markings; many school aged children/ college students. • Too few trees along this corridor Recommendations An additional two stripes should be added to this This corridor should remain at or be reduced to two lanes in all sections. roadway to create designated on-street parking and a bike lane. In some locations a third lane can be added for efficient movement of traffic at signals. Four-way stop or signalized intersections should be evaluated for roundabouts. Roundabouts can be considered as mini-roundbouts in many locations by limiting the size of left turning vehicles. This is possible due to the well gridded street system. Reduce excess pavement width by adding inset on-street parking where non-existent, and bike lanes. In a few areas prime for mixed use development diagonal parking may be considered. Provide high emphasis crosswalks at all four way stop and signalized intersections. Provide curb extensions and 2-ADA ramps per corner at all intersections, with an emphasis at signalized and four-way stop controlled intersections. DOWNTOWN STREETS • • • Many intersections are wide and difficult to cross Poor crosswalk markings, undersized "Walk, Don't Walk" signals, many poor signalization designs. Check timing to allow reasonable crossing times. Too few trees in the downtown. Consider tree clusters on corners and other tree plantings. Recommendations All streets should be evaluated for lane width reductions, curb extensions, inset parking. Many streets will convert well to diagonal or reverse-in diagonal parking. In general lanes should be restricted to 10.0 foot widths. Add bike lanes and significant new onstreet parking to minimize travel lane widths and the resulting speeding and confusion. All streets should be considered for redesign. Walkable Communities, Inc. -12- �Walkability Element to Master Plan Update THIRD STREET NORTH • • Two-lane roadway with significant commercial development and many pedestrians Important north/ south service road for Northern Michigan University, link to downtown and neighborhoods. • Overly wide roadway section and lanes in several areas Recommendations This corridor should remain at two lanes in all sections. In some locations a third lane can be added for efficient movement of traffic at signals. Before widening for storage lanes, four-way stop or signalized intersections should be evaluated for roundabouts. Reduce excess pavement width by adding on-street parking where non-existent, and bike lanes on both sections of this street (North and South). Provide high emphasis crosswalks at all four way stop and signalized intersections. Provide curb extensions and 2-ADA ramps per corner at all intersections, with an emphasis at signalized and four-way stop controlled intersections. FRONT STREET NORTH • • Two-lane roadway with significant commercial development churches, services and pedestrian linkages Important north/ south service road for Northern Michigan University, link to downtown and neighborhoods. • Overly wide roadway section and lanes in several areas -13- City of Marquette �Recommendations This corridor should remain at two lanes in all sections. In some locations a third lane can be added for efficient movement of traffic at signals. Roundabouts or mini-roundabouts may be considered for some locations. Reduce excess pavement width by adding on-street parking where non-existent, and bike lanes. Provide high emphasis crosswalks at all significant cross streets Provide curb extensions and 2-ADA ramps per corner at all intersections, with an emphasis at signalized and four-way stop controlled intersections. • • • PINE STREET Large stop controlled intersections with excess asphalt Important neighborhood connector troubled by its ease for speed and overall length. Traffic volumes are higher than many neighbors would like Recommendations Provide measures to control speeds at or below 25 mph, including a series of mini-roundabouts every other block. Increase convenience of on-street parking Maximize quality and maintenance of sidewalks on both sides of the road, and provide ADA ramps to minimize pedestrian exposure to motorists. • • • • HIGH STREET One-way street, approximately 20 feet wide Parking on one side Many stop sign controls One-way traffic flow Recommendations Convert to a two-way street, retaining parking on one side only. If speeding is an issue, on-street parking can be altered to opposing sides at each street. However, speed will go down once two-way yield-style street traffic is introduced. Walkable Communities, Inc. -14- Arch S tree! East (above) should be evaluatedfar a treatment similar to the one shown belo11J. Adding diagonal parking maximizes traffic calming effects and reduces the needfor expensive and un.right/y offstreet parking or parking structures in this neighborhood. �Walkability Element to Master Plan Update WRIGHT STREET • • • • • Wide lanes and wide street sections with fast traffic Stark, barren, uninteresting Poor sight distances at intersections Absence of curb cuts An essential roadway for walking, bicycling, parking and campus connections. Recommendations All portions of Wright street should be operated as a 2lane roadway Some sections can be evaluated for a third lane for turns and storage Roundabouts should be evaluated for every other block, maintaining and improving traffic flow. All four-way stops should be considered for roundabouts. Make this a gateway street, with quality landscaping and a tree canopy. Add refuge islands every 300 feet along sections paralleling the Northern Michigan University Elizabeth Harden Circle Drive should retain its current curb-to-curb width, then maximize on-street parking and create a single lane access Wt!J down the center. Such a strategy maxi,nizes invested resources in the existing road structure, and creates a quiet, easi/y navigated pedestrian Wt!J. The University should continue to take actions reducing the need to drive motorized vehicles between classes. New, small vehicle technologies are being built that can improve interior campus transit style circulation. These units run on electricity and are narrow enough to fit on greenw'!Y traiL Below photo illustrates poor lighting and crossing conditions at the Marquette General Hospital overpass location. Trajfic calming and improved lighting is neededfor this area. COLLEGE AVENUE MARQUETTE GENERAL HOSPITAL • • • • Wide pedestrian crossings Poor visibility between drivers/pedestrians Missing curb cuts High speed turns and entries Recommendations Sidewalks with curb cuts and on-street parking should be emphasized within 1/4 mile of the hospital. Refuge islands should be placed at frequent inte preferably each 300 feet. Special lighting is needed under the pedestrian overpass, if pedestrians are crossing at grade in this location. Crossing distances in this location should be reduced in time and distance by converting these travel lanes to 10.0 feet width. -15- City of Marquette �FAIR AVENUE • • • • • Wide lanes with fast traffic Stop controls at most intersections Lots of stop and go driving Void of trees, green and other landscaping Absence of curb cuts Recommendations Maintain all roadway sections as 2-lanes, with optional left turn storage lanes, if warranted. Longer term, replace four-way stop controls by providing a series of mini-roundabouts or full roundabouts. Maximize on-street parking, especially near schools. Provide bike lanes the length of this roadway, if street widths permit. Maximize quality of sidewalks and sidewalk maintenance to improve conditions for walking to and from area schools. UKESHORE BOULEVARD • • • • • Scenic roadway in many sections Important shore line bike connection Speeds high in some areas Bike trails narrow in some areas Poor visibility between drivers/pedestrians Recommendations Smooth and efficient roadway travel should be established at a speed not to exceed 25 mph in most portions. Widen trail and walkways to a minimum of 10 foot, with 12 foot preferred. Improve intersections with a variety of solutions, from enhanced signalization to roundabouts. Long term solutions call for diagonal parking in many areas, especially where higher density residential units are built. Require developers to provide sufficient right-of-way to allow for on-street diagonal parking, and minimize offstreet parking. SEVE TH STREET These comments are provided after studying the Activity Guide map. If Llncoln Avenue has not been built from Washington Street to U.S. 41, consider terminating this street at Baraga Avenue. This improves traffic flow to key areas of the downtown and makes key trail connections. Although this does not relieve existing traffic flow patterns onto U.S. 41, it allows a vital flow into featured development areas, including downtown and waterfront sections. Use a modest rise to this road over the trail, allowing the trail to be built at grade. Consider the possibility of connecting 7 th Street. Walkable Communities, Inc. -16- All streets surro11nding the Northern Michigan Universi!J should be designed and operated in the future to keep the Jewest possible lanes, and crossing widths, while maximizing on-street parking. Similar treatments should be considered on Fair Aven11e and all areas in and around the downtown, future harbor and 111aterfront developme11t, the hospital and other central areas. �Walkability Element to Master Plan Update Other Recommendations, Including Public Process and Priorities NEIGHBORHOOD MASTER PLANNING Many of America's best cities are now learning to develop master plans for each neighborhood. Marquette is of a size and pattern to permit from 5-7 neighborhoods to be identified and refined based on needs inside each neighborhood. A master plan is needed for each neighborhood. Special funds or special staff can be allocated to help each neighborhood arrive at a common vision and master plan. The advantages of this approach include: Creating a vision allowing staff, planning commissioners and city commissioners to make decisions based on the problems, issues needs of its residents and business people in highly specific areas of the community. Minimizing problems and NIMBYism when facing important but controversial issues, such as street designs, onstreet parking, intersection designs, infill development, school bonding issues and more. Allowing a method to identify, network and train citizen leaders, who will overcome many of the fears normally found when neighborhoods are facing change. / Increasing public involvement and public ownership of important issues facing Marquette as it moves towards its goal to become a community of high quality of life, active living and sustainable practices. Improved ability to apply for and win important government and foundation grants for being a community that has sub-area master plans, networks, visions, commitment and a means to carry out tough issues of change and quality of life decisions. Improved efficiency, strength and depth in gaining public trust and support (maybe affection) for its staff and elected leadership, and more popular acceptance of design and construction of important projects. Marquette appears confused on parking issues. Areas where parking would reduce speeding (near schools) removes parking. Other overfy wide downtown streets limit parking. Qualiry infill development calls for substantial shifting of parkingpolicies ... to eli,ninate most offstreet parking in time, and to great!J increase efficient and convenient on-street parking with curb extensions to narrow pedestrian crossing widths. Scene above, SIIOIJ!Y Bend, Oregon. An ability to overcome stagnation and paralysis of important public works, public improvement and public good projects. Improved ability to forge lasting public/private partnerships with key developers -- who need all the support they can get to build key infill projects. -17- City of Marquette �Implementation Steps Community master plans work best when formal methods for carrying out their visions are implemented Indeed, lofty words on paperfor needed treatments are far less valuable to communities than inventions and adoptions to processes to overcome fear of change. Many communities are built to ho-hum, sprawl patterns which are alwqys the easiest routes to quick and efficientgrowth and development. Quality, sustainable streets, public space, buildings and neighborhoods of take much work and by its definition, forces change and uncertainty. The secret to places of the heart is that ma,ry people have learned to work together, to fuel and sustain their interest, and then train their volunteer replacements when thry are approaching burnout. Successful community master plan implementation includes new methods in public process, consensus building, the sharing of a common vocabulary, training of citizens, and an identifiedprocessfor incorporating a,ry dissenters without allowing their voices to overpower the approved process adopted by the community. All too often elected leaders listen to and respond to former high school bullies or smooth talkers that never represented their classmates. These individuals have a role to plqy in a,ry society ... But their voice should never overpower conscientious citizens who have learned how to improve their community. The Walkability Element to this Master Plan process has led to consensus building, workable solutions, and effective partnerships between stakeholders and City of Marquette staff and leadership. The following additional steps are recommended. Following these steps provides assurance that issues will be proper/y addressed, costs will be minimized, and results have maximum effect. If ownership of problems is still weak or lacking, don't give up! The following steps are vital. (1) Form City of Marquette Vision Team. At the concluding workshop on the group endorsed strong support for active leadership and regional action on key issues. There are many issues and complications in carrying out master plan updates. Important steps need to be taken, such as creation of neighborhood boundaries, training courses and programs guiding master plans and sub area plans. (2) Develop Neighborhood Master Plans. As mentioned earlier in this document, communities benefit by having clear plans, expectations, networks and process for carrying out their own vision. Each neighborhood learns to cooperate with other neighborhoods seeking community-wide solutions. eighborhood leaders learn to value training and how to assist all in their neighborhood to cooperate with one another and become active participants in change. (3) Review Plans. A coordinating team working in conjunction with each neighborhood team, is responsible for maintaining the integrity of neighborhood plans, and making certain these plans meet broader community goals and needs. These people should coordinate and guide modest, noncontroversial changes that maintain neighborhood support. In some cases this team meets with property owners at or near the locations of proposed treatments. In some cases one tool may be substituted for another, or a tool may be relocated from one property to another. Walkable Communities, Inc . -18- �Walkability Element to Master Plan Update (4) Education and Survey. Planning commissioners should expand their role, expertise and methods for reviewing changes to the community. Scheduled site visits by all members of the commission and key staff should preceed all meetings. (5) Training and Leadership. The community should develop a training curriculum, set of events and other activities reinventing the culture of change. Cities like Portland and Seattle have many speakers, curriculum at colleges, and a weekend long series of workshops held each year to training and certify neighborhood and community leaders. Progressive ideas re9uire a solid cadre of volunteers and others to help the more intrepid increase their comfort level as change occurs. (6) City Commission Review and Approval. City commissioners must communicate and coordinate their decisions in close liaison with neighborhood leaders, planning commissioners and staff My discussions with a number of people from the community suggests that there is a serious breach of communication, coordination and trust between these key groups. Many important citizens feel frustrated ... Even alarmed at the failures for these important groups to listen and respect the care and dedication of the work of these important groups. (7) Neighborhoods are Involved in Plan Review. Once detailed plans reach 30% completion, each neighborhood team should complete reviews, noting any appropriate changes. Once approved, these plans and final construction can go forward. I I (8) Model Programs. In order to prove that each element of the master plan can work at broad scale it is essential to prove each element at a project scale. For instance, McClellan and Fair Avenues is an appropriate area to test the safety, efficiency and overall performance of a roundabout. Other areas are ready to test for installation of bike lanes, narrowing of travel lane widths, and other treatments. It is important to get many of these treatments on the ground within one year of their adoption. Each treatment needs to be evaluated for overall effectiveness in achieving community goals. It is important to state up front what the performance measures are for each treatment. Fo_r instance, does adding reverse-in diagonal parking to a portion of Baraga Avenue add 40% more parking, slow traffic speed and noise to acceptable levels without creating any noticeable backup in traffic? Some evaluations can be made in a half day or so, while others require significant observations and data. -19- City of Marquette �APPENDIX E - HARBOR MASTER PIAN 327 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �C '{ �·4 Introduction To specifically address water-based uses and facilities in Marquette Bay, the City sought to create a Harbor Master Plan (HMP). The HMP is intended to supplement, and ultimately become part of the current City of Marquette Master Plan. The HMP consists primarily of the areas commonly referred to as the Upper and Lower Harbor, extending from the south end of Presque Isle Park at the Presque Isle Marina, southward to the Shiras Generating Plant. In the Upper Harbor area, the plan focuses on the Presque Isle Marina, ore dock and remnant piles. In the Lower Harbor, the plan focuses on the commercial and public spaces near the remnant piles, ore dock and Cinder Pond Marina. This summary document describes Marquette's setting, the HMP project process, existing conditions, program goals and design principles, and the Upper and Lower Harbor Preferred Plans. Setting The City of Marquette enjoys a spectacular setting on the south shore of Lake Superior. Evidence of its rich industrial past is represented by picturesque ore docks and thousands of remnant piles that once supported the extensive ship docking associated with its working waterfront heritage. The City is committed to preserving this heritage, while embarking on a plan to create a new vision for the Marquette community of this special waterfront setting. Harhur Masw,· Plan Area Mayor's Task Force on Harbor Master Planning Process Jerry Irby, Mayor The City Commission approved the creation of the Mayor's Task Force on Harbor Master Planning on October 15, 2002. The City subsequently contracted with SmithGroup JJR to complete the HMP. City of Marquette Liaisons: Sandra Gayk, Director of Community Development Hugh Leslie, Director of Parks and Recreation Task Force Members: Fred Stonehouse, Chair (Harbor Committee) Gerald Messana, Secretary (Parks and Recreation, Committee) Jim Clark (Downtown Development Authority) Steve White (Downtown Development Authority) Geoff "Chip" Davis (Parks and Recreation Committee) Joe Johnson (Community) Wim McDonald (Community) Ted Thill (Community) Greg Sieple (Planning Commission) Bruce Ventura (Planning Commission) J ) -) ' \ ) J) ~) ~ ') I) J) )) )) The HMP process included a series of Task Force meetings and public participation events over a six-month time frame. Public participation included interviews with a cross-section of waterfront stakeholders, and public forums to gain an understanding of the variety of perspectives influencing the harborfront. This input influenced the creation of alternative concepts, and finally the Upper and Lower Harbor Preferred Plans. Public input summaries and are available upon request at the City of Marquette Department of Planning. Following completion of the HMP and the adoption of the City's overall Master Plan by the City Commission and Planning Commission, funding opportunities for HMP proposed improvements will be sought. )) ) ) )) '\) ~) ~) ~) "" -) �' ' Existing Conditions Following is a description of existing conditions in the Upper and Lower Harbors. Upper Harbor A: Presque Isle Marina The public marina has a State and Federal designation as a harbor of refuge. The 30-year old, 95-slip marina is in need of an upgrade. Declining dockage facilities, outdated services, siltation and water depth issues limit its use and desirability. B: Marina Services Building The existing building houses the harbor master and support services. The facility appears to need updating from both a functional and aesthetic perspective. C: Boat Launch Community launch used primarily by fishing enthusiasts who want easy fishing access to the north. D: Merchandise Dock Owned by Cleveland Cliffs with the likelihood of being deeded to the City. E: Remnant Piles Large collection of piles that formerly supported docks. F: Ore Dock Owned by Cleveland Cliffs and currently active. Will remain in use for the foreseeable future . �• Al Lower Harbor A: Public Access to Outer Breakwater United States Army Corps of Engineers owned and maintained breakwater protects the lower harbor. Provides desirable public access primarily for fishing . B: Coast Guard Station Office/Dock Coast Guard office and dock are located where the outer breakwater meets the land. Coast Guard residences currently located west of the lighthouse are proposed to be relocated to a new building adjacent to the office and dock. C: Seasonal Theater Local entertainment venue for theater productions. D: Cinder Pond Marina 104-slip public marina with fuel dock, boat launch/travel lift and marina services building. The marina, completed in 1994, is in excellent condition. E: Mattson Park Built on former coal dock pilings. Primarily a large open green space for warm weather events and skating in winter. Also contains a clock tower, play structure, and concession/restroom building . The surface walk along the bulkhead is in need of improvement. F: Yacht Club Private club consists of approximately 40 full members. Wednesday night Enson races around a 4.5 mile course. G: Association Dock and Fish Dock Privately owned docks are located on State of Michigan bottom lands. Lower harbor dock lessees and the City formed the Marquette Bay Association to purchase former railroad property from Wisconsin Central Ltd. Each lessee then retained ownership of their respective part. H: Ore Dock City owned ore dock, located on State of Michigan bottom lands. As Marquette's defining feature, there is broad support to retain the ore dock as a historically significant structure. View oj thl! ore duck from Frunr S,,-eet luwer Harbor Fi.th and Assot'iarion Dvch I: Ripley's Rock Natural feature important to the community. J : Abandoned Spear's Merchandise Docks Remnant piles formerly supported working docks. )) -y ,..)) -'\) 5 ~)) ~ ) ~) 'J) I)) I)) I)) ) )) ,.~ I)) )0 ~~ ~~ ~~ ~1 ,.. ) - )} �'' 9 ~ ~ • Program Goals and Design Principles The following Goals and Design Principles were identified during the planning process. Program Goals/Design Principles Maintain and promote public access Accommodate multiple water user groups • Large • Small • Recreational • Commercial Dovetail with current master plan Provide serviceable use areas with adequate infrastructure Provide long-term flexibility Promote sustainability Execute elements over time Maintain navigational integrity Ensure economic viability Provide private investment incentives Promote year-round use Swlmmers at Picnic Rvclcs t Pvtentlal winter acr,vitiel' �r r �t ~ ''''' Upper Harbor Preferred Plan The Upper Harbor Preferred Plan improvements are described below. The improvements incorporate Task Force and public input gathered throughout the planning process. The primary funding source for each of the elements is indicated in parenthesis. Improvements A: Presque Isle Marina Improvements (Public) Realign breakwater to improve access and efficiency, and reduce siltation Update dockage, including current utility/service standards Incorporate existing fuel tanks into new fuel dock system Upgrade harbor services building Update boat mix to include larger boat mix B: Merchandise Dock (Public) Provide public promenade Adapt and reuse existing structure at end of dock for vendor or concessionaire C: Remnant Pilings (Public) Incorporate land based museum/interpretive facility Reuse remnant piles for an observation deck that extends 100 feet from shore Preserve piles 100' beyond proposed observation deck as historic relics I: Peter White Drive (Public) Realign north of Lakeshore Boulevard to better organize parking and create a park-like entrance experience for both Presque Isle Park and Marina J: Marina Services Facility (Public) Facility proposed on land currently owned by LS&I. Establish a land agreement to develop a marina services facility Develop marina facility for service and storage of boats The facility can serve both Presque Isle and Cinder Pond Marinas K: Redevelopment Area (Private/Public Partnership) Consider re-use of existing structures on City-owned property for an eco-lodge development, retail, and food/beverage uses L: Trail Connections Maintain recreational trail connections Vending Opportunities (Private) Encourage private vending at key activity areas Design Character Guidelines Develop guidelines that build upon the high quality wilderness parkitecture style established with the park entry, new park pavilion, and gazebo The intention of the guidelines is to reinforce the vision and establish parameters for redevelopment Salvage remaining piles D: Cleveland Cliffs Ore Dock (Private) Maintain active use E: Kayak/Sailing Beach (Public) Improve beach for kayak and small sailboat put-in/take-out Provide kayak/small boat storage building combined with new restroom F: Boat Launch/Travel Lift Relocate launch next to Merchandise Dock Incorporate travel lift and pull out as part of launch area G: Fish Cleaning (Public) Provide fish cleaning pavilion adjacent to boat launch H: Parking (Public) Locate parking to accommodate beach, boat launch and additional marina slips Develop standards for parking lots that reflect a park-like setting The above images illw1rate putential a,·11vir/ej' and development oppurwnities envisioned �Cind« l-'00.d • B.xistin1 l•~t/1 ttumhilr 2-4' Jk 3(/ <9 38' I< Tl'lllll IOI Cunuuunity Sallllls Program•~ 2◄' 20 Hsb no..:t - EXUting l t SOlu,~rl~I l'i!h Doc!.:. Propooed 2< 40' 400 linear f~I As.~11Tlon Oo,,:k - H>.i5fing 40' t1so ~, 14 linCM' feel Associatk" llo.l.k. Proposoo 40' U (iu ;:~31lns loceliu1) IZOO linlW foct (24 ilips 1<1'50' oa) 0Nl);~k-Pn""""'1 1600 lin¢41' te-or (32 sltps Id, ,o•eo.) J kitel,C..IVdlllotl Ce111cr, Propo!!«I ~ JO' -40' 60' 28 14 'lbttll p,Jrp,1ndicular slips l'llrtllol oockitij.:i ~ Dock: MixL>J u.~ rcdeve.lopment $ -> m.ai main .-ch1ttcwnal lnregrlty <• l'lighl light ing H lllll""~lriate ❖ PUblic fn)ffil.'nadclbrcakw11.1l•r (X'fflide- (Ontinuous puhlk ll<!~\\!S alongp,:"ORk'l ... r f--i1s ;;;;; ~ PRllFllRRED ❖ iOlf'rprt l ivt lt1tlUtei ) i ~ i ; ; i ; ) ) ) ) ; ) PLAN Smith(ilu'lP JJR September 2003 i:xiscing pile reuse i ,QO MABOU£1iE HABBOR MAS'l'ER PLAN LOWER HARBOR ❖ lightin" o;. sc:i.lill,ll. ❖ 101 800' ) ) ) ) ~ �t t ' '''' ' Lower Harbor Preferred Plan The Lower Harbor Preferred Plan improvements are described below. The improvements incorporate Task Force and public input gathered throughout the planning process. The primary funding source for each of the elements is indicated in parenthesis. Improvements A: Cinder Pond Marina (Public) Maintain current configuration/use Adjust transient to seasonal mix as additional slips are built within the harbor B: Fish Dock (Private) Encourage and establish private partnership opportunities Provide public promenade Expand retail uses Encourage consistent architecture Encourage vending opportunities Provide protective breakwater at the end of dock Expand dockage along existing piles Reuse piles where possible Salvage remaining piles C: Association Dock (Private) Establish private partnership opportunities Provide public promenade Provide protective breakwater at the end of dock Expand dockage along existing piles Reuse piles where possible Salvage remaining piles D: Ore Dock (Public/Private Partnership) ~ Provide visual access of Ripley's Rocks, but limit physical access by separating the breakwater from the island Accommodate larger vessels along southern breakwater F: Harbor Promenade (Public) Provide a continuous promenade along the water's edge that links to trails to the north and south Maintain public access to the outer breakwater Enhance the bulkhead/promenade from Mattson Park to the proposed Hotel/Conference Center Create a common palette of amenities such as lighting, seating, interpretive features and other appropriate amenities G: Linkages to Downtown (Public) Provide visual and physical linkages between downtown and the waterfront emphasizing promenades that project into the harbor H: Trail Connections Provide trail connections north of Cinder Pond Marina and to the beach and trail south of the proposed Hotel/Convention Center Provide aesthetic fencing adjacent to the Coast Guard Theater/Marina Services (Private) Maintain current location of seasonal theater Expand seasonal marina services J : Fish Cleaning Facility (Public} Provide fish cleaning facility adjacent to Cinder Pond boat launch K: Cruiseship Docking(Public) Improve bulkhead at Mattson Park to accommodate cruise ships L: Community Sailing Program (Private) Reconfigure dockage for community sailing program Encourage adaptive reuse for mixed use development Provide public access and promenade along perimeter Provide public destination at terminus Provide protective breakwater at the end of dock Maintain architectural integrity of ore dock Limit activity on top of dock to historic interpretation Provide sensitively designed night lighting Accommodate parallel boat docking E: Hotel/Conference Center Marina (Private) Maintain alignment and reuse piles where possible Configure breakwater to protect basin from wave action within the outer breakwater Provide public promenades woth lighting, benches, interpretive features, and terminus features M: Amphitheater (Public} Locate amphitheater at the northwest corner of the harbor Provide access to floating platform and community sailing dockage N: Water Taxi (Private} Provide docking and wayfinding signage for water taxi Provide seasonal service between lower and upper harbor 0 : Canoe/Kayak Beach and Storage Facility (Public) Provide put-in/take-out beach at the South Railyard development Incorporate kayak/canoe/small boat storage into public pavilion proposed for the South Railyard development Vending Opportunities (Private} Encourage private vending at key activity areas The abow images il/usrratf.' putentia/ ao,wries and devt!lupment upportunuies envisioned Jor the Upper Harbor �APPENDIX F - South Area Land Use Plan 329 Marquette Master Plan - 2003 �McClellan Avenue South Area Land Use Plan May 2003 City of Marquette, Michigan �SOUTH McCLELLAN AREA LAND USE PLAN Purpose The purpose of the South Area Land Use Plan is to provide insight into the development opportunities in this area of the City, and recommend alternative land use plans for evaluation by the Planning Commission. The Planning Commission will then decide which recommendations will best benefit the long-term land use of both the south area and the city as a whole. The City of Marquette South Area Plan comprises a considerable portion of the city's urbanized area, as well as much of its undeveloped land stock. Geographically, the plan focuses on the portion of the city south of the US 41 / M-28 by-pass, with the exception of already developed properties along the US-41/M-28 corridor. Existing Condit ions Marquette's most impressive natural features, topography, and scenic viewsheds are located within the boundaries of the South Area Land Use Plan study area. The following summary items describe existing conditions. 1. The South Area Land Use Plan study area consists of 3,495 acres or 5.46 square miles . 2. There are three watersheds in the study area: the Carp River, Orianna Creek, and Whetstone Brook. The Whetstone Brook watershed extends along US-41/M-28 to an area just south and roughly parallel with Grove Street. The Orianna Creek watershed encompasses a considerable portion of the study area extending from the south limits of the Whetstone Brook watershed to an area ¼ mile pass the McClellan Road and M-554 intersection . The good-to-excellent water quality of many stream segments in both the Whetstone Brook and Orianna Creek watersheds support several thriving cold-water fisheries . 3. Major arterials serving the study area include McClellan Avenue (M-553), M- 554, Pioneer Road between McClellan Avenue and County Road 554, and Grove Street (between US-41/M28 in the western City Limits .) 4. Of the study areas 3,495 acres nine property owners control 2,088 acres or 60% of enumerated property. The major property owners include: • Northern Michigan University • Marquette General Hospital • Marquette Public Schools • Bernice Pauhahi Bishop Land Trust • O'Dovero Properties • Granite Pointe • Marquette Golf and Country Club • City of Marquette • State of Michigan 5. The former City of Marquette landfill is located off of Pioneer Road . 6. Several properties have been recently clear-cut in preparation for development. 7 . 1,436 acres, or 41 % of the study area have slopes in excess of 25%. 8. There are a number of mountain bike paths, which interlace the study area, especially in the area south of Pioneer Road . 9. Many private properties are currently used for outdoor recreation activities such as mountain biking, snow shoeing, cross country skiing, and hiking. !-" 1 �10 . The principle existing zoning within the study area includes: • RS - Residential Single Family • RM - Residential Multiple Family • CR - Conservation and Recreation • DD - Deferred Development 11 . The South McClellan Land Use Area is served by four hydro pressure districts which provide water to their respective district. The map entitled "Hydro Pressure Districts" highlights these areas in relation to other city service zones. The Cox Avenue Tank District serves the north portion of South McClellan Land Use Area along the US-41 corridor. The McClellan Avenue corridor is served by the Mountain Tank District, the Marquette Golf and Country Club is served by the Grove Booster District, and properties east of Division Street are served by the Lincoln Tank District and the Shiras Hills PRV District. Currently the City only has the ability to serve water to the southern limit of the existing golf course on the west side of McClellan Avenue and that the southern limit for the east side of McClellen Avenue ends at Granite Pointe. 2 �Plll'trld8f' Bay MARQUITTE COMMUNITY MASTER PLAN Hydro Pressure Districts ~r.isc-ce Cityd""-'iµrtt•.2003 - a25 o 0.25 0.5 Mies I ,,-.... 3 D D D D D D D D Cox Avenue Tank District Grove Booster District Lincoln Tank District Logan St PRV District Mountain Tank District Northwoods Pump District Sandy Knoll PRV District Shiras Hills PRV District Trowbridge PRV District �........... -- ~ 1";"' Findings /" Based on a meeting with property owners, visits to numerous study area sites, and reviews of technical, GIS, and planning information the following findings are summarized. l . Recent residential projects within the study area have resulted in large lot developments. An example of this type of development is along Vistanna Drive just west of McClellan Avenue near the Marquette Golf and Country Club, and Granite Pointe east of M-554 . 2. Most of the undeveloped portion of the Study Area is forested . 3. Natural topography varies in grade between 0% to over 70%. 4. 1,272 acres within the study area have slopes less than 18%. 5. 784 acres within the study area have slopes between 18% and 25%. 6. 1,436 acres within the study area have slopes greater than 25% 7. The Marquette Golf and Country Club is proposing an addition to their existing golf course with the future potential for limited residential development. O'Dovero Properties {Mount Marquette) is proposing a mixed use project with an 18-hole golf course, new ski lodge and hotel, water park, interval housing, and upscale year-round housing along the Carp River Valley. This project may involve the relocation of M-553 . 8. The Bernice Pauhahi Bishop Estate is in the process of being sold as part of a larger land disposition of their Upper Peninsula land holdings. 9. Public infrastructure, including roads and sewers, is capable of handling new development within the study area. 10. Northern Michigan University has indicated that the property it owns inside the study area will continue to be used for conservation and recreation for the foreseeable future. 11. Marquette General Hospital has indicated no immediate plans to develop their property M554. 12 . A long range planning option to consider is the extension of M-554 from its current terminus at the intersection of McClellan Avenue/M-553 westward into Marquette Township to provide another east-west arterial south of the US-41/M-28 Bypass. 13 . The 1996 Community Master Plan recommends the implementation ofresource-sensitive development practices for residential and commercial projects whenever feasible. 14. The mountain biking community would like to procure easements through the various privately owned parcels as part of a south trail system. 15 . Development of the former City of Marquette landfill on Pioneer Road will likely be limited to outdoor recreational purposes. 16. Extension of water lines into potential buildable areas will require engineering feasibility review and a review of capital infrastructure costs. ?' ,,......._ ,.-. ,,..--..._ ,,,--. .,,......._, ~ ~ ~ ,,,,-~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ,,-...., ~ ,,.-~ ~ ~ ,r--... 4 'A ~ ~ ~ ~ ,....--...,._ ~ ,,.,--.._ ~ ~ ~ r ~ �.........,_ MARQUITTE SOUTH AREA LAND USE PLAN Steep Slopes O.ii: Soun CI1W' d M ~ GIS, 2002 1 -.:...,,. j 18% Grade Maximum 25% 35% 60% 70% Grade Maximum Grade Maximum Grade Maximum Grade Maximum - 02 ¢ 0 02 0 4 Miles i 5 �Potential Buildable Areas and Dwellings Although a large amount of the undeveloped property in the study area is zoned for Single and Multiple Family Residential land uses some of this acreage is subjected to severe slope and grade issues. As mentioned previously, grades within the study area range from flat (0%) to areas in excess of 70% grade. Typically, land in excess of a 25% grade is deemed non-buildable due to problems associated with slope stability and soil erosion. The 1996 Community Master Plan advised against development in areas in excess of 18% slope, however, based on a review of technical literature this can be increased to 25% . As a result a Potential Buildable Area map was prepared which isolated buildable areas within the study area. There are fourteen ( 14) potential buildable areas within the study area ranging in size from 4 acres to 103 acres. Based on underlying zoning classifications these potential buildable areas would yield 294 single-family residential units and 804 multiple family dwelling units for a total dwelling unit build out of 1,098 dwellings. Based on the 2000 U.S. Census the City of Marquette had 8,418 dwelling units. The additional number of potential dwelling units would increase Marquette's housing stock by 13% or 9,516 dwelling units . POTENTIAL BUILDABLE AREA Parcel Size (Acres) Area Single Family 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Grand Total 51 .05 10.27 26.24 3.77 3.48 3.00 5.07 3.63 28.88 4.65 91 .69 103.45 27 .85 18.50 381 .53 48 9 20 3 0 0 0 0 0 4 65 101 26 18 294 Multiple Family All Housing Types 0 0 44 0 40 34 57 41 333 0 255 0 0 0 804 48 964 3 40 34 57 41 333 4 320 101 26 18 1,098 6 The potential buildable area assessment is based on current underlying zoning classifications. Modifications to the land use plan for the study area combined with changes to the zoning district designations will influence the final building potentials for this area. �MARQUETTE SOUTH AREA lAND USE PLAN Potential Buildable Areas - 02 ¢ 0 0.2 04 Mies I 7 �Land Use Scenario One - Maintain the 1996 Future Land Use Maintain the future land use configuration described in the 1996 Community Master Plan. Land use categories recommended in this plan included Resource Residential, ConseIVation Recreation, Multiple Family, and Commercial. Current zoning includes RS-Residential Single Family, RMResidential Multiple Family, CR-ConseIVation and Recreation, and DD-Deferred Development. An associated recommendation outlined in the Implementation Strategy of the plan discussed the use of an overlay ordinance to limit development on steep slopes in the south McClellan Road area. • Traditional application of land use categories. • Considerable land area classified as PreseIVation and Resource Sensitive Residential Development • Quality of implementation subject to local zoning controls. 8 �MARQUITTE SOUTH AREA LAND USE PLAN Scenario 1: 1996 Community Master Plan - 02 i Commercial Corridor Improvements Institutional Uses Preservation Areas Recreation Preservation/Maintenance ~ Residential D Residential Rehab Areas Resource-Sensitive Commercial Development Resource-Sensitive Residential Development US-41 Corridor Entrance ¢ 0 02 0 4 Mies I 9 �Land Use Scenario Two - Corridor Residential This land use scenario establishes a strong single-family residential network along the McClellan Road corridor with the exception of a small neighborhood commercial area at the McClellan Road / M-554 intersection, and a multiple family area to the immediate north . This land use scenario promotes larger lot residential development, which tends to be more infrastructure consumptive but less disruptive to natural features . To ensure that steep slope areas are protected the Planning Commission would enact a steep slope ordinance which would limit development in areas with slopes of 25% or greater. The proposed ordinance should allow for an exception to build access drives needed to access buildable areas above restricted steep slope zones. The Marquette Golf and Country Club and the former City of Marquette landfill would be designated ConservationRecreation, which would allow outdoor recreation related uses. Properties owned by NMU, the City of Marquette, and the State of Michigan in the southeast portion of the study area would be designated Recreation-Conservation. • McClellan Avenue used as an arterial spine to link residential areas. • Marquette Golf and Country Club and properties in the southeast portion of the study area classified as Recreation-Conservation. • When steep slope provisions are enacted to limit building in certain areas residential neighborhoods will develop in enveloped clusters. • Westward expansion of M-544 at the McClellan Avenue and M-554 intersection. • Single family would develop in much the same fashion as Harbour View and Orriana Drives . r,;:;_· F:" ,;;::;,...---..,_ ~ 10 �r 1,. Margu-ett~ il- r ~- ·. . -~,~ ,. MARQUETTE SOUTH AREA LAND USE PLAN Scenario 2: Corridor Residential - 0.2 ~ Single Family Residential D Multiple Family Residential General Commercial D Neighborhood Commercial D .Recreation/Conservation - • • • N 0 Proposed Road New Intersection 0 02 0 4 Mies I 11 �Land Use Scenario Three - Watershed Residential This land use scenario segments the study area into three (3) larger land use patterns: Single Family Residential, Recreation - Conservation, and Watershed Residential. Several other minor land use categories such as Neighborhood Commercial, General Commercial, and Residential Multiple are found primarily along the perimeter of the study area. The new land use designation - Watershed Residential would set the stage for a companion zoning district which would require development in this zone to meet certain design standards established to limit development on steep slopes and along stream segment conservation corridors but allow developers the opportunity to cluster development and take advantage of mixing housing types to achieve higher densities in designated buildable areas. In addition, special use provisions can be extended toward resort related developments. All development in this area would be treated as a planned unit development. • Marquette Golf and Country Club and properties in the southeast portion of the study area classified as Recreation-Conservation . • Westward expansion of M-544 at the McClellan Avenue and M-554 intersection . • Properties within the Watershed Residential area would be developed as planned unit developments (PUD) extending to property owners higher density allowances and the ability to mix housing types in exchange for quality design and preservation of open space. • Properties north of Pioneer Road would remain as traditional single family with general commercial along US-41 / M-28 . .,,,..... ,,,...--.\ ;;;::;, ,,., " ,;::; ,,--,.-,-.. ~ ~ .,----.,.. r::::::: 2 ,,,---. ~ ..----. ,,....... ;;,-. ,....,.--~ :--.. ' 12 ,,----._ ,,...... c--. ~ ~--- ~ ~ ~ ~ ·~ �Marquette .... 0 ~ MARQUETTE SOUTH AREA LAND USE PLAN Scenario 3: Watershed Residential ...- .ot:2==:::io,4 Mies u■ iii--=::0 ~ Single Family Residential D D D D N 0 Multiple Family Residential Watershed Residential General Commercial Neighborhood Commercial Recreation/Conservation Proposed Road New Intersection 13 �Conditions Applied to All Land Use Scenarios 1. Conservation Corridors - Areas north of Pioneer Road and east of McClellan Avenue are considered within the Urban Zone addressed in the Whetstone Brook and Orianna Creek Watershed Management Plan. Tributaries within this zone shall have a stream (riparian) buffer of twenty-five {25') feet either side of the ordinary high water mark. Areas in the Emerging Urban Zone addressed in the same plan shall have a stream (riparian) buffer of one hundred ( 100') feet either side of the ordinary high water mark. 2. Neighborhood Commercial - All three land use scenarios depict the intersection at McClellan Avenue and M-554 as Neighborhood Commercial. With the long-term development potential of 1,000 plus dwelling units residents should have access to limited commercial offerings such as convenience groceries, gas, coffee shop, and bakery within this portion of the City. In addition, as recommended in the 1996 Community Master Plan this area should be accessible to non-motorized traffic. 3. Former City of Marquette Landfill - The former City of Marquette landfill should be utilized for outdoor recreation activities, as well as, providing a trailhead with off-street parking for mountain biking and cross-country skiing. 4. Mountain Bike Trail System - The land use plan recognizes that mountain bike trails lace the study area however the various land use scenarios do not recommend particular corridors. These should be designated in conjunction with local mountain bike interests and procured through easements from private property owners. Once a general routing plan is developed it could be consulted as properties petition for development and site plan approval. During this phase of the development process easements would be procured by the City of Marquette. 5. McClellan Avenue - The Walkable Communities Element of the 2003 Community Master Plan includes several recommendations for McClellan Avenue which should be considered by the Planning Commission. • All areas of McClellan Avenue should be narrowed to 2-3 lanes. In some areas streets will need to be converted to boulevard style medians with appropriate turning pockets. • Trails should be placed on all sections where high levels of access management (few driveways) can be maintained . • Roundabouts should be evaluated and placed, replacing 4-way stop controls. • All signalized, 4-way stop intersections and roundabout intersections should be well -lit. G. Pedestrian Access Across US-41 / M-28 Bypass - US-41 / M-28 Bypass creates a physical barrier dividing the community. Although dirt paths and bike trails along the road shoulders indicate some level of pedestrian activity crossing this segment of roadway is hazardous. The Planning Commission should evaluate the need to construct a non-motorized grade separation between these sections of the community. One solution would be to divert nonmotorized traffic to former Soo Line Railroad grade separation near the intersection of US-41 / M-28 and Washington Street. Another solution would be to install a non-motorized tunnel under US-41 / M-28 at the McClellan Avenue/ US-41 intersection. The grade differential between the north and south sides of McClellan Avenue would result in a tunnel on the south side and an at grade entry on the north side. The use of a non-motorized tunnel was successfully used in Petoskey, Michigan to connect the waterfront with the downtown by going under US-31. 14 �Recommended Land Use Plan After review and discussion the City of Marquette Planning Commission selected Land Use Scenario Three as the preferred land use map for the South Area Land Use Area. In doing so the following actions need to be addressed . 1. Formally adopt the South Area Land Use Plan pursuant to the Municipal Planning Act notification and public hearing requirements. 2. Formally adopt the Whetstone Brook and Orianna Creek Watershed Plan pursuant to the Municipal Planning Act notification and public hearing requirements. 3. Establish and adopt a new zoning district entitled, uResidential - Watershed (RW) ." Permitted uses should include: • Single Family Residential - Detached • Single Family Residential - Attached • Resort Related Residential Units (Timeshares, Interval Units, Etc.) • Hotels and Motels within a Resort Development • Private and/or Public Summer and Winter Recreational Uses 4. Adopt the Whetstone Brook and Orianna Creek Watershed Management Overlay Zone. Section 4: Critical Slopes of the proposed overlay ordinance should be amended to include the following: uFor the purpose of this section, steep slopes shall include land with slopes falling one vertical foot for every 6.67 lineal feet (15%) to one foot for every four lineal feet (25%) . Slopes greater than 25% shall not be disturbed unless a report submitted by a certified soils or geotechnical engineer indicating that a specified area can be disturbed and holding the City of Marquette harmless from loss of property is approved by the City Planning Commission." 15 - - - -- - - - - - �• "-1 \,_,---.. ---- 1~,·-·~ ,·....-U r.·· l..~,:- -~ Marquette Bay Cll c::: ~ tTI ~ ' ~ II ,_. 0 ;.:I MARQUITTE SOUTH AREA LAND USE PLAN Major Property Owners O.~ Scutt' C1ty d M.-quette GIS. 2002 D D - D § City of Marquette Forest Land Group Granite Pointe Marquette General Hospital Marquette Golf & Country Club Marquette Public Schools Northern Michigan University O'Dovero Properties State of Michigan ~ o■ iNM-=::::il o -1111111 0 ::::: 2 ==:::::i o.14 Miles 16 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marquette_Community-Master-Plan_2004 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Beckett & Raeder Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2004-05-04 Title A name given to the resource Community Master Plan City of Marquette, Michigan Description An account of the resource The Community Master Plan for the City of Marquette, Michigan was prepared by Beckett & Raeder in association with SSOE, Inc. U.P Engineers & Architects, Inc. Glatting, Jackson, Kercher, Anglin, Lopez, Rinehart, Inc. and Walkable Communities, Inc. and was adopted on May 4, 2004. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource SSOE, Inc. U.P Engineers & Architects, Inc. Glatting, Jackson, Anglin, Lopez, Rinehart, Inc. Walkable Communities, Inc. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Marquette (Mich.) Marquette County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e996caf835a9ae23f83adf50ba7e3028.pdf af7243ecc4a87f14e6f90d35e19047c8 PDF Text Text MASTER PLAN the CI Of' L Sa,Y,lac ColJll[j, ~icftjga'l (jlugust 1991 · * �TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Marlette Administrative Structure .............. ii OVER.VIEW ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••• 1 Physical Features.... . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Population Characteristics............................. 10 Co•uni ty Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 GOALS ARD OBJECTIVES. . . • . . • . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 17 . .. Land Us•····•·· Transportation ...•. Economic Develop~ent. Housing ............ . City Administration .. Quality of Life .•.... 19 20 22 23 24 FIGURES ARD TABLES Figure I. Figure II. Figure III. Figure IV. Figure v. Figure VI. Table Table I. II. ..... ... . . . . . . . . . . . .... ... .... . .,. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . .. . 3 5 6 7 .. 9 25 8 ... 16 Literature Reviewed ................ • • • • • • • • • · • · · · · · • · · 26 APPENDIX A............................................ 27 �CITY OF MARLETTE CITY COUNCIL Ken Babich, Mayor Lana Brooks Kathy Hardenburg Donna Lambert Wayne McDonald Sam Patrick Mark Schultz, Pro Tem Planning Commission George Heintz, Chairman Peg Brynes Chris Clark Donald Kanicki Max Kraft Wayne McDonald Dr. Donald Robbins Park Board · Karen Campbell, Chairperson Robert Cudney Tom Dawson Tami Hall Kathy Hardenburg Kristi Kelly Cindy Kopacz Sam Patrick Bea Ross City Manager, Charles Zampich Robert Kiteley, Clerk-Treasurer ii L �r MARLETTE ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ELECTORATE COUNCILPERSON COUNCILPERSON CITY MANAGER MAYOR COUNCILPERSON POLICE CHIEF DP.W WWTP Cemetery ..... ..... ..... COUNCILPERSON J COUNCILPERSON COUNCILPERSON I ATTORNEY I APPOINTED BOARDS and COMMISSIONS PARK BOARD CLERK - Treasurer PLANNING COMMISSION ASSESSOR-------------- -- ------------------------------------------ -------------- --- BOARD OF REVIEW OFFICE STAFF I EDC ZBA DDA �Overview The City of Ma~lette Sanilac County is located in the southwest in Michigan's Thumb, and Tuscola Counties (see near the borders Figure 1). rich agricultural lands, and its corner of Marlette is of Lapeer surrounded by size is characteristic of many communities in the Thumb ar~a. Although Marlette is situated producing agricultural counties variety of industries. in in the The City is one of State, it is the highest home to a also an established hub for surrounding agricultural communities. trunkline State Detroit M-53 ~isects metro area to northern terminates the City and connects communities in the Thumb. the M-53 in Port Austin. The City of Detroit is approximately 70 miles south of Marlette. The City of Saginaw is approximately 50 miles to ~he west and miles to th, southwest of the City of Flint M~rJette. is approximately 58 Port Huron, a gateway to Canada, is only 50 miles to the southeast. Founded as a Village in 1862 Marlette became a City in 1984. The City is administered by a City Manager. ordinances. The Ci~y is Mayor and Council which appoints a governed by a charter and enacted Six CouncJl mempers and a Mayor-elect serve 4 year 1 �terms. Three members Council meetings are month. are elected two years. held on the first and third Regular Mondays of the The City's fiscal year runs from July 1st to June 30th. Various boards and also every execute Development Appeals City These objectives. Corporat~on, and Park and commissions, appointed by include Planning Commission, Recreation Board. Authority (DDA) was established in 1991. 2 City Council, the Economic Zoning Board of A Downtown Development �<<I +<S' 'Y"' ~o ~ w SAGINAW' BAY ~ ~ H ....,... , I I LOCATION MAP City of Marlette, Sanilac County, Michigan -- - - -- �► Physical Features Highway runs M-53 Chesapeake and Ohio (CSX) Railroad also passes through the majority Most of ~he of the southern third 53. north-south City's City's from Port The Saginaw As expecteq, the commercial development industrial development ~arlette. Hu+on to City (see Figure II). is is along located in M-53. the of the City while some is also dispersed along M- The Gi~y•~ industrial treatment through ~lant on Township airport is the park is located eastern side of located off of M-53 Well-est~blished re~idential areas can near the wastewater the community. and south of The the City. be found alon9 the City's side streets (see Figure III). General soils in tl)e community are well-suited to residential and othe+ forms of urban development (see Table I and Figures IV and V). the largest single soil group is comprised of dry loam~, which cove~ approximately 65 percent of the community. Soil group Number 5 could pose problems for development due to a high water table. These soils typiqally coincide with drainage 4 �I Lake Huron Saginaw Saginaw M-21 Por Flin St. Clair C -----7 -- ______ 1,--, • Lake St. Clair J-94 Canada NORTH FIGURE II 5 b - . �FIGURE ill IIHllf 11111 City of Marlette Sanilac County, Michigan EXISTIIlG LHilD USE map fllll From the GENERAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN - 1980 ~ RESIDENTIAL .:=} COMMERCIAL ,u,1111, C 8 O :❖:,:,:,:.:,:. PUBLIC AND QUASI-PUBLIC ffHllfl ~,., I Iltrr&J MANUFACTURING ANO INDUSTRIAL m RECREATION TRANSPORTATION, COMMUNICATIONS ANO UTILITIES □ AGR I CUL TUR AL ANO VACANT LANO 6 �► CITY OF MARLETTE n 0 LEGENO CO~TY LINE CORP()IIATE LtflltTS -·--·- 501LS STREET SYSTEMS STAT£ TFWNKUNE cou,crr PRIMARY COUNTY LOCAL MAJOR STRHT FIGUl2f:: LOCAL STRtET CtT y OR STJ!f[T aam:IUft orr,ccs 0 ADJOINING VILLA(;( CITY 7 IV �TABLE l VILLAGE OF MARLETTE AND ENVIRONS:SOILS FROM SCS AND MICHIGAN EXPERIMENT STATION SOIL SURVEY, 1961 SOlL RESOURCE NO. SOIL DESCRIP. Ory, sandy and gravelly soils 2 -------------Ory, sandy and gravelly soils over clay and . loam soils 3 4 ------------------Ory loams, silt and ~ ACRES 155 6% 75 3% 1820 clay loams; fine, sandy loams 65% and gravelly soils ,06% -----------------Wet, level, sandy RESIDENTIAL USING SANITARY SEWER TYPE OF LIMITATION ROADS INDUSTRY COMMERCIAL ACTIVE OPEN ( 1) Slopes over 12% Well Adapted Cl) Well Adapted (1) Well Adapted Slopes over 12% Lim it in 9 Well Adapted Well Adapted <1> We 11 Adapted Moderate 1y well ( 1) Slopes over 12% limiting Wel 1 Adapted Cl) Wel 1 Adapted Wel 1 Adapted Well adapted ---------Well adapted -----------Well adapted Well adapted ( 1) (1) (1) ------- AGRICULTURE ----------Moderately well Adapted (4) <2> ------------(4) (2) (4) Moderately High water Well adapted (3) Table Moderately Well adapted Poorly Adapted Moderately Moderately we 11 Well adapted Adapted (5) , 194% Well Adapted (3) Table Well adapted Adapted Wei 1 adapted 160 6% Unadapted High Water Unadapted Unadapted 15 ---------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------~----------------------------------------Wet , 1eve 1 1oam; 5 575 Moderately High Water Moderately Poorly Moderately Well adapted silt and clay loams; fine, sandy loams 6 --------------Wet, level peat and muck soils: Unstable (5) Poorly Moderately well Adapted (6) Adapted (5) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TOTAL 2800 100~ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1, Adaptability is based on slopes of less than 12%. Adaptability decreases with increase in slope. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Use of irrigation increases adaptability on more level areas, Not well adapted in natural state due to high water table: lowering water table through drainage increases adaptability. As slope increases, adaptability decreases due to erosion hazard. Contingent upon provision of proper drainage for agriculture use, Unadapted to most recreational uses but has potential for nature study and wildlife areas. 8 �FIGURE V ( I ,L ,3a,._,,_ R O ,<. O ,.' 18 ' II'. . Iii ~r , 1\ . I ' ' • ' \ •''.,;~ I , · \,/ ; (\ •' • jl8• ;, -· ·- . . .. ' ' ., \ -, _ _• .......,._..._ , -◄~--- , . , . - . . _, • I •• ., ,, i. ' �Population Characteristics In 1980 the Historically, the City of Marlette•s City's population has population was increased each 1,761. decade, and the latest census shows an increase of 9.3 percent. In 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 1,641 1,489 1,640 1,706 1,761 1,924 1980 the mobile home Michigan, which translated into in Marlette. Three hundred manufacturing industry a loss of an estimated of these jobs have left 800 jobs been regained through an upswing in the economy and local economic development efforts to secure new industry for the City. In 1980, Marlette had 712 housing units; 463 of these units, or 65 percent, · were owner-occupied. renter-occupied. Conversely, 35 percent were The median value of owner-occupied housing was $30,200; lower than the County value of $31,000 value of $39,000. 10 and the State �Median hou~ehold income in the City was $13,648; again, lower than the county rate of $14,950 and considerably lower than the state rate of $19,223. The City's per capita income distributes total income over working or not) income was personal in 1979 was $6,862. estimated at $9,202 the population In 1985 the which represents an 34.1 percent in the six year period. It is (which whether per capita increase of interesting to note, that although the city had a lower median income than the county, in 1979 and 1985, county as a whole. the per capita income was higher than the County per capita income figures for 1979 and 1985 were $5,932 and $8,303, respectively. Median figures. The age city is state median is County median age median in the stands at age is 33.2 years higher than county 28.9 years of 30.5 while the of age. In 1980, age. City of and state The Sanilac Mariette's 18.6 percent of the population was over 65 years of age. Another point of the interest in Mariette's population, where ratio of males to females within the population is generally 50/50, in the city 55.3 percent of the population is female. 11 �Given the relatively large senior population, it is likely there are many single person, female senior households in the city. The City Michigan Employment of Marlette's Marlette. better employment In 1987 the than the Commission includes figures with area unemployment rate county's average average of 8.2 percent Since 1984 Security the Township of 10.1 percent, rate has decreased of was 6.8 percent, and the region's average of the unemployment the the state's 9.2 percent. yearly from 11 percent in 1984 to 8.8 percent in 1985, and to 7 percent in 1986. The number of people in the work time period which significant. force has increased makes the reduction of In 1984 the area labor over this unemployment much more fQrce was 1,627; in 1985, 1,630; in 1986, 1,875 and in 1987, 1,950. Due to the City's establishment following the 1980 Census, there is limited specific information addition, much collected only at th~ county level. is affected by of the the county existing as a on the City demographic proper. information is Since the City of Marlette whole, it would be include some county-wide information in this discussion. 12 In useful to �In 1983, 14.2 percent some form of public 27th (of 83 of the qounty•s assistance. counties) in the At that time, the county ranked st~te individuals on public assistance. the percentage decreased to 40th of the population to 10.3 percent in 1987, in the State for public assistance. In population received for its percentage of Fortunately, since that time, on public assistance has The county's ranking dropped the percentage of its population 1987, l9,4 percent of the on population was receiving social security benefits which is higher than the State average of 15.5 percent. When examining an age pyramid for the county in 1980, one can see that the largest percentage of people were between 10 and 24 years of age. years of age. In 1989, these individuals ranged from 19 to 33 This may explain the increase in the labor force even though the County population has decreased over time. 13 �Community Resources All Marlette school district facilities (Bea McDonald Elementary, Marl~tte Middle and Marlette High) a~e located within the City. The District povers a 150 squa+e ~ile ~rea and serves approximately 1,500 students with of Marl~tte 54 percent living in the and Marlette Tow~ship. The City also City has a 48-bed hospital with a~ assofiated 43-bed extend~d ~edical care facility an~ 24 senior citiz~n apa~tments. t~e peadquarter~ which provides Meado~ Another un~qu~ institution is of Teen Ranch, a licensed vital services to families Ridge ~part~ents, a new human service agency throughout the state. 24-unit ~enior citizen complex will open in August, 1991. The City services. of Marlette has A newly upgraded sequencing batch reactor capaqity is 690,000 pr9v~de between the usual complement of public wa~tewater trea~ment system with a handles all city gallons per ~70,000 ~nd day. sewage. Three 300,000 gallons Total plant ~unicipal wells of water per day. Excess water storage capacity, of 200,000 gallons, is stored in 14 �an elevated Edison and full-time operate tank. police officers the volunteer provided by of 7. serve fire town in the p~ovided for citizens Dy to the city. Sixteen department which has an firemen insurance Service (ambulance) is operated by The City's township. by Detroit Three certified the city. Emergency Medical volunteers. provided Gas Company. Marlette ttospital and st~ff aµd ~everal of utilit ies are Southeastern Michigan class rating south Modern Solid one full-time cemetery is located wast~ collection a private nauler who is is is under contract A curbside recycling program began July 1, 1991. Marlette ~as a fine complement of ~) wnich provide hundreds of jobs. ind4stries (see appendix The City ha~ long recognized the value of manuf~cturing facilities and attempts to promote the health of existing firms while attracting new ones. 15 �TABLE I I STATE EQUALIZED VALUATIONS (SEV) OF THE CITY 1989 Real Property - $ 12,941,500 $ 14,048,200 Personal Property - 1,854,500 2,255,100 TOTAL $14,796,000 $ 16,303,300 IFT $ 600,200 563,700 1990 1991 Real Property - $14,747,300 $ 16,126,700 Personal Property - 2,365,300 2,345,200 TOTAL $17,112,600 $ 18,471,900 IFT $ 5?3,900 $ 664,300 The Industrial Facility Tax (IFT) represents properties which have been granted a tax abatement and enjoy a 1/2 tax rate and are therefore separated from the Real or Personal Property SEV, The official value (SEV) is on the increase and the population has increased almost 10% between 1980 and 1990. 16 �GOALS AND OBJECTIVES The goals and objectives put forth in this section are the direct result of research conducted on local data sources (community surveys, newspapers, Council minutes and City files) and some interaction with community leaders. Goals and objectives are categorized into sections, which include: Land Use, Transportation, Housing, City administration and general quality of life issues. A. LAND USE General Goal 1. PROMOTE EFFICIENT USE OF CITY LAND WHICH PROTECTS BOTH NATURAL AMENITIES AND INDIVIDUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Objectives 1. Consider the closing of Morris Street between the bank and hotel to create a pedestrian mall as a downtown amenity. 2. Protect residential areas from encroachment of commercial and industrial development. 3. Investigate innovative land use control techniques that may provide flexible options to developers while maintaining quality development within the City. Some of these techniques may include zero lot lines for commercial or residential areas, provisions for cluster zoning and a site plan review process. 4. Promote adherence to building codes and consistent application of those codes in the City which will promote and maintain high quality development. 17 �5. Adopt development standards for use during the site plan review process in order to retain the small town character of the City of Marlette. 6. Periodically reevaluate adequacy of current sign regulations, especially with regard to number, square footage allowed for signs and use of temporary signs. 7. Create a Conservation Reserve District (CRD) for those areas that cannot be developed in the City; e . g., park lands. 8. Keep future industrial uses in close proximity to M-53 and railroad access, yet isolated from residential development. 9. Protect the integrity of historical structures in the community. 10. Deter strip commercial development along M-53. Encourage access roads that lead into blocks of commercial lands that front major corridors. 11. Review zoning ordinance text and definition and map (see Figure V) for appropriateness with current development objectives and community needs. 12. Promote development of additional single family homes in the City. 13. Provide zones for modern multi-family home development. 14. Promote high quality rental housing in the City. Discourage conversions of single family homes into multi-family units. If conversions are allowed, take measures to prevent poor quality of haphazard development. Consider annual rental inspections to help ensure proper maintenance of properties. 18 �15. Promote future land uses and subsequent land use zones that coincide with the future land use map and the aforementioned objectives outlined in this section. B. TRANSPORTATION General Goal 1. FACILITATE THE MOVEMENT OF PEOPLE AND VEHICLES THROUGHOUT THE COMMUNITY BY UTILIZING THE SAFEST, MOST EFFICIENT MEANS POSSIBLE. Objectives 1. Severely restrict curb cuts (driveway entrances and exits) along business strips. Increased traffic movements from multiple curb cuts result in highly congested business strips. There should be access to commercial development from smaller feeder roads that run parallel to the main thoroughfare whenever feasible. 2. Assess the need for sidewalk improvements within the City. 3. Work with the County to investigate the feasibility of providing improved mass transportation services to the City. 4. Cooperate with surrounding communities to improve bike path and walkway networks between communities. 5. Support the upgrading of M-53; e.g., resurfacing and curb and gutter through town as needed. 19 �C. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT General Goals 1. PROMOTE A STRONG, DIVERSE ECONOMY IN THE CITY, CREATING ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITY FOR RESIDENTS AND POTENTIAL RESIDENTS OF THE COMMUNITY. 2. USE COMMUNITY RESOURCES IN THE MOST EFFICIENT AND ECONOMICAL MANNER POSSIBLE, WHILE MAINTAINING HIGH QUALITY SERVICES. Objectives 1. Increase the tax base of the City of Marlette by stimulating development in the City to strengthen existing property values and prevent property deterioration. 2. Promote the City as a small regional service provider and encompass a 15-20 mile radius as a service area. 3. Improve the quality of life for residents by stimulating additional business as a consequence of economic development thereby easing the tax burden for City services. 4. Analyze the current tax abatement policy. Monitor abated properties to ensure the City's economic development objectives are being met. Consider agreements which provide qualified Marlette residents with jobs before they are advertised in other areas. 5. Promote Marlette as a community amiable to industrial development. 6. Endeavor to more effectively market the City and its amenities and economic opportunities to prospective businesses. 20 �• 7. Work closely with resource groups which can be of assistance to units of government with economic development issues; i.e., the County EDC, Community Growth Alliance, Chamber of Commerce, Regional Planning agency, etc. 8. Communicate with surrounding units of government and cooperate, when feasible, with regard to economic development efforts. 9. Focus significant economic development efforts on business retention in the community. 10. Actively seek to expand development and service provision opportunities through physical expansion of the City and through provision of essential services to outlying areas. Parking areas and high traffic generation; e.g., fast food service and convenience store/gas station), should be confined to more intensive commercial districts. 11. Study the implementation of a City income tax for income generation within the city by non-residents. 12. Promote a diverse cross section of high quality commercial development in the City. Promote and encourage improvements in facades, window displays, signage and street-scapes. 13. Market retail products more heavily to workers in area factories. It is suspected that many of them commute into the area to work and are not treated as a viable market for community products; i.e., coupon specials and newsletters distributed with time cards may stimulate this market. 14. Attempt to recruit a wider variety of service or commercial enterprises such as a health clinic, additional doctors, variety/clothing store, fast food restaurants, roller rink, agricultural support businesses. 15. Improve directional signage to community parking areas and community facilities throughout the area. 21 �16. D. Investigate the use of rental incentives in vacant businesses . HOUSING General Goal 1. PROVIDE HIGH QUALITY, SAFE AND AFFORDABLE HOUSING FOR ALL CITIZENS , PRESENT AND FUTURE, OF THE CITY OF MARLETTE. Objectives 1. Diversify housing opportunities through promotion of alternative forms of housing units such as senior high-rise, duplexes, four and eight unit multi-family and condominiums. 2. Investigate the feasibility of forming a City Housing Commission. 3. Where appropriate, work more closely with the State Housing Authority's home rehabilitation, home energy analysis and rental rehabilitation programs. Apply for assistance under MSHDA programs. 4. Foster communications with local banks and encourage them to participate in the Michigan State Housing Authority's low interest loan programs for housing rehabilitation , especially for seniors. 5. Retain the character of core residential areas in the City. Promote maintenance and upgrading of existing housing stock. 6. Encourage builders to become involved in the Michigan State Housing Authority's tax incentive programs. 22 �E. CITY ADMINISTRATION General Goal 1. USE COMMUNITY RESOURCES IN THE MOST EFFICIENT AND EFFECTIVE MANNER POSSIBLE FOR THE DELIVERY OF HIGH QUALITY SERVICES TO THE CITIZENRY. Objectives 1. Make a concerted effort to take advantage of State and Federal grant opportunities. 2. Streamline administrative functions whenever possible; e.g., licensing and permitting processes. 3. Foster cooperation and communication with surrounding units of government regarding to service delivery. 4. Investigate licensing of rental housing units in an effort to promote quality development in the City. 5. Determine the feasibility of a formal City Task Force to promote communication and coordination amongst boards, commissions and civic groups within the City. 6. Encourage volunteerism and cooperation among citizen groups in the community. Recognize the value of the community's civic groups. 7. strengthen code enforcement in the City. e. Increase public relation activities in all City departments. 9. Provide several copies of all City ordinances, plans and reports to the City library. Attempt to secure such materials from surrounding communities. 23 �QUALITY OF LIFE General Goal 1. ENHANCE ALL CITIZEN'S QUALITY OF LIFE BY INCREASING THE CITY'S ECONOMIC, RECREATIONAL AND VOCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES WHILE MAINTAINING A SAFE AND HEALTHFUL ENVIRONMENT. Objectives 1. Upgrade the appearance and viability of establishments in the City of Marlette. 2. Support an area-wide "911" system. Work to upgrade the existing system with more ·sophisticated equipment and an integrated network. 3. Communicate regularly with area human service programs at the local, county and state level. Educate residents to the opportunities available to them. Provision of an informational flier with billings is an economical way to achieve this goal. 4. Participate in an area-wide composting and recycling program in an effort to provide recycling opportunities for City residents and implement the County's solid waste plan. 5. Execute the City ' s current Recreation Plan. 24 �--IICIE-z~ I . I ' i ' ·- ;_ J ~ 3 ~;,1.----~ ~ : VILLAGE OF MARLETTE ZONING 11AP FIGURE VI 25 �LITERATURE REVIEWED City Council Minutes, 1986 - January 1989 Economic Development Commission Minutes, 1987 - January 1989 Michigan Department of Planning. Natural Resources, Community Recreation Michigan's 1987-1988 Recreation Action Program; _B_u_i_l_d_i_n_g~M_ic_h_ i-g_a_n_'_s__R_e_c_r_e_a_t_io_n__F_u_t_u_r_e~•~ Michigan Natural Resources (MDNR). An Element Department of of Marlette City Charter Marlette City Ordinances Marlette General Development Plan, 1980 Marlette Recreation Plan, 1979. Recreation Board Minutes, 1988 - January 1989 Sanilac County Data Series The Marlette Leader, 1988 - January 1989 Thumb Area Recreation and Tourism Analysis, 1975, Michigan State University Departments of Parks and Recreation and Resource Development. Authors , Moncrief and Houck. 26 �APPENDIX A 27 �CITY OF MARLETTE SANILAC COUNTY ACTIVE HOMES CORP 7938 S VAN DYKE P. 0. Box 127 (48453) Phone ....... (517) 635-3532 Emp: 95. Est: 1960 Sq. Ft: 400,000 Annual Sales: $5.1-lOmm. Export SIC: 2452 OETIKER IMC 3305 Wilson Street P.O. Box 217 (48453) Phone ......... (517) 635-3621 Emp: 76. Est: 1961. Import SIC: 3429 D GP Inc 3260 Fenner P. o. Box 155 (48453) Phone ....... (517) 635-7531 Emp: 25. Est: 1982 SIC: 2221 PLASTA FIBER INDUSTRIES, IMC. 6300 Euclid Street (48453) Phone ..... (517) 635-7536 Emp: 200 Est: 1953 SIC: 3714 GM R INDUSTRY 6587 Warner Street (48453) Phone ...... (517) 635-2814 Emp: 3. Est: 1977. Sq. Ft.: 6,000. Import/Export SIC: 3559 3599 3714 SANILAC STEEL, INC 2487 South Van Dyke P. 0. Box 185 (48453) Phone ...... (517) 635-2992 Emp: 10. Est: 1967 Sq. Ft.: 6,500 Annual sales: $5.1-lMM. SIC: 3441 GENERAL MACHINE (see GMR INDUSTRY) SNOW SCREW PRODUCTS IMC MARLETTE CONCRETE PRODUCTS IMC 3370 Warner St (48453) Phone ...... (517) 635-3575 Emp: 9. Est: 1940. Annual Sales: $101-500M SIC: 3273 3272 3487 s Main St (48453) Phone ...... (517) 635-2521 Emp: 8. Est: 1955 Sq. Ft: 10,000 Annual Sales: $5.1-lMM. SIC: 3599 28 �• MARLETTE LEADER 305 Kain (48453) Phone •....• (517) 635-2435 Emp: 3. Est: 1877 SIC: 2711 TANGENT TOOL & EHGRG INC. 3410 S Kain P. o. Box 265 (48453) Emp: 15. Est: 1967 Sq. Ft: 10,000 Annual Sales: $5.1-lKK. SIC: 3599 METAL CRAFT CO Div Grant Inds. Inc. 2900 Boyne Road (48453) Phone ...... (517) 635-7401 Emp: 14. Est: 1936. SIC: 3469 29 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marlette_Master-Plan_1991 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource City of Marlette Planning Commission, City of Marlette, Sanilac County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1991-08 Title A name given to the resource Master Plan for the City of Marlette Description An account of the resource The Master Plan for the City of Marlette was prepared in August 1991 by the City of Marlette Planning Commission. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Marlette (Mich.) Sanilac County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/92214f47af3b3ca1c1ee34207069d975.pdf 3194c07a5faec87de7d2ecb5344c47c4 PDF Text Text C D USFS Roads Marilla Parcels = Streams This is to certify that this is the Official Zoning Map referred to in the Zoning Ordinance of Marilla Township, section 18.02. = ■ i - ii11■11•111■111■11i Manistee County ERWIN RD l Wexford County l__ VALENCOURT RD Residential R-1 Rural Residential RR-1 Resource Preservation RP-1 [; 100-04 100-01 125-01 150-01 YATES RD 250-20 b~-\__J_~L~7~__-_-:}_-~:::~~=1\~~f1;_~/; 250-04 I /- _/ 2 "'. "-~ \\\ ___,_/ -' 100-10 125-01 250-00 ' ,·. I OJ ;, \__ 100-01 150-01 150-20 300-00 / 225-01 r 450-30 450-35 450-40 ' / ' I' u \_ ~~--- 250-00 WINTERS RD 300-02300-03 / W BIGGE RD \) 225-10 ,,_ 350-02 ) 100-02 225-01 125-05 () r r' 225-01 100-03 225-02 150-01 350-02 --~--\ \ 200-03 . L_C r A, 375-20 275-01 175-01 350-30 375-25 350-01 225-01 100-10 200-01 100-01 125-01 225-10 350-00 350-03 275-00 POND M&NE R 125-01 4 475-01 125-30 100-05 100-10 100-05100-01 125-01 225-10 100-01 225-12 225-01 100-01 200-01 125-20125-10 100-01 225-00 225-10 yl 200-01 375-01 np de 225-01 475-01 Ho 100-02 350-01 275-10 NINE MILE RD 125-01 400-02 400-01 450-01 275-15 225-01 300-01 300-01 275-20 475-01 MILE RD 325-00 D 350-04 450-01 325-10 MR 350-05 NI NE 400-01 DA OLD 300-01 275-25 125-01 425-00 175-02 702-05702-07 175-11 175-09703-05RD POND 701-05 175-05 704-01703-13 175-06175-07 YL 350-01 200-10 175-20 250-30 150-02 175-01 NP 350-02 300-00 200-15 175-01 DE 350-10 250-01 250-01 150-01 HO S WIITALA RD 325-10 4 HOWES RD 400-01 100-01 FR 8030 400-01 325-10 400-03 400-04 400-05 400-06 400-08 400-07 325-01 400-09 300-10 200-20 425-01 475-01 200-01 150-01 BEER S RD 300-01 19 100-01 100-01 250-01 275-01 175-00 150-01 FR 80 175-01 150-01 150-20 150-10 475-01 450-01 225-01 100-01 100-02 22 300-01 350-01 200-01 125-01 80 Woodview 475-01 MCCLISH RD 200-01 250-01 3 475-02 E BIGGE RD \ 200-01 225-02 125-01 125-02 -,_ I 225-05 100-01 475-01 375-01 ·~ '·, _/ 425-01 300-01 350-01 _,r;, FR 325-01 400-02 400-01 300-01 325-01 425-01 300-01 300-10 100-01 400-01 I 125-04 125-03 'I 250-01 250-01 175-01 \'-~ CILMAN RD I 125-01 200-23 150-01 150-01 175-01 350-01 \'\_ 200-35 100-01 175-10 450-01 200-25200-30 200-10 250-10 175-10 425-01 I 100-10 100-01 200-01200-05 200-20 200-05 I 425-01 375-01 200-20 225-01 300-05 350-01 200-01 275-01 (j 175-01 300-01 325-02 ) HULLS RD 350-02 100-02 325-01 200-01 225-01 I ' I -. 450-30 450-02 200-10 100-01 100-00 100-01 150-01 I I 250-02 450-01 350-01 200-15 225-01 I I I 475-20 350-01 000 LINTULA RD o,, 375-01 475-01 5 FR I 475-20 450-10 375-01375-05 475-10 " .. 1 475-01 300-01 I 450-01 FR 8032 3 325-01 400-01 300-01 325-01 125-01 125-01 I 100-01 150-01 200-01 325-01 400-02 _.• I 125-01 400-01 300-00 375-01 I 200-01 \ 425-01 425-10 375-05 475-00 I 100-01 I 200-01 400-00 425-01 450-45 I r· 200-15 200-25 400-01 425-20 ' 100-01 250-25 400-20 I I' I 125-00 250-01 400-10 425-00 I 275-01 16 225-02225-03 175-15 400-02 325-01 2 BENTON RD 100-01 250-01 175-01 150-01 250-01 400-01 200-02 225-01 r 250-05 425-01 475-10 200-00 200-05 175-20 400-01 275-01 200-01 / ) I 300-01 450-01 375-01 475-02 ' ' 200-01 400-00 325-01 100-00 / ' I 125-05 175-10 300-01 ' 125-01100-10 I 100-01 125-15125-10 225-01 125-02 175-02 175-01 ) 225-01 325-01 475-01 100-20 ERWIN RD 225-01 ") 150-03 475-01 475-03 475-06475-02 450-01 450-02 0 150-01 150-00 400-01 325-01 350-01 100-01 Q 100-01 150-02 250-02 250-40 300-01 300-10 325-01 400-01 RENO RD 125-01 200-01 175-01 150-01 275-01 300-20 450-03 200-01 100-01 125-00 400-02 475-01 / 250-01 - 300-01 450-01 125-01 14 375-01 200-01 250-30 475-04 375-01 1 Miles 400-01 '"'~- // 350-21 FR 8023 - M1 15 100-04 200-02 MARILLA RD -+--71/ "'1-+= - -=r --'t. 250-02 .,,,,./ _./_.,.- ---..._ - / 300-01 225-01 100-03 250-10 250-01 225-01 125-01 225-40 200-10 225-01 225-10 100-01 200-00 100-02 LITZEN RD 100-05 1 Map producd by the Manistee County Planning Dept. 2/20/2014 100-01 225-35 200-01 100-00 125-01 WY HARLAN RD 100-10 100-02 200-01 CH 0.5 THIRTEEN MILE RD 325-01 705-01 0.25 DI L LA Date LITZEN RD 706-01 0 Forest Recreation FR 200-02 705-01 VALENCOURT RD CA Commercial Residential CR-1 This Zoning Map for Marilla Township is effective as of April 21st, 2014. Neil Crawford, Marilla Township Supervisor / Wetland W-1 = = = Marilla Township 111■■ 1■111■ 111■ 11~ r This Zoning Map was adopted at a meeting of the Marilla Township Board on Apirl 10th, 2014. Marilla Zoning Districts CJ Water Bodies Harlan Roads E LITZEN RD Legend THOMPSONVILLE RD 1 B VIADUCT RD Official Zoning Map of Marilla Township A m Da 100-30 125-01 200-10 250-10 S SIX POINT CT 400-00 300-01 325-01 325-01 325-01 400-01 450-00 400-10 300-01 325-01 475-20 450-01 375-01 350-01 200-01 80 FR 53 325-04 325-05 100-01 0 FR 8 20 100-02 24 D LN E BE NC H RD 100-01 RRY 475-01 450-01 BLU AR 325-20 RD ER R M LA IL RI V 375-01 A SH EEP R 350-01 B 200-01 PE R / D OL 3 5 829 FR 71 ;l--1-~L__I WIITALA RD FR 325-01 !325-02 350-01 55 100-01 325-06 325-01 325-03 80 5 FR 712 0 C UNKN O WN Number One FR 100-01 / A 125-01 77 400-01 FR 80 6 200-01 225-01 125-01 225-01 9 FR 7 125-01 350-01 NUMBER ONE RD 044 100-01 5 475-01 375-01 475-01 W SWEETS RAVINE RD 8 FR 225-00 300-01 300-01 375-01 NORTH STAR TRL 150-00 325-03 400-01 350-20 325-02 300-01 400-01 325-00 UP NT ER HU 175-10 RD yl N CT A 22 1/2 p en ASPE IIT AL 175-01 od S W 275-01 250-01 100-01 150-01 H RI DG E 150-01 175-01 TR L 250-01 150-01 100-10 225-01 200-01 D E 26 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marilla-Twp_Zoning-Map_2014 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2014-04-21 Title A name given to the resource Official Zoning Map of Marilla Township Description An account of the resource The Official Zoning Map of Marilla Township went into effect on April 21, 2014. Subject The topic of the resource Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Marilla Township (Mich.) Manistee County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/53ebfd5830814fbb40070409a4725c4e.pdf 01b1f9bac1ed079e853ba828455b7918 PDF Text Text Marilla Township Master Plan Revised 2018 Adopted by the Marilla Township Board: April 12, 2018 �TOWNSHIP OF MARILLA COUNTY OF MANISTEE. MICHIGAN Resolution number _ _ _ _ _ __ TOWNSHIP 80AAO RESOLUTION TO AOOPT (OR AMEND) MASTER PLAN WHEREAS, the Michigan Planning Enabling Act (MPEA) authorizes the Planning Commi$Sion to prepare a Master Plan for the use. development and preservation of all lands In the Township; an<! WHEREAS, the Planning Commission prepare<:! an upoated Master Plan and submitted the plan to the Township board lor<eview and comment; and WHEREAS. the Planning Commission held a public hearin9 on March 22. 2018 to oonsider public oomment on the Master Plan, an<I to further review and comment on the updated Masler Plan; ano WHEREAS, the Township Board find finds Iha! the update<I Master Plan is desirable and proper and furthers the use, preservation, and development goals and strat~ies of the Township; WHEREAS. the MPEA authorizes the Township board to assert by resolution ijs ri~t to approve or reject the proposed Master Pian: THEREFORE BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED AS FOU.OWS: t. Adoption of 2018 Master Plan, The Township board hereby approves and adopts the proposed 2018 Master Plan, including ell of the chapters, figures, maps and tabres contained 1herein. Pursuant to MCL 125.3843 the Township 8oa·d has asserted by resolutioll its rifl\1 lo approve or rej8C1 the proposed Master Plan end therefore the approval granted therein is lhe final step for adoption of the plan as provided in MCL 125.3843 and therefore the pten is effective as of April 12, :2018 2. Findings of Feet. The Township Board has made the foregoing detennination based on a review of existing land uses in the Township, a review of lh& existing Master Plan provisions and maps, input received from the Planning Commission and public hearing. and wilh the assistance of a professional planning group, and finds that !he updalecl Master Plan will aocurately reflect and implement the Township's goats and &ttategies for the vse. preservation, and development of lands in Man11a To..,nship. 3. Effe,:;live Date. The Master Plan shall be effective as of the date of adoption of this ,esofutioo. The foregoing resolution oftered by Boa\C\Member Second offered by Board Member ~,.,;J'~ k,/().,<,<. 6 ~ �• Upon roll call vole the tollowing voted: "Aye• &tl?ai: BL.JIM~'R~ lilJ,u.. ~ ' 7i Upon rod call vote lhe following voted: "Nay" <1 a,.., 7 I ha !lupe,v1sor decla1E1d the resolulions adopled. 8onnle I I ~. Marilla Township Clerk :Da:c?i.R JI RohC~:i ::---L- ' ~ C �Table of Contents Introduction.................................................................................1 Purpose....................................................................................................1 Legal Authority to Plan............................................................................1 Township Location and Description.........................................................1 Chapter 1: Township History........................................................ 2 Chapter 2: Natural Resources...................................................... 5 2-1 Glacial Features................................................................................. 5 2-2 Surface Water and Drainage Systems................................................ 5 2-3 Mineral Resources............................................................................ 6 2-4 Slope of the Land............................................................................... 6 2-5 Hydric Soils....................................................................................... 6 2-6 Soils with Limited Ability to Handle Wastes or Industrial Development............................................................................................... 7 2-7 Unique Agricultural Lands................................................................ 7 2-8 Definitions of Soil Types from the Manistee County Third Level Soil .. Association Report:................................................................................. 7 Chapter 3: Currant Land Use and Land Cover.............................17 3-1 Land Cover....................................................................................... 17 3-2 Land Use.......................................................................................... 17 3-2.1 Agricultural........................................................................................ 17 3-2.2 Residential.........................................................................................18 3-2.3 Public Lands/Forestry.......................................................................19 Chapter 4: Demographic, Economic & Housing Characteristics. 27 4-1 Population....................................................................................... 27 4-2 Housing and Households................................................................ 29 4-3 Education/Employment/Income..................................................... 30 Chapter 5: Infrastructure and Facilities..................................... 33 5-1 Transportation................................................................................ 33 5-2 Community and Private Facilities.................................................... 33 5-3 Education System............................................................................ 34 Chapter 6: Marilla Township 2018 Master Plan Goals & Objectives 39 6-1 Goals and Objectives........................................................................ 39 6-1.1 General Community Goals................................................................. 39 6-2.2 Residential Goals.............................................................................. 40 6-2.3 Commercial Goals............................................................................. 40 6-2.4 Agricultural Goals............................................................................ 40 6-2.5 Community Services and Infrastructure Goals..................................41 6-2.6 Forestry Goals...................................................................................41 Chapter 7: Future Land Use Plan................................................ 43 7-1 Residential District:......................................................................... 43 iv �7-2 Rural-Residential District:.............................................................. 43 7-3 Commercial-Residential District:.................................................... 44 7-4 Resource Preservation District:....................................................... 45 7-5 Forest Recreation District:.............................................................. 45 7-6 Wetland District:............................................................................. 46 i �Map Contents Environmental Inventory Map..................................................... 9 Soil Map...................................................................................... 11 Hydric Soils................................................................................13 Locally Essential Farmland Soils................................................15 Land Cover Map..........................................................................21 Parcel Assessment Classification Map........................................ 23 Residential Housing Locations Map........................................... 25 Transportation System Map....................................................... 35 School Districts Map.................................................................. 37 Future Land Use Map 2012........................................................ 47 Appendices Appendix A: Survey and Public Forum Results.......................... 49 ii �Page Left Intentionally Blank �The Master Plan Update Process, conducted in 2017-18 is to the existing 2013 Marilla Township Master Plan. The 2013 Master Plan had undergone a revision process that included adjustments to various sections of the plan, updating of maps, inclusion of a Park and Recreation Chapter and revisions to the goals and objectives and future land use plan. The 2018 Plan Update Process would make adjustments to the plan content, while also updating sections of the plan. Major updates and revisions were conducted to sections including History and Background, Socioeconomic Profile, and the Plan Goals. Other minor revisions were conducted periodically throughout the remaining plan sections. Maps were updated when new or updated spatial information was available. Removal of the 5 Year Park and Recreation Plan Chapter was necessary, since the Township Recreation Plan was folded into the 2016 Manistee County-Wide 5-Year Park and Recreation Plan. The County Recreation Plan and all subsequent local units plans contained therein meet State of Michigan approval guidelines through 2022. The Marilla Township Master Plan was approved and recommended for adoption following a public hearing held by the Planning Commission on March 22nd 2018 and adopted by resolution of the Township Board on April 12th 2018. A thank you is extended to the Planning Commission membership who spent time reviewing and critiquing the document. A thank you is also extended to the Township Board members and residents of Marilla Township for your participation in the process and public input. Marilla Township Planning Commission: J. Louis Hughes, Chair Gary Cilman, Vice-Chair Betty Buda-Joy, Secretary Pat Ellis Jan Thomas Zoning Administrator: Victor Ellis Marilla Township Board Members: David Barrett, Supervisor Debra Roberson, Clerk Phyllis Cholette, Treasurer Bruce Bahr, Trustee Jan Thomas, Trustee Jared Litwiler, Assessor Manistee County Planning Department: Rob Carson, A.I.C.P., Planning Director Nancy Baker, Planning Assistant iv �Introduction Purpose The preparation of a Master Plan is a process that is being undertaken by Marilla Township in order to properly identify resident’s needs, prepare accurate data, shape goals and objectives and formulate a Future Land Use Plan policy to be undertaken by the Township. The completion of a soundly accurate Master Plan provides the policy driven authority to institute and enforce zoning regulations that are based upon the information within the plan. Legal Authority to Plan This Master Plan for Marilla Township, Manistee County, Michigan is being drafted and adopted pursuant to the Michigan Planning Enabling Act of 2008, P.A. 33 of 2008, as amended M.C.L. 125.3801 et seq. Township Location and Description Marilla Township is located in the northeast corner of Manistee County. Its easternmost border is the county line between Manistee and Wexford Counties. Benzie County lies six miles to the north of Marilla Township. On the west border of Marilla Township is Maple Grove Township, to the south, Dickson Township, and to the north, Cleon Township. Marilla Township is almost exclusively rural and is considered to be within the Kaleva Hinterland within Manistee County. Only a portion of the township is within the City of Manistee’s area of secondary economic influence. That portion may be described as being the southerly and westerly line drawn diagonally across the township from the northwest corner to the southeast corner of the township. Space Left Blank for Plan Text The township is served by the Kaleva Telephone Company within the 362 exchange and in the northeastern section by the Ace Telephone Company. It is served by two electric utilities: Consumers Energy and Cherryland Electric Cooperative. Consumers serves the eastern and southern portions of the township and Cherryland serves the northern and western portions of the township. Location of Marilla Township in Manistee County Benzie County £ ¤ ¬ « US 31 Gr. Traverse County M-115 ¬ « M-22 Lake Michigan Marilla Twp. ¬ « M-37 Manistee County Wexford County ¬ « M-55 £ ¤ US 31 Mason County Lake County 1 Location of Manistee County in The State of Michigan �Chapter 1: Township History An early 1866 description of the area that became Marilla Township noted dense forests of maple, beech, hemlock and pine filled with “birds and beasts”. C. Churchill from Empire State arrived there in June and found rich soil, numerous springs, streams and dense solitude. The Churchills built a log cabin in this dense forest and were soon joined by other northern pioneers. These early dwellers had to be persevering and energetic. Cows had to be content with twigs and moss in the mangers at night and there were “dark days of disease and misfortune”. Most provisions had to be walked in from logging camps in the nearby forest. As time passed, more land was cleared, fields were cultivated and more prosperous times came. Originally, Marilla was part of an expanded Brown Township. In 1870, Marilla petitioned for township status. This petition, presented by James Winters, asked that “Town 23 North of Range 13 West…be detached and organized into a new township”. When he asked a county official to draw up the township organizational papers, the county official agreed to do this on the condition that the township be named after his daughter, Marilla. The Manistee County Board of Supervisors accepted the petition on January 4, 1870. A state study in 1870 showed Marilla with only nine farmers, 15 laborers, two carpenters and one sailor. These first township citizens ranged in age from 19 to 65, with the majority in their 30’s and 40’s. By 1873 a post office had been established and it remained open until 1932. George Brimmer was its longtime post master. Leander Hall initiated the organization of the township in order to organize a school. In the next four years, four school districts were established. They were named Clark, Evens, Gilson and Marilla schools. The Marilla Township Cemetery was established on Erwin Road early on and is still used today. Marilla Township’s history is one of a pioneering community integrated into the northern Michigan booming lumber industry. Michigan led the nation in lumber production from 1870 to 1900. Close proximity to the Manistee River made Marilla an attractive place to the early lumber barons. Growth was rapid during the beginning of this frenzied deforestation period of Michigan’s lumbering orgy (1870 to 1900). As early as 1882, Marilla was becoming strong agriculturally. Marilla had proved to have some fairly heavy loam soil and some generally good farm land. According to the Michigan census dated June 1, 1904, Marilla farmers were becoming significant producers in several areas of the county’s crops. At that time, there were 76 farmers in Marilla with an average farm size of 112 acres. Around that time (1903), there was no state or national forest land in Marilla. Much of that land was owned by lumbering companies and land speculators. As the lumbering era came to an end, a group targeted to move north when the lumber industry was declining and farming was being promoted, was the Church of the Brethren community in northern Indiana. In 1902, Hezekiah Grossnickle, who had been a successful farmer in Indiana, moved his family and belongings from Indiana to Brethren in a railroad boxcar along with other Brethren families. Some returned to Indiana, some remained in Brethren, but the Grossnickles chose a different path. Hezekiah moved his family to Marilla Township in search of better farming prospects. The family eventually owned 240 acres in Section 27 of Marilla Township. E. Judson Ulery, Hezekiah Grossnickle and others purchased the then existing Baptist Church and initiated the congregational formation of the Marilla Church of the Brethren that is still active today. Eventually much of the logged over area of the township became part of the Manistee National Forest and at some point, the Marilla Trail head of the North Country Trail was established and is a popular place for hiking because of its high bluff above the Manistee River. 2 �In 1919, there was a post office, a blacksmith shop and three general stores located along Marilla Road about ¼ mile north of present day Nine Mile Road. The three general stores were named Brimmer’s, Stark’s and Danville’s. The Brimmer store served as a post office as well as offering general merchandise. At some point, there was a pickle receiving station located along the railroad tracks. Today a pickle receiving station still exists at the Howes farm on Marilla Road. The River branch of the Manistee & Northeastern Railroad ran through Marilla from east to west. The railroad made the isolated community of Marilla more accessible to the outside and the outside more accessible to Marilla folk. When the lumbering industry collapsed, the railroad left also, and only one store remained after 1930, the Brimmer Store later became Jack and Adeline McDonald’s Oshkosh “Jack’s Store”. It operated well into the 1990’s before its owner, Adeline McDonald, retired. The northwest corner of Marilla Township could be referred to as “Old Marilla” because our earliest settlers first homesteaded there. Benjamin Yates carved out a homestead there and eventually the area became known as “Yates Corners”. It bordered on Lemon Lake to the west, an area which eventually included a logging camp, a railroad depot, blacksmith, and post office. “Yates Corners” eventually included a general store/post office, a W.C.T.U. Chapel, a “Modern Woodsmen Hall, and the “Royal Neighbors of America” met as well. In the early days of Marilla Township, the first school established was constructed of logs and its first teacher was Miss Jennie Pope. Early settlers relate that boys were asked to crawl under the floor of the school to retrieve the slate pencils that had fallen through the cracks in the roughly hewn plank floor boards. Thereafter when milled lumber was available, 4 “handsome” one room schools were built to accommodate a growing number of students. They were located in the corners of Marilla Township in such a way that each school could be within a reasonable walking distance. They were Evens School near Yates Corners or “Old Marilla” in the northwest, Gilson School in the west region, Clark School in the northeast area, and Marilla in the northern part. These schools served Marilla’s students until the new consolidated school, the new Marilla Standard School, was completed in 1922. Due to changing needs, this school closed in the late 1940’s and students attended Kaleva, Mesick, and Copemish Schools. Of the four schools, all closed except Clark School which remained independent for a number of years before closing and the students then attended Mesick School. The Marilla Standard School now in 2017 serves as the township hall with multiple uses: government center, community center, and a fine museum called “Marilla Museum & Pioneer Place” consisting of a main museum in the lower level of the building, an 1870’s hand hewn log home, the Nels Johnson Cabin, and the 1900 Pioneer Barn. The old school has served the community in many capacities. Among uses are a senior center and a meal site for “Meals On Wheels”, a food pantry, a TOPS weight loss meeting site, “Friends of Marilla” a service group, a knitting group, computer assistance, and a place to walk inside in the winter months. The building also is rented for public use which includes a faith community and other groups. Farming in our rural community has changed through the years. In the early years, people settled in Marilla Township mainly because they wanted to farm the land. Logging and farming existed side by side. There were many farmers and the land was highly cultivated. The population reached a high of 379 in 1940. This trend continued through the 1950’s. Then a shift began to happen. Fewer people farmed and our children didn’t stay in the community. New retirees from “downstate” moved in and only a handful of farmers were actively farming. Marilla Township became a retiree community and the children became fewer and fewer following the 1980’s. Beginning about 2012, another shift happened. Two corporate farms purchased or leased large tracts of land and now the amount of land under cultivation is again growing rapidly. On the other hand, families are moving in and doing small scale farming so that the number of children is growing. Marilla still remains a sparsely populated 3 �community. Some other commercial enterprises have developed through the years including: Cilman’s Feed Store, Flaughers’ Bakery, Howes’ farm markets, Howes Pickle Station, Smith’s and Usher’s farm meat sales, maple syrup sales, and Ashcraft’s Irrigation Service. Job opportunities are few in Marilla so it has become a place live while working someplace else. Marilla remains a peaceful, pleasant rural atmosphere of hills, valleys, and some flat tableland. Snowmobiling, hunting, fishing, boating, and swimming in the nearby “Mighty Manistee”, use of ATVs, and hiking the Marilla Trailhead of the North Country Trail system are popular recreational pursuits for residents and visitors. 4 �Chapter 2: Natural Resources 2-1 Glacial Features Marilla Township has four (4) separate areas of glacial features, being one of the most varied townships in the county in this regard. By far the largest glacial feature is the network of hills known as the “Marilla Hills” extending north and south through the central portion of the township. These hills are known geologically as “marginal moraines” which are deposits created by water running off the edge of a stationary glacier. These hills contain the highest spot in Manistee County at about 1200 feet above the sea level. The moraine soil type will normally support hardwood and pine forests. The second type of glacial feature, known as an “esker”, is found on the northern border of the township in the northwest corner. An esker is formed by a flowing river on a glacier. When the glacier melts, the deposits and sediments formed by the flowing river leave a long narrow snake-like hill on the ground. This is a rather rare geological formation as many of them in the state have been removed or destroyed by gravel extraction. As this suggests, eskers are a good source of gravel. The extreme western portion of the township is glacial “out wash plain” and is part of the larger flat area which runs north and south through the eastern central portion of Manistee County. An out wash plain is formed by water moving away from the glacier as it melts, depositing sand and silt in large flat expanses. The Manistee County out wash plains are characterized by the presence of wetlands and poorly drained soils. Unfortunately, the soils associated with the out wash plain are relatively infertile and poor for farming. The fourth glacial feature in Marilla Township is a “lacustrine plain” located in the extreme southeastern portion of the township. This is basically a glacial lake bottom with irregular water tables and infertile soil, which is poor farming. 2-2 Surface Water and Drainage Systems Marilla Township has seven (7) watersheds located within its boundaries. Four (4) of them, the Bear Creek above Glovers, Bear Creek below Lemon Creek, Bear Creek at Manistee River and Bear Creek below Little Beaver Creek are portions of the larger Bear Creek Watershed. The other three (3) watersheds are associated with the Big Manistee River and consist of the Manistee River at Hodenpyl Pond, the Manistee River below Sands Creek, and the Big Manistee watershed below Slagle Creek. The largest area of wetlands in the township is located in the northwestern portion of the township and is associated with the Lemon Creek watershed. This lies within the glacial out wash plain and is, accordingly, particularly susceptible to pollution. Other smaller areas of wetlands are located in the southeastern portion of the township and border on the Big Manistee River, below Hodenpyl Dam , just north of the southern township boundary, and the Hodenpyl Dam Pond which meanders across the Wexford County line into the extreme eastern/central portion of the township. Another smaller area of wetlands exists in the northwest corner of Section 23 of the township. Manistee River Below Hodenpyl Dam 5 �The only area of surface water other than the Manistee River and the feeder streams of Big Bear Creek associated with the wetlands described above is the Hodenpyl Dam pond. This pond, only a portion of which is in Marilla Township, is a reservoir behind the Hodenpyl Dam, a hydroelectric project of Consumers Energy in western Wexford County. While no area of Marilla Township is classified as a flood hazard zone qualifying for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program, the area downstream of Hodenpyl Dam has flood emergency contingency plans in event of dam failure. Watersheds and surface water features can be found on the Environmental Inventory Map on page 9. 2-3 Mineral Resources Of the varied mineral resources in Manistee County, only two (2) are important to Marilla Township and these only marginally. A series of underground reefs has been the major area of oil and gas activity in Manistee County, with the majority of the activity to the west and north of Marilla Township. The other mineral resource in Marilla Township has historically been gravel, extracted from areas in Section 20 of the township. Further gravel production could pose a threat to the glacial esker in the township, as this type of formation is usually rich in gravel. 2-4 Slope of the Land Because Marilla Township’s varied glacial features, several large portions of the township are moderate in slope (10% to 25%) and a few areas have extreme slope (25% or more). The major areas with a moderate slope run north and south through Sections 5, 8, and the northern part of Section 17 of the township; diagonally from the north/central section of Section 9 through the southeast portion of Section 4, and diagonally in a northeasterly direction through Section 3; east and west through Sections 29 and 30 and then southerly through Section 32 and easterly through Section 33 and into the southern portion of Section 34. Other areas of moderate slope exist in the southern portion of the eastern half of Section 11 and Section 12 through the southern and central portions of Sections 13 and 14 and in certain areas in the central portion of Section 26 and the northwestern portion of Section 35. Areas of extreme slope are associated with the esker in Section 4 of the township, in a valley ridge which runs more or less parallel to the west of the Manistee River and in scattered portions of Sections 29, 30 and 35. These areas of moderate and extreme slope may pose limitations for high density residential development, due to problems with erosion and the installation of septic tank absorption fields which is made more difficult. The 50’ contour lines display topography changes and are displayed on the Environmental Inventory Map on page 9. 2-5 Hydric Soils There are numerous areas within Marilla Township which have soils with high moisture content. The largest areas are associated with the wetlands described earlier. There are also several small areas scattered throughout the township and as indicated on the map on page 2-6, which are listed by the United States Soil Conservation Services’ land resource inventory as having high moisture content. These areas pose particular problems with septic tanks, pollution of ground and surface water, and are considered to have poor load supporting ability. Hence, residential or urban-type development is limited in these areas. Locations hydric soils can be found on page 13. 6 �2-6 Soils with Limited Ability to Handle Wastes or Industrial Development The areas within Marilla Township which have soils with limited ability to handle wastes or industrial development are defined geographically in terms of a combination of those areas previously described as having a high moisture content and limited ability to handle septic and drain fields and that portion of Marilla Township within the glacial 0ut wash plain. Because of the nature of the soils in these areas, intensive residential development with individual septic systems and industrial uses with large volumes of volatile waste products should be avoided. Locations of soil types can be found on the Soils Map on page 11. 2-7 Unique Agricultural Lands The U.S. Soil Conservation Service defines two (2) types of farm lands: prime farm land and unique farm land. Manistee County does not have either of these types of farm land, but has several areas of farm land within its borders which are unique to Manistee County and are considered by the county to be locally significant or essential. Marilla Township has a large area of locally significant farm land in its central sections and to a lesser extent in the northeastern portion of the township. The unique farm land in Marilla Township is based upon factors such as good soil (loamy and clay) associated with the glacial moraine and certain areas in the out wash plain, generally sufficient height around sea level to escape frost or less expensive, i.e. close to the surface, irrigation Crop Duster in Marilla Twp. water to fight frost and the potential or existence of irrigation on the land. The areas classified as locally significant farm land are not necessarily presently held in active farm production and their identification is not meant to imply that active or potential farming may not occur in other areas within the township. Locations locally essential farmland soils can be found on page 15. 2-8 Definitions of Soil Types from the Manistee County Third Level Soil .. Association Report: The following soil types are taken from the Third Level Generalized Soil Association map data. The Soil Code displayed below can be found on the Soils Map on page 11. This information can be used to identify different soil types, and the locations in which they are found. B-1: Rubicon Soils-Somewhat excessively drained sandy soils. (2,545 acres or 11%) B-2: Rubicon Soils with features near or below 3-4 feet that result in higher productivity and dominant tree species different from a typical Rubicon- Somewhat excessively to well drained soils. (1,045 acres or 4.6%) C-2: Emmet, McBride, Menominee, Newaygo and Ubly Soils -Well to moderately well drained loamy soils. (98 acres or .4%) C-3: Loamy soils such as Emmet and Menominee series in complex with sandy soils such as Blue Lake, East Lake, Kalkaska, Karlin, Leelanau, Mancelona and Montcalm- Complex of well drained loamy and sandy soils. (1,193 acres or 5.2%) C-7: In untilled areas of soils like Kalkaska series but with weaker profile development (formerly iden 7 �tifiable as Seney series). In tilled areas these soils lack appearance and capacity- Well drained-san dy soils- weakly developed or degraded due to man’s activity. (1,665 acres or 7.3%) C-8: Dominantly Kalkaska and Montcalm Soils. Also, East Lake, Karlin and Mancelona Soils - Well drained and sandy soils with moderate Development. (13,917 acres or 61%) D-2: Croswell Soils -Moderately well drained sandy soils. (276 acres or 1.2%) E-1: Iosco and Kawkawlin Soils -Somewhat poorly drained soils (189 acres or .8%) E-4: AuGres and Finch Soils – Somewhat poorly drained sandy soils (72 acres or .3%) E-5: Loamy Soils such as Richter series. Sandy soils such as Gladwin, AuGres and Finch series- Com plex of somewhat poorly drained loamy and moderately well drained soils (32 acres or .1%) E-6: AuGres and Finch Soils in complex with moderately well drained Croswell Soils- Complex of somewhat poorly and moderately well drained sandy soils. (411 acres or 1.8%) E-7: Somewhat poorly drained AuGres and Finch Soils in complex or association with poorly drained Roscommon Soils -Complex of somewhat poorly and poorly drained sandy soils (14 acres or .1%) F-2: Clayey soils such as Bergland series. Loamy soils such as Brevort and Ensley series. Sandy soils such as Roscommon- poorly drained mineral soils. (107 acres or .5%) F-4: Dominantly sandy solids like Roscommon series and organic soils such as Tawas and Lupton. Also clayey and loamy soils such as Bergland, Brevort and Ensley series-Complex of poorly drained mineral and very poorly drained organic soils. (1,375 or 6%) Soils in Marilla Township lend to locally significant agricultural areas. 8 �A B C D E 1100 10 00 Environmental Inventory Map 850 Thirteen Mile 0 110 1100 0 105 105 0 Erwin 100 0 Hulls 2 00 11 2 105 0 Benton 1 11 00 Litzen 90 0 1100 Yates Reno 1100 Harlan 1100 Viaduct 1 10 00 Erwin Marilla Township Environmental Inventory Marilla 900 East Bigge 0 100 950 Beers Nine Mile 3 1000 0 95 Howes Old N ine M ile McClish 950 3 FR 8 South Wiitala 01 9 00 10 950 0 85 75 0 10 00 On e Winters 000 22 80 5 FR Litzen 1100 Lintula 900 West Bigge FR 0 95 Nu mb er 105 0 1050 950 A 11 ry 80 0 Number One arill Bl ue be r 20 71 R Manistee River atFHodenpyl (pond) Manistee River below Sands Crek Manistee River below Slagle Creek 10 50 2 B Ri v er Up pe r I Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. 1100 3 Miles C 9 75 0 Slagl e C re ek 1 Bear Creek below Little Beaver Creek North 4 Number One 0.5 11 00 1050 80 75 FR 076 FR 8 100 50 1100 Bear Creek below Lemon Creek 2 809 11 00 11 00 10 50 - [::-_::J Wexford County R 54D 8 FR 4 802 0 80 F Po Bear Creek at Manisteele River 80 80 ~ Marilla Township Bear Creek above Glovers Creek FR ..... ,11 ■ - ■ r: vin e ch an 7 Bodies D R 80Water F Wetlands l?Za Ra R 9 1050 Streams D D D ets p ee Sh 5 a Watersheds 1050 50' Contour la 00 11 Roads Pole Open Roads D ---- USFS we 95 0 FR 1100 06 3 50 10 Legend W iit a 00 11 FR 8 1000 tS 1100 1100 11 00 We s 1150 50 10 50 10 FR 5482 50 10 1050 11 00 10 00 4 044 950 8 FR Old M North Star D E 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �B C D E Erwin Soil MapTownship 3rd Level Generalized Soil Map Marilla Harlan A Viaduct Thirteen Mile 1 4 3 2 Litzen 5 Yates 6 1 1 Benton Reno 7 9 Erwin 8 2 16 10 11 12 2 Hulls Litzen FR 22 80 13 000 14 5 FR 15 East Bigge FR 19 80 South Wiitala McClish 23 24 27 26 25 3 am hW ut So Howes Nine Mile 22 yl D ine M ile Beers 21 20 p den Ho 19 Old N 16 17 West Bigge 3 Marilla Lintula 18 iita 29 la 30 28 A 2 B Up pe r C 11 4 26 e C re ek W 1 4 G -1 2 F- I 3 Miles Slagl Number One 36 Ri v er 1 F- E7 E6 D -8 -3 -2 -7 C C C C 54 81 2 809 80 80 0.5 20 71 North FR 6 807 F Wexford FR County R FR Number One Manistee County 0 B2 B1 075 FR Marilla Township 35 4 802 ch an 79 80 Marilla Twp Sections vin e R FR FR 8 Water Bodies 5 Po le -2 Soil Code USFS Open Roads Streams Ra p ee Sh 3 FR 807 Pole FR ets FR 5482 Legend Roads 34 we la E5 06 3 E4 W iit a 33 E1 FR 8 32 tS Bl ue be r a arill 77 79 31 Old M FR 4 ne ber O We s ry Num North Star Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. D E 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �A B Hydric Soils C D E Harlan Erwin Marilla Township Hydric Soils Map Viaduct Thirteen Mile 1 4 3 2 Litzen 5 Yates 6 1 1 Benton Reno 7 Erwin 8 2 9 16 10 11 12 2 Hulls Litzen FR 22 80 13 000 14 East Bigge FR 19 80 South Wiitala McClish 23 24 27 26 25 3 am hW ut So Howes Nine Mile 22 yl D ine M ile Beers 21 20 p den Ho 19 Old N 15 5 FR 16 17 West Bigge 3 Marilla Lintula 18 iita la 30 29 28 D Manistee CountyFR Water Bodies 6 Wexford County 0.5 A 1 80 80 0.25 1.5 2 Miles B Slagl Number One Ri v er Streams 2 809 FR 0 Marilla Township 807 F FRSoils R 5 Hydric 48 1 36 I Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. C 13 D 4 26 e C re ek ch an FR 20 71 1 9 FR North Marilla Twp Sections FR 8 Roads la Po le 7 ==== 80 USFS Open Roads 35 4 802 R 5 vin e Number One Legend FR Ra p ee Sh 3 FR 807 Pole 34 ets Up pe r 06 3 33 we FR 5482 W iit a 075 FR 8 32 tS Bl ue be r a arill 77 79 31 Old M FR 4 ne ber O We s ry Num North Star E 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �A B C D Locally Essential Farmland Soils E Harlan Erwin Marilla Township Locally Essential Farmland Soils Thirteen Mile Viaduct 8 1 4 3 2 Litzen 5 Yates 6 1 1 ft' Benton Reno 7 9 Erwin 8 2 16 10 11 12 2 Hulls Litzen 14 FR 22 80 13 000 \ 5 FR 15 East Bigge FR 0 19 80 South Wiitala McClish 23 24 27 26 25 3 am hW ut So Howes Nine Mile 22 yl D ine M ile Beers 21 20 p den Ho 19 Old N 16 17 West Bigge 3 Marilla Lintula 18 iita 29 la 30 28 8 FR 0.25 0 0.5 A FR 1 C-3 1.5 2 Miles B Slagl Number One Ri v er C-2 54 81 36 1 I Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. C 15 D 4 26 e C re ek ch an - 2 809 80 80 0 Marilla Township Marilla Twp Sections Locally Essential FR Soils Water Bodies 76 20 71 North Wexford County FR D D FR R FR USFS Open Roads 79 80 Roads la P Manistee County ole FR 8 ==== 35 4 802 p ee Sh 5 FR vin e Number One Streams 3 FR 807 Legend Pole 34 Ra Up pe r 06 3 33 ets FR 5482 W iit a 075 FR 8 32 we Bl ue be r a arill 77 79 31 Old M FR 4 tS ne ber O We s ry Num North Star E 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �Chapter 3: Currant Land Use and Land Cover 3-1 Land Cover Land cover in Marilla Township are predominantly undeveloped forest lands and working agriculture lands which help give the township its character. In recent years more forest and agricultural acreage has been acquired for the construction of residences. A significant percentage of these new residential units are for seasonal or occasional use. The existing land cover is shown on the Land Cover Map on page 21. As can be seen from this map, nearly three-fourths of the land area in the township is presently covered with forests or fields. Farming operations are spread throughout the central, northern and western portions of the township. Wetlands comprise the bulk of the remaining land in the township with small pockets of residential development existing in the area of the Hodenpyl Dam and along Marilla, Nine Mile and Yates Roads. With the exception of the extreme southeast portion of the township, the density of living units per square mile is quite different from section to section. The highest density of living units is in the area of the Hodenpyl Dam in Section 24. Directly south and north of this area and encompassing a large portion of Sections 13, 25, 31, 35 and 36 there is a distinct lack of living units. Within the Kaleva hinterland, of which Marilla Township is a part, there are a number of manufacturing, retail and service businesses. By and large, these exist outside of Marilla Township. The smaller economic center is defined as a “hamlet”. Copemish and Brethren are the nearest hamlets to Marilla Township. A large portion of the land area within the township is owned and controlled by the United States Forest Service. A full one-third of the township is within the purchase boundary of the Manistee National Forest. (A purchase boundary is the boundary within which the United States Forest Service will purchase or exchange land in accordance with its policies to expand and/or consolidate its land holdings.) Under the federal system of government, the township has no jurisdiction to regulate the uses or activities which are permitted on federally owned land and, likewise, the federal government does not regulate the use of privately held land, that task being left to the State and its political subdivisions. Nevertheless, each has some impact on the other which must be taken into account. In Marilla Township, the National Forest areas are regulated under a multiple use theory which permits timber and forestry operations, recreation and mineral extraction. 3-2 Land Use Presently, the three primary land uses in Marilla Township include agricultural, residential and forestry. Though there is little commercial and industrial activity (outside of larger established farms) these current uses are also summarized within this chapter. 3-2.1 Agricultural Agriculture was historically the predominant land use within Marilla Township. Its is expected that Marilla Township will change from an agricultural community to a rural residential community with changes already taking place. In 1997 there were 97 parcels classified as agricultural. In 2004 17 �that figure was 102, but in 2007 the number of parcels had dropped to 63, with a further decline to 56 parcels by 2017. This is an approximate 42% decline in the number of parcels classified as agricultural for tax purposes from 1997 to 2017. In 2017 there were a total of 4,336 acres classified as agricultural, this was a decrease from 4,700 acres measured in 2007. Assessment classifications have changed for many parcels, but this alone does not display that agricultural land is diminishing. Further data should be explored which can identify the amount of acreage of active farm operations. View the Parcel Assessment Classification Map on page 23 to identify the classification of agricultural parcels for assessment purposes. 3-2.2 Residential There are approximately 23,040 acres in Marilla Township. The largest classification, residential, has 400 parcels, totaling 11,315 acres in the 2017. This was an increase from 388 parcels totaling 10,865 acres measured in 2007. Residential property is the largest assessment classification in Marilla Township. This is expected to slowly rise based on previous trends. The township is mostly low density residential, with only a couple of smaller areas devoted to higher density residential uses. Township residents want to maintain and preserve the open spaces, with occasional homes located throughout the countryside. The residential land use shown on the Parcel Assessment Classification Map on page 23 displays that it is likely the largest land coverage assessment category within the Township next to agricultural uses. Residential structures are displayed on the Residential Housing Locations Map on page 25. Current land uses pertaining to residential allowances through agricultural preservation style zoning have limited the availability for larger landowner families to provide buildable lots for their children. This issue should be addressed by creating allowances for the splitting of land into less than 40 acre lots, but still maintaining lower density such as through 10 acre minimums. This style of land division and zoning is not conducive to maintaining agricultural preservation, but should be explored until a proper provision for conservation based subdivisions can be placed into the zoning ordinance. Conservation based design looks to regulatory measures that can be provided to include incentives for higher density developments in rural areas, where current zoning mandates a low density. Open space can be preserved by allowing a developer to increase density by shrinking minimum lot sizes to say 1 acre, within an area that requires 40 acre minimums, with the trade off that the developer Conventional Development Conservation Based Design The images above display a typical subdivision design on the left with a conservation based designed subdivision on the right. Through using conservation based design, the lot sizes decreased while still maintaining the same number of lots, land area was preserved as open space and all lots have scenic views with road frontage. This can be accomplished through a subdivision ordinance. 18 �provide at least 50% open space. The 50% open space should be mandated to be placed within permanent conservation easements. This will in turn ensure that at least half of the land area is then protected. This option is only applicable where septic systems will perc, and water is available for denser development. See the illustrations on the previous page as an example. Seasonal/recreational residential growth is expected to be a major development trend in the foreseeable future due to the in-migration of retirees and those wishing to get away from large urban centers, as well as those wishing to take advantage of the township’s forests and streams. 3-2.3 Public Lands/Forestry State and Federal forestland may have a smaller number of parcels involved at 23, but the parcels are larger, totaling 6,431 acres or 28% of the township. This number has remained relatively constant in the last 20 years. Most of this land is located in the east and southern portions of the township. These areas are utilized for forestry, open space and recreation. They are identified as exempt lands on the Parcel Assessment Classification Map on page 25. 3-2.4 Commercial/Industrial Commercial and/or industrial expansion in areas other than the production of hydroelectricity and forest enterprises is not expected to be a major development trend in Marilla Township in the foreseeable future. Tests conducted in the early 2000’s through the use of an anemometer for determining and recording wind speeds and other data to identify the potential for wind turbines didn’t produce significant results to show that the development of utility wind energy systems would be beneficial in Marilla Township. Without the proper Consumers Energy Hodenpyl Dam conditions for the development of wind energy it is likely that the expansion of industrial uses will not be a major factor in land use changes within the Township. It is important for the Township to monitor for utility companies wishing to conduct further tests or site turbines within Township boundaries. The development of wind energy regulatory zoning provisions may be needed in the future, and at a minimum regulatory measures should be addressed for personal or residential style turbines. There are four parcels classified as industrial, all under ownership of Consumers Energy totaling 309 acres. The hydroelectric dam and accompanying support infrastructure occupies little of the total acreage. The remainder is managed for recreational use by Consumer’s Energy. A commercial area could possibly develop along Marilla Road where there has been a commercial center in the past. It is not anticipated that this area will grow much larger in the near future. The township would like to provide commercial services for the needs of local residents while not detracting from the beautiful view sheds. In order to provide for this, regulatory allowances for commercial businesses should outline size standards for signs as well as the use of good quality building materials and appropriate lighting and landscaping. Please view the Parcel Assessment Classification Map on page 21 for the location of properties assessed as industrial and commercial. 19 �20 �8 FR 076 FR 06 3 le Po Po le 54 81 2 8 FR 3 Miles C 21 I ch an 80 80 B 092 R 1 8 FR West Sweets Ravine ry nt Poi Nu mb er On e Litzen Viaduct Erwin Township Land Cover Thirteen Mile 024 la D Harlan D FR 22 80 East Bigge FR FR 20 71 North Slagl Bl ue be r Litzen Marilla Yates 1 Number One ril la North Star 1 W iit a Ri v er Ma Erwin 2 Up pe r Ol d Nine Mile Howes Reno Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. Number One Land Cover 5482 Six en er Re al si ly , R Fo r d es D ent C o e O t o t a ci ial ed rc n t i d i ha on uo (w f e r , rd o s, and ood us us) Vi ed F o P ne e ) W re y a rm s rd an etl t en an s, an t P ds Pe d O ast ur rm rn an am e e e n H Sh nt t er Pa al r ba ub s ce Ra tuFR ou n g re s el R a St re Op ang nd am en el a s a an nd nd d O W th e at er r w Ex ay tra s ct iv e G West Bigge FR A South Wiitala Land Cover Map Marilla p ee Sh 0.5 st ( Manistee 9 County 07 County 8Wexford nd FR pl a USFS Open Roads ro Aspen C 5 re Marilla Township Fo Water Bodies 075 Old N ine M ile d Streams FR 8 3 av e Roads le Legend 3 FR 807 9 FR 806 0 ' C 000 77 79 FR 8 B 5 FR FR 4 ad C, Br o Lintula Winters A E 1 Benton Hulls 2 19 80 McClish Beers 3 E 4 e C re ek 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �B C D Parcel Assessment Classification Map Marilla Township Parcel Assessment E Classification Harlan A 1 1 2 2 000 22 80 5 FR FR FR 19 80 3 3 FR 4 FR 5482 A id e ia nt es R id e 2 2 80 80 c~-=-1 809 FR FR 0 6 807 FR FR County Wexford 54 8 0.5 11 es ,---7 l___ , Manistee County R D nt l-V ial ac Ag A a ric gric nt ul u l C t ur a t ur om al lm Va . F ca In nt du or e st st Ac Ex ria lt e Ex mp Va c t em an -I t pt m p ro -U v ni m ed pr ov ed 075 FR 8 Streams 79Water Bodies 80, ::i ■ - ■■ FR 11: Marilla Township 11.... B I 1 propclass USFS Open Roads Number One 3 FR 807 Roads 5 20 71 06 3 9 FR 806 Legend 5 05 053 FR 8 FR FR 4 802 Number One 8 FR 8 FR 77 79 4 Map produced by Manistee County 3 Miles Planning Dept. C 23 D E 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �A B C D Residential Housing Locations Map Marilla Township Residential ! ( ! ( !( ( ! ( ! ! ( ! ( 1 ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( Housing Locations ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( 1 Ii ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ( ! ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( !( ( ! ! ( ! ( ! ( !( ( ! ! ( ! ! ( ( ! ( ! ( E !( ( ! ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! !( !( ( ! !( ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ( ! ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ( ! ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( i ! ( !( ( ! : I ! ( 2 ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! !( ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( I ! ( ! ( !( ( ! ! ( ! ! ( ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ( ! ! ( ! !( !( !( ( ! ( ! ( • <I' ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! !( !( ( !( ! ( . ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! !( ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ( ! ( ! ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( II ·'··· ! !! ( !( ( ( ! ( ! ! ( ( ! ( ! ! ! ( ( ( ! ( ! ! ! ( ( ( ! ( !( ! ( ! !( ( ! ( ! ( !! ( ( ! ( 3 ! ( ! ( ! ( 4 8 FR 8 FR 77 79 5 05 053 ! ! ( ( ! ( ! ( ! ( FR FR 4 802 20 71 Marilla Township 075 3 FR 807 9 FR 806 Roads 79Streams 80 FR 8 USFS Open Roads Water Bodies ,---7 L ___ ,---7 L ___ _J _J FR 5482 06 3 Legend D 19 80 ! ( FR FR 8 FR 2 ! ( ! ( 4 5 • Q ! ( ! ( FR 8 ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ! !( ( ! ( ! ( !! !( ( ( ! ( ! ( ! ( ( ! 22 80 Q ! ( ! ( X ! ( !( ! ( ( !! ! ( ( ! ( ( ! ! !( ( ! ( ! !( ( !( ( ! ! ( ! ( FR ! ( 000 ! ( 5 FR ! !( ( ! ( TYPE Marilla Twp Sections ! ( HOME Manistee County ! ( MOBILE HOME 2 809 Wexford FRCounty 6 0.5807 FR 1 2 FR 54 81 Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. FR 0 ! ( !( ! ( !( ( ! ( ! !( ! ( ! !( ( 3 I ! ( ! ( 3 Miles 80 80 A B C 25 5 I D E �Page Left Intentionally Blank �Chapter 4: Demographic, Economic & Housing Characteristics Updating of Socioeconomic data for Marilla Township during the 2018 Master Plan Update, allowed for utilization of US Census American Fact-Finder data from 2016. With full census of the American Population conducted every 10 years, American Fact-Finder provides estimates for certain data categories for time periods between the full census of the population. The limited data provides updates for data categories such population, race and age. This limited data allows for the updating of certain categories of this Socioeconomic Profile, but one will find that categories such as housing, income and educational attainment still are reliant upon 2010 data, until after the completion of the 2020 census. 4-1 Population In 2016, Marilla Township had 285 permanent residents according to the U.S. Census Bureau’s American Fact-Finder Data. With an 8.6% increase from 2000 to 2010 in population, the decrease of 27.5% between 2010 and 2016 is eye-opening. The trend in population within the Township has been generally positive over the last 48 years, with a sudden downturn from 2010 to 2016. The most notable periods of growth were seen from 1970 to 1980 and again from 1990 to 2000 with approximately 25% and 35% change respectively over those time periods. The latest percent change from 2000 to 2010 was minor in comparison at 8.56%, but still continued to show an increase in population until the estimates for 2016 were released. There are many aspects to population change and shift; one must look at a combination of datasets to gain an understanding as to the dynamics of the population. As noted within other datasets displayed in the section, the population of the Township is aging, and maintains a rather high median income. There is a high probability that much of the population loss identified in 2016 are permanent residents whom have become seasonal residents of Marilla Township. By maintaining a permanent residence elsewhere they would be removed from the population estimates of Marilla Township by the US Census Bureau The population trend dating back to 1970 is displayed below. Population Chage 1970 to 2016 (Marilla Twp.) Population 500 300 200 393 362 400 268 266 213 ~ 285 100 0 I 1970 I 1980 I 1990 I 2000 I 2010 I 2016 Year -+- Population Chage 1970 to 2010 (Marilla Twp.) Source: 2010 US Census & 2016 American Fact-finder 27 �The 2000 census data displayed an average household population of 2.51 people per home, in 2010 this decreased to 2.32. The decreasing average household size correlates with an aging population within the Township which often reflects new “empty nesters”. Updates on average household size are not available from the American Fact-Finder data for 2016, but will be very useful when they are released with the 2020 census. If this trend of decreasing average household size continues it will help support the theory that the rapid decrease in population from 2010 to 2016 is in part due to a move from permanent to seasonal resident population. Displayed in the graphs below are the comparison of age groups in Marilla Township, Manistee County and the State of Michigan for 2016, as well as the changes in population of age groups for Marilla Twp. from 2000 to 2016. The data displays that Marilla Twp. has greater proportion of the population in older age cohorts than the State of Michigan, and of Manistee County in most cases. The trend for the population in the Township from 2000 to 2016 shows that there are less an less young people with more of the population in age cohorts greater than 34 years of age. When reviewing the data for 2010, Marilla Township continued to trail the County and State % of Population Age Group Comparison, 2016 Marilla Twp., Manistee Co., Michigan 30.00% 25.00% 20.00% 15.00% 10.00% 5.00% 0.00% <5 5 - 19 20 - 34 35 - 54 55 - 64 65 - 84 >84 Age Group ■ Age Group Comparison 2016 (% of the population Marilla Twp. ■ Age Group Comparison 2016 (% of the population Manistee Co. ■ Age Group Comparison 2016 (% of the population Michigan Source: 2016 American Fact-Finder Age Comparison as % of Population 2000-2016 Marilla Twp. 40.00% 30.00% 20.00% 10.00% 0.00% <5 5 - 19 20 - 34 35 - 54 55 - 64 65 - 84 ■ Age Group Comparison (% of the population) 2000 ■ Age Group Comparison (% of the population) 2010 ■ Age Group Comparison (% of the population) 2016 >84 Source: 2010 US Census 2016 American Fact-Finder 28 �in percentage of age group younger than age 55. By 2016, the Township had seen an increase in the percentage of those younger than 5, which rose above the county average, but still trailed behind the State of Michigan. The Township still maintained lower percentages for all age cohorts between age 5 and 54 in comparison to both the County and State. Percentages of the Township population between ages 55 and 64 remained larger than the County and State, and had grown significantly from 2000 to 2016. The information above points to the fact that Marilla Township continues to age, and the population is not being supplemented by new younger transplants to the community. There has been an increase in children younger than age 5 which shows that there has been a small uptick in younger families. The data supporting the aging population with a decreasing average household size may point towards more retirees in the area and the movement towards aging families where children have since left the home. Marilla is likely continuing to move from the rural agricultural community to a rural residential retiree and seasonal recreational residence destination, which seems to be backed by the change in land use assessment patterns for agricultural lands, as well as information gleamed from seasonal housing trends as displayed in the following section. 4-2 Housing and Households Between the years 2000 and 2010, the census data indicates 36 new housing structures were built, representing 14% of the total housing units. This compares to 57 new housing structures built between 1990 and 2000 and 40 structures built between 1980 and 1990, which represents 22% and 16% of the total housing units respectively. This trend displays a peak in the 1990’s in terms of new housing units, but the decrease during the 2000’s isn’t so significant to display that the community will continue to have a marked decrease in new residential homes, rather the decrease likely aligns with the poor housing market and economy of the late 2000’s. As of 2010 there are a total of 258 homes in Marilla Township, of these 80 are listed as seasonal use or 31% of the housing stock. This compares to past census data from 2000 which displayed that 65 homes or 29.3% were for seasonal use, and in 1990 there were 43 homes for seasonal use or 21.5% of the housing stock. This trend towards an increase in homes considered seasonal use over the last 30 years continues to provide data that suggests that Marilla Township is becoming more and more a seasonal rural recreational enthusiast destination. Due to a lack of data for housing type in the 2016 American Fact-Finder estimates, we are unsure at this time if the number of residential structures utilized as seasonal residences has increased. If this happens to be the case in 2020 it will provide further evidence that population Pe rcentag,e of Seaso:na I Use of Tota1I Structures. Source: 2010 US Census 29 �loss that occurred from 2010 to 2016 was in large part due to a significant portion of the population becoming seasonal residents of the Township. 77.2% of housing units in Marilla Township are 1 unit structures, mobile homes make up the second largest category at 22.8%. The percentage of mobile homes of the total housing units within the Township has decreased by about 5% since the 2000 census, while the number of 1 unit structures has increased. During the decrease in mobile homes and the increase in 1 unit structures, the median value of homes increased substantially from the 2000 census, though this may only be a coincidence. In 2000 the median value of homes in Marilla Township was $72,000; this was comparable to the median value for the County at $77,400. Data from the 2010 census displays a median value of $157,000 with a margin of error of $21,000 for Marilla Township, while the County displays a median value of $124,000 with a margin of error of $3,940. If the margin of error for Marilla Township is subtracted from the median value both the County and Township become comparable in terms of median home value. 4-3 Education/Employment/Income According to the 2010 census, attainment of a High School education within the Township was high for those in the population aged 18 to 24 years old, 71.4% had received a high school education. This was greater than the percentages of those in Manistee County and the State of Michigan at 42.3% and 29.4% respectively. Looking at those individuals aged 25 or older the attainment of a high school education or higher remains high at 82.1%, with at least 23.6% having some college, and 9% earning a 4 year degree. The attainment of a high school education or higher in Marilla Township is slightly lower than that of Manistee County at 86.9% and the State of Michigan at 88.0%. See the graph below for comparisons of education for the population aged 25 and older for Marilla Township, Manistee County and the State of Michigan. The graph displays that Marilla Township is keeping pace with both the County and State in educational attainment. Educational Atta:i nment 25 years old and older 100 ■ llie: h Sohoomor II iE:htr ■ 5Dme• Col e 11 yea, de ee Source: 2010 US Census 30 �Employment in Marilla Township relies on a labor force of 155, of which 109 are employed, 44 are unemployed and 2 are active military as detailed by the 2010 census. Over 93% of the labor force commuted to work via a car, truck or van either alone or in a carpool. The remaining population worked at home or had other means of travel. The largest occupational categories for the labor force in Marilla Township are management, business, science and arts occupations, service occupations and sales and office occupations. Marilla is a rural township with limited large employment centers, so it is likely that residents travel to other areas for employment. The mean travel time supports this assumption with an average commute of 27.7 minutes for employed residents. The median family income in Marilla Township is $57,708, with a mean family income of $85,057. The median family income has increased by almost $18,000 over the last 10 years in the Township. 11% of the population lived below the poverty level in 2010, which was an increase from the 2000 census which displayed 6% of the population below the poverty level. Marilla leads both Manistee County and the State in median family income and poverty percentage. See the graph below for comparisons. The information gleaned from the data could suggest that the existing local population may be struggling in some regards in terms of employment opportunities, wages or earnings with the increase in the poverty level, but the increase in the median family income suggests that more skilled/highly trained commuter oriented residents are moving into the Township. $60, _- ,OQ :to.~ ■ .00 fs B..90 rttlO..OO ffl'II ■ ; SS.q,ooo..og ! $5 000.00 .:5 111 11! l~ G% ~~000..00 1·i -\0'.lo..oo Si 6-,~ s . OXJ.00 4 ~ ~ ~ l. ■ Med " r ■ !'!,ff:t!M P-D~-ltY nily lnwin~ - I!' 2:ib g: _::1!,COO.,OO 0% Metrt Manl!llrl!il!! Mk.h l'1 Source: 2010 US Census 31 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �Chapter 5: Infrastructure and Facilities 5-1 Transportation All of Marilla Township is rural in nature and there are no state highways within the township boundaries. There are two major east-west roads, namely County Road 598 (Nine Mile Road and Beers Road) and County Road 600 (Thirteen Mile Road). The major north-south roads are County Road 597 (Yates Road) and Marilla Road. There are many other county roads, paved and unpaved, which are mostly in the northern and western portions of the township and served by the Manistee County Road Commission. Please view the Transportation Map on page 33. There are two small subdivisions within the township: Johnsons Manistee Shores (Section 24) and the Village of Lemon Lake (Section 6). They have one or two platted private roads within them. These roads and some of the roads through the State and National Forest are not certified public roads. The Manistee Transportation Dial-A-Ride buses service the Marilla Township area. There are two runs daily, at 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. and if residents call before 8 a.m. they can schedule a ride for that day for a nominal fee. They have a toll free number 1-800-775-RIDE. There are no railroads or airports within the township. However, the township is serviced by two nearby airports, Manistee Blacker Airport in Manistee and Cherry Capital Airport in Traverse City. 5-2 Community and Private Facilities Located on Marilla Rd. is the Marilla Township Hall which serves as a government and community center. Marilla Museum and Pioneer Place is owned by the township and is operated and financially supported by the Marilla Historical Society. It is located on the same township property as the Marilla Township Hall. The Marilla Church of the Brethren is located within the township. There are three colleges within a reasonable commute to Marilla Township: Northwestern Michigan College in Traverse City, Baker College in Cadillac and West Shore Community College in Scottville. Marilla Twp. Hall Police protection is provided by the Manistee County Sheriff’s Department and the Michigan State Police. The Maple Grove Township volunteer fire department covers Marilla Township, and both Maple Grove and Thompsonville provide emergency medical service, along with West Shore Medical Center. Four hospitals are within an hour’s drive of Marilla Township. They are West Shore Medical Center in Manistee; Mercy Hospital in Cadillac; Paul Oliver in Frankfort; and Munson Medical Center in Traverse City. 33 �The Kaleva branch of the Manistee County Library, along with the Mesick branch of the CadillacWexford County Library and the Thompsonville Library provide library services for people within the township. There is a yearly trash pickup service provided by the township and roadside service weekly garbage disposal is contracted by individual participation. 5-3 Education System Marilla Township is served by three different school districts. A major portion of the township is within the Mesick school system, with most of the balMarilla Twp. Museum and Pioneer Place ance being within the Kaleva Norman Dickson school system. A small portion of the township in the northwest corner is in the Benzie County Central School district. View the School District Map on page 35. The school districts offer education from kindergarten through twelfth grade, with a variety of extra-curricular activities in the form of team sports and various clubs relating to academics, band and orchestra, art and drama. It is important to emphasize the importance of education to the youth of the Township, and efforts should be made to participate in regional programs that pursue higher educational opportunities in the form of college or trade schools for those children in high school. 34 �A B C D E Transportation System Map Harlan Erwin Marilla Township Transportation System Viaduct Thirteen Mile Benton Erwin Reno ' t> 1 Litzen Yates 1 2 2 Hulls Marilla Winters 000 22 80 5 FR Litzen Lintula FR East Bigge West Bigge FR McClish South Wiitala 3 Old N : ine Mile 19 80 Beers Six nt Poi North Star ry West Sweets Ravine FR Po le ..-----, CJ Water Bodies I I [ ____ I Wexford County 809 FR 6 0.5807 FR 1 FR 54 81 2 2 FR 0 ..-----, I e C re ek ch an FR I Slagl R 5 FR 8 USFS Open Roads [ ____ I Manistee County 79 Streams 80 I North 1 075 Marilla Township Number One le Po Roads Ri v er la p ee Sh 3 FR 807 9 FR 806 Legend 20 71 Up pe r 06 3 FR FR 5482 FR 8 W iit a FR 4 802 3 Miles 80 80 Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. A B C 35 4 Number One Ol d Ma ril la 77 79 4 Bl ue be r Aspen Nu mb er On e Howes Nine Mile 3 D E 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �B C E School Districts Erwin MarillaMap Township School Districts D Harlan A Viaduct Thirteen Mile 1 4 3 Litzen 5 Yates 6 1 2 1 11 12 ti!" Benton Reno 7 Erwin 8 2 9 10 2 Hulls Lintula \ 14 FR 22 80 East Bigge West Bigge FR 19 80 Beers 21 20 23 24 27 26 25 3 28 77 79 FR 8 W iit a 06 3 le Po 075 Roads ...... Marilla Twp Sections ,------, l____ Manistee County 2 809 I I FR County l____ J Wexford I J ,------, 0.5807 FR 1 FR 54 81 2 Benzie Central 36 Mesick 3 Miles 80 80 B Slagl C 37 4 e C re ek Kaleva Norman Dickson Map produced by Manistee County Planning Dept. A 20 71 North School District FR 0 FR ch an CJ Water Bodies 6 35 4 802 la ., Po , ....J Marilla Township le I FR vin e R FR 79 80 Streams FR 8 USFS Open Roads 5 34 Ra p ee Sh 3 FR 807 9 FR 806 Legend 33 ets 1 ,i..... 32 we Ri v er ; 31 tS Up pe r i FR 5482 ■ We s Number One 4 Old M FR arill a North Star ry la 29 Bl ue be r iita 30 Nu mb er hW On e ut So Howes Nine Mile 22 Number One Old N ine M ile 13 McClish South Wiitala 19 3 15 Litzen 16 000 17 5 FR 18 Marilla [ I D E 5 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �Chapter 6: Marilla Township 2018 Master Plan Goals & Objectives 6-1 Goals and Objectives 6-1.1 General Community Goals 1. Preserve the history and rural atmosphere of the township. -Protect farm and forestland through the use of PDR and open space preservation 1. Encourage preservation tools to be used in the Township to help preserve valuable natural features and maintain rural character -Encourage denser development where infrastructure is available 1. Research and determine the locations of service areas and infrastructure that can provide for higher densities 2. Research areas where soils will allow septic/well in higher densities -Promote the preservation and restoration of historic structures 1. Promote the use of grant funds and/or private investment to preserve and restore historic sites within the Township -Promote the history and uniqueness of the Township 1. Maintain an archival collection of Marilla’s historic past 2. Continue to promote the Marilla Museum and Pioneer Place as a tourist attraction 2. Preserve and protect the quality of life within the Township. -Encourage opportunities for community fellowship 1. Continued support for groups and programs such as the Senior Meals (meals on wheels), Food Bank, Friends of Marilla and Historical Society as well as promoting the availability of the Township Hall for rental -Promote opportunities for community service 1. Compile list of ways people can help such as with spring cleanup of Twp. properties, Funeral dinners, etc. 3. Preserve and maintain the natural beauty of the Township. -Promote clean landscape and roadways 1. Encourage active citizen participation in programs such as “Adopt a Highway” through the County Road Commission. 2. Enforce the Township Junk Ordinance 3. Provide at least one Township wide cleanup opportunity for residents per year -Protect the natural resources within the Township 1. Continued enforcement of Environmental Ordinances. 2. Work with Federal, State and local agencies as well as private groups such as land trusts and conservancies to purchase and protect valuable environmental locations 39 �6-2.2 Residential Goals 1. Promote and maintain a quality housing stock. -Encourage proper building codes so new structures meet State guidelines 1. Work with building code officials to ensure all construction projects obtain proper permits -Encourage enforcement of zoning regulations to reduce blight; i.e. structures, cars, trash, junk, etc. 1. Educate residents on how to notify the Township of potential zoning violations 2. Keep sound accurate public records of zoning violations and the correspondence with property owners of said violations -Maintain an inventory of blighted structures throughout the Township; i.e. damaged, dilapidated, unhabitable structures 1. Develop and enforce appropriate guidelines regarding removal of such structures 2. The Township Zoning Administrator and Assessors should work in collaboration to maintain a list of blighted structures. -Maintain regulatory measures for screening/buffering 1. Enforce screening and buffering through land use permitting. 6-2.3 Commercial Goals 1. Plan for commercial growth near areas such as Marilla Rd. which have seen commercial development in the past. -Encourage commercial enterprises to locate in areas which do not detract from the visual character and rural atmosphere of the area. 1. Enforce buffer zones and landscaping so commercial enterprises do not detract from the aesthetics of the township. -Maintain higher intensity commercial uses solely in commercial districts 1. Maintain commercial uses that fall under home occupation or cottage industry for both commercial/residential districts 2. Maintain intense commercial uses i.e. gas stations, convenience stores, oil change, etc. to be located in the commercial district 6-2.4 Agricultural Goals 1. Recognize that agriculture is an important aspect of Marilla Township and adds to the scenic and rural character of the community. -Educate about the use of farmland preservation applications 1. Have P.A. 116 applications available at the Township Hall -Maintain variable lot sizes to allow both small family farms and large agricultural enterprises 1. Enforce lot size standards in the zoning ordinance -Maintain a subdivision ordinance that promotes preservation of agricultural areas 1. Developers seeking to create subdivisions should be do so through the use of conser- vation based design. Utilization of the cluster development standards should be a priority with the incentive of density bonuses providing leverage. 40 �6-2.5 Community Services and Infrastructure Goals 1. Determine ways to improve community services and infrastructure within the Township. -Develop a list of roads in need of improvement 1. Work with the County Road Commission on maintaining and improving county roads -Examine ways to improve Township solid waste services and encourage recycling 1. Continue support and maintain enrollment in the County recycling program -Encourage options for improved telecommunications services (internet, cell phone) 1. Examine current height restrictions and district uses for towers 2. Increase cell coverage in the community. -Monitor Township buildings and properties to ensure they are properly maintained 1. Property maintenance will avoid costly unnecessary capital expenses due to neglect. 2. Maintain a Township Zoning Administrator. -Provide fair equitable treatment when administering zoning regulations 1. Enforce the zoning ordinance as written, equally for all residents -Maintain quality records to be kept and made available at the Township Hall 1. Accurate public records of all land use permits, zoning violations, citations, evidence and correspondence should be kept on file at the Township Hall 6-2.6 Forestry Goals 1. Promote sustainable forest management practices on both public and private lands. -Support open space and forest preservation programs 1. Encourage timber management programs -Encourage proper forestry management through the use of forestry management plans. 1. Obtain pamphlets that outline methods for development of a forestry management plan. 2. Identify opportunities for hosting or attendance by Township residents of forestry management workshops/lectures through the Manistee Conservation District and/or Natural Resource Conservation Service. 41 �Page Left Intentionally Blank �Chapter 7: Future Land Use Plan The future land use plan provides a direction for the policy of how a land area is to be shaped through the regulatory requirements of zoning. Future land use districts differ from zoning districts in that they are established policy, and are not regulatory in nature. The policy established by land use districts provides a broad summary of the allowances and characteristics that Marilla Township should use when developing the regulations of the Township zoning ordinance. Through this master plan revision process of 2012, the following land use districts are established within Marilla Township and can be seen displayed on the Future Land Use Map on page 63: • • • • • • Residential District Rural-Residential District Commercial-Residential District Resource Preservation District Forest Recreation District Wetlands District 7-1 Residential District: The establishment of the residential land use district is to provide a more dense area for the development of residential homes. Lot sizes should be maintained in a fashion that allows for the development of denser residential subdivisions, but should also allow for ample room to provide for both septic and well systems in the absence of sewer and water service which is currently unavailable within the Township. Lot sizes approximately 1 acre in size is desirable in this district and should be complimented with appropriate setbacks and limitations for quality housing stock. Pre-existing locations of residential structures on small lots and areas that have been subdivided for such a purpose of smaller residential lots should receive a land use designation of residential. Uses within this district should limit intense industrial and commercial operations, but should have allowances for cottage industries and home based occupations perhaps as a special use or use by right with appropriate provisions. Regulatory provisions for home based businesses should have allotments for signage, parking, access, and lighting and in some cases screening or buffering. Use of the land for gardens or other similar agricultural or hobby farm type use should be encouraged, but may be limited to the production of fruit and vegetable crops. The keeping of livestock should be weighed carefully and if allowed, precautions should be taken regulatory wise to ensure the protection of neighboring properties via limits on the number and/or type of animals or method in which they are fenced or housed. This district may be amended in the future to provide for more suburban style growth in the form of Planned Unit Developments (PUD’s) or more strictly residential style neighborhoods. In the event that revisions are made it will be very important to explore conservation based design, which will promote and preserve the rural character while still allowing increased density. A subdivision ordinance should be instituted also at that time. 7-2 Rural-Residential District: The rural residential land use district is established to provide for a medium to low density 43 �land use for rural residences. Marilla Township is a rural community with abundant forest lands and agricultural uses. Protection of the character of the Township and the rural atmosphere is sought after by many residents within the community. Large lot sizes are desirable in many locations, but can cause difficulty when minimum lots sizes are dictated at upwards of 40 acres for the protection of agricultural lands and resources, making it difficult for existing property owners to provide parcels of land to relatives for the purpose of building a home. Existing rural residential land uses captured areas of the Township with parcel sizes and existing residences that fit the current character of the land. Expansion of this district was sought after, but not at the expense of the protection of agricultural lands and the character of the community. Discussion amongst appointed and elected officials as well as residents of the Township sought to seek a solution to the issue. It was decided that expansion of the district linearly along paved roads to a depth of 300’ would provide allowances for the subdividing of larger parcels to place rural residences along roadways, while still providing the protection for larger lots located further off of the roadway. All structures for residences should be placed within the 300’ of this district. Provisions within this district should provide for minimum road frontage and/or minimum parcel width that will allow for the placement of residential structures, but won’t allow for extremely skinny lots with minimum frontage that could be utilized to fit as many residences as possible along roadways. Protection of view sheds is important to the character of the community and limiting the density of development through minimum widths along the paved roads will help to ensure this. Land uses within the district should allow for agricultural uses, whether in typical farming practices or in the form of support structures for agriculture such as feed/machinery stores, silos, accessory structures and other agricultural uses. The placement of hunting or vacation cabins should continue to be allowed and encouraged. Cottage industries and home based occupations are also rather important to the district and should have provisions for allowances and site planning such as signage, parking, lighting and screening/buffering where appropriate. This district may be amended in the future to provide for more suburban style growth in the form of Planned Unit Developments (PUD’s) or more strictly residential style neighborhoods. In the event that revisions are made it will be very important to explore conservation based design, which will promote and preserve the rural character while still allowing increased density. A subdivision ordinance should be instituted also at that time. 7-3 Commercial-Residential District: Historically commercial presence within the Township was located along Marilla Rd. between 9-Mile Rd. and Beers Rd. The few existing commercial uses within the Township are located here and as such the establishment of this district relies upon placement within this land area. The commercial-residential land use district is developed to host both commercial and residential land uses. As the character of Marilla Township is very rural there is limited commercial development within the community. As continued development occurs, albeit projected to be rather slow over the coming years for the Township, commercial uses should be directed to this land use district with allowances for commercial type uses that are above and beyond the definition or scope of a home based occupation or cottage industry. As time passes and land use changes, there may be a point where the direction of this land use district may turn solely towards allowances for commercial use. In the event of this occurrence, to protect existing residences, regulatory measures should be flexible enough to allow for the replacement of a structure within the original footprint should a home be destroyed by a weather event, fire or malicious intent of man, even if residential uses are no longer allowed. 44 �Provisions within the zoning ordinance for this district should outline setbacks, parking, building materials, driveway access and connections to neighboring properties, signage, lighting and buffering/screening when needed. These provisions should be drafted to protect neighboring properties, provide higher quality commercial buildings, but still be flexible enough to promote business without creating undue hardship to potential business owners. 7-4 Resource Preservation District: The resource preservation district is created with the purpose of protecting the rural character, open spaces and agricultural areas of the Township. Establishment of large areas of land as Resource Preservation meets the existing conditions of those areas, which in most cases are large parcels located off of seasonal roads or greater than 300 feet from a maintained road right-of-way. Residential development of these areas is limited due to distance from maintained roads, and the growth pressures of the region don’t warrant these large expanses to be made available for housing. Agricultural uses are encouraged within these areas as are lands maintained under forest management plans for the harvesting of timber. Uses associated with agriculture whether in typical farming practices or in the form of support structures for agriculture such as feed/machinery stores, silos, accessory structures and other agricultural uses should be allowed. Recreational uses of these large land tracks are also important, and should be encouraged by the permitting of hunting or recreational cabins. Roadside stands and other temporary means of selling local produce or agricultural products should be allowed and utilized. Cottage industries and home based occupations should be permitted as well. These areas are rural lands and should be maintained as such with limited development, and the maintaining of large minimum parcel sizes. Subdivision development should not be allowed in the future in all land areas within this district, and should be directed to the Rural Residential District. 7-5 Forest Recreation District: Lands owned by the State of Michigan Department of Forest Resources or Department of Natural Resources (DNR) as well as the United States Forest Service (USFS) for the purpose of passive recreational open space can be found in several areas of Marilla Township. These lands set aside in the public trust are portions of the Pere Marquette State Forest and the Manistee National Forest. Primarily used for passive recreational uses such as fishing, hunting, hiking, biking, snowshoeing, cross-country skiing, snowmobiling and camping, the lands are not slated for, or open for development as directed by policy or regulated via zoning through the Township. Placement of these lands within a land use district which focuses on the encouragement and promotion of passive recreational use simplifies land use issues for the Township. Uses promoted within this land use district should be primarily passive recreational. The township should support and incorporate plans for these public lands that have been created by the Federal government in the form of the Huron-Manistee National Forest Management Plan and similar plans adopted by the State for the management of State Forest Lands. There should not be any densities denoted, minimum parcel size or regulatory measures for the use of this property outside of recreation. 45 �In the event that a portion of State or Federal land is turned over to private ownership, that new property owner should be given the flexibility of a waived fee for rezoning of that particular piece of property. The rezoning of the property should align itself with the neighboring zoning districts, character and use of the site. Rezoning shall take place in all cases when a land transfer has occurred from public to private ownership, before the issuance of a land use permit for development activities undertaken by a private resident. 7-6 Wetland District: The wetland district is created to provide protection of unique wetlands 5 acres in size or larger or connected to a riparian system or lake within the Township. The boundaries for the wetland district were taken from the National Wetland Inventory and are identified as such. Uses within the district should be limited to passive agricultural processes such as the grazing of livestock and passive recreational interests such as hiking, fishing and hunting. No dwellings, structures or earth altering activities should be allotted for within this district. It is recognized that there are inaccuracies in the boundaries of the National Wetland Inventory. A property owner wishing to challenge and alter the boundary of the wetland district to provide for the expansion of the neighboring land use district, shall provide a wetland delineation plan by a professional wetland specialist, landscape architect, soil scientist or horticulturist approved for wetland plant identification which displays the appropriate boundaries and provides evidence for the delineation of the site. The Township Planning Commission would then take action to amend the Future Land Use Map, and the Zoning Map if evidence supports the action. 46 �A B C Future Land Use Map 2012 D E Harlan Marilla Township Future Land Use Map 2018 14 1 1 6 3 4 5 2 1 . -i 16 -~I -I "'\ •q; r6 7 'JJ . I 8 11 12 '0 ' 2 10 9 ,---;! 2 FR 22 80 000 14 5 FR 15 16 17 18 FR 3 19 20 30 21 22 23 24 28 27 26 25 3 22 1/2 4 075 D [~::] Manistee County [~::::J Wexford County 6 807 FR FR A 154 - 8 FR B R-1 092 CR-1 RP-1 2 Miles 81 W-1 RR-1 0 08 0.5 Parcels D D 8 FR 0 36 26 FR I 5 Number One 1 FR 7 80 35 Future Land Use Marilla Twp Sections FR 8 D Water 9 Bodies ...., .11■11 Marilla Township USFS Open Roads Streams FR 20 71 FR 5482 Roads 34 FR 06 3 3 FR 807 9 FR 806 Legend 053 FR 8 FR 8 33 32 4 802 Number One 77 79 31 5 19 80 FR 4 29 13 Map producd by the Manistee County Planning Dept. 12/14/2017 C 47 D E �Page Left Intentionally Blank �Appendix A: Survey and Public Forum Results The following information contained within Appendix A displays the actual results of the survey and public forum conducted in 2007. A public forum was held during the 2012 Master Plan Revision Process and the comments received mirrored those results from 2007. The following pages are scanned images of the Appendix from the 2008 adopted Master Plan. APPENDIX A CommLFn«y Su~ Results 150 surveys wet& mailed out 1n A ~ 2007 1 Ctieck a~ a1 !he Ma,ma TOIMlShip. 74 Wl!!!re ,etume<:i. or 49% ~ th.!t c1 re ~ lhat you INl!!I or have ~ 110 Like nJral rnting w: 59 che<'J,:ed Like ttie recreational ov1}0ftunb:'.IS .. 50 chedc:ed No clo,a,e ne;g~ = 2'9 ~ e d Br;imand ,a~ he.re- 24checked Uke the conirriuney =- 22 chedc:ed Farmi11g .:. 21 checked c~ w remity • 21 checked ~ t e , ~ ;::; 18 chedc:ed Retired here • 16 ~edl Qua~ of schook =- 12 ched;l!ld Moro.able- hou!i~ = 8 ~ Commam:s made by peop4e w1'-lo ~ ottl&-r: Low tnes ~ smali doM- community_ Quiet lnYe!!b'ne!nt. W.llm to retire ~re. F'rOXUTlity to the n:B1ion:ltlstate fOl88'f. Price in 1986. Hopng fof cllilr)g& and growtt,_ Can't sell the ptace for what wa:!i pan:t 2. What Elf8 you most coocemed about ;,n Manila- Towns hip? Taxes .:: 44 c:h6d«td Bhgl'lled prope~ = 29 ci'leckP-d Job$=28~ YCM..11h IB-2\ling the a~ :.: 1g ~Eld Old mobile ~ = 1-8 ~ Air arid W3tef" qiJo8Aity =- 1a checbd Traffic .:. 12 checked Ht!alltiS11!1~=11 ~ mede by people ""10 checked orh&r:. PQssible- dlange ir1 v:iniog allowing sman paroois 10 be bullft on caLJs:lng ~ ........ ry ll]~g-o'Wdjl')QI, No businesses. Sfower pace of liff!' 'than ii'! b!irge ~ Rflt.ain rural ag. w~. TaxM muc;h ~ h.gh, 49 . �Neighbol ts. a je11t;. lad; of l"IO'W" h ~ . OQn--gnJWJOg community. Abser'ltee ~ ~ i n g here- with AlV!J and high wcFiclGilJ- WE!a~. 'IN(N.d(I like :s.QITie -growth in seleded are.As. Woold lb to s.ee- mote !fDUng t!imi1~. ~i41-tam toJesr-s aM water 1;1uetity, We do l"lav-e Sa'n8I ~ cmi ~oned homes in gmat d,11;irepair, 3 Marirta TOW2l.$1'Np '5hoiJld g.-ow ~~ populaCk>n in the otNTijog years. 4 eltoog~ ~ ?.839..-ee 12 oo opinKJn 19disagr~ 12 strongty ar.iag,ee 4 Marnia Town$hli;i ~ I d hBYe fflOf"e d 8 ~ in the oomjng ye-.ars. 4 stt-ongly "Ql"ee 27 agr«> 11 opinion 17di§grM 16 !lml'lg~ &sagn;,e "'° How do you feel the followir-.g ~ ~ Q'\i-ng,ad in MarHla Townsti.i9 jn thepas.tftveyears? Ro1'd CtJ:nditiorrs. 2 = ~ \l'!Onl9; 1!':i - ..wor.i.e-, 38 :-:- ~ - 17 =- belUer, 0 ■ ffll.JC.l'J ~ Traffic.: S = l1KKft 'WOl"9&, 22 ■ W'(Jq,I;; -46 = $illfll!I; 0:..: lbettfl,_ 0 • mudi ~ Natural l=nvirnnment: 1 ... .11'1udll worw; 1-4 "' ~ . 44 !!' Ml'l'le; ~ = bettor, 0 = mucl'I ~ T~~ServioeG; 1 = ml.ld'l ~ . 7 ■ ~ ; "41 ■ :5-llffl!I; 8, = beth!1r; 'l II rr.dl ~ Ovefillt Quality of Lite: 0 a IT-IL!d'I ~ ; ,d = ~ . ~ " !I.Sm!!', 1-4 = ~ 1 = muct, beltsr. 6. Maril~ Town:shiJ) stiou~ plan ki,r mQfe single- ramiy t\ome::s, 9 strongly ;agree :2..5 i:lgPll;M;I 11 t1a opinJQn 19 disagree 11 ~~ d~ret! 7. In wheit ilre& of ~ TOWT1$hi:p :liho,,i.lll;j there be .f'OOfl!I ~kienti.a• det.'eiopffleril if any? 12 :9.a1d .no where Atl!II~ l}~t af-e uosuilable for fufe&try and egricuitureMal'll1$! Road 50 �Off Bai:tra Road - Litten Road Be-t!:ton 21nd Man~ ~~$ Keep developmenl where tha-11;1 ;;1lr~ i s ~ Nine Moo Road, Va~ ~oad An!:i::11 -c::~ to Kaleva Change 40 acttr minirnurn to ?O acres A.roolld C-JCistiftg T'1irteen Mile Road A r i ~ . as more '1-olnetL would raise- lt'8 tax baseAfiy .ate.a Uiil'i i$. n o t " ~ fannlaoo •0Wn!i a Agria.J ltl.lr4 is an ~ ~ of M,uil la T~s.ti]p's econom~30 ~ t y 1!9~ ~~,~ 8 no opinioo 1 disagn!e 2 WOtlgly disagree 9. A,grictJll,1,J11;1! is "'" importan• featl.Jre cf Mariila Town:ship':s l~md'~~pe. J5 stroogl',' agree 28 agree 7 no0piflioll .td~ 1 s1rong1y d~me 10. Pri\lat!:! l)ruPf.!rl:v ~ldi b8 ma~~l"liBd ~n a ~Y 10 avoid n1,,1i:$.ari¢e'$, eye3Q1es heallh or ~ haulrus. ~2 mting~ agree 37~ 4 no op,ir\;iQn 1 diaagtee 1 woogry dis.agree 11 _ M.i!inl.;li TQ'WJ"!Wlip should' Pf-O'l'idfi: mo,e, P',!btiic ~ M l opportuooie.s. 5 wongry agree 24.igteeo l7 l'IO ~niQn 2'0d,sagree 9 sfropgly d~ltll!II 12 . \IV'hat ~ the 0ne thing you woukl do k:I impmve M;;11nlla TO'Alnsliip? Sh)I) the 40 aa-11 requlranent - 4% Need beneJ bt.Jiltfi'.g i n ~ . nnprove ~ ~- Maka ~ r t y ~ clean up pmpeny_ Be ~ to put a docent size trailef on smaller~knproYe hunting hatiit;;lt, 51 aoo �0 & C ~} K6'Bp aae.age requ,irernet1l8 up ror tiullk1-jr,g. Keep ta>:e-s. low-. Donl s.eet to a d d ~ ~t Jii~1 W;;tnted. l..Jl<e it lbs way ;t is.; keep it rum I; -leave it 1;111~ (t: q (J_~ lmP,O't8 road ~ i ~ , routine gr~i.-.g, irn~roved Sl'Kl'fll plowir19. Make- &utl!I al• Oldinam;es that ,1;11~ p.l;IIS~ 8re enfon:iealMe. LQWer blxe~ because we ga1 ootfl~ng for them. Bike ~f'ks. Grocery store. Bring m new ii,ornes, ~ growth. Mo~ $eilior t:itize11 acmiities ~l'Nice ii week). A.s,.<;urniFlg a, nude.Br weapons dl!Jtonation is 01.Jl or thE!- qu8Slion, Lc1iking a bulldozer to !hat moos1rosity 11n f rorn of tt,e cemet8f'/ "WOUk:I tie the next 0 $ {~) @ (h e 0 © ® G 0 0 0 . ~tlhmg. Plan, and al~ groJilllth. OWSl'p(lpl.llsre.d. Keep lhe area pristine and Paw R'IOf& road:s. R~ation: Blk-e. hike "nd i;;ki nil e~9:lll. Inocre.a!Se PJllO'll'tfT10i:iiie l'er'lt.:IIEi, wr;,,11: with -i;;ki lod!tii» to p ~ tov.rism. Slow- thl! traffic Or'I Beers R~ l<Hp -&.):sstirtg bt.isi ~ -illn;I keep tlloe de~lc;ii;,ment aOWfl , R ~ toownahiJ) bo,Elrd, l<et;!p M$ril~ ~~ SI n.1rat 10'Ml!Sllip, Provide tree tnJSh ~ P ~ a y,e3r lo h e l p ~ &yes.ores.. A Cilring towMhip board 'lll'T1t'I good \/iBiofi. Give ~ attenli-oo 10 'What we ha\11!1 . Tfilffic :iilld trudts. *'® RemoVf! lt'8 fee lo u~ •~ ~ Country 'f~i• on Beers Rosid, Provide tt&h G C I ~ . "°' trt @ fo G @ & @ @ 0 @ t;:: e ¼ ? 0 Continue 1o develop an and culture and tys10n,c pttlM!JNa'bon. 13. yt!UJ w.on fol MeJrjla l'&wn&n_. 11'1 1en ~ ? 8 ~ lt"dils - 1,&~er;t;ed Rutal chara(;isr rneiml;lllined - 24 dleticed ThrMng agncutrure -· 41 chocked Good oounby roads - 51 i:hecked OiVet&e agliCultute - 25 ched(ed Nothing c h ~ - 13 ooecl(ed Recteatic)rlEII QPPQ1tuniti8!:ii - 19 dledl;ed "w\"hal is JQb QPpomlriities ~ 21 ched:;~ Other - 6 ched<ed: f:}- *11 0 ~h 52 �. 0 . . . Good tOi:ld:5. Job oppo,,tunities wi!I occtJf lMth 1r'l(;rf;!l41sed rec:reali-on-a• anc:1 toumm opporlu nit ie-5.. P.ayi11g 52,000 a ~ , to h.1Jve yc)I.Jr ro&d pkN;ed IS .a st'IElme; no seririoes rar 0\11" ~e!i is a .ti;gger s.h.a:rna-. Q1,1iet Bgria.Jlturar ctM!'NTH,mity wiUlin a oomfoft'lble drMr!g distance tc city life - an ~pe. New home! aoo fan'i11~ bringing growth to an outdlilted com.mt.1nity ~ - ~ let's ~o,p. More ~has.~ on ~ii and nerura1 pl'e$f;!irv~'lion of ~andg. ~11;1 . . • waterways. COl'lbvJred growth iw;a1 allow e;Kll8nsion or ~ . b\l-$inei:!ies and recteatioll. Thfs w;n help maintain tne- tural areas aoo grow tne- ~ base to benefit 1;111! ~ii:fon,s... Eyesores aM elirnlr'l8ted . Dirt roads. pine trees, (»yOtes and 'Weeda. SH me as it's b&en fot 138 '.)'ei811"$. On.,i"1ks, iri-bfed hilfbll- t(IQ !Wiry lo get a Joo. Hope I am oot h~~ 1n ~ O years. I ~kf iite, t¢- see more yQulJ'I cQm~r19 .in to live heM. They are lmf.lOltP l"lf to growth ar a OOMmooity, r would like 10 see it stay a i;lc)$e QQlllmunlty and fllll'tle1e ~ l e can .affOid to li\l'E! on a birt intlolne or SSI , Al'lllOUnce ~ P mee~ ~ wi1h irrvitati(ll"I for aiir board meet,ng~. Offer programs. fD, ehirdren to gel ~ inle~ted in farm lr\ling . I-tome o o s i ~ ilre a b"eod. How-t:IQ we regulilte lhem?: Le1 newer rurtgll!;!I wide trailer~ be put i"t. 53 �0 APPENDIX B Co,mmi.mity I r1?,lt and Planning P~e; MarMla Tl!Wn$h~ Plan11i~ Corfvrusmn metriber$ fiJSt met Novemtier 20_2[)()5 to~ n H.,., ~ of updatillg the ~ter pl~ri. Al the end o1 Novernbe1". two mernbett. ot the pti11niflg comm:iss.on ~ ~ Sue W&gncr, ~nty f>Lenner. to get in,_put into the- proce::u and seek t:M- pbnrang (S,eQ,aP1meril's Milfi 1n 11,1p:;1:;rting tht!iit plc1n. A 1afmel contract belW88n Marill'il TQWne.hip aM the Mani~ C:11.mty Planning DePa,rtmeflt WM ernered into ~n t=etil1Jj1)1 of 2007. On March 5, 2007 a Notice of lnlimt lo uQdffle their ma stet pt.ea, was sen1 out tiy Marilla TQ'liYI\Ship to neighboring comm1.1n-itiM. and Qther l)erties ais required tiy law. ~te began in April 2007, 'With the cou~ planner meeting wi1tt the ! ~ i p pl;anning oommjsslon on April 9 ,1;1 nd ~ril 25_ JLJM 4, P~iminary W'0l1i: on t.M! 2007wasanod'M!twalk~n0fl ~ ?laPl. A p~ic input l"n&B\Jng waa. seheduled for August 13, 2007 to get ideas .and ttxMJghts. fmm Marillti TrMffl-h•p ~ - A,ppl'O:irirootefV severi ~ attandf;!d this mo.Ming , in iidditiorl to the .,ta r'ltlif'IS C"-Q1T1m~iQ11. It WH, 818,o, ~ to $end OU! .a SU~ to get a ~rg6J nUl"l"ti4!Jr af Marillo TOWll:!ihit:J property ovmefl!i lnvolVe<l . Random name:s and l:lldd~ ware g,et.e(:ted fnxn the tax ~I and 1:50 surveys were $.t}(I{ ovt, of wnicfl 74 IN8f8 1'8b.Jmed (See .Appendl)I A). On Oc:tooer a. 2007 lhe $11.Jrvey result'! were ai,s.cuU(!,(f The planri~ng 00lMlmio.r'I nw ~ t ~ Umes during ll'lis s,nxies.s. fNe of lhosa ~ ~ couflty planl'le,. All r'nfJifJtings wero posted and the public in'l'itec:I . A pubic heafil'I!} on the p4an was fllo,p,e,rfV noticed and The tiealif1g .atso pmvidt!d si time for ~bo1ic .:,, w 54 held ot1 ,tlf)U1 and �Questions or Comments regarding the content of this Master Plan should be directed to the Marilla Township Planning Commission. 55 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Marilla-Twp_Master-Plan_2018 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning Commission, Marilla Township, Manistee County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2018-04-12 Title A name given to the resource Marilla Township Master Plan Description An account of the resource The Marilla Township Master Plan was prepared by the Marilla Township Planning Commission and was adopted by the Township Board on April 12, 2018. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Marilla Township (Mich.) Manistee County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/1997ccd779088848d5ee3e7c1a512e9c.pdf 89da600912df516561d5c629a0602251 PDF Text Text MANISTEE TOWNSHIP MANISTEE COUNTY, MICHIGAN PERMANENT ZONING ORDINANCE Drafted by: GOCKER.""tAN, WILSON, BROBERG & SAYLOR, P.C. By: RICHARD M. WILSON, JR. Attorneys at Law 414 Water Street Manistee, MI 49660 (616) 723-8333 �• FRpM THE LIBRARY OF . Planning & Zoning Center~ Inc:· MANISTEE TOWNSHIP ZONING MAP 1986 Q D Wetlands Big Manistee River Corridor Multiple Use High Density Residential Rl Resort Residential R2 Cou,1t;:-y Residential R3 Multi-Family ReLiidcr,Lial R4 CommerciaJ.Restricted :t /LU, eJt Va. - 14 " tion · Ut,e. • • .. High Veruilty Re.6 id e.ntiai. 1 u �INDEX ARTICLE I - Preamble SECTION 1.1 - Title SECTION 1.2 - General Purpose SECTION 1.3 - Authority ARTICLE II SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION Definitions 2.1 - Introduction 2.2 - Accessory Buildings or Structure 2.3 - Accessory Use 2.4 - Agriculture 2.5 - Airport 2.6 - Airport Hazard Area 2.7 - Airport Hazard 2.8 - Alter 2.9 - Basement or Cellar 2.10- Bluffline 2.11- Boathouse 2.12- Buildings 2.13- Bulk Storage Facility 2.14- Cabin 2.15- Cabin Court or Cabin Park 2.16- Campground 2.17- Central Production Facility 2.18- Day Care Centers 2.19- Driveway 2.20- Dwelling 2.21- Erect 2.22- Erosion Control Device 2.23- Existing Building 2.24- Family 2.25- Farms 2.26- Farm Buildings 2.27- Floor Area 2.28- Forestry 2.29- Garage 2.30- High Risk Erosion Area 2.31- Highway 2.32- Home Occupation 2.33- Industrial Building 2.34- Institutional Building 2.35- Land Use Permit 2.36- Lodge 2.37- Lot Lines 2.38- Mineral 2.39- Mining 2.40- Mining Permit 2.41- Mobile Home 2.42- Mobile Home Park 2.43- Motel 2.44- Moveable Structure 2.45- Neighborhood 1 l 2 2 2. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 �SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION 2.462.472.482.492.502.512.522.532.542.552.562.572.582.592.602.612.622.632.642.652.662.672.682.692.702.712.722.732.742.752.762.772.782.792.80- Non-conforming Lot Non-conforming Uses Ordinary High Water Mark Operator Parcel Park Principal Structure Private and Industrial Pipe Lines Public Meeting Place Public Utilities Recession Rates Reclamation Plan Retail, Commercial & Wholesale Stores River Roadside Stand Service Institutions Setback Lines Setback Requirement Shoreland Shoreline Site Plan State Licens~d Residential Facility Street Sign Structure Sweetening Plant Tourist Home Trailer Trailer Court or Park Tree Use Waste Water's Edge Wetland Yard 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 ARTICLE III - Land SECTION 3.1 SECTION 3.2 SECTION 3.3 SECTION 3.4 SECTION 3.5 SECTION 3.6 SECTION 3.7 SECTION 3.8 - Use Districts Land Use Districts Identification of Official Zoning Map Authority of Official Zoning Map Changes to Official Zoning Map Replacement of Official Zoning Map Rules of Interpretation Purposes SIC References 15 15 15 15 16 16 17 17 ARTICLE IV - Residential Districts, Rl-R4 SECTION 4.10 - High Density Residential, Discrict R-1 Use Regulations SECTION 4.11 - Minimums SECTION 4.20 - Resort Residential, District R-2 Use Regulations SECTION 4.21 - Minimums SECTION 4.30 - Country Residential, District R-3 Use Regulations 9 17 18 18 18 18 �SECTION 4.31 - Minimums SECTION 4.40 - Multi-Family Residential District R-4 Use Regulations SECTION 4.41 - Minimums 19 19 19 ARTICLE V - AG-Forest Preservation District, AP-1 SECTION 5.1 - Use Regulations SECTION 5.2 - Minimums SECTION 5.3 - Additional Special Use Criteria SECTION 5.4 - Seasonal Help Housing 19 20 20 20 ARTICLE VI - Multiple-Use District, M-1 SECTION 6.1 - Use Regulations SECTION 6.2 - Minimums 21 21 ARTICLE VII - Restricted Commercial District, CR-1 SECTION 7.1 - Use Regulations SECTION 7.2 - Minimums 22 23 ARTICLE VIII SECTION SECTION SECTION - Connnercial District, C-1 8.1 - Use Regulations 8.2 - Minimums 8.3 - Manistee Lake Regulations 23 24 24 ARTICLE IX SECTION SECTION SECTION Wetlands District, W-1 9.1 - Use Regulations 9.2 - Minimums 9.3 - Additional Special Use Criteria 26 26 26 ARTICLE X - Industrial District, I-1 SECTION 10.1 - Use Regulations SECTION 10.2 - Minimums SECTION 10.3 - Maximum Floor Area ARTICLE XI SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION Big Manistee River Corridor District, BM-1 11.1 - Use Regulations 11.2 - Minimums 11.3 - Add~tional Requirements 11.4 - Natural Vegetation Strip 11.5 - Removal of Logs and Debris from the River SECTION 11.6 - Earth Changing Activities SECTION 11.7 - Dredge and Fill Activities SECTION 11.8 - Use of Pesticides, Herbicides and Fertilizers ARTICLE XII - Airport Overlay Zone District, OZ-1 SECTION 12.1 - Area Affected SECTION 12.2 Height Limitations SECTION 12.3 Unlawful Land Uses Conflicting Federal or SECTION 12.4 State Regulations 27 28 28 28 29 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 31 31 32 �ARTICLE XIII SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION - High 13.l 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 - Risk Erosion Overlay Zone District, OZ-2 Purpose Area Affected Boundaries of High Risk Erosion Areas Schedule of Regulations Accessory Structures Disclaimer of Liability ARTICLE XIV - General Provisions SECTION 14.l - Compliance with County Sanitary Code SECTION 14.2 - Essential Public Services SECTION 14.3 - Advertising Signs SECTION 14.4 - Height SECTION 14.5 - Temporary Dwellings SECTION 14.6 - Mobile Homes SECTION 14.7 - Vehicular Parking Space, Access and Lighting SECTION 14.8 - Waste Accumulation and Outside Storage SECTION 14.9 - Access to Public Roads SECTION 14.10 - Private Roads SECTION 14.11 - Traffic Visibility at Corners SECTION 14.12 - Bulk Regulations SECTION 14.13 - Location of Accessory Buildings and Structures SECTION 14.14 - Other General Provisions SECTION 14.15 - Additional Residential District Regulations ARTICLE XV SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION Non-Conforming Uses, Buildings and Structures 15.l - Continuance 15.2 - Involuntary Destruction 15.3 - Discontinuance 15.4 - Extension 15.5 - Substitution 15.6 - Condemnation ARTICLE XVI - Permits SECTION 16.l - Land Use Permits SECTION 16.2 - Special Use Permits SECTION 16.3 - High Risk Erosion Areas ARTICLE XVII SECTION ~ SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION - Administration 17. l - Manistee Township Zoning Administrator 17.2 - Zoning Board of Appeals 17.3 - Duties of the Zoning Board of Appeals 17.4 - Variances 17.5 - Interpretation of Ordinance Text ARTICLE XVIII - Amendments, Validity, and Penalties SECTION 18.l - Amendments Validity SECTION 18.2 Penalties SECTION 18.3 SECTION 18.4 Conflicting Provisions and Transition Rules SECTION 18.5 Captions Effective Date SECTION 18.6 32 32 33 33 34 34 34 34 35 37 38 38 40 41 41 41 42 42 43 43 44 44 45 45 45 46 46 46 48 62 63 64 65 66 68 69 69 69 70 70 70 �MANISTEE TOWNSHIP MANISTEE COUNTY, MICHIGAN PERMANENT ZONING ORDINANCE ORDINANCE NUMBER ARTICLE I Preamble SECTION 1.1 - Title This Ordinance shall be known as the "Manistee Township Permanent Zoning Ordinance". SECTION 1.2 - General Purpose The purposes of this Ordinance are: A. To promote the public health, safety and general welfare. B. To encourage the use of lands in accordance with their character and capabilities and to limit the improper use of the land. c. To conserve natural resources and energy. D. To meet the needs of the state's residents for food, fiber, and other natural resources, places of residence, recreation, industry, trade, service and other uses of land. E. To ensure that uses of land shall be situated in appropriate locations and relationships. F. To avoid overcrowding of population. G. To provide adequate light and air. H. To lessen congestion on the public roads and streets. I. To reduce hazards to life and property. J. To facilitate adequate provisions for a system of transportation, sewage disposal, safe and adequate water supply, education, recreation and other public requirements. K. To conserve the expenditure of funds for public improvements and services to conform with the most advantageous uses of land, resources and property. L. To reasonably consider the character of each Land Use District, its peculiar suitability for particular uses, the conservation of property values and natural resources, and the general and appropriate trend and character of land, building and population development. -1- �M. To prevent economic and ecological damages due to unwise development within environmentally sensitive areas and to prevent the degradation of the shorelands. N. To prevent unwise patterns of development. O. To assure proper reclamation of mining sites and facilities relating to the production, processing and storage of oil and gas. P. To create Land Use Districts which conform to the po licies established in the Land Use & Development Component of the Manistee Township Master Plan. SECTION 1.3 - Authority This Ordinance is adopted pursuant to the authority granted by the Township Rural Zoning Act, Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended. ARTICLE II Definitions SECTION 2.1 - Introduction For the purpose of this Ordinance certain terms and words are herein defined. Words used in the present tense include the future, words in the singular number include the plural number and words in the plural include the singular number. The word "shall" is always mandatory and not merely directory. The word "person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, or other association or their agents. Terms not herein defined shall have the meaning customarily assigned to them. SECTION 2.2 - Accessory Buildings or Structure A. General: A supplementary building or structure on the same lot or parcel of land as ~he main building or buildings or part of the main building, the use of which is incidental or secondary to that of the main building or structure, but such use shall not include any building used for dwelling, residential or lodging purposes, or sleeping quarters for human beings. Accessory buildings and structures include, but are not limited to private garages• boathouses, storage sheds, playground equipment, sports courts, children's playhouses, doghouses or similar pet accommodations, fallout shelters, swimming pools, gazebos, barbeque pits and stoves, satellite receiving dishes, television and radio antennas and towers, parking lots, loading docks, signs and fences. B. High Risk Erosion Areas: A structure which is clearly subordinate or incidental to a principal structure or principal land use. Accessory structures include, but are not limited to tents, sheds, storage structures or recreational vehicles and travel trailers which are clearly not permanent and are easily removed. Under no circumstances -2- �• • • • shall a septic system and tile field be considered an accessory structure. Private garages, boathouses with permanent foundations and any other similar permanent or substantial structures shall be located landward of the minimum setback from the bluffline. SECTION 2.3 - Accessory Use A use naturally or normally incidental or subordinate to, devoted exclusively to a permitted use of the land or buildings . and SECTION 2.4 - Agriculture A use of land or structures which entails the art and science of cultivating the ground for the production of food and forage crops, including forestry, and livestock. SECTION 2.5 - Airport Manistee County Blacker Airport and all appurtenances used or acquired for airport buildings or other airport facilities, and all other appurtenant rights-of-way or other interests either heretofore or hereafter established. SECTION 2.6 - Airport Hazard Area An area consisting of all the lands within Manistee Township lying beneath the approach, transitional, 149 feet horizontal, conical and 500 feet horizontal surfaces, and being located within a circle having a radius extending horizontally six point thirty-two (6. 32) miles from the established center of the usable landing area of the airport. SECTION 2. 7 Airport Hazard Any building, structure or tree within the · Airport ·overlay Zone, District OZ-2, which exceeds the height limitations established by this Ordinance, or any use of land or of appurtenances thereto within the Airport Overlay Zone District OZ-2 which interferes with the safe use of the airport by aircraft. SECTION 2.8 - Alter To change, add or modify the location, use or structure or the structural members of a building such as bearing walls, columns, beams, posts, girders, and similar components, or in the size or location of the roof or exterior walls. SECTION 2.9 - Basement or Cellar A basement or cellar is that portion of a building partly below the average grade of the parcel. A basement is so located that the vertical distance from the average grade to the floor is not greater than the vertical distance from the average grade to the ceiling. A cellar is so located that the vertical distance from the average grade -3- �to the floor is greater than the vertical distance from the average grade to the ceiling. SECTION 2.10 - Bluffline The line which is the edge or crest of the elevated segment of the shoreline above the beach which normally has a precipitous front inclining steeply on the lakeward side. Where there is no precipitous front indicating the bluff line, the line of perennial vegetation or the location of the bluffline on adjacent properties may be considered as indications of the location of the bluffline. SECTION 2.11 - Boathouse. Any structure or building designed or used for the temporary or permanent storage of a boat for private use and located on the water's edge of Bar Lake or Lake Michigan. A boathouse shall not exceed 18 feet in height from average grade to its peak. SECTION 2.12 - Buildings Any structure, either temporary or permanent, having a roof and used or capable of being used for the shelter or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or property of any kind and including principal structures. SECTION 2.13 - Bulk Storage Facility One or a series of tanks, buildings or other storage facilities of whatever type, including all related pumps, machinery, buildings, equipment and other appurtenances associated therewith, whether above or below ground or partially above ground and partially below ground, used or designed for use for the storage, distribution and/or transportation of oil, gas or other liquid or gaseous_ hydrocar_bo_n products, including propane gas, extracted from an oil or gas well and whether or not the same has been treated, sweetened or otherwise refined. A bulk storage facility shall not include storage facilities located at retail gasoline stations, airport fuel storage facilities, fuel oil storage facilities located at a residential dwelling or any other facility with a maximum storage capacity of 500 gallons or less. SECTION 2.14 - Cabin Any building, tent or similar structure which is maintained, offered, or used for dwelling or sleeping quarters for transients, or for temporary residence, but shall not include what are commonly designated as hotels, motels, lodging houses or tourist homes. SECTION 2.15 - Cabin Court or Cabin Park Any tract or parcel of land on which two or more cabins as herein defined, are maintained, offered or used for dwelling or sleeping quarters, for transients. -4- �• SECTION 2.16 - Campground A parcel or tract of land under the control of a person on which sites are offered for use by the public or members of an organization either free of charge or for a fee, for the establishment of five or more temporary living quarters or temporary dwellings used for recreational purposes. SECTION 2.17 - Central Production Facility One or a series of tanks, heater treaters, and/or other equipment of whatever type used or designed for processing or treating the natural hydrocarbon products extracted from an oil or gas well, or the later products thereof but which does not involve the removal of sulfur or other impurities from natural gas unless the operation is designed to remove small quantities of sulfur by use of a sponge scrubber or similar type equipment. A central production facility shall not include a facility which is both located at a wellhead and designed to service only one oil or gas well. SECTION 2.18 - Day Care Centers A facility, structure or residence used for the care and housing of children between the hours of 7:00 o'clock a.m. and 6:00 o'clock p.m. Each facility, structure or residence so used shall be licensed according to the laws and statutes of the State of Michigan and shall be operated according to the rules and regulations of the Michigan Department of Social Services which shall be applicable to child day care centers. SECTION 2.19 - Driveway The access to parcel of land used by motor vehicles. SECTION 2.20 - Dwelling A building, mobile home, pre-manufactured or precut s true ture designed and used for _the complete living accommodations of a family and which complies with the standards given in this Ordinance, and which meets or exceeds the requirements of all other applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to the Manistee-Mason County Sanitary Code, as amended, and the Michigan State Construction Code. A. Single-Family Dwelling: A dwelling occupied by one (1) family, and so designed and arranged as to provide living, cooking and kitchen accommodations for one (1) family only. B. Two-Family Dwelling: A dwelling designed to provide for separate living, sleeping and kitchen facilities for two (2) families living independently of each other. -5- �C. Multi-Family Dwelling: A dwelling designed to provide for separate living, sleeping and kitchen facilities for more than two (2) families living independently of each other. D. Temporary Dwelling: Cabins, tents, trailers, basements, if used for human occupancy. E. Partial or Complete Underground Dwelling: Any dwelling other than a basement or cellar designed and built with a majority of the structure below ground level and designed so as not to be built upon. garages and SECTION 2.21 - Erect To build, construct, reconstruct, move upon or conduct any physical operations on the land required for the building, including excavations, fill, and drainage. SECTION 2.22 - Erosion Control Device Any structural or physical method used to control shoreland erosion processes. Erosion control devises include, but are not limited to, structures such as groines, seawalls, revetments or beachwalls and may include any type of beach nourishment by filing approved by the Zoning Administrator. SECTION 2.23 - Existing Building A building existing in whole or whose foundations are complete, and whose construction is being diligently pursued on the effective date of this Ordinance. SECTION 2.24 - Family One or more persons living together as a single housekeeping unit and related by bonds of consanguinity, marriage or legal adoption or a group of persons living in a dewelling unit as a single housekeeping unit and intending to . live together as a group for the indefinite future. A family shall be deemed to include domestic servants and gratuitous guests but shall not include any fraternity, sorority, club, hotel, or other group of persons whose association is temporary or commercial in nature .• SECTION 2.25 - Farms All of the contiguous, neighboring or associated land operated as a single unit and upon which agriculture is being carried on directly by the owner, operator, manager or tenant farmer, by his own labor, or with the assistance of members of his household or hired employees. Greenhouses, nurseries, orchards, apiaries, poultry hatcheries, poultry farms, and similar specialized operations may be considered as farms; but establishments keeping or operating fur bearing animals, game, fish hatcheries, dog kennels, stock yards, slaughter houses, stone quarries, gravel or sand pits, shall not be considered farms -6- �hereunder, unless combined with and constituting a minor part of bona fide agricultural operations on the same tract of land. Nor shall premises operated as fertilizer works, boneyards, or for the reduction of animal matter, for the disposal of garbage, sewage, rubbish, offal or junk constitute a farm hereunder. SECTION 2.26 - Farm Buildings Any building, other than a dwelling, erected, or maintained on a farm, which is essential and customarily used on farms in the pursuit of agricultural activities. SECTION 2.27 - Floor Area The habitable first floor area of a exclusive of garage, breezeway, or porches. building or structure, SECTION 2.28 - Forestry The use of land for the management and harvesting of trees from their natural setting for purposes of producing lumber, pulp or firewood. SECTION 2.29 - Garage A. Private: Any building or part thereof, accessory or otherwise, for storage of motor vehicles, or trailer coaches, or recreational vehicles, where no servicing or storage for a fee is conducted. A private garage which is accessory to a dwelling shall not be more than 30 feet in width, 30 feet in length, and 12 feet or one story in height. B. Commercial: Any building, other than a private garage, or garage operated by a municipality, used for sto1=age, repair, greasing, washing, rental, sales, servicing, adjusting, or equipping of automobiles, cars, motor driven vehicles, trailers, trailer coaches, or recreational vehicles, for remuneration, hire, or sale or where any such vehicle or engine may be fueled, repaired• rebuilt, or reconstructed, and including undercoating, or over-all painting when conducted in an enclosed booth. SECTION 2.30 - High Risk Erosion Area An area designated as a high risk area due to shoreland erosion by the Department of Natural Resources pursuant to the Shorelands Protection and Management Act, Public Act 245 of 1970 as amended. SECTION 2.31 - Highway A roadway, street or thoroughfare, public or private, contained within the limits of a right-of-way dedicated or maintained for the operation of vehicular traffic. -7- �SECTION 2.32 - Home Occupation A gainful occupation or service conducted by members of a family within its place of residence; provided, that the space used is incidental or secondary to residential use, and provided, that there is no external evidence of such occupation or service except a name plate not more than four (4) square feet in area, without illumination, and in character with the neighborhood; and providing further, that said occupation or service does not require nor effect any change in the external dimensions of the building. No services shall be rendered or articles displayed outside the dwelling. SECTION 2.33 - Industrial Building A building or structure housing a manufacturing, assembly, chemical, or processing operation or transportation facilities. SECTION 2.34 - Institutional Building A building occupied by a municipal or non-profit corporation and open to the public. SECTION 2.35 - Land Use Permit A standard form issued by the Manistee Township Zoning Administrator or his agent upon application by an owner or his agent, for the proposed construction of a building or structure and/or the use of land in compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance. SECTION 2.36 - Lodge A building used as a meeting place by members of private clubs, service clubs, veterans organizations, and other fraternal or religious organizations and owned or leased by such0 group. SECTION 2.37 - Lot Lines The property lines bounding a parcel. "Front lot line", in case of a parcel abutting upon one public or one private street highway means the line separating such parcel from such street highway right-of-way. A "rear lot line" is that lot line which opposite and most distant from the front lot line of the parcel. "side lot line" is any lot line not a front lot line or a rear line. the or or is A lot SECTION 2.38 - Mineral A naturally occurring element or combination of elements occur in the earth in a solid state, but shall not include soil. that SECTION 2.39 - Mining All or part of the processes involved in the extraction and processing of mineral materials, including but not limited to sand and gravel. -8- �SECTION 2.40 - Mining Permit A special use permit for mining, whether on a regular or temporary basis, which is required by Section 16.2 of this Ordinance. It does not replace or otherwise eliminate the need to apply for any state mining permits otherwise required by law. SECTION 2.41 - Mobile Home A dwelling, residence or structure, transportable in one o r more sections, exclusive of any tongue or hitch assembly, and designed to be used as a dwelling with a permanent foundation, when connected to the required utilities, including plumbing, heating, and/or air conditioning and electrical systems contained therein and which is installed by a Michigan licensed mobile home dealer or Michigan licensed mobile home installer as required by Michigan Public Act 419 of 1976 and the administrative rules promulgated thereunder. SECTION 2.42 - Mobile Home Park A parcel or tract of land under the control of a person upon which two (2) or more mobile homes are located on a continual, nonrecreational basis and which is offered to the public for that purpose, regardless of whether a charge is made therefore, together with any building, structure, enclosure, street, equipment, or facility used or intended for use incidental to the occupancy of a mobile home. SECTION 2.43 - Motel A building or group of buildings having units containing sleeping accommodations which are available for temporary occupancy primarily for automobile transients. SECTION 2.44 - Moveable Structure A building certified for the purpose of this Ordinance to be moveable by a registered engineer or architect or a structure which is of such a design and s~ze that facilitates moving. The structure must be of sufficient structural design to withstand the stress associated with moving and no structure shall be considered moveable if the parcel on which it is placed is not accessible to moving equipment. SECTION 2.45 - Neighborhood A number of persons forming a loosely cohesive community within a larger community, such as a town or village, and living close or fairly close together in more or less familiar association with each other. SECTION 2.46 - Non-conforming Lot Means a parcel of record or a parcel described in a deed or land contract executed and delivered prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, or an amendment thereto, which does not meet the minimum requirements of the Land Use District in which it is located, and also -9- �• means parcels which become substandard due to natural processes provided such parcel was created with sufficient depth to accommodate a principal structure and meet Ordinance setback requirements after this Ordinance or amendment became effective. SECTION 2.47 - Non-conforming Uses A use which lawfully occupied a building or land at the effective date of-iliis Ordinance or amendments thereto, which does not conform after passage of the Ordinance or amendments thereto with the re quirements of the Land Use District in which it is located. SECTION 2.48 - Ordinary High Water Mark: The line between upland and bottomland which persists through successive changes in water levels below which the presence and action of the water is so common or recurrent that the character of the land is marked distinctly from the upland and is apparent in the soil itself, the configuration of the surface of the soil and the vegetation. Consistent with the Great Lakes Submerged Lands Act, Public Act 247 of 1955 as amended, the ordinary high water mark for Lake Michigan shall be deemed to be 579.8 feet above sea level. SECTION 2.49 - Operator Any person or an agency either public or private, engaged or who has applied for a special use permit to engage in mining or the operation of a central production facility, sweetening plant, or bulk storage facility, whether individually, jointly, or through subsidiaries, agents, employees, or any person engaged in managing or controlling such operation. SECTION 2.50 - Parcel A description of land. as identified by a property tax parcel number on the Manistee County tax roll and on which one (1) principal building and its accessory buildings may be placed, together with the open spaces required by _this Ordinance. SECTION 2~51 - Park Any non-commercial recreational area. SECTION 2.52 - Principal Structure The main building or permanent structure on a lot or parcel which may include but is not limited to a residential, commercial, industrial, institutional or mobile home building, and garages, permanent accessory structures and attached buildings, including a septic system, tile field or other waste handling facility. A non permanent structure or easily removeable structure such as a tent, travel trailers, recreational vehicle or similar structure shall be considered as accessory structures for the purposes of this Ordinance even if no other permanent principal structure is on the parcel. -10- �SECTION 2.53 - Private and Industrial Pipe Lines Any type of pipe line of any size used for private or industrial purposes. SECTION 2.54 - Public Meeting Place Buildings and outdoor areas where numbers of persons congregate from time to time for educational, religious, social or recreatj_onal purposes, including churches, schools, community buildings, clubs, lodges, theaters (indoor and outdoor), places of amusement and similar assemblages. SECTION 2.55 - Public Utilities Any person, firm or corporation, municipal department or board, duly authorized to furnish under government regulation, to the public, transportation, water, gas, electricity, communication, steam, or sewage disposal and other services. SECTION 2.56 - Recession Rates Means a quantitative measure of the landward movement of the bluffline determined on the basis of the Shoreland Erosion Studies conducted under Public Act 245 of 1970 as amended, and expressed in terms of an annual average rate. SECTION 2.57 - Reclamation Plan The owner or operator's proposal for the reclamation of a project site which is submitted under this Ordinance prior to the issuance of a special use permit or where otherwise required by the terms of this Ordinance, including any orders or decisions of the Zoning Board or Zoning Board of Appeals requiring an owner or operator to provide additional site plan information. SECTION 2.58 - Retail, Commercial & Wholesale Stores A store, market or shop in which commodities are sold, or offered for sale, in small or large quantities at wholesale or retail. SECTION 2.59 - River In District BM-1 means the Big Manistee River, its tributaries, bayous, and estuaries which drain into or are connected with the Big Manistee River. SECTION 2.60 - Roadside Stand A structure used or intended to be used solely by the owner or resident tenant of the land on which it is located for the sale of seasonal products of the immediate locality. -11- �SECTION 2.61 - Service Institutions A store, market or shop in which services are sold or offered for sale to the public, including, but not limited to, gasoline stations, garages, repair shops, laundries, warehouses, printing houses, undertaking establishments, barber shops and beauty parlors. SECTION 2.62 - Setback Lines Lines established adjacent to streets, highways or lot lines for the purpose of defining limits within which no building or structure or any part thereof shall be erected or permanently maintained. "Within a setback line" means between the setback line and the nearest lot line, street or highway right-of-way. Setback lines define the area needed to maintain the minimum yard requirements established by this Ordinance. SECTION 2.63 - Setback Requirement Means the minimum distance required by this Ordinance between the bluffline and the most lakeward edge of a principal structure. SECTION 2.64 - Shoreland Means the land which borders or is adjacent to Lake Michigan which may extend up to 1,000 feet landward of the ordinary highwater mark. SECTION 2.65 - Shoreline Means that area of the shoreland where the land and waters of Lake Michigan meet. SECTION 2.66 - Site Plan One or more documents, drawings, statements, exhibits or other written material containing all of the information required by this Ordinance to be submitted to the Zoning Administrator, Zoning Board or Zoning Board of Appeals in connection with an application for a regular land use on special use permit, an appeal or a request for variance, including all additional information the Zoning Administrator, Zoning Board or Zoning Board of Appeals may require of the applicant or appellant, by order or decision, under this Ordinance prior to issuing a permit, deciding an appeal, or granting a variance. SECTION 2.67 - State Licensed Residential Facility A structure constructed for residential purposes that is licensed by the State of Michigan pursuant to Act 287 of the Public Acts of 1972, as amended, being Sections 331.681 to 331.694 of the Michigan Compiled Laws, or Act 116 of the Public Acts 9of 1973, as amended, being Sections 722.111 to 722.128 of the Michigan Compiled Laws, which provides services for six (6) or less persons under twenty-four (24) hour supervision or care for persons in need of such supervision or care. -12- �SECTION 2.68 - Street A thoroughfare, public or private, means of access to abutting property. which affords a principal SECTION 2.69 - Sign An inscribed board of space serving for advertisement and information. SECTION 2.70 - Structure A structure is any production or pieces of material artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner; any construction, including dwellings, garages, buildings, signs and sign boards, towers, poles, antennas, standpipes or other like objects, including principal structures. SECTION 2.71 - Sweetening Plant A facility or plant and all related equipment and appurtenances associated therewith which is designed to remove sulfur compounds or other impurities from natural gas from gas wells. SECTION 2.72 - Tourist Home A facility where lodging with or without meals is furnished for compensation, chiefly on an overnight basis, and mainly to transients. SECTION 2.73 - Trailer A vehicle which can be drawn on a highway and is used exclusively for recreational or camping purposes. Includes the terms Motor Home, Pole-trailer, Trailer Coach, Travel Trailer, Mobile Home., .as defined in the Michigan Motor Vehicle Code (Public Act 300 of 1949, M.S.A. §9.1801-9.1882) and includes camping units, tents, or any other temporary dwellings. SECTION 2.74 - Trailer Court or Park Any site, lot, field, tract or parcel of land on which are situated two (2) or more inhabited trailers, either free of charge or for revenue purposes, and shall include any building, structure, tent, vehicle, or enclosure located therein, and used or intended for use as a part of the equipment of such park. SECTION 2.75. Tree Any object of natural growth. SECTION 2.76 - Use The purpose for which land or a building thereon is designed, arranged or intended to be occupied and used, or for which it is -13- �' maintained. The uses of land permitted in the several land use districts established by this Ordinance shall be further defined by the Standard Industrial Classification Manual of 1972, which is incorporated herein by reference. SECTION 2.77 - Waste All accumulation of waste mined material and overburden placed on the land surface, whether above or below water. SECTION 2.78 - Water's Edge ' The surveyed property line or meander line along the shore of a body of water or the term "water's edge" in its usual and ordinary sense and usage being that area of the shoreline where land and water meet, in the event there is no surveyed property line or recorded meander line along the shore at the water's edge. When used in reference to the Big Manistee River, the term "water's edge" shall be deemed to apply to all tributaries, bayous, and estuaries which drain into or are connected with the Big Manistee River. SECTION 2.79 - Wetland For purposes of this ordinance, a wetland shall be in conformity with the definition set forth in the Goemaere-Anderson Wetland Protection Act, being Section 2(g) of Act 203 of the Public Acts of 1979; MCLA 281.702(g); MSA 18.595(52)(g). SECTION 2.80 - Yard A space open to the sky, and unoccupied or unobstructed except by encroachments specifically permitted under this Ordinance, on the same parcel with a building or structure. Yard measurements shall be the minimum horizontal distances. A. Front Yard: A yard extending across the full width of a parcel between the front lot lines and the nearest line of the main building. B. Rear Yard: A yard extending across the full width of a parcel between the rear lot line and the nearest line of the main building. C. Side Yard: A yard extending from the front yard to the rear yard between the side lot line and the nearest line of the main building or of accessory building attached thereto. -14- �I • • ARTICLE III Land Use Districts SECTION 3.1 - Land Use Districts The unincorporated portion of the Township of Manistee is hereby divided into eleven (11) land use districts and two (2) overlay zones, as follows: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. High Density Residential, District R-1. Resort Residential, District R-2. Country Residential, District R-3. Multi-Family Residential, District R-4. Ag-Forest Preservation, District AP-1. Multiple Use, District M-1. Restricted Commercial, RC-1. Commercial, District C-1. Wetlands, District W-1. Big Manistee River Corridor, District BM-1. Industrial, District 1-1. Airport Overlay Zone, District OZ-2. High Risk Erosion Overlay Zone, District OZ-3 SECTION 3.2 - Identification of Official Zoning Map The land use districts and overlay zones are bounded on a map entitled "Official Zoning Map", which zoning map and the contents thereof are incorporated herein by reference. The Official Zoning Map shall be identified by the signature of the Township Supervisor, attested by the Township Clerk, and bear the seal of the Township under the following words: "This is to certify that this is the Official Zoning Map referred to in the Manistee Township Permanent Zoning Ordinance", together with the effective date of this Ordinance. SECTION 3.3 - Authority of Official Zoning Map Regardless of the existence of copies of the Official Zoning Map which may from time to _time be made or published, the Official Zoning Map, which shall be located in the Manistee Township Hall, shall be the final authority as to the location of all land use district and overlay zone boundaries. SECTION 3.4 - Changes to Official Zoning Map In the event of an amendment to this Ordinance which has the effect of changing the location of a Land Use District boundary, the Township Supervisor shall promptly make, or cause to be made, such change on the Official Zoning Map immediately after the effective date of the amendment and shall affix his signature thereon, attested by the Township Clerk, under the following words: "This is to certify that this Official Zoning Map was amended on (date) in accordance with Amendments to the Manistee Township Permanent Zoning Ordinance adopted on (date) by the Manistee Township Board." -15- �SECTION 3.5 - Replacement of Official Zoning Map In the event that the Official Zoning Map becomes damaged, destroyed, lost or difficult to interpret because of the nature or number of changes made thereto, the Township Board may adopt a new Official Zoning Map which shall supersede the prior Official Zoning Map. The new Official Zoning Map may correct drafting or other errors or omissions on the prior Official Zoning Map, but no such correction shall have the effect of amending this Ordinance or the prior Official Zoning Map, unless it shall have been adopted in accordance with Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended. The new Official Zoning Map shall be identified by the signature of the Township Supervisor, attested by the Township Clerk, and bear the seal of the Township under the following words: "This is to certify that this is the Official Zoning Map referred to in the Manistee Township Permanent Zoning Ordinance adopted on (date) which replaces and supercedes the Official Zoning Map which was adopted on (date) " SECTION 3.6 - Rules of Interpretation A. All questions concerning the exact location of lines of any land use district or overlay zone not clearly the Official Zoning Map shall be determined by the Zoning Appeals, consistent with the purposes of this Ordinance and of interpretation set forth in this section. boundary shown on Board of the rules B. Unless otherwise indicated, the boundary lines of land use districts shall be interpreted in accordance with the following rules of interpretation. (1) A boundary indicated as approximately following the centerline of a highway, street, alley or easement shall be construed as following such centerline as it existed on the date of enactment of this Ordinance or the amendment which created the boundary. (2) A boundary indicated as approximately following a recorded lot line or the line bounding a parcel shall be construed as following such line as it existed on the date of · enactment of this Ordinance or the amendment which created the boundary. (3) A boundary indicated as approximately following the corporate boundary line of a city, village or township shall be construed as following such line as it existed on the date of enactment of this Ordinance or the amendment which created the boundary. (4) A boundary indicated as following the water's edge shall be construed as following such water's edge, and in the event of change in the location of the water's edge, shall be construed as following the actual water's edge at the time of interpretation. (S) A boundary indicated as following the centerline of a stream, river, canal, lake or other body ot water shall be construed as following such centerline as it exists at the time of interpretation. -16- �(6) A boundary indicated as parallel to, or an extension of, a feature indicated in Paragraphs A through E above shall be so construed. SECTION 3.7 - Purposes The purposes for each of the Land Use Districts and Overlay Zones created by this Ordinance include the General Purposes set for in Section 1.2 of this Ordinance and, in addition, the specific purposes identified in the Land Use and Development Component of the Manistee Township Master Plan, particularly Section IV, Land Use and Development Policies, which is incorporated into this Ordinance by reference. SECTION 3.8 - SIC References The numbers appearing in parenthesis following the permitted and special uses set forth in this Ordinance refer to the classification numbers in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1972, (SIC) prepared by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, which is incorporated herein by reference. Uses listed in this Ordinance which are identified with a two-digit number (XX) refer to the Major Groups in the SIC. Except where otherwise indicated, a use which is identified by reference to a Major Group includes all uses listed in the SIC under that Maj or Group, if any, with a three-digit (XXX) or four digit (XXXX) number, the first two numbers of which are the same as the Maj or Group numbers. Except where otherwise indicated, a use which is identified with a three digit (XXX) number includes all uses listed in the SIC, if any, with a four digit (XXXX) number, the first three numbers of which are identical to the use in question, but does not include other uses in the same Major Group. Except where otherwise indicated, a use which is identified with a four digit (XXXX) number includes only that use referenced in the SIC and does not include other uses in the same Major Group with two or three digits. ARTICLE IV Residential Districts, Rl-R4 SECTION 4.10 - High Density Residential, District R-1 - Use Regulations A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.1. 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Single family dwellings (88). State Licensed Residential Facilities. Home Occupations. Accessory uses and buildings. Special uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. 1. Parks -17- �SECTION 4.11 - Minimums A. B. C. D. Minimum parcel width - 100 feet. Minimum parcel size - 15,000 square feet. Minimum Floor Area - 900 square feet Minimum setback or yard requirements including all accessory buildings and structures. 1. Front - 25 feet. 2. Side - 10 feet. 3. Rear - 25 feet 4 .• Water's edge - 50 feet. SECTION 4.20 - Resort Residential, District R-2 - Use Regulations. A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16 .1. 1. Any permitted uses in District R-1 2. State Park Campgrounds. 3 .• Erosion Control Devises. B. Special uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 1. Party stores (549, 592) 2. Parks 16.2. SECTION 4.21 - Minimums A. B. C. D. Minimum parcel width - 100 feet. Minimum parcel size - 25,000 square feet. Minimum floor area - 1,000 square feet. Minimum setback or yard requirements, including all accessory buildings and structures. 1. Front - 25 feet 2. Side - 10 feet 3. Rear - 25 feet 4. Water's Edge - 50 feet except in High Risk Erosion Areas where the regulations set forth in Article XIII shall apply. SECTION 4.30 - Country Residential, District R-3 - Use Regulations: A. Permitted Uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.1. 1. 2. 3. B. Any permitted uses in District R-2 Two-family dwellings (88). Churches and religious organizations (8661) Special Uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. 1. 2. Hulti-family dwellings (88) Commercial nurseries and greenhouses (078) -18- �SECTION 4.31 - Minimums A. B. C. D. Minimum parcel width - 100 feet Minimum parcel size - 20,000 square feet Minimum floor area - 900 square feet Minimum setback or yard requirements, including all accessory buildings and structures. 1. Front - 25 feet 2. Side 10 feet 3. Rear - 25 feet 4. Water's Edge - 50 feet - SECTION 4.40 - Multi-Family Residential District R-4 - Use Regulations: A. Permitted Uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.1. 1. Erosion Control Devices. B. Special Uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.z. 1. Any permitted use in District R-3. 2. Multi-family dwellings (88) 3. Hotels, motels and tourist courts (701). 4. Parks SECTION 4.41 - Minimum A. B. C. D. Minimum parcel width - 100 feet for single family dwellings; 300 feet for all other uses. Minimum parcel size - five (5) acres. Minimum Floor area - 900 square feet for single family dwellings; 700 feet for two and multi-family dwellings; 400 feet for all other uses. Minimum setback or yard requirements, ·including all accessory buildings and structures. 1. Front - 25 feet 2. Side - 25 feet 3. Rear - 10 feet 4. Water's Edge - 50 feet, except in High Risk Erosion Areas where the regulations set forth in Article XIII shall apply. ARTICLE V AG-Forest Preservation District AP-1 SECTION 5,1 - Use Regulations A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant 16 .1. (1) (2) (3) (4) Agriculture production - crops (01) Agriculture production - livestock (02) Agriculture services - (07) Forestry - (08) -19- to Section �(5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) B. Fishing, hunting and trapping (09) - except commercial fishing (091) Lumber and wood products (24) - except millwork, plywood and structural members (243), wood containers (244), wood buildings and mobile homes (245), and miscellaneous wood products (249) Maple Syrup rendering facilities Roadside stands for the retail sale of farm products produced on an adjoining farm One single-family or two-family dwelling (88), provided the same is occupied by the owner or operator of an adjoining farm. Riding stables, riding and hiking trails Home occupations Accessory uses and buildings Farm buildings. Special Uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. (1) Any permitted or special uses in District R-3 SECTION 5.2 - Minimums A. B. C. Minimum parcel size - 40 acres Minimum floor area for all dwellings - 900 square feet Minimum setback or yard requirements including all accessory buildings and structures 1. Front - 50 feet. 2. Rear - 25 feet. 3. Side - 25 feet. 4. Water's Edge - 50 feet. SECTION 5.3 - Additional Special Use Criteria In addition to the criteria for special us~ approval contained in Section 16. 2, the following standards shall be applied in considering an application for a special use permit in the AG-Forest Preservation District AP-1. A. The proposed use shall be situated upon lands which are less suitable for agricultural production or forestry uses than other lands within the AG-Forest Preservation District. This determination shall be based upon a comparative analysis and evidence considering natural as well as economic factors. B. The proposed use shall be situated in a manner so as to reduce to a minimum the amount of productive agricultural or forestry land which is converted to the proposed use. SECTION 5.4 - Seasonal Help Housing Dwellings for the use of seasonal and itinerant farm employees and migratory workers shall be exempt from the minimum parcel size and minimum floor area requirements of this Section, but shall comply with all provisions of the Michigan Public Health Codes and all federal regulations. -20- �ARTICLE VI Multiple-Use District M-1 SECTION 6.1 - Use Regulations A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.1. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Any permitted or special use in District AP-1. Any permitted use in Districts R-1, R-2, R-3, and R-4. Residential building construction (152) Non-residential building construction (154) Plumbing, heating and air conditioning (171) Painting, paper hanging, decorating (172) Electrical work (173) Carpentry and flooring (175) (9) Roofing and sheet metal work (176) (10) Water well drilling (178) (11) Airports B. Special uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) Hotels, motels and tourist (cabin) courts (701) Facilities for the exploration and production of oil, gas and other minerals, including but not limited to, central production facilities, sweetening plants, bulk storage facilities, exploration facilities (1382) and field services facilities (1389), Mining (14) Masonry, stone work, and plastering (174) Concrete work (177) Wrecking and demolition work (1795) Meat products manufacturing (201.) Dairy products manufacturing (202) Preserved fruits and vegetables manufacturing (203) Grain mill products manufacturing (204) Lumber and wood products manufacturing (24) Petroleum refining (291) Paving and roofing materials manufacturing (295) Concrete, gypsum and plaster products manufacturing (327) Instruments and related products manufacturing (38) Trucking and warehousing (42) Transportation services (47) Communications (48) Facilities for the pressure treatment of wood, lumber and poles. Mobile Home Parks Cabins Any permitted use in Districts CR-1 and C-1 SECTION 6.2 - Minimums A. Minimum parcel size - 5 acres -21- �B. C. D. Minimum parcel width or road frontage - 300 feet. Minimum floor area for all dwellings - 900 square feet. Minimum setback or yard requirements, including all accessory buildings and structures. (1) Front - 50 feet. (2) Rear - 25 feet. (3) Side - 25 feet. (4) Water's Edge - 50 feet. ARTICLE VII Restricted Commercial District, CR-1 SECTION 7.1- Use Regulations. A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.1. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) B. Any permitted or special use in Districts R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 Air Transportation Services (45) Communications (48) Beer, wine and distilled beverages, wholesale or retail (518) Paint, glass and wallpaper stores (523) Hardware stores (525) Retail nurseries and garden stores (526) General merchandise stores (53) Food stores (54) New and used car dealers (551) Boat dealers (555) Recreation and utility trailer dealers (556) Eating and drinking establishments (58) Liquor stores (592) Banks (60) Credit agencies other than banks (61) Security commodity brokers and services (62) Insurance carriers (63) Insurance agents, brokers and services (64) Real es~ate agents, brokers and services (65) Holding and other investment offices (67) Health services (80) Legal services (81) Educational services (82) Social services (83) Membership organizations (86) Miscellaneous services (89) Executive, Legislative and general public administration offices (91) Correctional institutions (9223) provided the same are owned and operated by Manistee County. Airports Special uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. -22- �(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Printing and publishing (27) Instruments and related products manufacturing (38 ) Public warehousing (422) Hotels and other lodging places (70) Personal services (72) Business services (73) Motion pictures (78) Amusement and recreation services (79) Museums, botanical and zoological gardens (84) SECTION 7.2 - Minimums A. B. C. Minimum parcel size - 15,000 square feet Minimum parcel width or road frontage - 100 feet Minimum setback or yard requirements including all accessory buildings and structures. (1) Front - 25 feet (2) Side - 20 feet (3) Rear - 25 feet (4) Water's Edge - 50 feet ARTICLE VIII Commercial District, C-1 SECTION 8.1 - Use Regulations A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16. l. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) Any permitted use in District CR-1. Trucking and warehousing (42) U.S. Postal service facilities _ (.~3) _ Transportation services (47) · Wholesale trade-durable goods (50) except metals and minerals (505) and miscellaneous durable goods (509) Wholesai"e trade non-durable goods (51) provided that drugs, proprietaries and sundries (512); chemicals and allied products (516); petroleum and petroleum products (517); grain (5153); and farm supplies (5191) are packaged and are not sold or stored in unpackaged bulk quantities. Also except livestock (5154) and poultry and poultry products (5144) Building materials and garden supplies (52) Automobile dealers and service stations (55) Apparel and accessory stores (56) Furniture and home furnishing stores (57) Miscellaneous retail stores (59) Hotels and other lodging places (70) Personal services (72) Business services (73) Auto repair services and garages (75) -23- �(16) (17) (18) (19) (20) Miscellaneous repair shops (76) Motion pictures (78) Amusement and recreation services (79) Museums, botanical and zoological gardens (84) Justice, public order and safety (92) except correctional institutions (9223) (21) Churches and religious organizations (8661) (22) Marine craft, charter, repair or storage facilities and marinas. B. Special used by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Residential building construction (152) Non-residential building construction (154) Textile mill products manufacturing (22) Apparel and other textile products manufacturing (23) Bags, except textile bags, manufacturing (2643) Printing and publishing (27) Instruments and related products manufacturing (38) SECTION 8.2 - Minimums A. B. c. Minimum parcel size - 15,000 square feet Minimum parcel width or road frontage - 100 feet Minimum setback or yard requirements including all accessory buildings and structures 1. Front - 25 feet 2. Side - 20 feet 3. Rear - 25 feet 4. Water's Edge - 50 feet SECTION 8.3 - Manistee Lake Regulations A. Every parcel of land which lies in whole or in .part within the Lakefront Multiple Commercial DistFict as established in the Manistee Lake Management Plan (October, 1982) as amended or extended, is subject to the additional regulations and conditions set forth in this Section 8.3. to the extent it lies within such Lakefront Multiple Commercial District. B. Any permitted use specified in Section 8.lA which involves alteration of the Manistee Lake or Channel shoreline by dredging, fill or channelization shall be authorized only by a special use permit granted pursuant to Section 16.2. C. A five (5) foot wide greenbelt along the Manistee Lake or Channel shoreline shall be maintained with trees or vegetation characterized by having a wooden stem or trunk (as opposed to a fibrous or grass stem). D. Parking lots and loading facilities designed for truck or motor vehicles shall be located ou the landward side of the principal structure or use. The general parking requirements of this Ordinance, Section 14.7, shall apply. E. In addition to the requirements of Section 16. 2 of this Ordinance, the following additional criteria shall apply to all special uses located in whole or in part within the boundaries of the -24- �Lakefront Multiple Commercial District established by the Manistee Lake Management Plan. (1) The proposed use shall be carried out entirely within an enclosed building so no external evidence of the activity , in the form of sight, sound, or smell, is apparent except for external parking, lawn or garden landscaping, and signs as provided in Section 14.3 of this Ordinance. (2) The proposed use shall be of such a nature that waterfront access and/or aesthetic views of Ma11istee Lake and the Big Manistee River delta are a necessary or an integral part of the nature of the proposed land use. The Manistee Township Zoning Board may require, as a condition of approving the special use permit, that proposed uses not requiring waterfront or aesthetic views of Manistee Lake be located as far back from the water as possible on the parcel so the portion of the parcel closest to Manistee Lake is available for future development, sale, or open space. Conditions may be imposed to protect views from adjacent property of Manistee Lake and the Big Manistee River delta. The Manistee Township Zoning Board may, in placing conditions, increase or decrease minimum parcel size or setback requirements of this Ordinance. (3) No polluted discharge, treated or untreated, shall be introduced into Manistee Lake or Channel. (4) No particulate or chemical matter shall be discharged into the air. (5) An environmental assessment and fiscal impact assessment may be required by the Manistee Township Zoning Board. In the case of filling, dredging, or channelization, an environmental assessment or impact shall be required. (6) A Pollution Incident Prevention : Plan as specified in Part V of the rules of the Michigan Water Resources Commission Act (Act 245, P.A. 1929, as amended), approved by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources., shall be required if the proposed use includes handling or storage of materials included in the Michigan Department of Natural Resources Critical Materials Register. (7) Prior to application for a special use permit, the proposed use shall be approved or tentatively approved by the U.S. Army Corps. of Engineers; the Soil and Sedimentation Control Agency; the Manistee-Mason District Health Department; Michigan Department of Natural Resources (Inland Lakes and Streams Act, Great Lakes Submerged Lands Act, and/or Water Resources Commission); and any other state or federal agencies responsible for administration and enforcement of applicable state or federal statutes. (8) Requirements and changes required by the agencies -25- �listed in preceding paragraph shall be shown on the site plan or included in material submitted with the application for special use permit under Section 16.2. (9) Appropriate corrective measures shall be proposed to eliminate or minimize identified undesirable or negative impacts on, and to insure compatibility of the proposed use with, the other uses of Manistee Lake and land uses in this District C-1. (10) Land uses located on riparian property to Manistee Lake and Channel may be site-designed and arranged with buffering, screening, and landscaping to take advantage of aesthetically pleasing views, and shall be sitedesigned to avoid blocking the views by neighboring establishments or parcels of land, to provide a stabilized shoreline for pedestrian use, marina use, open space, greenbelt or related activities. ARTICLE IX Wetlands District W-1 SECTION 9.1 - Use Regulations A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.1. (1) (2) B. Grazing of livestock Non-motorized recreational and sports activities Special uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. (1) (2) (3) (4) Single family dwellings (88) Home occupations Accessory uses and buildings Cabins. SECTION 9.2 - Minimums A. B. D. Minimum parcel size - 5 acres Minimum floor area - 600 square feet Minimum setback or yard requirements including all accessory buildings and structures (1) Front - so feet (2) Side - 50 feet (3) Rear - 50 feet (4) Water's Edge - 50 feet SECTION 9.3 - Additional Special Use Criteria In addition to the criteria for special use approval contained in Section 16.2, the following standards shall be applied in considering an application for a special use permit in the Wetlands Districts W-1. A. All special use permit applications for a building or structure used or designed for use for human habitation on a permanent or temporary basis shall be accompanied by a permit for a septic -26- �system or other approved waste treatment system Manistee-Mason County District Health Department. issued by the B. No filling, dredging, channeling, draining, dam construction or earth changing activities shall be permitted in the Wetlands District W-1 without prior written approval from the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. All permits issued by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources shall be exhibited to the Zoning Administrator as site plan material in addition to the site plan material required by Section 16.2. C. No special use permit shall be granted with respect to any lands consisting of a wetland as that term is defined in this Ordinance until all requirements of Act 203 of the Public Acts of 1979, MCL 281.700 e t ~ ; MSA 18.595(50) e t ~ • have been complied with. ARTICLE X Industrial District 1-1. SECTION 10.1 - Use Regulations A. All uses in the Industrial District 1-1 are special uses and shall be allowed only by a special use permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. B. Special uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) Forestry Activities (08) Fishing, hunting and trapping activities (09) Metal mining (10) Oil and gas extraction (13) Non-metallic minerals (mining) except fuels (14) General building contractors construction .(15) Heavy construction contractors (16) Special trade contractors (17) Food and kindred products manufacturing (20) Textile mill products manufacturing (22) Apparel and other textile products manufacturing (23) Lumber and wood products manufacturing (24) Furniture and fixtures manufacturing (25) Paper and allied products manufacturing (26) Printing and publishing (27) Chemicals and allied products (28) Petroleum and coal products (29) Rubber and miscellaneous plastics products (30) Leather and leather products (31) Stone, clay and glass products manufacturing (32) Metal industries (33) Fabricated metal products (34) Machinery except electrical (35) Electrical and electronic equipment (36) Transportation equipment (37) Instruments and related products (38) -27- �I (27) (28) (29) (30) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) I Miscellaneous manufacturing industries (39) Railroad transportation (40) Bus terminal and service facilities (417) Trucking and warehousing (42) Pipelines except natural gas (46) Transportation services (47) Communication services (48) Electrical, gas and sanitary services (49) Any permitted or special uses allowed in the Restricted Commercial District CR-1 or the Commercial District C-1 SECTION 10.2 - Minimums A. B. Minimum parcel size - 5 acres Minimum setback or yard requirements including all accessory buildings and structures (1) Front - 60 feet (2) Side - 30 feet, except when the side lot line abuts the boundary of the Industrial District 1-1 in which case the side yard shall be 60 feet (3) Rear - 60 feet SECTION 10.3 - Maximum Floor Area All buildings and structures located in this land use district shall occupy not more that 60% of the area of the parcel of land for which the special use permit has been granted. ARTICLE XI Big Manistee River Corridor District BM-1 SECTION 11.1 - Use Regulations A. Permitted uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.1. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Single family dwellings (88) Hunting,· fishing and trapping Hiking and riding trails and stables One pump house per parcel A single dock per parcel Erosion control devices or bank protection structures designed and installed in accordance with a valid permit issued by the Department of Natural Resources (7) Non-motorized trails and pathways (8) Agricultural pasture land, livestock raising, cropland and cultivated tree farms. B. Special uses by permit authorized pursuant to Section 16.2. (1) (2) (3) Two and multi-family dwellings Campgrounds and tourist (cabin) courts Canoe liveries -28- �(4) (5) (6) Parks, picnic areas and interpretive nature centers Non-commercial camping and other recreational activities which do not require the construction permanent facilities Farm buildings. of SECTION 11.2 - Minimums A. Minimum parcel sizes - 20 acres Minimum floor area - 600 square feet D. Minimum setback or yard requirements including all accessory buildings and structures (1) Front - 50 feet (2) Side - 50 feet - 50 feet (3) Rear 200 feet (4) Water's Edge B. SECTION 11.3 - Additional Requirements In addition to the requirements of Sections 16.1 and 16.2, the following additional conditions shall be satisfied prior to the issuance of a regular land use or special use permit for any type of dwelling in this District BM-1: A. Any parking, camping, playground, dwelling or any other permitted or special use, or any other use or other structures shall be located on existing dry land within portions of the district. B. The proposed use shall not require fill in wetland portions of the district, but may include fill on dry land portions of the district. C. Prior to application for a permit under this Ordinance, the proposed use shall be approved or tentatively approved by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; the Michigan Department of Natural R~sources (Inland Lakes and Streams Act, Great Lakes Subm.e rged La~ds Act and/or Water Resources Commission); the Soil and S~dimentation Control agency; the Manistee-Mason District Health Department; and any other Michigan agencies responsible for administration and enforcement of applicable state statutes. D. Requirements and changes required by the agencies listed in subsection (C) above shall be clearly shown on the site plan or included in material submitted with the application for a permit under this Ordinance. E. Minimum land area for the use shall be under one ownership and large enough to accommodate the proposed uses and structures without endangering or compromising the intent and purpose of this district. F. Adequate measures shall be shown in design and site plan to insure protection of any wetland area in accordance with the purposes and int,mt of this district. G. The dwelling shall be designed to be compatible and -29- �H. I. harmonious with the wild, scenic, environmental, health and safety concerns within the Big Manistee corridor. The dwelling shall be designed and located so it is not seen by boaters and other users of the surface waters of the Big Manistee River except that a filtered view from a dwelling structure to the river may be cleared so the view is oriented to look downstream, and The dwelling shall be located landward of the natural vegetation strip. SECTION 11.4 - Natural Vegetation Strip A natural vegetation strip shall be maintained on each parcel between the water's edge and a line each part of which is 200 feet horizontal from and perpendicular to the water's edge of the river. Within the natural vegetation strip, trees and shrubs may be selectively pruned or removed for harvest of merchantable timber to achieve a filtered view of the river from the principle structure and for reasonable private access to the river. All pruning and removal activities (1) shall ensure that a live root system stays intact to provide for stream bank stabilization and erosion control, and (2) shall ensure that any path to the river is no greater than 3 feet in width, which shall meander down to the edge of the river in a manner which protects the soil and vegetation from erosion while also screening the principle structure and vehicles from a direct view of the river. Dead, diseased, unsafe or fallen trees and noxious plants and shrubs, including poison ivy, poison sumac, and poison oak, and other plants regarded as a common nuisances in Section 2 of Act 359 of the Public Acts of 1941, as amended, may be removed. SECTION 11.5 - Removal of Logs and Debri8 from the River The owner of land situated within District BM-1 may clear dead, fallen logs and other debris from the river to m~intain a · safe, clean and free-flowing river when, after permits have been issued by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources and/or the U.S. Army Corps. of Engineers, as required, removal is undertaken in a manner which will least disrupt fish and wildlife habitat, shore vegetation and limit sediment disruption on the river. SECTION 11.6 - Earth Changing Activities All earth changes, including dredging, cutting, filling and grading within five hundred (500) feet of the water's edge of the river shall be done in accordance with the requirements of a permit issued by the Manistee County Building and Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Department pursuant to Act 34 7 of the Public Acts of 1972, as amended and such other permits as may be required by law for the activity undertaken. This Section shall not be deemed to authorize mining. -30- �SECTION 11.7 - Dredge and Fill Activities The provisions of Act 346 of the Public Acts of 1972, as amended, shall apply to all dredge and fill activities and construction of permanent structures, including docks, lying below the ordinary high water mark of the river. SECTION 11.8 - Use of Pesticides, Herbicides and Fertilizers The use, application or other utilization herbicides and fertilizers is prohibited. of pesticides, ARTICLE XII Airport Overlay Zone District OZ-1 SECTION 12.1 - Area Affected Every parcel of land which lies in whole or in part within the Airport Overlay Zone as depicted on the Official Zoning Map is subject to the regulations of this Overlay Zone OZ-1 to the extent the parcel lies within this Overlay Zone OZ-1. The regulations of this Overlay Zone OZ-1 are in addition to any regulations in the underlying Land Use Districts• however these regulations supersede all conflicting regulations of the underlying Land Use District to the extent of such conflict but no further. SECTION 12.2 - Height Limitations No person shall erect any building or structure or permit any tree to grow to a height in excess of 25 feet. SECTION 12.3 - Unlawful Land Uses It shall be unlawful to put any parcel within the area affected by this Overlay Zone OZ-1 to any use which would: A. Create electrical interference with radio communication between the airport and aircraft or create interference with navigational aids employed by the airport or by aircraft; B. Make it difficult for aircraft pilots to discinguish between airport lights and other lights or result in glare in the eyes of aircraft pilots using the airport; C. Create air pollution in such amounts as to impair the visibility of aircraft pilots in the use of the airport; D. Would endanger the landing, taking off or maneuvering of aircraft; E. Be noise sensitive to aircraft noise while taxing, taking off and/or landing. F. Attract birds. -31- �G. Would otherwise create an airport hazard. SECTION 12.4 - Conflicting Federal or State Regulations The regulations of this Overlay Zone OZ-1 are not intended to conflict with existing or future approach protection regulations promulgated by the United States, the State of Michigan or any agencies thereof, including but not limited to the giving of notice of any construction, erection or alteration of a building or structure that: A. Would be more than 149 feet above ground level at its site; B. Would be above an imaginary surface extending outwards and upwards at 100: 1 slope within 20,000 feet of the nearest point of an airport runway more than 3200 feet in length; or C. Would be above an imaginary surface extending outward and upward at 50:1 slope within 10,000 feet of the nearest point of an airport runway less than 3200 feet in length. ARTICLE XIII High Risk Erosion Overlay Zone, District OZ-2 SECTION 13.1 - Purpose The purpose of this Article is to prevent the placement of structures in areas of high risk erosion consistent with the Sho~elands Protection and Management Act of 1970, P.A. 245 of 1970, as amended. In addition to the purposes set forth in Sections 1. 2 and 3.6, it is the purpose of this Article to: A. Establish a minimum setback line fo~ principal structures from an eroding bluff which, based on the erosion studies prepared by the Department of Natural Resources pursuant to the Shoielands Protection and Management Act, P.A. 245 of 1970, as amended, is designed to provide a minimum of thirty (30) years protection from shoreland erosion. B. Minimize the economic hardships which individuals and the Township of Manistee may face in the case of unanticipated property loss due to severe erosion. C. The standards and requirements contained in this Article and the Official Zoning Map are intended to further the purposes of the Shorelands Protection and Management Act, P.A. 245 of 1970, as amended. SECTION 13.2 - Area Affected The boundaries of those stretches of shoreland affected by the High Risk Erosion Overlay Zone District OZ-2, shall be consistent with the affected properties described in Section 13.3 of this Article and -32- ~ �this area extends landward from the ordinary high water mark to the minimum setback line for principal structures. For the purpose of this Overlay Zone District OZ-2, the minimum setback requirement shall be measured from the bluffline and shall be construed as running parallel to the bluffline. In the event the bluffline recedes (moves landward), the setback line of the high risk erosion area shall also be construed as to have moved landward a distance equal to the bluffline recession. SECTION 13.3 - Boundaries of High Risk Erosion Areas The end points of the High Risk Erosion Areas provided below coincide with descriptions provided in the shoreland erosion studies of the Department of Natural Resources, and are as follows: A. High Risk Erosion Area A. (1) The north end of Area A lies at the northern boundary of the Township at the intersection of Section 32, T23N, Rl6W, and Section 5, T22N, Rl6W, and the shoreline. (2) The south end of Area A lies at the northern border of Orchard Beach State Park, 2,800 feet south of the intersection of Sections 24 and 25, T22N, Rl7W, and the shoreline. B. High Risk Erosion Area B. (1) The north end of Area B lies at the intersection of Sections 25 and 36, T22N, Rl7W, and the shoreline. (2) The south end of Area B lies 2,150 feet north of the intersection of Section 2, T21N, Rl7W, and Section 35, T22N, Rl7W and the shoreline. SECTION 13.4 - Schedule of Regulations Within the boundaries of the High Risk Erosion Areas established by this Article, no principal structure shall be located between the ordinary high water mark and the line defining the minimum setback distance indicated on · the table below. The setback requirement provided for in this Section shall be measured in a landward direction horizontal from and perpendicular to the bluff line. For e a ch High Risk Erosion Area described in Section 13.3, the minimum setback for any principal structure shall be as follows Designated High Risk Erosion Area Minimum Setback Requirement from Bluffline Area A Area B 55 feet 35 feet -33- �SECTION 13.5 - Accessory Structures Accessory structures which can be easily and economically removed prior to erosion damage are exempted from the principal s true ture setback requirements of the High Risk Erosion Overlay Zone, except that no accessory structures which are permanent in either construction or location may be placed in the High Risk Erosion areas. To the fullest extent practical, permitted accessory structures which are placed in high risk erosion areas shall be removed prior to erosion damage. SECTION 13.6 - Disclaimer of Liability The provisions of this Article are considered the minimum necessary for reducing erosion hazards and property loss for a 3O-year period based upon current engineering and scientific methods of study. Faster or slower rates of erosion occur. Erosion rates may be increased by natural causes such as high lake levels or major storms or man-made causes such as the construction of erosion control devises or by increasing the amount of runoff from the land. Placing a structure landward of the minimum setbacks established by this Article is not a guarantee or warranty of safety from erosion damage. Individual property owners concerned with erosion hazards are encouraged to consult with local building officials and personnel of the Department of Natural Resources to arrive at site design plans which may use a greater setback to maximize protection from erosion damage. ARTICLE XIV General Provisions SECTION 14.1 - Compliance with County Sanitary Code Every structure or device hereinafter ere~ted or ~oved upon any premises and used, designed or intended for human habitation shall conform to the requirements of the Manistee-Mason County Sanitary Code, as amended. No land use permit shall be issued by the Zoning Administrator, the Zoning Board of Appeals, or the Township Zoning Board for such use until the Sanitary Code permit has been issued. SECTION 14.2 - Essential Public Services The erection, construction, alteration, or maintenance by public utilities or municipal departments or commissions of overhead or underground gas, electrical, or water distribution or transmission systems, collection, communication, supply, disposal or sewer systems, including mains, drains, sewers, wires cables, traffic signals, hydrants, towers, poles, electrical substations, gas regulation stations, and similar equipment and accessories in connection therewith reasonably necessary for furnishing adequate service by such public utility or municipal department or commission or for the public health or safety or general welfare, shall be permitted as authorized or regulated by law or other ordinances of the Township, in any land use district, it being the intention hereof to exempt such erection, construction, alteration and maintenance from the application of this -34- �Ordinance; provided, that the erection or construction of any or all new above-grade construction is designed and erected to conform harmoniously with the general architecture and plan of such district in which it is be located; and provi<led, further, that no towers for the transmission and/or receiving of micro-wave radiation shall be erected in any residential district R-1, R-2, R-3 or R-4; and provided further that any and all new construction above or below ground in the Airport Overlay Zone District OZ-1 complies with the provisions of that District OZ-1. SECTION 14.3 - Advertising Signs A. Advertising signs, billboards, advertising displays, outdoor displays and other advertising media may be permitted within a front yard area in the Restricted Commercial CR-1, Commercial C-1, and Multiple Use M-1, Land Use Districts, provided that they comply with the following conditions: B. 1. The advertising sign or display complies with statutes and regulations of the State of Michigan. all 2. The advertising sign or display shall not be more than two hundred fifty (250) square feet in area and dimensions not greater than ten (10) feet in height and twenty-five (25) feet in width. Such signs or displays shall not be erected within five hundred (500) feet of any dwelling existing at the time said sign or display is erected or moved to such location, provided such dwelling is used exclusively for residential purposes and, provided further, should a dwelling be erected at any time within the five hundred (500) feet limitation, the permit shall be revoked and the owner of the sign, or his authorized agent, shall be notified of the revocation and such sign shall then be r _emoved within ninety (90) days. 3. The advertising sign or display, except directional signs within one hundred (100) feet of intersections, shall not be erected within three hundred (300) feet of an existing sign or display. 4. The advertising sign or display shall not be less than fifty (50) feet from the highway right-of-way line measured by a line perpendicular to the highway rightof-way line. The provisions of Section 14.3A shall not apply to the following signs which may be placed in any Land Use District appropriate to the signs authorized herein, under the regulations specified. 1. Temporary sale, lease or rent signs, provided: (a) No more than two (2) signs are displayed. (b) Such signs are located on the lot or structure for sale, lease or rent. -35- �(c) (d) Such sign does not contain an area of more than ten (10) square feet. Such sign is removed following the sale, renting or leasing of the property. 2. Temporary signs on residential premises, provided: (a) Such temporary signs (non-illuminated) shall be limited to the lease, hire, or sale of the building or premises, and provided further that such signs shall be removed as soon as the premises are leased, hired or sold. (b) Such signs shall not exceed six (6) square feet in area and shall not be located on the front half of the required front yard as measured from the front lot line or right-of-way. 3. Bulletin boards of churches, schools, libraries, and public buildings, provided: (a) Such bulletin board is located on the premises thereof. (b) Such board is not located as to obstruct the view of traffic from the sidewalks, driveways, roadways and adjoining property. 4. Roadside stands, agricultural displays and other sales stands, provided: (a) Such display is located on a farm and limited to the sale of the products thereof. (b) Such display or stand is temporary and will not be located for more than six (6) consecutive months of any one (1) year. (c) Such displays or stand is located at least twentyfive (25) feet from the highway right-of-way line. (d) A parking area is available for prospective customers off the highway right-of-way· line. 5. Advertising signs and displays of a commercial enterprise, business, industry or professional person, but not inciuding home occupations, provided: (a) Such sign is located on the premises or adjacent premises rented or leased for such purpose. (b) Such sign or display is limited to the products or services of the enterprise. (c) Such sign does not obstruct the view of traffic from the sidewalks, roadway, driveways or exits and adjoining property. (d) The operation of such sign does not constitute a nuisance to an adjacent residential district or residential neighborhood, by reason of glare, intermittent action, or other action. 6. Signs which support or oppose a candidate for public office or a ballot proposal, provided: -36- �I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The candidate for public office or ballot proposal is included on the official ballot for the next upcoming general or special election, including primary elections. (b) Such signs do not obstruct the views of traffic from the sidewalks, roadway, driveways or exits of adjoining property. (c) c. All of such signs are removed within thirty (30) days of the election at which the candidate for public office or ballot proposal is finally determined. Sign Approval: Advertising signs, billboards, advertising display, outdoor displays, and other advertising may be erected and maintained within the Township by first obtaining a Land Use permit therefor from the Zoning Administrator who shall, pursuant to Section 16.1, grant approval for any advertising media which conforms to the provisions of this Section. Such approval shall be for an initial period of one (1) year and may be extended thereafter by the Zoning Administrator upon the payment of an annual fee. The fee for the permit shall be set by resolution of the Township Board. Any state or federal regulations to the contrary shall supercede any determination or rules of the Zoning Administrator concerning signs , and any contrary provision of this Ordinance. D. I I I (a) Sign Restrictions: 1. No advertising signs, billboards, advertising displays, outdoor displays or other advertising media shall be placed or illuminated in such a fashion as to create a traffic hazard or reduce the effectiveness or visibility o_f highway . directional signs or other signs or equipment erected or placed by the Department of Transportation or the Manistee County Road Commission in furtherance of highway safety. 2. No advertising signs, billboards, advertising displays, outdoor displays or other advertising media containing fifty (50) square feet or more shall be stacked on top of or placed over or under another such sign or display, whether or not such sign or display is already in existence. SECTION 14.4 - Height No building or structure or part thereof shall be erected or altered to a height exceeding two and one-half (2½) stories, or thirty-five (35) feet, except that non-dwelling buildings or structures other than accessory buildings or structures, may be erected or altered to a height not exceeding fifty (50) feet if approved by the Zoning Board of Appeals, pursuant to its power to grant variances, or the Township Zonin g Board in connection with the issuance of a special use permit pursuant to Section 16.2, provided that such -37- �approval shall be granted only if the building or structure has built-in fire fighting systems on its upper floors and has alternate power and water delivery capabilities during a fire. SECTION 14.5 - Temporary Dwellings No person shall use or permit the use of any temporary dwelling or trailer as defined in this Ordinance as a principal or seasonal dwelling except after full compliance with Section 14 .1 Compliance with County Sanitary Code, and further except: A. As a temporary dwelling quarters during the construction and installation of any dwelling conforming to the provisions of this Ordinance, when the following conditions are met: 1. 2. 3. 4. The location of the temporary dwelling shall comply with all setback requirements of this Ordinance. The physical condition of the temporary dwelling shall not deteriorate to the extent that its continued use threatens the public health, safety or welfare. The temporary dewelling shall be deemed contrary to the public health, safety or welfare if it fails to comply at any time with any provision of the Manistee-Mason District Sanitary Code or any applicable building or fire code. The use of the temporary dwelling shall be limited to four (4) months, beginning with the issuance of a land use permit in accordance with Section 16.1. The permit may be renewed for not more than two (2) months upon approval of the Zoning Administrator for good cause shown. "Good cause" shall be limited to reasonable delays in the construction of the permanent dwelling beyond the control of the owner such as unavailability of materials, labor strikes, inc~ement weather or fire. A county building permit shall be required for the temporary dwelling prior to the installation and use of the temporary dwelling. B. As part of a campground licensed and operated in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Michigan Department of Public Health. C. As temporary recreation on a non-commercial/no-rental basis by tourists, campers and sportsmen on public land where such activity is allowed by state or federal regulations or land owned by the user and for a period not to exceed four (4) weeks in a calendar year. SECTION 14.6 - Mobile Homes No person shall use, occupy or permit the use or occupancy of a mobile home as a dwelling within any land use district within the -38- �Township and not located in a licensed mobile home park, hereinafter provided: A. It complies with the minimum square footage requirements of this ordinance for the land use district in which it is located. B. It has a minimum width across any front, side or rear elevation of 12 feet. c. It is firmly attached to a permanent foundation constructed on the site in accordance with the Michigan State Construction Code and shall have a wall in the same perimeter dimensions of the dwelling and constructed of such materials and type as required in the applicable building code for single family dwellings. In addition, it shall be installed pursuant to the manufacturer's set up instructions and shall be secured to the premises by an anchoring system or device complying with the rules and regulations of the Michigan Mobile Home Commission. D. Each mobile home shall be installed with the wheels removed and shall not have any exposed towing mechanism, undercarriage or chassis. E. It shall be connected to a public sewer and water supply or to such private facilities as are approved by the local Health Department. F. The mobile home shall contain no additions or rooms or other areas which are not constructed with similar quality workmanship as the original structure including permanent attachment to the principal structure and construction of a foundation as required herein. G. The mobile home shall comply in all respects with (1) the Michigan State Construction Code as promulgated by the Michigan State Construction Code Commission under the provisions of . Act 230 of the Public Acts of 1972, as Amended, or (2) the "mobile home construction and safety standards" as promulgated by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) under the provisions of 24 CFR 3280, and as from time to time such standards may be amended. Additionally, all mobile homes shall meet or exceed all applicable roof snow load and strength requirements. Compliance with the applicable codes shall be shown prior to the issuance of a land use or special use permit by a certificate or affidavit of inspection by a certified or licensed building inspector in the case of the Michigan State Construction Code or by a HUD seal affixed to the mobile home in the case of the "mobile home construction and safety standards". If a mobile home is required by law to comply with the aforementioned federal standards then such standards shall apply. I , ,. , r except as -39- �H. The foregoing standards shall not apply to a mobile home located in a licensed mobile home park except to the extent required by State or Federal Law or otherwise specifically required in this ordinance pertaining to such parks. I. All construction required by this section shall be commenced only after a building permit has been obtained in accordance with the applicable construction code provisions and requirements. SECTION 14.7 - Vehicular Parking Space, Access and Lighting ' A. For each dwelling, commercial, industrial, manufacturing, retail or service business or establishment hereafter erected or altered and located on a public road in any land use district, including buildings and structures used principally as a place of public assembly, there shall be provided and maintained suitable space off the public right-of-way which is adequate for the parking or loading of motor vehicles in the proportions shown as follows. The parking spaces called for hereunder shall be considered minimum requirements under this Ordinance. 1. Dwellings: Two (2) parking spaces for each family unit occupying the premises or for which the dwelling was designed. 2. Motels, Hotels and Similar Establishments Offering Lodging: One (1) parking space for every three (3) spaces of legal sleeping capacity. 3. Hospitals, Rest Homes, Convalescent Homes and Institutions -of a Similar Nature: One (1) parking space for each four (4) beds, plus one ( 1) space for each doctor. 4. Theaters, Churches, Auditoriums, Public and Private Halls, Amusement and Recreation Establishments, and all Places of Public Assembly: One ._ (1) park_ing space for each four (4) seats of legal capacity. 5. Offices and Professional Buildings: One (1) parking space for every two hundred (200) square feet of floor area; provided, however, that doctors' offices and clinics · shall be provided with three (3) spaces for each doctor. 6. Restaurants and Other Public Food Service Establishments: One (1) parking space for each three (3) seats of legal capacity. 7. Retail Stores and Shops: One (1) parking space for each one hundred (100) square feet of floor area. 8. Personal Service Shops, including Barber or Beauty Shops: One (1) parking space for each two hundred (200) square feet of floor area. 9. Taverns: One (1) parking space for every sixty-six (66) square feet of floor area. B. In addition to the above requirements, parking space in the proportion of one (1) space for every two (2) persons employed at the establishment shall be provided. Where no specific requirement is -40- �designated for other business, parking space which is adequate according to the above standards shall be provided for employees and patrons. C. A parking space shall be a minimum area of 10 feet by 20 feet, with center and cross aisles being a minimum of 20 feet wide. D. All parking space required in this Section, except that required for a dwelling, shall be provided with adequate artificial lighting between the time from one-half ( D hour after sunset, to one-half (¼) hour before sunrise, when the non-dwelling establishment is open to the public. E. Approval for location of all exits and entrances shall be obtained from the State Highway Department for all state trunkline highways and from the County Road Commission for all other roads, streets or highways in the Township. Such approval shall also include the design and construction thereof in the interests of safety, adequate drainage and other public requirements. SECTION 14.8 - Waste Accumulation and Outside Storage I I It shall be unlawful for any person to accumulate rubbish or waste materials of any kind on any land in Manistee Township except in a permitted junk yard or licensed sanitary landfill. No sewage, waste water or water containing foreign substances shall be deposited or drained into any open ditch, creek, stream, lake, pond, or other body of water unless the same has first been approved by state and county heal th authorities. The provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to prohibit the temporary storing or spreading of manure, fertilizers, or other soil conditioners as part of a permitted farm, forestry or home garden or lawn operations. SECTION 14.9 - Access to Public Roads In all land use districts every use, building or structure established after the effective date of this Ordinance shall be on a parcel which adjoins a public or private easement for access to a public road, such public road right-of-way or public or private easement to be at least sixty-six (66) feet in width unless a lesser width was duly established of record prior to the effective date of this Ordinance. SECTION 14.10 - Private Roads ' , , Every private road which provides or may provide access to and from a public road for two (2) or more dwelling units or principal buildings shall meet the following conditions: A. Be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner upon and parallel to the centerline of an easement which is duly established of record and which is not less than sixty-six (66) feet in width. -41- �B. Be constructed so as to sufficiently control storm water runoff and permit effective storm water drainage by such means as cwo foot deep ditches constructed parallel to and on either sid~ uf the road, by sloping the sides of the road from the center thereof, or by other effective methods. C. Have a sand and gravel base of not less that eighteen ( 18) inches in depth of which not less that the top six (6) inches in depth shall be only process road gravel. D. Have a road bed not less than twenty (20) feet wide. E. Be constructed over adequate culverts where necessary ensure the continuance of existing storm or water flow courses. F. Other standards as may be adopted by Road Commission. to the Manistee County SECTION 14.11 - Traffic Visibility at Corners On parcels of land that border two or more intersecting roads or streets no vehicle shall be parked, and no fence, hedge, planting of shrubs or any similar structures over thirty (30) inches in height above the elevation of the nearest road surface, shall be located, erected or maintained, within a distance of forty (40) feet from the point of intersection of the front lot line and the side lot line adjacent to the intersecting roads or streets. SECTION 14.12 - Bulk Regulations A. The maintenance of setback, floor area, yard, greenbelt, and parcel area requirements for one (1) use, parcel, building or structure shall be a continuing obligation of the owner of such building or structure or of the parcel on which such use, building or structure is locateu. No setback, floor area, yard, greenbelt or parcel area allocated to or required about or in connection with one parcel, use, building or structure may be allocated to any other parcel, use, building .or structure. B. The setback and yard requirements established by this Ordinance shall apply uniformly in each land use district to every parcel, building or structure except that any of the following may be located anywhere on any parcel except as otherwise expressly prohibited by this Ordinance: erosion control devices, trees, plants, shrubs, hedges and fences, subject to the requirements of Section 4.SOC. C. No more than one (1) principal building with accessory buildings and structures shall be erected on any lot or parcel of land unless such parcel of land is held in single ownership and is used for multiple family dwellings, mobile home parks, or for agricultural, commercial, or manufacturing purposes. -42- �SECTION 14.13 - Location of Accessory Buildings and Structures All accessory buildings and structures shall be in the side yard or rear yard, except when built as part of the main building and except in land use districts where land abuts a body of water, in which case accessory structures and buildings necessary for the enjoyment of the water, such as boathouses, docks, and erosion control dt:!vices, may be placed in the waterfront yard and within the waterfront setback line. An accessory building attached to the principal building shall be made structurally a part thereof, and shall comply in all respects with the requirements applicable to the principal building. An accessory building and s true ture, unless at cached and made a part of the principal building, shall not be closer than ten (10) feet to the principal building, and shall meet all setback requirements of the land use district in which it is to be erected, moved, altered or used unless otherwise expressly provided in this Ordinance. SECTION 14.14 - Other General Provisions No parcel, building or structure in any land use district shall be used or occupied in any manner which creates any dangerous, injurious, noxious or otherwise objectionable element or condition and which adversely affects the surrounding area or adjoining parcels provided that any use permitted by this Ordinance may be undertaken and maintained if acceptable measures and safeguards are employed to limit dangerous and objectionable elements to acceptable limits as established by the following performance requirements: A. Any activity involving the use or storage of flammable or explosive materials shall be protected by adequate fire-fighting and fire suppression equipment and by such safety devices as are normally used in the handling of any such material. Such hazards shall be kept removed from adjacent activities by a distance._ which i _s _compatible with the potential danger involved or as required by _applicable provisions of the State Construction Code and rules promulgated thereunder and/or the State Fire Marshal. B. No activity shall emit dangerous radioactivity at any point, or electrical disturbances adversely affecting the operation of any equipment at any point other than that of the creator of such disturbance. C. No vibration shall be permitted which is discernible without instruments on any adjoining lot or parcel. D. No malodorous gas or matter shall be permitted which is offensive or which produces a public nuisance or hazard on any adjoining lot or parcel. E. No pollution of air by fly-ash, dust, vapors, or other substances shall be permitted in excess of applicable state or federal air pollution statutes or regulations promulgated by rule thereunder. -43- �I F. No direct or reflected glare shall be permitted which is visible from any neighboring parcel or from any public street, road or highway. G. Pollution of water shall be subject to such requirements and regulations established by state, county or federal water pollution statutes or regulations promulgated by rule thereunder. H. Audible noise shall be subject to such requirements and regulations as are established by the Manistee County Noise Ordinance, as amended. SECTION 14.15 - Additional Residential District Regulations A. Scope The regulations set forth in this section shall apply to all residential districts (R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4) unless otherwise stated or unless they are clearly inapplicable in the context. B. Driveways: All buildings and structures shall provide access to an adjoining highway, street or road by means of a driveway not less than sixteen (16) feet in width and unobstructed by bordering trees or other natural growth. C. Fences: Fences not exceeding six (6) feet in height may be constructed on any portion of a parcel except that portion of a front yard between the actual front line of the main dwelling unit and the front lot line of the lot. For any fence in excess of six (6) feet, the side yard setback requirements shall apply. Fences located in the front yard portion of a lot shall be limited to a height of four (4) feet and be of a decorative type. D. Satellite Receiving Dishes and Antennas: 1. No satellite receiving dishes or television or radio antennas shall be located in a front yard. 2. All satellite receiving dishes and television or radio antennas larger than 24" in diameter at the widest point or television or radio antennas more than 10 feet in height _shall be permanently affixed to the ground by means of a suitable concrete foundation and capable of withstanding sustained winds of not less than forty (40) miles per hour. In the event the United States, the State of Michigan or other governmental agency having jurisdiction thereof shall adopt regulations relating to the means by which satellite receiving dishes and television and radio antennas are to be affixed to the ground which are more stringent than those set forth herein, then those regulations shall apply. 3. In determining the height of a television or radio antenna, the tower or other supporting structure shall be included in the measurement. ARTICLE XV Non-Conforming Uses, Buildings and Structures SECTION 15.1 - Continuance The lawful use of any parcel of land, bu i lding or structure existing at the time of the enactment of this Ordinance or, in the -44- �case of an Amendment of this Ordinance, then at the time of such Amendment, although it does not conform with the provisions thereof, may be continued as hereinafter provided. SECTION 15.2 - Involuntary Destruction I I I I I I I I I A. No building or structure damaged by fire or other causes to the extent of more than seventy-five (75%) percent of its appraised value shall be repaired or rebuilt except in conformity with the provision of this Ordinance. Such reconstruction, repair or restoration shall be diligently pursued and, in all cases, commenced within one (1) year following the damage. Resumption of use shall take place within ninety (90) days of completion of such reconstruction, repair or restoration. "Appraised value" shall mean the value established pursuant to Section 15.4B. B. In the event of an involuntary destruction of any structure located within the Township in excess of the percentage amount stated in this Section, the property owner shall within thirty days remove all rubble, debris or portions of that structure which shall constitute a hazard to the public health, safety or welfare as determined by the Zoning Administrator. In the event any open basement or excavation shall exist following an involuntary destruction, the owner shall within thirty (30) days fill in such open basement or excavation unless reconstruction is commenced in the thirty (30) day period following the involuntary destruction. SECTION 15.3 - Discontinuance Any non-conforming use, building or structure which has not been occupied or which has not been used for such non-conforming purposes for a period of one (1) year or more shall not thereafter be used or occupied unless it conforms to the provisions .of this Ordinance. SECTION 15.4 - Extension A. A non-conforming building or structure may not be extended, reconstructed or structurally altered during its life to an extent in aggregate cost of more than fifty (50%) percent of its appraised value, unless the building or structure conforms to the provisions of this Ordinance. r, B. As used in this Article, "appraised value" shall be determined as of the time of the first extension, reconstruction or structural alteration. "Appraised value" shall be determined to be two time (2X) the state equalized value of the non-conforming building or structure exclusive of land value as determined by reference to the latest ad valorem property tax bill or Township tax appraisal records. C. Nothing contained in this Section 15.4 shall be construed as prohibiting the construction of a detached accessory building or structure which is accessory to a non-conforming single-family -45- �dwelling provided the detached accessory building or structure meets all requirements of this Section 15.4 and this Ordinance. D. No non-conforming use shall be extended lakeward of the setback requirements established in the High Risk Erosion Overlay Zone, District OZ-2. SECTION 15.5 - Substitution A. For the purpose of this Section, the permitted uses in the Land Use Districts R-1 through C-1 shall be considered in the ascending order set forth in Section 3.1 as higher uses with District R-1 containing the highest uses and District C-1 containing the least highest uses. B. With the approval of the Zoning Administrator, a nonconforming use, building or structure may be replaced by or substituted with a higher use, even though such replacement or substitution does not change the non-conforming status of such use, building or structure in the land use district in which it is located. SECTION 15.6 - Condemnation Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as preventing Manistee Township from exercising its powers of eminent domain or condemnation, granted by Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended, or other applicable laws, with respect to non-conforming uses, buildings, and structures. ARTICLE XVI Permits SECTION 16.l - Land Use Permits A. No land shall be occupied or used and no building or structure shall hereafter b~ erected, altered or relocated under the provisions of this Section until a permit authorizing the same shall be issued by the Zoning Administrator. B. The Zoning Administrator shall require in all cases that plans, specifications and drawings showing the location, design and size of the proposed land use and the buildings and structures to be located thereon shall be filed with the Application for permit. The Zoning Administrator may also require the following information and such other information as he deems necessary to act on the application for permit: 1. 2. The legal seating and/or sleeping capacity of all buildings and structures, if applicable. A concise statement of all operations and uses which will be conducted on the land and buildings. -46- �3. 4. A concise statement of the services, if any, to be offered to the public, if applicable. Any other information required by this Ordinance. C. No permit shall be issued under this Section for any use which fails to conform to any relevant provision of Article XIV or which fails to conform to any minimum . requirement established for the land use district in which the proposed use is to be located, or which fails to conform to any standard set forth in the definition of tr.e proposed use, as defined in this Ordinance. D. No new use shall be established or excavation or construction begun before such permit is issued, and a copy posted in a prominent position on the building site. E. No permit or fee is needed under this Section for the following activities provided the same comply in all other respects with the terms and conditions of this Ordinance: 1. Exterior or interior repair and improvement which does not structurally alter the premises or change the exterior shape or form of any building in any manner. 2. Relocation or replacement of machinery or equipment within a building located in the Commercial, Restricted Commercial or Industrial Districts C-1, CR-1, and 1-1, conforming to the provisions of this Ordinance and used for commercial or industrial purposes, nor for any modification to such building in connection with said relocation or replacement, unless said modification structurally alters the premises or changes the exterior shape or form in any manner. 3. Household pet shelters, such as dog houses. 4. Treehouses, dollhouses, forts and other structures used by children for play. 5. Agricultural uses, except buildings or structures. 6. Timber harvesting. · 7. Hedges, lawns, gardens, trees, plants, and shrubs. F. A permit issued under this Section is void if the use is not commenced within one (1) year. A renewal may be granted by the Zoning Administrator after a restudy of the permit at no cost to the applicant. G. A violation of any condition or specification in a permit issued under this Section shall void the permit. H. Any improper or incorrect information contained in the application for permit issued under this Section shall void the permit ab initio and until properly corrected upon the permit application; provided that, as corrected, the applicant continues to meet all requirements for a permit. -47- �- I. A non-refundable fee shall accompany each application for a permit under this Section. The fee shall be as established from time to time by the Manistee Township Board. SECTION 16.2 - Special Use Permits A. Introduction: No land shall be occupied or used and no building or structure shall hereafter be erected, altered or relocated under the provisions of this Section until a permit authorizing the same shall be issued by the Township Zoning Board following an application for review and approval pursuant to the requirements of this Section. B. Application: (1) An application for the occupation or use of lands or for the erection, alteration or relocation of any building or structure shall be made in writing to the Township Zoning Administrator and, in addition to the fee to accompany the site plan, shall be accompanied by the payment of a non-refundable fee set by the Township Board to cover the cost of processing the.application. (2) No application for a special use permit shall be submitted to the Township Zoning Board for review and approval until a site plan therefore has been reviewed for completeness and accuracy by the Township Zoning Administrator. To accomplish this purpose, the Zoning Administrator may request assistance from other governmental agencies or any educational institution. C. Authority to Grant Permits: (1) The Township Zoning Board may deny, approve or approve with conditions the request for special land use approval. ~ny conditions imposed shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Township Rural Zoning Act, Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended. (2) In the case of a special use permit for mining on a regular basis, the permit shali be for an initial term of not more than five years and the applicant shall commence significant development of mining operations within two years of the date of issuance of the permit. In the case of a special use permit for mining on a temporary basis, the permit shall be for an initial term of not more than six months and, subject to the requirements of Section 16.2F, the Zoning Board may extend the effectiveness of a temporary permit for an additional six month period upon request of the applicant. (3) Upon disapproval of the application, the Zoning Board shall notify the applicant in writing stating the reasons for disapproval as well as the necessary action, if any, that the applicant may take to complete the application in an acceptable form. No application which has been denied, in whole or in part, may be resubmitted for six months from the date of denial, except for new evidence, change of conditions, or other such reason as the Zoning Board may accept. -48- �, D. Site Plans: 1. The clude: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (1) site plan required under this Section shall in- Plans, specifications and drawings showing the location, design and size of the proposed land use and the buildings and structures to be located thereon; all abutting roads and streets; and the location of all existing structures. The legal seating and/or sleeping capacity of all buildings and structures. A concise statement of all operations and uses which will be conducted on the land and buildings. A concise statement of all services, if any, to be offered to the public. Information concerning the intensity of use, including hours and times of operation and use, and the density of population which will occupy and use the premises. Information concerning the generation of traffic and traffic movements. Information concerning the requirements of the special land use for public services and utilities, including the number of sewer hook-ups, generation and disposal of solid and liquid waste, and the amount of fresh water to be consumed. The amount of soil, dirt, sand or gravel to be excavated and removed from the site, or the amount and composition of all fill to be placed on the site. The applicant's name and address in full and the principal offices and resident agent of the business if other than a so._le proprietor; a statement that the applicant is the owner of the land involved in the application or is acting on the owner's behalf; and the address and legal description of the land involved in the application. The names and addresses of all owners of property which is assessed within 300 feet of the boundary of the property involved in the application, and the names of all occupants of all structures within 300 feet of the boundary of the property involved in the application. Information showing all set-back distances for proposed structures from the front, side and rear lot lines, rivers, lakes, streams, or other bodies of water. For special uses in the Ag-Forest Preservation District AP-1 and Multiple Use District M-1: (1) Location of past and present mining and land areas held for future extraction by operators. -49- �-I j j i - (2) (m) The presence, location, extent and quality of potentially valuable mineral deposits both known and inferred. For a special use permit for mining on a regular basis, the following additional information: (1) A map and/or aerial photograph of the property which shall indicate: (a) Boundaries of the affected and adjacent lands; (b) Surface drainage of the affected land; (c) Location and names of all streams, roads, railroads, utility lines, and pipelines on or immediately adjacent to the area; (d) Location of all structures within one thousand feet of the outer perimeter of the area, present owners and occupants of such structures, and purposes for which each structure is used; (e) Proposed location, aerial extent, and depth of intended mine excavation; (f) Proposed location of the mine, waste dumps, tailing ponds, sediment basins, stockpiles, structures, roads, railroad lines, utilities or other permanent or temporary facilities used in mining. (g) Estimated depth to groundwater. (2) A description of the mining and processing equipment to be used; (3) A description of measures to be taken to control noise and vibrations from the operation; (4) A description of measures to be taken to screen the operation f~om view; _ . (5) Proposed primary travel routes to be used to transport the mined material to processing plants or markets away from the property; (6) A description of the plans for topsoil storage; (7) A reclamation plan which shall include: (a) A map or plan and description of the proposed reclamation including grading, final slope angles, highwall reduction, benching and terracing of slopes, slope reduction, benching and terracing of slopes, slope stabilization and revegetation where applicable, and erosion control, and alternative future land uses; (b) Description of topsoil stripping and conservation during storage and replacement; -50- �'If ,-, '- (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) Plan and description of anticipated final topography, water impoundments, and artificial lakes on the property; Description of plans for disposition of surface structures, roads, and related facilities after cessation of mining; A plan for disposal or treatment of any harmful or toxic materials found in any formations penetrated by the mining operation or produced during the p ocessing of minerals on the affected land, and of chemicals or materials used during the mining or processing operations; The estimated cost of completing the Reclamation Plan within one (1) year of cessation of mining operations based on the anticipated costs for the year in which the reclamation would take place. A statement of the proposed form of the performance guarantee, equal to two (2) times the estimated cost of the Reclamation Plan, which may be required by the Zoning Board. (8) (n) (o) A statement in writing and adequate evidence to indicate the duration of the lease in years; (9) A timetable of the commencement, duration and cessation of mining operations; (10) Any and all mining permits held by the applicant within the state; For a special use permit for ruining on a temporary basis: . (1) As may be required by the Zoning Board, a map and/or aerial photograph of the land with any or all of the information as listed in D(l) (m) (1) of this section, relating to requirements for maps and/ or aerial photographs for regular mining special use permits; (2) As may be required by the Zoning Board, any or all of the information listed in part D(l)(m)(l) through (10) inclusive of this section, relating to requirements for information for regular mining special use permits. For a special use permit for a central production facility, sweetening plant or bulk storage plant, the following additional information: (1) A map and/or aerial photograph of the property which shall indicate: (a) Boundaries of the proposed project site (b) Surface drainage of the project site -51- �I (c) 'I (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Location and names of all streams, roads, railroads, utility lines and pipelines or on immediately adjacent to the project site (d) Location of all buildings and structures within two thousand six hundred forty (2,640) feet of the boundary of the project site (e) estimated depth to groundwater A description of the production, sweetening or storage machinery and equipment to be used. A description of the measures to be taken to control noise, vibrations, and odors from the operations. A description of measures to be taken to screen the project from view. Proposed primary travel or transmission routes to be used to transport the raw materials to the property and the processed materials away from the property, including the proposed location of all pipelines. A description of the plans for topsoil storage if the project will disturb the topsoil on the property. A Pollution Incident Prevention Plan which has been approved by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, the fire chief of the Manistee Township Fire Department, and the Manistee County Emergency Services Director and which sets forth in reasonable detail, the applicant's contingency plans in the event of fire, plans for the evacuation of surrounding areas and_ neighborhoods, the communication and warnings to be given in the event of a fire or pollution incident and the procedure to be followed for periodic updating of such plan in consultation with the Manistee Township Fire Department and the Manistee County Emergency Services Department. In addition, such Plan shall include all other information required by the Department of Natural Resources or other governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the project. A letter showing (a) approval, (b) tentative approval or (c) an understanding for concurrent approval of the project by the Department of Natural Resources, the Manistee County Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Department and any other governmental agency whose approval is required. A statement of any changes or modifications in the project required for approval by any -52- �' governmental agency whose approval is required. (10) A reclamation plan which shall include: (a) A statement of the maximum life expectancy of the project and all plant and equipment associated with the project. (b) Plans for the disassembly, removal, or other disposition of all plant and equipment, including pipeline, at the project site at the expiration of operations. (c) Plans for the replacement of topsoil and restoration of the property to its original grade and contours. (d) Plans for the restoration of all access roads to original condition unless at the time of reclamation an agreement is reached among the Township Zoning Board, the owner/operator of the project and the affected landowner(s) for some other disposition. (e) Plans for the identification, disposal or treatment of all harmful or toxic materials found on the property, including any contaminated topsoil. (f) The estimated cost of completing the Reclamation Plan within on~ (1) year of cessation of operations on the property based on anticipated costs for the year in which the reclamation would take place. (g) A statement of the proposed form of the performance guarantee, equal to two (2) times the estimated cost of the Reclamation Plan, which may be required by the Zoning Board. 2. 3. 4. The Township Zoning Board as a condition to granting a special use permit under this Section, may require the applicant to submit such additional or further information and material, including but not limited to an environmental assessment study, environmental impact statement, reclamation plan and/or a fiscal impact statement as it deems necessary to make an informed decision on the request for special land use approval. The site plan, as approved by the Zoning Administrator and any supplementation required by the Township Zoning Board under the provisions of this paragraph shall become a part of the record of approval. The site plan shall be in writing and accompanied by a non-refundable fee established by the Manistee Township Board to cover the cost of processing. The Zoning Board may vote to waive or modify any -53- �5. requirements for information requested under the terms of this section. Unless the Zoning Board votes to waive or modify any requirements of this section, the application shall not be accepted or deemed to be accepted unless all the information required by this section is supplied by the applicant. In the case of an incomplete application, the review and decision on the application shall not commence and no special use permit shall be issued. E. Transmittal to Township Zoning Board: Upon completion of review of the site plan by the Zoning Administrator, the Zoning Administrator shall transmit the same to the Township Zoning Board: F. Notice and Hearing: Within thirty (30) days of receipt of the approved site plan from the Township Zoning Administrator, the Township Zoning Board shall give the public notice required by the Township Rural Zoning Act, Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended, and thereafter, shall hold a public hearing in accordance with the Township Rural Zoning Act, Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended. The date set for review of the application for a special land use permit may be either the date of a regular meeting of the Township Zoning Board or a special meeting called for the purpose of reviewing the request. The public hearing may be recessed for a reasonable period of time, as determined by the Zoning Board if it feels that additional information or study is needed. G. Required Standards: No permit for a special land use shall be issued for any use, building or structure which: 1. fails to conform to any applicable provisions of Article XIV; or 2. fails to conform to any minimi:im requirements established for the land use district in which the proposed special land use is to be located; or 3. fails to conform to any standard set forth in the definition of the proposed special land use, as defined in this Ordinance. 4. Fails to conform to any standard or requirement of an applicable overlay zone, Districts OZ-1 and OZ-2. H. Required Findings: The Township Zoning Board shall review the particular facts and circumstances of each proposed special land use and shall find and record adequate data, information and evidence, showing that such proposed use: will be consistent with and promote the intent and pur1. pose of this ordinance; will be designed, constructed, operated, maintained and 2. managed so as to be compatible with adjacent uses of land and harmonious and appropriate in appearance with -54- �3. 4. 5. 6. 7. the existing or intended character of the general vicinity; will be served adequately by essential public facilities and services such as highways, streets, police and fire protection, drainage structures, and solid and liquid waste disposal methods; will not disrupt the orderly and proper development of the district as a whole or be in conflict with or discourage the principle permitted uses of adjacent or neighboring lands or buildings; will not unnecessarily diminish land used to meet the needs of the State's citizens for food, fiber, energy and use of other natural resources; will not be more objectionable to nearby properties by reason of traffic, noise, vibrations, dust, fumes, smoke, glare, flashing lights or disposal of waste, than the operation of any principle permitted use. In the case of a special use permit for mining, whether on a regular or temporary basis, will result in no very serious consequences, which may be shown by meeting or exceeding the standards and requirements listed below, in addition to the required findings listed above: (a) That the establishment, maintenance, or operation of the special use will not substantially affect the existing use of adjacent property, and will not have a substantially adverse effect on the long-term future use of the adjacent property; (b) That the special use shall conform to all governmental regulations pertaining to the activity itself; (c) That the mining operation shall conform to applicable air and water quality standards; (d) That the noise, vibration, and dust levels at the property lines shatl be within the levels determined by the Zoning Board; (e) That an undeveloped buffer zone• commencing not less than 20 feet from the property line of the mining site or such other distance as the Zoning Board finds necessary for the protection and safety of adjacent property from mining, with a stable angle of slope repose shall be provided along property lines; (f) Where deemed practicable and necessary by the Zoning Board• an earth bank or vegetative screen is erected and/or maintained to screen the mining operation from view from any residential district located within one-half mile of the operation; (g) Where deemed necessary by the Zoning Board• the mining operation is enclosed by at least a single-strand barbed-wire fence, maintained at all times• with warning signs spaced no -55- �more than 200 feet apart to indicate the presence of a mining area. (h) That an application shall not be of a speculative nature, nor shall the mining cause harm to adjacent property; 8. In the case of a special use permit for a central production facility, sweetening plant or bulk storage facility, the following findings shall be made in addition to the required findings listed above. (a) That the central production facility or bulk storage facility will not be located less than 600 feet from an existing dwelling, commercial or ind us trial use, wetlands, or surface water and a sweetening plant will not be located less than 1300 feet from any such uses, wetlands or surface water. (b) That the proposed project will not be located less than 2640 feet from any developed residential subdivision, multi-family dwelling, mobile home park or other land use with a dense population. (c) That upon completion of the project the density of all central production facilities, sweetening plants and bulk storage facilities will not exceed one per square mile section of land. (d) The project will not be located within two miles of another central production facility, sweetening plant or bulk storage plant and shall be designed to service all oil and gas wells that are expected to need such services over the maximum life expectancy of the project within a two mile radius of the proposed project site. 1£ upon a showing by the applicant that: (i) an existing central production facility, sweetening plant or bulk storage facility within the same section of land or within a two mile radius is being operated at capacity and cannot be feasibly expanded, or (ii) the existing facility cannot be expanded or modified to accept oil or gas from the applicant's well, or (iii) the owners of the existing facility, after reasonable offers and negotiations of terms, refuse to share their facility to service the applicant's oil or gas wells, the Zoning Board may waive the density requirements of this subsection. (e) The project, in the case of a central production facility, or bulk storage facility, will -56- �(f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (1) (m) be located on a parcel not less than for (4) acres in si~e, and in the case of a sweetening plant, will be located on a parcel not less than ten (10) acres in size; provided, however, that in all cases, the minimum parcel size shall not be less than the minimum parcel size established for the Land Use District in which the project is proposed to be located. In the case of a central production facility or sweetening plant, all buildings, plant, equipment and machinery will be screened from view from all nearby roads, dwellings and commercial uses by vegetation or berm, or a combination of both, placed near or at the perimeter boundary of the property. In the case of a bulk storage facility, all tanks or other storage facilities, pumps and other equipment are completely enclosed in a berm. All lights or other illumination devices will be shaded and/or screened by the vegetation, berm and/or by apparatus such that direct glare is not visible beyond the boundary of the property. The project will be made secure to prevent pedestrians or other unauthorized persons from gaining access to the property. All emissions or effluent from the project will meet or exceed all applicable state and federal air pollution, surface and groundwater quality standards and all solid or liquid will be transported by a Michigan licensed waste hauler _to licensed Type I or Type II landfill or other approved disposal site. Odors from the project will not be detectable by normal human senses under normal operating conditions at a distance of 600 feet in the case of a central production facility or bulk sales facility and at a distance of 1300 feet in the case of a sweetening plant. Noise and vibration levels will not exceed 100 decibels at a distance of 600 feet in the case of a central production facility or bulk storage facility and at a distance of 1300 feet in the case of a sweetening plant. The applicant's reclamation plan will be completed within one (1) year of the cessation of operations of the project. -57- �I. Other Informational Considerations: The Township Zoning Board, in reviewing an application for special use permit, may consider: 1. 2. 3. the present use of the land involved in the application; the number and location of similar uses in the land use district in which the proposed special use will be located; and the comments received following the public notice and hearing; provided, however, that such information shall be considered only as it may affect the standards and findings required in the previous two subsections and shall not, alone, be sufficient grounds for the denial of a special use permit. J. Voiding of Permits: Any improper or incorrect information contained in the application for a special use permit or the site plan submitted in connection therewith shall render the special use permit void ab initio and thereafter the violation of any condition or standard imposed by the Township Zoning Board in the issuance of a special use permit or by this Ordinance shall immediately void the special use permit. A special use permit is also void if the use is not commenced or construction is not begun within one (1) year of the date of issuance. K. Performance Guarantees: (1) In granting a special use permit, the Township Zoning Board may require that a cash deposit, certified check, irrevocable bank letter of credit, or surety bond acceptable to. the Township Zoning Board and covering the estimated cost of improvements associated with a special use project and/or the estimated cost of reclamation of all areas disturbed by mineral extraction operations, central production facilities, sweetening plant or bulk storage facilities be furnished by the applicant to ensure compliance with an approved site plan and the special use requirements. Such bond shall be deposited with the Township Clerk at or before the time of the issuance of the special use permit. (2) In fixing the amount of such bond for special use permits, other than for a special use permit which requires completion of a reclamation plan, the Township Zoning Board shall limit it to reasonable improvements required to meet the standards of this Ordinance and to protect the natural resources or the health, safety and welfare of the residents of the Township and future users or inhabitants of the proposed project or project area including, but not limited to, roadways, lighting, public utilities, sidewalks, screening, waste disposal, and drainage. The term "improvements" does not include the entire project, nor improvements for which a performance guarantee has been deposited pursuant to Act 288 of the Public Acts of 1967, as amended. In -58- �I I I I I I I fixing the amount of such bond for a special use permit which requires completion of a reclamation plan, an additional amount shall be added to such bond or a separate bond may be posted which shall be not less than one (1) time and not more than two (2) times the estimated cost of completing the reclamation plan within one (1) year, less that amount deposited for reclamation purposes with other governmental agencies, if any. (3) The Township Zoning Board and the applicant shall establish an agreeable procedure for the rebate of any bonds required under this section, in reasonable proportion to the ratio of the work completed on the required improvements as work progresses. Said agreement shall be written as an element of the conditions of approval of the special use permit. (4) In the case of a special use for m1.n1.ng on a regular or temporary basis, a central production facility, sweetening plant, bulk storage facility or other special use which requires completion of a reclamation plan: (a) Any owner/operator who obtains a permit from the Zoning Board for t"7o or more project sites within Manistee Township may elect, at the time the second or any subsequent site is approved, to post a single bond in lieu of separate bonds on each site. Any single bond so posted shall include the total amount previously posted for completing the reclamation plan for all sites the owner/operator has under each of his permits issued in Manistee Township. When an owner/operator elects to post a single bond in lieu of separate bonds previously posted on individual sites, the separate bonds shall not be released until the new bond has been accepted by the Zoning Board. (b) At the termination of each bonding period, the Zoning Board shall review the bond amount,compliance with the permit and/or reclamation progress and shall either maintain the existing bond, return all or a portion of the existing bond, or request the owner/operator to increase the amount of the bond. (c) The owner/operator may file with the Zoning Board a request for release of bond at such time as the owner/operator feels that all reclamation has been satisfactorily completed or is in progress in accordance "7ith the approved reclamation plan on any or all of the affected lands. Such request for release of bond shall include the name and address of the owner/operator, the permit number, a legal description of the area, and a final reclamation report on the area for which the release of bond is requested. The final reclamation report shall contain the following information. (1) Name and address of the owner/operator, permit number, and legal description of the land; (2) A map and/or aerial photograph on which the operator shall indicate the final contours, slope angles of the affected land, surface water -59- �I I I I -I I -J (5) drainage and ponds, and the locations of any remaining structures and roads; (3) A description of reclamation activities leading to completion of the approved reclamation requirements including: topsoil disposition and thickness, revegetation practices, disposition of waste dumps, tailing ponds, or other harmful or toxic materials found on the property, disposition of all plant equipment and pipeline and other surface structures, haulage and access roads, sediment control practices, and maximum depth of artificial lakes or ponds; (4) Owner/operators of all underground mineral extraction operations shall also submit a complete plan of all entries, workings, and levels as well as a description of the sloping and ground support methods at the cessation of operations; (5) For underground mining operations, a description of the stability of lands overlaying the underground workings and a description of methods to be used for sealing all shafts, adits, inclines, and other mine entries; (6) Such other pertinent information and maps as may be required to evaluate the completion of reclamation and the advisability of returning the owner/operator's bond. Final release of the bond shall not occur until the operator files a final reclamation plan under the terms of this ordinance. Upon receipt of a request for release of the bond, the Zoning Board shall: (a) Inspect the designated lands; (b) Publish, in accordance with Section 16.2F notice that the release of bond application is pending and specify a 30-day period for filing of complaint·s with the Zoning Board against the release of bond. (c) Publish, in accordance with Section 16. 2F notice of a public hearing at such time and place as the Zoning Board de.termines to consider the request for release of bond and make a determination on the validity of complaints. The notice required in (b) of this subsection and this sub-section may be published at the same time, but in all cases the public hearing shall be held at least 30 days after the first notice required in (b) of this sub-section; (d) In the case of a special use permit for mining, central production facility, sweetening plant, bulk storage facilities, or other special use which requires completion of a reclamation plan if the reclamation is found to be satisfactory and all valid complaints have been satisfied, the Zoning Board shall release the appropriate amount of bond JO days after the public hearing. If the reclamation is found to be unsatisfactory, so notify the owner/ operator by registered -60- �I I I I I I I '- (6) mail setting forth the reasons for denial of release of bond and the corrective action necessary for release of bond. (e) In the case of special use permits other than those listed in subsection (d) above, if the Zoning Board finds that the applicant has faithfully performed its agreement established under 16. 2K(J) above, it shall release the appropriate amount of bond 30 days after the public hearing, otherwise it shall so notify the applicant by registered mail setting forth the reasons for denial of release of bond and the corrective action needed to be taken. Nothing in this section shall be construed to infringe upon the Zoning Board's authority to take appropriate action on bonds, including forfeiture of all or part of the bond for cause. Forfeiture shall not be approved by the Zoning Board unless there has been publication of notice and a public hearing held consistent with the terms of this ordinance. L. Change, Renewals and Transfer of Special Use Permits: The holder of a special use permit may at any time apply to the Zoning Board for amendment, cancellation, renewal, transfer, or change in the special use permit including a reclamation plan, provided that this section shall not include an expansion of a mining operation, central production facility, sweetening plant, or bulk storage facility, a removal of mined lands from the aerial extent of the approved permit, a release of a bond or other security mechanism, or the renewal of a temporary mining special use permit. (2) The application for the amendment, cancellation, or change shall be submitted to the Zoning Board which shall approve, approve conditionally, or deny the application subject to the standards set forth in this Ordinance. (3) A regular mining special use permit shall be ienewed at the end of the permit term for successive five-year terms after public hearing and notice so long as the operator continues to produce mineral materials from the property, conforms to the approved reclamation plan, and conforms to the provision of this ordinance and is within the timetable of operations as established by subsection D.l. (m) (9) of this Section 16.2. (4) No holder of a special use permit shall assign, sell, lease or transfer in any manner any rights granted under the special use permit until his successor or assigns have complied with all the requirements of this Ordinance, including all requirements of a reclamation plan associated with a special use permit for mining, central production facility, sweetening plant, bulk storage facility, or other special use which requires completion of a reclamation plan and the filing of a bond of like amount with the Zoning Board. Upon compliance with the requirements of this Ordinance, the Zoning Board shall release the first holder (1) -61- �I I I I I I (5) (6) M. I (1) (2) N. (1) (2) (3) from the requirements of this Ordinance, including any bond, and transfer the permit to the successor. Any permit granted with conditions attached under the terms of this Section shall have the conditions attached in writing to the document of approval. Such conditions may cover any standard or requirement listed in this Ordinance. A violation of the conditions shall constitute a violation of this Ordinance. Any changes or modification in a site plan or project required for approval of the project by any other governmental agency having jurisdiction over the project after the Zoning Board has issued a special use permit shall be made only in accordance with the provision of this subsection L. Inspections Upon issuance of a special use permit, the Zoning Board or its approved agents may inspect the project site to determine compliance with the requirement of this Ordinance. Inspections may also include the required reclamation records of a mining operation, central production facility, sweetening plant, bulk storage facility, or other special use requiring completion of a reclamation plan. Such inspection shall be at reasonable times with notice provided to the holder of the special use permit. Penalties Whenever the Zoning Board finds a violation of this Ordinance, including but not limited to, an unapproved deviation from a site plan, reclamation plan, or the standards established by reference to any findings required to be made by the Zoning Board at the time of the issuance of a special use permit, it shall be recorded and .the Zoning Board shall send the holder of the special use ·permit, by· registered mail, an order specifying the nature of the violation, time of violation, and corrective steps necessary to achieve compliance with this Ordinance. The Zoning Board shall cancel the special use permit of any holder who fails to comply with the order within 30 days after the order is served unless the holder named therein, within 10 days after notice, requests in writing a hering before the Zoning Board. Failure to show just cause for the continued violation and lack of compliance with the order shall result in permit cancellation and immediate cessation of all activities on the affected property. The penalties provided for herein shall be in addition to the penalties provided in Section 18.J of this Ordinance. SECTION 16.3 - High Risk Erosion Areas Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Ordinance, a Land Use or Special Use Permit, as the case may be, shall -62- �I I I I I I I I ' ' ' be required for any construction occurring in the High Risk Erosion Area Overlay Zone, District OZ-2. ARTICLE XVII Administration SECTION 17.l - Manistee Township Zoning Administrator A. The provisions of this Ordinance shall be administered by the Manistee Township Zoning Administrator. Applicants for the office of Township Zoning Administrator shall be interviewed by the Manistee Township Zoning Board. The Manistee Township Zoning Board shall make its recommendations to the Manistee Township Board regarding the qualifications of the applicants. The Township Board shall appoint, from the list of applicants recommended by the Township Zoning Board, a Zoning Administrator who shall serve for such term, subject to such conditions, and at such rate of compensation as the Township Board shall determine. B. The duty of enforcement of this Ordinance shall rest with the Zoning Administrator as shall be authorized by law. The Zoning Administrator shall, for the purpose of this Ordinance, have the power of a police officer. In addition thereto, the Zoning Administrator shall: 1. Issue Land Use Permits when, after inspection, it is determined that the proposed use, building or structure complies with the provisions of this Ordinance. 2. Issue violation notices requiring compliance within thirty (30) days or such other reasonable time as the Zoning Administrator may determine from the 0 record before him and initiate any other activities to abate violations as authorized by this Ordinance. 3. Maintain permanent and current records of this Ordinance, including all permits applied for, issued and denied, maintain the zoning map and propert y descriptions, maintain records of applications for variances, appeals, and the decisions thereon by the Zoning Board of Appeals and determine the location of the bluffline. 4. In the case of a denied Land Use Permit, inform the Applicant of the right to appeal or seek a variance. 5. Perform all other duties of the Zoning Administrator as set forth in this Ordinance. C. Elected officials of Manistee Township and/or Manistee County and/or members of the Manistee Township Zoning Board and Zoning Board of Appeals shall be ineligible for appointment to the office of Township Zoning Administrator, except as otherwise provided in Section 17.l(D). -63- �I I I I I I I D. In the event of the resignation, death, disability, disqualification or temporary absence of the Manistee Township Zoning Administrator, the Secretary of the Manistee Township Zoning Board shall serve as interim zoning administrator until a new zoning administrator is appointed by the Manistee Township Board, until the disability or disqualification is removed or until the return of the regular Zoning Administrator, as the case may be. E. In issuing an order, establishing a requirement, or making a decision or determination on any discretionary matter referred to him or upon which he is required to pass under this Ordinance, it shall be sufficient for the Zoning Administrator to reasonably conclude that in addition to the standards set forth in Section 16. lC, the proposed order, requirement, decision or determination is compatible with the present uses of adjacent land, is consistent with and promotes the intent and purposes of this Ordinance, is compatible with the natural environment, is consistent with the capabilities of public services and facilities affected by such order, requirement, decision or determination and protects the public health, safety and welfare. SECTION 17.2 - Zoning Board of Appeals A. There is hereby established a Zoning Board of Appeals which shall perform its duties and exercise its powers as provided by Act 184 of Public Acts of 1943, as amended, in such a way that the objectives of this Ordinance shall be enforced, the public health, welfare and safety secured, and substantial justice done. ' • • B. The Zoning Board of Appeals shall consist of five (5) members. Members of the Zoning Board of Appeals shall be appointed by the Township Board in accordance with Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended, and shall be governed in accordance therewith. C. In the event of the resignation, death, _disability, disqualification or temporary absence of one or more members of . the Zoning Board of Appeals, and such resignation, death, disability, disqualification or absence, in the opinion of the Chairman or Acting Chairman of Zoning Board of Appeals, prevents that body from effectively and timely discharging its duties under this Ordinance, the Manistee Township Supervisor shall appoint an alternate member to the Zoning Board of Appeals, subject to confirmation by the Manistee Township Board at its next regular or special meeting, who shall serve until a new member is appointed by the Manistee Township Board, until the disability or disqualification is removed or until the return of the regular member of the Zoning Board of Appeals, as the case may be. In the event such resigned, deceased, disabled, disqualified or absent member was also a member of the Township Board or the Zoning Board, as required by Act 184 of the Public Acts of 1943, as amended, such alternate member shall also be a member of the Township Board or Zoning Board, as the case may be. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as preventing the Manistee Township Board from establishing a permanent slate of alternate members and providing for their temporary appointment to the Zoning Board of Appeals upon such terms and -64- �I I I I I I I I I conditions as the Manistee ordinance, establish. Township Board may, by resolution or SECTION 17.3 - Duties of the Zoning Board of Appeals A. The Zoning Board of Appeals shall act upon all questions as they may arise in the administration of this Ordinance, including the interpretation of the Official Zoning Map. It shall hear and decide appeals from and review any order, requirement, decision or determination made by the Zoning Administrator. It shall also hear and decide all matters referred to it or upon which it is required to pass under this Ordinance. The concurring vote of the majority of the members of the Zoning Board of Appeals shall be necessary to reverse any order, requirement, decision or determination of the Zoning Administrator or decide in favor of the applicant any matter upon which it is required to pass under, or to effect any variation in, this Ordinance. An appeal may be taken by any person aggrieved by the Zoning Administrator's order, requirement, decision or determination or by any officer, department, board or bureau of the Township, county or state. B. Such appeal shall be taken within thirty (30) days of the date of the order, requirement, decision or determination to be appealed by the filing with the Zoning Administrator of a notice of appeal specifying the grounds therefor. The Zoning Administrator shall forthwith transmit to the Zoning Board of Appeals all papers constituting the record upon which the action appealed was taken. C. The Zoning Board of Appeals shall fix a reasonable time for the hearing of the appeal, but not later than sixty (60) days from its receipt of the record, unless the time is extended by mutual agreement with the appellant and shall decide the same within a reasonable time thereafter. The Zoning Administrator or Secretary of the Zoning Board of Appeals shall give due written notice of the hearing to all interested parties which shall consist of the appel~ant, the Zoning Administrator, any person who has, in writing, requested notice ' and, in the discretion of the Zoning Board of Appeals, the owners of the adjoining or neighboring lands who may reasonably be expected to be substantially affected by the appeal. In the event of an appeal involving the High Risk Erosion Area· Overlay Zone, the Department of Natural Resources shall be deemed an interested party. Notice may be given personally, by ordinary first class mail, or any other means reasonably calculated to provide notice and shall be given, in all cases, not less than ten (10) days prior to the hearing. Upon the hearing, any person may appear in person or by agent or by attorney. D. The Zoning Board of Appeals may reverse or affirm wholly or partly or may modify the order, requirement, decision or determination made by the Zoning Administrator and, to that end, shall have all the powers of the Zoning Administrator and may issue or direct the issuance of a permit. Upon the hearing of an appeal from any order, requirement, decision or determination of the Zoning Administrator, the Zoning Board of Appeals shall limit itself to a review and determination that the Zoning Administrator has correctly applied the relevant standards under this Ordinance, that the Zoning -65- �I I I I I I I I I I I Administrator's order, requirement, decision or determination is based upon competent, material and substantial evidence on the whole record and that the Zoning Administrator's order, requirement, decision or determination is consistent with constitutional requirements of due process and equal protection. Provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed as preventing the Zoning Board of Appeals from construing an appeal as a request for a variance from the strict terms of this Ordinance and proceeding in accordance with the succeeding Section. E. An appeal shall stay all proceedings in furtherance of the action appealed from unless the Zoning Administrator certifies to the Zoning Board of Appeals that for reasons of fact stated in the certificate, a stay would, in his opinion, cause imminent peril to life or property, in which case proceedings shall not be stayed except upon the order of the Zoning Board of Appeals which may be granted for due cause shown, upon application, and following notice to the Zoning Administrator • F. A fee prescribed by the Manistee Township Board shall be paid to the Zoning Administrator at the time of filing a notice of appeal. SECTION 17.4 - Variances A. Where there are practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships in the way of carrying out the strict letter of this Ordinance, the Zoning Board of Appeals shall have the power in passing upon appeals to vary or modify any of the rules or provisions of this Ordinance so that the spirit of the Ordinance is observed, the public health and safety secured, and substantial justice done. Specifically, the Zoning Board of Appeals shall find and determine: 1. That special conditions and circumstances exist which are peculiar to the land, structure, or __ building involved and which are not applicable to other lands, structures, or buildings in the same land use district. 2. That literal interpretation of th~ provisions of this Ordinance would deprive the applicant uf rights commonly enjoyed by other properties in the same land use district under the terms of this Ordinance. 3. That the special conditions and circumstances are not the result of actions of the applicant. 4. That granting the variance will not alter the essential character of the area. The nonconforming use of neighboring lands, structures, or buildings, in the same land use district, and the permitted use of lands, structures or buildings in other land use districts shall not be considered grounds for the issuance of a variance. Additionally, the Zoning Board of Appeals shall find and determine that the reasons set forth in the application justify the granting of the variance under the standards of thi~ Section and that the variance granted is the minimum variance that will make possible the reasonable use of the land, building or structure. -66- �I I I I I I I I I B. The Zoning Board of Appeals may require the applicant for a variance from the provisions of this Ordinance to submit such surveys, plans or other information, in addition to such information already contained in the record, as is necessary for the Zoning Board of Appeals to investigate thoroughly the matters before it. The Zoning Board of Appeals may impose such conditions or limitations in granting a variance, not contrary to law, as it may deem necessary to comply with the spirit, intent and purpose of this Ordinance. C. A variance from the minimum setback provisions for principal structures set forth in Article XIII High Risk Erosion Overlay Zone, District OZ-2, shall be granted by the Zoning Board of Appeals under the exceptional circumstances described in Subsection (1) only if the conditions described in subsection (2) are complied with: 1. A variance for substandard parcels of record or parcels described in a deed or land contract may be allowed where the lots were: a. Established prior to the effective date of this Ordinance establishing the High Risk Erosion Overlay Zone but which have inadequate depth to comply with the minimum setback for principal structures. b. Created in full compliance with this Ordinance, but which at the time of application tu establish a principal structure lack sufficient depth because of natural erosion processes. 2. Substandard parcels as described in this Section shall be granted a variance for erection of a principal structure only if they comply with conditions a. and b. and either c. or d.: I I I I I I a. Septic tanks, tile fields or any other onsite waste handling facility shall be placed lan~ward of _t~e principal structure. b. The proposed structure shall be located as far landward of the bluffline as is possible while still complying with all other setback and yard requirements in this Ordinance. c. The proposed structure shall be designed and constructed to be moveable in accordance with accepted architectural or engineering standards. To the fullest extent practical, a structure shall be moved landward co a safe location prior to erosion damage. d. The proposed structure shall be effectively protected by an erosion control device which has been approved by the Department of Natural Resources. The erosion control device shall meet Department of Natural Resources' design, construction and maintenance standards, and shall be built prior to or concurrently with the construction of the principal structure. A variance under this subsection (d) may be granted only if construction of a moveable structure as provided in subsection (c) above, is impossible. -67- �I I I I I I I I I D. Procedures for notice and hearing of requests for variances shall by governed by Section 17.3C. SECTION 17.5 - Interpretation of Ordinance Text A. Sufficiently Similar Building, Uses or Structures 1. Interpretation Pursuant to the requirements of MCL §125.297a; M.S.A. §5.2963 (27a) nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Zoning Board of Appeals from interpreting the text of this Ordinance in such a fashion that will allow in a land use district buildings, uses and structures which are sufficiently similar to the specifically delineated permitted or special uses in that land use district, under the same permitted or special use regulations. Such interpretation shall not have the effect of granting a variance but rather shall be deemed only to be an interpretation of the ordinance text. 2. In determining whether a proposed building, use or structure is sufficiently similar to a specifically delineated permitted or special use, the Zoning Board of Appeals shall consider the relevant policies for the land use district in question as set forth in the Land Use & Development Component of the Manistee Township Master Plan, the nature, use and purpose of the proposed building, use or structure and whether or not the proposed building, use or structure is a permitted or special use in any other land use district in the Township. 3. I ■ ■ ■ II II II Standards Precedent An earlier determination under this section that · a building, use or structure is sufficiently similar shall be considered a precedent for other applications proposing an identical building, use or structure in the same land use district, provided the earlier determination was made with respect to a building, use or structure sufficiently similar to a specifically delineated permitted use in the land use district and not with respect to a specifically delineated special use. An earlier de termination with respect to an identical, sufficiently similar special use shall be considered as a precedent only to the extent that such sufficiently similar special use shall be considered as a candidate for a special use permit in that land use district, but shall otherwise be subject to all requirements of Section 16.2 of this Ordinance. B. Ambiguities Ambiguities in the text of this Ordinance shall be resolved in favor of the legislative intent of the ManiQcee Township Board -68- �I I I I I I I I I • • • by reference to the purposes of this Ordinance and the Land Use and Development component of the Manistee Township Master Plan and if doubt still exists, it shall be resolved in favor of Manistee Township. ARTICLE XVIII Amendments, Validity, and Penalties SECTION 18.l - Amendments The Township Board may, from time to time, amend, supplement, or change the regulations and boundaries of land use districts or provisions of this Ordinance in the manner prescribed by Act 184 of Public Acts of Michigan for 1943, as amended. SECTION 18.2 - Validity This Ordinance and the various parts, sections, subsections, phrases and clauses thereof are hereby declared to b~ severable. If any part, sentence, paragraph, section, subsection, phrase or clause is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid, it is hereby provided that the remainder of the Ordinance shall not be affected thereby. The Township Board hereby declares that it would have passed this Ordinance and each section, subsection, phrase, sentence and clause thereof irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, phrases, sentences or clause be declared invalid. SECTION 18.3 - Penalties Any building or structure which is erected, reconstructed, altered, converted, maintained or used, or any use of land or premises which is begun, maintained or changed in violation of any provisions of this Ordinance is hereby declared to be a nuisance per se. Any person, firm or corporation, or the agent in charge of such building, structure, or land who violates, disobeys, omits, neglects or refuses to comply with, or resists the enforcement of · any provision of this Ordinance, or any amendment thereof, shall be fined upon conviction not less than One Dollar ($1.00) nor more than One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) together with the costs of prosecution, or shall be punished by imprisonment in the ·county Jail for not less than one (1) day nor more than ninety (90) days, for each offense, or may be fined and imprisoned as provided herein. Each and every day during which an illegal erection, construction, reconstruction, alteration, maintenance or use continue shall be deemed a separate offense. The Township Board, the Township Zoning Administrator, the Zoning Board of Appeals, the Attorney of the Township, or any owner or owners of real estate within the land use district in which such building, structure or land is situated may institute a nuisance, injunction, mandamus, abatement or any other appropriate action or actions, proceeding or proceedings, to prevent, enjoin, abate, or remove any said unlawful erection, construction, alteration, reconstruction, maintenance or use. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and in addition to all other remedies provided by law . -69- �I I • • • SECTION 18.4 - Conflicting Provisions and Transition Rules A. All Ordinances or parts of Ordinances conflicting with the provisions of this Ordinance are hereby repealed insofar as the same affect this Ordinance • B. The Manistee Township Zoning Ordinance approved by the Manistee Township Board on December 27, 1956, and all amendments thereto are repealed in their entirety upon the effective date of this Ordinance. All Applications for permits, appeals, and variance requests pending before the Zoning Administrator, the Zoning Board or the Zoning Board of Appeals on the effective date of this Ordinance shall be acted upon only in conformance with the provisions of this Ordinance. SECTION 18.5 - Captions The captions used in this Ordinance shall not be deemed to be a part of this Ordinance and shall not be construed to enlarge or restrict the rights and obligations otherwise contained herein. SECTION 18.6 - Effective Date The effective date of chis Ordinance shall be I • • -70- � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Manistee-Twp_Permanent-Zoning-Ordinance_1986 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gockerman, Wilson, Broberg & Saylor, P.C. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1986 Title A name given to the resource Manistee Township Permanent Zoning Ordinance Description An account of the resource The Manistee Township Manistee County, Michigan Permanent Zoning Ordinance was drafted in 1986 by Gockerman, Wilson, Broberg & Saylor, P.C. with assistance from Richard M. Wilson, Jr., attorneys at law. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Richard M. Wilson, Jr. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Zoning--Michigan Manistee Township (Mich.) Manistee County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/58d99de3a86305b564dd2f0894f316cd.pdf c2eb8f158a58b57c5d8e403394636cda PDF Text Text ... l l1' l l I I 1 �MANISTEE TOWNSH IP, MA N ISTEE COUNTY M ICHIGAN PERMANENT ZON ING ORD INANCE ~ C:1 ~ An Ordinance of the Township of '.\lanistee, Manistee County, State of Michigan: The primary purpose which is mainly to pro\'ide better conditions, proper location, and adequate space for the three essentials of !iring: home, work, and play. ~□ C=::EJ ART ICLE I Prea mb le Sec t ion 1.01 - T itl e: This Ordinance shall he known as the ":\fani,tce To\rmhip Pcrma· ncnt Zoning Ordinun1.:c." Se ct ion 1.02 - Purpose : The f1111d :1111C'ntal pul'p<, .· l·, of Lhi~ Ord,r. a nt·e ;,r.:: 1a I To promote the public health, ,aret:,, morals and general welfare. , b \ To encoura;.:c the me of lands in acermJ~ncc with thei r character and adaptability and to limit the improper use of land. /cJ To avoid the O\'ercrowdin;,: of population. <d) To pro\'ide adequate light and air. 1e J To lesson congestion on the public road~ and streets. (D To reduce hazards to life and property. (gi To facilitate adequate provision for a system of transportation, sewage disposal, safe and adequate water supply. education, recrcaion and other public requirements . <h J To conserve th<! expenditure of funds [or public impro,·cments and services to conform \\'ith the mo~t advantageous u,es of land , r e-sources and properties. ARTICLE II Def inition s I I I I l For the purpose of this Ordinance certain terms ;ire herewith defined. When not inconsistent with the context, \\'Orcls used in the singular number include the plural numhc-r, and 1,·ords in the plur.il number include the singular number . The word "shall" is always mandatory and not merely directory. Section 2.01-Accessory Buildings: A supplementary building or structure on the same lot or parcel of lancl as the mai n building or buildin gs, or part of the main building occupied by or devoted exclusively to an accessory use, but such use shall not include any building u sed fo r dwelling, r esident ial or lodging purposes, or ~Jeeping quarters for human beings. Section 2.02- Accessory Use : A use naturally and normally incidental to, subordinat e to, and devoted exclusively to the main use of the lanri or buildings . Sect ion 2.03- Alley: A puhlic thoroughfare or way not more than thirty 130 i feet wide an d which affords only a secondary means of access to abutting pr operty '' II. l 1 -- - - ---- ~ -- - �Section 2.04- Altcred: Any change rn the location or u~c of a building, or any change in the :,uppo, t,11g 111crn1Jer:, 01 a build111g ~uch a:, LH.:ar111g watls, columns, beams, pu:,ts, girder:,, and s11111tar component:,, or any subslantial change 111 I.he rooi or exlenor walls. I I! i I Section 2.05-Basement: /\. bascmcnl is that purl.ion o( a building partly below Lhc average grade or a,eragc elevation of the lot. Section 2.06-Building: Any structure, either temporary or permanent, having a roof and u:,cd or built for the :,helter or enclosure ol pcr:,uns, animals, chattels, or properly of any kind . iluildmgs shall include tents, awnmgs, vehicles, whelhcr mounted or on wheels and situated on private property and used for purpose of a building. Section 2.07-Cabins and Motels: Any building, tc_nt, or similar structure which is maintained, offered, or usc<l for dwcllwg or ~lecping quarters for transients or for temporary residence, but shall not rncludc what arc commoniy designated as hotels, lodgin g houses, or tourist homes. Section 2.08-Cabin Court or Park : Any tract or parcel of land on which two or more cabins as herein defrn~d. arc mam~med, 01Icrcd or used for dwellrng or sleeping quarters for transients. Section 2.O9-District, Land Use District or Zone: A pa_rt or parts of the .unincorporated area of .Manistee Township for which zoning rcgulat10ns arc prescribed. Section 2:10-Dwelling, Permanent and Temporary: Any building, or part Lhcrcof, designed or used as the residence, home, or sleeping place of one or more persons. 1 a) One-Family_ Dwelling - A dwelling occupied by but one ( 1) fam11)'., and so designed _and arranged as to provide livmg, cooking and kitchen accommodat10ns for one family only. 1 b 1_ Two-Family _Dwelling- A dwelling occupied by but two <2) fam1l1~s. and so designed_ and arranged as to provide living, cooking and kitchen accommodations for two families only. ( c) . Multiple Dwelling-A dwelling olher than a one or two-family dwelling. ( d) Tc-mporary Dwcllin~s - Cabins, tents, trailers, garages, cellars and '?asemcnts tf used for dwellings are designated as temporary dwellings. Section 2.11-Erected: Signifird buill, c~nstructN.I, reconstructed, mo:ved upon, including a_ny phy:~1cal opcralwns_on land rcqu1rcd for a building. Excavations, fill. drainage, and lhe like shall be considered part of erection. Section 2.12-Family: Any numb1;r of individuals living together and cooking tol(clhcr o_n the premises as a sm~le, ~o:1prnf1t, houseket>ping unit as distinguished from a group occupyini: a h0tcl. club. or sim ilar structure together 11·1th all nccc-ssary cmployes of the family . ' Sect ion 2.1 3- Farm : unplal.t(-<i. C' onti gul'u,. neighboring or associa terl land ope rJtcd as a sin~le unit on whi ch fann in;? is carrierl on . including the prod uct ior. and kE>Cping of all r0mmon types of_ fa_rm animals. and provided that greenhouses, nurseries, orchard s, ap1anes, poultry farms. truck farms 2 :rnd ~irnilar ~pl'cia lizc•d 111· int ensi vl' a ~rin1l t11ral <'nt.•rpri.,C's. sl: .1 11 h,! <·01,sid1·1·l'd f;irn,~; h11I r,1.1h!1,h1;,rnls hl'1'pim: or O[H·r;d111·~ f11r ·IH'a1 iri~ :1•11111.i b . 1":Jrne. clo~ kc•nll(•!:--. swck yards. lrl'l'~tock .illl'l1011 . . sl:w"ht,•r holi ••~. ~IPnl· q11arr11 ·,, ,,r J.!J ;iq•I pils r.r ~;,nd ()ilh. fl·l'li!i11 r 1111rk ~. h,•ll•' , :11 d,. or fnr tlH· r cdtil' I 111n ril :11:11 ,1:d 111:il t1•;-, or for I h1· d1,r11,:d of p11hl 1<' i!arli:1gc•. s<•1~:11.:<'. rulil>!~h . or 11f(;,I, ~hall nul con s1 it11t1• a farn1 l11•1·,·111H li ·r. Section 2.14-- Farm 3uildings: .\n~· lrn!ld;n~ 11: !1c:· th:in a c!IH·llin.!, erected, mO\·erl 11pon, or nw intai11u1 11n ;:; farm. \1111(.:h 1,; r~sl·nt1a\ :rnd cu~tomanly u,cc\ 1 n farm~ i1, thL· i•IHN11t or ,,,.:ricullural arli11ti:,. Section 2.15 - Garage (Private and Comm ercial): , a, A priv:ite t.,arage 1s any det,,chnl build in;::. not 01·cr one 11 / ~torv or t ,•n , 10 , rec! in hci .;ht c1t th• ca,·rs for s:01 :qc nl self propelled pr11 ;, le pa~<'~en~cr \'l·h1clc~ or ll ,iilt•r cnnchc, \1!1erc no scrv1cm;,: or ~twa!!c: '.ha b11•1:1c.-ss for proiit is cr,nrlt1C'll'd. , bi /\. ('(lll!mercial ;.!ar:,g1• 1~ nny ~nra::e C'lllcr th nn :i pril'atc gar.ige. Scd io n 2.16-- Highway: .\n_v p11blie thn :·qu~ l!f u: :• •1edicated and m,.i11 1 :.i n·tl tor tli ,~ opt:ratiun of ~ l'hi<:u lar traff:c. Sec:lion 2.17- Hotel. Any builrhn...! ,, r•r ,. Jodc;;n~. with or w1 J.<1\lt. mc.iis. b furnished to tr:in,;irnt or rrsirJcnl ~\ll',1!> for cnmpl.'nqtion. an,j u,ntaining m•Jr" than four t 4J. lecpinr, morn,;, and having :10 cook:n;: facil1t1e~ in :my indi\'idual lodging. but \\'herein a restaurant may or may not be located . Section 2.18 • Lodging Hou'>e : l'r1ma1ily ;i fami l~· clwrllin:.( where lodi:m...! 11·ith or without 1nr:ils. is fu, rnched nn a ll'"rkly or a m0n:hly hasis to three 131 or more pcr•;uns, wLu arc not mt•mb,~r<; c,f the family uccupyin~ anrl opc.-rnting the p, ,.ini5es. but not neC'cs,arily to .. nyone •;.. fi') may apply. Section 2.19-Home Occupation: I\. /!:ii nful occ11pntion conclutl<·<i by rn cm h0 rs cf a family only within its pla<'C· of rcsidcnrc. Pn,villed. that space u,ccl is incident.a! 10 reside ntial use. and pmvitlc-<1 further that no mN:har;1c;,l equipm,.nt othrr than for norm;;! domP:;tic purpo.,cs is used e·,c:cpt that non nn lly incirlrnt.al to the spN"i fic horn<' 0uupation~ li~t,.rl be:r,·.,·: rro·.·ided fu rt her, no sig n nvcr nnr. 1I) square foot attached tn ttc foe~ of th" !JuildinJ? desir,nating 1h" rc•<;id,.nt's nam" ,,nd ocrup;itinn rn:11' h" US<'rl. onrl prnvir!Prl further , th&l s11ch si~n as is u,ed ~h:,11 not hr. an on :inrl off illumin;:tc·rl si :.!n. Home occupati nn< ar<· thost• such a~: the office of n ph~sician, musician . sugcon, dc•ntu,t, lnwy r,r. Section 2.20.- Lot ; The parcel of land on which nnc /1) principal buildi:111 and its acrrssories arc placed, together with the open spaces rc'1uir1;d by this Ordinance. Section 2.21 -- Corner Lot: A lot on \\·hich at lea<t two 121 adjJcent sides ahut for their full len.cth upon a strPet. prnvid,.d that such two sides intersect at an angle- of not more than 135 degrees. Section 2.22 - Lot of Record: A lot wh ich 1s part 0f a suhdivision anr! is sho\,\ n nn a man thereof which has brr•n rccordl'd in the Offic~ of the Re" i<tc·r of Df'Cds of l\!;inistee rounty, or a lot descriherl hv metes and bounds, the deed to which has heen n-corded in said o!ficc. t �i' I ·.1 1 l ' 1 'I Section 2.23-Non-Conforming Building or Use: A building or the use of a building or land conflicting with the provisions of this Ordinance un the ellective date thereof. Section 2.24-Parks: A park is a non-commercial recreational area. Section 2.25-Public Assembly Buildings: Buildings and outdoor areas where numbers of persons congregate from t,me to tune lor euucalional, religwus, soc:ial ur recrcatJOnal purposes, including churches, schools, community buildings, clubs, Jougcs, theatres, 1 mdoor and outdoor), places of amusement and :;imilar assemblages. Section 2.26-Public Utility: Any person, firm, corporation, municipal department or board duly authonzed to furn1~h and furn1shmg under municipal regulaLions to the public: Transportation, water, gas, electricity, steam, telephone, tel eg raph, or sewage disposal and other services. Section 2.27-Restaurant: A business located in a build ing wherein food, beverages, or meals arc pn:pan;d, served and sold for consumption on or off the premises, and deriving the major portion of its receipts from the sale of such products. Section 2.28-Retail Commercial Es tab Iishment: A store, market, or shop in which commodities are sold or offered for sale in small or large quantities to the retail trade; grocery and general stores, meat markets, public garages, and automobile service stations arc included in this classification. Section 2.29-Roadside Stand: A structure used or intended to be used solely by the owner or tenant of the land on which it is located, for the sale of only seasonable products of the immediate locality. Section 2.30-Set Back Lines: Lines established adjacent to highways and high-water lines for the purpo~e of defining the limits within which no building or structure or any part thereof shall be erected or pcrmanenlly maintained. Section 2.31-Strcet: A public thouroughfare which affords a principal means of access to abuting property. Section 2.32-Structure: A structure is any production or piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner; any construction, including dwellings, garages, buildings, signs, and signboards. Section 2.33--Tavern: Any place where malt, vinous, or spiritous liquors are sold for cons umption on the premises, is defined as a tavern for the purpose of this Ordinance. Section 2.34-Tourist Home: Primarily a family dwelling where lodging with or without meals is furni shed for compe nsation , ch iPny on an ovcrni c: ht basis. and ma inl y to transi ents , but not necessarily to anyone who my apply. Section 2.35-Tourist Cabin -Court; , a , Any bui ld ini:: in a cabin -court which is maintained, offered or used for overnight human occupancy. ,t ( b J Any parcel of land on which two or more cabins arc localed. Section 2.36-Trailer Park: Any site, Jot, field, tract or parcel of land on \\'hi ch arc situated two ( 21 or more inhahitcd trailer CQilChcs, either free of charge or for revenue purposes. and shall include any building, structure, tent, vehic:lc, or rnc!osurc Joc:atecl thcr<', and used or inte11dec! for u~e as a part of the equipment of such park. Section 2.37-Use: The purpose for which land or a building thereon is designed, arrangccl or intended to be occupied or used, 01• for which it is maintained. Section 2.38-Yard: A space open to the sky, and unoccupic-d or unobstructed except by encroachments specifically permitted under section of this Ordinance, on the same lot with a buildin ~ or structure. Yard measure• ments shall be the minimum horizontal distances. I a) Front Yard-a yard extending across the full \\'i d th of lot between the front Jot lines and the nearest line of the main building. , b ) Rrar Yard-a yard extending acPoss the full width of the lot bet\\'cen Lhe rear lot line and the nearest line of the main building. ( c) Side Yard-a yard cxtendir. g from t he front yard to the r c:ir yard bet\\'een the side lot line and the nearest line of the main building or of accessory buildin 6 attached thereto. Section 2.39-Existing Building: An existing building is a building existing in whole or whose foundations are complete, and whose construction is being dili gently prosecuted on the effective date of this Ordinance. Section 2.40-Words Requiring Special Interpretation: Any words requiring special interpretation and not lis ted above shall be used as defined in the Housing Law of Michigan . Act 167 of the Public Acts of 1917, as amended . ARTICLE 111 General Provisions Section 3.01-Scope: Except as hereinafter provided , no building, lot, land or part thereof shall be used, altered, constructc-d , or reconstructed , nor sha 11 alterations be made in any existing buildings in Manistee Town ship ·except in conformity with the provisions of this Ordinance which apply to the zone in which it is located . Section 3.02-Non-Conforming Uses: ra) The lawful use of any building or structures and of any land or premise existing prior to the effective date of this Ordinance, may be continued, if such use of building or structure entails no original construction. alteration or enlargement thereof. docs not cons titute a public nuisance or endanger the public health . safety, or welfare. No other non-conforming use of anv buildin~, structure, or any land or premise shall be undertaken following the effective date of this Ordinance. l b ) If the non-<:on!orming use of any building, s tructure , land or premise is changed to a conforming use, such use shall not hereafter be rev e rted to any non-conforming use. (c\ If this non-conforming use of any buildine;, structure, land . or premise, or part thereof, is abandone<l for a continuous period of one 5 I ! I 1 Il I t �l I l t l 1 I '} I 1 t' l I l I ~ •j I Il ( l I year, then any ful ure use or said build inµ, structure, la11cl <1r prc•misc shall conform in its ·enti rety to th<1 provisions o[ thjs Ord1n,111cc. 1d I When cli1,trid IJoundrics sh:1ll herearter hP changecl, resultin;..: in ;111y non-<·onf(ll'llling u~e, then said nen -l'nnform ing UM! may still be continuer!, but s11lijrct to all other provisions of this section. Section 3.03- Reconstruction of Damaged Non-Conforming Buildings and Structure s: :'\"olhin;.: in this Ordina11C'c ~hall prcn:nt the reccin~truction, repair or I cstorat ion and the con! inued the of any non -confoming h.uildi ng or structure d,111 1ai,:,·d hy fire, collapse, cxplo,ion, ads of Gud. or art., or the 1111hlic ,,11,.my. ~uhsequcnt to the effectini date of this Onlinnncl', prm 1rll'd, 'l'h;it such l'<'~t<,ralion and resumption shall tah pbcc·\1·i1hin ~ix 1fj, months or the time of such clama~e s,•tt!em<'nt: further. That s;:iicl use he identical with the non-conforming ll~c permitted ,111d in crfccl. directly prccedir.~ ~.iid damage. Section 3.04---Repair, Alteration and Completion of Non-Conforming Buildings and Structure~: ,,,) :\olhlll'.~ ;n thi~ Ordinance t:lwll prt•\·c·nt the l'('p;iir, rrir1forcr.m1_,nt. imprO\"('Tl"l(•nt or rr>habilit:ilion ,;[ non -,·n nfonnin~ buildings, s:ructun•~ - or r ar t tlwrvr,f c:xi~l111c: :1t tlw effcl'lil'(: clatr> of this Ordinnntc•, rrnderert n<•e,. s,ar:-,· hy \1·<ar anrl tear. d!'(crior;it 1011 or dr.•p rrciatwn : r.,!r prc•\·e nt <·omplianC'l• with tht• provisions of the Builclinr: Code or Hou~ing Law of ,\Iichi l!a n, rclati\'c to tlw 111,iintenanr·c r;f huildinw, or ~truct111cs, pro\·idPr! such alteratinns. impro\·emems. nr remodeling shall not incrPase the original total floor sp;ice to c-x rced 25 ~;. cl11ring it's nrin ,-onfnrming u.,e. furthr• r , Th<'1 e sllnll be no rhnn '.!C' of u.,e of such lrnildint.: at the time 5uch work b done: and provirlerl, further. There shall be no change of said building or part thereof. rh.1 Nor ~hnll anythnrt in this Ordinance require any change in the exfsting con5lruction or intcndc•d uw of the buildin~ for which plnns ha\·c heen prepared and filrd with the Township Zoninc: TI0ard within 30 days of date of thi~ p11hlication, and the ronfr 11t:(ion of which shall ha,·c hcrn diliJ.:ently rrcm•r.utcd for a period of OnC' 11) Month prior to th1• effl"(-\ive date 0f this nrdinance, and which will be com pleted l'-'ith1n T ·,vo 12) Years aftr:r the effective dalt.> o[ this Ordinance . Cc) ·:S:o liascrnc:nt , cc-ilar, g;,ru'..(c, or 11n:v ir:,~omplctr•l y constructuJ structurP in u~<· a ~ n dwf'lling at the cf[ective date qf this Ordinance shall be mf'(I as a d"rlling unlc·ss such structure has heen hrnught fo state of comn!Ption WITHTN TWO 12, YE/dl.:; after the date of ;i Notice to complete said incoml<:tc structure fr(Jm the Zoning Admir.istator, after his appointment hy the Township Board . Section 3.05--Yard and Lot Area Requirements: Whr.re a lot abuts upon ;in alley, One-ha]( I 1h I of the width of sairl alley may he consirlrn:d :i part of surh Jot for the purposr of comput in .t.: the rlt' Pth of any rear yard required under this Ordinance. In determining lot and yard requirements . no area shall he counted as accessory to morP th.111 one principal building or use, and no area ncc~sar::v fur compliance with the open space requirements for one main building shall be includl>d or counted in the calculation of the open space nec~ss.1ry to any oth<'r main huilding or use . Section 3.06---Location and Size of Acces~ry Building~: All acc f',so r; bu ilding shall be in lhe side yard or rear yard. ex ce pt wht.>n huilt c.1s par. of lhe main buih.li.n ;,;, or built ir, Re so rt Resiuen tial District An accessory bt.:ildin~ attached to the pri:1cipal building of a lot shall be made structurally a part thereof, and shall comply in all respects with the requirements applicable to the princ ipal building-. 6 Tli<' .irces~ory buildin g, unless :ilt:ichrd anJ ma,!!' ~-J rt of the prindp:1! build ing as prov,Jcd, i; hall not be d •>,c, r (h;rn Trn 110, !-'t'('l io t'1c pr;11cipal buJlding. Section 3.07-- Temporary Dwellings: No cabin, trailer, tent., garage, baser.tent or other temporary :,true1.11re. \\"hcther of a fb.cd or movcahle nature, m~y bP ercc:tc<I , movc<i or u~cd for any d welling purpo&cs whatsoever for any length of tir:1e, except as follows : ( a) The Jc,cat ion sruill not be injurious to the surrounding pr<>µcrty or neighhorhood. ( b ·, The water su;'ply and toilt>t facilities ~erv i: 1g t'ilch shall CC'll· form to the minjmum requirements as set fortl1 in Sl"!ction 3.13 c,f lhis Ordiru.nce. 1c) An application for a permit for the erection or mon~ment shall be made to the Board of Appeals on :i special form u~eri e'<clusively for that purpose, and fil~d with the Township Cl<'rk. Tr.e application shall he ,!ccompanicd by an endorsement of th r Town ~h ip Zoning In~pcr tor approving the loc;ition o[ c::n:h proposed sti-uc :,m:, a 11 d the proposl'd II atrr supply ::.nrl toil el [acilities Lh<'rr·fore . t d) The Board of Appeals shall give due nritice o[ n hr;;;rinq on such application. and shall have pow()r to refuse til<' applicati on if the clrsign or pr,1pn,cd <:<mstruction of the> struct11re ~ha ll bt: ~1:(:h as t<> indicate that tne structure is intended to stand as .-. permanent or co;nplet!'d dwelling, or the erection, movement, altcr11tion, or use be deti-imental to the public health, safety, and welfare. re\ If the npplication is approved, the Township Clerk shall isw e the owr,cr and occupant a prrmit for surh erection , movement, .:l!crat ion or usl:. The permit for such shall clearly set for~h that tho structure permitted is intended as a temporary dwelling, and that said dwelling is to be vacated upon expiration of a specific time limit to be deterrr.ined by th<: township Board of appeals, which shnl! in no ease exceed a period of twelve 112) months. On delivny cf the permit, the owner and occ:1pant shall certify in a space allotteri for that nnrr,<>se that hn or she has full knowl"dge of the term~ nf the permit and the penalty pertaining therc,to. No permit shall be trans• ferable to any othcr owner or occupant. Section 3.08-U~ of Trail<us and Similar Moveable Dwellings: Automobile trailers, trailer coaches, and simitar portahlc dwcllin r:s, shall not be perm illc·d to he used or oecnpied as dwellings, except when localed Jn and as part of suc h trailer parks or tourist court business Pnt<'r71risP~ as shall h~vc b<'en estahli s hl'rl and in opC'rat inn at the time of tl1e dfC'ctivc: date of this Ordinance, or speci fically appro1·t.><1 hv Lhe Zoning Board of the Township, after notice of and p11blic hearing thereon . Section 3.09- Vehicular Parking Space and Access Thereto : , a\ For ca.ch dwelling, bu5iness, commercia I. industrial, or other i::milar building hcr~after erected or altereri. and locnt <' d o n a puhlic hi.rthway in the towru;hip, and including buildings or structures use<l printipally as a place of Public Assembly, there shall be provided and maintained suitable space of£ the right -o f-way that is in gPneral aricquate for I.he parking or loading of vehicles in proportions shown on the following table, with safe exit to and safe en trance from the public thoroughfare, but not to exceed one r 1 ) such C'Xit and entrance. Such exit and entrance may be cor.1bined or pro\ idrd ~cparatc>ly. Approval for the lo<'ation of such exit and entranrc shall bp obt:iin<'d from the County Road Commission. which shall also approve the desirn and construction thereof in the interest~ of i:afcty, adequate drainage and other public requirements. A :ninimum of Two 7 �I l .I l l I l Hundred 1200J square foC't, C'xr.lu&h·C' of drives, entra nces anJ exits, shall compri.~e one , I) autoniohilc p;1rking spaee. Ilospit.ils. and in~! i!utions of simil:11· 11:iturc--Onc I l J parking spac<.' for cvery thrce hundred t 300, squarr. fcf't ol floor ~pan' or part thc-reof. Hol.ds-One parking space for every two r 2, Gurst Rooms. Ilctnil business eslahlishments-- i\dcquale parkin!:! space to ,H.:com modalc the patrons of the business. Restaurants anti similar establishments serving food or drinkOne I l I parking space for every one hundred 1100 1 square feet of floor area or part thereof. Dwellings-One ( 1) parkin 6 space for each family umt occupying the premises. Churches, thC'alcrs . and other places of public assembly-One parkin;,: ~pace for each four senls of scaling capacity. , bi In addition to the above, sp:ic-c shall he provided in each case for person~ employed or intended to be employed, in f he proportion of one parking space for e\·cry two such persons. t cl \\'here parking spac.:e is located other than on the same lot with the building to he served th ereby, such space shall he located on the same ,;idc (,[ th1.• public highwa~'. \1·1th m,D;imum distance fr om th,~ main entr;.nce of the hu:lcling not !:!!'eater than one thousand !lOOO l feet for all buildings of public assembly , and not greater than fi'.'e hundred , 500 / feet for all other buildings specified in this section. Section 3.10-Public Service Facilities: The C'rcclion , constt•11rt1on. alferation , or maintenance hy public utilities or municipal departmrnts or commissions of underground or ovcrhC'ar! gas, electrical, steam, or water distribution, or transmission systems, collection. communieat i0n, suppl:,·. or di~posal ~ystrms includinq mains . drains. SC'Wers, p1rws. conrluits. wirPs, r;ihl~s. fire ala:-m boxes. polirc c;11l hox,:,~, traffic signal~. hydrant s. tnwl'rs, pnlrs and othc-r simil;1r cquipml'nt and ~cccs 0 oriPS in c.:nn:wction therewith. hut nnt inc.:ludin:: bui ldings, rrasonahlv 110c:c-~~ry f1>r th<" furnishing (, f arlequ;itc s01·\·il.'e,; IJ~· sur;h rlll!i!ic util.til's 0r municipal den.irtmrr.ts or commis~ions, nr for public health nr s.ifetv or ecnrral welfar<:> . ~h;ill be prrm1t1cd as authnrizC'd ll'ld rcgul ;,te rl by lr1w and other ordinar:ces of the Township of \faniste:e in :inv use district , it being the intention hr•rcnf to excmr,t such erectinn. comtruction, alt~ratinn and maintrnancc from thr. application of !hi~ ()rrJ1nancc, PM vidcrl. however, That thr. erection or constn,ction ,,f an:,1 or all new above grade con~truction is design"<! and e>rectPr! t ri conform hannoniou~ly with the grnc:ral architecture and plan of such nistrict in which it is to he erected. Section 3.11-Removal of Soil, Sand and Other Material ; The use of land for the remo va l of topsoil. sand, ~ravel or other m~tcria] to be snlrl from the land is nnt permil!rrl rn any district cx1·,, nt 11ndC'r ;i TPrnnorarv f'"rlificatc frnm thr Bnar•I r, f i\pp1•al s, which m,w be denier! or issued in apµrop1iale ca,cs upon th1' filin({ of an application arcnmpanic:d hv ;i s•1ilahle agr1'1>ment or bond th;1t such renioqil will nnt cau:,e slar;nant wale r to collrct. nr lca,·c lh'! surf~ce of the land al thr exn1r:itinn of such pnmit in an unstahle cnndit inn o:• unfit fnr thr. gro•1·; ng of turf nr fnr other Jann u,c~ prr:n'ttr'rl in thr District in which surh rcrnnval occurs . Section 3.12-District Bovnd11ries : , a , l·riJess othrrwi~e shnwn on the ApproYed Zoning ~fap showing use districts in unincorporated portions of Manistee Township, 8 Manistee County, Michigan. the boundary lin_es of use dis~icts sh_all follow along the lines indicated on the Unite-cl States Land Office Survey Maps, or the center line of highways. streets, alley_s, or waterways; or the shore lines of waler bodies; or the boundanes o( unmcorporalcd areas. . ( b J Where the boundaries of use districts ~re not shown on said Map as following along any of the aforsa1d l!_ncs,_ e1~her exactly or approximately, such boundaries unless otherwise indicated _shall be construed to be pa.rallcl to and six hundred sixty (660 ) feet ttom the center line of the nearest street or highway. Section 3.13-Water Supply and Sewage Facilities: In the interests of protecting the public health and welfare, every build ing or structure hereafter erected, altered or _moved upo~ any premise and uS<!d in whole or. in part for dwelling, rec_rcat10n_al, business. commercial , or industrial purposes. shal_l be P;Ov!dcd with ca) a safe and sanitary water supply; , b) collect1on anc, d1sposa I of human excreta and domestic, commercial , and industrial _waste. by means of public sewage disposal system or approve-ct septic lank. ARTICLE IV Districts Section 4.01-Oistricts: For the purpose of this Ordinance, all the unincorporated area of Manistee Township is hereby divide-d into land use districts, to be known as, and having, the following symbols: RU-1: Single Family Residential District. RR-1 : Resort Residential. RC-1 : AG-1: C-1: M-1: M-2: F-1: AP-l: Restricted Residenticl-Commercial District. Agricultural District. Residential-Commercial District. Light Industrial Di.strict. Heavy Industrial District. Forest. Airport Hazaru Zone. Section 4.02-Zoning Map: The area assigned to said districts and the boundaries thereof are shown upon a map known as a ZO NmG MAP of the Townsh:p of Manistee. enpies of which are available for inspection by the public in the offices of the Township Clerk. Township Zoning Inspector, and which Map, notations , references, and other information _shown_ thereon are herebv incorporated into and made a part of this Ordinance, as fullv as ii those matters and the information thereon appearing were fully describe-ct in thi, Ordinance. all ARTICLE V RU-1: Single Family Residential District Section 5.01-Uses Permitted: No building or part the-reof shall be erected, altered, or uwd, or land used in whole or in part, !or other than one or more of the following uses: 1. Detached one-family dwellings. 2. Home Occupations. 3. Churches, scho0ls, community ann organizational buildings, pul>lic utility buildings and publicly owned parks and playgrounds. Provide-ct however That the location, erection, and use shall first have been ' approved' by the Townsb.ip Zoning Board after public notice 9 �given in a newspaper of gen<'ral ci.rcul.ition in the township, of a statement of the proposed use.and location and the time of a hearing thereon . If, 011 s11ch l1<•;1ri n1-;, 1t ~hall appear that tlw p1oposnl erec.:tion, location, or use he detrimental to the puhlic health, safety, or general \\"e!fare, or the character of the nc1 g hhorhood wlic:-eiu it is proposed to locate such use, then such use shall be denied. 4. Accpssory uses, buildings, and structures customarily incidental ' \ to any of the al.Jove permitted uses. Section 5.02-Lot Area: Bach dwelling hereinafler erected or altered shalt be located on a lot not less than One Hundred (100') Feet frontage, nor less than 15,00U Square r'eet in area. Section 5.03-Yard Requirements: 1. Front Yards-Every lot or parcel of land on which a dwelling, or main bu1ld111g, is hereDfter erected, altered, or mo\·e d, ~hdll have a front yard not less than twenty-five ( 25') feet in depth, or the front yards of said buildin 6s ~h.ill not be less than the average depth of the front yards of existing buildings. In the case of a corner lol. no accC'~sary b11iJding shaJI proJcct beyond the front yard of either street. 2. Side Yards-Every building including accessory buildings h('Teafler erected or altered shall have a side yard on each side thereof which shall be not less than Ten 110') Feet in width. 3. Rear Yards-Every lot on which a dwelling or main building is hereafter erected or altered, shall have a rear yard of not less than Twenty-five (25') Feet in depth. Section 5.04-Livestock : No livestock other than common household pets shall be housed or maintained on any premises in this district; Provided, however, it shall be permissablc for residents in this District to keep for home consumption not more than One Hundred < 100 / fowl , but not to exceed twelve I 121 ducks, geese or rabbits, upon the condition thilt the yards and pens arc maintained at all times in a clean and orderly condition. Section ·s.05-0ff-Street Parking: Off-street parking facilities sh.all be provided for as specified in Section 3.09 of this Ordinance. Section 5.06-Building Area: No dwelling shall he hereinafter creeled, or altered in District RU-1 whi.:h shall be less than Six Hundred 1600) Square Feet of floor area on the first floor level. Section 5.07-Signs: One < 1) sign only, not more than 1 square foot in size sh.all be pemuttcd. ARTICLE VI RR-1: Resort Residential Section 6.01-Uses Permitted: 1. All uses permitted in Section 5.01 of this Ordinance. 2. All uses incidental to a rcr.rcational area, subject to approval of the Zoning Hoard as m Section 5.01 ( 3 /. Section 6.02- Lot Area: Each dwelling hereinafter creeled or altered shall be located on a lot not less than Fifty 1 50') feet in width throughout th_g length, nor 10 Jr~s th;111 10.UUU !-;qu:,rc l-'t'ct in area. l'rolidl•d, however, that these 111111i111u111 iot cl1rn,·11~11111!> :-.hall nul pn•1·e111 the u~c of :,,111~lc lot:-. or n sulH..l1v1~1011, rccurdet! un or lwlorc the clfective d;.ile of this Urd111a11-:e. 11l11eh :ire smalkr in size than 1·etJllil'l'd ;tl,ovt• and whu~e 01111cr, p1,s~c,,,ed nu conLiguous land from which the al.Jove rel1uircnll'11t.s could lw 111t•t on the cf11-cti1·c elate of tlus Ordinance. Section 6.03--- Yard Requirements: 1. Front Yards-Every lpt or varccl of land on ll"hich a dwelling, or main b11ild1r1;.:, is hcrcarte1 erected, allt'red, or moved, ~hall have a 1ronL 1ard nul less than twenty f1l'e , 25· 1 ket in dl'pth. ur the front ya1.-d,; of said buildings sh:ill not be ks~ than the avt'l':igc deplh of the front yards of cxbting liuild111g~. In the ca,c of a cor_ne(· lut, no accc~,,ory budding shall Jirujel't beyond the front yard of either street. . 2. Side Yards-El'cry buildin,:: inc:luding accessory buildings hereafter ercct<:d or nltered shall ha1·c a ~idc ynrd on each ~H.lc thereof ll"hic.:h :-.hall he not le~;. than Tt•n I ltl '/ Feet in width. 3. Rear Yards-El'cry lot on which a d11clling or main building is hen.:.11te1· erectc·d (JI' a]t('red, :-hall l1a1·e a r<'ar yard o[ not le!>S than 'J\1cnty-fil e 1 :.51 Feet in depth. Section 6.04- Livestock: No li1·c,tock <Jthcr than common household pets shall be housed or maintained on any premises in this district. Section 6.05-0ff-Street Parking: Off-street parking facilities shall be provided for as specified in Section 3.09 of this Ordinance. Section 6.06-Building Area: ;--;o d11cllin.t; shall be hereinafter erected or altered in District RR-1 \rhich shall ha1·c less than FCJur Ilundrcd i 4001 Square Fed of flour ar(:<1 on the fir:st llot,r level. Section 6.07 - Signs : One I l I sign only, not more than l sc1uarc ft. in si1.c shall I.Jc permitted. ARTICLE RC-1: A-V II Restricted Residential-Commercial Dish ict Section A-7.01 --- Uses Permitted : No _b uilding or part thereof shall be erl~ted. altered. ur used oc food used m whole or m Part for other than one ur more of the following uses: 2. All uses permitted in all residential districts. Retail stores. 3. R estaurants anct similar food scrring establishments . 1. 4. Personal service establishments such beauty parlors. as barber shops and 5. _Salcsrooms and repair shops for automobiles. vehicles, home and larrn l-(tU1PmL•aL, UJ.)OO approval of tile Ht'anl u( Appeal~. 6. Tourist honH's, .roonung houses, motels, holds. lln<..l multpk dwelling units. 7. Shoppil1g U. CI.Jurchcs, school~. hospitals, clm.ics. Ct:!JlC'rs. 11 �I l ·I l ·1 t 9. Ac('cssory uses, buildings, and structures customarily iucidcnlaJ Lo anv of the above permitted u~cs. Provided, however, that the location. er<~~uc,11 , and u:;e :-"hall uol be dct:vimeutal to 1hc public health, .~afc.:ty, or gt•neral wcllare. or to the 11eighborhoo<l wlicrein 1t 1s prop.,scd lo locate such use. Section A-7.02 - -Sizc of Land Areas: 1. Jll'~idrnc<• rrquiremcnts for dwellings---A building used exclusively for a dwelltn :t .,l1.11! comply wilh the requircmcnu, as to hei ght. lot, area. yarus. ,mu 11uor spacL· a~ in Lhc residenLial district abuttin 01• on tbt· C-1 <li.~i.rict :it the nearc.'it di~tance from said Jot. 2. Lot a,Ta f.,r Ct,mmcrc1nl B111idi11gs- Commercial buildings shall not bi· locale<l 011 a lot with less U1an 150 foot frontaC!c nor a lof. an:;i ul lc~s than 15.000 squ..an) fC<?t. Section A-7 .03-- Yard Requ i.rement~: 1. Front yard of Commercial ll11ild i11gs-l'.:very lot or parcel ot land shall have a frunt yard of nol less than twenty-five l 251 feet in dl:plh , to be considered ;i.~ i he distance from the highway right of way lin•! tu th1, nearest po1nl of the front c>:krior wall. 2. Rear ya;-d,. (Jf <A>rn nH~rl.· ia.J 8uildings-:..:o n ·ar ;ard si.all be le;;s lhan twenty il1,c: , 25) feet. a Sid:! yanls nf C-Omr:iercial fluildings-Nn side yard &hail b~ less than twenty (20) feet. Section A-7.04-Height and Size of Commercial Buildings: J. No IJuilding ~all hcrcaflcr be c.•rccted ()r alt<:rc<l to a height cx<·••c.:drng Llurty -fivc , :.l~> 1 feet cxccpl upun approval of the Board of App<'.J.'.. 2. No bui ldmg shall hereafter be erected or altl:rc<l having a ft;-:;t floor area oJ less than Ei1~ht Hundred ( 800, square feet. Section A-7.Ci.:i- Signs : Signs or othc.,r adve rtising display of a size r.ot exceeding twenty 120) square feet for <'ach Jut when fX!rta.ining to the s.ile, rental, or u.~c c,f the t>rcmi.ses on which the sign is locate<.!. Large signs for general advertising sh..t ll not be permitte<l except upon approval of the il<>ard of App<-als. Section A-7.0t>--OH-strei!t Parking Facilities: Off-stn.:ct parki.ni:; facilities shall lJe provide<.! as sp,.x:iiied in &-.:Lion 3.09 of thi.,; Ordinance. Section A-7.07--Limitation on Uses : No building or land sh.all be used whereon the operation of any machinery or the conduct of any process. activity, or the storage or display of merchandise be such as to create a nuisance or be offensive by reason of emission of smoke, o<lcr, fumes, dust , waste, or vibratio n. ARTICLE I. Farms. incl11dint! both g<'ner:-il anc\ ~1wcializcd farming, country estalC's, and similar agrkultural cntrrpriscs, but nr,t including premis<i~ nrwr:1t crl tor the dispo~al of sewage, rubbish, garbage', or offal, or for rc•nclcring plants. 2. Dwellings, farm buildings and structures, including roadside stands, 3. One-family detached dwellings , othL•r than farm dwellings, if approved specifically by the 13oard of Appeals in accordance with the procedure in Section 13 of 'this Ordinance. 4 . Jlome occupations. fi. Churches, sc hools. parks. cemrleries, picnic groves, play grounds, golf courses. an_d similar facil_it ie_s for 011_ldnor rccrcatio_n and <'X· crcisc , community and organizat1onal buildings, nurseries. greenhouses, airports. l:inding fic•lds , hospitals, riding stahles, livestock auction yards, mines. quarries and gravel pits; Provided, hO\\evcr, that the !<>c ation. erection, and u~e ~hall lir~t have been approved by thi: Zoning Board, alter public notice give n in a new:;paper ol general ci rc11l;.it1on 111 the Town:;l11p, of :i slatt•mcnt of the propo~ed use :ind loc:ation and the 11me of a lw:.m ng thereon. Jr, on su !'h hearin:_:, it :-hall ,,ppc;.ir th;ll the JJI op <1.,cd lrn:atwn. erection. or use be ddrimc-111,,I l<1 tile' fJ1Jhli e hl,dth. ~al<"t:; or ~(neral w!'![arc, or lo th t· char;.ittcr c,r the nci:.:ill,:J:"!1ood •.• hL'l"l'ill 1t 1,; prnpo:,c<l to locate ~u<:h u:,c, thl'n ~uch u~e ,-.hall he denied. fi. Ac-c: c:,~ory uaL'S , hu ild1 n!;,-. and structu res cuslom:irily incitkntal to any of the abol"e permitted u~c:.;. 7. ('anii•::11 ,. outdoor <"il'<"w,cs and similar migratory amus('l11cnt e11tcrpr1~<•:,. :-.u!Jj, ·c:l lo approl",il or Lile lloard of /\ppcals. Sect ion 7 .02- •· Size of Land Are a s: J·:ve r y land area in l)1~1ricl :\G-1 upon which a dwelling b LO hl! crcctl'd, altc•rerl. or mrl\td, ~hall h:l\"l' a minimum area of not Ir ~~ than l-'i\C ,;,, ,\c::e,- . 111th nrit le,~, 1h;1n Tw<• nly t 20J Hod s in width, pro.,·idin.!.( il l;•,nh ,,, 1 a public lll ,:1!11:1.\ <Jr slrl:d.. Section 7.03- Yard Requirement~: 1. Front Ya,·d·;-- l•:1-.:ry par,:Ll of l,,nd upo:1 wl,kh a dw cl lill ~ is to be erected. ,iltcn.!d or n1ovt'd sh;dl ha\'t: <1 frc,n t :,;;, r<l nol le;,., th;rn Fi fly 1.30', F cc•t . mca s urui from the nc:1r:·s t highw;,y or ,-.trect. 11:;htot-1-.ay !Jound:,ry. 2. S11!l: Yard, .. ]J\\ clli ng, herl'inaf!t r c~reoted. altered, or mo-.rt.l shall ha.,·e L1\ o , 21 '.,1dc• _varcls, c;1c:h 11( wh,ch ,h.Jll not be le:,,-, th a n T v:cnty 120 1 fert. Section 7.04- Building Area: Dwcllin;; 5hall cn nforrn to area as in Section 5.0(i of this Ordiu.irlC' t'. Section 7.05- Signs: One I IJ Si:.:11 011ly, not more than Ni11C'191 Squ a re F'<•ct in ~izc <1nd arh ertisin~ farni or far m produced prllducls :,,hall LP. permitted . Provid•·d, ho11 e\ er, no lJilll10:1rd~ ~hall I.Jc p<:rmittcd ARTICLE VIII VII AG -I: Agricultural District Section 7.01 -Uses permitted: \u buildin:.! or part thcr('r1f shall h<' crcctc·d, altered, or used or land u•ed 1n whole or in part for othe r than one or more of the followin g uses : C-1: Residential-Commercial District Section 8:01 : u~es Perm itted: ."..:o huilrl1n~ ur part 1hereof sh,>11 ht' crectr,!. ·illC' rr d, nr 11,1:J 1,r land use<!. in who le or ill par t fur other than r,nc or 11101-: o( the fol lowinq uses: 12 13 II l I t I �,\ ll llf<'S J)L'rlllillrd 1t1 all ri::1d,·11ti;i i d,~lr ,1·ls. llt'1.1 il sl :>re". :i . RL,,-ta• 1r,,n! · ~ncl si:nil:,r· food ~,•rvin;.: C!<labl1,-hmc1.L,. -i. h·r~onal s,·n ice c.,l:il.J:~h,!ll 11\s ~ud, :is h,1rbc·r shoi:,.; :ind h1• ;1 ul.l' parlor~. :i. c:asolinc ,-er.-itc :,tat ion~ l. •> fi. SlOl':l(!C g:ir:,gcs . ,. S::lr~r1Jo111s and repai r ,-!;ops for :rnlomohill' v<'l1icle~. ho,n0 and f::rm c"{Ulpm<'nl. n. Jnd1if1 r Th•· :d r1•~. bowl1n;· alleys, l:1v0:-ns. t!,Jht -t:l uhs anJ simi hr facilitic•s of n•crc.ilion. !1 . l'i<·k up ~hops for laundry and dr:,, clc:iriin .~. 10. i\:cwspapcr :ind m;,:(.i?in•• tl1,tr,!;ulin'.! sta1:on,. ll. Signs or other ac!n·rti:,in:.: di,-play flf a size· not c,;cceding 11•.;• .. t\' c:!01 square fr( :! fflr c.1ch la1 wiiPn P''rta:nin~'. tu the s:ile , n·•.: ·1f. 111· "~;<' ,.f the p;·,·mi-, , 'Jll '\·h;L•h lh"" •,i~•'1 i, l, ... atrc!. !:.... l.;1r ~•.t1 ~igns f,ir ;"t'f ,..;,; .u f·, ,·rl i -1 ;1: ,llidl 1:,,L 1.c ;" :,111t11:d , ,,... pt 11pon Ilic app1<r,.d uf •ht• i:,,ani <,; .\;ip,·al.;. I:L 'I\ \:ri;t c,,,p·· .. dn·: •r;1,:1•:- p:ir'. Clll :,ppro-.:il r,1 (;t1,1:-,1 ,>( ,\ pJ,,·:,!:•. ].\ "! ·1:•1 rh-r. h1,1r,,• ... ro11·:· :n ~ h,,u-..l'.', :v1tcL.;, :H~:l hr:t,•:~. r,. ,\rt('<,<,()!'_: 11:-i(~. !Juilri,n:- a:id 'iflll'lUIC~ (·IJ~t,,na rily i'1Cl· d<:1,al 1-i :my or the ai1n:c· 111..-111.1,c,1 u,,.!>. Pro,·Hlccl. hm1c\c r , that th,· loc::1tion. crrc:ti,m and 1J<;c ,, hall 11nt lie dctrnni ·n al !tJ the p11blic lll'ail h. ~.dCl) or i.:c11l•r;:i w, i;a:·, . 1,1· t,, I iH• c:harac:tcr <Jt the nei;Ihbo,·hnod 11 hc•r-~in 1t is pro;Hi,c.l ,,. locale ,-uc-h use. Secti o n 8.02- L imi t <1 t iu ns on u~e~: :,:o liuilcling fl:• !:ind <h;,11 1,r: mr•c! \\'11crenn the opc:·:itir,n of any nwc:hill< r~ or the· c-c,nd11cl ,,r ;,Py 1n·11ee.,~ ae1i1·i1~·- or the stora'..!t! or rii.,pl;1v nf mr•rd1:i1Hli .-'I" lir ,.,, ,·h ;,, t ·1 trc·at<' a n11i,,,nc-e or It•: c,ff<'nsil·e hv rc·c,,,rn of lhc e1r:1 , .-,r, n ,,J ir·•ikc. r,dor lu1i;c•s, du,\ . 11·.i~t c, or 1·1ln ;,tir,n. Se ct icn 8.03 -Residi,nct' Re q ui rements for D wellin gs: liuildir,,, 11,t·d , ~, 111•.iv,·I~ fr,~ :1 rlwr•llin!~ ~h;ill c:ompl:,: wilh the LJ~ in t lie re •ir!e nl ,a! 11,,.1.-wl. ;d,:1t1rn;i "'' 1lu· l' -1 l>i ·t1ic·1; I. Ll,c• 111•;,r,·,t d1~:_;111l·t f1·u1 •1 ~:.,d 1.,1 A l'P<piirc IJH•nls a., 11> lwi:•ht. lql. ;•rr·a. yard·, anrl I lnnr .,pa<:c.· Se ction 8.04 - Y ;ird Rc q uin:me nt 5 for Co mmerciJI Building,: I. Frc11t1 :.-:11 d, ,.: , 111111,,, rci;il l,uild1n~:-- I·: ,, r~ 1.,1 or p:ncd o[ land ~h:d I li..i,·" :. frnnf I arr! of 1101 !, .. ~ \In, n Twenh -!iv•: r :.!:'i', f,,I'( l!1 dqllh. tri 11" r•,11~1d1 rc;d .is th,! rli,tanr·•· fro:i, the hi ~hway ri;;hl-of- 1·.ay lrnc to !hr nc•;in•,t pc,ir,t 11l the rr,.. nt extrr1rJr wall. 2. Sid<· Yards r,l Crllnmc·rcial J;uildin ·:s- Side 1·a rd ~ sh ti! not he rcquirvd alon'..! 1nt1•rinr lot l:nr·s rxn•pt on that sicfe nf a lot ahutlin;.: upon a lut u~crl fnr t11,<'1linc purpo~c.,, in wh1c:h casP ~uch yartl :,hall Ill' no !c·~s than Ten r Jtf) h·e1 . :i . H<•ar Y.inb nf Cnm1nncial Buildings- \'o r,·:.ir 1ards shall he rc·•11;,rc·d 1•xc1·pt 1·.tv·rc the· c,,mmcrci:il zon,• ah11l., on ihc re:-H!cnlial 1mw. Ill,, hi,·h c,,-c• ih cre ~h:dl lie• a rear y:i rd of not 11",s th:in Twc·ntyf11 e ' ;,!;'j ' I f-'< 't'l. Sectio n 8 .05- H eigh t of Commer c ial Buil d ings : :<-n h11ildin'..! :-hall h, rc·:,flc·r 1,e c•11·c:ll"d or :ill0rcd to a height cx- C<'t•dm:; Thi1 l)' f11c· , :l:'i') t-',·c·t. 14 Sect ion 8.06 - Size of Commerc ial Bu il dings : In C-1 Districts no commercial buildings shall hereafter he creeled or altered h:l\ing a first floo r area oI lrss tha n Eighl Hu ndred (800) Square Feel. Section 8.07- Off-Street Parking Facil ities: Off-street parking facilities shall he provided :is specified in Section 3.09 of this Ord inanw. 4,RTICLE IX Light Industr ia l District Section 9.01-Uses Pe rm itted: No building or ~tructure shall be crectrd or altered fo r use on land or premises in thi5 district in whole or in part for other tha n one or more of the follwing specified uses: 1. Any use of land or buildings pennitted in Section 8.01 of this ordinance. 2. Warchou·,cs. ~:,,r.i;Zc huilcJin;;s and yards, lumber and coal yard, bulk plant~. terminal faciltl1c·s f11r truck and railroad lines, laundry a11d dry c:lr·,,mng pl:ints. a11d cl.tirie.,. 3. Small mdw,trial shops used and operated for fabricating, assembling, devclopini;: and processing of such a cha.racLCr ::is not to be or hec·omc olmox1011s er oflensive. by rea.mn of the cm1ssmn of odors, flamc·s, du:,t, smoke, noise or vibrotion, or by rca on of the accumul.ation of unsightly waste materials on the premises. Sect ion 9.02- Uses Proh ibited : No building or structure shall he errcted or altered for use on land in this district, i 1, for m:rnufocturing products similar to any of the follo\\'ing: acids and explosive products; cement, lime and ;:,·psum products; soap, glue or fertilizer products; or, 121 for prncPss111g, burning, redueing, or rl'ndcrin;; fa1., c:arha:!c•, off~!. dead an1rn;ils or indu~\rial w:1st<·. nr. , :~) frir a11y u,c wiii~·h pr1.1rJ11cp, er c-..1,,e<,. r,hnoxiou~ or unheulthf1J! r;drirs , fitme,. dt:,t. .-m,,k(:, .,,,~,,. r,• wh1l'h :;~r: or nrny be cl:,n~crfl ,.,s. nois1:.,c1n r, 'Jr i::,zordous v: ; lie ~i11Tounclmg proprrty. M-1: Sectio n 9.03- Yard Re q uir em e nt s: '.':o h11ilrli11'..! nr ~lructurr shall Ii<' i!r1•c1,,,J or al:1:r<'d ,o that it ~hJ!I ht- !0 1 ·;,t l'rl 1warer lhJn Fllll' r:ifr', J,°('l"l frc,n, th<' n,·an•~t I llthl vf-,•·a v line of lr,p hi::hway, the side lot lmc:s, nr the rear lnl !in,!,. Sectio n 9 .0 4-- Building S ize Re qu ir e men t s: l\o IJuildin!! or strurt,irc shall he cn·ctcrl or ::ilten:d having a;i area of Jes~ than Eight Il11ndred , 800 1 Square F<!CL Sect ion 9.05 - Off-Stre et Pa rking Requ ire ment s: Off-Stree;t parking far.ilitic ·; shall be provided as spccifll'd in Sr.::cllon 3.09 of this Ordinani:e. ARTICLE X Heavy In du str ial Dist ri d Sect ion 10.01-Use s P~rm itted: No hu1lclmf.! or stn•clure hall be erected or :,ltNefl for or µr- •mis,•s in 1hi, d1qrict in whol <.! ,,r tn part for ,,t iler more uf the· 1nllo·.1111g sr,cc1f1ed ,fa,•s· l. An, use of land or hutld ini-(s pt•;·mittcd rn :--c-<:lton Ordinance. 2. Anv use of land or buildings prnnittcd in Section Ordinance>. M-2 : usr on 1:ind th:in 1 -nc nr fl 0l d tlHS !J.0l of thts 15 �3. In adclilion to the ahnve, paper manufacturing, r.hrmil'al plants, foundrirs, drop for~ings, and other types of heavy industry shall be pcnnittcd in this district. ARTICLE XI F-1: Forestry District Section 11.01-Uses Permitted: No building or part thereof l;hall be errrtcrl, altrrrcl. or u~rd, or land used in whole or in part for other than the following use: l. Forestry, forest products, or conservation purposes. Section 11.02-Uses Pemittcd upon Approval of Township Zoning Board: All the following uses are permitted upon approval of the Township Zoning Board: 1. Uses permitted under Section 5.01 of this Ordinance. 2. uses permitted under Section 6.01 of this Ordinance. 3. USC$ permitted under Section 7.01 of this Ordinance. 4. Uses pcIT11iltcd under Section 8.01 of this Ordinance. Section 11 .03- Prohibited Uses: All the followim: uses ,irr prohihitcd in this district, unless spcciJirally ;ipprc•-..·c tl by the Z<ming J:oard. l. Incinerators in plants designed and c.:onlructcd to accomplish reduction. 2. Commercial slaughflorhousc~s. :i. Piggerie~ or !JI)'.,! farms opt·rntc•d for the disposal of garb.i:.;e offal and the liy-produc.:ls of .,laughtl'rhouses. 4. Yard ., lor ~lor.i~c• and •ai1·;1~c' of ,i1111k, wastp matcl'ids, machinery, u~cd lrnilding niatr.rials , or automobiles and trucks. 5. Drive-in Outdoor Thl'atrcs. 6. Public or privat<'ly 011n<·d dumps ;,nd .l or garbage reduction plants, c.xc:ept such pri1 atC'ly rr.rnecl dump~ ;,s arc not. \'isihlc Crr,rn the lughw.iy, and u.,r.d by owners or occupants for personal disposal only. 7. Uses pr.rmilted under Scctirm 9.01 of this Ordinance. 8. Uses permitted under Scctinn 10.01 of this Ordinance. AP-1: ARTICLE XII Airport Hazard Zone The following regulations shall apply to all areas of Manistee Township, as herein otherwise zoned Section 12.01-Airport Hazard Area: Not withstanrtin~ any other provisions of this Ordinance to the contrary, no building or structure or appurtenance thereof or tree shall be erected, altered or used, and no land shall be used so as to create an airport hazard area, as herein rlrfincd . Whr.nevcr the maximum height of a building, structurP. of appurtenance thereof or a tree exceeds the limitations set forth in this article, the limitations of this article shall apply. Section 12.02-Areas, Yards and Heights: la) Arca: No arl'a of land or water, or lioth or of appurtenances thereof, shall be so used as to constitute an airport hazard. <b) TI eight: 1. No building, structure. or tree, shall be huilt or so used as to constitute an airport hazard. 16 2. There shall be a 25 ft. ht'ight limit above the centrrline elevation of the nearest runway end, on the following described property: S. ½ of S. W. ¼ of Sec. 27 s. ½ or s. ½ of Sec. 28 S. E. 1/.t of S. E. 1/.i of Sec. 29 E. ½ of N. E. ¼ of Sec. 32 N. ½ of Sec. 33 N. W. ¼ of Sec. 34 N. E. ¼ of Sec. 34 S. ½ of S. E. ¼ of Sec. 27 rAmended 5/81621 All in Township of Manistee. ARTICLE XIII Administration Section 13.01-Zoning Administrators: The provisions of this Ordinance shall be administered by the Zoning Insp0ctor, who shall be appointed by the Township 13oard of Manistl'c Toll'nship, for .;uch term and subject to such condit10ns at such rate of compensation as said 13oarct shall determine, anct the duly of lhc rnforccmcnt thereof shall rc:st with such administrative official or ofricials as shall be authorized therein by law. The administrat1\'e ofl 1ci;ils blrnll for the purpose of this Ordinance have the power of police officers. Section 13.02-Buifding Permits and Certification of Occupancy: r a) Except as otherwis0 prnvidccl in this Ordinance, il sh.ill he unlawful to build or use or permit the buildin.~ or lhc use of auy structure or part thereof 1,C'rr:•ftcr crr·;1trcl, r•rcc!ecl, alLC'rr•d, ,.,. :-r.01 c·tl upon a premise from a:1ulhcr pre mis(' in\\ hole or in purl , or to ehari-,e or enlarge the u-.r of any huildin·~. or part thucof, unfil a 7.onin :: l'crmit, in accorrl~1ntl' I\ ith the pro· isir,ns of this Of'.l:::J:1cc shall have bcrn is.<il!'i! hy I he Znn in;~ Jn~pec.:tr.r. rb) A C0rtiricatc o( Occ·,r,ancy sh:ill hr apnli0d fnr coincidc.nt with the applic:ilfon for a Zoning and or Building Permit. 1c) Before any perm;t shall be i,'.rned undrr this CJrdrn.incc. an inspection fpc s!Hill he p:i id in an amount d<'terminc:d hy a ~chcdule as established by the Manistee Township Board . ARTICLE XIV Board of Appeals Section 14.01- Board Established: There is hcrch:v established a nnard of Appeals, which shall pl•rform its duties anrl exercise its pov:C'rs as provirlP.rl by Act 184 of P11hlir. Acts o[ 1!l43, as amended, in such way that the ohjectivcs of this Ordinance shall be rnforccd, the public health and safety secured and substantial justice done. Section 14 .02- Personncl of Board: The P.oard of J\ppr·als ,hall con.,bt of the follnwing three (31 members : Fi:·st memh1·r sh:ill he the !'h;.irm,111 ,,f 1hr Tnwn~hip Zoning !loan! Scconrl m(•mh .. r ~ha11 bP ;i member of th" To\\'n~hip Boarrl 1P · pointer! by lhr To•,\n-. hip nna nl. TJ-iird n\r-rnhcr sh:,11 lw ~rlPrte,1 and :,ppoi ntrd hy th,. f1r-.l two 12 1 mcn1lwrs f:·om a1r1nng tht• eir'c 1 flr~ r< ·sirlm!! 1n th1· uninl'"rp11ral<'d are:i of the To\\'n~hip. The thrrd mPmbcr rannot be an rll'Clt!d officer of 1hr Tnwnsh1p nor an r1nplo~f'C nf th.it Townsh ip !3<)anL 17 �Section 14.03-Jurisdiction and A;:>peafs: la) The Ilo:,n.l o[ Aporals shall hPar and dt>ricl<' arpcnls from and rc,vi,·w ::nv ordrr rcq11ir<!m<'nt, rkcisinn or cl<'tcrmination marle by anv mln,iriistr;iti\';! official rharuPr] \\·ith cnforr·<'m<'nt of any of {hr provi,in11s r,f th1~ Ordinnnr". Th<•y ~~all als<> l1ear anrJ dPclcle ull mnttcrs refrrrt•cl to them or 11n.on 11htch th<'y ::ire- rrq111red to pass under this Orclin:incc. The concurrin•! vote of a m:iioritv of the mr1,1hcrs of the no:irrl of Appeals sh:ill he nr.rt•s~ary to reverse any order. rennirrmcnt. decision or <!!'termination. of any s:ich admini~! rath·<' official. or tn rl,,ciclc in fo\'Or of !hi' annl•r;,nt .iny matter nnon which thrv arp reriuirc•d tn pn~s 111Hll'r this Orclin:inr·e. ~nch ;mpc;il mav he t;,kcn by any nr•rson ar•r1nc1·rd or hv anv officer, department, b0~rd r1r b:1rcau of the Town:-hip, County or State. :b, Snci, anpp;iJ ~hall he tal-c>n within such time as sh;11! be prcsc-riherl bv Utr Roa rel of An:icals hv. ~c-nera] rule, _bv th,) _f;l!n[! wilh the nffirer from whom th0 annPal ts tak0n ;; nntt~e snE'e1f,·1n!! P:,· ....,.onnds thr>rr-of Thr: officer from whom the aone:il is taken shall fo;-thwith trat,s:r.it to the J;oard all the papers constitutin~ the reC<)t r! uooa ,~hich lhe action ,1ppcalu! 11.:s tal<cn. t c / · Th-:- lloard of A pp,'als shall Ii_x a rPasonable I irne for th~ , f the c·i11r<;al and n,1 ivc due nol;c0 tliercof to th the hparties, h•··•ri·" ... , ,1,:-., ' l • , ~ ·,.,,, ,1m. nv rlccide th~ same within :i r"c:::sonab,e time. upon c f,~ri .. ?, a -. ,,:, :·ty r:.1,,•; ;i, ;p,~;,,; ln perso~ ,,r hy ?.gt•nt vr \;y attorney. 1 h<:_uo:ira Appcds :nay F·\' (!l':, e or af:;;-m , 1'.'hl•IIY or partly, 0~ may_ ri:oct1fy the order, requircntc·nt, d!'ci ~i on or determination as 1r. its opm1on ought to !,c ;,rndc in the prcmi~cs, and to ,hat end ~hall have the po,,·,.r:; r1f tne ·officer from whom the appeal was ~.,ken. Where there ar~ r,1ac:uc:.l dilf1cl.llt ;es, o~· unncccs;;ary hanlsh1ps rn the way of carry. int: fl •Jl the strict. ldttr of this 1)rd inan..:r., the lloard of Appeals shall ha\e the po \'Cr in J>il 3s:ng ur,r>r, appc•als to vary or rr.oJ?fy ?ny of the orders. rr•gulat ions or provbion s rcla~in~ to t~c _construct 10n, structurai chana_e~ in cq1;ipmer:t, or alteratwn of rb•uldmg or stru~tu.re~ s~ 'hat the ~1,1.nt of the ,)r.Jm~ncc: ~J-1.11! be cn,orccd, the public ne .. lln :,nd sal'cly SP<·11rl'd .'.:!ld sub~ta1itinl ju.,ticc tlonc. of l' Il l se. Any person, firm, or corporation, or the agent in charge of such buildings or land who violates, disobeys, omits, neglects or refuses to comply with, or resists the enforcement of any provision of the Ordinance, or any amendment thereof, shall be fined upon conviction not less than One Dollar {$1.00), nor more than One Hundred Dollars {$100.00), together with the costs of prosecution, or shall be punished by imprisonment in the County Jail for not less than (1) day or more than ninety ( 90) days for each offense, or may be fined and imprisoned as provided herein. • Each and every day during which any illegal erection, construction, reconstruction, alteration, maintenance or use continue shall be deemed a separate offense. The Township Board, the Township Building Inspector, the Board of Appeals, the Attorney of the Township or any owner or owners of real estate within the district in which such building, structure or land is situated may institute injunction, mandamus, abatement or any other appropriate action or actions, proceeding or proceedings to prevent, enjoin, abate, or remove any said unlawful erection, construction, alteration, reconstruction, maintenance or use. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and in addition to all other remedies provided by law. I I I i I I !I SUBMITTED TO Manistee Township Board on December 20, 1956 Approved by Manistee Township Board on December 27, 1956 Signed, Betty Cederholm, Clerk I ' Signed: Charles Scboedcl, Supervisor ARTICLE XV Amcndrncnt:;, V.:ilidity, .:ind Penalties Section : 15.O1 --Amcndmcnts; Thr '1'1,w,1.>hip Zoning B<Jartl may from time_ to tirr.~ amend, supplement or d!ange lhc regulat ions and hounJaric~ of d1 1;tricts or provisions of thi, Ortlinanc:c in the manner prescribed by Act 184 of Public /\cl~ of ]I; ichigan for l!l43, us amended. Section 15.02-Validity: This Ordinance and the various parts, sections, subsections, phrases and clauses thrrcof arc hereby declared. to be severable. If an_y part, sentence, p'.1ragr.igh, se~tion! s~b5~ct1on. phrnse or cla~se 1s adjudged unconst1tut10nal or invalid, it 1s hereby provided that the remainder of the Ordinance shall not be af_fccted thereby: The_ Townshin Board hereby declart>S that it would have passed this Ordmancc, and each section. suhsL-<:lion, phrase, sentence, an~ clause th~re<if irrrspectivc of the fact tlwt any one or mo_re srct10ns, subsections, phrases, sentences or clauses lie declared mvahc. Section 15.03-Pena !ties: •I l Any huilrl1ng or ~lrucl11rcs which is ,•rt:e·lt•d. l'u nstrurted, recon~trnrtrd. altNcd, con,·<'rted m:,inl;iinc-d or •1~crl. or nny l!Sl' of land or prcmi~c which is b<•gun, maintained, or changed :n 1·iolnlion of any prov is ion of this Ordinance, arc hereby declared to be a nuisance per lfi AN ORDINANCE RELATIVE TO THE REMOVAL OF UNSIGHTLY, UNSANITARY AND DANGEROUS BUILDINGS, TO THE REMOVAL OF UNSANIARY, UNSIGHTLY AND DANGEROUS CONDITIONS, AND PROVIDING FOR SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS FOR WORK DONE BY THE TOWNSHIP. THE TOWNSHIP OF MANISTEE ORDAINS: Section 1. It shall be the duty of the Township Board of Manistei! Township, Manistee County, Michigan, to determine by resolution whenever any condition exists upon any premises. lots or parcels of land within the Township limits that is unsightly, unsanitary or dangerous and constituting a menace to the health and safety of any citizens, or of any adjoining property. ~c:tion 2. It shall he the duty of the Township Board of Manistee Township, Manistee County, Michigan, to determine by resolution whenever any conrlil ion exists upon prcmis1-s, lols or parrl'ls of lnnd in the Town ship wh.crc a fire may h11\'e ocr1irc•d that has n•sulted in a complete or pni-tial destruction of <1n~· buildings upon said prcmiS<',, lots or pa.reels of land that an unsightly, unsanitary or dangerous condition results or remains . li , .. �Section 3. Such resolution shall state the lot or lots or parcel.1 upon which such condition exists, the name of the owner or owners, iI known, and shall direct said owner or owners to correct and remedy such condition, to remove any buildings, wreckage or condition that tends to create !lny unsightly, unsanitary or dangerous condition. A copy of such resolution shall be served upon the owner or owners of said lot or lots by any constable of the Township of Manistee, or said re sol ulion shall be publishe<l in some newspaper, circulated within srrid Township, in at least one issue thereof. Said resolution shall al so state the date upon which such buildings, wreckge or conditions which constitute the unsightly, unsanitary or dangeroUs condition, shall be removed, which said day shall not be less than ten (10) days or more than sixty (60 ) days after service, or publication of said resol ution as shall be in the discretion of the Township Board of Mani.;te<! Township, Manistee County, Michigan. Section 4. If, after service of said resolution or the publication thereof. and after the times stated in said resolution for the removal of the unsi!ihtly, uns:rnitary or dangerous conditions has eiapsed, the owner or owners of said lots shall fail, refuse or neglect to remove or rcrnedy said conditions. it :,hall become the duty of the Township Boa:-d of !rlanistc-.c Town;;hip l,y resolution. to order any officer or employ~ of said Tow 11ship to enter upon said premises and remove or renlC'dy ,uch un.,ightly, un~anitary or dangerous conditions, as may exist. Said Township Board shall also have the authority, in it1, <tiscrction. to order or employ any private persons to enter upon said prcmis<'s and p('rform such work as is necessary to correct and remedy such conditions. Section 5. After completion of <;uch work necessary to the removal or remcdv of 1,aid unsi ghf.ly. unsanitary or dangerous condition~. the cost and ·expense thereof. shall be reported by the Township Clerk to the Township Board of ManL,;tee Township, and it shall, thereupon, hv r<'SOluticn, declare the same to be and become special assessment ;ind lien upon such lot or lots in the manner provided by law for SJ*-Cial M sc~sments. Said Special Assessment shall be reported to the Supervisor and shall be pl:Jced upon the tax rolls of said Township and collccte<I in the manner provided by law. Ordinance bcing necessary for the safety and general welfare of the rPSiclenl<; of the Township of Manistee. is hereby ordered to take effect irnmediatly upon publication thereof as provided b~• law. Section ti _ This Section 7. All Ordinance~ or parts of Ordinances inconsistent herewith arc horeby repeak-d. Approved: October 29, 19C2 CHARLES SCHOEDEL Supervisor HELEN OLSEN Clerk MANISTEE TOWNSHIP DISMANTLED CAR ORDINANCE .i An Ordinance to secure the public peace. health, safety, and welfare of the resident<; and property owners of the Township of Manistee . Manistee (',.ounty, ~1ichigan. by regulation of the outdoor parking and storage of motor vc-hicles, tractor trailcn., house trailers, 20 and new or used parts or jnnk therefrom, within the Township of Manistee: to provide penalties for the violation of this Ordinance and to repeal any Ordinances or parts of Ordinances in conflict herewith. THE TOWNSHIP OF MANISTEE, MANISTEE COUNTY, MICHIGAN, ORDAINS; SECTION 1. NAME This Ordinance shall be known and cited as the Manistee Township Dismantle<l Car Ordinance. SECTION 2. PURPOSE The purpose of this Ordinance is to limit and restrict the outdoor storage, parking, or unreasonable accumulation of junk, unused, partially dismantled or non-operating vehicles such as cars, trucks, house trailers, or tractor trailers, etc ., or new or used parts thereof in a zoned area within the Township; to thereby avoid injury and hazards to children and others attracted to such vehicles or trailers; the devaluation of property values and the psychological ill effect of the presence of su~h vehicles or trailers upon adjoining residents and property owners. SECTION 3. REGULATIONS (a) No person, firm, or corporation shall park, store, or place upon any public right-of-way or public property, or upon a zoned area within the Township, any vehicle, such as cars, trucks, house trailer, or tractor trailer; or new or used parts or junk therefrom, unless the samP. is wholly contained within a fully enclosed building and does not violate any zoning or building Jaws of the Township , County, or State of Michigan. except for the following : ( 1) Duly licensed and operable vehicles or trailers with substantially all main component parts attached. 12\ Not more than one vehicle or traitor that .is temporarily inoperable, because of minor mechanical failure, but which is not, in any manner dismantled and has substantially all main component parts attached. or not more than one I 1 i vehicle in fully operating condition such as a stock car or modified car that has been re-designed or rcconstnictt'<l for a purpose other than th.at for which it was manufar:turcd . provirled no building or garage is locate<l upon the premises in which the same could be parked or stored. In no event shall such vehicle he parkrrl in the front or side street yard area of any such residential premises. I b J No repairing, re-designing. modifying or dismantling work or operation~ shall be allowed upon any vehicle or trailer or parts thereof upon any public right-of-way or public property or any property primal'ily 11sed or 1.onc-d for any tvpe of residential purpose for a period in excess of 24 hours exc,•pt such a, shall be accomplishixl within fully enclosed buildings: will not constitute a nuisance or annovance to adjoining property owners or occupants: and does not violate any provis;ons of the Manistee Towmh.ip Zoning Ordinance. Any such work within ~11ch 24 ho11r period heretofore a 11owe<l shall not. hownrr. consist of any rna;or repair , re-d~igning, modifying or dism11n11ing work . bt:t only such occasional minor work as m :w infrequently he required to in:iintain a vehicle or trailer or parts thereof in normal operating condition . 21 l �\CJ ln the event the forci;oin1~ regulations c1eate any special or peculi.1r harJsh.ip beyond the contrC\l of a particular vi?lator thereof because of unfor!.<'cn circumsl..ancrs, the Zoning lnsJ><'Clor of the Township is hereby given the authority Lo grant permission to an applicant to operate contrary Lo the provisions hereof for a limited period providc<i no adjoining properly owner or occupant is unreasonably adverse!} affected thereby and the spirit and pul"J)ose of the Orriinance arc still substantially observed. SECTION 4. NUISANCE Any parking, storage, placement, or operation in violation of the provisio!l.!, of this Ordinance are hereby declared to be a public nuisance which may be enjoine<i or which may subject the violator to civil damages and the fines and penalties herein provide<! for. SECTION 5. CONSTRUCTION This Ordinance shall not prevent the operation of any licensed junk yard, salvage yard, garage, body, or paint shop legally operating wilhin a proper zone as defined in the Manistee Township Zoning Ordinance, and shall be in addition to any other laws or Ordinances respe<:ting rubbish, refuse, litter, trash, or junk control and regulations. SECTION 6. I l I I l Ij i SAVING CLAUSE The pro"isions of this Ordinance are hereby declare<! to be severable ,rnd if any clause, sentence, word, section or provision is dcclare<i -,.oid or unenforceable for any reason by any court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect any portion of the Ordinance other than said part or pcrtion thereof. SECTION 7. PENAL TY Any person, firm, or corporation who violates any of the provisions .of this Ordinance shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished by a fine of not more than $100.00 or by imprisonment :n the County jail for not to excC<!d !)0 days, or both such trnc and imprisonmrnt. F..ich day that a violation continues to exist shall con~titutc a separate offcMe. In adrJiti<m tC\ the imposition of the foregoing fines and penalties, the Township Zoning In~ct0r, any Township police officer, or such other officer as the Township Uoard may deshinate, may cause any vehicle, trailer, or parts tht'T<.!of, which violates the provisions of 1his Ordinance to be removed from the premises, impounded and destroye<i or sold for junk. in the discretion of said officer, and the cost thereof assessed against the owner of such vehicle, trailer, or parts thercof. or of the premi,<;es on which the same are located. Any sums realized on the sale of the same may be retained by the Township to reimburse it for the costs incurre<i in such removal and sale, to the extent of such costs. Any balance of such sums remaining after such reimbursement shall be returned to the owner of such vehicle, trailer, or parts thereof. SECTION 8. EFFECTIVE DATE .This Ordinance shall take effect on March 30, 1966. All Ordinances or parL~ of Ordinances in conflict with any of the provisions of this Ordinance are hereby repealed. HELEN OLSEN TOWNSHIP CLERK 22 l i; � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Manistee-Twp_Permanent-Zoning-Ordinance_1962 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1962-10-29 Title A name given to the resource Permanent Zoning Ordinance Description An account of the resource The Manistee Township Permanent Zoning Ordinance lists October 29, 1962 as its latest approval date. Subject The topic of the resource Zoning--Michigan Manistee Township (Mich.) Manistee County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives